Parihānametaṁ 1288 texts and 86 matches in Suttanta Pali


>Pi 

“Etadaggaṁ, bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ manomayaṁ kāyaṁ abhinimminantānaṁ yadidaṁ cūḷapanthako. ;;;“The foremost of my monk disciples in creating a mind-made body is Cūḷapanthaka. 
;;;

>En 

“Etadaggaṁ, bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ manomayaṁ kāyaṁ abhinimminantānaṁ yadidaṁ cūḷapanthako. ;;;“The foremost of my monk disciples in creating a mind-made body is Cūḷapanthaka. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

… Senāsanapaññāpakānaṁ yadidaṁ dabbo mallaputto. ;;;… who assign lodgings is Dabba Mallaputta. 
;;;

>En 

… Senāsanapaññāpakānaṁ yadidaṁ dabbo mallaputto. ;;;… who assign lodgings is Dabba Mallaputta. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

… Appābādhānaṁ yadidaṁ bākulo. ;;;… with good health is Bakkula. 
;;;

>En 

… Appābādhānaṁ yadidaṁ bākulo. ;;;… with good health is Bakkula. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

… Dibbacakkhukānaṁ yadidaṁ bakulā. ;;;… with clairvoyance is Sakulā. 
;;;… Saddhādhimuttānaṁ yadidaṁ siṅgālakamātā”ti. 
;;;… who are committed to faith is Siṅgāla’s Mother.” 
;;;

>En 

… Dibbacakkhukānaṁ yadidaṁ bakulā. ;;;… with clairvoyance is Sakulā. 
;;;… Saddhādhimuttānaṁ yadidaṁ siṅgālakamātā”ti. 
;;;… who are committed to faith is Siṅgāla’s Mother.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Etadaggaṁ, bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṁ upāsakānaṁ paṭhamaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchantānaṁ yadidaṁ tapussabhallikā vāṇijā. ;;;“The foremost of my laymen in first going for refuge are the merchants Tapussa and Bhallika. 
;;;… Aveccappasannānaṁ yadidaṁ sūrambaṭṭho. 
;;;… who have experiential confidence is Sūrambaṭṭha. 
;;;

>En 

“Etadaggaṁ, bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṁ upāsakānaṁ paṭhamaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchantānaṁ yadidaṁ tapussabhallikā vāṇijā. ;;;“The foremost of my laymen in first going for refuge are the merchants Tapussa and Bhallika. 
;;;… Aveccappasannānaṁ yadidaṁ sūrambaṭṭho. 
;;;… who have experiential confidence is Sūrambaṭṭha. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Etadaggaṁ, bhikkhave, mama sāvikānaṁ upāsikānaṁ paṭhamaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchantīnaṁ yadidaṁ sujātā seniyadhītā. ;;;“The foremost of my laywomen in first going for refuge is Sujātā the general’s daughter. 
;;;

>En 

“Etadaggaṁ, bhikkhave, mama sāvikānaṁ upāsikānaṁ paṭhamaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchantīnaṁ yadidaṁ sujātā seniyadhītā. ;;;“The foremost of my laywomen in first going for refuge is Sujātā the general’s daughter. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Nāhaṁ, bhikkhave, aññaṁ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yena sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ uppajjanti yathayidaṁ, bhikkhave, micchādiṭṭhi. ;;;“Mendicants, I do not see a single thing that causes sentient beings to be reborn, when their body breaks up, after death, in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell like wrong view. 
;;;Diṭṭhi hissa, bhikkhave, pāpikā. 
;;;Because their view is bad. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, nimbabījaṁ vā kosātakibījaṁ vā tittakālābubījaṁ vā allāya pathaviyā nikkhittaṁ yañceva pathavirasaṁ upādiyati yañca āporasaṁ upādiyati sabbaṁ taṁ tittakattāya kaṭukattāya asātattāya saṁvattati. 
;;;Suppose a seed of neem, angled gourd, or bitter gourd was planted in moist earth. Whatever nutrients it takes up from the earth and water would lead to its bitter, acerbic, and unpleasant taste. 
;;;Bījañhissa, bhikkhave, pāpakaṁ. 
;;;Because the seed is bad. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, ucchubījaṁ vā sālibījaṁ vā muddikābījaṁ vā allāya pathaviyā nikkhittaṁ yañceva pathavirasaṁ upādiyati yañca āporasaṁ upādiyati sabbaṁ taṁ madhurattāya sātattāya asecanakattāya saṁvattati. 
;;;Suppose a seed of sugar cane, fine rice, or grape was planted in moist earth. Whatever nutrients it takes up from the earth and water would lead to its sweet, pleasant, and delicious taste. 
;;;

>En 

“Nāhaṁ, bhikkhave, aññaṁ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yena sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ uppajjanti yathayidaṁ, bhikkhave, micchādiṭṭhi. ;;;“Mendicants, I do not see a single thing that causes sentient beings to be reborn, when their body breaks up, after death, in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell like wrong view. 
;;;Diṭṭhi hissa, bhikkhave, pāpikā. 
;;;Because their view is bad. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, nimbabījaṁ vā kosātakibījaṁ vā tittakālābubījaṁ vā allāya pathaviyā nikkhittaṁ yañceva pathavirasaṁ upādiyati yañca āporasaṁ upādiyati sabbaṁ taṁ tittakattāya kaṭukattāya asātattāya saṁvattati. 
;;;Suppose a seed of neem, angled gourd, or bitter gourd was planted in moist earth. Whatever nutrients it takes up from the earth and water would lead to its bitter, acerbic, and unpleasant taste. 
;;;Bījañhissa, bhikkhave, pāpakaṁ. 
;;;Because the seed is bad. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, ucchubījaṁ vā sālibījaṁ vā muddikābījaṁ vā allāya pathaviyā nikkhittaṁ yañceva pathavirasaṁ upādiyati yañca āporasaṁ upādiyati sabbaṁ taṁ madhurattāya sātattāya asecanakattāya saṁvattati. 
;;;Suppose a seed of sugar cane, fine rice, or grape was planted in moist earth. Whatever nutrients it takes up from the earth and water would lead to its sweet, pleasant, and delicious taste. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Micchādiṭṭhiparamāni, bhikkhave, mahāsāvajjānī”ti. ;;;Wrong view is the most blameworthy thing of all.” 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, nadīmukhe khippaṁ uḍḍeyya bahūnaṁ macchānaṁ ahitāya dukkhāya anayāya byasanāya; 
;;;Just as a trap set at the mouth of a river would bring harm, suffering, calamity, and disaster for many fish, 
;;;

>En 

Micchādiṭṭhiparamāni, bhikkhave, mahāsāvajjānī”ti. ;;;Wrong view is the most blameworthy thing of all.” 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, nadīmukhe khippaṁ uḍḍeyya bahūnaṁ macchānaṁ ahitāya dukkhāya anayāya byasanāya; 
;;;Just as a trap set at the mouth of a river would bring harm, suffering, calamity, and disaster for many fish, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

… Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, appakā te sattā ye dhātānaṁ dhammānaṁ atthaṁ upaparikkhanti; ;;;… so too the sentient beings who examine the meaning of the teachings they have memorized are few, 
;;;

>En 

… Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, appakā te sattā ye dhātānaṁ dhammānaṁ atthaṁ upaparikkhanti; ;;;… so too the sentient beings who examine the meaning of the teachings they have memorized are few, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

vinayadharattaṁ … ;;;memorizing the monastic law … 
;;;

>En 

vinayadharattaṁ … ;;;memorizing the monastic law … 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Anuppannānaṁ pāpakānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ anuppādāya chandaṁ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṁ ārabhati cittaṁ paggaṇhāti padahati; ;;;If they generate enthusiasm, try, make an effort, exert the mind, and strive so that bad, unskillful qualities don’t arise, even for the time of a finger-snap … 
;;;sabbaloke anabhiratisaññaṁ bhāveti … 
;;;the perception of dissatisfaction with the whole world … 
;;;

>En 

Anuppannānaṁ pāpakānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ anuppādāya chandaṁ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṁ ārabhati cittaṁ paggaṇhāti padahati; ;;;If they generate enthusiasm, try, make an effort, exert the mind, and strive so that bad, unskillful qualities don’t arise, even for the time of a finger-snap … 
;;;sabbaloke anabhiratisaññaṁ bhāveti … 
;;;the perception of dissatisfaction with the whole world … 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Ekadhammo, bhikkhave, bhāvito bahulīkato paññāpaṭilābhāya saṁvattati … paññāvuddhiyā saṁvattati … paññāvepullāya saṁvattati … mahāpaññatāya saṁvattati … puthupaññatāya saṁvattati … vipulapaññatāya saṁvattati … gambhīrapaññatāya saṁvattati … asāmantapaññatāya saṁvattati … bhūripaññatāya saṁvattati … paññābāhullāya saṁvattati … sīghapaññatāya saṁvattati … lahupaññatāya saṁvattati … hāsapaññatāya saṁvattati … javanapaññatāya saṁvattati … tikkhapaññatāya saṁvattati … nibbedhikapaññatāya saṁvattati. ;;;“One thing, mendicants, when developed and cultivated, leads to the getting of wisdom … the growth of wisdom … the increase of wisdom … to great wisdom … to widespread wisdom … to abundant wisdom … to deep wisdom … to extraordinary wisdom … to vast wisdom … to much wisdom … to fast wisdom … to light wisdom … to laughing wisdom … to swift wisdom … to sharp wisdom … to penetrating wisdom. 
;;;

>En 

“Ekadhammo, bhikkhave, bhāvito bahulīkato paññāpaṭilābhāya saṁvattati … paññāvuddhiyā saṁvattati … paññāvepullāya saṁvattati … mahāpaññatāya saṁvattati … puthupaññatāya saṁvattati … vipulapaññatāya saṁvattati … gambhīrapaññatāya saṁvattati … asāmantapaññatāya saṁvattati … bhūripaññatāya saṁvattati … paññābāhullāya saṁvattati … sīghapaññatāya saṁvattati … lahupaññatāya saṁvattati … hāsapaññatāya saṁvattati … javanapaññatāya saṁvattati … tikkhapaññatāya saṁvattati … nibbedhikapaññatāya saṁvattati. ;;;“One thing, mendicants, when developed and cultivated, leads to the getting of wisdom … the growth of wisdom … the increase of wisdom … to great wisdom … to widespread wisdom … to abundant wisdom … to deep wisdom … to extraordinary wisdom … to vast wisdom … to much wisdom … to fast wisdom … to light wisdom … to laughing wisdom … to swift wisdom … to sharp wisdom … to penetrating wisdom. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

(…) ;;;The thousand discourses of the Ones are completed. 
;;;Idamavoca bhagavā. 
;;;That is what the Buddha said. 
;;;

>En 

(…) ;;;The thousand discourses of the Ones are completed. 
;;;Idamavoca bhagavā. 
;;;That is what the Buddha said. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco passati coraṁ āgucāriṁ rājāno gahetvā vividhā kammakāraṇā kārente; ;;;It’s when someone sees that kings have arrested a bandit, a criminal, and subjected them to various punishments— 
;;;kasāhipi tāḷente, vettehipi tāḷente, addhadaṇḍakehipi tāḷente, hatthampi chindante, pādampi chindante, hatthapādampi chindante, kaṇṇampi chindante, nāsampi chindante, kaṇṇanāsampi chindante, bilaṅgathālikampi karonte, saṅkhamuṇḍikampi karonte, rāhumukhampi karonte, jotimālikampi karonte, hatthapajjotikampi karonte, erakavattikampi karonte, cīrakavāsikampi karonte, eṇeyyakampi karonte, baḷisamaṁsikampi karonte, kahāpaṇikampi karonte, khārāpatacchikampi karonte, palighaparivattikampi karonte, palālapīṭhakampi karonte, tattenapi telena osiñcante, sunakhehipi khādāpente, jīvantampi sūle uttāsente, asināpi sīsaṁ chindante. 
;;;whipping, caning, and clubbing; cutting off hands or feet, or both; cutting off ears or nose, or both; the ‘porridge pot’, the ‘shell-shave’, the ‘Rāhu’s mouth’, the ‘garland of fire’, the ‘burning hand’, the ‘bulrush twist’, the ‘bark dress’, the ‘antelope’, the ‘meat hook’, the ‘coins’, the ‘caustic pickle’, the ‘twisting bar’, the ‘straw mat’; being splashed with hot oil, being fed to the dogs, being impaled alive, and being beheaded. 
;;;‘kāmaṁ taco ca nhāru ca aṭṭhi ca avasissatu, sarīre upassussatu maṁsalohitaṁ, yaṁ taṁ purisathāmena purisavīriyena purisaparakkamena pattabbaṁ na taṁ apāpuṇitvā vīriyassa saṇṭhānaṁ bhavissatī’ti. 
;;;‘Gladly, let only skin, sinews, and bones remain! Let the flesh and blood waste away in my body! I will not stop trying until I have achieved what is possible by human strength, energy, and vigor.’ 
;;;Sambhedaṁ loko agamissa, yathā ajeḷakā kukkuṭasūkarā soṇasiṅgālā. 
;;;The world would become dissolute, like goats and sheep, chickens and pigs, and dogs and jackals. 
;;;

>En 

Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco passati coraṁ āgucāriṁ rājāno gahetvā vividhā kammakāraṇā kārente; ;;;It’s when someone sees that kings have arrested a bandit, a criminal, and subjected them to various punishments— 
;;;kasāhipi tāḷente, vettehipi tāḷente, addhadaṇḍakehipi tāḷente, hatthampi chindante, pādampi chindante, hatthapādampi chindante, kaṇṇampi chindante, nāsampi chindante, kaṇṇanāsampi chindante, bilaṅgathālikampi karonte, saṅkhamuṇḍikampi karonte, rāhumukhampi karonte, jotimālikampi karonte, hatthapajjotikampi karonte, erakavattikampi karonte, cīrakavāsikampi karonte, eṇeyyakampi karonte, baḷisamaṁsikampi karonte, kahāpaṇikampi karonte, khārāpatacchikampi karonte, palighaparivattikampi karonte, palālapīṭhakampi karonte, tattenapi telena osiñcante, sunakhehipi khādāpente, jīvantampi sūle uttāsente, asināpi sīsaṁ chindante. 
;;;whipping, caning, and clubbing; cutting off hands or feet, or both; cutting off ears or nose, or both; the ‘porridge pot’, the ‘shell-shave’, the ‘Rāhu’s mouth’, the ‘garland of fire’, the ‘burning hand’, the ‘bulrush twist’, the ‘bark dress’, the ‘antelope’, the ‘meat hook’, the ‘coins’, the ‘caustic pickle’, the ‘twisting bar’, the ‘straw mat’; being splashed with hot oil, being fed to the dogs, being impaled alive, and being beheaded. 
;;;‘kāmaṁ taco ca nhāru ca aṭṭhi ca avasissatu, sarīre upassussatu maṁsalohitaṁ, yaṁ taṁ purisathāmena purisavīriyena purisaparakkamena pattabbaṁ na taṁ apāpuṇitvā vīriyassa saṇṭhānaṁ bhavissatī’ti. 
;;;‘Gladly, let only skin, sinews, and bones remain! Let the flesh and blood waste away in my body! I will not stop trying until I have achieved what is possible by human strength, energy, and vigor.’ 
;;;Sambhedaṁ loko agamissa, yathā ajeḷakā kukkuṭasūkarā soṇasiṅgālā. 
;;;The world would become dissolute, like goats and sheep, chickens and pigs, and dogs and jackals. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tatra, bhikkhave, yamidaṁ bhāvanābalaṁ sekhānametaṁ balaṁ. ;;;In this context, the power of development is the power of the trainees. 
;;;‘dīghattāya kharattāya vāḷattāya saṁvattissati, bhikkhū ca na phāsuṁ viharissantī’ti. 
;;;will lead to lasting acrimony and enmity, and the mendicants won’t live comfortably. 
;;;Maṁ so bhikkhu addasa akusalaṁ āpajjamānaṁ kañcideva desaṁ kāyena. 
;;;That mendicant saw me do this. 
;;;Atha kho jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi. 
;;;Then the brahmin Jānussoṇi went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;No cedaṁ, bhikkhave, sakkā abhavissa akusalaṁ pajahituṁ, nāhaṁ evaṁ vadeyyaṁ: 
;;;If it wasn’t possible, I wouldn’t say: 
;;;

>En 

Tatra, bhikkhave, yamidaṁ bhāvanābalaṁ sekhānametaṁ balaṁ. ;;;In this context, the power of development is the power of the trainees. 
;;;‘dīghattāya kharattāya vāḷattāya saṁvattissati, bhikkhū ca na phāsuṁ viharissantī’ti. 
;;;will lead to lasting acrimony and enmity, and the mendicants won’t live comfortably. 
;;;Maṁ so bhikkhu addasa akusalaṁ āpajjamānaṁ kañcideva desaṁ kāyena. 
;;;That mendicant saw me do this. 
;;;Atha kho jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi. 
;;;Then the brahmin Jānussoṇi went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;No cedaṁ, bhikkhave, sakkā abhavissa akusalaṁ pajahituṁ, nāhaṁ evaṁ vadeyyaṁ: 
;;;If it wasn’t possible, I wouldn’t say: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Samatho, bhikkhave, bhāvito kamatthamanubhoti? ;;;What is the benefit of developing serenity? 
;;;

>En 

Samatho, bhikkhave, bhāvito kamatthamanubhoti? ;;;What is the benefit of developing serenity? 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Imissā ca, bhikkhave, mahāpathaviyā pahūtarattaratanāya mātāpitaro issarādhipacce rajje patiṭṭhāpeyya, na tveva, bhikkhave, mātāpitūnaṁ kataṁ vā hoti paṭikataṁ vā. ;;;Even if you were to establish your mother and father as supreme monarchs of this great earth, abounding in the seven treasures, you would still not have done enough to repay them. 
;;;Te ujjubhūtā kāyena, 
;;;They are upright in body, 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evamevaṁ—jetavane antarahito pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde āyasmato sāriputtassa sammukhe pāturahosi. 
;;;Then the Buddha, as easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, vanished from Jeta’s Grove and reappeared in the stilt longhouse of Migāra’s mother in the Eastern Monastery, in front of Sāriputta. 
;;;Siyā kho pana, sāriputta, evamassa: 
;;;Sāriputta, you might think: 
;;;ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā mahākaccāno varaṇāyaṁ viharati bhaddasāritīre. 
;;;At one time Venerable Mahākaccāna was staying at Varaṇā, on the bank of the Kaddama Lake. 
;;;“Kāmarāgābhinivesavinibandhapaligedhapariyuṭṭhānajjhosānahetu kho, brāhmaṇa, khattiyāpi khattiyehi vivadanti, brāhmaṇāpi brāhmaṇehi vivadanti, gahapatikāpi gahapatikehi vivadantī”ti. 
;;;“It is because of their insistence on sensual desire, their shackles, avarice, and attachment, that aristocrats fight with aristocrats, brahmins fight with brahmins, and householders fight with householders.” 
;;;Atha kho kandarāyano brāhmaṇo yenāyasmā mahākaccāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā mahākaccānena saddhiṁ …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho kandarāyano brāhmaṇo āyasmantaṁ mahākaccānaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then the brahmin Kandarāyana went up to Mahākaccāna, and exchanged greetings with him … He sat down to one side and said to Mahākaccāna: 
;;;“sutaṁ metaṁ, bho kaccāna, ‘na samaṇo kaccāno brāhmaṇe jiṇṇe vuddhe mahallake addhagate vayoanuppatte abhivādeti vā paccuṭṭheti vā āsanena vā nimantetī’ti. 
;;;“I have heard, Mister Kaccāna, that the ascetic Kaccāna doesn’t bow to old brahmins, the elderly and senior, who are advanced in years and have reached the final stage of life; nor does he rise in their presence or offer them a seat. 
;;;Na hi bhavaṁ kaccāno brāhmaṇe jiṇṇe vuddhe mahallake addhagate vayoanuppatte abhivādeti vā paccuṭṭheti vā āsanena vā nimanteti. 
;;;for the ascetic Kaccāna does not bow to old brahmins, elderly and senior, who are advanced in years and have reached the final stage of life; nor does he rise in their presence or offer them a seat. 
;;;Evaṁ vutte, kandarāyano brāhmaṇo uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ karitvā daharānaṁ sataṁ bhikkhūnaṁ pāde sirasā vandati: 
;;;When this was said, the brahmin Kandarāyana got up from his seat, placed his robe over one shoulder, and bowed with his head at the feet of the young mendicants, saying, 
;;;Tasmiṁ, bhikkhave, samaye pesalā bhikkhū tuṇhībhūtā tuṇhībhūtāva saṅghamajjhe saṅkasāyanti paccantime vā janapade acchanti. 
;;;Then the good-hearted mendicants continually adhere to silence in the midst of the Saṅgha, or they stay in the borderlands. 
;;;Tasmiṁ, bhikkhave, samaye pāpabhikkhū tuṇhībhūtā tuṇhībhūtāva saṅghamajjhe saṅkasāyanti, yena vā pana tena pakkamanti. 
;;;Then the bad mendicants continually adhere to silence in the midst of the Saṅgha, or they leave for some place or other. 
;;;

>En 

Imissā ca, bhikkhave, mahāpathaviyā pahūtarattaratanāya mātāpitaro issarādhipacce rajje patiṭṭhāpeyya, na tveva, bhikkhave, mātāpitūnaṁ kataṁ vā hoti paṭikataṁ vā. ;;;Even if you were to establish your mother and father as supreme monarchs of this great earth, abounding in the seven treasures, you would still not have done enough to repay them. 
;;;Te ujjubhūtā kāyena, 
;;;They are upright in body, 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evamevaṁ—jetavane antarahito pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde āyasmato sāriputtassa sammukhe pāturahosi. 
;;;Then the Buddha, as easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, vanished from Jeta’s Grove and reappeared in the stilt longhouse of Migāra’s mother in the Eastern Monastery, in front of Sāriputta. 
;;;Siyā kho pana, sāriputta, evamassa: 
;;;Sāriputta, you might think: 
;;;ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā mahākaccāno varaṇāyaṁ viharati bhaddasāritīre. 
;;;At one time Venerable Mahākaccāna was staying at Varaṇā, on the bank of the Kaddama Lake. 
;;;“Kāmarāgābhinivesavinibandhapaligedhapariyuṭṭhānajjhosānahetu kho, brāhmaṇa, khattiyāpi khattiyehi vivadanti, brāhmaṇāpi brāhmaṇehi vivadanti, gahapatikāpi gahapatikehi vivadantī”ti. 
;;;“It is because of their insistence on sensual desire, their shackles, avarice, and attachment, that aristocrats fight with aristocrats, brahmins fight with brahmins, and householders fight with householders.” 
;;;Atha kho kandarāyano brāhmaṇo yenāyasmā mahākaccāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā mahākaccānena saddhiṁ …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho kandarāyano brāhmaṇo āyasmantaṁ mahākaccānaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then the brahmin Kandarāyana went up to Mahākaccāna, and exchanged greetings with him … He sat down to one side and said to Mahākaccāna: 
;;;“sutaṁ metaṁ, bho kaccāna, ‘na samaṇo kaccāno brāhmaṇe jiṇṇe vuddhe mahallake addhagate vayoanuppatte abhivādeti vā paccuṭṭheti vā āsanena vā nimantetī’ti. 
;;;“I have heard, Mister Kaccāna, that the ascetic Kaccāna doesn’t bow to old brahmins, the elderly and senior, who are advanced in years and have reached the final stage of life; nor does he rise in their presence or offer them a seat. 
;;;Na hi bhavaṁ kaccāno brāhmaṇe jiṇṇe vuddhe mahallake addhagate vayoanuppatte abhivādeti vā paccuṭṭheti vā āsanena vā nimanteti. 
;;;for the ascetic Kaccāna does not bow to old brahmins, elderly and senior, who are advanced in years and have reached the final stage of life; nor does he rise in their presence or offer them a seat. 
;;;Evaṁ vutte, kandarāyano brāhmaṇo uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ karitvā daharānaṁ sataṁ bhikkhūnaṁ pāde sirasā vandati: 
;;;When this was said, the brahmin Kandarāyana got up from his seat, placed his robe over one shoulder, and bowed with his head at the feet of the young mendicants, saying, 
;;;Tasmiṁ, bhikkhave, samaye pesalā bhikkhū tuṇhībhūtā tuṇhībhūtāva saṅghamajjhe saṅkasāyanti paccantime vā janapade acchanti. 
;;;Then the good-hearted mendicants continually adhere to silence in the midst of the Saṅgha, or they stay in the borderlands. 
;;;Tasmiṁ, bhikkhave, samaye pāpabhikkhū tuṇhībhūtā tuṇhībhūtāva saṅghamajjhe saṅkasāyanti, yena vā pana tena pakkamanti. 
;;;Then the bad mendicants continually adhere to silence in the midst of the Saṅgha, or they leave for some place or other. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Idha, bhikkhave, yassaṁ parisāyaṁ therā bhikkhū bāhulikā honti sāthalikā, okkamane pubbaṅgamā, paviveke nikkhittadhurā, na vīriyaṁ ārabhanti appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya. ;;;An assembly where the senior mendicants are indulgent and slack, leaders in backsliding, neglecting seclusion, not rousing energy for attaining the unattained, achieving the unachieved, and realizing the unrealized. 
;;;Te taṁ lābhaṁ labhitvā gathitā mucchitā ajjhopannā anādīnavadassāvino anissaraṇapaññā paribhuñjanti. 
;;;And when they get these things, they use them tied, infatuated, attached, blind to the drawbacks, and not understanding the escape. 
;;;Ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, visamā parisā. (…) 
;;;This is called an unjust assembly. 
;;;Ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, samā parisā. (…) 
;;;This is called a just assembly. 
;;;Te asaññattibalā anijjhattibalā appaṭinissaggamantino tameva adhikaraṇaṁ thāmasā parāmāsā abhinivissa voharanti: 
;;;Unable to persuade or convince each other, they can’t let go of their opinions. They obstinately stick to that disciplinary issue, insisting that: 
;;;

>En 

Idha, bhikkhave, yassaṁ parisāyaṁ therā bhikkhū bāhulikā honti sāthalikā, okkamane pubbaṅgamā, paviveke nikkhittadhurā, na vīriyaṁ ārabhanti appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya. ;;;An assembly where the senior mendicants are indulgent and slack, leaders in backsliding, neglecting seclusion, not rousing energy for attaining the unattained, achieving the unachieved, and realizing the unrealized. 
;;;Te taṁ lābhaṁ labhitvā gathitā mucchitā ajjhopannā anādīnavadassāvino anissaraṇapaññā paribhuñjanti. 
;;;And when they get these things, they use them tied, infatuated, attached, blind to the drawbacks, and not understanding the escape. 
;;;Ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, visamā parisā. (…) 
;;;This is called an unjust assembly. 
;;;Ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, samā parisā. (…) 
;;;This is called a just assembly. 
;;;Te asaññattibalā anijjhattibalā appaṭinissaggamantino tameva adhikaraṇaṁ thāmasā parāmāsā abhinivissa voharanti: 
;;;Unable to persuade or convince each other, they can’t let go of their opinions. They obstinately stick to that disciplinary issue, insisting that: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Thero cepi maṁ vadeyya ahitānukampī maṁ vadeyya no hitānukampī, noti naṁ vadeyyaṁ viheṭheyyaṁ passampissa nappaṭikareyyaṁ. ;;;If a mendicant—whether senior, middle, or junior—were to admonish me, they wouldn’t be sympathetic, and I’d bother them by saying “No!” And anyway I wouldn’t deal with it even if I saw what I did wrong.’ 
;;;

>En 

Thero cepi maṁ vadeyya ahitānukampī maṁ vadeyya no hitānukampī, noti naṁ vadeyyaṁ viheṭheyyaṁ passampissa nappaṭikareyyaṁ. ;;;If a mendicant—whether senior, middle, or junior—were to admonish me, they wouldn’t be sympathetic, and I’d bother them by saying “No!” And anyway I wouldn’t deal with it even if I saw what I did wrong.’ 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

‘tādiso homi yādisā sāriputtamoggallānā’ti. ;;;‘May I be like Sāriputta and Moggallāna!’ 
;;;Esā, bhikkhave, tulā etaṁ pamāṇaṁ mama sāvakānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ yadidaṁ sāriputtamoggallānā”ti. 
;;;These are a standard and a measure for my monk disciples, that is, Sāriputta and Moggallāna.” 
;;;‘tādisī homi yādisī khujjuttarā ca upāsikā veḷukaṇḍakiyā ca nandamātā’ti. 
;;;‘May I be like the laywomen Khujjuttarā and Veḷukaṇṭakī, Nanda’s mother!’ 
;;;

>En 

‘tādiso homi yādisā sāriputtamoggallānā’ti. ;;;‘May I be like Sāriputta and Moggallāna!’ 
;;;Esā, bhikkhave, tulā etaṁ pamāṇaṁ mama sāvakānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ yadidaṁ sāriputtamoggallānā”ti. 
;;;These are a standard and a measure for my monk disciples, that is, Sāriputta and Moggallāna.” 
;;;‘tādisī homi yādisī khujjuttarā ca upāsikā veḷukaṇḍakiyā ca nandamātā’ti. 
;;;‘May I be like the laywomen Khujjuttarā and Veḷukaṇṭakī, Nanda’s mother!’ 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

16. Kodhapeyyāla ;;;The Chapter of Abbreviated Texts Beginning With Anger 
;;;

>En 

16. Kodhapeyyāla ;;;The Chapter of Abbreviated Texts Beginning With Anger 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Idamavoca bhagavā. ;;;That is what the Buddha said. 
;;;

>En 

Idamavoca bhagavā. ;;;That is what the Buddha said. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, naḷāgārā vā tiṇāgārā vā aggi mutto kūṭāgārānipi ḍahati ullittāvalittāni nivātāni phusitaggaḷāni pihitavātapānāni; ;;;It’s like a fire that spreads from a hut made of reeds or grass, and burns down even a bungalow, plastered inside and out, draft-free, with doors fastened and windows shuttered. 
;;;

>En 

Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, naḷāgārā vā tiṇāgārā vā aggi mutto kūṭāgārānipi ḍahati ullittāvalittāni nivātāni phusitaggaḷāni pihitavātapānāni; ;;;It’s like a fire that spreads from a hut made of reeds or grass, and burns down even a bungalow, plastered inside and out, draft-free, with doors fastened and windows shuttered. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Kammalakkhaṇo, bhikkhave, bālo, kammalakkhaṇo paṇḍito, apadānasobhanī paññāti. ;;;“A fool is characterized by their deeds, and an astute person is characterized by their deeds, for wisdom shows in its traces. 
;;;

>En 

“Kammalakkhaṇo, bhikkhave, bālo, kammalakkhaṇo paṇḍito, apadānasobhanī paññāti. ;;;“A fool is characterized by their deeds, and an astute person is characterized by their deeds, for wisdom shows in its traces. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

No cedaṁ, bhikkhave, bālo duccintitacintī ca abhavissa dubbhāsitabhāsī ca dukkaṭakammakārī ca, kena naṁ paṇḍitā jāneyyuṁ: ;;;If a fool didn’t think poorly, speak poorly, and act poorly, then how would the astute know of them: 
;;;

>En 

No cedaṁ, bhikkhave, bālo duccintitacintī ca abhavissa dubbhāsitabhāsī ca dukkaṭakammakārī ca, kena naṁ paṇḍitā jāneyyuṁ: ;;;If a fool didn’t think poorly, speak poorly, and act poorly, then how would the astute know of them: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, rañño khattiyassa muddhāvasittassa yāvajīvaṁ sāraṇīyāni bhavanti. ;;;“An anointed aristocratic king should commemorate three places as long as he lives. 
;;;

>En 

“Tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, rañño khattiyassa muddhāvasittassa yāvajīvaṁ sāraṇīyāni bhavanti. ;;;“An anointed aristocratic king should commemorate three places as long as he lives. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo nīce kule paccājāto hoti, caṇḍālakule vā venakule vā nesādakule vā rathakārakule vā pukkusakule vā dalidde appannapānabhojane kasiravuttike, yattha kasirena ghāsacchādo labbhati. ;;;It’s when a person is reborn in a low family—a family of corpse-workers, bamboo-workers, hunters, chariot-makers, or scavengers—poor, with little to eat or drink, where life is tough, and food and shelter are hard to find. 
;;;So ca hoti dubbaṇṇo duddasiko okoṭimako bavhābādho kāṇo vā kuṇī vā khañjo vā pakkhahato vā, na lābhī annassa pānassa vatthassa yānassa mālāgandhavilepanassa seyyāvasathapadīpeyyassa. 
;;;And they’re ugly, unsightly, deformed, sickly—one-eyed, crippled, lame, or half-paralyzed. They don’t get to have food, drink, clothes, and vehicles; garlands, fragrances, and makeup; or bed, house, and lighting. 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, rañño khattiyassa muddhāvasittassa jeṭṭho putto hoti ābhiseko anabhisitto acalappatto. 
;;;It’s when some person is the eldest son of an anointed aristocratic king. He has not yet been anointed, but is eligible, and has been confirmed in the succession. 
;;;Yā hissa, bhikkhave, pubbe anabhisittassa abhisekāsā sā paṭippassaddhā. 
;;;Because the former hope he had to be anointed has now died down. 
;;;

>En 

Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo nīce kule paccājāto hoti, caṇḍālakule vā venakule vā nesādakule vā rathakārakule vā pukkusakule vā dalidde appannapānabhojane kasiravuttike, yattha kasirena ghāsacchādo labbhati. ;;;It’s when a person is reborn in a low family—a family of corpse-workers, bamboo-workers, hunters, chariot-makers, or scavengers—poor, with little to eat or drink, where life is tough, and food and shelter are hard to find. 
;;;So ca hoti dubbaṇṇo duddasiko okoṭimako bavhābādho kāṇo vā kuṇī vā khañjo vā pakkhahato vā, na lābhī annassa pānassa vatthassa yānassa mālāgandhavilepanassa seyyāvasathapadīpeyyassa. 
;;;And they’re ugly, unsightly, deformed, sickly—one-eyed, crippled, lame, or half-paralyzed. They don’t get to have food, drink, clothes, and vehicles; garlands, fragrances, and makeup; or bed, house, and lighting. 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, rañño khattiyassa muddhāvasittassa jeṭṭho putto hoti ābhiseko anabhisitto acalappatto. 
;;;It’s when some person is the eldest son of an anointed aristocratic king. He has not yet been anointed, but is eligible, and has been confirmed in the succession. 
;;;Yā hissa, bhikkhave, pubbe anabhisittassa abhisekāsā sā paṭippassaddhā. 
;;;Because the former hope he had to be anointed has now died down. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“idha, bhikkhu, rājā cakkavattī dhammiko dhammarājā dhammaṁyeva nissāya dhammaṁ sakkaronto dhammaṁ garuṁ karonto dhammaṁ apacāyamāno dhammaddhajo dhammaketu dhammādhipateyyo dhammikaṁ rakkhāvaraṇaguttiṁ saṁvidahati antojanasmiṁ. ;;;“Monk, a wheel-turning monarch provides just protection and security for his court, relying only on principle—honoring, respecting, and venerating principle, having principle as his flag, banner, and authority. 
;;;

>En 

“idha, bhikkhu, rājā cakkavattī dhammiko dhammarājā dhammaṁyeva nissāya dhammaṁ sakkaronto dhammaṁ garuṁ karonto dhammaṁ apacāyamāno dhammaddhajo dhammaketu dhammādhipateyyo dhammikaṁ rakkhāvaraṇaguttiṁ saṁvidahati antojanasmiṁ. ;;;“Monk, a wheel-turning monarch provides just protection and security for his court, relying only on principle—honoring, respecting, and venerating principle, having principle as his flag, banner, and authority. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Bhūtapubbaṁ, bhikkhave, rājā ahosi sacetano nāma. ;;;“Once upon a time there was a king named Pacetana. 
;;;Sakkhissasi me, samma rathakāra, navaṁ cakkayugaṁ kātun’ti? 
;;;Are you able to make me a new pair of wheels?’ 
;;;

>En 

“Bhūtapubbaṁ, bhikkhave, rājā ahosi sacetano nāma. ;;;“Once upon a time there was a king named Pacetana. 
;;;Sakkhissasi me, samma rathakāra, navaṁ cakkayugaṁ kātun’ti? 
;;;Are you able to make me a new pair of wheels?’ 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Idha, bhikkhave, pāpaṇiko pubbaṇhasamayaṁ na sakkaccaṁ kammantaṁ adhiṭṭhāti, majjhanhikasamayaṁ na sakkaccaṁ kammantaṁ adhiṭṭhāti, sāyanhasamayaṁ na sakkaccaṁ kammantaṁ adhiṭṭhāti. ;;;It’s when a shopkeeper doesn’t carefully focus on their work in the morning, at midday, and in the afternoon. 
;;;Imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi aṅgehi samannāgato pāpaṇiko abhabbo anadhigataṁ vā bhogaṁ adhigantuṁ, adhigataṁ vā bhogaṁ phātiṁ kātuṁ. 
;;;A shopkeeper who has these three factors is unable to acquire more wealth or to increase the wealth they’ve already acquired. 
;;;

>En 

Idha, bhikkhave, pāpaṇiko pubbaṇhasamayaṁ na sakkaccaṁ kammantaṁ adhiṭṭhāti, majjhanhikasamayaṁ na sakkaccaṁ kammantaṁ adhiṭṭhāti, sāyanhasamayaṁ na sakkaccaṁ kammantaṁ adhiṭṭhāti. ;;;It’s when a shopkeeper doesn’t carefully focus on their work in the morning, at midday, and in the afternoon. 
;;;Imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi aṅgehi samannāgato pāpaṇiko abhabbo anadhigataṁ vā bhogaṁ adhigantuṁ, adhigataṁ vā bhogaṁ phātiṁ kātuṁ. 
;;;A shopkeeper who has these three factors is unable to acquire more wealth or to increase the wealth they’ve already acquired. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Tīhi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato pāpaṇiko nacirasseva mahattaṁ vepullattaṁ pāpuṇāti bhogesu. ;;;“Mendicants, a shopkeeper who has three factors soon acquires great and abundant wealth. 
;;;‘ito, samma pāpaṇika, bhoge karitvā puttadārañca posehi, amhākañca kālena kālaṁ anuppadehī’ti. 
;;;‘With this, friend shopkeeper, earn money to provide for your wives and children, and pay us back from time to time.’ 
;;;Ñāto sāraṇīyo bhikkhu, 
;;; 
;;;

>En 

“Tīhi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato pāpaṇiko nacirasseva mahattaṁ vepullattaṁ pāpuṇāti bhogesu. ;;;“Mendicants, a shopkeeper who has three factors soon acquires great and abundant wealth. 
;;;‘ito, samma pāpaṇika, bhoge karitvā puttadārañca posehi, amhākañca kālena kālaṁ anuppadehī’ti. 
;;;‘With this, friend shopkeeper, earn money to provide for your wives and children, and pay us back from time to time.’ 
;;;Ñāto sāraṇīyo bhikkhu, 
;;; 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho āyasmā ca samiddho āyasmā ca mahākoṭṭhiko yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā sāriputtena saddhiṁ sammodiṁsu. ;;;Then Venerable Saviṭṭha and Venerable Mahākoṭṭhita went up to Venerable Sāriputta, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto yāvatako ahosi āyasmatā ca samiddhena āyasmatā ca mahākoṭṭhikena saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi. 
;;;Then Sāriputta told the Buddha of all they had discussed. 
;;;Ṭhānañhetaṁ, sāriputta, vijjati yvāyaṁ puggalo saddhāvimutto svāssa arahattāya paṭipanno, yvāyaṁ puggalo kāyasakkhī svāssa sakadāgāmī vā anāgāmī vā, yo cāyaṁ puggalo diṭṭhippatto sopassa sakadāgāmī vā anāgāmī vā. 
;;;In some cases, a person who is freed by faith is practicing for perfection, while the direct witness and the one attained to view are once-returners or non-returners. 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho āyasmā ca samiddho āyasmā ca mahākoṭṭhiko yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā sāriputtena saddhiṁ sammodiṁsu. ;;;Then Venerable Saviṭṭha and Venerable Mahākoṭṭhita went up to Venerable Sāriputta, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto yāvatako ahosi āyasmatā ca samiddhena āyasmatā ca mahākoṭṭhikena saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi. 
;;;Then Sāriputta told the Buddha of all they had discussed. 
;;;Ṭhānañhetaṁ, sāriputta, vijjati yvāyaṁ puggalo saddhāvimutto svāssa arahattāya paṭipanno, yvāyaṁ puggalo kāyasakkhī svāssa sakadāgāmī vā anāgāmī vā, yo cāyaṁ puggalo diṭṭhippatto sopassa sakadāgāmī vā anāgāmī vā. 
;;;In some cases, a person who is freed by faith is practicing for perfection, while the direct witness and the one attained to view are once-returners or non-returners. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Sīlasāmaññagatānaṁ sataṁ sīlakathā ca no bhavissati, sā ca no pavattinī bhavissati, sā ca no phāsu bhavissati. ;;;Thinking, ‘Since our ethical conduct is similar, we can discuss ethics, the conversation will flow, and we’ll both be at ease. 
;;;

>En 

Sīlasāmaññagatānaṁ sataṁ sīlakathā ca no bhavissati, sā ca no pavattinī bhavissati, sā ca no phāsu bhavissati. ;;;Thinking, ‘Since our ethical conduct is similar, we can discuss ethics, the conversation will flow, and we’ll both be at ease. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, ahi gūthagato kiñcāpi na daṁsati, atha kho naṁ makkheti; ;;;They’re like a snake that’s been living in a pile of dung. Even if it doesn’t bite, it’ll still rub off on you. 
;;;

>En 

Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, ahi gūthagato kiñcāpi na daṁsati, atha kho naṁ makkheti; ;;;They’re like a snake that’s been living in a pile of dung. Even if it doesn’t bite, it’ll still rub off on you. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo sabhaggato vā parisaggato vā ñātimajjhagato vā pūgamajjhagato vā rājakulamajjhagato vā abhinīto sakkhipuṭṭho: ‘ehambho purisa, yaṁ jānāsi taṁ vadehī’ti. So ajānaṁ vā āha: ‘jānāmī’ti, jānaṁ vā āha: ‘na jānāmī’ti, apassaṁ vā āha: ‘passāmī’ti, passaṁ vā āha: ‘na passāmī’ti; iti attahetu vā parahetu vā āmisakiñcikkhahetu vā sampajānamusā bhāsitā hoti. ;;;It’s a person who is summoned to a council, an assembly, a family meeting, a guild, or to the royal court, and asked to bear witness: ‘Please, mister, say what you know.’ Not knowing, they say ‘I know.’ Knowing, they say ‘I don’t know.’ Not seeing, they say ‘I see.’ And seeing, they say ‘I don’t see.’ So they deliberately lie for the sake of themselves or another, or for some trivial worldly reason. 
;;;

>En 

Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo sabhaggato vā parisaggato vā ñātimajjhagato vā pūgamajjhagato vā rājakulamajjhagato vā abhinīto sakkhipuṭṭho: ‘ehambho purisa, yaṁ jānāsi taṁ vadehī’ti. So ajānaṁ vā āha: ‘jānāmī’ti, jānaṁ vā āha: ‘na jānāmī’ti, apassaṁ vā āha: ‘passāmī’ti, passaṁ vā āha: ‘na passāmī’ti; iti attahetu vā parahetu vā āmisakiñcikkhahetu vā sampajānamusā bhāsitā hoti. ;;;It’s a person who is summoned to a council, an assembly, a family meeting, a guild, or to the royal court, and asked to bear witness: ‘Please, mister, say what you know.’ Not knowing, they say ‘I know.’ Knowing, they say ‘I don’t know.’ Not seeing, they say ‘I see.’ And seeing, they say ‘I don’t see.’ So they deliberately lie for the sake of themselves or another, or for some trivial worldly reason. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Dhammādhammena saṭhoso, ;;;By methods good and bad, 
;;;Kusalo hoti saṅghātuṁ, 
;;;the young man’s skilled at piling up money, 
;;;

>En 

Dhammādhammena saṭhoso, ;;;By methods good and bad, 
;;;Kusalo hoti saṅghātuṁ, 
;;;the young man’s skilled at piling up money, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, kumbho nikujjo tatra udakaṁ āsittaṁ vivaṭṭati, no saṇṭhāti; ;;;It’s like when a pot full of water is tipped over, so the water drains out and doesn’t stay. 
;;;seyyo etehi vuccati; 
;;;is better than that, it’s said; 
;;;Samiddha gilāna saṅkhārā, 
;;; 
;;;

>En 

Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, kumbho nikujjo tatra udakaṁ āsittaṁ vivaṭṭati, no saṇṭhāti; ;;;It’s like when a pot full of water is tipped over, so the water drains out and doesn’t stay. 
;;;seyyo etehi vuccati; 
;;;is better than that, it’s said; 
;;;Samiddha gilāna saṅkhārā, 
;;; 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Santo vidhūmo anīgho nirāso, ;;;Peaceful, unclouded, untroubled, with no need for hope— 
;;;

>En 

Santo vidhūmo anīgho nirāso, ;;;Peaceful, unclouded, untroubled, with no need for hope— 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

‘bhikkhu acchecchi taṇhaṁ, vivattayi saṁyojanaṁ, sammā mānābhisamayā antamakāsi dukkhassa’. ;;;a mendicant who has cut off craving, untied the fetters, and by rightly comprehending conceit has made an end of suffering. 
;;;

>En 

‘bhikkhu acchecchi taṇhaṁ, vivattayi saṁyojanaṁ, sammā mānābhisamayā antamakāsi dukkhassa’. ;;;a mendicant who has cut off craving, untied the fetters, and by rightly comprehending conceit has made an end of suffering. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Yattha taṁ kammaṁ vipaccati tattha tassa kammassa vipākaṁ paṭisaṁvedeti, diṭṭhe vā dhamme upapajja vā apare vā pariyāye. ;;;And wherever that deed ripens, its result is experienced—either in the present life, or in the next life, or in some subsequent period. 
;;;Masiṁ karitvā mahāvāte vā ophuṇeyya nadiyā vā sīghasotāya pavāheyya. 
;;;and sweep away the ashes in a strong wind, or float them away down a swift stream. 
;;;Evassu tāni, bhikkhave, bījāni ucchinnamūlāni tālāvatthukatāni anabhāvaṅkatāni āyatiṁ anuppādadhammāni. 
;;;Then those seeds would be cut off at the root, made like a palm stump, obliterated, and unable to arise in the future. 
;;;

>En 

Yattha taṁ kammaṁ vipaccati tattha tassa kammassa vipākaṁ paṭisaṁvedeti, diṭṭhe vā dhamme upapajja vā apare vā pariyāye. ;;;And wherever that deed ripens, its result is experienced—either in the present life, or in the next life, or in some subsequent period. 
;;;Masiṁ karitvā mahāvāte vā ophuṇeyya nadiyā vā sīghasotāya pavāheyya. 
;;;and sweep away the ashes in a strong wind, or float them away down a swift stream. 
;;;Evassu tāni, bhikkhave, bījāni ucchinnamūlāni tālāvatthukatāni anabhāvaṅkatāni āyatiṁ anuppādadhammāni. 
;;;Then those seeds would be cut off at the root, made like a palm stump, obliterated, and unable to arise in the future. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tatrassa pallaṅko gonakatthato paṭikatthato paṭalikatthato kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇo sauttaracchado ubhato lohitakūpadhāno; ;;;His couch is spread with woolen covers—shag-piled, pure white, or embroidered with flowers—and spread with a fine deer hide. It has a canopy above and red pillows at both ends. 
;;;catasso ca pajāpatiyo manāpāmanāpena paccupaṭṭhitā assu. 
;;;while his four wives attend to him in all manner of agreeable ways. 
;;;Yo na limpati kāmesu, 
;;;Sensual pleasures slip off them, 
;;;

>En 

Tatrassa pallaṅko gonakatthato paṭikatthato paṭalikatthato kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇo sauttaracchado ubhato lohitakūpadhāno; ;;;His couch is spread with woolen covers—shag-piled, pure white, or embroidered with flowers—and spread with a fine deer hide. It has a canopy above and red pillows at both ends. 
;;;catasso ca pajāpatiyo manāpāmanāpena paccupaṭṭhitā assu. 
;;;while his four wives attend to him in all manner of agreeable ways. 
;;;Yo na limpati kāmesu, 
;;;Sensual pleasures slip off them, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

‘ambho purisa, na tvaṁ addasa manussesu itthiṁ vā purisaṁ vā āsītikaṁ vā nāvutikaṁ vā vassasatikaṁ vā jātiyā jiṇṇaṁ gopānasivaṅkaṁ bhoggaṁ daṇḍaparāyaṇaṁ pavedhamānaṁ gacchantaṁ āturaṁ gatayobbanaṁ khaṇḍadantaṁ palitakesaṁ vilūnaṁ khallitasiraṁ valitaṁ tilakāhatagattan’ti? ;;;‘Mister, did you not see among human beings an elderly woman or a man—eighty, ninety, or a hundred years old—bent double, crooked, leaning on a staff, trembling as they walk, ailing, past their prime, with teeth broken, hair grey and scanty or bald, skin wrinkled, and limbs blotchy?’ 
;;;‘ambho, purisa, tassa te viññussa sato mahallakassa na etadahosi— 
;;;‘Mister, did it not occur to you—being sensible and mature— 
;;;Taggha tvaṁ, ambho purisa, tathā karissanti yathā taṁ pamattaṁ. 
;;;Indeed, they’ll definitely punish you to fit your negligence. 
;;;Taṁ kho pana te etaṁ pāpakammaṁ neva mātarā kataṁ, na pitarā kataṁ, na bhātarā kataṁ, na bhaginiyā kataṁ, na mittāmaccehi kataṁ, na ñātisālohitehi kataṁ, na devatāhi kataṁ, na samaṇabrāhmaṇehi kataṁ; 
;;;That bad deed wasn’t done by your mother, father, brother, or sister. It wasn’t done by friends and colleagues, by relatives and kin, by the deities, or by ascetics and brahmins. 
;;;‘ambho purisa, tassa te viññussa sato mahallakassa na etadahosi: 
;;;‘Mister, did it not occur to you—being sensible and mature— 
;;;‘ambho purisa, tassa te viññussa sato mahallakassa na etadahosi— 
;;;‘Mister, did it not occur to you—being sensible and mature— 
;;;Tamenaṁ, bhikkhave, nirayapālā saṁvesetvā kudhārīhi tacchanti. 
;;;The wardens of hell throw them down and hack them with axes. … 
;;;Tamenaṁ, bhikkhave, nirayapālā uddhampādaṁ adhosiraṁ gahetvā vāsīhi tacchanti …pe… 
;;;They hang them upside-down and hack them with hatchets. … 
;;;tamenaṁ, bhikkhave, nirayapālā rathe yojetvā ādittāya bhūmiyā sampajjalitāya sajotibhūtāya sārentipi paccāsārentipi …pe… 
;;;They harness them to a chariot, and drive them back and forth across burning ground, blazing and glowing. … 
;;;tamenaṁ, bhikkhave, nirayapālā uddhampādaṁ adhosiraṁ gahetvā tattāya lohakumbhiyā pakkhipanti, ādittāya sampajjalitāya sajotibhūtāya. (…) 
;;;The wardens of hell turn them upside down and throw them in a red-hot copper pot, burning, blazing, and glowing. 
;;;Te appamattā sukhino, 
;;;Happy, they’ve come to a safe place, 
;;;

>En 

‘ambho purisa, na tvaṁ addasa manussesu itthiṁ vā purisaṁ vā āsītikaṁ vā nāvutikaṁ vā vassasatikaṁ vā jātiyā jiṇṇaṁ gopānasivaṅkaṁ bhoggaṁ daṇḍaparāyaṇaṁ pavedhamānaṁ gacchantaṁ āturaṁ gatayobbanaṁ khaṇḍadantaṁ palitakesaṁ vilūnaṁ khallitasiraṁ valitaṁ tilakāhatagattan’ti? ;;;‘Mister, did you not see among human beings an elderly woman or a man—eighty, ninety, or a hundred years old—bent double, crooked, leaning on a staff, trembling as they walk, ailing, past their prime, with teeth broken, hair grey and scanty or bald, skin wrinkled, and limbs blotchy?’ 
;;;‘ambho, purisa, tassa te viññussa sato mahallakassa na etadahosi— 
;;;‘Mister, did it not occur to you—being sensible and mature— 
;;;Taggha tvaṁ, ambho purisa, tathā karissanti yathā taṁ pamattaṁ. 
;;;Indeed, they’ll definitely punish you to fit your negligence. 
;;;Taṁ kho pana te etaṁ pāpakammaṁ neva mātarā kataṁ, na pitarā kataṁ, na bhātarā kataṁ, na bhaginiyā kataṁ, na mittāmaccehi kataṁ, na ñātisālohitehi kataṁ, na devatāhi kataṁ, na samaṇabrāhmaṇehi kataṁ; 
;;;That bad deed wasn’t done by your mother, father, brother, or sister. It wasn’t done by friends and colleagues, by relatives and kin, by the deities, or by ascetics and brahmins. 
;;;‘ambho purisa, tassa te viññussa sato mahallakassa na etadahosi: 
;;;‘Mister, did it not occur to you—being sensible and mature— 
;;;‘ambho purisa, tassa te viññussa sato mahallakassa na etadahosi— 
;;;‘Mister, did it not occur to you—being sensible and mature— 
;;;Tamenaṁ, bhikkhave, nirayapālā saṁvesetvā kudhārīhi tacchanti. 
;;;The wardens of hell throw them down and hack them with axes. … 
;;;Tamenaṁ, bhikkhave, nirayapālā uddhampādaṁ adhosiraṁ gahetvā vāsīhi tacchanti …pe… 
;;;They hang them upside-down and hack them with hatchets. … 
;;;tamenaṁ, bhikkhave, nirayapālā rathe yojetvā ādittāya bhūmiyā sampajjalitāya sajotibhūtāya sārentipi paccāsārentipi …pe… 
;;;They harness them to a chariot, and drive them back and forth across burning ground, blazing and glowing. … 
;;;tamenaṁ, bhikkhave, nirayapālā uddhampādaṁ adhosiraṁ gahetvā tattāya lohakumbhiyā pakkhipanti, ādittāya sampajjalitāya sajotibhūtāya. (…) 
;;;The wardens of hell turn them upside down and throw them in a red-hot copper pot, burning, blazing, and glowing. 
;;;Te appamattā sukhino, 
;;;Happy, they’ve come to a safe place, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Cātuddasiṁ, bhikkhave, pakkhassa catunnaṁ mahārājānaṁ puttā imaṁ lokaṁ anuvicaranti: ;;;And on the fourteenth day of the fortnight, the sons of the four great kings wander about the world, thinking: 
;;;Tamenaṁ, bhikkhave, cattāro mahārājāno devānaṁ tāvatiṁsānaṁ sudhammāya sabhāya sannisinnānaṁ sannipatitānaṁ ārocenti: 
;;;the four great kings address the gods of the thirty-three, seated together in the Hall of Justice: 
;;;yopissa mādiso naro’ti. 
;;;as well as on the fortnightly special displays.’ 
;;;Yo ca kho so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu arahaṁ khīṇāsavo vusitavā brahmacariyo katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṁyojano sammadaññāvimutto, tassa kho etaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno kallaṁ vacanāya: 
;;;But for a mendicant who is perfected—with defilements ended, who has completed the spiritual journey, done what had to be done, laid down the burden, achieved their own true goal, utterly ended the fetter of continued existence, and is rightly freed through enlightenment—it is appropriate to say: 
;;;

>En 

Cātuddasiṁ, bhikkhave, pakkhassa catunnaṁ mahārājānaṁ puttā imaṁ lokaṁ anuvicaranti: ;;;And on the fourteenth day of the fortnight, the sons of the four great kings wander about the world, thinking: 
;;;Tamenaṁ, bhikkhave, cattāro mahārājāno devānaṁ tāvatiṁsānaṁ sudhammāya sabhāya sannisinnānaṁ sannipatitānaṁ ārocenti: 
;;;the four great kings address the gods of the thirty-three, seated together in the Hall of Justice: 
;;;yopissa mādiso naro’ti. 
;;;as well as on the fortnightly special displays.’ 
;;;Yo ca kho so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu arahaṁ khīṇāsavo vusitavā brahmacariyo katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṁyojano sammadaññāvimutto, tassa kho etaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno kallaṁ vacanāya: 
;;;But for a mendicant who is perfected—with defilements ended, who has completed the spiritual journey, done what had to be done, laid down the burden, achieved their own true goal, utterly ended the fetter of continued existence, and is rightly freed through enlightenment—it is appropriate to say: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Yo ca kho so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu arahaṁ khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṁyojano sammadaññāvimutto, tassa kho etaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno kallaṁ vacanāya: ;;;But for a mendicant who is perfected—with defilements ended, who has completed the spiritual journey, done what had to be done, laid down the burden, achieved their own true goal, utterly ended the fetter of continued existence, and is rightly freed through enlightenment—it is appropriate to say: 
;;;

>En 

Yo ca kho so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu arahaṁ khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṁyojano sammadaññāvimutto, tassa kho etaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno kallaṁ vacanāya: ;;;But for a mendicant who is perfected—with defilements ended, who has completed the spiritual journey, done what had to be done, laid down the burden, achieved their own true goal, utterly ended the fetter of continued existence, and is rightly freed through enlightenment—it is appropriate to say: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Na kho panassāhaṁ, bhikkhave, akāsikaṁ candanaṁ dhāremi. Kāsikaṁ, bhikkhave, su me taṁ veṭhanaṁ hoti, kāsikā kañcukā, kāsikaṁ nivāsanaṁ, kāsiko uttarāsaṅgo. ;;;I only used sandalwood from Kāsi, and my turbans, jackets, sarongs, and upper robes also came from Kāsi. 
;;;Rattindivaṁ kho pana me su taṁ, bhikkhave, setacchattaṁ dhārīyati: 
;;;And a white parasol was held over me night and day, with the thought: 
;;;So kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, vassike pāsāde vassike cattāro māse nippurisehi tūriyehi paricārayamāno na heṭṭhāpāsādaṁ orohāmi. 
;;;I stayed in a stilt longhouse without coming downstairs for the four months of the rainy season, where I was entertained by musicians—none of them men. 
;;;Yathā kho pana, bhikkhave, aññesaṁ nivesane dāsakammakaraporisassa kaṇājakaṁ bhojanaṁ dīyati bilaṅgadutiyaṁ, evamevassu me, bhikkhave, pitu nivesane dāsakammakaraporisassa sālimaṁsodano dīyati. 
;;;While the bondservants, workers, and staff in other houses are given rough gruel with pickles to eat, in my father’s home they are given fine rice with meat. 
;;;Nekkhamme daṭṭhu khemataṁ; 
;;;seeing renunciation as sanctuary. 
;;;

>En 

Na kho panassāhaṁ, bhikkhave, akāsikaṁ candanaṁ dhāremi. Kāsikaṁ, bhikkhave, su me taṁ veṭhanaṁ hoti, kāsikā kañcukā, kāsikaṁ nivāsanaṁ, kāsiko uttarāsaṅgo. ;;;I only used sandalwood from Kāsi, and my turbans, jackets, sarongs, and upper robes also came from Kāsi. 
;;;Rattindivaṁ kho pana me su taṁ, bhikkhave, setacchattaṁ dhārīyati: 
;;;And a white parasol was held over me night and day, with the thought: 
;;;So kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, vassike pāsāde vassike cattāro māse nippurisehi tūriyehi paricārayamāno na heṭṭhāpāsādaṁ orohāmi. 
;;;I stayed in a stilt longhouse without coming downstairs for the four months of the rainy season, where I was entertained by musicians—none of them men. 
;;;Yathā kho pana, bhikkhave, aññesaṁ nivesane dāsakammakaraporisassa kaṇājakaṁ bhojanaṁ dīyati bilaṅgadutiyaṁ, evamevassu me, bhikkhave, pitu nivesane dāsakammakaraporisassa sālimaṁsodano dīyati. 
;;;While the bondservants, workers, and staff in other houses are given rough gruel with pickles to eat, in my father’s home they are given fine rice with meat. 
;;;Nekkhamme daṭṭhu khemataṁ; 
;;;seeing renunciation as sanctuary. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

‘āraddhaṁ kho pana me vīriyaṁ bhavissati asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, passaddho kāyo asāraddho, samāhitaṁ cittaṁ ekaggan’ti. ;;;‘My energy shall be roused up and unflagging, mindfulness shall be established and lucid, my body shall be tranquil and undisturbed, and my mind shall be immersed in samādhi.’ 
;;;‘āraddhaṁ kho pana me vīriyaṁ bhavissati asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, passaddho kāyo asāraddho, samāhitaṁ cittaṁ ekaggan’ti. 
;;;‘My energy shall be roused up and unflagging, mindfulness shall be established and lucid, my body shall be tranquil and undisturbed, and my mind shall be immersed in samādhi.’ 
;;;‘āraddhaṁ kho pana me vīriyaṁ bhavissati asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, passaddho kāyo asāraddho, samāhitaṁ cittaṁ ekaggan’ti. 
;;;‘My energy shall be roused up and unflagging, mindfulness shall be established and lucid, my body shall be tranquil and undisturbed, and my mind shall be immersed in samādhi.’ 
;;;Tasmā hi attādhipateyyako ca, 
;;;So with yourself in charge, live mindfully; 
;;;

>En 

‘āraddhaṁ kho pana me vīriyaṁ bhavissati asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, passaddho kāyo asāraddho, samāhitaṁ cittaṁ ekaggan’ti. ;;;‘My energy shall be roused up and unflagging, mindfulness shall be established and lucid, my body shall be tranquil and undisturbed, and my mind shall be immersed in samādhi.’ 
;;;‘āraddhaṁ kho pana me vīriyaṁ bhavissati asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, passaddho kāyo asāraddho, samāhitaṁ cittaṁ ekaggan’ti. 
;;;‘My energy shall be roused up and unflagging, mindfulness shall be established and lucid, my body shall be tranquil and undisturbed, and my mind shall be immersed in samādhi.’ 
;;;‘āraddhaṁ kho pana me vīriyaṁ bhavissati asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, passaddho kāyo asāraddho, samāhitaṁ cittaṁ ekaggan’ti. 
;;;‘My energy shall be roused up and unflagging, mindfulness shall be established and lucid, my body shall be tranquil and undisturbed, and my mind shall be immersed in samādhi.’ 
;;;Tasmā hi attādhipateyyako ca, 
;;;So with yourself in charge, live mindfully; 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

attamatthaṁ vicakkhaṇā. ;;;do likewise. 
;;;

>En 

attamatthaṁ vicakkhaṇā. ;;;do likewise. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

mahācorenekādasāti. ;;;" 
;;;

>En 

mahācorenekādasāti. ;;;" 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho dve brāhmaṇā jiṇṇā vuddhā mahallakā addhagatā vayoanuppattā vīsavassasatikā jātiyā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodiṁsu. ;;;Then two old brahmins—elderly and senior, who were advanced in years and had reached the final stage of life, a hundred and twenty years old—went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;“mayamassu, bho gotama, brāhmaṇā jiṇṇā vuddhā mahallakā addhagatā vayoanuppattā vīsavassasatikā jātiyā; 
;;;“We brahmins, Mister Gotama, are old, elderly and senior, we’re advanced in years and have reached the final stage of life; we’re a hundred and twenty years old. 
;;;“Taggha tumhe, brāhmaṇā, jiṇṇā vuddhā mahallakā addhagatā vayoanuppattā vīsavassasatikā jātiyā; 
;;;“Indeed, brahmins, you’re old, elderly and senior. 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho dve brāhmaṇā jiṇṇā vuddhā mahallakā addhagatā vayoanuppattā vīsavassasatikā jātiyā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodiṁsu. ;;;Then two old brahmins—elderly and senior, who were advanced in years and had reached the final stage of life, a hundred and twenty years old—went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;“mayamassu, bho gotama, brāhmaṇā jiṇṇā vuddhā mahallakā addhagatā vayoanuppattā vīsavassasatikā jātiyā; 
;;;“We brahmins, Mister Gotama, are old, elderly and senior, we’re advanced in years and have reached the final stage of life; we’re a hundred and twenty years old. 
;;;“Taggha tumhe, brāhmaṇā, jiṇṇā vuddhā mahallakā addhagatā vayoanuppattā vīsavassasatikā jātiyā; 
;;;“Indeed, brahmins, you’re old, elderly and senior. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho dve brāhmaṇā jiṇṇā vuddhā mahallakā addhagatā vayoanuppattā vīsavassasatikā jātiyā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te brāhmaṇā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ: ;;;Then two old brahmins—elderly and senior, who were advanced in years and had reached the final stage of life, being a hundred and twenty years old—went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha: 
;;;“mayamassu, bho gotama, brāhmaṇā jiṇṇā vuddhā mahallakā addhagatā vayoanuppattā vīsavassasatikā jātiyā; 
;;;“We brahmins, Mister Gotama, are old, elderly and senior, we’re advanced in years and have reached the final stage of life; we’re a hundred and twenty years old. 
;;;“Taggha tumhe, brāhmaṇā, jiṇṇā vuddhā mahallakā addhagatā vayoanuppattā vīsavassasatikā jātiyā; 
;;;“Indeed, brahmins, you’re old, elderly and senior. 
;;;Evaṁ āditto kho loko, 
;;;And as the world is on fire 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho dve brāhmaṇā jiṇṇā vuddhā mahallakā addhagatā vayoanuppattā vīsavassasatikā jātiyā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te brāhmaṇā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ: ;;;Then two old brahmins—elderly and senior, who were advanced in years and had reached the final stage of life, being a hundred and twenty years old—went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha: 
;;;“mayamassu, bho gotama, brāhmaṇā jiṇṇā vuddhā mahallakā addhagatā vayoanuppattā vīsavassasatikā jātiyā; 
;;;“We brahmins, Mister Gotama, are old, elderly and senior, we’re advanced in years and have reached the final stage of life; we’re a hundred and twenty years old. 
;;;“Taggha tumhe, brāhmaṇā, jiṇṇā vuddhā mahallakā addhagatā vayoanuppattā vīsavassasatikā jātiyā; 
;;;“Indeed, brahmins, you’re old, elderly and senior. 
;;;Evaṁ āditto kho loko, 
;;;And as the world is on fire 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Kittāvatā nu kho, bho gotama, sandiṭṭhiko dhammo hoti akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṁ veditabbo viññūhī”ti? ;;;In what way is the teaching apparent in the present life, immediately effective, inviting inspection, relevant, so that sensible people can know it for themselves?” 
;;;Dose pahīne nevattabyābādhāyapi ceteti, na parabyābādhāyapi ceteti, na ubhayabyābādhāyapi ceteti, na cetasikampi dukkhaṁ domanassaṁ paṭisaṁvedeti. 
;;;When hate has been given up, they don’t intend to hurt themselves, hurt others, and hurt both. They don’t experience mental pain and sadness. 
;;;

>En 

Kittāvatā nu kho, bho gotama, sandiṭṭhiko dhammo hoti akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṁ veditabbo viññūhī”ti? ;;;In what way is the teaching apparent in the present life, immediately effective, inviting inspection, relevant, so that sensible people can know it for themselves?” 
;;;Dose pahīne nevattabyābādhāyapi ceteti, na parabyābādhāyapi ceteti, na ubhayabyābādhāyapi ceteti, na cetasikampi dukkhaṁ domanassaṁ paṭisaṁvedeti. 
;;;When hate has been given up, they don’t intend to hurt themselves, hurt others, and hurt both. They don’t experience mental pain and sadness. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“sutaṁ metaṁ, bho gotama, pubbakānaṁ brāhmaṇānaṁ vuddhānaṁ mahallakānaṁ ācariyapācariyānaṁ bhāsamānānaṁ: ;;;“Mister Gotama, I have heard that brahmins of the past who were elderly and senior, the tutors of tutors, said: 
;;;‘pubbe sudaṁ ayaṁ loko avīci maññe phuṭo ahosi manussehi, kukkuṭasaṁpātikā gāmanigamarājadhāniyo’ti. 
;;;‘In the old days this world was so full of people you’d think they were squashed together. The villages, towns and capital cities were no more than a chicken’s flight apart.’ 
;;;Te adhammarāgarattā visamalobhābhibhūtā micchādhammaparetā tiṇhāni satthāni gahetvā aññamaññaṁ jīvitā voropenti, tena bahū manussā kālaṁ karonti. 
;;;Taking up sharp knives, they murder each other. And so many people perish. 
;;;

>En 

“sutaṁ metaṁ, bho gotama, pubbakānaṁ brāhmaṇānaṁ vuddhānaṁ mahallakānaṁ ācariyapācariyānaṁ bhāsamānānaṁ: ;;;“Mister Gotama, I have heard that brahmins of the past who were elderly and senior, the tutors of tutors, said: 
;;;‘pubbe sudaṁ ayaṁ loko avīci maññe phuṭo ahosi manussehi, kukkuṭasaṁpātikā gāmanigamarājadhāniyo’ti. 
;;;‘In the old days this world was so full of people you’d think they were squashed together. The villages, towns and capital cities were no more than a chicken’s flight apart.’ 
;;;Te adhammarāgarattā visamalobhābhibhūtā micchādhammaparetā tiṇhāni satthāni gahetvā aññamaññaṁ jīvitā voropenti, tena bahū manussā kālaṁ karonti. 
;;;Taking up sharp knives, they murder each other. And so many people perish. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

na me te vuttavādino. Abbhācikkhanti ca pana maṁ asatā abhūtena. ;;;do not repeat what I have said. They misrepresent me with what is false and untrue. 
;;;‘ye hi te candanikāya vā oligalle vā pāṇā, tatrapi yo thālidhovanaṁ vā sarāvadhovanaṁ vā chaḍḍeti: 
;;;‘You even make merit by tipping out dish-washing water in a cesspool or a sump with living creatures in it, thinking, 
;;;Tasmiṁyeva viraje khette, 
;;;In that flawless field, 
;;;

>En 

na me te vuttavādino. Abbhācikkhanti ca pana maṁ asatā abhūtena. ;;;do not repeat what I have said. They misrepresent me with what is false and untrue. 
;;;‘ye hi te candanikāya vā oligalle vā pāṇā, tatrapi yo thālidhovanaṁ vā sarāvadhovanaṁ vā chaḍḍeti: 
;;;‘You even make merit by tipping out dish-washing water in a cesspool or a sump with living creatures in it, thinking, 
;;;Tasmiṁyeva viraje khette, 
;;;In that flawless field, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Buddhaṁ antimadehinaṁ, ;;;bearing the final body, 
;;;

>En 

Buddhaṁ antimadehinaṁ, ;;;bearing the final body, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tatra, bho gotama, yo ceva yajati yo ca yajāpeti sabbe te anekasārīrikaṁ puññappaṭipadaṁ paṭipannā honti, yadidaṁ yaññādhikaraṇaṁ. ;;;Now, Mister Gotama, both of these people—the one who sacrifices and the one who encourages others to sacrifice—are doing good for many people on account of that sacrifice. 
;;;“kā nvajja, brāhmaṇa, rājantepure rājapurisānaṁ sannisinnānaṁ sannipatitānaṁ antarākathā udapādī”ti? 
;;;“Brahmin, what came up in the conversation among the king’s retinue today, sitting together in the royal compound?” 
;;;Idha, brāhmaṇa, ekacco anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhoti: ‘ekopi hutvā bahudhā hoti, bahudhāpi hutvā eko hoti; āvibhāvaṁ, tirobhāvaṁ; tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamāno gacchati, seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ karoti, seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gacchati, seyyathāpi pathaviyaṁ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kamati, seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve pāṇinā parimasati parimajjati, yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vatteti’. 
;;;It’s when someone wields the many kinds of psychic power: multiplying themselves and becoming one again; appearing and disappearing; going unobstructed through a wall, a rampart, or a mountain as if through space; diving in and out of the earth as if it were water; walking on water as if it were earth; flying cross-legged through the sky like a bird; touching and stroking with the hand the sun and moon, so mighty and powerful. They control the body as far as the realm of divinity. 
;;;“Tatra, bho gotama, yadidaṁ pāṭihāriyaṁ idhekacco anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhoti …pe… 
;;;“Regarding this, Mister Gotama, a demonstration of psychic power 
;;;idaṁ, bho gotama, pāṭihāriyaṁ yova naṁ karoti sova naṁ paṭisaṁvedeti, yova naṁ karoti tasseva taṁ hoti. 
;;;is experienced only by the one who performs it, occurring only to them. 
;;;

>En 

Tatra, bho gotama, yo ceva yajati yo ca yajāpeti sabbe te anekasārīrikaṁ puññappaṭipadaṁ paṭipannā honti, yadidaṁ yaññādhikaraṇaṁ. ;;;Now, Mister Gotama, both of these people—the one who sacrifices and the one who encourages others to sacrifice—are doing good for many people on account of that sacrifice. 
;;;“kā nvajja, brāhmaṇa, rājantepure rājapurisānaṁ sannisinnānaṁ sannipatitānaṁ antarākathā udapādī”ti? 
;;;“Brahmin, what came up in the conversation among the king’s retinue today, sitting together in the royal compound?” 
;;;Idha, brāhmaṇa, ekacco anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhoti: ‘ekopi hutvā bahudhā hoti, bahudhāpi hutvā eko hoti; āvibhāvaṁ, tirobhāvaṁ; tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamāno gacchati, seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ karoti, seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gacchati, seyyathāpi pathaviyaṁ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kamati, seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve pāṇinā parimasati parimajjati, yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vatteti’. 
;;;It’s when someone wields the many kinds of psychic power: multiplying themselves and becoming one again; appearing and disappearing; going unobstructed through a wall, a rampart, or a mountain as if through space; diving in and out of the earth as if it were water; walking on water as if it were earth; flying cross-legged through the sky like a bird; touching and stroking with the hand the sun and moon, so mighty and powerful. They control the body as far as the realm of divinity. 
;;;“Tatra, bho gotama, yadidaṁ pāṭihāriyaṁ idhekacco anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhoti …pe… 
;;;“Regarding this, Mister Gotama, a demonstration of psychic power 
;;;idaṁ, bho gotama, pāṭihāriyaṁ yova naṁ karoti sova naṁ paṭisaṁvedeti, yova naṁ karoti tasseva taṁ hoti. 
;;;is experienced only by the one who performs it, occurring only to them. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, titthāyatanāni yāni paṇḍitehi samanuyuñjiyamānāni samanugāhiyamānāni samanubhāsiyamānāni parampi gantvā akiriyāya saṇṭhahanti. ;;;“Mendicants, these three sectarian tenets—as pursued, pressed, and grilled by the astute—when taken to their conclusion, end with inaction. 
;;;Te ca me evaṁ puṭṭhā ‘āmā’ti paṭijānanti. 
;;;And they answered, ‘Yes’. 
;;;Ahetuappaccayaṁ kho pana, bhikkhave, sārato paccāgacchataṁ na hoti chando vā vāyāmo vā idaṁ vā karaṇīyaṁ idaṁ vā akaraṇīyanti. 
;;;Those who believe that the absence of cause or reason is the most important thing have no enthusiasm, no effort, no idea that there are things that should and should not be done. 
;;;Katamañca, bhikkhave, dukkhasamudayaṁ ariyasaccaṁ? 
;;;And what is the noble truth of the origin of suffering? 
;;;Katamañca, bhikkhave, dukkhanirodhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ? 
;;;And what is the noble truth of the cessation of suffering? 
;;;

>En 

“Tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, titthāyatanāni yāni paṇḍitehi samanuyuñjiyamānāni samanugāhiyamānāni samanubhāsiyamānāni parampi gantvā akiriyāya saṇṭhahanti. ;;;“Mendicants, these three sectarian tenets—as pursued, pressed, and grilled by the astute—when taken to their conclusion, end with inaction. 
;;;Te ca me evaṁ puṭṭhā ‘āmā’ti paṭijānanti. 
;;;And they answered, ‘Yes’. 
;;;Ahetuappaccayaṁ kho pana, bhikkhave, sārato paccāgacchataṁ na hoti chando vā vāyāmo vā idaṁ vā karaṇīyaṁ idaṁ vā akaraṇīyanti. 
;;;Those who believe that the absence of cause or reason is the most important thing have no enthusiasm, no effort, no idea that there are things that should and should not be done. 
;;;Katamañca, bhikkhave, dukkhasamudayaṁ ariyasaccaṁ? 
;;;And what is the noble truth of the origin of suffering? 
;;;Katamañca, bhikkhave, dukkhanirodhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ? 
;;;And what is the noble truth of the cessation of suffering? 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti. ;;;‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’ 
;;;Yāni tāni, bho gotama, uccāsayanamahāsayanāni, seyyathidaṁ— 
;;;Surely Mister Gotama gets when he wants, without trouble or difficulty, various kinds of high and luxurious bedding, such as: 
;;;āsandi pallaṅko gonako cittako paṭikā paṭalikā tūlikā vikatikā uddalomī ekantalomī kaṭṭissaṁ koseyyaṁ kuttakaṁ hatthattharaṁ assattharaṁ rathattharaṁ ajinappaveṇī kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇaṁ sauttaracchadaṁ ubhatolohitakūpadhānaṁ, evarūpānaṁ nūna bhavaṁ gotamo uccāsayanamahāsayanānaṁ nikāmalābhī akicchalābhī akasiralābhī”ti. 
;;;sofas, couches, woolen covers—shag-piled, colorful, white, embroidered with flowers, quilted, embroidered with animals, double-or single-fringed—and silk covers studded with gems, as well as silken sheets, woven carpets, rugs for elephants, horses, or chariots, antelope hide rugs, and spreads of fine deer hide, with a canopy above and red cushions at both ends.” 
;;;āsandi pallaṅko gonako cittako paṭikā paṭalikā tūlikā vikatikā uddalomī ekantalomī kaṭṭissaṁ koseyyaṁ kuttakaṁ hatthattharaṁ assattharaṁ rathattharaṁ ajinappaveṇī kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇaṁ sauttaracchadaṁ ubhatolohitakūpadhānaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;Dullabhāni tāni pabbajitānaṁ laddhā ca pana na kappanti. 
;;;are hard for renunciates to find. And even if they do get them, they’re not allowed. 
;;;So pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto vanantaññeva pavisāmi. 
;;;After the meal, on my return from almsround, I enter within a forest. 
;;;So yadeva tattha honti tiṇāni vā paṇṇāni vā tāni ekajjhaṁ saṅgharitvā nisīdāmi pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;I gather up some grass or leaves into a pile and sit down cross-legged, setting my body straight, and establishing mindfulness in my presence. 
;;;So yadeva tattha honti tiṇāni vā paṇṇāni vā tāni ekajjhaṁ saṅgharitvā nisīdāmi pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;I gather up some grass or leaves into a pile and sit down cross-legged, setting my body straight, and establishing mindfulness in my presence. 
;;;So yadeva tattha honti tiṇāni vā paṇṇāni vā tāni ekajjhaṁ saṅgharitvā nisīdāmi pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;I gather up some grass or leaves into a pile and sit down cross-legged, setting my body straight, and establishing mindfulness in his presence. 
;;;So evaṁ jānāmi: 
;;;I know this: 
;;;

>En 

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti. ;;;‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’ 
;;;Yāni tāni, bho gotama, uccāsayanamahāsayanāni, seyyathidaṁ— 
;;;Surely Mister Gotama gets when he wants, without trouble or difficulty, various kinds of high and luxurious bedding, such as: 
;;;āsandi pallaṅko gonako cittako paṭikā paṭalikā tūlikā vikatikā uddalomī ekantalomī kaṭṭissaṁ koseyyaṁ kuttakaṁ hatthattharaṁ assattharaṁ rathattharaṁ ajinappaveṇī kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇaṁ sauttaracchadaṁ ubhatolohitakūpadhānaṁ, evarūpānaṁ nūna bhavaṁ gotamo uccāsayanamahāsayanānaṁ nikāmalābhī akicchalābhī akasiralābhī”ti. 
;;;sofas, couches, woolen covers—shag-piled, colorful, white, embroidered with flowers, quilted, embroidered with animals, double-or single-fringed—and silk covers studded with gems, as well as silken sheets, woven carpets, rugs for elephants, horses, or chariots, antelope hide rugs, and spreads of fine deer hide, with a canopy above and red cushions at both ends.” 
;;;āsandi pallaṅko gonako cittako paṭikā paṭalikā tūlikā vikatikā uddalomī ekantalomī kaṭṭissaṁ koseyyaṁ kuttakaṁ hatthattharaṁ assattharaṁ rathattharaṁ ajinappaveṇī kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇaṁ sauttaracchadaṁ ubhatolohitakūpadhānaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;Dullabhāni tāni pabbajitānaṁ laddhā ca pana na kappanti. 
;;;are hard for renunciates to find. And even if they do get them, they’re not allowed. 
;;;So pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto vanantaññeva pavisāmi. 
;;;After the meal, on my return from almsround, I enter within a forest. 
;;;So yadeva tattha honti tiṇāni vā paṇṇāni vā tāni ekajjhaṁ saṅgharitvā nisīdāmi pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;I gather up some grass or leaves into a pile and sit down cross-legged, setting my body straight, and establishing mindfulness in my presence. 
;;;So yadeva tattha honti tiṇāni vā paṇṇāni vā tāni ekajjhaṁ saṅgharitvā nisīdāmi pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;I gather up some grass or leaves into a pile and sit down cross-legged, setting my body straight, and establishing mindfulness in my presence. 
;;;So yadeva tattha honti tiṇāni vā paṇṇāni vā tāni ekajjhaṁ saṅgharitvā nisīdāmi pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;I gather up some grass or leaves into a pile and sit down cross-legged, setting my body straight, and establishing mindfulness in his presence. 
;;;So evaṁ jānāmi: 
;;;I know this: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Sādhu, bhante, bhagavā yena sippinikātīraṁ paribbājakārāmo yena sarabho paribbājako tenupasaṅkamatu anukampaṁ upādāyā”ti. ;;;Sir, please go to the wanderers’ monastery on the banks of the Sappinī river to see Sarabha the wanderer out of sympathy.” 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena sippinikātīraṁ paribbājakārāmo yena sarabho paribbājako tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā sarabhaṁ paribbājakaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the wanderers’ monastery on the banks of the Sappinī river to visit Sarabha the wanderer. He sat on the seat spread out, and said to the wanderer Sarabha, 
;;;“yo kho, sarabha, paññāyati samaṇānaṁ sakyaputtikānaṁ dhammo vadehi, sarabha, kinti te aññāto samaṇānaṁ sakyaputtikānaṁ dhammo? 
;;;“Sarabha, the teachings of the ascetics who follow the Sakyan are clear to me. What exactly have you learned of the teachings of the ascetics who follow the Sakyan? 
;;;So vata mayā sādhukaṁ samanuyuñjiyamāno samanugāhiyamāno samanubhāsiyamāno aṭṭhānametaṁ anavakāso yaṁ so tiṇṇaṁ ṭhānānaṁ nāññataraṁ ṭhānaṁ nigaccheyya, aññena vā aññaṁ paṭicarissati, bahiddhā kathaṁ apanāmessati, kopañca dosañca appaccayañca pātukarissati, tuṇhībhūto maṅkubhūto pattakkhandho adhomukho pajjhāyanto appaṭibhāno nisīdissati, seyyathāpi sarabho paribbājako. 
;;;When grilled by me, they would, without a doubt, fall into one of these three categories. They’d dodge the issue, distracting the discussion with irrelevant points. They’d display annoyance, hate, and bitterness. Or they’d sit silent, dismayed, shoulders drooping, downcast, depressed, with nothing to say, like Sarabha. 
;;;“seyyathāpi, āvuso sarabha, brahāraññe jarasiṅgālo ‘sīhanādaṁ nadissāmī’ti siṅgālakaṁyeva nadati, bheraṇḍakaṁyeva nadati; 
;;;“Reverend Sarabha, you’re just like an old jackal in the formidable wilderness who thinks, ‘I’ll roar a lion’s roar!’ but they still only manage to squeal and yelp like a jackal. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, āvuso sarabha, ambukasañcarī ‘purisakaravitaṁ ravissāmī’ti ambukasañcariravitaṁyeva ravati; 
;;;You’re just like a golden oriole who thinks, ‘I’ll cry like a cuckoo!’ but they still only manage to cry like a golden oriole. 
;;;

>En 

Sādhu, bhante, bhagavā yena sippinikātīraṁ paribbājakārāmo yena sarabho paribbājako tenupasaṅkamatu anukampaṁ upādāyā”ti. ;;;Sir, please go to the wanderers’ monastery on the banks of the Sappinī river to see Sarabha the wanderer out of sympathy.” 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena sippinikātīraṁ paribbājakārāmo yena sarabho paribbājako tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā sarabhaṁ paribbājakaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the wanderers’ monastery on the banks of the Sappinī river to visit Sarabha the wanderer. He sat on the seat spread out, and said to the wanderer Sarabha, 
;;;“yo kho, sarabha, paññāyati samaṇānaṁ sakyaputtikānaṁ dhammo vadehi, sarabha, kinti te aññāto samaṇānaṁ sakyaputtikānaṁ dhammo? 
;;;“Sarabha, the teachings of the ascetics who follow the Sakyan are clear to me. What exactly have you learned of the teachings of the ascetics who follow the Sakyan? 
;;;So vata mayā sādhukaṁ samanuyuñjiyamāno samanugāhiyamāno samanubhāsiyamāno aṭṭhānametaṁ anavakāso yaṁ so tiṇṇaṁ ṭhānānaṁ nāññataraṁ ṭhānaṁ nigaccheyya, aññena vā aññaṁ paṭicarissati, bahiddhā kathaṁ apanāmessati, kopañca dosañca appaccayañca pātukarissati, tuṇhībhūto maṅkubhūto pattakkhandho adhomukho pajjhāyanto appaṭibhāno nisīdissati, seyyathāpi sarabho paribbājako. 
;;;When grilled by me, they would, without a doubt, fall into one of these three categories. They’d dodge the issue, distracting the discussion with irrelevant points. They’d display annoyance, hate, and bitterness. Or they’d sit silent, dismayed, shoulders drooping, downcast, depressed, with nothing to say, like Sarabha. 
;;;“seyyathāpi, āvuso sarabha, brahāraññe jarasiṅgālo ‘sīhanādaṁ nadissāmī’ti siṅgālakaṁyeva nadati, bheraṇḍakaṁyeva nadati; 
;;;“Reverend Sarabha, you’re just like an old jackal in the formidable wilderness who thinks, ‘I’ll roar a lion’s roar!’ but they still only manage to squeal and yelp like a jackal. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, āvuso sarabha, ambukasañcarī ‘purisakaravitaṁ ravissāmī’ti ambukasañcariravitaṁyeva ravati; 
;;;You’re just like a golden oriole who thinks, ‘I’ll cry like a cuckoo!’ but they still only manage to cry like a golden oriole. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosalesu cārikaṁ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ yena kesamuttaṁ nāma kālāmānaṁ nigamo tadavasari. ;;;At one time the Buddha was wandering in the land of the Kosalans together with a large Saṅgha of mendicants when he arrived at a town of the Kālāmas named Kesamutta. 
;;;Te sakaṁyeva vādaṁ dīpenti jotenti, parappavādaṁ pana khuṁsenti vambhenti paribhavanti omakkhiṁ karonti. 
;;;They explain and promote only their own doctrine, while they attack, badmouth, disparage, and smear the doctrines of others. 
;;;Kaṅkhanīyeva pana vo ṭhāne vicikicchā uppannā. 
;;;Doubt has come up in you about an uncertain matter. 
;;;“Iti kho, kālāmā, yaṁ taṁ avocumhā: 
;;;“So, Kālāmas, when I said: 
;;;‘Sace kho pana atthi paro loko, atthi sukatadukkaṭānaṁ kammānaṁ phalaṁ vipāko, athāhaṁ kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjissāmī’ti, ayamassa paṭhamo assāso adhigato hoti. 
;;;‘If it turns out there is another world, and good and bad deeds have a result, then—when the body breaks up, after death—I’ll be reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.’ This is the first consolation they’ve won. 
;;;‘Sace kho pana natthi paro loko, natthi sukatadukkaṭānaṁ kammānaṁ phalaṁ vipāko, athāhaṁ diṭṭheva dhamme averaṁ abyāpajjhaṁ anīghaṁ sukhiṁ attānaṁ pariharāmī’ti, ayamassa dutiyo assāso adhigato hoti. 
;;;‘If it turns out there is no other world, and good and bad deeds don’t have a result, then in the present life I’ll keep myself free of enmity and ill will, untroubled and happy.’ This is the second consolation they’ve won. 
;;;

>En 

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosalesu cārikaṁ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ yena kesamuttaṁ nāma kālāmānaṁ nigamo tadavasari. ;;;At one time the Buddha was wandering in the land of the Kosalans together with a large Saṅgha of mendicants when he arrived at a town of the Kālāmas named Kesamutta. 
;;;Te sakaṁyeva vādaṁ dīpenti jotenti, parappavādaṁ pana khuṁsenti vambhenti paribhavanti omakkhiṁ karonti. 
;;;They explain and promote only their own doctrine, while they attack, badmouth, disparage, and smear the doctrines of others. 
;;;Kaṅkhanīyeva pana vo ṭhāne vicikicchā uppannā. 
;;;Doubt has come up in you about an uncertain matter. 
;;;“Iti kho, kālāmā, yaṁ taṁ avocumhā: 
;;;“So, Kālāmas, when I said: 
;;;‘Sace kho pana atthi paro loko, atthi sukatadukkaṭānaṁ kammānaṁ phalaṁ vipāko, athāhaṁ kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjissāmī’ti, ayamassa paṭhamo assāso adhigato hoti. 
;;;‘If it turns out there is another world, and good and bad deeds have a result, then—when the body breaks up, after death—I’ll be reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.’ This is the first consolation they’ve won. 
;;;‘Sace kho pana natthi paro loko, natthi sukatadukkaṭānaṁ kammānaṁ phalaṁ vipāko, athāhaṁ diṭṭheva dhamme averaṁ abyāpajjhaṁ anīghaṁ sukhiṁ attānaṁ pariharāmī’ti, ayamassa dutiyo assāso adhigato hoti. 
;;;‘If it turns out there is no other world, and good and bad deeds don’t have a result, then in the present life I’ll keep myself free of enmity and ill will, untroubled and happy.’ This is the second consolation they’ve won. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho sāḷho ca migāranattā sāṇo ca sekhuniyanattā yenāyasmā nandako tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ nandakaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho sāḷhaṁ migāranattāraṁ āyasmā nandako etadavoca: ;;;Then Sāḷha, Migāra’s grandson, and Rohaṇa, Pekhuṇiya’s grandson went up to Venerable Nandaka, bowed, and sat down to one side. Then Venerable Nandaka said to Sāḷha: 
;;;‘atthi idaṁ, atthi hīnaṁ, atthi paṇītaṁ, atthi imassa saññāgatassa uttari nissaraṇan’ti. 
;;;‘There is this, there is what is worse than this, there is what is better than this, and there is an escape beyond the scope of perception.’ 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho sāḷho ca migāranattā sāṇo ca sekhuniyanattā yenāyasmā nandako tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ nandakaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho sāḷhaṁ migāranattāraṁ āyasmā nandako etadavoca: ;;;Then Sāḷha, Migāra’s grandson, and Rohaṇa, Pekhuṇiya’s grandson went up to Venerable Nandaka, bowed, and sat down to one side. Then Venerable Nandaka said to Sāḷha: 
;;;‘atthi idaṁ, atthi hīnaṁ, atthi paṇītaṁ, atthi imassa saññāgatassa uttari nissaraṇan’ti. 
;;;‘There is this, there is what is worse than this, there is what is better than this, and there is an escape beyond the scope of perception.’ 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

‘evaṁ hoti etarahi paccuppannamaddhānan’ti. ;;;‘This is how it is at present.’ 
;;;Sacāyaṁ, bhikkhave, puggalo pañhaṁ puṭṭho samāno ṭhānāṭhāne na saṇṭhāti parikappe na saṇṭhāti aññātavāde na saṇṭhāti paṭipadāya na saṇṭhāti, evaṁ santāyaṁ, bhikkhave, puggalo akaccho hoti. 
;;;When a person is asked a question, if they’re not consistent about what their position is and what it isn’t; about what they propose; about speaking from what they know; and about the appropriate procedure, then that person is not competent to hold a discussion. 
;;;Ye viruddhā sallapanti, 
;;;Those who converse with hostility, 
;;;Anusūyāyamāno so, 
;;;or with a mind full of jealousy, 
;;;

>En 

‘evaṁ hoti etarahi paccuppannamaddhānan’ti. ;;;‘This is how it is at present.’ 
;;;Sacāyaṁ, bhikkhave, puggalo pañhaṁ puṭṭho samāno ṭhānāṭhāne na saṇṭhāti parikappe na saṇṭhāti aññātavāde na saṇṭhāti paṭipadāya na saṇṭhāti, evaṁ santāyaṁ, bhikkhave, puggalo akaccho hoti. 
;;;When a person is asked a question, if they’re not consistent about what their position is and what it isn’t; about what they propose; about speaking from what they know; and about the appropriate procedure, then that person is not competent to hold a discussion. 
;;;Ye viruddhā sallapanti, 
;;;Those who converse with hostility, 
;;;Anusūyāyamāno so, 
;;;or with a mind full of jealousy, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Imesaṁ, āvuso, tiṇṇaṁ dhammānaṁ ko viseso ko adhippayāso kiṁ nānākaraṇan’ti? ;;;What’s the difference between them?’ 
;;;‘Ko panāvuso, hetu ko paccayo yena anuppanno ceva rāgo nuppajjati uppanno ca rāgo pahīyatī’ti? 
;;;And if they ask, ‘What is the cause, what is the reason why greed doesn’t arise, or if it’s already arisen it’s given up?’ 
;;;

>En 

Imesaṁ, āvuso, tiṇṇaṁ dhammānaṁ ko viseso ko adhippayāso kiṁ nānākaraṇan’ti? ;;;What’s the difference between them?’ 
;;;‘Ko panāvuso, hetu ko paccayo yena anuppanno ceva rāgo nuppajjati uppanno ca rāgo pahīyatī’ti? 
;;;And if they ask, ‘What is the cause, what is the reason why greed doesn’t arise, or if it’s already arisen it’s given up?’ 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Yadapi, bhikkhave, lobho tadapi akusalamūlaṁ; ;;;Greed is a root of the unskillful. 
;;;yadapi luddho lobhena abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto parassa asatā dukkhaṁ uppādayati vadhena vā bandhanena vā jāniyā vā garahāya vā pabbājanāya vā balavamhi balattho itipi tadapi akusalaṁ. 
;;;When a greedy person, overcome by greed, causes another to suffer under a false pretext—by execution or imprisonment or confiscation or condemnation or banishment—thinking ‘I’m powerful, I want power’, that too is unskillful. 
;;;Yadapi, bhikkhave, alobho tadapi kusalamūlaṁ; 
;;;Contentment is a root of the skillful. 
;;;Seyyathāpi bhikkhave, sālo vā dhavo vā phandano vā tīhi māluvālatāhi uddhasto pariyonaddho. 
;;;Suppose a sal, axlewood, or boxwood tree was choked and engulfed by three camel’s foot creepers. 
;;;Atha puriso āgaccheyya kudālapiṭakaṁ ādāya. 
;;;Then along comes a person with a spade and basket. 
;;;So taṁ māluvālataṁ mūle chindeyya, mūle chetvā palikhaṇeyya, palikhaṇitvā mūlāni uddhareyya, antamaso usīranāḷimattānipi. 
;;;They’d cut the creeper out by the roots, dig them up, and pull them out, down to the fibers and stems. 
;;;So taṁ māluvālataṁ khaṇḍākhaṇḍikaṁ chindeyya, khaṇḍākhaṇḍikaṁ chetvā phāleyya, phāletvā sakalikaṁ sakalikaṁ kareyya, sakalikaṁ sakalikaṁ karitvā vātātape visoseyya, vātātape visosetvā agginā ḍaheyya, agginā ḍahitvā masiṁ kareyya, masiṁ karitvā mahāvāte vā ophuṇeyya nadiyā vā sīghasotāya pavāheyya. 
;;;Then they’d split the creeper apart, cut up the parts, and chop it into splinters. They’d dry the splinters in the wind and sun, burn them with fire, and reduce them to ashes. Then they’d sweep away the ashes in a strong wind, or float them away down a swift stream. 
;;;

>En 

Yadapi, bhikkhave, lobho tadapi akusalamūlaṁ; ;;;Greed is a root of the unskillful. 
;;;yadapi luddho lobhena abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto parassa asatā dukkhaṁ uppādayati vadhena vā bandhanena vā jāniyā vā garahāya vā pabbājanāya vā balavamhi balattho itipi tadapi akusalaṁ. 
;;;When a greedy person, overcome by greed, causes another to suffer under a false pretext—by execution or imprisonment or confiscation or condemnation or banishment—thinking ‘I’m powerful, I want power’, that too is unskillful. 
;;;Yadapi, bhikkhave, alobho tadapi kusalamūlaṁ; 
;;;Contentment is a root of the skillful. 
;;;Seyyathāpi bhikkhave, sālo vā dhavo vā phandano vā tīhi māluvālatāhi uddhasto pariyonaddho. 
;;;Suppose a sal, axlewood, or boxwood tree was choked and engulfed by three camel’s foot creepers. 
;;;Atha puriso āgaccheyya kudālapiṭakaṁ ādāya. 
;;;Then along comes a person with a spade and basket. 
;;;So taṁ māluvālataṁ mūle chindeyya, mūle chetvā palikhaṇeyya, palikhaṇitvā mūlāni uddhareyya, antamaso usīranāḷimattānipi. 
;;;They’d cut the creeper out by the roots, dig them up, and pull them out, down to the fibers and stems. 
;;;So taṁ māluvālataṁ khaṇḍākhaṇḍikaṁ chindeyya, khaṇḍākhaṇḍikaṁ chetvā phāleyya, phāletvā sakalikaṁ sakalikaṁ kareyya, sakalikaṁ sakalikaṁ karitvā vātātape visoseyya, vātātape visosetvā agginā ḍaheyya, agginā ḍahitvā masiṁ kareyya, masiṁ karitvā mahāvāte vā ophuṇeyya nadiyā vā sīghasotāya pavāheyya. 
;;;Then they’d split the creeper apart, cut up the parts, and chop it into splinters. They’d dry the splinters in the wind and sun, burn them with fire, and reduce them to ashes. Then they’d sweep away the ashes in a strong wind, or float them away down a swift stream. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

nāhaṁ kvacani kassaci kiñcanatasmiṁ, na ca mama kvacani katthaci kiñcanatatthī’ti. ;;;“I don’t belong to anyone anywhere! And nothing belongs to me anywhere!”’ 
;;;‘santi devā cātumahārājikā, santi devā tāvatiṁsā, santi devā yāmā, santi devā tusitā, santi devā nimmānaratino, santi devā paranimmitavasavattino, santi devā brahmakāyikā, santi devā tatuttari. 
;;;‘There are the gods of the four great kings, the gods of the thirty-three, the gods of Yama, the joyful gods, the gods who love to imagine, the gods who control what is imagined by others, the gods of the Divinity’s host, and gods even higher than these. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, visākhe, yo imesaṁ soḷasannaṁ mahājanapadānaṁ pahūtarattaratanānaṁ issariyādhipaccaṁ rajjaṁ kāreyya, seyyathidaṁ— 
;;;Suppose you were to rule as sovereign lord over these sixteen great countries—Aṅga, Magadha, Kāsi, Kosala, Vajji, Malla, Cetī, Vaccha, Kuru, Pañcāla, Maccha, Sūrasena, Assaka, Avanti, Gandhāra, and Kamboja—full of the seven treasures. 
;;;aṅgānaṁ, magadhānaṁ, kāsīnaṁ, kosalānaṁ, vajjīnaṁ, mallānaṁ, cetīnaṁ, vaṅgānaṁ, kurūnaṁ, pañcālānaṁ, macchānaṁ, sūrasenānaṁ, assakānaṁ, avantīnaṁ, gandhārānaṁ, kambojānaṁ, aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgatassa uposathassa etaṁ kalaṁ nāgghati soḷasiṁ. 
;;;This wouldn’t be worth a sixteenth part of the sabbath with its eight factors. 
;;;

>En 

nāhaṁ kvacani kassaci kiñcanatasmiṁ, na ca mama kvacani katthaci kiñcanatatthī’ti. ;;;“I don’t belong to anyone anywhere! And nothing belongs to me anywhere!”’ 
;;;‘santi devā cātumahārājikā, santi devā tāvatiṁsā, santi devā yāmā, santi devā tusitā, santi devā nimmānaratino, santi devā paranimmitavasavattino, santi devā brahmakāyikā, santi devā tatuttari. 
;;;‘There are the gods of the four great kings, the gods of the thirty-three, the gods of Yama, the joyful gods, the gods who love to imagine, the gods who control what is imagined by others, the gods of the Divinity’s host, and gods even higher than these. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, visākhe, yo imesaṁ soḷasannaṁ mahājanapadānaṁ pahūtarattaratanānaṁ issariyādhipaccaṁ rajjaṁ kāreyya, seyyathidaṁ— 
;;;Suppose you were to rule as sovereign lord over these sixteen great countries—Aṅga, Magadha, Kāsi, Kosala, Vajji, Malla, Cetī, Vaccha, Kuru, Pañcāla, Maccha, Sūrasena, Assaka, Avanti, Gandhāra, and Kamboja—full of the seven treasures. 
;;;aṅgānaṁ, magadhānaṁ, kāsīnaṁ, kosalānaṁ, vajjīnaṁ, mallānaṁ, cetīnaṁ, vaṅgānaṁ, kurūnaṁ, pañcālānaṁ, macchānaṁ, sūrasenānaṁ, assakānaṁ, avantīnaṁ, gandhārānaṁ, kambojānaṁ, aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgatassa uposathassa etaṁ kalaṁ nāgghati soḷasiṁ. 
;;;This wouldn’t be worth a sixteenth part of the sabbath with its eight factors. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Ke loke suppaṭipannā? ;;;Who in the world is practicing well? 
;;;Ke loke sukatā”ti? 
;;;Who in the world has done well?” 
;;;

>En 

Ke loke suppaṭipannā? ;;;Who in the world is practicing well? 
;;;Ke loke sukatā”ti? 
;;;Who in the world has done well?” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Sa kho so, abhaya, bhikkhu evaṁ samādhisampanno āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. ;;;Then a mendicant accomplished in immersion realizes the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 
;;;

>En 

Sa kho so, abhaya, bhikkhu evaṁ samādhisampanno āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. ;;;Then a mendicant accomplished in immersion realizes the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Iti kho, ānanda, kammaṁ khettaṁ, viññāṇaṁ bījaṁ, taṇhā sneho. ;;;“So, Ānanda, deeds are the field, consciousness is the seed, and craving is the moisture. 
;;;

>En 

“Iti kho, ānanda, kammaṁ khettaṁ, viññāṇaṁ bījaṁ, taṇhā sneho. ;;;“So, Ānanda, deeds are the field, consciousness is the seed, and craving is the moisture. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Yañca khvāssa, bhante, sīlabbataṁ jīvitaṁ brahmacariyaṁ upaṭṭhānasāraṁ sevato akusalā dhammā parihāyanti, kusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti, evarūpaṁ sīlabbataṁ jīvitaṁ brahmacariyaṁ upaṭṭhānasāraṁ saphalan”ti. ;;;However, if unskillful qualities decline while skillful qualities grow, that is fruitful.” 
;;;

>En 

Yañca khvāssa, bhante, sīlabbataṁ jīvitaṁ brahmacariyaṁ upaṭṭhānasāraṁ sevato akusalā dhammā parihāyanti, kusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti, evarūpaṁ sīlabbataṁ jīvitaṁ brahmacariyaṁ upaṭṭhānasāraṁ saphalan”ti. ;;;However, if unskillful qualities decline while skillful qualities grow, that is fruitful.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Atthānanda, kiñci gandhajātaṁ yassa anuvātampi gandho gacchati, paṭivātampi gandho gacchati, anuvātapaṭivātampi gandho gacchatī”ti. ;;;“There is, Ānanda, such a kind of fragrance.” 
;;;‘amukasmiṁ nāma gāme vā nigame vā itthī vā puriso vā buddhaṁ saraṇaṁ gato hoti, dhammaṁ saraṇaṁ gato hoti, saṅghaṁ saraṇaṁ gato hoti, 
;;; 
;;;Na candanaṁ tagaramallikā vā; 
;;;nor sandalwood, pinwheel flowers, or jasmine; 
;;;

>En 

“Atthānanda, kiñci gandhajātaṁ yassa anuvātampi gandho gacchati, paṭivātampi gandho gacchati, anuvātapaṭivātampi gandho gacchatī”ti. ;;;“There is, Ānanda, such a kind of fragrance.” 
;;;‘amukasmiṁ nāma gāme vā nigame vā itthī vā puriso vā buddhaṁ saraṇaṁ gato hoti, dhammaṁ saraṇaṁ gato hoti, saṅghaṁ saraṇaṁ gato hoti, 
;;; 
;;;Na candanaṁ tagaramallikā vā; 
;;;nor sandalwood, pinwheel flowers, or jasmine; 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

‘bhagavato, ānanda, sikhissa abhibhū nāma sāvako brahmaloke ṭhito sahassilokadhātuṁ sarena viññāpesī’ti. ;;;‘Ānanda, the Buddha Sikhī had a disciple called Abhibhū. Standing in the realm of divinity, he could make his voice heard throughout the thousandfold galaxy.’ 
;;;“Yāvatā, ānanda, candimasūriyā pariharanti, disā bhanti virocanā, tāva sahassadhā loko. 
;;;“Ānanda, a galaxy extends a thousand times as far as the moon and sun revolve and the shining ones light up the quarters. 
;;;Tasmiṁ sahassadhā loke sahassaṁ candānaṁ, sahassaṁ sūriyānaṁ, sahassaṁ sinerupabbatarājānaṁ, sahassaṁ jambudīpānaṁ, sahassaṁ aparagoyānānaṁ, sahassaṁ uttarakurūnaṁ, sahassaṁ pubbavidehānaṁ, cattāri mahāsamuddasahassāni, cattāri mahārājasahassāni, sahassaṁ cātumahārājikānaṁ, sahassaṁ tāvatiṁsānaṁ, sahassaṁ yāmānaṁ, sahassaṁ tusitānaṁ, sahassaṁ nimmānaratīnaṁ, sahassaṁ paranimmitavasavattīnaṁ, sahassaṁ brahmalokānaṁ— 
;;;In that galaxy there are a thousand moons, a thousand suns, a thousand Sinerus king of mountains, a thousand Black Plum Tree Lands, a thousand Western Continents, a thousand Northern Continents, a thousand Eastern Continents, four thousand oceans, four thousand great kings, a thousand realms of the gods of the four great kings, a thousand realms of the gods of the thirty-three, of the gods of Yama, of the joyful gods, of the gods who love to imagine, of the gods who control what is imagined by others, and a thousand realms of divinity. 
;;;Ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato tisahassimahāsahassilokadhātuṁ sarena viññāpeyya, yāvatā pana ākaṅkheyyā”ti. 
;;;If he wished, Ānanda, a Realized One could make his voice heard throughout a galactic supercluster, or as far as he wants.” 
;;;

>En 

‘bhagavato, ānanda, sikhissa abhibhū nāma sāvako brahmaloke ṭhito sahassilokadhātuṁ sarena viññāpesī’ti. ;;;‘Ānanda, the Buddha Sikhī had a disciple called Abhibhū. Standing in the realm of divinity, he could make his voice heard throughout the thousandfold galaxy.’ 
;;;“Yāvatā, ānanda, candimasūriyā pariharanti, disā bhanti virocanā, tāva sahassadhā loko. 
;;;“Ānanda, a galaxy extends a thousand times as far as the moon and sun revolve and the shining ones light up the quarters. 
;;;Tasmiṁ sahassadhā loke sahassaṁ candānaṁ, sahassaṁ sūriyānaṁ, sahassaṁ sinerupabbatarājānaṁ, sahassaṁ jambudīpānaṁ, sahassaṁ aparagoyānānaṁ, sahassaṁ uttarakurūnaṁ, sahassaṁ pubbavidehānaṁ, cattāri mahāsamuddasahassāni, cattāri mahārājasahassāni, sahassaṁ cātumahārājikānaṁ, sahassaṁ tāvatiṁsānaṁ, sahassaṁ yāmānaṁ, sahassaṁ tusitānaṁ, sahassaṁ nimmānaratīnaṁ, sahassaṁ paranimmitavasavattīnaṁ, sahassaṁ brahmalokānaṁ— 
;;;In that galaxy there are a thousand moons, a thousand suns, a thousand Sinerus king of mountains, a thousand Black Plum Tree Lands, a thousand Western Continents, a thousand Northern Continents, a thousand Eastern Continents, four thousand oceans, four thousand great kings, a thousand realms of the gods of the four great kings, a thousand realms of the gods of the thirty-three, of the gods of Yama, of the joyful gods, of the gods who love to imagine, of the gods who control what is imagined by others, and a thousand realms of divinity. 
;;;Ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato tisahassimahāsahassilokadhātuṁ sarena viññāpeyya, yāvatā pana ākaṅkheyyā”ti. 
;;;If he wished, Ānanda, a Realized One could make his voice heard throughout a galactic supercluster, or as far as he wants.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

‘ahampi dammo, ahampi dammo’ti. ;;;‘I can moo too! I can moo too!’ 
;;;

>En 

‘ahampi dammo, ahampi dammo’ti. ;;;‘I can moo too! I can moo too!’ 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

atho saṁsuddhacāriyaṁ; ;;;and ‘one living a pure life’. 
;;;

>En 

atho saṁsuddhacāriyaṁ; ;;;and ‘one living a pure life’. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosalesu cārikaṁ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ yena saṅkavā nāma kosalānaṁ nigamo tadavasari. ;;;At one time the Buddha was wandering in the land of the Kosalans together with a large Saṅgha of mendicants. He arrived at a town of the Kosalans named Paṅkadhā, 
;;;“adhisallikhatevāyaṁ samaṇo”ti. 
;;;“This ascetic is much too strict.” 
;;;‘adhisallikhatevāyaṁ samaṇo’ti. 
;;;he was much too strict. 
;;;‘adhisallikhatevāyaṁ samaṇo’ti. 
;;; 
;;;“adhisallikhatevāyaṁ samaṇo”ti. 
;;; 
;;;‘adhisallikhatevāyaṁ samaṇo’ti. 
;;;‘This ascetic is much too strict.’ 
;;;‘adhisallikhatevāyaṁ samaṇo’ti. 
;;; 
;;;

>En 

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosalesu cārikaṁ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ yena saṅkavā nāma kosalānaṁ nigamo tadavasari. ;;;At one time the Buddha was wandering in the land of the Kosalans together with a large Saṅgha of mendicants. He arrived at a town of the Kosalans named Paṅkadhā, 
;;;“adhisallikhatevāyaṁ samaṇo”ti. 
;;;“This ascetic is much too strict.” 
;;;‘adhisallikhatevāyaṁ samaṇo’ti. 
;;;he was much too strict. 
;;;‘adhisallikhatevāyaṁ samaṇo’ti. 
;;; 
;;;“adhisallikhatevāyaṁ samaṇo”ti. 
;;; 
;;;‘adhisallikhatevāyaṁ samaṇo’ti. 
;;;‘This ascetic is much too strict.’ 
;;;‘adhisallikhatevāyaṁ samaṇo’ti. 
;;; 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

10. Loṇakapallavagga ;;;10. A Lump of Salt 
;;;

>En 

10. Loṇakapallavagga ;;;10. A Lump of Salt 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

10. Loṇakapallavagga ;;;10. A Lump of Salt 
;;;Tatridaṁ, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyā paribbājakā cīvarapavivekasmiṁ paññāpenti, sāṇānipi dhārenti, masāṇānipi dhārenti, chavadussānipi dhārenti, paṁsukūlānipi dhārenti, tirīṭānipi dhārenti, ajinampi dhārenti, ajinakkhipampi dhārenti, kusacīrampi dhārenti, vākacīrampi dhārenti, phalakacīrampi dhārenti, kesakambalampi dhārenti, vālakambalampi dhārenti, ulūkapakkhikampi dhārenti. 
;;;Wanderers of other religions advocate this kind of seclusion in robes. They wear robes of sunn hemp, mixed hemp, corpse-wrapping cloth, rags, lodh tree bark, antelope hide (whole or in strips), kusa grass, bark, wood-chips, human hair, horse-tail hair, or owls’ wings. 
;;;Tamenaṁ kassako gahapati sīghaṁ sīghaṁ lavāpeyya. 
;;;they’d have the rice cut swiftly, 
;;;Sīghaṁ sīghaṁ saṅgharāpetvā sīghaṁ sīghaṁ ubbahāpeyya. 
;;;transported swiftly, 
;;;

>En 

10. Loṇakapallavagga ;;;10. A Lump of Salt 
;;;Tatridaṁ, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyā paribbājakā cīvarapavivekasmiṁ paññāpenti, sāṇānipi dhārenti, masāṇānipi dhārenti, chavadussānipi dhārenti, paṁsukūlānipi dhārenti, tirīṭānipi dhārenti, ajinampi dhārenti, ajinakkhipampi dhārenti, kusacīrampi dhārenti, vākacīrampi dhārenti, phalakacīrampi dhārenti, kesakambalampi dhārenti, vālakambalampi dhārenti, ulūkapakkhikampi dhārenti. 
;;;Wanderers of other religions advocate this kind of seclusion in robes. They wear robes of sunn hemp, mixed hemp, corpse-wrapping cloth, rags, lodh tree bark, antelope hide (whole or in strips), kusa grass, bark, wood-chips, human hair, horse-tail hair, or owls’ wings. 
;;;Tamenaṁ kassako gahapati sīghaṁ sīghaṁ lavāpeyya. 
;;;they’d have the rice cut swiftly, 
;;;Sīghaṁ sīghaṁ saṅgharāpetvā sīghaṁ sīghaṁ ubbahāpeyya. 
;;;transported swiftly, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

10. Loṇakapallavagga ;;;10. A Lump of Salt 
;;;Tasmiñce, bhikkhave, samaye ariyasāvako kālaṁ kareyya, natthi taṁ saṁyojanaṁ yena saṁyojanena saṁyutto ariyasāvako puna imaṁ lokaṁ āgaccheyyā”ti. 
;;;If that noble disciple passed away at that time, they’re bound by no fetter that might return them to this world.” 
;;;

>En 

10. Loṇakapallavagga ;;;10. A Lump of Salt 
;;;Tasmiñce, bhikkhave, samaye ariyasāvako kālaṁ kareyya, natthi taṁ saṁyojanaṁ yena saṁyojanena saṁyutto ariyasāvako puna imaṁ lokaṁ āgaccheyyā”ti. 
;;;If that noble disciple passed away at that time, they’re bound by no fetter that might return them to this world.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

10. Loṇakapallavagga ;;;10. A Lump of Salt 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, uparipabbate thullaphusitake deve vassante taṁ udakaṁ yathāninnaṁ pavattamānaṁ pabbatakandarapadarasākhā paripūreti, pabbatakandarapadarasākhā paripūrā kusobbhe paripūrenti, kusobbhā paripūrā mahāsobbhe paripūrenti, mahāsobbhā paripūrā kunnadiyo paripūrenti, kunnadiyo paripūrā mahānadiyo paripūrenti, mahānadiyo paripūrā samuddaṁ paripūrenti. 
;;;It’s like when the heavens rain heavily on a mountain top, and the water flows downhill to fill the hollows, crevices, and creeks. As they become full, they fill up the pools. The pools fill up the lakes, the lakes fill up the streams, and the streams fill up the rivers. And as the rivers become full, they fill up the ocean. 
;;;

>En 

10. Loṇakapallavagga ;;;10. A Lump of Salt 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, uparipabbate thullaphusitake deve vassante taṁ udakaṁ yathāninnaṁ pavattamānaṁ pabbatakandarapadarasākhā paripūreti, pabbatakandarapadarasākhā paripūrā kusobbhe paripūrenti, kusobbhā paripūrā mahāsobbhe paripūrenti, mahāsobbhā paripūrā kunnadiyo paripūrenti, kunnadiyo paripūrā mahānadiyo paripūrenti, mahānadiyo paripūrā samuddaṁ paripūrenti. 
;;;It’s like when the heavens rain heavily on a mountain top, and the water flows downhill to fill the hollows, crevices, and creeks. As they become full, they fill up the pools. The pools fill up the lakes, the lakes fill up the streams, and the streams fill up the rivers. And as the rivers become full, they fill up the ocean. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

10. Loṇakapallavagga ;;;10. A Lump of Salt 
;;;“Tīhi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato rañño bhadro assājānīyo rājāraho hoti rājabhoggo, rañño aṅganteva saṅkhyaṁ gacchati. 
;;;“Mendicants, a fine royal thoroughbred with three factors is worthy of a king, fit to serve a king, and reckoned as a factor of kingship. 
;;;

>En 

10. Loṇakapallavagga ;;;10. A Lump of Salt 
;;;“Tīhi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato rañño bhadro assājānīyo rājāraho hoti rājabhoggo, rañño aṅganteva saṅkhyaṁ gacchati. 
;;;“Mendicants, a fine royal thoroughbred with three factors is worthy of a king, fit to serve a king, and reckoned as a factor of kingship. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

10. Loṇakapallavagga ;;;10. A Lump of Salt 
;;;

>En 

10. Loṇakapallavagga ;;;10. A Lump of Salt 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

10. Loṇakapallavagga ;;;10. A Lump of Salt 
;;;

>En 

10. Loṇakapallavagga ;;;10. A Lump of Salt 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

10. Loṇakapallavagga ;;;10. A Lump of Salt 
;;;Yesaṁ kho pana so paṭiggaṇhāti cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṁ, tesaṁ taṁ na mahapphalaṁ hoti na mahānisaṁsaṁ. 
;;;Any robes, almsfood, lodgings, and medicines and supplies for the sick that they receive are not very fruitful or beneficial for the donor. 
;;;

>En 

10. Loṇakapallavagga ;;;10. A Lump of Salt 
;;;Yesaṁ kho pana so paṭiggaṇhāti cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṁ, tesaṁ taṁ na mahapphalaṁ hoti na mahānisaṁsaṁ. 
;;;Any robes, almsfood, lodgings, and medicines and supplies for the sick that they receive are not very fruitful or beneficial for the donor. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

10. Loṇakapallavagga ;;;10. A Lump of Salt 
;;;Loṇakapallasutta 
;;;A Lump of Salt 
;;;“Yo, bhikkhave, evaṁ vadeyya: 
;;;“Mendicants, suppose you say: 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo bhāvitakāyo hoti bhāvitasīlo bhāvitacitto bhāvitapañño aparitto mahatto appamāṇavihārī. 
;;;A person who has developed their physical endurance, ethics, mind, and wisdom. They’re not small-minded, but are big-hearted, living without limits. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso loṇakapallaṁ paritte udakamallake pakkhipeyya. 
;;;Suppose a person was to drop a lump of salt into a small bowl of water. 
;;;api nu taṁ parittaṁ udakaṁ amunā loṇakapallena loṇaṁ assa apeyyan”ti? 
;;;Would that small bowl of water become salty and undrinkable?” 
;;;“Aduñhi, bhante, parittaṁ udakakapallake udakaṁ, taṁ amunā loṇakapallena loṇaṁ assa apeyyan”ti. 
;;;Because there is only a little water in the bowl.” 
;;;“Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso loṇakapallakaṁ gaṅgāya nadiyā pakkhipeyya. 
;;;“Suppose a person was to drop a lump of salt into the Ganges river. 
;;;api nu sā gaṅgā nadī amunā loṇakapallena loṇaṁ assa apeyyā”ti? 
;;;Would the Ganges river become salty and undrinkable?” 
;;;“Asu hi, bhante, gaṅgāya nadiyā mahā udakakkhandho so amunā loṇakapallena loṇo na assa apeyyo”ti. 
;;;Because the Ganges river is a vast mass of water.” 
;;;Kathaṁrūpaṁ, bhikkhave, orabbhiko vā urabbhaghātako vā urabbhaṁ adinnaṁ ādiyamānaṁ pahoti hantuṁ vā bandhituṁ vā jāpetuṁ vā yathāpaccayaṁ vā kātuṁ? 
;;;What kind of person can they punish? 
;;;Evarūpaṁ, bhikkhave, orabbhiko vā urabbhaghātako vā urabbhaṁ adinnaṁ ādiyamānaṁ pahoti hantuṁ vā bandhituṁ vā jāpetuṁ vā yathāpaccayaṁ vā kātuṁ. 
;;;That’s the kind of person they can punish. 
;;;Kathaṁrūpaṁ, bhikkhave, orabbhiko vā urabbhaghātako vā urabbhaṁ adinnaṁ ādiyamānaṁ nappahoti hantuṁ vā bandhituṁ vā jāpetuṁ vā yathāpaccayaṁ vā kātuṁ. 
;;;What kind of person can’t they punish? 
;;;Evarūpaṁ, bhikkhave, orabbhiko vā urabbhaghātako vā urabbhaṁ adinnaṁ ādiyamānaṁ nappahoti hantuṁ vā bandhituṁ vā jāpetuṁ vā yathāpaccayaṁ vā kātuṁ. 
;;;That’s the kind of person they can’t punish. 
;;;

>En 

10. Loṇakapallavagga ;;;10. A Lump of Salt 
;;;Loṇakapallasutta 
;;;A Lump of Salt 
;;;“Yo, bhikkhave, evaṁ vadeyya: 
;;;“Mendicants, suppose you say: 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo bhāvitakāyo hoti bhāvitasīlo bhāvitacitto bhāvitapañño aparitto mahatto appamāṇavihārī. 
;;;A person who has developed their physical endurance, ethics, mind, and wisdom. They’re not small-minded, but are big-hearted, living without limits. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso loṇakapallaṁ paritte udakamallake pakkhipeyya. 
;;;Suppose a person was to drop a lump of salt into a small bowl of water. 
;;;api nu taṁ parittaṁ udakaṁ amunā loṇakapallena loṇaṁ assa apeyyan”ti? 
;;;Would that small bowl of water become salty and undrinkable?” 
;;;“Aduñhi, bhante, parittaṁ udakakapallake udakaṁ, taṁ amunā loṇakapallena loṇaṁ assa apeyyan”ti. 
;;;Because there is only a little water in the bowl.” 
;;;“Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso loṇakapallakaṁ gaṅgāya nadiyā pakkhipeyya. 
;;;“Suppose a person was to drop a lump of salt into the Ganges river. 
;;;api nu sā gaṅgā nadī amunā loṇakapallena loṇaṁ assa apeyyā”ti? 
;;;Would the Ganges river become salty and undrinkable?” 
;;;“Asu hi, bhante, gaṅgāya nadiyā mahā udakakkhandho so amunā loṇakapallena loṇo na assa apeyyo”ti. 
;;;Because the Ganges river is a vast mass of water.” 
;;;Kathaṁrūpaṁ, bhikkhave, orabbhiko vā urabbhaghātako vā urabbhaṁ adinnaṁ ādiyamānaṁ pahoti hantuṁ vā bandhituṁ vā jāpetuṁ vā yathāpaccayaṁ vā kātuṁ? 
;;;What kind of person can they punish? 
;;;Evarūpaṁ, bhikkhave, orabbhiko vā urabbhaghātako vā urabbhaṁ adinnaṁ ādiyamānaṁ pahoti hantuṁ vā bandhituṁ vā jāpetuṁ vā yathāpaccayaṁ vā kātuṁ. 
;;;That’s the kind of person they can punish. 
;;;Kathaṁrūpaṁ, bhikkhave, orabbhiko vā urabbhaghātako vā urabbhaṁ adinnaṁ ādiyamānaṁ nappahoti hantuṁ vā bandhituṁ vā jāpetuṁ vā yathāpaccayaṁ vā kātuṁ. 
;;;What kind of person can’t they punish? 
;;;Evarūpaṁ, bhikkhave, orabbhiko vā urabbhaghātako vā urabbhaṁ adinnaṁ ādiyamānaṁ nappahoti hantuṁ vā bandhituṁ vā jāpetuṁ vā yathāpaccayaṁ vā kātuṁ. 
;;;That’s the kind of person they can’t punish. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

10. Loṇakapallavagga ;;;10. A Lump of Salt 
;;;“Santi, bhikkhave, jātarūpassa oḷārikā upakkilesā paṁsuvālukā sakkharakaṭhalā. 
;;;“Native gold has coarse corruptions: sand, soil, and gravel. 
;;;Tasmiṁ pahīne tasmiṁ byantīkate santi jātarūpassa majjhimasahagatā upakkilesā sukhumasakkharā thūlavālukā. 
;;;When that’s been eliminated, there are medium corruptions in the native gold: fine grit and coarse sand. 
;;;Tasmiṁ pahīne tasmiṁ byantīkate santi jātarūpassa sukhumasahagatā upakkilesā sukhumavālukā kāḷajallikā. 
;;;When that’s been eliminated, there are fine corruptions in the native gold: fine sand and black grime. 
;;;Taṁ hoti jātarūpaṁ dhantaṁ sandhantaṁ niddhantaṁ aniddhantakasāvaṁ, na ceva mudu hoti na ca kammaniyaṁ, na ca pabhassaraṁ pabhaṅgu ca, na ca sammā upeti kammāya. 
;;;Still the native gold is not settled and the dross is not totally gone. It’s not pliable, workable, or radiant, but is brittle and not completely ready for working. 
;;;Taṁ hoti jātarūpaṁ dhantaṁ sandhantaṁ niddhantaṁ niddhantakasāvaṁ, mudu ca hoti kammaniyañca pabhassarañca, na ca pabhaṅgu, sammā upeti kammāya. 
;;;The native gold becomes pliable, workable, and radiant, not brittle, and ready to be worked. 
;;;So hoti samādhi na ceva santo na ca paṇīto nappaṭippassaddhaladdho na ekodibhāvādhigato sasaṅkhāraniggayhavāritagato. 
;;;That immersion is not peaceful or sublime or tranquil or unified, but is held in place by forceful suppression. 
;;;Hoti so, bhikkhave, samayo yaṁ taṁ cittaṁ ajjhattaṁyeva santiṭṭhati sannisīdati ekodi hoti samādhiyati. 
;;;But there comes a time when that mind is stilled internally; it settles, unifies, and becomes immersed in samādhi. 
;;;So sace ākaṅkhati: ‘anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhaveyyaṁ—ekopi hutvā bahudhā assaṁ, bahudhāpi hutvā eko assaṁ; āvibhāvaṁ, tirobhāvaṁ; tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamāno gaccheyyaṁ, seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ kareyyaṁ, seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gaccheyyaṁ, seyyathāpi pathaviyaṁ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kameyyaṁ, seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve pāṇinā parimaseyyaṁ parimajjeyyaṁ; yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vatteyyan’ti, 
;;;If they wish: ‘May I wield the many kinds of psychic power: multiplying myself and becoming one again; appearing and disappearing; going unobstructed through a wall, a rampart, or a mountain as if through space; diving in and out of the earth as if it were water; walking on water as if it were earth; flying cross-legged through the sky like a bird; touching and stroking with my hand the sun and moon, so mighty and powerful; controlling my body as far as the realm of divinity.’ 
;;;

>En 

10. Loṇakapallavagga ;;;10. A Lump of Salt 
;;;“Santi, bhikkhave, jātarūpassa oḷārikā upakkilesā paṁsuvālukā sakkharakaṭhalā. 
;;;“Native gold has coarse corruptions: sand, soil, and gravel. 
;;;Tasmiṁ pahīne tasmiṁ byantīkate santi jātarūpassa majjhimasahagatā upakkilesā sukhumasakkharā thūlavālukā. 
;;;When that’s been eliminated, there are medium corruptions in the native gold: fine grit and coarse sand. 
;;;Tasmiṁ pahīne tasmiṁ byantīkate santi jātarūpassa sukhumasahagatā upakkilesā sukhumavālukā kāḷajallikā. 
;;;When that’s been eliminated, there are fine corruptions in the native gold: fine sand and black grime. 
;;;Taṁ hoti jātarūpaṁ dhantaṁ sandhantaṁ niddhantaṁ aniddhantakasāvaṁ, na ceva mudu hoti na ca kammaniyaṁ, na ca pabhassaraṁ pabhaṅgu ca, na ca sammā upeti kammāya. 
;;;Still the native gold is not settled and the dross is not totally gone. It’s not pliable, workable, or radiant, but is brittle and not completely ready for working. 
;;;Taṁ hoti jātarūpaṁ dhantaṁ sandhantaṁ niddhantaṁ niddhantakasāvaṁ, mudu ca hoti kammaniyañca pabhassarañca, na ca pabhaṅgu, sammā upeti kammāya. 
;;;The native gold becomes pliable, workable, and radiant, not brittle, and ready to be worked. 
;;;So hoti samādhi na ceva santo na ca paṇīto nappaṭippassaddhaladdho na ekodibhāvādhigato sasaṅkhāraniggayhavāritagato. 
;;;That immersion is not peaceful or sublime or tranquil or unified, but is held in place by forceful suppression. 
;;;Hoti so, bhikkhave, samayo yaṁ taṁ cittaṁ ajjhattaṁyeva santiṭṭhati sannisīdati ekodi hoti samādhiyati. 
;;;But there comes a time when that mind is stilled internally; it settles, unifies, and becomes immersed in samādhi. 
;;;So sace ākaṅkhati: ‘anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhaveyyaṁ—ekopi hutvā bahudhā assaṁ, bahudhāpi hutvā eko assaṁ; āvibhāvaṁ, tirobhāvaṁ; tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamāno gaccheyyaṁ, seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ kareyyaṁ, seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gaccheyyaṁ, seyyathāpi pathaviyaṁ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kameyyaṁ, seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve pāṇinā parimaseyyaṁ parimajjeyyaṁ; yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vatteyyan’ti, 
;;;If they wish: ‘May I wield the many kinds of psychic power: multiplying myself and becoming one again; appearing and disappearing; going unobstructed through a wall, a rampart, or a mountain as if through space; diving in and out of the earth as if it were water; walking on water as if it were earth; flying cross-legged through the sky like a bird; touching and stroking with my hand the sun and moon, so mighty and powerful; controlling my body as far as the realm of divinity.’ 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

10. Loṇakapallavagga ;;;10. A Lump of Salt 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, suvaṇṇakāro vā suvaṇṇakārantevāsī vā ukkaṁ bandheyya, ukkaṁ bandhitvā ukkāmukhaṁ ālimpeyya, ukkāmukhaṁ ālimpetvā saṇḍāsena jātarūpaṁ gahetvā ukkāmukhe pakkhipeyya, ukkāmukhe pakkhipitvā kālena kālaṁ abhidhamati, kālena kālaṁ udakena paripphoseti, kālena kālaṁ ajjhupekkhati. 
;;;It’s like when a goldsmith or a goldsmith’s apprentice prepares a forge, fires the crucible, picks up some native gold with tongs and puts it in the crucible. From time to time they fan it, from time to time they sprinkle water on it, and from time to time they just watch over it. 
;;;Loṇakapallavaggo pañcamo. 
;;; 
;;;

>En 

10. Loṇakapallavagga ;;;10. A Lump of Salt 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, suvaṇṇakāro vā suvaṇṇakārantevāsī vā ukkaṁ bandheyya, ukkaṁ bandhitvā ukkāmukhaṁ ālimpeyya, ukkāmukhaṁ ālimpetvā saṇḍāsena jātarūpaṁ gahetvā ukkāmukhe pakkhipeyya, ukkāmukhe pakkhipitvā kālena kālaṁ abhidhamati, kālena kālaṁ udakena paripphoseti, kālena kālaṁ ajjhupekkhati. 
;;;It’s like when a goldsmith or a goldsmith’s apprentice prepares a forge, fires the crucible, picks up some native gold with tongs and puts it in the crucible. From time to time they fan it, from time to time they sprinkle water on it, and from time to time they just watch over it. 
;;;Loṇakapallavaggo pañcamo. 
;;; 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

11. Sambodhavagga ;;;11. Awakening 
;;;‘yaṁ kho lokaṁ paṭicca uppajjati sukhaṁ somanassaṁ, ayaṁ loke assādo. 
;;;‘The pleasure and happiness that arise from the world: this is its gratification. 
;;;Yāvakīvañcāhaṁ, bhikkhave, evaṁ lokassa assādañca assādato ādīnavañca ādīnavato nissaraṇañca nissaraṇato yathābhūtaṁ nābbhaññāsiṁ, neva tāvāhaṁ, bhikkhave, sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya ‘anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambuddho’ti paccaññāsiṁ. 
;;;As long as I didn’t truly understand the world’s gratification, drawback, and escape in this way for what they are, I didn’t announce my supreme perfect awakening in this world with its gods, Māras, and Divinities, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans. 
;;;Yato ca khvāhaṁ, bhikkhave, evaṁ lokassa assādañca assādato ādīnavañca ādīnavato nissaraṇañca nissaraṇato yathābhūtaṁ abbhaññāsiṁ, athāhaṁ, bhikkhave, sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya ‘anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambuddho’ti paccaññāsiṁ. 
;;;But when I did truly understand the world’s gratification, drawback, and escape in this way for what they are, I announced my supreme perfect awakening in this world with its gods, Māras, and Divinities, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans. 
;;;

>En 

11. Sambodhavagga ;;;11. Awakening 
;;;‘yaṁ kho lokaṁ paṭicca uppajjati sukhaṁ somanassaṁ, ayaṁ loke assādo. 
;;;‘The pleasure and happiness that arise from the world: this is its gratification. 
;;;Yāvakīvañcāhaṁ, bhikkhave, evaṁ lokassa assādañca assādato ādīnavañca ādīnavato nissaraṇañca nissaraṇato yathābhūtaṁ nābbhaññāsiṁ, neva tāvāhaṁ, bhikkhave, sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya ‘anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambuddho’ti paccaññāsiṁ. 
;;;As long as I didn’t truly understand the world’s gratification, drawback, and escape in this way for what they are, I didn’t announce my supreme perfect awakening in this world with its gods, Māras, and Divinities, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans. 
;;;Yato ca khvāhaṁ, bhikkhave, evaṁ lokassa assādañca assādato ādīnavañca ādīnavato nissaraṇañca nissaraṇato yathābhūtaṁ abbhaññāsiṁ, athāhaṁ, bhikkhave, sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya ‘anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambuddho’ti paccaññāsiṁ. 
;;;But when I did truly understand the world’s gratification, drawback, and escape in this way for what they are, I announced my supreme perfect awakening in this world with its gods, Māras, and Divinities, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“No cedaṁ, bhikkhave, loke assādo abhavissa, nayidaṁ sattā loke sārajjeyyuṁ. ;;;“Mendicants, if there were no gratification in the world, sentient beings wouldn’t be aroused by it. 
;;;

>En 

“No cedaṁ, bhikkhave, loke assādo abhavissa, nayidaṁ sattā loke sārajjeyyuṁ. ;;;“Mendicants, if there were no gratification in the world, sentient beings wouldn’t be aroused by it. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tadabhinivattetvā cetasā abhinivijjhitvā paññāya ativijjha passati. ;;;your heart becomes dispassionate, and you see it with penetrating wisdom. 
;;;

>En 

Tadabhinivattetvā cetasā abhinivijjhitvā paññāya ativijjha passati. ;;;your heart becomes dispassionate, and you see it with penetrating wisdom. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco micchāājīvo hoti, micchāājīvena jīvikaṁ kappeti. ;;;It’s when a noble disciple has wrong livelihood and earns a living by wrong livelihood. 
;;;

>En 

Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco micchāājīvo hoti, micchāājīvena jīvikaṁ kappeti. ;;;It’s when a noble disciple has wrong livelihood and earns a living by wrong livelihood. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

So taṁ piṇḍapātaṁ gathito mucchito ajjhosanno anādīnavadassāvī anissaraṇapañño paribhuñjati. ;;;They eat that food tied, infatuated, attached, blind to the drawbacks, and not understanding the escape. 
;;;

>En 

So taṁ piṇḍapātaṁ gathito mucchito ajjhosanno anādīnavadassāvī anissaraṇapañño paribhuñjati. ;;;They eat that food tied, infatuated, attached, blind to the drawbacks, and not understanding the escape. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

‘addhā te āyasmanto tayo dhamme pajahiṁsu, tayo dhamme bahulamakaṁsu. ;;;‘Clearly those venerables have given up three things and cultivated three things.’ 
;;;

>En 

‘addhā te āyasmanto tayo dhamme pajahiṁsu, tayo dhamme bahulamakaṁsu. ;;;‘Clearly those venerables have given up three things and cultivated three things.’ 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho mahānāmo sakko bhagavato paṭissutvā kapilavatthuṁ pavisitvā kevalakappaṁ kapilavatthuṁ anvāhiṇḍanto nāddasa kapilavatthusmiṁ tathārūpaṁ āvasathaṁ yatthajja bhagavā ekarattiṁ vihareyya. ;;;“Yes, sir,” replied Mahānāma. He returned to Kapilavatthu and searched all over the city, but he couldn’t see a suitable guest house for the Buddha to spend the night. 
;;;Atha kho bharaṇḍu kālāmassa etadahosi: 
;;;Then it occurred to Bharaṇḍu, 
;;;

>En 

“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho mahānāmo sakko bhagavato paṭissutvā kapilavatthuṁ pavisitvā kevalakappaṁ kapilavatthuṁ anvāhiṇḍanto nāddasa kapilavatthusmiṁ tathārūpaṁ āvasathaṁ yatthajja bhagavā ekarattiṁ vihareyya. ;;;“Yes, sir,” replied Mahānāma. He returned to Kapilavatthu and searched all over the city, but he couldn’t see a suitable guest house for the Buddha to spend the night. 
;;;Atha kho bharaṇḍu kālāmassa etadahosi: 
;;;Then it occurred to Bharaṇḍu, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“bhagavato purato ṭhassāmī”ti osīdatimeva saṁsīdatimeva, na sakkoti saṇṭhātuṁ. ;;;“I will stand before the Buddha,” he sank and melted down, and wasn’t able to stay still. 
;;;Nāhaṁ bhagavato dassanassa, 
;;;I could never get enough 
;;;Tittimajjhagā kudācanaṁ; 
;;;of seeing the Buddha, 
;;;

>En 

“bhagavato purato ṭhassāmī”ti osīdatimeva saṁsīdatimeva, na sakkoti saṇṭhātuṁ. ;;;“I will stand before the Buddha,” he sank and melted down, and wasn’t able to stay still. 
;;;Nāhaṁ bhagavato dassanassa, 
;;;I could never get enough 
;;;Tittimajjhagā kudācanaṁ; 
;;;of seeing the Buddha, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Addasā kho bhagavā goyogapilakkhasmiṁ piṇḍāya caramāno aññataraṁ bhikkhuṁ rittassādaṁ bāhirassādaṁ muṭṭhassatiṁ asampajānaṁ asamāhitaṁ vibbhantacittaṁ pākatindriyaṁ. ;;;While the Buddha was walking for alms near the cow-hitching place at the wavy leaf fig, he saw a disgruntled monk who was looking for pleasure in external things, unmindful, without situational awareness or immersion, with straying mind and undisciplined faculties. 
;;;Taṁ vata, bhikkhu, kaṭuviyakataṁ attānaṁ āmagandhena avassutaṁ makkhikā nānupatissanti nānvāssavissantīti, netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjatī”ti. 
;;;If you’re bitter, festering with putrefaction, flies will, without a doubt, plague and infest you.” 
;;;aladdhā samathamattano; 
;;;if they don’t find serenity in themselves, 
;;;Pareti bālo dummedho, 
;;;the fool, void of wisdom, 
;;;

>En 

Addasā kho bhagavā goyogapilakkhasmiṁ piṇḍāya caramāno aññataraṁ bhikkhuṁ rittassādaṁ bāhirassādaṁ muṭṭhassatiṁ asampajānaṁ asamāhitaṁ vibbhantacittaṁ pākatindriyaṁ. ;;;While the Buddha was walking for alms near the cow-hitching place at the wavy leaf fig, he saw a disgruntled monk who was looking for pleasure in external things, unmindful, without situational awareness or immersion, with straying mind and undisciplined faculties. 
;;;Taṁ vata, bhikkhu, kaṭuviyakataṁ attānaṁ āmagandhena avassutaṁ makkhikā nānupatissanti nānvāssavissantīti, netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjatī”ti. 
;;;If you’re bitter, festering with putrefaction, flies will, without a doubt, plague and infest you.” 
;;;aladdhā samathamattano; 
;;;if they don’t find serenity in themselves, 
;;;Pareti bālo dummedho, 
;;;the fool, void of wisdom, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Āraddhaṁ kho pana me vīriyaṁ asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, passaddho kāyo asāraddho, samāhitaṁ cittaṁ ekaggaṁ. ;;;My energy is roused up and unflagging, my mindfulness is established and lucid, my body is tranquil and undisturbed, and my mind is immersed in samādhi. 
;;;‘āraddhaṁ kho pana me vīriyaṁ asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, passaddho kāyo asāraddho, samāhitaṁ cittaṁ ekaggan’ti, idaṁ te uddhaccasmiṁ. 
;;;‘My energy is roused up and unflagging, my mindfulness is established and lucid, my body is tranquil and undisturbed, and my mind is immersed in samādhi,’ that’s your restlessness. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā anuruddho aparena samayena ime tayo dhamme pahāya, ime tayo dhamme amanasikaritvā amatāya dhātuyā cittaṁ upasaṁhari. 
;;;After some time Anuruddha gave up these three things. Ignoring them, he applied his mind to freedom from death. 
;;;

>En 

Āraddhaṁ kho pana me vīriyaṁ asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, passaddho kāyo asāraddho, samāhitaṁ cittaṁ ekaggaṁ. ;;;My energy is roused up and unflagging, my mindfulness is established and lucid, my body is tranquil and undisturbed, and my mind is immersed in samādhi. 
;;;‘āraddhaṁ kho pana me vīriyaṁ asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, passaddho kāyo asāraddho, samāhitaṁ cittaṁ ekaggan’ti, idaṁ te uddhaccasmiṁ. 
;;;‘My energy is roused up and unflagging, my mindfulness is established and lucid, my body is tranquil and undisturbed, and my mind is immersed in samādhi,’ that’s your restlessness. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā anuruddho aparena samayena ime tayo dhamme pahāya, ime tayo dhamme amanasikaritvā amatāya dhātuyā cittaṁ upasaṁhari. 
;;;After some time Anuruddha gave up these three things. Ignoring them, he applied his mind to freedom from death. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, paṭicchannāni āvahanti, no vivaṭāni. ;;;“Mendicants, three things are conveyed under cover, not in the open. 
;;;

>En 

“Tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, paṭicchannāni āvahanti, no vivaṭāni. ;;;“Mendicants, three things are conveyed under cover, not in the open. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo āgāḷhenapi vuccamāno pharusenapi vuccamāno amanāpenapi vuccamāno sandhiyatimeva saṁsandatimeva sammodatimeva. ;;;It’s a person who, though spoken to by someone in a rough, harsh, and disagreeable manner, still stays in touch, interacts with, and greets them. 
;;;

>En 

Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo āgāḷhenapi vuccamāno pharusenapi vuccamāno amanāpenapi vuccamāno sandhiyatimeva saṁsandatimeva sammodatimeva. ;;;It’s a person who, though spoken to by someone in a rough, harsh, and disagreeable manner, still stays in touch, interacts with, and greets them. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Yā kāci vedanā atītānāgatapaccuppannā ajjhattā vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikā vā sukhumā vā hīnā vā paṇītā vā yā dūre santike vā, sabbaṁ vedanaṁ: ‘netaṁ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti evametaṁ yathābhūtaṁ sammappaññāya passati. ;;;They truly see any kind of feeling at all—past, future, or present; internal or external; solid or subtle; inferior or superior; far or near: all feeling—with right understanding: ‘This is not mine, I am not this, this is not my self.’ 
;;;Yā kāci saññā atītānāgatapaccuppannā ajjhattā vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikā vā sukhumā vā hīnā vā paṇītā vā yā dūre santike vā, sabbaṁ saññaṁ: ‘netaṁ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti evametaṁ yathābhūtaṁ sammappaññāya passati. 
;;;They truly see any kind of perception at all—past, future, or present; internal or external; solid or subtle; inferior or superior; far or near: all perception—with right understanding: ‘This is not mine, I am not this, this is not my self.’ 
;;;

>En 

Yā kāci vedanā atītānāgatapaccuppannā ajjhattā vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikā vā sukhumā vā hīnā vā paṇītā vā yā dūre santike vā, sabbaṁ vedanaṁ: ‘netaṁ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti evametaṁ yathābhūtaṁ sammappaññāya passati. ;;;They truly see any kind of feeling at all—past, future, or present; internal or external; solid or subtle; inferior or superior; far or near: all feeling—with right understanding: ‘This is not mine, I am not this, this is not my self.’ 
;;;Yā kāci saññā atītānāgatapaccuppannā ajjhattā vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikā vā sukhumā vā hīnā vā paṇītā vā yā dūre santike vā, sabbaṁ saññaṁ: ‘netaṁ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti evametaṁ yathābhūtaṁ sammappaññāya passati. 
;;;They truly see any kind of perception at all—past, future, or present; internal or external; solid or subtle; inferior or superior; far or near: all perception—with right understanding: ‘This is not mine, I am not this, this is not my self.’ 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Ukkācitavinītā parisā, paṭipucchāvinītā parisā, yāvatāvinītā parisā— ;;;An assembly educated in fancy talk, an assembly educated in questioning, and an assembly educated to the fullest extent. 
;;;

>En 

Ukkācitavinītā parisā, paṭipucchāvinītā parisā, yāvatāvinītā parisā— ;;;An assembly educated in fancy talk, an assembly educated in questioning, and an assembly educated to the fullest extent. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, yāni kānici puthusamaṇabrāhmaṇavādānaṁ makkhalivādo tesaṁ paṭikiṭṭho akkhāyati. ;;;In the same way, the teaching of the bamboo-staffed ascetic is said to be the worst of all the doctrines of the various ascetics and brahmins. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, nadīmukhe khippaṁ uḍḍeyya bahūnaṁ macchānaṁ ahitāya dukkhāya anayāya byasanāya; 
;;;It’s like a trap set at the mouth of a river, which would bring harm, suffering, calamity, and disaster for many fish. 
;;;

>En 

Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, yāni kānici puthusamaṇabrāhmaṇavādānaṁ makkhalivādo tesaṁ paṭikiṭṭho akkhāyati. ;;;In the same way, the teaching of the bamboo-staffed ascetic is said to be the worst of all the doctrines of the various ascetics and brahmins. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, nadīmukhe khippaṁ uḍḍeyya bahūnaṁ macchānaṁ ahitāya dukkhāya anayāya byasanāya; 
;;;It’s like a trap set at the mouth of a river, which would bring harm, suffering, calamity, and disaster for many fish. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Tayo ca, bhikkhave, assaparasse desessāmi tayo ca purisaparasse. ;;;“Mendicants, I will teach you the three excellent horses and the three excellent people. 
;;;

>En 

“Tayo ca, bhikkhave, assaparasse desessāmi tayo ca purisaparasse. ;;;“Mendicants, I will teach you the three excellent horses and the three excellent people. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

paṇīdhi te padakkhiṇe; ;;;worthy resolutions: 
;;;

>En 

paṇīdhi te padakkhiṇe; ;;;worthy resolutions: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

16. Acelakavagga ;;;The Chapter on Practices 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco acelako hoti muttācāro, hatthāpalekhano, naehibhadantiko, natiṭṭhabhadantiko, nābhihaṭaṁ na uddissakataṁ na nimantanaṁ sādiyati. 
;;;It’s when someone goes naked, ignoring conventions. They lick their hands, and don’t come or wait when called. They don’t consent to food brought to them, or food prepared on their behalf, or an invitation for a meal. 
;;;

>En 

16. Acelakavagga ;;;The Chapter on Practices 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco acelako hoti muttācāro, hatthāpalekhano, naehibhadantiko, natiṭṭhabhadantiko, nābhihaṭaṁ na uddissakataṁ na nimantanaṁ sādiyati. 
;;;It’s when someone goes naked, ignoring conventions. They lick their hands, and don’t come or wait when called. They don’t consent to food brought to them, or food prepared on their behalf, or an invitation for a meal. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Idamavoca bhagavā. ;;;That is what the Buddha said. 
;;;

>En 

Idamavoca bhagavā. ;;;That is what the Buddha said. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato paṇḍito viyatto sappuriso akkhataṁ anupahataṁ attānaṁ pariharati, anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo ca viññūnaṁ, bahuñca puññaṁ pasavati. ;;;When an astute, competent true person has four qualities they keep themselves healthy and whole. They don’t deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they create much merit. 
;;;Yamariyagarahī nirayaṁ upeti, 
;;;a slanderer of noble ones goes to hell, 
;;;

>En 

Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato paṇḍito viyatto sappuriso akkhataṁ anupahataṁ attānaṁ pariharati, anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo ca viññūnaṁ, bahuñca puññaṁ pasavati. ;;;When an astute, competent true person has four qualities they keep themselves healthy and whole. They don’t deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they create much merit. 
;;;Yamariyagarahī nirayaṁ upeti, 
;;;a slanderer of noble ones goes to hell, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tāya naṁ adhammacariyāya, ;;;Because of their unprincipled conduct 
;;;puññaṁ etādiso naro. 
;;; 
;;;

>En 

Tāya naṁ adhammacariyāya, ;;;Because of their unprincipled conduct 
;;;puññaṁ etādiso naro. 
;;; 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Anusotagāmī puggalo, paṭisotagāmī puggalo, ṭhitatto puggalo, tiṇṇo pāraṅgato thale tiṭṭhati brāhmaṇo. ;;;A person who goes with the stream; a person who goes against the stream; a steadfast person; and a brahmin who has crossed over and stands on the far shore. 
;;;Punappunaṁ jātijarūpagāmi te, 
;;;again and again, they return to birth and old age; 
;;;Sa ve muni vusitabrahmacariyo, 
;;;they’ve completed the spiritual journey, and gone to the end of the world, 
;;;

>En 

Anusotagāmī puggalo, paṭisotagāmī puggalo, ṭhitatto puggalo, tiṇṇo pāraṅgato thale tiṭṭhati brāhmaṇo. ;;;A person who goes with the stream; a person who goes against the stream; a steadfast person; and a brahmin who has crossed over and stands on the far shore. 
;;;Punappunaṁ jātijarūpagāmi te, 
;;;again and again, they return to birth and old age; 
;;;Sa ve muni vusitabrahmacariyo, 
;;;they’ve completed the spiritual journey, and gone to the end of the world, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

suttaṁ geyyaṁ veyyākaraṇaṁ gāthā udānaṁ itivuttakaṁ jātakaṁ abbhutadhammaṁ vedallaṁ. ;;;statements, mixed prose & verse, discussions, verses, inspired exclamations, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and elaborations. 
;;;suttaṁ geyyaṁ veyyākaraṇaṁ gāthā udānaṁ itivuttakaṁ jātakaṁ abbhutadhammaṁ vedallaṁ. 
;;;statements, mixed prose & verse, discussions, verses, inspired exclamations, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and elaborations. 
;;;suttaṁ geyyaṁ veyyākaraṇaṁ gāthā udānaṁ itivuttakaṁ jātakaṁ abbhutadhammaṁ vedallaṁ. 
;;;statements, mixed prose & verse, discussions, verses, inspired exclamations, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and elaborations. 
;;;suttaṁ geyyaṁ veyyākaraṇaṁ gāthā udānaṁ itivuttakaṁ jātakaṁ abbhutadhammaṁ vedallaṁ. 
;;;statements, mixed prose & verse, discussions, verses, inspired exclamations, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and elaborations. 
;;;

>En 

suttaṁ geyyaṁ veyyākaraṇaṁ gāthā udānaṁ itivuttakaṁ jātakaṁ abbhutadhammaṁ vedallaṁ. ;;;statements, mixed prose & verse, discussions, verses, inspired exclamations, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and elaborations. 
;;;suttaṁ geyyaṁ veyyākaraṇaṁ gāthā udānaṁ itivuttakaṁ jātakaṁ abbhutadhammaṁ vedallaṁ. 
;;;statements, mixed prose & verse, discussions, verses, inspired exclamations, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and elaborations. 
;;;suttaṁ geyyaṁ veyyākaraṇaṁ gāthā udānaṁ itivuttakaṁ jātakaṁ abbhutadhammaṁ vedallaṁ. 
;;;statements, mixed prose & verse, discussions, verses, inspired exclamations, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and elaborations. 
;;;suttaṁ geyyaṁ veyyākaraṇaṁ gāthā udānaṁ itivuttakaṁ jātakaṁ abbhutadhammaṁ vedallaṁ. 
;;;statements, mixed prose & verse, discussions, verses, inspired exclamations, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and elaborations. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Yo hoti viyatto ca visārado ca, ;;;Whoever is competent and assured, 
;;;

>En 

Yo hoti viyatto ca visārado ca, ;;;Whoever is competent and assured, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Etamahaṁ, bhikkhave, nimittaṁ asamanupassanto khemappatto abhayappatto vesārajjappatto viharāmi. ;;;Since I see no such reason, I live secure, fearless, and assured. 
;;;Yo dhammacakkaṁ abhibhuyya kevalī, 
;;;He rolls forth the Wheel of Dhamma as a consummate one, 
;;;

>En 

Etamahaṁ, bhikkhave, nimittaṁ asamanupassanto khemappatto abhayappatto vesārajjappatto viharāmi. ;;;Since I see no such reason, I live secure, fearless, and assured. 
;;;Yo dhammacakkaṁ abhibhuyya kevalī, 
;;;He rolls forth the Wheel of Dhamma as a consummate one, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tassa kāmānaṁ samudayañca atthaṅgamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṁ appajānato yo kāmesu kāmarāgo kāmanandī kāmasneho kāmamucchā kāmapipāsā kāmapariḷāho kāmajjhosānaṁ kāmataṇhā sānuseti. ;;;So greed, relishing, affection, infatuation, thirst, passion, attachment, and craving for sensual pleasures linger on inside. 
;;;saṁyutto pāpakehi akusalehi dhammehi saṅkilesikehi ponobhavikehi sadarehi dukkhavipākehi āyatiṁ jātijarāmaraṇikehi. Tasmā ayogakkhemīti vuccati. 
;;;These are bad, unskillful qualities that are corrupting, leading to future lives, hurtful, resulting in suffering and future rebirth, old age, and death. That’s why someone yoked to them is called: ‘one who has not found sanctuary from the yoke’. 
;;;

>En 

Tassa kāmānaṁ samudayañca atthaṅgamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṁ appajānato yo kāmesu kāmarāgo kāmanandī kāmasneho kāmamucchā kāmapipāsā kāmapariḷāho kāmajjhosānaṁ kāmataṇhā sānuseti. ;;;So greed, relishing, affection, infatuation, thirst, passion, attachment, and craving for sensual pleasures linger on inside. 
;;;saṁyutto pāpakehi akusalehi dhammehi saṅkilesikehi ponobhavikehi sadarehi dukkhavipākehi āyatiṁ jātijarāmaraṇikehi. Tasmā ayogakkhemīti vuccati. 
;;;These are bad, unskillful qualities that are corrupting, leading to future lives, hurtful, resulting in suffering and future rebirth, old age, and death. That’s why someone yoked to them is called: ‘one who has not found sanctuary from the yoke’. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Carato cepi, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno abhijjhābyāpādo vigato hoti, thinamiddhaṁ … uddhaccakukkuccaṁ … vicikicchā pahīnā hoti, āraddhaṁ hoti vīriyaṁ asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, passaddho kāyo asāraddho, samāhitaṁ cittaṁ ekaggaṁ, carampi, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṁbhūto ‘ātāpī ottāpī satataṁ samitaṁ āraddhavīriyo pahitatto’ti vuccati. ;;;Suppose a mendicant has got rid of desire and ill will while walking, and has given up dullness and drowsiness, restlessness and remorse, and doubt. Their energy is roused up and unflagging, their mindfulness is established and lucid, their body is tranquil and undisturbed, and their mind is immersed in samādhi. Such a mendicant is said to be ‘keen and prudent, always energetic and determined’ when walking. 
;;;Ṭhitassa cepi, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno abhijjhābyāpādo vigato hoti, thinamiddhaṁ … uddhaccakukkuccaṁ … vicikicchā pahīnā hoti, āraddhaṁ hoti vīriyaṁ asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, passaddho kāyo asāraddho, samāhitaṁ cittaṁ ekaggaṁ, ṭhitopi, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṁbhūto ‘ātāpī ottāpī satataṁ samitaṁ āraddhavīriyo pahitatto’ti vuccati. 
;;;Suppose a mendicant has got rid of desire and ill will while standing … 
;;;Nisinnassa cepi, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno abhijjhābyāpādo vigato hoti, thinamiddhaṁ … uddhaccakukkuccaṁ … vicikicchā pahīnā hoti, āraddhaṁ hoti vīriyaṁ asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, passaddho kāyo asāraddho, samāhitaṁ cittaṁ ekaggaṁ, nisinnopi, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṁbhūto ‘ātāpī ottāpī satataṁ samitaṁ āraddhavīriyo pahitatto’ti vuccati. 
;;;sitting … 
;;;Sayānassa cepi, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno jāgarassa abhijjhābyāpādo vigato hoti, thinamiddhaṁ … uddhaccakukkuccaṁ … vicikicchā pahīnā hoti, āraddhaṁ hoti vīriyaṁ asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, passaddho kāyo asāraddho, samāhitaṁ cittaṁ ekaggaṁ, sayānopi, bhikkhave, bhikkhu jāgaro evaṁbhūto ‘ātāpī ottāpī satataṁ samitaṁ āraddhavīriyo pahitatto’ti vuccatīti. 
;;;and when lying down while awake, and has given up dullness and drowsiness, restlessness and remorse, and doubt. Their energy is roused up and unflagging, their mindfulness is established and lucid, their body is tranquil and undisturbed, and their mind is immersed in samādhi. Such a mendicant is said to be ‘keen and prudent, always energetic and determined’ when lying down while awake. 
;;;Yataṁ samiñjaye bhikkhu, 
;;;a mendicant carefully bends their limbs, 
;;;Yatamenaṁ pasāraye. 
;;;and carefully extends them. 
;;;

>En 

Carato cepi, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno abhijjhābyāpādo vigato hoti, thinamiddhaṁ … uddhaccakukkuccaṁ … vicikicchā pahīnā hoti, āraddhaṁ hoti vīriyaṁ asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, passaddho kāyo asāraddho, samāhitaṁ cittaṁ ekaggaṁ, carampi, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṁbhūto ‘ātāpī ottāpī satataṁ samitaṁ āraddhavīriyo pahitatto’ti vuccati. ;;;Suppose a mendicant has got rid of desire and ill will while walking, and has given up dullness and drowsiness, restlessness and remorse, and doubt. Their energy is roused up and unflagging, their mindfulness is established and lucid, their body is tranquil and undisturbed, and their mind is immersed in samādhi. Such a mendicant is said to be ‘keen and prudent, always energetic and determined’ when walking. 
;;;Ṭhitassa cepi, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno abhijjhābyāpādo vigato hoti, thinamiddhaṁ … uddhaccakukkuccaṁ … vicikicchā pahīnā hoti, āraddhaṁ hoti vīriyaṁ asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, passaddho kāyo asāraddho, samāhitaṁ cittaṁ ekaggaṁ, ṭhitopi, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṁbhūto ‘ātāpī ottāpī satataṁ samitaṁ āraddhavīriyo pahitatto’ti vuccati. 
;;;Suppose a mendicant has got rid of desire and ill will while standing … 
;;;Nisinnassa cepi, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno abhijjhābyāpādo vigato hoti, thinamiddhaṁ … uddhaccakukkuccaṁ … vicikicchā pahīnā hoti, āraddhaṁ hoti vīriyaṁ asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, passaddho kāyo asāraddho, samāhitaṁ cittaṁ ekaggaṁ, nisinnopi, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṁbhūto ‘ātāpī ottāpī satataṁ samitaṁ āraddhavīriyo pahitatto’ti vuccati. 
;;;sitting … 
;;;Sayānassa cepi, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno jāgarassa abhijjhābyāpādo vigato hoti, thinamiddhaṁ … uddhaccakukkuccaṁ … vicikicchā pahīnā hoti, āraddhaṁ hoti vīriyaṁ asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, passaddho kāyo asāraddho, samāhitaṁ cittaṁ ekaggaṁ, sayānopi, bhikkhave, bhikkhu jāgaro evaṁbhūto ‘ātāpī ottāpī satataṁ samitaṁ āraddhavīriyo pahitatto’ti vuccatīti. 
;;;and when lying down while awake, and has given up dullness and drowsiness, restlessness and remorse, and doubt. Their energy is roused up and unflagging, their mindfulness is established and lucid, their body is tranquil and undisturbed, and their mind is immersed in samādhi. Such a mendicant is said to be ‘keen and prudent, always energetic and determined’ when lying down while awake. 
;;;Yataṁ samiñjaye bhikkhu, 
;;;a mendicant carefully bends their limbs, 
;;;Yatamenaṁ pasāraye. 
;;;and carefully extends them. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Te tusitā jetvā māraṁ savāhiniṁ te anejā, ;;;Contented and unstirred, they’ve vanquished Māra and his mount; 
;;;

>En 

Te tusitā jetvā māraṁ savāhiniṁ te anejā, ;;;Contented and unstirred, they’ve vanquished Māra and his mount; 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Chandā dosā mohā ca bhayā gāmino, ;;;led astray by favoritism, hostility, stupidity, or cowardice, 
;;;Parisākasaṭo ca panesa vuccati. 
;;;are called ‘an assembly of the dregs’: 
;;;Na chandā na dosā na mohā na bhayā ca gāmino; 
;;;not led astray by favoritism, hostility, stupidity, or cowardice, 
;;;

>En 

Chandā dosā mohā ca bhayā gāmino, ;;;led astray by favoritism, hostility, stupidity, or cowardice, 
;;;Parisākasaṭo ca panesa vuccati. 
;;;are called ‘an assembly of the dregs’: 
;;;Na chandā na dosā na mohā na bhayā ca gāmino; 
;;;not led astray by favoritism, hostility, stupidity, or cowardice, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tassa mayhaṁ, bhikkhave, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ;;;As I was in private retreat this thought came to mind: 
;;;‘yannūnāhaṁ yvāyaṁ dhammo mayā abhisambuddho tameva dhammaṁ sakkatvā garuṁ katvā upanissāya vihareyyan’ti. 
;;;‘Why don’t I honor and respect and rely on the same teaching to which I was awakened?’ 
;;;Atha kho, bhikkhave, brahmā sahampati mama cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evamevaṁ—brahmaloke antarahito mama purato pāturahosi. 
;;;And then the divinity Sahampati, knowing my train of thought, vanished from the realm of divinity and appeared in front of me, as easily as a strong man would extend or contract his arm. 
;;;bahūnaṁ sokanāsano. 
;;;destroyer of the sorrows of many— 
;;;vihaṁsu viharanti ca; 
;;;they did live, they do live, 
;;;

>En 

Tassa mayhaṁ, bhikkhave, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ;;;As I was in private retreat this thought came to mind: 
;;;‘yannūnāhaṁ yvāyaṁ dhammo mayā abhisambuddho tameva dhammaṁ sakkatvā garuṁ katvā upanissāya vihareyyan’ti. 
;;;‘Why don’t I honor and respect and rely on the same teaching to which I was awakened?’ 
;;;Atha kho, bhikkhave, brahmā sahampati mama cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evamevaṁ—brahmaloke antarahito mama purato pāturahosi. 
;;;And then the divinity Sahampati, knowing my train of thought, vanished from the realm of divinity and appeared in front of me, as easily as a strong man would extend or contract his arm. 
;;;bahūnaṁ sokanāsano. 
;;;destroyer of the sorrows of many— 
;;;vihaṁsu viharanti ca; 
;;;they did live, they do live, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho, bhikkhave, sambahulā brāhmaṇā jiṇṇā vuddhā mahallakā addhagatā vayoanuppattā yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā mayā saddhiṁ sammodiṁsu. ;;;Then several old brahmins—elderly and senior, who were advanced in years and had reached the final stage of life—came up to me, and exchanged greetings with me. 
;;;‘sutaṁ netaṁ, bho gotama: 
;;;‘Mister Gotama, we have heard this: 
;;;“na samaṇo gotamo brāhmaṇe jiṇṇe vuddhe mahallake addhagate vayoanuppatte abhivādeti vā paccuṭṭheti vā āsanena vā nimantetī”ti. 
;;;“The ascetic Gotama does not bow to old brahmins, elderly and senior, who are advanced in years and have reached the final stage of life; nor does he rise in their presence or offer them a seat.” 
;;;Na hi bhavaṁ gotamo brāhmaṇe jiṇṇe vuddhe mahallake addhagate vayoanuppatte abhivādeti vā paccuṭṭheti vā āsanena vā nimanteti. 
;;;for Mister Gotama does not bow to old brahmins, elderly and senior, who are advanced in years and have reached the final stage of life; nor does he rise in their presence or offer them a seat. 
;;;‘nayime āyasmanto jānanti theraṁ vā therakaraṇe vā dhamme’ti. 
;;;‘These venerables don’t know what a senior is, or what qualities make you a senior.’ 
;;;Bahussuto hoti sutadharo sutasannicayo, ye te dhammā ādikalyāṇā majjhekalyāṇā pariyosānakalyāṇā sātthaṁ sabyañjanaṁ kevalaparipuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ abhivadanti, tathārūpāssa dhammā bahussutā honti dhātā vacasā paricitā manasānupekkhitā, diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā. 
;;;They’re very learned, remembering and keeping what they’ve learned. These teachings are good in the beginning, good in the middle, and good in the end, meaningful and well-phrased, describing a spiritual practice that’s entirely full and pure. They are very learned in such teachings, remembering them, rehearsing them, mentally scrutinizing them, and comprehending them theoretically. 
;;;Saññato dhīro dhammesu, 
;;;is restrained when experiencing phenomena, 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho, bhikkhave, sambahulā brāhmaṇā jiṇṇā vuddhā mahallakā addhagatā vayoanuppattā yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā mayā saddhiṁ sammodiṁsu. ;;;Then several old brahmins—elderly and senior, who were advanced in years and had reached the final stage of life—came up to me, and exchanged greetings with me. 
;;;‘sutaṁ netaṁ, bho gotama: 
;;;‘Mister Gotama, we have heard this: 
;;;“na samaṇo gotamo brāhmaṇe jiṇṇe vuddhe mahallake addhagate vayoanuppatte abhivādeti vā paccuṭṭheti vā āsanena vā nimantetī”ti. 
;;;“The ascetic Gotama does not bow to old brahmins, elderly and senior, who are advanced in years and have reached the final stage of life; nor does he rise in their presence or offer them a seat.” 
;;;Na hi bhavaṁ gotamo brāhmaṇe jiṇṇe vuddhe mahallake addhagate vayoanuppatte abhivādeti vā paccuṭṭheti vā āsanena vā nimanteti. 
;;;for Mister Gotama does not bow to old brahmins, elderly and senior, who are advanced in years and have reached the final stage of life; nor does he rise in their presence or offer them a seat. 
;;;‘nayime āyasmanto jānanti theraṁ vā therakaraṇe vā dhamme’ti. 
;;;‘These venerables don’t know what a senior is, or what qualities make you a senior.’ 
;;;Bahussuto hoti sutadharo sutasannicayo, ye te dhammā ādikalyāṇā majjhekalyāṇā pariyosānakalyāṇā sātthaṁ sabyañjanaṁ kevalaparipuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ abhivadanti, tathārūpāssa dhammā bahussutā honti dhātā vacasā paricitā manasānupekkhitā, diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā. 
;;;They’re very learned, remembering and keeping what they’ve learned. These teachings are good in the beginning, good in the middle, and good in the end, meaningful and well-phrased, describing a spiritual practice that’s entirely full and pure. They are very learned in such teachings, remembering them, rehearsing them, mentally scrutinizing them, and comprehending them theoretically. 
;;;Saññato dhīro dhammesu, 
;;;is restrained when experiencing phenomena, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Sabbaṁ lokaṁ visaṁyutto, ;;;he is detached from the whole world, 
;;;natthi me paṭipuggalo”ti. 
;;;he has no rival.” 
;;;

>En 

Sabbaṁ lokaṁ visaṁyutto, ;;;he is detached from the whole world, 
;;;natthi me paṭipuggalo”ti. 
;;;he has no rival.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Yaṁ, bhikkhave …pe… tamahaṁ jānāmi ca na ca jānāmīti vadeyyaṁ, tampassa tādisameva. ;;;If I were to say that ‘I both know and do not know … the world with its gods’, that would be just the same. 
;;;Iti kho, bhikkhave, tathāgato diṭṭhasutamutaviññātabbesu dhammesu tādīyeva tādī. 
;;;Since a Realized One is unaffected in the midst of things able to be seen, heard, thought, and known, he is the unaffected one. 
;;;Etañca sallaṁ paṭikacca disvā, 
;;;Since they’ve seen this dart 
;;;

>En 

Yaṁ, bhikkhave …pe… tamahaṁ jānāmi ca na ca jānāmīti vadeyyaṁ, tampassa tādisameva. ;;;If I were to say that ‘I both know and do not know … the world with its gods’, that would be just the same. 
;;;Iti kho, bhikkhave, tathāgato diṭṭhasutamutaviññātabbesu dhammesu tādīyeva tādī. 
;;;Since a Realized One is unaffected in the midst of things able to be seen, heard, thought, and known, he is the unaffected one. 
;;;Etañca sallaṁ paṭikacca disvā, 
;;;Since they’ve seen this dart 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā abhiññātā abhiññātā paribbājakā sippinikātīre paribbājakārāme paṭivasanti, seyyathidaṁ annabhāro varadharo sakuludāyī ca paribbājako aññe ca abhiññātā abhiññātā paribbājakā. ;;;Now at that time several very well-known wanderers were residing in the monastery of the wanderers on the bank of the Sappinī river. They included Annabhāra, Varadhara, Sakuludāyī, and other very well-known wanderers. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena sippinikātīraṁ paribbājakārāmo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā te paribbājake etadavoca: 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the wanderer’s monastery on the banks of the Sappinī river, He sat down on the seat spread out, and said to the wanderers: 
;;;

>En 

Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā abhiññātā abhiññātā paribbājakā sippinikātīre paribbājakārāme paṭivasanti, seyyathidaṁ annabhāro varadharo sakuludāyī ca paribbājako aññe ca abhiññātā abhiññātā paribbājakā. ;;;Now at that time several very well-known wanderers were residing in the monastery of the wanderers on the bank of the Sappinī river. They included Annabhāra, Varadhara, Sakuludāyī, and other very well-known wanderers. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena sippinikātīraṁ paribbājakārāmo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā te paribbājake etadavoca: 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the wanderer’s monastery on the banks of the Sappinī river, He sat down on the seat spread out, and said to the wanderers: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Patirūpadesavāso, sappurisāvassayo, attasammāpaṇidhi, pubbe ca katapuññatā— ;;;Living in a suitable region, relying on true persons, being rightly resolved in oneself, and past merit. 
;;;

>En 

Patirūpadesavāso, sappurisāvassayo, attasammāpaṇidhi, pubbe ca katapuññatā— ;;;Living in a suitable region, relying on true persons, being rightly resolved in oneself, and past merit. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Bilaṁ bilāsayā pavisanti, dakaṁ dakāsayā pavisanti, vanaṁ vanāsayā pavisanti, ākāsaṁ pakkhino bhajanti. ;;;They return to their lairs, be they in a hole, the water, or a wood; and the birds take to the air. 
;;;‘iti sakkāyo, iti sakkāyasamudayo, iti sakkāyanirodho, iti sakkāyanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti. 
;;;‘Such is substantial reality, such is the origin of substantial reality, such is the cessation of substantial reality, such is the practice that leads to the cessation of substantial reality.’ 
;;;

>En 

Bilaṁ bilāsayā pavisanti, dakaṁ dakāsayā pavisanti, vanaṁ vanāsayā pavisanti, ākāsaṁ pakkhino bhajanti. ;;;They return to their lairs, be they in a hole, the water, or a wood; and the birds take to the air. 
;;;‘iti sakkāyo, iti sakkāyasamudayo, iti sakkāyanirodho, iti sakkāyanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti. 
;;;‘Such is substantial reality, such is the origin of substantial reality, such is the cessation of substantial reality, such is the practice that leads to the cessation of substantial reality.’ 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

bahu te janatā ariye ñāye patiṭṭhāpitā, yadidaṁ kalyāṇadhammatā kusaladhammatā. ;;; 
;;;bahu me janatā ariye ñāye patiṭṭhāpitā, yadidaṁ kalyāṇadhammatā kusaladhammatā. 
;;; 
;;;pasīdanti bahū janā. 
;;;many people become confident. 
;;;Mahāpañño mahāpurisoti vuccatī”ti. 
;;;is called ‘a great man, of great wisdom’.” 
;;;

>En 

bahu te janatā ariye ñāye patiṭṭhāpitā, yadidaṁ kalyāṇadhammatā kusaladhammatā. ;;; 
;;;bahu me janatā ariye ñāye patiṭṭhāpitā, yadidaṁ kalyāṇadhammatā kusaladhammatā. 
;;; 
;;;pasīdanti bahū janā. 
;;;many people become confident. 
;;;Mahāpañño mahāpurisoti vuccatī”ti. 
;;;is called ‘a great man, of great wisdom’.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho bhagavā maggā okkamma aññatarasmiṁ rukkhamūle nisīdi pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. ;;;The Buddha had left the road and sat at the root of a tree cross-legged, setting his body straight, and establishing mindfulness in his presence. 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho bhagavā maggā okkamma aññatarasmiṁ rukkhamūle nisīdi pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. ;;;The Buddha had left the road and sat at the root of a tree cross-legged, setting his body straight, and establishing mindfulness in his presence. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

vividhā nettha haññare; ;;;where goats, sheep, and cattle, 
;;;Etaṁ yajetha medhāvī, 
;;;An intelligent person should sacrifice like this, 
;;;Etaṁ hi yajamānassa, 
;;;For a sponsor of sacrifices like this, 
;;;

>En 

vividhā nettha haññare; ;;;where goats, sheep, and cattle, 
;;;Etaṁ yajetha medhāvī, 
;;;An intelligent person should sacrifice like this, 
;;;Etaṁ hi yajamānassa, 
;;;For a sponsor of sacrifices like this, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Vivaṭacchadā ye loke, ;;;The Buddhas—who have drawn back the veil from the world, 
;;;buddhā yaññassa kovidā. 
;;;as they are expert in sacrifice. 
;;;habyaṁ katvā yathārahaṁ; 
;;;whether as sacrifice or for ancestors, 
;;;Suhutaṁ suyiṭṭhaṁ suppattaṁ, 
;;;When it’s well-gotten, well-offered, and well-sacrificed, 
;;;

>En 

Vivaṭacchadā ye loke, ;;;The Buddhas—who have drawn back the veil from the world, 
;;;buddhā yaññassa kovidā. 
;;;as they are expert in sacrifice. 
;;;habyaṁ katvā yathārahaṁ; 
;;;whether as sacrifice or for ancestors, 
;;;Suhutaṁ suyiṭṭhaṁ suppattaṁ, 
;;;When it’s well-gotten, well-offered, and well-sacrificed, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Yo ca tesaṁ tattha tattha, ;;;A mendicant who knows each of these, 
;;;ubhayassa hoti kovido. 
;;;what the meaning is and what it isn’t. 
;;;

>En 

Yo ca tesaṁ tattha tattha, ;;;A mendicant who knows each of these, 
;;;ubhayassa hoti kovido. 
;;;what the meaning is and what it isn’t. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

snehānvayamivosadhā”ti. ;;;like well-watered herbs.” 
;;;

>En 

snehānvayamivosadhā”ti. ;;;like well-watered herbs.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Nāsīsatī lokamimaṁ parañcā”ti. ;;;does not long for this world or the next.” 
;;;

>En 

Nāsīsatī lokamimaṁ parañcā”ti. ;;;does not long for this world or the next.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Yato ca, bhikkhave, verocano abbhudeti yattha ca atthameti; ;;;Where the sun rises and where it sets. … 
;;;Yāvāpi tiṭṭheyya tatheva hoti; 
;;;as long as it remains, it stays the same. 
;;;

>En 

Yato ca, bhikkhave, verocano abbhudeti yattha ca atthameti; ;;;Where the sun rises and where it sets. … 
;;;Yāvāpi tiṭṭheyya tatheva hoti; 
;;;as long as it remains, it stays the same. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā visākho pañcālaputto upaṭṭhānasālāyaṁ bhikkhū dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaṁseti, poriyā vācāya vissaṭṭhāya anelagalāya atthassa viññāpaniyā pariyāpannāya anissitāya. ;;;Now at that time Venerable Visākha, Pañcāli’s son, was educating, encouraging, firing up, and inspiring the mendicants in the assembly hall with a Dhamma talk. His words were polished, clear, articulate, expressing the meaning, comprehensive, and independent. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena upaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the assembly hall. He sat down on the seat spread out, 
;;;

>En 

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā visākho pañcālaputto upaṭṭhānasālāyaṁ bhikkhū dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaṁseti, poriyā vācāya vissaṭṭhāya anelagalāya atthassa viññāpaniyā pariyāpannāya anissitāya. ;;;Now at that time Venerable Visākha, Pañcāli’s son, was educating, encouraging, firing up, and inspiring the mendicants in the assembly hall with a Dhamma talk. His words were polished, clear, articulate, expressing the meaning, comprehensive, and independent. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena upaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the assembly hall. He sat down on the seat spread out, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Vipallāsasutta ;;;Perversions 
;;;“Cattārome, bhikkhave, saññāvipallāsā cittavipallāsā diṭṭhivipallāsā. 
;;;“Mendicants, there are these four perversions of perception, mind, and view. 
;;;Anicce, bhikkhave, niccanti saññāvipallāso cittavipallāso diṭṭhivipallāso; 
;;;Taking impermanence as permanence. 
;;;dukkhe, bhikkhave, sukhanti saññāvipallāso cittavipallāso diṭṭhivipallāso; 
;;;Taking suffering as happiness. 
;;;anattani, bhikkhave, attāti saññāvipallāso cittavipallāso diṭṭhivipallāso; 
;;;Taking not-self as self. 
;;;asubhe, bhikkhave, subhanti saññāvipallāso cittavipallāso diṭṭhivipallāso. 
;;;Taking ugliness as beauty. 
;;;Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro saññāvipallāsā cittavipallāsā diṭṭhivipallāsā. 
;;;These are the four perversions of perception, mind, and view. 
;;;Cattārome, bhikkhave, nasaññāvipallāsā nacittavipallāsā nadiṭṭhivipallāsā. 
;;;There are these four corrections of perception, mind, and view. 
;;;Anicce, bhikkhave, aniccanti nasaññāvipallāso nacittavipallāso nadiṭṭhivipallāso; 
;;;Taking impermanence as impermanence. 
;;;dukkhe, bhikkhave, dukkhanti nasaññāvipallāso nacittavipallāso nadiṭṭhivipallāso; 
;;;Taking suffering as suffering. 
;;;anattani, bhikkhave, anattāti nasaññāvipallāso nacittavipallāso nadiṭṭhivipallāso; 
;;;Taking not-self as not-self. 
;;;asubhe, bhikkhave, asubhanti nasaññāvipallāso nacittavipallāso nadiṭṭhivipallāso. 
;;;Taking ugliness as ugliness. 
;;;Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro nasaññāvipallāsā nacittavipallāsā nadiṭṭhivipallāsāti. 
;;;These are the four corrections of perception, mind, and view. 
;;;Te imaṁ dhammaṁ pakāsenti, 
;;;reveal this teaching, 
;;;

>En 

Vipallāsasutta ;;;Perversions 
;;;“Cattārome, bhikkhave, saññāvipallāsā cittavipallāsā diṭṭhivipallāsā. 
;;;“Mendicants, there are these four perversions of perception, mind, and view. 
;;;Anicce, bhikkhave, niccanti saññāvipallāso cittavipallāso diṭṭhivipallāso; 
;;;Taking impermanence as permanence. 
;;;dukkhe, bhikkhave, sukhanti saññāvipallāso cittavipallāso diṭṭhivipallāso; 
;;;Taking suffering as happiness. 
;;;anattani, bhikkhave, attāti saññāvipallāso cittavipallāso diṭṭhivipallāso; 
;;;Taking not-self as self. 
;;;asubhe, bhikkhave, subhanti saññāvipallāso cittavipallāso diṭṭhivipallāso. 
;;;Taking ugliness as beauty. 
;;;Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro saññāvipallāsā cittavipallāsā diṭṭhivipallāsā. 
;;;These are the four perversions of perception, mind, and view. 
;;;Cattārome, bhikkhave, nasaññāvipallāsā nacittavipallāsā nadiṭṭhivipallāsā. 
;;;There are these four corrections of perception, mind, and view. 
;;;Anicce, bhikkhave, aniccanti nasaññāvipallāso nacittavipallāso nadiṭṭhivipallāso; 
;;;Taking impermanence as impermanence. 
;;;dukkhe, bhikkhave, dukkhanti nasaññāvipallāso nacittavipallāso nadiṭṭhivipallāso; 
;;;Taking suffering as suffering. 
;;;anattani, bhikkhave, anattāti nasaññāvipallāso nacittavipallāso nadiṭṭhivipallāso; 
;;;Taking not-self as not-self. 
;;;asubhe, bhikkhave, asubhanti nasaññāvipallāso nacittavipallāso nadiṭṭhivipallāso. 
;;;Taking ugliness as ugliness. 
;;;Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro nasaññāvipallāsā nacittavipallāsā nadiṭṭhivipallāsāti. 
;;;These are the four corrections of perception, mind, and view. 
;;;Te imaṁ dhammaṁ pakāsenti, 
;;;reveal this teaching, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

asuddhā sarajā magā. ;;;Impure, dirty creatures, 
;;;Suvidūravisākhavipallāsā, 
;;; 
;;;

>En 

asuddhā sarajā magā. ;;;Impure, dirty creatures, 
;;;Suvidūravisākhavipallāsā, 
;;; 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Imehi ca pana, bhikkhave, catūhi puññābhisandehi kusalābhisandehi samannāgatassa ariyasāvakassa na sukaraṁ puññassa pamāṇaṁ gahetuṁ: ‘ettako puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro sovaggiko sukhavipāko saggasaṁvattaniko iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṁvattatī’ti. Atha kho asaṅkhyeyyo appameyyo mahāpuññakkhandhotveva saṅkhyaṁ gacchati. ;;;When a noble disciple has these four kinds of overflowing merit and goodness, it’s not easy to grasp how much merit they have by saying that this is the extent of their overflowing merit … that leads to happiness. It’s simply reckoned as an incalculable, immeasurable, great mass of merit. 
;;;Bahubheravaṁ ratanavarānamālayaṁ; 
;;;and though the rivers are many, 
;;;Najjo yathā naragaṇasaṅghasevitā, 
;;;all reach the great deep, the boundless ocean, 
;;;

>En 

Imehi ca pana, bhikkhave, catūhi puññābhisandehi kusalābhisandehi samannāgatassa ariyasāvakassa na sukaraṁ puññassa pamāṇaṁ gahetuṁ: ‘ettako puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro sovaggiko sukhavipāko saggasaṁvattaniko iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṁvattatī’ti. Atha kho asaṅkhyeyyo appameyyo mahāpuññakkhandhotveva saṅkhyaṁ gacchati. ;;;When a noble disciple has these four kinds of overflowing merit and goodness, it’s not easy to grasp how much merit they have by saying that this is the extent of their overflowing merit … that leads to happiness. It’s simply reckoned as an incalculable, immeasurable, great mass of merit. 
;;;Bahubheravaṁ ratanavarānamālayaṁ; 
;;;and though the rivers are many, 
;;;Najjo yathā naragaṇasaṅghasevitā, 
;;;all reach the great deep, the boundless ocean, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atthāsaṁ pacurā honti, ;;;They get all the things they need, 
;;;

>En 

Atthāsaṁ pacurā honti, ;;;They get all the things they need, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā bhaggesu viharati susumāragire bhesakaḷāvane migadāye. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Bhaggas at Crocodile Hill, in the deer park at Bhesakaḷā’s Wood. 
;;;

>En 

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā bhaggesu viharati susumāragire bhesakaḷāvane migadāye. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Bhaggas at Crocodile Hill, in the deer park at Bhesakaḷā’s Wood. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā koliyesu viharati pajjanikaṁ nāma koliyānaṁ nigamo. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Koliyans, where they have a town named Pajjanika. 
;;;Susaṅkhataṁ bhojanaṁ yā dadāti, 
;;;When she gives well-prepared food, 
;;;

>En 

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā koliyesu viharati pajjanikaṁ nāma koliyānaṁ nigamo. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Koliyans, where they have a town named Pajjanika. 
;;;Susaṅkhataṁ bhojanaṁ yā dadāti, 
;;;When she gives well-prepared food, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

So āyudāyī vaṇṇadāyī, ;;;A person who gives long life, beauty, 
;;;sukhaṁ balaṁ dado naro; 
;;;happiness, and strength, 
;;;

>En 

So āyudāyī vaṇṇadāyī, ;;;A person who gives long life, beauty, 
;;;sukhaṁ balaṁ dado naro; 
;;;happiness, and strength, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Ayaṁ vuccati, gahapati, ariyasāvako mahāpañño puthupañño āpātadaso paññāsampanno. ;;;they’re called ‘a noble disciple of great wisdom, of widespread wisdom, who sees what matters, and is accomplished in wisdom’. 
;;;Bhuttā bhogā bhatā bhaccā, 
;;;‘I’ve enjoyed my wealth, supporting those who depend on me; 
;;;

>En 

Ayaṁ vuccati, gahapati, ariyasāvako mahāpañño puthupañño āpātadaso paññāsampanno. ;;;they’re called ‘a noble disciple of great wisdom, of widespread wisdom, who sees what matters, and is accomplished in wisdom’. 
;;;Bhuttā bhogā bhatā bhaccā, 
;;;‘I’ve enjoyed my wealth, supporting those who depend on me; 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atthisukhaṁ, bhogasukhaṁ, ānaṇyasukhaṁ, anavajjasukhaṁ. ;;;The happiness of ownership, using wealth, debtlessness, and blamelessness. 
;;;Ānaṇyasukhaṁ ñatvāna, 
;;;Knowing the happiness of debtlessness, 
;;;Atho atthisukhaṁ paraṁ; 
;;;and the extra happiness of possession, 
;;;Bhuñjaṁ bhogasukhaṁ macco, 
;;;a mortal enjoying the happiness of using wealth, 
;;;

>En 

Atthisukhaṁ, bhogasukhaṁ, ānaṇyasukhaṁ, anavajjasukhaṁ. ;;;The happiness of ownership, using wealth, debtlessness, and blamelessness. 
;;;Ānaṇyasukhaṁ ñatvāna, 
;;;Knowing the happiness of debtlessness, 
;;;Atho atthisukhaṁ paraṁ; 
;;;and the extra happiness of possession, 
;;;Bhuñjaṁ bhogasukhaṁ macco, 
;;;a mortal enjoying the happiness of using wealth, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Sapubbadevatāni, bhikkhave, tāni kulāni yesaṁ puttānaṁ mātāpitaro ajjhāgāre pūjitā honti. ;;;A family where the children honor their parents in their home is said to live with the old deities. 
;;;Pubbadevatāti, bhikkhave, mātāpitūnaṁ etaṁ adhivacanaṁ. 
;;;‘Old deities’ is a term for your parents. 
;;;

>En 

Sapubbadevatāni, bhikkhave, tāni kulāni yesaṁ puttānaṁ mātāpitaro ajjhāgāre pūjitā honti. ;;;A family where the children honor their parents in their home is said to live with the old deities. 
;;;Pubbadevatāti, bhikkhave, mātāpitūnaṁ etaṁ adhivacanaṁ. 
;;;‘Old deities’ is a term for your parents. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Ye ca rūpe pamāṇiṁsu, ;;;Those who judge on appearance, 
;;;nābhijānanti te janā. 
;;;those people just don’t understand. 
;;;

>En 

Ye ca rūpe pamāṇiṁsu, ;;;Those who judge on appearance, 
;;;nābhijānanti te janā. 
;;;those people just don’t understand. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

mettaṁ dvipādakehi me; ;;;the two-footed I love, 
;;;mā maṁ hiṁsi dvipādako; 
;;;May I not be harmed by the two-footed! 
;;;mā kañci pāpamāgamā. 
;;;may bad not come to anyone. 
;;;Pamāṇavantāni sarīsapāni. 
;;;But limited are crawling things, 
;;;

>En 

mettaṁ dvipādakehi me; ;;;the two-footed I love, 
;;;mā maṁ hiṁsi dvipādako; 
;;;May I not be harmed by the two-footed! 
;;;mā kañci pāpamāgamā. 
;;;may bad not come to anyone. 
;;;Pamāṇavantāni sarīsapāni. 
;;;But limited are crawling things, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Yo hi bhikkhu idhātāpī, ;;;Any mendicant who keenly applies these 
;;;

>En 

Yo hi bhikkhu idhātāpī, ;;;Any mendicant who keenly applies these 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Deve na sammā dhāraṁ anuppavecchante visamapākāni sassāni bhavanti. ;;;… the crops ripen erratically. 
;;;Visamapākāni, bhikkhave, sassāni manussā paribhuñjantā appāyukā honti dubbaṇṇā ca bavhābādhā ca. 
;;;When people eat crops that have ripened erratically, they become short-lived, ugly, weak, and sickly. 
;;;So sace dhammaṁ carati, 
;;;does the right thing, 
;;;Pattakammaṁ ānaṇyako, 
;;; 
;;;

>En 

Deve na sammā dhāraṁ anuppavecchante visamapākāni sassāni bhavanti. ;;;… the crops ripen erratically. 
;;;Visamapākāni, bhikkhave, sassāni manussā paribhuñjantā appāyukā honti dubbaṇṇā ca bavhābādhā ca. 
;;;When people eat crops that have ripened erratically, they become short-lived, ugly, weak, and sickly. 
;;;So sace dhammaṁ carati, 
;;;does the right thing, 
;;;Pattakammaṁ ānaṇyako, 
;;; 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kusinārāyaṁ viharati upavattane mallānaṁ sālavane antarena yamakasālānaṁ parinibbānasamaye. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying between a pair of sal trees in the sal forest of the Mallas at Upavattana near Kusinārā at the time of his full extinguishment. 
;;;

>En 

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kusinārāyaṁ viharati upavattane mallānaṁ sālavane antarena yamakasālānaṁ parinibbānasamaye. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying between a pair of sal trees in the sal forest of the Mallas at Upavattana near Kusinārā at the time of his full extinguishment. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Idha, bhikkhave, dāyako hoti sīlavā kalyāṇadhammo; paṭiggāhakā honti dussīlā pāpadhammā. ;;;It’s when the giver is ethical, of good character, but the recipient is unethical, of bad character. 
;;;

>En 

Idha, bhikkhave, dāyako hoti sīlavā kalyāṇadhammo; paṭiggāhakā honti dussīlā pāpadhammā. ;;;It’s when the giver is ethical, of good character, but the recipient is unethical, of bad character. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tamo tamaparāyaṇo, ;;;The dark bound for darkness, 
;;;

>En 

Tamo tamaparāyaṇo, ;;;The dark bound for darkness, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sekho hoti pāṭipado; ;;;It’s when a mendicant is a practicing trainee, 
;;;

>En 

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sekho hoti pāṭipado; ;;;It’s when a mendicant is a practicing trainee, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo na ceva lābhī hoti ajjhattaṁ cetosamathassa na ca lābhī adhipaññādhammavipassanāya. ;;;One person has neither internal serenity of heart, nor the higher wisdom of discernment of principles. 
;;;

>En 

Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo na ceva lābhī hoti ajjhattaṁ cetosamathassa na ca lābhī adhipaññādhammavipassanāya. ;;;One person has neither internal serenity of heart, nor the higher wisdom of discernment of principles. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, ādittacelo vā ādittasīso vā tasseva celassa vā sīsassa vā nibbāpanāya adhimattaṁ chandañca vāyāmañca ussāhañca ussoḷhiñca appaṭivāniñca satiñca sampajaññañca kareyya; ;;;Suppose your clothes or head were on fire. In order to extinguish it, you’d apply intense enthusiasm, effort, zeal, vigor, perseverance, mindfulness, and situational awareness. 
;;;Tatra, bhikkhave, yvāyaṁ puggalo lābhī ceva hoti ajjhattaṁ cetosamathassa lābhī ca adhipaññādhammavipassanāya, tena, bhikkhave, puggalena tesuyeva kusalesu dhammesu patiṭṭhāya uttari āsavānaṁ khayāya yogo karaṇīyo. 
;;;As for the person who has both serenity and discernment: grounded on those skillful qualities, they should practice meditation further to end the defilements. 
;;;

>En 

Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, ādittacelo vā ādittasīso vā tasseva celassa vā sīsassa vā nibbāpanāya adhimattaṁ chandañca vāyāmañca ussāhañca ussoḷhiñca appaṭivāniñca satiñca sampajaññañca kareyya; ;;;Suppose your clothes or head were on fire. In order to extinguish it, you’d apply intense enthusiasm, effort, zeal, vigor, perseverance, mindfulness, and situational awareness. 
;;;Tatra, bhikkhave, yvāyaṁ puggalo lābhī ceva hoti ajjhattaṁ cetosamathassa lābhī ca adhipaññādhammavipassanāya, tena, bhikkhave, puggalena tesuyeva kusalesu dhammesu patiṭṭhāya uttari āsavānaṁ khayāya yogo karaṇīyo. 
;;;As for the person who has both serenity and discernment: grounded on those skillful qualities, they should practice meditation further to end the defilements. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Kathaṁ cittaṁ sannisādetabbaṁ? ;;;How should it be settled? 
;;;Kathaṁ cittaṁ ekodi kātabbaṁ? 
;;;How should it be unified? 
;;;

>En 

Kathaṁ cittaṁ sannisādetabbaṁ? ;;;How should it be settled? 
;;;Kathaṁ cittaṁ ekodi kātabbaṁ? 
;;;How should it be unified? 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

attahitāya ceva paṭipanno parahitāya ca. ;;;one who practices to benefit both themselves and others. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, chavālātaṁ ubhato padittaṁ, majjhe gūthagataṁ, neva gāme kaṭṭhatthaṁ pharati na araññe (…); 
;;;Suppose there was a firebrand for lighting a funeral pyre, burning at both ends, and smeared with dung in the middle. It couldn’t be used as timber either in the village or the wilderness. 
;;;

>En 

attahitāya ceva paṭipanno parahitāya ca. ;;;one who practices to benefit both themselves and others. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, chavālātaṁ ubhato padittaṁ, majjhe gūthagataṁ, neva gāme kaṭṭhatthaṁ pharati na araññe (…); 
;;;Suppose there was a firebrand for lighting a funeral pyre, burning at both ends, and smeared with dung in the middle. It couldn’t be used as timber either in the village or the wilderness. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo khippanisantī ca hoti kusalesu dhammesu, sutānañca dhammānaṁ dhārakajātiko hoti, dhātānañca dhammānaṁ atthūpaparikkhī hoti atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya, dhammānudhammappaṭipanno hoti; ;;;It’s when a person is quick-witted when it comes to skillful teachings. They readily memorize the teachings they’ve heard. They examine the meaning of teachings they’ve memorized. Understanding the meaning and the teaching, they practice accordingly. 
;;;

>En 

Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo khippanisantī ca hoti kusalesu dhammesu, sutānañca dhammānaṁ dhārakajātiko hoti, dhātānañca dhammānaṁ atthūpaparikkhī hoti atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya, dhammānudhammappaṭipanno hoti; ;;;It’s when a person is quick-witted when it comes to skillful teachings. They readily memorize the teachings they’ve heard. They examine the meaning of teachings they’ve memorized. Understanding the meaning and the teaching, they practice accordingly. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ. ;;;statements, mixed prose and verse, discussions, verses, inspired exclamations, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and elaborations. 
;;;suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;

>En 

suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ. ;;;statements, mixed prose and verse, discussions, verses, inspired exclamations, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and elaborations. 
;;;suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, cattāro ambūpamā puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ. ;;;In the same way, these four people similar to mangoes are found in the world. 
;;;

>En 

Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, cattāro ambūpamā puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ. ;;;In the same way, these four people similar to mangoes are found in the world. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ. ;;;statements, mixed prose & verse, discussions, verses, inspired exclamations, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and elaborations. 
;;;suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;

>En 

suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ. ;;;statements, mixed prose & verse, discussions, verses, inspired exclamations, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and elaborations. 
;;;suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Cattārome, bhikkhave, balībaddā. ;;;“Mendicants, there are these four kinds of oxen. 
;;;

>En 

“Cattārome, bhikkhave, balībaddā. ;;;“Mendicants, there are these four kinds of oxen. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

12. Kesivagga ;;;12. With Kesi 
;;;“tvaṁ khosi, kesi, paññāto assadammasārathīti. 
;;;“Kesi, you’re known as a horse trainer. 
;;;

>En 

12. Kesivagga ;;;12. With Kesi 
;;;“tvaṁ khosi, kesi, paññāto assadammasārathīti. 
;;;“Kesi, you’re known as a horse trainer. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

‘amukasmiṁ nāma gāme vā nigame vā itthī vā puriso vā dukkhito vā kālaṅkato vā’ti. ;;;the suffering or death of a woman or man in such and such village or town. 
;;;

>En 

‘amukasmiṁ nāma gāme vā nigame vā itthī vā puriso vā dukkhito vā kālaṅkato vā’ti. ;;;the suffering or death of a woman or man in such and such village or town. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

taṁ aṭṭhiṁ katvā manasi katvā sabbacetasā samannāharitvā ohitasoto suṇāti. ;;; 
;;;Idha bhikkhave, rañño nāgo saṅgāmagato khamo hoti sattippahārānaṁ asippahārānaṁ usuppahārānaṁ pharasuppahārānaṁ bheripaṇavasaṅkhatiṇavaninnādasaddānaṁ. 
;;;It’s when a royal bull elephant in battle endures being struck by spears, swords, arrows, and axes; it endures the thunder of the drums, kettledrums, horns, and cymbals. 
;;;taṁ khippameva gantā hoti. 
;;; 
;;;

>En 

taṁ aṭṭhiṁ katvā manasi katvā sabbacetasā samannāharitvā ohitasoto suṇāti. ;;; 
;;;Idha bhikkhave, rañño nāgo saṅgāmagato khamo hoti sattippahārānaṁ asippahārānaṁ usuppahārānaṁ pharasuppahārānaṁ bheripaṇavasaṅkhatiṇavaninnādasaddānaṁ. 
;;;It’s when a royal bull elephant in battle endures being struck by spears, swords, arrows, and axes; it endures the thunder of the drums, kettledrums, horns, and cymbals. 
;;;taṁ khippameva gantā hoti. 
;;; 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tatra, bhikkhave, yamidaṁ ṭhānaṁ amanāpaṁ kātuṁ; ;;;Take the thing that’s unpleasant to do, 
;;;Tatra, bhikkhave, yamidaṁ ṭhānaṁ manāpaṁ kātuṁ; 
;;;Next, take the thing that’s pleasant to do, 
;;;

>En 

Tatra, bhikkhave, yamidaṁ ṭhānaṁ amanāpaṁ kātuṁ; ;;;Take the thing that’s unpleasant to do, 
;;;Tatra, bhikkhave, yamidaṁ ṭhānaṁ manāpaṁ kātuṁ; 
;;;Next, take the thing that’s pleasant to do, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

‘ahañceva kho pana kāyena duccaritaṁ careyyaṁ, vācāya duccaritaṁ careyyaṁ, manasā duccaritaṁ careyyaṁ, kiñca taṁ yaṁ maṁ attā sīlato na upavadeyyā’ti. ;;;‘If I were to do bad things by way of body, speech, and mind, wouldn’t I blame myself for my conduct?’ 
;;;

>En 

‘ahañceva kho pana kāyena duccaritaṁ careyyaṁ, vācāya duccaritaṁ careyyaṁ, manasā duccaritaṁ careyyaṁ, kiñca taṁ yaṁ maṁ attā sīlato na upavadeyyā’ti. ;;;‘If I were to do bad things by way of body, speech, and mind, wouldn’t I blame myself for my conduct?’ 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, cattāri bhayāni idhekaccassa kulaputtassa imasmiṁ dhammavinaye agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajitassa pāṭikaṅkhitabbāni. ;;;In the same way, a gentleman gone forth from the lay life to homelessness in this teaching and training should anticipate four dangers. 
;;;

>En 

Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, cattāri bhayāni idhekaccassa kulaputtassa imasmiṁ dhammavinaye agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajitassa pāṭikaṅkhitabbāni. ;;;In the same way, a gentleman gone forth from the lay life to homelessness in this teaching and training should anticipate four dangers. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

So yadeva tattha hoti rūpagataṁ vedanāgataṁ saññāgataṁ saṅkhāragataṁ viññāṇagataṁ, te dhamme aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato samanupassati. ;;;They contemplate the phenomena there—included in form, feeling, perception, choices, and consciousness—as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as a boil, as a dart, as misery, as an affliction, as alien, as falling apart, as empty, as not-self. 
;;;So yadeva tattha hoti rūpagataṁ vedanāgataṁ saññāgataṁ saṅkhāragataṁ viññāṇagataṁ, te dhamme aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato samanupassati. 
;;;They contemplate the phenomena there—included in form, feeling, perception, choices, and consciousness—as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as a boil, as a dart, as misery, as an affliction, as alien, as falling apart, as empty, as not-self. 
;;;

>En 

So yadeva tattha hoti rūpagataṁ vedanāgataṁ saññāgataṁ saṅkhāragataṁ viññāṇagataṁ, te dhamme aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato samanupassati. ;;;They contemplate the phenomena there—included in form, feeling, perception, choices, and consciousness—as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as a boil, as a dart, as misery, as an affliction, as alien, as falling apart, as empty, as not-self. 
;;;So yadeva tattha hoti rūpagataṁ vedanāgataṁ saññāgataṁ saṅkhāragataṁ viññāṇagataṁ, te dhamme aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato samanupassati. 
;;;They contemplate the phenomena there—included in form, feeling, perception, choices, and consciousness—as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as a boil, as a dart, as misery, as an affliction, as alien, as falling apart, as empty, as not-self. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tattha ṭhito tadadhimutto tabbahulavihārī aparihīno kālaṁ kurumāno ābhassarānaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ upapajjati. ;;;If they abide in that, are committed to it, and meditate on it often without losing it, when they die they’re reborn in the company of the gods of streaming radiance. The lifespan of the gods of streaming radiance is two eons. 
;;;

>En 

Tattha ṭhito tadadhimutto tabbahulavihārī aparihīno kālaṁ kurumāno ābhassarānaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ upapajjati. ;;;If they abide in that, are committed to it, and meditate on it often without losing it, when they die they’re reborn in the company of the gods of streaming radiance. The lifespan of the gods of streaming radiance is two eons. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

So yadeva tattha hoti rūpagataṁ vedanāgataṁ saññāgataṁ saṅkhāragataṁ viññāṇagataṁ te dhamme aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato samanupassati. ;;;They contemplate the phenomena there—included in form, feeling, perception, choices, and consciousness—as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as a boil, as a dart, as misery, as an affliction, as alien, as falling apart, as empty, as not-self. 
;;;So yadeva tattha hoti rūpagataṁ vedanāgataṁ saññāgataṁ saṅkhāragataṁ viññāṇagataṁ te dhamme aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato samanupassati. 
;;;They contemplate the phenomena there—included in form, feeling, perception, choices, and consciousness—as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as a boil, as a dart, as misery, as an affliction, as alien, as falling apart, as empty, as not-self. 
;;;

>En 

So yadeva tattha hoti rūpagataṁ vedanāgataṁ saññāgataṁ saṅkhāragataṁ viññāṇagataṁ te dhamme aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato samanupassati. ;;;They contemplate the phenomena there—included in form, feeling, perception, choices, and consciousness—as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as a boil, as a dart, as misery, as an affliction, as alien, as falling apart, as empty, as not-self. 
;;;So yadeva tattha hoti rūpagataṁ vedanāgataṁ saññāgataṁ saṅkhāragataṁ viññāṇagataṁ te dhamme aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato samanupassati. 
;;;They contemplate the phenomena there—included in form, feeling, perception, choices, and consciousness—as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as a boil, as a dart, as misery, as an affliction, as alien, as falling apart, as empty, as not-self. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Tathāgatassa, bhikkhave, arahato sammāsambuddhassa pātubhāvā cattāro acchariyā abbhutā dhammā pātubhavanti. ;;;“Mendicants, with the appearance of a Realized One, a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha, four incredible and amazing things appear. 
;;;Tathāgatassa, bhikkhave, arahato sammāsambuddhassa pātubhāvā ayaṁ paṭhamo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo pātubhavati. 
;;;This is the first incredible and amazing thing that appears with the appearance of a Realized One. 
;;;

>En 

“Tathāgatassa, bhikkhave, arahato sammāsambuddhassa pātubhāvā cattāro acchariyā abbhutā dhammā pātubhavanti. ;;;“Mendicants, with the appearance of a Realized One, a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha, four incredible and amazing things appear. 
;;;Tathāgatassa, bhikkhave, arahato sammāsambuddhassa pātubhāvā ayaṁ paṭhamo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo pātubhavati. 
;;;This is the first incredible and amazing thing that appears with the appearance of a Realized One. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

parisā cassa na kusalā hoti sahitāsahitassa. ;;;And their assembly can’t tell what’s on topic and what’s off topic. 
;;;

>En 

parisā cassa na kusalā hoti sahitāsahitassa. ;;;And their assembly can’t tell what’s on topic and what’s off topic. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Aṭṭhānametaṁ, bhikkhave, anavakāso yaṁ catūhi paṭisambhidāhi samannāgato atthato vā byañjanato vā pariyādānaṁ gaccheyyā”ti. ;;;It is impossible, it cannot happen that someone accomplished in the four kinds of textual analysis will ever run out of meaningful things to say, or ways of phrasing things.” 
;;;

>En 

Aṭṭhānametaṁ, bhikkhave, anavakāso yaṁ catūhi paṭisambhidāhi samannāgato atthato vā byañjanato vā pariyādānaṁ gaccheyyā”ti. ;;;It is impossible, it cannot happen that someone accomplished in the four kinds of textual analysis will ever run out of meaningful things to say, or ways of phrasing things.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Etadaggaṁ, bhikkhave, imāsaṁ catunnaṁ ābhānaṁ yadidaṁ paññābhā”ti. ;;;The best of these four kinds of brightness is the brightness of wisdom.” 
;;;

>En 

Etadaggaṁ, bhikkhave, imāsaṁ catunnaṁ ābhānaṁ yadidaṁ paññābhā”ti. ;;;The best of these four kinds of brightness is the brightness of wisdom.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, uparipabbate thullaphusitake deve vassante taṁ udakaṁ yathāninnaṁ pavattamānaṁ pabbatakandarapadarasākhā paripūreti; pabbatakandarapadarasākhā paripūrā kusobbhe paripūrenti; kusobbhā paripūrā mahāsobbhe paripūrenti; mahāsobbhā paripūrā kunnadiyo paripūrenti; kunnadiyo paripūrā mahānadiyo paripūrenti; mahānadiyo paripūrā samuddaṁ paripūrenti. ;;;It’s like when the heavens rain heavily on a mountain top, and the water flows downhill to fill the hollows, crevices, and creeks. As they become full, they fill up the pools. The pools fill up the lakes, the lakes fill up the streams, and the streams fill up the rivers. And as the rivers become full, they fill up the ocean. 
;;;

>En 

Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, uparipabbate thullaphusitake deve vassante taṁ udakaṁ yathāninnaṁ pavattamānaṁ pabbatakandarapadarasākhā paripūreti; pabbatakandarapadarasākhā paripūrā kusobbhe paripūrenti; kusobbhā paripūrā mahāsobbhe paripūrenti; mahāsobbhā paripūrā kunnadiyo paripūrenti; kunnadiyo paripūrā mahānadiyo paripūrenti; mahānadiyo paripūrā samuddaṁ paripūrenti. ;;;It’s like when the heavens rain heavily on a mountain top, and the water flows downhill to fill the hollows, crevices, and creeks. As they become full, they fill up the pools. The pools fill up the lakes, the lakes fill up the streams, and the streams fill up the rivers. And as the rivers become full, they fill up the ocean. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Paññābalaṁ, vīriyabalaṁ, anavajjabalaṁ, saṅgahabalaṁ— ;;;The powers of wisdom, energy, blamelessness, and inclusiveness. 
;;;

>En 

Paññābalaṁ, vīriyabalaṁ, anavajjabalaṁ, saṅgahabalaṁ— ;;;The powers of wisdom, energy, blamelessness, and inclusiveness. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, kappassa asaṅkhyeyyāni. ;;;“Mendicants, an eon contains four uncountable periods. 
;;;

>En 

“Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, kappassa asaṅkhyeyyāni. ;;;“Mendicants, an eon contains four uncountable periods. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Te, bhikkhave, sattā sudullabhā lokasmiṁ ye cetasikena rogena muhuttampi ārogyaṁ paṭijānanti, aññatra khīṇāsavehi. ;;;But it’s very hard to find any sentient beings in the world who can claim to be free of mental illness even for an hour, apart from those who have ended the defilements. 
;;;

>En 

Te, bhikkhave, sattā sudullabhā lokasmiṁ ye cetasikena rogena muhuttampi ārogyaṁ paṭijānanti, aññatra khīṇāsavehi. ;;;But it’s very hard to find any sentient beings in the world who can claim to be free of mental illness even for an hour, apart from those who have ended the defilements. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Parihānametaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā. ;;;For this is what the Buddha calls decline.’ 
;;;Rāgavepullattaṁ, dosavepullattaṁ, mohavepullattaṁ, gambhīresu kho panassa ṭhānāṭhānesu paññācakkhu na kamati. 
;;;They have much greed, much hate, and much delusion; and their wisdom eye doesn’t go into the many deep matters. 
;;;Parihānametaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā. 
;;;For this is what the Buddha calls decline.’ 
;;;Aparihānametaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā. 
;;;For this is what the Buddha calls non-decline.’ 
;;;Aparihānametaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā”ti. 
;;;For this is what the Buddha calls non-decline.’” 
;;;

>En 

Parihānametaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā. ;;;For this is what the Buddha calls decline.’ 
;;;Rāgavepullattaṁ, dosavepullattaṁ, mohavepullattaṁ, gambhīresu kho panassa ṭhānāṭhānesu paññācakkhu na kamati. 
;;;They have much greed, much hate, and much delusion; and their wisdom eye doesn’t go into the many deep matters. 
;;;Parihānametaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā. 
;;;For this is what the Buddha calls decline.’ 
;;;Aparihānametaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā. 
;;;For this is what the Buddha calls non-decline.’ 
;;;Aparihānametaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā”ti. 
;;;For this is what the Buddha calls non-decline.’” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tesaṁ accayena nacchinnamūlako suttanto hoti sappaṭisaraṇo. ;;;When they pass away, the discourses aren’t cut off at the root, and they have someone to preserve them. 
;;;

>En 

Tesaṁ accayena nacchinnamūlako suttanto hoti sappaṭisaraṇo. ;;;When they pass away, the discourses aren’t cut off at the root, and they have someone to preserve them. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu asubhānupassī kāye viharati, āhāre paṭikūlasaññī, sabbaloke anabhiratisaññī, sabbasaṅkhāresu aniccānupassī; ;;;It’s when a mendicant meditates observing the ugliness of the body, perceives the repulsiveness of food, perceives dissatisfaction with the whole world, observes the impermanence of all conditions, 
;;;So imāni pañca sekhabalāni upanissāya viharati— 
;;;They rely on these five powers of a trainee: 
;;;

>En 

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu asubhānupassī kāye viharati, āhāre paṭikūlasaññī, sabbaloke anabhiratisaññī, sabbasaṅkhāresu aniccānupassī; ;;;It’s when a mendicant meditates observing the ugliness of the body, perceives the repulsiveness of food, perceives dissatisfaction with the whole world, observes the impermanence of all conditions, 
;;;So imāni pañca sekhabalāni upanissāya viharati— 
;;;They rely on these five powers of a trainee: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco akkosantaṁ paccakkosati, rosantaṁ paṭirosati, bhaṇḍantaṁ paṭibhaṇḍati. ;;;It’s when someone abuses, annoys, or argues with you, and you abuse, annoy, or argue right back at them. 
;;;

>En 

Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco akkosantaṁ paccakkosati, rosantaṁ paṭirosati, bhaṇḍantaṁ paṭibhaṇḍati. ;;;It’s when someone abuses, annoys, or argues with you, and you abuse, annoy, or argue right back at them. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Mahāmoggallānasutta ;;;Moggallāna’s Practice 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā mahāmoggallānena saddhiṁ sammodi. 
;;;Then Venerable Sāriputta went up to Venerable Mahāmoggallāna, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;When the greetings and polite conversation were over, Sāriputta sat down to one side and said to Mahāmoggallāna: 
;;;“Catasso imā, āvuso moggallāna, paṭipadā. 
;;;“Reverend Moggallāna, there are four ways of practice. 
;;;Imāsaṁ, āvuso, catunnaṁ paṭipadānaṁ katamaṁ te paṭipadaṁ āgamma anupādāya āsavehi cittaṁ vimuttan”ti? 
;;;Which one of these four ways of practice did you rely on to free your mind from defilements by not grasping?” 
;;;

>En 

Mahāmoggallānasutta ;;;Moggallāna’s Practice 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā mahāmoggallānena saddhiṁ sammodi. 
;;;Then Venerable Sāriputta went up to Venerable Mahāmoggallāna, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;When the greetings and polite conversation were over, Sāriputta sat down to one side and said to Mahāmoggallāna: 
;;;“Catasso imā, āvuso moggallāna, paṭipadā. 
;;;“Reverend Moggallāna, there are four ways of practice. 
;;;Imāsaṁ, āvuso, catunnaṁ paṭipadānaṁ katamaṁ te paṭipadaṁ āgamma anupādāya āsavehi cittaṁ vimuttan”ti? 
;;;Which one of these four ways of practice did you rely on to free your mind from defilements by not grasping?” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā sāriputtena saddhiṁ sammodi. ;;;Then Venerable Mahāmoggallāna went up to Venerable Sāriputta, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;When the greetings and polite conversation were over, Mahāmoggallāna sat down to one side, and said to Sāriputta: 
;;;“Catasso imā, āvuso moggallāna, paṭipadā. 
;;;“Reverend Moggallāna … 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā sāriputtena saddhiṁ sammodi. ;;;Then Venerable Mahāmoggallāna went up to Venerable Sāriputta, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;When the greetings and polite conversation were over, Mahāmoggallāna sat down to one side, and said to Sāriputta: 
;;;“Catasso imā, āvuso moggallāna, paṭipadā. 
;;;“Reverend Moggallāna … 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Moggallāno sāriputto, ;;;" 
;;;

>En 

Moggallāno sāriputto, ;;;" 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

khettaṁ taṁ na hoti …pe… vatthu taṁ na hoti …pe… āyatanaṁ taṁ na hoti …pe… adhikaraṇaṁ taṁ na hoti yaṁpaccayāssa taṁ uppajjati ajjhattaṁ sukhadukkhanti. ;;;There is no field, no ground, no scope, and no basis, conditioned by which that pleasure and pain arise in oneself. 
;;;

>En 

khettaṁ taṁ na hoti …pe… vatthu taṁ na hoti …pe… āyatanaṁ taṁ na hoti …pe… adhikaraṇaṁ taṁ na hoti yaṁpaccayāssa taṁ uppajjati ajjhattaṁ sukhadukkhanti. ;;;There is no field, no ground, no scope, and no basis, conditioned by which that pleasure and pain arise in oneself. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

‘tādiso homi yādisā sāriputtamoggallānā’ti. ;;;‘May I be like Sāriputta and Moggallāna!’ 
;;;Esā, bhikkhave, tulā etaṁ pamāṇaṁ mama sāvakānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ, yadidaṁ sāriputtamoggallānā. 
;;;These are a standard and a measure for my monk disciples, that is, Sāriputta and Moggallāna. 
;;;

>En 

‘tādiso homi yādisā sāriputtamoggallānā’ti. ;;;‘May I be like Sāriputta and Moggallāna!’ 
;;;Esā, bhikkhave, tulā etaṁ pamāṇaṁ mama sāvakānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ, yadidaṁ sāriputtamoggallānā. 
;;;These are a standard and a measure for my monk disciples, that is, Sāriputta and Moggallāna. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tassa kho evaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno na sakkāyanirodho pāṭikaṅkho. ;;;You wouldn’t expect that mendicant to realize the cessation of substantial reality. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso lepagatena hatthena sākhaṁ gaṇheyya, tassa so hattho sajjeyyapi gaṇheyyapi bajjheyyapi; 
;;;Suppose a person were to grab a branch with a glue-smeared hand. Their hand would stick, hold, and bind to it. 
;;;Tassa kho evaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno na sakkāyanirodho pāṭikaṅkho. 
;;;You wouldn’t expect that mendicant to realize the cessation of substantial reality. 
;;;

>En 

Tassa kho evaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno na sakkāyanirodho pāṭikaṅkho. ;;;You wouldn’t expect that mendicant to realize the cessation of substantial reality. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso lepagatena hatthena sākhaṁ gaṇheyya, tassa so hattho sajjeyyapi gaṇheyyapi bajjheyyapi; 
;;;Suppose a person were to grab a branch with a glue-smeared hand. Their hand would stick, hold, and bind to it. 
;;;Tassa kho evaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno na sakkāyanirodho pāṭikaṅkho. 
;;;You wouldn’t expect that mendicant to realize the cessation of substantial reality. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Iti hetaṁ, bhikkhave, chaḍḍeyyātha. ;;;And so you should reject it. 
;;;

>En 

Iti hetaṁ, bhikkhave, chaḍḍeyyātha. ;;;And so you should reject it. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

19. Brāhmaṇavagga ;;;19. Brahmins 
;;;

>En 

19. Brāhmaṇavagga ;;;19. Brahmins 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena sippinikātīre paribbājakārāmo tenupasaṅkami. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the wanderer’s monastery on the bank of the Sappinī river. 
;;;Api ca yadeva tattha saccaṁ tadabhiññāya pāṇānaṁyeva anuddayāya anukampāya paṭipanno hoti. 
;;;Rather, they simply practice out of kindness and sympathy for living creatures, having had insight into the truth of that. 
;;;‘nāhaṁ kvacani kassaci kiñcanatasmiṁ na ca mama kvacani katthaci kiñcanatatthī’ti. 
;;;‘I don’t belong to anyone anywhere. And nothing belongs to me anywhere.’ 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena sippinikātīre paribbājakārāmo tenupasaṅkami. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the wanderer’s monastery on the bank of the Sappinī river. 
;;;Api ca yadeva tattha saccaṁ tadabhiññāya pāṇānaṁyeva anuddayāya anukampāya paṭipanno hoti. 
;;;Rather, they simply practice out of kindness and sympathy for living creatures, having had insight into the truth of that. 
;;;‘nāhaṁ kvacani kassaci kiñcanatasmiṁ na ca mama kvacani katthaci kiñcanatatthī’ti. 
;;;‘I don’t belong to anyone anywhere. And nothing belongs to me anywhere.’ 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Bhaddako kho te, bhikkhu, ummaggo, bhaddakaṁ paṭibhānaṁ, kalyāṇī paripucchā. ;;;Your approach and articulation are excellent, and it’s a good question. 
;;;suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthā, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ. 
;;;statements, mixed prose & verse, discussions, verses, inspired exclamations, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and elaborations. 
;;;

>En 

Bhaddako kho te, bhikkhu, ummaggo, bhaddakaṁ paṭibhānaṁ, kalyāṇī paripucchā. ;;;Your approach and articulation are excellent, and it’s a good question. 
;;;suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthā, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ. 
;;;statements, mixed prose & verse, discussions, verses, inspired exclamations, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and elaborations. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

yamako moggallo uggo nāvindakī gandhabbo aggivesso, ye samaṇe rāmaputte abhippasannā, samaṇe ca pana rāmaputte evarūpaṁ paramanipaccakāraṁ karonti, yadidaṁ abhivādanaṁ paccuṭṭhānaṁ añjalikammaṁ sāmīcikamman’ti. ;;;Yamaka, Moggalla, Ugga, Nāvindakī, Gandhabba, and Aggivessa—for they show the same kind of deference to Rāmaputta.’ 
;;;yamako moggallo uggo nāvindakī gandhabbo aggivesso, karaṇīyādhikaraṇīyesu vacanīyādhivacanīyesu alamatthadasatarehi alamatthadasatarā’ti? 
;;;When it comes to the various duties and speeches, aren’t the king’s men—Yamaka, Moggalla, Ugga, Nāvindakī, Gandhabba, and Aggivessa—astute, even better than the experts?’ 
;;;yamako moggallo uggo nāvindakī gandhabbo aggivesso, karaṇīyādhikaraṇīyesu vacanīyādhivacanīyesu alamatthadasatarehi alamatthadasatarāti. 
;;; 
;;;

>En 

yamako moggallo uggo nāvindakī gandhabbo aggivesso, ye samaṇe rāmaputte abhippasannā, samaṇe ca pana rāmaputte evarūpaṁ paramanipaccakāraṁ karonti, yadidaṁ abhivādanaṁ paccuṭṭhānaṁ añjalikammaṁ sāmīcikamman’ti. ;;;Yamaka, Moggalla, Ugga, Nāvindakī, Gandhabba, and Aggivessa—for they show the same kind of deference to Rāmaputta.’ 
;;;yamako moggallo uggo nāvindakī gandhabbo aggivesso, karaṇīyādhikaraṇīyesu vacanīyādhivacanīyesu alamatthadasatarehi alamatthadasatarā’ti? 
;;;When it comes to the various duties and speeches, aren’t the king’s men—Yamaka, Moggalla, Ugga, Nāvindakī, Gandhabba, and Aggivessa—astute, even better than the experts?’ 
;;;yamako moggallo uggo nāvindakī gandhabbo aggivesso, karaṇīyādhikaraṇīyesu vacanīyādhivacanīyesu alamatthadasatarehi alamatthadasatarāti. 
;;; 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

‘yo koci parūpārambhaṁ vatteti, parūpārambhaṁ vattento sabbo so na upapādeti. ;;;‘Whoever goes on complaining about others without giving any reasons 
;;;Atha kho upako maṇḍikāputto bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā yena rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā yāvatako ahosi bhagavatā saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ rañño māgadhassa ajātasattussa vedehiputtassa ārocesi. 
;;;And then Upaka son of Maṇḍikā approved and agreed with what the Buddha said. He got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right. Then he went up to King Ajātasattu of Magadha, son of the princess of Videha,. He told the King of all they had discussed. 
;;;

>En 

‘yo koci parūpārambhaṁ vatteti, parūpārambhaṁ vattento sabbo so na upapādeti. ;;;‘Whoever goes on complaining about others without giving any reasons 
;;;Atha kho upako maṇḍikāputto bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā yena rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā yāvatako ahosi bhagavatā saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ rañño māgadhassa ajātasattussa vedehiputtassa ārocesi. 
;;;And then Upaka son of Maṇḍikā approved and agreed with what the Buddha said. He got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right. Then he went up to King Ajātasattu of Magadha, son of the princess of Videha,. He told the King of all they had discussed. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Yathārūpaṁ parisaṁ alaṁ yojanagaṇanānipi dassanāya gantuṁ api puṭosenāpi, tathārūpo ayaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhusaṅgho, tathārūpāyaṁ, bhikkhave, parisā. ;;;An assembly such as this is worth traveling many leagues to see, even if you have to carry your own provisions in a knapsack. 
;;;

>En 

Yathārūpaṁ parisaṁ alaṁ yojanagaṇanānipi dassanāya gantuṁ api puṭosenāpi, tathārūpo ayaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhusaṅgho, tathārūpāyaṁ, bhikkhave, parisā. ;;;An assembly such as this is worth traveling many leagues to see, even if you have to carry your own provisions in a knapsack. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ. ;;;statements, mixed prose & verse, discussions, verses, inspired exclamations, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and elaborations. 
;;;Tassa tattha sukhino dhammapadā plavanti. 
;;;Being happy there, passages of the teaching come back to them. 
;;;suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ. 
;;;statements, mixed prose & verse, discussions, verses, inspired exclamations, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and elaborations. 
;;;suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ. 
;;;statements, mixed prose & verse, discussions, verses, inspired exclamations, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and elaborations. 
;;;suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ. 
;;;statements, mixed prose & verse, discussions, verses, inspired exclamations, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and elaborations. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, dve sahāyakā sahapaṁsukīḷikā. 
;;;Suppose there were two friends who had played together in the sand. 
;;;Te kadāci karahaci aññamaññaṁ samāgaccheyyuṁ. 
;;;Some time or other they’d meet. 
;;;suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;

>En 

suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ. ;;;statements, mixed prose & verse, discussions, verses, inspired exclamations, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and elaborations. 
;;;Tassa tattha sukhino dhammapadā plavanti. 
;;;Being happy there, passages of the teaching come back to them. 
;;;suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ. 
;;;statements, mixed prose & verse, discussions, verses, inspired exclamations, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and elaborations. 
;;;suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ. 
;;;statements, mixed prose & verse, discussions, verses, inspired exclamations, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and elaborations. 
;;;suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ. 
;;;statements, mixed prose & verse, discussions, verses, inspired exclamations, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and elaborations. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, dve sahāyakā sahapaṁsukīḷikā. 
;;;Suppose there were two friends who had played together in the sand. 
;;;Te kadāci karahaci aññamaññaṁ samāgaccheyyuṁ. 
;;;Some time or other they’d meet. 
;;;suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

‘dīgharattaṁ kho ayamāyasmā khaṇḍakārī chiddakārī sabalakārī kammāsakārī, na santatakārī na santatavutti; ;;;‘For a long time this venerable’s deeds have been broken, tainted, spotty, and marred. Their deeds and behavior are inconsistent. 
;;;

>En 

‘dīgharattaṁ kho ayamāyasmā khaṇḍakārī chiddakārī sabalakārī kammāsakārī, na santatakārī na santatavutti; ;;;‘For a long time this venerable’s deeds have been broken, tainted, spotty, and marred. Their deeds and behavior are inconsistent. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

‘māyāvī samaṇo gotamo āvaṭṭaniṁ māyaṁ jānāti yāya aññatitthiyānaṁ sāvake āvaṭṭetī’ti. ;;;‘The ascetic Gotama is a magician. He knows a conversion magic, and uses it to convert the disciples of those of other religions.’ 
;;;‘ehi tvaṁ, ambho purisa, lobhaṁ vineyya viharāhi. 
;;;‘Please, mister, live rid of greed. 
;;;Lobhaṁ vineyya viharanto na lobhajaṁ kammaṁ karissasi kāyena vācāya manasā. 
;;;Then you won’t act out of greed by way of body, speech, or mind. 
;;;Ime cepi, bhaddiya, mahāsālā imāya āvaṭṭaniyā āvaṭṭeyyuṁ akusaladhammappahānāya kusaladhammūpasampadāya, imesampissa mahāsālānaṁ dīgharattaṁ hitāya sukhāya (…). 
;;;If these great sal trees were to be converted by this, for giving up unskillful qualities and embracing skillful qualities, it would be for their lasting welfare and happiness—if they were sentient. 
;;;

>En 

‘māyāvī samaṇo gotamo āvaṭṭaniṁ māyaṁ jānāti yāya aññatitthiyānaṁ sāvake āvaṭṭetī’ti. ;;;‘The ascetic Gotama is a magician. He knows a conversion magic, and uses it to convert the disciples of those of other religions.’ 
;;;‘ehi tvaṁ, ambho purisa, lobhaṁ vineyya viharāhi. 
;;;‘Please, mister, live rid of greed. 
;;;Lobhaṁ vineyya viharanto na lobhajaṁ kammaṁ karissasi kāyena vācāya manasā. 
;;;Then you won’t act out of greed by way of body, speech, or mind. 
;;;Ime cepi, bhaddiya, mahāsālā imāya āvaṭṭaniyā āvaṭṭeyyuṁ akusaladhammappahānāya kusaladhammūpasampadāya, imesampissa mahāsālānaṁ dīgharattaṁ hitāya sukhāya (…). 
;;;If these great sal trees were to be converted by this, for giving up unskillful qualities and embracing skillful qualities, it would be for their lasting welfare and happiness—if they were sentient. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ānando koliyesu viharati sāmugaṁ nāma koliyānaṁ nigamo. ;;;At one time Venerable Ānanda was staying in the land of the Koliyans, where they have a town named Sāpūga. 
;;;Atha kho sambahulā sāmugiyā koliyaputtā yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinne kho te sāmugiye koliyaputte āyasmā ānando etadavoca: 
;;;Then several Koliyans from Sāpūga went up to Ānanda, bowed, and sat down to one side. Then Venerable Ānanda said to them: 
;;;

>En 

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ānando koliyesu viharati sāmugaṁ nāma koliyānaṁ nigamo. ;;;At one time Venerable Ānanda was staying in the land of the Koliyans, where they have a town named Sāpūga. 
;;;Atha kho sambahulā sāmugiyā koliyaputtā yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinne kho te sāmugiye koliyaputte āyasmā ānando etadavoca: 
;;;Then several Koliyans from Sāpūga went up to Ānanda, bowed, and sat down to one side. Then Venerable Ānanda said to them: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho vappo sakko nigaṇṭhasāvako yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho vappaṁ sakkaṁ nigaṇṭhasāvakaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca: ;;;Then Vappa of the Sakyans, a disciple of the Jains, went up to Venerable Mahāmoggallāna, bowed, and sat down to one side. Mahāmoggallāna said to him: 
;;;Ayañceva kho pana āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa vappena sakkena nigaṇṭhasāvakena saddhiṁ antarākathā vippakatā hoti. 
;;;But this conversation between Mahāmoggallāna and Vappa was left unfinished. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena upaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the assembly hall. He sat down on the seat spread out, and said to Mahāmoggallāna, 
;;;“Kāya nuttha, moggallāna, etarahi kathāya sannisinnā; kā ca pana vo antarākathā vippakatā”ti? 
;;;“Moggallāna, what were you sitting talking about just now? What conversation was left unfinished?” 
;;;‘idaṁ, bhante, kathaṁ, imassa ko attho’ti, siyā no ettha kathāsallāpo”ti. 
;;;‘Sir, why is this? What’s the meaning of that?’” 
;;;Hotu no ettha kathāsallāpo”ti. 
;;; 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho vappo sakko nigaṇṭhasāvako yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho vappaṁ sakkaṁ nigaṇṭhasāvakaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca: ;;;Then Vappa of the Sakyans, a disciple of the Jains, went up to Venerable Mahāmoggallāna, bowed, and sat down to one side. Mahāmoggallāna said to him: 
;;;Ayañceva kho pana āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa vappena sakkena nigaṇṭhasāvakena saddhiṁ antarākathā vippakatā hoti. 
;;;But this conversation between Mahāmoggallāna and Vappa was left unfinished. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena upaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the assembly hall. He sat down on the seat spread out, and said to Mahāmoggallāna, 
;;;“Kāya nuttha, moggallāna, etarahi kathāya sannisinnā; kā ca pana vo antarākathā vippakatā”ti? 
;;;“Moggallāna, what were you sitting talking about just now? What conversation was left unfinished?” 
;;;‘idaṁ, bhante, kathaṁ, imassa ko attho’ti, siyā no ettha kathāsallāpo”ti. 
;;;‘Sir, why is this? What’s the meaning of that?’” 
;;;Hotu no ettha kathāsallāpo”ti. 
;;; 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Ye te, sāḷha, samaṇabrāhmaṇā tapojigucchāvādā tapojigucchāsārā tapojigucchāallīnā viharanti, abhabbā te oghassa nittharaṇāya. ;;;But those ascetics and brahmins who teach fervent mortification in disgust of sin—regarding it as essential and sticking to it—are incapable of crossing the flood. 
;;;lekhaṇiyā likhitvā pāsāṇaguḷena dhoveyya; 
;;;and sand it with a rock. 
;;;“Evamevaṁ kho, sāḷha, ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā tapojigucchāvādā tapojigucchāsārā tapojigucchāallīnā viharanti, abhabbā te oghassa nittharaṇāya. 
;;;“In the same way, Sāḷha, those ascetics and brahmins who teach fervent mortification in disgust of sin—regarding it as essential and sticking to it—are incapable of crossing the flood. 
;;;Ye ca kho te, sāḷha, samaṇabrāhmaṇā na tapojigucchāvādā na tapojigucchāsārā na tapojigucchāallīnā viharanti, bhabbā te oghassa nittharaṇāya. 
;;;But those ascetics and brahmins who don’t teach mortification in disgust of sin—not regarding it as essential or sticking to it—are capable of crossing the flood. 
;;;nāvaṁ katvā phiyārittaṁ bandheyya; 
;;;Finally he’d fix it with oars and rudder, 
;;;“Evamevaṁ kho, sāḷha, ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā na tapojigucchāvādā na tapojigucchāsārā na tapojigucchāallīnā viharanti, bhabbā te oghassa nittharaṇāya. 
;;;“In the same way, Sāḷha, those ascetics and brahmins who don’t teach fervent mortification in disgust of sin—not regarding it as essential or sticking to it—are capable of crossing the flood. 
;;;

>En 

Ye te, sāḷha, samaṇabrāhmaṇā tapojigucchāvādā tapojigucchāsārā tapojigucchāallīnā viharanti, abhabbā te oghassa nittharaṇāya. ;;;But those ascetics and brahmins who teach fervent mortification in disgust of sin—regarding it as essential and sticking to it—are incapable of crossing the flood. 
;;;lekhaṇiyā likhitvā pāsāṇaguḷena dhoveyya; 
;;;and sand it with a rock. 
;;;“Evamevaṁ kho, sāḷha, ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā tapojigucchāvādā tapojigucchāsārā tapojigucchāallīnā viharanti, abhabbā te oghassa nittharaṇāya. 
;;;“In the same way, Sāḷha, those ascetics and brahmins who teach fervent mortification in disgust of sin—regarding it as essential and sticking to it—are incapable of crossing the flood. 
;;;Ye ca kho te, sāḷha, samaṇabrāhmaṇā na tapojigucchāvādā na tapojigucchāsārā na tapojigucchāallīnā viharanti, bhabbā te oghassa nittharaṇāya. 
;;;But those ascetics and brahmins who don’t teach mortification in disgust of sin—not regarding it as essential or sticking to it—are capable of crossing the flood. 
;;;nāvaṁ katvā phiyārittaṁ bandheyya; 
;;;Finally he’d fix it with oars and rudder, 
;;;“Evamevaṁ kho, sāḷha, ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā na tapojigucchāvādā na tapojigucchāsārā na tapojigucchāallīnā viharanti, bhabbā te oghassa nittharaṇāya. 
;;;“In the same way, Sāḷha, those ascetics and brahmins who don’t teach fervent mortification in disgust of sin—not regarding it as essential or sticking to it—are capable of crossing the flood. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Mallikādevīsutta ;;;Queen Mallikā 
;;;Atha kho mallikā devī yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho mallikā devī bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then Queen Mallikā went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him: 
;;;“Idha, mallike, ekacco mātugāmo kodhanā hoti upāyāsabahulā. 
;;;“Take a female who is irritable and bad-tempered. 
;;;Sā na dātā hoti samaṇassa vā brāhmaṇassa vā annaṁ pānaṁ vatthaṁ yānaṁ mālāgandhavilepanaṁ seyyāvasathapadīpeyyaṁ. 
;;;She doesn’t give to ascetics or brahmins such things as food, drink, clothing, vehicles; garlands, fragrance, and makeup; and bed, house, and lighting. 
;;;Issāmanikā kho pana hoti; 
;;;And she’s jealous, 
;;;Sā ce tato cutā itthattaṁ āgacchati, sā yattha yattha paccājāyati dubbaṇṇā ca hoti durūpā supāpikā dassanāya; 
;;;If she comes back to this place after passing away, wherever she is reborn she’s ugly, unattractive, and bad-looking; 
;;;Idha pana, mallike, ekacco mātugāmo kodhanā hoti upāyāsabahulā. 
;;;Take another female who is irritable and bad-tempered. … 
;;;Idha pana, mallike, ekacco mātugāmo akkodhanā hoti anupāyāsabahulā. 
;;;Take another female who isn’t irritable and bad-tempered. … 
;;;Idha pana, mallike, ekacco mātugāmo akkodhanā hoti anupāyāsabahulā. 
;;;Take another female who isn’t irritable and bad-tempered. … 
;;;Ayaṁ kho, mallike, hetu ayaṁ paccayo, yena midhekacco mātugāmo dubbaṇṇā ca hoti durūpā supāpikā dassanāya; 
;;;This is why some females are ugly … 
;;;Ayaṁ pana, mallike, hetu ayaṁ paccayo, yena midhekacco mātugāmo dubbaṇṇā ca hoti durūpā supāpikā dassanāya; 
;;;And some females are ugly … 
;;;Ayaṁ kho, mallike, hetu ayaṁ paccayo, yena midhekacco mātugāmo abhirūpā ca hoti dassanīyā pāsādikā paramāya vaṇṇapokkharatāya samannāgatā; 
;;;And some females are attractive … 
;;;Ayaṁ pana, mallike, hetu ayaṁ paccayo, yena midhekacco mātugāmo abhirūpā ca hoti dassanīyā pāsādikā paramāya vaṇṇapokkharatāya samannāgatā; 
;;;And some females are attractive … 
;;;Evaṁ vutte, mallikā devī bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;When this was said, Queen Mallikā said to the Buddha: 
;;;“yā nūnāhaṁ, bhante, aññaṁ jātiṁ kodhanā ahosiṁ upāyāsabahulā, 
;;;“Sir, in another life I must have been irritable and bad-tempered. 
;;;

>En 

Mallikādevīsutta ;;;Queen Mallikā 
;;;Atha kho mallikā devī yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho mallikā devī bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then Queen Mallikā went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him: 
;;;“Idha, mallike, ekacco mātugāmo kodhanā hoti upāyāsabahulā. 
;;;“Take a female who is irritable and bad-tempered. 
;;;Sā na dātā hoti samaṇassa vā brāhmaṇassa vā annaṁ pānaṁ vatthaṁ yānaṁ mālāgandhavilepanaṁ seyyāvasathapadīpeyyaṁ. 
;;;She doesn’t give to ascetics or brahmins such things as food, drink, clothing, vehicles; garlands, fragrance, and makeup; and bed, house, and lighting. 
;;;Issāmanikā kho pana hoti; 
;;;And she’s jealous, 
;;;Sā ce tato cutā itthattaṁ āgacchati, sā yattha yattha paccājāyati dubbaṇṇā ca hoti durūpā supāpikā dassanāya; 
;;;If she comes back to this place after passing away, wherever she is reborn she’s ugly, unattractive, and bad-looking; 
;;;Idha pana, mallike, ekacco mātugāmo kodhanā hoti upāyāsabahulā. 
;;;Take another female who is irritable and bad-tempered. … 
;;;Idha pana, mallike, ekacco mātugāmo akkodhanā hoti anupāyāsabahulā. 
;;;Take another female who isn’t irritable and bad-tempered. … 
;;;Idha pana, mallike, ekacco mātugāmo akkodhanā hoti anupāyāsabahulā. 
;;;Take another female who isn’t irritable and bad-tempered. … 
;;;Ayaṁ kho, mallike, hetu ayaṁ paccayo, yena midhekacco mātugāmo dubbaṇṇā ca hoti durūpā supāpikā dassanāya; 
;;;This is why some females are ugly … 
;;;Ayaṁ pana, mallike, hetu ayaṁ paccayo, yena midhekacco mātugāmo dubbaṇṇā ca hoti durūpā supāpikā dassanāya; 
;;;And some females are ugly … 
;;;Ayaṁ kho, mallike, hetu ayaṁ paccayo, yena midhekacco mātugāmo abhirūpā ca hoti dassanīyā pāsādikā paramāya vaṇṇapokkharatāya samannāgatā; 
;;;And some females are attractive … 
;;;Ayaṁ pana, mallike, hetu ayaṁ paccayo, yena midhekacco mātugāmo abhirūpā ca hoti dassanīyā pāsādikā paramāya vaṇṇapokkharatāya samannāgatā; 
;;;And some females are attractive … 
;;;Evaṁ vutte, mallikā devī bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;When this was said, Queen Mallikā said to the Buddha: 
;;;“yā nūnāhaṁ, bhante, aññaṁ jātiṁ kodhanā ahosiṁ upāyāsabahulā, 
;;;“Sir, in another life I must have been irritable and bad-tempered. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

‘ettakā usabhā haññantu yaññatthāya, ettakā vacchatarā haññantu yaññatthāya, ettakā vacchatariyo haññantu yaññatthāya, ettakā ajā haññantu yaññatthāya, ettakā urabbhā haññantu yaññatthāya, ettakā assā haññantu yaññatthāya, ettakā rukkhā chijjantu yūpatthāya, ettakā dabbhā lūyantu barihisatthāyā’ti. ;;;‘Slaughter this many bulls, bullocks, heifers, goats, rams, and horses for the sacrifice! Fell this many trees and reap this much grass for the sacrificial equipment!’ 
;;;So iminā ca ariyena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato, imāya ca ariyāya santuṭṭhiyā samannāgato, iminā ca ariyena indriyasaṁvarena samannāgato, iminā ca ariyena satisampajaññena samannāgato 
;;;When they have this entire spectrum of noble ethics, this noble contentment, this noble sense restraint, and this noble mindfulness and situational awareness, 
;;;So pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;After the meal, they return from almsround, sit down cross-legged, set their body straight, and establish mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;

>En 

‘ettakā usabhā haññantu yaññatthāya, ettakā vacchatarā haññantu yaññatthāya, ettakā vacchatariyo haññantu yaññatthāya, ettakā ajā haññantu yaññatthāya, ettakā urabbhā haññantu yaññatthāya, ettakā assā haññantu yaññatthāya, ettakā rukkhā chijjantu yūpatthāya, ettakā dabbhā lūyantu barihisatthāyā’ti. ;;;‘Slaughter this many bulls, bullocks, heifers, goats, rams, and horses for the sacrifice! Fell this many trees and reap this much grass for the sacrificial equipment!’ 
;;;So iminā ca ariyena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato, imāya ca ariyāya santuṭṭhiyā samannāgato, iminā ca ariyena indriyasaṁvarena samannāgato, iminā ca ariyena satisampajaññena samannāgato 
;;;When they have this entire spectrum of noble ethics, this noble contentment, this noble sense restraint, and this noble mindfulness and situational awareness, 
;;;So pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;After the meal, they return from almsround, sit down cross-legged, set their body straight, and establish mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Asmīti, bhikkhave, sati itthasmīti hoti, evaṁsmīti hoti, aññathāsmīti hoti, asasmīti hoti, satasmīti hoti, santi hoti, itthaṁ santi hoti, evaṁ santi hoti, aññathā santi hoti, apihaṁ santi hoti, apihaṁ itthaṁ santi hoti, apihaṁ evaṁ santi hoti, apihaṁ aññathā santi hoti, bhavissanti hoti, itthaṁ bhavissanti hoti, evaṁ bhavissanti hoti, aññathā bhavissanti hoti. ;;;When there is the concept ‘I am’, there are the concepts ‘I am such’, ‘I am thus’, ‘I am otherwise’; ‘I am fleeting’, ‘I am lasting’; ‘mine’, ‘such is mine’, ‘thus is mine’, ‘otherwise is mine’; ‘also mine’, ‘such is also mine’, ‘thus is also mine’, ‘otherwise is also mine’; ‘I will be’, ‘I will be such’, ‘I will be thus’, ‘I will be otherwise’. 
;;;

>En 

Asmīti, bhikkhave, sati itthasmīti hoti, evaṁsmīti hoti, aññathāsmīti hoti, asasmīti hoti, satasmīti hoti, santi hoti, itthaṁ santi hoti, evaṁ santi hoti, aññathā santi hoti, apihaṁ santi hoti, apihaṁ itthaṁ santi hoti, apihaṁ evaṁ santi hoti, apihaṁ aññathā santi hoti, bhavissanti hoti, itthaṁ bhavissanti hoti, evaṁ bhavissanti hoti, aññathā bhavissanti hoti. ;;;When there is the concept ‘I am’, there are the concepts ‘I am such’, ‘I am thus’, ‘I am otherwise’; ‘I am fleeting’, ‘I am lasting’; ‘mine’, ‘such is mine’, ‘thus is mine’, ‘otherwise is mine’; ‘also mine’, ‘such is also mine’, ‘thus is also mine’, ‘otherwise is also mine’; ‘I will be’, ‘I will be such’, ‘I will be thus’, ‘I will be otherwise’. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, pemāni jāyanti. ;;;“Mendicants, these four things are born of love and hate. 
;;;Ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhikkhu neva usseneti na paṭiseneti na dhūpāyati na pajjalati na sampajjhāyati. 
;;;This is called a mendicant who doesn’t draw close or push back or fume or ignite or burn up. 
;;;Mallika attantāpo, 
;;; 
;;;

>En 

“Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, pemāni jāyanti. ;;;“Mendicants, these four things are born of love and hate. 
;;;Ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhikkhu neva usseneti na paṭiseneti na dhūpāyati na pajjalati na sampajjhāyati. 
;;;This is called a mendicant who doesn’t draw close or push back or fume or ignite or burn up. 
;;;Mallika attantāpo, 
;;; 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

attanā ca muṭṭhassati hoti, parañca muṭṭhassacce samādapeti; ;;; 
;;;attanā ca upaṭṭhitassati hoti, parañca satiupaṭṭhāne samādapeti; 
;;; 
;;;

>En 

attanā ca muṭṭhassati hoti, parañca muṭṭhassacce samādapeti; ;;; 
;;;attanā ca upaṭṭhitassati hoti, parañca satiupaṭṭhāne samādapeti; 
;;; 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Saccavācā, apisuṇā vācā, saṇhā vācā, mantavācā— ;;;Speech that’s true, harmonious, gentle, and thoughtful. 
;;;

>En 

Saccavācā, apisuṇā vācā, saṇhā vācā, mantavācā— ;;;Speech that’s true, harmonious, gentle, and thoughtful. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

atthi, bhikkhave, kammaṁ akaṇhaasukkaṁ akaṇhaasukkavipākaṁ kammakkhayāya saṁvattati. ;;;There are neither dark nor bright deeds with neither dark nor bright results, which lead to the ending of deeds. 
;;;

>En 

atthi, bhikkhave, kammaṁ akaṇhaasukkaṁ akaṇhaasukkavipākaṁ kammakkhayāya saṁvattati. ;;;There are neither dark nor bright deeds with neither dark nor bright results, which lead to the ending of deeds. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tatra, bhikkhave, yamidaṁ kammaṁ kaṇhaṁ kaṇhavipākaṁ tassa pahānāya yā cetanā, yamidaṁ kammaṁ sukkaṁ sukkavipākaṁ tassa pahānāya yā cetanā, yamidaṁ kammaṁ kaṇhasukkaṁ kaṇhasukkavipākaṁ tassa pahānāya yā cetanā— ;;;It’s the intention to give up dark deeds with dark results, bright deeds with bright results, and both dark and bright deeds with both dark and bright results. 
;;;

>En 

Tatra, bhikkhave, yamidaṁ kammaṁ kaṇhaṁ kaṇhavipākaṁ tassa pahānāya yā cetanā, yamidaṁ kammaṁ sukkaṁ sukkavipākaṁ tassa pahānāya yā cetanā, yamidaṁ kammaṁ kaṇhasukkaṁ kaṇhasukkavipākaṁ tassa pahānāya yā cetanā— ;;;It’s the intention to give up dark deeds with dark results, bright deeds with bright results, and both dark and bright deeds with both dark and bright results. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho sikhāmoggallāno brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi. ;;;Then Sikhāmoggallāna the brahmin went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho sikhāmoggallāno brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;When the greetings and polite conversation were over, Sikhāmoggallāna sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha: 
;;;kuto panevarūpo kathāsallāpo. 
;;;so how could we possibly have had such a discussion? 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho sikhāmoggallāno brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi. ;;;Then Sikhāmoggallāna the brahmin went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho sikhāmoggallāno brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;When the greetings and polite conversation were over, Sikhāmoggallāna sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha: 
;;;kuto panevarūpo kathāsallāpo. 
;;;so how could we possibly have had such a discussion? 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti, adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti, kāmesumicchācārā paṭivirato hoti, musāvādā paṭivirato hoti, pisuṇāya vācāya paṭivirato hoti, pharusāya vācāya paṭivirato hoti, samphappalāpā paṭivirato hoti, anabhijjhālu hoti, abyāpannacitto hoti, sammādiṭṭhi hoti. ;;;It’s when someone doesn’t kill living creatures, steal, or commit sexual misconduct. They don’t use speech that’s false, divisive, harsh, or nonsensical. And they’re content, kind-hearted, with right view. 
;;;

>En 

Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti, adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti, kāmesumicchācārā paṭivirato hoti, musāvādā paṭivirato hoti, pisuṇāya vācāya paṭivirato hoti, pharusāya vācāya paṭivirato hoti, samphappalāpā paṭivirato hoti, anabhijjhālu hoti, abyāpannacitto hoti, sammādiṭṭhi hoti. ;;;It’s when someone doesn’t kill living creatures, steal, or commit sexual misconduct. They don’t use speech that’s false, divisive, harsh, or nonsensical. And they’re content, kind-hearted, with right view. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“‘Idheva, bhikkhave, paṭhamo samaṇo, idha dutiyo samaṇo, idha tatiyo samaṇo, idha catuttho samaṇo; ;;;“‘Only here is there a first ascetic, here a second ascetic, here a third ascetic, and here a fourth ascetic. 
;;;suññā parappavādā samaṇehi aññehī’ti— 
;;;Other sects are empty of ascetics.’ 
;;;Katamo ca, bhikkhave, paṭhamo samaṇo? 
;;;And who is the first ascetic? 
;;;

>En 

“‘Idheva, bhikkhave, paṭhamo samaṇo, idha dutiyo samaṇo, idha tatiyo samaṇo, idha catuttho samaṇo; ;;;“‘Only here is there a first ascetic, here a second ascetic, here a third ascetic, and here a fourth ascetic. 
;;;suññā parappavādā samaṇehi aññehī’ti— 
;;;Other sects are empty of ascetics.’ 
;;;Katamo ca, bhikkhave, paṭhamo samaṇo? 
;;;And who is the first ascetic? 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Nanu, ānanda, yāni kānici adhikaraṇāni uppajjanti, sabbāni tāni tumhe ceva vūpasametha sāriputtamoggallānā ca. ;;;Shouldn’t you, together with Sāriputta and Moggallāna, settle all disciplinary issues that come up? 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, ānanda, pāpabhikkhu micchāājīvo hoti, micchāājīvena jīvikaṁ kappeti. 
;;;Furthermore, a bad monk has wrong livelihood and earns a living by wrong livelihood. 
;;;

>En 

Nanu, ānanda, yāni kānici adhikaraṇāni uppajjanti, sabbāni tāni tumhe ceva vūpasametha sāriputtamoggallānā ca. ;;;Shouldn’t you, together with Sāriputta and Moggallāna, settle all disciplinary issues that come up? 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, ānanda, pāpabhikkhu micchāājīvo hoti, micchāājīvena jīvikaṁ kappeti. 
;;;Furthermore, a bad monk has wrong livelihood and earns a living by wrong livelihood. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

So vatassāhaṁ evarūpaṁ pāpakammaṁ na kareyyaṁ gārayhaṁ sīsacchejjan’ti. ;;;There’s no way I’d ever do such a bad and reprehensible deed, a capital offense.’ 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso kāḷavatthaṁ paridhāya kese pakiritvā musalaṁ khandhe āropetvā mahājanakāyaṁ upasaṅkamitvā evaṁ vadeyya: 
;;;Suppose a man was to put on a black cloth, mess up his hair, and put a club on his shoulder. Then he approaches a large crowd and says: 
;;;‘ahaṁ, bhante, pāpakammaṁ akāsiṁ gārayhaṁ mosallaṁ, yena me āyasmanto attamanā honti taṁ karomī’ti. 
;;;‘Sirs, I’ve done a bad and reprehensible deed, deserving of clubbing. I submit to your pleasure.’ 
;;;‘pāpakaṁ vata, bho, ayaṁ puriso kammaṁ akāsi gārayhaṁ mosallaṁ. 
;;;‘This man must have done a truly bad and reprehensible deed, deserving of clubbing. … 
;;;“ahaṁ, bhante, pāpakammaṁ akāsiṁ gārayhaṁ mosallaṁ, yena me āyasmanto attamanā honti taṁ karomī”ti. 
;;; 
;;;So vatassāhaṁ evarūpaṁ pāpakammaṁ na kareyyaṁ gārayhaṁ mosallan’ti. 
;;;There’s no way I’d ever do such a bad and reprehensible deed, deserving of clubbing.’ 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso kāḷavatthaṁ paridhāya kese pakiritvā bhasmapuṭaṁ khandhe āropetvā mahājanakāyaṁ upasaṅkamitvā evaṁ vadeyya: 
;;;Suppose a man was to put on a black cloth, mess up his hair, and put a sack of ashes on his shoulder. Then he approaches a large crowd and says: 
;;;

>En 

So vatassāhaṁ evarūpaṁ pāpakammaṁ na kareyyaṁ gārayhaṁ sīsacchejjan’ti. ;;;There’s no way I’d ever do such a bad and reprehensible deed, a capital offense.’ 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso kāḷavatthaṁ paridhāya kese pakiritvā musalaṁ khandhe āropetvā mahājanakāyaṁ upasaṅkamitvā evaṁ vadeyya: 
;;;Suppose a man was to put on a black cloth, mess up his hair, and put a club on his shoulder. Then he approaches a large crowd and says: 
;;;‘ahaṁ, bhante, pāpakammaṁ akāsiṁ gārayhaṁ mosallaṁ, yena me āyasmanto attamanā honti taṁ karomī’ti. 
;;;‘Sirs, I’ve done a bad and reprehensible deed, deserving of clubbing. I submit to your pleasure.’ 
;;;‘pāpakaṁ vata, bho, ayaṁ puriso kammaṁ akāsi gārayhaṁ mosallaṁ. 
;;;‘This man must have done a truly bad and reprehensible deed, deserving of clubbing. … 
;;;“ahaṁ, bhante, pāpakammaṁ akāsiṁ gārayhaṁ mosallaṁ, yena me āyasmanto attamanā honti taṁ karomī”ti. 
;;; 
;;;So vatassāhaṁ evarūpaṁ pāpakammaṁ na kareyyaṁ gārayhaṁ mosallan’ti. 
;;;There’s no way I’d ever do such a bad and reprehensible deed, deserving of clubbing.’ 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso kāḷavatthaṁ paridhāya kese pakiritvā bhasmapuṭaṁ khandhe āropetvā mahājanakāyaṁ upasaṅkamitvā evaṁ vadeyya: 
;;;Suppose a man was to put on a black cloth, mess up his hair, and put a sack of ashes on his shoulder. Then he approaches a large crowd and says: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho āyasmā mālukyaputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā mālukyaputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: ;;;Then Venerable Māluṅkyaputta went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him: 
;;;yatra hi nāma tvaṁ jiṇṇo vuddho mahallako tathāgatassa saṅkhittena ovādaṁ yācasī”ti. 
;;;when even an old man like you, elderly and senior, asks the Realized One for brief advice?” 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho āyasmā mālukyaputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā mālukyaputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: ;;;Then Venerable Māluṅkyaputta went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him: 
;;;yatra hi nāma tvaṁ jiṇṇo vuddho mahallako tathāgatassa saṅkhittena ovādaṁ yācasī”ti. 
;;;when even an old man like you, elderly and senior, asks the Realized One for brief advice?” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

28. Rāgapeyyāla ;;;28. Abbreviated Texts Beginning with Greed 
;;;

>En 

28. Rāgapeyyāla ;;;28. Abbreviated Texts Beginning with Greed 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Saddhābalaṁ, hirībalaṁ, ottappabalaṁ, vīriyabalaṁ, paññābalaṁ— ;;;The powers of faith, conscience, prudence, energy, and wisdom. 
;;;

>En 

Saddhābalaṁ, hirībalaṁ, ottappabalaṁ, vīriyabalaṁ, paññābalaṁ— ;;;The powers of faith, conscience, prudence, energy, and wisdom. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Yo hi koci, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vā bhikkhunī vā sahāpi dukkhena sahāpi domanassena assumukho rudamāno paripuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ carati, tassa diṭṭheva dhamme pañca sahadhammikā pāsaṁsā ṭhānā āgacchanti. ;;;Any monk or nun who lives the full and pure spiritual life in pain and sadness, weeping, with tearful face, deserves praise on five legitimate grounds in the present life. 
;;;

>En 

Yo hi koci, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vā bhikkhunī vā sahāpi dukkhena sahāpi domanassena assumukho rudamāno paripuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ carati, tassa diṭṭheva dhamme pañca sahadhammikā pāsaṁsā ṭhānā āgacchanti. ;;;Any monk or nun who lives the full and pure spiritual life in pain and sadness, weeping, with tearful face, deserves praise on five legitimate grounds in the present life. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Yato ca kho, bhikkhave, saddhā antarahitā hoti, assaddhiyaṁ pariyuṭṭhāya tiṭṭhati; ;;;But when faith vanishes and faithlessness takes over, 
;;;

>En 

Yato ca kho, bhikkhave, saddhā antarahitā hoti, assaddhiyaṁ pariyuṭṭhāya tiṭṭhati; ;;;But when faith vanishes and faithlessness takes over, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Labbhā, bhikkhave, yobbanena kāmā te ca kho yādisā vā tādisā vā. ;;;Because a youth can get sensual pleasures of this kind or that. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, daharo kumāro mando uttānaseyyako dhātiyā pamādamanvāya kaṭṭhaṁ vā kaṭhalaṁ vā mukhe āhareyya. 
;;;Suppose there was a little baby boy who, because of his nursemaid’s negligence, puts a stick or stone in his mouth. 
;;;Karaṇīyañca kho etaṁ, bhikkhave, dhātiyā atthakāmāya hitesiniyā anukampikāya, anukampaṁ upādāya. 
;;;Still, it should be done by a nursemaid who wants what’s best for him, out of kindness and sympathy. 
;;;Yato ca kho, bhikkhave, so kumāro vuddho hoti alaṁpañño, anapekkhā dāni, bhikkhave, dhāti tasmiṁ kumāre hoti: 
;;;And when the boy has grown up and has enough sense, his nursemaid would not worry about him, thinking: 
;;;Yato ca kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno saddhāya kataṁ hoti kusalesu dhammesu, hiriyā kataṁ hoti kusalesu dhammesu, ottappena kataṁ hoti kusalesu dhammesu, vīriyena kataṁ hoti kusalesu dhammesu, paññāya kataṁ hoti kusalesu dhammesu, anapekkho dānāhaṁ, bhikkhave, tasmiṁ bhikkhusmiṁ homi: 
;;;But when a mendicant has finished developing faith, conscience, prudence, energy, and wisdom regarding skillful qualities, I need not be concerned, thinking: 
;;;

>En 

Labbhā, bhikkhave, yobbanena kāmā te ca kho yādisā vā tādisā vā. ;;;Because a youth can get sensual pleasures of this kind or that. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, daharo kumāro mando uttānaseyyako dhātiyā pamādamanvāya kaṭṭhaṁ vā kaṭhalaṁ vā mukhe āhareyya. 
;;;Suppose there was a little baby boy who, because of his nursemaid’s negligence, puts a stick or stone in his mouth. 
;;;Karaṇīyañca kho etaṁ, bhikkhave, dhātiyā atthakāmāya hitesiniyā anukampikāya, anukampaṁ upādāya. 
;;;Still, it should be done by a nursemaid who wants what’s best for him, out of kindness and sympathy. 
;;;Yato ca kho, bhikkhave, so kumāro vuddho hoti alaṁpañño, anapekkhā dāni, bhikkhave, dhāti tasmiṁ kumāre hoti: 
;;;And when the boy has grown up and has enough sense, his nursemaid would not worry about him, thinking: 
;;;Yato ca kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno saddhāya kataṁ hoti kusalesu dhammesu, hiriyā kataṁ hoti kusalesu dhammesu, ottappena kataṁ hoti kusalesu dhammesu, vīriyena kataṁ hoti kusalesu dhammesu, paññāya kataṁ hoti kusalesu dhammesu, anapekkho dānāhaṁ, bhikkhave, tasmiṁ bhikkhusmiṁ homi: 
;;;But when a mendicant has finished developing faith, conscience, prudence, energy, and wisdom regarding skillful qualities, I need not be concerned, thinking: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Yassā yassā ca piḷandhanavikatiyā ākaṅkhati—yadi muddikāya yadi kuṇḍalāya yadi gīveyyakāya yadi suvaṇṇamālāya—tañcassa atthaṁ anubhoti. ;;;Then the goldsmith can successfully create any kind of ornament they want, whether a ring, earrings, a necklace, or a golden garland. 
;;;Kāmacchando, byāpādo, thinamiddhaṁ, uddhaccakukkuccaṁ, vicikicchā— 
;;;Sensual desire, ill will, dullness and drowsiness, restlessness and remorse, and doubt. 
;;;So sace ākaṅkhati: ‘anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhaveyyaṁ—ekopi hutvā bahudhā assaṁ, bahudhāpi hutvā eko assaṁ; āvibhāvaṁ, tirobhāvaṁ; tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamāno gaccheyyaṁ, seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ kareyyaṁ, seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāno gaccheyyaṁ, seyyathāpi pathaviyaṁ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kameyyaṁ, seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve pāṇinā parimaseyyaṁ parimajjeyyaṁ yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vatteyyan’ti, 
;;;If you wish: ‘May I wield the many kinds of psychic power—multiplying myself and becoming one again; appearing and disappearing; going unobstructed through a wall, a rampart, or a mountain as if through space; diving in and out of the earth as if it were water; walking on water as if it were earth; flying cross-legged through the sky like a bird; touching and stroking with the hand the sun and moon, so mighty and powerful, controlling the body as far as the realm of divinity.’ 
;;;So sace ākaṅkhati: ‘anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussareyyaṁ, seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ dvepi jātiyo tissopi jātiyo catassopi jātiyo pañcapi jātiyo dasapi jātiyo vīsampi jātiyo tiṁsampi jātiyo cattārīsampi jātiyo paññāsampi jātiyo jātisatampi jātisahassampi jātisatasahassampi anekepi saṁvaṭṭakappe anekepi vivaṭṭakappe anekepi saṁvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappe—amutrāsiṁ evaṁnāmo evaṅgotto evaṁvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṁsukhadukkhappaṭisaṁvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto amutra udapādiṁ; tatrāpāsiṁ evaṁnāmo evaṅgotto evaṁvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṁsukhadukkhappaṭisaṁvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto idhūpapannoti, iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussareyyan’ti, 
;;;If you wish: ‘May I recollect many kinds of past lives. That is: one, two, three, four, five, ten, twenty, thirty, forty, fifty, a hundred, a thousand, a hundred thousand rebirths; many eons of the world contracting, many eons of the world expanding, many eons of the world contracting and expanding. May I remember: “There, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn somewhere else. There, too, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn here.” May I recollect my many past lives, with features and details.’ 
;;;

>En 

Yassā yassā ca piḷandhanavikatiyā ākaṅkhati—yadi muddikāya yadi kuṇḍalāya yadi gīveyyakāya yadi suvaṇṇamālāya—tañcassa atthaṁ anubhoti. ;;;Then the goldsmith can successfully create any kind of ornament they want, whether a ring, earrings, a necklace, or a golden garland. 
;;;Kāmacchando, byāpādo, thinamiddhaṁ, uddhaccakukkuccaṁ, vicikicchā— 
;;;Sensual desire, ill will, dullness and drowsiness, restlessness and remorse, and doubt. 
;;;So sace ākaṅkhati: ‘anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhaveyyaṁ—ekopi hutvā bahudhā assaṁ, bahudhāpi hutvā eko assaṁ; āvibhāvaṁ, tirobhāvaṁ; tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamāno gaccheyyaṁ, seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ kareyyaṁ, seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāno gaccheyyaṁ, seyyathāpi pathaviyaṁ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kameyyaṁ, seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve pāṇinā parimaseyyaṁ parimajjeyyaṁ yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vatteyyan’ti, 
;;;If you wish: ‘May I wield the many kinds of psychic power—multiplying myself and becoming one again; appearing and disappearing; going unobstructed through a wall, a rampart, or a mountain as if through space; diving in and out of the earth as if it were water; walking on water as if it were earth; flying cross-legged through the sky like a bird; touching and stroking with the hand the sun and moon, so mighty and powerful, controlling the body as far as the realm of divinity.’ 
;;;So sace ākaṅkhati: ‘anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussareyyaṁ, seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ dvepi jātiyo tissopi jātiyo catassopi jātiyo pañcapi jātiyo dasapi jātiyo vīsampi jātiyo tiṁsampi jātiyo cattārīsampi jātiyo paññāsampi jātiyo jātisatampi jātisahassampi jātisatasahassampi anekepi saṁvaṭṭakappe anekepi vivaṭṭakappe anekepi saṁvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappe—amutrāsiṁ evaṁnāmo evaṅgotto evaṁvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṁsukhadukkhappaṭisaṁvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto amutra udapādiṁ; tatrāpāsiṁ evaṁnāmo evaṅgotto evaṁvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṁsukhadukkhappaṭisaṁvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto idhūpapannoti, iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussareyyan’ti, 
;;;If you wish: ‘May I recollect many kinds of past lives. That is: one, two, three, four, five, ten, twenty, thirty, forty, fifty, a hundred, a thousand, a hundred thousand rebirths; many eons of the world contracting, many eons of the world expanding, many eons of the world contracting and expanding. May I remember: “There, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn somewhere else. There, too, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn here.” May I recollect my many past lives, with features and details.’ 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tassa atthapaṭisaṁvedino dhammapaṭisaṁvedino pāmojjaṁ jāyati. ;;;Feeling inspired, joy springs up. 
;;;

>En 

Tassa atthapaṭisaṁvedino dhammapaṭisaṁvedino pāmojjaṁ jāyati. ;;;Feeling inspired, joy springs up. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

‘ayaṁ samādhi santo paṇīto paṭippassaddhaladdho ekodibhāvādhigato, na sasaṅkhāraniggayhavāritagato’ti paccattaññeva ñāṇaṁ uppajjati, ;;;‘This immersion is peaceful and sublime and tranquil and unified, not held in place by forceful suppression.’ … 
;;;‘sato kho panāhaṁ imaṁ samāpajjāmi sato vuṭṭhahāmī’ti paccattaññeva ñāṇaṁ uppajjati. 
;;;‘I mindfully enter into and emerge from this immersion.’ … 
;;;

>En 

‘ayaṁ samādhi santo paṇīto paṭippassaddhaladdho ekodibhāvādhigato, na sasaṅkhāraniggayhavāritagato’ti paccattaññeva ñāṇaṁ uppajjati, ;;;‘This immersion is peaceful and sublime and tranquil and unified, not held in place by forceful suppression.’ … 
;;;‘sato kho panāhaṁ imaṁ samāpajjāmi sato vuṭṭhahāmī’ti paccattaññeva ñāṇaṁ uppajjati. 
;;;‘I mindfully enter into and emerge from this immersion.’ … 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, dakkho nhāpako vā nhāpakantevāsī vā kaṁsathāle nhānīyacuṇṇāni ākiritvā udakena paripphosakaṁ paripphosakaṁ sanneyya. Sāyaṁ nhānīyapiṇḍi snehānugatā snehaparetā santarabāhirā phuṭā snehena, na ca paggharinī. ;;;It’s like when a deft bathroom attendant or their apprentice pours bath powder into a bronze dish, sprinkling it little by little with water. They knead it until the ball of bath powder is soaked and saturated with moisture, spread through inside and out; yet no moisture oozes out. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, udakarahado gambhīro ubbhidodako. Tassa nevassa puratthimāya disāya udakassa āyamukhaṁ, na pacchimāya disāya udakassa āyamukhaṁ, na uttarāya disāya udakassa āyamukhaṁ, na dakkhiṇāya disāya udakassa āyamukhaṁ, devo ca kālena kālaṁ sammā dhāraṁ nānuppaveccheyya. 
;;;It’s like a deep lake fed by spring water. There’s no inlet to the east, west, north, or south, and the heavens would not properly bestow showers from time to time. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, aññova aññaṁ paccavekkheyya, ṭhito vā nisinnaṁ paccavekkheyya, nisinno vā nipannaṁ paccavekkheyya. 
;;;It’s like when someone views someone else. Someone standing might view someone sitting, or someone sitting might view someone lying down. 
;;;Evaṁ bhāvite kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ariye pañcaṅgike sammāsamādhimhi evaṁ bahulīkate yassa yassa abhiññāsacchikaraṇīyassa dhammassa cittaṁ abhininnāmeti abhiññāsacchikiriyāya, tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṁ pāpuṇāti sati sati āyatane. 
;;;When the noble right immersion with five factors is cultivated in this way, a mendicant extends the mind to realize by insight each and every thing that can be realized by insight; and they are capable of realizing those things, since each and every one is within range. 
;;;Tamenaṁ balavā puriso yato yato āvajjeyya, āgaccheyya udakan”ti? 
;;;If a strong man was to tip it any which way, would water pour out?” 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, subhūmiyaṁ catumahāpathe ājaññaratho yutto assa ṭhito odhastapatodo. 
;;;Suppose a chariot stood harnessed to thoroughbreds at a level crossroads, with a goad ready. 
;;;

>En 

Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, dakkho nhāpako vā nhāpakantevāsī vā kaṁsathāle nhānīyacuṇṇāni ākiritvā udakena paripphosakaṁ paripphosakaṁ sanneyya. Sāyaṁ nhānīyapiṇḍi snehānugatā snehaparetā santarabāhirā phuṭā snehena, na ca paggharinī. ;;;It’s like when a deft bathroom attendant or their apprentice pours bath powder into a bronze dish, sprinkling it little by little with water. They knead it until the ball of bath powder is soaked and saturated with moisture, spread through inside and out; yet no moisture oozes out. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, udakarahado gambhīro ubbhidodako. Tassa nevassa puratthimāya disāya udakassa āyamukhaṁ, na pacchimāya disāya udakassa āyamukhaṁ, na uttarāya disāya udakassa āyamukhaṁ, na dakkhiṇāya disāya udakassa āyamukhaṁ, devo ca kālena kālaṁ sammā dhāraṁ nānuppaveccheyya. 
;;;It’s like a deep lake fed by spring water. There’s no inlet to the east, west, north, or south, and the heavens would not properly bestow showers from time to time. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, aññova aññaṁ paccavekkheyya, ṭhito vā nisinnaṁ paccavekkheyya, nisinno vā nipannaṁ paccavekkheyya. 
;;;It’s like when someone views someone else. Someone standing might view someone sitting, or someone sitting might view someone lying down. 
;;;Evaṁ bhāvite kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ariye pañcaṅgike sammāsamādhimhi evaṁ bahulīkate yassa yassa abhiññāsacchikaraṇīyassa dhammassa cittaṁ abhininnāmeti abhiññāsacchikiriyāya, tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṁ pāpuṇāti sati sati āyatane. 
;;;When the noble right immersion with five factors is cultivated in this way, a mendicant extends the mind to realize by insight each and every thing that can be realized by insight; and they are capable of realizing those things, since each and every one is within range. 
;;;Tamenaṁ balavā puriso yato yato āvajjeyya, āgaccheyya udakan”ti? 
;;;If a strong man was to tip it any which way, would water pour out?” 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, subhūmiyaṁ catumahāpathe ājaññaratho yutto assa ṭhito odhastapatodo. 
;;;Suppose a chariot stood harnessed to thoroughbreds at a level crossroads, with a goad ready. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

So taṁ mīḷhasukhaṁ middhasukhaṁ lābhasakkārasilokasukhaṁ sādiyeyyā”ti. ;;;Let them enjoy the filthy, lazy pleasure of possessions, honor, and popularity.” 
;;;Asubhanimittānuyogaṁ anuyuttassa kho, nāgita, subhanimitte pāṭikulyatā saṇṭhāti— 
;;;When you pursue meditation on the feature of ugliness, revulsion at the feature of beauty becomes stabilized. 
;;;

>En 

So taṁ mīḷhasukhaṁ middhasukhaṁ lābhasakkārasilokasukhaṁ sādiyeyyā”ti. ;;;Let them enjoy the filthy, lazy pleasure of possessions, honor, and popularity.” 
;;;Asubhanimittānuyogaṁ anuyuttassa kho, nāgita, subhanimitte pāṭikulyatā saṇṭhāti— 
;;;When you pursue meditation on the feature of ugliness, revulsion at the feature of beauty becomes stabilized. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Ettha kho panesāhaṁ, sumane, na kiñci nānākaraṇaṁ vadāmi, yadidaṁ vimuttiyā vimuttin”ti. ;;;“In that case, I say there is no difference between the freedom of one and the freedom of the other.” 
;;;Sa ve bhogaparibyūḷho, 
;;;Lavished with riches, 
;;;

>En 

“Ettha kho panesāhaṁ, sumane, na kiñci nānākaraṇaṁ vadāmi, yadidaṁ vimuttiyā vimuttin”ti. ;;;“In that case, I say there is no difference between the freedom of one and the freedom of the other.” 
;;;Sa ve bhogaparibyūḷho, 
;;;Lavished with riches, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Yāvatā, cundi, sīlāni, ariyakantāni sīlāni tesaṁ aggamakkhāyati, yadidaṁ— ;;;The ethical conduct loved by the noble ones is said to be the best of all ethics. 
;;;

>En 

Yāvatā, cundi, sīlāni, ariyakantāni sīlāni tesaṁ aggamakkhāyati, yadidaṁ— ;;;The ethical conduct loved by the noble ones is said to be the best of all ethics. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

‘yassa vo mātāpitaro bhattuno dassanti atthakāmā hitesino anukampakā anukampaṁ upādāya, tassa bhavissāma pubbuṭṭhāyiniyo pacchānipātiniyo kiṅkārapaṭissāviniyo manāpacāriniyo piyavādiniyo’ti. ;;;‘Our parents will give us to a husband wanting what’s best, out of kindness and sympathy. We will get up before him and go to bed after him, and be obliging, behaving nicely and speaking politely.’ 
;;;‘ye te bhattu garuno bhavissanti mātāti vā pitāti vā samaṇabrāhmaṇāti vā, te sakkarissāma garuṁ karissāma mānessāma pūjessāma abbhāgate ca āsanodakena paṭipūjessāmā’ti. 
;;;‘Those our husband respects—mother and father, ascetics and brahmins—we will honor, respect, revere, and venerate, and serve with a seat and a drink when they come as guests.’ 
;;;‘yo so bhattu abbhantaro antojano dāsāti vā pessāti vā kammakarāti vā, tesaṁ katañca katato jānissāma akatañca akatato jānissāma, gilānakānañca balābalaṁ jānissāma, khādanīyaṁ bhojanīyañcassa paccaṁsena saṁvibhajissāmā’ti. 
;;;‘We will know what work our husband’s domestic bondservants, servants, and workers have completed, and what they’ve left incomplete. We will know who is sick, and who is fit or unwell. We will distribute to each a fair portion of fresh and cooked foods.’ 
;;;Uṭṭhāhikā analasā, 
;;;She gets up early, works tirelessly, 
;;;

>En 

‘yassa vo mātāpitaro bhattuno dassanti atthakāmā hitesino anukampakā anukampaṁ upādāya, tassa bhavissāma pubbuṭṭhāyiniyo pacchānipātiniyo kiṅkārapaṭissāviniyo manāpacāriniyo piyavādiniyo’ti. ;;;‘Our parents will give us to a husband wanting what’s best, out of kindness and sympathy. We will get up before him and go to bed after him, and be obliging, behaving nicely and speaking politely.’ 
;;;‘ye te bhattu garuno bhavissanti mātāti vā pitāti vā samaṇabrāhmaṇāti vā, te sakkarissāma garuṁ karissāma mānessāma pūjessāma abbhāgate ca āsanodakena paṭipūjessāmā’ti. 
;;;‘Those our husband respects—mother and father, ascetics and brahmins—we will honor, respect, revere, and venerate, and serve with a seat and a drink when they come as guests.’ 
;;;‘yo so bhattu abbhantaro antojano dāsāti vā pessāti vā kammakarāti vā, tesaṁ katañca katato jānissāma akatañca akatato jānissāma, gilānakānañca balābalaṁ jānissāma, khādanīyaṁ bhojanīyañcassa paccaṁsena saṁvibhajissāmā’ti. 
;;;‘We will know what work our husband’s domestic bondservants, servants, and workers have completed, and what they’ve left incomplete. We will know who is sick, and who is fit or unwell. We will distribute to each a fair portion of fresh and cooked foods.’ 
;;;Uṭṭhāhikā analasā, 
;;;She gets up early, works tirelessly, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Yampi, sīha, dāyako dānapati kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati, idaṁ samparāyikaṁ dānaphalan”ti. ;;;This is a fruit of giving to do with lives to come.” 
;;;Kittiñca pappoti yaso ca vaḍḍhati; 
;;;You get a good reputation, and your fame grows. 
;;;Sayaṁpabhā anuvicaranti nandanaṁ; 
;;;they wander radiant in the Garden of Delight. 
;;;Ramanti sagge sugatassa sāvakā”ti. 
;;;disciples of the Holy One rejoice in heaven.” 
;;;

>En 

Yampi, sīha, dāyako dānapati kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati, idaṁ samparāyikaṁ dānaphalan”ti. ;;;This is a fruit of giving to do with lives to come.” 
;;;Kittiñca pappoti yaso ca vaḍḍhati; 
;;;You get a good reputation, and your fame grows. 
;;;Sayaṁpabhā anuvicaranti nandanaṁ; 
;;;they wander radiant in the Garden of Delight. 
;;;Ramanti sagge sugatassa sāvakā”ti. 
;;;disciples of the Holy One rejoice in heaven.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Āyuṁ deti, vaṇṇaṁ deti, sukhaṁ deti, balaṁ deti, paṭibhānaṁ deti. ;;;Long life, beauty, happiness, strength, and eloquence. 
;;;sukhañca paṭibhānakaṁ; 
;;;happiness, and eloquence, 
;;;

>En 

Āyuṁ deti, vaṇṇaṁ deti, sukhaṁ deti, balaṁ deti, paṭibhānaṁ deti. ;;;Long life, beauty, happiness, strength, and eloquence. 
;;;sukhañca paṭibhānakaṁ; 
;;;happiness, and eloquence, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Saddhaṁ kulaputtaṁ imaṁ; ;;;is ethical and faithful, 
;;;maggaṁ sugatigāminaṁ; 
;;;the path that goes to a good place, 
;;;

>En 

Saddhaṁ kulaputtaṁ imaṁ; ;;;is ethical and faithful, 
;;;maggaṁ sugatigāminaṁ; 
;;;the path that goes to a good place, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

aggito vā udakato vā rājato vā corato vā appiyato vā dāyādato— ;;; 
;;;Itissa hoti ubhayeneva avippaṭisāroti. 
;;;And so he has no regrets in both cases. 
;;;

>En 

aggito vā udakato vā rājato vā corato vā appiyato vā dāyādato— ;;; 
;;;Itissa hoti ubhayeneva avippaṭisāroti. 
;;;And so he has no regrets in both cases. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Dhamme ṭhitaṁ na vijahati kitti. ;;;and steady in principle, doesn’t lose their reputation. 
;;;

>En 

Dhamme ṭhitaṁ na vijahati kitti. ;;;and steady in principle, doesn’t lose their reputation. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Imesaṁ kho, gahapati, pañcannaṁ dhammānaṁ iṭṭhānaṁ kantānaṁ manāpānaṁ dullabhānaṁ lokasmiṁ na āyācanahetu vā patthanāhetu vā paṭilābhaṁ vadāmi. ;;;And I say that these five things are not got by praying or wishing for them. 
;;;

>En 

Imesaṁ kho, gahapati, pañcannaṁ dhammānaṁ iṭṭhānaṁ kantānaṁ manāpānaṁ dullabhānaṁ lokasmiṁ na āyācanahetu vā patthanāhetu vā paṭilābhaṁ vadāmi. ;;;And I say that these five things are not got by praying or wishing for them. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Manāpaṁ me, bhante, sampannakolakaṁ sūkaramaṁsaṁ; ;;;My pork with jujube is agreeable: 
;;;Manāpo me, bhante, sālīnaṁ odano vicitakāḷako anekasūpo anekabyañjano; 
;;;“… My boiled fine rice with the dark grains picked out, served with many soups and sauces is agreeable: 
;;;Manāpo me, bhante, pallaṅko gonakatthato paṭalikatthato kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇo sauttaracchado ubhatolohitakūpadhāno. 
;;;“… My couch spread with woolen covers—shag-piled or embroidered with flowers—and spread with a fine deer hide, with a canopy above and red pillows at both ends is agreeable. 
;;;Yo ujjubhūtesu dadāti chandasā; 
;;;enthusiastically giving clothing, bedding, 
;;;Acchādanaṁ sayanamannapānaṁ, 
;;;food and drink, and various requisites 
;;;Kālaṅkato ca uggo gahapati vesāliko aññataraṁ manomayaṁ kāyaṁ upapajji. 
;;;and was reborn in a host of mind-made gods. 
;;;

>En 

Manāpaṁ me, bhante, sampannakolakaṁ sūkaramaṁsaṁ; ;;;My pork with jujube is agreeable: 
;;;Manāpo me, bhante, sālīnaṁ odano vicitakāḷako anekasūpo anekabyañjano; 
;;;“… My boiled fine rice with the dark grains picked out, served with many soups and sauces is agreeable: 
;;;Manāpo me, bhante, pallaṅko gonakatthato paṭalikatthato kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇo sauttaracchado ubhatolohitakūpadhāno. 
;;;“… My couch spread with woolen covers—shag-piled or embroidered with flowers—and spread with a fine deer hide, with a canopy above and red pillows at both ends is agreeable. 
;;;Yo ujjubhūtesu dadāti chandasā; 
;;;enthusiastically giving clothing, bedding, 
;;;Acchādanaṁ sayanamannapānaṁ, 
;;;food and drink, and various requisites 
;;;Kālaṅkato ca uggo gahapati vesāliko aññataraṁ manomayaṁ kāyaṁ upapajji. 
;;;and was reborn in a host of mind-made gods. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Najjo yathā naragaṇasaṅghasevitā, ;;;all reach the great deep, the boundless ocean, 
;;;

>En 

Najjo yathā naragaṇasaṅghasevitā, ;;;all reach the great deep, the boundless ocean, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako vigatamalamaccherena cetasā agāraṁ ajjhāvasati muttacāgo payatapāṇi vosaggarato yācayogo dānasaṁvibhāgarato. ;;;It’s when a noble disciple lives at home rid of the stain of stinginess, freely generous, open-handed, loving to let go, committed to charity, loving to give and to share. 
;;;

>En 

Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako vigatamalamaccherena cetasā agāraṁ ajjhāvasati muttacāgo payatapāṇi vosaggarato yācayogo dānasaṁvibhāgarato. ;;;It’s when a noble disciple lives at home rid of the stain of stinginess, freely generous, open-handed, loving to let go, committed to charity, loving to give and to share. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

‘assutavā puthujjano viddho savisena sokasallena attānaṁyeva paritāpeti’. ;;;an unlearned ordinary person struck by sorrow’s poisoned arrow, who only mortifies themselves. 
;;;‘assutavā puthujjano viddho savisena sokasallena attānaṁyeva paritāpeti’. 
;;;an unlearned ordinary person struck by sorrow’s poisoned arrow, who only mortifies themselves. 
;;;‘sutavā ariyasāvako abbuhi savisaṁ sokasallaṁ, yena viddho assutavā puthujjano attānaṁyeva paritāpeti. 
;;;a learned noble disciple who has drawn out sorrow’s poisoned arrow, struck by which unlearned ordinary people only mortify themselves. 
;;;Asoko visallo ariyasāvako attānaṁyeva parinibbāpeti’. 
;;;Sorrowless, free of thorns, that noble disciple only extinguishes themselves. 
;;;‘sutavā ariyasāvako abbuhi savisaṁ sokasallaṁ, yena viddho assutavā puthujjano attānaṁyeva paritāpeti. 
;;;a learned noble disciple who has drawn out sorrow’s poisoned arrow, struck by which unlearned ordinary people only mortify themselves. 
;;;Asoko visallo ariyasāvako attānaṁyeva parinibbāpetī’ti. 
;;;Sorrowless, free of thorns, that noble disciple only extinguishes themselves. 
;;;Mayāva aññena vā esa attho; 
;;;can’t be had by me or by anyone else’, 
;;;

>En 

‘assutavā puthujjano viddho savisena sokasallena attānaṁyeva paritāpeti’. ;;;an unlearned ordinary person struck by sorrow’s poisoned arrow, who only mortifies themselves. 
;;;‘assutavā puthujjano viddho savisena sokasallena attānaṁyeva paritāpeti’. 
;;;an unlearned ordinary person struck by sorrow’s poisoned arrow, who only mortifies themselves. 
;;;‘sutavā ariyasāvako abbuhi savisaṁ sokasallaṁ, yena viddho assutavā puthujjano attānaṁyeva paritāpeti. 
;;;a learned noble disciple who has drawn out sorrow’s poisoned arrow, struck by which unlearned ordinary people only mortify themselves. 
;;;Asoko visallo ariyasāvako attānaṁyeva parinibbāpeti’. 
;;;Sorrowless, free of thorns, that noble disciple only extinguishes themselves. 
;;;‘sutavā ariyasāvako abbuhi savisaṁ sokasallaṁ, yena viddho assutavā puthujjano attānaṁyeva paritāpeti. 
;;;a learned noble disciple who has drawn out sorrow’s poisoned arrow, struck by which unlearned ordinary people only mortify themselves. 
;;;Asoko visallo ariyasāvako attānaṁyeva parinibbāpetī’ti. 
;;;Sorrowless, free of thorns, that noble disciple only extinguishes themselves. 
;;;Mayāva aññena vā esa attho; 
;;;can’t be had by me or by anyone else’, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tena kho pana samayena mallikā devī kālaṅkatā hoti. ;;; 
;;;“mallikā devī, deva, kālaṅkatā”ti. 
;;;“Your Majesty, Queen Mallikā has passed away.” 
;;;

>En 

Tena kho pana samayena mallikā devī kālaṅkatā hoti. ;;; 
;;;“mallikā devī, deva, kālaṅkatā”ti. 
;;;“Your Majesty, Queen Mallikā has passed away.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Nāradasutta ;;;With Nārada 
;;;Atha kho muṇḍo rājā piyakaṁ kosārakkhaṁ āmantesi: 
;;;Then King Muṇḍa addressed Piyaka, the keeper of the treasury, 
;;;Kaṁ nu kho muṇḍo rājā samaṇaṁ vā brāhmaṇaṁ vā payirupāseyya, yassa dhammaṁ sutvā sokasallaṁ pajaheyyā”ti. 
;;;Now, what ascetic or brahmin might the king pay homage to, whose teaching could help the king give up sorrow’s arrow?” 
;;;‘paṇḍito viyatto medhāvī bahussuto cittakathī kalyāṇapaṭibhāno vuddho ceva arahā ca’. 
;;;‘He is astute, competent, intelligent, learned, a brilliant speaker, eloquent, mature, a perfected one.’ 
;;;Yannūna muṇḍo rājā āyasmantaṁ nāradaṁ payirupāseyya, appeva nāma muṇḍo rājā āyasmato nāradassa dhammaṁ sutvā sokasallaṁ pajaheyyā”ti. 
;;;What if King Muṇḍa was to pay homage to Venerable Nārada? Hopefully when he hears Nārada’s teaching, the king could give up sorrow’s arrow.” 
;;;Yadi pana devo āyasmantaṁ nāradaṁ payirupāseyya, appeva nāma devo āyasmato nāradassa dhammaṁ sutvā sokasallaṁ pajaheyyā”ti. 
;;;What if Your Majesty was to pay homage to Venerable Nārada? Hopefully when you hear Nārada’s teaching, you could give up sorrow’s arrow.” 
;;;Sādhu, bhante, āyasmā nārado muṇḍassa rañño tathā dhammaṁ desetu yathā muṇḍo rājā āyasmato nāradassa dhammaṁ sutvā sokasallaṁ pajaheyyā”ti. 
;;;Sir, please teach the king so that, when he hears your teaching, he can give up sorrow’s arrow.” 
;;;Atha kho muṇḍo rājā bhadraṁ yānaṁ abhiruhitvā bhadrehi bhadrehi yānehi yena kukkuṭārāmo tena pāyāsi mahaccā rājānubhāvena āyasmantaṁ nāradaṁ dassanāya. 
;;;Then King Muṇḍa mounted a fine carriage and, along with other fine carriages, set out in full royal pomp to see Venerable Nārada at the Chicken Monastery. 
;;;‘assutavā puthujjano viddho savisena sokasallena attānaṁyeva paritāpeti’. 
;;;an unlearned ordinary person struck by sorrow’s poisoned arrow, who only mortifies themselves. 
;;;‘assutavā puthujjano viddho savisena sokasallena attānaṁyeva paritāpeti’. 
;;;an unlearned ordinary person struck by sorrow’s poisoned arrow, who only mortifies themselves. 
;;;‘sutavā ariyasāvako abbuhi savisaṁ sokasallaṁ, yena viddho assutavā puthujjano attānaṁyeva paritāpeti. 
;;;a learned noble disciple who has drawn out sorrow’s poisoned arrow, struck by which unlearned ordinary people only mortify themselves. 
;;;Asoko visallo ariyasāvako attānaṁyeva parinibbāpeti’. 
;;;Sorrowless, free of thorns, that noble disciple only extinguishes themselves. 
;;;‘sutavā ariyasāvako abbuhi savisaṁ sokasallaṁ, yena viddho assutavā puthujjano attānaṁyeva paritāpeti. 
;;;a learned noble disciple who has drawn out sorrow’s poisoned arrow, struck by which unlearned ordinary people only mortify themselves. 
;;;Asoko visallo ariyasāvako attānaṁyeva parinibbāpeti’. 
;;;Sorrowless, free of thorns, that noble disciple only extinguishes themselves. 
;;;“Sokasallaharaṇo nāma ayaṁ, mahārāja, dhammapariyāyo”ti. 
;;;“Great king, this exposition of the teaching is called ‘Pulling Out Sorrow’s Arrow’.” 
;;;“Taggha, bhante, sokasallaharaṇo. 
;;;“Indeed, sir, this is the pulling out of sorrow’s arrow! 
;;;Imañhi me, bhante, dhammapariyāyaṁ sutvā sokasallaṁ pahīnan”ti. 
;;;Hearing this exposition of the teaching, I’ve given up sorrow’s arrow.” 
;;;

>En 

Nāradasutta ;;;With Nārada 
;;;Atha kho muṇḍo rājā piyakaṁ kosārakkhaṁ āmantesi: 
;;;Then King Muṇḍa addressed Piyaka, the keeper of the treasury, 
;;;Kaṁ nu kho muṇḍo rājā samaṇaṁ vā brāhmaṇaṁ vā payirupāseyya, yassa dhammaṁ sutvā sokasallaṁ pajaheyyā”ti. 
;;;Now, what ascetic or brahmin might the king pay homage to, whose teaching could help the king give up sorrow’s arrow?” 
;;;‘paṇḍito viyatto medhāvī bahussuto cittakathī kalyāṇapaṭibhāno vuddho ceva arahā ca’. 
;;;‘He is astute, competent, intelligent, learned, a brilliant speaker, eloquent, mature, a perfected one.’ 
;;;Yannūna muṇḍo rājā āyasmantaṁ nāradaṁ payirupāseyya, appeva nāma muṇḍo rājā āyasmato nāradassa dhammaṁ sutvā sokasallaṁ pajaheyyā”ti. 
;;;What if King Muṇḍa was to pay homage to Venerable Nārada? Hopefully when he hears Nārada’s teaching, the king could give up sorrow’s arrow.” 
;;;Yadi pana devo āyasmantaṁ nāradaṁ payirupāseyya, appeva nāma devo āyasmato nāradassa dhammaṁ sutvā sokasallaṁ pajaheyyā”ti. 
;;;What if Your Majesty was to pay homage to Venerable Nārada? Hopefully when you hear Nārada’s teaching, you could give up sorrow’s arrow.” 
;;;Sādhu, bhante, āyasmā nārado muṇḍassa rañño tathā dhammaṁ desetu yathā muṇḍo rājā āyasmato nāradassa dhammaṁ sutvā sokasallaṁ pajaheyyā”ti. 
;;;Sir, please teach the king so that, when he hears your teaching, he can give up sorrow’s arrow.” 
;;;Atha kho muṇḍo rājā bhadraṁ yānaṁ abhiruhitvā bhadrehi bhadrehi yānehi yena kukkuṭārāmo tena pāyāsi mahaccā rājānubhāvena āyasmantaṁ nāradaṁ dassanāya. 
;;;Then King Muṇḍa mounted a fine carriage and, along with other fine carriages, set out in full royal pomp to see Venerable Nārada at the Chicken Monastery. 
;;;‘assutavā puthujjano viddho savisena sokasallena attānaṁyeva paritāpeti’. 
;;;an unlearned ordinary person struck by sorrow’s poisoned arrow, who only mortifies themselves. 
;;;‘assutavā puthujjano viddho savisena sokasallena attānaṁyeva paritāpeti’. 
;;;an unlearned ordinary person struck by sorrow’s poisoned arrow, who only mortifies themselves. 
;;;‘sutavā ariyasāvako abbuhi savisaṁ sokasallaṁ, yena viddho assutavā puthujjano attānaṁyeva paritāpeti. 
;;;a learned noble disciple who has drawn out sorrow’s poisoned arrow, struck by which unlearned ordinary people only mortify themselves. 
;;;Asoko visallo ariyasāvako attānaṁyeva parinibbāpeti’. 
;;;Sorrowless, free of thorns, that noble disciple only extinguishes themselves. 
;;;‘sutavā ariyasāvako abbuhi savisaṁ sokasallaṁ, yena viddho assutavā puthujjano attānaṁyeva paritāpeti. 
;;;a learned noble disciple who has drawn out sorrow’s poisoned arrow, struck by which unlearned ordinary people only mortify themselves. 
;;;Asoko visallo ariyasāvako attānaṁyeva parinibbāpeti’. 
;;;Sorrowless, free of thorns, that noble disciple only extinguishes themselves. 
;;;“Sokasallaharaṇo nāma ayaṁ, mahārāja, dhammapariyāyo”ti. 
;;;“Great king, this exposition of the teaching is called ‘Pulling Out Sorrow’s Arrow’.” 
;;;“Taggha, bhante, sokasallaharaṇo. 
;;;“Indeed, sir, this is the pulling out of sorrow’s arrow! 
;;;Imañhi me, bhante, dhammapariyāyaṁ sutvā sokasallaṁ pahīnan”ti. 
;;;Hearing this exposition of the teaching, I’ve given up sorrow’s arrow.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

So vata, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ime pañca āvaraṇe nīvaraṇe cetaso ajjhāruhe paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe appahāya, abalāya paññāya dubbalāya attatthaṁ vā ñassati paratthaṁ vā ñassati ubhayatthaṁ vā ñassati uttari vā manussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanavisesaṁ sacchikarissatīti netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati. ;;;Take a mendicant who has feeble and weak wisdom, not having given up these five obstacles and hindrances, parasites of the mind that weaken wisdom. It is quite impossible that they would know what’s for their own good, the good of another, or the good of both; or that they would realize any superhuman distinction in knowledge and vision worthy of the noble ones. 
;;;

>En 

So vata, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ime pañca āvaraṇe nīvaraṇe cetaso ajjhāruhe paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe appahāya, abalāya paññāya dubbalāya attatthaṁ vā ñassati paratthaṁ vā ñassati ubhayatthaṁ vā ñassati uttari vā manussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanavisesaṁ sacchikarissatīti netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati. ;;;Take a mendicant who has feeble and weak wisdom, not having given up these five obstacles and hindrances, parasites of the mind that weaken wisdom. It is quite impossible that they would know what’s for their own good, the good of another, or the good of both; or that they would realize any superhuman distinction in knowledge and vision worthy of the noble ones. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Kevalo hāyaṁ, bhikkhave, akusalarāsi yadidaṁ pañca nīvaraṇā. ;;;For these five hindrances are entirely a heap of the unskillful. 
;;;

>En 

Kevalo hāyaṁ, bhikkhave, akusalarāsi yadidaṁ pañca nīvaraṇā. ;;;For these five hindrances are entirely a heap of the unskillful. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Itthirūpe, bhikkhave, sattā rattā giddhā gathitā mucchitā ajjhosannā. ;;;Sentient beings are lustful, greedy, tied, infatuated, and attached to the sight of a woman. 
;;;ṭhitāpi …pe… nisinnāpi … sayānāpi … hasantīpi … bhaṇantīpi … gāyantīpi … rodantīpi … ugghātitāpi … matāpi purisassa cittaṁ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati. 
;;;When a woman stands … sits … lies down … laughs … speaks … sings … cries … is injured, she occupies a man’s mind. Even when a woman is dead, she occupies a man’s mind. 
;;;Sallape asihatthena, 
;;;You might chat with someone who has knife in hand. 
;;;pisācenāpi sallape; 
;;;You might even chat with a goblin. 
;;;Āsīvisampi āsīde, 
;;;You might sit close by a viper, 
;;;mātugāmena sallape. 
;;;one on one with a female. 
;;;pekkhitena sitena ca; 
;;;with a glance and a smile. 
;;;Kālaṁ gati bhavābhavaṁ, 
;;;are governed by transmigration— 
;;;

>En 

Itthirūpe, bhikkhave, sattā rattā giddhā gathitā mucchitā ajjhosannā. ;;;Sentient beings are lustful, greedy, tied, infatuated, and attached to the sight of a woman. 
;;;ṭhitāpi …pe… nisinnāpi … sayānāpi … hasantīpi … bhaṇantīpi … gāyantīpi … rodantīpi … ugghātitāpi … matāpi purisassa cittaṁ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati. 
;;;When a woman stands … sits … lies down … laughs … speaks … sings … cries … is injured, she occupies a man’s mind. Even when a woman is dead, she occupies a man’s mind. 
;;;Sallape asihatthena, 
;;;You might chat with someone who has knife in hand. 
;;;pisācenāpi sallape; 
;;;You might even chat with a goblin. 
;;;Āsīvisampi āsīde, 
;;;You might sit close by a viper, 
;;;mātugāmena sallape. 
;;;one on one with a female. 
;;;pekkhitena sitena ca; 
;;;with a glance and a smile. 
;;;Kālaṁ gati bhavābhavaṁ, 
;;;are governed by transmigration— 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho so bhikkhu arahattaṁ patto yena sako upajjhāyo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā sakaṁ upajjhāyaṁ etadavoca: ;;;When that mendicant had attained perfection, he went up to his own mentor, and said, 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho so bhikkhu arahattaṁ patto yena sako upajjhāyo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā sakaṁ upajjhāyaṁ etadavoca: ;;;When that mendicant had attained perfection, he went up to his own mentor, and said, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Yathā dhammā tathā sattā, ;;;Though this is how their nature is, 
;;;

>En 

Yathā dhammā tathā sattā, ;;;Though this is how their nature is, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Ime, bhante, licchavikumārakā caṇḍā pharusā apānubhā. ;;;“Sir, these Licchavi youths are violent, harsh, and brash. 
;;;yadi vā rañño khattiyassa muddhāvasittassa, yadi vā raṭṭhikassa pettanikassa, yadi vā senāya senāpatikassa, yadi vā gāmagāmaṇikassa, yadi vā pūgagāmaṇikassa, ye vā pana kulesu paccekādhipaccaṁ kārenti, vuddhiyeva pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni. 
;;;“Mahānāma, you can expect only growth, not decline, when you find five qualities in any gentleman—whether he’s an anointed aristocratic king, an appointed or hereditary official, an army general, a village chief, a guild chief, or a ruler of his own clan. 
;;;

>En 

“Ime, bhante, licchavikumārakā caṇḍā pharusā apānubhā. ;;;“Sir, these Licchavi youths are violent, harsh, and brash. 
;;;yadi vā rañño khattiyassa muddhāvasittassa, yadi vā raṭṭhikassa pettanikassa, yadi vā senāya senāpatikassa, yadi vā gāmagāmaṇikassa, yadi vā pūgagāmaṇikassa, ye vā pana kulesu paccekādhipaccaṁ kārenti, vuddhiyeva pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni. 
;;;“Mahānāma, you can expect only growth, not decline, when you find five qualities in any gentleman—whether he’s an anointed aristocratic king, an appointed or hereditary official, an army general, a village chief, a guild chief, or a ruler of his own clan. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Pubbevāhaṁ, bhikkhave, sambodhā anabhisambuddho bodhisattova samāno pañca dhamme bhāvesiṁ, pañca dhamme bahulīkāsiṁ. ;;;“Mendicants, before my awakening—when I was still not awake but intent on awakening—I developed and cultivated five things. 
;;;

>En 

“Pubbevāhaṁ, bhikkhave, sambodhā anabhisambuddho bodhisattova samāno pañca dhamme bhāvesiṁ, pañca dhamme bahulīkāsiṁ. ;;;“Mendicants, before my awakening—when I was still not awake but intent on awakening—I developed and cultivated five things. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu asubhānupassī kāye viharati, āhāre paṭikūlasaññī, sabbaloke anabhiratasaññī, sabbasaṅkhāresu aniccānupassī, maraṇasaññā kho panassa ajjhattaṁ sūpaṭṭhitā hoti. ;;;A mendicant meditates observing the ugliness of the body, perceives the repulsiveness of food, perceives dissatisfaction with the whole world, observes the impermanence of all conditions, and has well established the perception of their own death. 
;;;Yato kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cetovimutto ca hoti paññāvimutto ca hoti— 
;;;When a mendicant has freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom, 
;;;ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, ‘bhikkhu ukkhittapaligho itipi, saṅkiṇṇaparikho itipi, abbūḷhesiko itipi, niraggaḷo itipi, ariyo pannaddhajo pannabhāro visaṁyutto itipi’. 
;;;such a mendicant is one who is called ‘one who has lifted the cross-bar’, ‘one who has filled in the moat’, ‘one who has pulled up the pillar’, ‘one who is unimpeded’, and also ‘a noble one with banner lowered and burden dropped, detached’. 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno ponobhaviko jātisaṁsāro pahīno hoti ucchinnamūlo tālāvatthukato anabhāvaṅkato āyatiṁ anuppādadhammo. 
;;;It’s when a mendicant has given up transmigrating through births in future lives, cut it off at the root, made it like a palm stump, obliterated it, so it’s unable to arise in the future. 
;;;

>En 

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu asubhānupassī kāye viharati, āhāre paṭikūlasaññī, sabbaloke anabhiratasaññī, sabbasaṅkhāresu aniccānupassī, maraṇasaññā kho panassa ajjhattaṁ sūpaṭṭhitā hoti. ;;;A mendicant meditates observing the ugliness of the body, perceives the repulsiveness of food, perceives dissatisfaction with the whole world, observes the impermanence of all conditions, and has well established the perception of their own death. 
;;;Yato kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cetovimutto ca hoti paññāvimutto ca hoti— 
;;;When a mendicant has freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom, 
;;;ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, ‘bhikkhu ukkhittapaligho itipi, saṅkiṇṇaparikho itipi, abbūḷhesiko itipi, niraggaḷo itipi, ariyo pannaddhajo pannabhāro visaṁyutto itipi’. 
;;;such a mendicant is one who is called ‘one who has lifted the cross-bar’, ‘one who has filled in the moat’, ‘one who has pulled up the pillar’, ‘one who is unimpeded’, and also ‘a noble one with banner lowered and burden dropped, detached’. 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno ponobhaviko jātisaṁsāro pahīno hoti ucchinnamūlo tālāvatthukato anabhāvaṅkato āyatiṁ anuppādadhammo. 
;;;It’s when a mendicant has given up transmigrating through births in future lives, cut it off at the root, made it like a palm stump, obliterated it, so it’s unable to arise in the future. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ. ;;;statements, mixed prose & verse, discussions, verses, inspired exclamations, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and elaborations. 
;;;So tāya dhammapariyattiyā divasaṁ atināmeti, riñcati paṭisallānaṁ, nānuyuñjati ajjhattaṁ cetosamathaṁ. 
;;;They spend too much time studying that teaching. They neglect retreat, and are not committed to internal serenity of heart. 
;;;So tāya dhammapaññattiyā divasaṁ atināmeti, riñcati paṭisallānaṁ, nānuyuñjati ajjhattaṁ cetosamathaṁ. 
;;;They spend too much time advocating that teaching. They neglect retreat, and are not committed to internal serenity of heart. 
;;;So tena sajjhāyena divasaṁ atināmeti, riñcati paṭisallānaṁ, nānuyuñjati ajjhattaṁ cetosamathaṁ. 
;;;They spend too much time reciting that teaching. They neglect retreat, and are not committed to internal serenity of heart. 
;;;So tehi dhammavitakkehi divasaṁ atināmeti, riñcati paṭisallānaṁ, nānuyuñjati ajjhattaṁ cetosamathaṁ. 
;;;They spend too much time thinking about that teaching. They neglect retreat, and are not committed to internal serenity of heart. 
;;;suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ. 
;;;statements, mixed prose & verse, discussions, verses, inspired exclamations, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and elaborations. 
;;;So tāya dhammapariyattiyā na divasaṁ atināmeti, nāpi riñcati paṭisallānaṁ, anuyuñjati ajjhattaṁ cetosamathaṁ. 
;;;They don’t spend too much time studying that teaching. They don’t neglect retreat, and they’re committed to internal serenity of heart. 
;;;Yaṁ kho, bhikkhu, satthārā karaṇīyaṁ sāvakānaṁ hitesinā anukampakena anukampaṁ upādāya, kataṁ vo taṁ mayā. 
;;;Out of sympathy, I’ve done what a teacher should do who wants what’s best for their disciples. 
;;;

>En 

suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ. ;;;statements, mixed prose & verse, discussions, verses, inspired exclamations, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and elaborations. 
;;;So tāya dhammapariyattiyā divasaṁ atināmeti, riñcati paṭisallānaṁ, nānuyuñjati ajjhattaṁ cetosamathaṁ. 
;;;They spend too much time studying that teaching. They neglect retreat, and are not committed to internal serenity of heart. 
;;;So tāya dhammapaññattiyā divasaṁ atināmeti, riñcati paṭisallānaṁ, nānuyuñjati ajjhattaṁ cetosamathaṁ. 
;;;They spend too much time advocating that teaching. They neglect retreat, and are not committed to internal serenity of heart. 
;;;So tena sajjhāyena divasaṁ atināmeti, riñcati paṭisallānaṁ, nānuyuñjati ajjhattaṁ cetosamathaṁ. 
;;;They spend too much time reciting that teaching. They neglect retreat, and are not committed to internal serenity of heart. 
;;;So tehi dhammavitakkehi divasaṁ atināmeti, riñcati paṭisallānaṁ, nānuyuñjati ajjhattaṁ cetosamathaṁ. 
;;;They spend too much time thinking about that teaching. They neglect retreat, and are not committed to internal serenity of heart. 
;;;suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ. 
;;;statements, mixed prose & verse, discussions, verses, inspired exclamations, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and elaborations. 
;;;So tāya dhammapariyattiyā na divasaṁ atināmeti, nāpi riñcati paṭisallānaṁ, anuyuñjati ajjhattaṁ cetosamathaṁ. 
;;;They don’t spend too much time studying that teaching. They don’t neglect retreat, and they’re committed to internal serenity of heart. 
;;;Yaṁ kho, bhikkhu, satthārā karaṇīyaṁ sāvakānaṁ hitesinā anukampakena anukampaṁ upādāya, kataṁ vo taṁ mayā. 
;;;Out of sympathy, I’ve done what a teacher should do who wants what’s best for their disciples. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ; ;;;statements, mixed prose & verse, discussions, verses, inspired exclamations, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and elaborations. 
;;;uttari cassa paññāya atthaṁ nappajānāti. 
;;;But they don’t understand the higher meaning. 
;;;suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ; 
;;;statements, mixed prose & verse, discussions, verses, inspired exclamations, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and elaborations. 
;;;

>En 

suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ; ;;;statements, mixed prose & verse, discussions, verses, inspired exclamations, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and elaborations. 
;;;uttari cassa paññāya atthaṁ nappajānāti. 
;;;But they don’t understand the higher meaning. 
;;;suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ; 
;;;statements, mixed prose & verse, discussions, verses, inspired exclamations, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and elaborations. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu rajaggaññeva disvā saṁsīdati visīdati, na santhambhati, na sakkoti brahmacariyaṁ sandhāretuṁ. ;;;Firstly, one monk falters and founders at the mere sight of a cloud of dust. He doesn’t stay firm, and fails to keep up the spiritual life. 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuṁ araññagataṁ vā rukkhamūlagataṁ vā suññāgāragataṁ vā mātugāmo upasaṅkamitvā ūhasati ullapati ujjagghati uppaṇḍeti. 
;;;It’s when a mendicant who has gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut is approached by a female. She smiles, chats, laughs, and teases him. 
;;;So araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;Gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut, he sits down cross-legged, sets his body straight, and establishes mindfulness in his presence. 
;;;

>En 

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu rajaggaññeva disvā saṁsīdati visīdati, na santhambhati, na sakkoti brahmacariyaṁ sandhāretuṁ. ;;;Firstly, one monk falters and founders at the mere sight of a cloud of dust. He doesn’t stay firm, and fails to keep up the spiritual life. 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuṁ araññagataṁ vā rukkhamūlagataṁ vā suññāgāragataṁ vā mātugāmo upasaṅkamitvā ūhasati ullapati ujjagghati uppaṇḍeti. 
;;;It’s when a mendicant who has gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut is approached by a female. She smiles, chats, laughs, and teases him. 
;;;So araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;Gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut, he sits down cross-legged, sets his body straight, and establishes mindfulness in his presence. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

rāgapariyuṭṭhitomhi, āvuso, rāgapareto, na sakkomi brahmacariyaṁ sandhāretuṁ; ;;;“Reverends, I am overcome with lust, mired in lust. I am unable to keep up the spiritual life. 
;;;‘appassādā, āvuso, kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo. 
;;;‘Reverend, the Buddha says that sensual pleasures give little gratification and much suffering and distress, and they are all the more full of drawbacks. 
;;;So araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;Gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut, he sits down cross-legged, sets his body straight, and establishes mindfulness in his presence. 
;;;

>En 

rāgapariyuṭṭhitomhi, āvuso, rāgapareto, na sakkomi brahmacariyaṁ sandhāretuṁ; ;;;“Reverends, I am overcome with lust, mired in lust. I am unable to keep up the spiritual life. 
;;;‘appassādā, āvuso, kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo. 
;;;‘Reverend, the Buddha says that sensual pleasures give little gratification and much suffering and distress, and they are all the more full of drawbacks. 
;;;So araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;Gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut, he sits down cross-legged, sets his body straight, and establishes mindfulness in his presence. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Ekakaṁ kho pana maṁ araññe viharantaṁ ;;;While living here alone 
;;;

>En 

Ekakaṁ kho pana maṁ araññe viharantaṁ ;;;While living here alone 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Te abhāvitakāyā samānā abhāvitasīlā abhāvitacittā abhāvitapaññā abhidhammakathaṁ vedallakathaṁ kathentā kaṇhadhammaṁ okkamamānā na bujjhissanti. ;;;In discussion about the teachings and elaborations they’ll fall into dark ideas without realizing it. 
;;;Te abhāvitakāyā samānā abhāvitasīlā abhāvitacittā abhāvitapaññā ye te suttantā tathāgatabhāsitā gambhīrā gambhīratthā lokuttarā suññatāppaṭisaṁyuttā, tesu bhaññamānesu na sussūsissanti, na sotaṁ odahissanti, na aññā cittaṁ upaṭṭhapessanti, na ca te dhamme uggahetabbaṁ pariyāpuṇitabbaṁ maññissanti. 
;;;When discourses spoken by the Realized One—deep, profound, transcendent, dealing with emptiness—are being recited they won’t want to listen. They won’t actively listen or try to understand, nor will they think those teachings are worth learning and memorizing. 
;;;Te abhāvitakāyā samānā abhāvitasīlā abhāvitacittā abhāvitapaññā therā bhikkhū bāhulikā bhavissanti sāthalikā okkamane pubbaṅgamā paviveke nikkhittadhurā, na vīriyaṁ ārabhissanti appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya. 
;;;The senior mendicants will be indulgent and slack, leaders in backsliding, neglecting seclusion, not rousing energy for attaining the unattained, achieving the unachieved, and realizing the unrealized. 
;;;

>En 

Te abhāvitakāyā samānā abhāvitasīlā abhāvitacittā abhāvitapaññā abhidhammakathaṁ vedallakathaṁ kathentā kaṇhadhammaṁ okkamamānā na bujjhissanti. ;;;In discussion about the teachings and elaborations they’ll fall into dark ideas without realizing it. 
;;;Te abhāvitakāyā samānā abhāvitasīlā abhāvitacittā abhāvitapaññā ye te suttantā tathāgatabhāsitā gambhīrā gambhīratthā lokuttarā suññatāppaṭisaṁyuttā, tesu bhaññamānesu na sussūsissanti, na sotaṁ odahissanti, na aññā cittaṁ upaṭṭhapessanti, na ca te dhamme uggahetabbaṁ pariyāpuṇitabbaṁ maññissanti. 
;;;When discourses spoken by the Realized One—deep, profound, transcendent, dealing with emptiness—are being recited they won’t want to listen. They won’t actively listen or try to understand, nor will they think those teachings are worth learning and memorizing. 
;;;Te abhāvitakāyā samānā abhāvitasīlā abhāvitacittā abhāvitapaññā therā bhikkhū bāhulikā bhavissanti sāthalikā okkamane pubbaṅgamā paviveke nikkhittadhurā, na vīriyaṁ ārabhissanti appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya. 
;;;The senior mendicants will be indulgent and slack, leaders in backsliding, neglecting seclusion, not rousing energy for attaining the unattained, achieving the unachieved, and realizing the unrealized. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Te senāsane kalyāṇakāmā samānā riñcissanti rukkhamūlikattaṁ, riñcissanti araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni; ;;;They will neglect the practice of staying at the root of a tree and the practice of frequenting remote lodgings in the wilderness and the forest. 
;;;

>En 

Te senāsane kalyāṇakāmā samānā riñcissanti rukkhamūlikattaṁ, riñcissanti araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni; ;;;They will neglect the practice of staying at the root of a tree and the practice of frequenting remote lodgings in the wilderness and the forest. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Rajanīye rajjati, dussanīye dussati, mohanīye muyhati, kuppanīye kuppati, madanīye majjati— ;;;They desire the desirable, they hate the hateful, they’re deluded by the delusory, they’re annoyed by the annoying, and they’re intoxicated by the intoxicating. 
;;;

>En 

Rajanīye rajjati, dussanīye dussati, mohanīye muyhati, kuppanīye kuppati, madanīye majjati— ;;;They desire the desirable, they hate the hateful, they’re deluded by the delusory, they’re annoyed by the annoying, and they’re intoxicated by the intoxicating. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Kuhako ca hoti, lapako ca, nemittiko ca, nippesiko ca, lābhena ca lābhaṁ nijigīsitā— ;;;They use deceit, flattery, hinting, and belittling, and they use material things to chase after other material things. 
;;;

>En 

Kuhako ca hoti, lapako ca, nemittiko ca, nippesiko ca, lābhena ca lābhaṁ nijigīsitā— ;;;They use deceit, flattery, hinting, and belittling, and they use material things to chase after other material things. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

bahussuto hoti sutadharo sutasannicayo, ye te dhammā ādikalyāṇā majjhekalyāṇā pariyosānakalyāṇā sātthaṁ sabyañjanaṁ kevalaparipuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ abhivadanti, tathārūpāssa dhammā bahussutā honti dhātā vacasā paricitā manasānupekkhitā diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā; ;;;They’re very learned, remembering and keeping what they’ve learned. These teachings are good in the beginning, good in the middle, and good in the end, meaningful and well-phrased, describing a spiritual practice that’s entirely full and pure. They are very learned in such teachings, remembering them, rehearsing them, mentally scrutinizing them, and comprehending them theoretically. 
;;;

>En 

bahussuto hoti sutadharo sutasannicayo, ye te dhammā ādikalyāṇā majjhekalyāṇā pariyosānakalyāṇā sātthaṁ sabyañjanaṁ kevalaparipuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ abhivadanti, tathārūpāssa dhammā bahussutā honti dhātā vacasā paricitā manasānupekkhitā diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā; ;;;They’re very learned, remembering and keeping what they’ve learned. These teachings are good in the beginning, good in the middle, and good in the end, meaningful and well-phrased, describing a spiritual practice that’s entirely full and pure. They are very learned in such teachings, remembering them, rehearsing them, mentally scrutinizing them, and comprehending them theoretically. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

bahussuto hoti sutadharo sutasannicayo, ye te dhammā ādikalyāṇā majjhekalyāṇā pariyosānakalyāṇā sātthaṁ sabyañjanaṁ kevalaparipuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ abhivadanti, tathārūpāssa dhammā bahussutā honti dhātā vacasā paricitā manasānupekkhitā diṭṭhiyā appaṭividdhā; ;;;They’re very learned, remembering and keeping what they’ve learned. These teachings are good in the beginning, good in the middle, and good in the end, meaningful and well-phrased, describing a spiritual practice that’s entirely full and pure. They are very learned in such teachings, remembering them, rehearsing them, mentally scrutinizing them, and comprehending them theoretically. 
;;;

>En 

bahussuto hoti sutadharo sutasannicayo, ye te dhammā ādikalyāṇā majjhekalyāṇā pariyosānakalyāṇā sātthaṁ sabyañjanaṁ kevalaparipuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ abhivadanti, tathārūpāssa dhammā bahussutā honti dhātā vacasā paricitā manasānupekkhitā diṭṭhiyā appaṭividdhā; ;;;They’re very learned, remembering and keeping what they’ve learned. These teachings are good in the beginning, good in the middle, and good in the end, meaningful and well-phrased, describing a spiritual practice that’s entirely full and pure. They are very learned in such teachings, remembering them, rehearsing them, mentally scrutinizing them, and comprehending them theoretically. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

riñcati paṭisallānaṁ, nānuyuñjati ajjhattaṁ cetosamathaṁ. ;;;They neglect retreat, and are not committed to internal serenity of heart. 
;;;riñcati paṭisallānaṁ, nānuyuñjati ajjhattaṁ cetosamathaṁ. 
;;;They neglect retreat, and are not committed to internal serenity of heart. 
;;;riñcati paṭisallānaṁ, nānuyuñjati ajjhattaṁ cetosamathaṁ. 
;;;They neglect retreat, and are not committed to internal serenity of heart. 
;;;riñcati paṭisallānaṁ, nānuyuñjati ajjhattaṁ cetosamathaṁ. 
;;;They neglect retreat, and are not committed to internal serenity of heart. 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, sekho bhikkhu yāyaṁ kathā ābhisallekhikā cetovivaraṇasappāyā, seyyathidaṁ— 
;;;Furthermore, a mendicant trainee doesn’t get to take part in talk about self-effacement that helps open the heart, when they want, without trouble or difficulty. That is, 
;;;appicchakathā santuṭṭhikathā pavivekakathā asaṁsaggakathā vīriyārambhakathā sīlakathā samādhikathā paññākathā vimuttikathā vimuttiñāṇadassanakathā, evarūpiyā kathāya na nikāmalābhī hoti na akicchalābhī na akasiralābhī; 
;;;talk about fewness of wishes, contentment, seclusion, aloofness, arousing energy, ethics, immersion, wisdom, freedom, and the knowledge and vision of freedom. 
;;;riñcati paṭisallānaṁ, nānuyuñjati ajjhattaṁ cetosamathaṁ. 
;;;They neglect retreat, and are not committed to internal serenity of heart. 
;;;na riñcati paṭisallānaṁ, anuyuñjati ajjhattaṁ cetosamathaṁ. 
;;;They don’t neglect retreat, and are committed to internal serenity of heart. 
;;;na riñcati paṭisallānaṁ, anuyuñjati ajjhattaṁ cetosamathaṁ. 
;;;They don’t neglect retreat, and are committed to internal serenity of heart. 
;;;na riñcati paṭisallānaṁ, anuyuñjati ajjhattaṁ cetosamathaṁ. 
;;;They don’t neglect retreat, and are committed to internal serenity of heart. 
;;;na riñcati paṭisallānaṁ, anuyuñjati ajjhattaṁ cetosamathaṁ. 
;;;They don’t neglect retreat, and are committed to internal serenity of heart. 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, sekho bhikkhu yāyaṁ kathā ābhisallekhikā cetovivaraṇasappāyā, seyyathidaṁ— 
;;;Furthermore, a mendicant trainee gets to take part in talk about self-effacement that helps open the heart, when they want, without trouble or difficulty. That is, 
;;;na riñcati paṭisallānaṁ, anuyuñjati ajjhattaṁ cetosamathaṁ. 
;;;They don’t neglect retreat, and are committed to internal serenity of heart. 
;;;

>En 

riñcati paṭisallānaṁ, nānuyuñjati ajjhattaṁ cetosamathaṁ. ;;;They neglect retreat, and are not committed to internal serenity of heart. 
;;;riñcati paṭisallānaṁ, nānuyuñjati ajjhattaṁ cetosamathaṁ. 
;;;They neglect retreat, and are not committed to internal serenity of heart. 
;;;riñcati paṭisallānaṁ, nānuyuñjati ajjhattaṁ cetosamathaṁ. 
;;;They neglect retreat, and are not committed to internal serenity of heart. 
;;;riñcati paṭisallānaṁ, nānuyuñjati ajjhattaṁ cetosamathaṁ. 
;;;They neglect retreat, and are not committed to internal serenity of heart. 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, sekho bhikkhu yāyaṁ kathā ābhisallekhikā cetovivaraṇasappāyā, seyyathidaṁ— 
;;;Furthermore, a mendicant trainee doesn’t get to take part in talk about self-effacement that helps open the heart, when they want, without trouble or difficulty. That is, 
;;;appicchakathā santuṭṭhikathā pavivekakathā asaṁsaggakathā vīriyārambhakathā sīlakathā samādhikathā paññākathā vimuttikathā vimuttiñāṇadassanakathā, evarūpiyā kathāya na nikāmalābhī hoti na akicchalābhī na akasiralābhī; 
;;;talk about fewness of wishes, contentment, seclusion, aloofness, arousing energy, ethics, immersion, wisdom, freedom, and the knowledge and vision of freedom. 
;;;riñcati paṭisallānaṁ, nānuyuñjati ajjhattaṁ cetosamathaṁ. 
;;;They neglect retreat, and are not committed to internal serenity of heart. 
;;;na riñcati paṭisallānaṁ, anuyuñjati ajjhattaṁ cetosamathaṁ. 
;;;They don’t neglect retreat, and are committed to internal serenity of heart. 
;;;na riñcati paṭisallānaṁ, anuyuñjati ajjhattaṁ cetosamathaṁ. 
;;;They don’t neglect retreat, and are committed to internal serenity of heart. 
;;;na riñcati paṭisallānaṁ, anuyuñjati ajjhattaṁ cetosamathaṁ. 
;;;They don’t neglect retreat, and are committed to internal serenity of heart. 
;;;na riñcati paṭisallānaṁ, anuyuñjati ajjhattaṁ cetosamathaṁ. 
;;;They don’t neglect retreat, and are committed to internal serenity of heart. 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, sekho bhikkhu yāyaṁ kathā ābhisallekhikā cetovivaraṇasappāyā, seyyathidaṁ— 
;;;Furthermore, a mendicant trainee gets to take part in talk about self-effacement that helps open the heart, when they want, without trouble or difficulty. That is, 
;;;na riñcati paṭisallānaṁ, anuyuñjati ajjhattaṁ cetosamathaṁ. 
;;;They don’t neglect retreat, and are committed to internal serenity of heart. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

yāyaṁ kathā ābhisallekhikā cetovivaraṇasappāyā, seyyathidaṁ— ;;;They get to take part in talk about self-effacement that helps open the heart, when they want, without trouble or difficulty. That is, 
;;;

>En 

yāyaṁ kathā ābhisallekhikā cetovivaraṇasappāyā, seyyathidaṁ— ;;;They get to take part in talk about self-effacement that helps open the heart, when they want, without trouble or difficulty. That is, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

vijambhitvā samantā catuddisaṁ anuviloketi; ;;;looks all around the four quarters, 
;;;samantā catuddisaṁ anuviloketvā tikkhattuṁ sīhanādaṁ nadati; 
;;;and roars his lion’s roar three times. 
;;;mahiṁsassa cepi pahāraṁ deti, sakkaccaññeva pahāraṁ deti, no asakkaccaṁ; 
;;;If he strikes a buffalo … 
;;;

>En 

vijambhitvā samantā catuddisaṁ anuviloketi; ;;;looks all around the four quarters, 
;;;samantā catuddisaṁ anuviloketvā tikkhattuṁ sīhanādaṁ nadati; 
;;;and roars his lion’s roar three times. 
;;;mahiṁsassa cepi pahāraṁ deti, sakkaccaññeva pahāraṁ deti, no asakkaccaṁ; 
;;;If he strikes a buffalo … 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tena kho pana samayena kakudho nāma koliyaputto āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa upaṭṭhāko adhunākālaṅkato aññataraṁ manomayaṁ kāyaṁ upapanno. ;;;At that time the Koliyan named Kakudha—Venerable Mahāmoggallāna’s supporter—had recently passed away and been reborn in a certain host of mind-made gods. 
;;;Atha kho kakudho devaputto yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho kakudho devaputto āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then the god Kakudha went up to Venerable Mahāmoggallāna, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him, 
;;;Idaṁ vatvā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā tatthevantaradhāyi. 
;;;Then he bowed and respectfully circled Mahāmoggallāna, keeping him on his right side, before vanishing right there. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then Mahāmoggallāna went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened. 
;;;“Kiṁ pana te, moggallāna, kakudho devaputto cetasā ceto paricca vidito: 
;;;“But Moggallāna, did you comprehend the god Kakudha’s mind, and know that 
;;;“Rakkhassetaṁ, moggallāna, vācaṁ. 
;;;“Mark these words, Moggallāna! 
;;;Rakkhassetaṁ, moggallāna, vācaṁ. 
;;;Mark these words! 
;;;Pañcime, moggallāna, satthāro santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ. 
;;;Moggallāna, there are these five teachers found in the world. 
;;;Idha, moggallāna, ekacco satthā aparisuddhasīlo samāno ‘parisuddhasīlomhī’ti paṭijānāti ‘parisuddhaṁ me sīlaṁ pariyodātaṁ asaṅkiliṭṭhan’ti. 
;;;Firstly, some teacher with impure conduct claims: ‘I am pure in ethics. My ethical conduct is pure, bright, uncorrupted.’ 
;;;Yaṁ kho panassa amanāpaṁ, kathaṁ naṁ mayaṁ tena samudācareyyāma: 
;;;And how could we treat them in a way that they don’t like? 
;;;Evarūpaṁ kho, moggallāna, satthāraṁ sāvakā sīlato rakkhanti; 
;;;The disciples of such a teacher cover up their teacher’s conduct, 
;;;evarūpo ca pana satthā sāvakehi sīlato rakkhaṁ paccāsīsati. 
;;;and the teacher expects them to do so. 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, moggallāna, idhekacco satthā aparisuddhājīvo samāno ‘parisuddhājīvomhī’ti paṭijānāti ‘parisuddho me ājīvo pariyodāto asaṅkiliṭṭho’ti. 
;;;Furthermore, some teacher with impure livelihood claims: ‘I am pure in livelihood. My livelihood is pure, bright, uncorrupted.’ 
;;;Evarūpaṁ kho, moggallāna, satthāraṁ sāvakā ājīvato rakkhanti; 
;;;The disciples of such a teacher cover up their teacher’s livelihood, 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, moggallāna, idhekacco satthā aparisuddhadhammadesano samāno ‘parisuddhadhammadesanomhī’ti paṭijānāti ‘parisuddhā me dhammadesanā pariyodātā asaṅkiliṭṭhā’ti. 
;;;Furthermore, some teacher with impure teaching claims: ‘I am pure in teaching. My teaching is pure, bright, uncorrupted.’ 
;;;Evarūpaṁ kho, moggallāna, satthāraṁ sāvakā dhammadesanato rakkhanti; 
;;;The disciples of such a teacher cover up their teacher’s teaching, 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, moggallāna, idhekacco satthā aparisuddhaveyyākaraṇo samāno ‘parisuddhaveyyākaraṇomhī’ti paṭijānāti ‘parisuddhaṁ me veyyākaraṇaṁ pariyodātaṁ asaṅkiliṭṭhan’ti. 
;;;Furthermore, some teacher with impure answers claims: ‘I am pure in how I answer. My answers are pure, bright, uncorrupted.’ 
;;;Evarūpaṁ kho, moggallāna, satthāraṁ sāvakā veyyākaraṇato rakkhanti; 
;;;The disciples of such a teacher cover up their teacher’s answers, 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, moggallāna, idhekacco satthā aparisuddhañāṇadassano samāno ‘parisuddhañāṇadassanomhī’ti paṭijānāti ‘parisuddhaṁ me ñāṇadassanaṁ pariyodātaṁ asaṅkiliṭṭhan’ti. 
;;;Furthermore, some teacher with impure knowledge and vision claims: ‘I am pure in knowledge and vision. My knowledge and vision are pure, bright, uncorrupted.’ 
;;;Evarūpaṁ kho, moggallāna, satthāraṁ sāvakā ñāṇadassanato rakkhanti; 
;;;The disciples of such a teacher cover up their teacher’s knowledge and vision, 
;;;Ime kho, moggallāna, pañca satthāro santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ. 
;;;These are the five teachers found in the world. 
;;;Ahaṁ kho pana, moggallāna, parisuddhasīlo samāno ‘parisuddhasīlomhī’ti paṭijānāmi ‘parisuddhaṁ me sīlaṁ pariyodātaṁ asaṅkiliṭṭhan’ti. 
;;;But Moggallāna, I have pure ethical conduct, and I claim: ‘I am pure in ethical conduct. My ethical conduct is pure, bright, uncorrupted.’ 
;;;

>En 

Tena kho pana samayena kakudho nāma koliyaputto āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa upaṭṭhāko adhunākālaṅkato aññataraṁ manomayaṁ kāyaṁ upapanno. ;;;At that time the Koliyan named Kakudha—Venerable Mahāmoggallāna’s supporter—had recently passed away and been reborn in a certain host of mind-made gods. 
;;;Atha kho kakudho devaputto yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho kakudho devaputto āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then the god Kakudha went up to Venerable Mahāmoggallāna, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him, 
;;;Idaṁ vatvā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā tatthevantaradhāyi. 
;;;Then he bowed and respectfully circled Mahāmoggallāna, keeping him on his right side, before vanishing right there. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then Mahāmoggallāna went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened. 
;;;“Kiṁ pana te, moggallāna, kakudho devaputto cetasā ceto paricca vidito: 
;;;“But Moggallāna, did you comprehend the god Kakudha’s mind, and know that 
;;;“Rakkhassetaṁ, moggallāna, vācaṁ. 
;;;“Mark these words, Moggallāna! 
;;;Rakkhassetaṁ, moggallāna, vācaṁ. 
;;;Mark these words! 
;;;Pañcime, moggallāna, satthāro santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ. 
;;;Moggallāna, there are these five teachers found in the world. 
;;;Idha, moggallāna, ekacco satthā aparisuddhasīlo samāno ‘parisuddhasīlomhī’ti paṭijānāti ‘parisuddhaṁ me sīlaṁ pariyodātaṁ asaṅkiliṭṭhan’ti. 
;;;Firstly, some teacher with impure conduct claims: ‘I am pure in ethics. My ethical conduct is pure, bright, uncorrupted.’ 
;;;Yaṁ kho panassa amanāpaṁ, kathaṁ naṁ mayaṁ tena samudācareyyāma: 
;;;And how could we treat them in a way that they don’t like? 
;;;Evarūpaṁ kho, moggallāna, satthāraṁ sāvakā sīlato rakkhanti; 
;;;The disciples of such a teacher cover up their teacher’s conduct, 
;;;evarūpo ca pana satthā sāvakehi sīlato rakkhaṁ paccāsīsati. 
;;;and the teacher expects them to do so. 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, moggallāna, idhekacco satthā aparisuddhājīvo samāno ‘parisuddhājīvomhī’ti paṭijānāti ‘parisuddho me ājīvo pariyodāto asaṅkiliṭṭho’ti. 
;;;Furthermore, some teacher with impure livelihood claims: ‘I am pure in livelihood. My livelihood is pure, bright, uncorrupted.’ 
;;;Evarūpaṁ kho, moggallāna, satthāraṁ sāvakā ājīvato rakkhanti; 
;;;The disciples of such a teacher cover up their teacher’s livelihood, 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, moggallāna, idhekacco satthā aparisuddhadhammadesano samāno ‘parisuddhadhammadesanomhī’ti paṭijānāti ‘parisuddhā me dhammadesanā pariyodātā asaṅkiliṭṭhā’ti. 
;;;Furthermore, some teacher with impure teaching claims: ‘I am pure in teaching. My teaching is pure, bright, uncorrupted.’ 
;;;Evarūpaṁ kho, moggallāna, satthāraṁ sāvakā dhammadesanato rakkhanti; 
;;;The disciples of such a teacher cover up their teacher’s teaching, 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, moggallāna, idhekacco satthā aparisuddhaveyyākaraṇo samāno ‘parisuddhaveyyākaraṇomhī’ti paṭijānāti ‘parisuddhaṁ me veyyākaraṇaṁ pariyodātaṁ asaṅkiliṭṭhan’ti. 
;;;Furthermore, some teacher with impure answers claims: ‘I am pure in how I answer. My answers are pure, bright, uncorrupted.’ 
;;;Evarūpaṁ kho, moggallāna, satthāraṁ sāvakā veyyākaraṇato rakkhanti; 
;;;The disciples of such a teacher cover up their teacher’s answers, 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, moggallāna, idhekacco satthā aparisuddhañāṇadassano samāno ‘parisuddhañāṇadassanomhī’ti paṭijānāti ‘parisuddhaṁ me ñāṇadassanaṁ pariyodātaṁ asaṅkiliṭṭhan’ti. 
;;;Furthermore, some teacher with impure knowledge and vision claims: ‘I am pure in knowledge and vision. My knowledge and vision are pure, bright, uncorrupted.’ 
;;;Evarūpaṁ kho, moggallāna, satthāraṁ sāvakā ñāṇadassanato rakkhanti; 
;;;The disciples of such a teacher cover up their teacher’s knowledge and vision, 
;;;Ime kho, moggallāna, pañca satthāro santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ. 
;;;These are the five teachers found in the world. 
;;;Ahaṁ kho pana, moggallāna, parisuddhasīlo samāno ‘parisuddhasīlomhī’ti paṭijānāmi ‘parisuddhaṁ me sīlaṁ pariyodātaṁ asaṅkiliṭṭhan’ti. 
;;;But Moggallāna, I have pure ethical conduct, and I claim: ‘I am pure in ethical conduct. My ethical conduct is pure, bright, uncorrupted.’ 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Pañcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu ussaṅkitaparisaṅkito hoti pāpabhikkhūti api akuppadhammopi. ;;;“Mendicants, even if a monk is of impeccable character, he might be suspected and distrusted as a ‘bad monk’ for five reasons. 
;;;

>En 

“Pañcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu ussaṅkitaparisaṅkito hoti pāpabhikkhūti api akuppadhammopi. ;;;“Mendicants, even if a monk is of impeccable character, he might be suspected and distrusted as a ‘bad monk’ for five reasons. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Idha, bhikkhave, mahācoro ekakova gahaṇāni kattā hoti. ;;;It’s when a master thief carries out robbery all alone. 
;;;

>En 

Idha, bhikkhave, mahācoro ekakova gahaṇāni kattā hoti. ;;;It’s when a master thief carries out robbery all alone. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

catunnaṁ kho panasmi jhānānaṁ ābhicetasikānaṁ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṁ nikāmalābhī akicchalābhī akasiralābhī, ;;;I get the four absorptions when I want, without trouble or difficulty. 
;;;

>En 

catunnaṁ kho panasmi jhānānaṁ ābhicetasikānaṁ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṁ nikāmalābhī akicchalābhī akasiralābhī, ;;;I get the four absorptions when I want, without trouble or difficulty. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Kittāvatā nu kho, bhante, bhikkhu saṅghe viharanto phāsuṁ vihareyyā”ti? ;;;“Sir, how could a mendicant live comfortably while staying in a monastic community?” 
;;;“Siyā, ānanda. 
;;;“There could, Ānanda. 
;;;

>En 

“Kittāvatā nu kho, bhante, bhikkhu saṅghe viharanto phāsuṁ vihareyyā”ti? ;;;“Sir, how could a mendicant live comfortably while staying in a monastic community?” 
;;;“Siyā, ānanda. 
;;;“There could, Ānanda. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Asanthavavissāsī ca hoti, anissaravikappī ca, vissaṭṭhupasevī ca, upakaṇṇakajappī ca, atiyācanako ca. ;;;They act as though they're close to people they hardly know. They give away things they don’t own. They over-associate with close friends. They whisper in the ear. And they ask for too much. 
;;;

>En 

Asanthavavissāsī ca hoti, anissaravikappī ca, vissaṭṭhupasevī ca, upakaṇṇakajappī ca, atiyācanako ca. ;;;They act as though they're close to people they hardly know. They give away things they don’t own. They over-associate with close friends. They whisper in the ear. And they ask for too much. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

saddhādeyyaṁ vinipāteti. ;;;and wastes gifts given in faith. 
;;;

>En 

saddhādeyyaṁ vinipāteti. ;;;and wastes gifts given in faith. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

micchāsatinī ca, ;;;wrong mindfulness, 
;;;

>En 

micchāsatinī ca, ;;;wrong mindfulness, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena gilānasālā tenupasaṅkami. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the infirmary, where 
;;;“Yaṁ kiñci, bhikkhave, bhikkhuṁ dubbalaṁ gilānakaṁ pañca dhammā na vijahanti, tassetaṁ pāṭikaṅkhaṁ: 
;;;“Mendicants, if a weak and sick mendicant does not neglect five things, it can be expected that 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena gilānasālā tenupasaṅkami. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the infirmary, where 
;;;“Yaṁ kiñci, bhikkhave, bhikkhuṁ dubbalaṁ gilānakaṁ pañca dhammā na vijahanti, tassetaṁ pāṭikaṅkhaṁ: 
;;;“Mendicants, if a weak and sick mendicant does not neglect five things, it can be expected that 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Pañcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato gilāno dūpaṭṭhāko hoti. ;;;“Mendicants, a patient with five qualities is hard to care for. 
;;;

>En 

“Pañcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato gilāno dūpaṭṭhāko hoti. ;;;“Mendicants, a patient with five qualities is hard to care for. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

nappaṭibalo hoti gilānaṁ kālena kālaṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetuṁ samādapetuṁ samuttejetuṁ sampahaṁsetuṁ. ;;;They’re unable to educate, encourage, fire up, and inspire the patient with a Dhamma talk from time to time. 
;;;

>En 

nappaṭibalo hoti gilānaṁ kālena kālaṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetuṁ samādapetuṁ samuttejetuṁ sampahaṁsetuṁ. ;;;They’re unable to educate, encourage, fire up, and inspire the patient with a Dhamma talk from time to time. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Mātā jīvitā voropitā hoti, pitā jīvitā voropito hoti, arahaṁ jīvitā voropito hoti, tathāgatassa duṭṭhena cittena lohitaṁ uppāditaṁ hoti, saṅgho bhinno hoti. ;;;Murdering your mother or father or a perfected one; maliciously shedding the blood of a Realized One; and causing a schism in the Saṅgha. 
;;;

>En 

Mātā jīvitā voropitā hoti, pitā jīvitā voropito hoti, arahaṁ jīvitā voropito hoti, tathāgatassa duṭṭhena cittena lohitaṁ uppāditaṁ hoti, saṅgho bhinno hoti. ;;;Murdering your mother or father or a perfected one; maliciously shedding the blood of a Realized One; and causing a schism in the Saṅgha. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato rājā cakkavattī dhammeneva cakkaṁ vatteti; ;;;“Mendicants, possessing five factors a wheel-turning monarch wields power only in a principled manner. 
;;;

>En 

“Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato rājā cakkavattī dhammeneva cakkaṁ vatteti; ;;;“Mendicants, possessing five factors a wheel-turning monarch wields power only in a principled manner. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Yopi so, bhikkhave, rājā cakkavattī dhammiko dhammarājā, sopi na arājakaṁ cakkaṁ vattetī”ti. ;;;“Mendicants, even a wheel-turning monarch, a just and principled king, does not wield power without having their own king.” 
;;;

>En 

“Yopi so, bhikkhave, rājā cakkavattī dhammiko dhammarājā, sopi na arājakaṁ cakkaṁ vattetī”ti. ;;;“Mendicants, even a wheel-turning monarch, a just and principled king, does not wield power without having their own king.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato rañño khattiyassa muddhāvasittassa jeṭṭho putto oparajjaṁ pattheti. ;;;“Mendicants, an anointed aristocratic king’s eldest son with five factors aspires to become a viceroy. 
;;;catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu suppatiṭṭhitacitto hoti; 
;;;Their mind is firmly established in the four kinds of mindfulness meditation. 
;;;

>En 

“Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato rañño khattiyassa muddhāvasittassa jeṭṭho putto oparajjaṁ pattheti. ;;;“Mendicants, an anointed aristocratic king’s eldest son with five factors aspires to become a viceroy. 
;;;catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu suppatiṭṭhitacitto hoti; 
;;;Their mind is firmly established in the four kinds of mindfulness meditation. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu bhattādako ca hoti, okāsapharaṇo ca mañcapīṭhamaddano ca salākaggāhī ca, bhikkhutveva saṅkhaṁ gacchati. ;;;In the same way, a mendicant with five qualities eats food, takes up space, tramples beds and chairs, and takes a ticket, yet is still considered to be a mendicant. 
;;;

>En 

Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu bhattādako ca hoti, okāsapharaṇo ca mañcapīṭhamaddano ca salākaggāhī ca, bhikkhutveva saṅkhaṁ gacchati. ;;;In the same way, a mendicant with five qualities eats food, takes up space, tramples beds and chairs, and takes a ticket, yet is still considered to be a mendicant. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Idha, bhikkhave, rañño nāgo saṅgāmagato ekissā vā tiṇodakadattiyā vimānito dvīhi vā tīhi vā catūhi vā pañcahi vā tiṇodakadattīhi vimānito saṁsīdati visīdati, na santhambhati na sakkoti saṅgāmaṁ otarituṁ. ;;;It’s when a royal bull elephant gone to battle falters and founders when it misses a meal of grass and water, or it misses two, three, four, or five meals. It doesn’t stay firm, and fails to plunge into battle. 
;;;

>En 

Idha, bhikkhave, rañño nāgo saṅgāmagato ekissā vā tiṇodakadattiyā vimānito dvīhi vā tīhi vā catūhi vā pañcahi vā tiṇodakadattīhi vimānito saṁsīdati visīdati, na santhambhati na sakkoti saṅgāmaṁ otarituṁ. ;;;It’s when a royal bull elephant gone to battle falters and founders when it misses a meal of grass and water, or it misses two, three, four, or five meals. It doesn’t stay firm, and fails to plunge into battle. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

taṁ aṭṭhiṁ katvā manasi katvā sabbaṁ cetasā samannāharitvā ohitasoto suṇāti. ;;; 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu khamo hoti sītassa uṇhassa jighacchāya pipāsāya ḍaṁsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassānaṁ; duruttānaṁ durāgatānaṁ vacanapathānaṁ uppannānaṁ sārīrikānaṁ vedanānaṁ dukkhānaṁ tibbānaṁ kharānaṁ kaṭukānaṁ asātānaṁ amanāpānaṁ pāṇaharānaṁ adhivāsakajātiko hoti. 
;;;It’s when a mendicant endures cold, heat, hunger, and thirst; the touch of flies, mosquitoes, wind, sun, and reptiles; rude and unwelcome criticism; and puts up with physical pain—sharp, severe, acute, unpleasant, disagreeable, and life-threatening. 
;;;

>En 

taṁ aṭṭhiṁ katvā manasi katvā sabbaṁ cetasā samannāharitvā ohitasoto suṇāti. ;;; 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu khamo hoti sītassa uṇhassa jighacchāya pipāsāya ḍaṁsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassānaṁ; duruttānaṁ durāgatānaṁ vacanapathānaṁ uppannānaṁ sārīrikānaṁ vedanānaṁ dukkhānaṁ tibbānaṁ kharānaṁ kaṭukānaṁ asātānaṁ amanāpānaṁ pāṇaharānaṁ adhivāsakajātiko hoti. 
;;;It’s when a mendicant endures cold, heat, hunger, and thirst; the touch of flies, mosquitoes, wind, sun, and reptiles; rude and unwelcome criticism; and puts up with physical pain—sharp, severe, acute, unpleasant, disagreeable, and life-threatening. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Datvā avajānāti, saṁvāsena avajānāti, ādheyyamukho hoti, lolo hoti, mando momūho hoti. ;;;One gives then scorns, one lives together then scorns, one is gullible for gossip, one is impulsive, and one is dull and stupid. 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo parassa vaṇṇe vā avaṇṇe vā bhāsiyamāne taṁ khippaññeva adhimuccitā hoti. 
;;;It’s when they’re very quick to believe what a certain person says in praise or criticism of another. 
;;;

>En 

Datvā avajānāti, saṁvāsena avajānāti, ādheyyamukho hoti, lolo hoti, mando momūho hoti. ;;;One gives then scorns, one lives together then scorns, one is gullible for gossip, one is impulsive, and one is dull and stupid. 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo parassa vaṇṇe vā avaṇṇe vā bhāsiyamāne taṁ khippaññeva adhimuccitā hoti. 
;;;It’s when they’re very quick to believe what a certain person says in praise or criticism of another. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

‘āyasmato kho ārambhajā āsavā saṁvijjanti, vippaṭisārajā āsavā pavaḍḍhanti, sādhu vatāyasmā ārambhaje āsave pahāya vippaṭisāraje āsave paṭivinodetvā cittaṁ paññañca bhāvetu; ;;;‘Venerable, the defilements born of transgression are found in you, and the defilements born of regret grow. You would do well to give up the defilements born of transgression and get rid of the defilements born of regret, and then develop the mind and wisdom. 
;;;

>En 

‘āyasmato kho ārambhajā āsavā saṁvijjanti, vippaṭisārajā āsavā pavaḍḍhanti, sādhu vatāyasmā ārambhaje āsave pahāya vippaṭisāraje āsave paṭivinodetvā cittaṁ paññañca bhāvetu; ;;;‘Venerable, the defilements born of transgression are found in you, and the defilements born of regret grow. You would do well to give up the defilements born of transgression and get rid of the defilements born of regret, and then develop the mind and wisdom. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho te licchavī magge purisaṁ ṭhapesuṁ: ;;;Then those Licchavis sent a man out on to the road, saying, 
;;;“Kāmādhimuttānaṁ vata bho licchavīnaṁ kāmaṁyeva ārabbha antarākathā udapādi. 
;;;“You Licchavis are so fixated on sensual pleasures, that’s the only discussion that came up! 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho te licchavī magge purisaṁ ṭhapesuṁ: ;;;Then those Licchavis sent a man out on to the road, saying, 
;;;“Kāmādhimuttānaṁ vata bho licchavīnaṁ kāmaṁyeva ārabbha antarākathā udapādi. 
;;;“You Licchavis are so fixated on sensual pleasures, that’s the only discussion that came up! 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Sādhu, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kālena kālaṁ appaṭikūle paṭikūlasaññī vihareyya. ;;;“Mendicants, a mendicant would do well to meditate from time to time perceiving the following: the repulsive in the unrepulsive, 
;;;‘Sato sampajāno mā me kvacani katthaci kiñcanaṁ rajanīyesu dhammesu rāgo udapādi, mā me kvacani katthaci kiñcanaṁ dosanīyesu dhammesu doso udapādi, mā me kvacani katthaci kiñcanaṁ mohanīyesu dhammesu moho udapādī’ti— 
;;;‘May no greed for things that arouse greed, hate for things that provoke hate, or delusion for things that promote delusion arise in me in any way at all.’ 
;;;

>En 

“Sādhu, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kālena kālaṁ appaṭikūle paṭikūlasaññī vihareyya. ;;;“Mendicants, a mendicant would do well to meditate from time to time perceiving the following: the repulsive in the unrepulsive, 
;;;‘Sato sampajāno mā me kvacani katthaci kiñcanaṁ rajanīyesu dhammesu rāgo udapādi, mā me kvacani katthaci kiñcanaṁ dosanīyesu dhammesu doso udapādi, mā me kvacani katthaci kiñcanaṁ mohanīyesu dhammesu moho udapādī’ti— 
;;;‘May no greed for things that arouse greed, hate for things that provoke hate, or delusion for things that promote delusion arise in me in any way at all.’ 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Kammantaṁ kāreti, adhikaraṇaṁ ādiyati, pāmokkhesu bhikkhūsu paṭiviruddho hoti, dīghacārikaṁ anavatthacārikaṁ anuyutto viharati, nappaṭibalo hoti kālena kālaṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetuṁ samādapetuṁ samuttejetuṁ sampahaṁsetuṁ. ;;;They start up work projects. They take up disciplinary issues. They conflict with leading mendicants. They like long and aimless wandering. They’re unable to educate, encourage, fire up, and inspire you from time to time with a Dhamma talk. 
;;;

>En 

Kammantaṁ kāreti, adhikaraṇaṁ ādiyati, pāmokkhesu bhikkhūsu paṭiviruddho hoti, dīghacārikaṁ anavatthacārikaṁ anuyutto viharati, nappaṭibalo hoti kālena kālaṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetuṁ samādapetuṁ samuttejetuṁ sampahaṁsetuṁ. ;;;They start up work projects. They take up disciplinary issues. They conflict with leading mendicants. They like long and aimless wandering. They’re unable to educate, encourage, fire up, and inspire you from time to time with a Dhamma talk. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Asakkaccaṁ deti, acittīkatvā deti, asahatthā deti, apaviddhaṁ deti, anāgamanadiṭṭhiko deti. ;;;They give carelessly. They give thoughtlessly. They don’t give with their own hand. They give the dregs. They give without consideration for consequences. 
;;;

>En 

Asakkaccaṁ deti, acittīkatvā deti, asahatthā deti, apaviddhaṁ deti, anāgamanadiṭṭhiko deti. ;;;They give carelessly. They give thoughtlessly. They don’t give with their own hand. They give the dregs. They give without consideration for consequences. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Kathaṁ paribhoti, kathikaṁ paribhoti, attānaṁ paribhoti, vikkhittacitto dhammaṁ suṇāti, anekaggacitto ayoniso ca manasi karoti. ;;;They disparage the talk, the speaker, or themselves. They listen with scattered and disunified mind. They apply the mind irrationally. 
;;;

>En 

Kathaṁ paribhoti, kathikaṁ paribhoti, attānaṁ paribhoti, vikkhittacitto dhammaṁ suṇāti, anekaggacitto ayoniso ca manasi karoti. ;;;They disparage the talk, the speaker, or themselves. They listen with scattered and disunified mind. They apply the mind irrationally. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Makkhī dhammaṁ suṇāti makkhapariyuṭṭhito, upārambhacitto dhammaṁ suṇāti randhagavesī, dhammadesake āhatacitto hoti khīlajāto, duppañño hoti jaḷo eḷamūgo, anaññāte aññātamānī hoti. ;;;They listen to the teaching bent only on putting it down. They listen to the teaching with a hostile, fault-finding mind. They’re antagonistic to the teacher, planning to attack them. They’re witless, dull, and stupid. And they think they know what they don’t know. 
;;;

>En 

Makkhī dhammaṁ suṇāti makkhapariyuṭṭhito, upārambhacitto dhammaṁ suṇāti randhagavesī, dhammadesake āhatacitto hoti khīlajāto, duppañño hoti jaḷo eḷamūgo, anaññāte aññātamānī hoti. ;;;They listen to the teaching bent only on putting it down. They listen to the teaching with a hostile, fault-finding mind. They’re antagonistic to the teacher, planning to attack them. They’re witless, dull, and stupid. And they think they know what they don’t know. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na sakkaccaṁ dhammaṁ suṇanti, na sakkaccaṁ dhammaṁ pariyāpuṇanti, na sakkaccaṁ dhammaṁ dhārenti, na sakkaccaṁ dhātānaṁ dhammānaṁ atthaṁ upaparikkhanti, na sakkaccaṁ atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya dhammānudhammaṁ paṭipajjanti. ;;;It’s when mendicants don’t carefully listen to the teachings, memorize them, and remember them. They don’t carefully examine the meaning of teachings that they remember. And they don’t carefully practice in line with the meaning and the teaching they’ve understood. 
;;;

>En 

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na sakkaccaṁ dhammaṁ suṇanti, na sakkaccaṁ dhammaṁ pariyāpuṇanti, na sakkaccaṁ dhammaṁ dhārenti, na sakkaccaṁ dhātānaṁ dhammānaṁ atthaṁ upaparikkhanti, na sakkaccaṁ atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya dhammānudhammaṁ paṭipajjanti. ;;;It’s when mendicants don’t carefully listen to the teachings, memorize them, and remember them. They don’t carefully examine the meaning of teachings that they remember. And they don’t carefully practice in line with the meaning and the teaching they’ve understood. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ. ;;;statements, mixed prose & verse, discussions, verses, inspired exclamations, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and elaborations. 
;;;suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ. 
;;;statements, mixed prose & verse, discussions, verses, inspired exclamations, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and elaborations. 
;;;

>En 

suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ. ;;;statements, mixed prose & verse, discussions, verses, inspired exclamations, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and elaborations. 
;;;suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ. 
;;;statements, mixed prose & verse, discussions, verses, inspired exclamations, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and elaborations. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Saṅghe kho pana, bhikkhave, bhinne aññamaññaṁ akkosā ca honti, aññamaññaṁ paribhāsā ca honti, aññamaññaṁ parikkhepā ca honti, aññamaññaṁ pariccajanā ca honti. ;;;When the Saṅgha is split, they abuse, insult, block, and reject each other. 
;;;

>En 

Saṅghe kho pana, bhikkhave, bhinne aññamaññaṁ akkosā ca honti, aññamaññaṁ paribhāsā ca honti, aññamaññaṁ parikkhepā ca honti, aññamaññaṁ pariccajanā ca honti. ;;;When the Saṅgha is split, they abuse, insult, block, and reject each other. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

‘Anupubbiṁ kathaṁ kathessāmī’ti paresaṁ dhammo desetabbo; ;;;You should teach Dhamma to others thinking: ‘I will teach step by step.’ … 
;;;

>En 

‘Anupubbiṁ kathaṁ kathessāmī’ti paresaṁ dhammo desetabbo; ;;;You should teach Dhamma to others thinking: ‘I will teach step by step.’ … 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Seyyathāpi, āvuso, bhikkhu paṁsukūliko rathiyāya nantakaṁ disvā vāmena pādena niggaṇhitvā dakkhiṇena pādena pattharitvā, yo tattha sāro taṁ paripātetvā ādāya pakkameyya; ;;;Suppose a mendicant wearing rag robes sees a rag by the side of the road. They’d hold it down with the left foot, spread it out with the right foot, tear out what was intact, and take it away with them. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, āvuso, parittaṁ gopade udakaṁ. 
;;;Suppose there was a little water in a cow’s hoofprint. 
;;;Yañca kho so labhati kālena kālaṁ cetaso vivaraṁ cetaso pasādaṁ, tamevassa tasmiṁ samaye manasi kātabbaṁ. 
;;;and focus on the fact that they get an openness and clarity of heart from time to time. 
;;;Māyaṁ āyasmā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapajjī’ti. 
;;;So that, when their body breaks up, after death, they’re not reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell.’ 
;;;Seyyathāpi, āvuso, pokkharaṇī acchodakā sātodakā sītodakā setakā supatitthā ramaṇīyā nānārukkhehi sañchannā. 
;;;Suppose there was a lotus pond with clear, sweet, cool water, clean, with smooth banks, delightful, and shaded by many trees. 
;;;

>En 

Seyyathāpi, āvuso, bhikkhu paṁsukūliko rathiyāya nantakaṁ disvā vāmena pādena niggaṇhitvā dakkhiṇena pādena pattharitvā, yo tattha sāro taṁ paripātetvā ādāya pakkameyya; ;;;Suppose a mendicant wearing rag robes sees a rag by the side of the road. They’d hold it down with the left foot, spread it out with the right foot, tear out what was intact, and take it away with them. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, āvuso, parittaṁ gopade udakaṁ. 
;;;Suppose there was a little water in a cow’s hoofprint. 
;;;Yañca kho so labhati kālena kālaṁ cetaso vivaraṁ cetaso pasādaṁ, tamevassa tasmiṁ samaye manasi kātabbaṁ. 
;;;and focus on the fact that they get an openness and clarity of heart from time to time. 
;;;Māyaṁ āyasmā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapajjī’ti. 
;;;So that, when their body breaks up, after death, they’re not reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell.’ 
;;;Seyyathāpi, āvuso, pokkharaṇī acchodakā sātodakā sītodakā setakā supatitthā ramaṇīyā nānārukkhehi sañchannā. 
;;;Suppose there was a lotus pond with clear, sweet, cool water, clean, with smooth banks, delightful, and shaded by many trees. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

‘sace me pañhaṁ puṭṭho sammadeva byākarissati iccetaṁ kusalaṁ, no ce me pañhaṁ puṭṭho sammadeva byākarissati ahamassa sammadeva byākarissāmī’ti. ;;;‘If they correctly answer the question I ask it’s good. If not, I’ll correctly answer it for them.’ 
;;;

>En 

‘sace me pañhaṁ puṭṭho sammadeva byākarissati iccetaṁ kusalaṁ, no ce me pañhaṁ puṭṭho sammadeva byākarissati ahamassa sammadeva byākarissāmī’ti. ;;;‘If they correctly answer the question I ask it’s good. If not, I’ll correctly answer it for them.’ 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“idhāvuso, bhikkhu sīlasampanno samādhisampanno paññāsampanno saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ samāpajjeyyāpi vuṭṭhaheyyāpi— ;;;“Reverends, take a mendicant who is accomplished in ethics, immersion, and wisdom. They might enter into and emerge from the cessation of perception and feeling. 
;;;“yāvatatiyakampi kho me āyasmā udāyī paṭikkosati, na ca me koci bhikkhu anumodati. 
;;;“Venerable Udāyī disagrees with me three times, and not one mendicant agrees with me. 
;;;Na hi nāma, ānanda, kāruññampi bhavissati theramhi bhikkhumhi vihesiyamānamhī”ti. 
;;;Don’t you have any compassion for a senior mendicant who is being harassed?” 
;;;Anacchariyaṁ kho, panetaṁ āvuso upavāṇa, yaṁ bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito etadeva ārabbha udāhareyya yathā āyasmantaṁyevettha upavāṇaṁ paṭibhāseyya. 
;;;I wouldn’t be surprised if the Buddha brings this up when he comes out of retreat later this afternoon. He might even call upon Venerable Upavāna himself. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena upaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ upavāṇaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the assembly hall, where he sat on the seat spread out, and said to Upavāna, 
;;;kalyāṇavāco hoti kalyāṇavākkaraṇo poriyā vācāya samannāgato vissaṭṭhāya anelagalāya atthassa viññāpaniyā; 
;;;They’re a good speaker, with a polished, clear, and articulate voice that expresses the meaning. 
;;;

>En 

“idhāvuso, bhikkhu sīlasampanno samādhisampanno paññāsampanno saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ samāpajjeyyāpi vuṭṭhaheyyāpi— ;;;“Reverends, take a mendicant who is accomplished in ethics, immersion, and wisdom. They might enter into and emerge from the cessation of perception and feeling. 
;;;“yāvatatiyakampi kho me āyasmā udāyī paṭikkosati, na ca me koci bhikkhu anumodati. 
;;;“Venerable Udāyī disagrees with me three times, and not one mendicant agrees with me. 
;;;Na hi nāma, ānanda, kāruññampi bhavissati theramhi bhikkhumhi vihesiyamānamhī”ti. 
;;;Don’t you have any compassion for a senior mendicant who is being harassed?” 
;;;Anacchariyaṁ kho, panetaṁ āvuso upavāṇa, yaṁ bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito etadeva ārabbha udāhareyya yathā āyasmantaṁyevettha upavāṇaṁ paṭibhāseyya. 
;;;I wouldn’t be surprised if the Buddha brings this up when he comes out of retreat later this afternoon. He might even call upon Venerable Upavāna himself. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena upaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ upavāṇaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the assembly hall, where he sat on the seat spread out, and said to Upavāna, 
;;;kalyāṇavāco hoti kalyāṇavākkaraṇo poriyā vācāya samannāgato vissaṭṭhāya anelagalāya atthassa viññāpaniyā; 
;;;They’re a good speaker, with a polished, clear, and articulate voice that expresses the meaning. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Adhammacuditassa, āvuso, bhikkhuno pañcahākārehi avippaṭisāro upadahātabbo: ;;;The mendicant who is accused improperly should be reassured in five ways. 
;;;‘akālena te, āvuso, codito no kālena, alaṁ te vippaṭisārāya; 
;;;‘Reverend, you made an accusation at the wrong time, not at the right time. There’s a reason for you to feel remorse. 
;;;Mañcepi, āvuso, pare codeyyuṁ kālena vā akālena vā bhūtena vā abhūtena vā saṇhena vā pharusena vā atthasaṁhitena vā anatthasaṁhitena vā mettacittā vā dosantarā vā, ahampi dvīsuyeva dhammesu patiṭṭhaheyyaṁ— 
;;;Even if others accuse me—at the right time or the wrong time, truthfully or falsely, gently or harshly, beneficially or harmfully, lovingly or with secret hate—I will still ground myself in two things: 
;;;“Ye te, bhante, puggalā assaddhā jīvikatthā na saddhā agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajitā saṭhā māyāvino ketabino uddhatā unnaḷā capalā mukharā vikiṇṇavācā indriyesu aguttadvārā bhojane amattaññuno jāgariyaṁ ananuyuttā sāmaññe anapekkhavanto sikkhāya na tibbagāravā bāhulikā sāthalikā okkamane pubbaṅgamā paviveke nikkhittadhurā kusītā hīnavīriyā muṭṭhassatino asampajānā asamāhitā vibbhantacittā duppaññā eḷamūgā, te mayā evaṁ vuccamānā na padakkhiṇaṁ gaṇhanti. 
;;;“Sir, there are those faithless people who went forth from the lay life to homelessness not out of faith but to earn a livelihood. They’re devious, deceitful, and sneaky. They’re restless, insolent, fickle, scurrilous, and loose-tongued. They do not guard their sense doors or eat in moderation, and they are not dedicated to wakefulness. They don’t care about the ascetic life, and don’t keenly respect the training. They’re indulgent and slack, leaders in backsliding, neglecting seclusion, lazy, and lacking energy. They’re unmindful, lacking situational awareness and immersion, with straying minds, witless and stupid. When I speak to them like this, they don’t respectfully take it up. 
;;;

>En 

Adhammacuditassa, āvuso, bhikkhuno pañcahākārehi avippaṭisāro upadahātabbo: ;;;The mendicant who is accused improperly should be reassured in five ways. 
;;;‘akālena te, āvuso, codito no kālena, alaṁ te vippaṭisārāya; 
;;;‘Reverend, you made an accusation at the wrong time, not at the right time. There’s a reason for you to feel remorse. 
;;;Mañcepi, āvuso, pare codeyyuṁ kālena vā akālena vā bhūtena vā abhūtena vā saṇhena vā pharusena vā atthasaṁhitena vā anatthasaṁhitena vā mettacittā vā dosantarā vā, ahampi dvīsuyeva dhammesu patiṭṭhaheyyaṁ— 
;;;Even if others accuse me—at the right time or the wrong time, truthfully or falsely, gently or harshly, beneficially or harmfully, lovingly or with secret hate—I will still ground myself in two things: 
;;;“Ye te, bhante, puggalā assaddhā jīvikatthā na saddhā agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajitā saṭhā māyāvino ketabino uddhatā unnaḷā capalā mukharā vikiṇṇavācā indriyesu aguttadvārā bhojane amattaññuno jāgariyaṁ ananuyuttā sāmaññe anapekkhavanto sikkhāya na tibbagāravā bāhulikā sāthalikā okkamane pubbaṅgamā paviveke nikkhittadhurā kusītā hīnavīriyā muṭṭhassatino asampajānā asamāhitā vibbhantacittā duppaññā eḷamūgā, te mayā evaṁ vuccamānā na padakkhiṇaṁ gaṇhanti. 
;;;“Sir, there are those faithless people who went forth from the lay life to homelessness not out of faith but to earn a livelihood. They’re devious, deceitful, and sneaky. They’re restless, insolent, fickle, scurrilous, and loose-tongued. They do not guard their sense doors or eat in moderation, and they are not dedicated to wakefulness. They don’t care about the ascetic life, and don’t keenly respect the training. They’re indulgent and slack, leaders in backsliding, neglecting seclusion, lazy, and lacking energy. They’re unmindful, lacking situational awareness and immersion, with straying minds, witless and stupid. When I speak to them like this, they don’t respectfully take it up. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca: ;;;When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to him: 
;;;

>En 

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca: ;;;When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to him: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Pañcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato upāsako upāsakacaṇḍālo ca hoti upāsakamalañca upāsakapatikuṭṭho ca. ;;;“Mendicants, a lay follower with five qualities is a corpse-worker, a stain, and a reject among lay followers. 
;;;

>En 

“Pañcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato upāsako upāsakacaṇḍālo ca hoti upāsakamalañca upāsakapatikuṭṭho ca. ;;;“Mendicants, a lay follower with five qualities is a corpse-worker, a stain, and a reject among lay followers. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Yasmiṁ, bhante, samaye ariyasāvako pavivekaṁ pītiṁ upasampajja viharati, imānissa pañca ṭhānāni tasmiṁ samaye na hontī”ti. ;;;At a time when a noble disciple enters and dwells in the rapture of seclusion, these five things aren’t present in him.” 
;;;Yasmiṁ, sāriputta, samaye ariyasāvako pavivekaṁ pītiṁ upasampajja viharati, imānissa pañca ṭhānāni tasmiṁ samaye na hontī”ti. 
;;;At a time when a noble disciple enters and dwells in the rapture of seclusion, these five things aren’t present in him.” 
;;;

>En 

Yasmiṁ, bhante, samaye ariyasāvako pavivekaṁ pītiṁ upasampajja viharati, imānissa pañca ṭhānāni tasmiṁ samaye na hontī”ti. ;;;At a time when a noble disciple enters and dwells in the rapture of seclusion, these five things aren’t present in him.” 
;;;Yasmiṁ, sāriputta, samaye ariyasāvako pavivekaṁ pītiṁ upasampajja viharati, imānissa pañca ṭhānāni tasmiṁ samaye na hontī”ti. 
;;;At a time when a noble disciple enters and dwells in the rapture of seclusion, these five things aren’t present in him.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

‘ayaṁ puriso pāṇātipātaṁ pahāya pāṇātipātā paṭiviratoti. ;;;of a person who has given up killing living creatures, 
;;;Api ca khvassa tatheva pāpakammaṁ pavedenti: 
;;;Rather, the kings are informed of someone’s bad deed: 
;;;‘ayaṁ puriso itthiṁ vā purisaṁ vā jīvitā voropesīti. 
;;;‘This person has murdered a man or a woman.’ 
;;;‘ayaṁ puriso gāmā vā araññā vā adinnaṁ theyyasaṅkhātaṁ ādiyīti. 
;;;‘This person took something from a village or wilderness, with the intention to commit theft.’ 
;;;‘ayaṁ puriso paritthīsu parakumārīsu cārittaṁ āpajjīti. 
;;;‘This person had sexual relations with women or maidens under someone else’s protection.’ 
;;;‘ayaṁ puriso gahapatissa vā gahapatiputtassa vā musāvādena atthaṁ pabhañjīti. 
;;;‘This person has ruined a householder or householder’s child by lying.’ 
;;;‘ayaṁ puriso surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānaṁ anuyutto itthiṁ vā purisaṁ vā jīvitā voropesi; 
;;;‘While under the influence of alcoholic drinks that cause negligence, this person murdered a woman or a man. 
;;;ayaṁ puriso surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānaṁ anuyutto gāmā vā araññā vā adinnaṁ theyyasaṅkhātaṁ ādiyi; 
;;;Or they stole something from a village or wilderness. 
;;;ayaṁ puriso surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānaṁ anuyutto paritthīsu parakumārīsu cārittaṁ āpajji; 
;;;Or they had sexual relations with women or maidens under someone else’s protection. 
;;;

>En 

‘ayaṁ puriso pāṇātipātaṁ pahāya pāṇātipātā paṭiviratoti. ;;;of a person who has given up killing living creatures, 
;;;Api ca khvassa tatheva pāpakammaṁ pavedenti: 
;;;Rather, the kings are informed of someone’s bad deed: 
;;;‘ayaṁ puriso itthiṁ vā purisaṁ vā jīvitā voropesīti. 
;;;‘This person has murdered a man or a woman.’ 
;;;‘ayaṁ puriso gāmā vā araññā vā adinnaṁ theyyasaṅkhātaṁ ādiyīti. 
;;;‘This person took something from a village or wilderness, with the intention to commit theft.’ 
;;;‘ayaṁ puriso paritthīsu parakumārīsu cārittaṁ āpajjīti. 
;;;‘This person had sexual relations with women or maidens under someone else’s protection.’ 
;;;‘ayaṁ puriso gahapatissa vā gahapatiputtassa vā musāvādena atthaṁ pabhañjīti. 
;;;‘This person has ruined a householder or householder’s child by lying.’ 
;;;‘ayaṁ puriso surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānaṁ anuyutto itthiṁ vā purisaṁ vā jīvitā voropesi; 
;;;‘While under the influence of alcoholic drinks that cause negligence, this person murdered a woman or a man. 
;;;ayaṁ puriso surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānaṁ anuyutto gāmā vā araññā vā adinnaṁ theyyasaṅkhātaṁ ādiyi; 
;;;Or they stole something from a village or wilderness. 
;;;ayaṁ puriso surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānaṁ anuyutto paritthīsu parakumārīsu cārittaṁ āpajji; 
;;;Or they had sexual relations with women or maidens under someone else’s protection. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“yaṁ kañci, sāriputta, jāneyyātha gihiṁ odātavasanaṁ pañcasu sikkhāpadesu saṁvutakammantaṁ catunnaṁ ābhicetasikānaṁ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṁ nikāmalābhiṁ akicchalābhiṁ akasiralābhiṁ, so ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṁ byākareyya: ;;;“You should know this, Sāriputta, about those white-clothed laypeople whose actions are restrained in the five precepts, and who get four blissful meditations in the present life belonging to the higher mind when they want, without trouble or difficulty. They may, if they wish, declare of themselves: 
;;;paradārañca ārame; 
;;;you should stay away from the partners of others. 
;;;Abyāpajjaṁ hitaṁ cittaṁ, 
;;;You should develop a harmless mind of welfare, 
;;;puññatthassa jigīsato; 
;;;to someone who seeks and needs merit, 
;;;

>En 

“yaṁ kañci, sāriputta, jāneyyātha gihiṁ odātavasanaṁ pañcasu sikkhāpadesu saṁvutakammantaṁ catunnaṁ ābhicetasikānaṁ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṁ nikāmalābhiṁ akicchalābhiṁ akasiralābhiṁ, so ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṁ byākareyya: ;;;“You should know this, Sāriputta, about those white-clothed laypeople whose actions are restrained in the five precepts, and who get four blissful meditations in the present life belonging to the higher mind when they want, without trouble or difficulty. They may, if they wish, declare of themselves: 
;;;paradārañca ārame; 
;;;you should stay away from the partners of others. 
;;;Abyāpajjaṁ hitaṁ cittaṁ, 
;;;You should develop a harmless mind of welfare, 
;;;puññatthassa jigīsato; 
;;;to someone who seeks and needs merit, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho, ānanda, tāni pañca bhikkhusatāni vūpakaṭṭhā appamattā ātāpino pahitattā viharantā nacirasseva—yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajanti, tadanuttaraṁ— ;;;Then those five hundred mendicants, living alone, withdrawn, diligent, keen, and resolute, soon realized the supreme culmination of the spiritual path in this very life. They lived having achieved with their own insight the goal for which gentlemen rightly go forth from the lay life to homelessness. 
;;;Iti kho, ānanda, tāni pañca bhikkhusatāni gavesīpamukhāni uttaruttari paṇītapaṇītaṁ vāyamamānā anuttaraṁ vimuttiṁ sacchākaṁsu. 
;;;And so, Ānanda, those five hundred mendicants headed by Gavesī, trying to go higher and higher, better and better, realized the supreme bliss of freedom. 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho, ānanda, tāni pañca bhikkhusatāni vūpakaṭṭhā appamattā ātāpino pahitattā viharantā nacirasseva—yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajanti, tadanuttaraṁ— ;;;Then those five hundred mendicants, living alone, withdrawn, diligent, keen, and resolute, soon realized the supreme culmination of the spiritual path in this very life. They lived having achieved with their own insight the goal for which gentlemen rightly go forth from the lay life to homelessness. 
;;;Iti kho, ānanda, tāni pañca bhikkhusatāni gavesīpamukhāni uttaruttari paṇītapaṇītaṁ vāyamamānā anuttaraṁ vimuttiṁ sacchākaṁsu. 
;;;And so, Ānanda, those five hundred mendicants headed by Gavesī, trying to go higher and higher, better and better, realized the supreme bliss of freedom. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Pañcime, bhikkhave, āraññikā. ;;;“Mendicants, there are these five kinds of wilderness dwellers. 
;;;Mandattā momūhattā āraññiko hoti, pāpiccho icchāpakato āraññiko hoti, ummādā cittakkhepā āraññiko hoti, vaṇṇitaṁ buddhehi buddhasāvakehīti āraññiko hoti, appicchataṁyeva nissāya santuṭṭhiṁyeva nissāya sallekhaṁyeva nissāya pavivekaṁyeva nissāya idamatthitaṁyeva nissāya āraññiko hoti. 
;;;A person may be wilderness dweller because of stupidity and folly. Or because of corrupt wishes, being of wishful temperament. Or because of madness and mental disorder. Or because it is praised by the Buddhas and their disciples. Or for the sake of having few wishes, for the sake of contentment, self-effacement, seclusion, and simplicity. 
;;;Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, pañcannaṁ āraññikānaṁ yvāyaṁ āraññiko appicchataṁyeva nissāya santuṭṭhiṁyeva nissāya sallekhaṁyeva nissāya pavivekaṁyeva nissāya idamatthitaṁyeva nissāya āraññiko hoti, ayaṁ imesaṁ pañcannaṁ āraññikānaṁ aggo ca seṭṭho ca mokkho ca uttamo ca pavaro ca. 
;;;But the person who dwells in the wilderness for the sake of having few wishes is the foremost, best, chief, highest, and finest of the five. 
;;;evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, imesaṁ pañcannaṁ āraññikānaṁ yvāyaṁ āraññiko appicchataṁyeva nissāya santuṭṭhiṁyeva nissāya sallekhaṁyeva nissāya pavivekaṁyeva nissāya idamatthitaṁyeva nissāya āraññiko hoti, ayaṁ imesaṁ pañcannaṁ āraññikānaṁ aggo ca seṭṭho ca mokkho ca uttamo ca pavaro cā”ti. 
;;;In the same way, the person who dwells in the wilderness for the sake of having few wishes is the foremost, best, chief, highest, and finest of the five.” 
;;;

>En 

“Pañcime, bhikkhave, āraññikā. ;;;“Mendicants, there are these five kinds of wilderness dwellers. 
;;;Mandattā momūhattā āraññiko hoti, pāpiccho icchāpakato āraññiko hoti, ummādā cittakkhepā āraññiko hoti, vaṇṇitaṁ buddhehi buddhasāvakehīti āraññiko hoti, appicchataṁyeva nissāya santuṭṭhiṁyeva nissāya sallekhaṁyeva nissāya pavivekaṁyeva nissāya idamatthitaṁyeva nissāya āraññiko hoti. 
;;;A person may be wilderness dweller because of stupidity and folly. Or because of corrupt wishes, being of wishful temperament. Or because of madness and mental disorder. Or because it is praised by the Buddhas and their disciples. Or for the sake of having few wishes, for the sake of contentment, self-effacement, seclusion, and simplicity. 
;;;Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, pañcannaṁ āraññikānaṁ yvāyaṁ āraññiko appicchataṁyeva nissāya santuṭṭhiṁyeva nissāya sallekhaṁyeva nissāya pavivekaṁyeva nissāya idamatthitaṁyeva nissāya āraññiko hoti, ayaṁ imesaṁ pañcannaṁ āraññikānaṁ aggo ca seṭṭho ca mokkho ca uttamo ca pavaro ca. 
;;;But the person who dwells in the wilderness for the sake of having few wishes is the foremost, best, chief, highest, and finest of the five. 
;;;evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, imesaṁ pañcannaṁ āraññikānaṁ yvāyaṁ āraññiko appicchataṁyeva nissāya santuṭṭhiṁyeva nissāya sallekhaṁyeva nissāya pavivekaṁyeva nissāya idamatthitaṁyeva nissāya āraññiko hoti, ayaṁ imesaṁ pañcannaṁ āraññikānaṁ aggo ca seṭṭho ca mokkho ca uttamo ca pavaro cā”ti. 
;;;In the same way, the person who dwells in the wilderness for the sake of having few wishes is the foremost, best, chief, highest, and finest of the five.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Mandattā momūhattā pattapiṇḍiko hoti, pāpiccho icchāpakato pattapiṇḍiko hoti, ummādā cittakkhepā pattapiṇḍiko hoti, ‘vaṇṇitaṁ buddhehi buddhasāvakehī’ti pattapiṇḍiko hoti, appicchataṁyeva nissāya santuṭṭhiṁyeva nissāya sallekhaṁyeva nissāya pavivekaṁyeva nissāya idamatthitaṁyeva nissāya pattapiṇḍiko hoti. ;;;A person may eat only from the almsbowl because of stupidity and folly. Or because of corrupt wishes, being of wishful temperament. Or because of madness and mental disorder. Or because it is praised by the Buddhas and their disciples. Or for the sake of having few wishes, for the sake of contentment, self-effacement, seclusion, and simplicity. 
;;;Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, pañcannaṁ pattapiṇḍikānaṁ yvāyaṁ pattapiṇḍiko appicchataṁyeva nissāya santuṭṭhiṁyeva nissāya sallekhaṁyeva nissāya pavivekaṁyeva nissāya idamatthitaṁyeva nissāya pattapiṇḍiko hoti, ayaṁ imesaṁ pañcannaṁ pattapiṇḍikānaṁ aggo ca seṭṭho ca mokkho ca uttamo ca pavaro ca. 
;;;But the person who eats only from the almsbowl for the sake of having few wishes is the foremost, best, chief, highest, and finest of the five. 
;;;evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, imesaṁ pañcannaṁ pattapiṇḍikānaṁ yvāyaṁ pattapiṇḍiko appicchataṁyeva nissāya santuṭṭhiṁyeva nissāya sallekhaṁyeva nissāya pavivekaṁyeva nissāya idamatthitaṁyeva nissāya pattapiṇḍiko hoti, ayaṁ imesaṁ pañcannaṁ pattapiṇḍikānaṁ aggo ca seṭṭho ca mokkho ca uttamo ca pavaro cā”ti. 
;;;In the same way, the person who eats only from the almsbowl for the sake of having few wishes is the foremost, best, chief, highest, and finest of the five.” 
;;;

>En 

Mandattā momūhattā pattapiṇḍiko hoti, pāpiccho icchāpakato pattapiṇḍiko hoti, ummādā cittakkhepā pattapiṇḍiko hoti, ‘vaṇṇitaṁ buddhehi buddhasāvakehī’ti pattapiṇḍiko hoti, appicchataṁyeva nissāya santuṭṭhiṁyeva nissāya sallekhaṁyeva nissāya pavivekaṁyeva nissāya idamatthitaṁyeva nissāya pattapiṇḍiko hoti. ;;;A person may eat only from the almsbowl because of stupidity and folly. Or because of corrupt wishes, being of wishful temperament. Or because of madness and mental disorder. Or because it is praised by the Buddhas and their disciples. Or for the sake of having few wishes, for the sake of contentment, self-effacement, seclusion, and simplicity. 
;;;Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, pañcannaṁ pattapiṇḍikānaṁ yvāyaṁ pattapiṇḍiko appicchataṁyeva nissāya santuṭṭhiṁyeva nissāya sallekhaṁyeva nissāya pavivekaṁyeva nissāya idamatthitaṁyeva nissāya pattapiṇḍiko hoti, ayaṁ imesaṁ pañcannaṁ pattapiṇḍikānaṁ aggo ca seṭṭho ca mokkho ca uttamo ca pavaro ca. 
;;;But the person who eats only from the almsbowl for the sake of having few wishes is the foremost, best, chief, highest, and finest of the five. 
;;;evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, imesaṁ pañcannaṁ pattapiṇḍikānaṁ yvāyaṁ pattapiṇḍiko appicchataṁyeva nissāya santuṭṭhiṁyeva nissāya sallekhaṁyeva nissāya pavivekaṁyeva nissāya idamatthitaṁyeva nissāya pattapiṇḍiko hoti, ayaṁ imesaṁ pañcannaṁ pattapiṇḍikānaṁ aggo ca seṭṭho ca mokkho ca uttamo ca pavaro cā”ti. 
;;;In the same way, the person who eats only from the almsbowl for the sake of having few wishes is the foremost, best, chief, highest, and finest of the five.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Pubbe sudaṁ, bhikkhave, brāhmaṇā brāhmaṇiṁ neva kiṇanti no vikkiṇanti, sampiyeneva saṁvāsaṁ sambandhāya sampavattenti. ;;;In the past brahmins neither bought nor sold brahmin women. They lived together because they loved each other and wanted their family line to continue. 
;;;

>En 

Pubbe sudaṁ, bhikkhave, brāhmaṇā brāhmaṇiṁ neva kiṇanti no vikkiṇanti, sampiyeneva saṁvāsaṁ sambandhāya sampavattenti. ;;;In the past brahmins neither bought nor sold brahmin women. They lived together because they loved each other and wanted their family line to continue. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

‘na samaṇo gotamo brāhmaṇe jiṇṇe vuḍḍhe mahallake addhagate vayoanuppatte abhivādeti vā paccuṭṭheti vā āsanena vā nimantetī’ti. ;;;the ascetic Gotama doesn’t bow to old brahmins, the elderly and senior, who are advanced in years and have reached the final stage of life; nor does he rise in their presence or offer them a seat. 
;;;Na hi bhavaṁ gotamo brāhmaṇe jiṇṇe vuḍḍhe mahallake addhagate vayoanuppatte abhivādeti vā paccuṭṭheti vā āsanena vā nimanteti. 
;;;for Mister Gotama does not bow to old brahmins, elderly and senior, who are advanced in years and have reached the final stage of life; nor does he rise in their presence or offer them a seat. 
;;;So aṭṭhacattālīsavassāni komārabrahmacariyaṁ carati mante adhīyamāno. 
;;;For forty-eight years he leads the boy’s spiritual life studying the hymns. 
;;;So evaṁ pabbajito samāno mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ tathā tatiyaṁ tathā catutthaṁ, iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati. 
;;;Then they meditate spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. 
;;;So brāhmaṇiṁyeva gacchati, na khattiyiṁ na vessiṁ na suddiṁ na caṇḍāliṁ na nesādiṁ na veniṁ na rathakāriṁ na pukkusiṁ gacchati, na gabbhiniṁ gacchati, na pāyamānaṁ gacchati, na anutuniṁ gacchati. 
;;;He has sex only with a brahmin woman. He does not have sex with a woman from a family of aristocrats, peasants, menials, corpse-workers, hunters, bamboo-workers, chariot-makers, or scavengers. Nor does he have sex with women who are pregnant, breastfeeding, or outside the fertile phase of the menstrual cycle. 
;;;So sabbakammehi jīvikaṁ kappeti. 
;;;He earns a living by any kind of work. 
;;;

>En 

‘na samaṇo gotamo brāhmaṇe jiṇṇe vuḍḍhe mahallake addhagate vayoanuppatte abhivādeti vā paccuṭṭheti vā āsanena vā nimantetī’ti. ;;;the ascetic Gotama doesn’t bow to old brahmins, the elderly and senior, who are advanced in years and have reached the final stage of life; nor does he rise in their presence or offer them a seat. 
;;;Na hi bhavaṁ gotamo brāhmaṇe jiṇṇe vuḍḍhe mahallake addhagate vayoanuppatte abhivādeti vā paccuṭṭheti vā āsanena vā nimanteti. 
;;;for Mister Gotama does not bow to old brahmins, elderly and senior, who are advanced in years and have reached the final stage of life; nor does he rise in their presence or offer them a seat. 
;;;So aṭṭhacattālīsavassāni komārabrahmacariyaṁ carati mante adhīyamāno. 
;;;For forty-eight years he leads the boy’s spiritual life studying the hymns. 
;;;So evaṁ pabbajito samāno mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ tathā tatiyaṁ tathā catutthaṁ, iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati. 
;;;Then they meditate spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. 
;;;So brāhmaṇiṁyeva gacchati, na khattiyiṁ na vessiṁ na suddiṁ na caṇḍāliṁ na nesādiṁ na veniṁ na rathakāriṁ na pukkusiṁ gacchati, na gabbhiniṁ gacchati, na pāyamānaṁ gacchati, na anutuniṁ gacchati. 
;;;He has sex only with a brahmin woman. He does not have sex with a woman from a family of aristocrats, peasants, menials, corpse-workers, hunters, bamboo-workers, chariot-makers, or scavengers. Nor does he have sex with women who are pregnant, breastfeeding, or outside the fertile phase of the menstrual cycle. 
;;;So sabbakammehi jīvikaṁ kappeti. 
;;;He earns a living by any kind of work. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, udapatto agginā santatto ukkudhito ussadakajāto. ;;;Suppose there was a bowl of water that was heated by fire, boiling and bubbling. 
;;;

>En 

Seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, udapatto agginā santatto ukkudhito ussadakajāto. ;;;Suppose there was a bowl of water that was heated by fire, boiling and bubbling. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Pasatthappasatthova so bhavaṁ gotamo seṭṭho devamanussānan”ti. ;;;He is praised by the praised as the first among gods and humans.” 
;;;

>En 

Pasatthappasatthova so bhavaṁ gotamo seṭṭho devamanussānan”ti. ;;;He is praised by the praised as the first among gods and humans.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Padmaṁ yathā kokanadaṁ sugandhaṁ, ;;;“Like a fragrant pink lotus 
;;;

>En 

“Padmaṁ yathā kokanadaṁ sugandhaṁ, ;;;“Like a fragrant pink lotus 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tathāgatassa, bhikkhave, arahato sammāsambuddhassa pubbeva sambodhā anabhisambuddhassa bodhisattasseva sato ayaṁ mahāpathavī mahāsayanaṁ ahosi, himavā pabbatarājā bibbohanaṁ ahosi, puratthime samudde vāmo hattho ohito ahosi, pacchime samudde dakkhiṇo hattho ohito ahosi, dakkhiṇe samudde ubho pādā ohitā ahesuṁ. ;;;This great earth was his bed. Himalaya, king of mountains, was his pillow. His left hand was laid down in the eastern sea. His right hand was laid down in the western sea. And both his feet were laid down in the southern sea. 
;;;bahū, bhikkhave, gihī odātavasanā tathāgataṁ pāṇupetā saraṇaṁ gatā. 
;;;This was fulfilled when many white-clothed laypeople went for refuge to him for life. 
;;;lābhī, bhikkhave, tathāgato cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṁ, taṁ tathāgato agathito amucchito anajjhosanno ādīnavadassāvī nissaraṇapañño paribhuñjati. 
;;;This was fulfilled when the Realized One received robes, almsfood, lodgings, and medicines and supplies for the sick. And he used them untied, uninfatuated, unattached, seeing the drawbacks, and understanding the escape. 
;;;

>En 

Tathāgatassa, bhikkhave, arahato sammāsambuddhassa pubbeva sambodhā anabhisambuddhassa bodhisattasseva sato ayaṁ mahāpathavī mahāsayanaṁ ahosi, himavā pabbatarājā bibbohanaṁ ahosi, puratthime samudde vāmo hattho ohito ahosi, pacchime samudde dakkhiṇo hattho ohito ahosi, dakkhiṇe samudde ubho pādā ohitā ahesuṁ. ;;;This great earth was his bed. Himalaya, king of mountains, was his pillow. His left hand was laid down in the eastern sea. His right hand was laid down in the western sea. And both his feet were laid down in the southern sea. 
;;;bahū, bhikkhave, gihī odātavasanā tathāgataṁ pāṇupetā saraṇaṁ gatā. 
;;;This was fulfilled when many white-clothed laypeople went for refuge to him for life. 
;;;lābhī, bhikkhave, tathāgato cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṁ, taṁ tathāgato agathito amucchito anajjhosanno ādīnavadassāvī nissaraṇapañño paribhuñjati. 
;;;This was fulfilled when the Realized One received robes, almsfood, lodgings, and medicines and supplies for the sick. And he used them untied, uninfatuated, unattached, seeing the drawbacks, and understanding the escape. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatā vācā subhāsitā hoti, no dubbhāsitā, anavajjā ca ananuvajjā ca viññūnaṁ. ;;;“Mendicants, speech that has five factors is well spoken, not poorly spoken. It’s blameless and is not criticized by sensible people. 
;;;

>En 

“Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatā vācā subhāsitā hoti, no dubbhāsitā, anavajjā ca ananuvajjā ca viññūnaṁ. ;;;“Mendicants, speech that has five factors is well spoken, not poorly spoken. It’s blameless and is not criticized by sensible people. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Yasmiṁ, bhikkhave, samaye sīlavante pabbajite kulaṁ upasaṅkamante manussā disvā cittāni pasādenti, saggasaṁvattanikaṁ, bhikkhave, taṁ kulaṁ tasmiṁ samaye paṭipadaṁ paṭipannaṁ hoti. ;;;When they see ethical renunciates coming to their family, the people bring up confidence in their hearts. At that time the family is practicing a path leading to heaven. 
;;;

>En 

Yasmiṁ, bhikkhave, samaye sīlavante pabbajite kulaṁ upasaṅkamante manussā disvā cittāni pasādenti, saggasaṁvattanikaṁ, bhikkhave, taṁ kulaṁ tasmiṁ samaye paṭipadaṁ paṭipannaṁ hoti. ;;;When they see ethical renunciates coming to their family, the people bring up confidence in their hearts. At that time the family is practicing a path leading to heaven. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno kāmaṁ manasikaroto kāmesu cittaṁ na pakkhandati nappasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati. ;;;Take a case where a mendicant focuses on sensual pleasures, but on that their mind does not leap forth, gain confidence, settle down, and become decided. 
;;;Ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhikkhu niranusayo, acchecchi taṇhaṁ, vivattayi saṁyojanaṁ, sammā mānābhisamayā antamakāsi dukkhassa. 
;;;That’s why they’re called a mendicant who is without underlying tendencies, who has cut off craving, untied the fetters, and by rightly comprehending conceit has made an end of suffering. 
;;;

>En 

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno kāmaṁ manasikaroto kāmesu cittaṁ na pakkhandati nappasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati. ;;;Take a case where a mendicant focuses on sensual pleasures, but on that their mind does not leap forth, gain confidence, settle down, and become decided. 
;;;Ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhikkhu niranusayo, acchecchi taṇhaṁ, vivattayi saṁyojanaṁ, sammā mānābhisamayā antamakāsi dukkhassa. 
;;;That’s why they’re called a mendicant who is without underlying tendencies, who has cut off craving, untied the fetters, and by rightly comprehending conceit has made an end of suffering. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

21. Kimilavagga ;;;21. With Kimbila 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā kimilo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā kimilo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then Venerable Kimbila went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him: 
;;;

>En 

21. Kimilavagga ;;;21. With Kimbila 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā kimilo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā kimilo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then Venerable Kimbila went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Assutaṁ suṇāti, sutaṁ pariyodāpeti, kaṅkhaṁ vitarati, diṭṭhiṁ ujuṁ karoti, cittamassa pasīdati. ;;;You learn new things, clarify what you’ve learned, get over uncertainty, correct your views, and inspire confidence in your mind. 
;;;

>En 

Assutaṁ suṇāti, sutaṁ pariyodāpeti, kaṅkhaṁ vitarati, diṭṭhiṁ ujuṁ karoti, cittamassa pasīdati. ;;;You learn new things, clarify what you’ve learned, get over uncertainty, correct your views, and inspire confidence in your mind. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Acakkhussaṁ, mukhaṁ duggandhaṁ hoti, rasaharaṇiyo na visujjhanti, pittaṁ semhaṁ bhattaṁ pariyonandhati, bhattamassa nacchādeti. ;;;It’s not good for your eyes, you get bad breath, your taste-buds aren’t cleaned, bile and phlegm cover your food, and you lose your appetite. 
;;;

>En 

Acakkhussaṁ, mukhaṁ duggandhaṁ hoti, rasaharaṇiyo na visujjhanti, pittaṁ semhaṁ bhattaṁ pariyonandhati, bhattamassa nacchādeti. ;;;It’s not good for your eyes, you get bad breath, your taste-buds aren’t cleaned, bile and phlegm cover your food, and you lose your appetite. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Appasannā nappasīdanti, pasannānañca ekaccānaṁ aññathattaṁ hoti, satthusāsanaṁ akataṁ hoti, pacchimā janatā diṭṭhānugatiṁ āpajjati, cittamassa nappasīdati. ;;;You don’t inspire confidence in those without it. You cause some with confidence to change their minds. You don’t follow the Teacher’s instructions. Those who come after you follow your example. And your mind doesn’t become clear. 
;;;

>En 

Appasannā nappasīdanti, pasannānañca ekaccānaṁ aññathattaṁ hoti, satthusāsanaṁ akataṁ hoti, pacchimā janatā diṭṭhānugatiṁ āpajjati, cittamassa nappasīdati. ;;;You don’t inspire confidence in those without it. You cause some with confidence to change their minds. You don’t follow the Teacher’s instructions. Those who come after you follow your example. And your mind doesn’t become clear. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Assutaṁ na suṇāti, sutaṁ na pariyodāpeti, sutenekaccena avisārado hoti, gāḷhaṁ rogātaṅkaṁ phusati, na ca mittavā hoti. ;;;You don’t learn new things. You don’t clarify what you’ve learned. You lack confidence in some things you have learned. You contract a severe illness. You don’t have any friends. 
;;;

>En 

Assutaṁ na suṇāti, sutaṁ na pariyodāpeti, sutenekaccena avisārado hoti, gāḷhaṁ rogātaṅkaṁ phusati, na ca mittavā hoti. ;;;You don’t learn new things. You don’t clarify what you’ve learned. You lack confidence in some things you have learned. You contract a severe illness. You don’t have any friends. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

na paṭisallekhitā hoti na paṭisallānārāmo; ;;;They’re not self-effacing and don’t enjoy self-effacement. 
;;;paṭisallekhitā hoti paṭisallānārāmo; 
;;;They’re self-effacing and enjoy self-effacement. 
;;;

>En 

na paṭisallekhitā hoti na paṭisallānārāmo; ;;;They’re not self-effacing and don’t enjoy self-effacement. 
;;;paṭisallekhitā hoti paṭisallānārāmo; 
;;;They’re self-effacing and enjoy self-effacement. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Pañcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato āvāsiko bhikkhu gihīnaṁ anukampati. ;;;“Mendicants, a resident mendicant with five qualities shows sympathy to the lay people. 
;;;Adhisīle samādapeti; 
;;;They encourage them in higher ethics. 
;;;

>En 

“Pañcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato āvāsiko bhikkhu gihīnaṁ anukampati. ;;;“Mendicants, a resident mendicant with five qualities shows sympathy to the lay people. 
;;;Adhisīle samādapeti; 
;;;They encourage them in higher ethics. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Āvāsiko piyo ca sobhano, ;;; 
;;;Macchariyā duvepi cāti. 
;;;

>En 

Āvāsiko piyo ca sobhano, ;;; 
;;;Macchariyā duvepi cāti. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Pañcime, bhikkhave, ādīnavā sivathikāya. ;;;“Mendicants, there are these five drawbacks to a charnel ground. 
;;;Tamenaṁ asucinā kāyakammena samannāgataṁ, asucinā vacīkammena samannāgataṁ, asucinā manokammena samannāgataṁ pesalā sabrahmacārī disvā khīyadhammaṁ āpajjanti: 
;;;Because of their filthy conduct, when good-hearted spiritual companions see them they complain: 
;;;

>En 

“Pañcime, bhikkhave, ādīnavā sivathikāya. ;;;“Mendicants, there are these five drawbacks to a charnel ground. 
;;;Tamenaṁ asucinā kāyakammena samannāgataṁ, asucinā vacīkammena samannāgataṁ, asucinā manokammena samannāgataṁ pesalā sabrahmacārī disvā khīyadhammaṁ āpajjanti: 
;;;Because of their filthy conduct, when good-hearted spiritual companions see them they complain: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

26. Upasampadāvagga ;;;26. Ordination 
;;;

>En 

26. Upasampadāvagga ;;;26. Ordination 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, pañcannaṁ macchariyānaṁ etaṁ paṭikuṭṭhaṁ, yadidaṁ dhammamacchariyan”ti. ;;;The most contemptible of these five kinds of stinginess is stinginess with the teachings.” 
;;;

>En 

Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, pañcannaṁ macchariyānaṁ etaṁ paṭikuṭṭhaṁ, yadidaṁ dhammamacchariyan”ti. ;;;The most contemptible of these five kinds of stinginess is stinginess with the teachings.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Pañcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhattuddesako sammato na pesetabbo …pe… sammato pesetabbo … bālo veditabbo … paṇḍito veditabbo … khataṁ upahataṁ attānaṁ pariharati … akkhataṁ anupahataṁ attānaṁ pariharati … yathābhataṁ nikkhitto evaṁ niraye … yathābhataṁ nikkhitto evaṁ sagge. ;;;A person with five qualities who has been appointed as meal designator should not be called upon … should be called upon … should be known as a fool … should be known as astute … they keep themselves broken and damaged … they keep themselves unbroken and undamaged … is cast down to hell … is raised up to heaven. 
;;;

>En 

Pañcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhattuddesako sammato na pesetabbo …pe… sammato pesetabbo … bālo veditabbo … paṇḍito veditabbo … khataṁ upahataṁ attānaṁ pariharati … akkhataṁ anupahataṁ attānaṁ pariharati … yathābhataṁ nikkhitto evaṁ niraye … yathābhataṁ nikkhitto evaṁ sagge. ;;;A person with five qualities who has been appointed as meal designator should not be called upon … should be called upon … should be known as a fool … should be known as astute … they keep themselves broken and damaged … they keep themselves unbroken and undamaged … is cast down to hell … is raised up to heaven. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Senāsanagāhāpako na sammannitabbo …pe… gahitāgahitaṁ na jānāti …pe… senāsanagāhāpako sammannitabbo …pe… gahitāgahitaṁ jānāti …pe…. ;;;A person should not be appointed as lodgings allocator … they don’t know if a lodging has been allocated or not … A person should be appointed as lodgings allocator … they know if a lodging has been allocated or not … 
;;;

>En 

Senāsanagāhāpako na sammannitabbo …pe… gahitāgahitaṁ na jānāti …pe… senāsanagāhāpako sammannitabbo …pe… gahitāgahitaṁ jānāti …pe…. ;;;A person should not be appointed as lodgings allocator … they don’t know if a lodging has been allocated or not … A person should be appointed as lodgings allocator … they know if a lodging has been allocated or not … 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhoti—ekopi hutvā bahudhā hoti, bahudhāpi hutvā eko hoti; āvibhāvaṁ tirobhāvaṁ; tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamāno gacchati, seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ karoti, seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gacchati, seyyathāpi pathaviyaṁ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kamati, seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve pāṇinā parimasati parimajjati; yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vatteti. ;;;It’s a mendicant who wields the many kinds of psychic power: multiplying themselves and becoming one again; appearing and disappearing; going unobstructed through a wall, a rampart, or a mountain as if through space; diving in and out of the earth as if it were water; walking on water as if it were earth; flying cross-legged through the sky like a bird; touching and stroking with the hand the sun and moon, so mighty and powerful. They control the body as far as the realm of divinity. 
;;;

>En 

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhoti—ekopi hutvā bahudhā hoti, bahudhāpi hutvā eko hoti; āvibhāvaṁ tirobhāvaṁ; tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamāno gacchati, seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ karoti, seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gacchati, seyyathāpi pathaviyaṁ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kamati, seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve pāṇinā parimasati parimajjati; yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vatteti. ;;;It’s a mendicant who wields the many kinds of psychic power: multiplying themselves and becoming one again; appearing and disappearing; going unobstructed through a wall, a rampart, or a mountain as if through space; diving in and out of the earth as if it were water; walking on water as if it were earth; flying cross-legged through the sky like a bird; touching and stroking with the hand the sun and moon, so mighty and powerful. They control the body as far as the realm of divinity. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

‘santi devā cātumahārājikā, santi devā tāvatiṁsā, santi devā yāmā, santi devā tusitā, santi devā nimmānaratino, santi devā paranimmitavasavattino, santi devā brahmakāyikā, santi devā tatuttari. ;;;‘There are the gods of the four great kings, the gods of the thirty-three, the gods of Yama, the joyful gods, the gods who love to imagine, the gods who control what is imagined by others, the gods of the Divinity’s host, and gods even higher than these. 
;;;‘ariyasāvako visamagatāya pajāya samappatto viharati, sabyāpajjāya pajāya abyāpajjo viharati, dhammasotaṁ samāpanno devatānussatiṁ bhāveti’. 
;;;a noble disciple who lives in balance among people who are unbalanced, and lives untroubled among people who are troubled. They’ve entered the stream of the teaching and develop the recollection of the deities. 
;;;

>En 

‘santi devā cātumahārājikā, santi devā tāvatiṁsā, santi devā yāmā, santi devā tusitā, santi devā nimmānaratino, santi devā paranimmitavasavattino, santi devā brahmakāyikā, santi devā tatuttari. ;;;‘There are the gods of the four great kings, the gods of the thirty-three, the gods of Yama, the joyful gods, the gods who love to imagine, the gods who control what is imagined by others, the gods of the Divinity’s host, and gods even higher than these. 
;;;‘ariyasāvako visamagatāya pajāya samappatto viharati, sabyāpajjāya pajāya abyāpajjo viharati, dhammasotaṁ samāpanno devatānussatiṁ bhāveti’. 
;;;a noble disciple who lives in balance among people who are unbalanced, and lives untroubled among people who are troubled. They’ve entered the stream of the teaching and develop the recollection of the deities. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

2. Sāraṇīyavagga ;;;2. Warm-hearted 
;;;“Chayime, bhikkhave, dhammā sāraṇīyā. 
;;;“Mendicants, there are these six warm-hearted qualities. 
;;;

>En 

2. Sāraṇīyavagga ;;;2. Warm-hearted 
;;;“Chayime, bhikkhave, dhammā sāraṇīyā. 
;;;“Mendicants, there are these six warm-hearted qualities. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Nissaraṇañhetaṁ, āvuso, byāpādassa yadidaṁ mettācetovimuttī’ti. ;;;For it is the heart’s release by love that is the escape from ill will.’ 
;;;‘asmīti kho me vigataṁ, ayamahamasmīti ca na samanupassāmi; 
;;;‘I’m rid of the conceit “I am”. And I don’t regard anything as “I am this”. 
;;;atha ca pana me vicikicchākathaṅkathāsallaṁ cittaṁ pariyādāya tiṭṭhatī’ti. 
;;;Yet somehow the dart of doubt and indecision still occupies my mind.’ 
;;;atha ca panassa vicikicchākathaṅkathāsallaṁ cittaṁ pariyādāya ṭhassati, netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati. 
;;;yet somehow the dart of doubt and indecision still occupies the mind. 
;;;Nissaraṇañhetaṁ, āvuso, vicikicchākathaṅkathāsallassa yadidaṁ asmīti mānasamugghāto’ti. 
;;;For it is the uprooting of the conceit “I am” that is the escape from the dart of doubt and indecision.’ 
;;;

>En 

Nissaraṇañhetaṁ, āvuso, byāpādassa yadidaṁ mettācetovimuttī’ti. ;;;For it is the heart’s release by love that is the escape from ill will.’ 
;;;‘asmīti kho me vigataṁ, ayamahamasmīti ca na samanupassāmi; 
;;;‘I’m rid of the conceit “I am”. And I don’t regard anything as “I am this”. 
;;;atha ca pana me vicikicchākathaṅkathāsallaṁ cittaṁ pariyādāya tiṭṭhatī’ti. 
;;;Yet somehow the dart of doubt and indecision still occupies my mind.’ 
;;;atha ca panassa vicikicchākathaṅkathāsallaṁ cittaṁ pariyādāya ṭhassati, netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati. 
;;;yet somehow the dart of doubt and indecision still occupies the mind. 
;;;Nissaraṇañhetaṁ, āvuso, vicikicchākathaṅkathāsallassa yadidaṁ asmīti mānasamugghāto’ti. 
;;;For it is the uprooting of the conceit “I am” that is the escape from the dart of doubt and indecision.’ 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

‘bhikkhu sakkāyābhirato nappajahāsi sakkāyaṁ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāya’. ;;;a mendicant who enjoys substantial reality, who hasn’t given up substantial reality to rightly make an end of suffering. 
;;;

>En 

‘bhikkhu sakkāyābhirato nappajahāsi sakkāyaṁ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāya’. ;;;a mendicant who enjoys substantial reality, who hasn’t given up substantial reality to rightly make an end of suffering. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā bhaggesu viharati susumāragire bhesakaḷāvane migadāye. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Bhaggas at Crocodile Hill, in the deer park at Bhesakaḷā’s Wood. 
;;;‘na nakulamātā gahapatānī mamaccayena sakkhissati dārake posetuṁ, gharāvāsaṁ santharitun’ti. 
;;;‘When I’ve gone, the housewife Nakula’s mother won’t be able to provide for the children and keep up the household carpets.’ 
;;;‘nakulamātā gahapatānī mamaccayena aññaṁ gharaṁ gamissatī’ti. 
;;;‘When I’ve gone, the housewife Nakula’s mother will take another husband.’ 
;;;Tvañceva kho, gahapati, jānāsi ahañca, yaṁ no soḷasavassāni gahaṭṭhakaṁ brahmacariyaṁ samāciṇṇaṁ. 
;;;Both you and I know that we have remained celibate while at home for the past sixteen years. 
;;;Atha kho nakulapituno gahapatissa nakulamātarā gahapatāniyā iminā ovādena ovadiyamānassa so ābādho ṭhānaso paṭippassambhi. 
;;;And then, as Nakula’s mother was giving this advice to Nakula’s father, his illness died down on the spot. 
;;;Atha kho nakulapitā gahapati gilānā vuṭṭhito aciravuṭṭhito gelaññā daṇḍamolubbha yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho nakulapitaraṁ gahapatiṁ bhagavā etadavoca: 
;;;Soon after recovering, leaning on a staff he went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him: 
;;;

>En 

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā bhaggesu viharati susumāragire bhesakaḷāvane migadāye. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Bhaggas at Crocodile Hill, in the deer park at Bhesakaḷā’s Wood. 
;;;‘na nakulamātā gahapatānī mamaccayena sakkhissati dārake posetuṁ, gharāvāsaṁ santharitun’ti. 
;;;‘When I’ve gone, the housewife Nakula’s mother won’t be able to provide for the children and keep up the household carpets.’ 
;;;‘nakulamātā gahapatānī mamaccayena aññaṁ gharaṁ gamissatī’ti. 
;;;‘When I’ve gone, the housewife Nakula’s mother will take another husband.’ 
;;;Tvañceva kho, gahapati, jānāsi ahañca, yaṁ no soḷasavassāni gahaṭṭhakaṁ brahmacariyaṁ samāciṇṇaṁ. 
;;;Both you and I know that we have remained celibate while at home for the past sixteen years. 
;;;Atha kho nakulapituno gahapatissa nakulamātarā gahapatāniyā iminā ovādena ovadiyamānassa so ābādho ṭhānaso paṭippassambhi. 
;;;And then, as Nakula’s mother was giving this advice to Nakula’s father, his illness died down on the spot. 
;;;Atha kho nakulapitā gahapati gilānā vuṭṭhito aciravuṭṭhito gelaññā daṇḍamolubbha yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho nakulapitaraṁ gahapatiṁ bhagavā etadavoca: 
;;;Soon after recovering, leaning on a staff he went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenupaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat, went to the assembly hall, and sat down on the seat spread out. 
;;;Āyasmāpi kho sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenupaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. 
;;;Venerable Sāriputta also came out of retreat, went to the assembly hall, bowed to the Buddha and sat down to one side. 
;;;Āyasmāpi kho mahāmoggallāno … 
;;;Venerables Mahāmoggallāna, 
;;;āyasmāpi kho ānando sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenupaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. 
;;;and Ānanda did the same. 
;;;Kahaṁ mahāmoggallāno? 
;;;Where are Mahāmoggallāna, 
;;;“Tena no tumhe, bhikkhave, therā bhikkhū nāgatāti yāva sūriyuggamanā kākacchamānā supatha? 
;;;“So, mendicants, when the senior mendicants left, why did you sleep until the sun came up, snoring? 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenupaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat, went to the assembly hall, and sat down on the seat spread out. 
;;;Āyasmāpi kho sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenupaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. 
;;;Venerable Sāriputta also came out of retreat, went to the assembly hall, bowed to the Buddha and sat down to one side. 
;;;Āyasmāpi kho mahāmoggallāno … 
;;;Venerables Mahāmoggallāna, 
;;;āyasmāpi kho ānando sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenupaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. 
;;;and Ānanda did the same. 
;;;Kahaṁ mahāmoggallāno? 
;;;Where are Mahāmoggallāna, 
;;;“Tena no tumhe, bhikkhave, therā bhikkhū nāgatāti yāva sūriyuggamanā kākacchamānā supatha? 
;;;“So, mendicants, when the senior mendicants left, why did you sleep until the sun came up, snoring? 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Te hi so, bhikkhave, macche vajjhe vadhāyupanīte pāpakena manasānupekkhati, tasmā so neva hatthiyāyī hoti na assayāyī na rathayāyī na yānayāyī na bhogabhogī, na mahantaṁ bhogakkhandhaṁ ajjhāvasati. ;;;Because when the fish are led to the slaughter he regards them with bad intentions. 
;;;sūkariko …pe… 
;;;a butcher of pigs … 
;;;māgaviko mage vadhitvā vadhitvā vikkiṇamāno tena kammena tena ājīvena hatthiyāyī vā assayāyī vā rathayāyī vā yānayāyī vā bhogabhogī vā mahantaṁ vā bhogakkhandhaṁ ajjhāvasanto’”ti? 
;;;or a deer-hunter selling deer which he killed himself who, by means of that work and livelihood, got to travel by elephant, horse, chariot, or vehicle, or to enjoy wealth, or to live off a large fortune?” 
;;;Te hi nāma so, bhikkhave, tiracchānagate pāṇe vajjhe vadhāyupanīte pāpakena manasānupekkhamāno neva hatthiyāyī bhavissati na assayāyī na rathayāyī na yānayāyī na bhogabhogī, na mahantaṁ bhogakkhandhaṁ ajjhāvasissati. 
;;;By regarding even animals led to the slaughter with bad intentions he did not get to travel by elephant, horse, chariot, or vehicle, or to enjoy wealth, or to live off a large fortune. 
;;;

>En 

Te hi so, bhikkhave, macche vajjhe vadhāyupanīte pāpakena manasānupekkhati, tasmā so neva hatthiyāyī hoti na assayāyī na rathayāyī na yānayāyī na bhogabhogī, na mahantaṁ bhogakkhandhaṁ ajjhāvasati. ;;;Because when the fish are led to the slaughter he regards them with bad intentions. 
;;;sūkariko …pe… 
;;;a butcher of pigs … 
;;;māgaviko mage vadhitvā vadhitvā vikkiṇamāno tena kammena tena ājīvena hatthiyāyī vā assayāyī vā rathayāyī vā yānayāyī vā bhogabhogī vā mahantaṁ vā bhogakkhandhaṁ ajjhāvasanto’”ti? 
;;;or a deer-hunter selling deer which he killed himself who, by means of that work and livelihood, got to travel by elephant, horse, chariot, or vehicle, or to enjoy wealth, or to live off a large fortune?” 
;;;Te hi nāma so, bhikkhave, tiracchānagate pāṇe vajjhe vadhāyupanīte pāpakena manasānupekkhamāno neva hatthiyāyī bhavissati na assayāyī na rathayāyī na yānayāyī na bhogabhogī, na mahantaṁ bhogakkhandhaṁ ajjhāvasissati. 
;;;By regarding even animals led to the slaughter with bad intentions he did not get to travel by elephant, horse, chariot, or vehicle, or to enjoy wealth, or to live off a large fortune. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā nātike viharati giñjakāvasathe. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying at Ñātika in the brick house. 
;;;

>En 

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā nātike viharati giñjakāvasathe. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying at Ñātika in the brick house. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu divase nikkhante rattiyā patihitāya iti paṭisañcikkhati: ;;;As day passes by and night draws close, a mendicant reflects: 
;;;

>En 

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu divase nikkhante rattiyā patihitāya iti paṭisañcikkhati: ;;;As day passes by and night draws close, a mendicant reflects: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Sabbaverabhayātītā, ;;;They’ve gone beyond all threats and dangers, 
;;;

>En 

Sabbaverabhayātītā, ;;;They’ve gone beyond all threats and dangers, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu samādhissa samāpattikusalo hoti, samādhissa ṭhitikusalo hoti, samādhissa vuṭṭhānakusalo hoti, samādhissa kallitakusalo hoti, samādhissa gocarakusalo hoti, samādhissa abhinīhārakusalo hoti. ;;;It’s when a mendicant is skilled in entering immersion, skilled in remaining in immersion, skilled in emerging from immersion, skilled in gladdening the mind for immersion, skilled in the meditation subjects for immersion, and skilled in projecting the mind purified by immersion. 
;;;

>En 

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu samādhissa samāpattikusalo hoti, samādhissa ṭhitikusalo hoti, samādhissa vuṭṭhānakusalo hoti, samādhissa kallitakusalo hoti, samādhissa gocarakusalo hoti, samādhissa abhinīhārakusalo hoti. ;;;It’s when a mendicant is skilled in entering immersion, skilled in remaining in immersion, skilled in emerging from immersion, skilled in gladdening the mind for immersion, skilled in the meditation subjects for immersion, and skilled in projecting the mind purified by immersion. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“yasmiṁ, āvuso, samaye manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto pāde pakkhāletvā nisinno hoti pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā, so samayo manobhāvanīyassa bhikkhuno dassanāya upasaṅkamitun”ti. ;;;“Reverends, there’s a time after an esteemed mendicant’s meal when they return from almsround. Having washed their feet they sit down cross-legged, set their body straight, and establish mindfulness in their presence. That is the proper occasion for going to see an esteemed mendicant.” 
;;;Yasmiṁ, āvuso, samaye manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto pāde pakkhāletvā nisinno hoti pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā, cārittakilamathopissa tasmiṁ samaye appaṭippassaddho hoti, bhattakilamathopissa tasmiṁ samaye appaṭippassaddho hoti. 
;;;For at that time the fatigue from walking and from eating has not faded away. 
;;;Yasmiṁ, āvuso, samaye manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito vihārapacchāyāyaṁ nisinno hoti pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā, so samayo manobhāvanīyassa bhikkhuno dassanāya upasaṅkamitun”ti. 
;;;There’s a time late in the afternoon when an esteemed mendicant comes out of retreat. They sit cross-legged in the shade of their porch , set their body straight, and establish mindfulness in their presence. That is the proper occasion for going to see an esteemed mendicant.” 
;;;Yasmiṁ, āvuso, samaye manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito vihārapacchāyāyaṁ nisinno hoti pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā, yadevassa divā samādhinimittaṁ manasikataṁ hoti tadevassa tasmiṁ samaye samudācarati. 
;;;For at that time they are still practicing the same meditation subject as a basis of immersion that they focused on during the day. 
;;;Yasmiṁ, āvuso, samaye manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ paccuṭṭhāya nisinno hoti pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā, so samayo manobhāvanīyassa bhikkhuno dassanāya upasaṅkamitun”ti. 
;;;There’s a time when an esteemed mendicant has risen at the crack of dawn. They sit down cross-legged, set their body straight, and establish mindfulness in their presence. That is the proper occasion for going to see an esteemed mendicant.” 
;;;Yasmiṁ, āvuso, samaye manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ paccuṭṭhāya nisinno hoti pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā, ojaṭṭhāyissa tasmiṁ samaye kāyo hoti phāsussa hoti buddhānaṁ sāsanaṁ manasi kātuṁ. 
;;;For at that time their body is full of vitality and they find it easy to focus on the instructions of the Buddhas.” 
;;;

>En 

“yasmiṁ, āvuso, samaye manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto pāde pakkhāletvā nisinno hoti pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā, so samayo manobhāvanīyassa bhikkhuno dassanāya upasaṅkamitun”ti. ;;;“Reverends, there’s a time after an esteemed mendicant’s meal when they return from almsround. Having washed their feet they sit down cross-legged, set their body straight, and establish mindfulness in their presence. That is the proper occasion for going to see an esteemed mendicant.” 
;;;Yasmiṁ, āvuso, samaye manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto pāde pakkhāletvā nisinno hoti pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā, cārittakilamathopissa tasmiṁ samaye appaṭippassaddho hoti, bhattakilamathopissa tasmiṁ samaye appaṭippassaddho hoti. 
;;;For at that time the fatigue from walking and from eating has not faded away. 
;;;Yasmiṁ, āvuso, samaye manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito vihārapacchāyāyaṁ nisinno hoti pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā, so samayo manobhāvanīyassa bhikkhuno dassanāya upasaṅkamitun”ti. 
;;;There’s a time late in the afternoon when an esteemed mendicant comes out of retreat. They sit cross-legged in the shade of their porch , set their body straight, and establish mindfulness in their presence. That is the proper occasion for going to see an esteemed mendicant.” 
;;;Yasmiṁ, āvuso, samaye manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito vihārapacchāyāyaṁ nisinno hoti pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā, yadevassa divā samādhinimittaṁ manasikataṁ hoti tadevassa tasmiṁ samaye samudācarati. 
;;;For at that time they are still practicing the same meditation subject as a basis of immersion that they focused on during the day. 
;;;Yasmiṁ, āvuso, samaye manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ paccuṭṭhāya nisinno hoti pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā, so samayo manobhāvanīyassa bhikkhuno dassanāya upasaṅkamitun”ti. 
;;;There’s a time when an esteemed mendicant has risen at the crack of dawn. They sit down cross-legged, set their body straight, and establish mindfulness in their presence. That is the proper occasion for going to see an esteemed mendicant.” 
;;;Yasmiṁ, āvuso, samaye manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ paccuṭṭhāya nisinno hoti pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā, ojaṭṭhāyissa tasmiṁ samaye kāyo hoti phāsussa hoti buddhānaṁ sāsanaṁ manasi kātuṁ. 
;;;For at that time their body is full of vitality and they find it easy to focus on the instructions of the Buddhas.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

‘atthi imasmiṁ kāye kesā lomā nakhā dantā taco, maṁsaṁ nhāru aṭṭhi aṭṭhimiñjaṁ vakkaṁ, hadayaṁ yakanaṁ kilomakaṁ pihakaṁ papphāsaṁ, antaṁ antaguṇaṁ udariyaṁ karīsaṁ, pittaṁ semhaṁ pubbo lohitaṁ sedo medo, assu vasā kheḷo siṅghāṇikā lasikā muttan’ti. ;;;‘In this body there is head hair, body hair, nails, teeth, skin, flesh, sinews, bones, bone marrow, kidneys, heart, liver, diaphragm, spleen, lungs, intestines, mesentery, undigested food, feces, bile, phlegm, pus, blood, sweat, fat, tears, grease, saliva, snot, synovial fluid, urine.’ 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, bhante, bhikkhu seyyathāpi passeyya sarīraṁ sivathikāya chaṭṭitaṁ ekāhamataṁ vā dvīhamataṁ vā tīhamataṁ vā uddhumātakaṁ vinīlakaṁ vipubbakajātaṁ. 
;;;Furthermore, suppose a mendicant were to see a corpse thrown in a charnel ground. And it had been dead for one, two, or three days, bloated, livid, and festering. 
;;;Seyyathāpi vā pana passeyya sarīraṁ sīvathikāya chaṭṭitaṁ kākehi vā khajjamānaṁ kulalehi vā khajjamānaṁ gijjhehi vā khajjamānaṁ sunakhehi vā khajjamānaṁ siṅgālehi vā khajjamānaṁ vividhehi vā pāṇakajātehi khajjamānaṁ. 
;;;Or suppose they were to see a corpse thrown in a charnel ground being devoured by crows, hawks, vultures, dogs, jackals, and many kinds of little creatures. 
;;;Aṭṭhikāni apagatasambandhāni disāvidisāvikkhittāni, aññena hatthaṭṭhikaṁ aññena pādaṭṭhikaṁ aññena jaṅghaṭṭhikaṁ aññena ūruṭṭhikaṁ aññena kaṭiṭṭhikaṁ aññena phāsukaṭṭhikaṁ aññena piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṭṭhikaṁ aññena khandhaṭṭhikaṁ aññena gīvaṭṭhikaṁ aññena hanukaṭṭhikaṁ aññena dantakaṭṭhikaṁ aññena sīsakaṭāhaṁ, aṭṭhikāni setāni saṅkhavaṇṇappaṭibhāgāni aṭṭhikāni puñjakitāni terovassikāni aṭṭhikāni pūtīni cuṇṇakajātāni. 
;;;Bones rid of sinews scattered in every direction. Here a hand-bone, there a foot-bone, here a shin-bone, there a thigh-bone, here a hip-bone, there a rib-bone, here a back-bone, there an arm-bone, here a neck-bone, there a jaw-bone, here a tooth, there the skull … White bones, the color of shells … Decrepit bones, heaped in a pile … Bones rotted and crumbled to powder. 
;;;

>En 

‘atthi imasmiṁ kāye kesā lomā nakhā dantā taco, maṁsaṁ nhāru aṭṭhi aṭṭhimiñjaṁ vakkaṁ, hadayaṁ yakanaṁ kilomakaṁ pihakaṁ papphāsaṁ, antaṁ antaguṇaṁ udariyaṁ karīsaṁ, pittaṁ semhaṁ pubbo lohitaṁ sedo medo, assu vasā kheḷo siṅghāṇikā lasikā muttan’ti. ;;;‘In this body there is head hair, body hair, nails, teeth, skin, flesh, sinews, bones, bone marrow, kidneys, heart, liver, diaphragm, spleen, lungs, intestines, mesentery, undigested food, feces, bile, phlegm, pus, blood, sweat, fat, tears, grease, saliva, snot, synovial fluid, urine.’ 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, bhante, bhikkhu seyyathāpi passeyya sarīraṁ sivathikāya chaṭṭitaṁ ekāhamataṁ vā dvīhamataṁ vā tīhamataṁ vā uddhumātakaṁ vinīlakaṁ vipubbakajātaṁ. 
;;;Furthermore, suppose a mendicant were to see a corpse thrown in a charnel ground. And it had been dead for one, two, or three days, bloated, livid, and festering. 
;;;Seyyathāpi vā pana passeyya sarīraṁ sīvathikāya chaṭṭitaṁ kākehi vā khajjamānaṁ kulalehi vā khajjamānaṁ gijjhehi vā khajjamānaṁ sunakhehi vā khajjamānaṁ siṅgālehi vā khajjamānaṁ vividhehi vā pāṇakajātehi khajjamānaṁ. 
;;;Or suppose they were to see a corpse thrown in a charnel ground being devoured by crows, hawks, vultures, dogs, jackals, and many kinds of little creatures. 
;;;Aṭṭhikāni apagatasambandhāni disāvidisāvikkhittāni, aññena hatthaṭṭhikaṁ aññena pādaṭṭhikaṁ aññena jaṅghaṭṭhikaṁ aññena ūruṭṭhikaṁ aññena kaṭiṭṭhikaṁ aññena phāsukaṭṭhikaṁ aññena piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṭṭhikaṁ aññena khandhaṭṭhikaṁ aññena gīvaṭṭhikaṁ aññena hanukaṭṭhikaṁ aññena dantakaṭṭhikaṁ aññena sīsakaṭāhaṁ, aṭṭhikāni setāni saṅkhavaṇṇappaṭibhāgāni aṭṭhikāni puñjakitāni terovassikāni aṭṭhikāni pūtīni cuṇṇakajātāni. 
;;;Bones rid of sinews scattered in every direction. Here a hand-bone, there a foot-bone, here a shin-bone, there a thigh-bone, here a hip-bone, there a rib-bone, here a back-bone, there an arm-bone, here a neck-bone, there a jaw-bone, here a tooth, there the skull … White bones, the color of shells … Decrepit bones, heaped in a pile … Bones rotted and crumbled to powder. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Ye dassanānuttaraṁ laddhā, ;;;They’ve gained the unsurpassed seeing, 
;;;Te ve kālena paccenti, 
;;;And in time they arrive 
;;;

>En 

Ye dassanānuttaraṁ laddhā, ;;;They’ve gained the unsurpassed seeing, 
;;;Te ve kālena paccenti, 
;;;And in time they arrive 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Mahāmoggallānasutta ;;;With Mahāmoggallāna 
;;;Atha kho āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: 
;;;Then as Venerable Mahāmoggallāna was in private retreat this thought came to his mind, 
;;;‘sotāpannā nāma avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā’”ti? 
;;;stream-enterers, not liable to be reborn in the underworld, bound for awakening?” 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evamevaṁ—jetavane antarahito tasmiṁ brahmaloke pāturahosi. 
;;;And then Venerable Mahāmoggallāna, as easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, vanished from Jeta’s Grove and reappeared in that realm of divinity. 
;;;Addasā kho tisso brahmā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ. 
;;;Tissa saw Moggallāna coming off in the distance, 
;;;Disvāna āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;and said to him, 
;;;“ehi kho, mārisa moggallāna; svāgataṁ, mārisa moggallāna; 
;;;“Come, my good Moggallāna! Welcome, my good Moggallāna! 
;;;cirassaṁ kho, mārisa moggallāna; imaṁ pariyāyamakāsi, yadidaṁ idhāgamanāya. 
;;;It’s been a long time since you took the opportunity to come here. 
;;;Nisīda, mārisa moggallāna, idamāsanaṁ paññattan”ti. 
;;;Sit, my good Moggallāna, this seat is for you.” 
;;;Nisīdi kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno paññatte āsane. 
;;;Moggallāna sat down on the seat spread out. 
;;;Tissopi kho brahmā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. 
;;;Then Tissa bowed to Moggallāna and sat to one side. 
;;;Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho tissaṁ brahmānaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca: 
;;;Moggallāna said to him, 
;;;“Cātumahārājikānaṁ kho, mārisa moggallāna, devānaṁ evaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: ‘sotāpannā nāma avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā’”ti. 
;;;“The gods of the four great kings know this.” 
;;;“Na kho, mārisa moggallāna, sabbesaṁ cātumahārājikānaṁ devānaṁ evaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: ‘sotāpannā nāma avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā’ti. 
;;;“No, my good Moggallāna, not all of them. 
;;;Ye kho te, mārisa moggallāna, cātumahārājikā devā buddhe aveccappasādena asamannāgatā dhamme aveccappasādena asamannāgatā saṅghe aveccappasādena asamannāgatā ariyakantehi sīlehi asamannāgatā na tesaṁ devānaṁ evaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: ‘sotāpannā nāma avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā’ti. 
;;;Those who lack experiential confidence in the Buddha, the teaching, and the Saṅgha, and lack the ethics loved by the noble ones, do not know that they are stream-enterers. 
;;;Ye ca kho te, mārisa moggallāna, cātumahārājikā devā buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgatā, dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgatā, saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgatā ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgatā, tesaṁ evaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: ‘sotāpannā nāma avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā’”ti. 
;;;But those who have experiential confidence in the Buddha, the teaching, and the Saṅgha, and have the ethics loved by the noble ones, do know that they are stream-enterers.” 
;;;“Paranimmitavasavattīnampi kho, mārisa moggallāna, devānaṁ evaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: ‘sotāpannā nāma avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā’”ti. 
;;;“The gods of these various classes know this.” 
;;;“Na kho, mārisa moggallāna, sabbesaṁ paranimmitavasavattīnaṁ devānaṁ evaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: ‘sotāpannā nāma avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā’ti. 
;;;“No, my good Moggallāna, not all of them. 
;;;Ye kho te, mārisa moggallāna, paranimmitavasavattī devā buddhe aveccappasādena asamannāgatā, dhamme aveccappasādena asamannāgatā, saṅghe aveccappasādena asamannāgatā, ariyakantehi sīlehi asamannāgatā, na tesaṁ devānaṁ evaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: ‘sotāpannā nāma avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā’ti. 
;;;Those who lack experiential confidence in the Buddha, the teaching, and the Saṅgha, and lack the ethics loved by the noble ones, do not know that they are stream-enterers. 
;;;Ye ca kho te, mārisa moggallāna, paranimmitavasavattī devā buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgatā, dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgatā, saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgatā, ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgatā tesaṁ evaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: ‘sotāpannā nāma avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā’”ti. 
;;;But those who have experiential confidence in the Buddha, the teaching, and the Saṅgha, and have the ethics loved by the noble ones, do know that they are stream-enterers.” 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno tissassa brahmuno bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā: “seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evamevaṁ: ‘brahmaloke antarahito jetavane pāturahosī’”ti. 
;;;Moggallāna approved and agreed with what the divinity Tissa said. Then, as easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, he vanished from that realm of divinity and reappeared in Jeta’s Grove. 
;;;

>En 

Mahāmoggallānasutta ;;;With Mahāmoggallāna 
;;;Atha kho āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: 
;;;Then as Venerable Mahāmoggallāna was in private retreat this thought came to his mind, 
;;;‘sotāpannā nāma avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā’”ti? 
;;;stream-enterers, not liable to be reborn in the underworld, bound for awakening?” 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evamevaṁ—jetavane antarahito tasmiṁ brahmaloke pāturahosi. 
;;;And then Venerable Mahāmoggallāna, as easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, vanished from Jeta’s Grove and reappeared in that realm of divinity. 
;;;Addasā kho tisso brahmā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ. 
;;;Tissa saw Moggallāna coming off in the distance, 
;;;Disvāna āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;and said to him, 
;;;“ehi kho, mārisa moggallāna; svāgataṁ, mārisa moggallāna; 
;;;“Come, my good Moggallāna! Welcome, my good Moggallāna! 
;;;cirassaṁ kho, mārisa moggallāna; imaṁ pariyāyamakāsi, yadidaṁ idhāgamanāya. 
;;;It’s been a long time since you took the opportunity to come here. 
;;;Nisīda, mārisa moggallāna, idamāsanaṁ paññattan”ti. 
;;;Sit, my good Moggallāna, this seat is for you.” 
;;;Nisīdi kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno paññatte āsane. 
;;;Moggallāna sat down on the seat spread out. 
;;;Tissopi kho brahmā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. 
;;;Then Tissa bowed to Moggallāna and sat to one side. 
;;;Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho tissaṁ brahmānaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca: 
;;;Moggallāna said to him, 
;;;“Cātumahārājikānaṁ kho, mārisa moggallāna, devānaṁ evaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: ‘sotāpannā nāma avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā’”ti. 
;;;“The gods of the four great kings know this.” 
;;;“Na kho, mārisa moggallāna, sabbesaṁ cātumahārājikānaṁ devānaṁ evaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: ‘sotāpannā nāma avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā’ti. 
;;;“No, my good Moggallāna, not all of them. 
;;;Ye kho te, mārisa moggallāna, cātumahārājikā devā buddhe aveccappasādena asamannāgatā dhamme aveccappasādena asamannāgatā saṅghe aveccappasādena asamannāgatā ariyakantehi sīlehi asamannāgatā na tesaṁ devānaṁ evaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: ‘sotāpannā nāma avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā’ti. 
;;;Those who lack experiential confidence in the Buddha, the teaching, and the Saṅgha, and lack the ethics loved by the noble ones, do not know that they are stream-enterers. 
;;;Ye ca kho te, mārisa moggallāna, cātumahārājikā devā buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgatā, dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgatā, saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgatā ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgatā, tesaṁ evaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: ‘sotāpannā nāma avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā’”ti. 
;;;But those who have experiential confidence in the Buddha, the teaching, and the Saṅgha, and have the ethics loved by the noble ones, do know that they are stream-enterers.” 
;;;“Paranimmitavasavattīnampi kho, mārisa moggallāna, devānaṁ evaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: ‘sotāpannā nāma avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā’”ti. 
;;;“The gods of these various classes know this.” 
;;;“Na kho, mārisa moggallāna, sabbesaṁ paranimmitavasavattīnaṁ devānaṁ evaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: ‘sotāpannā nāma avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā’ti. 
;;;“No, my good Moggallāna, not all of them. 
;;;Ye kho te, mārisa moggallāna, paranimmitavasavattī devā buddhe aveccappasādena asamannāgatā, dhamme aveccappasādena asamannāgatā, saṅghe aveccappasādena asamannāgatā, ariyakantehi sīlehi asamannāgatā, na tesaṁ devānaṁ evaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: ‘sotāpannā nāma avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā’ti. 
;;;Those who lack experiential confidence in the Buddha, the teaching, and the Saṅgha, and lack the ethics loved by the noble ones, do not know that they are stream-enterers. 
;;;Ye ca kho te, mārisa moggallāna, paranimmitavasavattī devā buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgatā, dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgatā, saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgatā, ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgatā tesaṁ evaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: ‘sotāpannā nāma avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā’”ti. 
;;;But those who have experiential confidence in the Buddha, the teaching, and the Saṅgha, and have the ethics loved by the noble ones, do know that they are stream-enterers.” 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno tissassa brahmuno bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā: “seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evamevaṁ: ‘brahmaloke antarahito jetavane pāturahosī’”ti. 
;;;Moggallāna approved and agreed with what the divinity Tissa said. Then, as easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, he vanished from that realm of divinity and reappeared in Jeta’s Grove. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tena kho pana samayena veḷukaṇḍakī nandamātā upāsikā sāriputtamoggallānappamukhe bhikkhusaṅghe chaḷaṅgasamannāgataṁ dakkhiṇaṁ patiṭṭhāpeti. ;;;Now at that time Veḷukaṇṭakī, Nanda’s mother, was preparing a religious donation with six factors for the mendicant Saṅgha headed by Sāriputta and Moggallāna. 
;;;Addasā kho bhagavā dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena veḷukaṇḍakiṁ nandamātaraṁ upāsikaṁ sāriputtamoggallānappamukhe bhikkhusaṅghe chaḷaṅgasamannāgataṁ dakkhiṇaṁ patiṭṭhāpentiṁ. 
;;;The Buddha saw her doing this, with his clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, 
;;;“esā, bhikkhave, veḷukaṇḍakī nandamātā upāsikā sāriputtamoggallānappamukhe bhikkhusaṅghe chaḷaṅgasamannāgataṁ dakkhiṇaṁ patiṭṭhāpeti. 
;;;“This Veḷukaṇṭakī, Nanda’s mother, is preparing a religious donation with six factors for the mendicant Saṅgha headed by Sāriputta and Moggallāna. 
;;;Atha kho asaṅkhyeyyo appameyyo mahāpuññakkhandhotveva saṅkhaṁ gacchati. 
;;;It’s simply reckoned as an incalculable, immeasurable, great mass of merit. 
;;;Vītarāgā vītadosā, 
;;;Free of greed, free of hate, 
;;;saññatā brahmacārayo. 
;;;the disciplined spiritual practitioners. 
;;;

>En 

Tena kho pana samayena veḷukaṇḍakī nandamātā upāsikā sāriputtamoggallānappamukhe bhikkhusaṅghe chaḷaṅgasamannāgataṁ dakkhiṇaṁ patiṭṭhāpeti. ;;;Now at that time Veḷukaṇṭakī, Nanda’s mother, was preparing a religious donation with six factors for the mendicant Saṅgha headed by Sāriputta and Moggallāna. 
;;;Addasā kho bhagavā dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena veḷukaṇḍakiṁ nandamātaraṁ upāsikaṁ sāriputtamoggallānappamukhe bhikkhusaṅghe chaḷaṅgasamannāgataṁ dakkhiṇaṁ patiṭṭhāpentiṁ. 
;;;The Buddha saw her doing this, with his clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, 
;;;“esā, bhikkhave, veḷukaṇḍakī nandamātā upāsikā sāriputtamoggallānappamukhe bhikkhusaṅghe chaḷaṅgasamannāgataṁ dakkhiṇaṁ patiṭṭhāpeti. 
;;;“This Veḷukaṇṭakī, Nanda’s mother, is preparing a religious donation with six factors for the mendicant Saṅgha headed by Sāriputta and Moggallāna. 
;;;Atha kho asaṅkhyeyyo appameyyo mahāpuññakkhandhotveva saṅkhaṁ gacchati. 
;;;It’s simply reckoned as an incalculable, immeasurable, great mass of merit. 
;;;Vītarāgā vītadosā, 
;;;Free of greed, free of hate, 
;;;saññatā brahmacārayo. 
;;;the disciplined spiritual practitioners. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kimilāyaṁ viharati niculavane. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying near Kimbilā in the Freshwater Mangrove Wood. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā kimilo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā kimilo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then Venerable Kimbila went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him: 
;;;

>En 

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kimilāyaṁ viharati niculavane. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying near Kimbilā in the Freshwater Mangrove Wood. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā kimilo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā kimilo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then Venerable Kimbila went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

‘idānimaṁ āyasmantaṁ ārāmiko vā upaṭṭhahissati samaṇuddeso vā taṁ tamhā samādhimhā cāvessatī’ti. ;;;‘Now a monastery worker, a novice, or a fellow practitioner will make this venerable fall from immersion.’ 
;;;So taṁ lābhasakkārasilokaṁ nikāmayamāno riñcati paṭisallānaṁ riñcati araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni; 
;;;Enjoying possessions, honor, and popularity they neglect retreat, and they neglect remote lodgings in the wilderness and the forest. 
;;;So taṁ lābhasakkārasilokaṁ paṭipaṇāmetvā na riñcati paṭisallānaṁ na riñcati araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni. 
;;;Fending off possessions, honor, and popularity they don’t neglect retreat, and they don’t neglect remote lodgings in the wilderness and the forest. 
;;;Moggallāna vijjābhāgiyā; 
;;; 
;;;

>En 

‘idānimaṁ āyasmantaṁ ārāmiko vā upaṭṭhahissati samaṇuddeso vā taṁ tamhā samādhimhā cāvessatī’ti. ;;;‘Now a monastery worker, a novice, or a fellow practitioner will make this venerable fall from immersion.’ 
;;;So taṁ lābhasakkārasilokaṁ nikāmayamāno riñcati paṭisallānaṁ riñcati araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni; 
;;;Enjoying possessions, honor, and popularity they neglect retreat, and they neglect remote lodgings in the wilderness and the forest. 
;;;So taṁ lābhasakkārasilokaṁ paṭipaṇāmetvā na riñcati paṭisallānaṁ na riñcati araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni. 
;;;Fending off possessions, honor, and popularity they don’t neglect retreat, and they don’t neglect remote lodgings in the wilderness and the forest. 
;;;Moggallāna vijjābhāgiyā; 
;;; 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi: ;;;In the late afternoon the Buddha came out of retreat and addressed Ānanda, 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena rañño pasenadissa kosalassa seto nāma nāgo mahātūriyatāḷitavāditena pubbakoṭṭhakā paccuttarati. 
;;;Now, at that time King Pasenadi had a giant bull elephant called “White”. It emerged from the eastern gate to the beating and playing of musical instruments. 
;;;vanā nibbanamāgataṁ; 
;;;and escaped from entanglements. 
;;;ajjhattaṁ susamāhito; 
;;;he is serene within. 
;;;Mahāginīva jalito, 
;;;A great blazing fire 
;;;Viññassanti mahānāgā, 
;;;Great giants will understand 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi: ;;;In the late afternoon the Buddha came out of retreat and addressed Ānanda, 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena rañño pasenadissa kosalassa seto nāma nāgo mahātūriyatāḷitavāditena pubbakoṭṭhakā paccuttarati. 
;;;Now, at that time King Pasenadi had a giant bull elephant called “White”. It emerged from the eastern gate to the beating and playing of musical instruments. 
;;;vanā nibbanamāgataṁ; 
;;;and escaped from entanglements. 
;;;ajjhattaṁ susamāhito; 
;;;he is serene within. 
;;;Mahāginīva jalito, 
;;;A great blazing fire 
;;;Viññassanti mahānāgā, 
;;;Great giants will understand 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Kā cānanda, migasālā upāsikā bālā abyattā ammakā ammakapaññā, ke ca purisapuggalaparopariyañāṇe? ;;;“Ānanda, who is this laywoman Migasālā, a foolish incompetent aunty, with an aunty’s wit? And who is it that knows how to assess individuals? 
;;;

>En 

“Kā cānanda, migasālā upāsikā bālā abyattā ammakā ammakapaññā, ke ca purisapuggalaparopariyañāṇe? ;;;“Ānanda, who is this laywoman Migasālā, a foolish incompetent aunty, with an aunty’s wit? And who is it that knows how to assess individuals? 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Dāliddiyaṁ, bhikkhave, dukkhaṁ lokasmiṁ kāmabhogino”ti? ;;;“Mendicants, isn’t poverty suffering in the world for a person who enjoys sensual pleasures?” 
;;;“Yampi, bhikkhave, daliddo assako anāḷhiko iṇaṁ ādiyati, iṇādānampi, bhikkhave, dukkhaṁ lokasmiṁ kāmabhogino”ti? 
;;;“When a poor, penniless person falls into debt, isn’t being in debt also suffering in the world for a person who enjoys sensual pleasures?” 
;;;Nāhaṁ, bhikkhave, aññaṁ ekabandhanampi samanupassāmi evaṁdāruṇaṁ evaṅkaṭukaṁ evaṁantarāyakaraṁ anuttarassa yogakkhemassa adhigamāya, yathayidaṁ, bhikkhave, nirayabandhanaṁ vā tiracchānayonibandhanaṁ vāti. 
;;;I don’t see a single prison that’s as brutal, as vicious, and such an obstacle to reaching the supreme sanctuary from the yoke as the prison of hell or the animal realm. 
;;;

>En 

“Dāliddiyaṁ, bhikkhave, dukkhaṁ lokasmiṁ kāmabhogino”ti? ;;;“Mendicants, isn’t poverty suffering in the world for a person who enjoys sensual pleasures?” 
;;;“Yampi, bhikkhave, daliddo assako anāḷhiko iṇaṁ ādiyati, iṇādānampi, bhikkhave, dukkhaṁ lokasmiṁ kāmabhogino”ti? 
;;;“When a poor, penniless person falls into debt, isn’t being in debt also suffering in the world for a person who enjoys sensual pleasures?” 
;;;Nāhaṁ, bhikkhave, aññaṁ ekabandhanampi samanupassāmi evaṁdāruṇaṁ evaṅkaṭukaṁ evaṁantarāyakaraṁ anuttarassa yogakkhemassa adhigamāya, yathayidaṁ, bhikkhave, nirayabandhanaṁ vā tiracchānayonibandhanaṁ vāti. 
;;;I don’t see a single prison that’s as brutal, as vicious, and such an obstacle to reaching the supreme sanctuary from the yoke as the prison of hell or the animal realm. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā mahācundo cetīsu viharati sayaṁjātiyaṁ. ;;;At one time Venerable Mahācunda was staying in the land of the Cetis at Sahajāti. 
;;;‘ime pana jhāyinomhā, jhāyinomhāti jhāyanti pajjhāyanti nijjhāyanti avajjhāyanti. 
;;;‘They say, “We practice absorption meditation! We practice absorption meditation!” And they meditate and concentrate and contemplate and ruminate. 
;;;Kimime jhāyanti, kintime jhāyanti, kathaṁ ime jhāyantī’ti? 
;;;Why do they practice absorption meditation? In what way do they practice absorption meditation? How do they practice absorption meditation?’ 
;;;

>En 

ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā mahācundo cetīsu viharati sayaṁjātiyaṁ. ;;;At one time Venerable Mahācunda was staying in the land of the Cetis at Sahajāti. 
;;;‘ime pana jhāyinomhā, jhāyinomhāti jhāyanti pajjhāyanti nijjhāyanti avajjhāyanti. 
;;;‘They say, “We practice absorption meditation! We practice absorption meditation!” And they meditate and concentrate and contemplate and ruminate. 
;;;Kimime jhāyanti, kintime jhāyanti, kathaṁ ime jhāyantī’ti? 
;;;Why do they practice absorption meditation? In what way do they practice absorption meditation? How do they practice absorption meditation?’ 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho moḷiyasīvako paribbājako yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi. ;;;And then the wanderer Moḷiyasīvaka went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho moḷiyasīvako paribbājako yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi. ;;;And then the wanderer Moḷiyasīvaka went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Samatte nopanīyare; ;;;as being among superiors, inferiors, or equals. 
;;;

>En 

Samatte nopanīyare; ;;;as being among superiors, inferiors, or equals. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

suttaṁ geyyaṁ veyyākaraṇaṁ gāthaṁ udānaṁ itivuttakaṁ jātakaṁ abbhutadhammaṁ vedallaṁ. ;;;statements, mixed prose & verse, discussions, verses, inspired exclamations, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and elaborations. 
;;;suttaṁ geyyaṁ veyyākaraṇaṁ gāthaṁ udānaṁ itivuttakaṁ jātakaṁ abbhutadhammaṁ vedallaṁ. 
;;;statements, mixed prose & verse, discussions, verses, inspired exclamations, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and elaborations. 
;;;

>En 

suttaṁ geyyaṁ veyyākaraṇaṁ gāthaṁ udānaṁ itivuttakaṁ jātakaṁ abbhutadhammaṁ vedallaṁ. ;;;statements, mixed prose & verse, discussions, verses, inspired exclamations, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and elaborations. 
;;;suttaṁ geyyaṁ veyyākaraṇaṁ gāthaṁ udānaṁ itivuttakaṁ jātakaṁ abbhutadhammaṁ vedallaṁ. 
;;;statements, mixed prose & verse, discussions, verses, inspired exclamations, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and elaborations. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Samaṇā kho, brāhmaṇa, khantisoraccādhippāyā paññūpavicārā sīlādhiṭṭhānā ākiñcaññābhinivesā nibbānapariyosānā”ti. ;;;“Ascetics have patience and sweetness as their ambition. They’re preoccupied with wisdom. They’re fixated on ethical conduct. They insist on owning nothing. Their ultimate goal is extinguishment.” 
;;;

>En 

“Samaṇā kho, brāhmaṇa, khantisoraccādhippāyā paññūpavicārā sīlādhiṭṭhānā ākiñcaññābhinivesā nibbānapariyosānā”ti. ;;;“Ascetics have patience and sweetness as their ambition. They’re preoccupied with wisdom. They’re fixated on ethical conduct. They insist on owning nothing. Their ultimate goal is extinguishment.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, ye keci khuddarājāno sabbete rañño cakkavattissa anuyantā bhavanti, rājā tesaṁ cakkavattī aggamakkhāyati; ;;;All lesser rulers are vassals of a wheel-turning monarch, so the wheel-turning monarch is said to be the foremost of them all. 
;;;

>En 

Seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, ye keci khuddarājāno sabbete rañño cakkavattissa anuyantā bhavanti, rājā tesaṁ cakkavattī aggamakkhāyati; ;;;All lesser rulers are vassals of a wheel-turning monarch, so the wheel-turning monarch is said to be the foremost of them all. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho jātibhūmakānaṁ upāsakānaṁ etadahosi: ;;;Then the local lay followers thought to themselves, 
;;;Te atīradakkhiṇiyā nāvāya tīradassiṁ sakuṇaṁ muñcanti. 
;;;When their ship was out of sight of land, they released the bird. 
;;;Suppatiṭṭhassa kho pana, brāhmaṇa dhammika, nigrodharājassa ekaṁ khandhaṁ rājā paribhuñjati saddhiṁ itthāgārena, ekaṁ khandhaṁ balakāyo paribhuñjati, ekaṁ khandhaṁ negamajānapadā paribhuñjanti, ekaṁ khandhaṁ samaṇabrāhmaṇā paribhuñjanti, ekaṁ khandhaṁ migā paribhuñjanti. 
;;;The king and harem made use of one trunk, the troops another, the people of town and country another, ascetics and brahmins another, and beasts and birds another. 
;;;Yāva pāpo manusso, yatra hi nāma suppatiṭṭhassa nigrodharājassa yāvadatthaṁ phalāni bhakkhitvā sākhaṁ bhañjitvā pakkamissati, yannūna suppatiṭṭho nigrodharājā āyatiṁ phalaṁ na dadeyyā’ti. 
;;;How wicked this person is, to eat as much as they like, then break off a branch and leave! Why don’t I make sure that the royal banyan tree gives no fruit in future?’ 
;;;Atha kho, brāhmaṇa dhammika, sakko devānamindo tathārūpaṁ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkhāsi, yathā bhusā vātavuṭṭhi āgantvā suppatiṭṭhaṁ nigrodharājaṁ pavattesi ummūlamakāsi. 
;;;Then Sakka used his psychic powers to will that a violent storm come. And it felled and uprooted the royal banyan tree. 
;;;‘Ṭhassāmahaṁ, mārisa, rukkhadhamme, hotu me bhavanaṁ yathāpure’ti. 
;;;‘I will stand by a tree’s duty! May my home be as it was before!’ 
;;;Atha kho, brāhmaṇa dhammika, sakko devānamindo tathārūpaṁ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkhāsi, yathā bhusā vātavuṭṭhi āgantvā suppatiṭṭhaṁ nigrodharājaṁ ussāpesi, sacchavīni mūlāni ahesuṁ. 
;;;Then Sakka used his psychic power to will that a violent storm come. And it raised up that mighty banyan tree and the bark of the roots was healed. 
;;;Nāhaṁ, brāhmaṇa dhammika, ito bahiddhā evarūpiṁ khantiṁ vadāmi, yathāmaṁ sabrahmacārīsu. 
;;;Brahmin Dhammika, I say that any injury done by those outside of the Buddhist community does not compare with what is done to one’s own spiritual companions. 
;;;‘na no samasabrahmacārīsu cittāni paduṭṭhāni bhavissantī’ti. 
;;;‘We will have no malicious intent for those who we want to have as our spiritual companions.’ 
;;;Ahiṁsakā atītaṁse, 
;;;These six famous teachers, 
;;;Nirāmagandhā karuṇedhimuttā, 
;;;were free of putrefaction, compassionate, 
;;;Kāmasaṁyojanātigā; 
;;;gone beyond the fetter of sensuality. 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho jātibhūmakānaṁ upāsakānaṁ etadahosi: ;;;Then the local lay followers thought to themselves, 
;;;Te atīradakkhiṇiyā nāvāya tīradassiṁ sakuṇaṁ muñcanti. 
;;;When their ship was out of sight of land, they released the bird. 
;;;Suppatiṭṭhassa kho pana, brāhmaṇa dhammika, nigrodharājassa ekaṁ khandhaṁ rājā paribhuñjati saddhiṁ itthāgārena, ekaṁ khandhaṁ balakāyo paribhuñjati, ekaṁ khandhaṁ negamajānapadā paribhuñjanti, ekaṁ khandhaṁ samaṇabrāhmaṇā paribhuñjanti, ekaṁ khandhaṁ migā paribhuñjanti. 
;;;The king and harem made use of one trunk, the troops another, the people of town and country another, ascetics and brahmins another, and beasts and birds another. 
;;;Yāva pāpo manusso, yatra hi nāma suppatiṭṭhassa nigrodharājassa yāvadatthaṁ phalāni bhakkhitvā sākhaṁ bhañjitvā pakkamissati, yannūna suppatiṭṭho nigrodharājā āyatiṁ phalaṁ na dadeyyā’ti. 
;;;How wicked this person is, to eat as much as they like, then break off a branch and leave! Why don’t I make sure that the royal banyan tree gives no fruit in future?’ 
;;;Atha kho, brāhmaṇa dhammika, sakko devānamindo tathārūpaṁ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkhāsi, yathā bhusā vātavuṭṭhi āgantvā suppatiṭṭhaṁ nigrodharājaṁ pavattesi ummūlamakāsi. 
;;;Then Sakka used his psychic powers to will that a violent storm come. And it felled and uprooted the royal banyan tree. 
;;;‘Ṭhassāmahaṁ, mārisa, rukkhadhamme, hotu me bhavanaṁ yathāpure’ti. 
;;;‘I will stand by a tree’s duty! May my home be as it was before!’ 
;;;Atha kho, brāhmaṇa dhammika, sakko devānamindo tathārūpaṁ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkhāsi, yathā bhusā vātavuṭṭhi āgantvā suppatiṭṭhaṁ nigrodharājaṁ ussāpesi, sacchavīni mūlāni ahesuṁ. 
;;;Then Sakka used his psychic power to will that a violent storm come. And it raised up that mighty banyan tree and the bark of the roots was healed. 
;;;Nāhaṁ, brāhmaṇa dhammika, ito bahiddhā evarūpiṁ khantiṁ vadāmi, yathāmaṁ sabrahmacārīsu. 
;;;Brahmin Dhammika, I say that any injury done by those outside of the Buddhist community does not compare with what is done to one’s own spiritual companions. 
;;;‘na no samasabrahmacārīsu cittāni paduṭṭhāni bhavissantī’ti. 
;;;‘We will have no malicious intent for those who we want to have as our spiritual companions.’ 
;;;Ahiṁsakā atītaṁse, 
;;;These six famous teachers, 
;;;Nirāmagandhā karuṇedhimuttā, 
;;;were free of putrefaction, compassionate, 
;;;Kāmasaṁyojanātigā; 
;;;gone beyond the fetter of sensuality. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho āyasmato soṇassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ;;;Then as he was in private retreat this thought came to his mind, 
;;;“Nanu te, soṇa, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: 
;;;“Soṇa, as you were in private retreat didn’t this thought come to your mind: 
;;;nekkhammādhimutto hoti, pavivekādhimutto hoti, abyāpajjādhimutto hoti, taṇhākkhayādhimutto hoti, upādānakkhayādhimutto hoti, asammohādhimutto hoti. 
;;;They are dedicated to renunciation, seclusion, kindness, the ending of craving, the ending of grasping, and mental clarity. 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho āyasmato soṇassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ;;;Then as he was in private retreat this thought came to his mind, 
;;;“Nanu te, soṇa, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: 
;;;“Soṇa, as you were in private retreat didn’t this thought come to your mind: 
;;;nekkhammādhimutto hoti, pavivekādhimutto hoti, abyāpajjādhimutto hoti, taṇhākkhayādhimutto hoti, upādānakkhayādhimutto hoti, asammohādhimutto hoti. 
;;;They are dedicated to renunciation, seclusion, kindness, the ending of craving, the ending of grasping, and mental clarity. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā phagguno ābādhiko hoti dukkhito bāḷhagilāno. ;;;Now at that time Venerable Phagguna was sick, suffering, gravely ill. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā phagguno tenupasaṅkami. 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to Venerable Phagguna. 
;;;Disvāna mañcake samadhosi. 
;;;and tried to rise on his cot. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhante, balavā puriso tiṇhena sikharena muddhani abhimattheyya; evamevaṁ kho me, bhante, adhimattā vātā muddhani ūhananti. 
;;;The winds piercing my head are so severe, it feels like a strong man drilling into my head with a sharp point. 
;;;“Kiṁ hānanda, phaggunassa bhikkhuno indriyāni na vippasīdissanti. 
;;;“And why shouldn’t his faculties be bright and clear? 
;;;Chayime, ānanda, ānisaṁsā kālena dhammassavane kālena atthupaparikkhāya. 
;;;Ānanda, there are these six benefits to hearing the teaching at the right time and examining the meaning at the right time. 
;;;

>En 

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā phagguno ābādhiko hoti dukkhito bāḷhagilāno. ;;;Now at that time Venerable Phagguna was sick, suffering, gravely ill. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā phagguno tenupasaṅkami. 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to Venerable Phagguna. 
;;;Disvāna mañcake samadhosi. 
;;;and tried to rise on his cot. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhante, balavā puriso tiṇhena sikharena muddhani abhimattheyya; evamevaṁ kho me, bhante, adhimattā vātā muddhani ūhananti. 
;;;The winds piercing my head are so severe, it feels like a strong man drilling into my head with a sharp point. 
;;;“Kiṁ hānanda, phaggunassa bhikkhuno indriyāni na vippasīdissanti. 
;;;“And why shouldn’t his faculties be bright and clear? 
;;;Chayime, ānanda, ānisaṁsā kālena dhammassavane kālena atthupaparikkhāya. 
;;;Ānanda, there are these six benefits to hearing the teaching at the right time and examining the meaning at the right time. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

‘yāvadeva sītassa paṭighātāya, uṇhassa paṭighātāya, ḍaṁsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassānaṁ paṭighātāya, yāvadeva hirikopīnapaṭicchādanatthaṁ’. ;;;‘Only for the sake of warding off cold and heat; for warding off the touch of flies, mosquitoes, wind, sun, and reptiles; and for covering up the private parts.’ 
;;;‘neva davāya na madāya na maṇḍanāya na vibhūsanāya, yāvadeva imassa kāyassa ṭhitiyā yāpanāya, vihiṁsūparatiyā brahmacariyānuggahāya, iti purāṇañca vedanaṁ paṭihaṅkhāmi, navañca vedanaṁ na uppādessāmi, yātrā ca me bhavissati anavajjatā ca phāsuvihāro ca’. 
;;;‘Not for fun, indulgence, adornment, or decoration, but only to sustain this body, to avoid harm, and to support spiritual practice. In this way, I shall put an end to old discomfort and not give rise to new discomfort, and I will have the means to keep going, blamelessness, and a comfortable abiding.’ 
;;;‘yāvadeva sītassa paṭighātāya, uṇhassa paṭighātāya, ḍaṁsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassānaṁ paṭighātāya, yāvadeva utuparissayavinodanapaṭisallānārāmatthaṁ’. 
;;;‘Only for the sake of warding off cold and heat; for warding off the touch of flies, mosquitoes, wind, sun, and reptiles; to shelter from harsh weather and to enjoy retreat.’ 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu paṭisaṅkhā yoniso caṇḍaṁ hatthiṁ parivajjeti, caṇḍaṁ assaṁ parivajjeti, caṇḍaṁ goṇaṁ parivajjeti, caṇḍaṁ kukkuraṁ parivajjeti, ahiṁ khāṇuṁ kaṇṭakaṭṭhānaṁ sobbhaṁ papātaṁ candanikaṁ oḷigallaṁ, yathārūpe anāsane nisinnaṁ, yathārūpe agocare carantaṁ, yathārūpe pāpake mitte bhajantaṁ viññū sabrahmacārī pāpakesu ṭhānesu okappeyyuṁ, so tañca anāsanaṁ tañca agocaraṁ te ca pāpake mitte paṭisaṅkhā yoniso parivajjeti. 
;;;Take a mendicant who, reflecting rationally, avoids a wild elephant, a wild horse, a wild ox, a wild dog, a snake, a stump, thorny ground, a pit, a cliff, a swamp, and a sewer. Reflecting rationally, they avoid sitting on inappropriate seats, walking in inappropriate neighborhoods, and mixing with bad friends—whatever sensible spiritual companions would believe to be a bad setting. 
;;;upekkhāsambojjhaṅgaṁ bhāveti vivekanissitaṁ virāganissitaṁ nirodhanissitaṁ vosaggapariṇāmiṁ. 
;;;and equanimity, which rely on seclusion, fading away, and cessation, and ripen as letting go. 
;;;

>En 

‘yāvadeva sītassa paṭighātāya, uṇhassa paṭighātāya, ḍaṁsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassānaṁ paṭighātāya, yāvadeva hirikopīnapaṭicchādanatthaṁ’. ;;;‘Only for the sake of warding off cold and heat; for warding off the touch of flies, mosquitoes, wind, sun, and reptiles; and for covering up the private parts.’ 
;;;‘neva davāya na madāya na maṇḍanāya na vibhūsanāya, yāvadeva imassa kāyassa ṭhitiyā yāpanāya, vihiṁsūparatiyā brahmacariyānuggahāya, iti purāṇañca vedanaṁ paṭihaṅkhāmi, navañca vedanaṁ na uppādessāmi, yātrā ca me bhavissati anavajjatā ca phāsuvihāro ca’. 
;;;‘Not for fun, indulgence, adornment, or decoration, but only to sustain this body, to avoid harm, and to support spiritual practice. In this way, I shall put an end to old discomfort and not give rise to new discomfort, and I will have the means to keep going, blamelessness, and a comfortable abiding.’ 
;;;‘yāvadeva sītassa paṭighātāya, uṇhassa paṭighātāya, ḍaṁsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassānaṁ paṭighātāya, yāvadeva utuparissayavinodanapaṭisallānārāmatthaṁ’. 
;;;‘Only for the sake of warding off cold and heat; for warding off the touch of flies, mosquitoes, wind, sun, and reptiles; to shelter from harsh weather and to enjoy retreat.’ 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu paṭisaṅkhā yoniso caṇḍaṁ hatthiṁ parivajjeti, caṇḍaṁ assaṁ parivajjeti, caṇḍaṁ goṇaṁ parivajjeti, caṇḍaṁ kukkuraṁ parivajjeti, ahiṁ khāṇuṁ kaṇṭakaṭṭhānaṁ sobbhaṁ papātaṁ candanikaṁ oḷigallaṁ, yathārūpe anāsane nisinnaṁ, yathārūpe agocare carantaṁ, yathārūpe pāpake mitte bhajantaṁ viññū sabrahmacārī pāpakesu ṭhānesu okappeyyuṁ, so tañca anāsanaṁ tañca agocaraṁ te ca pāpake mitte paṭisaṅkhā yoniso parivajjeti. 
;;;Take a mendicant who, reflecting rationally, avoids a wild elephant, a wild horse, a wild ox, a wild dog, a snake, a stump, thorny ground, a pit, a cliff, a swamp, and a sewer. Reflecting rationally, they avoid sitting on inappropriate seats, walking in inappropriate neighborhoods, and mixing with bad friends—whatever sensible spiritual companions would believe to be a bad setting. 
;;;upekkhāsambojjhaṅgaṁ bhāveti vivekanissitaṁ virāganissitaṁ nirodhanissitaṁ vosaggapariṇāmiṁ. 
;;;and equanimity, which rely on seclusion, fading away, and cessation, and ripen as letting go. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Seyyathāpi, āvuso, cātumahāpathe thullaphusitako devo vassanto rajaṁ antaradhāpeyya, cikkhallaṁ pātukareyya. ;;;Suppose the heavens were raining heavily at the crossroads so that the dust vanished and mud appeared. 
;;;Tatra hatthisaddena assasaddena rathasaddena pattisaddena bheripaṇavasaṅkhatiṇavaninnādasaddena cīrikasaddo antaradhāyeyya. 
;;;There, because of the noise of the elephants, horses, chariots, soldiers, and the drums, kettledrums, horns, and cymbals, the chirping of crickets would vanish. 
;;;

>En 

Seyyathāpi, āvuso, cātumahāpathe thullaphusitako devo vassanto rajaṁ antaradhāpeyya, cikkhallaṁ pātukareyya. ;;;Suppose the heavens were raining heavily at the crossroads so that the dust vanished and mud appeared. 
;;;Tatra hatthisaddena assasaddena rathasaddena pattisaddena bheripaṇavasaṅkhatiṇavaninnādasaddena cīrikasaddo antaradhāyeyya. 
;;;There, because of the noise of the elephants, horses, chariots, soldiers, and the drums, kettledrums, horns, and cymbals, the chirping of crickets would vanish. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

sodha sibbinimaccagā’”ti. ;;;he has escaped the seamstress here.’ 
;;;Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho therā bhikkhū yāvatako ahosi sabbeheva saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo, taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesuṁ. 
;;;and informed the Buddha of all they had discussed. They asked, 
;;;

>En 

sodha sibbinimaccagā’”ti. ;;;he has escaped the seamstress here.’ 
;;;Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho therā bhikkhū yāvatako ahosi sabbeheva saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo, taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesuṁ. 
;;;and informed the Buddha of all they had discussed. They asked, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“So vā kho, ānanda, bhikkhu navo bhavissati acirapabbajito, thero vā pana bālo abyatto. ;;;“Ānanda, that mendicant must be junior, recently gone forth, or else a foolish, incompetent senior mendicant. 
;;;Sace tumhe, ānanda, suṇeyyātha tathāgatassa purisindriyañāṇāni vibhajissāmī”ti? 
;;;If you would all listen, Ānanda, I will analyze the Realized One’s knowledges of the faculties of persons.” 
;;;“Seyyathāpi vā pana, ānanda, sāyanhasamayaṁ sūriye ogacchante, jāneyyāsi tvaṁ, ānanda, āloko antaradhāyissati andhakāro pātubhavissatī”ti? 
;;;“Or suppose it was the late afternoon and the sun was going down. Wouldn’t you know that the light was about to vanish and darkness appear?” 
;;;“Seyyathāpi vā panānanda, rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ sūriye uggacchante, jāneyyāsi tvaṁ, ānanda, andhakāro antaradhāyissati, āloko pātubhavissatī”ti? 
;;;“Suppose it’s the crack of dawn and the sun is rising. Wouldn’t you know that the dark will vanish and the light appear?” 
;;;

>En 

“So vā kho, ānanda, bhikkhu navo bhavissati acirapabbajito, thero vā pana bālo abyatto. ;;;“Ānanda, that mendicant must be junior, recently gone forth, or else a foolish, incompetent senior mendicant. 
;;;Sace tumhe, ānanda, suṇeyyātha tathāgatassa purisindriyañāṇāni vibhajissāmī”ti? 
;;;If you would all listen, Ānanda, I will analyze the Realized One’s knowledges of the faculties of persons.” 
;;;“Seyyathāpi vā pana, ānanda, sāyanhasamayaṁ sūriye ogacchante, jāneyyāsi tvaṁ, ānanda, āloko antaradhāyissati andhakāro pātubhavissatī”ti? 
;;;“Or suppose it was the late afternoon and the sun was going down. Wouldn’t you know that the light was about to vanish and darkness appear?” 
;;;“Seyyathāpi vā panānanda, rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ sūriye uggacchante, jāneyyāsi tvaṁ, ānanda, andhakāro antaradhāyissati, āloko pātubhavissatī”ti? 
;;;“Suppose it’s the crack of dawn and the sun is rising. Wouldn’t you know that the dark will vanish and the light appear?” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Nete kāmā yāni citrāni loke; ;;;The world’s pretty things aren’t sensual pleasures. 
;;;Phassanirodho, bhikkhave, kāmanirodho. 
;;;When contact ceases, sensual pleasures cease. 
;;;Yaṁ kho, bhikkhave, vediyamāno tajjaṁ tajjaṁ attabhāvaṁ abhinibbatteti puññabhāgiyaṁ vā apuññabhāgiyaṁ vā, 
;;;When one who feels creates a corresponding incarnation, partaking of either good or bad deeds— 
;;;Phassanirodho, bhikkhave, vedanānirodho. 
;;;When contact ceases, feelings cease. 
;;;Vohāravepakkaṁ, bhikkhave, saññaṁ vadāmi. 
;;;Communication is the result of perception, I say. 
;;;Phassanirodho, bhikkhave, saññānirodho. 
;;;When contact ceases, perception ceases. 
;;;Atthi, bhikkhave, āsavā nirayagamanīyā, atthi āsavā tiracchānayonigamanīyā, atthi āsavā pettivisayagamanīyā, atthi āsavā manussalokagamanīyā, atthi āsavā devalokagamanīyā. 
;;;There are defilements that lead to rebirth in hell, the animal realm, the ghost realm, the human world, and the world of the gods. 
;;;Phassanirodho, bhikkhave, kammanirodho. 
;;;When contact ceases, deeds cease. 
;;;Jātipi dukkhā, jarāpi dukkhā, byādhipi dukkho, maraṇampi dukkhaṁ, sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsāpi dukkhā, yampicchaṁ na labhati tampi dukkhaṁ, saṅkhittena pañcupādānakkhandhā dukkhā. 
;;;Rebirth is suffering; old age is suffering; illness is suffering; death is suffering; sorrow, lamentation, pain, sadness, and distress are suffering; not getting what you wish for is suffering. In brief, the five grasping aggregates are suffering. 
;;;‘ko ekapadaṁ dvipadaṁ jānāti imassa dukkhassa nirodhāyā’ti? 
;;;‘Who knows one or two phrases to stop this suffering?’ 
;;;Taṇhānirodho, bhikkhave, dukkhanirodho. 
;;;When craving ceases, suffering ceases. 
;;;

>En 

Nete kāmā yāni citrāni loke; ;;;The world’s pretty things aren’t sensual pleasures. 
;;;Phassanirodho, bhikkhave, kāmanirodho. 
;;;When contact ceases, sensual pleasures cease. 
;;;Yaṁ kho, bhikkhave, vediyamāno tajjaṁ tajjaṁ attabhāvaṁ abhinibbatteti puññabhāgiyaṁ vā apuññabhāgiyaṁ vā, 
;;;When one who feels creates a corresponding incarnation, partaking of either good or bad deeds— 
;;;Phassanirodho, bhikkhave, vedanānirodho. 
;;;When contact ceases, feelings cease. 
;;;Vohāravepakkaṁ, bhikkhave, saññaṁ vadāmi. 
;;;Communication is the result of perception, I say. 
;;;Phassanirodho, bhikkhave, saññānirodho. 
;;;When contact ceases, perception ceases. 
;;;Atthi, bhikkhave, āsavā nirayagamanīyā, atthi āsavā tiracchānayonigamanīyā, atthi āsavā pettivisayagamanīyā, atthi āsavā manussalokagamanīyā, atthi āsavā devalokagamanīyā. 
;;;There are defilements that lead to rebirth in hell, the animal realm, the ghost realm, the human world, and the world of the gods. 
;;;Phassanirodho, bhikkhave, kammanirodho. 
;;;When contact ceases, deeds cease. 
;;;Jātipi dukkhā, jarāpi dukkhā, byādhipi dukkho, maraṇampi dukkhaṁ, sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsāpi dukkhā, yampicchaṁ na labhati tampi dukkhaṁ, saṅkhittena pañcupādānakkhandhā dukkhā. 
;;;Rebirth is suffering; old age is suffering; illness is suffering; death is suffering; sorrow, lamentation, pain, sadness, and distress are suffering; not getting what you wish for is suffering. In brief, the five grasping aggregates are suffering. 
;;;‘ko ekapadaṁ dvipadaṁ jānāti imassa dukkhassa nirodhāyā’ti? 
;;;‘Who knows one or two phrases to stop this suffering?’ 
;;;Taṇhānirodho, bhikkhave, dukkhanirodho. 
;;;When craving ceases, suffering ceases. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Thinaṁ, middhaṁ, uddhaccaṁ, kukkuccaṁ, assaddhiyaṁ, pamādaṁ— ;;;Dullness, drowsiness, restlessness, remorse, lack of faith, and negligence. 
;;;

>En 

Thinaṁ, middhaṁ, uddhaccaṁ, kukkuccaṁ, assaddhiyaṁ, pamādaṁ— ;;;Dullness, drowsiness, restlessness, remorse, lack of faith, and negligence. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

8. Arahattavagga ;;;8. Perfection 
;;;

>En 

8. Arahattavagga ;;;8. Perfection 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Cha, bhikkhave, dhamme appahāya abhabbo uttari manussadhammaṁ alamariyañāṇadassanavisesaṁ sacchikātuṁ. ;;;“Mendicants, without giving up six qualities you can’t realize a superhuman distinction in knowledge and vision worthy of the noble ones. 
;;;

>En 

“Cha, bhikkhave, dhamme appahāya abhabbo uttari manussadhammaṁ alamariyañāṇadassanavisesaṁ sacchikātuṁ. ;;;“Mendicants, without giving up six qualities you can’t realize a superhuman distinction in knowledge and vision worthy of the noble ones. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Chahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu abhabbo anadhigataṁ vā kusalaṁ dhammaṁ adhigantuṁ, adhigataṁ vā kusalaṁ dhammaṁ phātiṁ kātuṁ. ;;;“Mendicants, a mendicant who has six qualities is unable to acquire more skillful qualities or to increase the skillful qualities they’ve already acquired. 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na āyakusalo ca hoti, na apāyakusalo ca hoti, na upāyakusalo ca hoti, anadhigatānaṁ kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ adhigamāya na chandaṁ janeti, adhigate kusale dhamme na ārakkhati, sātaccakiriyāya na sampādeti. 
;;;It’s when a mendicant is not skilled in profit, skilled in loss, and skilled in means. They don’t generate enthusiasm to achieve skillful qualities not yet achieved. They don’t protect skillful qualities they have achieved. And they don’t try to persevere in the task. 
;;;

>En 

“Chahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu abhabbo anadhigataṁ vā kusalaṁ dhammaṁ adhigantuṁ, adhigataṁ vā kusalaṁ dhammaṁ phātiṁ kātuṁ. ;;;“Mendicants, a mendicant who has six qualities is unable to acquire more skillful qualities or to increase the skillful qualities they’ve already acquired. 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na āyakusalo ca hoti, na apāyakusalo ca hoti, na upāyakusalo ca hoti, anadhigatānaṁ kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ adhigamāya na chandaṁ janeti, adhigate kusale dhamme na ārakkhati, sātaccakiriyāya na sampādeti. 
;;;It’s when a mendicant is not skilled in profit, skilled in loss, and skilled in means. They don’t generate enthusiasm to achieve skillful qualities not yet achieved. They don’t protect skillful qualities they have achieved. And they don’t try to persevere in the task. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Chahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu nacirasseva mahantattaṁ vepullattaṁ pāpuṇāti dhammesu. ;;;“Mendicants, a mendicant with six qualities soon acquires great and abundant good qualities. 
;;;

>En 

“Chahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu nacirasseva mahantattaṁ vepullattaṁ pāpuṇāti dhammesu. ;;;“Mendicants, a mendicant with six qualities soon acquires great and abundant good qualities. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Pāṇātipātī hoti, adinnādāyī hoti, kāmesumicchācārī hoti, musāvādī hoti, luddho ca, pagabbho ca. ;;;They kill living creatures, steal, commit sexual misconduct, and lie. And they’re greedy and rude. 
;;;

>En 

Pāṇātipātī hoti, adinnādāyī hoti, kāmesumicchācārī hoti, musāvādī hoti, luddho ca, pagabbho ca. ;;;They kill living creatures, steal, commit sexual misconduct, and lie. And they’re greedy and rude. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Mahantattaṁ dvayaṁ niraye, ;;;" 
;;;

>En 

Mahantattaṁ dvayaṁ niraye, ;;;" 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Mātā jīvitā voropitā hoti, pitā jīvitā voropito hoti, arahaṁ jīvitā voropito hoti, tathāgatassa duṭṭhena cittena lohitaṁ uppāditaṁ hoti, saṅgho bhinno hoti, duppañño hoti jaḷo eḷamūgo. ;;;They murder their mother or father or a perfected one. They maliciously shed the blood of a Realized One. They cause a schism in the Saṅgha. They’re witless, dull, and stupid. 
;;;

>En 

Mātā jīvitā voropitā hoti, pitā jīvitā voropito hoti, arahaṁ jīvitā voropito hoti, tathāgatassa duṭṭhena cittena lohitaṁ uppāditaṁ hoti, saṅgho bhinno hoti, duppañño hoti jaḷo eḷamūgo. ;;;They murder their mother or father or a perfected one. They maliciously shed the blood of a Realized One. They cause a schism in the Saṅgha. They’re witless, dull, and stupid. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye desiyamāne na sussūsati, na sotaṁ odahati, na aññā cittaṁ upaṭṭhāpeti, anatthaṁ gaṇhāti, atthaṁ riñcati, ananulomikāya khantiyā samannāgato hoti. ;;;When the teaching and practice proclaimed by the Realized One is being taught they don’t want to listen. They don’t actively listen or try to understand. They learn the incorrect meaning and reject the correct meaning. They accept views that contradict the teaching. 
;;;

>En 

Tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye desiyamāne na sussūsati, na sotaṁ odahati, na aññā cittaṁ upaṭṭhāpeti, anatthaṁ gaṇhāti, atthaṁ riñcati, ananulomikāya khantiyā samannāgato hoti. ;;;When the teaching and practice proclaimed by the Realized One is being taught they don’t want to listen. They don’t actively listen or try to understand. They learn the incorrect meaning and reject the correct meaning. They accept views that contradict the teaching. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Abhabbo diṭṭhisampanno puggalo kañci saṅkhāraṁ niccato upagantuṁ, abhabbo diṭṭhisampanno puggalo kañci saṅkhāraṁ sukhato upagantuṁ, abhabbo diṭṭhisampanno puggalo kañci dhammaṁ attato upagantuṁ, abhabbo diṭṭhisampanno puggalo ānantariyaṁ kammaṁ kātuṁ, abhabbo diṭṭhisampanno puggalo kotūhalamaṅgalena suddhiṁ paccāgantuṁ, abhabbo diṭṭhisampanno puggalo ito bahiddhā dakkhiṇeyyaṁ gavesituṁ. ;;;A person accomplished in view can’t take conditions to be permanent. They cannot take conditions to be happiness. They cannot take anything to be the self. They can’t do deeds with fixed result in the next life. They can’t fall back on purification through boisterous, superstitious rites. They can’t seek outside of the Buddhist community for those worthy of religious donations. 
;;;

>En 

Abhabbo diṭṭhisampanno puggalo kañci saṅkhāraṁ niccato upagantuṁ, abhabbo diṭṭhisampanno puggalo kañci saṅkhāraṁ sukhato upagantuṁ, abhabbo diṭṭhisampanno puggalo kañci dhammaṁ attato upagantuṁ, abhabbo diṭṭhisampanno puggalo ānantariyaṁ kammaṁ kātuṁ, abhabbo diṭṭhisampanno puggalo kotūhalamaṅgalena suddhiṁ paccāgantuṁ, abhabbo diṭṭhisampanno puggalo ito bahiddhā dakkhiṇeyyaṁ gavesituṁ. ;;;A person accomplished in view can’t take conditions to be permanent. They cannot take conditions to be happiness. They cannot take anything to be the self. They can’t do deeds with fixed result in the next life. They can’t fall back on purification through boisterous, superstitious rites. They can’t seek outside of the Buddhist community for those worthy of religious donations. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Abhabbo diṭṭhisampanno puggalo sayaṅkataṁ sukhadukkhaṁ paccāgantuṁ, abhabbo diṭṭhisampanno puggalo paraṅkataṁ sukhadukkhaṁ paccāgantuṁ, abhabbo diṭṭhisampanno puggalo sayaṅkatañca paraṅkatañca sukhadukkhaṁ paccāgantuṁ, abhabbo diṭṭhisampanno puggalo asayaṅkāraṁ adhiccasamuppannaṁ sukhadukkhaṁ paccāgantuṁ, abhabbo diṭṭhisampanno puggalo aparaṅkāraṁ adhiccasamuppannaṁ sukhadukkhaṁ paccāgantuṁ, abhabbo diṭṭhisampanno puggalo asayaṅkārañca aparaṅkārañca adhiccasamuppannaṁ sukhadukkhaṁ paccāgantuṁ. ;;;A person accomplished in view can’t fall back on the idea that pleasure and pain are made by oneself, or that they’re made by another, or that they’re made by both. Nor can they fall back on the idea that pleasure and pain arise by chance, not made by oneself, by another, or by both. 
;;;

>En 

Abhabbo diṭṭhisampanno puggalo sayaṅkataṁ sukhadukkhaṁ paccāgantuṁ, abhabbo diṭṭhisampanno puggalo paraṅkataṁ sukhadukkhaṁ paccāgantuṁ, abhabbo diṭṭhisampanno puggalo sayaṅkatañca paraṅkatañca sukhadukkhaṁ paccāgantuṁ, abhabbo diṭṭhisampanno puggalo asayaṅkāraṁ adhiccasamuppannaṁ sukhadukkhaṁ paccāgantuṁ, abhabbo diṭṭhisampanno puggalo aparaṅkāraṁ adhiccasamuppannaṁ sukhadukkhaṁ paccāgantuṁ, abhabbo diṭṭhisampanno puggalo asayaṅkārañca aparaṅkārañca adhiccasamuppannaṁ sukhadukkhaṁ paccāgantuṁ. ;;;A person accomplished in view can’t fall back on the idea that pleasure and pain are made by oneself, or that they’re made by another, or that they’re made by both. Nor can they fall back on the idea that pleasure and pain arise by chance, not made by oneself, by another, or by both. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tathāgatassa arahato sammāsambuddhassa pātubhāvo dullabho lokasmiṁ, tathāgatappaveditassa dhammavinayassa desetā puggalo dullabho lokasmiṁ, ariyāyatane paccājāti dullabhā lokasmiṁ, indriyānaṁ avekallatā dullabhā lokasmiṁ, ajaḷatā aneḷamūgatā dullabhā lokasmiṁ, kusale dhamme chando dullabho lokasmiṁ. ;;;A Realized One, a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha. A teacher of the teaching and training proclaimed by a Realized One. Rebirth in a civilized region. Unimpaired sense faculties. Being bright and clever. Enthusiasm for skillful qualities. 
;;;

>En 

Tathāgatassa arahato sammāsambuddhassa pātubhāvo dullabho lokasmiṁ, tathāgatappaveditassa dhammavinayassa desetā puggalo dullabho lokasmiṁ, ariyāyatane paccājāti dullabhā lokasmiṁ, indriyānaṁ avekallatā dullabhā lokasmiṁ, ajaḷatā aneḷamūgatā dullabhā lokasmiṁ, kusale dhamme chando dullabho lokasmiṁ. ;;;A Realized One, a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha. A teacher of the teaching and training proclaimed by a Realized One. Rebirth in a civilized region. Unimpaired sense faculties. Being bright and clever. Enthusiasm for skillful qualities. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Saddhammaniyato hoti, aparihānadhammo hoti, pariyantakatassa dukkhaṁ hoti, asādhāraṇena ñāṇena samannāgato hoti, hetu cassa sudiṭṭho, hetusamuppannā ca dhammā. ;;;You’re bound for the true teaching. You’re not liable to decline. You suffer only for a limited period. You have unshared knowledge. You’ve clearly seen causes and the phenomena that arise from causes. 
;;;

>En 

Saddhammaniyato hoti, aparihānadhammo hoti, pariyantakatassa dukkhaṁ hoti, asādhāraṇena ñāṇena samannāgato hoti, hetu cassa sudiṭṭho, hetusamuppannā ca dhammā. ;;;You’re bound for the true teaching. You’re not liable to decline. You suffer only for a limited period. You have unshared knowledge. You’ve clearly seen causes and the phenomena that arise from causes. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

‘Sabbasaṅkhārā ca me anavatthitā khāyissanti, sabbaloke ca me mano nābhiramissati, sabbalokā ca me mano vuṭṭhahissati, nibbānapoṇañca me mānasaṁ bhavissati, saṁyojanā ca me pahānaṁ gacchissanti, paramena ca sāmaññena samannāgato bhavissāmī’ti. ;;;‘All conditions will appear to me as transient.’ ‘My mind will not delight anywhere in the world.’ ‘My mind will rise above the whole world.’ ‘My mind will incline to extinguishment.’ ‘My fetters will be given up.’ ‘I will achieve the ultimate goal of the ascetic life.’ 
;;;

>En 

‘Sabbasaṅkhārā ca me anavatthitā khāyissanti, sabbaloke ca me mano nābhiramissati, sabbalokā ca me mano vuṭṭhahissati, nibbānapoṇañca me mānasaṁ bhavissati, saṁyojanā ca me pahānaṁ gacchissanti, paramena ca sāmaññena samannāgato bhavissāmī’ti. ;;;‘All conditions will appear to me as transient.’ ‘My mind will not delight anywhere in the world.’ ‘My mind will rise above the whole world.’ ‘My mind will incline to extinguishment.’ ‘My fetters will be given up.’ ‘I will achieve the ultimate goal of the ascetic life.’ 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

12. Sāmaññavagga ;;;12. The Ascetic Life 
;;;

>En 

12. Sāmaññavagga ;;;12. The Ascetic Life 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Bhallikādisutta ;;;About Bhallika, Etc. 
;;;“Chahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhalliko gahapati …pe… 
;;;“Mendicants, having six qualities the householders Bhallika … 
;;;sūrambaṭṭho … 
;;;Sūrambaṭṭha … 
;;;vicayo gahapati … 
;;;Vijaya … 
;;;vijayamāhiko gahapati … 
;;;Vijayamāhita … 
;;;sāraggo upāsako tathāgate niṭṭhaṅgato amataddaso amataṁ sacchikatvā iriyati. 
;;;and Sāragga are certain about the Realized One, see freedom from death and live having realized freedom from death. 
;;;

>En 

Bhallikādisutta ;;;About Bhallika, Etc. 
;;;“Chahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhalliko gahapati …pe… 
;;;“Mendicants, having six qualities the householders Bhallika … 
;;;sūrambaṭṭho … 
;;;Sūrambaṭṭha … 
;;;vicayo gahapati … 
;;;Vijaya … 
;;;vijayamāhiko gahapati … 
;;;Vijayamāhita … 
;;;sāraggo upāsako tathāgate niṭṭhaṅgato amataddaso amataṁ sacchikatvā iriyati. 
;;;and Sāragga are certain about the Realized One, see freedom from death and live having realized freedom from death. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Sataṁ, bhante, satasahassānaṁ hiraññassa, ko pana vādo rūpiyassā”ti. ;;;“He has a hundred thousand gold coins, not to mention the silver coins!” 
;;;

>En 

“Sataṁ, bhante, satasahassānaṁ hiraññassa, ko pana vādo rūpiyassā”ti. ;;;“He has a hundred thousand gold coins, not to mention the silver coins!” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo ummujjitvā tiṇṇo hoti pāraṅgato thale tiṭṭhati brāhmaṇo. ;;;One person has risen up, crossed over, and gone beyond, and that brahmin stands on the shore. 
;;;sādhu vīriyaṁ … 
;;; 
;;;

>En 

idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo ummujjitvā tiṇṇo hoti pāraṅgato thale tiṭṭhati brāhmaṇo. ;;;One person has risen up, crossed over, and gone beyond, and that brahmin stands on the shore. 
;;;sādhu vīriyaṁ … 
;;; 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sikkhāsamādāne tibbacchando hoti āyatiñca sikkhāsamādāne avigatapemo, ;;;It’s when a mendicant has a keen enthusiasm to undertake the training … 
;;;paṭisallāne tibbacchando hoti āyatiñca paṭisallāne avigatapemo, 
;;;for retreat … 
;;;vīriyārambhe tibbacchando hoti āyatiñca vīriyārambhe avigatapemo, 
;;;to rouse up energy … 
;;;

>En 

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sikkhāsamādāne tibbacchando hoti āyatiñca sikkhāsamādāne avigatapemo, ;;;It’s when a mendicant has a keen enthusiasm to undertake the training … 
;;;paṭisallāne tibbacchando hoti āyatiñca paṭisallāne avigatapemo, 
;;;for retreat … 
;;;vīriyārambhe tibbacchando hoti āyatiñca vīriyārambhe avigatapemo, 
;;;to rouse up energy … 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

3. Vajjisattakavagga ;;;3. The Vajji Seven 
;;;Yāvakīvañca, licchavī, vajjī ye te vajjīnaṁ vajjimahallakā te sakkarissanti garuṁ karissanti mānessanti pūjessanti, tesañca sotabbaṁ maññissanti; 
;;;As long as the Vajjis honor, respect, esteem, and venerate Vajjian elders, and think them worth listening to, 
;;;

>En 

3. Vajjisattakavagga ;;;3. The Vajji Seven 
;;;Yāvakīvañca, licchavī, vajjī ye te vajjīnaṁ vajjimahallakā te sakkarissanti garuṁ karissanti mānessanti pūjessanti, tesañca sotabbaṁ maññissanti; 
;;;As long as the Vajjis honor, respect, esteem, and venerate Vajjian elders, and think them worth listening to, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“ahaṁ hime vajjī evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve ucchecchāmi, vajjī vināsessāmi, vajjī anayabyasanaṁ āpādessāmī”ti. ;;;“I shall wipe out these Vajjis, so mighty and powerful! I shall destroy them, and lay ruin and devastation upon them!” 
;;;Kinti te, ānanda, sutaṁ: ‘vajjī ye te vajjīnaṁ vajjimahallakā te sakkaronti garuṁ karonti mānenti pūjenti, tesañca sotabbaṁ maññantī’”ti? 
;;;Ānanda, have you heard that the Vajjis honor, respect, esteem, and venerate Vajjian elders, and think them worth listening to?” 
;;;“Sutaṁ metaṁ, bhante: ‘vajjī ye te vajjīnaṁ vajjimahallakā te sakkaronti garuṁ karonti mānenti pūjenti, tesañca sotabbaṁ maññantī’”ti. 
;;;“I have heard that, sir.” 
;;;“Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjī ye te vajjīnaṁ vajjimahallakā te sakkarissanti garuṁ karissanti mānessanti pūjessanti, tesañca sotabbaṁ maññissanti; vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni. 
;;;“As long as the Vajjis honor, respect, esteem, and venerate Vajjian elders, and think them worth listening to, they can expect growth, not decline. 
;;;

>En 

“ahaṁ hime vajjī evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve ucchecchāmi, vajjī vināsessāmi, vajjī anayabyasanaṁ āpādessāmī”ti. ;;;“I shall wipe out these Vajjis, so mighty and powerful! I shall destroy them, and lay ruin and devastation upon them!” 
;;;Kinti te, ānanda, sutaṁ: ‘vajjī ye te vajjīnaṁ vajjimahallakā te sakkaronti garuṁ karonti mānenti pūjenti, tesañca sotabbaṁ maññantī’”ti? 
;;;Ānanda, have you heard that the Vajjis honor, respect, esteem, and venerate Vajjian elders, and think them worth listening to?” 
;;;“Sutaṁ metaṁ, bhante: ‘vajjī ye te vajjīnaṁ vajjimahallakā te sakkaronti garuṁ karonti mānenti pūjenti, tesañca sotabbaṁ maññantī’”ti. 
;;;“I have heard that, sir.” 
;;;“Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjī ye te vajjīnaṁ vajjimahallakā te sakkarissanti garuṁ karissanti mānessanti pūjessanti, tesañca sotabbaṁ maññissanti; vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni. 
;;;“As long as the Vajjis honor, respect, esteem, and venerate Vajjian elders, and think them worth listening to, they can expect growth, not decline. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Kammārāmatā, bhassārāmatā, niddārāmatā, saṅgaṇikārāmatā, indriyesu aguttadvāratā, bhojane amattaññutā, santi kho pana saṅghe saṅghakaraṇīyāni; tatra sekho bhikkhu iti paṭisañcikkhati: ;;;They relish work, talk, sleep, and company. They don’t guard the sense doors and they eat too much. And when there is Saṅgha business to be carried out, they don’t reflect: 
;;;

>En 

Kammārāmatā, bhassārāmatā, niddārāmatā, saṅgaṇikārāmatā, indriyesu aguttadvāratā, bhojane amattaññutā, santi kho pana saṅghe saṅghakaraṇīyāni; tatra sekho bhikkhu iti paṭisañcikkhati: ;;;They relish work, talk, sleep, and company. They don’t guard the sense doors and they eat too much. And when there is Saṅgha business to be carried out, they don’t reflect: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Duddadaṁ dadāti, dukkaraṁ karoti, dukkhamaṁ khamati, guyhamassa āvi karoti, guyhamassa pariguhati, āpadāsu na jahati, khīṇena nātimaññati. ;;;They give what is hard to give. They do what is hard to do. They endure what is hard to endure. They reveal their secrets to you. They keep your secrets. They don’t abandon you in times of trouble. They don’t look down on you in times of loss. 
;;;khamati dukkhamāni ca. 
;;;and with things hard to endure. 
;;;Guyhañca tassa akkhāti, 
;;;They tell you their secrets, 
;;;

>En 

Duddadaṁ dadāti, dukkaraṁ karoti, dukkhamaṁ khamati, guyhamassa āvi karoti, guyhamassa pariguhati, āpadāsu na jahati, khīṇena nātimaññati. ;;;They give what is hard to give. They do what is hard to do. They endure what is hard to endure. They reveal their secrets to you. They keep your secrets. They don’t abandon you in times of trouble. They don’t look down on you in times of loss. 
;;;khamati dukkhamāni ca. 
;;;and with things hard to endure. 
;;;Guyhañca tassa akkhāti, 
;;;They tell you their secrets, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

no caṭṭhāne niyojako. ;;;and doesn’t urge you to do bad. 
;;;

>En 

no caṭṭhāne niyojako. ;;;and doesn’t urge you to do bad. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Anabhinanditvā appaṭikkositvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkamiṁ: ;;; 
;;;Idha, sāriputta, bhikkhu sikkhāsamādāne tibbacchando hoti āyatiñca sikkhāsamādāne avigatapemo, dhammanisantiyā tibbacchando hoti āyatiñca dhammanisantiyā avigatapemo, icchāvinaye tibbacchando hoti āyatiñca icchāvinaye avigatapemo, paṭisallāne tibbacchando hoti āyatiñca paṭisallāne avigatapemo, vīriyārambhe tibbacchando hoti āyatiñca vīriyārambhe avigatapemo, satinepakke tibbacchando hoti āyatiñca satinepakke avigatapemo, diṭṭhipaṭivedhe tibbacchando hoti āyatiñca diṭṭhipaṭivedhe avigatapemo. 
;;;It’s when a mendicant has a keen enthusiasm to undertake the training … to examine the teachings … to get rid of desires … for retreat … to rouse up energy … for mindfulness and alertness … to penetrate theoretically. And they don’t lose these desires in the future. 
;;;

>En 

Anabhinanditvā appaṭikkositvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkamiṁ: ;;; 
;;;Idha, sāriputta, bhikkhu sikkhāsamādāne tibbacchando hoti āyatiñca sikkhāsamādāne avigatapemo, dhammanisantiyā tibbacchando hoti āyatiñca dhammanisantiyā avigatapemo, icchāvinaye tibbacchando hoti āyatiñca icchāvinaye avigatapemo, paṭisallāne tibbacchando hoti āyatiñca paṭisallāne avigatapemo, vīriyārambhe tibbacchando hoti āyatiñca vīriyārambhe avigatapemo, satinepakke tibbacchando hoti āyatiñca satinepakke avigatapemo, diṭṭhipaṭivedhe tibbacchando hoti āyatiñca diṭṭhipaṭivedhe avigatapemo. 
;;;It’s when a mendicant has a keen enthusiasm to undertake the training … to examine the teachings … to get rid of desires … for retreat … to rouse up energy … for mindfulness and alertness … to penetrate theoretically. And they don’t lose these desires in the future. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Yā kho, bhikkhave, imehi sattahaṅgehi cittassekaggatā parikkhatā, ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, ariyo sammāsamādhi saupaniso itipi saparikkhāro itipī”ti. ;;;Unification of mind with these seven factors as prerequisites is what is called noble right immersion ‘with its vital conditions’ and also ‘with its prerequisites’.” 
;;;

>En 

Yā kho, bhikkhave, imehi sattahaṅgehi cittassekaggatā parikkhatā, ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, ariyo sammāsamādhi saupaniso itipi saparikkhāro itipī”ti. ;;;Unification of mind with these seven factors as prerequisites is what is called noble right immersion ‘with its vital conditions’ and also ‘with its prerequisites’.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tena kho pana samayena uggatasarīrassa brāhmaṇassa mahāyañño upakkhaṭo hoti. ;;;Now at that time the brahmin Uggatasarīra had prepared a large sacrifice. 
;;;“Sutaṁ metaṁ, bho gotama, aggissa ādānaṁ yūpassa ussāpanaṁ mahapphalaṁ hoti mahānisaṁsan”ti. 
;;;“Mister Gotama, I have heard that kindling the sacrificial fire and raising the sacrificial post is very fruitful and beneficial.” 
;;;‘ahañhi, bhante, aggiṁ ādātukāmo, yūpaṁ ussāpetukāmo. 
;;;‘Sir, I want to kindle the sacrificial fire and raise the sacrificial post. 
;;;“Aggiṁ, brāhmaṇa, ādento yūpaṁ ussāpento pubbeva yaññā tīṇi satthāni ussāpeti akusalāni dukkhudrayāni dukkhavipākāni. 
;;;“Even before kindling the sacrificial fire and raising the sacrificial post, one raises three unskillful knives which ripen and result in suffering. 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, brāhmaṇa, aggiṁ ādento yūpaṁ ussāpento pubbeva yaññā sayaṁ paṭhamaṁ samārambhati usabhā hantuṁ yaññatthāya, sayaṁ paṭhamaṁ samārambhati vacchatarā hantuṁ yaññatthāya, sayaṁ paṭhamaṁ samārambhati vacchatariyo hantuṁ yaññatthāya, sayaṁ paṭhamaṁ samārambhati ajā hantuṁ yaññatthāya, sayaṁ paṭhamaṁ samārambhati urabbhā hantuṁ yaññatthāya. 
;;;Furthermore, even before kindling the sacrificial fire and raising the sacrificial post one first personally undertakes preparations for the sacrificial slaughter of bulls, bullocks, heifers, goats, and rams. 
;;;Atohayaṁ, brāhmaṇa, āhuto sambhūto, tasmāyaṁ āhuneyyaggi sakkatvā garuṁ katvā mānetvā pūjetvā sammā sukhaṁ parihātabbo. 
;;;Since it is from them that you’ve been incubated and produced. So you should properly and happily take care of this fire, honoring, respecting, esteeming, and venerating it. 
;;;Haritāni ceva tiṇāni khādantu, sītāni ca pānīyāni pivantu, sīto ca nesaṁ vāto upavāyatan”ti. 
;;;May they eat grass and drink cool water and enjoy a cool breeze!” 
;;;

>En 

Tena kho pana samayena uggatasarīrassa brāhmaṇassa mahāyañño upakkhaṭo hoti. ;;;Now at that time the brahmin Uggatasarīra had prepared a large sacrifice. 
;;;“Sutaṁ metaṁ, bho gotama, aggissa ādānaṁ yūpassa ussāpanaṁ mahapphalaṁ hoti mahānisaṁsan”ti. 
;;;“Mister Gotama, I have heard that kindling the sacrificial fire and raising the sacrificial post is very fruitful and beneficial.” 
;;;‘ahañhi, bhante, aggiṁ ādātukāmo, yūpaṁ ussāpetukāmo. 
;;;‘Sir, I want to kindle the sacrificial fire and raise the sacrificial post. 
;;;“Aggiṁ, brāhmaṇa, ādento yūpaṁ ussāpento pubbeva yaññā tīṇi satthāni ussāpeti akusalāni dukkhudrayāni dukkhavipākāni. 
;;;“Even before kindling the sacrificial fire and raising the sacrificial post, one raises three unskillful knives which ripen and result in suffering. 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, brāhmaṇa, aggiṁ ādento yūpaṁ ussāpento pubbeva yaññā sayaṁ paṭhamaṁ samārambhati usabhā hantuṁ yaññatthāya, sayaṁ paṭhamaṁ samārambhati vacchatarā hantuṁ yaññatthāya, sayaṁ paṭhamaṁ samārambhati vacchatariyo hantuṁ yaññatthāya, sayaṁ paṭhamaṁ samārambhati ajā hantuṁ yaññatthāya, sayaṁ paṭhamaṁ samārambhati urabbhā hantuṁ yaññatthāya. 
;;;Furthermore, even before kindling the sacrificial fire and raising the sacrificial post one first personally undertakes preparations for the sacrificial slaughter of bulls, bullocks, heifers, goats, and rams. 
;;;Atohayaṁ, brāhmaṇa, āhuto sambhūto, tasmāyaṁ āhuneyyaggi sakkatvā garuṁ katvā mānetvā pūjetvā sammā sukhaṁ parihātabbo. 
;;;Since it is from them that you’ve been incubated and produced. So you should properly and happily take care of this fire, honoring, respecting, esteeming, and venerating it. 
;;;Haritāni ceva tiṇāni khādantu, sītāni ca pānīyāni pivantu, sīto ca nesaṁ vāto upavāyatan”ti. 
;;;May they eat grass and drink cool water and enjoy a cool breeze!” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Ayaṁ vuccati, brāhmaṇa, aparisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ carati, saṁyutto methunena saṁyogena na parimuccati jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi, na parimuccati dukkhasmāti vadāmi. ;;;This is called one who lives the celibate life impurely, yoked by the yoke of sex. They’re not freed from rebirth, old age, death, sorrow, lamentation, pain, sadness, and distress. They’re not freed from suffering, I say. 
;;;Yāvakīvañcāhaṁ, brāhmaṇa, imesaṁ sattannaṁ methunasaṁyogānaṁ aññataraññataramethunasaṁyogaṁ attani appahīnaṁ samanupassiṁ, neva tāvāhaṁ, brāhmaṇa, sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambuddhoti paccaññāsiṁ. 
;;;As long as I saw that these seven sexual yokes—or even one of them—had not been given up in me, I didn’t announce my supreme perfect awakening in this world with its gods, Māras, and Divinities, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans. 
;;;

>En 

Ayaṁ vuccati, brāhmaṇa, aparisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ carati, saṁyutto methunena saṁyogena na parimuccati jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi, na parimuccati dukkhasmāti vadāmi. ;;;This is called one who lives the celibate life impurely, yoked by the yoke of sex. They’re not freed from rebirth, old age, death, sorrow, lamentation, pain, sadness, and distress. They’re not freed from suffering, I say. 
;;;Yāvakīvañcāhaṁ, brāhmaṇa, imesaṁ sattannaṁ methunasaṁyogānaṁ aññataraññataramethunasaṁyogaṁ attani appahīnaṁ samanupassiṁ, neva tāvāhaṁ, brāhmaṇa, sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambuddhoti paccaññāsiṁ. 
;;;As long as I saw that these seven sexual yokes—or even one of them—had not been given up in me, I didn’t announce my supreme perfect awakening in this world with its gods, Māras, and Divinities, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Sādhu mayaṁ, bhante, labheyyāma bhagavato sammukhā dhammiṁ kathaṁ savanāyā”ti. ;;;It would be good if we got to hear a Dhamma talk from the Buddha.” 
;;;appeva nāma labheyyātha bhagavato sammukhā dhammiṁ kathaṁ savanāyā”ti. 
;;;Hopefully you’ll get to hear a Dhamma talk from the Buddha.” 
;;;“Idha, sāriputta, ekacco sāpekho dānaṁ deti, patibaddhacitto dānaṁ deti, sannidhipekho dānaṁ deti, ‘imaṁ pecca paribhuñjissāmī’ti dānaṁ deti. 
;;;“Sāriputta, take the case of a someone who gives a gift as an investment, their mind tied to it, expecting to keep it, thinking ‘I’ll enjoy this in my next life’. 
;;;“Tatra, sāriputta, yvāyaṁ na heva sāpekho dānaṁ deti; 
;;;“Sāriputta, someone who gives gifts, not for any other reason, 
;;;

>En 

Sādhu mayaṁ, bhante, labheyyāma bhagavato sammukhā dhammiṁ kathaṁ savanāyā”ti. ;;;It would be good if we got to hear a Dhamma talk from the Buddha.” 
;;;appeva nāma labheyyātha bhagavato sammukhā dhammiṁ kathaṁ savanāyā”ti. 
;;;Hopefully you’ll get to hear a Dhamma talk from the Buddha.” 
;;;“Idha, sāriputta, ekacco sāpekho dānaṁ deti, patibaddhacitto dānaṁ deti, sannidhipekho dānaṁ deti, ‘imaṁ pecca paribhuñjissāmī’ti dānaṁ deti. 
;;;“Sāriputta, take the case of a someone who gives a gift as an investment, their mind tied to it, expecting to keep it, thinking ‘I’ll enjoy this in my next life’. 
;;;“Tatra, sāriputta, yvāyaṁ na heva sāpekho dānaṁ deti; 
;;;“Sāriputta, someone who gives gifts, not for any other reason, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ca sāriputto āyasmā ca mahāmoggallāno dakkhiṇāgirismiṁ cārikaṁ caranti mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ. ;;;At one time the venerables Sāriputta and Mahāmoggallāna were wandering in the Southern Hills together with a large Saṅgha of mendicants. 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena veḷukaṇḍakī nandamātā upāsikā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ paccuṭṭhāya pārāyanaṁ sarena bhāsati. 
;;;Now at that time the laywoman Veḷukaṇṭakī, Nanda’s mother, rose at the crack of dawn and recited the verses of “The Way to the Far Shore”. 
;;;Sveva sāriputtamoggallānappamukho bhikkhusaṅgho akatapātarāso veḷukaṇḍakaṁ āgamissati, tañca bhikkhusaṅghaṁ parivisitvā mama dakkhiṇaṁ ādiseyyāsi. 
;;;Tomorrow, the mendicant Saṅgha headed by Sāriputta and Moggallāna will arrive at Veḷukaṇṭa before breakfast. When you’ve served the Saṅgha, please dedicate the religious donation to me. 
;;;Etañceva me bhavissati ātitheyyan”ti. 
;;;Then that will also be your offering to me as your guest.” 
;;;Atha kho sāriputtamoggallānappamukho bhikkhusaṅgho akatapātarāso yena veḷukaṇḍako tadavasari. 
;;;Then the Saṅgha of mendicants headed by Sāriputta and Moggallāna arrived at Veḷukaṇṭa. 
;;;Atha kho sāriputtamoggallānappamukho bhikkhusaṅgho pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena nandamātāya upāsikāya nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. 
;;;And then the Saṅgha of mendicants headed by Sāriputta and Moggallāna robed up in the morning and, taking their bowls and robes, went to the home of Nanda’s Mother, where they sat on the seats spread out. 
;;;Atha kho nandamātā upāsikā sāriputtamoggallānappamukhaṁ bhikkhusaṅghaṁ paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappesi sampavāresi. 
;;;Then Nanda’s Mother served and satisfied them with her own hands with delicious fresh and cooked foods. 
;;;Sveva sāriputtamoggallānappamukho bhikkhusaṅgho akatapātarāso veḷukaṇḍakaṁ āgamissati, tañca bhikkhusaṅghaṁ parivisitvā mama dakkhiṇaṁ ādiseyyāsi. 
;;;Tomorrow, the mendicant Saṅgha headed by Sāriputta and Moggallāna will arrive at Veḷukaṇṭa before breakfast. When you’ve served the Saṅgha, please dedicate the religious donation to me. 
;;;Etañceva me bhavissati ātitheyyan’ti. 
;;;Then that will also be your offering to me as your guest.’ 
;;;Yadidaṁ, bhante, dāne puññañca puññamahī ca taṁ vessavaṇassa mahārājassa sukhāya hotū”ti. 
;;;And so, sir, may the merit and the flourishing of merit of this gift be for the happiness of the great king Vessavaṇa.” 
;;;Yatra hi nāma vessavaṇena mahārājena evaṁmahiddhikena evaṁmahesakkhena devaputtena sammukhā sallapissasī”ti. 
;;;that you converse face to face with a mighty and illustrious god like the great king Vessavaṇa.” 
;;;Yatra hi nāma cittuppādampi parisodhessasī”ti. 
;;;that you purify even the arising of a thought.” 
;;;Yatohaṁ, bhante, sāmikassa daharasseva daharā ānītā nābhijānāmi sāmikaṁ manasāpi aticaritā, kuto pana kāyenā”ti. 
;;;Ever since we were both young, and I was given in marriage to my husband, I can’t recall betraying him even in thought, still less in deed.” 
;;;Idhāhaṁ, bhante, yāvade ākaṅkhāmi vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharāmi. 
;;;Whenever I want, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, I enter and remain in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
;;;

>En 

ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ca sāriputto āyasmā ca mahāmoggallāno dakkhiṇāgirismiṁ cārikaṁ caranti mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ. ;;;At one time the venerables Sāriputta and Mahāmoggallāna were wandering in the Southern Hills together with a large Saṅgha of mendicants. 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena veḷukaṇḍakī nandamātā upāsikā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ paccuṭṭhāya pārāyanaṁ sarena bhāsati. 
;;;Now at that time the laywoman Veḷukaṇṭakī, Nanda’s mother, rose at the crack of dawn and recited the verses of “The Way to the Far Shore”. 
;;;Sveva sāriputtamoggallānappamukho bhikkhusaṅgho akatapātarāso veḷukaṇḍakaṁ āgamissati, tañca bhikkhusaṅghaṁ parivisitvā mama dakkhiṇaṁ ādiseyyāsi. 
;;;Tomorrow, the mendicant Saṅgha headed by Sāriputta and Moggallāna will arrive at Veḷukaṇṭa before breakfast. When you’ve served the Saṅgha, please dedicate the religious donation to me. 
;;;Etañceva me bhavissati ātitheyyan”ti. 
;;;Then that will also be your offering to me as your guest.” 
;;;Atha kho sāriputtamoggallānappamukho bhikkhusaṅgho akatapātarāso yena veḷukaṇḍako tadavasari. 
;;;Then the Saṅgha of mendicants headed by Sāriputta and Moggallāna arrived at Veḷukaṇṭa. 
;;;Atha kho sāriputtamoggallānappamukho bhikkhusaṅgho pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena nandamātāya upāsikāya nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. 
;;;And then the Saṅgha of mendicants headed by Sāriputta and Moggallāna robed up in the morning and, taking their bowls and robes, went to the home of Nanda’s Mother, where they sat on the seats spread out. 
;;;Atha kho nandamātā upāsikā sāriputtamoggallānappamukhaṁ bhikkhusaṅghaṁ paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappesi sampavāresi. 
;;;Then Nanda’s Mother served and satisfied them with her own hands with delicious fresh and cooked foods. 
;;;Sveva sāriputtamoggallānappamukho bhikkhusaṅgho akatapātarāso veḷukaṇḍakaṁ āgamissati, tañca bhikkhusaṅghaṁ parivisitvā mama dakkhiṇaṁ ādiseyyāsi. 
;;;Tomorrow, the mendicant Saṅgha headed by Sāriputta and Moggallāna will arrive at Veḷukaṇṭa before breakfast. When you’ve served the Saṅgha, please dedicate the religious donation to me. 
;;;Etañceva me bhavissati ātitheyyan’ti. 
;;;Then that will also be your offering to me as your guest.’ 
;;;Yadidaṁ, bhante, dāne puññañca puññamahī ca taṁ vessavaṇassa mahārājassa sukhāya hotū”ti. 
;;;And so, sir, may the merit and the flourishing of merit of this gift be for the happiness of the great king Vessavaṇa.” 
;;;Yatra hi nāma vessavaṇena mahārājena evaṁmahiddhikena evaṁmahesakkhena devaputtena sammukhā sallapissasī”ti. 
;;;that you converse face to face with a mighty and illustrious god like the great king Vessavaṇa.” 
;;;Yatra hi nāma cittuppādampi parisodhessasī”ti. 
;;;that you purify even the arising of a thought.” 
;;;Yatohaṁ, bhante, sāmikassa daharasseva daharā ānītā nābhijānāmi sāmikaṁ manasāpi aticaritā, kuto pana kāyenā”ti. 
;;;Ever since we were both young, and I was given in marriage to my husband, I can’t recall betraying him even in thought, still less in deed.” 
;;;Idhāhaṁ, bhante, yāvade ākaṅkhāmi vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharāmi. 
;;;Whenever I want, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, I enter and remain in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, divasaṁsantatte ayokapāle haññamāne papaṭikā nibbattitvā nibbāyeyya. ;;;Suppose you struck an iron pot that had been heated all day. Any spark that flew off would be extinguished. 
;;;

>En 

Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, divasaṁsantatte ayokapāle haññamāne papaṭikā nibbattitvā nibbāyeyya. ;;;Suppose you struck an iron pot that had been heated all day. Any spark that flew off would be extinguished. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhagavato avidūre nisinno hoti. ;;;Now at that time Venerable Mahāmoggallāna was sitting not far from the Buddha. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa etadahosi: 
;;;He thought, 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evamevaṁ—gijjhakūṭe pabbate antarahito tasmiṁ brahmaloke pāturahosi. 
;;;And then Venerable Mahāmoggallāna, as easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, vanished from the Vulture’s Peak and reappeared in that realm of divinity. 
;;;Addasā kho tisso brahmā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ. 
;;;Tissa saw Moggallāna coming off in the distance, 
;;;Disvā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;and said to him, 
;;;“ehi kho, mārisa moggallāna; 
;;;“Come, my good Moggallāna! 
;;;svāgataṁ, mārisa moggallāna. 
;;;Welcome, my good Moggallāna! 
;;;Cirassaṁ kho, mārisa moggallāna, imaṁ pariyāyamakāsi, yadidaṁ idhāgamanāya. 
;;;It’s been a long time since you took the opportunity to come here. 
;;;Nisīda, mārisa moggallāna, idamāsanaṁ paññattan”ti. 
;;;Sit, my good Moggallāna, this seat is for you.” 
;;;Nisīdi kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno paññatte āsane. 
;;;Moggallāna sat down on the seat spread out. 
;;;Tissopi kho brahmā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. 
;;;Then Tissa bowed to Moggallāna and sat to one side. 
;;;Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho tissaṁ brahmānaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca: 
;;;Moggallāna said to him, 
;;;“Brahmakāyikānaṁ kho, mārisa moggallāna, devānaṁ evaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: 
;;;“The gods of the Divinity’s host know this.” 
;;;“Na kho, mārisa moggallāna, sabbesaṁ brahmakāyikānaṁ devānaṁ evaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: 
;;;“No, my good Moggallāna, not all of them. 
;;;Ye kho te, mārisa moggallāna, brahmakāyikā devā brahmena āyunā santuṭṭhā brahmena vaṇṇena brahmena sukhena brahmena yasena brahmena ādhipateyyena santuṭṭhā, te uttari nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ nappajānanti. 
;;;Those gods of the Divinity’s host who are content with the lifespan of the Divinity, with the beauty, happiness, fame, and sovereignty of the Divinity, and who don’t truly understand any escape beyond: 
;;;Ye ca kho te, mārisa moggallāna, brahmakāyikā devā brahmena āyunā asantuṭṭhā, brahmena vaṇṇena brahmena sukhena brahmena yasena brahmena ādhipateyyena asantuṭṭhā, te ca uttari nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ pajānanti. 
;;;But those gods of the Divinity’s host who are not content with the lifespan of the Divinity, with the beauty, happiness, fame, and sovereignty of the Divinity, and who do truly understand any escape beyond: 
;;;Idha, mārisa moggallāna, bhikkhu ubhatobhāgavimutto hoti. 
;;;Take a mendicant who is freed both ways. 
;;;Evampi kho, mārisa moggallāna, tesaṁ devānaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: 
;;;This too is how those gods know whether a person has anything left over or not. 
;;;Idha pana, mārisa moggallāna, bhikkhu paññāvimutto hoti. 
;;;Take a mendicant who is freed by wisdom. 
;;;Evampi kho, mārisa moggallāna, tesaṁ devānaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: 
;;;This too is how those gods know whether a person has anything left over or not. 
;;;Idha pana, mārisa moggallāna, bhikkhu kāyasakkhī hoti. 
;;;Take a mendicant who is a direct witness. 
;;;Evampi kho, mārisa moggallāna, tesaṁ devānaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: 
;;;This too is how those gods know whether a person has anything left over or not. 
;;;Idha pana, mārisa moggallāna, bhikkhu diṭṭhippatto hoti …pe… 
;;;Take a mendicant who is attained to view. … 
;;;Evampi kho, mārisa moggallāna, tesaṁ devānaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: 
;;;This too is how those gods know whether a person has anything left over or not.” 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno tissassa brahmuno bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evamevaṁ—brahmaloke antarahito gijjhakūṭe pabbate pāturahosi. 
;;;Moggallāna approved and agreed with what Tissa the Divinity said. Then, as easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, he vanished from the realm of divinity and reappeared on the Vulture’s Peak. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. 
;;;Then Mahāmoggallāna went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, 
;;;Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno yāvatako ahosi tissena brahmunā saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi. 
;;;and told him what had happened. 
;;;“Na hi pana te, moggallāna, tisso brahmā sattamaṁ animittavihāriṁ puggalaṁ deseti”. 
;;;“But Moggallāna, Tissa the Divinity didn’t teach the seventh person, the signless meditator.” 
;;;“Tena hi, moggallāna, suṇāhi, sādhukaṁ manasi karohi; bhāsissāmī”ti. 
;;;“Well then, Moggallāna, listen and apply your mind well, I will speak.” 
;;;“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhagavato paccassosi. 
;;;“Yes, sir,” Mahāmoggallāna replied. 
;;;“Idha, moggallāna, bhikkhu sabbanimittānaṁ amanasikārā animittaṁ cetosamādhiṁ upasampajja viharati. 
;;;“Moggallāna, take the case of a mendicant who, not focusing on any signs, enters and remains in the signless immersion of the heart. 
;;;Evaṁ kho, moggallāna, tesaṁ devānaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: 
;;;This too is how those gods know whether a person has anything left over or not.” 
;;;

>En 

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhagavato avidūre nisinno hoti. ;;;Now at that time Venerable Mahāmoggallāna was sitting not far from the Buddha. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa etadahosi: 
;;;He thought, 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evamevaṁ—gijjhakūṭe pabbate antarahito tasmiṁ brahmaloke pāturahosi. 
;;;And then Venerable Mahāmoggallāna, as easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, vanished from the Vulture’s Peak and reappeared in that realm of divinity. 
;;;Addasā kho tisso brahmā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ. 
;;;Tissa saw Moggallāna coming off in the distance, 
;;;Disvā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;and said to him, 
;;;“ehi kho, mārisa moggallāna; 
;;;“Come, my good Moggallāna! 
;;;svāgataṁ, mārisa moggallāna. 
;;;Welcome, my good Moggallāna! 
;;;Cirassaṁ kho, mārisa moggallāna, imaṁ pariyāyamakāsi, yadidaṁ idhāgamanāya. 
;;;It’s been a long time since you took the opportunity to come here. 
;;;Nisīda, mārisa moggallāna, idamāsanaṁ paññattan”ti. 
;;;Sit, my good Moggallāna, this seat is for you.” 
;;;Nisīdi kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno paññatte āsane. 
;;;Moggallāna sat down on the seat spread out. 
;;;Tissopi kho brahmā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. 
;;;Then Tissa bowed to Moggallāna and sat to one side. 
;;;Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho tissaṁ brahmānaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca: 
;;;Moggallāna said to him, 
;;;“Brahmakāyikānaṁ kho, mārisa moggallāna, devānaṁ evaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: 
;;;“The gods of the Divinity’s host know this.” 
;;;“Na kho, mārisa moggallāna, sabbesaṁ brahmakāyikānaṁ devānaṁ evaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: 
;;;“No, my good Moggallāna, not all of them. 
;;;Ye kho te, mārisa moggallāna, brahmakāyikā devā brahmena āyunā santuṭṭhā brahmena vaṇṇena brahmena sukhena brahmena yasena brahmena ādhipateyyena santuṭṭhā, te uttari nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ nappajānanti. 
;;;Those gods of the Divinity’s host who are content with the lifespan of the Divinity, with the beauty, happiness, fame, and sovereignty of the Divinity, and who don’t truly understand any escape beyond: 
;;;Ye ca kho te, mārisa moggallāna, brahmakāyikā devā brahmena āyunā asantuṭṭhā, brahmena vaṇṇena brahmena sukhena brahmena yasena brahmena ādhipateyyena asantuṭṭhā, te ca uttari nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ pajānanti. 
;;;But those gods of the Divinity’s host who are not content with the lifespan of the Divinity, with the beauty, happiness, fame, and sovereignty of the Divinity, and who do truly understand any escape beyond: 
;;;Idha, mārisa moggallāna, bhikkhu ubhatobhāgavimutto hoti. 
;;;Take a mendicant who is freed both ways. 
;;;Evampi kho, mārisa moggallāna, tesaṁ devānaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: 
;;;This too is how those gods know whether a person has anything left over or not. 
;;;Idha pana, mārisa moggallāna, bhikkhu paññāvimutto hoti. 
;;;Take a mendicant who is freed by wisdom. 
;;;Evampi kho, mārisa moggallāna, tesaṁ devānaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: 
;;;This too is how those gods know whether a person has anything left over or not. 
;;;Idha pana, mārisa moggallāna, bhikkhu kāyasakkhī hoti. 
;;;Take a mendicant who is a direct witness. 
;;;Evampi kho, mārisa moggallāna, tesaṁ devānaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: 
;;;This too is how those gods know whether a person has anything left over or not. 
;;;Idha pana, mārisa moggallāna, bhikkhu diṭṭhippatto hoti …pe… 
;;;Take a mendicant who is attained to view. … 
;;;Evampi kho, mārisa moggallāna, tesaṁ devānaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: 
;;;This too is how those gods know whether a person has anything left over or not.” 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno tissassa brahmuno bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evamevaṁ—brahmaloke antarahito gijjhakūṭe pabbate pāturahosi. 
;;;Moggallāna approved and agreed with what Tissa the Divinity said. Then, as easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, he vanished from the realm of divinity and reappeared on the Vulture’s Peak. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. 
;;;Then Mahāmoggallāna went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, 
;;;Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno yāvatako ahosi tissena brahmunā saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi. 
;;;and told him what had happened. 
;;;“Na hi pana te, moggallāna, tisso brahmā sattamaṁ animittavihāriṁ puggalaṁ deseti”. 
;;;“But Moggallāna, Tissa the Divinity didn’t teach the seventh person, the signless meditator.” 
;;;“Tena hi, moggallāna, suṇāhi, sādhukaṁ manasi karohi; bhāsissāmī”ti. 
;;;“Well then, Moggallāna, listen and apply your mind well, I will speak.” 
;;;“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhagavato paccassosi. 
;;;“Yes, sir,” Mahāmoggallāna replied. 
;;;“Idha, moggallāna, bhikkhu sabbanimittānaṁ amanasikārā animittaṁ cetosamādhiṁ upasampajja viharati. 
;;;“Moggallāna, take the case of a mendicant who, not focusing on any signs, enters and remains in the signless immersion of the heart. 
;;;Evaṁ kho, moggallāna, tesaṁ devānaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: 
;;;This too is how those gods know whether a person has anything left over or not.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Etamahaṁ, bhikkhave, nimittaṁ asamanupassanto khemappatto abhayappatto vesārajjappatto viharāmi. ;;;Since I see no such reason, I live secure, fearless, and assured. 
;;;

>En 

Etamahaṁ, bhikkhave, nimittaṁ asamanupassanto khemappatto abhayappatto vesārajjappatto viharāmi. ;;;Since I see no such reason, I live secure, fearless, and assured. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kimilāyaṁ viharati niculavane. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying near Kimbilā in the Freshwater Mangrove Wood. 
;;;

>En 

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kimilāyaṁ viharati niculavane. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying near Kimbilā in the Freshwater Mangrove Wood. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu saddho hoti, sīlavā hoti, bahussuto hoti, paṭisallīno hoti, āraddhavīriyo hoti, satimā hoti, paññavā hoti. ;;;It’s when a mendicant is faithful, ethical, learned, secluded, energetic, mindful, and wise. 
;;;

>En 

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu saddho hoti, sīlavā hoti, bahussuto hoti, paṭisallīno hoti, āraddhavīriyo hoti, satimā hoti, paññavā hoti. ;;;It’s when a mendicant is faithful, ethical, learned, secluded, energetic, mindful, and wise. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā mahāmoggallāno magadhesu kallavāḷaputtagāme pacalāyamāno nisinno hoti. ;;;Now at that time, in the land of the Magadhans near Kallavāḷamutta Village, Venerable Mahāmoggallāna was nodding off while meditating. 
;;;Addasā kho bhagavā dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ magadhesu kallavāḷaputtagāme pacalāyamānaṁ nisinnaṁ. 
;;;The Buddha saw him with his clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman. 
;;;seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evamevaṁ—bhaggesu susumāragire bhesakaḷāvane migadāye antarahito magadhesu kallavāḷaputtagāme āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa sammukhe pāturahosi. 
;;;Then, as easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, he vanished from the deer park at Bhesakaḷā’s Wood in the land of the Bhaggas and reappeared in front of Mahāmoggallāna near Kallavāḷamutta Village in the land of the Magadhans. 
;;;Nisajja kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;and said to Mahāmoggallāna, 
;;;“Pacalāyasi no tvaṁ, moggallāna, pacalāyasi no tvaṁ, moggallānā”ti? 
;;;“Are you nodding off, Moggallāna? Are you nodding off?” 
;;;“Tasmātiha, moggallāna, yathāsaññissa te viharato taṁ middhaṁ okkamati, taṁ saññaṁ mā manasākāsi, taṁ saññaṁ mā bahulamakāsi. 
;;;“So, Moggallāna, don’t focus on or cultivate the perception that you were meditating on when you fell drowsy. 
;;;Ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ, moggallāna, vijjati yaṁ te evaṁ viharato taṁ middhaṁ pahīyetha. 
;;;It’s possible that you’ll give up drowsiness in this way. 
;;;No ce te evaṁ viharato taṁ middhaṁ pahīyetha, tato tvaṁ, moggallāna, yathāsutaṁ yathāpariyattaṁ dhammaṁ cetasā anuvitakkeyyāsi anuvicāreyyāsi, manasā anupekkheyyāsi. 
;;;But what if that doesn’t work? Then think about and consider the teaching as you’ve learned and memorized it, examining it with your mind. 
;;;No ce te evaṁ viharato taṁ middhaṁ pahīyetha, tato tvaṁ, moggallāna, yathāsutaṁ yathāpariyattaṁ dhammaṁ vitthārena sajjhāyaṁ kareyyāsi. 
;;;But what if that doesn’t work? Then recite in detail the teaching as you’ve learned and memorized it. 
;;;No ce te evaṁ viharato taṁ middhaṁ pahīyetha, tato tvaṁ, moggallāna, ubho kaṇṇasotāni āviñcheyyāsi, pāṇinā gattāni anumajjeyyāsi. 
;;;But what if that doesn’t work? Then pinch your ears and rub your limbs. 
;;;No ce te evaṁ viharato taṁ middhaṁ pahīyetha, tato tvaṁ, moggallāna, uṭṭhāyāsanā udakena akkhīni anumajjitvā disā anuvilokeyyāsi, nakkhattāni tārakarūpāni ullokeyyāsi. 
;;;But what if that doesn’t work? Then get up from your seat, flush your eyes with water, look around in every direction, and look up at the stars and constellations. 
;;;No ce te evaṁ viharato taṁ middhaṁ pahīyetha, tato tvaṁ, moggallāna, ālokasaññaṁ manasi kareyyāsi, divāsaññaṁ adhiṭṭhaheyyāsi— 
;;;But what if that doesn’t work? Then apply your mind to the perception of light, focusing on the perception of day: 
;;;No ce te evaṁ viharato taṁ middhaṁ pahīyetha, tato tvaṁ, moggallāna, pacchāpuresaññī caṅkamaṁ adhiṭṭhaheyyāsi antogatehi indriyehi abahigatena mānasena. 
;;;But what if that doesn’t work? Then walk mindfully, focusing on the perception of before and behind, your faculties directed inwards and your mind not scattered outside. 
;;;No ce te evaṁ viharato taṁ middhaṁ pahīyetha, tato tvaṁ, moggallāna, dakkhiṇena passena sīhaseyyaṁ kappeyyāsi pāde pādaṁ accādhāya sato sampajāno uṭṭhānasaññaṁ manasi karitvā. 
;;;But what if that doesn’t work? Then lie down in the lion’s posture—on the right side, placing one foot on top of the other—mindful and aware, and focused on the time of getting up. 
;;;Paṭibuddhena ca te, moggallāna, khippaññeva paccuṭṭhātabbaṁ: 
;;;When you wake, you should get up quickly, thinking: 
;;;Evañhi te, moggallāna, sikkhitabbaṁ. 
;;;That’s how you should train. 
;;;Tasmātiha, moggallāna, evaṁ sikkhitabbaṁ: 
;;;So you should train like this: 
;;;Evañhi te, moggallāna, sikkhitabbaṁ. 
;;;That’s how you should train. 
;;;Sace, moggallāna, bhikkhu uccāsoṇḍaṁ paggahetvā kulāni upasaṅkamati, santi hi, moggallāna, kulesu kiccakaraṇīyāni. 
;;;What happens if a mendicant approaches families with a head swollen with vanity? Well, families have business to attend to, 
;;;Tasmātiha, moggallāna, evaṁ sikkhitabbaṁ: 
;;;So you should train like this: 
;;;Evañhi te, moggallāna, sikkhitabbaṁ. 
;;;That’s how you should train. 
;;;Viggāhikāya, moggallāna, kathāya sati kathābāhullaṁ pāṭikaṅkhaṁ, kathābāhulle sati uddhaccaṁ, uddhatassa asaṁvaro, asaṁvutassa ārā cittaṁ samādhimhā. 
;;;When there’s an argument, you can expect there’ll be lots of talking. When there’s lots of talking, people become restless. Being restless, they lose restraint. And without restraint the mind is far from immersion. 
;;;Nāhaṁ, moggallāna, sabbeheva saṁsaggaṁ vaṇṇayāmi. 
;;;Moggallāna, I don’t praise all kinds of closeness. 
;;;Na panāhaṁ, moggallāna, sabbeheva saṁsaggaṁ na vaṇṇayāmi. 
;;;Nor do I criticize all kinds of closeness. 
;;;Sagahaṭṭhapabbajitehi kho ahaṁ, moggallāna, saṁsaggaṁ na vaṇṇayāmi. 
;;;I don’t praise closeness with laypeople and renunciates. 
;;;Yāni ca kho tāni senāsanāni appasaddāni appanigghosāni vijanavātāni manussarāhasseyyakāni paṭisallānasāruppāni tathārūpehi senāsanehi saṁsaggaṁ vaṇṇayāmī”ti. 
;;;I do praise closeness with those lodgings that are quiet and still, far from the madding crowd, remote from human settlements, and fit for retreat.” 
;;;Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;When he said this, Venerable Moggallāna asked the Buddha, 
;;;“Idha, moggallāna, bhikkhuno sutaṁ hoti: 
;;;“Take a mendicant who has heard: 
;;;evañcetaṁ, moggallāna, bhikkhuno sutaṁ hoti: 
;;;When a mendicant has heard that 
;;;So tāsu vedanāsu aniccānupassī viharanto virāgānupassī viharanto nirodhānupassī viharanto paṭinissaggānupassī viharanto na kiñci loke upādiyati, 
;;;Meditating in this way, they don’t grasp at anything in the world. 
;;;Ettāvatā kho, moggallāna, bhikkhu saṅkhittena taṇhāsaṅkhayavimutto hoti accantaniṭṭho accantayogakkhemī accantabrahmacārī accantapariyosāno seṭṭho devamanussānan”ti. 
;;;That’s how I briefly define a mendicant who is freed through the ending of craving, who has reached the ultimate end, the ultimate sanctuary from the yoke, the ultimate spiritual life, the ultimate goal, and is best among gods and humans.” 
;;;

>En 

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā mahāmoggallāno magadhesu kallavāḷaputtagāme pacalāyamāno nisinno hoti. ;;;Now at that time, in the land of the Magadhans near Kallavāḷamutta Village, Venerable Mahāmoggallāna was nodding off while meditating. 
;;;Addasā kho bhagavā dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ magadhesu kallavāḷaputtagāme pacalāyamānaṁ nisinnaṁ. 
;;;The Buddha saw him with his clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman. 
;;;seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evamevaṁ—bhaggesu susumāragire bhesakaḷāvane migadāye antarahito magadhesu kallavāḷaputtagāme āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa sammukhe pāturahosi. 
;;;Then, as easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, he vanished from the deer park at Bhesakaḷā’s Wood in the land of the Bhaggas and reappeared in front of Mahāmoggallāna near Kallavāḷamutta Village in the land of the Magadhans. 
;;;Nisajja kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;and said to Mahāmoggallāna, 
;;;“Pacalāyasi no tvaṁ, moggallāna, pacalāyasi no tvaṁ, moggallānā”ti? 
;;;“Are you nodding off, Moggallāna? Are you nodding off?” 
;;;“Tasmātiha, moggallāna, yathāsaññissa te viharato taṁ middhaṁ okkamati, taṁ saññaṁ mā manasākāsi, taṁ saññaṁ mā bahulamakāsi. 
;;;“So, Moggallāna, don’t focus on or cultivate the perception that you were meditating on when you fell drowsy. 
;;;Ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ, moggallāna, vijjati yaṁ te evaṁ viharato taṁ middhaṁ pahīyetha. 
;;;It’s possible that you’ll give up drowsiness in this way. 
;;;No ce te evaṁ viharato taṁ middhaṁ pahīyetha, tato tvaṁ, moggallāna, yathāsutaṁ yathāpariyattaṁ dhammaṁ cetasā anuvitakkeyyāsi anuvicāreyyāsi, manasā anupekkheyyāsi. 
;;;But what if that doesn’t work? Then think about and consider the teaching as you’ve learned and memorized it, examining it with your mind. 
;;;No ce te evaṁ viharato taṁ middhaṁ pahīyetha, tato tvaṁ, moggallāna, yathāsutaṁ yathāpariyattaṁ dhammaṁ vitthārena sajjhāyaṁ kareyyāsi. 
;;;But what if that doesn’t work? Then recite in detail the teaching as you’ve learned and memorized it. 
;;;No ce te evaṁ viharato taṁ middhaṁ pahīyetha, tato tvaṁ, moggallāna, ubho kaṇṇasotāni āviñcheyyāsi, pāṇinā gattāni anumajjeyyāsi. 
;;;But what if that doesn’t work? Then pinch your ears and rub your limbs. 
;;;No ce te evaṁ viharato taṁ middhaṁ pahīyetha, tato tvaṁ, moggallāna, uṭṭhāyāsanā udakena akkhīni anumajjitvā disā anuvilokeyyāsi, nakkhattāni tārakarūpāni ullokeyyāsi. 
;;;But what if that doesn’t work? Then get up from your seat, flush your eyes with water, look around in every direction, and look up at the stars and constellations. 
;;;No ce te evaṁ viharato taṁ middhaṁ pahīyetha, tato tvaṁ, moggallāna, ālokasaññaṁ manasi kareyyāsi, divāsaññaṁ adhiṭṭhaheyyāsi— 
;;;But what if that doesn’t work? Then apply your mind to the perception of light, focusing on the perception of day: 
;;;No ce te evaṁ viharato taṁ middhaṁ pahīyetha, tato tvaṁ, moggallāna, pacchāpuresaññī caṅkamaṁ adhiṭṭhaheyyāsi antogatehi indriyehi abahigatena mānasena. 
;;;But what if that doesn’t work? Then walk mindfully, focusing on the perception of before and behind, your faculties directed inwards and your mind not scattered outside. 
;;;No ce te evaṁ viharato taṁ middhaṁ pahīyetha, tato tvaṁ, moggallāna, dakkhiṇena passena sīhaseyyaṁ kappeyyāsi pāde pādaṁ accādhāya sato sampajāno uṭṭhānasaññaṁ manasi karitvā. 
;;;But what if that doesn’t work? Then lie down in the lion’s posture—on the right side, placing one foot on top of the other—mindful and aware, and focused on the time of getting up. 
;;;Paṭibuddhena ca te, moggallāna, khippaññeva paccuṭṭhātabbaṁ: 
;;;When you wake, you should get up quickly, thinking: 
;;;Evañhi te, moggallāna, sikkhitabbaṁ. 
;;;That’s how you should train. 
;;;Tasmātiha, moggallāna, evaṁ sikkhitabbaṁ: 
;;;So you should train like this: 
;;;Evañhi te, moggallāna, sikkhitabbaṁ. 
;;;That’s how you should train. 
;;;Sace, moggallāna, bhikkhu uccāsoṇḍaṁ paggahetvā kulāni upasaṅkamati, santi hi, moggallāna, kulesu kiccakaraṇīyāni. 
;;;What happens if a mendicant approaches families with a head swollen with vanity? Well, families have business to attend to, 
;;;Tasmātiha, moggallāna, evaṁ sikkhitabbaṁ: 
;;;So you should train like this: 
;;;Evañhi te, moggallāna, sikkhitabbaṁ. 
;;;That’s how you should train. 
;;;Viggāhikāya, moggallāna, kathāya sati kathābāhullaṁ pāṭikaṅkhaṁ, kathābāhulle sati uddhaccaṁ, uddhatassa asaṁvaro, asaṁvutassa ārā cittaṁ samādhimhā. 
;;;When there’s an argument, you can expect there’ll be lots of talking. When there’s lots of talking, people become restless. Being restless, they lose restraint. And without restraint the mind is far from immersion. 
;;;Nāhaṁ, moggallāna, sabbeheva saṁsaggaṁ vaṇṇayāmi. 
;;;Moggallāna, I don’t praise all kinds of closeness. 
;;;Na panāhaṁ, moggallāna, sabbeheva saṁsaggaṁ na vaṇṇayāmi. 
;;;Nor do I criticize all kinds of closeness. 
;;;Sagahaṭṭhapabbajitehi kho ahaṁ, moggallāna, saṁsaggaṁ na vaṇṇayāmi. 
;;;I don’t praise closeness with laypeople and renunciates. 
;;;Yāni ca kho tāni senāsanāni appasaddāni appanigghosāni vijanavātāni manussarāhasseyyakāni paṭisallānasāruppāni tathārūpehi senāsanehi saṁsaggaṁ vaṇṇayāmī”ti. 
;;;I do praise closeness with those lodgings that are quiet and still, far from the madding crowd, remote from human settlements, and fit for retreat.” 
;;;Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;When he said this, Venerable Moggallāna asked the Buddha, 
;;;“Idha, moggallāna, bhikkhuno sutaṁ hoti: 
;;;“Take a mendicant who has heard: 
;;;evañcetaṁ, moggallāna, bhikkhuno sutaṁ hoti: 
;;;When a mendicant has heard that 
;;;So tāsu vedanāsu aniccānupassī viharanto virāgānupassī viharanto nirodhānupassī viharanto paṭinissaggānupassī viharanto na kiñci loke upādiyati, 
;;;Meditating in this way, they don’t grasp at anything in the world. 
;;;Ettāvatā kho, moggallāna, bhikkhu saṅkhittena taṇhāsaṅkhayavimutto hoti accantaniṭṭho accantayogakkhemī accantabrahmacārī accantapariyosāno seṭṭho devamanussānan”ti. 
;;;That’s how I briefly define a mendicant who is freed through the ending of craving, who has reached the ultimate end, the ultimate sanctuary from the yoke, the ultimate spiritual life, the ultimate goal, and is best among gods and humans.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Sukhassetaṁ, bhikkhave, adhivacanaṁ yadidaṁ puññāni. ;;;For ‘good deeds’ is a term for happiness. 
;;;Kusalānaṁ sukhesino; 
;;;of skillful deeds, for one seeking happiness. 
;;;jambumaṇḍassa issaro; 
;;;lord of the Black Plum Tree Land. 
;;;Muddhāvasitto khattiyo, 
;;;An anointed aristocrat, 
;;;Asāhasena kammena, 
;;;Through non-violent action 
;;;pathabyo me na vipajjati; 
;;;by which one is called a lord of the land. 
;;;rājā hoti patāpavā. 
;;;with lots of property and assets. 
;;;Iddhimā yasavā hoti, 
;;;successful and glorious, 
;;;jambumaṇḍassa issaro; 
;;;lord of the Black Plum Tree Land. 
;;;

>En 

Sukhassetaṁ, bhikkhave, adhivacanaṁ yadidaṁ puññāni. ;;;For ‘good deeds’ is a term for happiness. 
;;;Kusalānaṁ sukhesino; 
;;;of skillful deeds, for one seeking happiness. 
;;;jambumaṇḍassa issaro; 
;;;lord of the Black Plum Tree Land. 
;;;Muddhāvasitto khattiyo, 
;;;An anointed aristocrat, 
;;;Asāhasena kammena, 
;;;Through non-violent action 
;;;pathabyo me na vipajjati; 
;;;by which one is called a lord of the land. 
;;;rājā hoti patāpavā. 
;;;with lots of property and assets. 
;;;Iddhimā yasavā hoti, 
;;;successful and glorious, 
;;;jambumaṇḍassa issaro; 
;;;lord of the Black Plum Tree Land. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Na kho ahaṁ, bhante, imassa bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmi. ;;;“Sir, I don’t understand the detailed meaning of what the Buddha has said in brief. 
;;;Yathāpi jeṭṭhā bhaginī kaniṭṭhakā, 
;;;She respects her husband 
;;;

>En 

“Na kho ahaṁ, bhante, imassa bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmi. ;;;“Sir, I don’t understand the detailed meaning of what the Buddha has said in brief. 
;;;Yathāpi jeṭṭhā bhaginī kaniṭṭhakā, 
;;;She respects her husband 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Kodhanoyaṁ, bhikkhave, purisapuggalo kodhābhibhūto kodhapareto, kiñcāpi so hoti sunhāto suvilitto kappitakesamassu odātavatthavasano; ;;;An irritable person, overcome and overwhelmed by anger, is ugly, even though they’re nicely bathed and anointed, with hair and beard dressed, and wearing white clothes. 
;;;Kodhanoyaṁ, bhikkhave, purisapuggalo kodhābhibhūto kodhapareto, kiñcāpi so pallaṅke seti gonakatthate paṭalikatthate kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇe sauttaracchade ubhatolohitakūpadhāne; 
;;;An irritable person, overcome and overwhelmed by anger, sleeps badly, even though they sleep on a couch spread with woolen covers—shag-piled, pure white, or embroidered with flowers—and spread with a fine deer hide, with a canopy above and red pillows at both ends. 
;;;anatthaṁ adhipajjati. 
;;;they take it to be what they don’t need. 
;;;āyasakyaṁ nigacchati; 
;;;they fall into disgrace. 
;;;Dummaṅkuyaṁ padasseti, 
;;;Their look betrays their sulkiness 
;;;attā hi paramo piyo; 
;;;hold themselves most dear. 
;;;Bhūnahaccāni kammāni, 
;;;When they commit deeds of killing babes 
;;;Yathā metaṁ akusalaṁ, 
;;;An astute person should cut out 
;;;Parinibbanti anāsavā”ti. 
;;;the undefiled become fully quenched. 
;;;

>En 

Kodhanoyaṁ, bhikkhave, purisapuggalo kodhābhibhūto kodhapareto, kiñcāpi so hoti sunhāto suvilitto kappitakesamassu odātavatthavasano; ;;;An irritable person, overcome and overwhelmed by anger, is ugly, even though they’re nicely bathed and anointed, with hair and beard dressed, and wearing white clothes. 
;;;Kodhanoyaṁ, bhikkhave, purisapuggalo kodhābhibhūto kodhapareto, kiñcāpi so pallaṅke seti gonakatthate paṭalikatthate kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇe sauttaracchade ubhatolohitakūpadhāne; 
;;;An irritable person, overcome and overwhelmed by anger, sleeps badly, even though they sleep on a couch spread with woolen covers—shag-piled, pure white, or embroidered with flowers—and spread with a fine deer hide, with a canopy above and red pillows at both ends. 
;;;anatthaṁ adhipajjati. 
;;;they take it to be what they don’t need. 
;;;āyasakyaṁ nigacchati; 
;;;they fall into disgrace. 
;;;Dummaṅkuyaṁ padasseti, 
;;;Their look betrays their sulkiness 
;;;attā hi paramo piyo; 
;;;hold themselves most dear. 
;;;Bhūnahaccāni kammāni, 
;;;When they commit deeds of killing babes 
;;;Yathā metaṁ akusalaṁ, 
;;;An astute person should cut out 
;;;Parinibbanti anāsavā”ti. 
;;;the undefiled become fully quenched. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Dutiyassa, bhikkhave, sūriyassa pātubhāvā yā kāci kunnadiyo kusobbhā tā ussussanti visussanti, na bhavanti. ;;;When this happens, the streams and pools wither away and dry up, and are no more. 
;;;sattaporisampi mahāsamudde udakaṁ saṇṭhāti, chaporisampi, pañcaporisampi, catuporisampi, tiporisampi, dviporisampi, porisampi, aḍḍhaporisampi, kaṭimattampi, jaṇṇukāmattampi, gopphakamattampi mahāsamudde udakaṁ saṇṭhāti. 
;;;The water that remains in the ocean is only seven fathoms deep. It’s six, five, four, three, two, one or even half a fathom deep. It’s waist high, knee high, or even ankle high. 
;;;evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, tattha tattha gopphakamattāni mahāsamudde udakāni ṭhitāni honti. 
;;;In the same way, water in the ocean remains here and there in puddles like cows’ hoofprints. 
;;;Chaṭṭhassa, bhikkhave, sūriyassa pātubhāvā ayañca mahāpathavī sineru ca pabbatarājā dhūmāyanti sandhūmāyanti sampadhūmāyanti. 
;;;When this happens, this great earth and Sineru the king of mountains smoke and smolder and give off fumes. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, kumbhakārapāko ālepito paṭhamaṁ dhūmeti sandhūmeti sampadhūmeti; 
;;;It’s like when a potter’s kiln is first kindled, and it smokes and smolders and gives off fumes. 
;;;

>En 

Dutiyassa, bhikkhave, sūriyassa pātubhāvā yā kāci kunnadiyo kusobbhā tā ussussanti visussanti, na bhavanti. ;;;When this happens, the streams and pools wither away and dry up, and are no more. 
;;;sattaporisampi mahāsamudde udakaṁ saṇṭhāti, chaporisampi, pañcaporisampi, catuporisampi, tiporisampi, dviporisampi, porisampi, aḍḍhaporisampi, kaṭimattampi, jaṇṇukāmattampi, gopphakamattampi mahāsamudde udakaṁ saṇṭhāti. 
;;;The water that remains in the ocean is only seven fathoms deep. It’s six, five, four, three, two, one or even half a fathom deep. It’s waist high, knee high, or even ankle high. 
;;;evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, tattha tattha gopphakamattāni mahāsamudde udakāni ṭhitāni honti. 
;;;In the same way, water in the ocean remains here and there in puddles like cows’ hoofprints. 
;;;Chaṭṭhassa, bhikkhave, sūriyassa pātubhāvā ayañca mahāpathavī sineru ca pabbatarājā dhūmāyanti sandhūmāyanti sampadhūmāyanti. 
;;;When this happens, this great earth and Sineru the king of mountains smoke and smolder and give off fumes. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, kumbhakārapāko ālepito paṭhamaṁ dhūmeti sandhūmeti sampadhūmeti; 
;;;It’s like when a potter’s kiln is first kindled, and it smokes and smolders and gives off fumes. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

suttaṁ geyyaṁ veyyākaraṇaṁ gāthaṁ udānaṁ itivuttakaṁ jātakaṁ abbhutadhammaṁ vedallaṁ. ;;;statements, mixed prose & verse, discussions, verses, inspired exclamations, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and elaborations. 
;;;suttaṁ geyyaṁ …pe… abbhutadhammaṁ vedallaṁ, nayidha ‘dhammaññū’ti vucceyya. 
;;;they would not be called ‘one who knows the teachings’. 
;;;suttaṁ geyyaṁ …pe… abbhutadhammaṁ vedallaṁ, tasmā ‘dhammaññū’ti vuccati. 
;;;they are called ‘one who knows the teachings’. 
;;;‘ayaṁ kālo uddesassa, ayaṁ kālo paripucchāya, ayaṁ kālo yogassa, ayaṁ kālo paṭisallānassā’ti. 
;;;‘This is the time for recitation; this is the time for questioning; this is the time for meditation; this is the time for retreat.’ 
;;;‘ayaṁ kālo uddesassa, ayaṁ kālo paripucchāya, ayaṁ kālo yogassa, ayaṁ kālo paṭisallānassā’ti, nayidha ‘kālaññū’ti vucceyya. 
;;;they would not be called ‘one who knows the right time’. 
;;;‘ayaṁ kālo uddesassa, ayaṁ kālo paripucchāya, ayaṁ kālo yogassa, ayaṁ kālo paṭisallānassā’ti, tasmā ‘kālaññū’ti vuccati. 
;;;they are called ‘one who knows the right time’. 
;;;eko dhātānaṁ dhammānaṁ atthaṁ upaparikkhati, eko dhātānaṁ dhammānaṁ atthaṁ na upaparikkhati. 
;;;one reflects on the meaning of the teachings they have remembered, one does not. 
;;;

>En 

suttaṁ geyyaṁ veyyākaraṇaṁ gāthaṁ udānaṁ itivuttakaṁ jātakaṁ abbhutadhammaṁ vedallaṁ. ;;;statements, mixed prose & verse, discussions, verses, inspired exclamations, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and elaborations. 
;;;suttaṁ geyyaṁ …pe… abbhutadhammaṁ vedallaṁ, nayidha ‘dhammaññū’ti vucceyya. 
;;;they would not be called ‘one who knows the teachings’. 
;;;suttaṁ geyyaṁ …pe… abbhutadhammaṁ vedallaṁ, tasmā ‘dhammaññū’ti vuccati. 
;;;they are called ‘one who knows the teachings’. 
;;;‘ayaṁ kālo uddesassa, ayaṁ kālo paripucchāya, ayaṁ kālo yogassa, ayaṁ kālo paṭisallānassā’ti. 
;;;‘This is the time for recitation; this is the time for questioning; this is the time for meditation; this is the time for retreat.’ 
;;;‘ayaṁ kālo uddesassa, ayaṁ kālo paripucchāya, ayaṁ kālo yogassa, ayaṁ kālo paṭisallānassā’ti, nayidha ‘kālaññū’ti vucceyya. 
;;;they would not be called ‘one who knows the right time’. 
;;;‘ayaṁ kālo uddesassa, ayaṁ kālo paripucchāya, ayaṁ kālo yogassa, ayaṁ kālo paṭisallānassā’ti, tasmā ‘kālaññū’ti vuccati. 
;;;they are called ‘one who knows the right time’. 
;;;eko dhātānaṁ dhammānaṁ atthaṁ upaparikkhati, eko dhātānaṁ dhammānaṁ atthaṁ na upaparikkhati. 
;;;one reflects on the meaning of the teachings they have remembered, one does not. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

‘khārakajāto dāni pāricchattako koviḷāro nacirasseva dāni kuṭumalakajāto bhavissatī’ti. ;;;‘Now the Shady Orchid Tree is ready to grow flowers and leaves separately. It won’t be long until buds start to form.’ 
;;;‘kuṭumalakajāto dāni pāricchattako koviḷāro nacirasseva dāni korakajāto bhavissatī’ti. 
;;;‘Now the buds of the Shady Orchid Tree have started to form. It won’t be long until the buds burst.’ 
;;;

>En 

‘khārakajāto dāni pāricchattako koviḷāro nacirasseva dāni kuṭumalakajāto bhavissatī’ti. ;;;‘Now the Shady Orchid Tree is ready to grow flowers and leaves separately. It won’t be long until buds start to form.’ 
;;;‘kuṭumalakajāto dāni pāricchattako koviḷāro nacirasseva dāni korakajāto bhavissatī’ti. 
;;;‘Now the buds of the Shady Orchid Tree have started to form. It won’t be long until the buds burst.’ 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho āyasmato sāriputtassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ;;;Then as Venerable Sāriputta was in private retreat this thought came to his mind, 
;;;Evamevaṁ me ime dhammā parisuddhā pariyodātā, yannūnāhaṁ ime dhamme gantvā bhagavato āroceyyaṁ. 
;;;In the same way, these qualities are pure and bright in me. Why don’t I go and tell them to the Buddha? 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, Sāriputta came out of retreat and went to the Buddha. He bowed, sat down to one side, and told the Buddha of his thoughts while on retreat. 
;;;“Idha mayhaṁ, bhante, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: 
;;; 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho āyasmato sāriputtassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ;;;Then as Venerable Sāriputta was in private retreat this thought came to his mind, 
;;;Evamevaṁ me ime dhammā parisuddhā pariyodātā, yannūnāhaṁ ime dhamme gantvā bhagavato āroceyyaṁ. 
;;;In the same way, these qualities are pure and bright in me. Why don’t I go and tell them to the Buddha? 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, Sāriputta came out of retreat and went to the Buddha. He bowed, sat down to one side, and told the Buddha of his thoughts while on retreat. 
;;;“Idha mayhaṁ, bhante, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: 
;;; 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, phalagaṇḍassa vā phalagaṇḍantevāsikassa vā dissanteva vāsijaṭe aṅgulipadāni dissati aṅguṭṭhapadaṁ. No ca khvassa evaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: ‘ettakaṁ me ajja vāsijaṭassa khīṇaṁ, ettakaṁ hiyyo, ettakaṁ pare’ti, atha khvassa khīṇe ‘khīṇan’teva ñāṇaṁ hoti. ;;;Suppose a carpenter or their apprentice sees the marks of his fingers and thumb on the handle of his adze. They don’t know how much of the handle was worn away today, how much yesterday, and how much previously. They just know what has been worn away. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, sāmuddikāya nāvāya vettabandhanabaddhāya cha māsāni udake pariyādāya hemantikena thale ukkhittāya vātātapaparetāni bandhanāni, tāni pāvussakena meghena abhippavuṭṭhāni appakasireneva parihāyanti, pūtikāni bhavanti. 
;;;Suppose there was a sea-faring ship bound together with ropes. For six months they deteriorated in the water. Then in the cold season it was hauled up on dry land, where the ropes were weathered by wind and sun. When the clouds soaked it with rain, the ropes would readily collapse and rot away. 
;;;

>En 

Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, phalagaṇḍassa vā phalagaṇḍantevāsikassa vā dissanteva vāsijaṭe aṅgulipadāni dissati aṅguṭṭhapadaṁ. No ca khvassa evaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: ‘ettakaṁ me ajja vāsijaṭassa khīṇaṁ, ettakaṁ hiyyo, ettakaṁ pare’ti, atha khvassa khīṇe ‘khīṇan’teva ñāṇaṁ hoti. ;;;Suppose a carpenter or their apprentice sees the marks of his fingers and thumb on the handle of his adze. They don’t know how much of the handle was worn away today, how much yesterday, and how much previously. They just know what has been worn away. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, sāmuddikāya nāvāya vettabandhanabaddhāya cha māsāni udake pariyādāya hemantikena thale ukkhittāya vātātapaparetāni bandhanāni, tāni pāvussakena meghena abhippavuṭṭhāni appakasireneva parihāyanti, pūtikāni bhavanti. 
;;;Suppose there was a sea-faring ship bound together with ropes. For six months they deteriorated in the water. Then in the cold season it was hauled up on dry land, where the ropes were weathered by wind and sun. When the clouds soaked it with rain, the ropes would readily collapse and rot away. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Addasā kho bhagavā addhānamaggappaṭipanno aññatarasmiṁ padese mahantaṁ aggikkhandhaṁ ādittaṁ sampajjalitaṁ sajotibhūtaṁ. ;;;While walking along the road, at a certain spot he saw a great mass of fire burning, blazing, and glowing. 
;;;‘yesañca mayaṁ paribhuñjāma cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṁ tesaṁ te kārā mahapphalā bhavissanti mahānisaṁsā, amhākañcevāyaṁ pabbajjā avañjhā bhavissati saphalā saudrayā’ti. 
;;;‘Our use of robes, almsfood, lodgings, and medicines and supplies for the sick shall be of great fruit and benefit for those who offered them. And our going forth will not be wasted, but will be fruitful and fertile.’ 
;;;

>En 

Addasā kho bhagavā addhānamaggappaṭipanno aññatarasmiṁ padese mahantaṁ aggikkhandhaṁ ādittaṁ sampajjalitaṁ sajotibhūtaṁ. ;;;While walking along the road, at a certain spot he saw a great mass of fire burning, blazing, and glowing. 
;;;‘yesañca mayaṁ paribhuñjāma cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṁ tesaṁ te kārā mahapphalā bhavissanti mahānisaṁsā, amhākañcevāyaṁ pabbajjā avañjhā bhavissati saphalā saudrayā’ti. 
;;;‘Our use of robes, almsfood, lodgings, and medicines and supplies for the sick shall be of great fruit and benefit for those who offered them. And our going forth will not be wasted, but will be fruitful and fertile.’ 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Ye kho pana, bhikkhave, sunettassa satthuno brahmalokasahabyatāya dhammaṁ desentassa cittāni nappasādesuṁ te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapajjiṁsu. ;;;Those lacking confidence in Sunetta were—when their body broke up, after death—reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. 
;;;kuddālako nāma satthā ahosi …pe… 
;;;Kuddālaka … 
;;;‘na no sabrahmacārīsu cittāni paduṭṭhāni bhavissantī’ti. 
;;;‘We will have no malicious intent for our spiritual companions.’ 
;;;

>En 

Ye kho pana, bhikkhave, sunettassa satthuno brahmalokasahabyatāya dhammaṁ desentassa cittāni nappasādesuṁ te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapajjiṁsu. ;;;Those lacking confidence in Sunetta were—when their body broke up, after death—reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. 
;;;kuddālako nāma satthā ahosi …pe… 
;;;Kuddālaka … 
;;;‘na no sabrahmacārīsu cittāni paduṭṭhāni bhavissantī’ti. 
;;;‘We will have no malicious intent for our spiritual companions.’ 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, nadī pabbateyyā dūraṅgamā sīghasotā hārahārinī, natthi so khaṇo vā layo vā muhutto vā yaṁ sā āvattati, atha kho sā gacchateva vattateva sandateva; ;;;It’s like a mountain river traveling far, flowing fast, carrying all before it. It doesn’t turn back—not for a moment, a second, an hour—but runs, rolls, and flows on. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, divasaṁsantatte ayokaṭāhe maṁsapesi pakkhittā khippaṁyeva paṭivigacchati, na ciraṭṭhitikā hoti; 
;;;Suppose there was an iron cauldron that had been heated all day. If you tossed a scrap of meat in, it would quickly vanish and not last long. 
;;;evamevaṁ kho, brāhmaṇa, govajjhūpamaṁ jīvitaṁ manussānaṁ parittaṁ lahukaṁ bahudukkhaṁ bahupāyāsaṁ mantāyaṁ boddhabbaṁ, kattabbaṁ kusalaṁ, caritabbaṁ brahmacariyaṁ, natthi jātassa amaraṇan’ti. 
;;;In the same way, life as a human is like a cow being slaughtered. It’s brief and fleeting, full of suffering and distress. Be thoughtful and wake up! Do what’s good and lead the spiritual life, for no-one born can escape death.’ 
;;;Chattiṁsaṁ kho pana, bhikkhave, rattisahassāni jīvanto dvesattatiyeva bhattasahassāni bhuñjati— 
;;;Living for 36,000 days, you just eat 72,000 meals, 
;;;

>En 

Seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, nadī pabbateyyā dūraṅgamā sīghasotā hārahārinī, natthi so khaṇo vā layo vā muhutto vā yaṁ sā āvattati, atha kho sā gacchateva vattateva sandateva; ;;;It’s like a mountain river traveling far, flowing fast, carrying all before it. It doesn’t turn back—not for a moment, a second, an hour—but runs, rolls, and flows on. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, divasaṁsantatte ayokaṭāhe maṁsapesi pakkhittā khippaṁyeva paṭivigacchati, na ciraṭṭhitikā hoti; 
;;;Suppose there was an iron cauldron that had been heated all day. If you tossed a scrap of meat in, it would quickly vanish and not last long. 
;;;evamevaṁ kho, brāhmaṇa, govajjhūpamaṁ jīvitaṁ manussānaṁ parittaṁ lahukaṁ bahudukkhaṁ bahupāyāsaṁ mantāyaṁ boddhabbaṁ, kattabbaṁ kusalaṁ, caritabbaṁ brahmacariyaṁ, natthi jātassa amaraṇan’ti. 
;;;In the same way, life as a human is like a cow being slaughtered. It’s brief and fleeting, full of suffering and distress. Be thoughtful and wake up! Do what’s good and lead the spiritual life, for no-one born can escape death.’ 
;;;Chattiṁsaṁ kho pana, bhikkhave, rattisahassāni jīvanto dvesattatiyeva bhattasahassāni bhuñjati— 
;;;Living for 36,000 days, you just eat 72,000 meals, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Sattahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato vinayadharo sobhati. ;;;“Mendicants, a mendicant with seven qualities shines as an expert in the monastic law. 
;;;

>En 

“Sattahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato vinayadharo sobhati. ;;;“Mendicants, a mendicant with seven qualities shines as an expert in the monastic law. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Sammukhāvinayo dātabbo, sativinayo dātabbo, amūḷhavinayo dātabbo, paṭiññātakaraṇaṁ dātabbaṁ, yebhuyyasikā dātabbā, tassapāpiyasikā dātabbā, tiṇavatthārako dātabbo. ;;;Resolution face-to-face to be applied. Resolution through recollection to be granted. Resolution because of past insanity to be granted. Acting according to what has been admitted. Majority decision. Further penalty. Covering over as if with grass. 
;;;

>En 

Sammukhāvinayo dātabbo, sativinayo dātabbo, amūḷhavinayo dātabbo, paṭiññātakaraṇaṁ dātabbaṁ, yebhuyyasikā dātabbā, tassapāpiyasikā dātabbā, tiṇavatthārako dātabbo. ;;;Resolution face-to-face to be applied. Resolution through recollection to be granted. Resolution because of past insanity to be granted. Acting according to what has been admitted. Majority decision. Further penalty. Covering over as if with grass. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

9. Samaṇavagga ;;;9. An Ascetic 
;;;

>En 

9. Samaṇavagga ;;;9. An Ascetic 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“… Nissutattā sottiyo hoti …pe…. ;;;“Mendicants, it’s because of scouring off seven things that you become a scholar …” 
;;;

>En 

“… Nissutattā sottiyo hoti …pe…. ;;;“Mendicants, it’s because of scouring off seven things that you become a scholar …” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Pañcakkhandhe …pe… ;;;meditates observing impermanence in the five aggregates … 
;;;āhuneyye ca vaggike”. 
;;;" 
;;;

>En 

Pañcakkhandhe …pe… ;;;meditates observing impermanence in the five aggregates … 
;;;āhuneyye ca vaggike”. 
;;;" 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Yathā na agghanti kalampi soḷasiṁ. ;;;aren’t worth a sixteenth part of the moon’s light. 
;;;

>En 

Yathā na agghanti kalampi soḷasiṁ. ;;;aren’t worth a sixteenth part of the moon’s light. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Bahussuto hoti sutadharo sutasannicayo. Ye te dhammā ādikalyāṇā majjhekalyāṇā pariyosānakalyāṇā sātthaṁ sabyañjanaṁ kevalaparipuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ abhivadanti, tathārūpāssa dhammā bahussutā honti dhātā vacasā paricitā manasānupekkhitā diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā. ;;;They’re very learned, remembering and keeping what they’ve learned. These teachings are good in the beginning, good in the middle, and good in the end, meaningful and well-phrased, describing a spiritual practice that’s entirely full and pure. They are very learned in such teachings, remembering them, rehearsing them, mentally scrutinizing them, and comprehending them theoretically. 
;;;Ayampi dhammo piyattāya garuttāya bhāvanāya sāmaññāya ekībhāvāya saṁvattati. 
;;;This quality leads to fondness, respect, esteem, harmony, and unity. 
;;;

>En 

Bahussuto hoti sutadharo sutasannicayo. Ye te dhammā ādikalyāṇā majjhekalyāṇā pariyosānakalyāṇā sātthaṁ sabyañjanaṁ kevalaparipuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ abhivadanti, tathārūpāssa dhammā bahussutā honti dhātā vacasā paricitā manasānupekkhitā diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā. ;;;They’re very learned, remembering and keeping what they’ve learned. These teachings are good in the beginning, good in the middle, and good in the end, meaningful and well-phrased, describing a spiritual practice that’s entirely full and pure. They are very learned in such teachings, remembering them, rehearsing them, mentally scrutinizing them, and comprehending them theoretically. 
;;;Ayampi dhammo piyattāya garuttāya bhāvanāya sāmaññāya ekībhāvāya saṁvattati. 
;;;This quality leads to fondness, respect, esteem, harmony, and unity. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tatra, bhikkhave, ko viseso ko adhippayāso kiṁ nānākaraṇaṁ sutavato ariyasāvakassa assutavatā puthujjanenā”ti? ;;;What, then, is the difference between a learned noble disciple and an ordinary unlearned person?” 
;;;

>En 

Tatra, bhikkhave, ko viseso ko adhippayāso kiṁ nānākaraṇaṁ sutavato ariyasāvakassa assutavatā puthujjanenā”ti? ;;;What, then, is the difference between a learned noble disciple and an ordinary unlearned person?” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā uttaro mahisavatthusmiṁ viharati saṅkheyyake pabbate vaṭajālikāyaṁ. ;;;At one time Venerable Uttara was staying on the Saṅkheyyaka Mountain in the Mahisa region near Dhavajālikā. 
;;;Atha kho vessavaṇo mahārājā—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evamevaṁ mahisavatthusmiṁ saṅkheyyake pabbate vaṭajālikāyaṁ antarahito devesu tāvatiṁsesu pāturahosi. 
;;;Then Vessavaṇa vanished from Saṅkheyyaka Mountain and appeared among the gods of the thirty-three, as easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm. 
;;;“Kiṁ panidaṁ, bhante, āyasmato uttarassa sakaṁ paṭibhānaṁ, udāhu tassa bhagavato vacanaṁ arahato sammāsambuddhassā”ti? 
;;;“Sir, did this teaching come to you from your own inspiration, or was it spoken by the Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha?” 
;;;Nāyaṁ dhammapariyāyo kismiñci upaṭṭhito. 
;;; 
;;;

>En 

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā uttaro mahisavatthusmiṁ viharati saṅkheyyake pabbate vaṭajālikāyaṁ. ;;;At one time Venerable Uttara was staying on the Saṅkheyyaka Mountain in the Mahisa region near Dhavajālikā. 
;;;Atha kho vessavaṇo mahārājā—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evamevaṁ mahisavatthusmiṁ saṅkheyyake pabbate vaṭajālikāyaṁ antarahito devesu tāvatiṁsesu pāturahosi. 
;;;Then Vessavaṇa vanished from Saṅkheyyaka Mountain and appeared among the gods of the thirty-three, as easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm. 
;;;“Kiṁ panidaṁ, bhante, āyasmato uttarassa sakaṁ paṭibhānaṁ, udāhu tassa bhagavato vacanaṁ arahato sammāsambuddhassā”ti? 
;;;“Sir, did this teaching come to you from your own inspiration, or was it spoken by the Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha?” 
;;;Nāyaṁ dhammapariyāyo kismiñci upaṭṭhito. 
;;; 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Apaneyyeso, bhikkhave, puggalo. ;;;This person should be shown the door. 
;;;Kiṁ vo tena paraputtena visodhitena. 
;;;Why should you be vexed by an outsider? 
;;;‘samaṇadūsīvāyaṁ samaṇapalāpo samaṇakāraṇḍavo’ti. 
;;;a corrupt ascetic, just useless trash. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, mahato dhaññarāsissa phuṇamānassa tattha yāni tāni dhaññāni daḷhāni sāravantāni tāni ekamantaṁ puñjaṁ hoti, yāni pana tāni dhaññāni dubbalāni palāpāni tāni vāto ekamantaṁ apavahati. 
;;;Suppose that a large heap of grain is being winnowed. The grains that are firm and solid form a heap on one side. And the grains that are flimsy and insubstantial are blown over to the other side. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso udapānapanāḷiyatthiko tiṇhaṁ kuṭhāriṁ ādāya vanaṁ paviseyya. 
;;;Suppose a man needs an irrigation gutter for a well. He’d take a sharp axe and enter the wood, 
;;;Kasambuṁ apakassatha; 
;;;Get rid of the rubbish! 
;;;

>En 

Apaneyyeso, bhikkhave, puggalo. ;;;This person should be shown the door. 
;;;Kiṁ vo tena paraputtena visodhitena. 
;;;Why should you be vexed by an outsider? 
;;;‘samaṇadūsīvāyaṁ samaṇapalāpo samaṇakāraṇḍavo’ti. 
;;;a corrupt ascetic, just useless trash. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, mahato dhaññarāsissa phuṇamānassa tattha yāni tāni dhaññāni daḷhāni sāravantāni tāni ekamantaṁ puñjaṁ hoti, yāni pana tāni dhaññāni dubbalāni palāpāni tāni vāto ekamantaṁ apavahati. 
;;;Suppose that a large heap of grain is being winnowed. The grains that are firm and solid form a heap on one side. And the grains that are flimsy and insubstantial are blown over to the other side. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso udapānapanāḷiyatthiko tiṇhaṁ kuṭhāriṁ ādāya vanaṁ paviseyya. 
;;;Suppose a man needs an irrigation gutter for a well. He’d take a sharp axe and enter the wood, 
;;;Kasambuṁ apakassatha; 
;;;Get rid of the rubbish! 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho verañjo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: ;;;When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha: 
;;;‘na samaṇo gotamo brāhmaṇe jiṇṇe vuḍḍhe mahallake addhagate vayoanuppatte abhivādeti vā paccuṭṭheti vā āsanena vā nimantetī’ti. 
;;;the ascetic Gotama doesn’t bow to old brahmins, the elderly and senior, who are advanced in years and have reached the final stage of life; nor does he rise in their presence or offer them a seat. 
;;;Na hi bhavaṁ gotamo brāhmaṇe jiṇṇe vuḍḍhe mahallake addhagate vayoanuppatte abhivādeti vā paccuṭṭheti vā āsanena vā nimanteti. 
;;;for Mister Gotama does not bow to old brahmins, elderly and senior, who are advanced in years and have reached the final stage of life; nor does he rise in their presence or offer them a seat. 
;;;Āraddhaṁ kho pana me, brāhmaṇa, vīriyaṁ ahosi asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, passaddho kāyo asāraddho, samāhitaṁ cittaṁ ekaggaṁ. 
;;;My energy was roused up and unflagging, my mindfulness was established and lucid, my body was tranquil and undisturbed, and my mind was immersed in samādhi. 
;;;

>En 

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho verañjo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: ;;;When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha: 
;;;‘na samaṇo gotamo brāhmaṇe jiṇṇe vuḍḍhe mahallake addhagate vayoanuppatte abhivādeti vā paccuṭṭheti vā āsanena vā nimantetī’ti. 
;;;the ascetic Gotama doesn’t bow to old brahmins, the elderly and senior, who are advanced in years and have reached the final stage of life; nor does he rise in their presence or offer them a seat. 
;;;Na hi bhavaṁ gotamo brāhmaṇe jiṇṇe vuḍḍhe mahallake addhagate vayoanuppatte abhivādeti vā paccuṭṭheti vā āsanena vā nimanteti. 
;;;for Mister Gotama does not bow to old brahmins, elderly and senior, who are advanced in years and have reached the final stage of life; nor does he rise in their presence or offer them a seat. 
;;;Āraddhaṁ kho pana me, brāhmaṇa, vīriyaṁ ahosi asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, passaddho kāyo asāraddho, samāhitaṁ cittaṁ ekaggaṁ. 
;;;My energy was roused up and unflagging, my mindfulness was established and lucid, my body was tranquil and undisturbed, and my mind was immersed in samādhi. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Yannūnāhaṁ anapaloketvāva nigaṇṭhe taṁ bhagavantaṁ dassanāya upasaṅkameyyaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhan”ti. ;;;Why don’t I, without taking leave of them, go to see that Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha!” 
;;;Ye te, bhante, evamāhaṁsu: ‘akiriyavādo samaṇo gotamo, akiriyāya dhammaṁ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetī’ti, kacci te, bhante, bhagavato vuttavādino na ca bhagavantaṁ abhūtena abbhācikkhanti dhammassa cānudhammaṁ byākaronti na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānuvādo gārayhaṁ ṭhānaṁ āgacchati? 
;;;I trust those who say this repeat what the Buddha has said, and do not misrepresent him with an untruth? Is their explanation in line with the teaching? Are there any legitimate grounds for rebuttal and criticism? 
;;;Yadā bhagavā aññāsi sīhaṁ senāpatiṁ kallacittaṁ muducittaṁ vinīvaraṇacittaṁ udaggacittaṁ pasannacittaṁ, atha yā buddhānaṁ sāmukkaṁsikā dhammadesanā taṁ pakāsesi— 
;;;And when the Buddha knew that Sīha’s mind was ready, pliable, rid of hindrances, elated, and confident he explained the special teaching of the Buddhas: 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā nigaṇṭhā vesāliyaṁ rathikāya rathikaṁ siṅghāṭakena siṅghāṭakaṁ bāhā paggayha kandanti: 
;;;Now at that time many Jain ascetics in Vesālī went from street to street and from square to square, calling out with raised arms: 
;;;

>En 

Yannūnāhaṁ anapaloketvāva nigaṇṭhe taṁ bhagavantaṁ dassanāya upasaṅkameyyaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhan”ti. ;;;Why don’t I, without taking leave of them, go to see that Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha!” 
;;;Ye te, bhante, evamāhaṁsu: ‘akiriyavādo samaṇo gotamo, akiriyāya dhammaṁ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetī’ti, kacci te, bhante, bhagavato vuttavādino na ca bhagavantaṁ abhūtena abbhācikkhanti dhammassa cānudhammaṁ byākaronti na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānuvādo gārayhaṁ ṭhānaṁ āgacchati? 
;;;I trust those who say this repeat what the Buddha has said, and do not misrepresent him with an untruth? Is their explanation in line with the teaching? Are there any legitimate grounds for rebuttal and criticism? 
;;;Yadā bhagavā aññāsi sīhaṁ senāpatiṁ kallacittaṁ muducittaṁ vinīvaraṇacittaṁ udaggacittaṁ pasannacittaṁ, atha yā buddhānaṁ sāmukkaṁsikā dhammadesanā taṁ pakāsesi— 
;;;And when the Buddha knew that Sīha’s mind was ready, pliable, rid of hindrances, elated, and confident he explained the special teaching of the Buddhas: 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā nigaṇṭhā vesāliyaṁ rathikāya rathikaṁ siṅghāṭakena siṅghāṭakaṁ bāhā paggayha kandanti: 
;;;Now at that time many Jain ascetics in Vesālī went from street to street and from square to square, calling out with raised arms: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

allaṁ vā sukkhaṁ vā— ;;;fresh or dry, 
;;;Yāni kho panassa honti sāṭheyyāni kūṭeyyāni jimheyyāni vaṅkeyyāni, tāni yathābhūtaṁ sārathissa āvikattā hoti. 
;;;He openly shows his tricks, bluffs, ruses, and feints to his trainer, 
;;;

>En 

allaṁ vā sukkhaṁ vā— ;;;fresh or dry, 
;;;Yāni kho panassa honti sāṭheyyāni kūṭeyyāni jimheyyāni vaṅkeyyāni, tāni yathābhūtaṁ sārathissa āvikattā hoti. 
;;;He openly shows his tricks, bluffs, ruses, and feints to his trainer, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Aṭṭha ca, bhikkhave, assakhaḷuṅke desessāmi aṭṭha ca assadose, aṭṭha ca purisakhaḷuṅke aṭṭha ca purisadose. ;;;“Mendicants, I will teach you about eight wild colts and eight defects in horses, and about eight wild people and eight defects in people. 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, idhekacco assakhaḷuṅko ‘pehī’ti vutto, viddho samāno codito sārathinā anādiyitvā sārathiṁ anādiyitvā patodalaṭṭhiṁ dantehi mukhādhānaṁ vidhaṁsitvā yena kāmaṁ pakkamati. 
;;;Furthermore, when the trainer says ‘giddyup!’ and spurs and goads them on, some wild colts ignore the trainer and the goad, spit out the bit, and go wherever they want. 
;;;

>En 

“Aṭṭha ca, bhikkhave, assakhaḷuṅke desessāmi aṭṭha ca assadose, aṭṭha ca purisakhaḷuṅke aṭṭha ca purisadose. ;;;“Mendicants, I will teach you about eight wild colts and eight defects in horses, and about eight wild people and eight defects in people. 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, idhekacco assakhaḷuṅko ‘pehī’ti vutto, viddho samāno codito sārathinā anādiyitvā sārathiṁ anādiyitvā patodalaṭṭhiṁ dantehi mukhādhānaṁ vidhaṁsitvā yena kāmaṁ pakkamati. 
;;;Furthermore, when the trainer says ‘giddyup!’ and spurs and goads them on, some wild colts ignore the trainer and the goad, spit out the bit, and go wherever they want. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

tato, bhikkhave, malā malataraṁ avijjā paramaṁ malaṁ. ;;;Worse than any of these is ignorance, the worst stain of all. 
;;;

>En 

tato, bhikkhave, malā malataraṁ avijjā paramaṁ malaṁ. ;;;Worse than any of these is ignorance, the worst stain of all. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Yo ve na byathati patvā, ;;;They don’t tremble when arriving 
;;;parisaṁ uggavādiniṁ; 
;;;at an assembly of fierce debaters. 
;;;

>En 

Yo ve na byathati patvā, ;;;They don’t tremble when arriving 
;;;parisaṁ uggavādiniṁ; 
;;;at an assembly of fierce debaters. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Te, bhikkhave, sattā subaddhā, ye phassena baddhā”ti. ;;;But those beings who are caught by touch are well and truly caught.” 
;;;

>En 

Te, bhikkhave, sattā subaddhā, ye phassena baddhā”ti. ;;;But those beings who are caught by touch are well and truly caught.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Kati pana, pahārāda, mahāsamudde acchariyā abbhutā dhammā, ye disvā disvā asurā mahāsamudde abhiramantī”ti? ;;;“But seeing what incredible and amazing things do the titans love the ocean?” 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, bhante, mahāsamuddo na matena kuṇapena saṁvasati. Yaṁ hoti mahāsamudde mataṁ kuṇapaṁ, taṁ khippameva tīraṁ vāheti, thalaṁ ussāreti. 
;;;Furthermore, the ocean doesn’t accommodate a carcass, but quickly carries it to the shore and strands it on the beach. 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, bhante, yā ca loke savantiyo mahāsamuddaṁ appenti yā ca antalikkhā dhārā papatanti, na tena mahāsamuddassa ūnattaṁ vā pūrattaṁ vā paññāyati. 
;;;Furthermore, for all the world’s streams that reach it, and the showers that fall from the sky, the ocean never empties or fills up. 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, bhante, mahāsamuddo bahuratano anekaratano. Tatrimāni ratanāni, seyyathidaṁ—muttā maṇi veḷuriyo saṅkho silā pavāḷaṁ rajataṁ jātarūpaṁ lohitako masāragallaṁ. 
;;;Furthermore, the ocean is full of many kinds of treasures, such as pearls, gems, beryl, conch, quartz, coral, silver, native gold, rubies, and emeralds. 
;;;Yampi, bhante, mahāsamuddo bahuratano anekaratano; tatrimāni ratanāni, seyyathidaṁ—muttā maṇi veḷuriyo saṅkho silā pavāḷaṁ rajataṁ jātarūpaṁ lohitako masāragallaṁ; 
;;; 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, bhante, mahāsamuddo mahataṁ bhūtānaṁ āvāso. Tatrime bhūtā—timi timiṅgalo timirapiṅgalo asurā nāgā gandhabbā. Santi mahāsamudde yojanasatikāpi attabhāvā, dviyojanasatikāpi attabhāvā, tiyojanasatikāpi attabhāvā, catuyojanasatikāpi attabhāvā, pañcayojanasatikāpi attabhāvā. 
;;;Furthermore, many great beings live in the ocean, such as leviathans, leviathan-gulpers, leviathan-gulper-gulpers, titans, dragons, and centaurs. In the ocean there are life-forms a hundred leagues long, or even two hundred, three hundred, four hundred, or five hundred leagues long. 
;;;evamevaṁ kho, pahārāda, cattārome vaṇṇā—khattiyā, brāhmaṇā, vessā, suddā, te tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajitvā jahanti purimāni nāmagottāni, ‘samaṇā sakyaputtiyā’ tveva saṅkhaṁ gacchanti. 
;;;In the same way, when they go forth from the lay life to homelessness, all four classes—aristocrats, brahmins, peasants, and menials—lose their former names and clans and are simply considered ‘Sakyan ascetics’. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, pahārāda, mahāsamuddo bahuratano anekaratano; tatrimāni ratanāni, seyyathidaṁ—muttā maṇi veḷuriyo saṅkho silā pavāḷaṁ rajataṁ jātarūpaṁ lohitako masāragallaṁ; 
;;;The ocean is full of many kinds of treasures, such as pearls, gems, beryl, conch, quartz, coral, silver, native gold, rubies, and emeralds. 
;;;

>En 

“Kati pana, pahārāda, mahāsamudde acchariyā abbhutā dhammā, ye disvā disvā asurā mahāsamudde abhiramantī”ti? ;;;“But seeing what incredible and amazing things do the titans love the ocean?” 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, bhante, mahāsamuddo na matena kuṇapena saṁvasati. Yaṁ hoti mahāsamudde mataṁ kuṇapaṁ, taṁ khippameva tīraṁ vāheti, thalaṁ ussāreti. 
;;;Furthermore, the ocean doesn’t accommodate a carcass, but quickly carries it to the shore and strands it on the beach. 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, bhante, yā ca loke savantiyo mahāsamuddaṁ appenti yā ca antalikkhā dhārā papatanti, na tena mahāsamuddassa ūnattaṁ vā pūrattaṁ vā paññāyati. 
;;;Furthermore, for all the world’s streams that reach it, and the showers that fall from the sky, the ocean never empties or fills up. 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, bhante, mahāsamuddo bahuratano anekaratano. Tatrimāni ratanāni, seyyathidaṁ—muttā maṇi veḷuriyo saṅkho silā pavāḷaṁ rajataṁ jātarūpaṁ lohitako masāragallaṁ. 
;;;Furthermore, the ocean is full of many kinds of treasures, such as pearls, gems, beryl, conch, quartz, coral, silver, native gold, rubies, and emeralds. 
;;;Yampi, bhante, mahāsamuddo bahuratano anekaratano; tatrimāni ratanāni, seyyathidaṁ—muttā maṇi veḷuriyo saṅkho silā pavāḷaṁ rajataṁ jātarūpaṁ lohitako masāragallaṁ; 
;;; 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, bhante, mahāsamuddo mahataṁ bhūtānaṁ āvāso. Tatrime bhūtā—timi timiṅgalo timirapiṅgalo asurā nāgā gandhabbā. Santi mahāsamudde yojanasatikāpi attabhāvā, dviyojanasatikāpi attabhāvā, tiyojanasatikāpi attabhāvā, catuyojanasatikāpi attabhāvā, pañcayojanasatikāpi attabhāvā. 
;;;Furthermore, many great beings live in the ocean, such as leviathans, leviathan-gulpers, leviathan-gulper-gulpers, titans, dragons, and centaurs. In the ocean there are life-forms a hundred leagues long, or even two hundred, three hundred, four hundred, or five hundred leagues long. 
;;;evamevaṁ kho, pahārāda, cattārome vaṇṇā—khattiyā, brāhmaṇā, vessā, suddā, te tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajitvā jahanti purimāni nāmagottāni, ‘samaṇā sakyaputtiyā’ tveva saṅkhaṁ gacchanti. 
;;;In the same way, when they go forth from the lay life to homelessness, all four classes—aristocrats, brahmins, peasants, and menials—lose their former names and clans and are simply considered ‘Sakyan ascetics’. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, pahārāda, mahāsamuddo bahuratano anekaratano; tatrimāni ratanāni, seyyathidaṁ—muttā maṇi veḷuriyo saṅkho silā pavāḷaṁ rajataṁ jātarūpaṁ lohitako masāragallaṁ; 
;;;The ocean is full of many kinds of treasures, such as pearls, gems, beryl, conch, quartz, coral, silver, native gold, rubies, and emeralds. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa etadahosi: ;;;Then Venerable Mahāmoggallāna thought, 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno sabbāvantaṁ bhikkhusaṅghaṁ cetasā ceto paricca manasākāsi. 
;;;Then he focused on comprehending the minds of everyone in the Saṅgha. 
;;;Addasā kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno taṁ puggalaṁ dussīlaṁ pāpadhammaṁ asuciṁ saṅkassarasamācāraṁ paṭicchannakammantaṁ assamaṇaṁ samaṇapaṭiññaṁ abrahmacāriṁ brahmacāripaṭiññaṁ antopūtiṁ avassutaṁ kasambujātaṁ majjhe bhikkhusaṅghassa nisinnaṁ; 
;;;He saw that unethical person, of bad qualities, filthy, with suspicious behavior, underhand, no true ascetic or spiritual practitioner—though claiming to be one—rotten inside, festering, and depraved, sitting in the middle of the Saṅgha. 
;;;Dutiyampi kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno taṁ puggalaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;For a second time 
;;;Tatiyampi kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno taṁ puggalaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;and a third time, 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno taṁ puggalaṁ bāhāyaṁ gahetvā bahidvārakoṭṭhakā nikkhāmetvā sūcighaṭikaṁ datvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then Venerable Mahāmoggallāna took that person by the arm, ejected him out the gate, and bolted the door. Then he went up to the Buddha, and said to him, 
;;;“Acchariyaṁ, moggallāna, abbhutaṁ, moggallāna. 
;;;“It’s incredible, Moggallāna, it’s amazing, 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa etadahosi: ;;;Then Venerable Mahāmoggallāna thought, 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno sabbāvantaṁ bhikkhusaṅghaṁ cetasā ceto paricca manasākāsi. 
;;;Then he focused on comprehending the minds of everyone in the Saṅgha. 
;;;Addasā kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno taṁ puggalaṁ dussīlaṁ pāpadhammaṁ asuciṁ saṅkassarasamācāraṁ paṭicchannakammantaṁ assamaṇaṁ samaṇapaṭiññaṁ abrahmacāriṁ brahmacāripaṭiññaṁ antopūtiṁ avassutaṁ kasambujātaṁ majjhe bhikkhusaṅghassa nisinnaṁ; 
;;;He saw that unethical person, of bad qualities, filthy, with suspicious behavior, underhand, no true ascetic or spiritual practitioner—though claiming to be one—rotten inside, festering, and depraved, sitting in the middle of the Saṅgha. 
;;;Dutiyampi kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno taṁ puggalaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;For a second time 
;;;Tatiyampi kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno taṁ puggalaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;and a third time, 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno taṁ puggalaṁ bāhāyaṁ gahetvā bahidvārakoṭṭhakā nikkhāmetvā sūcighaṭikaṁ datvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then Venerable Mahāmoggallāna took that person by the arm, ejected him out the gate, and bolted the door. Then he went up to the Buddha, and said to him, 
;;;“Acchariyaṁ, moggallāna, abbhutaṁ, moggallāna. 
;;;“It’s incredible, Moggallāna, it’s amazing, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“aṭṭhahi, bhikkhave, acchariyehi abbhutehi dhammehi samannāgataṁ uggaṁ gahapatiṁ vesālikaṁ dhārethā”ti. ;;;“Mendicants, you should remember the householder Ugga of Vesālī as someone who has eight amazing and incredible qualities.” 
;;;Yadā maṁ bhagavā aññāsi kallacittaṁ muducittaṁ vinīvaraṇacittaṁ udaggacittaṁ pasannacittaṁ, atha yā buddhānaṁ sāmukkaṁsikā dhammadesanā taṁ pakāsesi— 
;;;And when he knew that my mind was ready, pliable, rid of hindrances, elated, and confident he explained the special teaching of the Buddhas: 
;;;Na kho panāhaṁ, bhante, abhijānāmi tatonidānaṁ cittassa unnatiṁ: 
;;;But I don’t recall getting too excited by the fact that 
;;;‘maṁ vā devatā upasaṅkamanti, ahaṁ vā devatāhi saddhiṁ sallapāmī’ti. 
;;;the deities come to me, and I have a conversation with them. 
;;;Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu yāvatako ahosi uggena gahapatinā vesālikena saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo, taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi. 
;;;He informed the Buddha of all he had discussed with the householder Ugga of Vesālī. The Buddha said: 
;;;

>En 

“aṭṭhahi, bhikkhave, acchariyehi abbhutehi dhammehi samannāgataṁ uggaṁ gahapatiṁ vesālikaṁ dhārethā”ti. ;;;“Mendicants, you should remember the householder Ugga of Vesālī as someone who has eight amazing and incredible qualities.” 
;;;Yadā maṁ bhagavā aññāsi kallacittaṁ muducittaṁ vinīvaraṇacittaṁ udaggacittaṁ pasannacittaṁ, atha yā buddhānaṁ sāmukkaṁsikā dhammadesanā taṁ pakāsesi— 
;;;And when he knew that my mind was ready, pliable, rid of hindrances, elated, and confident he explained the special teaching of the Buddhas: 
;;;Na kho panāhaṁ, bhante, abhijānāmi tatonidānaṁ cittassa unnatiṁ: 
;;;But I don’t recall getting too excited by the fact that 
;;;‘maṁ vā devatā upasaṅkamanti, ahaṁ vā devatāhi saddhiṁ sallapāmī’ti. 
;;;the deities come to me, and I have a conversation with them. 
;;;Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu yāvatako ahosi uggena gahapatinā vesālikena saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo, taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi. 
;;;He informed the Buddha of all he had discussed with the householder Ugga of Vesālī. The Buddha said: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Yadā maṁ bhagavā aññāsi kallacittaṁ muducittaṁ vinīvaraṇacittaṁ udaggacittaṁ pasannacittaṁ, atha yā buddhānaṁ sāmukkaṁsikā dhammadesanā taṁ pakāsesi— ;;;And when he knew that my mind was ready, pliable, rid of hindrances, elated, and confident he explained the special teaching of the Buddhas: 
;;;‘maṁ tā devatā upasaṅkamanti, ahaṁ vā devatāhi saddhiṁ sallapāmī’ti. 
;;;the deities come to me, and I have a conversation with them. 
;;;Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu yāvatako ahosi uggena gahapatinā hatthigāmakena saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo, taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi. 
;;;He informed the Buddha of all he had discussed with the householder Ugga of Elephant Village. The Buddha said: 
;;;

>En 

Yadā maṁ bhagavā aññāsi kallacittaṁ muducittaṁ vinīvaraṇacittaṁ udaggacittaṁ pasannacittaṁ, atha yā buddhānaṁ sāmukkaṁsikā dhammadesanā taṁ pakāsesi— ;;;And when he knew that my mind was ready, pliable, rid of hindrances, elated, and confident he explained the special teaching of the Buddhas: 
;;;‘maṁ tā devatā upasaṅkamanti, ahaṁ vā devatāhi saddhiṁ sallapāmī’ti. 
;;;the deities come to me, and I have a conversation with them. 
;;;Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu yāvatako ahosi uggena gahapatinā hatthigāmakena saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo, taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi. 
;;;He informed the Buddha of all he had discussed with the householder Ugga of Elephant Village. The Buddha said: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

ayañca puggalo paccantimesu janapadesu paccājāto hoti, so ca hoti aviññātāresu milakkhesu, yattha natthi gati bhikkhūnaṁ bhikkhunīnaṁ upāsakānaṁ upāsikānaṁ …pe…. ;;;But a person has been reborn in the borderlands, among uneducated foreigners, where monks, nuns, laymen, and laywomen do not go. This is the fifth lost opportunity … 
;;;Manussalābhaṁ laddhāna, 
;;;When you’ve gained the human state, 
;;;attakāmena jantunā. 
;;;for a person who cares for their own welfare. 
;;;khaṇo ve mā upaccagā; 
;;;so that the moment doesn’t pass you by? 
;;;cirattaṁ anutapissati. 
;;;like the merchant in the story of the past. 
;;;Te ve pāraṅgatā loke, 
;;;they’re the ones in this world who’ve truly crossed over, 
;;;

>En 

ayañca puggalo paccantimesu janapadesu paccājāto hoti, so ca hoti aviññātāresu milakkhesu, yattha natthi gati bhikkhūnaṁ bhikkhunīnaṁ upāsakānaṁ upāsikānaṁ …pe…. ;;;But a person has been reborn in the borderlands, among uneducated foreigners, where monks, nuns, laymen, and laywomen do not go. This is the fifth lost opportunity … 
;;;Manussalābhaṁ laddhāna, 
;;;When you’ve gained the human state, 
;;;attakāmena jantunā. 
;;;for a person who cares for their own welfare. 
;;;khaṇo ve mā upaccagā; 
;;;so that the moment doesn’t pass you by? 
;;;cirattaṁ anutapissati. 
;;;like the merchant in the story of the past. 
;;;Te ve pāraṅgatā loke, 
;;;they’re the ones in this world who’ve truly crossed over, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho āyasmato anuruddhassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ;;;Then as Anuruddha was in private retreat this thought came to his mind: 
;;;Yato kho tvaṁ, anuruddha, ime ca aṭṭha mahāpurisavitakke vitakkessasi, imesañca catunnaṁ jhānānaṁ ābhicetasikānaṁ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṁ nikāmalābhī bhavissasi akicchalābhī akasiralābhī, tato tuyhaṁ, anuruddha, seyyathāpi nāma gahapatissa vā gahapatiputtassa vā pallaṅko gonakatthato paṭikatthato paṭalikatthato kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇo sauttaracchado ubhatolohitakūpadhāno; 
;;;As you live contented your lodging at the root of a tree will seem to you like a couch spread with woolen covers—shag-piled, pure white, or embroidered with flowers—and spread with a fine deer hide, with a canopy above and red pillows at both ends seems to a householder or householder’s child. 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho āyasmato anuruddhassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ;;;Then as Anuruddha was in private retreat this thought came to his mind: 
;;;Yato kho tvaṁ, anuruddha, ime ca aṭṭha mahāpurisavitakke vitakkessasi, imesañca catunnaṁ jhānānaṁ ābhicetasikānaṁ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṁ nikāmalābhī bhavissasi akicchalābhī akasiralābhī, tato tuyhaṁ, anuruddha, seyyathāpi nāma gahapatissa vā gahapatiputtassa vā pallaṅko gonakatthato paṭikatthato paṭalikatthato kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇo sauttaracchado ubhatolohitakūpadhāno; 
;;;As you live contented your lodging at the root of a tree will seem to you like a couch spread with woolen covers—shag-piled, pure white, or embroidered with flowers—and spread with a fine deer hide, with a canopy above and red pillows at both ends seems to a householder or householder’s child. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgate, bhikkhave, khette bījaṁ vuttaṁ na mahapphalaṁ hoti na mahassādaṁ na phātiseyyaṁ. ;;;“Mendicants, when a field has eight factors a seed sown in it is not very fruitful or rewarding or productive. 
;;;

>En 

“Aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgate, bhikkhave, khette bījaṁ vuttaṁ na mahapphalaṁ hoti na mahassādaṁ na phātiseyyaṁ. ;;;“Mendicants, when a field has eight factors a seed sown in it is not very fruitful or rewarding or productive. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

So yaṁ deti taṁ paccāsīsati. ;;;Whatever they give they expect back. 
;;;Tassa taṁ cittaṁ hīne vimuttaṁ, uttari abhāvitaṁ, tatrūpapattiyā saṁvattati. 
;;;As they’ve settled for less and not developed further, their thought leads to rebirth there. 
;;;‘cātumahārājikā devā dīghāyukā vaṇṇavanto sukhabahulā’ti. 
;;;‘The gods of the four great kings are long-lived, beautiful, and very happy.’ 
;;;

>En 

So yaṁ deti taṁ paccāsīsati. ;;;Whatever they give they expect back. 
;;;Tassa taṁ cittaṁ hīne vimuttaṁ, uttari abhāvitaṁ, tatrūpapattiyā saṁvattati. 
;;;As they’ve settled for less and not developed further, their thought leads to rebirth there. 
;;;‘cātumahārājikā devā dīghāyukā vaṇṇavanto sukhabahulā’ti. 
;;;‘The gods of the four great kings are long-lived, beautiful, and very happy.’ 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Dānamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthu, sīlamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthu, bhāvanāmayaṁ puññakiriyavatthu. ;;;Giving, ethical conduct, and meditation are all grounds for making merit. 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, ekaccassa dānamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthu parittaṁ kataṁ hoti, sīlamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthu parittaṁ kataṁ hoti, bhāvanāmayaṁ puññakiriyavatthuṁ nābhisambhoti. 
;;;First, someone has practiced a little giving and ethical conduct as grounds for making merit, but they haven’t got as far as meditation as a ground for making merit. 
;;;

>En 

Dānamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthu, sīlamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthu, bhāvanāmayaṁ puññakiriyavatthu. ;;;Giving, ethical conduct, and meditation are all grounds for making merit. 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, ekaccassa dānamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthu parittaṁ kataṁ hoti, sīlamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthu parittaṁ kataṁ hoti, bhāvanāmayaṁ puññakiriyavatthuṁ nābhisambhoti. 
;;;First, someone has practiced a little giving and ethical conduct as grounds for making merit, but they haven’t got as far as meditation as a ground for making merit. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Abyābajjhaṁ sukhaṁ lokaṁ, ;;;Such an astute person is reborn 
;;;

>En 

Abyābajjhaṁ sukhaṁ lokaṁ, ;;;Such an astute person is reborn 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, mahāmegho sabbasassāni sampādento bahuno janassa atthāya hitāya sukhāya hoti; ;;;It’s like a great rain cloud, which nourishes all the crops for the benefit, welfare, and happiness of the people. 
;;;apace brahmacārayo. 
;;;venerates the homeless renunciates, 
;;;Sabbesaṁ so hito hoti, 
;;;In fact, they’re good for everyone, 
;;;

>En 

Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, mahāmegho sabbasassāni sampādento bahuno janassa atthāya hitāya sukhāya hoti; ;;;It’s like a great rain cloud, which nourishes all the crops for the benefit, welfare, and happiness of the people. 
;;;apace brahmacārayo. 
;;;venerates the homeless renunciates, 
;;;Sabbesaṁ so hito hoti, 
;;;In fact, they’re good for everyone, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Pāṇātipātā paṭivirato, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako aparimāṇānaṁ sattānaṁ abhayaṁ deti, averaṁ deti, abyābajjhaṁ deti. ;;;By so doing they give to countless sentient beings the gift of freedom from fear, enmity, and ill will. 
;;;

>En 

Pāṇātipātā paṭivirato, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako aparimāṇānaṁ sattānaṁ abhayaṁ deti, averaṁ deti, abyābajjhaṁ deti. ;;;By so doing they give to countless sentient beings the gift of freedom from fear, enmity, and ill will. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, yo imesaṁ soḷasannaṁ mahājanapadānaṁ pahūtarattaratanānaṁ issariyādhipaccaṁ rajjaṁ kāreyya, seyyathidaṁ— ;;;Suppose you were to rule as sovereign lord over these sixteen great countries—Aṅga, Magadha, Kāsi, Kosala, Vajji, Malla, Cetī, Vaccha, Kuru, Pañcāla, Maccha, Sūrasena, Assaka, Avanti, Gandhāra, and Kamboja—full of the seven kinds of precious things. 
;;;aṅgānaṁ magadhānaṁ kāsīnaṁ kosalānaṁ vajjīnaṁ mallānaṁ cetīnaṁ vaṅgānaṁ kurūnaṁ pañcālānaṁ macchānaṁ sūrasenānaṁ assakānaṁ avantīnaṁ gandhārānaṁ kambojānaṁ, aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgatassa uposathassa etaṁ kalaṁ nāgghati soḷasiṁ. 
;;;This wouldn’t be worth a sixteenth part of the sabbath with its eight factors. 
;;;

>En 

Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, yo imesaṁ soḷasannaṁ mahājanapadānaṁ pahūtarattaratanānaṁ issariyādhipaccaṁ rajjaṁ kāreyya, seyyathidaṁ— ;;;Suppose you were to rule as sovereign lord over these sixteen great countries—Aṅga, Magadha, Kāsi, Kosala, Vajji, Malla, Cetī, Vaccha, Kuru, Pañcāla, Maccha, Sūrasena, Assaka, Avanti, Gandhāra, and Kamboja—full of the seven kinds of precious things. 
;;;aṅgānaṁ magadhānaṁ kāsīnaṁ kosalānaṁ vajjīnaṁ mallānaṁ cetīnaṁ vaṅgānaṁ kurūnaṁ pañcālānaṁ macchānaṁ sūrasenānaṁ assakānaṁ avantīnaṁ gandhārānaṁ kambojānaṁ, aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgatassa uposathassa etaṁ kalaṁ nāgghati soḷasiṁ. 
;;;This wouldn’t be worth a sixteenth part of the sabbath with its eight factors. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

aṅgānaṁ magadhānaṁ kāsīnaṁ kosalānaṁ vajjīnaṁ mallānaṁ cetīnaṁ vaṅgānaṁ kurūnaṁ pañcālānaṁ macchānaṁ sūrasenānaṁ assakānaṁ avantīnaṁ gandhārānaṁ kambojānaṁ, aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgatassa uposathassa etaṁ kalaṁ nāgghati soḷasiṁ. ;;;This wouldn’t be worth a sixteenth part of the sabbath with its eight factors. 
;;;

>En 

aṅgānaṁ magadhānaṁ kāsīnaṁ kosalānaṁ vajjīnaṁ mallānaṁ cetīnaṁ vaṅgānaṁ kurūnaṁ pañcālānaṁ macchānaṁ sūrasenānaṁ assakānaṁ avantīnaṁ gandhārānaṁ kambojānaṁ, aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgatassa uposathassa etaṁ kalaṁ nāgghati soḷasiṁ. ;;;This wouldn’t be worth a sixteenth part of the sabbath with its eight factors. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Ime cepi, vāseṭṭha, mahāsālā aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṁ uposathaṁ upavaseyyuṁ, imesampissa mahāsālānaṁ dīgharattaṁ hitāya sukhāya (…). ;;;If these great sal trees were to observe this sabbath with its eight factors, it would be for their lasting welfare and happiness—if they were sentient. 
;;;

>En 

Ime cepi, vāseṭṭha, mahāsālā aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṁ uposathaṁ upavaseyyuṁ, imesampissa mahāsālānaṁ dīgharattaṁ hitāya sukhāya (…). ;;;If these great sal trees were to observe this sabbath with its eight factors, it would be for their lasting welfare and happiness—if they were sentient. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

aṅgānaṁ magadhānaṁ kāsīnaṁ kosalānaṁ vajjīnaṁ mallānaṁ cetīnaṁ vaṅgānaṁ kurūnaṁ pañcālānaṁ macchānaṁ sūrasenānaṁ assakānaṁ avantīnaṁ gandhārānaṁ kambojānaṁ, aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgatassa uposathassa etaṁ kalaṁ nāgghati soḷasiṁ. ;;;This wouldn’t be worth a sixteenth part of the sabbath with its eight factors. 
;;;

>En 

aṅgānaṁ magadhānaṁ kāsīnaṁ kosalānaṁ vajjīnaṁ mallānaṁ cetīnaṁ vaṅgānaṁ kurūnaṁ pañcālānaṁ macchānaṁ sūrasenānaṁ assakānaṁ avantīnaṁ gandhārānaṁ kambojānaṁ, aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgatassa uposathassa etaṁ kalaṁ nāgghati soḷasiṁ. ;;;This wouldn’t be worth a sixteenth part of the sabbath with its eight factors. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā anuruddho divāvihāraṁ gato hoti paṭisallīno. ;;;Now at that time Venerable Anuruddha had gone into retreat for the day’s meditation. 
;;;Atha kho tā devatā ekā ca gāyi ekā ca nacci ekā ca accharaṁ vādesi. 
;;;Then one of those deities sang, one danced, and one snapped her fingers. 
;;;Seyyathāpi nāma pañcaṅgikassa tūriyassa suvinītassa suppaṭipatāḷitassa kusalehi susamannāhatassa saddo hoti vaggu ca rajanīyo ca kamanīyo ca pemanīyo ca madanīyo ca; 
;;;Suppose there was a quintet made up of skilled musicians who had practiced well and kept excellent rhythm. They’d sound graceful, tantalizing, sensuous, lovely, and intoxicating. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā anuruddho sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā anuruddho bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, Anuruddha came out of retreat and went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened, adding: 
;;;“Idhāhaṁ, bhante, divāvihāraṁ gato homi paṭisallīno. 
;;; 
;;;te sakkaroti, garuṁ karoti, māneti, pūjeti, abbhāgate ca āsanodakena paṭipūjeti. 
;;;And when they arrive she serves them with a seat and water. 
;;;Vigatamalamaccherena cetasā agāraṁ ajjhāvasati muttacāgā payatapāṇinī vossaggaratā yācayogā dānasaṁvibhāgaratā. 
;;;She lives at home rid of the stain of stinginess, freely generous, open-handed, loving to let go, committed to charity, loving to give and to share. 
;;;

>En 

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā anuruddho divāvihāraṁ gato hoti paṭisallīno. ;;;Now at that time Venerable Anuruddha had gone into retreat for the day’s meditation. 
;;;Atha kho tā devatā ekā ca gāyi ekā ca nacci ekā ca accharaṁ vādesi. 
;;;Then one of those deities sang, one danced, and one snapped her fingers. 
;;;Seyyathāpi nāma pañcaṅgikassa tūriyassa suvinītassa suppaṭipatāḷitassa kusalehi susamannāhatassa saddo hoti vaggu ca rajanīyo ca kamanīyo ca pemanīyo ca madanīyo ca; 
;;;Suppose there was a quintet made up of skilled musicians who had practiced well and kept excellent rhythm. They’d sound graceful, tantalizing, sensuous, lovely, and intoxicating. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā anuruddho sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā anuruddho bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, Anuruddha came out of retreat and went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened, adding: 
;;;“Idhāhaṁ, bhante, divāvihāraṁ gato homi paṭisallīno. 
;;; 
;;;te sakkaroti, garuṁ karoti, māneti, pūjeti, abbhāgate ca āsanodakena paṭipūjeti. 
;;;And when they arrive she serves them with a seat and water. 
;;;Vigatamalamaccherena cetasā agāraṁ ajjhāvasati muttacāgā payatapāṇinī vossaggaratā yācayogā dānasaṁvibhāgaratā. 
;;;She lives at home rid of the stain of stinginess, freely generous, open-handed, loving to let go, committed to charity, loving to give and to share. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā bhaggesu viharati susumāragire bhesakaḷāvane migadāye. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Bhaggas at Crocodile Hill, in the deer park at Bhesakaḷā’s Wood. 
;;;

>En 

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā bhaggesu viharati susumāragire bhesakaḷāvane migadāye. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Bhaggas at Crocodile Hill, in the deer park at Bhesakaḷā’s Wood. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Gotamīsutta ;;;With Gotamī 
;;;Atha kho mahāpajāpatī gotamī yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho mahāpajāpatī gotamī bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then Mahāpajāpati Gotamī went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him: 
;;;Ayampi dhammo sakkatvā garuṁ katvā mānetvā pūjetvā yāvajīvaṁ anatikkamanīyo. 
;;;This principle should be honored, respected, esteemed, and venerated, and not transgressed so long as life lasts. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, ānanda, yāni kānici kulāni bahutthikāni appapurisakāni, tāni suppadhaṁsiyāni honti corehi kumbhatthenakehi; 
;;;It’s like those families with many women and few men. They’re easy prey for bandits and thieves. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, ānanda, sampanne ucchukkhette mañjiṭṭhikā nāma rogajāti nipatati, evaṁ taṁ ucchukkhettaṁ na ciraṭṭhitikaṁ hoti; 
;;;It’s like a field full of sugar cane. Once the disease called ‘red rot’ attacks, it doesn’t last long. 
;;;

>En 

Gotamīsutta ;;;With Gotamī 
;;;Atha kho mahāpajāpatī gotamī yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho mahāpajāpatī gotamī bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then Mahāpajāpati Gotamī went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him: 
;;;Ayampi dhammo sakkatvā garuṁ katvā mānetvā pūjetvā yāvajīvaṁ anatikkamanīyo. 
;;;This principle should be honored, respected, esteemed, and venerated, and not transgressed so long as life lasts. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, ānanda, yāni kānici kulāni bahutthikāni appapurisakāni, tāni suppadhaṁsiyāni honti corehi kumbhatthenakehi; 
;;;It’s like those families with many women and few men. They’re easy prey for bandits and thieves. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, ānanda, sampanne ucchukkhette mañjiṭṭhikā nāma rogajāti nipatati, evaṁ taṁ ucchukkhettaṁ na ciraṭṭhitikaṁ hoti; 
;;;It’s like a field full of sugar cane. Once the disease called ‘red rot’ attacks, it doesn’t last long. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“mayaṁ, bhante, gihī kāmabhogino puttasambādhasayanaṁ ajjhāvasāma, kāsikacandanaṁ paccanubhoma, mālāgandhavilepanaṁ dhārayāma, jātarūparajataṁ sādayāma. ;;;“Sir, we are laypeople who enjoy sensual pleasures and living at home with our children. We use sandalwood imported from Kāsi, we wear garlands, fragrance, and makeup, and we accept gold and currency. 
;;;yadi kasiyā, yadi vaṇijjāya, yadi gorakkhena, yadi issattena, yadi rājaporisena, yadi sippaññatarena— 
;;;farming, trade, raising cattle, archery, government service, or one of the professions. 
;;;Idha, byagghapajja, kulaputto yasmiṁ gāme vā nigame vā paṭivasati, tattha ye te honti—gahapatī vā gahapatiputtā vā daharā vā vuddhasīlino, vuddhā vā vuddhasīlino, saddhāsampannā, sīlasampannā, cāgasampannā, paññāsampannā—tehi saddhiṁ santiṭṭhati sallapati sākacchaṁ samāpajjati; yathārūpānaṁ saddhāsampannānaṁ saddhāsampadaṁ anusikkhati, yathārūpānaṁ sīlasampannānaṁ sīlasampadaṁ anusikkhati, yathārūpānaṁ cāgasampannānaṁ cāgasampadaṁ anusikkhati, yathārūpānaṁ paññāsampannānaṁ paññāsampadaṁ anusikkhati. 
;;;It’s when a gentleman resides in a town or village. And in that place there are householders or their children who may be young or old, but are mature in conduct, accomplished in faith, ethics, generosity, and wisdom. He associates with them, converses and engages in discussion. And he emulates the same kind of accomplishment in faith, ethics, generosity, and wisdom. 
;;;Idha, byagghapajja, kulaputto āyañca bhogānaṁ viditvā, vayañca bhogānaṁ viditvā, samaṁ jīvikaṁ kappeti nāccogāḷhaṁ nātihīnaṁ: ‘evaṁ me āyo vayaṁ pariyādāya ṭhassati, na ca me vayo āyaṁ pariyādāya ṭhassatī’ti. 
;;;It’s when a gentleman, knowing his income and expenditure, balances his finances, being neither too extravagant nor too frugal. He thinks, ‘In this way my income will exceed my expenditure, not the reverse.’ 
;;;Sace panāyaṁ, byagghapajja, kulaputto mahāyo samāno kasiraṁ jīvikaṁ kappeti, tassa bhavanti vattāro: ‘ajeṭṭhamaraṇaṁvāyaṁ kulaputto marissatī’ti. 
;;;If a gentleman has a large income but a spartan life, people will say: ‘This gentleman is starving themselves to death!’ 
;;;

>En 

“mayaṁ, bhante, gihī kāmabhogino puttasambādhasayanaṁ ajjhāvasāma, kāsikacandanaṁ paccanubhoma, mālāgandhavilepanaṁ dhārayāma, jātarūparajataṁ sādayāma. ;;;“Sir, we are laypeople who enjoy sensual pleasures and living at home with our children. We use sandalwood imported from Kāsi, we wear garlands, fragrance, and makeup, and we accept gold and currency. 
;;;yadi kasiyā, yadi vaṇijjāya, yadi gorakkhena, yadi issattena, yadi rājaporisena, yadi sippaññatarena— 
;;;farming, trade, raising cattle, archery, government service, or one of the professions. 
;;;Idha, byagghapajja, kulaputto yasmiṁ gāme vā nigame vā paṭivasati, tattha ye te honti—gahapatī vā gahapatiputtā vā daharā vā vuddhasīlino, vuddhā vā vuddhasīlino, saddhāsampannā, sīlasampannā, cāgasampannā, paññāsampannā—tehi saddhiṁ santiṭṭhati sallapati sākacchaṁ samāpajjati; yathārūpānaṁ saddhāsampannānaṁ saddhāsampadaṁ anusikkhati, yathārūpānaṁ sīlasampannānaṁ sīlasampadaṁ anusikkhati, yathārūpānaṁ cāgasampannānaṁ cāgasampadaṁ anusikkhati, yathārūpānaṁ paññāsampannānaṁ paññāsampadaṁ anusikkhati. 
;;;It’s when a gentleman resides in a town or village. And in that place there are householders or their children who may be young or old, but are mature in conduct, accomplished in faith, ethics, generosity, and wisdom. He associates with them, converses and engages in discussion. And he emulates the same kind of accomplishment in faith, ethics, generosity, and wisdom. 
;;;Idha, byagghapajja, kulaputto āyañca bhogānaṁ viditvā, vayañca bhogānaṁ viditvā, samaṁ jīvikaṁ kappeti nāccogāḷhaṁ nātihīnaṁ: ‘evaṁ me āyo vayaṁ pariyādāya ṭhassati, na ca me vayo āyaṁ pariyādāya ṭhassatī’ti. 
;;;It’s when a gentleman, knowing his income and expenditure, balances his finances, being neither too extravagant nor too frugal. He thinks, ‘In this way my income will exceed my expenditure, not the reverse.’ 
;;;Sace panāyaṁ, byagghapajja, kulaputto mahāyo samāno kasiraṁ jīvikaṁ kappeti, tassa bhavanti vattāro: ‘ajeṭṭhamaraṇaṁvāyaṁ kulaputto marissatī’ti. 
;;;If a gentleman has a large income but a spartan life, people will say: ‘This gentleman is starving themselves to death!’ 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Idha, brāhmaṇa, kulaputto yasmiṁ gāme vā nigame vā paṭivasati tatra ye te honti—gahapatī vā gahapatiputtā vā daharā vā vuddhasīlino, vuddhā vā vuddhasīlino, saddhāsampannā, sīlasampannā, cāgasampannā, paññāsampannā—tehi saddhiṁ santiṭṭhati sallapati sākacchaṁ samāpajjati; yathārūpānaṁ saddhāsampannānaṁ saddhāsampadaṁ anusikkhati, yathārūpānaṁ sīlasampannānaṁ sīlasampadaṁ anusikkhati, yathārūpānaṁ cāgasampannānaṁ cāgasampadaṁ anusikkhati, yathārūpānaṁ paññāsampannānaṁ paññāsampadaṁ anusikkhati. ;;;It’s when a gentleman resides in a town or village. And in that place there are householders or their children who may be young or old, but are mature in conduct, accomplished in faith, ethics, generosity, and wisdom. He associates with them, converses and engages in discussion. And he emulates the same kind of accomplishment in faith, ethics, generosity, and wisdom. 
;;;

>En 

Idha, brāhmaṇa, kulaputto yasmiṁ gāme vā nigame vā paṭivasati tatra ye te honti—gahapatī vā gahapatiputtā vā daharā vā vuddhasīlino, vuddhā vā vuddhasīlino, saddhāsampannā, sīlasampannā, cāgasampannā, paññāsampannā—tehi saddhiṁ santiṭṭhati sallapati sākacchaṁ samāpajjati; yathārūpānaṁ saddhāsampannānaṁ saddhāsampadaṁ anusikkhati, yathārūpānaṁ sīlasampannānaṁ sīlasampadaṁ anusikkhati, yathārūpānaṁ cāgasampannānaṁ cāgasampadaṁ anusikkhati, yathārūpānaṁ paññāsampannānaṁ paññāsampadaṁ anusikkhati. ;;;It’s when a gentleman resides in a town or village. And in that place there are householders or their children who may be young or old, but are mature in conduct, accomplished in faith, ethics, generosity, and wisdom. He associates with them, converses and engages in discussion. And he emulates the same kind of accomplishment in faith, ethics, generosity, and wisdom. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

‘Sallan’ti, bhikkhave, kāmānametaṁ adhivacanaṁ. ;;;‘dart’, 
;;;‘sallan’ti … 
;;;‘dart’, 
;;;gaṇḍo sallañca saṅgo ca; 
;;;boil, dart, and snare, 
;;;

>En 

‘Sallan’ti, bhikkhave, kāmānametaṁ adhivacanaṁ. ;;;‘dart’, 
;;;‘sallan’ti … 
;;;‘dart’, 
;;;gaṇḍo sallañca saṅgo ca; 
;;;boil, dart, and snare, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

sutānañca dhammānaṁ dhāraṇajātiko hoti; ;;;They readily memorize the teachings they’ve heard. 
;;;dhātānañca dhammānaṁ atthūpaparikkhitā hoti; 
;;;They examine the meaning of teachings they’ve memorized. 
;;;

>En 

sutānañca dhammānaṁ dhāraṇajātiko hoti; ;;;They readily memorize the teachings they’ve heard. 
;;;dhātānañca dhammānaṁ atthūpaparikkhitā hoti; 
;;;They examine the meaning of teachings they’ve memorized. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

no ca kho tāhi devatāhi saddhiṁ santiṭṭhāmi sallapāmi sākacchaṁ samāpajjāmi. ;;;But I didn’t associate with those deities, converse, or engage in discussion. 
;;;‘sace kho ahaṁ obhāsañceva sañjāneyyaṁ, rūpāni ca passeyyaṁ, tāhi ca devatāhi saddhiṁ santiṭṭheyyaṁ sallapeyyaṁ sākacchaṁ samāpajjeyyaṁ; 
;;;‘What if I were to perceive light and see forms; and associate with those deities, converse, and engage in discussion? 
;;;So kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, aparena samayena appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto obhāsañceva sañjānāmi, rūpāni ca passāmi, tāhi ca devatāhi saddhiṁ santiṭṭhāmi sallapāmi sākacchaṁ samāpajjāmi; 
;;;So after some time … I perceived light and saw forms. And I associated with those deities, conversed, and engaged in discussion. 
;;;‘sace kho ahaṁ obhāsañceva sañjāneyyaṁ, rūpāni ca passeyyaṁ, tāhi ca devatāhi saddhiṁ santiṭṭheyyaṁ sallapeyyaṁ sākacchaṁ samāpajjeyyaṁ, tā ca devatā jāneyyaṁ: 
;;;‘What if I were to perceive light and see forms; and associate with those deities, converse, and engage in discussion; 
;;;So kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, aparena samayena appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto obhāsañceva sañjānāmi, rūpāni ca passāmi, tāhi ca devatāhi saddhiṁ santiṭṭhāmi sallapāmi sākacchaṁ samāpajjāmi, tā ca devatā jānāmi: 
;;;So after some time … I perceived light and saw forms. And I associated with those deities … And I found out which orders of gods those deities came from. 
;;;‘sace kho ahaṁ obhāsañceva sañjāneyyaṁ, rūpāni ca passeyyaṁ, tāhi ca devatāhi saddhiṁ santiṭṭheyyaṁ sallapeyyaṁ sākacchaṁ samāpajjeyyaṁ, tā ca devatā jāneyyaṁ: 
;;;‘What if I were to perceive light and see forms; and associate with those deities, converse, and engage in discussion; 
;;;So kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, aparena samayena appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto obhāsañceva sañjānāmi, rūpāni ca passāmi, tāhi ca devatāhi saddhiṁ santiṭṭhāmi sallapāmi sākacchaṁ samāpajjāmi, tā ca devatā jānāmi: 
;;;So after some time … 
;;;Yāvakīvañca me, bhikkhave, evaṁ aṭṭhaparivaṭṭaṁ adhidevañāṇadassanaṁ na suvisuddhaṁ ahosi, neva tāvāhaṁ, bhikkhave, ‘sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambuddho’ti paccaññāsiṁ. 
;;;As long as my knowledge and vision about the deities was not fully purified in these eight rounds, I didn’t announce my supreme perfect awakening in this world with its gods, Māras, and Divinities, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans. 
;;;

>En 

no ca kho tāhi devatāhi saddhiṁ santiṭṭhāmi sallapāmi sākacchaṁ samāpajjāmi. ;;;But I didn’t associate with those deities, converse, or engage in discussion. 
;;;‘sace kho ahaṁ obhāsañceva sañjāneyyaṁ, rūpāni ca passeyyaṁ, tāhi ca devatāhi saddhiṁ santiṭṭheyyaṁ sallapeyyaṁ sākacchaṁ samāpajjeyyaṁ; 
;;;‘What if I were to perceive light and see forms; and associate with those deities, converse, and engage in discussion? 
;;;So kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, aparena samayena appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto obhāsañceva sañjānāmi, rūpāni ca passāmi, tāhi ca devatāhi saddhiṁ santiṭṭhāmi sallapāmi sākacchaṁ samāpajjāmi; 
;;;So after some time … I perceived light and saw forms. And I associated with those deities, conversed, and engaged in discussion. 
;;;‘sace kho ahaṁ obhāsañceva sañjāneyyaṁ, rūpāni ca passeyyaṁ, tāhi ca devatāhi saddhiṁ santiṭṭheyyaṁ sallapeyyaṁ sākacchaṁ samāpajjeyyaṁ, tā ca devatā jāneyyaṁ: 
;;;‘What if I were to perceive light and see forms; and associate with those deities, converse, and engage in discussion; 
;;;So kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, aparena samayena appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto obhāsañceva sañjānāmi, rūpāni ca passāmi, tāhi ca devatāhi saddhiṁ santiṭṭhāmi sallapāmi sākacchaṁ samāpajjāmi, tā ca devatā jānāmi: 
;;;So after some time … I perceived light and saw forms. And I associated with those deities … And I found out which orders of gods those deities came from. 
;;;‘sace kho ahaṁ obhāsañceva sañjāneyyaṁ, rūpāni ca passeyyaṁ, tāhi ca devatāhi saddhiṁ santiṭṭheyyaṁ sallapeyyaṁ sākacchaṁ samāpajjeyyaṁ, tā ca devatā jāneyyaṁ: 
;;;‘What if I were to perceive light and see forms; and associate with those deities, converse, and engage in discussion; 
;;;So kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, aparena samayena appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto obhāsañceva sañjānāmi, rūpāni ca passāmi, tāhi ca devatāhi saddhiṁ santiṭṭhāmi sallapāmi sākacchaṁ samāpajjāmi, tā ca devatā jānāmi: 
;;;So after some time … 
;;;Yāvakīvañca me, bhikkhave, evaṁ aṭṭhaparivaṭṭaṁ adhidevañāṇadassanaṁ na suvisuddhaṁ ahosi, neva tāvāhaṁ, bhikkhave, ‘sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambuddho’ti paccaññāsiṁ. 
;;;As long as my knowledge and vision about the deities was not fully purified in these eight rounds, I didn’t announce my supreme perfect awakening in this world with its gods, Māras, and Divinities, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tatrapi mayā sannisinnapubbañceva sallapitapubbañca sākacchā ca samāpannapubbā. ;;;There I used to sit with them, converse, and engage in discussion. 
;;;Tatrapi mayā sannisinnapubbañceva sallapitapubbañca sākacchā ca samāpannapubbā. 
;;;There too I used to sit with them, converse, and engage in discussion. 
;;;

>En 

Tatrapi mayā sannisinnapubbañceva sallapitapubbañca sākacchā ca samāpannapubbā. ;;;There I used to sit with them, converse, and engage in discussion. 
;;;Tatrapi mayā sannisinnapubbañceva sallapitapubbañca sākacchā ca samāpannapubbā. 
;;;There too I used to sit with them, converse, and engage in discussion. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Yena cāpālaṁ cetiyaṁ tenupasaṅkamissāma divāvihārāyā”ti. ;;;Let’s go to the Cāpāla shrine for the day’s meditation.” 
;;;

>En 

Yena cāpālaṁ cetiyaṁ tenupasaṅkamissāma divāvihārāyā”ti. ;;;Let’s go to the Cāpāla shrine for the day’s meditation.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Saddho ca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu hoti, no ca sīlavā. ;;;“Mendicants, a mendicant is faithful but not ethical. 
;;;

>En 

“Saddho ca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu hoti, no ca sīlavā. ;;;“Mendicants, a mendicant is faithful but not ethical. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā nātike viharati giñjakāvasathe. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying at Ñātika in the brick house. 
;;;Yo ca khvāyaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṁ maraṇassatiṁ bhāveti: 
;;;But the mendicants who develop mindfulness of death by wishing 
;;;

>En 

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā nātike viharati giñjakāvasathe. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying at Ñātika in the brick house. 
;;;Yo ca khvāyaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṁ maraṇassatiṁ bhāveti: 
;;;But the mendicants who develop mindfulness of death by wishing 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu divase nikkhante rattiyā patihitāya iti paṭisañcikkhati: ;;;As day passes by and night draws close, a mendicant reflects: 
;;;

>En 

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu divase nikkhante rattiyā patihitāya iti paṭisañcikkhati: ;;;As day passes by and night draws close, a mendicant reflects: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Idha, bhikkhave, kulaputto yasmiṁ gāme vā nigame vā paṭivasati, tattha ye te honti gahapatī vā gahapatiputtā vā daharā vā vuddhasīlino vuddhā vā vuddhasīlino saddhāsampannā sīlasampannā cāgasampannā paññāsampannā, tehi saddhiṁ santiṭṭhati sallapati sākacchaṁ samāpajjati; yathārūpānaṁ saddhāsampannānaṁ saddhāsampadaṁ anusikkhati, yathārūpānaṁ sīlasampannānaṁ sīlasampadaṁ anusikkhati, yathārūpānaṁ cāgasampannānaṁ cāgasampadaṁ anusikkhati, yathārūpānaṁ paññāsampannānaṁ paññāsampadaṁ anusikkhati. ;;;It’s when a gentleman resides in a town or village. And in that place there are householders or their children who may be young or old, but are mature in conduct, accomplished in faith, ethics, generosity, and wisdom. He associates with them, converses and engages in discussion. And he emulates the same kind of accomplishment in faith, ethics, generosity, and wisdom. 
;;;

>En 

Idha, bhikkhave, kulaputto yasmiṁ gāme vā nigame vā paṭivasati, tattha ye te honti gahapatī vā gahapatiputtā vā daharā vā vuddhasīlino vuddhā vā vuddhasīlino saddhāsampannā sīlasampannā cāgasampannā paññāsampannā, tehi saddhiṁ santiṭṭhati sallapati sākacchaṁ samāpajjati; yathārūpānaṁ saddhāsampannānaṁ saddhāsampadaṁ anusikkhati, yathārūpānaṁ sīlasampannānaṁ sīlasampadaṁ anusikkhati, yathārūpānaṁ cāgasampannānaṁ cāgasampadaṁ anusikkhati, yathārūpānaṁ paññāsampannānaṁ paññāsampadaṁ anusikkhati. ;;;It’s when a gentleman resides in a town or village. And in that place there are householders or their children who may be young or old, but are mature in conduct, accomplished in faith, ethics, generosity, and wisdom. He associates with them, converses and engages in discussion. And he emulates the same kind of accomplishment in faith, ethics, generosity, and wisdom. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Imehi kho, puṇṇiya, aṭṭhahi dhammehi samannāgatā ekantapaṭibhānā tathāgataṁ dhammadesanā hotī”ti. ;;;When someone has these eight qualities, the Realized One feels totally inspired to teach.” 
;;;

>En 

Imehi kho, puṇṇiya, aṭṭhahi dhammehi samannāgatā ekantapaṭibhānā tathāgataṁ dhammadesanā hotī”ti. ;;;When someone has these eight qualities, the Realized One feels totally inspired to teach.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

‘na hi nūname āyasmanto imassa nekkhammasukhassa pavivekasukhassa upasamasukhassa sambodhasukhassa nikāmalābhino assu akicchalābhino akasiralābhino. Yassāhaṁ nekkhammasukhassa pavivekasukhassa upasamasukhassa sambodhasukhassa nikāmalābhī akicchalābhī akasiralābhī. ;;;‘These venerables mustn’t get the pleasure of renunciation, the pleasure of seclusion, the pleasure of peace, the pleasure of awakening when they want, without trouble or difficulty like I can. 
;;;Idhāhaṁ, nāgita, bhikkhū passāmi aññamaññaṁ aṅgulipatodakena sañjagghante saṅkīḷante. 
;;;Take mendicants I see poking each other with their fingers, giggling and playing together. 
;;;So taṁ lābhasakkārasilokaṁ nikāmayamāno riñcati paṭisallānaṁ, riñcati araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni; 
;;;Enjoying possessions, honor, and popularity they neglect retreat, and they neglect remote lodgings in the wilderness and the forest. 
;;;So taṁ lābhasakkārasilokaṁ paṭipaṇāmetvā na riñcati paṭisallānaṁ, na riñcati araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni. 
;;;Fending off possessions, honor, and popularity they don’t neglect retreat, and they don’t neglect remote lodgings in the wilderness and the forest. 
;;;

>En 

‘na hi nūname āyasmanto imassa nekkhammasukhassa pavivekasukhassa upasamasukhassa sambodhasukhassa nikāmalābhino assu akicchalābhino akasiralābhino. Yassāhaṁ nekkhammasukhassa pavivekasukhassa upasamasukhassa sambodhasukhassa nikāmalābhī akicchalābhī akasiralābhī. ;;;‘These venerables mustn’t get the pleasure of renunciation, the pleasure of seclusion, the pleasure of peace, the pleasure of awakening when they want, without trouble or difficulty like I can. 
;;;Idhāhaṁ, nāgita, bhikkhū passāmi aññamaññaṁ aṅgulipatodakena sañjagghante saṅkīḷante. 
;;;Take mendicants I see poking each other with their fingers, giggling and playing together. 
;;;So taṁ lābhasakkārasilokaṁ nikāmayamāno riñcati paṭisallānaṁ, riñcati araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni; 
;;;Enjoying possessions, honor, and popularity they neglect retreat, and they neglect remote lodgings in the wilderness and the forest. 
;;;So taṁ lābhasakkārasilokaṁ paṭipaṇāmetvā na riñcati paṭisallānaṁ, na riñcati araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni. 
;;;Fending off possessions, honor, and popularity they don’t neglect retreat, and they don’t neglect remote lodgings in the wilderness and the forest. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Bhikkhūnaṁ alābhāya parisakkati, bhikkhūnaṁ anatthāya parisakkati, bhikkhūnaṁ avāsāya parisakkati, bhikkhū akkosati paribhāsati, bhikkhū bhikkhūhi bhedeti, buddhassa avaṇṇaṁ bhāsati, dhammassa avaṇṇaṁ bhāsati, saṅghassa avaṇṇaṁ bhāsati. ;;;They try to prevent the mendicants from getting material things. They try to harm mendicants. They try to drive mendicants from a monastery. They insult and abuse mendicants. They divide mendicants against each other. They criticize the Buddha, the teaching, and the Saṅgha. 
;;;

>En 

Bhikkhūnaṁ alābhāya parisakkati, bhikkhūnaṁ anatthāya parisakkati, bhikkhūnaṁ avāsāya parisakkati, bhikkhū akkosati paribhāsati, bhikkhū bhikkhūhi bhedeti, buddhassa avaṇṇaṁ bhāsati, dhammassa avaṇṇaṁ bhāsati, saṅghassa avaṇṇaṁ bhāsati. ;;;They try to prevent the mendicants from getting material things. They try to harm mendicants. They try to drive mendicants from a monastery. They insult and abuse mendicants. They divide mendicants against each other. They criticize the Buddha, the teaching, and the Saṅgha. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Tassapāpiyasikakammakatena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā aṭṭhasu dhammesu sammā vattitabbaṁ— ;;;“Mendicants, a mendicant who has been convicted of aggravated misconduct must behave themselves properly in eight respects. 
;;;

>En 

“Tassapāpiyasikakammakatena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā aṭṭhasu dhammesu sammā vattitabbaṁ— ;;;“Mendicants, a mendicant who has been convicted of aggravated misconduct must behave themselves properly in eight respects. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho bojjhā upāsikā, sirīmā, padumā, sutanā, manujā, uttarā, muttā, khemā, rucī, cundī, bimbī, sumanā, mallikā, tissā, tissamātā, soṇā, soṇāya mātā, kāṇā, kāṇamātā, uttarā nandamātā, visākhā migāramātā, khujjuttarā upāsikā, sāmāvatī upāsikā, suppavāsā koliyadhītā, suppiyā upāsikā, nakulamātā gahapatānī. ;;;And then the lay woman Bojjhā … Sirīmā … Padumā … Sutanā … Manujā … Uttarā … Muttā … Khemā … Somā … Rucī … Cundī … Bimbī … Sumanā … Mallikā … Tissā … Tissamātā … Soṇā … Soṇā’s mother … Kāṇā … Kāṇamātā … Uttarā Nanda’s mother … Visākhā Migāra’s mother … the lay woman Khujjuttarā … the lay woman Sāmāvatī … Suppavāsā the Koliyan … the lay woman Suppiyā … the housewife Nakula’s mother … 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho bojjhā upāsikā, sirīmā, padumā, sutanā, manujā, uttarā, muttā, khemā, rucī, cundī, bimbī, sumanā, mallikā, tissā, tissamātā, soṇā, soṇāya mātā, kāṇā, kāṇamātā, uttarā nandamātā, visākhā migāramātā, khujjuttarā upāsikā, sāmāvatī upāsikā, suppavāsā koliyadhītā, suppiyā upāsikā, nakulamātā gahapatānī. ;;;And then the lay woman Bojjhā … Sirīmā … Padumā … Sutanā … Manujā … Uttarā … Muttā … Khemā … Somā … Rucī … Cundī … Bimbī … Sumanā … Mallikā … Tissā … Tissamātā … Soṇā … Soṇā’s mother … Kāṇā … Kāṇamātā … Uttarā Nanda’s mother … Visākhā Migāra’s mother … the lay woman Khujjuttarā … the lay woman Sāmāvatī … Suppavāsā the Koliyan … the lay woman Suppiyā … the housewife Nakula’s mother … 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

1. Sambodhivagga ;;;1. Awakening 
;;;‘sambodhipakkhikānaṁ, āvuso, dhammānaṁ kā upanisā bhāvanāyā’ti, evaṁ puṭṭhā tumhe, bhikkhave, tesaṁ aññatitthiyānaṁ paribbājakānaṁ kinti byākareyyāthā”ti? 
;;;‘Reverends, what is the vital condition for the development of the awakening factors?’ How would you answer them?” 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu yāyaṁ kathā abhisallekhikā cetovivaraṇasappāyā, seyyathidaṁ—appicchakathā santuṭṭhikathā pavivekakathā asaṁsaggakathā vīriyārambhakathā sīlakathā samādhikathā paññākathā vimuttikathā vimuttiñāṇadassanakathā, evarūpiyā kathāya nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī. 
;;;Furthermore, a mendicant gets to take part in talk about self-effacement that helps open the heart, when they want, without trouble or difficulty. That is, talk about fewness of wishes, contentment, seclusion, aloofness, arousing energy, ethics, immersion, wisdom, freedom, and the knowledge and vision of freedom. 
;;;yāyaṁ kathā abhisallekhikā cetovivaraṇasappāyā, seyyathidaṁ—appicchakathā santuṭṭhikathā pavivekakathā asaṁsaggakathā vīriyārambhakathā sīlakathā samādhikathā paññākathā vimuttikathā vimuttiñāṇadassanakathā, evarūpiyā kathāya nikāmalābhī bhavissati akicchalābhī akasiralābhī. 
;;;take part in talk about self-effacement that helps open the heart … 
;;;Tena ca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā imesu pañcasu dhammesu patiṭṭhāya cattāro dhammā uttari bhāvetabbā— 
;;;But then, a mendicant grounded on these five things should develop four further things. 
;;;

>En 

1. Sambodhivagga ;;;1. Awakening 
;;;‘sambodhipakkhikānaṁ, āvuso, dhammānaṁ kā upanisā bhāvanāyā’ti, evaṁ puṭṭhā tumhe, bhikkhave, tesaṁ aññatitthiyānaṁ paribbājakānaṁ kinti byākareyyāthā”ti? 
;;;‘Reverends, what is the vital condition for the development of the awakening factors?’ How would you answer them?” 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu yāyaṁ kathā abhisallekhikā cetovivaraṇasappāyā, seyyathidaṁ—appicchakathā santuṭṭhikathā pavivekakathā asaṁsaggakathā vīriyārambhakathā sīlakathā samādhikathā paññākathā vimuttikathā vimuttiñāṇadassanakathā, evarūpiyā kathāya nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī. 
;;;Furthermore, a mendicant gets to take part in talk about self-effacement that helps open the heart, when they want, without trouble or difficulty. That is, talk about fewness of wishes, contentment, seclusion, aloofness, arousing energy, ethics, immersion, wisdom, freedom, and the knowledge and vision of freedom. 
;;;yāyaṁ kathā abhisallekhikā cetovivaraṇasappāyā, seyyathidaṁ—appicchakathā santuṭṭhikathā pavivekakathā asaṁsaggakathā vīriyārambhakathā sīlakathā samādhikathā paññākathā vimuttikathā vimuttiñāṇadassanakathā, evarūpiyā kathāya nikāmalābhī bhavissati akicchalābhī akasiralābhī. 
;;;take part in talk about self-effacement that helps open the heart … 
;;;Tena ca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā imesu pañcasu dhammesu patiṭṭhāya cattāro dhammā uttari bhāvetabbā— 
;;;But then, a mendicant grounded on these five things should develop four further things. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Addasā kho āyasmā meghiyo kimikāḷāya nadiyā tīre jaṅghāvihāraṁ anucaṅkamamāno anuvicaramāno ambavanaṁ pāsādikaṁ ramaṇīyaṁ. ;;;As he was going for a walk along the shore of the river he saw a lovely and delightful mango grove. 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, meghiya, yāyaṁ kathā abhisallekhikā cetovivaraṇasappāyā, seyyathidaṁ—appicchakathā santuṭṭhikathā pavivekakathā asaṁsaggakathā vīriyārambhakathā sīlakathā samādhikathā paññākathā vimuttikathā vimuttiñāṇadassanakathā, evarūpiyā kathāya nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī. 
;;;Furthermore, a mendicant gets to take part in talk about self-effacement that helps open the heart, when they want, without trouble or difficulty. That is, talk about fewness of wishes, contentment, seclusion, aloofness, arousing energy, ethics, immersion, wisdom, freedom, and the knowledge and vision of freedom. 
;;;‘yāyaṁ kathā abhisallekhikā cetovivaraṇasappāyā, seyyathidaṁ—appicchakathā …pe… vimuttiñāṇadassanakathā, evarūpiyā kathāya nikāmalābhī bhavissati akicchalābhī akasiralābhī’. 
;;;take part in talk about self-effacement that helps open the heart … 
;;;

>En 

Addasā kho āyasmā meghiyo kimikāḷāya nadiyā tīre jaṅghāvihāraṁ anucaṅkamamāno anuvicaramāno ambavanaṁ pāsādikaṁ ramaṇīyaṁ. ;;;As he was going for a walk along the shore of the river he saw a lovely and delightful mango grove. 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, meghiya, yāyaṁ kathā abhisallekhikā cetovivaraṇasappāyā, seyyathidaṁ—appicchakathā santuṭṭhikathā pavivekakathā asaṁsaggakathā vīriyārambhakathā sīlakathā samādhikathā paññākathā vimuttikathā vimuttiñāṇadassanakathā, evarūpiyā kathāya nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī. 
;;;Furthermore, a mendicant gets to take part in talk about self-effacement that helps open the heart, when they want, without trouble or difficulty. That is, talk about fewness of wishes, contentment, seclusion, aloofness, arousing energy, ethics, immersion, wisdom, freedom, and the knowledge and vision of freedom. 
;;;‘yāyaṁ kathā abhisallekhikā cetovivaraṇasappāyā, seyyathidaṁ—appicchakathā …pe… vimuttiñāṇadassanakathā, evarūpiyā kathāya nikāmalābhī bhavissati akicchalābhī akasiralābhī’. 
;;;take part in talk about self-effacement that helps open the heart … 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenupaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bahidvārakoṭṭhake aṭṭhāsi kathāpariyosānaṁ āgamayamāno. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the assembly hall. He stood outside the door waiting for the talk to end. 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenupaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bahidvārakoṭṭhake aṭṭhāsi kathāpariyosānaṁ āgamayamāno. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the assembly hall. He stood outside the door waiting for the talk to end. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

‘yo so, sutavā, bhikkhu arahaṁ khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṁyojano sammadaññāvimutto, abhabbo so pañca ṭhānāni ajjhācarituṁ— ;;;‘A mendicant who is perfected—with defilements ended, who has completed the spiritual journey, done what had to be done, laid down the burden, achieved their own true goal, utterly ended the fetter of continued existence, and is rightly freed through enlightenment—can’t transgress in five respects. 
;;;

>En 

‘yo so, sutavā, bhikkhu arahaṁ khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṁyojano sammadaññāvimutto, abhabbo so pañca ṭhānāni ajjhācarituṁ— ;;;‘A mendicant who is perfected—with defilements ended, who has completed the spiritual journey, done what had to be done, laid down the burden, achieved their own true goal, utterly ended the fetter of continued existence, and is rightly freed through enlightenment—can’t transgress in five respects. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā ca mahāmoggallāno āyasmā ca ānando avāpuraṇaṁ ādāya vihāre āhiṇḍanti: ;;;Now at that time the Venerables Mahāmoggallāna and Ānanda, taking a latchkey, went from dwelling to dwelling, saying: 
;;;

>En 

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā ca mahāmoggallāno āyasmā ca ānando avāpuraṇaṁ ādāya vihāre āhiṇḍanti: ;;;Now at that time the Venerables Mahāmoggallāna and Ānanda, taking a latchkey, went from dwelling to dwelling, saying: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Ke ca, sāriputta, aññatitthiyā paribbājakā bālā abyattā, ke ca saupādisesaṁ vā ‘saupādiseso’ti jānissanti, anupādisesaṁ vā ‘anupādiseso’ti jānissanti. ;;;“Sāriputta, these foolish, incompetent wanderers following other religions: who are they to know whether someone has residue or not? 
;;;

>En 

“Ke ca, sāriputta, aññatitthiyā paribbājakā bālā abyattā, ke ca saupādisesaṁ vā ‘saupādiseso’ti jānissanti, anupādisesaṁ vā ‘anupādiseso’ti jānissanti. ;;;“Sāriputta, these foolish, incompetent wanderers following other religions: who are they to know whether someone has residue or not? 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho āyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā sāriputtena saddhiṁ sammodi. ;;;Then Venerable Mahākoṭṭhita went up to Venerable Sāriputta, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;“Yaṁ khvassa, āvuso, aññātaṁ adiṭṭhaṁ appattaṁ asacchikataṁ anabhisametaṁ, tassa ñāṇāya dassanāya pattiyā sacchikiriyāya abhisamayāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatīti. 
;;;“Reverend, the spiritual life is lived under the Buddha to know, see, attain, realize, and comprehend that which is unknown, unseen, unattained, unrealized, and uncomprehended.” 
;;;‘Idaṁ dukkhan’ti khvassa, āvuso, aññātaṁ adiṭṭhaṁ appattaṁ asacchikataṁ anabhisametaṁ. 
;;;“‘This is suffering.’ … 
;;;Idaṁ khvassa, āvuso, aññātaṁ adiṭṭhaṁ appattaṁ asacchikataṁ anabhisametaṁ. 
;;;This is the unknown, unseen, unattained, unrealized, and uncomprehended. 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho āyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā sāriputtena saddhiṁ sammodi. ;;;Then Venerable Mahākoṭṭhita went up to Venerable Sāriputta, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;“Yaṁ khvassa, āvuso, aññātaṁ adiṭṭhaṁ appattaṁ asacchikataṁ anabhisametaṁ, tassa ñāṇāya dassanāya pattiyā sacchikiriyāya abhisamayāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatīti. 
;;;“Reverend, the spiritual life is lived under the Buddha to know, see, attain, realize, and comprehend that which is unknown, unseen, unattained, unrealized, and uncomprehended.” 
;;;‘Idaṁ dukkhan’ti khvassa, āvuso, aññātaṁ adiṭṭhaṁ appattaṁ asacchikataṁ anabhisametaṁ. 
;;;“‘This is suffering.’ … 
;;;Idaṁ khvassa, āvuso, aññātaṁ adiṭṭhaṁ appattaṁ asacchikataṁ anabhisametaṁ. 
;;;This is the unknown, unseen, unattained, unrealized, and uncomprehended. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Sādhu kho tvaṁ, samiddhi, puṭṭho puṭṭho vissajjesi, tena ca mā maññī”ti. ;;;It’s good that you answered each question. But don’t get conceited because of that.” 
;;;

>En 

Sādhu kho tvaṁ, samiddhi, puṭṭho puṭṭho vissajjesi, tena ca mā maññī”ti. ;;;It’s good that you answered each question. But don’t get conceited because of that.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Gaṇḍoti kho, bhikkhave, imassetaṁ cātumahābhūtikassa kāyassa adhivacanaṁ mātāpettikasambhavassa odanakummāsūpacayassa aniccucchādanaparimaddanabhedanaviddhaṁsanadhammassa. ;;;‘Boil’ is a term for this body made up of the four principal states, produced by mother and father, built up from rice and porridge, liable to impermanence, to wearing away and erosion, to breaking up and destruction. 
;;;

>En 

Gaṇḍoti kho, bhikkhave, imassetaṁ cātumahābhūtikassa kāyassa adhivacanaṁ mātāpettikasambhavassa odanakummāsūpacayassa aniccucchādanaparimaddanabhedanaviddhaṁsanadhammassa. ;;;‘Boil’ is a term for this body made up of the four principal states, produced by mother and father, built up from rice and porridge, liable to impermanence, to wearing away and erosion, to breaking up and destruction. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ tathā tatiyaṁ tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati. ;;;They meditate spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. 
;;;

>En 

Mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ tathā tatiyaṁ tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati. ;;;They meditate spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Te mayaṁ, bhante, paccuṭṭhimha abhivādimha, no ca tesaṁ āsanaṁ adamha. ;;;We politely rose for them and bowed, but we didn’t offer a seat. 
;;;Te mayaṁ, bhante, paccuṭṭhimha abhivādimha āsanaṁ adamha, no ca kho yathāsatti yathābalaṁ saṁvibhajimha …pe… 
;;;We politely rose for them, bowed, and offered a seat, but we didn’t share as best we could. …’ 
;;;upanisīdimha dhammassavanāya, no ca kho ohitasotā dhammaṁ suṇimha …pe… 
;;;‘… we didn’t actively listen to the teachings. …’ 
;;;Te mayaṁ, bhante, paccuṭṭhimha abhivādimha, āsanaṁ adamha, yathāsatti yathābalaṁ saṁvibhajimha, upanisīdimha dhammassavanāya, ohitasotā ca dhammaṁ suṇimha, sutvā ca dhammaṁ dhārayimha, dhātānañca dhammānaṁ atthaṁ upaparikkhimha, atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya dhammānudhammaṁ paṭipajjimha. 
;;;We politely rose, bowed, and offered them a seat. We shared as best we could. We sat nearby to listen to the teachings, lent an ear, memorized them, and examined their meaning. Understanding the teaching and the meaning we practiced accordingly. 
;;;

>En 

Te mayaṁ, bhante, paccuṭṭhimha abhivādimha, no ca tesaṁ āsanaṁ adamha. ;;;We politely rose for them and bowed, but we didn’t offer a seat. 
;;;Te mayaṁ, bhante, paccuṭṭhimha abhivādimha āsanaṁ adamha, no ca kho yathāsatti yathābalaṁ saṁvibhajimha …pe… 
;;;We politely rose for them, bowed, and offered a seat, but we didn’t share as best we could. …’ 
;;;upanisīdimha dhammassavanāya, no ca kho ohitasotā dhammaṁ suṇimha …pe… 
;;;‘… we didn’t actively listen to the teachings. …’ 
;;;Te mayaṁ, bhante, paccuṭṭhimha abhivādimha, āsanaṁ adamha, yathāsatti yathābalaṁ saṁvibhajimha, upanisīdimha dhammassavanāya, ohitasotā ca dhammaṁ suṇimha, sutvā ca dhammaṁ dhārayimha, dhātānañca dhammānaṁ atthaṁ upaparikkhimha, atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya dhammānudhammaṁ paṭipajjimha. 
;;;We politely rose, bowed, and offered them a seat. We shared as best we could. We sat nearby to listen to the teachings, lent an ear, memorized them, and examined their meaning. Understanding the teaching and the meaning we practiced accordingly. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Lūkhañcepi, gahapati, dānaṁ deti paṇītaṁ vā; ;;;“Householder, someone might give a gift that’s either coarse or fine. 
;;;tañca asakkaccaṁ deti, acittīkatvā deti, asahatthā deti, apaviddhaṁ deti, anāgamanadiṭṭhiko deti. 
;;;But they give it carelessly, thoughtlessly, not with their own hand. They give the dregs, and they give without consideration for consequences. 
;;;Evañhetaṁ, gahapati, hoti asakkaccaṁ katānaṁ kammānaṁ vipāko. 
;;;Because that is the result of deeds done carelessly. 
;;;Caturāsīti suvaṇṇapātisahassāni adāsi rūpiyapūrāni, caturāsīti rūpiyapātisahassāni adāsi suvaṇṇapūrāni, caturāsīti kaṁsapātisahassāni adāsi hiraññapūrāni, caturāsīti hatthisahassāni adāsi sovaṇṇālaṅkārāni sovaṇṇadhajāni hemajālappaṭicchannāni, caturāsīti rathasahassāni adāsi sīhacammaparivārāni byagghacammaparivārāni dīpicammaparivārāni paṇḍukambalaparivārāni sovaṇṇālaṅkārāni sovaṇṇadhajāni hemajālappaṭicchannāni, caturāsīti dhenusahassāni adāsi dukūlasandhanāni kaṁsūpadhāraṇāni, caturāsīti kaññāsahassāni adāsi āmuttamaṇikuṇḍalāyo, caturāsīti pallaṅkasahassāni adāsi gonakatthatāni paṭikatthatāni paṭalikatthatāni kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇāni sauttaracchadāni ubhatolohitakūpadhānāni, caturāsīti vatthakoṭisahassāni adāsi khomasukhumānaṁ koseyyasukhumānaṁ kambalasukhumānaṁ kappāsikasukhumānaṁ, ko pana vādo annassa pānassa khajjassa bhojjassa leyyassa peyyassa, najjo maññe vissandanti. 
;;;84,000 gold pots filled with silver. 84,000 silver pots filled with gold. 84,000 bronze pots filled with gold coins. 84,000 elephants with gold adornments and banners, covered with snow gold netting. 84,000 chariots upholstered with the hide of lions, tigers, and leopards, and cream rugs, with gold adornments and banners, covered with gold netting. 84,000 milk cows with silken reins and bronze pails. 84,000 maidens bedecked with jeweled earrings. 84,000 couches spread with woolen covers—shag-piled, pure white, or embroidered with flowers—and spread with a fine deer hide, with canopies above and red pillows at both ends. 8,400,000,000 fine cloths of linen, cotton, silk, and wool. And who can say how much food, drink, snacks, meals, refreshments, and beverages? It seemed like an overflowing river. 
;;;pāṇātipātā veramaṇiṁ, adinnādānā veramaṇiṁ, kāmesumicchācārā veramaṇiṁ, musāvādā veramaṇiṁ, surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā veramaṇiṁ, yo ca antamaso gandhohanamattampi mettacittaṁ bhāveyya, (…) idaṁ tato mahapphalataraṁ. 
;;;It would be more fruitful to develop a heart of love—even just as long as it takes to pull a cow’s udder—than to undertake the training rules. 
;;;

>En 

“Lūkhañcepi, gahapati, dānaṁ deti paṇītaṁ vā; ;;;“Householder, someone might give a gift that’s either coarse or fine. 
;;;tañca asakkaccaṁ deti, acittīkatvā deti, asahatthā deti, apaviddhaṁ deti, anāgamanadiṭṭhiko deti. 
;;;But they give it carelessly, thoughtlessly, not with their own hand. They give the dregs, and they give without consideration for consequences. 
;;;Evañhetaṁ, gahapati, hoti asakkaccaṁ katānaṁ kammānaṁ vipāko. 
;;;Because that is the result of deeds done carelessly. 
;;;Caturāsīti suvaṇṇapātisahassāni adāsi rūpiyapūrāni, caturāsīti rūpiyapātisahassāni adāsi suvaṇṇapūrāni, caturāsīti kaṁsapātisahassāni adāsi hiraññapūrāni, caturāsīti hatthisahassāni adāsi sovaṇṇālaṅkārāni sovaṇṇadhajāni hemajālappaṭicchannāni, caturāsīti rathasahassāni adāsi sīhacammaparivārāni byagghacammaparivārāni dīpicammaparivārāni paṇḍukambalaparivārāni sovaṇṇālaṅkārāni sovaṇṇadhajāni hemajālappaṭicchannāni, caturāsīti dhenusahassāni adāsi dukūlasandhanāni kaṁsūpadhāraṇāni, caturāsīti kaññāsahassāni adāsi āmuttamaṇikuṇḍalāyo, caturāsīti pallaṅkasahassāni adāsi gonakatthatāni paṭikatthatāni paṭalikatthatāni kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇāni sauttaracchadāni ubhatolohitakūpadhānāni, caturāsīti vatthakoṭisahassāni adāsi khomasukhumānaṁ koseyyasukhumānaṁ kambalasukhumānaṁ kappāsikasukhumānaṁ, ko pana vādo annassa pānassa khajjassa bhojjassa leyyassa peyyassa, najjo maññe vissandanti. 
;;;84,000 gold pots filled with silver. 84,000 silver pots filled with gold. 84,000 bronze pots filled with gold coins. 84,000 elephants with gold adornments and banners, covered with snow gold netting. 84,000 chariots upholstered with the hide of lions, tigers, and leopards, and cream rugs, with gold adornments and banners, covered with gold netting. 84,000 milk cows with silken reins and bronze pails. 84,000 maidens bedecked with jeweled earrings. 84,000 couches spread with woolen covers—shag-piled, pure white, or embroidered with flowers—and spread with a fine deer hide, with canopies above and red pillows at both ends. 8,400,000,000 fine cloths of linen, cotton, silk, and wool. And who can say how much food, drink, snacks, meals, refreshments, and beverages? It seemed like an overflowing river. 
;;;pāṇātipātā veramaṇiṁ, adinnādānā veramaṇiṁ, kāmesumicchācārā veramaṇiṁ, musāvādā veramaṇiṁ, surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā veramaṇiṁ, yo ca antamaso gandhohanamattampi mettacittaṁ bhāveyya, (…) idaṁ tato mahapphalataraṁ. 
;;;It would be more fruitful to develop a heart of love—even just as long as it takes to pull a cow’s udder—than to undertake the training rules. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Amamā, apariggahā, niyatāyukā, visesaguṇā— ;;;They’re selfless and not possessive. They have a fixed life span. They have a distinctive nature. 
;;;

>En 

Amamā, apariggahā, niyatāyukā, visesaguṇā— ;;;They’re selfless and not possessive. They have a fixed life span. They have a distinctive nature. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Tayo ca, bhikkhave, assakhaḷuṅke desessāmi tayo ca purisakhaḷuṅke tayo ca assaparasse tayo ca purisaparasse tayo ca bhadde assājānīye tayo ca bhadde purisājānīye. ;;;“Mendicants, I will teach you about three wild colts and three wild people; three excellent horses and three excellent people; and three fine thoroughbred horses and three fine thoroughbred people. 
;;;

>En 

“Tayo ca, bhikkhave, assakhaḷuṅke desessāmi tayo ca purisakhaḷuṅke tayo ca assaparasse tayo ca purisaparasse tayo ca bhadde assājānīye tayo ca bhadde purisājānīye. ;;;“Mendicants, I will teach you about three wild colts and three wild people; three excellent horses and three excellent people; and three fine thoroughbred horses and three fine thoroughbred people. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Yato kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno paññāya cittaṁ suparicitaṁ hoti, tassetaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno kallaṁ vacanāya: ;;;“Mendicants, when a mendicant’s mind has been well consolidated with wisdom it’s appropriate for them to say: 
;;;Yato kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno paññāya cittaṁ suparicitaṁ hoti, tassetaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno kallaṁ vacanāya: 
;;;When a mendicant’s mind has been well consolidated with wisdom it’s appropriate for them to say: 
;;;

>En 

“Yato kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno paññāya cittaṁ suparicitaṁ hoti, tassetaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno kallaṁ vacanāya: ;;;“Mendicants, when a mendicant’s mind has been well consolidated with wisdom it’s appropriate for them to say: 
;;;Yato kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno paññāya cittaṁ suparicitaṁ hoti, tassetaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno kallaṁ vacanāya: 
;;;When a mendicant’s mind has been well consolidated with wisdom it’s appropriate for them to say: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

‘yato kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno cetasā citaṁ hoti, tassetaṁ bhikkhuno kallaṁ veyyākaraṇāya— ;;;‘When a mendicant’s mind is solidified by heart, it’s appropriate for them to say: 
;;;‘yato kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno cetasā citaṁ hoti, tassetaṁ bhikkhuno kallaṁ veyyākaraṇāya— 
;;; 
;;;‘yato kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno cetasā cittaṁ suparicitaṁ hoti, tassetaṁ bhikkhuno kallaṁ veyyākaraṇāya— 
;;;‘When a mendicant’s mind is well consolidated by heart, it’s appropriate for them to say: 
;;;‘yato kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno cetasā citaṁ hoti, tassetaṁ bhikkhuno kallaṁ veyyākaraṇāya— 
;;; 
;;;‘yato kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno cetasā citaṁ hoti, tassetaṁ bhikkhuno kallaṁ veyyākaraṇāya— 
;;; 
;;;‘yato kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno cetasā cittaṁ suparicitaṁ hoti, tassetaṁ bhikkhuno kallaṁ veyyākaraṇāya— 
;;; 
;;;‘yato kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno cetasā citaṁ hoti, tassetaṁ bhikkhuno kallaṁ veyyākaraṇāya— 
;;; 
;;;‘yato kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno cetasā citaṁ hoti, tassetaṁ bhikkhuno kallaṁ veyyākaraṇāya— 
;;; 
;;;‘yato kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno cetasā cittaṁ suparicitaṁ hoti, tassetaṁ bhikkhuno kallaṁ veyyākaraṇāya— 
;;;‘When a mendicant’s mind is well consolidated by heart, it’s appropriate for them to say: 
;;;

>En 

‘yato kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno cetasā citaṁ hoti, tassetaṁ bhikkhuno kallaṁ veyyākaraṇāya— ;;;‘When a mendicant’s mind is solidified by heart, it’s appropriate for them to say: 
;;;‘yato kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno cetasā citaṁ hoti, tassetaṁ bhikkhuno kallaṁ veyyākaraṇāya— 
;;; 
;;;‘yato kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno cetasā cittaṁ suparicitaṁ hoti, tassetaṁ bhikkhuno kallaṁ veyyākaraṇāya— 
;;;‘When a mendicant’s mind is well consolidated by heart, it’s appropriate for them to say: 
;;;‘yato kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno cetasā citaṁ hoti, tassetaṁ bhikkhuno kallaṁ veyyākaraṇāya— 
;;; 
;;;‘yato kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno cetasā citaṁ hoti, tassetaṁ bhikkhuno kallaṁ veyyākaraṇāya— 
;;; 
;;;‘yato kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno cetasā cittaṁ suparicitaṁ hoti, tassetaṁ bhikkhuno kallaṁ veyyākaraṇāya— 
;;; 
;;;‘yato kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno cetasā citaṁ hoti, tassetaṁ bhikkhuno kallaṁ veyyākaraṇāya— 
;;; 
;;;‘yato kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno cetasā citaṁ hoti, tassetaṁ bhikkhuno kallaṁ veyyākaraṇāya— 
;;; 
;;;‘yato kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno cetasā cittaṁ suparicitaṁ hoti, tassetaṁ bhikkhuno kallaṁ veyyākaraṇāya— 
;;;‘When a mendicant’s mind is well consolidated by heart, it’s appropriate for them to say: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

‘Anatthaṁ me acari, taṁ kutettha labbhā’ti āghātaṁ paṭivineti; ;;;Thinking: ‘They harmed me, but what can I possibly do?’ you get rid of resentment. 
;;;

>En 

‘Anatthaṁ me acari, taṁ kutettha labbhā’ti āghātaṁ paṭivineti; ;;;Thinking: ‘They harmed me, but what can I possibly do?’ you get rid of resentment. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Yattha rūpasaññā nirujjhati, ye ca rūpasaññaṁ nirodhetvā nirodhetvā viharanti, ‘addhā te āyasmanto nicchātā nibbutā tiṇṇā pāraṅgatā tadaṅgenā’ti vadāmi. ;;;Where perceptions of form ceases, and those who have thoroughly ended perceptions of form meditate, I say: ‘Clearly those venerables are desireless, quenched, crossed over, and gone beyond in that respect.’ 
;;;

>En 

Yattha rūpasaññā nirujjhati, ye ca rūpasaññaṁ nirodhetvā nirodhetvā viharanti, ‘addhā te āyasmanto nicchātā nibbutā tiṇṇā pāraṅgatā tadaṅgenā’ti vadāmi. ;;;Where perceptions of form ceases, and those who have thoroughly ended perceptions of form meditate, I say: ‘Clearly those venerables are desireless, quenched, crossed over, and gone beyond in that respect.’ 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

So yadeva tattha hoti rūpagataṁ vedanāgataṁ saññāgataṁ saṅkhāragataṁ viññāṇagataṁ, te dhamme aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato samanupassati. ;;;They contemplate the phenomena there—included in form, feeling, perception, choices, and consciousness—as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as a boil, as a dart, as misery, as an affliction, as alien, as falling apart, as empty, as not-self. 
;;;So tehi dhammehi cittaṁ paṭivāpeti. 
;;;They turn their mind away from those things, 
;;;So tehi dhammehi cittaṁ paṭivāpetvā amatāya dhātuyā cittaṁ upasaṁharati: 
;;;and apply it to freedom from death: 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, issāso vā issāsantevāsī vā tiṇapurisarūpake vā mattikāpuñje vā yoggaṁ karitvā, so aparena samayena dūrepātī ca hoti akkhaṇavedhī ca mahato ca kāyassa padāletā; 
;;;It’s like an archer or their apprentice who first practices on a straw man or a clay model. At a later time they become a long-distance shooter, a marksman, who shatters large objects. 
;;;So yadeva tattha hoti rūpagataṁ vedanāgataṁ saññāgataṁ saṅkhāragataṁ viññāṇagataṁ, te dhamme aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato samanupassati. 
;;;They contemplate the phenomena there—included in form, feeling, perception, choices, and consciousness—as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as a boil, as a dart, as misery, as an affliction, as alien, as falling apart, as empty, as not-self. 
;;;So yadeva tattha hoti rūpagataṁ vedanāgataṁ saññāgataṁ saṅkhāragataṁ viññāṇagataṁ, te dhamme aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato samanupassati. 
;;; 
;;;So yadeva tattha hoti vedanāgataṁ saññāgataṁ saṅkhāragataṁ viññāṇagataṁ, te dhamme aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato samanupassati. 
;;;They contemplate the phenomena there—included in feeling, perception, choices, and consciousness—as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as a boil, as a dart, as misery, as an affliction, as alien, as falling apart, as empty, as not-self. 
;;;So yadeva tattha hoti vedanāgataṁ saññāgataṁ saṅkhāragataṁ viññāṇagataṁ, te dhamme aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato samanupassati. 
;;;They contemplate the phenomena there—included in feeling, perception, choices, and consciousness—as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as a boil, as a dart, as misery, as an affliction, as alien, as falling apart, as empty, as not-self. 
;;;So yadeva tattha hoti vedanāgataṁ saññāgataṁ saṅkhāragataṁ viññāṇagataṁ, te dhamme aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato samanupassati. 
;;;They contemplate the phenomena there—included in feeling, perception, choices, and consciousness—as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as a boil, as a dart, as misery, as an affliction, as alien, as falling apart, as empty, as not-self. 
;;;

>En 

So yadeva tattha hoti rūpagataṁ vedanāgataṁ saññāgataṁ saṅkhāragataṁ viññāṇagataṁ, te dhamme aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato samanupassati. ;;;They contemplate the phenomena there—included in form, feeling, perception, choices, and consciousness—as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as a boil, as a dart, as misery, as an affliction, as alien, as falling apart, as empty, as not-self. 
;;;So tehi dhammehi cittaṁ paṭivāpeti. 
;;;They turn their mind away from those things, 
;;;So tehi dhammehi cittaṁ paṭivāpetvā amatāya dhātuyā cittaṁ upasaṁharati: 
;;;and apply it to freedom from death: 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, issāso vā issāsantevāsī vā tiṇapurisarūpake vā mattikāpuñje vā yoggaṁ karitvā, so aparena samayena dūrepātī ca hoti akkhaṇavedhī ca mahato ca kāyassa padāletā; 
;;;It’s like an archer or their apprentice who first practices on a straw man or a clay model. At a later time they become a long-distance shooter, a marksman, who shatters large objects. 
;;;So yadeva tattha hoti rūpagataṁ vedanāgataṁ saññāgataṁ saṅkhāragataṁ viññāṇagataṁ, te dhamme aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato samanupassati. 
;;;They contemplate the phenomena there—included in form, feeling, perception, choices, and consciousness—as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as a boil, as a dart, as misery, as an affliction, as alien, as falling apart, as empty, as not-self. 
;;;So yadeva tattha hoti rūpagataṁ vedanāgataṁ saññāgataṁ saṅkhāragataṁ viññāṇagataṁ, te dhamme aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato samanupassati. 
;;; 
;;;So yadeva tattha hoti vedanāgataṁ saññāgataṁ saṅkhāragataṁ viññāṇagataṁ, te dhamme aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato samanupassati. 
;;;They contemplate the phenomena there—included in feeling, perception, choices, and consciousness—as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as a boil, as a dart, as misery, as an affliction, as alien, as falling apart, as empty, as not-self. 
;;;So yadeva tattha hoti vedanāgataṁ saññāgataṁ saṅkhāragataṁ viññāṇagataṁ, te dhamme aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato samanupassati. 
;;;They contemplate the phenomena there—included in feeling, perception, choices, and consciousness—as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as a boil, as a dart, as misery, as an affliction, as alien, as falling apart, as empty, as not-self. 
;;;So yadeva tattha hoti vedanāgataṁ saññāgataṁ saṅkhāragataṁ viññāṇagataṁ, te dhamme aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato samanupassati. 
;;;They contemplate the phenomena there—included in feeling, perception, choices, and consciousness—as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as a boil, as a dart, as misery, as an affliction, as alien, as falling apart, as empty, as not-self. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho, āvuso, jaṭilavāsikā bhikkhunī yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho, āvuso, jaṭilavāsikā bhikkhunī maṁ etadavoca: ;;;Then the nun Jaṭilagāhikā came up to me, bowed, stood to one side, and said to me: 
;;;‘yāyaṁ, bhante ānanda, samādhi na cābhinato na cāpanato na ca sasaṅkhāraniggayhavāritagato, 
;;;‘Honorable Ānanda, regarding the immersion that does not lean forward or pull back, and is not held in place by forceful suppression. 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho, āvuso, jaṭilavāsikā bhikkhunī yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho, āvuso, jaṭilavāsikā bhikkhunī maṁ etadavoca: ;;;Then the nun Jaṭilagāhikā came up to me, bowed, stood to one side, and said to me: 
;;;‘yāyaṁ, bhante ānanda, samādhi na cābhinato na cāpanato na ca sasaṅkhāraniggayhavāritagato, 
;;;‘Honorable Ānanda, regarding the immersion that does not lean forward or pull back, and is not held in place by forceful suppression. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Ayampi, bho gotama, nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto sabbaññū sabbadassāvī aparisesaṁ ñāṇadassanaṁ paṭijānāti: ;;;And the Jain ascetic of the Ñātika clan also claims to be all-knowing and all-seeing, to know and see everything without exception, thus: 
;;;Te evarūpena javena samannāgatā assu, seyyathāpi nāma daḷhadhammā dhanuggaho sikkhito katahattho katūpāsano lahukena asanena appakasirena tiriyaṁ tālacchāyaṁ atipāteyya; 
;;;They’re as fast as a light arrow easily shot across the shadow of a palm tree by a well-trained expert archer with a strong bow. 
;;;

>En 

Ayampi, bho gotama, nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto sabbaññū sabbadassāvī aparisesaṁ ñāṇadassanaṁ paṭijānāti: ;;;And the Jain ascetic of the Ñātika clan also claims to be all-knowing and all-seeing, to know and see everything without exception, thus: 
;;;Te evarūpena javena samannāgatā assu, seyyathāpi nāma daḷhadhammā dhanuggaho sikkhito katahattho katūpāsano lahukena asanena appakasirena tiriyaṁ tālacchāyaṁ atipāteyya; 
;;;They’re as fast as a light arrow easily shot across the shadow of a palm tree by a well-trained expert archer with a strong bow. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tasmiṁ kho pana, bhikkhave, saṅgāme asurā jiniṁsu, devā parājayiṁsu. ;;;In that battle the titans won and the gods lost. 
;;;Parājitā ca, bhikkhave, devā apayiṁsuyeva uttarenābhimukhā, abhiyiṁsu asurā. 
;;;Defeated, the gods fled north with the titans in pursuit. 
;;;

>En 

Tasmiṁ kho pana, bhikkhave, saṅgāme asurā jiniṁsu, devā parājayiṁsu. ;;;In that battle the titans won and the gods lost. 
;;;Parājitā ca, bhikkhave, devā apayiṁsuyeva uttarenābhimukhā, abhiyiṁsu asurā. 
;;;Defeated, the gods fled north with the titans in pursuit. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Yasmiṁ, bhikkhave, samaye āraññikassa nāgassa gocarapasutassa hatthīpi hatthiniyopi hatthikalabhāpi hatthicchāpāpi purato purato gantvā tiṇaggāni chindanti, tena, bhikkhave, āraññiko nāgo aṭṭīyati harāyati jigucchati. ;;;“Mendicants, when a wild bull elephant is engrossed in the pasture, but other elephants—males, females, younglings, or cubs—got there first and trampled the grass, the wild bull elephant is horrified, repelled, and disgusted by that. 
;;;Chinnaggāni ceva tiṇāni khādāmi, obhaggobhaggañca me sākhābhaṅgaṁ khādanti, āvilāni ca pānīyāni pivāmi, ogāhā ca me uttiṇṇassa hatthiniyo kāyaṁ upanighaṁsantiyo gacchanti. 
;;;I eat the grass they’ve trampled, and they eat the broken branches I’ve dragged down. I drink muddy water, and after my bath the female elephants bump into me. 
;;;So aparena samayena eko gaṇasmā vūpakaṭṭho viharati, acchinnaggāni ceva tiṇāni khādati, obhaggobhaggañcassa sākhābhaṅgaṁ na khādanti, anāvilāni ca pānīyāni pivati, ogāhā cassa uttiṇṇassa na hatthiniyo kāyaṁ upanighaṁsantiyo gacchanti. 
;;;After some time he lives alone, withdrawn from the herd, and he eats untrampled grass, and other elephants don’t eat the broken branches he has dragged down. He doesn’t drink muddy water, and the female elephants don’t bump into him after his bath. 
;;;‘ahaṁ kho pubbe ākiṇṇo vihāsiṁ hatthīhi hatthinīhi hatthikalabhehi hatthicchāpehi, chinnaggāni ceva tiṇāni khādiṁ, obhaggobhaggañca me sākhābhaṅgaṁ khādiṁsu, āvilāni ca pānīyāni apāyiṁ, ogāhā ca me uttiṇṇassa hatthiniyo kāyaṁ upanighaṁsantiyo agamaṁsu. Sohaṁ etarahi eko gaṇasmā vūpakaṭṭho viharāmi, acchinnaggāni ceva tiṇāni khādāmi, obhaggobhaggañca me sākhābhaṅgaṁ na khādanti, anāvilāni ca pānīyāni pivāmi, ogāhā ca me uttiṇṇassa na hatthiniyo kāyaṁ upanighaṁsantiyo gacchantī’ti. So soṇḍāya sākhābhaṅgaṁ bhañjitvā sākhābhaṅgena kāyaṁ parimajjitvā attamano soṇḍaṁ saṁharati. 
;;;‘Formerly I lived crowded by other males, females, younglings, and cubs. I ate the grass they’d trampled, and they ate the broken branches I’d dragged down. I drank muddy water, and after my bath the female elephants bumped into me. Now I live alone, and I’m free of all these things.’ He breaks off a branch and scratches his body, happily relieving his itches. 
;;;So araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;Gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut, they sit down cross-legged, set their body straight, and establish mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;So attamano soṇḍaṁ saṁharati. 
;;;They happily relieve their itches. 
;;;

>En 

“Yasmiṁ, bhikkhave, samaye āraññikassa nāgassa gocarapasutassa hatthīpi hatthiniyopi hatthikalabhāpi hatthicchāpāpi purato purato gantvā tiṇaggāni chindanti, tena, bhikkhave, āraññiko nāgo aṭṭīyati harāyati jigucchati. ;;;“Mendicants, when a wild bull elephant is engrossed in the pasture, but other elephants—males, females, younglings, or cubs—got there first and trampled the grass, the wild bull elephant is horrified, repelled, and disgusted by that. 
;;;Chinnaggāni ceva tiṇāni khādāmi, obhaggobhaggañca me sākhābhaṅgaṁ khādanti, āvilāni ca pānīyāni pivāmi, ogāhā ca me uttiṇṇassa hatthiniyo kāyaṁ upanighaṁsantiyo gacchanti. 
;;;I eat the grass they’ve trampled, and they eat the broken branches I’ve dragged down. I drink muddy water, and after my bath the female elephants bump into me. 
;;;So aparena samayena eko gaṇasmā vūpakaṭṭho viharati, acchinnaggāni ceva tiṇāni khādati, obhaggobhaggañcassa sākhābhaṅgaṁ na khādanti, anāvilāni ca pānīyāni pivati, ogāhā cassa uttiṇṇassa na hatthiniyo kāyaṁ upanighaṁsantiyo gacchanti. 
;;;After some time he lives alone, withdrawn from the herd, and he eats untrampled grass, and other elephants don’t eat the broken branches he has dragged down. He doesn’t drink muddy water, and the female elephants don’t bump into him after his bath. 
;;;‘ahaṁ kho pubbe ākiṇṇo vihāsiṁ hatthīhi hatthinīhi hatthikalabhehi hatthicchāpehi, chinnaggāni ceva tiṇāni khādiṁ, obhaggobhaggañca me sākhābhaṅgaṁ khādiṁsu, āvilāni ca pānīyāni apāyiṁ, ogāhā ca me uttiṇṇassa hatthiniyo kāyaṁ upanighaṁsantiyo agamaṁsu. Sohaṁ etarahi eko gaṇasmā vūpakaṭṭho viharāmi, acchinnaggāni ceva tiṇāni khādāmi, obhaggobhaggañca me sākhābhaṅgaṁ na khādanti, anāvilāni ca pānīyāni pivāmi, ogāhā ca me uttiṇṇassa na hatthiniyo kāyaṁ upanighaṁsantiyo gacchantī’ti. So soṇḍāya sākhābhaṅgaṁ bhañjitvā sākhābhaṅgena kāyaṁ parimajjitvā attamano soṇḍaṁ saṁharati. 
;;;‘Formerly I lived crowded by other males, females, younglings, and cubs. I ate the grass they’d trampled, and they ate the broken branches I’d dragged down. I drank muddy water, and after my bath the female elephants bumped into me. Now I live alone, and I’m free of all these things.’ He breaks off a branch and scratches his body, happily relieving his itches. 
;;;So araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;Gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut, they sit down cross-legged, set their body straight, and establish mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;So attamano soṇḍaṁ saṁharati. 
;;;They happily relieve their itches. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā mallesu viharati uruvelakappaṁ nāma mallānaṁ nigamo. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Mallas, near the Mallian town named Uruvelakappa. 
;;;‘sace kho ahaṁ kāmesu ādīnavaṁ disvā taṁ bahulaṁ kareyyaṁ, nekkhamme ānisaṁsaṁ adhigamma tamāseveyyaṁ, 
;;;‘Suppose that, seeing the drawbacks of sensual pleasures, I were to cultivate that. And suppose that, realizing the benefits of renunciation, I were to develop that. 
;;;

>En 

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā mallesu viharati uruvelakappaṁ nāma mallānaṁ nigamo. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Mallas, near the Mallian town named Uruvelakappa. 
;;;‘sace kho ahaṁ kāmesu ādīnavaṁ disvā taṁ bahulaṁ kareyyaṁ, nekkhamme ānisaṁsaṁ adhigamma tamāseveyyaṁ, 
;;;‘Suppose that, seeing the drawbacks of sensual pleasures, I were to cultivate that. And suppose that, realizing the benefits of renunciation, I were to develop that. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

5. Sāmaññavagga ;;;5. Similarity 
;;;

>En 

5. Sāmaññavagga ;;;5. Similarity 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“‘Kāyasakkhī, kāyasakkhī’ti, āvuso, vuccati. ;;;“Reverend, they speak of a person called ‘direct witness’. 
;;;

>En 

“‘Kāyasakkhī, kāyasakkhī’ti, āvuso, vuccati. ;;;“Reverend, they speak of a person called ‘direct witness’. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Pañcime, bhikkhave, cetokhilā. ;;;“Mendicants, there are five kinds of hard-heartedness. 
;;;

>En 

“Pañcime, bhikkhave, cetokhilā. ;;;“Mendicants, there are five kinds of hard-heartedness. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Avippaṭisāro kho, ānanda, pāmojjattho pāmojjānisaṁso”ti. ;;;“Joy is the purpose and benefit of having no regrets.” 
;;;Iti kho, ānanda, kusalāni sīlāni anupubbena aggāya parentī”ti. 
;;;So, Ānanda, skillful ethics progressively lead up to the highest.” 
;;;

>En 

“Avippaṭisāro kho, ānanda, pāmojjattho pāmojjānisaṁso”ti. ;;;“Joy is the purpose and benefit of having no regrets.” 
;;;Iti kho, ānanda, kusalāni sīlāni anupubbena aggāya parentī”ti. 
;;;So, Ānanda, skillful ethics progressively lead up to the highest.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“siyā nu kho, bhante, bhikkhuno tathārūpo samādhipaṭilābho yathā neva pathaviyaṁ pathavisaññī assa, na āpasmiṁ āposaññī assa, na tejasmiṁ tejosaññī assa, na vāyasmiṁ vāyosaññī assa, na ākāsānañcāyatane ākāsānañcāyatanasaññī assa, na viññāṇañcāyatane viññāṇañcāyatanasaññī assa, na ākiñcaññāyatane ākiñcaññāyatanasaññī assa, na nevasaññānāsaññāyatane nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasaññī assa, na idhaloke idhalokasaññī assa, na paraloke paralokasaññī assa; saññī ca pana assā”ti? ;;;“Could it be, sir, that a mendicant might gain a state of immersion like this? They wouldn’t perceive earth in earth, water in water, fire in fire, or air in air. And they wouldn’t perceive the dimension of infinite space in the dimension of infinite space, the dimension of infinite consciousness in the dimension of infinite consciousness, the dimension of nothingness in the dimension of nothingness, or the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. And they wouldn’t perceive this world in this world, or the other world in the other world. And yet they would still perceive.” 
;;;

>En 

“siyā nu kho, bhante, bhikkhuno tathārūpo samādhipaṭilābho yathā neva pathaviyaṁ pathavisaññī assa, na āpasmiṁ āposaññī assa, na tejasmiṁ tejosaññī assa, na vāyasmiṁ vāyosaññī assa, na ākāsānañcāyatane ākāsānañcāyatanasaññī assa, na viññāṇañcāyatane viññāṇañcāyatanasaññī assa, na ākiñcaññāyatane ākiñcaññāyatanasaññī assa, na nevasaññānāsaññāyatane nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasaññī assa, na idhaloke idhalokasaññī assa, na paraloke paralokasaññī assa; saññī ca pana assā”ti? ;;;“Could it be, sir, that a mendicant might gain a state of immersion like this? They wouldn’t perceive earth in earth, water in water, fire in fire, or air in air. And they wouldn’t perceive the dimension of infinite space in the dimension of infinite space, the dimension of infinite consciousness in the dimension of infinite consciousness, the dimension of nothingness in the dimension of nothingness, or the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. And they wouldn’t perceive this world in this world, or the other world in the other world. And yet they would still perceive.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Saddho ca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu hoti, no ca sīlavā; ;;;“Mendicants, a mendicant is faithful but not ethical. 
;;;vinayadharo ca, no ca āraññiko pantasenāsano … 
;;;they don’t stay in the wilderness, in remote lodgings … 
;;;

>En 

“Saddho ca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu hoti, no ca sīlavā; ;;;“Mendicants, a mendicant is faithful but not ethical. 
;;;vinayadharo ca, no ca āraññiko pantasenāsano … 
;;;they don’t stay in the wilderness, in remote lodgings … 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

2. Nāthavagga ;;;2. A Protector 
;;;appaḍaṁsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassaṁ; 
;;;There’s little disturbance from flies, mosquitoes, wind, sun, and reptiles. 
;;;

>En 

2. Nāthavagga ;;;2. A Protector 
;;;appaḍaṁsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassaṁ; 
;;;There’s little disturbance from flies, mosquitoes, wind, sun, and reptiles. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno kāmacchando pahīno hoti, byāpādo pahīno hoti, thinamiddhaṁ pahīnaṁ hoti, uddhaccakukkuccaṁ pahīnaṁ hoti, vicikicchā pahīnā hoti. ;;;It’s when a mendicant has given up sensual desire, ill will, dullness and drowsiness, restlessness and remorse, and doubt. 
;;;pañca aṅge vivajjayaṁ; 
;;;and rid of five factors, 
;;;

>En 

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno kāmacchando pahīno hoti, byāpādo pahīno hoti, thinamiddhaṁ pahīnaṁ hoti, uddhaccakukkuccaṁ pahīnaṁ hoti, vicikicchā pahīnā hoti. ;;;It’s when a mendicant has given up sensual desire, ill will, dullness and drowsiness, restlessness and remorse, and doubt. 
;;;pañca aṅge vivajjayaṁ; 
;;;and rid of five factors, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu pañcaṅgavippahīno hoti, chaḷaṅgasamannāgato, ekārakkho, caturāpasseno, paṇunnapaccekasacco, samavayasaṭṭhesano, anāvilasaṅkappo, passaddhakāyasaṅkhāro, suvimuttacitto, suvimuttapañño. ;;;A mendicant has given up five factors, is endowed with six factors, has a single guard, has four supports, has eliminated idiosyncratic interpretations of the truth, has totally given up searching, has pure intentions, has stilled the physical process, and is well freed in mind and well freed by wisdom. 
;;;

>En 

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu pañcaṅgavippahīno hoti, chaḷaṅgasamannāgato, ekārakkho, caturāpasseno, paṇunnapaccekasacco, samavayasaṭṭhesano, anāvilasaṅkappo, passaddhakāyasaṅkhāro, suvimuttacitto, suvimuttapañño. ;;;A mendicant has given up five factors, is endowed with six factors, has a single guard, has four supports, has eliminated idiosyncratic interpretations of the truth, has totally given up searching, has pure intentions, has stilled the physical process, and is well freed in mind and well freed by wisdom. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

sabbāni tāni nunnāni honti paṇunnāni cattāni vantāni muttāni pahīnāni paṭinissaṭṭhāni. ;;;A mendicant has dispelled, eliminated, thrown out, rejected, let go of, given up, and relinquished all these. 
;;;

>En 

sabbāni tāni nunnāni honti paṇunnāni cattāni vantāni muttāni pahīnāni paṭinissaṭṭhāni. ;;;A mendicant has dispelled, eliminated, thrown out, rejected, let go of, given up, and relinquished all these. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Vijambhitvā samantā catuddisaṁ anuviloketi. ;;;looks all around the four quarters, 
;;;Samantā catuddisaṁ anuviloketvā tikkhattuṁ sīhanādaṁ nadati. 
;;;and roars his lion’s roar three times. 
;;;

>En 

Vijambhitvā samantā catuddisaṁ anuviloketi. ;;;looks all around the four quarters, 
;;;Samantā catuddisaṁ anuviloketvā tikkhattuṁ sīhanādaṁ nadati. 
;;;and roars his lion’s roar three times. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Ye te, ānanda, dhammā tesaṁ tesaṁ adhivuttipadānaṁ abhiññā sacchikiriyāya saṁvattanti, visārado ahaṁ, ānanda, tattha paṭijānāmi. ;;;“Ānanda, I claim to be assured regarding the teachings that lead to realizing by insight the various different hypotheses. 
;;;

>En 

“Ye te, ānanda, dhammā tesaṁ tesaṁ adhivuttipadānaṁ abhiññā sacchikiriyāya saṁvattanti, visārado ahaṁ, ānanda, tattha paṭijānāmi. ;;;“Ānanda, I claim to be assured regarding the teachings that lead to realizing by insight the various different hypotheses. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atthi, bhikkhave, dhammā neva kāyena pahātabbā no vācāya, paññāya disvā pahātabbā. ;;;There are things that should be given up neither by the body, nor by speech, but by seeing again and again with wisdom. 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu akusalaṁ āpanno hoti kiñci desaṁ kāyena. 
;;;It’s when a mendicant has committed a certain unskillful offense by way of body. 
;;;

>En 

Atthi, bhikkhave, dhammā neva kāyena pahātabbā no vācāya, paññāya disvā pahātabbā. ;;;There are things that should be given up neither by the body, nor by speech, but by seeing again and again with wisdom. 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu akusalaṁ āpanno hoti kiñci desaṁ kāyena. 
;;;It’s when a mendicant has committed a certain unskillful offense by way of body. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Pathavīkasiṇasamāpattiparamā kho, bhagini, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā ‘attho’ti abhinibbattesuṁ. ;;;“Sister, some ascetics and brahmins regard the attainment of the meditation on universal earth to be the ultimate. Thinking ‘this is the goal’, they are reborn. 
;;;Tadabhiññāya bhagavā assādamaddasa ādīnavamaddasa nissaraṇamaddasa maggāmaggañāṇadassanamaddasa. 
;;;Directly knowing this he saw the beginning, the drawback, and the escape. And he saw the knowledge and vision of what is the path and what is not the path. 
;;;

>En 

“Pathavīkasiṇasamāpattiparamā kho, bhagini, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā ‘attho’ti abhinibbattesuṁ. ;;;“Sister, some ascetics and brahmins regard the attainment of the meditation on universal earth to be the ultimate. Thinking ‘this is the goal’, they are reborn. 
;;;Tadabhiññāya bhagavā assādamaddasa ādīnavamaddasa nissaraṇamaddasa maggāmaggañāṇadassanamaddasa. 
;;;Directly knowing this he saw the beginning, the drawback, and the escape. And he saw the knowledge and vision of what is the path and what is not the path. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Iti kho, āvuso, yaṁ taṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitāsu mahāpañhāsu: ;;;That’s how I understand the detailed meaning of what the Buddha said in brief in ‘The Great Questions’. 
;;;Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho kajaṅgalakā upāsakā yāvatako ahosi kajaṅgalikāya bhikkhuniyā saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo, taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesuṁ. 
;;;and informed the Buddha of all they had discussed. 
;;;Mañcepi tumhe, gahapatayo, upasaṅkamitvā etamatthaṁ paṭipuccheyyātha, ahampi cetaṁ evamevaṁ byākareyyaṁ yathā taṁ kajaṅgalikāya bhikkhuniyā byākataṁ. 
;;;If you came to me and asked this question, I would answer it in exactly the same way as the nun Kajaṅgalikā. 
;;;

>En 

Iti kho, āvuso, yaṁ taṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitāsu mahāpañhāsu: ;;;That’s how I understand the detailed meaning of what the Buddha said in brief in ‘The Great Questions’. 
;;;Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho kajaṅgalakā upāsakā yāvatako ahosi kajaṅgalikāya bhikkhuniyā saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo, taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesuṁ. 
;;;and informed the Buddha of all they had discussed. 
;;;Mañcepi tumhe, gahapatayo, upasaṅkamitvā etamatthaṁ paṭipuccheyyātha, ahampi cetaṁ evamevaṁ byākareyyaṁ yathā taṁ kajaṅgalikāya bhikkhuniyā byākataṁ. 
;;;If you came to me and asked this question, I would answer it in exactly the same way as the nun Kajaṅgalikā. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tasmiṁ sahassadhā loke sahassaṁ candānaṁ sahassaṁ sūriyānaṁ sahassaṁ sinerupabbatarājānaṁ sahassaṁ jambudīpānaṁ sahassaṁ aparagoyānānaṁ sahassaṁ uttarakurūnaṁ sahassaṁ pubbavidehānaṁ cattāri mahāsamuddasahassāni cattāri mahārājasahassāni sahassaṁ cātumahārājikānaṁ sahassaṁ tāvatiṁsānaṁ sahassaṁ yāmānaṁ sahassaṁ tusitānaṁ sahassaṁ nimmānaratīnaṁ sahassaṁ paranimmitavasavattīnaṁ sahassaṁ brahmalokānaṁ. ;;;In that galaxy there are a thousand moons, a thousand suns, a thousand Sinerus king of mountains, a thousand Black Plum Tree Lands, a thousand Western Continents, a thousand Northern Continents, a thousand Eastern Continents, four thousand oceans, four thousand great kings, a thousand realms of the gods of the four great kings, a thousand realms of the gods of the thirty-three, of the gods of Yama, of the joyful gods, of the gods who love to imagine, of the gods who control what is imagined by others, and a thousand realms of divinity. 
;;;Saṁvaṭṭamāne, bhikkhave, loke yebhuyyena sattā ābhassarasaṁvattanikā bhavanti. 
;;;As it contracts, most sentient beings migrate to the realm of streaming radiance. 
;;;

>En 

Tasmiṁ sahassadhā loke sahassaṁ candānaṁ sahassaṁ sūriyānaṁ sahassaṁ sinerupabbatarājānaṁ sahassaṁ jambudīpānaṁ sahassaṁ aparagoyānānaṁ sahassaṁ uttarakurūnaṁ sahassaṁ pubbavidehānaṁ cattāri mahāsamuddasahassāni cattāri mahārājasahassāni sahassaṁ cātumahārājikānaṁ sahassaṁ tāvatiṁsānaṁ sahassaṁ yāmānaṁ sahassaṁ tusitānaṁ sahassaṁ nimmānaratīnaṁ sahassaṁ paranimmitavasavattīnaṁ sahassaṁ brahmalokānaṁ. ;;;In that galaxy there are a thousand moons, a thousand suns, a thousand Sinerus king of mountains, a thousand Black Plum Tree Lands, a thousand Western Continents, a thousand Northern Continents, a thousand Eastern Continents, four thousand oceans, four thousand great kings, a thousand realms of the gods of the four great kings, a thousand realms of the gods of the thirty-three, of the gods of Yama, of the joyful gods, of the gods who love to imagine, of the gods who control what is imagined by others, and a thousand realms of divinity. 
;;;Saṁvaṭṭamāne, bhikkhave, loke yebhuyyena sattā ābhassarasaṁvattanikā bhavanti. 
;;;As it contracts, most sentient beings migrate to the realm of streaming radiance. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Puna caparaṁ, bhante, bhagavā yāyaṁ kathā abhisallekhikā cetovivaraṇasappāyā, seyyathidaṁ—appicchakathā santuṭṭhikathā pavivekakathā asaṁsaggakathā vīriyārambhakathā sīlakathā samādhikathā paññākathā vimuttikathā vimuttiñāṇadassanakathā, evarūpāya kathāya nikāmalābhī akicchalābhī akasiralābhī. ;;;Furthermore, the Buddha gets to take part in talk about self-effacement that helps open the heart, when he wants, without trouble or difficulty. That is, talk about fewness of wishes, contentment, seclusion, aloofness, arousing energy, ethics, immersion, wisdom, freedom, and the knowledge and vision of freedom. 
;;;Yampi, bhante, bhagavā yāyaṁ kathā abhisallekhikā cetovivaraṇasappāyā, seyyathidaṁ—appicchakathā …pe… vimuttiñāṇadassanakathā, evarūpāya kathāya nikāmalābhī akicchalābhī akasiralābhī, idampi kho ahaṁ, bhante, atthavasaṁ sampassamāno bhagavati evarūpaṁ paramanipaccakāraṁ karomi, mettūpahāraṁ upadaṁsemi. 
;;;This is another reason that I demonstrate such utmost devotion for the Buddha, conveying my manifest love. 
;;;

>En 

Puna caparaṁ, bhante, bhagavā yāyaṁ kathā abhisallekhikā cetovivaraṇasappāyā, seyyathidaṁ—appicchakathā santuṭṭhikathā pavivekakathā asaṁsaggakathā vīriyārambhakathā sīlakathā samādhikathā paññākathā vimuttikathā vimuttiñāṇadassanakathā, evarūpāya kathāya nikāmalābhī akicchalābhī akasiralābhī. ;;;Furthermore, the Buddha gets to take part in talk about self-effacement that helps open the heart, when he wants, without trouble or difficulty. That is, talk about fewness of wishes, contentment, seclusion, aloofness, arousing energy, ethics, immersion, wisdom, freedom, and the knowledge and vision of freedom. 
;;;Yampi, bhante, bhagavā yāyaṁ kathā abhisallekhikā cetovivaraṇasappāyā, seyyathidaṁ—appicchakathā …pe… vimuttiñāṇadassanakathā, evarūpāya kathāya nikāmalābhī akicchalābhī akasiralābhī, idampi kho ahaṁ, bhante, atthavasaṁ sampassamāno bhagavati evarūpaṁ paramanipaccakāraṁ karomi, mettūpahāraṁ upadaṁsemi. 
;;;This is another reason that I demonstrate such utmost devotion for the Buddha, conveying my manifest love. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Saṅghaṁ samaggaṁ bhinditvā, ;;;After causing schism in a harmonious Saṅgha, 
;;;

>En 

Saṅghaṁ samaggaṁ bhinditvā, ;;;After causing schism in a harmonious Saṅgha, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

‘Atthi nu kho me uttari manussadhammo alamariyañāṇadassanaviseso adhigato, yenāhaṁ pacchime kāle sabrahmacārīhi puṭṭho na maṅku bhavissāmī’ti pabbajitena abhiṇhaṁ paccavekkhitabbaṁ. ;;;‘Do I have any superhuman distinctions in knowledge and vision worthy of the noble ones, so that when my spiritual companions question me on my deathbed I will not be embarrassed?’ 
;;;

>En 

‘Atthi nu kho me uttari manussadhammo alamariyañāṇadassanaviseso adhigato, yenāhaṁ pacchime kāle sabrahmacārīhi puṭṭho na maṅku bhavissāmī’ti pabbajitena abhiṇhaṁ paccavekkhitabbaṁ. ;;;‘Do I have any superhuman distinctions in knowledge and vision worthy of the noble ones, so that when my spiritual companions question me on my deathbed I will not be embarrassed?’ 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Sītaṁ, uṇhaṁ, jighacchā, pipāsā, uccāro, passāvo, kāyasaṁvaro, vacīsaṁvaro, ājīvasaṁvaro, ponobhaviko bhavasaṅkhāro— ;;;Cold, heat, hunger, thirst, feces, urine, restraint of body, speech, and livelihood, and the will to live that leads to future lives. 
;;;

>En 

Sītaṁ, uṇhaṁ, jighacchā, pipāsā, uccāro, passāvo, kāyasaṁvaro, vacīsaṁvaro, ājīvasaṁvaro, ponobhaviko bhavasaṅkhāro— ;;;Cold, heat, hunger, thirst, feces, urine, restraint of body, speech, and livelihood, and the will to live that leads to future lives. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena upaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the assembly hall. He sat down on the seat spread out, 
;;;Dasayime, bhikkhave, dhammā sāraṇīyā piyakaraṇā garukaraṇā saṅgahāya avivādāya sāmaggiyā ekībhāvāya saṁvattanti. 
;;;There are ten warm-hearted qualities that make for fondness and respect, conducing to inclusion, harmony, and unity, without quarreling. 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena upaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the assembly hall. He sat down on the seat spread out, 
;;;Dasayime, bhikkhave, dhammā sāraṇīyā piyakaraṇā garukaraṇā saṅgahāya avivādāya sāmaggiyā ekībhāvāya saṁvattanti. 
;;;There are ten warm-hearted qualities that make for fondness and respect, conducing to inclusion, harmony, and unity, without quarreling. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“No ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhu paracittapariyāyakusalo hoti, atha ‘sacittapariyāyakusalo bhavissāmī’ti— ;;;“Mendicants, if a mendicant isn’t skilled in the ways of another’s mind, then they should train themselves: ‘I will be skilled in the ways of my own mind.’ 
;;;

>En 

“No ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhu paracittapariyāyakusalo hoti, atha ‘sacittapariyāyakusalo bhavissāmī’ti— ;;;“Mendicants, if a mendicant isn’t skilled in the ways of another’s mind, then they should train themselves: ‘I will be skilled in the ways of my own mind.’ 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“āvuso bhikkhave”ti. ;;;“Reverends, mendicants!” 
;;;

>En 

“āvuso bhikkhave”ti. ;;;“Reverends, mendicants!” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Aniccasaññā, anattasaññā, maraṇasaññā, āhāre paṭikūlasaññā, sabbaloke anabhiratasaññā, aṭṭhikasaññā, puḷavakasaññā, vinīlakasaññā, vicchiddakasaññā, uddhumātakasaññā— ;;;The perceptions of impermanence, not-self, death, repulsiveness of food, dissatisfaction with the whole world, a skeleton, a worm-infested corpse, a livid corpse, a split open corpse, and a bloated corpse. 
;;;

>En 

Aniccasaññā, anattasaññā, maraṇasaññā, āhāre paṭikūlasaññā, sabbaloke anabhiratasaññā, aṭṭhikasaññā, puḷavakasaññā, vinīlakasaññā, vicchiddakasaññā, uddhumātakasaññā— ;;;The perceptions of impermanence, not-self, death, repulsiveness of food, dissatisfaction with the whole world, a skeleton, a worm-infested corpse, a livid corpse, a split open corpse, and a bloated corpse. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

cakkhurogo sotarogo ghānarogo jivhārogo kāyarogo sīsarogo kaṇṇarogo mukharogo dantarogo oṭṭharogo kāso sāso pināso ḍāho jaro kucchirogo mucchā pakkhandikā sūlā visūcikā kuṭṭhaṁ gaṇḍo kilāso soso apamāro daddu kaṇḍu kacchu nakhasā vitacchikā lohitaṁ pittaṁ madhumeho aṁsā piḷakā bhagandalā pittasamuṭṭhānā ābādhā semhasamuṭṭhānā ābādhā vātasamuṭṭhānā ābādhā sannipātikā ābādhā utupariṇāmajā ābādhā visamaparihārajā ābādhā opakkamikā ābādhā kammavipākajā ābādhā sītaṁ uṇhaṁ jighacchā pipāsā uccāro passāvo’ti. ;;;Diseases of the eye, inner ear, nose, tongue, body, head, outer ear, mouth, teeth, and lips. Cough, asthma, catarrh, inflammation, fever, stomach ache, fainting, dysentery, gastric pain, cholera, leprosy, boils, eczema, tuberculosis, epilepsy, herpes, itch, scabs, smallpox, scabies, hemorrhage, diabetes, piles, pimples, and ulcers. Afflictions stemming from disorders of bile, phlegm, wind, or their conjunction. Afflictions caused by change in weather, by not taking care of yourself, by overexertion, or as the result of past deeds. Cold, heat, hunger, thirst, defecation, and urination.’ 
;;;Idhānanda, bhikkhu araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;It’s when a mendicant has gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut, sits down cross-legged, sets their body straight, and establishes mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;

>En 

cakkhurogo sotarogo ghānarogo jivhārogo kāyarogo sīsarogo kaṇṇarogo mukharogo dantarogo oṭṭharogo kāso sāso pināso ḍāho jaro kucchirogo mucchā pakkhandikā sūlā visūcikā kuṭṭhaṁ gaṇḍo kilāso soso apamāro daddu kaṇḍu kacchu nakhasā vitacchikā lohitaṁ pittaṁ madhumeho aṁsā piḷakā bhagandalā pittasamuṭṭhānā ābādhā semhasamuṭṭhānā ābādhā vātasamuṭṭhānā ābādhā sannipātikā ābādhā utupariṇāmajā ābādhā visamaparihārajā ābādhā opakkamikā ābādhā kammavipākajā ābādhā sītaṁ uṇhaṁ jighacchā pipāsā uccāro passāvo’ti. ;;;Diseases of the eye, inner ear, nose, tongue, body, head, outer ear, mouth, teeth, and lips. Cough, asthma, catarrh, inflammation, fever, stomach ache, fainting, dysentery, gastric pain, cholera, leprosy, boils, eczema, tuberculosis, epilepsy, herpes, itch, scabs, smallpox, scabies, hemorrhage, diabetes, piles, pimples, and ulcers. Afflictions stemming from disorders of bile, phlegm, wind, or their conjunction. Afflictions caused by change in weather, by not taking care of yourself, by overexertion, or as the result of past deeds. Cold, heat, hunger, thirst, defecation, and urination.’ 
;;;Idhānanda, bhikkhu araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;It’s when a mendicant has gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut, sits down cross-legged, sets their body straight, and establishes mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Avijjampāhaṁ, bhikkhave, sāhāraṁ vadāmi, no anāhāraṁ. ;;;I say that ignorance is fueled by something, it’s not unfueled. 
;;;Pañcapāhaṁ, bhikkhave, nīvaraṇe sāhāre vadāmi, no anāhāre. 
;;;I say that the five hindrances are fueled by something, they’re not unfueled. 
;;;Tīṇipāhaṁ, bhikkhave, duccaritāni sāhārāni vadāmi, no anāhārāni. 
;;;I say that the three kinds of misconduct are fueled by something, they’re not unfueled. 
;;;Indriyaasaṁvarampāhaṁ, bhikkhave, sāhāraṁ vadāmi, no anāhāraṁ. 
;;;I say that lack of sense restraint is fueled by something, it’s not unfueled. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, uparipabbate thullaphusitake deve vassante (…) taṁ udakaṁ yathāninnaṁ pavattamānaṁ pabbatakandarapadarasākhā paripūreti, pabbatakandarapadarasākhā paripūrā kusobbhe paripūrenti. Kusobbhā paripūrā mahāsobbhe paripūrenti, mahāsobbhā paripūrā kunnadiyo paripūrenti, kunnadiyo paripūrā mahānadiyo paripūrenti, mahānadiyo paripūrā mahāsamuddaṁ sāgaraṁ paripūrenti; 
;;;It’s like when the heavens rain heavily on a mountain top, and the water flows downhill to fill the hollows, crevices, and creeks. As they become full, they fill up the pools. The pools fill up the lakes, the lakes fill up the streams, and the streams fill up the rivers. And as the rivers become full, they fill up the ocean. 
;;;

>En 

Avijjampāhaṁ, bhikkhave, sāhāraṁ vadāmi, no anāhāraṁ. ;;;I say that ignorance is fueled by something, it’s not unfueled. 
;;;Pañcapāhaṁ, bhikkhave, nīvaraṇe sāhāre vadāmi, no anāhāre. 
;;;I say that the five hindrances are fueled by something, they’re not unfueled. 
;;;Tīṇipāhaṁ, bhikkhave, duccaritāni sāhārāni vadāmi, no anāhārāni. 
;;;I say that the three kinds of misconduct are fueled by something, they’re not unfueled. 
;;;Indriyaasaṁvarampāhaṁ, bhikkhave, sāhāraṁ vadāmi, no anāhāraṁ. 
;;;I say that lack of sense restraint is fueled by something, it’s not unfueled. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, uparipabbate thullaphusitake deve vassante (…) taṁ udakaṁ yathāninnaṁ pavattamānaṁ pabbatakandarapadarasākhā paripūreti, pabbatakandarapadarasākhā paripūrā kusobbhe paripūrenti. Kusobbhā paripūrā mahāsobbhe paripūrenti, mahāsobbhā paripūrā kunnadiyo paripūrenti, kunnadiyo paripūrā mahānadiyo paripūrenti, mahānadiyo paripūrā mahāsamuddaṁ sāgaraṁ paripūrenti; 
;;;It’s like when the heavens rain heavily on a mountain top, and the water flows downhill to fill the hollows, crevices, and creeks. As they become full, they fill up the pools. The pools fill up the lakes, the lakes fill up the streams, and the streams fill up the rivers. And as the rivers become full, they fill up the ocean. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Vigatathinamiddho kho, sāriputta, bhikkhusaṅgho. ;;;“Sāriputta, the Saṅgha of mendicants is rid of dullness and drowsiness. 
;;;“Yassa kassaci, āvuso, saddhā natthi kusalesu dhammesu, hirī natthi … 
;;;“Reverends, whoever has no faith, conscience, prudence, energy, and wisdom when it comes to skillful qualities 
;;;vīriyaṁ natthi … 
;;; 
;;;‘Assaddho purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, parihānametaṁ; 
;;;A faithless individual is in decline. 
;;;‘ahiriko purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, parihānametaṁ; 
;;;An individual with no conscience is in decline. 
;;;‘anottappī purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, parihānametaṁ; 
;;;An imprudent individual is in decline. 
;;;‘kusīto purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, parihānametaṁ; 
;;;A lazy individual is in decline. 
;;;‘duppañño purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, parihānametaṁ; 
;;;A witless individual is in decline. 
;;;‘kodhano purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, parihānametaṁ; 
;;;An irritable individual is in decline. 
;;;‘upanāhī purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, parihānametaṁ; 
;;;An acrimonious individual is in decline. 
;;;‘pāpiccho purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, parihānametaṁ; 
;;;An individual with corrupt wishes is in decline. 
;;;‘pāpamitto purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, parihānametaṁ; 
;;;An individual with bad friends is in decline. 
;;;‘micchādiṭṭhiko purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, parihānametaṁ. 
;;;An individual with wrong view is in decline. 
;;;‘Saddho purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, aparihānametaṁ; 
;;;A faithful individual doesn’t decline. 
;;;‘hirīmā purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, aparihānametaṁ; 
;;;An individual with a conscience doesn’t decline. 
;;;‘ottappī purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, aparihānametaṁ; 
;;;A prudent individual doesn’t decline. 
;;;‘āraddhavīriyo purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, aparihānametaṁ; 
;;;An energetic individual doesn’t decline. 
;;;‘paññavā purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, aparihānametaṁ; 
;;;A wise individual doesn’t decline. 
;;;‘akkodhano purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, aparihānametaṁ; 
;;;A loving individual doesn’t decline. 
;;;‘anupanāhī purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, aparihānametaṁ; 
;;;A kind individual doesn’t decline. 
;;;‘appiccho purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, aparihānametaṁ; 
;;;An individual with few desires doesn’t decline. 
;;;‘kalyāṇamitto purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, aparihānametaṁ; 
;;;An individual with good friends doesn’t decline. 
;;;‘Assaddho purisapuggalo’ti, sāriputta, parihānametaṁ; 
;;;A faithless individual is in decline. 
;;;‘micchādiṭṭhiko purisapuggalo’ti, sāriputta, parihānametaṁ. 
;;;An individual with wrong view is in decline. 
;;;‘Saddho purisapuggalo’ti, sāriputta, aparihānametaṁ; 
;;;A faithful individual doesn’t decline. 
;;;

>En 

“Vigatathinamiddho kho, sāriputta, bhikkhusaṅgho. ;;;“Sāriputta, the Saṅgha of mendicants is rid of dullness and drowsiness. 
;;;“Yassa kassaci, āvuso, saddhā natthi kusalesu dhammesu, hirī natthi … 
;;;“Reverends, whoever has no faith, conscience, prudence, energy, and wisdom when it comes to skillful qualities 
;;;vīriyaṁ natthi … 
;;; 
;;;‘Assaddho purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, parihānametaṁ; 
;;;A faithless individual is in decline. 
;;;‘ahiriko purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, parihānametaṁ; 
;;;An individual with no conscience is in decline. 
;;;‘anottappī purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, parihānametaṁ; 
;;;An imprudent individual is in decline. 
;;;‘kusīto purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, parihānametaṁ; 
;;;A lazy individual is in decline. 
;;;‘duppañño purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, parihānametaṁ; 
;;;A witless individual is in decline. 
;;;‘kodhano purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, parihānametaṁ; 
;;;An irritable individual is in decline. 
;;;‘upanāhī purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, parihānametaṁ; 
;;;An acrimonious individual is in decline. 
;;;‘pāpiccho purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, parihānametaṁ; 
;;;An individual with corrupt wishes is in decline. 
;;;‘pāpamitto purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, parihānametaṁ; 
;;;An individual with bad friends is in decline. 
;;;‘micchādiṭṭhiko purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, parihānametaṁ. 
;;;An individual with wrong view is in decline. 
;;;‘Saddho purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, aparihānametaṁ; 
;;;A faithful individual doesn’t decline. 
;;;‘hirīmā purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, aparihānametaṁ; 
;;;An individual with a conscience doesn’t decline. 
;;;‘ottappī purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, aparihānametaṁ; 
;;;A prudent individual doesn’t decline. 
;;;‘āraddhavīriyo purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, aparihānametaṁ; 
;;;An energetic individual doesn’t decline. 
;;;‘paññavā purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, aparihānametaṁ; 
;;;A wise individual doesn’t decline. 
;;;‘akkodhano purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, aparihānametaṁ; 
;;;A loving individual doesn’t decline. 
;;;‘anupanāhī purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, aparihānametaṁ; 
;;;A kind individual doesn’t decline. 
;;;‘appiccho purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, aparihānametaṁ; 
;;;An individual with few desires doesn’t decline. 
;;;‘kalyāṇamitto purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, aparihānametaṁ; 
;;;An individual with good friends doesn’t decline. 
;;;‘Assaddho purisapuggalo’ti, sāriputta, parihānametaṁ; 
;;;A faithless individual is in decline. 
;;;‘micchādiṭṭhiko purisapuggalo’ti, sāriputta, parihānametaṁ. 
;;;An individual with wrong view is in decline. 
;;;‘Saddho purisapuggalo’ti, sāriputta, aparihānametaṁ; 
;;;A faithful individual doesn’t decline. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena upaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the assembly hall, where he sat on the seat spread out 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena upaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the assembly hall, where he sat on the seat spread out 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Ākaṅkheyya ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ‘ye me petā ñātī sālohitā kālaṅkatā pasannacittā anussaranti tesaṁ taṁ mahapphalaṁ assa mahānisaṁsan’ti, sīlesvevassa …pe… brūhetā suññāgārānaṁ. ;;;A mendicant might wish: ‘When deceased family and relatives who have passed away recollect me with a confident mind, may this be very fruitful and beneficial for them.’ So let them fulfill their precepts … 
;;;Ākaṅkheyya ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ‘khamo assaṁ sītassa uṇhassa jighacchāya pipāsāya ḍaṁsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassānaṁ, duruttānaṁ durāgatānaṁ vacanapathānaṁ uppannānaṁ sārīrikānaṁ vedanānaṁ dukkhānaṁ tibbānaṁ kharānaṁ kaṭukānaṁ asātānaṁ amanāpānaṁ pāṇaharānaṁ adhivāsakajātiko assan’ti, sīlesvevassa …pe… brūhetā suññāgārānaṁ. 
;;;A mendicant might wish: ‘May I endure cold, heat, hunger, and thirst. May I endure the touch of flies, mosquitoes, wind, sun, and reptiles. May I endure rude and unwelcome criticism. And may I put up with physical pain—sharp, severe, acute, unpleasant, disagreeable, and life-threatening.’ So let them fulfill their precepts … 
;;;

>En 

Ākaṅkheyya ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ‘ye me petā ñātī sālohitā kālaṅkatā pasannacittā anussaranti tesaṁ taṁ mahapphalaṁ assa mahānisaṁsan’ti, sīlesvevassa …pe… brūhetā suññāgārānaṁ. ;;;A mendicant might wish: ‘When deceased family and relatives who have passed away recollect me with a confident mind, may this be very fruitful and beneficial for them.’ So let them fulfill their precepts … 
;;;Ākaṅkheyya ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ‘khamo assaṁ sītassa uṇhassa jighacchāya pipāsāya ḍaṁsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassānaṁ, duruttānaṁ durāgatānaṁ vacanapathānaṁ uppannānaṁ sārīrikānaṁ vedanānaṁ dukkhānaṁ tibbānaṁ kharānaṁ kaṭukānaṁ asātānaṁ amanāpānaṁ pāṇaharānaṁ adhivāsakajātiko assan’ti, sīlesvevassa …pe… brūhetā suññāgārānaṁ. 
;;;A mendicant might wish: ‘May I endure cold, heat, hunger, and thirst. May I endure the touch of flies, mosquitoes, wind, sun, and reptiles. May I endure rude and unwelcome criticism. And may I put up with physical pain—sharp, severe, acute, unpleasant, disagreeable, and life-threatening.’ So let them fulfill their precepts … 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

āyasmatā ca cālena, āyasmatā ca upacālena, āyasmatā ca kukkuṭena, āyasmatā ca kaḷimbhena, āyasmatā ca nikaṭena, āyasmatā ca kaṭissahena; ;;;They included Venerables Cāla, Upacāla, Kakkaṭa, Kaṭimbha, Kaṭa, Kaṭissaṅga, 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā abhiññātā abhiññātā licchavī bhadrehi bhadrehi yānehi parapurāya uccāsaddā mahāsaddā mahāvanaṁ ajjhogāhanti bhagavantaṁ dassanāya. 
;;;Now at that time several well-known Licchavis plunged deep into the Great Wood to see the Buddha. Driving a succession of fine carriages, they made a dreadful racket. 
;;;Tattha mayaṁ appasaddā appākiṇṇā phāsuṁ vihareyyāmā”ti. 
;;;There we can meditate comfortably, free of noise and crowds.” 
;;;

>En 

āyasmatā ca cālena, āyasmatā ca upacālena, āyasmatā ca kukkuṭena, āyasmatā ca kaḷimbhena, āyasmatā ca nikaṭena, āyasmatā ca kaṭissahena; ;;;They included Venerables Cāla, Upacāla, Kakkaṭa, Kaṭimbha, Kaṭa, Kaṭissaṅga, 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā abhiññātā abhiññātā licchavī bhadrehi bhadrehi yānehi parapurāya uccāsaddā mahāsaddā mahāvanaṁ ajjhogāhanti bhagavantaṁ dassanāya. 
;;;Now at that time several well-known Licchavis plunged deep into the Great Wood to see the Buddha. Driving a succession of fine carriages, they made a dreadful racket. 
;;;Tattha mayaṁ appasaddā appākiṇṇā phāsuṁ vihareyyāmā”ti. 
;;;There we can meditate comfortably, free of noise and crowds.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Kā cānanda, migasālā upāsikā bālā abyattā ammakā ammakapaññā, ke ca purisapuggalaparopariye ñāṇe? ;;;“Ānanda, who is this laywoman Migasālā, a foolish incompetent aunty, with an aunty’s wit? And who is it that knows how to assess individuals? 
;;;Tassa savanenapi kataṁ hoti, bāhusaccenapi kataṁ hoti, diṭṭhiyāpi paṭividdhaṁ hoti, sāmāyikampi vimuttiṁ labhati. 
;;;And they have listened and learned and comprehended theoretically and found at least temporary freedom. 
;;;Ahaṁ vā, ānanda, puggalesu pamāṇaṁ gaṇheyyaṁ yo vā panassa mādiso. 
;;;I, or someone like me, may pass judgment on people. 
;;;

>En 

“Kā cānanda, migasālā upāsikā bālā abyattā ammakā ammakapaññā, ke ca purisapuggalaparopariye ñāṇe? ;;;“Ānanda, who is this laywoman Migasālā, a foolish incompetent aunty, with an aunty’s wit? And who is it that knows how to assess individuals? 
;;;Tassa savanenapi kataṁ hoti, bāhusaccenapi kataṁ hoti, diṭṭhiyāpi paṭividdhaṁ hoti, sāmāyikampi vimuttiṁ labhati. 
;;;And they have listened and learned and comprehended theoretically and found at least temporary freedom. 
;;;Ahaṁ vā, ānanda, puggalesu pamāṇaṁ gaṇheyyaṁ yo vā panassa mādiso. 
;;;I, or someone like me, may pass judgment on people. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Ariyānaṁ adassanakamyataṁ appahāya, ariyadhammassa asotukamyataṁ appahāya, upārambhacittataṁ appahāya— ;;;Not wanting to see the noble ones, not wanting to hear the teaching of the noble ones, and a fault-finding mind. 
;;;

>En 

Ariyānaṁ adassanakamyataṁ appahāya, ariyadhammassa asotukamyataṁ appahāya, upārambhacittataṁ appahāya— ;;;Not wanting to see the noble ones, not wanting to hear the teaching of the noble ones, and a fault-finding mind. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho āyasmā vāhano yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā vāhano bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: ;;;Then Venerable Bāhuna went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him: 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho āyasmā vāhano yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā vāhano bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: ;;;Then Venerable Bāhuna went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Imehi kho, puṇṇiya, dasahi dhammehi samannāgatā ekantapaṭibhānā tathāgataṁ dhammadesanā hotī”ti. ;;;When someone has these ten qualities, the Realized One feels totally inspired to teach.” 
;;;

>En 

Imehi kho, puṇṇiya, dasahi dhammehi samannāgatā ekantapaṭibhānā tathāgataṁ dhammadesanā hotī”ti. ;;;When someone has these ten qualities, the Realized One feels totally inspired to teach.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tatra kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhikkhū āmantesi: ;;;There Venerable Mahāmoggallāna addressed the mendicants: 
;;;“Āvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa paccassosuṁ. 
;;;“Reverend,” they replied. 
;;;Āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca: 
;;;Venerable Mahāmoggallāna said this: 
;;;Kodhapariyuṭṭhānaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;;But being full of anger means decline in the teaching and training proclaimed by the Realized One. 
;;;Upanāhapariyuṭṭhānaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;Makkhapariyuṭṭhānaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;Paḷāsapariyuṭṭhānaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;Issāpariyuṭṭhānaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;Maccherapariyuṭṭhānaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;Sāṭheyyapariyuṭṭhānaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;Māyāpariyuṭṭhānaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;Icchāpariyuṭṭhānaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;;But being full of desire means decline in the teaching and training proclaimed by the Realized One. 
;;;Sati kho pana ayamāyasmā uttari karaṇīye oramattakena visesādhigamena antarā vosānaṁ āpanno. 
;;;When there is still more to be done, this venerable stopped half-way after achieving some insignificant distinction. 
;;;Antarā vosānagamanaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ’. 
;;;But stopping half-way means decline in the teaching and training proclaimed by the Realized One.’ 
;;;

>En 

Tatra kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhikkhū āmantesi: ;;;There Venerable Mahāmoggallāna addressed the mendicants: 
;;;“Āvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa paccassosuṁ. 
;;;“Reverend,” they replied. 
;;;Āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca: 
;;;Venerable Mahāmoggallāna said this: 
;;;Kodhapariyuṭṭhānaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;;But being full of anger means decline in the teaching and training proclaimed by the Realized One. 
;;;Upanāhapariyuṭṭhānaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;Makkhapariyuṭṭhānaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;Paḷāsapariyuṭṭhānaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;Issāpariyuṭṭhānaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;Maccherapariyuṭṭhānaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;Sāṭheyyapariyuṭṭhānaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;Māyāpariyuṭṭhānaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;Icchāpariyuṭṭhānaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;;But being full of desire means decline in the teaching and training proclaimed by the Realized One. 
;;;Sati kho pana ayamāyasmā uttari karaṇīye oramattakena visesādhigamena antarā vosānaṁ āpanno. 
;;;When there is still more to be done, this venerable stopped half-way after achieving some insignificant distinction. 
;;;Antarā vosānagamanaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ’. 
;;;But stopping half-way means decline in the teaching and training proclaimed by the Realized One.’ 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Dussilyaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. ;;;and unethical conduct means decline in the teaching and training proclaimed by the Realized One. 
;;;assaddhiyaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;;and lack of faith means decline … 
;;;appasaccaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;;and lack of learning means decline … 
;;;dovacassatā kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;;and being hard to admonish means decline … 
;;;pāpamittatā kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;;and bad friends mean decline … 
;;;kosajjaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;;and laziness means decline … 
;;;muṭṭhassaccaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;;and unmindfulness means decline … 
;;;kohaññaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;;and deceitfulness means decline … 
;;;dubbharatā kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;;and being burdensome means decline … 
;;;duppaññatā kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ’. 
;;;and lack of wisdom means decline in the teaching and training proclaimed by the Realized One.’ 
;;;‘yadā te, samma, dhanena dhanakaraṇīyaṁ assa, yāceyyāsi maṁ dhanaṁ. Dassāmi te dhanan’ti. 
;;;‘My dear friend, when you need money for some payment, just ask me and I’ll give it.’ 
;;;dussilyaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;;and unethical conduct means decline in the teaching and training proclaimed by the Realized One. 
;;;assaddhiyaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;appasaccaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;dovacassatā kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;pāpamittatā kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;kosajjaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;muṭṭhassaccaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;kohaññaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;dubbharatā kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;duppaññatā kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ’. 
;;;and lack of wisdom means decline in the teaching and training proclaimed by the Realized One.’ 
;;;

>En 

Dussilyaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. ;;;and unethical conduct means decline in the teaching and training proclaimed by the Realized One. 
;;;assaddhiyaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;;and lack of faith means decline … 
;;;appasaccaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;;and lack of learning means decline … 
;;;dovacassatā kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;;and being hard to admonish means decline … 
;;;pāpamittatā kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;;and bad friends mean decline … 
;;;kosajjaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;;and laziness means decline … 
;;;muṭṭhassaccaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;;and unmindfulness means decline … 
;;;kohaññaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;;and deceitfulness means decline … 
;;;dubbharatā kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;;and being burdensome means decline … 
;;;duppaññatā kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ’. 
;;;and lack of wisdom means decline in the teaching and training proclaimed by the Realized One.’ 
;;;‘yadā te, samma, dhanena dhanakaraṇīyaṁ assa, yāceyyāsi maṁ dhanaṁ. Dassāmi te dhanan’ti. 
;;;‘My dear friend, when you need money for some payment, just ask me and I’ll give it.’ 
;;;dussilyaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;;and unethical conduct means decline in the teaching and training proclaimed by the Realized One. 
;;;assaddhiyaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;appasaccaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;dovacassatā kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;pāpamittatā kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;kosajjaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;muṭṭhassaccaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;kohaññaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;dubbharatā kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;duppaññatā kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ’. 
;;;and lack of wisdom means decline in the teaching and training proclaimed by the Realized One.’ 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Abhijjhāpariyuṭṭhānaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. ;;;Being full of covetousness means decline in the teaching and training proclaimed by the Realized One. 
;;;Byāpādapariyuṭṭhānaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;Thinamiddhapariyuṭṭhānaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;Uddhaccapariyuṭṭhānaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;Vicikicchāpariyuṭṭhānaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;Kammārāmatā kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;Bhassārāmatā kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;Niddārāmatā kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;Saṅgaṇikārāmatā kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;Antarā vosānagamanaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ’. 
;;;Stopping half-way means decline in the teaching and training proclaimed by the Realized One.’ 
;;;

>En 

Abhijjhāpariyuṭṭhānaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. ;;;Being full of covetousness means decline in the teaching and training proclaimed by the Realized One. 
;;;Byāpādapariyuṭṭhānaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;Thinamiddhapariyuṭṭhānaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;Uddhaccapariyuṭṭhānaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;Vicikicchāpariyuṭṭhānaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;Kammārāmatā kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;Bhassārāmatā kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;Niddārāmatā kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;Saṅgaṇikārāmatā kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;Antarā vosānagamanaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ’. 
;;;Stopping half-way means decline in the teaching and training proclaimed by the Realized One.’ 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tatra kho bhagavā kālaṅkataṁ bhikkhuṁ ārabbha bhikkhū āmantesi: ;;;There the Buddha addressed the mendicants concerning the mendicant Kalandaka: 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na paṭisallīno hoti, paṭisallānassa na vaṇṇavādī. 
;;;Furthermore, a mendicant is not in retreat, and doesn’t praise retreat. … 
;;;Yampi, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na paṭisallīno hoti paṭisallānassa na vaṇṇavādī, ayampi dhammo na piyatāya na garutāya na bhāvanāya na sāmaññāya na ekībhāvāya saṁvattati. 
;;; 
;;;‘aho vata maṁ sabrahmacārī sakkareyyuṁ garuṁ kareyyuṁ māneyyuṁ pūjeyyun’ti, atha kho naṁ sabrahmacārī na ceva sakkaronti na garuṁ karonti na mānenti na pūjenti. 
;;;‘If only my spiritual companions would honor, respect, esteem, and venerate me!’ Still they don’t honor, respect, esteem, and venerate them. 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu paṭisallīno hoti, paṭisallānassa vaṇṇavādī. 
;;;Furthermore, a mendicant is in retreat, and praises retreat. … 
;;;Yampi, bhikkhave, bhikkhu paṭisallīno hoti paṭisallānassa vaṇṇavādī, ayampi dhammo …pe… ekībhāvāya saṁvattati. 
;;; 
;;;

>En 

Tatra kho bhagavā kālaṅkataṁ bhikkhuṁ ārabbha bhikkhū āmantesi: ;;;There the Buddha addressed the mendicants concerning the mendicant Kalandaka: 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na paṭisallīno hoti, paṭisallānassa na vaṇṇavādī. 
;;;Furthermore, a mendicant is not in retreat, and doesn’t praise retreat. … 
;;;Yampi, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na paṭisallīno hoti paṭisallānassa na vaṇṇavādī, ayampi dhammo na piyatāya na garutāya na bhāvanāya na sāmaññāya na ekībhāvāya saṁvattati. 
;;; 
;;;‘aho vata maṁ sabrahmacārī sakkareyyuṁ garuṁ kareyyuṁ māneyyuṁ pūjeyyun’ti, atha kho naṁ sabrahmacārī na ceva sakkaronti na garuṁ karonti na mānenti na pūjenti. 
;;;‘If only my spiritual companions would honor, respect, esteem, and venerate me!’ Still they don’t honor, respect, esteem, and venerate them. 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu paṭisallīno hoti, paṭisallānassa vaṇṇavādī. 
;;;Furthermore, a mendicant is in retreat, and praises retreat. … 
;;;Yampi, bhikkhave, bhikkhu paṭisallīno hoti paṭisallānassa vaṇṇavādī, ayampi dhammo …pe… ekībhāvāya saṁvattati. 
;;; 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Yo so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu akkosakaparibhāsako ariyūpavādī sabrahmacārīnaṁ ṭhānametaṁ avakāso yaṁ so dasannaṁ byasanānaṁ aññataraṁ byasanaṁ nigaccheyya. ;;;“Mendicants, any mendicant who abuses and insults their spiritual companions, speaking ill of the noble ones, will, without a doubt, fall into one or other of these ten disasters. 
;;;

>En 

“Yo so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu akkosakaparibhāsako ariyūpavādī sabrahmacārīnaṁ ṭhānametaṁ avakāso yaṁ so dasannaṁ byasanānaṁ aññataraṁ byasanaṁ nigaccheyya. ;;;“Mendicants, any mendicant who abuses and insults their spiritual companions, speaking ill of the noble ones, will, without a doubt, fall into one or other of these ten disasters. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“pāpicchā, bhante, sāriputtamoggallānā, pāpikānaṁ icchānaṁ vasaṁ gatā”ti. ;;;“Sir, Sāriputta and Moggallāna have corrupt wishes. They’ve fallen under the sway of corrupt wishes.” 
;;;Pasādehi, kokālika, sāriputtamoggallānesu cittaṁ. 
;;;Have confidence in Sāriputta and Moggallāna, 
;;;Pesalā sāriputtamoggallānā”ti. 
;;;they’re good monks.” 
;;;“kiñcāpi me, bhante, bhagavā saddhāyiko paccayiko, atha kho pāpicchāva sāriputtamoggallānā, pāpikānaṁ icchānaṁ vasaṁ gatā”ti. 
;;;“Despite my faith and trust in the Buddha, Sāriputta and Moggallāna have corrupt wishes. They’ve fallen under the sway of corrupt wishes.” 
;;;Pasādehi, kokālika, sāriputtamoggallānesu cittaṁ. 
;;;Have confidence in Sāriputta and Moggallāna, 
;;;Pesalā sāriputtamoggallānā”ti. 
;;;they’re good monks.” 
;;;“kiñcāpi me, bhante, bhagavā saddhāyiko paccayiko, atha kho pāpicchāva sāriputtamoggallānā, pāpikānaṁ icchānaṁ vasaṁ gatā”ti. 
;;;“Despite my faith and trust in the Buddha, Sāriputta and Moggallāna have corrupt wishes. They’ve fallen under the sway of corrupt wishes.” 
;;;Pasādehi, kokālika, sāriputtamoggallānesu cittaṁ. 
;;;Have confidence in Sāriputta and Moggallāna, 
;;;Pesalā sāriputtamoggallānā”ti. 
;;;they’re good monks.” 
;;;Atha kho turū paccekabrahmā yena kokāliko bhikkhu tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā vehāse ṭhatvā kokālikaṁ bhikkhuṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then Tudu the independent divinity went to Kokālika, and standing in the air he said to him, 
;;;“pasādehi, kokālika, sāriputtamoggallānesu cittaṁ. 
;;;“Kokālika, have confidence in Sāriputta and Moggallāna, 
;;;Pesalā sāriputtamoggallānā”ti. 
;;;they’re good monks.” 
;;;Kālaṅkato ca kokāliko bhikkhu padumaṁ nirayaṁ upapajjati sāriputtamoggallānesu cittaṁ āghātetvā. 
;;;He was reborn in the Pink Lotus hell because of his resentment for Sāriputta and Moggallāna. 
;;;Kālaṅkato ca, bhante, kokāliko bhikkhu padumaṁ nirayaṁ upapanno sāriputtamoggallānesu cittaṁ āghātetvā”ti. 
;;;He was reborn in the pink lotus hell because of his resentment for Sāriputta and Moggallāna.” 
;;;kālaṅkato ca, bhante, kokāliko bhikkhu padumaṁ nirayaṁ upapanno sāriputtamoggallānesu cittaṁ āghātetvā’ti. 
;;; 
;;;Padumaṁ kho pana, bhikkhu, nirayaṁ kokāliko bhikkhu upapanno sāriputtamoggallānesu cittaṁ āghātetvā”ti. 
;;;The mendicant Kokālika has been reborn in the Pink Lotus hell because of his resentment for Sāriputta and Moggallāna.” 
;;;

>En 

“pāpicchā, bhante, sāriputtamoggallānā, pāpikānaṁ icchānaṁ vasaṁ gatā”ti. ;;;“Sir, Sāriputta and Moggallāna have corrupt wishes. They’ve fallen under the sway of corrupt wishes.” 
;;;Pasādehi, kokālika, sāriputtamoggallānesu cittaṁ. 
;;;Have confidence in Sāriputta and Moggallāna, 
;;;Pesalā sāriputtamoggallānā”ti. 
;;;they’re good monks.” 
;;;“kiñcāpi me, bhante, bhagavā saddhāyiko paccayiko, atha kho pāpicchāva sāriputtamoggallānā, pāpikānaṁ icchānaṁ vasaṁ gatā”ti. 
;;;“Despite my faith and trust in the Buddha, Sāriputta and Moggallāna have corrupt wishes. They’ve fallen under the sway of corrupt wishes.” 
;;;Pasādehi, kokālika, sāriputtamoggallānesu cittaṁ. 
;;;Have confidence in Sāriputta and Moggallāna, 
;;;Pesalā sāriputtamoggallānā”ti. 
;;;they’re good monks.” 
;;;“kiñcāpi me, bhante, bhagavā saddhāyiko paccayiko, atha kho pāpicchāva sāriputtamoggallānā, pāpikānaṁ icchānaṁ vasaṁ gatā”ti. 
;;;“Despite my faith and trust in the Buddha, Sāriputta and Moggallāna have corrupt wishes. They’ve fallen under the sway of corrupt wishes.” 
;;;Pasādehi, kokālika, sāriputtamoggallānesu cittaṁ. 
;;;Have confidence in Sāriputta and Moggallāna, 
;;;Pesalā sāriputtamoggallānā”ti. 
;;;they’re good monks.” 
;;;Atha kho turū paccekabrahmā yena kokāliko bhikkhu tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā vehāse ṭhatvā kokālikaṁ bhikkhuṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then Tudu the independent divinity went to Kokālika, and standing in the air he said to him, 
;;;“pasādehi, kokālika, sāriputtamoggallānesu cittaṁ. 
;;;“Kokālika, have confidence in Sāriputta and Moggallāna, 
;;;Pesalā sāriputtamoggallānā”ti. 
;;;they’re good monks.” 
;;;Kālaṅkato ca kokāliko bhikkhu padumaṁ nirayaṁ upapajjati sāriputtamoggallānesu cittaṁ āghātetvā. 
;;;He was reborn in the Pink Lotus hell because of his resentment for Sāriputta and Moggallāna. 
;;;Kālaṅkato ca, bhante, kokāliko bhikkhu padumaṁ nirayaṁ upapanno sāriputtamoggallānesu cittaṁ āghātetvā”ti. 
;;;He was reborn in the pink lotus hell because of his resentment for Sāriputta and Moggallāna.” 
;;;kālaṅkato ca, bhante, kokāliko bhikkhu padumaṁ nirayaṁ upapanno sāriputtamoggallānesu cittaṁ āghātetvā’ti. 
;;; 
;;;Padumaṁ kho pana, bhikkhu, nirayaṁ kokāliko bhikkhu upapanno sāriputtamoggallānesu cittaṁ āghātetvā”ti. 
;;;The mendicant Kokālika has been reborn in the Pink Lotus hell because of his resentment for Sāriputta and Moggallāna.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

10. Upālivagga ;;;10. With Upāli 
;;;adhammena bhoge pariyesitvā sāhasena na attānaṁ sukheti na pīṇeti na saṁvibhajati na puññāni karoti. 
;;;They don’t make themselves happy and pleased, nor share it and make merit. 
;;;

>En 

10. Upālivagga ;;;10. With Upāli 
;;;adhammena bhoge pariyesitvā sāhasena na attānaṁ sukheti na pīṇeti na saṁvibhajati na puññāni karoti. 
;;;They don’t make themselves happy and pleased, nor share it and make merit. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Yaṁ, gahapati, pāṇātipātī pāṇātipātapaccayā diṭṭhadhammikampi bhayaṁ veraṁ pasavati samparāyikampi bhayaṁ veraṁ pasavati cetasikampi dukkhaṁ domanassaṁ paṭisaṁvedeti, pāṇātipātā paṭivirato neva diṭṭhadhammikampi bhayaṁ veraṁ pasavati na samparāyikampi bhayaṁ veraṁ pasavati na cetasikampi dukkhaṁ domanassaṁ paṭisaṁvedeti. ;;;Anyone who kills living creatures creates dangers and threats both in the present life and in lives to come, and experiences mental pain and sadness. Anyone who refrains from killing living creatures creates no dangers and threats either in the present life or in lives to come, and doesn’t experience mental pain and sadness. 
;;;

>En 

Yaṁ, gahapati, pāṇātipātī pāṇātipātapaccayā diṭṭhadhammikampi bhayaṁ veraṁ pasavati samparāyikampi bhayaṁ veraṁ pasavati cetasikampi dukkhaṁ domanassaṁ paṭisaṁvedeti, pāṇātipātā paṭivirato neva diṭṭhadhammikampi bhayaṁ veraṁ pasavati na samparāyikampi bhayaṁ veraṁ pasavati na cetasikampi dukkhaṁ domanassaṁ paṭisaṁvedeti. ;;;Anyone who kills living creatures creates dangers and threats both in the present life and in lives to come, and experiences mental pain and sadness. Anyone who refrains from killing living creatures creates no dangers and threats either in the present life or in lives to come, and doesn’t experience mental pain and sadness. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Paṭisallīno bhagavā. ;;;as he’s in retreat. 
;;;Paṭisallīnā manobhāvanīyā bhikkhū. 
;;;as they’re in retreat. 
;;;Yaṁ dukkhaṁ tadeveso āyasmā allīno, tadeveso āyasmā ajjhupagato. 
;;;What he clings to and holds to is just suffering. 
;;;Yaṁ dukkhaṁ tadeveso āyasmā allīno, tadeveso āyasmā ajjhupagato. 
;;;What he clings to and holds to is just suffering. 
;;;Yaṁ dukkhaṁ tadeveso āyasmā allīno, tadeveso āyasmā ajjhupagato”ti. 
;;;What he clings to and holds to is just suffering.” 
;;;Yaṁ dukkhaṁ tadeva tvaṁ, gahapati, allīno, tadeva tvaṁ, gahapati, ajjhupagato”ti. 
;;;What you cling to and hold to is just suffering.” 
;;;Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati te paribbājake tuṇhībhūte maṅkubhūte pattakkhandhe adhomukhe pajjhāyante appaṭibhāne viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati yāvatako ahosi tehi aññatitthiyehi paribbājakehi saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi. 
;;;Seeing this, Anāthapiṇḍika got up from his seat. He went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and informed the Buddha of all they had discussed. 
;;;“yopi so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vassasatupasampanno imasmiṁ dhammavinaye, sopi evamevaṁ aññatitthiye paribbājake sahadhammena suniggahitaṁ niggaṇheyya yathā taṁ anāthapiṇḍikena gahapatinā niggahitā”ti. 
;;;“Mendicants, even a mendicant who has ordained for a hundred years in this teaching and training would legitimately and completely refute those wanderers of other religions just as the householder Anāthapiṇḍika did.” 
;;;

>En 

Paṭisallīno bhagavā. ;;;as he’s in retreat. 
;;;Paṭisallīnā manobhāvanīyā bhikkhū. 
;;;as they’re in retreat. 
;;;Yaṁ dukkhaṁ tadeveso āyasmā allīno, tadeveso āyasmā ajjhupagato. 
;;;What he clings to and holds to is just suffering. 
;;;Yaṁ dukkhaṁ tadeveso āyasmā allīno, tadeveso āyasmā ajjhupagato. 
;;;What he clings to and holds to is just suffering. 
;;;Yaṁ dukkhaṁ tadeveso āyasmā allīno, tadeveso āyasmā ajjhupagato”ti. 
;;;What he clings to and holds to is just suffering.” 
;;;Yaṁ dukkhaṁ tadeva tvaṁ, gahapati, allīno, tadeva tvaṁ, gahapati, ajjhupagato”ti. 
;;;What you cling to and hold to is just suffering.” 
;;;Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati te paribbājake tuṇhībhūte maṅkubhūte pattakkhandhe adhomukhe pajjhāyante appaṭibhāne viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati yāvatako ahosi tehi aññatitthiyehi paribbājakehi saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi. 
;;;Seeing this, Anāthapiṇḍika got up from his seat. He went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and informed the Buddha of all they had discussed. 
;;;“yopi so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vassasatupasampanno imasmiṁ dhammavinaye, sopi evamevaṁ aññatitthiye paribbājake sahadhammena suniggahitaṁ niggaṇheyya yathā taṁ anāthapiṇḍikena gahapatinā niggahitā”ti. 
;;;“Mendicants, even a mendicant who has ordained for a hundred years in this teaching and training would legitimately and completely refute those wanderers of other religions just as the householder Anāthapiṇḍika did.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Paṭisallīno bhagavā. ;;;as he’s in retreat. 
;;;Paṭisallīnā manobhāvanīyāpi bhikkhū. 
;;;as they’re in retreat. 
;;;Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho vajjiyamāhito gahapati yāvatako ahosi tehi aññatitthiyehi paribbājakehi saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi. 
;;;and informed the Buddha of all they had discussed. 
;;;

>En 

Paṭisallīno bhagavā. ;;;as he’s in retreat. 
;;;Paṭisallīnā manobhāvanīyāpi bhikkhū. 
;;;as they’re in retreat. 
;;;Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho vajjiyamāhito gahapati yāvatako ahosi tehi aññatitthiyehi paribbājakehi saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi. 
;;;and informed the Buddha of all they had discussed. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Yaṁ panetaṁ bhavaṁ gotamo abhiññāya sāvakānaṁ dhammaṁ desesi sattānaṁ visuddhiyā sokaparidevānaṁ samatikkamāya dukkhadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamāya ñāyassa adhigamāya nibbānassa sacchikiriyāya, sabbo vā tena loko nīyati upaḍḍho vā tibhāgo vā”ti? ;;;“But when Mister Gotama teaches in this way, is the whole world saved, or half, or a third?” 
;;;Seyyathāpi, āvuso uttiya, rañño paccantimaṁ nagaraṁ daḷhuddhāpaṁ daḷhapākāratoraṇaṁ ekadvāraṁ. 
;;;Suppose there was a king’s frontier citadel with fortified embankments, ramparts, and arches, and a single gate. 
;;;Yadeva kho tvaṁ, āvuso uttiya, bhagavantaṁ pañhaṁ apucchi tadevetaṁ pañhaṁ bhagavantaṁ aññena pariyāyena apucchi. 
;;;Uttiya, you were just asking the Buddha the same question as before in a different way. 
;;;

>En 

“Yaṁ panetaṁ bhavaṁ gotamo abhiññāya sāvakānaṁ dhammaṁ desesi sattānaṁ visuddhiyā sokaparidevānaṁ samatikkamāya dukkhadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamāya ñāyassa adhigamāya nibbānassa sacchikiriyāya, sabbo vā tena loko nīyati upaḍḍho vā tibhāgo vā”ti? ;;;“But when Mister Gotama teaches in this way, is the whole world saved, or half, or a third?” 
;;;Seyyathāpi, āvuso uttiya, rañño paccantimaṁ nagaraṁ daḷhuddhāpaṁ daḷhapākāratoraṇaṁ ekadvāraṁ. 
;;;Suppose there was a king’s frontier citadel with fortified embankments, ramparts, and arches, and a single gate. 
;;;Yadeva kho tvaṁ, āvuso uttiya, bhagavantaṁ pañhaṁ apucchi tadevetaṁ pañhaṁ bhagavantaṁ aññena pariyāyena apucchi. 
;;;Uttiya, you were just asking the Buddha the same question as before in a different way. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Kiṁ nu kho, bho, ‘sassato loko, idameva saccaṁ moghamaññan’ti—evaṁdiṭṭhi bhavan”ti? ;;;“Is this your view: ‘The cosmos is eternal. This is the only truth, anything else is futile’?” 
;;;Yāvatā, āvuso, diṭṭhi yāvatā diṭṭhiṭṭhānaṁ diṭṭhiadhiṭṭhānaṁ diṭṭhipariyuṭṭhānaṁ diṭṭhisamuṭṭhānaṁ diṭṭhisamugghāto, tamahaṁ jānāmi tamahaṁ passāmi. 
;;;I know and see the scope of convictions, the scope of grounds for views, fixation on views, obsession with views, the origin of views, and the uprooting of views. 
;;;

>En 

“Kiṁ nu kho, bho, ‘sassato loko, idameva saccaṁ moghamaññan’ti—evaṁdiṭṭhi bhavan”ti? ;;;“Is this your view: ‘The cosmos is eternal. This is the only truth, anything else is futile’?” 
;;;Yāvatā, āvuso, diṭṭhi yāvatā diṭṭhiṭṭhānaṁ diṭṭhiadhiṭṭhānaṁ diṭṭhipariyuṭṭhānaṁ diṭṭhisamuṭṭhānaṁ diṭṭhisamugghāto, tamahaṁ jānāmi tamahaṁ passāmi. 
;;;I know and see the scope of convictions, the scope of grounds for views, fixation on views, obsession with views, the origin of views, and the uprooting of views. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhoti—ekopi hutvā bahudhā hoti; bahudhāpi hutvā eko hoti; āvibhāvaṁ, tirobhāvaṁ; tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamāno gacchati, seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ karoti, seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gacchati, seyyathāpi pathaviyaṁ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kamati, seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve pāṇinā parāmasati parimajjati, yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vatteti. ;;;They wield the many kinds of psychic power: multiplying themselves and becoming one again; appearing and disappearing; going unobstructed through a wall, a rampart, or a mountain as if through space; diving in and out of the earth as if it were water; walking on water as if it were earth; flying cross-legged through the sky like a bird; touching and stroking with the hand the sun and moon, so mighty and powerful. They control the body as far as the realm of divinity. 
;;;

>En 

Anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhoti—ekopi hutvā bahudhā hoti; bahudhāpi hutvā eko hoti; āvibhāvaṁ, tirobhāvaṁ; tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamāno gacchati, seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ karoti, seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gacchati, seyyathāpi pathaviyaṁ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kamati, seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve pāṇinā parāmasati parimajjati, yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vatteti. ;;;They wield the many kinds of psychic power: multiplying themselves and becoming one again; appearing and disappearing; going unobstructed through a wall, a rampart, or a mountain as if through space; diving in and out of the earth as if it were water; walking on water as if it were earth; flying cross-legged through the sky like a bird; touching and stroking with the hand the sun and moon, so mighty and powerful. They control the body as far as the realm of divinity. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

‘saṁsīdissati vā uplavissati vā’ti. ;;;they’ll sink down or float away. 
;;;Kaṇṇasandhovikampi khiḍḍaṁ kīḷitvā piṭṭhisandhovikampi khiḍḍaṁ kīḷitvā nhatvā ca pivitvā ca paccuttaritvā yena kāmaṁ pakkameyyan’ti. 
;;;When I’ve bathed and drunk, I’ll emerge from the water and go wherever I want.’ 
;;;yāni kānici kumārakānaṁ kīḷāpanakāni bhavanti, seyyathidaṁ—vaṅkakaṁ ghaṭikaṁ mokkhacikaṁ ciṅgulakaṁ pattāḷhakaṁ rathakaṁ dhanukaṁ, tehi kīḷati. 
;;;He accordingly plays childish games such as toy plows, tip-cat, somersaults, pinwheels, toy measures, toy carts, and toy bows. 
;;;“Idha kho pana vo, upāli, tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā. 
;;;“But then a Realized One arises in the world, perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed. 
;;;So araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;Gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut, they sit down cross-legged, set their body straight, and establish mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;

>En 

‘saṁsīdissati vā uplavissati vā’ti. ;;;they’ll sink down or float away. 
;;;Kaṇṇasandhovikampi khiḍḍaṁ kīḷitvā piṭṭhisandhovikampi khiḍḍaṁ kīḷitvā nhatvā ca pivitvā ca paccuttaritvā yena kāmaṁ pakkameyyan’ti. 
;;;When I’ve bathed and drunk, I’ll emerge from the water and go wherever I want.’ 
;;;yāni kānici kumārakānaṁ kīḷāpanakāni bhavanti, seyyathidaṁ—vaṅkakaṁ ghaṭikaṁ mokkhacikaṁ ciṅgulakaṁ pattāḷhakaṁ rathakaṁ dhanukaṁ, tehi kīḷati. 
;;;He accordingly plays childish games such as toy plows, tip-cat, somersaults, pinwheels, toy measures, toy carts, and toy bows. 
;;;“Idha kho pana vo, upāli, tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā. 
;;;“But then a Realized One arises in the world, perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed. 
;;;So araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;Gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut, they sit down cross-legged, set their body straight, and establish mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Santatakārī hoti santatavutti sīlesu, anabhijjhālu hoti, abyāpajjo hoti, anatimānī hoti, sikkhākāmo hoti, “idamatthan”tissa hoti jīvitaparikkhāresu, āraddhavīriyo ca viharati. ;;;Their deeds and behavior are always consistent with the precepts. They’re content, kind-hearted, and humble. They want to train. They use the necessities of life after reflecting on their purpose. They’re energetic. 
;;;

>En 

Santatakārī hoti santatavutti sīlesu, anabhijjhālu hoti, abyāpajjo hoti, anatimānī hoti, sikkhākāmo hoti, “idamatthan”tissa hoti jīvitaparikkhāresu, āraddhavīriyo ca viharati. ;;;Their deeds and behavior are always consistent with the precepts. They’re content, kind-hearted, and humble. They want to train. They use the necessities of life after reflecting on their purpose. They’re energetic. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Diṭṭhi hissa, bhikkhave, pāpikā. ;;;Because their view is bad. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, nimbabījaṁ vā kosātakibījaṁ vā tittakālābubījaṁ vā allāya pathaviyā nikkhittaṁ yañceva pathavirasaṁ upādiyati yañca āporasaṁ upādiyati, sabbaṁ taṁ tittakattāya kaṭukattāya asātattāya saṁvattati. 
;;;Suppose a seed of neem, angled gourd, or bitter gourd was planted in moist earth. Whatever nutrients it takes up from the earth and water would lead to its bitter, acerbic, and unpleasant taste. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, ucchubījaṁ vā sālibījaṁ vā muddikābījaṁ vā allāya pathaviyā nikkhittaṁ yañca pathavirasaṁ upādiyati yañca āporasaṁ upādiyati sabbaṁ taṁ sātattāya madhurattāya asecanakattāya saṁvattati. 
;;;Suppose a seed of sugar cane, fine rice, or grape was planted in moist earth. Whatever nutrients it takes up from the earth and water would lead to its sweet, pleasant, and delicious taste. 
;;;

>En 

Diṭṭhi hissa, bhikkhave, pāpikā. ;;;Because their view is bad. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, nimbabījaṁ vā kosātakibījaṁ vā tittakālābubījaṁ vā allāya pathaviyā nikkhittaṁ yañceva pathavirasaṁ upādiyati yañca āporasaṁ upādiyati, sabbaṁ taṁ tittakattāya kaṭukattāya asātattāya saṁvattati. 
;;;Suppose a seed of neem, angled gourd, or bitter gourd was planted in moist earth. Whatever nutrients it takes up from the earth and water would lead to its bitter, acerbic, and unpleasant taste. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, ucchubījaṁ vā sālibījaṁ vā muddikābījaṁ vā allāya pathaviyā nikkhittaṁ yañca pathavirasaṁ upādiyati yañca āporasaṁ upādiyati sabbaṁ taṁ sātattāya madhurattāya asecanakattāya saṁvattati. 
;;;Suppose a seed of sugar cane, fine rice, or grape was planted in moist earth. Whatever nutrients it takes up from the earth and water would lead to its sweet, pleasant, and delicious taste. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Katamañca taṁ, bhikkhave, ariyaṁ dhovanaṁ, yaṁ dhovanaṁ ekantanibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṁvattati, yaṁ dhovanaṁ āgamma jātidhammā sattā jātiyā parimuccanti, jarādhammā sattā jarāya parimuccanti, maraṇadhammā sattā maraṇena parimuccanti, sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsadhammā sattā sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsehi parimuccanti? ;;;“And what is that noble washing? 
;;;

>En 

“Katamañca taṁ, bhikkhave, ariyaṁ dhovanaṁ, yaṁ dhovanaṁ ekantanibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṁvattati, yaṁ dhovanaṁ āgamma jātidhammā sattā jātiyā parimuccanti, jarādhammā sattā jarāya parimuccanti, maraṇadhammā sattā maraṇena parimuccanti, sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsadhammā sattā sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsehi parimuccanti? ;;;“And what is that noble washing? 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Yannūna mayaṁ yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkameyyāma; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etamatthaṁ paṭipuccheyyāma. ;;;Let’s go to him, and ask him about this matter. 
;;;Yathā vo bhagavā byākaroti tathā naṁ dhāreyyāthā”ti. 
;;;You should remember it in line with the Buddha’s answer.” 
;;;

>En 

Yannūna mayaṁ yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkameyyāma; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etamatthaṁ paṭipuccheyyāma. ;;;Let’s go to him, and ask him about this matter. 
;;;Yathā vo bhagavā byākaroti tathā naṁ dhāreyyāthā”ti. 
;;;You should remember it in line with the Buddha’s answer.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tena kho pana samayena jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo tadahuposathe sīsaṁnhāto navaṁ khomayugaṁ nivattho allakusamuṭṭhiṁ ādāya bhagavato avidūre ekamantaṁ ṭhito hoti. ;;;Now, at that time it was the sabbath. The brahmin Jānussoṇi had bathed his head and dressed in a new pair of linen robes. Holding a handful of fresh grass, he stood to one side not far from the Buddha. 
;;;Addasā kho bhagavā jāṇussoṇiṁ brāhmaṇaṁ tadahuposathe sīsaṁnhātaṁ navaṁ khomayugaṁ nivatthaṁ allakusamuṭṭhiṁ ādāya ekamantaṁ ṭhitaṁ. 
;;;The Buddha saw him, 
;;;“kiṁ nu tvaṁ, brāhmaṇa, tadahuposathe sīsaṁnhāto navaṁ khomayugaṁ nivattho allakusamuṭṭhiṁ ādāya ekamantaṁ ṭhito? 
;;;“Brahmin, why have you bathed your head and dressed in a new pair of linen robes? Why are you standing to one side holding a handful of fresh grass? 
;;;Kiṁ nvajja brāhmaṇakulassā”ti? 
;;;What’s going on today with the brahmin clan?” 
;;;“Idha, bho gotama, brāhmaṇā tadahuposathe sīsaṁnhātā navaṁ khomayugaṁ nivatthā allena gomayena pathaviṁ opuñjitvā haritehi kusehi pattharitvā antarā ca velaṁ antarā ca agyāgāraṁ seyyaṁ kappenti. 
;;;“Well, Mister Gotama, on the sabbath the brahmins bathe their heads and dress in a new pair of linen robes. They make a heap of fresh cow dung and spread it with green grass. Then they make their beds between the boundary and the fire chamber. 
;;;

>En 

Tena kho pana samayena jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo tadahuposathe sīsaṁnhāto navaṁ khomayugaṁ nivattho allakusamuṭṭhiṁ ādāya bhagavato avidūre ekamantaṁ ṭhito hoti. ;;;Now, at that time it was the sabbath. The brahmin Jānussoṇi had bathed his head and dressed in a new pair of linen robes. Holding a handful of fresh grass, he stood to one side not far from the Buddha. 
;;;Addasā kho bhagavā jāṇussoṇiṁ brāhmaṇaṁ tadahuposathe sīsaṁnhātaṁ navaṁ khomayugaṁ nivatthaṁ allakusamuṭṭhiṁ ādāya ekamantaṁ ṭhitaṁ. 
;;;The Buddha saw him, 
;;;“kiṁ nu tvaṁ, brāhmaṇa, tadahuposathe sīsaṁnhāto navaṁ khomayugaṁ nivattho allakusamuṭṭhiṁ ādāya ekamantaṁ ṭhito? 
;;;“Brahmin, why have you bathed your head and dressed in a new pair of linen robes? Why are you standing to one side holding a handful of fresh grass? 
;;;Kiṁ nvajja brāhmaṇakulassā”ti? 
;;;What’s going on today with the brahmin clan?” 
;;;“Idha, bho gotama, brāhmaṇā tadahuposathe sīsaṁnhātā navaṁ khomayugaṁ nivatthā allena gomayena pathaviṁ opuñjitvā haritehi kusehi pattharitvā antarā ca velaṁ antarā ca agyāgāraṁ seyyaṁ kappenti. 
;;;“Well, Mister Gotama, on the sabbath the brahmins bathe their heads and dress in a new pair of linen robes. They make a heap of fresh cow dung and spread it with green grass. Then they make their beds between the boundary and the fire chamber. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

13. Parisuddhavagga ;;;13. Purified 
;;;

>En 

13. Parisuddhavagga ;;;13. Purified 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

15. Ariyavagga ;;;15. The Noble Path 
;;;

>En 

15. Ariyavagga ;;;15. The Noble Path 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tena kho pana samayena jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo tadahuposathe sīsaṁnhāto navaṁ khomayugaṁ nivattho allakusamuṭṭhiṁ ādāya bhagavato avidūre ekamantaṁ ṭhito hoti. ;;;Now, at that time it was the sabbath. The brahmin Jānussoṇi had bathed his head and dressed in a new pair of linen robes. Holding a handful of fresh grass, he stood to one side not far from the Buddha. 
;;;Addasā kho bhagavā jāṇussoṇiṁ brāhmaṇaṁ tadahuposathe sīsaṁnhātaṁ navaṁ khomayugaṁ nivatthaṁ allakusamuṭṭhiṁ ādāya ekamantaṁ ṭhitaṁ. 
;;;The Buddha saw him, 
;;;“kiṁ nu tvaṁ, brāhmaṇa, tadahuposathe sīsaṁnhāto navaṁ khomayugaṁ nivattho allakusamuṭṭhiṁ ādāya ekamantaṁ ṭhito? 
;;;“Brahmin, why have you bathed your head and dressed in a new pair of linen robes? Why are you standing to one side holding a handful of fresh grass? 
;;;“Idha, bho gotama, brāhmaṇā tadahuposathe sīsaṁnhātā navaṁ khomayugaṁ nivatthā allena gomayena pathaviṁ opuñjitvā haritehi kusehi pattharitvā antarā ca velaṁ antarā ca agyāgāraṁ seyyaṁ kappenti. 
;;;“Well, Mister Gotama, on the sabbath the brahmins bathe their heads and dress in a new pair of linen robes. They make a heap of fresh cow dung and spread it with green grass. Then they make their beds between the boundary and the fire chamber. 
;;;

>En 

Tena kho pana samayena jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo tadahuposathe sīsaṁnhāto navaṁ khomayugaṁ nivattho allakusamuṭṭhiṁ ādāya bhagavato avidūre ekamantaṁ ṭhito hoti. ;;;Now, at that time it was the sabbath. The brahmin Jānussoṇi had bathed his head and dressed in a new pair of linen robes. Holding a handful of fresh grass, he stood to one side not far from the Buddha. 
;;;Addasā kho bhagavā jāṇussoṇiṁ brāhmaṇaṁ tadahuposathe sīsaṁnhātaṁ navaṁ khomayugaṁ nivatthaṁ allakusamuṭṭhiṁ ādāya ekamantaṁ ṭhitaṁ. 
;;;The Buddha saw him, 
;;;“kiṁ nu tvaṁ, brāhmaṇa, tadahuposathe sīsaṁnhāto navaṁ khomayugaṁ nivattho allakusamuṭṭhiṁ ādāya ekamantaṁ ṭhito? 
;;;“Brahmin, why have you bathed your head and dressed in a new pair of linen robes? Why are you standing to one side holding a handful of fresh grass? 
;;;“Idha, bho gotama, brāhmaṇā tadahuposathe sīsaṁnhātā navaṁ khomayugaṁ nivatthā allena gomayena pathaviṁ opuñjitvā haritehi kusehi pattharitvā antarā ca velaṁ antarā ca agyāgāraṁ seyyaṁ kappenti. 
;;;“Well, Mister Gotama, on the sabbath the brahmins bathe their heads and dress in a new pair of linen robes. They make a heap of fresh cow dung and spread it with green grass. Then they make their beds between the boundary and the fire chamber. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Byāpannacittassa, bhikkhave, abyāpādo parikkamanaṁ hoti. ;;;Good will bypasses ill will. 
;;;

>En 

Byāpannacittassa, bhikkhave, abyāpādo parikkamanaṁ hoti. ;;;Good will bypasses ill will. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Brāhmaṇā, bhante, pacchābhūmakā kamaṇḍalukā sevālamālikā aggiparicārikā udakorohakā soceyyāni paññapenti; tesāhaṁ soceyyāni rocemī”ti. ;;;“Sir, I believe in the purity advocated by the western brahmins draped with moss who carry pitchers, serve the sacred flame, and immerse themselves in water.” 
;;;“Idha, bhante, brāhmaṇā pacchābhūmakā kamaṇḍalukā sevālamālikā aggiparicārikā udakorohakā. Te sāvakaṁ evaṁ samādapenti: 
;;;“The western brahmins encourage their disciples like this: 
;;;‘ehi tvaṁ, ambho purisa, kālasseva uṭṭhahantova sayanamhā pathaviṁ āmaseyyāsi; 
;;;‘Please, good people, rising early you should stroke the earth from your bed. 
;;;no ce pathaviṁ āmaseyyāsi, allāni gomayāni āmaseyyāsi; 
;;;If you don’t stroke the earth, stroke fresh cow dung. 
;;;no ce allāni gomayāni āmaseyyāsi, haritāni tiṇāni āmaseyyāsi; 
;;;If you don’t stroke fresh cow dung, stroke green grass. 
;;;Idha, cunda, ekacco pāṇātipātī hoti luddo lohitapāṇi hatapahate niviṭṭho adayāpanno sabbapāṇabhūtesu. 
;;;It’s when a certain person kills living creatures. They’re violent, bloody-handed, a hardened killer, merciless to living beings. 
;;;Kāmesumicchācārī hoti. Yā tā māturakkhitā piturakkhitā mātāpiturakkhitā bhāturakkhitā bhaginirakkhitā ñātirakkhitā gottarakkhitā dhammarakkhitā sasāmikā saparidaṇḍā antamaso mālāguḷaparikkhittāpi, tathārūpāsu cārittaṁ āpajjitā hoti. 
;;;They commit sexual misconduct. They have sexual relations with women who have their mother, father, both mother and father, brother, sister, relatives, or clan as guardian. They have sexual relations with a woman who is protected on principle, or who has a husband, or whose violation is punishable by law, or even one who has been garlanded as a token of betrothal. 
;;;Idha, cunda, ekacco abhijjhālu hoti. Yaṁ taṁ parassa paravittūpakaraṇaṁ taṁ abhijjhātā hoti: ‘aho vata yaṁ parassa taṁ mamassā’ti. 
;;;It’s when a certain person is covetous. They covet the wealth and belongings of others: ‘Oh, if only their belongings were mine!’ 
;;;‘natthi dinnaṁ, natthi yiṭṭhaṁ, natthi hutaṁ, natthi sukaṭadukkaṭānaṁ kammānaṁ phalaṁ vipāko, natthi ayaṁ loko, natthi paro loko, natthi mātā, natthi pitā, natthi sattā opapātikā, natthi loke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sammaggatā sammāpaṭipannā ye imañca lokaṁ parañca lokaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedentī’ti. 
;;;‘There’s no meaning in giving, sacrifice, or offerings. There’s no fruit or result of good and bad deeds. There’s no afterlife. There’s no such thing as mother and father, or beings that are reborn spontaneously. And there’s no ascetic or brahmin who is rightly comported and rightly practiced, and who describes the afterlife after realizing it with their own insight.’ 
;;;Allāni cepi gomayāni āmasati, asuciyeva hoti; no cepi allāni gomayāni āmasati, asuciyeva hoti. 
;;;Whether or not you stroke fresh cow dung, you’re still impure. 
;;;Ime, cunda, dasa akusalakammapathā asucīyeva honti asucikaraṇā ca. 
;;;These ten ways of doing unskillful deeds are impure and make things impure. 
;;;Imesaṁ pana, cunda, dasannaṁ akusalānaṁ kammapathānaṁ samannāgamanahetu nirayo paññāyati, tiracchānayoni paññāyati, pettivisayo paññāyati, yā vā panaññāpi kāci duggatiyo. 
;;;It’s because of those who do these ten kinds of unskillful deeds that hell, the animal realm, the ghost realm, or any other bad places are found. 
;;;Allāni cepi gomayāni āmasati, suciyeva hoti; no cepi allāni gomayāni āmasati, suciyeva hoti. 
;;;Whether or not you stroke fresh cow dung, you’re still pure. 
;;;Imesaṁ pana, cunda, dasannaṁ kusalānaṁ kammapathānaṁ samannāgamanahetu devā paññāyanti, manussā paññāyanti, yā vā panaññāpi kāci sugatiyo”ti. 
;;;It’s because of those who do these ten kinds of skillful deeds that gods, humans, or any other good places are found.” 
;;;

>En 

“Brāhmaṇā, bhante, pacchābhūmakā kamaṇḍalukā sevālamālikā aggiparicārikā udakorohakā soceyyāni paññapenti; tesāhaṁ soceyyāni rocemī”ti. ;;;“Sir, I believe in the purity advocated by the western brahmins draped with moss who carry pitchers, serve the sacred flame, and immerse themselves in water.” 
;;;“Idha, bhante, brāhmaṇā pacchābhūmakā kamaṇḍalukā sevālamālikā aggiparicārikā udakorohakā. Te sāvakaṁ evaṁ samādapenti: 
;;;“The western brahmins encourage their disciples like this: 
;;;‘ehi tvaṁ, ambho purisa, kālasseva uṭṭhahantova sayanamhā pathaviṁ āmaseyyāsi; 
;;;‘Please, good people, rising early you should stroke the earth from your bed. 
;;;no ce pathaviṁ āmaseyyāsi, allāni gomayāni āmaseyyāsi; 
;;;If you don’t stroke the earth, stroke fresh cow dung. 
;;;no ce allāni gomayāni āmaseyyāsi, haritāni tiṇāni āmaseyyāsi; 
;;;If you don’t stroke fresh cow dung, stroke green grass. 
;;;Idha, cunda, ekacco pāṇātipātī hoti luddo lohitapāṇi hatapahate niviṭṭho adayāpanno sabbapāṇabhūtesu. 
;;;It’s when a certain person kills living creatures. They’re violent, bloody-handed, a hardened killer, merciless to living beings. 
;;;Kāmesumicchācārī hoti. Yā tā māturakkhitā piturakkhitā mātāpiturakkhitā bhāturakkhitā bhaginirakkhitā ñātirakkhitā gottarakkhitā dhammarakkhitā sasāmikā saparidaṇḍā antamaso mālāguḷaparikkhittāpi, tathārūpāsu cārittaṁ āpajjitā hoti. 
;;;They commit sexual misconduct. They have sexual relations with women who have their mother, father, both mother and father, brother, sister, relatives, or clan as guardian. They have sexual relations with a woman who is protected on principle, or who has a husband, or whose violation is punishable by law, or even one who has been garlanded as a token of betrothal. 
;;;Idha, cunda, ekacco abhijjhālu hoti. Yaṁ taṁ parassa paravittūpakaraṇaṁ taṁ abhijjhātā hoti: ‘aho vata yaṁ parassa taṁ mamassā’ti. 
;;;It’s when a certain person is covetous. They covet the wealth and belongings of others: ‘Oh, if only their belongings were mine!’ 
;;;‘natthi dinnaṁ, natthi yiṭṭhaṁ, natthi hutaṁ, natthi sukaṭadukkaṭānaṁ kammānaṁ phalaṁ vipāko, natthi ayaṁ loko, natthi paro loko, natthi mātā, natthi pitā, natthi sattā opapātikā, natthi loke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sammaggatā sammāpaṭipannā ye imañca lokaṁ parañca lokaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedentī’ti. 
;;;‘There’s no meaning in giving, sacrifice, or offerings. There’s no fruit or result of good and bad deeds. There’s no afterlife. There’s no such thing as mother and father, or beings that are reborn spontaneously. And there’s no ascetic or brahmin who is rightly comported and rightly practiced, and who describes the afterlife after realizing it with their own insight.’ 
;;;Allāni cepi gomayāni āmasati, asuciyeva hoti; no cepi allāni gomayāni āmasati, asuciyeva hoti. 
;;;Whether or not you stroke fresh cow dung, you’re still impure. 
;;;Ime, cunda, dasa akusalakammapathā asucīyeva honti asucikaraṇā ca. 
;;;These ten ways of doing unskillful deeds are impure and make things impure. 
;;;Imesaṁ pana, cunda, dasannaṁ akusalānaṁ kammapathānaṁ samannāgamanahetu nirayo paññāyati, tiracchānayoni paññāyati, pettivisayo paññāyati, yā vā panaññāpi kāci duggatiyo. 
;;;It’s because of those who do these ten kinds of unskillful deeds that hell, the animal realm, the ghost realm, or any other bad places are found. 
;;;Allāni cepi gomayāni āmasati, suciyeva hoti; no cepi allāni gomayāni āmasati, suciyeva hoti. 
;;;Whether or not you stroke fresh cow dung, you’re still pure. 
;;;Imesaṁ pana, cunda, dasannaṁ kusalānaṁ kammapathānaṁ samannāgamanahetu devā paññāyanti, manussā paññāyanti, yā vā panaññāpi kāci sugatiyo”ti. 
;;;It’s because of those who do these ten kinds of skillful deeds that gods, humans, or any other good places are found.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Katamaṁ pana, bho gotama, ṭhānaṁ, katamaṁ aṭṭhānan”ti? ;;;“Then, Mister Gotama, what are the right and wrong conditions?” 
;;;Idampi kho, brāhmaṇa, aṭṭhānaṁ yattha ṭhitassa taṁ dānaṁ na upakappati. 
;;;The conditions there are wrong, so the gift does not aid the one who lives there. 
;;;“Evametaṁ, brāhmaṇa, dāyakopi hi, brāhmaṇa, anipphalo”ti. 
;;;“That’s so true, brahmin. It’s never fruitless for the donor.” 
;;;

>En 

“Katamaṁ pana, bho gotama, ṭhānaṁ, katamaṁ aṭṭhānan”ti? ;;;“Then, Mister Gotama, what are the right and wrong conditions?” 
;;;Idampi kho, brāhmaṇa, aṭṭhānaṁ yattha ṭhitassa taṁ dānaṁ na upakappati. 
;;;The conditions there are wrong, so the gift does not aid the one who lives there. 
;;;“Evametaṁ, brāhmaṇa, dāyakopi hi, brāhmaṇa, anipphalo”ti. 
;;;“That’s so true, brahmin. It’s never fruitless for the donor.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

18. Sādhuvagga ;;;18. Good 
;;;

>En 

18. Sādhuvagga ;;;18. Good 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

19. Ariyamaggavagga ;;;19. The Noble Path 
;;;

>En 

19. Ariyamaggavagga ;;;19. The Noble Path 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

20. Aparapuggalavagga ;;;20. Another Chapter on Persons 
;;;

>En 

20. Aparapuggalavagga ;;;20. Another Chapter on Persons 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

21. Karajakāyavagga ;;;21. The Body Born of Deeds 
;;;

>En 

21. Karajakāyavagga ;;;21. The Body Born of Deeds 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Nāhaṁ, bhikkhave, sañcetanikānaṁ kammānaṁ katānaṁ upacitānaṁ appaṭisaṁveditvā byantībhāvaṁ vadāmi. ;;;“Mendicants, I don’t say that intentional deeds that have been performed and accumulated are eliminated without being experienced. 
;;;

>En 

“Nāhaṁ, bhikkhave, sañcetanikānaṁ kammānaṁ katānaṁ upacitānaṁ appaṭisaṁveditvā byantībhāvaṁ vadāmi. ;;;“Mendicants, I don’t say that intentional deeds that have been performed and accumulated are eliminated without being experienced. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tividhakāyakammantasampattikusalasañcetanikāhetu vā, bhikkhave, sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti; catubbidhavacīkammantasampatti …pe… tividhamanokammantasampattikusalasañcetanikāhetu vā, bhikkhave, sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti …pe… ;;;When their body breaks up, after death, sentient beings are reborn in a good place, in heaven because of these three kinds of successful bodily action, these four kinds of successful verbal action, or these three kinds of successful mental action that have skillful intention, with happiness as their outcome and result. …” 
;;;

>En 

Tividhakāyakammantasampattikusalasañcetanikāhetu vā, bhikkhave, sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti; catubbidhavacīkammantasampatti …pe… tividhamanokammantasampattikusalasañcetanikāhetu vā, bhikkhave, sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti …pe… ;;;When their body breaks up, after death, sentient beings are reborn in a good place, in heaven because of these three kinds of successful bodily action, these four kinds of successful verbal action, or these three kinds of successful mental action that have skillful intention, with happiness as their outcome and result. …” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

daharatagge ce so ayaṁ kumāro mettaṁ cetovimuttiṁ bhāveyya, api nu kho pāpakammaṁ kareyyā”ti? ;;;Suppose a child had developed the heart’s release by love from their childhood on. Would they still do any bad deed?” 
;;;Evaṁ bhāvitā kho, bhikkhave, mettā cetovimutti anāgāmitāya saṁvattati, idha paññassa bhikkhuno uttari vimuttiṁ appaṭivijjhato. 
;;;The heart’s release by love developed in this way leads to non-return for a wise mendicant here who has not penetrated to a higher freedom. 
;;;

>En 

daharatagge ce so ayaṁ kumāro mettaṁ cetovimuttiṁ bhāveyya, api nu kho pāpakammaṁ kareyyā”ti? ;;;Suppose a child had developed the heart’s release by love from their childhood on. Would they still do any bad deed?” 
;;;Evaṁ bhāvitā kho, bhikkhave, mettā cetovimutti anāgāmitāya saṁvattati, idha paññassa bhikkhuno uttari vimuttiṁ appaṭivijjhato. 
;;;The heart’s release by love developed in this way leads to non-return for a wise mendicant here who has not penetrated to a higher freedom. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

22. Sāmaññavagga ;;;22. Similarity 
;;;

>En 

22. Sāmaññavagga ;;;22. Similarity 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Aniccasaññā, anattasaññā, āhāre paṭikūlasaññā, sabbaloke anabhiratasaññā, aṭṭhikasaññā, puḷavakasaññā, vinīlakasaññā, vipubbakasaññā, vicchiddakasaññā, uddhumātakasaññā— ;;;The perceptions of impermanence, not-self, death, repulsiveness of food, dissatisfaction with the whole world, a skeleton, a worm-infested corpse, a livid corpse, a split open corpse, and a bloated corpse. 
;;;

>En 

Aniccasaññā, anattasaññā, āhāre paṭikūlasaññā, sabbaloke anabhiratasaññā, aṭṭhikasaññā, puḷavakasaññā, vinīlakasaññā, vipubbakasaññā, vicchiddakasaññā, uddhumātakasaññā— ;;;The perceptions of impermanence, not-self, death, repulsiveness of food, dissatisfaction with the whole world, a skeleton, a worm-infested corpse, a livid corpse, a split open corpse, and a bloated corpse. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

(…) cāgāya … ;;;giving away … 
;;;

>En 

(…) cāgāya … ;;;giving away … 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

(…) cāgāya … ;;;giving away … 
;;;

>En 

(…) cāgāya … ;;;giving away … 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“āvuso bhikkhave”ti. ;;;“Reverends, mendicants!” 
;;;

>En 

“āvuso bhikkhave”ti. ;;;“Reverends, mendicants!” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Yo so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu akkosako paribhāsako ariyūpavādo sabrahmacārīnaṁ, ṭhānametaṁ avakāso yaṁ so ekādasannaṁ byasanānaṁ aññataraṁ byasanaṁ nigaccheyya. ;;;“Mendicants, any mendicant who abuses and insults their spiritual companions, speaking ill of the noble ones, will, without a doubt, fall into one or other of these eleven disasters. 
;;;Yo so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu akkosako paribhāsako ariyūpavādo sabrahmacārīnaṁ, aṭṭhānametaṁ anavakāso yaṁ so ekādasannaṁ byasanānaṁ aññataraṁ byasanaṁ na nigaccheyya. 
;;;Any mendicant who does not abuse and insult their spiritual companions, speaking ill of the noble ones, will, without a doubt, not fall into one or other of these eleven disasters. 
;;;

>En 

“Yo so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu akkosako paribhāsako ariyūpavādo sabrahmacārīnaṁ, ṭhānametaṁ avakāso yaṁ so ekādasannaṁ byasanānaṁ aññataraṁ byasanaṁ nigaccheyya. ;;;“Mendicants, any mendicant who abuses and insults their spiritual companions, speaking ill of the noble ones, will, without a doubt, fall into one or other of these eleven disasters. 
;;;Yo so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu akkosako paribhāsako ariyūpavādo sabrahmacārīnaṁ, aṭṭhānametaṁ anavakāso yaṁ so ekādasannaṁ byasanānaṁ aññataraṁ byasanaṁ na nigaccheyya. 
;;;Any mendicant who does not abuse and insult their spiritual companions, speaking ill of the noble ones, will, without a doubt, not fall into one or other of these eleven disasters. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

mā khaḷuṅkajhāyitaṁ. ;;;not like a wild colt. 
;;;Assakhaḷuṅko hi, saddha, doṇiyā baddho ‘yavasaṁ yavasan’ti jhāyati. 
;;;A wild colt, tied up by the feeding trough, meditates: ‘Fodder, fodder!’ 
;;;“kathaṁ jhāyī pana, bhante, bhadro purisājānīyo neva pathaviṁ nissāya jhāyati, na āpaṁ nissāya jhāyati, na tejaṁ nissāya jhāyati, na vāyaṁ nissāya jhāyati, na ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ nissāya jhāyati, na viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ nissāya jhāyati, na ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ nissāya jhāyati, na nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ nissāya jhāyati, na idhalokaṁ nissāya jhāyati, na paralokaṁ nissāya jhāyati, yampidaṁ diṭṭhaṁ sutaṁ mutaṁ viññātaṁ pattaṁ pariyesitaṁ anuvicaritaṁ manasā, tampi nissāya na jhāyati; 
;;;“But sir, how does that fine thoroughbred meditate?” 
;;;

>En 

mā khaḷuṅkajhāyitaṁ. ;;;not like a wild colt. 
;;;Assakhaḷuṅko hi, saddha, doṇiyā baddho ‘yavasaṁ yavasan’ti jhāyati. 
;;;A wild colt, tied up by the feeding trough, meditates: ‘Fodder, fodder!’ 
;;;“kathaṁ jhāyī pana, bhante, bhadro purisājānīyo neva pathaviṁ nissāya jhāyati, na āpaṁ nissāya jhāyati, na tejaṁ nissāya jhāyati, na vāyaṁ nissāya jhāyati, na ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ nissāya jhāyati, na viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ nissāya jhāyati, na ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ nissāya jhāyati, na nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ nissāya jhāyati, na idhalokaṁ nissāya jhāyati, na paralokaṁ nissāya jhāyati, yampidaṁ diṭṭhaṁ sutaṁ mutaṁ viññātaṁ pattaṁ pariyesitaṁ anuvicaritaṁ manasā, tampi nissāya na jhāyati; 
;;;“But sir, how does that fine thoroughbred meditate?” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

2. Anussativagga ;;;2. Recollection 
;;;Tesaṁ no, bhante, nānāvihārehi viharataṁ kenassa vihārena vihātabban”ti? 
;;;Now, we spend our life in various ways. Which of these should we practice?” 
;;;Imesu kho tvaṁ, mahānāma, pañcasu dhammesu patiṭṭhāya cha dhamme uttari bhāveyyāsi. 
;;;When you’re grounded on these five things, go on to develop six further things. 
;;;‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṁ veditabbo viññūhī’ti. 
;;;‘The teaching is well explained by the Buddha—apparent in the present life, immediately effective, inviting inspection, relevant, so that sensible people can know it for themselves.’ 
;;;

>En 

2. Anussativagga ;;;2. Recollection 
;;;Tesaṁ no, bhante, nānāvihārehi viharataṁ kenassa vihārena vihātabban”ti? 
;;;Now, we spend our life in various ways. Which of these should we practice?” 
;;;Imesu kho tvaṁ, mahānāma, pañcasu dhammesu patiṭṭhāya cha dhamme uttari bhāveyyāsi. 
;;;When you’re grounded on these five things, go on to develop six further things. 
;;;‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṁ veditabbo viññūhī’ti. 
;;;‘The teaching is well explained by the Buddha—apparent in the present life, immediately effective, inviting inspection, relevant, so that sensible people can know it for themselves.’ 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tattha kammantañceva adhiṭṭhāsi, bhagavantañca labhi kālena kālaṁ dassanāya. ;;;There he focused on his work and from time to time got to see the Buddha. 
;;;‘yā devatā atikkammeva kabaḷīkārāhārabhakkhānaṁ devatānaṁ sahabyataṁ aññataraṁ manomayaṁ kāyaṁ upapannā, tā karaṇīyaṁ attano na samanupassanti katassa vā paticayaṁ’. 
;;;‘There are deities who, surpassing the company of deities that consume solid food, are reborn in a certain host of mind-made deities. They don’t see in themselves anything more to do, or anything that needs improvement.’ 
;;;Seyyathāpi, nandiya, kumbho nikkujjo vamateva udakaṁ, no vantaṁ paccāvamati; 
;;;It’s like when a pot full of water is tipped over, so the water drains out and doesn’t go back in. 
;;;

>En 

Tattha kammantañceva adhiṭṭhāsi, bhagavantañca labhi kālena kālaṁ dassanāya. ;;;There he focused on his work and from time to time got to see the Buddha. 
;;;‘yā devatā atikkammeva kabaḷīkārāhārabhakkhānaṁ devatānaṁ sahabyataṁ aññataraṁ manomayaṁ kāyaṁ upapannā, tā karaṇīyaṁ attano na samanupassanti katassa vā paticayaṁ’. 
;;;‘There are deities who, surpassing the company of deities that consume solid food, are reborn in a certain host of mind-made deities. They don’t see in themselves anything more to do, or anything that needs improvement.’ 
;;;Seyyathāpi, nandiya, kumbho nikkujjo vamateva udakaṁ, no vantaṁ paccāvamati; 
;;;It’s like when a pot full of water is tipped over, so the water drains out and doesn’t go back in. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“ko nāmāyaṁ, subhūti, bhikkhū”ti? ;;;“Subhūti, what is the name of this mendicant?” 
;;;“Saddho nāmāyaṁ, bhante, bhikkhu, sudattassa upāsakassa putto, saddhā agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajito”ti. 
;;;“Sir, the name of this mendicant is Saddha. He is the son of the layman Sudatta, and has gone forth out of faith from the lay life to homelessness.” 
;;;

>En 

“ko nāmāyaṁ, subhūti, bhikkhū”ti? ;;;“Subhūti, what is the name of this mendicant?” 
;;;“Saddho nāmāyaṁ, bhante, bhikkhu, sudattassa upāsakassa putto, saddhā agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajito”ti. 
;;;“Sir, the name of this mendicant is Saddha. He is the son of the layman Sudatta, and has gone forth out of faith from the lay life to homelessness.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ānando vesāliyaṁ viharati beluvagāmake. ;;;At one time Venerable Ānanda was staying near Vesālī in the little village of Beluva. 
;;;

>En 

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ānando vesāliyaṁ viharati beluvagāmake. ;;;At one time Venerable Ānanda was staying near Vesālī in the little village of Beluva. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Ekādasahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato gopālako abhabbo gogaṇaṁ pariharituṁ phātiṁ kātuṁ. ;;;“Mendicants, a cowherd with eleven factors can’t maintain and expand a herd of cattle. 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, gopālako na rūpaññū hoti, na lakkhaṇakusalo hoti, na āsāṭikaṁ hāretā hoti, na vaṇaṁ paṭicchādetā hoti, na dhūmaṁ kattā hoti, na titthaṁ jānāti, na pītaṁ jānāti, na vīthiṁ jānāti, na gocarakusalo hoti, anavasesadohī ca hoti, ye te usabhā gopitaro gopariṇāyakā te na atirekapūjāya pūjetā hoti. 
;;;It’s when a cowherd doesn’t know form, is unskilled in characteristics, doesn’t pick out flies’ eggs, doesn’t dress wounds, doesn’t spread smoke, doesn’t know the ford, doesn’t know satisfaction, doesn’t know the trail, is not skilled in pastures, milks dry, and doesn’t show extra respect to the bulls who are fathers and leaders of the herd. 
;;;

>En 

“Ekādasahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato gopālako abhabbo gogaṇaṁ pariharituṁ phātiṁ kātuṁ. ;;;“Mendicants, a cowherd with eleven factors can’t maintain and expand a herd of cattle. 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, gopālako na rūpaññū hoti, na lakkhaṇakusalo hoti, na āsāṭikaṁ hāretā hoti, na vaṇaṁ paṭicchādetā hoti, na dhūmaṁ kattā hoti, na titthaṁ jānāti, na pītaṁ jānāti, na vīthiṁ jānāti, na gocarakusalo hoti, anavasesadohī ca hoti, ye te usabhā gopitaro gopariṇāyakā te na atirekapūjāya pūjetā hoti. 
;;;It’s when a cowherd doesn’t know form, is unskilled in characteristics, doesn’t pick out flies’ eggs, doesn’t dress wounds, doesn’t spread smoke, doesn’t know the ford, doesn’t know satisfaction, doesn’t know the trail, is not skilled in pastures, milks dry, and doesn’t show extra respect to the bulls who are fathers and leaders of the herd. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho bhagavā ambalaṭṭhikāyaṁ rājāgārake ekarattivāsaṁ upagacchi saddhiṁ bhikkhusaṅghena. ;;;Then the Buddha took up residence for the night in the royal rest-house in Ambalaṭṭhikā together with the Saṅgha of mendicants. 
;;;Mamaṁ vā, bhikkhave, pare vaṇṇaṁ bhāseyyuṁ, dhammassa vā vaṇṇaṁ bhāseyyuṁ, saṅghassa vā vaṇṇaṁ bhāseyyuṁ, tatra tumhehi na ānando na somanassaṁ na cetaso uppilāvitattaṁ karaṇīyaṁ. 
;;;If others praise me, the teaching, or the Saṅgha, don’t make yourselves thrilled, elated, and excited. 
;;;Mamaṁ vā, bhikkhave, pare vaṇṇaṁ bhāseyyuṁ, dhammassa vā vaṇṇaṁ bhāseyyuṁ, saṅghassa vā vaṇṇaṁ bhāseyyuṁ, tatra ce tumhe assatha ānandino sumanā uppilāvitā tumhaṁ yevassa tena antarāyo. 
;;;You’ll get thrilled, elated, and excited, which would be an obstacle for you alone. 
;;;‘Musāvādaṁ pahāya musāvādā paṭivirato samaṇo gotamo saccavādī saccasandho theto paccayiko avisaṁvādako lokassā’ti— 
;;;‘The ascetic Gotama has given up lying. He speaks the truth and sticks to the truth. He’s honest and dependable, and doesn’t trick the world with his words.’ 
;;;seyyathidaṁ—mūlabījaṁ khandhabījaṁ phaḷubījaṁ aggabījaṁ bījabījameva pañcamaṁ; 
;;;These include plants propagated from roots, stems, cuttings, or joints; and those from regular seeds as the fifth. 
;;;seyyathidaṁ—naccaṁ gītaṁ vāditaṁ pekkhaṁ akkhānaṁ pāṇissaraṁ vetāḷaṁ kumbhathūṇaṁ sobhanakaṁ caṇḍālaṁ vaṁsaṁ dhovanaṁ hatthiyuddhaṁ assayuddhaṁ mahiṁsayuddhaṁ usabhayuddhaṁ ajayuddhaṁ meṇḍayuddhaṁ kukkuṭayuddhaṁ vaṭṭakayuddhaṁ daṇḍayuddhaṁ muṭṭhiyuddhaṁ nibbuddhaṁ uyyodhikaṁ balaggaṁ senābyūhaṁ anīkadassanaṁ 
;;;This includes such things as dancing, singing, music, performances, and storytelling; clapping, gongs, and kettledrums; beauty pageants; acrobatic and bone-washing displays of the corpse-workers; battles of elephants, horses, buffaloes, bulls, goats, rams, chickens, and quails; staff-fights, boxing, and wrestling; combat, roll calls of the armed forces, battle-formations, and regimental reviews. 
;;;seyyathidaṁ—āsandiṁ pallaṅkaṁ gonakaṁ cittakaṁ paṭikaṁ paṭalikaṁ tūlikaṁ vikatikaṁ uddalomiṁ ekantalomiṁ kaṭṭissaṁ koseyyaṁ kuttakaṁ hatthattharaṁ assattharaṁ rathattharaṁ ajinappaveṇiṁ kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇaṁ sauttaracchadaṁ ubhatolohitakūpadhānaṁ 
;;;This includes such things as sofas, couches, woolen covers—shag-piled, colorful, white, embroidered with flowers, quilted, embroidered with animals, double- or single-fringed—and silk covers studded with gems, as well as silken sheets, woven carpets, rugs for elephants, horses, or chariots, antelope hide rugs, and spreads of fine deer hide, with a canopy above and red cushions at both ends. 
;;;ucchādanaṁ parimaddanaṁ nhāpanaṁ sambāhanaṁ ādāsaṁ añjanaṁ mālāgandhavilepanaṁ mukhacuṇṇaṁ mukhalepanaṁ hatthabandhaṁ sikhābandhaṁ daṇḍaṁ nāḷikaṁ asiṁ chattaṁ citrupāhanaṁ uṇhīsaṁ maṇiṁ vālabījaniṁ odātāni vatthāni dīghadasāni 
;;;This includes such things as applying beauty products by anointing, massaging, bathing, and rubbing; mirrors, ointments, garlands, fragrances, and makeup; face-powder, foundation, bracelets, headbands, fancy walking-sticks or containers, rapiers, parasols, fancy sandals, turbans, jewelry, chowries, and long-fringed white robes. 
;;;‘Yathā vā paneke bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā saddhādeyyāni bhojanāni bhuñjitvā te kuhakā ca honti, lapakā ca nemittikā ca nippesikā ca, lābhena lābhaṁ nijigīsitāro ca 
;;;‘There are some ascetics and brahmins who, while enjoying food given in faith, still engage in deceit, flattery, hinting, and belittling, and using material things to chase after other material things. 
;;;seyyathidaṁ—aṅgaṁ nimittaṁ uppātaṁ supinaṁ lakkhaṇaṁ mūsikacchinnaṁ aggihomaṁ dabbihomaṁ thusahomaṁ kaṇahomaṁ taṇḍulahomaṁ sappihomaṁ telahomaṁ mukhahomaṁ lohitahomaṁ aṅgavijjā vatthuvijjā khattavijjā sivavijjā bhūtavijjā bhūrivijjā ahivijjā visavijjā vicchikavijjā mūsikavijjā sakuṇavijjā vāyasavijjā pakkajjhānaṁ saraparittāṇaṁ migacakkaṁ 
;;;This includes such fields as limb-reading, omenology, divining celestial portents, interpreting dreams, divining bodily marks, divining holes in cloth gnawed by mice, fire offerings, ladle offerings, offerings of husks, rice powder, rice, ghee, or oil; offerings from the mouth, blood sacrifices, palmistry; geomancy for building sites, fields, and cemeteries; exorcisms, earth magic, snake charming, poisons; the lore of the scorpion, the rat, the bird, and the crow; prophesying life span, chanting for protection, and divining omens from wild animals. 
;;;seyyathidaṁ—candaggāho bhavissati, sūriyaggāho bhavissati, nakkhattaggāho bhavissati, candimasūriyānaṁ pathagamanaṁ bhavissati, candimasūriyānaṁ uppathagamanaṁ bhavissati, nakkhattānaṁ pathagamanaṁ bhavissati, nakkhattānaṁ uppathagamanaṁ bhavissati, ukkāpāto bhavissati, disāḍāho bhavissati, bhūmicālo bhavissati, devadudrabhi bhavissati, candimasūriyanakkhattānaṁ uggamanaṁ ogamanaṁ saṅkilesaṁ vodānaṁ bhavissati, evaṁvipāko candaggāho bhavissati, evaṁvipāko sūriyaggāho bhavissati, evaṁvipāko nakkhattaggāho bhavissati, evaṁvipākaṁ candimasūriyānaṁ pathagamanaṁ bhavissati, evaṁvipākaṁ candimasūriyānaṁ uppathagamanaṁ bhavissati, evaṁvipākaṁ nakkhattānaṁ pathagamanaṁ bhavissati, evaṁvipākaṁ nakkhattānaṁ uppathagamanaṁ bhavissati, evaṁvipāko ukkāpāto bhavissati, evaṁvipāko disāḍāho bhavissati, evaṁvipāko bhūmicālo bhavissati, evaṁvipāko devadudrabhi bhavissati, evaṁvipākaṁ candimasūriyanakkhattānaṁ uggamanaṁ ogamanaṁ saṅkilesaṁ vodānaṁ bhavissati 
;;;This includes making predictions that there will be an eclipse of the moon, or sun, or stars; that the sun, moon, and stars will be in conjunction or in opposition; that there will be a meteor shower, a fiery sky, an earthquake, or thunder in the heavens; that there will be a rising, a setting, a darkening, a brightening of the moon, sun, and stars. And it also includes making predictions about the results of all such phenomena. 
;;;seyyathidaṁ—santikammaṁ paṇidhikammaṁ bhūtakammaṁ bhūrikammaṁ vassakammaṁ vossakammaṁ vatthukammaṁ vatthuparikammaṁ ācamanaṁ nhāpanaṁ juhanaṁ vamanaṁ virecanaṁ uddhaṁvirecanaṁ adhovirecanaṁ sīsavirecanaṁ kaṇṇatelaṁ nettatappanaṁ natthukammaṁ añjanaṁ paccañjanaṁ sālākiyaṁ sallakattiyaṁ dārakatikicchā mūlabhesajjānaṁ anuppadānaṁ osadhīnaṁ paṭimokkho 
;;;This includes rites for propitiation, for granting wishes, for ghosts, for the earth, for rain, for property settlement, and for preparing and consecrating house sites, and rites involving rinsing and bathing, and oblations. It also includes administering emetics, purgatives, expectorants, and phlegmagogues; administering ear-oils, eye restoratives, nasal medicine, ointments, and counter-ointments; surgery with needle and scalpel, treating children, prescribing root medicines, and binding on herbs. 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā ātappamanvāya padhānamanvāya anuyogamanvāya appamādamanvāya sammāmanasikāramanvāya tathārūpaṁ cetosamādhiṁ phusati, yathāsamāhite citte (…) anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati. 
;;;It’s when some ascetic or brahmin—by dint of keen, resolute, committed, and diligent effort, and right application of mind—experiences an immersion of the heart of such a kind that they recollect their many kinds of past lives. 
;;;Tassa tattha ekakassa dīgharattaṁ nivusitattā anabhirati paritassanā uppajjati: 
;;;But after staying there all alone for a long time, they become dissatisfied and anxious: 
;;;‘ahamasmi brahmā mahābrahmā abhibhū anabhibhūto aññadatthudaso vasavattī issaro kattā nimmātā seṭṭho sajitā vasī pitā bhūtabhabyānaṁ. 
;;;‘I am the Divinity, the Great Divinity, the Vanquisher, the Unvanquished, the Universal Seer, the Wielder of Power, God Almighty, the Maker, the Creator, the First, the Begetter, the Controller, the Father of those who have been born and those yet to be born. 
;;;Iti mama ca manopaṇidhi, ime ca sattā itthattaṁ āgatā’ti. 
;;;Such was my heart’s wish, and then these creatures came to this place.’ 
;;;Santi, bhikkhave, khiḍḍāpadosikā nāma devā, te ativelaṁ hassakhiḍḍāratidhammasamāpannā viharanti. Tesaṁ ativelaṁ hassakhiḍḍāratidhammasamāpannānaṁ viharataṁ sati sammussati. Satiyā sammosā te devā tamhā kāyā cavanti. 
;;;There are gods named ‘depraved by play.’ They spend too much time laughing, playing, and making merry. And in doing so, they lose their mindfulness, and they pass away from that host of gods. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, dakkho kevaṭṭo vā kevaṭṭantevāsī vā sukhumacchikena jālena parittaṁ udakadahaṁ otthareyya. Tassa evamassa: ‘ye kho keci imasmiṁ udakadahe oḷārikā pāṇā, sabbe te antojālīkatā. Ettha sitāva ummujjamānā ummujjanti; ettha pariyāpannā antojālīkatāva ummujjamānā ummujjantī’ti; 
;;;Suppose a deft fisherman or his apprentice were to cast a fine-meshed net over a small pond. They’d think: ‘Any sizable creatures in this pond will be trapped in the net. Wherever they emerge they are caught and trapped in this very net.’ 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho bhagavā ambalaṭṭhikāyaṁ rājāgārake ekarattivāsaṁ upagacchi saddhiṁ bhikkhusaṅghena. ;;;Then the Buddha took up residence for the night in the royal rest-house in Ambalaṭṭhikā together with the Saṅgha of mendicants. 
;;;Mamaṁ vā, bhikkhave, pare vaṇṇaṁ bhāseyyuṁ, dhammassa vā vaṇṇaṁ bhāseyyuṁ, saṅghassa vā vaṇṇaṁ bhāseyyuṁ, tatra tumhehi na ānando na somanassaṁ na cetaso uppilāvitattaṁ karaṇīyaṁ. 
;;;If others praise me, the teaching, or the Saṅgha, don’t make yourselves thrilled, elated, and excited. 
;;;Mamaṁ vā, bhikkhave, pare vaṇṇaṁ bhāseyyuṁ, dhammassa vā vaṇṇaṁ bhāseyyuṁ, saṅghassa vā vaṇṇaṁ bhāseyyuṁ, tatra ce tumhe assatha ānandino sumanā uppilāvitā tumhaṁ yevassa tena antarāyo. 
;;;You’ll get thrilled, elated, and excited, which would be an obstacle for you alone. 
;;;‘Musāvādaṁ pahāya musāvādā paṭivirato samaṇo gotamo saccavādī saccasandho theto paccayiko avisaṁvādako lokassā’ti— 
;;;‘The ascetic Gotama has given up lying. He speaks the truth and sticks to the truth. He’s honest and dependable, and doesn’t trick the world with his words.’ 
;;;seyyathidaṁ—mūlabījaṁ khandhabījaṁ phaḷubījaṁ aggabījaṁ bījabījameva pañcamaṁ; 
;;;These include plants propagated from roots, stems, cuttings, or joints; and those from regular seeds as the fifth. 
;;;seyyathidaṁ—naccaṁ gītaṁ vāditaṁ pekkhaṁ akkhānaṁ pāṇissaraṁ vetāḷaṁ kumbhathūṇaṁ sobhanakaṁ caṇḍālaṁ vaṁsaṁ dhovanaṁ hatthiyuddhaṁ assayuddhaṁ mahiṁsayuddhaṁ usabhayuddhaṁ ajayuddhaṁ meṇḍayuddhaṁ kukkuṭayuddhaṁ vaṭṭakayuddhaṁ daṇḍayuddhaṁ muṭṭhiyuddhaṁ nibbuddhaṁ uyyodhikaṁ balaggaṁ senābyūhaṁ anīkadassanaṁ 
;;;This includes such things as dancing, singing, music, performances, and storytelling; clapping, gongs, and kettledrums; beauty pageants; acrobatic and bone-washing displays of the corpse-workers; battles of elephants, horses, buffaloes, bulls, goats, rams, chickens, and quails; staff-fights, boxing, and wrestling; combat, roll calls of the armed forces, battle-formations, and regimental reviews. 
;;;seyyathidaṁ—āsandiṁ pallaṅkaṁ gonakaṁ cittakaṁ paṭikaṁ paṭalikaṁ tūlikaṁ vikatikaṁ uddalomiṁ ekantalomiṁ kaṭṭissaṁ koseyyaṁ kuttakaṁ hatthattharaṁ assattharaṁ rathattharaṁ ajinappaveṇiṁ kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇaṁ sauttaracchadaṁ ubhatolohitakūpadhānaṁ 
;;;This includes such things as sofas, couches, woolen covers—shag-piled, colorful, white, embroidered with flowers, quilted, embroidered with animals, double- or single-fringed—and silk covers studded with gems, as well as silken sheets, woven carpets, rugs for elephants, horses, or chariots, antelope hide rugs, and spreads of fine deer hide, with a canopy above and red cushions at both ends. 
;;;ucchādanaṁ parimaddanaṁ nhāpanaṁ sambāhanaṁ ādāsaṁ añjanaṁ mālāgandhavilepanaṁ mukhacuṇṇaṁ mukhalepanaṁ hatthabandhaṁ sikhābandhaṁ daṇḍaṁ nāḷikaṁ asiṁ chattaṁ citrupāhanaṁ uṇhīsaṁ maṇiṁ vālabījaniṁ odātāni vatthāni dīghadasāni 
;;;This includes such things as applying beauty products by anointing, massaging, bathing, and rubbing; mirrors, ointments, garlands, fragrances, and makeup; face-powder, foundation, bracelets, headbands, fancy walking-sticks or containers, rapiers, parasols, fancy sandals, turbans, jewelry, chowries, and long-fringed white robes. 
;;;‘Yathā vā paneke bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā saddhādeyyāni bhojanāni bhuñjitvā te kuhakā ca honti, lapakā ca nemittikā ca nippesikā ca, lābhena lābhaṁ nijigīsitāro ca 
;;;‘There are some ascetics and brahmins who, while enjoying food given in faith, still engage in deceit, flattery, hinting, and belittling, and using material things to chase after other material things. 
;;;seyyathidaṁ—aṅgaṁ nimittaṁ uppātaṁ supinaṁ lakkhaṇaṁ mūsikacchinnaṁ aggihomaṁ dabbihomaṁ thusahomaṁ kaṇahomaṁ taṇḍulahomaṁ sappihomaṁ telahomaṁ mukhahomaṁ lohitahomaṁ aṅgavijjā vatthuvijjā khattavijjā sivavijjā bhūtavijjā bhūrivijjā ahivijjā visavijjā vicchikavijjā mūsikavijjā sakuṇavijjā vāyasavijjā pakkajjhānaṁ saraparittāṇaṁ migacakkaṁ 
;;;This includes such fields as limb-reading, omenology, divining celestial portents, interpreting dreams, divining bodily marks, divining holes in cloth gnawed by mice, fire offerings, ladle offerings, offerings of husks, rice powder, rice, ghee, or oil; offerings from the mouth, blood sacrifices, palmistry; geomancy for building sites, fields, and cemeteries; exorcisms, earth magic, snake charming, poisons; the lore of the scorpion, the rat, the bird, and the crow; prophesying life span, chanting for protection, and divining omens from wild animals. 
;;;seyyathidaṁ—candaggāho bhavissati, sūriyaggāho bhavissati, nakkhattaggāho bhavissati, candimasūriyānaṁ pathagamanaṁ bhavissati, candimasūriyānaṁ uppathagamanaṁ bhavissati, nakkhattānaṁ pathagamanaṁ bhavissati, nakkhattānaṁ uppathagamanaṁ bhavissati, ukkāpāto bhavissati, disāḍāho bhavissati, bhūmicālo bhavissati, devadudrabhi bhavissati, candimasūriyanakkhattānaṁ uggamanaṁ ogamanaṁ saṅkilesaṁ vodānaṁ bhavissati, evaṁvipāko candaggāho bhavissati, evaṁvipāko sūriyaggāho bhavissati, evaṁvipāko nakkhattaggāho bhavissati, evaṁvipākaṁ candimasūriyānaṁ pathagamanaṁ bhavissati, evaṁvipākaṁ candimasūriyānaṁ uppathagamanaṁ bhavissati, evaṁvipākaṁ nakkhattānaṁ pathagamanaṁ bhavissati, evaṁvipākaṁ nakkhattānaṁ uppathagamanaṁ bhavissati, evaṁvipāko ukkāpāto bhavissati, evaṁvipāko disāḍāho bhavissati, evaṁvipāko bhūmicālo bhavissati, evaṁvipāko devadudrabhi bhavissati, evaṁvipākaṁ candimasūriyanakkhattānaṁ uggamanaṁ ogamanaṁ saṅkilesaṁ vodānaṁ bhavissati 
;;;This includes making predictions that there will be an eclipse of the moon, or sun, or stars; that the sun, moon, and stars will be in conjunction or in opposition; that there will be a meteor shower, a fiery sky, an earthquake, or thunder in the heavens; that there will be a rising, a setting, a darkening, a brightening of the moon, sun, and stars. And it also includes making predictions about the results of all such phenomena. 
;;;seyyathidaṁ—santikammaṁ paṇidhikammaṁ bhūtakammaṁ bhūrikammaṁ vassakammaṁ vossakammaṁ vatthukammaṁ vatthuparikammaṁ ācamanaṁ nhāpanaṁ juhanaṁ vamanaṁ virecanaṁ uddhaṁvirecanaṁ adhovirecanaṁ sīsavirecanaṁ kaṇṇatelaṁ nettatappanaṁ natthukammaṁ añjanaṁ paccañjanaṁ sālākiyaṁ sallakattiyaṁ dārakatikicchā mūlabhesajjānaṁ anuppadānaṁ osadhīnaṁ paṭimokkho 
;;;This includes rites for propitiation, for granting wishes, for ghosts, for the earth, for rain, for property settlement, and for preparing and consecrating house sites, and rites involving rinsing and bathing, and oblations. It also includes administering emetics, purgatives, expectorants, and phlegmagogues; administering ear-oils, eye restoratives, nasal medicine, ointments, and counter-ointments; surgery with needle and scalpel, treating children, prescribing root medicines, and binding on herbs. 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā ātappamanvāya padhānamanvāya anuyogamanvāya appamādamanvāya sammāmanasikāramanvāya tathārūpaṁ cetosamādhiṁ phusati, yathāsamāhite citte (…) anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati. 
;;;It’s when some ascetic or brahmin—by dint of keen, resolute, committed, and diligent effort, and right application of mind—experiences an immersion of the heart of such a kind that they recollect their many kinds of past lives. 
;;;Tassa tattha ekakassa dīgharattaṁ nivusitattā anabhirati paritassanā uppajjati: 
;;;But after staying there all alone for a long time, they become dissatisfied and anxious: 
;;;‘ahamasmi brahmā mahābrahmā abhibhū anabhibhūto aññadatthudaso vasavattī issaro kattā nimmātā seṭṭho sajitā vasī pitā bhūtabhabyānaṁ. 
;;;‘I am the Divinity, the Great Divinity, the Vanquisher, the Unvanquished, the Universal Seer, the Wielder of Power, God Almighty, the Maker, the Creator, the First, the Begetter, the Controller, the Father of those who have been born and those yet to be born. 
;;;Iti mama ca manopaṇidhi, ime ca sattā itthattaṁ āgatā’ti. 
;;;Such was my heart’s wish, and then these creatures came to this place.’ 
;;;Santi, bhikkhave, khiḍḍāpadosikā nāma devā, te ativelaṁ hassakhiḍḍāratidhammasamāpannā viharanti. Tesaṁ ativelaṁ hassakhiḍḍāratidhammasamāpannānaṁ viharataṁ sati sammussati. Satiyā sammosā te devā tamhā kāyā cavanti. 
;;;There are gods named ‘depraved by play.’ They spend too much time laughing, playing, and making merry. And in doing so, they lose their mindfulness, and they pass away from that host of gods. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, dakkho kevaṭṭo vā kevaṭṭantevāsī vā sukhumacchikena jālena parittaṁ udakadahaṁ otthareyya. Tassa evamassa: ‘ye kho keci imasmiṁ udakadahe oḷārikā pāṇā, sabbe te antojālīkatā. Ettha sitāva ummujjamānā ummujjanti; ettha pariyāpannā antojālīkatāva ummujjamānā ummujjantī’ti; 
;;;Suppose a deft fisherman or his apprentice were to cast a fine-meshed net over a small pond. They’d think: ‘Any sizable creatures in this pond will be trapped in the net. Wherever they emerge they are caught and trapped in this very net.’ 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“ayaṁ, deva, sañcayo belaṭṭhaputto saṅghī ceva gaṇī ca gaṇācariyo ca ñāto yasassī titthakaro sādhusammato bahujanassa rattaññū cirapabbajito addhagato vayoanuppatto. ;;;“Sire, Sañjaya Belaṭṭhiputta leads an order and a community, and tutors a community. He’s a well-known and famous religious founder, deemed holy by many people. He is of long standing, long gone forth; he is advanced in years and has reached the final stage of life. 
;;;Abhikkama, mahārāja, abhikkama, mahārāja, ete maṇḍalamāḷe dīpā jhāyantī”ti. 
;;;Go forward, great king, go forward! Those are lamps shining in the pavilion.” 
;;;“puccheyyāmahaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ kañcideva desaṁ; 
;;;“Sir, I’d like to ask you about a certain point, if you’d take the time to answer.” 
;;;āḷārikā kappakā nhāpakā sūdā mālakārā rajakā pesakārā naḷakārā kumbhakārā gaṇakā muddikā, yāni vā panaññānipi evaṅgatāni puthusippāyatanāni, te diṭṭheva dhamme sandiṭṭhikaṁ sippaphalaṁ upajīvanti; 
;;;They also include bakers, barbers, bathroom attendants, cooks, garland-makers, dyers, weavers, basket-makers, potters, accountants, finger-talliers, or those following any similar professions. All these live off the fruits of their profession which are apparent in the present life. 
;;;Anabhinanditvā appaṭikkositvā anattamano, anattamanavācaṁ anicchāretvā, tameva vācaṁ anuggaṇhanto anikkujjanto uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkamiṁ. 
;;;I was displeased, but did not express my displeasure. Neither accepting what he said nor contradicting it, I got up from my seat and left. 
;;;Sabbe sattā sabbe pāṇā sabbe bhūtā sabbe jīvā avasā abalā avīriyā niyatisaṅgatibhāvapariṇatā chasvevābhijātīsu sukhadukkhaṁ paṭisaṁvedenti. 
;;;All sentient beings, all living creatures, all beings, all souls lack control, power, and energy. Molded by destiny, circumstance, and nature, they experience pleasure and pain in the six classes of rebirth. 
;;;‘natthi, mahārāja, dinnaṁ, natthi yiṭṭhaṁ, natthi hutaṁ, natthi sukatadukkaṭānaṁ kammānaṁ phalaṁ vipāko, natthi ayaṁ loko, natthi paro loko, natthi mātā, natthi pitā, natthi sattā opapātikā, natthi loke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sammaggatā sammāpaṭipannā, ye imañca lokaṁ parañca lokaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedenti. 
;;;‘Great king, there is no meaning in giving, sacrifice, or offerings. There’s no fruit or result of good and bad deeds. There’s no afterlife. There’s no such thing as mother and father, or beings that are reborn spontaneously. And there’s no ascetic or brahmin who is rightly comported and rightly practiced, and who describes the afterlife after realizing it with their own insight. 
;;;Yopi tiṇhena satthena sīsaṁ chindati, na koci kiñci jīvitā voropeti; 
;;;If you chop off someone’s head with a sharp sword, you don’t take anyone’s life. 
;;;sattannaṁ tveva kāyānamantarena satthaṁ vivaramanupatatī’ti. 
;;;The sword simply passes through the gap between the seven substances.’ 
;;;Evaṁ vutte, bhante, nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto maṁ etadavoca: 
;;;He said: 
;;;idha te assa puriso dāso kammakāro pubbuṭṭhāyī pacchānipātī kiṅkārapaṭissāvī manāpacārī piyavādī mukhullokako. 
;;;Suppose you had a person who was a bondservant, a worker. They get up before you and go to bed after you, and are obliging, behaving nicely and speaking politely, and gazing up at your face. 
;;;Seyyathidaṁ—āsandiṁ pallaṅkaṁ gonakaṁ cittakaṁ paṭikaṁ paṭalikaṁ tūlikaṁ vikatikaṁ uddalomiṁ ekantalomiṁ kaṭṭissaṁ koseyyaṁ kuttakaṁ hatthattharaṁ assattharaṁ rathattharaṁ ajinappaveṇiṁ kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇaṁ sauttaracchadaṁ ubhatolohitakūpadhānaṁ 
;;;This includes such things as sofas, couches, woolen covers—shag-piled, colorful, white, embroidered with flowers, quilted, embroidered with animals, double-or single-fringed—and silk covers studded with gems, as well as silken sheets, woven carpets, rugs for elephants, horses, or chariots, antelope hide rugs, and spreads of fine deer hide, with a canopy above and red cushions at both ends. 
;;;Seyyathidaṁ—ucchādanaṁ parimaddanaṁ nhāpanaṁ sambāhanaṁ ādāsaṁ añjanaṁ mālāgandhavilepanaṁ mukhacuṇṇaṁ mukhalepanaṁ hatthabandhaṁ sikhābandhaṁ daṇḍaṁ nāḷikaṁ asiṁ chattaṁ citrupāhanaṁ uṇhīsaṁ maṇiṁ vālabījaniṁ odātāni vatthāni dīghadasāni 
;;;This includes such things as applying beauty products by anointing, massaging, bathing, and rubbing; mirrors, ointments, garlands, fragrances, and makeup; face-powder, foundation, bracelets, headbands, fancy walking-sticks or containers, rapiers, parasols, fancy sandals, turbans, jewelry, chowries, and long-fringed white robes. 
;;;Seyyathidaṁ—santikammaṁ paṇidhikammaṁ bhūtakammaṁ bhūrikammaṁ vassakammaṁ vossakammaṁ vatthukammaṁ vatthuparikammaṁ ācamanaṁ nhāpanaṁ juhanaṁ vamanaṁ virecanaṁ uddhaṁvirecanaṁ adhovirecanaṁ sīsavirecanaṁ kaṇṇatelaṁ nettatappanaṁ natthukammaṁ añjanaṁ paccañjanaṁ sālākiyaṁ sallakattiyaṁ dārakatikicchā, mūlabhesajjānaṁ anuppadānaṁ, osadhīnaṁ paṭimokkho 
;;;This includes rites for propitiation, for granting wishes, for ghosts, for the earth, for rain, for property settlement, and for preparing and consecrating house sites, and rites involving rinsing and bathing, and oblations. It also includes administering emetics, purgatives, expectorants, and phlegmagogues; administering ear-oils, eye restoratives, nasal medicine, ointments, and counter-ointments; surgery with needle and scalpel, treating children, prescribing root medicines, and binding on herbs. 
;;;So pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;After the meal, they return from almsround, sit down cross-legged, set their body straight, and establish mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;So yāni ca porāṇāni iṇamūlāni, tāni ca byantiṁ kareyya, siyā cassa uttariṁ avasiṭṭhaṁ dārabharaṇāya. 
;;;He would pay off the original loan and have enough left over to support his partner. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, mahārāja, udakarahado gambhīro ubbhidodako tassa nevassa puratthimāya disāya udakassa āyamukhaṁ, na dakkhiṇāya disāya udakassa āyamukhaṁ, na pacchimāya disāya udakassa āyamukhaṁ, na uttarāya disāya udakassa āyamukhaṁ, devo ca na kālena kālaṁ sammādhāraṁ anuppaveccheyya. 
;;;It’s like a deep lake fed by spring water. There’s no inlet to the east, west, north, or south, and the heavens would not properly bestow showers from time to time. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, mahārāja, uppaliniyaṁ vā paduminiyaṁ vā puṇḍarīkiniyaṁ vā appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṁvaḍḍhāni udakānuggatāni antonimuggaposīni, tāni yāva caggā yāva ca mūlā sītena vārinā abhisannāni parisannāni paripūrāni paripphuṭāni, nāssa kiñci sabbāvataṁ uppalānaṁ vā padumānaṁ vā puṇḍarīkānaṁ vā sītena vārinā apphuṭaṁ assa; 
;;;It’s like a pool with blue water lilies, or pink or white lotuses. Some of them sprout and grow in the water without rising above it, thriving underwater. From the tip to the root they’re drenched, steeped, filled, and soaked with cool water. There’s no part of them that’s not soaked with cool water. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, mahārāja, puriso muñjamhā īsikaṁ pavāheyya. 
;;;Suppose a person was to draw a reed out from its sheath. 
;;;‘ayaṁ ahi, ayaṁ karaṇḍo. Añño ahi, añño karaṇḍo, karaṇḍā tveva ahi ubbhato’ti. 
;;;‘This is the snake, this is the slough. The snake and the slough are different things. The snake has been drawn out from the slough.’ 
;;;So anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhoti—ekopi hutvā bahudhā hoti, bahudhāpi hutvā eko hoti; āvibhāvaṁ tirobhāvaṁ tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamāno gacchati seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ karoti seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gacchati seyyathāpi pathaviyā; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kamati seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve pāṇinā parāmasati parimajjati; yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vatteti. 
;;;They wield the many kinds of psychic power: multiplying themselves and becoming one again; appearing and disappearing; going unobstructed through a wall, a rampart, or a mountain as if through space; diving in and out of the earth as if it were water; walking on water as if it were earth; flying cross-legged through the sky like a bird; touching and stroking with the hand the sun and moon, so mighty and powerful; controlling the body as far as the realm of divinity. 
;;;So anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhoti—ekopi hutvā bahudhā hoti, bahudhāpi hutvā eko hoti; āvibhāvaṁ tirobhāvaṁ tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamāno gacchati seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ karoti seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gacchati seyyathāpi pathaviyā; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kamati seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve pāṇinā parāmasati parimajjati; yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vatteti. 
;;; 
;;;Seyyathāpi, mahārāja, puriso sakamhā gāmā aññaṁ gāmaṁ gaccheyya, tamhāpi gāmā aññaṁ gāmaṁ gaccheyya. So tamhā gāmā sakaṁyeva gāmaṁ paccāgaccheyya. Tassa evamassa: ‘ahaṁ kho sakamhā gāmā amuṁ gāmaṁ agacchiṁ, tatra evaṁ aṭṭhāsiṁ, evaṁ nisīdiṁ, evaṁ abhāsiṁ, evaṁ tuṇhī ahosiṁ, tamhāpi gāmā amuṁ gāmaṁ agacchiṁ, tatrāpi evaṁ aṭṭhāsiṁ, evaṁ nisīdiṁ, evaṁ abhāsiṁ, evaṁ tuṇhī ahosiṁ, somhi tamhā gāmā sakaṁyeva gāmaṁ paccāgato’ti. 
;;;Suppose a person was to leave their home village and go to another village. From that village they’d go to yet another village. And from that village they’d return to their home village. They’d think: ‘I went from my home village to another village. There I stood like this, sat like that, spoke like this, or kept silent like that. From that village I went to yet another village. There too I stood like this, sat like that, spoke like this, or kept silent like that. And from that village I returned to my home village.’ 
;;;Seyyathāpi, mahārāja, majjhe siṅghāṭake pāsādo. Tattha cakkhumā puriso ṭhito passeyya manusse gehaṁ pavisantepi nikkhamantepi rathikāyapi vīthiṁ sañcarante majjhe siṅghāṭake nisinnepi. Tassa evamassa: ‘ete manussā gehaṁ pavisanti, ete nikkhamanti, ete rathikāya vīthiṁ sañcaranti, ete majjhe siṅghāṭake nisinnā’ti. 
;;;Suppose there was a stilt longhouse at the central square. A person with clear eyes standing there might see people entering and leaving a house, walking along the streets and paths, and sitting at the central square. They’d think: ‘These are people entering and leaving a house, walking along the streets and paths, and sitting at the central square.’ 
;;;

>En 

“ayaṁ, deva, sañcayo belaṭṭhaputto saṅghī ceva gaṇī ca gaṇācariyo ca ñāto yasassī titthakaro sādhusammato bahujanassa rattaññū cirapabbajito addhagato vayoanuppatto. ;;;“Sire, Sañjaya Belaṭṭhiputta leads an order and a community, and tutors a community. He’s a well-known and famous religious founder, deemed holy by many people. He is of long standing, long gone forth; he is advanced in years and has reached the final stage of life. 
;;;Abhikkama, mahārāja, abhikkama, mahārāja, ete maṇḍalamāḷe dīpā jhāyantī”ti. 
;;;Go forward, great king, go forward! Those are lamps shining in the pavilion.” 
;;;“puccheyyāmahaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ kañcideva desaṁ; 
;;;“Sir, I’d like to ask you about a certain point, if you’d take the time to answer.” 
;;;āḷārikā kappakā nhāpakā sūdā mālakārā rajakā pesakārā naḷakārā kumbhakārā gaṇakā muddikā, yāni vā panaññānipi evaṅgatāni puthusippāyatanāni, te diṭṭheva dhamme sandiṭṭhikaṁ sippaphalaṁ upajīvanti; 
;;;They also include bakers, barbers, bathroom attendants, cooks, garland-makers, dyers, weavers, basket-makers, potters, accountants, finger-talliers, or those following any similar professions. All these live off the fruits of their profession which are apparent in the present life. 
;;;Anabhinanditvā appaṭikkositvā anattamano, anattamanavācaṁ anicchāretvā, tameva vācaṁ anuggaṇhanto anikkujjanto uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkamiṁ. 
;;;I was displeased, but did not express my displeasure. Neither accepting what he said nor contradicting it, I got up from my seat and left. 
;;;Sabbe sattā sabbe pāṇā sabbe bhūtā sabbe jīvā avasā abalā avīriyā niyatisaṅgatibhāvapariṇatā chasvevābhijātīsu sukhadukkhaṁ paṭisaṁvedenti. 
;;;All sentient beings, all living creatures, all beings, all souls lack control, power, and energy. Molded by destiny, circumstance, and nature, they experience pleasure and pain in the six classes of rebirth. 
;;;‘natthi, mahārāja, dinnaṁ, natthi yiṭṭhaṁ, natthi hutaṁ, natthi sukatadukkaṭānaṁ kammānaṁ phalaṁ vipāko, natthi ayaṁ loko, natthi paro loko, natthi mātā, natthi pitā, natthi sattā opapātikā, natthi loke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sammaggatā sammāpaṭipannā, ye imañca lokaṁ parañca lokaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedenti. 
;;;‘Great king, there is no meaning in giving, sacrifice, or offerings. There’s no fruit or result of good and bad deeds. There’s no afterlife. There’s no such thing as mother and father, or beings that are reborn spontaneously. And there’s no ascetic or brahmin who is rightly comported and rightly practiced, and who describes the afterlife after realizing it with their own insight. 
;;;Yopi tiṇhena satthena sīsaṁ chindati, na koci kiñci jīvitā voropeti; 
;;;If you chop off someone’s head with a sharp sword, you don’t take anyone’s life. 
;;;sattannaṁ tveva kāyānamantarena satthaṁ vivaramanupatatī’ti. 
;;;The sword simply passes through the gap between the seven substances.’ 
;;;Evaṁ vutte, bhante, nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto maṁ etadavoca: 
;;;He said: 
;;;idha te assa puriso dāso kammakāro pubbuṭṭhāyī pacchānipātī kiṅkārapaṭissāvī manāpacārī piyavādī mukhullokako. 
;;;Suppose you had a person who was a bondservant, a worker. They get up before you and go to bed after you, and are obliging, behaving nicely and speaking politely, and gazing up at your face. 
;;;Seyyathidaṁ—āsandiṁ pallaṅkaṁ gonakaṁ cittakaṁ paṭikaṁ paṭalikaṁ tūlikaṁ vikatikaṁ uddalomiṁ ekantalomiṁ kaṭṭissaṁ koseyyaṁ kuttakaṁ hatthattharaṁ assattharaṁ rathattharaṁ ajinappaveṇiṁ kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇaṁ sauttaracchadaṁ ubhatolohitakūpadhānaṁ 
;;;This includes such things as sofas, couches, woolen covers—shag-piled, colorful, white, embroidered with flowers, quilted, embroidered with animals, double-or single-fringed—and silk covers studded with gems, as well as silken sheets, woven carpets, rugs for elephants, horses, or chariots, antelope hide rugs, and spreads of fine deer hide, with a canopy above and red cushions at both ends. 
;;;Seyyathidaṁ—ucchādanaṁ parimaddanaṁ nhāpanaṁ sambāhanaṁ ādāsaṁ añjanaṁ mālāgandhavilepanaṁ mukhacuṇṇaṁ mukhalepanaṁ hatthabandhaṁ sikhābandhaṁ daṇḍaṁ nāḷikaṁ asiṁ chattaṁ citrupāhanaṁ uṇhīsaṁ maṇiṁ vālabījaniṁ odātāni vatthāni dīghadasāni 
;;;This includes such things as applying beauty products by anointing, massaging, bathing, and rubbing; mirrors, ointments, garlands, fragrances, and makeup; face-powder, foundation, bracelets, headbands, fancy walking-sticks or containers, rapiers, parasols, fancy sandals, turbans, jewelry, chowries, and long-fringed white robes. 
;;;Seyyathidaṁ—santikammaṁ paṇidhikammaṁ bhūtakammaṁ bhūrikammaṁ vassakammaṁ vossakammaṁ vatthukammaṁ vatthuparikammaṁ ācamanaṁ nhāpanaṁ juhanaṁ vamanaṁ virecanaṁ uddhaṁvirecanaṁ adhovirecanaṁ sīsavirecanaṁ kaṇṇatelaṁ nettatappanaṁ natthukammaṁ añjanaṁ paccañjanaṁ sālākiyaṁ sallakattiyaṁ dārakatikicchā, mūlabhesajjānaṁ anuppadānaṁ, osadhīnaṁ paṭimokkho 
;;;This includes rites for propitiation, for granting wishes, for ghosts, for the earth, for rain, for property settlement, and for preparing and consecrating house sites, and rites involving rinsing and bathing, and oblations. It also includes administering emetics, purgatives, expectorants, and phlegmagogues; administering ear-oils, eye restoratives, nasal medicine, ointments, and counter-ointments; surgery with needle and scalpel, treating children, prescribing root medicines, and binding on herbs. 
;;;So pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;After the meal, they return from almsround, sit down cross-legged, set their body straight, and establish mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;So yāni ca porāṇāni iṇamūlāni, tāni ca byantiṁ kareyya, siyā cassa uttariṁ avasiṭṭhaṁ dārabharaṇāya. 
;;;He would pay off the original loan and have enough left over to support his partner. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, mahārāja, udakarahado gambhīro ubbhidodako tassa nevassa puratthimāya disāya udakassa āyamukhaṁ, na dakkhiṇāya disāya udakassa āyamukhaṁ, na pacchimāya disāya udakassa āyamukhaṁ, na uttarāya disāya udakassa āyamukhaṁ, devo ca na kālena kālaṁ sammādhāraṁ anuppaveccheyya. 
;;;It’s like a deep lake fed by spring water. There’s no inlet to the east, west, north, or south, and the heavens would not properly bestow showers from time to time. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, mahārāja, uppaliniyaṁ vā paduminiyaṁ vā puṇḍarīkiniyaṁ vā appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṁvaḍḍhāni udakānuggatāni antonimuggaposīni, tāni yāva caggā yāva ca mūlā sītena vārinā abhisannāni parisannāni paripūrāni paripphuṭāni, nāssa kiñci sabbāvataṁ uppalānaṁ vā padumānaṁ vā puṇḍarīkānaṁ vā sītena vārinā apphuṭaṁ assa; 
;;;It’s like a pool with blue water lilies, or pink or white lotuses. Some of them sprout and grow in the water without rising above it, thriving underwater. From the tip to the root they’re drenched, steeped, filled, and soaked with cool water. There’s no part of them that’s not soaked with cool water. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, mahārāja, puriso muñjamhā īsikaṁ pavāheyya. 
;;;Suppose a person was to draw a reed out from its sheath. 
;;;‘ayaṁ ahi, ayaṁ karaṇḍo. Añño ahi, añño karaṇḍo, karaṇḍā tveva ahi ubbhato’ti. 
;;;‘This is the snake, this is the slough. The snake and the slough are different things. The snake has been drawn out from the slough.’ 
;;;So anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhoti—ekopi hutvā bahudhā hoti, bahudhāpi hutvā eko hoti; āvibhāvaṁ tirobhāvaṁ tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamāno gacchati seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ karoti seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gacchati seyyathāpi pathaviyā; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kamati seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve pāṇinā parāmasati parimajjati; yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vatteti. 
;;;They wield the many kinds of psychic power: multiplying themselves and becoming one again; appearing and disappearing; going unobstructed through a wall, a rampart, or a mountain as if through space; diving in and out of the earth as if it were water; walking on water as if it were earth; flying cross-legged through the sky like a bird; touching and stroking with the hand the sun and moon, so mighty and powerful; controlling the body as far as the realm of divinity. 
;;;So anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhoti—ekopi hutvā bahudhā hoti, bahudhāpi hutvā eko hoti; āvibhāvaṁ tirobhāvaṁ tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamāno gacchati seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ karoti seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gacchati seyyathāpi pathaviyā; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kamati seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve pāṇinā parāmasati parimajjati; yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vatteti. 
;;; 
;;;Seyyathāpi, mahārāja, puriso sakamhā gāmā aññaṁ gāmaṁ gaccheyya, tamhāpi gāmā aññaṁ gāmaṁ gaccheyya. So tamhā gāmā sakaṁyeva gāmaṁ paccāgaccheyya. Tassa evamassa: ‘ahaṁ kho sakamhā gāmā amuṁ gāmaṁ agacchiṁ, tatra evaṁ aṭṭhāsiṁ, evaṁ nisīdiṁ, evaṁ abhāsiṁ, evaṁ tuṇhī ahosiṁ, tamhāpi gāmā amuṁ gāmaṁ agacchiṁ, tatrāpi evaṁ aṭṭhāsiṁ, evaṁ nisīdiṁ, evaṁ abhāsiṁ, evaṁ tuṇhī ahosiṁ, somhi tamhā gāmā sakaṁyeva gāmaṁ paccāgato’ti. 
;;;Suppose a person was to leave their home village and go to another village. From that village they’d go to yet another village. And from that village they’d return to their home village. They’d think: ‘I went from my home village to another village. There I stood like this, sat like that, spoke like this, or kept silent like that. From that village I went to yet another village. There too I stood like this, sat like that, spoke like this, or kept silent like that. And from that village I returned to my home village.’ 
;;;Seyyathāpi, mahārāja, majjhe siṅghāṭake pāsādo. Tattha cakkhumā puriso ṭhito passeyya manusse gehaṁ pavisantepi nikkhamantepi rathikāyapi vīthiṁ sañcarante majjhe siṅghāṭake nisinnepi. Tassa evamassa: ‘ete manussā gehaṁ pavisanti, ete nikkhamanti, ete rathikāya vīthiṁ sañcaranti, ete majjhe siṅghāṭake nisinnā’ti. 
;;;Suppose there was a stilt longhouse at the central square. A person with clear eyes standing there might see people entering and leaving a house, walking along the streets and paths, and sitting at the central square. They’d think: ‘These are people entering and leaving a house, walking along the streets and paths, and sitting at the central square.’ 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā.’ ;;;‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’ 
;;;Agaru kho pana bhagavato evarūpehi kulaputtehi saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo hotī”ti. 
;;;The Buddha won’t mind having a discussion together with such gentlemen.” 
;;;“evaṁ nu te, ambaṭṭha, brāhmaṇehi vuddhehi mahallakehi ācariyapācariyehi saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo hoti, yathayidaṁ caraṁ tiṭṭhaṁ nisinnena mayā kiñci kiñci kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretī”ti? 
;;;“Ambaṭṭha, is this how you hold a discussion with elderly and senior brahmins, the tutors of tutors: walking around or standing while I’m sitting, speaking some polite words or other?” 
;;;Gacchanto vā hi, bho gotama, gacchantena brāhmaṇo brāhmaṇena saddhiṁ sallapitumarahati, ṭhito vā hi, bho gotama, ṭhitena brāhmaṇo brāhmaṇena saddhiṁ sallapitumarahati, nisinno vā hi, bho gotama, nisinnena brāhmaṇo brāhmaṇena saddhiṁ sallapitumarahati, sayāno vā hi, bho gotama, sayānena brāhmaṇo brāhmaṇena saddhiṁ sallapitumarahati. 
;;;For it is proper for one brahmin to converse with another while both are walking, standing, sitting, or lying down. 
;;;Ye ca kho te, bho gotama, muṇḍakā samaṇakā ibbhā kaṇhā bandhupādāpaccā, tehipi me saddhiṁ evaṁ kathāsallāpo hoti, yathariva bhotā gotamenā”ti. 
;;;But as to these shavelings, fake ascetics, primitives, black spawn from the feet of our kinsman, I converse with them as I do with Mister Gotama.” 
;;;ibbhā santā ibbhā samānā na brāhmaṇe sakkaronti, na brāhmaṇe garuṁ karonti, na brāhmaṇe mānenti, na brāhmaṇe pūjenti, na brāhmaṇe apacāyanti. 
;;;Primitive they are, and primitive they remain! They don’t honor, respect, revere, worship, or venerate brahmins. 
;;;okkāmukhaṁ karakaṇḍaṁ hatthinikaṁ sinisūraṁ. 
;;;Okkāmukha, Karakaṇḍa, Hatthinika, and Sinisūra. 
;;;kinti te sutaṁ brāhmaṇānaṁ vuddhānaṁ mahallakānaṁ ācariyapācariyānaṁ bhāsamānānaṁ kutopabhutikā kaṇhāyanā, ko ca kaṇhāyanānaṁ pubbapuriso”ti? 
;;;According to what you have heard from elderly and senior brahmins, the tutors of tutors, what is the origin of the Kaṇhāyanas, and who is their founder?” 
;;;“taṁ kiṁ maññasi, ambaṭṭha, kinti te sutaṁ brāhmaṇānaṁ vuddhānaṁ mahallakānaṁ ācariyapācariyānaṁ bhāsamānānaṁ kutopabhutikā kaṇhāyanā, ko ca kaṇhāyanānaṁ pubbapuriso”ti? 
;;; 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena vajirapāṇī yakkho mahantaṁ ayokūṭaṁ ādāya ādittaṁ sampajjalitaṁ sajotibhūtaṁ ambaṭṭhassa māṇavassa upari vehāsaṁ ṭhito hoti: 
;;;Now at that time the spirit Vajirapāṇī, holding a massive iron spear, burning, blazing, and glowing, stood in the air above Ambaṭṭha, thinking, 
;;;Punabhavaṁ gotamo bravitū”ti. 
;;;Please repeat the question.” 
;;;kinti te sutaṁ brāhmaṇānaṁ vuddhānaṁ mahallakānaṁ ācariyapācariyānaṁ bhāsamānānaṁ kutopabhutikā kaṇhāyanā, ko ca kaṇhāyanānaṁ pubbapuriso”ti? 
;;;According to what you have heard from elderly and senior brahmins, the tutors of tutors, what is the origin of the Kaṇhāyanas, and who is their founder?” 
;;;‘sotthi, bhaddante, hotu rañño; 
;;;‘Spare the king, sir, 
;;;‘Sotthi bhavissati rañño sotthi janapadassa devo ca vassissati, api ca rājā jeṭṭhakumāre khurappaṁ patiṭṭhāpetu, sotthi kumāro pallomo bhavissatī’ti. 
;;;‘Both king and country will be safe, and the rain will fall. And if the king shoots the crown prince with an arrow, he will be safe and unruffled.’ 
;;;‘okkāko jeṭṭhakumāre khurappaṁ patiṭṭhāpetu. Sotthi kumāro pallomo bhavissatī’ti. 
;;;‘Okkāka must shoot the crown prince with an arrow. He will be safe and unruffled.’ 
;;;Atha kho rājā okkāko jeṭṭhakumāre khurappaṁ patiṭṭhapesi, sotthi kumāro pallomo samabhavi. 
;;;So King Okkāka shot the crown prince with an arrow. And he was safe and unruffled. 
;;;Brahmunā pesā, ambaṭṭha, sanaṅkumārena gāthā bhāsitā: 
;;;The divinity Sanaṅkumāra also spoke this verse: 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, ambaṭṭha, idhekacco samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā imañceva anuttaraṁ vijjācaraṇasampadaṁ anabhisambhuṇamāno pavattaphalabhojanatañca anabhisambhuṇamāno kudālapiṭakaṁ ādāya araññavanaṁ ajjhogāhati: 
;;;Furthermore, take some ascetic or brahmin who, not managing to obtain this supreme knowledge and conduct or to get by eating fallen fruit, plunges into a wilderness region carrying a spade and basket, thinking 
;;;“Evameva kho tvaṁ, ambaṭṭha, ye te ahesuṁ brāhmaṇānaṁ pubbakā isayo mantānaṁ kattāro mantānaṁ pavattāro, yesamidaṁ etarahi brāhmaṇā porāṇaṁ mantapadaṁ gītaṁ pavuttaṁ samihitaṁ, tadanugāyanti tadanubhāsanti bhāsitamanubhāsanti vācitamanuvācenti, seyyathidaṁ—aṭṭhako vāmako vāmadevo vessāmitto yamataggi aṅgīraso bhāradvājo vāseṭṭho kassapo bhagu: 
;;;“In the same way, Ambaṭṭha, the ancient seers of the brahmins were Aṭṭhaka, Vāmaka, Vāmadeva, Vessāmitta, Yamadaggi, Aṅgīrasa, Bhāradvāja, Vāseṭṭha, Kassapa, and Bhagu. They were the authors and propagators of the hymns. Their hymnal was sung and propagated and compiled in ancient times; and these days, brahmins continue to sing and chant it, chanting what was chanted and teaching what was taught. 
;;;kinti te sutaṁ brāhmaṇānaṁ vuddhānaṁ mahallakānaṁ ācariyapācariyānaṁ bhāsamānānaṁ— 
;;;According to what you have heard from elderly and senior brahmins, the tutors of tutors, 
;;;Evaṁ su te ukkiṇṇaparikhāsu okkhittapalighāsu nagarūpakārikāsu dīghāsivudhehi purisehi rakkhāpenti, seyyathāpi tvaṁ etarahi sācariyako”ti? 
;;;“Did they get men with long swords to guard them in fortresses with moats dug and barriers in place, like you do today in your tradition?” 
;;;“Ahu pana te, tāta ambaṭṭha, samaṇena gotamena saddhiṁ kocideva kathāsallāpo”ti? 
;;;“And did you have some discussion with him?” 
;;;“Ahu kho me, bho, samaṇena gotamena saddhiṁ kocideva kathāsallāpo”ti. 
;;;“I did.” 
;;;“Yathā kathaṁ pana te, tāta ambaṭṭha, ahu samaṇena gotamena saddhiṁ kocideva kathāsallāpo”ti? 
;;;“And what kind of discussion did you have with him?” 
;;;Atha kho ambaṭṭho māṇavo yāvatako ahosi bhagavatā saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo, taṁ sabbaṁ brāhmaṇassa pokkharasātissa ārocesi. 
;;;Then Ambaṭṭha informed Pokkharasāti of all they had discussed. 
;;;“āgamā nu khvidha, bho gotama, amhākaṁ antevāsī ambaṭṭho māṇavo”ti? 
;;;“Master Gotama, has my resident pupil, the student Ambaṭṭha, come here?” 
;;;“Ahu pana te, bho gotama, ambaṭṭhena māṇavena saddhiṁ kocideva kathāsallāpo”ti? 
;;;“And did you have some discussion with him?” 
;;;“Ahu kho me, brāhmaṇa, ambaṭṭhena māṇavena saddhiṁ kocideva kathāsallāpo”ti. 
;;;“I did.” 
;;;“Yathākathaṁ pana te, bho gotama, ahu ambaṭṭhena māṇavena saddhiṁ kocideva kathāsallāpo”ti? 
;;;“And what kind of discussion did you have with him?” 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā yāvatako ahosi ambaṭṭhena māṇavena saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo, taṁ sabbaṁ brāhmaṇassa pokkharasātissa ārocesi. 
;;;Then the Buddha informed Pokkharasāti of all they had discussed. 
;;;Yadā bhagavā aññāsi brāhmaṇaṁ pokkharasātiṁ kallacittaṁ muducittaṁ vinīvaraṇacittaṁ udaggacittaṁ pasannacittaṁ, atha yā buddhānaṁ sāmukkaṁsikā dhammadesanā, taṁ pakāsesi— 
;;;And when the Buddha knew that Pokkharasāti’s mind was ready, pliable, rid of hindrances, elated, and confident he explained the special teaching of the Buddhas: 
;;;

>En 

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā.’ ;;;‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’ 
;;;Agaru kho pana bhagavato evarūpehi kulaputtehi saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo hotī”ti. 
;;;The Buddha won’t mind having a discussion together with such gentlemen.” 
;;;“evaṁ nu te, ambaṭṭha, brāhmaṇehi vuddhehi mahallakehi ācariyapācariyehi saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo hoti, yathayidaṁ caraṁ tiṭṭhaṁ nisinnena mayā kiñci kiñci kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretī”ti? 
;;;“Ambaṭṭha, is this how you hold a discussion with elderly and senior brahmins, the tutors of tutors: walking around or standing while I’m sitting, speaking some polite words or other?” 
;;;Gacchanto vā hi, bho gotama, gacchantena brāhmaṇo brāhmaṇena saddhiṁ sallapitumarahati, ṭhito vā hi, bho gotama, ṭhitena brāhmaṇo brāhmaṇena saddhiṁ sallapitumarahati, nisinno vā hi, bho gotama, nisinnena brāhmaṇo brāhmaṇena saddhiṁ sallapitumarahati, sayāno vā hi, bho gotama, sayānena brāhmaṇo brāhmaṇena saddhiṁ sallapitumarahati. 
;;;For it is proper for one brahmin to converse with another while both are walking, standing, sitting, or lying down. 
;;;Ye ca kho te, bho gotama, muṇḍakā samaṇakā ibbhā kaṇhā bandhupādāpaccā, tehipi me saddhiṁ evaṁ kathāsallāpo hoti, yathariva bhotā gotamenā”ti. 
;;;But as to these shavelings, fake ascetics, primitives, black spawn from the feet of our kinsman, I converse with them as I do with Mister Gotama.” 
;;;ibbhā santā ibbhā samānā na brāhmaṇe sakkaronti, na brāhmaṇe garuṁ karonti, na brāhmaṇe mānenti, na brāhmaṇe pūjenti, na brāhmaṇe apacāyanti. 
;;;Primitive they are, and primitive they remain! They don’t honor, respect, revere, worship, or venerate brahmins. 
;;;okkāmukhaṁ karakaṇḍaṁ hatthinikaṁ sinisūraṁ. 
;;;Okkāmukha, Karakaṇḍa, Hatthinika, and Sinisūra. 
;;;kinti te sutaṁ brāhmaṇānaṁ vuddhānaṁ mahallakānaṁ ācariyapācariyānaṁ bhāsamānānaṁ kutopabhutikā kaṇhāyanā, ko ca kaṇhāyanānaṁ pubbapuriso”ti? 
;;;According to what you have heard from elderly and senior brahmins, the tutors of tutors, what is the origin of the Kaṇhāyanas, and who is their founder?” 
;;;“taṁ kiṁ maññasi, ambaṭṭha, kinti te sutaṁ brāhmaṇānaṁ vuddhānaṁ mahallakānaṁ ācariyapācariyānaṁ bhāsamānānaṁ kutopabhutikā kaṇhāyanā, ko ca kaṇhāyanānaṁ pubbapuriso”ti? 
;;; 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena vajirapāṇī yakkho mahantaṁ ayokūṭaṁ ādāya ādittaṁ sampajjalitaṁ sajotibhūtaṁ ambaṭṭhassa māṇavassa upari vehāsaṁ ṭhito hoti: 
;;;Now at that time the spirit Vajirapāṇī, holding a massive iron spear, burning, blazing, and glowing, stood in the air above Ambaṭṭha, thinking, 
;;;Punabhavaṁ gotamo bravitū”ti. 
;;;Please repeat the question.” 
;;;kinti te sutaṁ brāhmaṇānaṁ vuddhānaṁ mahallakānaṁ ācariyapācariyānaṁ bhāsamānānaṁ kutopabhutikā kaṇhāyanā, ko ca kaṇhāyanānaṁ pubbapuriso”ti? 
;;;According to what you have heard from elderly and senior brahmins, the tutors of tutors, what is the origin of the Kaṇhāyanas, and who is their founder?” 
;;;‘sotthi, bhaddante, hotu rañño; 
;;;‘Spare the king, sir, 
;;;‘Sotthi bhavissati rañño sotthi janapadassa devo ca vassissati, api ca rājā jeṭṭhakumāre khurappaṁ patiṭṭhāpetu, sotthi kumāro pallomo bhavissatī’ti. 
;;;‘Both king and country will be safe, and the rain will fall. And if the king shoots the crown prince with an arrow, he will be safe and unruffled.’ 
;;;‘okkāko jeṭṭhakumāre khurappaṁ patiṭṭhāpetu. Sotthi kumāro pallomo bhavissatī’ti. 
;;;‘Okkāka must shoot the crown prince with an arrow. He will be safe and unruffled.’ 
;;;Atha kho rājā okkāko jeṭṭhakumāre khurappaṁ patiṭṭhapesi, sotthi kumāro pallomo samabhavi. 
;;;So King Okkāka shot the crown prince with an arrow. And he was safe and unruffled. 
;;;Brahmunā pesā, ambaṭṭha, sanaṅkumārena gāthā bhāsitā: 
;;;The divinity Sanaṅkumāra also spoke this verse: 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, ambaṭṭha, idhekacco samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā imañceva anuttaraṁ vijjācaraṇasampadaṁ anabhisambhuṇamāno pavattaphalabhojanatañca anabhisambhuṇamāno kudālapiṭakaṁ ādāya araññavanaṁ ajjhogāhati: 
;;;Furthermore, take some ascetic or brahmin who, not managing to obtain this supreme knowledge and conduct or to get by eating fallen fruit, plunges into a wilderness region carrying a spade and basket, thinking 
;;;“Evameva kho tvaṁ, ambaṭṭha, ye te ahesuṁ brāhmaṇānaṁ pubbakā isayo mantānaṁ kattāro mantānaṁ pavattāro, yesamidaṁ etarahi brāhmaṇā porāṇaṁ mantapadaṁ gītaṁ pavuttaṁ samihitaṁ, tadanugāyanti tadanubhāsanti bhāsitamanubhāsanti vācitamanuvācenti, seyyathidaṁ—aṭṭhako vāmako vāmadevo vessāmitto yamataggi aṅgīraso bhāradvājo vāseṭṭho kassapo bhagu: 
;;;“In the same way, Ambaṭṭha, the ancient seers of the brahmins were Aṭṭhaka, Vāmaka, Vāmadeva, Vessāmitta, Yamadaggi, Aṅgīrasa, Bhāradvāja, Vāseṭṭha, Kassapa, and Bhagu. They were the authors and propagators of the hymns. Their hymnal was sung and propagated and compiled in ancient times; and these days, brahmins continue to sing and chant it, chanting what was chanted and teaching what was taught. 
;;;kinti te sutaṁ brāhmaṇānaṁ vuddhānaṁ mahallakānaṁ ācariyapācariyānaṁ bhāsamānānaṁ— 
;;;According to what you have heard from elderly and senior brahmins, the tutors of tutors, 
;;;Evaṁ su te ukkiṇṇaparikhāsu okkhittapalighāsu nagarūpakārikāsu dīghāsivudhehi purisehi rakkhāpenti, seyyathāpi tvaṁ etarahi sācariyako”ti? 
;;;“Did they get men with long swords to guard them in fortresses with moats dug and barriers in place, like you do today in your tradition?” 
;;;“Ahu pana te, tāta ambaṭṭha, samaṇena gotamena saddhiṁ kocideva kathāsallāpo”ti? 
;;;“And did you have some discussion with him?” 
;;;“Ahu kho me, bho, samaṇena gotamena saddhiṁ kocideva kathāsallāpo”ti. 
;;;“I did.” 
;;;“Yathā kathaṁ pana te, tāta ambaṭṭha, ahu samaṇena gotamena saddhiṁ kocideva kathāsallāpo”ti? 
;;;“And what kind of discussion did you have with him?” 
;;;Atha kho ambaṭṭho māṇavo yāvatako ahosi bhagavatā saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo, taṁ sabbaṁ brāhmaṇassa pokkharasātissa ārocesi. 
;;;Then Ambaṭṭha informed Pokkharasāti of all they had discussed. 
;;;“āgamā nu khvidha, bho gotama, amhākaṁ antevāsī ambaṭṭho māṇavo”ti? 
;;;“Master Gotama, has my resident pupil, the student Ambaṭṭha, come here?” 
;;;“Ahu pana te, bho gotama, ambaṭṭhena māṇavena saddhiṁ kocideva kathāsallāpo”ti? 
;;;“And did you have some discussion with him?” 
;;;“Ahu kho me, brāhmaṇa, ambaṭṭhena māṇavena saddhiṁ kocideva kathāsallāpo”ti. 
;;;“I did.” 
;;;“Yathākathaṁ pana te, bho gotama, ahu ambaṭṭhena māṇavena saddhiṁ kocideva kathāsallāpo”ti? 
;;;“And what kind of discussion did you have with him?” 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā yāvatako ahosi ambaṭṭhena māṇavena saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo, taṁ sabbaṁ brāhmaṇassa pokkharasātissa ārocesi. 
;;;Then the Buddha informed Pokkharasāti of all they had discussed. 
;;;Yadā bhagavā aññāsi brāhmaṇaṁ pokkharasātiṁ kallacittaṁ muducittaṁ vinīvaraṇacittaṁ udaggacittaṁ pasannacittaṁ, atha yā buddhānaṁ sāmukkaṁsikā dhammadesanā, taṁ pakāsesi— 
;;;And when the Buddha knew that Pokkharasāti’s mind was ready, pliable, rid of hindrances, elated, and confident he explained the special teaching of the Buddhas: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho campeyyakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā campāya nikkhamitvā saṅghasaṅghī gaṇībhūtā yena gaggarā pokkharaṇī tenupasaṅkamanti. ;;;Then, having departed Campā, they formed into companies and headed to the Gaggarā Lotus Pond. 
;;;Addasā kho soṇadaṇḍo brāhmaṇo campeyyake brāhmaṇagahapatike campāya nikkhamitvā saṅghasaṅghī gaṇībhūte yena gaggarā pokkharaṇī tenupasaṅkamante. 
;;;He saw the brahmins and householders heading for the lotus pond, 
;;;Bhavañhi soṇadaṇḍo abhirūpo dassanīyo pāsādiko paramāya vaṇṇapokkharatāya samannāgato brahmavaṇṇī brahmavacchasī akhuddāvakāso dassanāya …pe… 
;;;You are attractive, good-looking, lovely, of surpassing beauty. You are magnificent and splendid as the Divinity, remarkable to behold. … 
;;;Bhavañhi soṇadaṇḍo jiṇṇo vuddho mahallako addhagato vayoanuppatto; 
;;;You’re old, elderly and senior, advanced in years, and have reached the final stage of life. 
;;;Samaṇo khalu, bho, gotamo khīṇakāmarāgo vigatacāpallo …pe… 
;;;He has ended sensual desire, and is rid of caprice. … 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho campeyyakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā campāya nikkhamitvā saṅghasaṅghī gaṇībhūtā yena gaggarā pokkharaṇī tenupasaṅkamanti. ;;;Then, having departed Campā, they formed into companies and headed to the Gaggarā Lotus Pond. 
;;;Addasā kho soṇadaṇḍo brāhmaṇo campeyyake brāhmaṇagahapatike campāya nikkhamitvā saṅghasaṅghī gaṇībhūte yena gaggarā pokkharaṇī tenupasaṅkamante. 
;;;He saw the brahmins and householders heading for the lotus pond, 
;;;Bhavañhi soṇadaṇḍo abhirūpo dassanīyo pāsādiko paramāya vaṇṇapokkharatāya samannāgato brahmavaṇṇī brahmavacchasī akhuddāvakāso dassanāya …pe… 
;;;You are attractive, good-looking, lovely, of surpassing beauty. You are magnificent and splendid as the Divinity, remarkable to behold. … 
;;;Bhavañhi soṇadaṇḍo jiṇṇo vuddho mahallako addhagato vayoanuppatto; 
;;;You’re old, elderly and senior, advanced in years, and have reached the final stage of life. 
;;;Samaṇo khalu, bho, gotamo khīṇakāmarāgo vigatacāpallo …pe… 
;;;He has ended sensual desire, and is rid of caprice. … 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Bhavañhi kūṭadanto jiṇṇo vuddho mahallako addhagato vayoanuppatto. ;;;You’re old, elderly and senior, advanced in years, and have reached the final stage of life. 
;;;Samaṇo khalu, bho, gotamo khīṇakāmarāgo vigatacāpallo …pe… 
;;;He has ended sensual desire, and is rid of caprice. … 
;;;Atha kho, brāhmaṇa, rañño mahāvijitassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: 
;;;Then as King Mahāvijita was in private retreat this thought came to his mind: 
;;;‘idha mayhaṁ, brāhmaṇa, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: 
;;;‘Just now, brahmin, as I was in private retreat this thought came to mind, 
;;;balavā caturaṅginiyā senāya samannāgato assavāya ovādapaṭikarāya sahati maññe paccatthike yasasā; 
;;;He was powerful, having an army of four divisions that was obedient and carried out instructions. He’d probably prevail over his enemies just with his reputation. 
;;;Siyā kho pana bhoto rañño mahāyaññaṁ yiṭṭhukāmassa kocideva vippaṭisāro: 
;;;‘Now, though the king wants to perform a great sacrifice, he might have certain regrets, thinking: 
;;;Tasmiṁ kho, brāhmaṇa, yaññe neva gāvo haññiṁsu, na ajeḷakā haññiṁsu, na kukkuṭasūkarā haññiṁsu, na vividhā pāṇā saṅghātaṁ āpajjiṁsu, na rukkhā chijjiṁsu yūpatthāya, na dabbhā lūyiṁsu barihisatthāya. 
;;;And brahmin, in that sacrifice no cattle were killed, no goats or sheep were killed, and no chickens or pigs were killed. There was no slaughter of various kinds of creatures. No trees were felled for the sacrificial post. No grass was reaped to strew over the place of sacrifice. 
;;;Atha kho, brāhmaṇa, puratthimena yaññavāṭassa khattiyā ānuyantā negamā ceva jānapadā ca dānāni paṭṭhapesuṁ. 
;;;Then the aristocrat vassals of town and country set up gifts to the east of the sacrificial enclosure. 
;;;“Atthi pana, bho gotama, añño yañño imāya tividhāya yaññasampadāya soḷasaparikkhārāya appaṭṭhataro ca appasamārambhataro ca mahapphalataro ca mahānisaṁsataro cā”ti? 
;;;“But Mister Gotama, apart from that sacrifice accomplished with three modes and sixteen accessories, is there any other sacrifice that has fewer requirements and undertakings, yet is more fruitful and beneficial?” 
;;;Yadā bhagavā aññāsi kūṭadantaṁ brāhmaṇaṁ kallacittaṁ muducittaṁ vinīvaraṇacittaṁ udaggacittaṁ pasannacittaṁ, atha yā buddhānaṁ sāmukkaṁsikā dhammadesanā, taṁ pakāsesi— 
;;;And when he knew that Kūṭadanta’s mind was ready, pliable, rid of hindrances, elated, and confident he explained the special teaching of the Buddhas: 
;;;

>En 

Bhavañhi kūṭadanto jiṇṇo vuddho mahallako addhagato vayoanuppatto. ;;;You’re old, elderly and senior, advanced in years, and have reached the final stage of life. 
;;;Samaṇo khalu, bho, gotamo khīṇakāmarāgo vigatacāpallo …pe… 
;;;He has ended sensual desire, and is rid of caprice. … 
;;;Atha kho, brāhmaṇa, rañño mahāvijitassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: 
;;;Then as King Mahāvijita was in private retreat this thought came to his mind: 
;;;‘idha mayhaṁ, brāhmaṇa, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: 
;;;‘Just now, brahmin, as I was in private retreat this thought came to mind, 
;;;balavā caturaṅginiyā senāya samannāgato assavāya ovādapaṭikarāya sahati maññe paccatthike yasasā; 
;;;He was powerful, having an army of four divisions that was obedient and carried out instructions. He’d probably prevail over his enemies just with his reputation. 
;;;Siyā kho pana bhoto rañño mahāyaññaṁ yiṭṭhukāmassa kocideva vippaṭisāro: 
;;;‘Now, though the king wants to perform a great sacrifice, he might have certain regrets, thinking: 
;;;Tasmiṁ kho, brāhmaṇa, yaññe neva gāvo haññiṁsu, na ajeḷakā haññiṁsu, na kukkuṭasūkarā haññiṁsu, na vividhā pāṇā saṅghātaṁ āpajjiṁsu, na rukkhā chijjiṁsu yūpatthāya, na dabbhā lūyiṁsu barihisatthāya. 
;;;And brahmin, in that sacrifice no cattle were killed, no goats or sheep were killed, and no chickens or pigs were killed. There was no slaughter of various kinds of creatures. No trees were felled for the sacrificial post. No grass was reaped to strew over the place of sacrifice. 
;;;Atha kho, brāhmaṇa, puratthimena yaññavāṭassa khattiyā ānuyantā negamā ceva jānapadā ca dānāni paṭṭhapesuṁ. 
;;;Then the aristocrat vassals of town and country set up gifts to the east of the sacrificial enclosure. 
;;;“Atthi pana, bho gotama, añño yañño imāya tividhāya yaññasampadāya soḷasaparikkhārāya appaṭṭhataro ca appasamārambhataro ca mahapphalataro ca mahānisaṁsataro cā”ti? 
;;;“But Mister Gotama, apart from that sacrifice accomplished with three modes and sixteen accessories, is there any other sacrifice that has fewer requirements and undertakings, yet is more fruitful and beneficial?” 
;;;Yadā bhagavā aññāsi kūṭadantaṁ brāhmaṇaṁ kallacittaṁ muducittaṁ vinīvaraṇacittaṁ udaggacittaṁ pasannacittaṁ, atha yā buddhānaṁ sāmukkaṁsikā dhammadesanā, taṁ pakāsesi— 
;;;And when he knew that Kūṭadanta’s mind was ready, pliable, rid of hindrances, elated, and confident he explained the special teaching of the Buddhas: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Akālo kho, āvuso, bhagavantaṁ dassanāya, paṭisallīno bhagavā”ti. ;;;“It’s the wrong time to see the Buddha; he is on retreat.” 
;;;“Akālo kho, mahāli, bhagavantaṁ dassanāya, paṭisallīno bhagavā”ti. 
;;;“It’s the wrong time to see the Buddha; he is on retreat.” 
;;;Yo kho, āvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ jānāti evaṁ passati, kallaṁ nu kho tassetaṁ vacanāya: 
;;;When a mendicant knows and sees like this, would it be appropriate to say of them: 
;;;Yo so, āvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ jānāti evaṁ passati, kallaṁ tassetaṁ vacanāya: 
;;;‘It would, reverend.’ 
;;;Yo kho, āvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ jānāti evaṁ passati, kallaṁ nu kho tassetaṁ vacanāya: 
;;;When a mendicant knows and sees like this, would it be appropriate to say of them: 
;;;Yo so, āvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ jānāti evaṁ passati, kallaṁ tassetaṁ vacanāya: 
;;;‘It would, reverend.’ 
;;;yo kho, āvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ jānāti evaṁ passati, kallaṁ nu kho tassetaṁ vacanāya: 
;;;When a mendicant knows and sees like this, would it be appropriate to say of them: 
;;;Yo so, āvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ jānāti evaṁ passati, kallaṁ tassetaṁ vacanāya: 
;;;‘It would, reverend.’ 
;;;Yo kho, āvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ jānāti evaṁ passati, kallaṁ nu kho tassetaṁ vacanāya: 
;;;When a mendicant knows and sees like this, would it be appropriate to say of them: 
;;;Yo so, āvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ jānāti evaṁ passati na kallaṁ tassetaṁ vacanāya: 
;;;‘It would not, reverend.’ 
;;;

>En 

“Akālo kho, āvuso, bhagavantaṁ dassanāya, paṭisallīno bhagavā”ti. ;;;“It’s the wrong time to see the Buddha; he is on retreat.” 
;;;“Akālo kho, mahāli, bhagavantaṁ dassanāya, paṭisallīno bhagavā”ti. 
;;;“It’s the wrong time to see the Buddha; he is on retreat.” 
;;;Yo kho, āvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ jānāti evaṁ passati, kallaṁ nu kho tassetaṁ vacanāya: 
;;;When a mendicant knows and sees like this, would it be appropriate to say of them: 
;;;Yo so, āvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ jānāti evaṁ passati, kallaṁ tassetaṁ vacanāya: 
;;;‘It would, reverend.’ 
;;;Yo kho, āvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ jānāti evaṁ passati, kallaṁ nu kho tassetaṁ vacanāya: 
;;;When a mendicant knows and sees like this, would it be appropriate to say of them: 
;;;Yo so, āvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ jānāti evaṁ passati, kallaṁ tassetaṁ vacanāya: 
;;;‘It would, reverend.’ 
;;;yo kho, āvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ jānāti evaṁ passati, kallaṁ nu kho tassetaṁ vacanāya: 
;;;When a mendicant knows and sees like this, would it be appropriate to say of them: 
;;;Yo so, āvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ jānāti evaṁ passati, kallaṁ tassetaṁ vacanāya: 
;;;‘It would, reverend.’ 
;;;Yo kho, āvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ jānāti evaṁ passati, kallaṁ nu kho tassetaṁ vacanāya: 
;;;When a mendicant knows and sees like this, would it be appropriate to say of them: 
;;;Yo so, āvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ jānāti evaṁ passati na kallaṁ tassetaṁ vacanāya: 
;;;‘It would not, reverend.’ 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Yo kho, āvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ jānāti evaṁ passati, kallaṁ nu kho tassetaṁ vacanāya: ;;;When a mendicant knows and sees like this, would it be appropriate to say of them: 
;;;Yo so, āvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ jānāti evaṁ passati, kallaṁ tassetaṁ vacanāya: 
;;;“It would, reverend.” 
;;;Yo kho, āvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ jānāti evaṁ passati, kallaṁ nu kho tassetaṁ vacanāya: 
;;;When a mendicant knows and sees like this, would it be appropriate to say of them: 
;;;Yo so, āvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ jānāti evaṁ passati kallaṁ, tassetaṁ vacanāya: 
;;;“It would, reverend.” 
;;;yo kho, āvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ jānāti evaṁ passati, kallaṁ nu kho tassetaṁ vacanāya: 
;;;When a mendicant knows and sees like this, would it be appropriate to say of them: 
;;;Yo so, āvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ jānāti evaṁ passati kallaṁ tassetaṁ vacanāya: 
;;;“It would, reverend.” 
;;;Yo kho, āvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ jānāti evaṁ passati, kallaṁ nu kho tassetaṁ vacanāya: 
;;;When a mendicant knows and sees like this, would it be appropriate to say of them: 
;;;Yo so, āvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ jānāti evaṁ passati, na kallaṁ tassetaṁ vacanāya: 
;;;“It would not, reverend.” 
;;;

>En 

Yo kho, āvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ jānāti evaṁ passati, kallaṁ nu kho tassetaṁ vacanāya: ;;;When a mendicant knows and sees like this, would it be appropriate to say of them: 
;;;Yo so, āvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ jānāti evaṁ passati, kallaṁ tassetaṁ vacanāya: 
;;;“It would, reverend.” 
;;;Yo kho, āvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ jānāti evaṁ passati, kallaṁ nu kho tassetaṁ vacanāya: 
;;;When a mendicant knows and sees like this, would it be appropriate to say of them: 
;;;Yo so, āvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ jānāti evaṁ passati kallaṁ, tassetaṁ vacanāya: 
;;;“It would, reverend.” 
;;;yo kho, āvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ jānāti evaṁ passati, kallaṁ nu kho tassetaṁ vacanāya: 
;;;When a mendicant knows and sees like this, would it be appropriate to say of them: 
;;;Yo so, āvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ jānāti evaṁ passati kallaṁ tassetaṁ vacanāya: 
;;;“It would, reverend.” 
;;;Yo kho, āvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ jānāti evaṁ passati, kallaṁ nu kho tassetaṁ vacanāya: 
;;;When a mendicant knows and sees like this, would it be appropriate to say of them: 
;;;Yo so, āvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ jānāti evaṁ passati, na kallaṁ tassetaṁ vacanāya: 
;;;“It would not, reverend.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā uruññāyaṁ viharati kaṇṇakatthale migadāye. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying near Ujuññā, in the deer park at Kaṇṇakatthala. 
;;;rajojalladharo, 
;;;They wear dust and dirt. 
;;;Imāya ca, kassapa, mattāya iminā tapopakkamena sāmaññaṁ vā abhavissa brahmaññaṁ vā dukkaraṁ sudukkaraṁ, netaṁ abhavissa kallaṁ vacanāya: 
;;;And if it was only because of just that much, only because of that course of fervent mortification that it was so very hard to be a true ascetic or brahmin, it wouldn’t be appropriate to say that 
;;;Yasmā ca kho, kassapa, aññatreva imāya mattāya aññatra iminā tapopakkamena sāmaññaṁ vā hoti brahmaññaṁ vā dukkaraṁ sudukkaraṁ, tasmā etaṁ kallaṁ vacanāya: 
;;;It’s because there’s something other than just that much, something other than that course of fervent mortification that it’s so very hard to be a true ascetic or brahmin. And that’s why it is appropriate to say that 
;;;Imāya ca, kassapa, mattāya iminā tapopakkamena sāmaññaṁ vā abhavissa brahmaññaṁ vā dukkaraṁ sudukkaraṁ, netaṁ abhavissa kallaṁ vacanāya: 
;;; 
;;;Yasmā ca kho, kassapa, aññatreva imāya mattāya aññatra iminā tapopakkamena sāmaññaṁ vā hoti brahmaññaṁ vā dukkaraṁ sudukkaraṁ, tasmā etaṁ kallaṁ vacanāya: 
;;; 
;;;Imāya ca, kassapa, mattāya iminā tapopakkamena sāmaññaṁ vā abhavissa brahmaññaṁ vā dukkaraṁ sudukkaraṁ, netaṁ abhavissa kallaṁ vacanāya: 
;;; 
;;;Yasmā ca kho, kassapa, aññatreva imāya mattāya aññatra iminā tapopakkamena sāmaññaṁ vā hoti brahmaññaṁ vā dukkaraṁ sudukkaraṁ, tasmā etaṁ kallaṁ vacanāya: 
;;; 
;;;Imāya ca, kassapa, mattāya iminā tapopakkamena samaṇo vā abhavissa brāhmaṇo vā dujjāno sudujjāno, netaṁ abhavissa kallaṁ vacanāya: 
;;;And if it was only by just that much, only by that course of fervent mortification that it was so very hard to know a true ascetic or brahmin, it wouldn’t be appropriate to say that 
;;;Yasmā ca kho, kassapa, aññatreva imāya mattāya aññatra iminā tapopakkamena samaṇo vā hoti brāhmaṇo vā dujjāno sudujjāno, tasmā etaṁ kallaṁ vacanāya: 
;;;It’s because there’s something other than just that much, something other than that course of fervent mortification that it’s so very hard to know a true ascetic or brahmin. And that’s why it is appropriate to say that 
;;;Imāya ca, kassapa, mattāya iminā tapopakkamena samaṇo vā abhavissa brāhmaṇo vā dujjāno sudujjāno, netaṁ abhavissa kallaṁ vacanāya: 
;;; 
;;;Yasmā ca kho, kassapa, aññatreva imāya mattāya aññatra iminā tapopakkamena samaṇo vā hoti brāhmaṇo vā dujjāno sudujjāno, tasmā etaṁ kallaṁ vacanāya: 
;;; 
;;;Imāya ca, kassapa, mattāya iminā tapopakkamena samaṇo vā abhavissa brāhmaṇo vā dujjāno sudujjāno, netaṁ abhavissa kallaṁ vacanāya: 
;;; 
;;;Yasmā ca kho, kassapa, aññatreva imāya mattāya aññatra iminā tapopakkamena samaṇo vā hoti brāhmaṇo vā dujjāno sudujjāno, tasmā etaṁ kallaṁ vacanāya: 
;;; 
;;;

>En 

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā uruññāyaṁ viharati kaṇṇakatthale migadāye. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying near Ujuññā, in the deer park at Kaṇṇakatthala. 
;;;rajojalladharo, 
;;;They wear dust and dirt. 
;;;Imāya ca, kassapa, mattāya iminā tapopakkamena sāmaññaṁ vā abhavissa brahmaññaṁ vā dukkaraṁ sudukkaraṁ, netaṁ abhavissa kallaṁ vacanāya: 
;;;And if it was only because of just that much, only because of that course of fervent mortification that it was so very hard to be a true ascetic or brahmin, it wouldn’t be appropriate to say that 
;;;Yasmā ca kho, kassapa, aññatreva imāya mattāya aññatra iminā tapopakkamena sāmaññaṁ vā hoti brahmaññaṁ vā dukkaraṁ sudukkaraṁ, tasmā etaṁ kallaṁ vacanāya: 
;;;It’s because there’s something other than just that much, something other than that course of fervent mortification that it’s so very hard to be a true ascetic or brahmin. And that’s why it is appropriate to say that 
;;;Imāya ca, kassapa, mattāya iminā tapopakkamena sāmaññaṁ vā abhavissa brahmaññaṁ vā dukkaraṁ sudukkaraṁ, netaṁ abhavissa kallaṁ vacanāya: 
;;; 
;;;Yasmā ca kho, kassapa, aññatreva imāya mattāya aññatra iminā tapopakkamena sāmaññaṁ vā hoti brahmaññaṁ vā dukkaraṁ sudukkaraṁ, tasmā etaṁ kallaṁ vacanāya: 
;;; 
;;;Imāya ca, kassapa, mattāya iminā tapopakkamena sāmaññaṁ vā abhavissa brahmaññaṁ vā dukkaraṁ sudukkaraṁ, netaṁ abhavissa kallaṁ vacanāya: 
;;; 
;;;Yasmā ca kho, kassapa, aññatreva imāya mattāya aññatra iminā tapopakkamena sāmaññaṁ vā hoti brahmaññaṁ vā dukkaraṁ sudukkaraṁ, tasmā etaṁ kallaṁ vacanāya: 
;;; 
;;;Imāya ca, kassapa, mattāya iminā tapopakkamena samaṇo vā abhavissa brāhmaṇo vā dujjāno sudujjāno, netaṁ abhavissa kallaṁ vacanāya: 
;;;And if it was only by just that much, only by that course of fervent mortification that it was so very hard to know a true ascetic or brahmin, it wouldn’t be appropriate to say that 
;;;Yasmā ca kho, kassapa, aññatreva imāya mattāya aññatra iminā tapopakkamena samaṇo vā hoti brāhmaṇo vā dujjāno sudujjāno, tasmā etaṁ kallaṁ vacanāya: 
;;;It’s because there’s something other than just that much, something other than that course of fervent mortification that it’s so very hard to know a true ascetic or brahmin. And that’s why it is appropriate to say that 
;;;Imāya ca, kassapa, mattāya iminā tapopakkamena samaṇo vā abhavissa brāhmaṇo vā dujjāno sudujjāno, netaṁ abhavissa kallaṁ vacanāya: 
;;; 
;;;Yasmā ca kho, kassapa, aññatreva imāya mattāya aññatra iminā tapopakkamena samaṇo vā hoti brāhmaṇo vā dujjāno sudujjāno, tasmā etaṁ kallaṁ vacanāya: 
;;; 
;;;Imāya ca, kassapa, mattāya iminā tapopakkamena samaṇo vā abhavissa brāhmaṇo vā dujjāno sudujjāno, netaṁ abhavissa kallaṁ vacanāya: 
;;; 
;;;Yasmā ca kho, kassapa, aññatreva imāya mattāya aññatra iminā tapopakkamena samaṇo vā hoti brāhmaṇo vā dujjāno sudujjāno, tasmā etaṁ kallaṁ vacanāya: 
;;; 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tena kho pana samayena poṭṭhapādo paribbājako samayappavādake tindukācīre ekasālake mallikāya ārāme paṭivasati mahatiyā paribbājakaparisāya saddhiṁ tiṁsamattehi paribbājakasatehi. ;;;Now at that time the wanderer Poṭṭhapāda was residing together with three hundred wanderers in Mallikā’s single-halled monastery for philosophical debates, hedged by pale-moon ebony trees. 
;;;Yannūnāhaṁ yena samayappavādako tindukācīro ekasālako mallikāya ārāmo, yena poṭṭhapādo paribbājako tenupasaṅkameyyan”ti. 
;;;Why don’t I go to Mallikā’s monastery to visit the wanderer Poṭṭhapāda?” 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā yena samayappavādako tindukācīro ekasālako mallikāya ārāmo tenupasaṅkami. 
;;;So that’s what he did. 
;;;“kāya nuttha, poṭṭhapāda, etarahi kathāya sannisinnā, kā ca pana vo antarākathā vippakatā”ti? 
;;;“Poṭṭhapāda, what were you sitting talking about just now? What conversation was left unfinished?” 
;;;Tiṭṭhateva sāyaṁ, poṭṭhapāda, oḷāriko attā rūpī cātumahābhūtiko kabaḷīkārāhārabhakkho, atha imassa purisassa aññā ca saññā uppajjanti, aññā ca saññā nirujjhanti. 
;;;So long as that solid self remains, still some perceptions arise in a person and others cease. 
;;;Atha kho te paribbājakā acirapakkantassa bhagavato poṭṭhapādaṁ paribbājakaṁ samantato vācā sannitodakena sañjhabbharimakaṁsu: 
;;;Soon after the Buddha left, those wanderers beset Poṭṭhapāda on all sides with sneering and jeering. 
;;;‘api pana tumhe āyasmanto ekaṁ vā rattiṁ ekaṁ vā divasaṁ upaḍḍhaṁ vā rattiṁ upaḍḍhaṁ vā divasaṁ ekantasukhiṁ attānaṁ sañjānāthā’ti? 
;;;‘But have you perceived an exclusively happy self for a single day or night, or even half a day or night?’ 
;;;‘yo te ahosi atīto attapaṭilābho, sova te attapaṭilābho sacco, mogho anāgato, mogho paccuppanno? 
;;;‘Is the reincarnation you had in the past your only real one, and those of the future and present fictitious? 
;;;

>En 

Tena kho pana samayena poṭṭhapādo paribbājako samayappavādake tindukācīre ekasālake mallikāya ārāme paṭivasati mahatiyā paribbājakaparisāya saddhiṁ tiṁsamattehi paribbājakasatehi. ;;;Now at that time the wanderer Poṭṭhapāda was residing together with three hundred wanderers in Mallikā’s single-halled monastery for philosophical debates, hedged by pale-moon ebony trees. 
;;;Yannūnāhaṁ yena samayappavādako tindukācīro ekasālako mallikāya ārāmo, yena poṭṭhapādo paribbājako tenupasaṅkameyyan”ti. 
;;;Why don’t I go to Mallikā’s monastery to visit the wanderer Poṭṭhapāda?” 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā yena samayappavādako tindukācīro ekasālako mallikāya ārāmo tenupasaṅkami. 
;;;So that’s what he did. 
;;;“kāya nuttha, poṭṭhapāda, etarahi kathāya sannisinnā, kā ca pana vo antarākathā vippakatā”ti? 
;;;“Poṭṭhapāda, what were you sitting talking about just now? What conversation was left unfinished?” 
;;;Tiṭṭhateva sāyaṁ, poṭṭhapāda, oḷāriko attā rūpī cātumahābhūtiko kabaḷīkārāhārabhakkho, atha imassa purisassa aññā ca saññā uppajjanti, aññā ca saññā nirujjhanti. 
;;;So long as that solid self remains, still some perceptions arise in a person and others cease. 
;;;Atha kho te paribbājakā acirapakkantassa bhagavato poṭṭhapādaṁ paribbājakaṁ samantato vācā sannitodakena sañjhabbharimakaṁsu: 
;;;Soon after the Buddha left, those wanderers beset Poṭṭhapāda on all sides with sneering and jeering. 
;;;‘api pana tumhe āyasmanto ekaṁ vā rattiṁ ekaṁ vā divasaṁ upaḍḍhaṁ vā rattiṁ upaḍḍhaṁ vā divasaṁ ekantasukhiṁ attānaṁ sañjānāthā’ti? 
;;;‘But have you perceived an exclusively happy self for a single day or night, or even half a day or night?’ 
;;;‘yo te ahosi atīto attapaṭilābho, sova te attapaṭilābho sacco, mogho anāgato, mogho paccuppanno? 
;;;‘Is the reincarnation you had in the past your only real one, and those of the future and present fictitious? 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

seyyathidaṁ—santikammaṁ paṇidhikammaṁ bhūtakammaṁ bhūrikammaṁ vassakammaṁ vossakammaṁ vatthukammaṁ vatthuparikammaṁ ācamanaṁ nhāpanaṁ juhanaṁ vamanaṁ virecanaṁ uddhaṁvirecanaṁ adhovirecanaṁ sīsavirecanaṁ kaṇṇatelaṁ nettatappanaṁ natthukammaṁ añjanaṁ paccañjanaṁ sālākiyaṁ sallakattiyaṁ dārakatikicchā mūlabhesajjānaṁ anuppadānaṁ osadhīnaṁ paṭimokkho ;;;This includes rites for propitiation, for granting wishes, for ghosts, for the earth, for rain, for property settlement, and for preparing and consecrating house sites, and rites involving rinsing and bathing, and oblations. It also includes administering emetics, purgatives, expectorants, and phlegmagogues; administering ear-oils, eye restoratives, nasal medicine, ointments, and counter-ointments; surgery with needle and scalpel, treating children, prescribing root medicines, and binding on herbs. 
;;;So pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā, ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya, parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;After the meal, they return from almsround, sit down cross-legged, set their body straight, and establish mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;Evameva kho bhikkhu ime pañca nīvaraṇe pahīne attani samanupassati. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, māṇava, dakkho nhāpako vā nhāpakantevāsī vā kaṁsathāle nhānīyacuṇṇāni ākiritvā udakena paripphosakaṁ paripphosakaṁ sanneyya. Sāyaṁ nhānīyapiṇḍi snehānugatā snehaparetā santarabāhirā phuṭā snehena, na ca paggharaṇī. 
;;;It’s like when a deft bathroom attendant or their apprentice pours bath powder into a bronze dish, sprinkling it little by little with water. They knead it until the ball of bath powder is soaked and saturated with moisture, spread through inside and out; yet no moisture oozes out. 
;;;So anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhoti—ekopi hutvā bahudhā hoti, bahudhāpi hutvā eko hoti; āvibhāvaṁ tirobhāvaṁ tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamāno gacchati seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ karoti seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gacchati seyyathāpi pathaviyaṁ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kamati seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁ mahiddhike evaṁ mahānubhāve pāṇinā parāmasati parimajjati; yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vatteti. 
;;;They wield the many kinds of psychic power: multiplying themselves and becoming one again; appearing and disappearing; going unobstructed through a wall, a rampart, or a mountain as if through space; diving in and out of the earth as if it were water; walking on water as if it were earth; flying cross-legged through the sky like a bird; touching and stroking with the hand the sun and moon, so mighty and powerful; controlling the body as far as the realm of divinity. 
;;;Natthi cevettha uttarikaraṇīyaṁ. 
;;;And there is nothing more to be done. 
;;;

>En 

seyyathidaṁ—santikammaṁ paṇidhikammaṁ bhūtakammaṁ bhūrikammaṁ vassakammaṁ vossakammaṁ vatthukammaṁ vatthuparikammaṁ ācamanaṁ nhāpanaṁ juhanaṁ vamanaṁ virecanaṁ uddhaṁvirecanaṁ adhovirecanaṁ sīsavirecanaṁ kaṇṇatelaṁ nettatappanaṁ natthukammaṁ añjanaṁ paccañjanaṁ sālākiyaṁ sallakattiyaṁ dārakatikicchā mūlabhesajjānaṁ anuppadānaṁ osadhīnaṁ paṭimokkho ;;;This includes rites for propitiation, for granting wishes, for ghosts, for the earth, for rain, for property settlement, and for preparing and consecrating house sites, and rites involving rinsing and bathing, and oblations. It also includes administering emetics, purgatives, expectorants, and phlegmagogues; administering ear-oils, eye restoratives, nasal medicine, ointments, and counter-ointments; surgery with needle and scalpel, treating children, prescribing root medicines, and binding on herbs. 
;;;So pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā, ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya, parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;After the meal, they return from almsround, sit down cross-legged, set their body straight, and establish mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;Evameva kho bhikkhu ime pañca nīvaraṇe pahīne attani samanupassati. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, māṇava, dakkho nhāpako vā nhāpakantevāsī vā kaṁsathāle nhānīyacuṇṇāni ākiritvā udakena paripphosakaṁ paripphosakaṁ sanneyya. Sāyaṁ nhānīyapiṇḍi snehānugatā snehaparetā santarabāhirā phuṭā snehena, na ca paggharaṇī. 
;;;It’s like when a deft bathroom attendant or their apprentice pours bath powder into a bronze dish, sprinkling it little by little with water. They knead it until the ball of bath powder is soaked and saturated with moisture, spread through inside and out; yet no moisture oozes out. 
;;;So anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhoti—ekopi hutvā bahudhā hoti, bahudhāpi hutvā eko hoti; āvibhāvaṁ tirobhāvaṁ tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamāno gacchati seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ karoti seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gacchati seyyathāpi pathaviyaṁ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kamati seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁ mahiddhike evaṁ mahānubhāve pāṇinā parāmasati parimajjati; yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vatteti. 
;;;They wield the many kinds of psychic power: multiplying themselves and becoming one again; appearing and disappearing; going unobstructed through a wall, a rampart, or a mountain as if through space; diving in and out of the earth as if it were water; walking on water as if it were earth; flying cross-legged through the sky like a bird; touching and stroking with the hand the sun and moon, so mighty and powerful; controlling the body as far as the realm of divinity. 
;;;Natthi cevettha uttarikaraṇīyaṁ. 
;;;And there is nothing more to be done. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Idha, kevaṭṭa, bhikkhu anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhoti—ekopi hutvā bahudhā hoti, bahudhāpi hutvā eko hoti; āvibhāvaṁ tirobhāvaṁ tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamāno gacchati seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ karoti seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gacchati seyyathāpi pathaviyaṁ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kamati seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁ mahiddhike evaṁ mahānubhāve pāṇinā parāmasati parimajjati; yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vatteti. ;;;It’s a mendicant who wields the many kinds of psychic power: multiplying themselves and becoming one again; appearing and disappearing; going unobstructed through a wall, a rampart, or a mountain as if through space; diving in and out of the earth as if it were water; walking on water as if it were earth; flying cross-legged through the sky like a bird; touching and stroking with the hand the sun and moon, so mighty and powerful; controlling the body as far as the realm of divinity. 
;;;Tamenaṁ aññataro saddho pasanno passati taṁ bhikkhuṁ anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhontaṁ—ekopi hutvā bahudhā hontaṁ, bahudhāpi hutvā eko hontaṁ; āvibhāvaṁ tirobhāvaṁ; tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamānaṁ gacchantaṁ seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ karontaṁ seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gacchantaṁ seyyathāpi pathaviyaṁ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kamantaṁ seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁ mahiddhike evaṁ mahānubhāve pāṇinā parāmasantaṁ parimajjantaṁ yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vattentaṁ. 
;;;Someone with faith and confidence sees that mendicant performing those superhuman feats. 
;;;

>En 

Idha, kevaṭṭa, bhikkhu anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhoti—ekopi hutvā bahudhā hoti, bahudhāpi hutvā eko hoti; āvibhāvaṁ tirobhāvaṁ tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamāno gacchati seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ karoti seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gacchati seyyathāpi pathaviyaṁ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kamati seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁ mahiddhike evaṁ mahānubhāve pāṇinā parāmasati parimajjati; yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vatteti. ;;;It’s a mendicant who wields the many kinds of psychic power: multiplying themselves and becoming one again; appearing and disappearing; going unobstructed through a wall, a rampart, or a mountain as if through space; diving in and out of the earth as if it were water; walking on water as if it were earth; flying cross-legged through the sky like a bird; touching and stroking with the hand the sun and moon, so mighty and powerful; controlling the body as far as the realm of divinity. 
;;;Tamenaṁ aññataro saddho pasanno passati taṁ bhikkhuṁ anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhontaṁ—ekopi hutvā bahudhā hontaṁ, bahudhāpi hutvā eko hontaṁ; āvibhāvaṁ tirobhāvaṁ; tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamānaṁ gacchantaṁ seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ karontaṁ seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gacchantaṁ seyyathāpi pathaviyaṁ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kamantaṁ seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁ mahiddhike evaṁ mahānubhāve pāṇinā parāmasantaṁ parimajjantaṁ yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vattentaṁ. 
;;;Someone with faith and confidence sees that mendicant performing those superhuman feats. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Evaṁ, bho”ti kho rosikā nhāpito lohiccassa brāhmaṇassa paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho rosikā nhāpito bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: ;;;“Yes, sir,” Rosika replied. He did as he was asked, and 
;;;

>En 

“Evaṁ, bho”ti kho rosikā nhāpito lohiccassa brāhmaṇassa paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho rosikā nhāpito bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: ;;;“Yes, sir,” Rosika replied. He did as he was asked, and 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Kiṁ pana, vāseṭṭha, yepi tevijjānaṁ brāhmaṇānaṁ pubbakā isayo mantānaṁ kattāro mantānaṁ pavattāro, yesamidaṁ etarahi tevijjā brāhmaṇā porāṇaṁ mantapadaṁ gītaṁ pavuttaṁ samihitaṁ, tadanugāyanti, tadanubhāsanti, bhāsitamanubhāsanti, vācitamanuvācenti, seyyathidaṁ—aṭṭhako vāmako vāmadevo vessāmitto yamataggi aṅgīraso bhāradvājo vāseṭṭho kassapo bhagu. ;;;“Well, what of the ancient seers of the brahmins proficient in the three Vedas, namely Aṭṭhaka, Vāmaka, Vāmadeva, Vessāmitta, Yamadaggi, Aṅgīrasa, Bhāradvāja, Vāseṭṭha, Kassapa, and Bhagu? They were the authors and propagators of the hymns. Their hymnal was sung and propagated and compiled in ancient times; and these days, brahmins continue to sing and chant it, chanting what was chanted and teaching what was taught. 
;;;“Sādhu, vāseṭṭha, te vata, vāseṭṭha, tevijjā brāhmaṇā yaṁ na jānanti, yaṁ na passanti, tassa sahabyatāya maggaṁ desessanti. ‘Ayameva ujumaggo, ayamañjasāyano niyyāniko, niyyāti takkarassa brahmasahabyatāyā’ti, netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati. 
;;;“Good, Vāseṭṭha. For it is impossible that they should teach the path to that which they neither know nor see. 
;;;Iti pana na kira tevijjehi brāhmaṇehi brahmā sakkhidiṭṭho. 
;;;But it seems that even though they have not seen the Divinity with their own eyes, 
;;;‘ambho purisa, yassa tvaṁ pāsādassa ārohaṇāya nisseṇiṁ karosi, jānāsi taṁ pāsādaṁ—puratthimāya vā disāya dakkhiṇāya vā disāya pacchimāya vā disāya uttarāya vā disāya ucco vā nīco vā majjhimo vā’ti? 
;;;‘Mister, that stilt longhouse that you’re building a ladder for—do you know whether it’s to the north, south, east, or west? Or whether it’s tall or short or medium?’ 
;;;Imehi kho, vāseṭṭha, pañcahi nīvaraṇehi tevijjā brāhmaṇā āvuṭā nivutā onaddhā pariyonaddhā. 
;;;The brahmins proficient in the three Vedas are obstructed, hindered, encased, and shrouded by these five hindrances. 
;;;kinti te sutaṁ brāhmaṇānaṁ vuddhānaṁ mahallakānaṁ ācariyapācariyānaṁ bhāsamānānaṁ, sapariggaho vā brahmā apariggaho vā”ti? 
;;;Have you heard that the brahmins who are elderly and senior, the tutors of tutors, say whether the Divinity is encumbered with possessions or not?” 
;;;Idha kho pana te, vāseṭṭha, tevijjā brāhmaṇā āsīditvā saṁsīdanti, saṁsīditvā visāraṁ pāpuṇanti, sukkhataraṁ maññe taranti. 
;;;But here the brahmins proficient in the three Vedas sink down where they have sat, only to drift apart, while imagining they’re crossing over to drier ground. 
;;;

>En 

“Kiṁ pana, vāseṭṭha, yepi tevijjānaṁ brāhmaṇānaṁ pubbakā isayo mantānaṁ kattāro mantānaṁ pavattāro, yesamidaṁ etarahi tevijjā brāhmaṇā porāṇaṁ mantapadaṁ gītaṁ pavuttaṁ samihitaṁ, tadanugāyanti, tadanubhāsanti, bhāsitamanubhāsanti, vācitamanuvācenti, seyyathidaṁ—aṭṭhako vāmako vāmadevo vessāmitto yamataggi aṅgīraso bhāradvājo vāseṭṭho kassapo bhagu. ;;;“Well, what of the ancient seers of the brahmins proficient in the three Vedas, namely Aṭṭhaka, Vāmaka, Vāmadeva, Vessāmitta, Yamadaggi, Aṅgīrasa, Bhāradvāja, Vāseṭṭha, Kassapa, and Bhagu? They were the authors and propagators of the hymns. Their hymnal was sung and propagated and compiled in ancient times; and these days, brahmins continue to sing and chant it, chanting what was chanted and teaching what was taught. 
;;;“Sādhu, vāseṭṭha, te vata, vāseṭṭha, tevijjā brāhmaṇā yaṁ na jānanti, yaṁ na passanti, tassa sahabyatāya maggaṁ desessanti. ‘Ayameva ujumaggo, ayamañjasāyano niyyāniko, niyyāti takkarassa brahmasahabyatāyā’ti, netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati. 
;;;“Good, Vāseṭṭha. For it is impossible that they should teach the path to that which they neither know nor see. 
;;;Iti pana na kira tevijjehi brāhmaṇehi brahmā sakkhidiṭṭho. 
;;;But it seems that even though they have not seen the Divinity with their own eyes, 
;;;‘ambho purisa, yassa tvaṁ pāsādassa ārohaṇāya nisseṇiṁ karosi, jānāsi taṁ pāsādaṁ—puratthimāya vā disāya dakkhiṇāya vā disāya pacchimāya vā disāya uttarāya vā disāya ucco vā nīco vā majjhimo vā’ti? 
;;;‘Mister, that stilt longhouse that you’re building a ladder for—do you know whether it’s to the north, south, east, or west? Or whether it’s tall or short or medium?’ 
;;;Imehi kho, vāseṭṭha, pañcahi nīvaraṇehi tevijjā brāhmaṇā āvuṭā nivutā onaddhā pariyonaddhā. 
;;;The brahmins proficient in the three Vedas are obstructed, hindered, encased, and shrouded by these five hindrances. 
;;;kinti te sutaṁ brāhmaṇānaṁ vuddhānaṁ mahallakānaṁ ācariyapācariyānaṁ bhāsamānānaṁ, sapariggaho vā brahmā apariggaho vā”ti? 
;;;Have you heard that the brahmins who are elderly and senior, the tutors of tutors, say whether the Divinity is encumbered with possessions or not?” 
;;;Idha kho pana te, vāseṭṭha, tevijjā brāhmaṇā āsīditvā saṁsīdanti, saṁsīditvā visāraṁ pāpuṇanti, sukkhataraṁ maññe taranti. 
;;;But here the brahmins proficient in the three Vedas sink down where they have sat, only to drift apart, while imagining they’re crossing over to drier ground. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Assosi kho bhagavā dibbāya sotadhātuyā visuddhāya atikkantamānusikāya tesaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ imaṁ kathāsallāpaṁ. ;;;With clairaudience that is purified and superhuman, the Buddha heard that discussion among the mendicants. 
;;;yaṁ bhagavā pubbenivāsapaṭisaṁyuttaṁ dhammiṁ kathaṁ kareyya, bhagavato sutvā bhikkhū dhāressantī”ti. 
;;;Let the Buddha give a Dhamma talk on the subject of past lives. The mendicants will listen and remember it.” 
;;;“Ito so, bhikkhave, ekanavutikappe yaṁ vipassī bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho loke udapādi. 
;;;“Ninety-one eons ago, the Buddha Vipassī arose in the world, perfected and fully awakened. 
;;;Ito so, bhikkhave, ekatiṁse kappe yaṁ sikhī bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho loke udapādi. 
;;;Thirty-one eons ago, the Buddha Sikhī arose in the world, perfected and fully awakened. 
;;;Mayhaṁ, bhikkhave, etarahi sāriputtamoggallānaṁ nāma sāvakayugaṁ ahosi aggaṁ bhaddayugaṁ. 
;;;I have a fine pair of chief disciples named Sāriputta and Moggallāna. 
;;;Bandhumatī nāma devī mātā ahosi janetti. 
;;;his birth mother was Queen Bandhumatī, 
;;;Vessabhussa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa suppatito nāma rājā pitā ahosi. 
;;;Vessabhū’s father was King Suppatita, 
;;;Vassavatī nāma devī mātā ahosi janetti. 
;;;his birth mother was Queen Vassavatī, 
;;;Kassapassa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa brahmadatto nāma brāhmaṇo pitā ahosi. 
;;;Kassapa’s father was the brahmin Brahmadatta, 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena karerimaṇḍalamāḷo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the pavilion by the kareri tree, where he sat on the seat spread out 
;;;Dhammatā esā, bhikkhave, yadā bodhisatto mātukucchiṁ okkanto hoti, cattāro naṁ devaputtā catuddisaṁ rakkhāya upagacchanti: ‘mā naṁ bodhisattaṁ vā bodhisattamātaraṁ vā manusso vā amanusso vā koci vā viheṭhesī’ti. 
;;;It’s normal that, when the being intent on awakening is conceived in his mother’s belly, four gods approach to guard the four quarters, so that no human or non-human or anyone at all shall harm the being intent on awakening or his mother. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, maṇi veḷuriyo subho jātimā aṭṭhaṁso suparikammakato accho vippasanno anāvilo sabbākārasampanno. Tatrāssa suttaṁ āvutaṁ nīlaṁ vā pītaṁ vā lohitaṁ vā odātaṁ vā paṇḍusuttaṁ vā. 
;;;Suppose there was a beryl gem that was naturally beautiful, eight-faceted, well-worked, transparent, clear, and unclouded, endowed with all good qualities. And it was strung with a thread of blue, yellow, red, white, or golden brown. 
;;;Dhammatā esā, bhikkhave, yadā bodhisatto mātukucchimhā nikkhamati, visadova nikkhamati amakkhito udena amakkhito semhena amakkhito ruhirena amakkhito kenaci asucinā suddho visado. 
;;;It’s normal that, when the being intent on awakening emerges from his mother’s womb, he emerges already clean, unsoiled by waters, mucus, blood, or any other kind of impurity, pure and clean. 
;;;Dhammatā esā, bhikkhave, sampatijāto bodhisatto samehi pādehi patiṭṭhahitvā uttarābhimukho sattapadavītihārena gacchati setamhi chatte anudhāriyamāne, sabbā ca disā anuviloketi, āsabhiṁ vācaṁ bhāsati ‘aggohamasmi lokassa, jeṭṭhohamasmi lokassa, seṭṭhohamasmi lokassa, ayamantimā jāti, natthi dāni punabbhavo’ti. 
;;;It’s normal that, as soon as he’s born, the being intent on awakening stands firm with his own feet on the ground. Facing north, he takes seven strides with a white parasol held above him, surveys all quarters, and makes this dramatic proclamation: ‘I am the foremost in the world! I am the eldest in the world! I am the first in the world! This is my last rebirth; now there’ll be no more future lives.’ 
;;;Ayañhi, deva, kumāro sukhumacchavī; sukhumattā chaviyā rajojallaṁ kāye na upalimpati …pe… 
;;;He has delicate skin, so delicate that dust and dirt don’t stick to his body. 
;;;Ayañhi, deva, kumāro citantaraṁso …pe… 
;;;He is filled out between the shoulders. 
;;;So imaṁ pathaviṁ sāgarapariyantaṁ adaṇḍena asatthena dhammena abhivijiya ajjhāvasati. 
;;; 
;;;Atha kho, bhikkhave, bandhumā rājā nemitte brāhmaṇe ahatehi vatthehi acchādāpetvā sabbakāmehi santappesi. 
;;;Then King Bandhumā had the brahmin soothsayers dressed in unworn clothes and satisfied all their needs. 
;;;Jātassa kho pana, bhikkhave, vipassissa kumārassa kammavipākajaṁ dibbacakkhu pāturahosi yena sudaṁ samantā yojanaṁ passati divā ceva rattiñca. 
;;;From when he was born, Prince Vipassī had the power of clairvoyance which manifested as a result of past deeds, by which he could see for a league all around both by day and by night. 
;;;‘Animisanto kumāro pekkhatī’ti kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa kumārassa ‘vipassī vipassī’ tveva samaññā udapādi. 
;;;And because it was said that he was unblinkingly watchful, he came to be known as ‘Vipassī’. 
;;;Atha kho, bhikkhave, bandhumā rājā atthakaraṇe nisinno vipassiṁ kumāraṁ aṅke nisīdāpetvā atthe anusāsati. 
;;;Then while King Bandhumā was sitting in judgment, he’d sit Prince Vipassī in his lap and explain the case to him. 
;;;Tatra sudaṁ, bhikkhave, vipassī kumāro pituaṅke nisinno viceyya viceyya atthe panāyati ñāyena. 
;;;And sitting there in his father’s lap, Vipassī would thoroughly consider the case and draw a conclusion using a logical procedure. 
;;;Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassī kumāro bhaddaṁ bhaddaṁ yānaṁ abhiruhitvā bhaddehi bhaddehi yānehi uyyānabhūmiṁ niyyāsi. 
;;;Then Prince Vipassī mounted a fine carriage and, along with other fine carriages, set out for the park. 
;;;Addasā kho, bhikkhave, vipassī kumāro uyyānabhūmiṁ niyyanto purisaṁ jiṇṇaṁ gopānasivaṅkaṁ bhoggaṁ daṇḍaparāyanaṁ pavedhamānaṁ gacchantaṁ āturaṁ gatayobbanaṁ. 
;;;Along the way he saw an elderly man, bent double, crooked, leaning on a staff, trembling as he walked, ailing, past his prime. 
;;;Addasā kho, bhikkhave, vipassī kumāro uyyānabhūmiṁ niyyanto purisaṁ ābādhikaṁ dukkhitaṁ bāḷhagilānaṁ sake muttakarīse palipannaṁ semānaṁ aññehi vuṭṭhāpiyamānaṁ aññehi saṁvesiyamānaṁ. 
;;;Along the way he saw a man who was sick, suffering, gravely ill, collapsed in his own urine and feces, being picked up by some and put down by others. 
;;;Akkhīnipissa na yathā aññesaṁ, saropissa na yathā aññesan’ti? 
;;;For his eyes and his voice are unlike those of other men.’ 
;;;‘Eso kho, deva, pabbajito nāma sādhu dhammacariyā sādhu samacariyā sādhu kusalakiriyā sādhu puññakiriyā sādhu avihiṁsā sādhu bhūtānukampā’ti. 
;;;‘He is called a renunciate because he celebrates principled and fair conduct, skillful actions, good deeds, harmlessness, and sympathy for living creatures.’ 
;;;‘na hi nūna so orako dhammavinayo, na sā orakā pabbajjā, yattha vipassī kumāro kesamassuṁ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajito. 
;;;‘This must be no ordinary teaching and training, no ordinary going forth in which Prince Vipassī has gone forth. 
;;;Vipassīpi nāma kumāro kesamassuṁ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajissati, kimaṅgaṁ pana mayan’ti. 
;;;If even the prince goes forth, why don’t we do the same?’ 
;;;Atha kho, so bhikkhave, mahājanakāyo caturāsītipāṇasahassāni kesamassuṁ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā vipassiṁ bodhisattaṁ agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajitaṁ anupabbajiṁsu. 
;;;Then that great crowd of 84,000 people shaved off their hair and beard, dressed in ocher robes, and followed the one intent on awakening, Vipassī, by going forth from the lay life to homelessness. 
;;;Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: 
;;;Then as he was in private retreat this thought came to his mind, 
;;;‘na kho metaṁ patirūpaṁ yohaṁ ākiṇṇo viharāmi, yannūnāhaṁ eko gaṇamhā vūpakaṭṭho vihareyyan’ti. 
;;;‘It’s not appropriate for me to live in a crowd. Why don’t I live alone, withdrawn from the group?’ 
;;;Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa vāsūpagatassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: 
;;;Then as Vipassī, the one intent on awakening, was in private retreat in his dwelling, this thought came to his mind, 
;;;‘nassati vata bho loko, vinassati vata bho loko, yatra hi nāma vipassissa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa appossukkatāya cittaṁ namati, no dhammadesanāyā’ti. 
;;;‘Alas! The world will be lost, the world will perish! For the mind of the Blessed One Vipassī, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha, inclines to remaining passive, not to teaching the Dhamma.’ 
;;;Atha kho so, bhikkhave, mahābrahmā ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ karitvā dakkhiṇaṁ jāṇumaṇḍalaṁ pathaviyaṁ nihantvā yena vipassī bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā vipassiṁ bhagavantaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;He arranged his robe over one shoulder, knelt on his right knee, raised his joined palms toward the Buddha Vipassī, and said, 
;;;santi sattā apparajakkhajātikā; assavanatā dhammassa parihāyanti, 
;;;There are beings with little dust in their eyes. They’re in decline because they haven’t heard the teaching. 
;;;Addasā kho, bhikkhave, vipassī bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho buddhacakkhunā lokaṁ volokento satte apparajakkhe mahārajakkhe tikkhindriye mudindriye svākāre dvākāre suviññāpaye duviññāpaye appekacce paralokavajjabhayadassāvine viharante, appekacce na paralokavajjabhayadassāvine viharante. 
;;;And he saw sentient beings with little dust in their eyes, and some with much dust in their eyes; with keen faculties and with weak faculties, with good qualities and with bad qualities, easy to teach and hard to teach. And some of them lived seeing the danger in the fault to do with the next world, while others did not. 
;;;Sokāvatiṇṇaṁ janatamapetasoko, 
;;;rid of sorrow, look upon the people 
;;;Desassu bhagavā dhammaṁ, 
;;;Let the Blessed One teach the Dhamma! 
;;;Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassī bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho dāyapālaṁ āmantesi: 
;;;Then the Buddha Vipassī addressed the park keeper, 
;;;Yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi, yānena gantvā yānā paccorohitvā pattikāva yena vipassī bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho tenupasaṅkamiṁsu. upasaṅkamitvā vipassiṁ bhagavantaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. 
;;;They went by carriage as far as the terrain allowed, then descended and approached the Buddha Vipassī on foot. They bowed and sat down to one side. 
;;;Tesaṁ vipassī bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho anupubbiṁ kathaṁ kathesi, seyyathidaṁ— 
;;;The Buddha Vipassī taught them step by step, with 
;;;Yadā te bhagavā aññāsi kallacitte muducitte vinīvaraṇacitte udaggacitte pasannacitte, atha yā buddhānaṁ sāmukkaṁsikā dhammadesanā, taṁ pakāsesi— 
;;;And when he knew that their minds were ready, pliable, rid of hindrances, elated, and confident he explained the special teaching of the Buddhas: 
;;;saṅkhārānaṁ ādīnavaṁ okāraṁ saṅkilesaṁ nibbāne ānisaṁsaṁ pakāsesi. 
;;;He explained the drawbacks of conditioned phenomena, so sordid and corrupt, and the benefit of extinguishment. 
;;;Yadā te bhagavā aññāsi kallacitte muducitte vinīvaraṇacitte udaggacitte pasannacitte, atha yā buddhānaṁ sāmukkaṁsikā dhammadesanā, taṁ pakāsesi— 
;;;And when he knew that their minds were ready, pliable, rid of hindrances, elated, and confident he explained the special teaching of the Buddhas: 
;;;Yadā te bhagavā aññāsi kallacitte muducitte vinīvaraṇacitte udaggacitte pasannacitte, atha yā buddhānaṁ sāmukkaṁsikā dhammadesanā, taṁ pakāsesi— 
;;; 
;;;Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: 
;;;As the Buddha Vipassī was in private retreat this thought came to his mind, 
;;;Santi sattā apparajakkhajātikā, assavanatā dhammassa parihāyanti, bhavissanti dhammassa aññātāro”ti. 
;;; 
;;;Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassī bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito bhikkhū āmantesi: 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha Vipassī came out of retreat and addressed the mendicants, telling them all that had happened. Then he said, 
;;;‘idha mayhaṁ, bhikkhave, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: 
;;; 
;;;Na samaṇo hoti paraṁ viheṭhayanto. 
;;;nor does an ascetic hurt another. 
;;;Tassa mayhaṁ, bhikkhave, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: 
;;;As I was in private retreat this thought came to mind, 
;;;Bhagavato, mārisā, sāriputtamoggallānaṁ nāma sāvakayugaṁ ahosi aggaṁ bhaddayugaṁ. 
;;;You have a fine pair of chief disciples named Sāriputta and Moggallāna. 
;;;Bhagavato, mārisā, sāriputtamoggallānaṁ nāma sāvakayugaṁ ahosi aggaṁ bhaddayugaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;

>En 

Assosi kho bhagavā dibbāya sotadhātuyā visuddhāya atikkantamānusikāya tesaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ imaṁ kathāsallāpaṁ. ;;;With clairaudience that is purified and superhuman, the Buddha heard that discussion among the mendicants. 
;;;yaṁ bhagavā pubbenivāsapaṭisaṁyuttaṁ dhammiṁ kathaṁ kareyya, bhagavato sutvā bhikkhū dhāressantī”ti. 
;;;Let the Buddha give a Dhamma talk on the subject of past lives. The mendicants will listen and remember it.” 
;;;“Ito so, bhikkhave, ekanavutikappe yaṁ vipassī bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho loke udapādi. 
;;;“Ninety-one eons ago, the Buddha Vipassī arose in the world, perfected and fully awakened. 
;;;Ito so, bhikkhave, ekatiṁse kappe yaṁ sikhī bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho loke udapādi. 
;;;Thirty-one eons ago, the Buddha Sikhī arose in the world, perfected and fully awakened. 
;;;Mayhaṁ, bhikkhave, etarahi sāriputtamoggallānaṁ nāma sāvakayugaṁ ahosi aggaṁ bhaddayugaṁ. 
;;;I have a fine pair of chief disciples named Sāriputta and Moggallāna. 
;;;Bandhumatī nāma devī mātā ahosi janetti. 
;;;his birth mother was Queen Bandhumatī, 
;;;Vessabhussa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa suppatito nāma rājā pitā ahosi. 
;;;Vessabhū’s father was King Suppatita, 
;;;Vassavatī nāma devī mātā ahosi janetti. 
;;;his birth mother was Queen Vassavatī, 
;;;Kassapassa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa brahmadatto nāma brāhmaṇo pitā ahosi. 
;;;Kassapa’s father was the brahmin Brahmadatta, 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena karerimaṇḍalamāḷo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the pavilion by the kareri tree, where he sat on the seat spread out 
;;;Dhammatā esā, bhikkhave, yadā bodhisatto mātukucchiṁ okkanto hoti, cattāro naṁ devaputtā catuddisaṁ rakkhāya upagacchanti: ‘mā naṁ bodhisattaṁ vā bodhisattamātaraṁ vā manusso vā amanusso vā koci vā viheṭhesī’ti. 
;;;It’s normal that, when the being intent on awakening is conceived in his mother’s belly, four gods approach to guard the four quarters, so that no human or non-human or anyone at all shall harm the being intent on awakening or his mother. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, maṇi veḷuriyo subho jātimā aṭṭhaṁso suparikammakato accho vippasanno anāvilo sabbākārasampanno. Tatrāssa suttaṁ āvutaṁ nīlaṁ vā pītaṁ vā lohitaṁ vā odātaṁ vā paṇḍusuttaṁ vā. 
;;;Suppose there was a beryl gem that was naturally beautiful, eight-faceted, well-worked, transparent, clear, and unclouded, endowed with all good qualities. And it was strung with a thread of blue, yellow, red, white, or golden brown. 
;;;Dhammatā esā, bhikkhave, yadā bodhisatto mātukucchimhā nikkhamati, visadova nikkhamati amakkhito udena amakkhito semhena amakkhito ruhirena amakkhito kenaci asucinā suddho visado. 
;;;It’s normal that, when the being intent on awakening emerges from his mother’s womb, he emerges already clean, unsoiled by waters, mucus, blood, or any other kind of impurity, pure and clean. 
;;;Dhammatā esā, bhikkhave, sampatijāto bodhisatto samehi pādehi patiṭṭhahitvā uttarābhimukho sattapadavītihārena gacchati setamhi chatte anudhāriyamāne, sabbā ca disā anuviloketi, āsabhiṁ vācaṁ bhāsati ‘aggohamasmi lokassa, jeṭṭhohamasmi lokassa, seṭṭhohamasmi lokassa, ayamantimā jāti, natthi dāni punabbhavo’ti. 
;;;It’s normal that, as soon as he’s born, the being intent on awakening stands firm with his own feet on the ground. Facing north, he takes seven strides with a white parasol held above him, surveys all quarters, and makes this dramatic proclamation: ‘I am the foremost in the world! I am the eldest in the world! I am the first in the world! This is my last rebirth; now there’ll be no more future lives.’ 
;;;Ayañhi, deva, kumāro sukhumacchavī; sukhumattā chaviyā rajojallaṁ kāye na upalimpati …pe… 
;;;He has delicate skin, so delicate that dust and dirt don’t stick to his body. 
;;;Ayañhi, deva, kumāro citantaraṁso …pe… 
;;;He is filled out between the shoulders. 
;;;So imaṁ pathaviṁ sāgarapariyantaṁ adaṇḍena asatthena dhammena abhivijiya ajjhāvasati. 
;;; 
;;;Atha kho, bhikkhave, bandhumā rājā nemitte brāhmaṇe ahatehi vatthehi acchādāpetvā sabbakāmehi santappesi. 
;;;Then King Bandhumā had the brahmin soothsayers dressed in unworn clothes and satisfied all their needs. 
;;;Jātassa kho pana, bhikkhave, vipassissa kumārassa kammavipākajaṁ dibbacakkhu pāturahosi yena sudaṁ samantā yojanaṁ passati divā ceva rattiñca. 
;;;From when he was born, Prince Vipassī had the power of clairvoyance which manifested as a result of past deeds, by which he could see for a league all around both by day and by night. 
;;;‘Animisanto kumāro pekkhatī’ti kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa kumārassa ‘vipassī vipassī’ tveva samaññā udapādi. 
;;;And because it was said that he was unblinkingly watchful, he came to be known as ‘Vipassī’. 
;;;Atha kho, bhikkhave, bandhumā rājā atthakaraṇe nisinno vipassiṁ kumāraṁ aṅke nisīdāpetvā atthe anusāsati. 
;;;Then while King Bandhumā was sitting in judgment, he’d sit Prince Vipassī in his lap and explain the case to him. 
;;;Tatra sudaṁ, bhikkhave, vipassī kumāro pituaṅke nisinno viceyya viceyya atthe panāyati ñāyena. 
;;;And sitting there in his father’s lap, Vipassī would thoroughly consider the case and draw a conclusion using a logical procedure. 
;;;Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassī kumāro bhaddaṁ bhaddaṁ yānaṁ abhiruhitvā bhaddehi bhaddehi yānehi uyyānabhūmiṁ niyyāsi. 
;;;Then Prince Vipassī mounted a fine carriage and, along with other fine carriages, set out for the park. 
;;;Addasā kho, bhikkhave, vipassī kumāro uyyānabhūmiṁ niyyanto purisaṁ jiṇṇaṁ gopānasivaṅkaṁ bhoggaṁ daṇḍaparāyanaṁ pavedhamānaṁ gacchantaṁ āturaṁ gatayobbanaṁ. 
;;;Along the way he saw an elderly man, bent double, crooked, leaning on a staff, trembling as he walked, ailing, past his prime. 
;;;Addasā kho, bhikkhave, vipassī kumāro uyyānabhūmiṁ niyyanto purisaṁ ābādhikaṁ dukkhitaṁ bāḷhagilānaṁ sake muttakarīse palipannaṁ semānaṁ aññehi vuṭṭhāpiyamānaṁ aññehi saṁvesiyamānaṁ. 
;;;Along the way he saw a man who was sick, suffering, gravely ill, collapsed in his own urine and feces, being picked up by some and put down by others. 
;;;Akkhīnipissa na yathā aññesaṁ, saropissa na yathā aññesan’ti? 
;;;For his eyes and his voice are unlike those of other men.’ 
;;;‘Eso kho, deva, pabbajito nāma sādhu dhammacariyā sādhu samacariyā sādhu kusalakiriyā sādhu puññakiriyā sādhu avihiṁsā sādhu bhūtānukampā’ti. 
;;;‘He is called a renunciate because he celebrates principled and fair conduct, skillful actions, good deeds, harmlessness, and sympathy for living creatures.’ 
;;;‘na hi nūna so orako dhammavinayo, na sā orakā pabbajjā, yattha vipassī kumāro kesamassuṁ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajito. 
;;;‘This must be no ordinary teaching and training, no ordinary going forth in which Prince Vipassī has gone forth. 
;;;Vipassīpi nāma kumāro kesamassuṁ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajissati, kimaṅgaṁ pana mayan’ti. 
;;;If even the prince goes forth, why don’t we do the same?’ 
;;;Atha kho, so bhikkhave, mahājanakāyo caturāsītipāṇasahassāni kesamassuṁ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā vipassiṁ bodhisattaṁ agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajitaṁ anupabbajiṁsu. 
;;;Then that great crowd of 84,000 people shaved off their hair and beard, dressed in ocher robes, and followed the one intent on awakening, Vipassī, by going forth from the lay life to homelessness. 
;;;Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: 
;;;Then as he was in private retreat this thought came to his mind, 
;;;‘na kho metaṁ patirūpaṁ yohaṁ ākiṇṇo viharāmi, yannūnāhaṁ eko gaṇamhā vūpakaṭṭho vihareyyan’ti. 
;;;‘It’s not appropriate for me to live in a crowd. Why don’t I live alone, withdrawn from the group?’ 
;;;Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa vāsūpagatassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: 
;;;Then as Vipassī, the one intent on awakening, was in private retreat in his dwelling, this thought came to his mind, 
;;;‘nassati vata bho loko, vinassati vata bho loko, yatra hi nāma vipassissa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa appossukkatāya cittaṁ namati, no dhammadesanāyā’ti. 
;;;‘Alas! The world will be lost, the world will perish! For the mind of the Blessed One Vipassī, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha, inclines to remaining passive, not to teaching the Dhamma.’ 
;;;Atha kho so, bhikkhave, mahābrahmā ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ karitvā dakkhiṇaṁ jāṇumaṇḍalaṁ pathaviyaṁ nihantvā yena vipassī bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā vipassiṁ bhagavantaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;He arranged his robe over one shoulder, knelt on his right knee, raised his joined palms toward the Buddha Vipassī, and said, 
;;;santi sattā apparajakkhajātikā; assavanatā dhammassa parihāyanti, 
;;;There are beings with little dust in their eyes. They’re in decline because they haven’t heard the teaching. 
;;;Addasā kho, bhikkhave, vipassī bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho buddhacakkhunā lokaṁ volokento satte apparajakkhe mahārajakkhe tikkhindriye mudindriye svākāre dvākāre suviññāpaye duviññāpaye appekacce paralokavajjabhayadassāvine viharante, appekacce na paralokavajjabhayadassāvine viharante. 
;;;And he saw sentient beings with little dust in their eyes, and some with much dust in their eyes; with keen faculties and with weak faculties, with good qualities and with bad qualities, easy to teach and hard to teach. And some of them lived seeing the danger in the fault to do with the next world, while others did not. 
;;;Sokāvatiṇṇaṁ janatamapetasoko, 
;;;rid of sorrow, look upon the people 
;;;Desassu bhagavā dhammaṁ, 
;;;Let the Blessed One teach the Dhamma! 
;;;Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassī bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho dāyapālaṁ āmantesi: 
;;;Then the Buddha Vipassī addressed the park keeper, 
;;;Yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi, yānena gantvā yānā paccorohitvā pattikāva yena vipassī bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho tenupasaṅkamiṁsu. upasaṅkamitvā vipassiṁ bhagavantaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. 
;;;They went by carriage as far as the terrain allowed, then descended and approached the Buddha Vipassī on foot. They bowed and sat down to one side. 
;;;Tesaṁ vipassī bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho anupubbiṁ kathaṁ kathesi, seyyathidaṁ— 
;;;The Buddha Vipassī taught them step by step, with 
;;;Yadā te bhagavā aññāsi kallacitte muducitte vinīvaraṇacitte udaggacitte pasannacitte, atha yā buddhānaṁ sāmukkaṁsikā dhammadesanā, taṁ pakāsesi— 
;;;And when he knew that their minds were ready, pliable, rid of hindrances, elated, and confident he explained the special teaching of the Buddhas: 
;;;saṅkhārānaṁ ādīnavaṁ okāraṁ saṅkilesaṁ nibbāne ānisaṁsaṁ pakāsesi. 
;;;He explained the drawbacks of conditioned phenomena, so sordid and corrupt, and the benefit of extinguishment. 
;;;Yadā te bhagavā aññāsi kallacitte muducitte vinīvaraṇacitte udaggacitte pasannacitte, atha yā buddhānaṁ sāmukkaṁsikā dhammadesanā, taṁ pakāsesi— 
;;;And when he knew that their minds were ready, pliable, rid of hindrances, elated, and confident he explained the special teaching of the Buddhas: 
;;;Yadā te bhagavā aññāsi kallacitte muducitte vinīvaraṇacitte udaggacitte pasannacitte, atha yā buddhānaṁ sāmukkaṁsikā dhammadesanā, taṁ pakāsesi— 
;;; 
;;;Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: 
;;;As the Buddha Vipassī was in private retreat this thought came to his mind, 
;;;Santi sattā apparajakkhajātikā, assavanatā dhammassa parihāyanti, bhavissanti dhammassa aññātāro”ti. 
;;; 
;;;Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassī bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito bhikkhū āmantesi: 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha Vipassī came out of retreat and addressed the mendicants, telling them all that had happened. Then he said, 
;;;‘idha mayhaṁ, bhikkhave, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: 
;;; 
;;;Na samaṇo hoti paraṁ viheṭhayanto. 
;;;nor does an ascetic hurt another. 
;;;Tassa mayhaṁ, bhikkhave, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: 
;;;As I was in private retreat this thought came to mind, 
;;;Bhagavato, mārisā, sāriputtamoggallānaṁ nāma sāvakayugaṁ ahosi aggaṁ bhaddayugaṁ. 
;;;You have a fine pair of chief disciples named Sāriputta and Moggallāna. 
;;;Bhagavato, mārisā, sāriputtamoggallānaṁ nāma sāvakayugaṁ ahosi aggaṁ bhaddayugaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kurūsu viharati kammāsadhammaṁ nāma kurūnaṁ nigamo. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Kurus, near the Kuru town named Kammāsadamma. 
;;;devānaṁ vā devattāya, gandhabbānaṁ vā gandhabbattāya, yakkhānaṁ vā yakkhattāya, bhūtānaṁ vā bhūtattāya, manussānaṁ vā manussattāya, catuppadānaṁ vā catuppadattāya, pakkhīnaṁ vā pakkhittāya, sarīsapānaṁ vā sarīsapattāya, tesaṁ tesañca hi, ānanda, sattānaṁ tadattāya jāti nābhavissa. Sabbaso jātiyā asati jātinirodhā api nu kho jarāmaraṇaṁ paññāyethā”ti? 
;;;That is, there were no rebirth of sentient beings into their various realms—of gods, centaurs, spirits, creatures, humans, quadrupeds, birds, or reptiles, each into their own realm. When there’s no rebirth at all, with the cessation of rebirth, would old age and death still be found?” 
;;;‘hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇā itissa diṭṭhī’ti, tadakallaṁ. 
;;;‘A realized one still exists after death’; 
;;;‘Na hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇā itissa diṭṭhī’ti, tadakallaṁ. 
;;;‘A realized one no longer exists after death’; 
;;;‘Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇā itissa diṭṭhī’ti, tadakallaṁ. 
;;;‘A realized one both still exists and no longer exists after death’; 
;;;‘Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇā itissa diṭṭhī’ti, tadakallaṁ. 
;;;‘A realized one neither still exists nor no longer exists after death’. 
;;;Yāvatā, ānanda, adhivacanaṁ yāvatā adhivacanapatho, yāvatā nirutti yāvatā niruttipatho, yāvatā paññatti yāvatā paññattipatho, yāvatā paññā yāvatā paññāvacaraṁ, yāvatā vaṭṭaṁ, yāvatā vaṭṭati, tadabhiññāvimutto bhikkhu, tadabhiññāvimuttaṁ bhikkhuṁ ‘na jānāti na passati itissa diṭṭhī’ti, tadakallaṁ. 
;;;A mendicant is freed by directly knowing this: how far labeling and the scope of labeling extend; how far terminology and the scope of terminology extend; how far description and the scope of description extend; how far wisdom and the sphere of wisdom extend; how far the cycle of rebirths and its continuation extend. It wouldn’t be appropriate to say that a mendicant freed by directly knowing this holds the view: ‘There is no such thing as knowing and seeing.’ 
;;;Satta kho, ānanda, viññāṇaṭṭhitiyo, dve āyatanāni. 
;;;Ānanda, there are seven planes of consciousness and two dimensions. 
;;;Yo nu kho, ānanda, tañca pajānāti, tassā ca samudayaṁ pajānāti, tassā ca atthaṅgamaṁ pajānāti, tassā ca assādaṁ pajānāti, tassā ca ādīnavaṁ pajānāti, tassā ca nissaraṇaṁ pajānāti, kallaṁ nu tena tadabhinanditun”ti? 
;;;is it appropriate for someone who understands them—and their origin, ending, gratification, drawback, and escape—to take pleasure in them?” 
;;;Yo nu kho, ānanda, tañca pajānāti, tassa ca samudayaṁ pajānāti, tassa ca atthaṅgamaṁ pajānāti, tassa ca assādaṁ pajānāti, tassa ca ādīnavaṁ pajānāti, tassa ca nissaraṇaṁ pajānāti, kallaṁ nu tena tadabhinanditun”ti? 
;;; 
;;;Yo nu kho, ānanda, tañca pajānāti, tassa ca samudayaṁ pajānāti, tassa ca atthaṅgamaṁ pajānāti, tassa ca assādaṁ pajānāti, tassa ca ādīnavaṁ pajānāti, tassa ca nissaraṇaṁ pajānāti, kallaṁ nu tena tadabhinanditun”ti? 
;;; 
;;;

>En 

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kurūsu viharati kammāsadhammaṁ nāma kurūnaṁ nigamo. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Kurus, near the Kuru town named Kammāsadamma. 
;;;devānaṁ vā devattāya, gandhabbānaṁ vā gandhabbattāya, yakkhānaṁ vā yakkhattāya, bhūtānaṁ vā bhūtattāya, manussānaṁ vā manussattāya, catuppadānaṁ vā catuppadattāya, pakkhīnaṁ vā pakkhittāya, sarīsapānaṁ vā sarīsapattāya, tesaṁ tesañca hi, ānanda, sattānaṁ tadattāya jāti nābhavissa. Sabbaso jātiyā asati jātinirodhā api nu kho jarāmaraṇaṁ paññāyethā”ti? 
;;;That is, there were no rebirth of sentient beings into their various realms—of gods, centaurs, spirits, creatures, humans, quadrupeds, birds, or reptiles, each into their own realm. When there’s no rebirth at all, with the cessation of rebirth, would old age and death still be found?” 
;;;‘hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇā itissa diṭṭhī’ti, tadakallaṁ. 
;;;‘A realized one still exists after death’; 
;;;‘Na hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇā itissa diṭṭhī’ti, tadakallaṁ. 
;;;‘A realized one no longer exists after death’; 
;;;‘Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇā itissa diṭṭhī’ti, tadakallaṁ. 
;;;‘A realized one both still exists and no longer exists after death’; 
;;;‘Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇā itissa diṭṭhī’ti, tadakallaṁ. 
;;;‘A realized one neither still exists nor no longer exists after death’. 
;;;Yāvatā, ānanda, adhivacanaṁ yāvatā adhivacanapatho, yāvatā nirutti yāvatā niruttipatho, yāvatā paññatti yāvatā paññattipatho, yāvatā paññā yāvatā paññāvacaraṁ, yāvatā vaṭṭaṁ, yāvatā vaṭṭati, tadabhiññāvimutto bhikkhu, tadabhiññāvimuttaṁ bhikkhuṁ ‘na jānāti na passati itissa diṭṭhī’ti, tadakallaṁ. 
;;;A mendicant is freed by directly knowing this: how far labeling and the scope of labeling extend; how far terminology and the scope of terminology extend; how far description and the scope of description extend; how far wisdom and the sphere of wisdom extend; how far the cycle of rebirths and its continuation extend. It wouldn’t be appropriate to say that a mendicant freed by directly knowing this holds the view: ‘There is no such thing as knowing and seeing.’ 
;;;Satta kho, ānanda, viññāṇaṭṭhitiyo, dve āyatanāni. 
;;;Ānanda, there are seven planes of consciousness and two dimensions. 
;;;Yo nu kho, ānanda, tañca pajānāti, tassā ca samudayaṁ pajānāti, tassā ca atthaṅgamaṁ pajānāti, tassā ca assādaṁ pajānāti, tassā ca ādīnavaṁ pajānāti, tassā ca nissaraṇaṁ pajānāti, kallaṁ nu tena tadabhinanditun”ti? 
;;;is it appropriate for someone who understands them—and their origin, ending, gratification, drawback, and escape—to take pleasure in them?” 
;;;Yo nu kho, ānanda, tañca pajānāti, tassa ca samudayaṁ pajānāti, tassa ca atthaṅgamaṁ pajānāti, tassa ca assādaṁ pajānāti, tassa ca ādīnavaṁ pajānāti, tassa ca nissaraṇaṁ pajānāti, kallaṁ nu tena tadabhinanditun”ti? 
;;; 
;;;Yo nu kho, ānanda, tañca pajānāti, tassa ca samudayaṁ pajānāti, tassa ca atthaṅgamaṁ pajānāti, tassa ca assādaṁ pajānāti, tassa ca ādīnavaṁ pajānāti, tassa ca nissaraṇaṁ pajānāti, kallaṁ nu tena tadabhinanditun”ti? 
;;; 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“ahaṁ hime vajjī evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve ucchecchāmi vajjī, vināsessāmi vajjī, anayabyasanaṁ āpādessāmī”ti. ;;;“I shall wipe out these Vajjis, so mighty and powerful! I shall destroy them, and lay ruin and devastation upon them!” 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā ānando bhagavato piṭṭhito ṭhito hoti bhagavantaṁ bījayamāno. 
;;;Now at that time Venerable Ānanda was standing behind the Buddha fanning him. 
;;;Kinti te, ānanda, sutaṁ, ‘vajjī ye te vajjīnaṁ vajjimahallakā, te sakkaronti garuṁ karonti mānenti pūjenti, tesañca sotabbaṁ maññantī’”ti? 
;;;Ānanda, have you heard that the Vajjis honor, respect, esteem, and venerate Vajjian elders, and think them worth listening to?” 
;;;“Sutaṁ metaṁ, bhante: ‘vajjī ye te vajjīnaṁ vajjimahallakā, te sakkaronti garuṁ karonti mānenti pūjenti, tesañca sotabbaṁ maññantī’”ti. 
;;;“I have heard that, sir.” 
;;;“Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjī ye te vajjīnaṁ vajjimahallakā, te sakkarissanti garuṁ karissanti mānessanti pūjessanti, tesañca sotabbaṁ maññissanti, vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni. 
;;;“As long as the Vajjis honor, respect, esteem, and venerate Vajjian elders, and think them worth listening to, they can expect growth, not decline. 
;;;Akaraṇīyāva, bho gotama, vajjī raññā māgadhena ajātasattunā vedehiputtena yadidaṁ yuddhassa, aññatra upalāpanāya aññatra mithubhedā. 
;;;King Ajātasattu cannot defeat the Vajjis in war, unless by bribery or by sowing dissension. 
;;;Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū paccattaññeva satiṁ upaṭṭhapessanti: ‘kinti anāgatā ca pesalā sabrahmacārī āgaccheyyuṁ, āgatā ca pesalā sabrahmacārī phāsu vihareyyun’ti. Vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni. 
;;;As long as the mendicants individually establish mindfulness, so that more good-hearted spiritual companions might come, and those that have already come may live comfortably, they can expect growth, not decline. 
;;;“Uḷārā kho te ayaṁ, sāriputta, āsabhī vācā bhāsitā, ekaṁso gahito, sīhanādo nadito: 
;;;“That’s a grand and dramatic statement, Sāriputta. You’ve roared a definitive, categorical lion’s roar, saying: 
;;;Kiṁ te, sāriputta, ye te ahesuṁ atītamaddhānaṁ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, sabbe te bhagavanto cetasā ceto paricca viditā: 
;;;What about all the perfected ones, the fully awakened Buddhas who lived in the past? Have you comprehended their minds to know that 
;;;“Kiṁ pana te, sāriputta, ye te bhavissanti anāgatamaddhānaṁ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, sabbe te bhagavanto cetasā ceto paricca viditā: 
;;;“And what about all the perfected ones, the fully awakened Buddhas who will live in the future? Have you comprehended their minds to know that 
;;;Tassa evamassa: 
;;;He thinks: 
;;;Atha kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā bhagavato adhivāsanaṁ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā yena āvasathāgāraṁ tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā sabbasanthariṁ āvasathāgāraṁ santharitvā āsanāni paññapetvā udakamaṇikaṁ patiṭṭhāpetvā telapadīpaṁ āropetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ: 
;;;Then, knowing that the Buddha had consented, the lay followers of Pāṭali Village got up from their seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on their right. Then they went to the guest house, where they spread carpets all over, prepared seats, set up a water jar, and placed an oil lamp. Then they went back to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and told him of their preparations, saying: 
;;;“Ke nu kho, ānanda, pāṭaligāme nagaraṁ māpentī”ti? 
;;;“Ānanda, who is building a citadel at Pāṭali Village?” 
;;;saññate brahmacārayo. 
;;;the restrained spiritual practitioners, 
;;;Setuṁ katvāna visajja pallalāni; 
;;;have built a bridge and left the marshes behind. 
;;;Kullañhi jano bandhati, 
;;;While some people are still tying a raft, 
;;;Tayidaṁ, bhikkhave, dukkhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ anubuddhaṁ paṭividdhaṁ, dukkhasamudayaṁ ariyasaccaṁ anubuddhaṁ paṭividdhaṁ, dukkhanirodhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ anubuddhaṁ paṭividdhaṁ, dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccaṁ anubuddhaṁ paṭividdhaṁ, ucchinnā bhavataṇhā, khīṇā bhavanetti, natthi dāni punabbhavo”ti. 
;;;These noble truths of suffering, origin, cessation, and the path have been understood and comprehended. Craving for continued existence has been cut off; the conduit to rebirth is ended; now there’ll be no more future lives.” 
;;;“āyāmānanda, yena nātikā tenupaṅkamissāmā”ti. 
;;;“Come, Ānanda, let’s go to the land of the Ñātikas.” 
;;;Kukkuṭo nāma, bhante, upāsako nātike kālaṅkato, tassa kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo? 
;;;The laymen named Kakkaṭa, 
;;;Kāḷimbo nāma, bhante, upāsako …pe… 
;;;Kaḷibha, 
;;;bhaddo nāma, bhante, upāsako … 
;;;Bhadda, and 
;;;subhaddo nāma, bhante, upāsako nātike kālaṅkato, tassa kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo”ti? 
;;;Subhadda have passed away in Ñātika. Where have they been reborn in the next life?” 
;;;Sādhikā navuti, ānanda, nātike upāsakā kālaṅkatā tiṇṇaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṁ tanuttā sakadāgāmino sakideva imaṁ lokaṁ āgantvā dukkhassantaṁ karissanti. 
;;;More than ninety laymen in Ñātika have passed away having ended three fetters, and weakened greed, hate, and delusion. They’re once-returners, who will come back to this world once only, then make an end of suffering. 
;;;Sātirekāni, ānanda, pañcasatāni nātike upāsakā kālaṅkatā, tiṇṇaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā. 
;;;More than five hundred laymen in Ñātika have passed away having ended three fetters. They’re stream-enterers, not liable to be reborn in the underworld, bound for awakening. 
;;;Tasmiṁyeva kālaṅkate tathāgataṁ upasaṅkamitvā etamatthaṁ pucchissatha, vihesā hesā, ānanda, tathāgatassa. 
;;;But if you should come and ask me about it each and every time someone passes away, that would be a bother for me. 
;;;“Sacepi me, ayyaputtā, vesāliṁ sāhāraṁ dassatha, evamahaṁ taṁ bhattaṁ na dassāmī”ti. 
;;;“Masters, even if you were to give me Vesālī with her provinces, I still wouldn’t give that meal to you.” 
;;;“adhivutthaṁ kho me, licchavī, svātanāya ambapāliyā gaṇikāya bhattan”ti. 
;;;“I have already accepted tomorrow’s meal from Ambapālī the courtesan.” 
;;;“etha tumhe, bhikkhave, samantā vesāliṁ yathāmittaṁ yathāsandiṭṭhaṁ yathāsambhattaṁ vassaṁ upetha. 
;;;“Mendicants, please enter the rainy season residence with whatever friends or acquaintances you have around Vesālī. 
;;;“Kiṁ panānanda, bhikkhusaṅgho mayi paccāsīsati? 
;;;“But what could the mendicant Saṅgha expect from me, Ānanda? 
;;;Ahaṁ kho panānanda, etarahi jiṇṇo vuddho mahallako addhagato vayo anuppatto. 
;;;I’m now old, elderly and senior. I’m advanced in years and have reached the final stage of life. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, ānanda, jajjarasakaṭaṁ veṭhamissakena yāpeti; 
;;;Just as a decrepit old cart is kept going by a rope, 
;;;yena cāpālaṁ cetiyaṁ tenupasaṅkamissāma divā vihārāyā”ti. 
;;;Let’s go to the Cāpāla shrine for the day’s meditation.” 
;;;Ossaṭṭhe ca bhagavatā āyusaṅkhāre mahābhūmicālo ahosi bhiṁsanako salomahaṁso, devadundubhiyo ca phaliṁsu. 
;;;When he did so there was a great earthquake, awe-inspiring and hair-raising, and thunder cracked the sky. 
;;;Tatrapi mayā sannisinnapubbañceva sallapitapubbañca sākacchā ca samāpajjitapubbā. 
;;;There I used to sit with them, converse, and engage in discussion. 
;;;Tatrapi mayā sannisinnapubbañceva sallapitapubbañca sākacchā ca samāpajjitapubbā. 
;;;There too I used to sit with them, converse, and engage in discussion. 
;;;Nanu etaṁ, ānanda, mayā paṭikacceva akkhātaṁ: 
;;;Did I not prepare for this when I explained that 
;;;Idaṁ vatvāna sugato athāparaṁ etadavoca satthā: 
;;;Then the Holy One, the Teacher, went on to say: 
;;;appamatto vihassati; 
;;;in this teaching and training, 
;;;Atha kho sā nadikā cakkacchinnā parittā luḷitā āvilā sandamānā, āyasmante ānande upasaṅkamante acchā vippasannā anāvilā sandittha. 
;;;Now, though the shallow water in that creek had been churned up by wheels, and flowed cloudy and murky, when Ānanda approached it flowed transparent, clear, and unclouded. 
;;;25. Pukkusamallaputtavatthu 
;;;25. On Pukkusa the Malla 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena pukkuso mallaputto āḷārassa kālāmassa sāvako kusinārāya pāvaṁ addhānamaggappaṭipanno hoti. 
;;;Now at that time Pukkusa the Malla, a disciple of Āḷāra Kālāma, was traveling along the road from Kusinārā to Pāvā. 
;;;Addasā kho pukkuso mallaputto bhagavantaṁ aññatarasmiṁ rukkhamūle nisinnaṁ. 
;;;He saw the Buddha sitting at the root of a certain tree. 
;;;Disvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho pukkuso mallaputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;He went up to him, bowed, sat down to one side, and said, 
;;;apisu te, bhante, saṅghāṭi rajena okiṇṇā’ti? 
;;;Why sir, even your outer robe is covered with dust!’ 
;;;yo vā saññī samāno jāgaro deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā neva passeyya, na pana saddaṁ suṇeyyā”ti? 
;;;Or to neither see nor hear a sound as the heavens are raining and pouring, lightning’s flashing, and thunder’s cracking?” 
;;;“Kiñhi, bhante, karissanti pañca vā sakaṭasatāni cha vā sakaṭasatāni satta vā sakaṭasatāni aṭṭha vā sakaṭasatāni nava vā sakaṭasatāni, sakaṭasahassaṁ vā sakaṭasatasahassaṁ vā. 
;;;“What do five hundred carts matter, or six hundred, or seven hundred, or eight hundred, or nine hundred, or a thousand, or even a hundred thousand carts? 
;;;Yatra hi nāma saññī samāno jāgaro deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā neva dakkhati, na pana saddaṁ sossatī’ti. 
;;;in that, while conscious and awake he neither saw nor heard a sound as the heavens were raining and pouring, lightning was flashing, and thunder was cracking.’ 
;;;Evaṁ vutte, pukkuso mallaputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;When he said this, Pukkusa said to him, 
;;;Atha kho pukkuso mallaputto aññataraṁ purisaṁ āmantesi: 
;;;Then Pukkusa addressed a certain man, 
;;;“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho so puriso pukkusassa mallaputtassa paṭissutvā taṁ siṅgīvaṇṇaṁ yugamaṭṭhaṁ dhāraṇīyaṁ āhari. 
;;;“Yes, sir,” replied that man, and did as he was asked. 
;;;Atha kho pukkuso mallaputto taṁ siṅgīvaṇṇaṁ yugamaṭṭhaṁ dhāraṇīyaṁ bhagavato upanāmesi: 
;;;Then Pukkusa brought the garments to the Buddha, 
;;;“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho pukkuso mallaputto bhagavato paṭissutvā ekena bhagavantaṁ acchādeti, ekena āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ. 
;;;“Yes, sir,” replied Pukkusa, and did so. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā pukkusaṁ mallaputtaṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṁsesi. 
;;;Then the Buddha educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired Pukkusa the Malla with a Dhamma talk, 
;;;Atha kho pukkuso mallaputto bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṁsito uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi. 
;;;after which he got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha before leaving. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā ānando acirapakkante pukkuse mallaputte taṁ siṅgīvaṇṇaṁ yugamaṭṭhaṁ dhāraṇīyaṁ bhagavato kāyaṁ upanāmesi. 
;;;Then, not long after Pukkusa had left, Ānanda placed the pair of garments the color of mountain gold by the Buddha’s body. 
;;;Taṁ bhagavato kāyaṁ upanāmitaṁ hataccikaṁ viya khāyati. 
;;;But when placed by the Buddha’s body they seemed to lose their shine. 
;;;Ajja kho panānanda, rattiyā pacchime yāme kusinārāyaṁ upavattane mallānaṁ sālavane antarena yamakasālānaṁ tathāgatassa parinibbānaṁ bhavissati. 
;;;Today, Ānanda, in the last watch of the night, between a pair of sal trees in the sal forest of the Mallas at Upavattana near Kusinārā, shall be the Realized One’s full extinguishment. 
;;;Nhatvā ca pivitvā cudatāri satthā, 
;;;And after bathing and drinking the Teacher emerged. 
;;;Vattā pavattā bhagavā idha dhamme, 
;;;the Teacher who rolled forth the present dispensation, 
;;;dveme piṇḍapātā samasamaphalā samavipākā, ativiya aññehi piṇḍapātehi mahapphalatarā ca mahānisaṁsatarā ca. 
;;;There are two almsmeal offerings that have identical fruit and result, and are more fruitful and beneficial than other almsmeal offerings. 
;;;“āyāmānanda, yena hiraññavatiyā nadiyā pārimaṁ tīraṁ, yena kusinārā upavattanaṁ mallānaṁ sālavanaṁ tenupasaṅkamissāmā”ti. 
;;;“Come, Ānanda, let’s go to the far shore of the Golden River, and on to the sal forest of the Mallas at Upavattana near Kusinārā.” 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ yena hiraññavatiyā nadiyā pārimaṁ tīraṁ, yena kusinārā upavattanaṁ mallānaṁ sālavanaṁ tenupasaṅkami. upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi: 
;;;And that’s where they went. Then the Buddha addressed Ānanda, 
;;;Yo kho, ānanda, bhikkhu vā bhikkhunī vā upāsako vā upāsikā vā dhammānudhammappaṭipanno viharati sāmīcippaṭipanno anudhammacārī, so tathāgataṁ sakkaroti garuṁ karoti māneti pūjeti apaciyati, paramāya pūjāya. 
;;;Any monk or nun or male or female lay follower who practices in line with the teachings, practicing properly, living in line with the teachings—they honor, respect, revere, venerate, and esteem the Realized One with the highest honor. 
;;;Yāvatā, ānanda, kusinārā upavattanaṁ mallānaṁ sālavanaṁ samantato dvādasa yojanāni, natthi so padeso vālaggakoṭinittudanamattopi mahesakkhāhi devatāhi apphuṭo. 
;;;For twelve leagues all around this sal grove there’s no spot, not even a fraction of a hair’s tip, that’s not crowded full of illustrious deities. 
;;;“Kathaṁbhūtā pana, bhante, bhagavā devatā manasikarotī”ti? 
;;;“But sir, what kind of deities are you thinking of?” 
;;;“Santānanda, devatā ākāse pathavīsaññiniyo kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṁ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti, vivaṭṭanti: 
;;;“There are, Ānanda, deities—both in space and on the earth—who are aware of the earth. With hair disheveled and arms raised, they fall down like their feet were chopped off, rolling back and forth, lamenting: 
;;;‘atikhippaṁ bhagavā parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṁ sugato parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṁ cakkhuṁ loke antaradhāyissatī’ti. 
;;;‘Too soon the Blessed One will be fully extinguished! Too soon the Holy One will be fully extinguished! Too soon the Eye of the World will vanish!’ 
;;;“Pubbe, bhante, disāsu vassaṁvuṭṭhā bhikkhū āgacchanti tathāgataṁ dassanāya. 
;;;“Previously, sir, when mendicants had completed the rainy season residence in various districts they came to see the Realized One. 
;;;Iṅgha tumhe, ānanda, sāratthe ghaṭatha anuyuñjatha, sāratthe appamattā ātāpino pahitattā viharatha. 
;;;Please, Ānanda, you must all strive and practice for your own goal! Meditate diligent, keen, and resolute for your own goal! 
;;;“Rañño, ānanda, cakkavattissa sarīraṁ ahatena vatthena veṭhenti, ahatena vatthena veṭhetvā vihatena kappāsena veṭhenti, vihatena kappāsena veṭhetvā ahatena vatthena veṭhenti. 
;;;“They wrap a wheel-turning monarch’s corpse with unworn cloth, then with uncarded cotton, then again with unworn cloth. 
;;;Cātumahāpathe rañño cakkavattissa thūpaṁ karonti. 
;;;They build a monument for the wheel-turning monarch at the crossroads. 
;;;Tathāgato arahaṁ sammāsambuddho thūpāraho, paccekasambuddho thūpāraho, tathāgatassa sāvako thūpāraho, rājā cakkavattī thūpārahoti. 
;;;A Realized One, a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha; an independent Buddha; a disciple of a Realized One; and a wheel-turning monarch. 
;;;Cattārome, bhikkhave, acchariyā abbhutā dhammā ānande. 
;;;There are these four incredible and amazing things about Ānanda. 
;;;Gaccha tvaṁ, ānanda, kusināraṁ pavisitvā kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ ārocehi: 
;;;Go, Ānanda, into Kusinārā and inform the Mallas: 
;;;33. Mallānaṁvandanā 
;;;33. The Mallas Pay Homage 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena kosinārakā mallā sandhāgāre sannipatitā honti kenacideva karaṇīyena. 
;;;Now at that time the Mallas of Kusinārā were sitting together at the town hall on some business. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ sandhāgāraṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ ārocesi: 
;;;Ānanda went up to them, and announced: 
;;;Idamāyasmato ānandassa vacanaṁ sutvā mallā ca mallaputtā ca mallasuṇisā ca mallapajāpatiyo ca aghāvino dummanā cetodukkhasamappitā appekacce kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṁ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti vivaṭṭanti: 
;;;When they heard what Ānanda had to say, the Mallas, their sons, daughters-in-law, and wives became distraught, saddened, and grief-stricken. And some, with hair disheveled and arms raised, falling down like their feet were chopped off, rolling back and forth, lamented, 
;;;Atha kho mallā ca mallaputtā ca mallasuṇisā ca mallapajāpatiyo ca aghāvino dummanā cetodukkhasamappitā yena upavattanaṁ mallānaṁ sālavanaṁ yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkamiṁsu. 
;;;Then the Mallas, their sons, daughters-in-law, and wives, distraught, saddened, and grief-stricken went to the Mallian sal grove at Upavattana and approached Ānanda. 
;;;“sace kho ahaṁ kosinārake malle ekamekaṁ bhagavantaṁ vandāpessāmi, avandito bhagavā kosinārakehi mallehi bhavissati, athāyaṁ ratti vibhāyissati. 
;;;“If I have the Mallas pay homage to the Buddha one by one, they won’t be finished before first light. 
;;;Yannūnāhaṁ kosinārake malle kulaparivattaso kulaparivattaso ṭhapetvā bhagavantaṁ vandāpeyyaṁ: 
;;;I’d better separate them family by family and then have them pay homage, saying: 
;;;‘itthannāmo, bhante, mallo saputto sabhariyo sapariso sāmacco bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatī’”ti. 
;;;‘Sir, the Malla named so-and-so with children, wives, retinue, and ministers bows with his head at your feet.’” 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā ānando kosinārake malle kulaparivattaso kulaparivattaso ṭhapetvā bhagavantaṁ vandāpesi: 
;;;And so that’s what he did. 
;;;“itthannāmo, bhante, mallo saputto sabhariyo sapariso sāmacco bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatī”ti. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā ānando etena upāyena paṭhameneva yāmena kosinārake malle bhagavantaṁ vandāpesi. 
;;;So by this means Ānanda got the Mallas to finish paying homage to the Buddha in the first watch of the night. 
;;;“sutaṁ kho pana metaṁ paribbājakānaṁ vuḍḍhānaṁ mahallakānaṁ ācariyapācariyānaṁ bhāsamānānaṁ: 
;;;“I have heard that brahmins of the past who were elderly and senior, the tutors of tutors, said: 
;;;Atha kho subhaddo paribbājako yena upavattanaṁ mallānaṁ sālavanaṁ, yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then Subhadda went to the Mallian sal grove at Upavattana, approached Ānanda, and said to him, 
;;;“sutaṁ metaṁ, bho ānanda, paribbājakānaṁ vuḍḍhānaṁ mahallakānaṁ ācariyapācariyānaṁ bhāsamānānaṁ: 
;;;“Master Ānanda, I have heard that brahmins of the past who were elderly and senior, the tutors of tutors, said: 
;;;“sutaṁ metaṁ, bho ānanda, paribbājakānaṁ vuḍḍhānaṁ mahallakānaṁ ācariyapācariyānaṁ bhāsamānānaṁ: 
;;;Assosi kho bhagavā āyasmato ānandassa subhaddena paribbājakena saddhiṁ imaṁ kathāsallāpaṁ. 
;;;The Buddha heard that discussion between Ānanda and Subhadda. 
;;;ye ettha satthu sammukhā antevāsikābhisekena abhisittā”ti. 
;;;to be anointed here in the Teacher’s presence as his pupil!” 
;;;Asallīnena cittena, 
;;;He put up with painful feelings 
;;;“Kathaṁbhūtā pana, bhante, āyasmā anuruddho devatā manasi karotī”ti? 
;;;“But sir, what kind of deities are you thinking of?” 
;;;“gacchāvuso ānanda, kusināraṁ pavisitvā kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ ārocehi: 
;;;“Go, Ānanda, into Kusinārā and inform the Mallas: 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena kosinārakā mallā sandhāgāre sannipatitā honti teneva karaṇīyena. 
;;;Now at that time the Mallas of Kusinārā were sitting together at the town hall still on the same business. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ sandhāgāraṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ ārocesi: 
;;;Ānanda went up to them, and announced, 
;;;Idamāyasmato ānandassa vacanaṁ sutvā mallā ca mallaputtā ca mallasuṇisā ca mallapajāpatiyo ca aghāvino dummanā cetodukkhasamappitā appekacce kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṁ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti, vivaṭṭanti: 
;;;When they heard what Ānanda had to say, the Mallas, their sons, daughters-in-law, and wives became distraught, saddened, and grief-stricken. And some, with hair disheveled and arms raised, falling down like their feet were chopped off, rolling back and forth, lamented, 
;;;Atha kho kosinārakā mallā purise āṇāpesuṁ: 
;;;Then the Mallas ordered their men, 
;;;Atha kho kosinārakā mallā gandhamālañca sabbañca tāḷāvacaraṁ pañca ca dussayugasatāni ādāya yena upavattanaṁ mallānaṁ sālavanaṁ, yena bhagavato sarīraṁ tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato sarīraṁ naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṁ karontā mānentā pūjentā celavitānāni karontā maṇḍalamāḷe paṭiyādentā ekadivasaṁ vītināmesuṁ. 
;;;Then—taking those fragrances and garlands, all the musical instruments, and five hundred pairs of garments—they went to the Mallian sal grove at Upavattana and approached the Buddha’s corpse. They spent the day honoring, respecting, revering, and venerating the Buddha’s corpse with dance and song and music and garlands and fragrances, and making awnings and setting up pavilions. 
;;;Atha kho kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ etadahosi: 
;;;Then they thought, 
;;;Atha kho kosinārakā mallā bhagavato sarīraṁ naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṁ karontā mānentā pūjentā celavitānāni karontā maṇḍalamāḷe paṭiyādentā dutiyampi divasaṁ vītināmesuṁ, tatiyampi divasaṁ vītināmesuṁ, catutthampi divasaṁ vītināmesuṁ, pañcamampi divasaṁ vītināmesuṁ, chaṭṭhampi divasaṁ vītināmesuṁ. 
;;;But they spent the next day the same way, and so too the third, fourth, fifth, and sixth days. 
;;;Atha kho sattamaṁ divasaṁ kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ etadahosi: 
;;;Then on the seventh day they thought, 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena aṭṭha mallapāmokkhā sīsaṁnhātā ahatāni vatthāni nivatthā: 
;;;Now at that time eight of the leading Mallas, having bathed their heads and dressed in unworn clothes, said, 
;;;Atha kho kosinārakā mallā āyasmantaṁ anuruddhaṁ etadavocuṁ: 
;;;The Mallas said to Anuruddha, 
;;;“ko nu kho, bhante anuruddha, hetu ko paccayo, yenime aṭṭha mallapāmokkhā sīsaṁnhātā ahatāni vatthāni nivatthā: 
;;;“What is the cause, Honorable Anuruddha, what is the reason why these eight Mallian chiefs are unable to lift the Buddha’s corpse?” 
;;;‘mayaṁ bhagavato sarīraṁ dibbehi naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṁ karontā mānentā pūjentā uttarena uttaraṁ nagarassa haritvā uttarena dvārena nagaraṁ pavesetvā majjhena majjhaṁ nagarassa haritvā puratthimena dvārena nikkhamitvā puratthimato nagarassa makuṭabandhanaṁ nāma mallānaṁ cetiyaṁ ettha bhagavato sarīraṁ jhāpessāmā’”ti. 
;;;carry the Buddha’s corpse to the north of the town while venerating it with heavenly dance and song and music and garlands and fragrances. Then they plan to enter the town by the northern gate, carry it through the center of the town, leave by the eastern gate, and cremate it there at the Mallian shrine named Coronation.” 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena kusinārā yāva sandhisamalasaṅkaṭīrā jaṇṇumattena odhinā mandāravapupphehi santhatā hoti. 
;;;Now at that time the whole of Kusinārā was covered knee-deep with the flowers of the Flame Tree, without gaps even on the filth and rubbish heaps. 
;;;Atha kho devatā ca kosinārakā ca mallā bhagavato sarīraṁ dibbehi ca mānusakehi ca naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṁ karontā mānentā pūjentā uttarena uttaraṁ nagarassa haritvā uttarena dvārena nagaraṁ pavesetvā majjhena majjhaṁ nagarassa haritvā puratthimena dvārena nikkhamitvā puratthimato nagarassa makuṭabandhanaṁ nāma mallānaṁ cetiyaṁ ettha ca bhagavato sarīraṁ nikkhipiṁsu. 
;;;Then the deities and the Mallas of Kusinārā carried the Buddha’s corpse to the north of the town while venerating it with heavenly and human dance and song and music and garlands and fragrances. Then they entered the town by the northern gate, carried it through the center of the town, left by the eastern gate, and deposited the corpse there at the Mallian shrine named Coronation. 
;;;Atha kho kosinārakā mallā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavocuṁ: 
;;;Then the Mallas said to Ānanda, 
;;;Atha kho kosinārakā mallā purise āṇāpesuṁ: 
;;;Then the Mallas ordered their men, 
;;;“tena hi, bhaṇe, mallānaṁ vihataṁ kappāsaṁ sannipātethā”ti. 
;;;“So then, my men, collect uncarded cotton.” 
;;;Atha kho kosinārakā mallā bhagavato sarīraṁ ahatena vatthena veṭhetvā vihatena kappāsena veṭhesuṁ, vihatena kappāsena veṭhetvā ahatena vatthena veṭhesuṁ. 
;;;So the Mallas wrapped the Buddha’s corpse, 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena cattāro mallapāmokkhā sīsaṁnhātā ahatāni vatthāni nivatthā: 
;;;Now at that time four of the leading Mallas, having bathed their heads and dressed in unworn clothes, said, 
;;;Atha kho kosinārakā mallā āyasmantaṁ anuruddhaṁ etadavocuṁ: 
;;;The Mallas said to Anuruddha, 
;;;“ko nu kho, bhante anuruddha, hetu ko paccayo, yenime cattāro mallapāmokkhā sīsaṁnhātā ahatāni vatthāni nivatthā: 
;;;“What is the cause, Venerable Anuruddha, what is the reason why these four Mallian chiefs are unable to light the Buddha’s funeral pyre?” 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo yena kusinārā makuṭabandhanaṁ nāma mallānaṁ cetiyaṁ, yena bhagavato citako tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekaṁsaṁ cīvaraṁ katvā añjaliṁ paṇāmetvā tikkhattuṁ citakaṁ padakkhiṇaṁ katvā bhagavato pāde sirasā vandi. 
;;;Then Venerable Mahākassapa arrived at the Mallian shrine named Coronation at Kusinārā and approached the Buddha’s funeral pyre. Arranging his robe over one shoulder and raising his joined palms, he respectfully circled the Buddha three times, keeping him on his right, and bowed with his head at the Buddha’s feet. 
;;;Tesañca pañcannaṁ dussayugasatānaṁ dveva dussāni na ḍayhiṁsu yañca sabbaabbhantarimaṁ yañca bāhiraṁ. 
;;;And of those five hundred pairs of garments only two were not burnt: the innermost and the outermost. 
;;;Udakasālatopi abbhunnamitvā bhagavato citakaṁ nibbāpesi. 
;;;by water dripping from the sal trees, 
;;;Kosinārakāpi mallā sabbagandhodakena bhagavato citakaṁ nibbāpesuṁ. 
;;;and by the Mallas’ fragrant water. 
;;;Atha kho kosinārakā mallā bhagavato sarīrāni sattāhaṁ sandhāgāre sattipañjaraṁ karitvā dhanupākāraṁ parikkhipāpetvā naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkariṁsu garuṁ kariṁsu mānesuṁ pūjesuṁ. 
;;;Then the Mallas made a cage of spears for the Buddha’s relics in the town hall and surrounded it with a buttress of bows. For seven days they honored, respected, revered, and venerated them with dance and song and music and garlands and fragrances. 
;;;Atha kho rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ dūtaṁ pāhesi: 
;;;He sent an envoy to the Mallas of Kusinārā: 
;;;Atha kho vesālikā licchavī kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ dūtaṁ pāhesuṁ: 
;;;They sent an envoy to the Mallas of Kusinārā: 
;;;Atha kho kapilavatthuvāsī sakyā kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ dūtaṁ pāhesuṁ: 
;;;They sent an envoy to the Mallas of Kusinārā: 
;;;Assosuṁ kho allakappakā bulayo: 
;;;The Bulis of Allakappa also heard 
;;;Atha kho allakappakā bulayo kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ dūtaṁ pāhesuṁ: 
;;;They sent an envoy to the Mallas of Kusinārā: 
;;;Atha kho rāmagāmakā koḷiyā kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ dūtaṁ pāhesuṁ: 
;;;They sent an envoy to the Mallas of Kusinārā: 
;;;Atha kho veṭṭhadīpako brāhmaṇo kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ dūtaṁ pāhesi: 
;;;He sent an envoy to the Mallas of Kusinārā: 
;;;Assosuṁ kho pāveyyakā mallā: 
;;;The Mallas of Pāvā also heard 
;;;Atha kho pāveyyakā mallā kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ dūtaṁ pāhesuṁ: 
;;;They sent an envoy to the Mallas of Kusinārā: 
;;;Evaṁ vutte, kosinārakā mallā te saṅghe gaṇe etadavocuṁ: 
;;;When they had spoken, the Mallas of Kusinārā said to those various groups: 
;;;Assosuṁ kho pippalivaniyā moriyā: 
;;;The Moriyas of Pippalivana heard 
;;;Atha kho pippalivaniyā moriyā kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ dūtaṁ pāhesuṁ: 
;;;They sent an envoy to the Mallas of Kusinārā: 
;;;Te tato aṅgāraṁ hariṁsu. 
;;;So they took the embers. 
;;;Allakappakāpi bulayo allakappe bhagavato sarīrānaṁ thūpañca mahañca akaṁsu. 
;;;the Bulis of Allakappa, 
;;;Pāveyyakāpi mallā pāvāyaṁ bhagavato sarīrānaṁ thūpañca mahañca akaṁsu. 
;;;the Mallas of Pāvā, 
;;;Kosinārakāpi mallā kusinārāyaṁ bhagavato sarīrānaṁ thūpañca mahañca akaṁsu. 
;;;the Mallas of Kusinārā, 
;;;Taṁ vandatha pañjalikā labhitvā, 
;;;Honor it with joined palms when you get the chance, 
;;;

>En 

“ahaṁ hime vajjī evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve ucchecchāmi vajjī, vināsessāmi vajjī, anayabyasanaṁ āpādessāmī”ti. ;;;“I shall wipe out these Vajjis, so mighty and powerful! I shall destroy them, and lay ruin and devastation upon them!” 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā ānando bhagavato piṭṭhito ṭhito hoti bhagavantaṁ bījayamāno. 
;;;Now at that time Venerable Ānanda was standing behind the Buddha fanning him. 
;;;Kinti te, ānanda, sutaṁ, ‘vajjī ye te vajjīnaṁ vajjimahallakā, te sakkaronti garuṁ karonti mānenti pūjenti, tesañca sotabbaṁ maññantī’”ti? 
;;;Ānanda, have you heard that the Vajjis honor, respect, esteem, and venerate Vajjian elders, and think them worth listening to?” 
;;;“Sutaṁ metaṁ, bhante: ‘vajjī ye te vajjīnaṁ vajjimahallakā, te sakkaronti garuṁ karonti mānenti pūjenti, tesañca sotabbaṁ maññantī’”ti. 
;;;“I have heard that, sir.” 
;;;“Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjī ye te vajjīnaṁ vajjimahallakā, te sakkarissanti garuṁ karissanti mānessanti pūjessanti, tesañca sotabbaṁ maññissanti, vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni. 
;;;“As long as the Vajjis honor, respect, esteem, and venerate Vajjian elders, and think them worth listening to, they can expect growth, not decline. 
;;;Akaraṇīyāva, bho gotama, vajjī raññā māgadhena ajātasattunā vedehiputtena yadidaṁ yuddhassa, aññatra upalāpanāya aññatra mithubhedā. 
;;;King Ajātasattu cannot defeat the Vajjis in war, unless by bribery or by sowing dissension. 
;;;Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū paccattaññeva satiṁ upaṭṭhapessanti: ‘kinti anāgatā ca pesalā sabrahmacārī āgaccheyyuṁ, āgatā ca pesalā sabrahmacārī phāsu vihareyyun’ti. Vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni. 
;;;As long as the mendicants individually establish mindfulness, so that more good-hearted spiritual companions might come, and those that have already come may live comfortably, they can expect growth, not decline. 
;;;“Uḷārā kho te ayaṁ, sāriputta, āsabhī vācā bhāsitā, ekaṁso gahito, sīhanādo nadito: 
;;;“That’s a grand and dramatic statement, Sāriputta. You’ve roared a definitive, categorical lion’s roar, saying: 
;;;Kiṁ te, sāriputta, ye te ahesuṁ atītamaddhānaṁ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, sabbe te bhagavanto cetasā ceto paricca viditā: 
;;;What about all the perfected ones, the fully awakened Buddhas who lived in the past? Have you comprehended their minds to know that 
;;;“Kiṁ pana te, sāriputta, ye te bhavissanti anāgatamaddhānaṁ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, sabbe te bhagavanto cetasā ceto paricca viditā: 
;;;“And what about all the perfected ones, the fully awakened Buddhas who will live in the future? Have you comprehended their minds to know that 
;;;Tassa evamassa: 
;;;He thinks: 
;;;Atha kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā bhagavato adhivāsanaṁ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā yena āvasathāgāraṁ tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā sabbasanthariṁ āvasathāgāraṁ santharitvā āsanāni paññapetvā udakamaṇikaṁ patiṭṭhāpetvā telapadīpaṁ āropetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ: 
;;;Then, knowing that the Buddha had consented, the lay followers of Pāṭali Village got up from their seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on their right. Then they went to the guest house, where they spread carpets all over, prepared seats, set up a water jar, and placed an oil lamp. Then they went back to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and told him of their preparations, saying: 
;;;“Ke nu kho, ānanda, pāṭaligāme nagaraṁ māpentī”ti? 
;;;“Ānanda, who is building a citadel at Pāṭali Village?” 
;;;saññate brahmacārayo. 
;;;the restrained spiritual practitioners, 
;;;Setuṁ katvāna visajja pallalāni; 
;;;have built a bridge and left the marshes behind. 
;;;Kullañhi jano bandhati, 
;;;While some people are still tying a raft, 
;;;Tayidaṁ, bhikkhave, dukkhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ anubuddhaṁ paṭividdhaṁ, dukkhasamudayaṁ ariyasaccaṁ anubuddhaṁ paṭividdhaṁ, dukkhanirodhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ anubuddhaṁ paṭividdhaṁ, dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccaṁ anubuddhaṁ paṭividdhaṁ, ucchinnā bhavataṇhā, khīṇā bhavanetti, natthi dāni punabbhavo”ti. 
;;;These noble truths of suffering, origin, cessation, and the path have been understood and comprehended. Craving for continued existence has been cut off; the conduit to rebirth is ended; now there’ll be no more future lives.” 
;;;“āyāmānanda, yena nātikā tenupaṅkamissāmā”ti. 
;;;“Come, Ānanda, let’s go to the land of the Ñātikas.” 
;;;Kukkuṭo nāma, bhante, upāsako nātike kālaṅkato, tassa kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo? 
;;;The laymen named Kakkaṭa, 
;;;Kāḷimbo nāma, bhante, upāsako …pe… 
;;;Kaḷibha, 
;;;bhaddo nāma, bhante, upāsako … 
;;;Bhadda, and 
;;;subhaddo nāma, bhante, upāsako nātike kālaṅkato, tassa kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo”ti? 
;;;Subhadda have passed away in Ñātika. Where have they been reborn in the next life?” 
;;;Sādhikā navuti, ānanda, nātike upāsakā kālaṅkatā tiṇṇaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṁ tanuttā sakadāgāmino sakideva imaṁ lokaṁ āgantvā dukkhassantaṁ karissanti. 
;;;More than ninety laymen in Ñātika have passed away having ended three fetters, and weakened greed, hate, and delusion. They’re once-returners, who will come back to this world once only, then make an end of suffering. 
;;;Sātirekāni, ānanda, pañcasatāni nātike upāsakā kālaṅkatā, tiṇṇaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā. 
;;;More than five hundred laymen in Ñātika have passed away having ended three fetters. They’re stream-enterers, not liable to be reborn in the underworld, bound for awakening. 
;;;Tasmiṁyeva kālaṅkate tathāgataṁ upasaṅkamitvā etamatthaṁ pucchissatha, vihesā hesā, ānanda, tathāgatassa. 
;;;But if you should come and ask me about it each and every time someone passes away, that would be a bother for me. 
;;;“Sacepi me, ayyaputtā, vesāliṁ sāhāraṁ dassatha, evamahaṁ taṁ bhattaṁ na dassāmī”ti. 
;;;“Masters, even if you were to give me Vesālī with her provinces, I still wouldn’t give that meal to you.” 
;;;“adhivutthaṁ kho me, licchavī, svātanāya ambapāliyā gaṇikāya bhattan”ti. 
;;;“I have already accepted tomorrow’s meal from Ambapālī the courtesan.” 
;;;“etha tumhe, bhikkhave, samantā vesāliṁ yathāmittaṁ yathāsandiṭṭhaṁ yathāsambhattaṁ vassaṁ upetha. 
;;;“Mendicants, please enter the rainy season residence with whatever friends or acquaintances you have around Vesālī. 
;;;“Kiṁ panānanda, bhikkhusaṅgho mayi paccāsīsati? 
;;;“But what could the mendicant Saṅgha expect from me, Ānanda? 
;;;Ahaṁ kho panānanda, etarahi jiṇṇo vuddho mahallako addhagato vayo anuppatto. 
;;;I’m now old, elderly and senior. I’m advanced in years and have reached the final stage of life. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, ānanda, jajjarasakaṭaṁ veṭhamissakena yāpeti; 
;;;Just as a decrepit old cart is kept going by a rope, 
;;;yena cāpālaṁ cetiyaṁ tenupasaṅkamissāma divā vihārāyā”ti. 
;;;Let’s go to the Cāpāla shrine for the day’s meditation.” 
;;;Ossaṭṭhe ca bhagavatā āyusaṅkhāre mahābhūmicālo ahosi bhiṁsanako salomahaṁso, devadundubhiyo ca phaliṁsu. 
;;;When he did so there was a great earthquake, awe-inspiring and hair-raising, and thunder cracked the sky. 
;;;Tatrapi mayā sannisinnapubbañceva sallapitapubbañca sākacchā ca samāpajjitapubbā. 
;;;There I used to sit with them, converse, and engage in discussion. 
;;;Tatrapi mayā sannisinnapubbañceva sallapitapubbañca sākacchā ca samāpajjitapubbā. 
;;;There too I used to sit with them, converse, and engage in discussion. 
;;;Nanu etaṁ, ānanda, mayā paṭikacceva akkhātaṁ: 
;;;Did I not prepare for this when I explained that 
;;;Idaṁ vatvāna sugato athāparaṁ etadavoca satthā: 
;;;Then the Holy One, the Teacher, went on to say: 
;;;appamatto vihassati; 
;;;in this teaching and training, 
;;;Atha kho sā nadikā cakkacchinnā parittā luḷitā āvilā sandamānā, āyasmante ānande upasaṅkamante acchā vippasannā anāvilā sandittha. 
;;;Now, though the shallow water in that creek had been churned up by wheels, and flowed cloudy and murky, when Ānanda approached it flowed transparent, clear, and unclouded. 
;;;25. Pukkusamallaputtavatthu 
;;;25. On Pukkusa the Malla 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena pukkuso mallaputto āḷārassa kālāmassa sāvako kusinārāya pāvaṁ addhānamaggappaṭipanno hoti. 
;;;Now at that time Pukkusa the Malla, a disciple of Āḷāra Kālāma, was traveling along the road from Kusinārā to Pāvā. 
;;;Addasā kho pukkuso mallaputto bhagavantaṁ aññatarasmiṁ rukkhamūle nisinnaṁ. 
;;;He saw the Buddha sitting at the root of a certain tree. 
;;;Disvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho pukkuso mallaputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;He went up to him, bowed, sat down to one side, and said, 
;;;apisu te, bhante, saṅghāṭi rajena okiṇṇā’ti? 
;;;Why sir, even your outer robe is covered with dust!’ 
;;;yo vā saññī samāno jāgaro deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā neva passeyya, na pana saddaṁ suṇeyyā”ti? 
;;;Or to neither see nor hear a sound as the heavens are raining and pouring, lightning’s flashing, and thunder’s cracking?” 
;;;“Kiñhi, bhante, karissanti pañca vā sakaṭasatāni cha vā sakaṭasatāni satta vā sakaṭasatāni aṭṭha vā sakaṭasatāni nava vā sakaṭasatāni, sakaṭasahassaṁ vā sakaṭasatasahassaṁ vā. 
;;;“What do five hundred carts matter, or six hundred, or seven hundred, or eight hundred, or nine hundred, or a thousand, or even a hundred thousand carts? 
;;;Yatra hi nāma saññī samāno jāgaro deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā neva dakkhati, na pana saddaṁ sossatī’ti. 
;;;in that, while conscious and awake he neither saw nor heard a sound as the heavens were raining and pouring, lightning was flashing, and thunder was cracking.’ 
;;;Evaṁ vutte, pukkuso mallaputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;When he said this, Pukkusa said to him, 
;;;Atha kho pukkuso mallaputto aññataraṁ purisaṁ āmantesi: 
;;;Then Pukkusa addressed a certain man, 
;;;“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho so puriso pukkusassa mallaputtassa paṭissutvā taṁ siṅgīvaṇṇaṁ yugamaṭṭhaṁ dhāraṇīyaṁ āhari. 
;;;“Yes, sir,” replied that man, and did as he was asked. 
;;;Atha kho pukkuso mallaputto taṁ siṅgīvaṇṇaṁ yugamaṭṭhaṁ dhāraṇīyaṁ bhagavato upanāmesi: 
;;;Then Pukkusa brought the garments to the Buddha, 
;;;“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho pukkuso mallaputto bhagavato paṭissutvā ekena bhagavantaṁ acchādeti, ekena āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ. 
;;;“Yes, sir,” replied Pukkusa, and did so. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā pukkusaṁ mallaputtaṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṁsesi. 
;;;Then the Buddha educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired Pukkusa the Malla with a Dhamma talk, 
;;;Atha kho pukkuso mallaputto bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṁsito uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi. 
;;;after which he got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha before leaving. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā ānando acirapakkante pukkuse mallaputte taṁ siṅgīvaṇṇaṁ yugamaṭṭhaṁ dhāraṇīyaṁ bhagavato kāyaṁ upanāmesi. 
;;;Then, not long after Pukkusa had left, Ānanda placed the pair of garments the color of mountain gold by the Buddha’s body. 
;;;Taṁ bhagavato kāyaṁ upanāmitaṁ hataccikaṁ viya khāyati. 
;;;But when placed by the Buddha’s body they seemed to lose their shine. 
;;;Ajja kho panānanda, rattiyā pacchime yāme kusinārāyaṁ upavattane mallānaṁ sālavane antarena yamakasālānaṁ tathāgatassa parinibbānaṁ bhavissati. 
;;;Today, Ānanda, in the last watch of the night, between a pair of sal trees in the sal forest of the Mallas at Upavattana near Kusinārā, shall be the Realized One’s full extinguishment. 
;;;Nhatvā ca pivitvā cudatāri satthā, 
;;;And after bathing and drinking the Teacher emerged. 
;;;Vattā pavattā bhagavā idha dhamme, 
;;;the Teacher who rolled forth the present dispensation, 
;;;dveme piṇḍapātā samasamaphalā samavipākā, ativiya aññehi piṇḍapātehi mahapphalatarā ca mahānisaṁsatarā ca. 
;;;There are two almsmeal offerings that have identical fruit and result, and are more fruitful and beneficial than other almsmeal offerings. 
;;;“āyāmānanda, yena hiraññavatiyā nadiyā pārimaṁ tīraṁ, yena kusinārā upavattanaṁ mallānaṁ sālavanaṁ tenupasaṅkamissāmā”ti. 
;;;“Come, Ānanda, let’s go to the far shore of the Golden River, and on to the sal forest of the Mallas at Upavattana near Kusinārā.” 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ yena hiraññavatiyā nadiyā pārimaṁ tīraṁ, yena kusinārā upavattanaṁ mallānaṁ sālavanaṁ tenupasaṅkami. upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi: 
;;;And that’s where they went. Then the Buddha addressed Ānanda, 
;;;Yo kho, ānanda, bhikkhu vā bhikkhunī vā upāsako vā upāsikā vā dhammānudhammappaṭipanno viharati sāmīcippaṭipanno anudhammacārī, so tathāgataṁ sakkaroti garuṁ karoti māneti pūjeti apaciyati, paramāya pūjāya. 
;;;Any monk or nun or male or female lay follower who practices in line with the teachings, practicing properly, living in line with the teachings—they honor, respect, revere, venerate, and esteem the Realized One with the highest honor. 
;;;Yāvatā, ānanda, kusinārā upavattanaṁ mallānaṁ sālavanaṁ samantato dvādasa yojanāni, natthi so padeso vālaggakoṭinittudanamattopi mahesakkhāhi devatāhi apphuṭo. 
;;;For twelve leagues all around this sal grove there’s no spot, not even a fraction of a hair’s tip, that’s not crowded full of illustrious deities. 
;;;“Kathaṁbhūtā pana, bhante, bhagavā devatā manasikarotī”ti? 
;;;“But sir, what kind of deities are you thinking of?” 
;;;“Santānanda, devatā ākāse pathavīsaññiniyo kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṁ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti, vivaṭṭanti: 
;;;“There are, Ānanda, deities—both in space and on the earth—who are aware of the earth. With hair disheveled and arms raised, they fall down like their feet were chopped off, rolling back and forth, lamenting: 
;;;‘atikhippaṁ bhagavā parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṁ sugato parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṁ cakkhuṁ loke antaradhāyissatī’ti. 
;;;‘Too soon the Blessed One will be fully extinguished! Too soon the Holy One will be fully extinguished! Too soon the Eye of the World will vanish!’ 
;;;“Pubbe, bhante, disāsu vassaṁvuṭṭhā bhikkhū āgacchanti tathāgataṁ dassanāya. 
;;;“Previously, sir, when mendicants had completed the rainy season residence in various districts they came to see the Realized One. 
;;;Iṅgha tumhe, ānanda, sāratthe ghaṭatha anuyuñjatha, sāratthe appamattā ātāpino pahitattā viharatha. 
;;;Please, Ānanda, you must all strive and practice for your own goal! Meditate diligent, keen, and resolute for your own goal! 
;;;“Rañño, ānanda, cakkavattissa sarīraṁ ahatena vatthena veṭhenti, ahatena vatthena veṭhetvā vihatena kappāsena veṭhenti, vihatena kappāsena veṭhetvā ahatena vatthena veṭhenti. 
;;;“They wrap a wheel-turning monarch’s corpse with unworn cloth, then with uncarded cotton, then again with unworn cloth. 
;;;Cātumahāpathe rañño cakkavattissa thūpaṁ karonti. 
;;;They build a monument for the wheel-turning monarch at the crossroads. 
;;;Tathāgato arahaṁ sammāsambuddho thūpāraho, paccekasambuddho thūpāraho, tathāgatassa sāvako thūpāraho, rājā cakkavattī thūpārahoti. 
;;;A Realized One, a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha; an independent Buddha; a disciple of a Realized One; and a wheel-turning monarch. 
;;;Cattārome, bhikkhave, acchariyā abbhutā dhammā ānande. 
;;;There are these four incredible and amazing things about Ānanda. 
;;;Gaccha tvaṁ, ānanda, kusināraṁ pavisitvā kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ ārocehi: 
;;;Go, Ānanda, into Kusinārā and inform the Mallas: 
;;;33. Mallānaṁvandanā 
;;;33. The Mallas Pay Homage 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena kosinārakā mallā sandhāgāre sannipatitā honti kenacideva karaṇīyena. 
;;;Now at that time the Mallas of Kusinārā were sitting together at the town hall on some business. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ sandhāgāraṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ ārocesi: 
;;;Ānanda went up to them, and announced: 
;;;Idamāyasmato ānandassa vacanaṁ sutvā mallā ca mallaputtā ca mallasuṇisā ca mallapajāpatiyo ca aghāvino dummanā cetodukkhasamappitā appekacce kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṁ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti vivaṭṭanti: 
;;;When they heard what Ānanda had to say, the Mallas, their sons, daughters-in-law, and wives became distraught, saddened, and grief-stricken. And some, with hair disheveled and arms raised, falling down like their feet were chopped off, rolling back and forth, lamented, 
;;;Atha kho mallā ca mallaputtā ca mallasuṇisā ca mallapajāpatiyo ca aghāvino dummanā cetodukkhasamappitā yena upavattanaṁ mallānaṁ sālavanaṁ yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkamiṁsu. 
;;;Then the Mallas, their sons, daughters-in-law, and wives, distraught, saddened, and grief-stricken went to the Mallian sal grove at Upavattana and approached Ānanda. 
;;;“sace kho ahaṁ kosinārake malle ekamekaṁ bhagavantaṁ vandāpessāmi, avandito bhagavā kosinārakehi mallehi bhavissati, athāyaṁ ratti vibhāyissati. 
;;;“If I have the Mallas pay homage to the Buddha one by one, they won’t be finished before first light. 
;;;Yannūnāhaṁ kosinārake malle kulaparivattaso kulaparivattaso ṭhapetvā bhagavantaṁ vandāpeyyaṁ: 
;;;I’d better separate them family by family and then have them pay homage, saying: 
;;;‘itthannāmo, bhante, mallo saputto sabhariyo sapariso sāmacco bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatī’”ti. 
;;;‘Sir, the Malla named so-and-so with children, wives, retinue, and ministers bows with his head at your feet.’” 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā ānando kosinārake malle kulaparivattaso kulaparivattaso ṭhapetvā bhagavantaṁ vandāpesi: 
;;;And so that’s what he did. 
;;;“itthannāmo, bhante, mallo saputto sabhariyo sapariso sāmacco bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatī”ti. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā ānando etena upāyena paṭhameneva yāmena kosinārake malle bhagavantaṁ vandāpesi. 
;;;So by this means Ānanda got the Mallas to finish paying homage to the Buddha in the first watch of the night. 
;;;“sutaṁ kho pana metaṁ paribbājakānaṁ vuḍḍhānaṁ mahallakānaṁ ācariyapācariyānaṁ bhāsamānānaṁ: 
;;;“I have heard that brahmins of the past who were elderly and senior, the tutors of tutors, said: 
;;;Atha kho subhaddo paribbājako yena upavattanaṁ mallānaṁ sālavanaṁ, yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then Subhadda went to the Mallian sal grove at Upavattana, approached Ānanda, and said to him, 
;;;“sutaṁ metaṁ, bho ānanda, paribbājakānaṁ vuḍḍhānaṁ mahallakānaṁ ācariyapācariyānaṁ bhāsamānānaṁ: 
;;;“Master Ānanda, I have heard that brahmins of the past who were elderly and senior, the tutors of tutors, said: 
;;;“sutaṁ metaṁ, bho ānanda, paribbājakānaṁ vuḍḍhānaṁ mahallakānaṁ ācariyapācariyānaṁ bhāsamānānaṁ: 
;;;Assosi kho bhagavā āyasmato ānandassa subhaddena paribbājakena saddhiṁ imaṁ kathāsallāpaṁ. 
;;;The Buddha heard that discussion between Ānanda and Subhadda. 
;;;ye ettha satthu sammukhā antevāsikābhisekena abhisittā”ti. 
;;;to be anointed here in the Teacher’s presence as his pupil!” 
;;;Asallīnena cittena, 
;;;He put up with painful feelings 
;;;“Kathaṁbhūtā pana, bhante, āyasmā anuruddho devatā manasi karotī”ti? 
;;;“But sir, what kind of deities are you thinking of?” 
;;;“gacchāvuso ānanda, kusināraṁ pavisitvā kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ ārocehi: 
;;;“Go, Ānanda, into Kusinārā and inform the Mallas: 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena kosinārakā mallā sandhāgāre sannipatitā honti teneva karaṇīyena. 
;;;Now at that time the Mallas of Kusinārā were sitting together at the town hall still on the same business. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ sandhāgāraṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ ārocesi: 
;;;Ānanda went up to them, and announced, 
;;;Idamāyasmato ānandassa vacanaṁ sutvā mallā ca mallaputtā ca mallasuṇisā ca mallapajāpatiyo ca aghāvino dummanā cetodukkhasamappitā appekacce kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṁ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti, vivaṭṭanti: 
;;;When they heard what Ānanda had to say, the Mallas, their sons, daughters-in-law, and wives became distraught, saddened, and grief-stricken. And some, with hair disheveled and arms raised, falling down like their feet were chopped off, rolling back and forth, lamented, 
;;;Atha kho kosinārakā mallā purise āṇāpesuṁ: 
;;;Then the Mallas ordered their men, 
;;;Atha kho kosinārakā mallā gandhamālañca sabbañca tāḷāvacaraṁ pañca ca dussayugasatāni ādāya yena upavattanaṁ mallānaṁ sālavanaṁ, yena bhagavato sarīraṁ tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato sarīraṁ naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṁ karontā mānentā pūjentā celavitānāni karontā maṇḍalamāḷe paṭiyādentā ekadivasaṁ vītināmesuṁ. 
;;;Then—taking those fragrances and garlands, all the musical instruments, and five hundred pairs of garments—they went to the Mallian sal grove at Upavattana and approached the Buddha’s corpse. They spent the day honoring, respecting, revering, and venerating the Buddha’s corpse with dance and song and music and garlands and fragrances, and making awnings and setting up pavilions. 
;;;Atha kho kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ etadahosi: 
;;;Then they thought, 
;;;Atha kho kosinārakā mallā bhagavato sarīraṁ naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṁ karontā mānentā pūjentā celavitānāni karontā maṇḍalamāḷe paṭiyādentā dutiyampi divasaṁ vītināmesuṁ, tatiyampi divasaṁ vītināmesuṁ, catutthampi divasaṁ vītināmesuṁ, pañcamampi divasaṁ vītināmesuṁ, chaṭṭhampi divasaṁ vītināmesuṁ. 
;;;But they spent the next day the same way, and so too the third, fourth, fifth, and sixth days. 
;;;Atha kho sattamaṁ divasaṁ kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ etadahosi: 
;;;Then on the seventh day they thought, 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena aṭṭha mallapāmokkhā sīsaṁnhātā ahatāni vatthāni nivatthā: 
;;;Now at that time eight of the leading Mallas, having bathed their heads and dressed in unworn clothes, said, 
;;;Atha kho kosinārakā mallā āyasmantaṁ anuruddhaṁ etadavocuṁ: 
;;;The Mallas said to Anuruddha, 
;;;“ko nu kho, bhante anuruddha, hetu ko paccayo, yenime aṭṭha mallapāmokkhā sīsaṁnhātā ahatāni vatthāni nivatthā: 
;;;“What is the cause, Honorable Anuruddha, what is the reason why these eight Mallian chiefs are unable to lift the Buddha’s corpse?” 
;;;‘mayaṁ bhagavato sarīraṁ dibbehi naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṁ karontā mānentā pūjentā uttarena uttaraṁ nagarassa haritvā uttarena dvārena nagaraṁ pavesetvā majjhena majjhaṁ nagarassa haritvā puratthimena dvārena nikkhamitvā puratthimato nagarassa makuṭabandhanaṁ nāma mallānaṁ cetiyaṁ ettha bhagavato sarīraṁ jhāpessāmā’”ti. 
;;;carry the Buddha’s corpse to the north of the town while venerating it with heavenly dance and song and music and garlands and fragrances. Then they plan to enter the town by the northern gate, carry it through the center of the town, leave by the eastern gate, and cremate it there at the Mallian shrine named Coronation.” 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena kusinārā yāva sandhisamalasaṅkaṭīrā jaṇṇumattena odhinā mandāravapupphehi santhatā hoti. 
;;;Now at that time the whole of Kusinārā was covered knee-deep with the flowers of the Flame Tree, without gaps even on the filth and rubbish heaps. 
;;;Atha kho devatā ca kosinārakā ca mallā bhagavato sarīraṁ dibbehi ca mānusakehi ca naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṁ karontā mānentā pūjentā uttarena uttaraṁ nagarassa haritvā uttarena dvārena nagaraṁ pavesetvā majjhena majjhaṁ nagarassa haritvā puratthimena dvārena nikkhamitvā puratthimato nagarassa makuṭabandhanaṁ nāma mallānaṁ cetiyaṁ ettha ca bhagavato sarīraṁ nikkhipiṁsu. 
;;;Then the deities and the Mallas of Kusinārā carried the Buddha’s corpse to the north of the town while venerating it with heavenly and human dance and song and music and garlands and fragrances. Then they entered the town by the northern gate, carried it through the center of the town, left by the eastern gate, and deposited the corpse there at the Mallian shrine named Coronation. 
;;;Atha kho kosinārakā mallā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavocuṁ: 
;;;Then the Mallas said to Ānanda, 
;;;Atha kho kosinārakā mallā purise āṇāpesuṁ: 
;;;Then the Mallas ordered their men, 
;;;“tena hi, bhaṇe, mallānaṁ vihataṁ kappāsaṁ sannipātethā”ti. 
;;;“So then, my men, collect uncarded cotton.” 
;;;Atha kho kosinārakā mallā bhagavato sarīraṁ ahatena vatthena veṭhetvā vihatena kappāsena veṭhesuṁ, vihatena kappāsena veṭhetvā ahatena vatthena veṭhesuṁ. 
;;;So the Mallas wrapped the Buddha’s corpse, 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena cattāro mallapāmokkhā sīsaṁnhātā ahatāni vatthāni nivatthā: 
;;;Now at that time four of the leading Mallas, having bathed their heads and dressed in unworn clothes, said, 
;;;Atha kho kosinārakā mallā āyasmantaṁ anuruddhaṁ etadavocuṁ: 
;;;The Mallas said to Anuruddha, 
;;;“ko nu kho, bhante anuruddha, hetu ko paccayo, yenime cattāro mallapāmokkhā sīsaṁnhātā ahatāni vatthāni nivatthā: 
;;;“What is the cause, Venerable Anuruddha, what is the reason why these four Mallian chiefs are unable to light the Buddha’s funeral pyre?” 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo yena kusinārā makuṭabandhanaṁ nāma mallānaṁ cetiyaṁ, yena bhagavato citako tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekaṁsaṁ cīvaraṁ katvā añjaliṁ paṇāmetvā tikkhattuṁ citakaṁ padakkhiṇaṁ katvā bhagavato pāde sirasā vandi. 
;;;Then Venerable Mahākassapa arrived at the Mallian shrine named Coronation at Kusinārā and approached the Buddha’s funeral pyre. Arranging his robe over one shoulder and raising his joined palms, he respectfully circled the Buddha three times, keeping him on his right, and bowed with his head at the Buddha’s feet. 
;;;Tesañca pañcannaṁ dussayugasatānaṁ dveva dussāni na ḍayhiṁsu yañca sabbaabbhantarimaṁ yañca bāhiraṁ. 
;;;And of those five hundred pairs of garments only two were not burnt: the innermost and the outermost. 
;;;Udakasālatopi abbhunnamitvā bhagavato citakaṁ nibbāpesi. 
;;;by water dripping from the sal trees, 
;;;Kosinārakāpi mallā sabbagandhodakena bhagavato citakaṁ nibbāpesuṁ. 
;;;and by the Mallas’ fragrant water. 
;;;Atha kho kosinārakā mallā bhagavato sarīrāni sattāhaṁ sandhāgāre sattipañjaraṁ karitvā dhanupākāraṁ parikkhipāpetvā naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkariṁsu garuṁ kariṁsu mānesuṁ pūjesuṁ. 
;;;Then the Mallas made a cage of spears for the Buddha’s relics in the town hall and surrounded it with a buttress of bows. For seven days they honored, respected, revered, and venerated them with dance and song and music and garlands and fragrances. 
;;;Atha kho rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ dūtaṁ pāhesi: 
;;;He sent an envoy to the Mallas of Kusinārā: 
;;;Atha kho vesālikā licchavī kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ dūtaṁ pāhesuṁ: 
;;;They sent an envoy to the Mallas of Kusinārā: 
;;;Atha kho kapilavatthuvāsī sakyā kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ dūtaṁ pāhesuṁ: 
;;;They sent an envoy to the Mallas of Kusinārā: 
;;;Assosuṁ kho allakappakā bulayo: 
;;;The Bulis of Allakappa also heard 
;;;Atha kho allakappakā bulayo kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ dūtaṁ pāhesuṁ: 
;;;They sent an envoy to the Mallas of Kusinārā: 
;;;Atha kho rāmagāmakā koḷiyā kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ dūtaṁ pāhesuṁ: 
;;;They sent an envoy to the Mallas of Kusinārā: 
;;;Atha kho veṭṭhadīpako brāhmaṇo kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ dūtaṁ pāhesi: 
;;;He sent an envoy to the Mallas of Kusinārā: 
;;;Assosuṁ kho pāveyyakā mallā: 
;;;The Mallas of Pāvā also heard 
;;;Atha kho pāveyyakā mallā kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ dūtaṁ pāhesuṁ: 
;;;They sent an envoy to the Mallas of Kusinārā: 
;;;Evaṁ vutte, kosinārakā mallā te saṅghe gaṇe etadavocuṁ: 
;;;When they had spoken, the Mallas of Kusinārā said to those various groups: 
;;;Assosuṁ kho pippalivaniyā moriyā: 
;;;The Moriyas of Pippalivana heard 
;;;Atha kho pippalivaniyā moriyā kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ dūtaṁ pāhesuṁ: 
;;;They sent an envoy to the Mallas of Kusinārā: 
;;;Te tato aṅgāraṁ hariṁsu. 
;;;So they took the embers. 
;;;Allakappakāpi bulayo allakappe bhagavato sarīrānaṁ thūpañca mahañca akaṁsu. 
;;;the Bulis of Allakappa, 
;;;Pāveyyakāpi mallā pāvāyaṁ bhagavato sarīrānaṁ thūpañca mahañca akaṁsu. 
;;;the Mallas of Pāvā, 
;;;Kosinārakāpi mallā kusinārāyaṁ bhagavato sarīrānaṁ thūpañca mahañca akaṁsu. 
;;;the Mallas of Kusinārā, 
;;;Taṁ vandatha pañjalikā labhitvā, 
;;;Honor it with joined palms when you get the chance, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kusinārāyaṁ viharati upavattane mallānaṁ sālavane antarena yamakasālānaṁ parinibbānasamaye. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying between a pair of sal trees in the sal forest of the Mallas at Upavattana near Kusinārā at the time of his full extinguishment. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, ānanda, devānaṁ āḷakamandā nāma rājadhānī iddhā ceva hoti phītā ca bahujanā ca ākiṇṇayakkhā ca subhikkhā ca; 
;;;It was just like Āḷakamandā, the royal capital of the gods, which is successful, prosperous, populous, full of spirits, with plenty of food. 
;;;Eko pākāro sovaṇṇamayo, eko rūpiyamayo, eko veḷuriyamayo, eko phalikamayo, eko lohitaṅkamayo, eko masāragallamayo, eko sabbaratanamayo. 
;;;one made of gold, one made of silver, one made of beryl, one made of crystal, one made of ruby, one made of emerald, and one made of all precious things. 
;;;Ekā esikā sovaṇṇamayā, ekā rūpiyamayā, ekā veḷuriyamayā, ekā phalikamayā, ekā lohitaṅkamayā, ekā masāragallamayā, ekā sabbaratanamayā. 
;;;made of gold, silver, beryl, crystal, ruby, emerald, and all precious things. 
;;;Ekā tālapanti sovaṇṇamayā, ekā rūpiyamayā, ekā veḷuriyamayā, ekā phalikamayā, ekā lohitaṅkamayā, ekā masāragallamayā, ekā sabbaratanamayā. 
;;;made of gold, silver, beryl, crystal, ruby, emerald, and all precious things. 
;;;Lohitaṅkamayassa tālassa lohitaṅkamayo khandho ahosi, masāragallamayāni pattāni ca phalāni ca. 
;;;The ruby palms had trunks of ruby, and leaves and fruits of emerald. 
;;;Masāragallamayassa tālassa masāragallamayo khandho ahosi, lohitaṅkamayāni pattāni ca phalāni ca. 
;;;The emerald palms had trunks of emerald, and leaves and fruits of ruby. 
;;;Tāsaṁ kho panānanda, tālapantīnaṁ vāteritānaṁ saddo ahosi vaggu ca rajanīyo ca khamanīyo ca madanīyo ca. 
;;;When those rows of palm trees were blown by the wind they sounded graceful, tantalizing, sensuous, lovely, and intoxicating, 
;;;Atha kho taṁ, ānanda, cakkaratanaṁ puratthimaṁ disaṁ pavatti, anvadeva rājā mahāsudassano saddhiṁ caturaṅginiyā senāya, yasmiṁ kho panānanda, padese cakkaratanaṁ patiṭṭhāsi, tattha rājā mahāsudassano vāsaṁ upagacchi saddhiṁ caturaṅginiyā senāya. 
;;;Then the wheel-treasure rolled towards the east. And the king followed it together with his army of four divisions. In whatever place the wheel-treasure stood still, there the king came to stay together with his army. 
;;;abhirūpā dassanīyā pāsādikā paramāya vaṇṇapokkharatāya samannāgatā nātidīghā nātirassā nātikisā nātithūlā nātikāḷikā nāccodātā atikkantā mānusivaṇṇaṁ appattā dibbavaṇṇaṁ. 
;;;She was attractive, good-looking, lovely, of surpassing beauty. She was neither too tall nor too short; neither too thin nor too fat; neither too dark nor too light. She outdid human beauty without reaching heavenly beauty. 
;;;Taṁ kho panānanda, itthiratanaṁ rājānaṁ mahāsudassanaṁ manasāpi no aticari, kuto pana kāyena. 
;;;The woman-treasure did not betray the wheel-turning monarch even in thought, still less in deed. 
;;;Rājā, ānanda, mahāsudassano imāya catutthiyā iddhiyā samannāgato ahosi. 
;;;This is the fourth blessing. 
;;;annaṁ annaṭṭhikassa, pānaṁ pānaṭṭhikassa, vatthaṁ vatthaṭṭhikassa, yānaṁ yānaṭṭhikassa, sayanaṁ sayanaṭṭhikassa, itthiṁ itthiṭṭhikassa, hiraññaṁ hiraññaṭṭhikassa, suvaṇṇaṁ suvaṇṇaṭṭhikassā’ti. 
;;;so that those in need of food, drink, clothes, vehicles, beds, women, coined gold, or uncoined gold can get what they need?’ 
;;;Sovaṇṇamaye kūṭāgāre rūpiyamayo pallaṅko paññatto ahosi, rūpiyamaye kūṭāgāre sovaṇṇamayo pallaṅko paññatto ahosi, veḷuriyamaye kūṭāgāre dantamayo pallaṅko paññatto ahosi, phalikamaye kūṭāgāre sāramayo pallaṅko paññatto ahosi. 
;;;In each chamber a couch was spread: in the golden chamber a couch of silver; in the silver chamber a couch of gold; in the beryl chamber a couch of ivory; in the crystal chamber a couch of hardwood. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, ānanda, pañcaṅgikassa tūriyassa suvinītassa suppaṭitāḷitassa sukusalehi samannāhatassa saddo hoti, vaggu ca rajanīyo ca khamanīyo ca madanīyo ca; 
;;;like a quintet made up of skilled musicians who had practiced well and kept excellent rhythm. 
;;;ekā tālapanti sovaṇṇamayā, ekā rūpiyamayā, ekā veḷuriyamayā, ekā phalikamayā, ekā lohitaṅkamayā, ekā masāragallamayā, ekā sabbaratanamayā. 
;;;made of gold, silver, beryl, crystal, ruby, emerald, and all precious things. 
;;;Lohitaṅkamayassa tālassa lohitaṅkamayo khandho ahosi masāragallamayāni pattāni ca phalāni ca. 
;;;The ruby palms had trunks of ruby, and leaves and fruits of emerald. 
;;;Masāragallamayassa tālassa masāragallamayo khandho ahosi lohitaṅkamayāni pattāni ca phalāni ca. 
;;;The emerald palms had trunks of emerald, and leaves and fruits of ruby. 
;;;Niṭṭhite kho panānanda, dhamme pāsāde niṭṭhitāya dhammāya ca pokkharaṇiyā rājā mahāsudassano ‘ye tena samayena samaṇesu vā samaṇasammatā brāhmaṇesu vā brāhmaṇasammatā’, te sabbakāmehi santappetvā dhammaṁ pāsādaṁ abhiruhi. 
;;;When the palace and its lotus pond were finished, King Mahāsudassana served those who were deemed true ascetics and brahmins with all they desired. Then he ascended the Palace of Principle. 
;;;Atha kho, ānanda, rājā mahāsudassano mahāviyūhaṁ kūṭāgāraṁ pavisitvā sovaṇṇamaye pallaṅke nisinno vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja vihāsi. 
;;;Then he entered the great foyer and sat on the golden couch. Quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, he entered and remained in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
;;;Atha kho, ānanda, rājā mahāsudassano mahāviyūhā kūṭāgārā nikkhamitvā sovaṇṇamayaṁ kūṭāgāraṁ pavisitvā rūpiyamaye pallaṅke nisinno 
;;;Then King Mahāsudassana left the great foyer and entered the golden chamber, where he sat on the golden couch. 
;;;caturāsīti pallaṅkasahassāni ahesuṁ sovaṇṇamayāni rūpiyamayāni dantamayāni sāramayāni gonakatthatāni paṭikatthatāni paṭalikatthatāni kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇāni sauttaracchadāni ubhatolohitakūpadhānāni; 
;;;He had 84,000 couches made of gold, silver, ivory, and hardwood. They were spread with woollen covers—shag-piled, pure white, or embroidered with flowers—and spread with a fine deer hide, with a canopy above and red pillows at both ends. 
;;;‘ehi tvaṁ, ambho purisa, mahāviyūhā kūṭāgārā sovaṇṇamayaṁ pallaṅkaṁ nīharitvā sabbasovaṇṇamaye tālavane paññapehī’ti. 
;;;‘Come, mister, bring the golden couch from the great foyer and set it up in the golden palm grove.’ 
;;;‘Evaṁ, devā’ti kho, ānanda, so puriso rañño mahāsudassanassa paṭissutvā mahāviyūhā kūṭāgārā sovaṇṇamayaṁ pallaṅkaṁ nīharitvā sabbasovaṇṇamaye tālavane paññapesi. 
;;;‘Yes, Your Majesty,’ that man replied, and did as he was asked. 
;;;Imāni te, deva, caturāsīti pallaṅkasahassāni sovaṇṇamayāni rūpiyamayāni dantamayāni sāramayāni gonakatthatāni paṭikatthatāni paṭalikatthatāni kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇāni sauttaracchadāni ubhatolohitakūpadhānāni. 
;;; 
;;;Imāni te, deva, caturāsīti pallaṅkasahassāni sovaṇṇamayāni rūpiyamayāni dantamayāni sāramayāni gonakatthatāni paṭikatthatāni paṭalikatthatāni kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇāni sauttaracchadāni ubhatolohitakūpadhānāni. 
;;; 
;;;Atha kho, ānanda, subhaddā devī assūni puñchitvā rājānaṁ mahāsudassanaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Wiping away her tears, the queen said to the king: 
;;;Imāni te, deva, caturāsīti pallaṅkasahassāni sovaṇṇamayāni rūpiyamayāni dantamayāni sāramayāni gonakatthatāni paṭikatthatāni paṭalikatthatāni kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇāni sauttaracchadāni ubhatolohitakūpadhānāni. 
;;; 
;;;Caturāsīti vassasahassāni gihibhūto dhamme pāsāde brahmacariyaṁ cari. 
;;;He led the spiritual life as a layman in the Palace of Principle for 84,000 years. 
;;;Mama tāni caturāsīti nagarasahassāni kusāvatīrājadhānippamukhāni, mama tāni caturāsīti pāsādasahassāni dhammapāsādappamukhāni, mama tāni caturāsīti kūṭāgārasahassāni mahāviyūhakūṭāgārappamukhāni, mama tāni caturāsīti pallaṅkasahassāni sovaṇṇamayāni rūpiyamayāni dantamayāni sāramayāni gonakatthatāni paṭikatthatāni paṭalikatthatāni kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇāni sauttaracchadāni ubhatolohitakūpadhānāni, mama tāni caturāsīti nāgasahassāni sovaṇṇālaṅkārāni sovaṇṇadhajāni hemajālapaṭicchannāni uposathanāgarājappamukhāni, mama tāni caturāsīti assasahassāni sovaṇṇālaṅkārāni sovaṇṇadhajāni hemajālapaṭicchannāni valāhakaassarājappamukhāni, mama tāni caturāsīti rathasahassāni sīhacammaparivārāni byagghacammaparivārāni dīpicammaparivārāni paṇḍukambalaparivārāni sovaṇṇālaṅkārāni sovaṇṇadhajāni hemajālapaṭicchannāni vejayantarathappamukhāni, mama tāni caturāsīti maṇisahassāni maṇiratanappamukhāni, mama tāni caturāsīti itthisahassāni subhaddādevippamukhāni, mama tāni caturāsīti gahapatisahassāni gahapatiratanappamukhāni, mama tāni caturāsīti khattiyasahassāni anuyantāni pariṇāyakaratanappamukhāni, mama tāni caturāsīti dhenusahassāni duhasandanāni kaṁsūpadhāraṇāni, mama tāni caturāsīti vatthakoṭisahassāni khomasukhumānaṁ kappāsikasukhumānaṁ koseyyasukhumānaṁ kambalasukhumānaṁ, mama tāni caturāsīti thālipākasahassāni sāyaṁ pātaṁ bhattābhihāro abhihariyittha. 
;;;Mine were the 84,000 cities, with the royal capital of Kusāvatī foremost. And mine were all the other possessions. 
;;;Tesaṁ kho panānanda, caturāsīti pallaṅkasahassānaṁ ekoyeva so pallaṅko hoti, yaṁ tena samayena paribhuñjāmi yadidaṁ sovaṇṇamayo vā rūpiyamayo vā dantamayo vā sāramayo vā. 
;;;Of those 84,000 couches, I only used one, made of gold or silver or ivory or heartwood. 
;;;

>En 

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kusinārāyaṁ viharati upavattane mallānaṁ sālavane antarena yamakasālānaṁ parinibbānasamaye. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying between a pair of sal trees in the sal forest of the Mallas at Upavattana near Kusinārā at the time of his full extinguishment. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, ānanda, devānaṁ āḷakamandā nāma rājadhānī iddhā ceva hoti phītā ca bahujanā ca ākiṇṇayakkhā ca subhikkhā ca; 
;;;It was just like Āḷakamandā, the royal capital of the gods, which is successful, prosperous, populous, full of spirits, with plenty of food. 
;;;Eko pākāro sovaṇṇamayo, eko rūpiyamayo, eko veḷuriyamayo, eko phalikamayo, eko lohitaṅkamayo, eko masāragallamayo, eko sabbaratanamayo. 
;;;one made of gold, one made of silver, one made of beryl, one made of crystal, one made of ruby, one made of emerald, and one made of all precious things. 
;;;Ekā esikā sovaṇṇamayā, ekā rūpiyamayā, ekā veḷuriyamayā, ekā phalikamayā, ekā lohitaṅkamayā, ekā masāragallamayā, ekā sabbaratanamayā. 
;;;made of gold, silver, beryl, crystal, ruby, emerald, and all precious things. 
;;;Ekā tālapanti sovaṇṇamayā, ekā rūpiyamayā, ekā veḷuriyamayā, ekā phalikamayā, ekā lohitaṅkamayā, ekā masāragallamayā, ekā sabbaratanamayā. 
;;;made of gold, silver, beryl, crystal, ruby, emerald, and all precious things. 
;;;Lohitaṅkamayassa tālassa lohitaṅkamayo khandho ahosi, masāragallamayāni pattāni ca phalāni ca. 
;;;The ruby palms had trunks of ruby, and leaves and fruits of emerald. 
;;;Masāragallamayassa tālassa masāragallamayo khandho ahosi, lohitaṅkamayāni pattāni ca phalāni ca. 
;;;The emerald palms had trunks of emerald, and leaves and fruits of ruby. 
;;;Tāsaṁ kho panānanda, tālapantīnaṁ vāteritānaṁ saddo ahosi vaggu ca rajanīyo ca khamanīyo ca madanīyo ca. 
;;;When those rows of palm trees were blown by the wind they sounded graceful, tantalizing, sensuous, lovely, and intoxicating, 
;;;Atha kho taṁ, ānanda, cakkaratanaṁ puratthimaṁ disaṁ pavatti, anvadeva rājā mahāsudassano saddhiṁ caturaṅginiyā senāya, yasmiṁ kho panānanda, padese cakkaratanaṁ patiṭṭhāsi, tattha rājā mahāsudassano vāsaṁ upagacchi saddhiṁ caturaṅginiyā senāya. 
;;;Then the wheel-treasure rolled towards the east. And the king followed it together with his army of four divisions. In whatever place the wheel-treasure stood still, there the king came to stay together with his army. 
;;;abhirūpā dassanīyā pāsādikā paramāya vaṇṇapokkharatāya samannāgatā nātidīghā nātirassā nātikisā nātithūlā nātikāḷikā nāccodātā atikkantā mānusivaṇṇaṁ appattā dibbavaṇṇaṁ. 
;;;She was attractive, good-looking, lovely, of surpassing beauty. She was neither too tall nor too short; neither too thin nor too fat; neither too dark nor too light. She outdid human beauty without reaching heavenly beauty. 
;;;Taṁ kho panānanda, itthiratanaṁ rājānaṁ mahāsudassanaṁ manasāpi no aticari, kuto pana kāyena. 
;;;The woman-treasure did not betray the wheel-turning monarch even in thought, still less in deed. 
;;;Rājā, ānanda, mahāsudassano imāya catutthiyā iddhiyā samannāgato ahosi. 
;;;This is the fourth blessing. 
;;;annaṁ annaṭṭhikassa, pānaṁ pānaṭṭhikassa, vatthaṁ vatthaṭṭhikassa, yānaṁ yānaṭṭhikassa, sayanaṁ sayanaṭṭhikassa, itthiṁ itthiṭṭhikassa, hiraññaṁ hiraññaṭṭhikassa, suvaṇṇaṁ suvaṇṇaṭṭhikassā’ti. 
;;;so that those in need of food, drink, clothes, vehicles, beds, women, coined gold, or uncoined gold can get what they need?’ 
;;;Sovaṇṇamaye kūṭāgāre rūpiyamayo pallaṅko paññatto ahosi, rūpiyamaye kūṭāgāre sovaṇṇamayo pallaṅko paññatto ahosi, veḷuriyamaye kūṭāgāre dantamayo pallaṅko paññatto ahosi, phalikamaye kūṭāgāre sāramayo pallaṅko paññatto ahosi. 
;;;In each chamber a couch was spread: in the golden chamber a couch of silver; in the silver chamber a couch of gold; in the beryl chamber a couch of ivory; in the crystal chamber a couch of hardwood. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, ānanda, pañcaṅgikassa tūriyassa suvinītassa suppaṭitāḷitassa sukusalehi samannāhatassa saddo hoti, vaggu ca rajanīyo ca khamanīyo ca madanīyo ca; 
;;;like a quintet made up of skilled musicians who had practiced well and kept excellent rhythm. 
;;;ekā tālapanti sovaṇṇamayā, ekā rūpiyamayā, ekā veḷuriyamayā, ekā phalikamayā, ekā lohitaṅkamayā, ekā masāragallamayā, ekā sabbaratanamayā. 
;;;made of gold, silver, beryl, crystal, ruby, emerald, and all precious things. 
;;;Lohitaṅkamayassa tālassa lohitaṅkamayo khandho ahosi masāragallamayāni pattāni ca phalāni ca. 
;;;The ruby palms had trunks of ruby, and leaves and fruits of emerald. 
;;;Masāragallamayassa tālassa masāragallamayo khandho ahosi lohitaṅkamayāni pattāni ca phalāni ca. 
;;;The emerald palms had trunks of emerald, and leaves and fruits of ruby. 
;;;Niṭṭhite kho panānanda, dhamme pāsāde niṭṭhitāya dhammāya ca pokkharaṇiyā rājā mahāsudassano ‘ye tena samayena samaṇesu vā samaṇasammatā brāhmaṇesu vā brāhmaṇasammatā’, te sabbakāmehi santappetvā dhammaṁ pāsādaṁ abhiruhi. 
;;;When the palace and its lotus pond were finished, King Mahāsudassana served those who were deemed true ascetics and brahmins with all they desired. Then he ascended the Palace of Principle. 
;;;Atha kho, ānanda, rājā mahāsudassano mahāviyūhaṁ kūṭāgāraṁ pavisitvā sovaṇṇamaye pallaṅke nisinno vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja vihāsi. 
;;;Then he entered the great foyer and sat on the golden couch. Quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, he entered and remained in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
;;;Atha kho, ānanda, rājā mahāsudassano mahāviyūhā kūṭāgārā nikkhamitvā sovaṇṇamayaṁ kūṭāgāraṁ pavisitvā rūpiyamaye pallaṅke nisinno 
;;;Then King Mahāsudassana left the great foyer and entered the golden chamber, where he sat on the golden couch. 
;;;caturāsīti pallaṅkasahassāni ahesuṁ sovaṇṇamayāni rūpiyamayāni dantamayāni sāramayāni gonakatthatāni paṭikatthatāni paṭalikatthatāni kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇāni sauttaracchadāni ubhatolohitakūpadhānāni; 
;;;He had 84,000 couches made of gold, silver, ivory, and hardwood. They were spread with woollen covers—shag-piled, pure white, or embroidered with flowers—and spread with a fine deer hide, with a canopy above and red pillows at both ends. 
;;;‘ehi tvaṁ, ambho purisa, mahāviyūhā kūṭāgārā sovaṇṇamayaṁ pallaṅkaṁ nīharitvā sabbasovaṇṇamaye tālavane paññapehī’ti. 
;;;‘Come, mister, bring the golden couch from the great foyer and set it up in the golden palm grove.’ 
;;;‘Evaṁ, devā’ti kho, ānanda, so puriso rañño mahāsudassanassa paṭissutvā mahāviyūhā kūṭāgārā sovaṇṇamayaṁ pallaṅkaṁ nīharitvā sabbasovaṇṇamaye tālavane paññapesi. 
;;;‘Yes, Your Majesty,’ that man replied, and did as he was asked. 
;;;Imāni te, deva, caturāsīti pallaṅkasahassāni sovaṇṇamayāni rūpiyamayāni dantamayāni sāramayāni gonakatthatāni paṭikatthatāni paṭalikatthatāni kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇāni sauttaracchadāni ubhatolohitakūpadhānāni. 
;;; 
;;;Imāni te, deva, caturāsīti pallaṅkasahassāni sovaṇṇamayāni rūpiyamayāni dantamayāni sāramayāni gonakatthatāni paṭikatthatāni paṭalikatthatāni kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇāni sauttaracchadāni ubhatolohitakūpadhānāni. 
;;; 
;;;Atha kho, ānanda, subhaddā devī assūni puñchitvā rājānaṁ mahāsudassanaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Wiping away her tears, the queen said to the king: 
;;;Imāni te, deva, caturāsīti pallaṅkasahassāni sovaṇṇamayāni rūpiyamayāni dantamayāni sāramayāni gonakatthatāni paṭikatthatāni paṭalikatthatāni kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇāni sauttaracchadāni ubhatolohitakūpadhānāni. 
;;; 
;;;Caturāsīti vassasahassāni gihibhūto dhamme pāsāde brahmacariyaṁ cari. 
;;;He led the spiritual life as a layman in the Palace of Principle for 84,000 years. 
;;;Mama tāni caturāsīti nagarasahassāni kusāvatīrājadhānippamukhāni, mama tāni caturāsīti pāsādasahassāni dhammapāsādappamukhāni, mama tāni caturāsīti kūṭāgārasahassāni mahāviyūhakūṭāgārappamukhāni, mama tāni caturāsīti pallaṅkasahassāni sovaṇṇamayāni rūpiyamayāni dantamayāni sāramayāni gonakatthatāni paṭikatthatāni paṭalikatthatāni kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇāni sauttaracchadāni ubhatolohitakūpadhānāni, mama tāni caturāsīti nāgasahassāni sovaṇṇālaṅkārāni sovaṇṇadhajāni hemajālapaṭicchannāni uposathanāgarājappamukhāni, mama tāni caturāsīti assasahassāni sovaṇṇālaṅkārāni sovaṇṇadhajāni hemajālapaṭicchannāni valāhakaassarājappamukhāni, mama tāni caturāsīti rathasahassāni sīhacammaparivārāni byagghacammaparivārāni dīpicammaparivārāni paṇḍukambalaparivārāni sovaṇṇālaṅkārāni sovaṇṇadhajāni hemajālapaṭicchannāni vejayantarathappamukhāni, mama tāni caturāsīti maṇisahassāni maṇiratanappamukhāni, mama tāni caturāsīti itthisahassāni subhaddādevippamukhāni, mama tāni caturāsīti gahapatisahassāni gahapatiratanappamukhāni, mama tāni caturāsīti khattiyasahassāni anuyantāni pariṇāyakaratanappamukhāni, mama tāni caturāsīti dhenusahassāni duhasandanāni kaṁsūpadhāraṇāni, mama tāni caturāsīti vatthakoṭisahassāni khomasukhumānaṁ kappāsikasukhumānaṁ koseyyasukhumānaṁ kambalasukhumānaṁ, mama tāni caturāsīti thālipākasahassāni sāyaṁ pātaṁ bhattābhihāro abhihariyittha. 
;;;Mine were the 84,000 cities, with the royal capital of Kusāvatī foremost. And mine were all the other possessions. 
;;;Tesaṁ kho panānanda, caturāsīti pallaṅkasahassānaṁ ekoyeva so pallaṅko hoti, yaṁ tena samayena paribhuñjāmi yadidaṁ sovaṇṇamayo vā rūpiyamayo vā dantamayo vā sāramayo vā. 
;;;Of those 84,000 couches, I only used one, made of gold or silver or ivory or heartwood. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā nātike viharati giñjakāvasathe. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying at Ñātika in the brick house. 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā parito parito janapadesu paricārake abbhatīte kālaṅkate upapattīsu byākaroti kāsikosalesu vajjimallesu cetivaṁsesu kurupañcālesu majjhasūrasenesu: 
;;;Now at that time the Buddha was explaining the rebirths of devotees all over the nations; the Kāsis and Kosalans, Vajjis and Mallas, Cetīs and Vacchas, Kurus and Pañcālas, Macchas and Sūrasenas: 
;;;“bhagavā kira parito parito janapadesu paricārake abbhatīte kālaṅkate upapattīsu byākaroti kāsikosalesu vajjimallesu cetivaṁsesu kurupañcālesu majjhasūrasenesu: 
;;; 
;;;“bhagavā kira parito parito janapadesu paricārake abbhatīte kālaṅkate upapattīsu byākaroti kāsikosalesu vajjimallesu cetivaṁsesu kurupañcālesu majjhasūrasenesu: 
;;; 
;;;“ime kho panāpi ahesuṁ māgadhakā paricārakā bahū ceva rattaññū ca abbhatītā kālaṅkatā. 
;;;“But there were also Magadhan devotees—many, and of long standing too—who have passed away. 
;;;‘evaṁ no so dhammiko dhammarājā sukhāpetvā kālaṅkato, evaṁ mayaṁ tassa dhammikassa dhammarañño vijite phāsu viharimhā’ti. 
;;;‘That just and principled king, who made us so happy, has passed away. Life was good under his dominion.’ 
;;;Bhagavā ce kho pana māgadhake paricārake abbhatīte kālaṅkate upapattīsu na byākareyya, dīnamanā tenassu māgadhakā paricārakā; 
;;;If he fails to do so, they will be dejected.” 
;;;‘bhagavā kira parito parito janapadesu paricārake abbhatīte kālaṅkate upapattīsu byākaroti kāsikosalesu vajjimallesu cetivaṁsesu kurupañcālesu majjhasūrasenesu: 
;;; 
;;;Nātike piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto pāde pakkhāletvā giñjakāvasathaṁ pavisitvā māgadhake paricārake ārabbha aṭṭhiṁ katvā manasikatvā sabbaṁ cetasā samannāharitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi: 
;;;He wandered for alms in Ñātika. After the meal, on his return from almsround, he washed his feet and entered the brick house. He paid attention, applied the mind, and concentrated wholeheartedly on the fate of Magadhan devotees, and sat on the seat spread out, thinking, 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito giñjakāvasathā nikkhamitvā vihārapacchāyāyaṁ paññatte āsane nisīdi. 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat. Emerging from the brick house, he sat on the seat spread out in the shade of the porch. 
;;;Idaṁ sattamaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, vessavaṇassa mahārājassa sahabyataṁ upapajjāmi, so tato cuto manussarājā bhavituṁ pahomi. 
;;;This is the seventh time I am reborn in the company of the Great King Vessavaṇa. When I pass away from here, I can become a king of men. 
;;;yadagge ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavati ekantikato abhippasanno, tadagge ahaṁ, bhante, dīgharattaṁ avinipāto avinipātaṁ sañjānāmi, āsā ca pana me santiṭṭhati sakadāgāmitāya. 
;;;From the day I had absolute devotion to the Buddha I have known that I won’t be reborn in the underworld, but that I still hope to become a once-returner. 
;;;vaṇṇavante yasassine; 
;;;so beautiful and glorious, 
;;;Sabbeva tuṇhībhūtā pañjalikā pallaṅkena nisīdanti: 
;;;They all sit silently on their couches with their joined palms raised, thinking, 
;;;“yassadāni devassa pallaṅkaṁ icchissati brahmā sanaṅkumāro, tassa devassa pallaṅke nisīdissatī”ti. 
;;;“Now the divinity Sanaṅkumāra will sit on the couch of whatever god he chooses.” 
;;;Yassa kho pana, bhante, devassa brahmā sanaṅkumāro pallaṅke nisīdati, uḷāraṁ so labhati devo vedapaṭilābhaṁ; uḷāraṁ so labhati devo somanassapaṭilābhaṁ. 
;;;And the god on whose couch the Divinity sits is overjoyed and brimming with happiness, 
;;;evameva kho, bhante, yassa devassa brahmā sanaṅkumāro pallaṅke nisīdati, uḷāraṁ so labhati devo vedapaṭilābhaṁ, uḷāraṁ so labhati devo somanassapaṭilābhaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;Atha, bhante, brahmā sanaṅkumāro oḷārikaṁ attabhāvaṁ abhinimminitvā kumāravaṇṇī hutvā pañcasikho devānaṁ tāvatiṁsānaṁ pāturahosi. 
;;;Then the divinity Sanaṅkumāra manifested in a solid life-form, taking on the appearance of the youth Pañcasikha, and appeared to the gods of the thirty-three. 
;;;So vehāsaṁ abbhuggantvā ākāse antalikkhe pallaṅkena nisīdi. 
;;;Rising into the air, he sat cross-legged in the sky, 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhante, balavā puriso supaccatthate vā pallaṅke same vā bhūmibhāge pallaṅkena nisīdeyya; 
;;;like a strong man might sit cross-legged on a well-appointed couch or on level ground. 
;;;evameva kho, bhante, brahmā sanaṅkumāro vehāsaṁ abbhuggantvā ākāse antalikkhe pallaṅkena nisīditvā devānaṁ tāvatiṁsānaṁ sampasādaṁ viditvā imāhi gāthāhi anumodi: 
;;;Seeing the joy of those gods, the divinity Sanaṅkumāra celebrated with these verses: 
;;;Atha kho, bhante, brahmā sanaṅkumāro tettiṁse attabhāve abhinimminitvā devānaṁ tāvatiṁsānaṁ paccekapallaṅkesu pallaṅkena nisīditvā deve tāvatiṁse āmantesi: 
;;;Then the divinity Sanaṅkumāra, having manifested thirty-three life-forms, sat down on the couches of each of the gods of the thirty-three and addressed them, 
;;;“yvāyaṁ mama pallaṅke svāyaṁ ekova bhāsatī”ti. 
;;;“The one sitting on my couch is the only one speaking.” 
;;;Yvāyaṁ mama pallaṅkasmiṁ, 
;;;that the one on their seat 
;;;Atha kho, bhante, brahmā sanaṅkumāro ekattena attānaṁ upasaṁharati, ekattena attānaṁ upasaṁharitvā sakkassa devānamindassa pallaṅke pallaṅkena nisīditvā deve tāvatiṁse āmantesi: 
;;;Next the divinity Sanaṅkumāra merged into one corporeal form. Then he sat on the couch of Sakka, lord of gods, and addressed the gods of the thirty-three: 
;;;“Taṁ kiṁ maññanti, bhonto devā tāvatiṁsā, yāva supaññattā cime tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena cattāro iddhipādā paññattā iddhipahutāya iddhivisavitāya iddhivikubbanatāya. 
;;;“What do the good gods of the thirty-three think? How well described by the Blessed One—who knows and sees, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha—are the four bases of psychic power! They are taught for the amplification, burgeoning, and transformation of psychic power. 
;;;‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṁ veditabbo viññūhi apārutā amatassa dvārā’ti idameva taṁ sammā vadamāno vadeyya. 
;;;‘a teaching that’s well explained by the Buddha, apparent in the present life, immediately effective, inviting inspection, relevant, so that sensible people can know it for themselves; and the doors to freedom from death are flung open,’ it’s this. 
;;;

>En 

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā nātike viharati giñjakāvasathe. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying at Ñātika in the brick house. 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā parito parito janapadesu paricārake abbhatīte kālaṅkate upapattīsu byākaroti kāsikosalesu vajjimallesu cetivaṁsesu kurupañcālesu majjhasūrasenesu: 
;;;Now at that time the Buddha was explaining the rebirths of devotees all over the nations; the Kāsis and Kosalans, Vajjis and Mallas, Cetīs and Vacchas, Kurus and Pañcālas, Macchas and Sūrasenas: 
;;;“bhagavā kira parito parito janapadesu paricārake abbhatīte kālaṅkate upapattīsu byākaroti kāsikosalesu vajjimallesu cetivaṁsesu kurupañcālesu majjhasūrasenesu: 
;;; 
;;;“bhagavā kira parito parito janapadesu paricārake abbhatīte kālaṅkate upapattīsu byākaroti kāsikosalesu vajjimallesu cetivaṁsesu kurupañcālesu majjhasūrasenesu: 
;;; 
;;;“ime kho panāpi ahesuṁ māgadhakā paricārakā bahū ceva rattaññū ca abbhatītā kālaṅkatā. 
;;;“But there were also Magadhan devotees—many, and of long standing too—who have passed away. 
;;;‘evaṁ no so dhammiko dhammarājā sukhāpetvā kālaṅkato, evaṁ mayaṁ tassa dhammikassa dhammarañño vijite phāsu viharimhā’ti. 
;;;‘That just and principled king, who made us so happy, has passed away. Life was good under his dominion.’ 
;;;Bhagavā ce kho pana māgadhake paricārake abbhatīte kālaṅkate upapattīsu na byākareyya, dīnamanā tenassu māgadhakā paricārakā; 
;;;If he fails to do so, they will be dejected.” 
;;;‘bhagavā kira parito parito janapadesu paricārake abbhatīte kālaṅkate upapattīsu byākaroti kāsikosalesu vajjimallesu cetivaṁsesu kurupañcālesu majjhasūrasenesu: 
;;; 
;;;Nātike piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto pāde pakkhāletvā giñjakāvasathaṁ pavisitvā māgadhake paricārake ārabbha aṭṭhiṁ katvā manasikatvā sabbaṁ cetasā samannāharitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi: 
;;;He wandered for alms in Ñātika. After the meal, on his return from almsround, he washed his feet and entered the brick house. He paid attention, applied the mind, and concentrated wholeheartedly on the fate of Magadhan devotees, and sat on the seat spread out, thinking, 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito giñjakāvasathā nikkhamitvā vihārapacchāyāyaṁ paññatte āsane nisīdi. 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat. Emerging from the brick house, he sat on the seat spread out in the shade of the porch. 
;;;Idaṁ sattamaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, vessavaṇassa mahārājassa sahabyataṁ upapajjāmi, so tato cuto manussarājā bhavituṁ pahomi. 
;;;This is the seventh time I am reborn in the company of the Great King Vessavaṇa. When I pass away from here, I can become a king of men. 
;;;yadagge ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavati ekantikato abhippasanno, tadagge ahaṁ, bhante, dīgharattaṁ avinipāto avinipātaṁ sañjānāmi, āsā ca pana me santiṭṭhati sakadāgāmitāya. 
;;;From the day I had absolute devotion to the Buddha I have known that I won’t be reborn in the underworld, but that I still hope to become a once-returner. 
;;;vaṇṇavante yasassine; 
;;;so beautiful and glorious, 
;;;Sabbeva tuṇhībhūtā pañjalikā pallaṅkena nisīdanti: 
;;;They all sit silently on their couches with their joined palms raised, thinking, 
;;;“yassadāni devassa pallaṅkaṁ icchissati brahmā sanaṅkumāro, tassa devassa pallaṅke nisīdissatī”ti. 
;;;“Now the divinity Sanaṅkumāra will sit on the couch of whatever god he chooses.” 
;;;Yassa kho pana, bhante, devassa brahmā sanaṅkumāro pallaṅke nisīdati, uḷāraṁ so labhati devo vedapaṭilābhaṁ; uḷāraṁ so labhati devo somanassapaṭilābhaṁ. 
;;;And the god on whose couch the Divinity sits is overjoyed and brimming with happiness, 
;;;evameva kho, bhante, yassa devassa brahmā sanaṅkumāro pallaṅke nisīdati, uḷāraṁ so labhati devo vedapaṭilābhaṁ, uḷāraṁ so labhati devo somanassapaṭilābhaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;Atha, bhante, brahmā sanaṅkumāro oḷārikaṁ attabhāvaṁ abhinimminitvā kumāravaṇṇī hutvā pañcasikho devānaṁ tāvatiṁsānaṁ pāturahosi. 
;;;Then the divinity Sanaṅkumāra manifested in a solid life-form, taking on the appearance of the youth Pañcasikha, and appeared to the gods of the thirty-three. 
;;;So vehāsaṁ abbhuggantvā ākāse antalikkhe pallaṅkena nisīdi. 
;;;Rising into the air, he sat cross-legged in the sky, 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhante, balavā puriso supaccatthate vā pallaṅke same vā bhūmibhāge pallaṅkena nisīdeyya; 
;;;like a strong man might sit cross-legged on a well-appointed couch or on level ground. 
;;;evameva kho, bhante, brahmā sanaṅkumāro vehāsaṁ abbhuggantvā ākāse antalikkhe pallaṅkena nisīditvā devānaṁ tāvatiṁsānaṁ sampasādaṁ viditvā imāhi gāthāhi anumodi: 
;;;Seeing the joy of those gods, the divinity Sanaṅkumāra celebrated with these verses: 
;;;Atha kho, bhante, brahmā sanaṅkumāro tettiṁse attabhāve abhinimminitvā devānaṁ tāvatiṁsānaṁ paccekapallaṅkesu pallaṅkena nisīditvā deve tāvatiṁse āmantesi: 
;;;Then the divinity Sanaṅkumāra, having manifested thirty-three life-forms, sat down on the couches of each of the gods of the thirty-three and addressed them, 
;;;“yvāyaṁ mama pallaṅke svāyaṁ ekova bhāsatī”ti. 
;;;“The one sitting on my couch is the only one speaking.” 
;;;Yvāyaṁ mama pallaṅkasmiṁ, 
;;;that the one on their seat 
;;;Atha kho, bhante, brahmā sanaṅkumāro ekattena attānaṁ upasaṁharati, ekattena attānaṁ upasaṁharitvā sakkassa devānamindassa pallaṅke pallaṅkena nisīditvā deve tāvatiṁse āmantesi: 
;;;Next the divinity Sanaṅkumāra merged into one corporeal form. Then he sat on the couch of Sakka, lord of gods, and addressed the gods of the thirty-three: 
;;;“Taṁ kiṁ maññanti, bhonto devā tāvatiṁsā, yāva supaññattā cime tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena cattāro iddhipādā paññattā iddhipahutāya iddhivisavitāya iddhivikubbanatāya. 
;;;“What do the good gods of the thirty-three think? How well described by the Blessed One—who knows and sees, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha—are the four bases of psychic power! They are taught for the amplification, burgeoning, and transformation of psychic power. 
;;;‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṁ veditabbo viññūhi apārutā amatassa dvārā’ti idameva taṁ sammā vadamāno vadeyya. 
;;;‘a teaching that’s well explained by the Buddha, apparent in the present life, immediately effective, inviting inspection, relevant, so that sensible people can know it for themselves; and the doors to freedom from death are flung open,’ it’s this. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Sabbeva tuṇhībhūtā pañjalikā pallaṅkena nisīdanti: ;;;They all sit silently on their couches with their joined palms raised, thinking, 
;;;‘yassadāni devassa pallaṅkaṁ icchissati brahmā sanaṅkumāro, tassa devassa pallaṅke nisīdissatī’ti. 
;;;‘Now the divinity Sanaṅkumāra will sit on the couch of whatever god he chooses.’ 
;;;Yassa kho pana, bhante, devassa brahmā sanaṅkumāro pallaṅke nisīdati, uḷāraṁ so labhati devo vedapaṭilābhaṁ, uḷāraṁ so labhati devo somanassapaṭilābhaṁ. 
;;;And the god on whose couch the Divinity sits is overjoyed and brimming with happiness, 
;;;evameva kho, bhante, yassa devassa brahmā sanaṅkumāro pallaṅke nisīdati, uḷāraṁ so labhati devo vedapaṭilābhaṁ, uḷāraṁ so labhati devo somanassapaṭilābhaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;So vehāsaṁ abbhuggantvā ākāse antalikkhe pallaṅkena nisīdi. 
;;;Rising into the air, he sat cross-legged in the sky, 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhante, balavā puriso supaccatthate vā pallaṅke same vā bhūmibhāge pallaṅkena nisīdeyya; 
;;;like a strong man might sit cross-legged on a well-appointed couch or on level ground. 
;;;evameva kho, bhante, brahmā sanaṅkumāro vehāsaṁ abbhuggantvā ākāse antalikkhe pallaṅkena nisīditvā deve tāvatiṁse āmantesi: 
;;;There he addressed the gods of the thirty-three: 
;;;“disampati kho, bho, rājā jiṇṇo vuddho mahallako addhagato vayoanuppatto, ko nu kho pana, bho, jānāti jīvitaṁ? 
;;;“King Disampati is old, elderly and senior, advanced in years, and has reached the final stage of life. Who knows how long he has to live? 
;;;Disampati kho, bho, rājā jiṇṇo vuddho mahallako addhagato vayoanuppatto, ko nu kho pana, bho, jānāti jīvitaṁ? 
;;;King Disampati is old, elderly and senior, advanced in years, and has reached the final stage of life. Who knows how long he has to live? 
;;;Disampati kho, bho, rājā jiṇṇo vuddho mahallako addhagato vayoanuppatto, ko nu kho pana bho jānāti jīvitaṁ? 
;;; 
;;;“Ko nu kho, bho, añño mama vijite sukho bhavetha, aññatra bhavantebhi? 
;;;The prince replied, “Who else, sirs, in my realm ought to prosper if not you? 
;;;“Sarāmahaṁ, bho, taṁ vacanaṁ. 
;;;“I remember, sirs. 
;;;Dantapuraṁ kaliṅgānaṁ, 
;;;Dantapura for the Kaliṅgas; 
;;;Mahesayaṁ avantīnaṁ, 
;;;Māhissatī for the Avantis; 
;;;Atha kho, bho, mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo satta ca rājāno khattiye muddhāvasitte rajje anusāsi, satta ca brāhmaṇamahāsāle satta ca nhātakasatāni mante vācesi. 
;;;Then the Great Steward managed the realms of the seven kings. And he taught seven well-to-do brahmins, and seven hundred bathed initiates to recite the hymns. 
;;;“sakkhi mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo brahmānaṁ passati, sakkhi mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo brahmunā sākaccheti sallapati mantetī”ti. 
;;;“The Great Steward sees the Divinity in person! The Great Steward discusses, converses, and consults with the Divinity in person!” 
;;;‘sakkhi mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo brahmānaṁ passati, sakkhi mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo brahmunā sākaccheti sallapati mantetī’ti. 
;;;of seeing the Divinity in person, and discussing with him in person. 
;;;Na kho panāhaṁ brahmānaṁ passāmi, na brahmunā sākacchemi, na brahmunā sallapāmi, na brahmunā mantemi. 
;;;But I don’t. 
;;;Sutaṁ kho pana metaṁ brāhmaṇānaṁ vuddhānaṁ mahallakānaṁ ācariyapācariyānaṁ bhāsamānānaṁ: 
;;;I have heard that brahmins of the past who were elderly and senior, the tutors of tutors, said: 
;;;‘yo vassike cattāro māse paṭisallīyati, karuṇaṁ jhānaṁ jhāyati, so brahmānaṁ passati brahmunā sākaccheti brahmunā sallapati brahmunā mantetī’ti. 
;;;‘Whoever goes on retreat for the four months of the rainy season and practices the absorption on compassion sees the Divinity and discusses with him.’ 
;;;Yannūnāhaṁ vassike cattāro māse paṭisallīyeyyaṁ, karuṇaṁ jhānaṁ jhāyeyyan”ti. 
;;;Why don’t I do that?” 
;;;‘sakkhi mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo brahmānaṁ passati, sakkhi mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo brahmunā sākaccheti sallapati mantetī’ti. 
;;; 
;;;Na kho panāhaṁ, bho, brahmānaṁ passāmi, na brahmunā sākacchemi, na brahmunā sallapāmi, na brahmunā mantemi. 
;;; 
;;;Sutaṁ kho pana metaṁ brāhmaṇānaṁ vuddhānaṁ mahallakānaṁ ācariyapācariyānaṁ bhāsamānānaṁ: 
;;; 
;;;‘yo vassike cattāro māse paṭisallīyati, karuṇaṁ jhānaṁ jhāyati, so brahmānaṁ passati, brahmunā sākaccheti brahmunā sallapati brahmunā mantetī’ti. 
;;; 
;;;Icchāmahaṁ, bho, vassike cattāro māse paṭisallīyituṁ, karuṇaṁ jhānaṁ jhāyituṁ; 
;;;“Sir, I wish to go on retreat for the four months of the rainy season and practice the absorption on compassion. 
;;;‘sakkhi mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo brahmānaṁ passati, sakkhi mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo brahmunā sākaccheti sallapati mantetī’ti. 
;;; 
;;;Na kho panāhaṁ, bho, brahmānaṁ passāmi, na brahmunā sākacchemi, na brahmunā sallapāmi, na brahmunā mantemi. 
;;; 
;;;Sutaṁ kho pana metaṁ brāhmaṇānaṁ vuddhānaṁ mahallakānaṁ ācariyapācariyānaṁ bhāsamānānaṁ, 
;;; 
;;;‘yo vassike cattāro māse paṭisallīyati, karuṇaṁ jhānaṁ jhāyati, so brahmānaṁ passati brahmunā sākaccheti brahmunā sallapati brahmunā mantetī’ti. 
;;; 
;;;Icchāmahaṁ, bho, vassike cattāro māse paṭisallīyituṁ, karuṇaṁ jhānaṁ jhāyituṁ; 
;;; 
;;;‘sakkhi mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo brahmānaṁ passati, sakkhi mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo brahmunā sākaccheti sallapati mantetī’ti. 
;;; 
;;;Na kho panāhaṁ, bho, brahmānaṁ passāmi, na brahmunā sākacchemi, na brahmunā sallapāmi, na brahmunā mantemi. 
;;; 
;;;Sutaṁ kho pana metaṁ brāhmaṇānaṁ vuddhānaṁ mahallakānaṁ ācariyapācariyānaṁ bhāsamānānaṁ: 
;;; 
;;;‘yo vassike cattāro māse paṭisallīyati, karuṇaṁ jhānaṁ jhāyati, so brahmānaṁ passati, brahmunā sākaccheti, brahmunā sallapati, brahmunā mantetī’ti. 
;;; 
;;;icchāmahaṁ, bho, vassike cattāro māse paṭisallīyituṁ, karuṇaṁ jhānaṁ jhāyituṁ; 
;;; 
;;;‘sakkhi mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo brahmānaṁ passati, sakkhi mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo brahmunā sākaccheti sallapati mantetī’ti. 
;;; 
;;;Na kho panāhaṁ, bhotī, brahmānaṁ passāmi, na brahmunā sākacchemi, na brahmunā sallapāmi, na brahmunā mantemi. 
;;; 
;;;Sutaṁ kho pana metaṁ brāhmaṇānaṁ vuddhānaṁ mahallakānaṁ ācariyapācariyānaṁ bhāsamānānaṁ 
;;; 
;;;‘yo vassike cattāro māse paṭisallīyati, karuṇaṁ jhānaṁ jhāyati, so brahmānaṁ passati, brahmunā sākaccheti, brahmunā sallapati, brahmunā mantetī’ti, 
;;; 
;;;icchāmahaṁ, bhotī, vassike cattāro māse paṭisallīyituṁ, karuṇaṁ jhānaṁ jhāyituṁ; 
;;; 
;;;Atha kho, bho, mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo puratthimena nagarassa navaṁ sandhāgāraṁ kārāpetvā vassike cattāro māse paṭisallīyi, karuṇaṁ jhānaṁ jhāyi; 
;;;Then the Great Steward had a new ceremonial hall built to the east of his citadel, where he went on retreat for the four months of the rainy season and practiced the absorption on compassion. 
;;;“sutaṁ kho pana metaṁ brāhmaṇānaṁ vuddhānaṁ mahallakānaṁ ācariyapācariyānaṁ bhāsamānānaṁ: 
;;;“I have heard that brahmins of the past said that 
;;;‘yo vassike cattāro māse paṭisallīyati, karuṇaṁ jhānaṁ jhāyati, so brahmānaṁ passati, brahmunā sākaccheti brahmunā sallapati brahmunā mantetī’ti. 
;;;whoever goes on retreat for the four months of the rainy season and practices the absorption on compassion sees the Divinity and discusses with him. 
;;;Na kho panāhaṁ brahmānaṁ passāmi, na brahmunā sākacchemi na brahmunā sallapāmi na brahmunā mantemī”ti. 
;;;But I neither see the Divinity nor discuss with him.” 
;;;madhusākañca brahmuno; 
;;;foot-salve, and sweet cakes. 
;;;Ekodibhūto karuṇedhimutto; 
;;;at one, compassionate, 
;;;Kenāvaṭā vāti pajā kurutu, 
;;;wrapped in what do people stink, 
;;;“Alaṁ, bho, mamapimā cattārīsā bhariyā sādisiyo. 
;;;“Enough, sirs. I already have forty equal wives. 
;;;Gamanīyo samparāyo, mantāyaṁ boddhabbaṁ, kattabbaṁ kusalaṁ, caritabbaṁ brahmacariyaṁ, natthi jātassa amaraṇaṁ. 
;;;We are heading to the next life. We must be thoughtful and wake up! We must do what’s good and lead the spiritual life, for no-one born can escape death. 
;;;“Tena hi bhavaṁ govindo sattāhaṁ āgametu, yāva mayaṁ sake puttabhātaro rajjena anusāsissāma, sattāhassa accayena mayampi agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajissāma, atha yā te gati, sā no gati bhavissatī”ti. 
;;;“Well then, sir, please wait for a week, so that we can instruct our sons and brothers in kingship. When a week has passed, we shall go forth. Your destiny shall be ours.” 
;;;Ye kho pana, bho, tena samayena mahāgovindassa brāhmaṇassa sāvakā sabbenasabbaṁ sāsanaṁ ājāniṁsu. 
;;;Those of his disciples who completely understood the Great Steward’s instructions, 
;;;

>En 

Sabbeva tuṇhībhūtā pañjalikā pallaṅkena nisīdanti: ;;;They all sit silently on their couches with their joined palms raised, thinking, 
;;;‘yassadāni devassa pallaṅkaṁ icchissati brahmā sanaṅkumāro, tassa devassa pallaṅke nisīdissatī’ti. 
;;;‘Now the divinity Sanaṅkumāra will sit on the couch of whatever god he chooses.’ 
;;;Yassa kho pana, bhante, devassa brahmā sanaṅkumāro pallaṅke nisīdati, uḷāraṁ so labhati devo vedapaṭilābhaṁ, uḷāraṁ so labhati devo somanassapaṭilābhaṁ. 
;;;And the god on whose couch the Divinity sits is overjoyed and brimming with happiness, 
;;;evameva kho, bhante, yassa devassa brahmā sanaṅkumāro pallaṅke nisīdati, uḷāraṁ so labhati devo vedapaṭilābhaṁ, uḷāraṁ so labhati devo somanassapaṭilābhaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;So vehāsaṁ abbhuggantvā ākāse antalikkhe pallaṅkena nisīdi. 
;;;Rising into the air, he sat cross-legged in the sky, 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhante, balavā puriso supaccatthate vā pallaṅke same vā bhūmibhāge pallaṅkena nisīdeyya; 
;;;like a strong man might sit cross-legged on a well-appointed couch or on level ground. 
;;;evameva kho, bhante, brahmā sanaṅkumāro vehāsaṁ abbhuggantvā ākāse antalikkhe pallaṅkena nisīditvā deve tāvatiṁse āmantesi: 
;;;There he addressed the gods of the thirty-three: 
;;;“disampati kho, bho, rājā jiṇṇo vuddho mahallako addhagato vayoanuppatto, ko nu kho pana, bho, jānāti jīvitaṁ? 
;;;“King Disampati is old, elderly and senior, advanced in years, and has reached the final stage of life. Who knows how long he has to live? 
;;;Disampati kho, bho, rājā jiṇṇo vuddho mahallako addhagato vayoanuppatto, ko nu kho pana, bho, jānāti jīvitaṁ? 
;;;King Disampati is old, elderly and senior, advanced in years, and has reached the final stage of life. Who knows how long he has to live? 
;;;Disampati kho, bho, rājā jiṇṇo vuddho mahallako addhagato vayoanuppatto, ko nu kho pana bho jānāti jīvitaṁ? 
;;; 
;;;“Ko nu kho, bho, añño mama vijite sukho bhavetha, aññatra bhavantebhi? 
;;;The prince replied, “Who else, sirs, in my realm ought to prosper if not you? 
;;;“Sarāmahaṁ, bho, taṁ vacanaṁ. 
;;;“I remember, sirs. 
;;;Dantapuraṁ kaliṅgānaṁ, 
;;;Dantapura for the Kaliṅgas; 
;;;Mahesayaṁ avantīnaṁ, 
;;;Māhissatī for the Avantis; 
;;;Atha kho, bho, mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo satta ca rājāno khattiye muddhāvasitte rajje anusāsi, satta ca brāhmaṇamahāsāle satta ca nhātakasatāni mante vācesi. 
;;;Then the Great Steward managed the realms of the seven kings. And he taught seven well-to-do brahmins, and seven hundred bathed initiates to recite the hymns. 
;;;“sakkhi mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo brahmānaṁ passati, sakkhi mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo brahmunā sākaccheti sallapati mantetī”ti. 
;;;“The Great Steward sees the Divinity in person! The Great Steward discusses, converses, and consults with the Divinity in person!” 
;;;‘sakkhi mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo brahmānaṁ passati, sakkhi mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo brahmunā sākaccheti sallapati mantetī’ti. 
;;;of seeing the Divinity in person, and discussing with him in person. 
;;;Na kho panāhaṁ brahmānaṁ passāmi, na brahmunā sākacchemi, na brahmunā sallapāmi, na brahmunā mantemi. 
;;;But I don’t. 
;;;Sutaṁ kho pana metaṁ brāhmaṇānaṁ vuddhānaṁ mahallakānaṁ ācariyapācariyānaṁ bhāsamānānaṁ: 
;;;I have heard that brahmins of the past who were elderly and senior, the tutors of tutors, said: 
;;;‘yo vassike cattāro māse paṭisallīyati, karuṇaṁ jhānaṁ jhāyati, so brahmānaṁ passati brahmunā sākaccheti brahmunā sallapati brahmunā mantetī’ti. 
;;;‘Whoever goes on retreat for the four months of the rainy season and practices the absorption on compassion sees the Divinity and discusses with him.’ 
;;;Yannūnāhaṁ vassike cattāro māse paṭisallīyeyyaṁ, karuṇaṁ jhānaṁ jhāyeyyan”ti. 
;;;Why don’t I do that?” 
;;;‘sakkhi mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo brahmānaṁ passati, sakkhi mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo brahmunā sākaccheti sallapati mantetī’ti. 
;;; 
;;;Na kho panāhaṁ, bho, brahmānaṁ passāmi, na brahmunā sākacchemi, na brahmunā sallapāmi, na brahmunā mantemi. 
;;; 
;;;Sutaṁ kho pana metaṁ brāhmaṇānaṁ vuddhānaṁ mahallakānaṁ ācariyapācariyānaṁ bhāsamānānaṁ: 
;;; 
;;;‘yo vassike cattāro māse paṭisallīyati, karuṇaṁ jhānaṁ jhāyati, so brahmānaṁ passati, brahmunā sākaccheti brahmunā sallapati brahmunā mantetī’ti. 
;;; 
;;;Icchāmahaṁ, bho, vassike cattāro māse paṭisallīyituṁ, karuṇaṁ jhānaṁ jhāyituṁ; 
;;;“Sir, I wish to go on retreat for the four months of the rainy season and practice the absorption on compassion. 
;;;‘sakkhi mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo brahmānaṁ passati, sakkhi mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo brahmunā sākaccheti sallapati mantetī’ti. 
;;; 
;;;Na kho panāhaṁ, bho, brahmānaṁ passāmi, na brahmunā sākacchemi, na brahmunā sallapāmi, na brahmunā mantemi. 
;;; 
;;;Sutaṁ kho pana metaṁ brāhmaṇānaṁ vuddhānaṁ mahallakānaṁ ācariyapācariyānaṁ bhāsamānānaṁ, 
;;; 
;;;‘yo vassike cattāro māse paṭisallīyati, karuṇaṁ jhānaṁ jhāyati, so brahmānaṁ passati brahmunā sākaccheti brahmunā sallapati brahmunā mantetī’ti. 
;;; 
;;;Icchāmahaṁ, bho, vassike cattāro māse paṭisallīyituṁ, karuṇaṁ jhānaṁ jhāyituṁ; 
;;; 
;;;‘sakkhi mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo brahmānaṁ passati, sakkhi mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo brahmunā sākaccheti sallapati mantetī’ti. 
;;; 
;;;Na kho panāhaṁ, bho, brahmānaṁ passāmi, na brahmunā sākacchemi, na brahmunā sallapāmi, na brahmunā mantemi. 
;;; 
;;;Sutaṁ kho pana metaṁ brāhmaṇānaṁ vuddhānaṁ mahallakānaṁ ācariyapācariyānaṁ bhāsamānānaṁ: 
;;; 
;;;‘yo vassike cattāro māse paṭisallīyati, karuṇaṁ jhānaṁ jhāyati, so brahmānaṁ passati, brahmunā sākaccheti, brahmunā sallapati, brahmunā mantetī’ti. 
;;; 
;;;icchāmahaṁ, bho, vassike cattāro māse paṭisallīyituṁ, karuṇaṁ jhānaṁ jhāyituṁ; 
;;; 
;;;‘sakkhi mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo brahmānaṁ passati, sakkhi mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo brahmunā sākaccheti sallapati mantetī’ti. 
;;; 
;;;Na kho panāhaṁ, bhotī, brahmānaṁ passāmi, na brahmunā sākacchemi, na brahmunā sallapāmi, na brahmunā mantemi. 
;;; 
;;;Sutaṁ kho pana metaṁ brāhmaṇānaṁ vuddhānaṁ mahallakānaṁ ācariyapācariyānaṁ bhāsamānānaṁ 
;;; 
;;;‘yo vassike cattāro māse paṭisallīyati, karuṇaṁ jhānaṁ jhāyati, so brahmānaṁ passati, brahmunā sākaccheti, brahmunā sallapati, brahmunā mantetī’ti, 
;;; 
;;;icchāmahaṁ, bhotī, vassike cattāro māse paṭisallīyituṁ, karuṇaṁ jhānaṁ jhāyituṁ; 
;;; 
;;;Atha kho, bho, mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo puratthimena nagarassa navaṁ sandhāgāraṁ kārāpetvā vassike cattāro māse paṭisallīyi, karuṇaṁ jhānaṁ jhāyi; 
;;;Then the Great Steward had a new ceremonial hall built to the east of his citadel, where he went on retreat for the four months of the rainy season and practiced the absorption on compassion. 
;;;“sutaṁ kho pana metaṁ brāhmaṇānaṁ vuddhānaṁ mahallakānaṁ ācariyapācariyānaṁ bhāsamānānaṁ: 
;;;“I have heard that brahmins of the past said that 
;;;‘yo vassike cattāro māse paṭisallīyati, karuṇaṁ jhānaṁ jhāyati, so brahmānaṁ passati, brahmunā sākaccheti brahmunā sallapati brahmunā mantetī’ti. 
;;;whoever goes on retreat for the four months of the rainy season and practices the absorption on compassion sees the Divinity and discusses with him. 
;;;Na kho panāhaṁ brahmānaṁ passāmi, na brahmunā sākacchemi na brahmunā sallapāmi na brahmunā mantemī”ti. 
;;;But I neither see the Divinity nor discuss with him.” 
;;;madhusākañca brahmuno; 
;;;foot-salve, and sweet cakes. 
;;;Ekodibhūto karuṇedhimutto; 
;;;at one, compassionate, 
;;;Kenāvaṭā vāti pajā kurutu, 
;;;wrapped in what do people stink, 
;;;“Alaṁ, bho, mamapimā cattārīsā bhariyā sādisiyo. 
;;;“Enough, sirs. I already have forty equal wives. 
;;;Gamanīyo samparāyo, mantāyaṁ boddhabbaṁ, kattabbaṁ kusalaṁ, caritabbaṁ brahmacariyaṁ, natthi jātassa amaraṇaṁ. 
;;;We are heading to the next life. We must be thoughtful and wake up! We must do what’s good and lead the spiritual life, for no-one born can escape death. 
;;;“Tena hi bhavaṁ govindo sattāhaṁ āgametu, yāva mayaṁ sake puttabhātaro rajjena anusāsissāma, sattāhassa accayena mayampi agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajissāma, atha yā te gati, sā no gati bhavissatī”ti. 
;;;“Well then, sir, please wait for a week, so that we can instruct our sons and brothers in kingship. When a week has passed, we shall go forth. Your destiny shall be ours.” 
;;;Ye kho pana, bho, tena samayena mahāgovindassa brāhmaṇassa sāvakā sabbenasabbaṁ sāsanaṁ ājāniṁsu. 
;;;Those of his disciples who completely understood the Great Steward’s instructions, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho catunnaṁ suddhāvāsakāyikānaṁ devatānaṁ etadahosi: ;;;Then four deities of the Pure Abodes, aware of what was happening, thought: 
;;;Yannūna mayampi yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkameyyāma; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato santike paccekaṁ gāthaṁ bhāseyyāmā”ti. 
;;;“Why don’t we go to the Buddha and each recite a verse in his presence?” 
;;;Cittamattano ujukaṁ akaṁsu; 
;;;they’ve straightened their own minds. 
;;;Indakhīlaṁ ūhacca manejā; 
;;;unstirred, they tore out the boundary post. 
;;;Yepi te, bhikkhave, ahesuṁ atītamaddhānaṁ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, tesampi bhagavantānaṁ etapparamāyeva devatā sannipatitā ahesuṁ seyyathāpi mayhaṁ etarahi. 
;;;The Buddhas of the past had, and the Buddhas of the future will have, gatherings of deities that are at most like the gathering for me now. 
;;;Puthūsīhāva sallīnā, 
;;;dwell many like lonely lions, 
;;;vavatthitvāna cakkhumā; 
;;;and distinguished by the Clear-eyed One. 
;;;virūḷho taṁ pasāsati; 
;;;the southern quarter. 
;;;Daddallamānā aṭṭhaṁsu, 
;;;stood there dazzling 
;;;āguṁ vañcanikā saṭhā; 
;;;so treacherous and crafty— 
;;;Māyā kuṭeṇḍu viṭeṇḍu, 
;;;the deceivers Kuṭeṇḍu, Viṭeṇḍu, 
;;;viṭucca viṭuṭo saha. 
;;;with Viṭucca and Viṭuṭa. 
;;;kinnighaṇḍu nighaṇḍu ca; 
;;;Kinnughaṇḍu and Nighaṇḍu, 
;;;naḷorājā janesabho; 
;;;and the kings Nala and Janesabha. 
;;;timbarū sūriyavacchasā. 
;;;Timbaru and Suriyavaccasā. 
;;;Kālakañcā mahābhismā, 
;;;There’s the terrifying Kālakañjas, 
;;;Sannayhitvā balisenaṁ, 
;;;Bali’s army armed themselves 
;;;Varuṇā vāraṇā devā, 
;;;The gods of Varuṇa and Varuṇa’s offsping, 
;;;Veṇḍudevā sahali ca, 
;;;The Vishnu and Sahalī gods, 
;;;Sukkā karambhā aruṇā, 
;;;The gods of Venus, the newborn Sun, and the Dawn 
;;;Nāmanvayena āgacchuṁ, 
;;;They came organized by name, 
;;;sainde deve sabrahmake; 
;;;the gods with their Lord, and the divinities— 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho catunnaṁ suddhāvāsakāyikānaṁ devatānaṁ etadahosi: ;;;Then four deities of the Pure Abodes, aware of what was happening, thought: 
;;;Yannūna mayampi yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkameyyāma; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato santike paccekaṁ gāthaṁ bhāseyyāmā”ti. 
;;;“Why don’t we go to the Buddha and each recite a verse in his presence?” 
;;;Cittamattano ujukaṁ akaṁsu; 
;;;they’ve straightened their own minds. 
;;;Indakhīlaṁ ūhacca manejā; 
;;;unstirred, they tore out the boundary post. 
;;;Yepi te, bhikkhave, ahesuṁ atītamaddhānaṁ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, tesampi bhagavantānaṁ etapparamāyeva devatā sannipatitā ahesuṁ seyyathāpi mayhaṁ etarahi. 
;;;The Buddhas of the past had, and the Buddhas of the future will have, gatherings of deities that are at most like the gathering for me now. 
;;;Puthūsīhāva sallīnā, 
;;;dwell many like lonely lions, 
;;;vavatthitvāna cakkhumā; 
;;;and distinguished by the Clear-eyed One. 
;;;virūḷho taṁ pasāsati; 
;;;the southern quarter. 
;;;Daddallamānā aṭṭhaṁsu, 
;;;stood there dazzling 
;;;āguṁ vañcanikā saṭhā; 
;;;so treacherous and crafty— 
;;;Māyā kuṭeṇḍu viṭeṇḍu, 
;;;the deceivers Kuṭeṇḍu, Viṭeṇḍu, 
;;;viṭucca viṭuṭo saha. 
;;;with Viṭucca and Viṭuṭa. 
;;;kinnighaṇḍu nighaṇḍu ca; 
;;;Kinnughaṇḍu and Nighaṇḍu, 
;;;naḷorājā janesabho; 
;;;and the kings Nala and Janesabha. 
;;;timbarū sūriyavacchasā. 
;;;Timbaru and Suriyavaccasā. 
;;;Kālakañcā mahābhismā, 
;;;There’s the terrifying Kālakañjas, 
;;;Sannayhitvā balisenaṁ, 
;;;Bali’s army armed themselves 
;;;Varuṇā vāraṇā devā, 
;;;The gods of Varuṇa and Varuṇa’s offsping, 
;;;Veṇḍudevā sahali ca, 
;;;The Vishnu and Sahalī gods, 
;;;Sukkā karambhā aruṇā, 
;;;The gods of Venus, the newborn Sun, and the Dawn 
;;;Nāmanvayena āgacchuṁ, 
;;;They came organized by name, 
;;;sainde deve sabrahmake; 
;;;the gods with their Lord, and the divinities— 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“ādittassu nāmajja vediyako pabbato jhāyatisu nāmajja vediyako pabbato jalatisu. Nāmajja vediyako pabbato. ;;;“Mount Vediyaka must be on fire today, blazing and burning! 
;;;“durupasaṅkamā kho, tāta pañcasikha, tathāgatā mādisena, jhāyī jhānaratā, tadantaraṁ paṭisallīnā. 
;;;“My dear Pañcasikha, it is hard for one like me to get near the Realized Ones while they are on retreat practicing absorption, enjoying absorption. 
;;;Amataṁ muni jigīsāno, 
;;;the sage seeking the state free of death— 
;;;na ca pana te, pañcasikha, tantissaro gītassaraṁ ativattati, gītassaro ca tantissaraṁ. 
;;;so that neither overpowers the other. 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena indasālaguhā visamā santī samā samapādi, sambādhā santī urundā samapādi, andhakāro guhāyaṁ antaradhāyi, āloko udapādi yathā taṁ devānaṁ devānubhāvena. 
;;;And at that time the uneven places were evened out, the cramped places were opened up, the darkness vanished in the cave and light appeared, as happens through the glory of the gods. 
;;;“Cirapaṭikāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ dassanāya upasaṅkamitukāmo; api ca devānaṁ tāvatiṁsānaṁ kehici kehici kiccakaraṇīyehi byāvaṭo; evāhaṁ nāsakkhiṁ bhagavantaṁ dassanāya upasaṅkamituṁ. 
;;;“For a long time I’ve wanted to come and see the Buddha, but I wasn’t able, being prevented by my many duties and responsibilities for the gods of the thirty-three. 
;;;Tena kho pana, bhante, samayena bhagavā aññatarena samādhinā nisinno hoti, bhūjati ca nāma vessavaṇassa mahārājassa paricārikā bhagavantaṁ paccupaṭṭhitā hoti, pañjalikā namassamānā tiṭṭhati. 
;;;But at that time the Buddha was sitting immersed in some kind of meditation. And a divine maiden of Great King Vessavaṇa named Bhūjati was attending on the Buddha, standing there paying homage to him with joined palms. 
;;;paṭisallīno bhagavā’ti. 
;;;as he’s in retreat.’ 
;;;Api cāhaṁ āyasmato nemisaddena tamhā samādhimhā vuṭṭhito”ti. 
;;;I also remember that it was the sound of your chariot wheels that pulled me out of that immersion.” 
;;;Sā itthittaṁ virājetvā purisattaṁ bhāvetvā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā. 
;;;Losing her attachment to femininity, she developed masculinity. When her body broke up, after death, she was reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm. 
;;;‘kutomukhā nāma tumhe, mārisā, tassa bhagavato dhammaṁ assuttha— 
;;;‘Where on earth were you at, good sirs, when you heard the Buddha’s teaching! 
;;;Buddhassa dhammāni paṭiggahesuṁ. 
;;;when they learned the Buddha’s teachings? 
;;;‘Handa viyāyāma byāyāma, 
;;;“Let’s strive, let’s try hard— 
;;;Nāgova sannāni guṇāni chetvā, 
;;;they burst them like a bull elephant his ropes, 
;;;Tiṇṇaṁ tesaṁ āvasinettha eko, 
;;;Of the three, there is one who remains 
;;;visesaṁ ajjhagaṁsu te; 
;;;they understood the teaching here; 
;;;“dīgharattaṁ visuddho kho ayaṁ yakkho, yaṁ kiñci maṁ pañhaṁ pucchissati, sabbaṁ taṁ atthasañhitaṁyeva pucchissati, no anatthasañhitaṁ. 
;;;“For a long time now this spirit has led a pure life. Any question he asks me will be beneficial, not unbeneficial. 
;;;Itiha sakko devānamindo bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā bhagavantaṁ uttari pañhaṁ apucchi: 
;;;And then, having approved and agreed with what the Buddha said, Sakka asked another question: 
;;;“Ejā, bhante, rogo, ejā gaṇḍo, ejā sallaṁ, ejā imaṁ purisaṁ parikaḍḍhati tassa tasseva bhavassa abhinibbattiyā. 
;;;“Turbulence, sir, is a disease, a boil, a dart. Turbulence drags a person to be reborn in life after life. 
;;;Dīgharattānusayitañca pana me vicikicchākathaṅkathāsallaṁ, tañca bhagavatā abbuḷhan”ti. 
;;;The dart of doubt and uncertainty has lain within me for a long time, but the Buddha has plucked it out.” 
;;;“Yesvāhaṁ, bhante, maññāmi samaṇabrāhmaṇā āraññikā pantasenāsanāti, tyāhaṁ upasaṅkamitvā ime pañhe pucchāmi, te mayā puṭṭhā na sampāyanti, asampāyantā mamaṁyeva paṭipucchanti: 
;;;“Sir, I approached those who I imagined were ascetics and brahmins living in the wilderness, in remote lodgings. But they were stumped by my question, and they even questioned me in return: 
;;;‘yā ceva dāni dibbā ojā yā ca asurā ojā, ubhayametaṁ devā paribhuñjissantī’ti. 
;;;‘Now the gods shall enjoy both the nectar of the gods and the nectar of the titans.’ 
;;;Svāhaṁ amūḷhapaññassa, 
;;;Living happily under the guidance 
;;;Iti puṭṭhā na sampāyanti, 
;;;But they were stumped by such questions 
;;;sambuddhaṁ payirupāsiya. 
;;;I pay homage to the awakened one. 
;;;Taṇhāsallassa hantāraṁ, 
;;;Destroyer of the dart of craving, 
;;;Tadajja tuyhaṁ kassāma, 
;;;today we shall revere you— 
;;;Tvameva asi sambuddho, 
;;;You alone are the Awakened! 
;;;

>En 

“ādittassu nāmajja vediyako pabbato jhāyatisu nāmajja vediyako pabbato jalatisu. Nāmajja vediyako pabbato. ;;;“Mount Vediyaka must be on fire today, blazing and burning! 
;;;“durupasaṅkamā kho, tāta pañcasikha, tathāgatā mādisena, jhāyī jhānaratā, tadantaraṁ paṭisallīnā. 
;;;“My dear Pañcasikha, it is hard for one like me to get near the Realized Ones while they are on retreat practicing absorption, enjoying absorption. 
;;;Amataṁ muni jigīsāno, 
;;;the sage seeking the state free of death— 
;;;na ca pana te, pañcasikha, tantissaro gītassaraṁ ativattati, gītassaro ca tantissaraṁ. 
;;;so that neither overpowers the other. 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena indasālaguhā visamā santī samā samapādi, sambādhā santī urundā samapādi, andhakāro guhāyaṁ antaradhāyi, āloko udapādi yathā taṁ devānaṁ devānubhāvena. 
;;;And at that time the uneven places were evened out, the cramped places were opened up, the darkness vanished in the cave and light appeared, as happens through the glory of the gods. 
;;;“Cirapaṭikāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ dassanāya upasaṅkamitukāmo; api ca devānaṁ tāvatiṁsānaṁ kehici kehici kiccakaraṇīyehi byāvaṭo; evāhaṁ nāsakkhiṁ bhagavantaṁ dassanāya upasaṅkamituṁ. 
;;;“For a long time I’ve wanted to come and see the Buddha, but I wasn’t able, being prevented by my many duties and responsibilities for the gods of the thirty-three. 
;;;Tena kho pana, bhante, samayena bhagavā aññatarena samādhinā nisinno hoti, bhūjati ca nāma vessavaṇassa mahārājassa paricārikā bhagavantaṁ paccupaṭṭhitā hoti, pañjalikā namassamānā tiṭṭhati. 
;;;But at that time the Buddha was sitting immersed in some kind of meditation. And a divine maiden of Great King Vessavaṇa named Bhūjati was attending on the Buddha, standing there paying homage to him with joined palms. 
;;;paṭisallīno bhagavā’ti. 
;;;as he’s in retreat.’ 
;;;Api cāhaṁ āyasmato nemisaddena tamhā samādhimhā vuṭṭhito”ti. 
;;;I also remember that it was the sound of your chariot wheels that pulled me out of that immersion.” 
;;;Sā itthittaṁ virājetvā purisattaṁ bhāvetvā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā. 
;;;Losing her attachment to femininity, she developed masculinity. When her body broke up, after death, she was reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm. 
;;;‘kutomukhā nāma tumhe, mārisā, tassa bhagavato dhammaṁ assuttha— 
;;;‘Where on earth were you at, good sirs, when you heard the Buddha’s teaching! 
;;;Buddhassa dhammāni paṭiggahesuṁ. 
;;;when they learned the Buddha’s teachings? 
;;;‘Handa viyāyāma byāyāma, 
;;;“Let’s strive, let’s try hard— 
;;;Nāgova sannāni guṇāni chetvā, 
;;;they burst them like a bull elephant his ropes, 
;;;Tiṇṇaṁ tesaṁ āvasinettha eko, 
;;;Of the three, there is one who remains 
;;;visesaṁ ajjhagaṁsu te; 
;;;they understood the teaching here; 
;;;“dīgharattaṁ visuddho kho ayaṁ yakkho, yaṁ kiñci maṁ pañhaṁ pucchissati, sabbaṁ taṁ atthasañhitaṁyeva pucchissati, no anatthasañhitaṁ. 
;;;“For a long time now this spirit has led a pure life. Any question he asks me will be beneficial, not unbeneficial. 
;;;Itiha sakko devānamindo bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā bhagavantaṁ uttari pañhaṁ apucchi: 
;;;And then, having approved and agreed with what the Buddha said, Sakka asked another question: 
;;;“Ejā, bhante, rogo, ejā gaṇḍo, ejā sallaṁ, ejā imaṁ purisaṁ parikaḍḍhati tassa tasseva bhavassa abhinibbattiyā. 
;;;“Turbulence, sir, is a disease, a boil, a dart. Turbulence drags a person to be reborn in life after life. 
;;;Dīgharattānusayitañca pana me vicikicchākathaṅkathāsallaṁ, tañca bhagavatā abbuḷhan”ti. 
;;;The dart of doubt and uncertainty has lain within me for a long time, but the Buddha has plucked it out.” 
;;;“Yesvāhaṁ, bhante, maññāmi samaṇabrāhmaṇā āraññikā pantasenāsanāti, tyāhaṁ upasaṅkamitvā ime pañhe pucchāmi, te mayā puṭṭhā na sampāyanti, asampāyantā mamaṁyeva paṭipucchanti: 
;;;“Sir, I approached those who I imagined were ascetics and brahmins living in the wilderness, in remote lodgings. But they were stumped by my question, and they even questioned me in return: 
;;;‘yā ceva dāni dibbā ojā yā ca asurā ojā, ubhayametaṁ devā paribhuñjissantī’ti. 
;;;‘Now the gods shall enjoy both the nectar of the gods and the nectar of the titans.’ 
;;;Svāhaṁ amūḷhapaññassa, 
;;;Living happily under the guidance 
;;;Iti puṭṭhā na sampāyanti, 
;;;But they were stumped by such questions 
;;;sambuddhaṁ payirupāsiya. 
;;;I pay homage to the awakened one. 
;;;Taṇhāsallassa hantāraṁ, 
;;;Destroyer of the dart of craving, 
;;;Tadajja tuyhaṁ kassāma, 
;;;today we shall revere you— 
;;;Tvameva asi sambuddho, 
;;;You alone are the Awakened! 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Bhaddante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ. ;;;“Venerable sir,” they replied. 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;It’s when a mendicant—gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut—sits down cross-legged, sets their body straight, and establishes mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;Evampi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati. 
;;;That’s how a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, ubhatomukhā putoḷi pūrā nānāvihitassa dhaññassa, seyyathidaṁ—sālīnaṁ vīhīnaṁ muggānaṁ māsānaṁ tilānaṁ taṇḍulānaṁ. Tamenaṁ cakkhumā puriso muñcitvā paccavekkheyya: ‘ime sālī, ime vīhī ime muggā ime māsā ime tilā ime taṇḍulā’ti. 
;;;It’s as if there were a bag with openings at both ends, filled with various kinds of grains, such as fine rice, wheat, mung beans, peas, sesame, and ordinary rice. And someone with clear eyes were to open it and examine the contents: ‘These grains are fine rice, these are wheat, these are mung beans, these are peas, these are sesame, and these are ordinary rice.’ 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu seyyathāpi passeyya sarīraṁ sivathikāya chaḍḍitaṁ kākehi vā khajjamānaṁ kulalehi vā khajjamānaṁ gijjhehi vā khajjamānaṁ kaṅkehi vā khajjamānaṁ sunakhehi vā khajjamānaṁ byagghehi vā khajjamānaṁ dīpīhi vā khajjamānaṁ siṅgālehi vā khajjamānaṁ vividhehi vā pāṇakajātehi khajjamānaṁ. 
;;;Furthermore, suppose they were to see a corpse discarded in a charnel ground being devoured by crows, hawks, vultures, herons, dogs, tigers, leopards, jackals, and many kinds of little creatures. 
;;;Aṭṭhikāni apagatasambandhāni disā vidisā vikkhittāni, aññena hatthaṭṭhikaṁ aññena pādaṭṭhikaṁ aññena gopphakaṭṭhikaṁ aññena jaṅghaṭṭhikaṁ aññena ūruṭṭhikaṁ aññena kaṭiṭṭhikaṁ aññena phāsukaṭṭhikaṁ aññena piṭṭhiṭṭhikaṁ aññena khandhaṭṭhikaṁ aññena gīvaṭṭhikaṁ aññena hanukaṭṭhikaṁ aññena dantaṭṭhikaṁ aññena sīsakaṭāhaṁ. 
;;;Bones rid of sinews, scattered in every direction. Here a hand-bone, there a foot-bone, here an ankle bone, there a shin-bone, here a thigh-bone, there a hip-bone, here a rib-bone, there a back-bone, here an arm-bone, there a neck-bone, here a jaw-bone, there a tooth, here the skull. … 
;;;Yaṁ tesaṁ tesaṁ sattānaṁ tamhā tamhā sattanikāyā cuti cavanatā bhedo antaradhānaṁ maccu maraṇaṁ kālakiriyā khandhānaṁ bhedo kaḷevarassa nikkhepo jīvitindriyassupacchedo, 
;;;The passing away, passing on, disintegration, demise, mortality, death, decease, breaking up of the aggregates, laying to rest of the corpse, and cutting off of the life faculty of the various sentient beings in the various orders of sentient beings. 
;;;Katamañca, bhikkhave, dukkhanirodhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ? 
;;;And what is the noble truth of the cessation of suffering? 
;;;

>En 

“Bhaddante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ. ;;;“Venerable sir,” they replied. 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;It’s when a mendicant—gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut—sits down cross-legged, sets their body straight, and establishes mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;Evampi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati. 
;;;That’s how a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, ubhatomukhā putoḷi pūrā nānāvihitassa dhaññassa, seyyathidaṁ—sālīnaṁ vīhīnaṁ muggānaṁ māsānaṁ tilānaṁ taṇḍulānaṁ. Tamenaṁ cakkhumā puriso muñcitvā paccavekkheyya: ‘ime sālī, ime vīhī ime muggā ime māsā ime tilā ime taṇḍulā’ti. 
;;;It’s as if there were a bag with openings at both ends, filled with various kinds of grains, such as fine rice, wheat, mung beans, peas, sesame, and ordinary rice. And someone with clear eyes were to open it and examine the contents: ‘These grains are fine rice, these are wheat, these are mung beans, these are peas, these are sesame, and these are ordinary rice.’ 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu seyyathāpi passeyya sarīraṁ sivathikāya chaḍḍitaṁ kākehi vā khajjamānaṁ kulalehi vā khajjamānaṁ gijjhehi vā khajjamānaṁ kaṅkehi vā khajjamānaṁ sunakhehi vā khajjamānaṁ byagghehi vā khajjamānaṁ dīpīhi vā khajjamānaṁ siṅgālehi vā khajjamānaṁ vividhehi vā pāṇakajātehi khajjamānaṁ. 
;;;Furthermore, suppose they were to see a corpse discarded in a charnel ground being devoured by crows, hawks, vultures, herons, dogs, tigers, leopards, jackals, and many kinds of little creatures. 
;;;Aṭṭhikāni apagatasambandhāni disā vidisā vikkhittāni, aññena hatthaṭṭhikaṁ aññena pādaṭṭhikaṁ aññena gopphakaṭṭhikaṁ aññena jaṅghaṭṭhikaṁ aññena ūruṭṭhikaṁ aññena kaṭiṭṭhikaṁ aññena phāsukaṭṭhikaṁ aññena piṭṭhiṭṭhikaṁ aññena khandhaṭṭhikaṁ aññena gīvaṭṭhikaṁ aññena hanukaṭṭhikaṁ aññena dantaṭṭhikaṁ aññena sīsakaṭāhaṁ. 
;;;Bones rid of sinews, scattered in every direction. Here a hand-bone, there a foot-bone, here an ankle bone, there a shin-bone, here a thigh-bone, there a hip-bone, here a rib-bone, there a back-bone, here an arm-bone, there a neck-bone, here a jaw-bone, there a tooth, here the skull. … 
;;;Yaṁ tesaṁ tesaṁ sattānaṁ tamhā tamhā sattanikāyā cuti cavanatā bhedo antaradhānaṁ maccu maraṇaṁ kālakiriyā khandhānaṁ bhedo kaḷevarassa nikkhepo jīvitindriyassupacchedo, 
;;;The passing away, passing on, disintegration, demise, mortality, death, decease, breaking up of the aggregates, laying to rest of the corpse, and cutting off of the life faculty of the various sentient beings in the various orders of sentient beings. 
;;;Katamañca, bhikkhave, dukkhanirodhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ? 
;;;And what is the noble truth of the cessation of suffering? 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tatra sudaṁ āyasmā kumārakassapo setabyāyaṁ viharati uttarena setabyaṁ siṁsapāvane. ;;;He stayed in the grove of Indian Rosewood to the north of Setavyā. 
;;;‘paṇḍito byatto medhāvī bahussuto cittakathī kalyāṇapaṭibhāno vuddho ceva arahā ca. 
;;;‘He is astute, competent, intelligent, learned, a brilliant speaker, eloquent, mature, a perfected one.’ 
;;;Atha kho setabyakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā setabyāya nikkhamitvā saṅghasaṅghī gaṇībhūtā uttarenamukhā gacchanti yena siṁsapāvanaṁ. 
;;;Then, having departed Setavyā, they formed into companies and headed north to the grove. 
;;;‘paṇḍito byatto medhāvī bahussuto cittakathī kalyāṇapaṭibhāno vuddho ceva arahā cā’ti. 
;;;‘He is astute, competent, intelligent, learned, a brilliant speaker, eloquent, mature, a perfected one.’ 
;;;‘tena hi, bho, imaṁ purisaṁ daḷhāya rajjuyā pacchābāhaṁ gāḷhabandhanaṁ bandhitvā khuramuṇḍaṁ karitvā kharassarena paṇavena rathikāya rathikaṁ siṅghāṭakena siṅghāṭakaṁ parinetvā dakkhiṇena dvārena nikkhamitvā dakkhiṇato nagarassa āghātane sīsaṁ chindathā’ti. 
;;;‘Well then, my men, tie this man’s arms tightly behind his back with a strong rope. Shave his head and march him from street to street and square to square to the beating of a harsh drum. Then take him out the south gate and there, at the place of execution to the south of the city, chop off his head.’ 
;;;Seyyathāpi, rājañña, puriso gūthakūpe sasīsakaṁ nimuggo assa. 
;;;Suppose there were a man sunk over his head in a sewer. 
;;;‘tena hi, bho, tassa purisassa kāyaṁ paṇḍumattikāya tikkhattuṁ subbaṭṭitaṁ ubbaṭṭethā’ti. 
;;;carefully scrub that man’s body down with pale clay three times, 
;;;Yaṁ kho pana, rājañña, mānussakaṁ vassasataṁ, devānaṁ tāvatiṁsānaṁ eso eko rattindivo, tāya rattiyā tiṁsarattiyo māso, tena māsena dvādasamāsiyo saṁvaccharo, tena saṁvaccharena dibbaṁ vassasahassaṁ devānaṁ tāvatiṁsānaṁ āyuppamāṇaṁ. 
;;;A hundred human years are equivalent to one day and night for the gods of the thirty-three. Thirty such days make a month, and twelve months make a year. The gods of the thirty-three have a lifespan of a thousand such years. 
;;;“Seyyathāpi, rājañña, jaccandho puriso na passeyya kaṇha—sukkāni rūpāni, na passeyya nīlakāni rūpāni, na passeyya pītakāni rūpāni, na passeyya lohitakāni rūpāni, na passeyya mañjiṭṭhakāni rūpāni, na passeyya samavisamaṁ, na passeyya tārakāni rūpāni, na passeyya candimasūriye. 
;;;“Chieftain, suppose there was a person blind from birth. They couldn’t see sights that are dark or bright, or blue, yellow, red, or magenta. They couldn’t see even and uneven ground, or the stars, or the moon and sun. 
;;;‘ito no matānaṁ seyyo bhavissatī’ti, tasmā ime bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā jīvitukāmā amaritukāmā sukhakāmā dukkhapaṭikūlā attānaṁ na mārenti. 
;;;things are going to be better for them after death. That’s why they are ethical, of good character, wanting to live and not wanting to die, wanting to be happy and recoiling from pain.’ 
;;;Atha kho so māṇavako mātusapattiṁ etadavoca: 
;;;So the youth said to his mother’s co-wife, 
;;;Pitu me, bhoti, dāyajjaṁ niyyādehī’ti. 
;;;Transfer to me my father’s inheritance.’ 
;;;sace kumārikā bhavissati, sāpi te opabhoggā bhavissatī’ti. 
;;;If it’s a girl, she will be your reward.’ 
;;;Atha kho sā brāhmaṇī satthaṁ gahetvā ovarakaṁ pavisitvā udaraṁ opādesi: 
;;;So the brahmin lady took a knife, went to her bedroom, and sliced open her belly, thinking, 
;;;‘tena hi, bho, imaṁ purisaṁ jīvantaṁyeva kumbhiyā pakkhipitvā mukhaṁ pidahitvā allena cammena onandhitvā allāya mattikāya bahalāvalepanaṁ karitvā uddhanaṁ āropetvā aggiṁ dethā’ti. 
;;;‘Well then, sirs, place this man in a pot while he’s still alive. Close up the mouth, bind it up with damp leather, and seal it with a thick coat of damp clay. Then lift it up on a stove and light the fire.’ 
;;;Te me ‘sādhū’ti paṭissutvā taṁ purisaṁ jīvantaṁyeva kumbhiyā pakkhipitvā mukhaṁ pidahitvā allena cammena onandhitvā allāya mattikāya bahalāvalepanaṁ karitvā uddhanaṁ āropetvā aggiṁ denti. 
;;;They agree, and do what I ask. 
;;;Yadā mayaṁ jānāma ‘kālaṅkato so puriso’ti, atha naṁ kumbhiṁ oropetvā ubbhinditvā mukhaṁ vivaritvā saṇikaṁ nillokema: 
;;;When we know that that man has passed away, we lift down the pot and break it open, uncover the mouth, and slowly peek inside, thinking, 
;;;“Rakkhanti taṁ tamhi samaye khujjāpi vāmanakāpi velāsikāpi komārikāpī”ti? 
;;;“At that time were you guarded by hunchbacks, dwarves, midgets, and younglings?” 
;;;‘yadā kira, bho, ayaṁ saṅkho nāma purisasahagato ca hoti vāyāmasahagato ca vāyusahagato ca, tadāyaṁ saṅkho saddaṁ karoti, yadā panāyaṁ saṅkho neva purisasahagato hoti na vāyāmasahagato na vāyusahagato, nāyaṁ saṅkho saddaṁ karotī’ti. 
;;;‘So, it seems, when what is called a horn is accompanied by a person, effort, and wind, it makes a sound. But when these things are absent it makes no sound.’ 
;;;Atha kho, rājañña, aññataro janapade sattho vuṭṭhāsi. 
;;;Then a caravan came out from a certain country. 
;;;Araṇisahitaṁ dvidhā phālesi, tidhā phālesi, catudhā phālesi, pañcadhā phālesi, dasadhā phālesi, satadhā phālesi, sakalikaṁ sakalikaṁ akāsi, sakalikaṁ sakalikaṁ karitvā udukkhale koṭṭesi, udukkhale koṭṭetvā mahāvāte opuni: 
;;;He split the bundle of drill-sticks into two, three, four, five, ten, or a hundred parts. He chopped them into splinters, pounded them in a mortar, and swept them away in a strong wind, thinking, 
;;;Dvīhatīhapayāto kho pana so sattho addasa purisaṁ kāḷaṁ lohitakkhaṁ sannaddhakalāpaṁ kumudamāliṁ allavatthaṁ allakesaṁ kaddamamakkhitehi cakkehi bhadrena rathena paṭipathaṁ āgacchantaṁ, disvā etadavoca: 
;;;After two or three days’ journey he saw a dark man with red eyes coming the other way in a donkey cart with muddy wheels. He was armored with a quiver and wreathed with yellow lotus, his clothes and hair all wet. Seeing him, he said, 
;;;Dvīhatīhapayāto kho pana so sattho addasa purisaṁ kāḷaṁ lohitakkhaṁ sannaddhakalāpaṁ kumudamāliṁ allavatthaṁ allakesaṁ kaddamamakkhitehi cakkehi bhadrena rathena paṭipathaṁ āgacchantaṁ, disvā etadavoca: 
;;;After two or three days’ journey he saw a dark man with red eyes coming the other way in a donkey cart with muddy wheels. He was armored with a quiver and wreathed with yellow lotus, his clothes and hair all wet. Seeing him, he said, 
;;;‘ayaṁ kho pahūto sukkhagūtho chaḍḍito, mama ca sūkarabhattaṁ; 
;;;‘This pile of dry dung can serve as food for my pigs. 
;;;So uttarāsaṅgaṁ pattharitvā pahūtaṁ sukkhagūthaṁ ākiritvā bhaṇḍikaṁ bandhitvā sīse ubbāhetvā agamāsi. 
;;;So he spread out his upper robe, shoveled the dry dung onto it, tied it up into a bundle, lifted it on to his head, and went on his way. 
;;;Gila re gila pāpadhuttaka, 
;;;Swallow, you damn cheat, swallow! 
;;;Pacchā te kaṭukaṁ bhavissatī’ti. 
;;;Soon you’ll know the bitter fruit!’ 
;;;Te yena so janapado, yena aññataraṁ gāmapaṭṭaṁ tenupasaṅkamiṁsu, tattha addasaṁsu pahūtaṁ sāṇaṁ chaḍḍitaṁ, disvā sahāyako sahāyakaṁ āmantesi: 
;;;They went to that country, and to a certain deserted village. There they saw a pile of abandoned sunn hemp. Seeing it, one friend said to the other, 
;;;pahūtaṁ ayaṁ chaḍḍitaṁ, disvā … 
;;;iron, 
;;;pahūtaṁ sajjhaṁ chaḍḍitaṁ, disvā … 
;;;silver, 
;;;Tena hi, samma, tvañca sāṇabhāraṁ chaḍḍehi, ahañca sajjhabhāraṁ chaḍḍessāmi, ubho suvaṇṇabhāraṁ ādāya gamissāmā’ti. 
;;;Well then, my friend, let’s abandon our bundles, and both take a bundle of gold and go on.’ 
;;;Api nu tāni bījāni vuddhiṁ virūḷhiṁ vepullaṁ āpajjeyyuṁ, kassako vā vipulaṁ phalaṁ adhigaccheyyā”ti? 
;;;Would those seeds grow, increase, and mature, and would the farmer get abundant fruit?” 
;;;“No hidaṁ, bho kassapa”. 
;;;“No, Mister Kassapa.” 
;;;Tasmiṁ kho pana dāne evarūpaṁ bhojanaṁ dīyati kaṇājakaṁ bilaṅgadutiyaṁ, dhorakāni ca vatthāni guḷavālakāni. 
;;;At that offering such food as rough gruel with pickles was given, and rough clothes with knotted fringes. 
;;;Atha kho pāyāsi rājañño asakkaccaṁ dānaṁ datvā asahatthā dānaṁ datvā acittīkataṁ dānaṁ datvā apaviddhaṁ dānaṁ datvā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā cātumahārājikānaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ upapajji suññaṁ serīsakaṁ vimānaṁ. 
;;;So the chieftain Pāyāsi gave gifts carelessly, thoughtlessly, not with his own hands, giving the dregs. When his body broke up, after death, he was reborn in company with the gods of the four great kings, in an empty palace of sirisa wood. 
;;;pāyāsi dasamaṁ bhave. 
;;;" 
;;;

>En 

Tatra sudaṁ āyasmā kumārakassapo setabyāyaṁ viharati uttarena setabyaṁ siṁsapāvane. ;;;He stayed in the grove of Indian Rosewood to the north of Setavyā. 
;;;‘paṇḍito byatto medhāvī bahussuto cittakathī kalyāṇapaṭibhāno vuddho ceva arahā ca. 
;;;‘He is astute, competent, intelligent, learned, a brilliant speaker, eloquent, mature, a perfected one.’ 
;;;Atha kho setabyakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā setabyāya nikkhamitvā saṅghasaṅghī gaṇībhūtā uttarenamukhā gacchanti yena siṁsapāvanaṁ. 
;;;Then, having departed Setavyā, they formed into companies and headed north to the grove. 
;;;‘paṇḍito byatto medhāvī bahussuto cittakathī kalyāṇapaṭibhāno vuddho ceva arahā cā’ti. 
;;;‘He is astute, competent, intelligent, learned, a brilliant speaker, eloquent, mature, a perfected one.’ 
;;;‘tena hi, bho, imaṁ purisaṁ daḷhāya rajjuyā pacchābāhaṁ gāḷhabandhanaṁ bandhitvā khuramuṇḍaṁ karitvā kharassarena paṇavena rathikāya rathikaṁ siṅghāṭakena siṅghāṭakaṁ parinetvā dakkhiṇena dvārena nikkhamitvā dakkhiṇato nagarassa āghātane sīsaṁ chindathā’ti. 
;;;‘Well then, my men, tie this man’s arms tightly behind his back with a strong rope. Shave his head and march him from street to street and square to square to the beating of a harsh drum. Then take him out the south gate and there, at the place of execution to the south of the city, chop off his head.’ 
;;;Seyyathāpi, rājañña, puriso gūthakūpe sasīsakaṁ nimuggo assa. 
;;;Suppose there were a man sunk over his head in a sewer. 
;;;‘tena hi, bho, tassa purisassa kāyaṁ paṇḍumattikāya tikkhattuṁ subbaṭṭitaṁ ubbaṭṭethā’ti. 
;;;carefully scrub that man’s body down with pale clay three times, 
;;;Yaṁ kho pana, rājañña, mānussakaṁ vassasataṁ, devānaṁ tāvatiṁsānaṁ eso eko rattindivo, tāya rattiyā tiṁsarattiyo māso, tena māsena dvādasamāsiyo saṁvaccharo, tena saṁvaccharena dibbaṁ vassasahassaṁ devānaṁ tāvatiṁsānaṁ āyuppamāṇaṁ. 
;;;A hundred human years are equivalent to one day and night for the gods of the thirty-three. Thirty such days make a month, and twelve months make a year. The gods of the thirty-three have a lifespan of a thousand such years. 
;;;“Seyyathāpi, rājañña, jaccandho puriso na passeyya kaṇha—sukkāni rūpāni, na passeyya nīlakāni rūpāni, na passeyya pītakāni rūpāni, na passeyya lohitakāni rūpāni, na passeyya mañjiṭṭhakāni rūpāni, na passeyya samavisamaṁ, na passeyya tārakāni rūpāni, na passeyya candimasūriye. 
;;;“Chieftain, suppose there was a person blind from birth. They couldn’t see sights that are dark or bright, or blue, yellow, red, or magenta. They couldn’t see even and uneven ground, or the stars, or the moon and sun. 
;;;‘ito no matānaṁ seyyo bhavissatī’ti, tasmā ime bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā jīvitukāmā amaritukāmā sukhakāmā dukkhapaṭikūlā attānaṁ na mārenti. 
;;;things are going to be better for them after death. That’s why they are ethical, of good character, wanting to live and not wanting to die, wanting to be happy and recoiling from pain.’ 
;;;Atha kho so māṇavako mātusapattiṁ etadavoca: 
;;;So the youth said to his mother’s co-wife, 
;;;Pitu me, bhoti, dāyajjaṁ niyyādehī’ti. 
;;;Transfer to me my father’s inheritance.’ 
;;;sace kumārikā bhavissati, sāpi te opabhoggā bhavissatī’ti. 
;;;If it’s a girl, she will be your reward.’ 
;;;Atha kho sā brāhmaṇī satthaṁ gahetvā ovarakaṁ pavisitvā udaraṁ opādesi: 
;;;So the brahmin lady took a knife, went to her bedroom, and sliced open her belly, thinking, 
;;;‘tena hi, bho, imaṁ purisaṁ jīvantaṁyeva kumbhiyā pakkhipitvā mukhaṁ pidahitvā allena cammena onandhitvā allāya mattikāya bahalāvalepanaṁ karitvā uddhanaṁ āropetvā aggiṁ dethā’ti. 
;;;‘Well then, sirs, place this man in a pot while he’s still alive. Close up the mouth, bind it up with damp leather, and seal it with a thick coat of damp clay. Then lift it up on a stove and light the fire.’ 
;;;Te me ‘sādhū’ti paṭissutvā taṁ purisaṁ jīvantaṁyeva kumbhiyā pakkhipitvā mukhaṁ pidahitvā allena cammena onandhitvā allāya mattikāya bahalāvalepanaṁ karitvā uddhanaṁ āropetvā aggiṁ denti. 
;;;They agree, and do what I ask. 
;;;Yadā mayaṁ jānāma ‘kālaṅkato so puriso’ti, atha naṁ kumbhiṁ oropetvā ubbhinditvā mukhaṁ vivaritvā saṇikaṁ nillokema: 
;;;When we know that that man has passed away, we lift down the pot and break it open, uncover the mouth, and slowly peek inside, thinking, 
;;;“Rakkhanti taṁ tamhi samaye khujjāpi vāmanakāpi velāsikāpi komārikāpī”ti? 
;;;“At that time were you guarded by hunchbacks, dwarves, midgets, and younglings?” 
;;;‘yadā kira, bho, ayaṁ saṅkho nāma purisasahagato ca hoti vāyāmasahagato ca vāyusahagato ca, tadāyaṁ saṅkho saddaṁ karoti, yadā panāyaṁ saṅkho neva purisasahagato hoti na vāyāmasahagato na vāyusahagato, nāyaṁ saṅkho saddaṁ karotī’ti. 
;;;‘So, it seems, when what is called a horn is accompanied by a person, effort, and wind, it makes a sound. But when these things are absent it makes no sound.’ 
;;;Atha kho, rājañña, aññataro janapade sattho vuṭṭhāsi. 
;;;Then a caravan came out from a certain country. 
;;;Araṇisahitaṁ dvidhā phālesi, tidhā phālesi, catudhā phālesi, pañcadhā phālesi, dasadhā phālesi, satadhā phālesi, sakalikaṁ sakalikaṁ akāsi, sakalikaṁ sakalikaṁ karitvā udukkhale koṭṭesi, udukkhale koṭṭetvā mahāvāte opuni: 
;;;He split the bundle of drill-sticks into two, three, four, five, ten, or a hundred parts. He chopped them into splinters, pounded them in a mortar, and swept them away in a strong wind, thinking, 
;;;Dvīhatīhapayāto kho pana so sattho addasa purisaṁ kāḷaṁ lohitakkhaṁ sannaddhakalāpaṁ kumudamāliṁ allavatthaṁ allakesaṁ kaddamamakkhitehi cakkehi bhadrena rathena paṭipathaṁ āgacchantaṁ, disvā etadavoca: 
;;;After two or three days’ journey he saw a dark man with red eyes coming the other way in a donkey cart with muddy wheels. He was armored with a quiver and wreathed with yellow lotus, his clothes and hair all wet. Seeing him, he said, 
;;;Dvīhatīhapayāto kho pana so sattho addasa purisaṁ kāḷaṁ lohitakkhaṁ sannaddhakalāpaṁ kumudamāliṁ allavatthaṁ allakesaṁ kaddamamakkhitehi cakkehi bhadrena rathena paṭipathaṁ āgacchantaṁ, disvā etadavoca: 
;;;After two or three days’ journey he saw a dark man with red eyes coming the other way in a donkey cart with muddy wheels. He was armored with a quiver and wreathed with yellow lotus, his clothes and hair all wet. Seeing him, he said, 
;;;‘ayaṁ kho pahūto sukkhagūtho chaḍḍito, mama ca sūkarabhattaṁ; 
;;;‘This pile of dry dung can serve as food for my pigs. 
;;;So uttarāsaṅgaṁ pattharitvā pahūtaṁ sukkhagūthaṁ ākiritvā bhaṇḍikaṁ bandhitvā sīse ubbāhetvā agamāsi. 
;;;So he spread out his upper robe, shoveled the dry dung onto it, tied it up into a bundle, lifted it on to his head, and went on his way. 
;;;Gila re gila pāpadhuttaka, 
;;;Swallow, you damn cheat, swallow! 
;;;Pacchā te kaṭukaṁ bhavissatī’ti. 
;;;Soon you’ll know the bitter fruit!’ 
;;;Te yena so janapado, yena aññataraṁ gāmapaṭṭaṁ tenupasaṅkamiṁsu, tattha addasaṁsu pahūtaṁ sāṇaṁ chaḍḍitaṁ, disvā sahāyako sahāyakaṁ āmantesi: 
;;;They went to that country, and to a certain deserted village. There they saw a pile of abandoned sunn hemp. Seeing it, one friend said to the other, 
;;;pahūtaṁ ayaṁ chaḍḍitaṁ, disvā … 
;;;iron, 
;;;pahūtaṁ sajjhaṁ chaḍḍitaṁ, disvā … 
;;;silver, 
;;;Tena hi, samma, tvañca sāṇabhāraṁ chaḍḍehi, ahañca sajjhabhāraṁ chaḍḍessāmi, ubho suvaṇṇabhāraṁ ādāya gamissāmā’ti. 
;;;Well then, my friend, let’s abandon our bundles, and both take a bundle of gold and go on.’ 
;;;Api nu tāni bījāni vuddhiṁ virūḷhiṁ vepullaṁ āpajjeyyuṁ, kassako vā vipulaṁ phalaṁ adhigaccheyyā”ti? 
;;;Would those seeds grow, increase, and mature, and would the farmer get abundant fruit?” 
;;;“No hidaṁ, bho kassapa”. 
;;;“No, Mister Kassapa.” 
;;;Tasmiṁ kho pana dāne evarūpaṁ bhojanaṁ dīyati kaṇājakaṁ bilaṅgadutiyaṁ, dhorakāni ca vatthāni guḷavālakāni. 
;;;At that offering such food as rough gruel with pickles was given, and rough clothes with knotted fringes. 
;;;Atha kho pāyāsi rājañño asakkaccaṁ dānaṁ datvā asahatthā dānaṁ datvā acittīkataṁ dānaṁ datvā apaviddhaṁ dānaṁ datvā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā cātumahārājikānaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ upapajji suññaṁ serīsakaṁ vimānaṁ. 
;;;So the chieftain Pāyāsi gave gifts carelessly, thoughtlessly, not with his own hands, giving the dregs. When his body broke up, after death, he was reborn in company with the gods of the four great kings, in an empty palace of sirisa wood. 
;;;pāyāsi dasamaṁ bhave. 
;;;" 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā mallesu viharati anupiyaṁ nāma mallānaṁ nigamo. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Mallas, near the Mallian town named Anupiya. 
;;;Ekamidāhaṁ, bhaggava, samayaṁ thūlūsu viharāmi uttarakā nāma thūlūnaṁ nigamo. 
;;;Bhaggava, this one time I was staying in the land of the Kurus where they have a town named Uttarakā. 
;;;‘tvampi nāma, moghapurisa, samaṇo sakyaputtiyo paṭijānissasī’ti. 
;;;‘Don’t you claim to be an ascetic, a follower of the Sakyan, you silly man?’ 
;;;Kālaṅkato ca kālakañcikā nāma asurā sabbanihīno asurakāyo, tatra upapajjissati. 
;;;And when he dies, he’ll be reborn in the very lowest rank of titans, named the Kālakañjas. 
;;;Kālakañcikā nāma asurā sabbanihīno asurakāyo, tatrāmhi upapanno’ti vatvā tattheva uttāno papati. 
;;;I’ve been reborn in the very lowest rank of titans, named the Kālakañjas.’ After speaking, he fell flat right there. 
;;;Puratthimena vesāliṁ udenaṁ nāma cetiyaṁ, taṁ nātikkameyyaṁ, dakkhiṇena vesāliṁ gotamakaṁ nāma cetiyaṁ, taṁ nātikkameyyaṁ, pacchimena vesāliṁ sattambaṁ nāma cetiyaṁ, taṁ nātikkameyyaṁ, uttarena vesāliṁ bahuputtaṁ nāma cetiyaṁ taṁ nātikkameyyan’ti. 
;;;And I will not go past the following tree-shrines near Vesālī: the Udena shrine to the east, the Gotamaka to the south, the Seven Maidens to the west, and the Many Sons to the north.’ 
;;;‘sādhurūpaṁ vata bho arahantaṁ samaṇaṁ āsādimhase. 
;;;‘I’ve offended the holy man, the perfected one, the ascetic. 
;;;Mā te ahosi dīgharattaṁ ahitāya dukkhāya. 
;;;Don’t create lasting harm and suffering for yourself! 
;;;sādhurūpo ayaṁ samaṇoti, so nacirasseva parihito sānucāriko vicaranto odanakummāsaṁ bhuñjamāno sabbāneva vesāliyāni cetiyāni samatikkamitvā yasā nihīno kālaṁ karissatī’ti. 
;;;will shortly be clothed, living with a partner, eating rice and porridge, having gone past all the shrines near Vesālī. And he will die after losing all his fame.’ 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena acelo pāthikaputto vesāliyaṁ paṭivasati lābhaggappatto ceva yasaggappatto ca vajjigāme. 
;;;Now at that time the naked ascetic Pāṭikaputta was residing in Vesālī. And in the Vajjian capital he had reached the peak of material things and fame. 
;;;Atha khvāhaṁ, bhaggava, pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya vesāliṁ piṇḍāya pāvisiṁ. 
;;;Then, Bhaggava, I robed up in the morning and, taking my bowl and robe, entered Vesālī for alms. 
;;;Yena ca abhiññātā abhiññātā brāhmaṇamahāsālā gahapatinecayikā nānātitthiyā samaṇabrāhmaṇā tenupasaṅkami. upasaṅkamitvā abhiññāte abhiññāte nānātitthiye samaṇabrāhmaṇe etadavoca: 
;;;Then he went to see the very well-known well-to-do brahmins, rich householders, and ascetics and brahmins who follow various other religions, and said the same thing. 
;;;Sā esā, bhaggava, parisā mahā hoti anekasatā anekasahassā. 
;;;That assembly was large, Bhaggava; there were many hundreds, many thousands of them. 
;;;abhikkamasseva kho āvuso pāthikaputta, upaḍḍhapathaṁ. 
;;;Come forth, Reverend Pāṭikaputta, half-way. 
;;;‘kiṁ su nāma te, āvuso pāthikaputta, pāvaḷā su nāma te pīṭhakasmiṁ allīnā, pīṭhakaṁ su nāma te pāvaḷāsu allīnaṁ? 
;;;‘What’s up, Reverend Pāṭikaputta? Is your bottom stuck to the bench, or is the bench stuck to your bottom? 
;;;‘parābhūtarūpo, bho, acelo pāthikaputto. 
;;;‘Pāṭikaputta has lost, sirs. 
;;;‘kiṁ su nāma te, āvuso pāthikaputta, pāvaḷā su nāma te pīṭhakasmiṁ allīnā, pīṭhakaṁ su nāma te pāvaḷāsu allīnaṁ? 
;;;‘What’s up, Reverend Pāṭikaputta? Is your bottom stuck to the bench, or is the bench stuck to your bottom? 
;;;‘parābhūtarūpo, bho, acelo pāthikaputto āyāmi, āvuso, āyāmi, āvusoti vatvā tattheva saṁsappati, na sakkoti āsanāpi vuṭṭhātun’ti. 
;;;‘Pāṭikaputta has lost, sirs.’ 
;;;mayaṁ acelaṁ pāthikaputtaṁ varattāhi bandhitvā goyugehi āviñcheyyāmāti, tā varattā chijjeyyuṁ pāthikaputto vā. 
;;;“Let’s bind Pāṭikaputta with straps and drag him with a pair of oxen!” But either the straps will break or Pāṭikaputta will.’ 
;;;‘kiṁ su nāma te, āvuso pāthikaputta, pāvaḷā su nāma te pīṭhakasmiṁ allīnā, pīṭhakaṁ su nāma te pāvaḷāsu allīnaṁ? 
;;;‘What’s up, Reverend Pāṭikaputta? Is your bottom stuck to the bench, or is the bench stuck to your bottom? 
;;;So varaṁ varaṁ migasaṅghe vadhitvā mudumaṁsāni mudumaṁsāni bhakkhayitvā tameva āsayaṁ ajjhupeyyan’ti. 
;;;Having slain the very best of the deer herd, and eaten the most tender flesh, I could return to my den.” 
;;;Tasseva kho, āvuso pāthikaputta, sīhassa migarañño vighāsasaṁvaḍḍho jarasiṅgālo ditto ceva balavā ca. 
;;;Now, there was an old jackal who had grown fat on the lion’s leavings, becoming arrogant and strong. 
;;;Tatheva so siṅgālakaṁ anadi, 
;;;But he actually only managed to yelp, 
;;;Kaṭasīsu khittāni ca koṇapāni; 
;;;and carcasses tossed in the cemetery, 
;;;mayaṁ acelaṁ pāthikaputtaṁ varattāhi bandhitvā nāgehi āviñcheyyāmāti. Tā varattā chijjeyyuṁ pāthikaputto vā. 
;;;“Let’s bind Pāṭikaputta with straps and drag him with a pair of oxen!” But either the straps will break or Pāṭikaputta will. 
;;;Atha khvāhaṁ, bhaggava, taṁ parisaṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesiṁ samādapesiṁ samuttejesiṁ sampahaṁsesiṁ, taṁ parisaṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṁsetvā mahābandhanā mokkhaṁ karitvā caturāsītipāṇasahassāni mahāviduggā uddharitvā tejodhātuṁ samāpajjitvā sattatālaṁ vehāsaṁ abbhuggantvā aññaṁ sattatālampi acciṁ abhinimminitvā pajjalitvā dhūmāyitvā mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ paccuṭṭhāsiṁ. 
;;;Then, Bhaggava, I educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired that assembly with a Dhamma talk. I released that assembly from the great bondage, and lifted 84,000 beings from the great swamp. Next I entered upon the fire element, rose into the air to the height of seven palm trees, and created a flame another seven palm trees high, blazing and smoking. Finally I landed at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. 
;;;Tañca pajānāmi, tato ca uttaritaraṁ pajānāmi, tañca pajānaṁ na parāmasāmi, aparāmasato ca me paccattaññeva nibbuti viditā, yadabhijānaṁ tathāgato no anayaṁ āpajjati. 
;;;I understand this, and what goes beyond it. Yet since I do not misapprehend that understanding, I have realized quenching within myself. Directly knowing this, the Realized One does not come to ruin. 
;;;Santi, bhaggava, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā issarakuttaṁ brahmakuttaṁ ācariyakaṁ aggaññaṁ paññapenti. 
;;;There are some ascetics and brahmins who describe the origin of the world in their tradition as created by the God Almighty, by the Divinity. 
;;;Hoti kho so, āvuso, samayo yaṁ kadāci karahaci dīghassa addhuno accayena ayaṁ loko vivaṭṭati. 
;;;There comes a time when, after a very long period has passed, this cosmos expands. 
;;;ahamasmi brahmā mahābrahmā abhibhū anabhibhūto aññadatthudaso vasavattī issaro kattā nimmātā seṭṭho sajitā vasī pitā bhūtabhabyānaṁ, mayā ime sattā nimmitā. 
;;;“I am the Divinity, the Great Divinity, the Vanquisher, the Unvanquished, the Universal Seer, the Wielder of Power, God Almighty, the Maker, the Creator, the First, the Begetter, the Controller, the Father of those who have been born and those yet to be born. And these beings were created by me. 
;;;“yo kho so bhavaṁ brahmā mahābrahmā abhibhū anabhibhūto aññadatthudaso vasavattī issaro kattā nimmātā seṭṭho sajitā vasī pitā bhūtabhabyānaṁ, yena mayaṁ bhotā brahmunā nimmitā. So nicco dhuvo sassato avipariṇāmadhammo sassatisamaṁ tatheva ṭhassati. 
;;;“He who is the Divinity—the Great Divinity, the Vanquisher, the Unvanquished, the Universal Seer, the Wielder of Power, God Almighty, the Maker, the Creator, the First, the Begetter, the Controller, the Father of those who have been born and those yet to be born—by he we were created. He is permanent, everlasting, eternal, imperishable, remaining the same for all eternity. 
;;;Ye pana mayaṁ ahumhā tena bhotā brahmunā nimmitā, te mayaṁ aniccā addhuvā appāyukā cavanadhammā itthattaṁ āgatā”ti. 
;;;We who were created by that Divinity are impermanent, not lasting, short-lived, liable to pass away, and have come to this place.” 
;;;‘Santāvuso, khiḍḍāpadosikā nāma devā. Te ativelaṁ hassakhiḍḍāratidhammasamāpannā viharanti. Tesaṁ ativelaṁ hassakhiḍḍāratidhammasamāpannānaṁ viharataṁ sati sammussati, satiyā sammosā te devā tamhā kāyā cavanti. 
;;;‘Reverends, there are gods named “depraved by play”. They spend too much time laughing, playing, and making merry. And in doing so, they lose their mindfulness, and they pass away from that host of gods. 
;;;Ye pana mayaṁ ahumhā khiḍḍāpadosikā te mayaṁ ativelaṁ hassakhiḍḍāratidhammasamāpannā viharimhā, tesaṁ no ativelaṁ hassakhiḍḍāratidhammasamāpannānaṁ viharataṁ sati sammussati, satiyā sammosā evaṁ mayaṁ tamhā kāyā cutā, 
;;;But we who were depraved by play spent too much time laughing, playing, and making merry. In doing so, we lost our mindfulness, and passed away from that host of gods. 
;;;Ye pana mayaṁ ahumhā manopadosikā, te mayaṁ ativelaṁ aññamaññaṁ upanijjhāyimhā. Te mayaṁ ativelaṁ aññamaññaṁ upanijjhāyantā aññamaññamhi cittāni padūsimhā. Te mayaṁ aññamaññaṁ paduṭṭhacittā kilantakāyā kilantacittā. Evaṁ mayaṁ tamhā kāyā cutā, 
;;;But we who were malevolent spent too much time gazing at each other, so our minds grew angry with each other, our bodies and minds got tired, and we passed away from that host of gods. 
;;;Aggaññañcāhaṁ, bhaggava, pajānāmi tañca pajānāmi, tato ca uttaritaraṁ pajānāmi, tañca pajānaṁ na parāmasāmi, aparāmasato ca me paccattaññeva nibbuti viditā. 
;;;I understand this, and what goes beyond it. Yet since I do not misapprehend that understanding, I have realized quenching within myself. Directly knowing this, the Realized One does not come to ruin. 
;;;yasmiṁ samaye subhaṁ vimokkhaṁ upasampajja viharati, sabbaṁ tasmiṁ samaye asubhantveva pajānātī’ti. 
;;;“When one enters and remains in the liberation of the beautiful, at that time one only perceives what is ugly.”’ 
;;;

>En 

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā mallesu viharati anupiyaṁ nāma mallānaṁ nigamo. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Mallas, near the Mallian town named Anupiya. 
;;;Ekamidāhaṁ, bhaggava, samayaṁ thūlūsu viharāmi uttarakā nāma thūlūnaṁ nigamo. 
;;;Bhaggava, this one time I was staying in the land of the Kurus where they have a town named Uttarakā. 
;;;‘tvampi nāma, moghapurisa, samaṇo sakyaputtiyo paṭijānissasī’ti. 
;;;‘Don’t you claim to be an ascetic, a follower of the Sakyan, you silly man?’ 
;;;Kālaṅkato ca kālakañcikā nāma asurā sabbanihīno asurakāyo, tatra upapajjissati. 
;;;And when he dies, he’ll be reborn in the very lowest rank of titans, named the Kālakañjas. 
;;;Kālakañcikā nāma asurā sabbanihīno asurakāyo, tatrāmhi upapanno’ti vatvā tattheva uttāno papati. 
;;;I’ve been reborn in the very lowest rank of titans, named the Kālakañjas.’ After speaking, he fell flat right there. 
;;;Puratthimena vesāliṁ udenaṁ nāma cetiyaṁ, taṁ nātikkameyyaṁ, dakkhiṇena vesāliṁ gotamakaṁ nāma cetiyaṁ, taṁ nātikkameyyaṁ, pacchimena vesāliṁ sattambaṁ nāma cetiyaṁ, taṁ nātikkameyyaṁ, uttarena vesāliṁ bahuputtaṁ nāma cetiyaṁ taṁ nātikkameyyan’ti. 
;;;And I will not go past the following tree-shrines near Vesālī: the Udena shrine to the east, the Gotamaka to the south, the Seven Maidens to the west, and the Many Sons to the north.’ 
;;;‘sādhurūpaṁ vata bho arahantaṁ samaṇaṁ āsādimhase. 
;;;‘I’ve offended the holy man, the perfected one, the ascetic. 
;;;Mā te ahosi dīgharattaṁ ahitāya dukkhāya. 
;;;Don’t create lasting harm and suffering for yourself! 
;;;sādhurūpo ayaṁ samaṇoti, so nacirasseva parihito sānucāriko vicaranto odanakummāsaṁ bhuñjamāno sabbāneva vesāliyāni cetiyāni samatikkamitvā yasā nihīno kālaṁ karissatī’ti. 
;;;will shortly be clothed, living with a partner, eating rice and porridge, having gone past all the shrines near Vesālī. And he will die after losing all his fame.’ 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena acelo pāthikaputto vesāliyaṁ paṭivasati lābhaggappatto ceva yasaggappatto ca vajjigāme. 
;;;Now at that time the naked ascetic Pāṭikaputta was residing in Vesālī. And in the Vajjian capital he had reached the peak of material things and fame. 
;;;Atha khvāhaṁ, bhaggava, pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya vesāliṁ piṇḍāya pāvisiṁ. 
;;;Then, Bhaggava, I robed up in the morning and, taking my bowl and robe, entered Vesālī for alms. 
;;;Yena ca abhiññātā abhiññātā brāhmaṇamahāsālā gahapatinecayikā nānātitthiyā samaṇabrāhmaṇā tenupasaṅkami. upasaṅkamitvā abhiññāte abhiññāte nānātitthiye samaṇabrāhmaṇe etadavoca: 
;;;Then he went to see the very well-known well-to-do brahmins, rich householders, and ascetics and brahmins who follow various other religions, and said the same thing. 
;;;Sā esā, bhaggava, parisā mahā hoti anekasatā anekasahassā. 
;;;That assembly was large, Bhaggava; there were many hundreds, many thousands of them. 
;;;abhikkamasseva kho āvuso pāthikaputta, upaḍḍhapathaṁ. 
;;;Come forth, Reverend Pāṭikaputta, half-way. 
;;;‘kiṁ su nāma te, āvuso pāthikaputta, pāvaḷā su nāma te pīṭhakasmiṁ allīnā, pīṭhakaṁ su nāma te pāvaḷāsu allīnaṁ? 
;;;‘What’s up, Reverend Pāṭikaputta? Is your bottom stuck to the bench, or is the bench stuck to your bottom? 
;;;‘parābhūtarūpo, bho, acelo pāthikaputto. 
;;;‘Pāṭikaputta has lost, sirs. 
;;;‘kiṁ su nāma te, āvuso pāthikaputta, pāvaḷā su nāma te pīṭhakasmiṁ allīnā, pīṭhakaṁ su nāma te pāvaḷāsu allīnaṁ? 
;;;‘What’s up, Reverend Pāṭikaputta? Is your bottom stuck to the bench, or is the bench stuck to your bottom? 
;;;‘parābhūtarūpo, bho, acelo pāthikaputto āyāmi, āvuso, āyāmi, āvusoti vatvā tattheva saṁsappati, na sakkoti āsanāpi vuṭṭhātun’ti. 
;;;‘Pāṭikaputta has lost, sirs.’ 
;;;mayaṁ acelaṁ pāthikaputtaṁ varattāhi bandhitvā goyugehi āviñcheyyāmāti, tā varattā chijjeyyuṁ pāthikaputto vā. 
;;;“Let’s bind Pāṭikaputta with straps and drag him with a pair of oxen!” But either the straps will break or Pāṭikaputta will.’ 
;;;‘kiṁ su nāma te, āvuso pāthikaputta, pāvaḷā su nāma te pīṭhakasmiṁ allīnā, pīṭhakaṁ su nāma te pāvaḷāsu allīnaṁ? 
;;;‘What’s up, Reverend Pāṭikaputta? Is your bottom stuck to the bench, or is the bench stuck to your bottom? 
;;;So varaṁ varaṁ migasaṅghe vadhitvā mudumaṁsāni mudumaṁsāni bhakkhayitvā tameva āsayaṁ ajjhupeyyan’ti. 
;;;Having slain the very best of the deer herd, and eaten the most tender flesh, I could return to my den.” 
;;;Tasseva kho, āvuso pāthikaputta, sīhassa migarañño vighāsasaṁvaḍḍho jarasiṅgālo ditto ceva balavā ca. 
;;;Now, there was an old jackal who had grown fat on the lion’s leavings, becoming arrogant and strong. 
;;;Tatheva so siṅgālakaṁ anadi, 
;;;But he actually only managed to yelp, 
;;;Kaṭasīsu khittāni ca koṇapāni; 
;;;and carcasses tossed in the cemetery, 
;;;mayaṁ acelaṁ pāthikaputtaṁ varattāhi bandhitvā nāgehi āviñcheyyāmāti. Tā varattā chijjeyyuṁ pāthikaputto vā. 
;;;“Let’s bind Pāṭikaputta with straps and drag him with a pair of oxen!” But either the straps will break or Pāṭikaputta will. 
;;;Atha khvāhaṁ, bhaggava, taṁ parisaṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesiṁ samādapesiṁ samuttejesiṁ sampahaṁsesiṁ, taṁ parisaṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṁsetvā mahābandhanā mokkhaṁ karitvā caturāsītipāṇasahassāni mahāviduggā uddharitvā tejodhātuṁ samāpajjitvā sattatālaṁ vehāsaṁ abbhuggantvā aññaṁ sattatālampi acciṁ abhinimminitvā pajjalitvā dhūmāyitvā mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ paccuṭṭhāsiṁ. 
;;;Then, Bhaggava, I educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired that assembly with a Dhamma talk. I released that assembly from the great bondage, and lifted 84,000 beings from the great swamp. Next I entered upon the fire element, rose into the air to the height of seven palm trees, and created a flame another seven palm trees high, blazing and smoking. Finally I landed at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. 
;;;Tañca pajānāmi, tato ca uttaritaraṁ pajānāmi, tañca pajānaṁ na parāmasāmi, aparāmasato ca me paccattaññeva nibbuti viditā, yadabhijānaṁ tathāgato no anayaṁ āpajjati. 
;;;I understand this, and what goes beyond it. Yet since I do not misapprehend that understanding, I have realized quenching within myself. Directly knowing this, the Realized One does not come to ruin. 
;;;Santi, bhaggava, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā issarakuttaṁ brahmakuttaṁ ācariyakaṁ aggaññaṁ paññapenti. 
;;;There are some ascetics and brahmins who describe the origin of the world in their tradition as created by the God Almighty, by the Divinity. 
;;;Hoti kho so, āvuso, samayo yaṁ kadāci karahaci dīghassa addhuno accayena ayaṁ loko vivaṭṭati. 
;;;There comes a time when, after a very long period has passed, this cosmos expands. 
;;;ahamasmi brahmā mahābrahmā abhibhū anabhibhūto aññadatthudaso vasavattī issaro kattā nimmātā seṭṭho sajitā vasī pitā bhūtabhabyānaṁ, mayā ime sattā nimmitā. 
;;;“I am the Divinity, the Great Divinity, the Vanquisher, the Unvanquished, the Universal Seer, the Wielder of Power, God Almighty, the Maker, the Creator, the First, the Begetter, the Controller, the Father of those who have been born and those yet to be born. And these beings were created by me. 
;;;“yo kho so bhavaṁ brahmā mahābrahmā abhibhū anabhibhūto aññadatthudaso vasavattī issaro kattā nimmātā seṭṭho sajitā vasī pitā bhūtabhabyānaṁ, yena mayaṁ bhotā brahmunā nimmitā. So nicco dhuvo sassato avipariṇāmadhammo sassatisamaṁ tatheva ṭhassati. 
;;;“He who is the Divinity—the Great Divinity, the Vanquisher, the Unvanquished, the Universal Seer, the Wielder of Power, God Almighty, the Maker, the Creator, the First, the Begetter, the Controller, the Father of those who have been born and those yet to be born—by he we were created. He is permanent, everlasting, eternal, imperishable, remaining the same for all eternity. 
;;;Ye pana mayaṁ ahumhā tena bhotā brahmunā nimmitā, te mayaṁ aniccā addhuvā appāyukā cavanadhammā itthattaṁ āgatā”ti. 
;;;We who were created by that Divinity are impermanent, not lasting, short-lived, liable to pass away, and have come to this place.” 
;;;‘Santāvuso, khiḍḍāpadosikā nāma devā. Te ativelaṁ hassakhiḍḍāratidhammasamāpannā viharanti. Tesaṁ ativelaṁ hassakhiḍḍāratidhammasamāpannānaṁ viharataṁ sati sammussati, satiyā sammosā te devā tamhā kāyā cavanti. 
;;;‘Reverends, there are gods named “depraved by play”. They spend too much time laughing, playing, and making merry. And in doing so, they lose their mindfulness, and they pass away from that host of gods. 
;;;Ye pana mayaṁ ahumhā khiḍḍāpadosikā te mayaṁ ativelaṁ hassakhiḍḍāratidhammasamāpannā viharimhā, tesaṁ no ativelaṁ hassakhiḍḍāratidhammasamāpannānaṁ viharataṁ sati sammussati, satiyā sammosā evaṁ mayaṁ tamhā kāyā cutā, 
;;;But we who were depraved by play spent too much time laughing, playing, and making merry. In doing so, we lost our mindfulness, and passed away from that host of gods. 
;;;Ye pana mayaṁ ahumhā manopadosikā, te mayaṁ ativelaṁ aññamaññaṁ upanijjhāyimhā. Te mayaṁ ativelaṁ aññamaññaṁ upanijjhāyantā aññamaññamhi cittāni padūsimhā. Te mayaṁ aññamaññaṁ paduṭṭhacittā kilantakāyā kilantacittā. Evaṁ mayaṁ tamhā kāyā cutā, 
;;;But we who were malevolent spent too much time gazing at each other, so our minds grew angry with each other, our bodies and minds got tired, and we passed away from that host of gods. 
;;;Aggaññañcāhaṁ, bhaggava, pajānāmi tañca pajānāmi, tato ca uttaritaraṁ pajānāmi, tañca pajānaṁ na parāmasāmi, aparāmasato ca me paccattaññeva nibbuti viditā. 
;;;I understand this, and what goes beyond it. Yet since I do not misapprehend that understanding, I have realized quenching within myself. Directly knowing this, the Realized One does not come to ruin. 
;;;yasmiṁ samaye subhaṁ vimokkhaṁ upasampajja viharati, sabbaṁ tasmiṁ samaye asubhantveva pajānātī’ti. 
;;;“When one enters and remains in the liberation of the beautiful, at that time one only perceives what is ugly.”’ 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho sandhāno gahapati divā divassa rājagahā nikkhami bhagavantaṁ dassanāya. ;;;Then the householder Sandhāna left Rājagaha in the middle of the day to see the Buddha. 
;;;Paṭisallīno bhagavā. 
;;;as he’s in retreat. 
;;;Paṭisallīnā manobhāvanīyā bhikkhū. 
;;;as they’re in retreat. 
;;;Aññathā kho pana so bhagavā araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevati appasaddāni appanigghosāni vijanavātāni manussarāhasseyyakāni paṭisallānasāruppānī”ti. 
;;;It’s quite different to the way the Buddha frequents remote lodgings in the wilderness and the forest that are quiet and still, far from the madding crowd, remote from human settlements, and fit for retreat.” 
;;;“yagghe, gahapati, jāneyyāsi, kena samaṇo gotamo saddhiṁ sallapati, kena sākacchaṁ samāpajjati, kena paññāveyyattiyaṁ samāpajjati? 
;;;“Surely, householder, you should know better! With whom does the ascetic Gotama converse? With whom does he engage in discussion? With whom does he achieve lucidity of wisdom? 
;;;Suññāgārahatā samaṇassa gotamassa paññā aparisāvacaro samaṇo gotamo nālaṁ sallāpāya. 
;;;Staying in empty huts has destroyed the ascetic Gotama’s wisdom. Not frequenting assemblies, he is unable to hold a discussion. 
;;;So antamantāneva sevati. 
;;;He just lurks on the periphery. 
;;;nālaṁ sallāpāya. 
;;; 
;;;Assosi kho bhagavā dibbāya sotadhātuyā visuddhāya atikkantamānusikāya sandhānassa gahapatissa nigrodhena paribbājakena saddhiṁ imaṁ kathāsallāpaṁ. 
;;;With clairaudience that is purified and superhuman, the Buddha heard this discussion between the householder Sandhāna and the wanderer Nigrodha. 
;;;“mayaṁ kho, bhante, tapojigucchāvādā tapojigucchāsārā tapojigucchāallīnā viharāma. 
;;;“Sir, we teach fervent mortification in disgust of sin, regarding it as essential and sticking to it. 
;;;ekāhikampi āhāraṁ āhāreti, dvīhikampi āhāraṁ āhāreti, sattāhikampi āhāraṁ āhāreti, iti evarūpaṁ addhamāsikampi pariyāyabhattabhojanānuyogamanuyutto viharati. 
;;;They eat once a day, once every second day, up to once a week, and so on, even up to once a fortnight. They live committed to the practice of eating food at set intervals. 
;;;So sāṇānipi dhāreti, masāṇānipi dhāreti, chavadussānipi dhāreti, paṁsukūlānipi dhāreti, tirīṭānipi dhāreti, ajinampi dhāreti, ajinakkhipampi dhāreti, kusacīrampi dhāreti, vākacīrampi dhāreti, phalakacīrampi dhāreti, kesakambalampi dhāreti, vāḷakambalampi dhāreti, ulūkapakkhampi dhāreti, 
;;;They wear robes of sunn hemp, mixed hemp, corpse-wrapping cloth, rags, lodh tree bark, antelope hide (whole or in strips), kusa grass, bark, wood-chips, human hair, horse-tail hair, or owls’ wings. 
;;;ubbhaṭṭhakopi hoti āsanapaṭikkhitto, 
;;;They constantly stand, refusing seats. 
;;;rajojalladharo, 
;;;They wear dust and dirt. 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, nigrodha, tapassī makkhī hoti paḷāsī …pe… 
;;;offensive and contemptuous … 
;;;Disvā tassa na evaṁ hoti: 
;;;It never occurs to them, 
;;;api ca kho papaṭikappattā hotī”ti. 
;;;Rather, it has only reached the shoots.” 
;;;“Kittāvatā pana, bhante, tapojigucchā aggappattā ca hoti sārappattā ca? 
;;;“But at what point, sir, does the fervent mortification in disgust of sin reach the peak and the pith? 
;;;So pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;After the meal, they return from almsround, sit down cross-legged, set their body straight, and establish mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;Thinamiddhaṁ pahāya vigatathinamiddho viharati ālokasaññī sato sampajāno, thinamiddhā cittaṁ parisodheti. 
;;;Giving up dullness and drowsiness, they meditate with a mind rid of dullness and drowsiness, perceiving light, mindful and aware, cleansing the mind of dullness and drowsiness. 
;;;“Ettāvatā kho, nigrodha, tapojigucchā aggappattā ca hoti sārappattā ca. 
;;;“Nigrodha, at this point the fervent mortification in disgust of sin has reached the peak and the pith. 
;;;‘yagghe, gahapati, jāneyyāsi, kena samaṇo gotamo saddhiṁ sallapati, kena sākacchaṁ samāpajjati, kena paññāveyyattiyaṁ samāpajjati, 
;;;‘Surely, householder, you should know better! With whom does the ascetic Gotama converse? With whom does he engage in discussion? With whom does he achieve lucidity of wisdom? 
;;;suññāgārahatā samaṇassa gotamassa paññā, aparisāvacaro samaṇo gotamo nālaṁ sallāpāya, so antamantāneva sevati; 
;;;Staying in empty huts has destroyed the ascetic Gotama’s wisdom. Not frequenting assemblies, he is unable to hold a discussion. He just lurks on the periphery. 
;;;Evameva suññāgārahatā samaṇassa gotamassa paññā, aparisāvacaro samaṇo gotamo nālaṁ sallāpāya; so antamantāneva sevati; 
;;; 
;;;Kinti te sutaṁ paribbājakānaṁ vuḍḍhānaṁ mahallakānaṁ ācariyapācariyānaṁ bhāsamānānaṁ: 
;;;Have you heard that wanderers of the past who were elderly and senior, the tutors of tutors, said that 
;;;‘ye te ahesuṁ atītamaddhānaṁ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, evaṁ su te bhagavanto saṅgamma samāgamma unnādino uccāsaddamahāsaddā anekavihitaṁ tiracchānakathaṁ anuyuttā viharanti. 
;;;when the perfected ones, the fully awakened Buddhas of the past came together, they made an uproar, a dreadful racket as they sat and talked about all kinds of low topics, 
;;;Udāhu, evaṁ su te bhagavanto araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevanti appasaddāni appanigghosāni vijanavātāni manussarāhasseyyakāni paṭisallānasāruppāni, seyyathāpāhaṁ etarahī’”ti. 
;;;Or did they say that the Buddhas frequented remote lodgings in the wilderness and the forest that are quiet and still, far from the madding crowd, remote from human settlements, and fit for retreat, like I do these days?” 
;;;“Sutaṁ metaṁ, bhante. Paribbājakānaṁ vuḍḍhānaṁ mahallakānaṁ ācariyapācariyānaṁ bhāsamānānaṁ: 
;;;“I have heard that wanderers of the past who were elderly and senior, said that 
;;;‘ye te ahesuṁ atītamaddhānaṁ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, na evaṁ su te bhagavanto saṅgamma samāgamma unnādino uccāsaddamahāsaddā anekavihitaṁ tiracchānakathaṁ anuyuttā viharanti. 
;;;when the perfected ones, the fully awakened Buddhas of the past came together, they didn’t make an uproar, 
;;;Evaṁ su te bhagavanto araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevanti appasaddāni appanigghosāni vijanavātāni manussarāhasseyyakāni paṭisallānasāruppāni, seyyathāpi bhagavā etarahī’”ti. 
;;;They said that the Buddhas of the past frequented remote lodgings in the wilderness, like the Buddha does these days.” 
;;;“Tassa te, nigrodha, viññussa sato mahallakassa na etadahosi: 
;;;“Nigrodha, you are a sensible and mature man. Did it not occur to you: 
;;;“Taggha tvaṁ, nigrodha, accayo accagamā yathābālaṁ yathāmūḷhaṁ yathāakusalaṁ, yo maṁ tvaṁ evaṁ avacāsi. 
;;;“Indeed, Nigrodha, you made a mistake. It was foolish, stupid, and unskillful of you to speak in that way. 
;;;Akusalā ceva vo te dhammā hontu akusalasaṅkhātā ca sācariyakānaṁ. 
;;;Let those things that are unskillful and considered unskillful in your tradition remain as they are. 
;;;Iti khvāhaṁ, nigrodha, neva antevāsikamyatā evaṁ vadāmi, napi uddesā cāvetukāmo evaṁ vadāmi, napi ājīvā cāvetukāmo evaṁ vadāmi, napi ye vo dhammā akusalā akusalasaṅkhātā sācariyakānaṁ, tesu patiṭṭhāpetukāmo evaṁ vadāmi, napi ye vo dhammā kusalā kusalasaṅkhātā sācariyakānaṁ, tehi vivecetukāmo evaṁ vadāmi. 
;;;I do not speak for any of these reasons. 
;;;Santi ca kho, nigrodha, akusalā dhammā appahīnā saṅkilesikā ponobbhavikā sadarā dukkhavipākā āyatiṁ jātijarāmaraṇiyā, yesāhaṁ pahānāya dhammaṁ desemi. 
;;;Nigrodha, there are things that are unskillful, corrupting, leading to future lives, hurtful, resulting in suffering and future rebirth, old age, and death. I teach Dhamma so that those things may be given up. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā udumbarikāya paribbājakārāme sīhanādaṁ naditvā vehāsaṁ abbhuggantvā gijjhakūṭe pabbate paccupaṭṭhāsi. 
;;;Then the Buddha, having roared his lion’s roar in the lady Udumbarikā’s monastery for wanderers, rose into the air and landed on Vulture’s Peak. 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho sandhāno gahapati divā divassa rājagahā nikkhami bhagavantaṁ dassanāya. ;;;Then the householder Sandhāna left Rājagaha in the middle of the day to see the Buddha. 
;;;Paṭisallīno bhagavā. 
;;;as he’s in retreat. 
;;;Paṭisallīnā manobhāvanīyā bhikkhū. 
;;;as they’re in retreat. 
;;;Aññathā kho pana so bhagavā araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevati appasaddāni appanigghosāni vijanavātāni manussarāhasseyyakāni paṭisallānasāruppānī”ti. 
;;;It’s quite different to the way the Buddha frequents remote lodgings in the wilderness and the forest that are quiet and still, far from the madding crowd, remote from human settlements, and fit for retreat.” 
;;;“yagghe, gahapati, jāneyyāsi, kena samaṇo gotamo saddhiṁ sallapati, kena sākacchaṁ samāpajjati, kena paññāveyyattiyaṁ samāpajjati? 
;;;“Surely, householder, you should know better! With whom does the ascetic Gotama converse? With whom does he engage in discussion? With whom does he achieve lucidity of wisdom? 
;;;Suññāgārahatā samaṇassa gotamassa paññā aparisāvacaro samaṇo gotamo nālaṁ sallāpāya. 
;;;Staying in empty huts has destroyed the ascetic Gotama’s wisdom. Not frequenting assemblies, he is unable to hold a discussion. 
;;;So antamantāneva sevati. 
;;;He just lurks on the periphery. 
;;;nālaṁ sallāpāya. 
;;; 
;;;Assosi kho bhagavā dibbāya sotadhātuyā visuddhāya atikkantamānusikāya sandhānassa gahapatissa nigrodhena paribbājakena saddhiṁ imaṁ kathāsallāpaṁ. 
;;;With clairaudience that is purified and superhuman, the Buddha heard this discussion between the householder Sandhāna and the wanderer Nigrodha. 
;;;“mayaṁ kho, bhante, tapojigucchāvādā tapojigucchāsārā tapojigucchāallīnā viharāma. 
;;;“Sir, we teach fervent mortification in disgust of sin, regarding it as essential and sticking to it. 
;;;ekāhikampi āhāraṁ āhāreti, dvīhikampi āhāraṁ āhāreti, sattāhikampi āhāraṁ āhāreti, iti evarūpaṁ addhamāsikampi pariyāyabhattabhojanānuyogamanuyutto viharati. 
;;;They eat once a day, once every second day, up to once a week, and so on, even up to once a fortnight. They live committed to the practice of eating food at set intervals. 
;;;So sāṇānipi dhāreti, masāṇānipi dhāreti, chavadussānipi dhāreti, paṁsukūlānipi dhāreti, tirīṭānipi dhāreti, ajinampi dhāreti, ajinakkhipampi dhāreti, kusacīrampi dhāreti, vākacīrampi dhāreti, phalakacīrampi dhāreti, kesakambalampi dhāreti, vāḷakambalampi dhāreti, ulūkapakkhampi dhāreti, 
;;;They wear robes of sunn hemp, mixed hemp, corpse-wrapping cloth, rags, lodh tree bark, antelope hide (whole or in strips), kusa grass, bark, wood-chips, human hair, horse-tail hair, or owls’ wings. 
;;;ubbhaṭṭhakopi hoti āsanapaṭikkhitto, 
;;;They constantly stand, refusing seats. 
;;;rajojalladharo, 
;;;They wear dust and dirt. 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, nigrodha, tapassī makkhī hoti paḷāsī …pe… 
;;;offensive and contemptuous … 
;;;Disvā tassa na evaṁ hoti: 
;;;It never occurs to them, 
;;;api ca kho papaṭikappattā hotī”ti. 
;;;Rather, it has only reached the shoots.” 
;;;“Kittāvatā pana, bhante, tapojigucchā aggappattā ca hoti sārappattā ca? 
;;;“But at what point, sir, does the fervent mortification in disgust of sin reach the peak and the pith? 
;;;So pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;After the meal, they return from almsround, sit down cross-legged, set their body straight, and establish mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;Thinamiddhaṁ pahāya vigatathinamiddho viharati ālokasaññī sato sampajāno, thinamiddhā cittaṁ parisodheti. 
;;;Giving up dullness and drowsiness, they meditate with a mind rid of dullness and drowsiness, perceiving light, mindful and aware, cleansing the mind of dullness and drowsiness. 
;;;“Ettāvatā kho, nigrodha, tapojigucchā aggappattā ca hoti sārappattā ca. 
;;;“Nigrodha, at this point the fervent mortification in disgust of sin has reached the peak and the pith. 
;;;‘yagghe, gahapati, jāneyyāsi, kena samaṇo gotamo saddhiṁ sallapati, kena sākacchaṁ samāpajjati, kena paññāveyyattiyaṁ samāpajjati, 
;;;‘Surely, householder, you should know better! With whom does the ascetic Gotama converse? With whom does he engage in discussion? With whom does he achieve lucidity of wisdom? 
;;;suññāgārahatā samaṇassa gotamassa paññā, aparisāvacaro samaṇo gotamo nālaṁ sallāpāya, so antamantāneva sevati; 
;;;Staying in empty huts has destroyed the ascetic Gotama’s wisdom. Not frequenting assemblies, he is unable to hold a discussion. He just lurks on the periphery. 
;;;Evameva suññāgārahatā samaṇassa gotamassa paññā, aparisāvacaro samaṇo gotamo nālaṁ sallāpāya; so antamantāneva sevati; 
;;; 
;;;Kinti te sutaṁ paribbājakānaṁ vuḍḍhānaṁ mahallakānaṁ ācariyapācariyānaṁ bhāsamānānaṁ: 
;;;Have you heard that wanderers of the past who were elderly and senior, the tutors of tutors, said that 
;;;‘ye te ahesuṁ atītamaddhānaṁ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, evaṁ su te bhagavanto saṅgamma samāgamma unnādino uccāsaddamahāsaddā anekavihitaṁ tiracchānakathaṁ anuyuttā viharanti. 
;;;when the perfected ones, the fully awakened Buddhas of the past came together, they made an uproar, a dreadful racket as they sat and talked about all kinds of low topics, 
;;;Udāhu, evaṁ su te bhagavanto araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevanti appasaddāni appanigghosāni vijanavātāni manussarāhasseyyakāni paṭisallānasāruppāni, seyyathāpāhaṁ etarahī’”ti. 
;;;Or did they say that the Buddhas frequented remote lodgings in the wilderness and the forest that are quiet and still, far from the madding crowd, remote from human settlements, and fit for retreat, like I do these days?” 
;;;“Sutaṁ metaṁ, bhante. Paribbājakānaṁ vuḍḍhānaṁ mahallakānaṁ ācariyapācariyānaṁ bhāsamānānaṁ: 
;;;“I have heard that wanderers of the past who were elderly and senior, said that 
;;;‘ye te ahesuṁ atītamaddhānaṁ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, na evaṁ su te bhagavanto saṅgamma samāgamma unnādino uccāsaddamahāsaddā anekavihitaṁ tiracchānakathaṁ anuyuttā viharanti. 
;;;when the perfected ones, the fully awakened Buddhas of the past came together, they didn’t make an uproar, 
;;;Evaṁ su te bhagavanto araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevanti appasaddāni appanigghosāni vijanavātāni manussarāhasseyyakāni paṭisallānasāruppāni, seyyathāpi bhagavā etarahī’”ti. 
;;;They said that the Buddhas of the past frequented remote lodgings in the wilderness, like the Buddha does these days.” 
;;;“Tassa te, nigrodha, viññussa sato mahallakassa na etadahosi: 
;;;“Nigrodha, you are a sensible and mature man. Did it not occur to you: 
;;;“Taggha tvaṁ, nigrodha, accayo accagamā yathābālaṁ yathāmūḷhaṁ yathāakusalaṁ, yo maṁ tvaṁ evaṁ avacāsi. 
;;;“Indeed, Nigrodha, you made a mistake. It was foolish, stupid, and unskillful of you to speak in that way. 
;;;Akusalā ceva vo te dhammā hontu akusalasaṅkhātā ca sācariyakānaṁ. 
;;;Let those things that are unskillful and considered unskillful in your tradition remain as they are. 
;;;Iti khvāhaṁ, nigrodha, neva antevāsikamyatā evaṁ vadāmi, napi uddesā cāvetukāmo evaṁ vadāmi, napi ājīvā cāvetukāmo evaṁ vadāmi, napi ye vo dhammā akusalā akusalasaṅkhātā sācariyakānaṁ, tesu patiṭṭhāpetukāmo evaṁ vadāmi, napi ye vo dhammā kusalā kusalasaṅkhātā sācariyakānaṁ, tehi vivecetukāmo evaṁ vadāmi. 
;;;I do not speak for any of these reasons. 
;;;Santi ca kho, nigrodha, akusalā dhammā appahīnā saṅkilesikā ponobbhavikā sadarā dukkhavipākā āyatiṁ jātijarāmaraṇiyā, yesāhaṁ pahānāya dhammaṁ desemi. 
;;;Nigrodha, there are things that are unskillful, corrupting, leading to future lives, hurtful, resulting in suffering and future rebirth, old age, and death. I teach Dhamma so that those things may be given up. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā udumbarikāya paribbājakārāme sīhanādaṁ naditvā vehāsaṁ abbhuggantvā gijjhakūṭe pabbate paccupaṭṭhāsi. 
;;;Then the Buddha, having roared his lion’s roar in the lady Udumbarikā’s monastery for wanderers, rose into the air and landed on Vulture’s Peak. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Bhūtapubbaṁ, bhikkhave, rājā daḷhanemi nāma ahosi cakkavattī dhammiko dhammarājā cāturanto vijitāvī janapadatthāvariyappatto sattaratanasamannāgato. ;;;Once upon a time, mendicants, there was a king named Daḷhanemi who was a wheel-turning monarch, a just and principled king. His dominion extended to all four sides, he achieved stability in the country, and he possessed the seven treasures. 
;;;So imaṁ pathaviṁ sāgarapariyantaṁ adaṇḍena asatthena dhammena abhivijiya ajjhāvasi. 
;;;After conquering this land girt by sea, he reigned by principle, without rod or sword. 
;;;Atha kho, bhikkhave, rājā daḷhanemi jeṭṭhaputtaṁ kumāraṁ āmantāpetvā etadavoca: 
;;;So the king summoned the crown prince and said, 
;;;Atha kho, bhikkhave, aññataro puriso yena rājā khattiyo muddhābhisitto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā rājānaṁ khattiyaṁ muddhābhisittaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then a certain man approached the newly anointed aristocrat king and said, 
;;;Ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ vijjati, yaṁ te ariye cakkavattivatte vattamānassa tadahuposathe pannarase sīsaṁnhātassa uposathikassa uparipāsādavaragatassa dibbaṁ cakkaratanaṁ pātubhavissati sahassāraṁ sanemikaṁ sanābhikaṁ sabbākāraparipūran’ti. 
;;;If you do so, it’s possible that—on a fifteenth day sabbath, having bathed your head and gone upstairs in the royal longhouse to observe the sabbath—the heavenly wheel-treasure will appear to you, with a thousand spokes, with rim and hub, complete in every detail.’ 
;;;‘Tena hi tvaṁ, tāta, dhammaṁyeva nissāya dhammaṁ sakkaronto dhammaṁ garuṁ karonto dhammaṁ mānento dhammaṁ pūjento dhammaṁ apacāyamāno dhammaddhajo dhammaketu dhammādhipateyyo dhammikaṁ rakkhāvaraṇaguttiṁ saṁvidahassu antojanasmiṁ balakāyasmiṁ khattiyesu anuyantesu brāhmaṇagahapatikesu negamajānapadesu samaṇabrāhmaṇesu migapakkhīsu. 
;;;‘Well then, my dear, relying only on principle—honoring, respecting, and venerating principle, having principle as your flag, banner, and authority—provide just protection and security for your court, troops, aristocrats, vassals, brahmins and householders, people of town and country, ascetics and brahmins, beasts and birds. 
;;;‘ehi kho, mahārāja, svāgataṁ te mahārāja, sakaṁ te, mahārāja, anusāsa, mahārājā’ti. 
;;;‘Come, great king! Welcome, great king! We are yours, great king, instruct us.’ 
;;;Atha kho taṁ, bhikkhave, cakkaratanaṁ puratthimaṁ samuddaṁ ajjhogāhetvā paccuttaritvā dakkhiṇaṁ disaṁ pavatti …pe… 
;;;Then the wheel-treasure, having plunged into the eastern ocean and emerged again, rolled towards the south. … 
;;;Atha kho, bhikkhave, rājā khattiyo muddhābhisitto amacce pārisajje gaṇakamahāmatte anīkaṭṭhe dovārike mantassājīvino sannipātetvā ariyaṁ cakkavattivattaṁ pucchi. 
;;;So the anointed king asked the assembled ministers and councillors, finance ministers, military officers, guardsmen, and professional advisers about the noble duty of a wheel-turning monarch. 
;;;Yannūnāhaṁ imaṁ purisaṁ sunisedhaṁ nisedheyyaṁ, mūlaghaccaṁ kareyyaṁ, sīsamassa chindeyyan’ti. 
;;;I’d better make an end of this person, finish him off, and chop off his head.’ 
;;;‘tena hi, bhaṇe, imaṁ purisaṁ daḷhāya rajjuyā pacchābāhaṁ gāḷhabandhanaṁ bandhitvā khuramuṇḍaṁ karitvā kharassarena paṇavena rathikāya rathikaṁ siṅghāṭakena siṅghāṭakaṁ parinetvā dakkhiṇena dvārena nikkhamitvā dakkhiṇato nagarassa sunisedhaṁ nisedhetha, mūlaghaccaṁ karotha, sīsamassa chindathā’ti. 
;;;‘Well then, my men, tie this man’s arms tightly behind his back with a strong rope. Shave his head and march him from street to street and square to square to the beating of a harsh drum. Then take him out the south gate and make an end of him, finish him off, and chop off his head.’ 
;;;‘yannūna mayampi tiṇhāni satthāni kārāpessāma, tiṇhāni satthāni kārāpetvā yesaṁ adinnaṁ theyyasaṅkhātaṁ ādiyissāma, te sunisedhaṁ nisedhessāma, mūlaghaccaṁ karissāma, sīsāni tesaṁ chindissāmā’ti. 
;;;‘We’d better have sharp swords made. Then when we steal from others, we’ll make an end of them, finish them off, and chop off their heads.’ 
;;;Dasavassāyukesu, bhikkhave, manussesu kudrūsako aggaṁ bhojanānaṁ bhavissati. 
;;;The best kind of food will be finger millet, 
;;;Sambhedaṁ loko gamissati yathā ajeḷakā kukkuṭasūkarā soṇasiṅgālā. 
;;;The world will become dissolute, like goats and sheep, chickens and pigs, and dogs and jackals. 
;;;Te tiṇhena satthena ‘esa migo esa migo’ti aññamaññaṁ jīvitā voropessanti. 
;;;with which they’ll take each other’s life, crying, ‘It’s a beast! It’s a beast!’ 
;;;‘mā ca mayaṁ kañci, mā ca amhe koci, yannūna mayaṁ tiṇagahanaṁ vā vanagahanaṁ vā rukkhagahanaṁ vā nadīviduggaṁ vā pabbatavisamaṁ vā pavisitvā vanamūlaphalāhārā yāpeyyāmā’ti. 
;;;‘Let us neither kill nor be killed! Why don’t we hide in thick grass, thick jungle, thick trees, inaccessible riverlands, or rugged mountains and survive on forest roots and fruits?’ 
;;;Asītivassasahassāyukesu, bhikkhave, manussesu ayaṁ jambudīpo avīci maññe phuṭo bhavissati manussehi, seyyathāpi naḷavanaṁ vā saravanaṁ vā. 
;;;And the land will be so full of people you’d think they were squashed together, like a thicket of rushes or reeds. 
;;;

>En 

Bhūtapubbaṁ, bhikkhave, rājā daḷhanemi nāma ahosi cakkavattī dhammiko dhammarājā cāturanto vijitāvī janapadatthāvariyappatto sattaratanasamannāgato. ;;;Once upon a time, mendicants, there was a king named Daḷhanemi who was a wheel-turning monarch, a just and principled king. His dominion extended to all four sides, he achieved stability in the country, and he possessed the seven treasures. 
;;;So imaṁ pathaviṁ sāgarapariyantaṁ adaṇḍena asatthena dhammena abhivijiya ajjhāvasi. 
;;;After conquering this land girt by sea, he reigned by principle, without rod or sword. 
;;;Atha kho, bhikkhave, rājā daḷhanemi jeṭṭhaputtaṁ kumāraṁ āmantāpetvā etadavoca: 
;;;So the king summoned the crown prince and said, 
;;;Atha kho, bhikkhave, aññataro puriso yena rājā khattiyo muddhābhisitto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā rājānaṁ khattiyaṁ muddhābhisittaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then a certain man approached the newly anointed aristocrat king and said, 
;;;Ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ vijjati, yaṁ te ariye cakkavattivatte vattamānassa tadahuposathe pannarase sīsaṁnhātassa uposathikassa uparipāsādavaragatassa dibbaṁ cakkaratanaṁ pātubhavissati sahassāraṁ sanemikaṁ sanābhikaṁ sabbākāraparipūran’ti. 
;;;If you do so, it’s possible that—on a fifteenth day sabbath, having bathed your head and gone upstairs in the royal longhouse to observe the sabbath—the heavenly wheel-treasure will appear to you, with a thousand spokes, with rim and hub, complete in every detail.’ 
;;;‘Tena hi tvaṁ, tāta, dhammaṁyeva nissāya dhammaṁ sakkaronto dhammaṁ garuṁ karonto dhammaṁ mānento dhammaṁ pūjento dhammaṁ apacāyamāno dhammaddhajo dhammaketu dhammādhipateyyo dhammikaṁ rakkhāvaraṇaguttiṁ saṁvidahassu antojanasmiṁ balakāyasmiṁ khattiyesu anuyantesu brāhmaṇagahapatikesu negamajānapadesu samaṇabrāhmaṇesu migapakkhīsu. 
;;;‘Well then, my dear, relying only on principle—honoring, respecting, and venerating principle, having principle as your flag, banner, and authority—provide just protection and security for your court, troops, aristocrats, vassals, brahmins and householders, people of town and country, ascetics and brahmins, beasts and birds. 
;;;‘ehi kho, mahārāja, svāgataṁ te mahārāja, sakaṁ te, mahārāja, anusāsa, mahārājā’ti. 
;;;‘Come, great king! Welcome, great king! We are yours, great king, instruct us.’ 
;;;Atha kho taṁ, bhikkhave, cakkaratanaṁ puratthimaṁ samuddaṁ ajjhogāhetvā paccuttaritvā dakkhiṇaṁ disaṁ pavatti …pe… 
;;;Then the wheel-treasure, having plunged into the eastern ocean and emerged again, rolled towards the south. … 
;;;Atha kho, bhikkhave, rājā khattiyo muddhābhisitto amacce pārisajje gaṇakamahāmatte anīkaṭṭhe dovārike mantassājīvino sannipātetvā ariyaṁ cakkavattivattaṁ pucchi. 
;;;So the anointed king asked the assembled ministers and councillors, finance ministers, military officers, guardsmen, and professional advisers about the noble duty of a wheel-turning monarch. 
;;;Yannūnāhaṁ imaṁ purisaṁ sunisedhaṁ nisedheyyaṁ, mūlaghaccaṁ kareyyaṁ, sīsamassa chindeyyan’ti. 
;;;I’d better make an end of this person, finish him off, and chop off his head.’ 
;;;‘tena hi, bhaṇe, imaṁ purisaṁ daḷhāya rajjuyā pacchābāhaṁ gāḷhabandhanaṁ bandhitvā khuramuṇḍaṁ karitvā kharassarena paṇavena rathikāya rathikaṁ siṅghāṭakena siṅghāṭakaṁ parinetvā dakkhiṇena dvārena nikkhamitvā dakkhiṇato nagarassa sunisedhaṁ nisedhetha, mūlaghaccaṁ karotha, sīsamassa chindathā’ti. 
;;;‘Well then, my men, tie this man’s arms tightly behind his back with a strong rope. Shave his head and march him from street to street and square to square to the beating of a harsh drum. Then take him out the south gate and make an end of him, finish him off, and chop off his head.’ 
;;;‘yannūna mayampi tiṇhāni satthāni kārāpessāma, tiṇhāni satthāni kārāpetvā yesaṁ adinnaṁ theyyasaṅkhātaṁ ādiyissāma, te sunisedhaṁ nisedhessāma, mūlaghaccaṁ karissāma, sīsāni tesaṁ chindissāmā’ti. 
;;;‘We’d better have sharp swords made. Then when we steal from others, we’ll make an end of them, finish them off, and chop off their heads.’ 
;;;Dasavassāyukesu, bhikkhave, manussesu kudrūsako aggaṁ bhojanānaṁ bhavissati. 
;;;The best kind of food will be finger millet, 
;;;Sambhedaṁ loko gamissati yathā ajeḷakā kukkuṭasūkarā soṇasiṅgālā. 
;;;The world will become dissolute, like goats and sheep, chickens and pigs, and dogs and jackals. 
;;;Te tiṇhena satthena ‘esa migo esa migo’ti aññamaññaṁ jīvitā voropessanti. 
;;;with which they’ll take each other’s life, crying, ‘It’s a beast! It’s a beast!’ 
;;;‘mā ca mayaṁ kañci, mā ca amhe koci, yannūna mayaṁ tiṇagahanaṁ vā vanagahanaṁ vā rukkhagahanaṁ vā nadīviduggaṁ vā pabbatavisamaṁ vā pavisitvā vanamūlaphalāhārā yāpeyyāmā’ti. 
;;;‘Let us neither kill nor be killed! Why don’t we hide in thick grass, thick jungle, thick trees, inaccessible riverlands, or rugged mountains and survive on forest roots and fruits?’ 
;;;Asītivassasahassāyukesu, bhikkhave, manussesu ayaṁ jambudīpo avīci maññe phuṭo bhavissati manussehi, seyyathāpi naḷavanaṁ vā saravanaṁ vā. 
;;;And the land will be so full of people you’d think they were squashed together, like a thicket of rushes or reeds. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito pāsādā orohitvā pāsādapacchāyāyaṁ abbhokāse caṅkamati. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came downstairs from the longhouse and was walking mindfully in the open air, beneath the shade of the longhouse. 
;;;Addasā kho vāseṭṭho bhagavantaṁ sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhitaṁ pāsādā orohitvā pāsādapacchāyāyaṁ abbhokāse caṅkamantaṁ. 
;;;Vāseṭṭha saw him 
;;;“ayaṁ, āvuso bhāradvāja, bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito pāsādā orohitvā pāsādapacchāyāyaṁ abbhokāse caṅkamati. 
;;;“Reverend Bhāradvāja, the Buddha is walking mindfully in the open air, beneath the shade of the longhouse. 
;;;appeva nāma labheyyāma bhagavato santikā dhammiṁ kathaṁ savanāyā”ti. 
;;;Hopefully we’ll get to hear a Dhamma talk from him.” 
;;;Brāhmaṇāva sujjhanti, no abrāhmaṇā. 
;;;Only brahmins are purified, not others. 
;;;Te ca brāhmaṇā yonijāva samānā evamāhaṁsu: 
;;;Yet even though they’re born from a brahmin womb they say: 
;;;Sakyā kho pana, vāseṭṭha, rañño pasenadissa kosalassa anuyuttā bhavanti. 
;;;And the Sakyans are his vassals. 
;;;Yassa kho panassa, vāseṭṭha, tathāgate saddhā niviṭṭhā mūlajātā patiṭṭhitā daḷhā asaṁhāriyā samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmiṁ, tassetaṁ kallaṁ vacanāya: 
;;;But only when someone has faith in the Realized One—settled, rooted, and planted deep, strong, not to be shifted by any ascetic or brahmin or god or Māra or divinity or by anyone in the world—is it appropriate for them to say: 
;;;Atha kho tesaṁ, vāseṭṭha, sattānaṁ kadāci karahaci dīghassa addhuno accayena rasapathavī udakasmiṁ samatani; 
;;;After a very long period had passed, the earth’s nectar curdled in the water. 
;;;seyyathāpi nāma payaso tattassa nibbāyamānassa upari santānakaṁ hoti; 
;;;It appeared just like the curd on top of hot milk-rice as it cools. 
;;;Yato kho te, vāseṭṭha, sattā rasapathaviṁ hatthehi āluppakārakaṁ upakkamiṁsu paribhuñjituṁ. 
;;;But when they did this 
;;;Atha kho te, vāseṭṭha, sattā rasapathaviṁ paribhuñjantā tambhakkhā tadāhārā ciraṁ dīghamaddhānaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu. 
;;;Then those beings eating the earth’s nectar, with that as their food and nourishment, remained for a very long time. 
;;;Yathā yathā kho te, vāseṭṭha, sattā rasapathaviṁ paribhuñjantā tambhakkhā tadāhārā ciraṁ dīghamaddhānaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu tathā tathā tesaṁ sattānaṁ rasapathaviṁ paribhuñjantānaṁ kharattañceva kāyasmiṁ okkami, vaṇṇavevaṇṇatā ca paññāyittha. 
;;;But so long as they ate that earth’s nectar, their bodies became more solid and they diverged in appearance; 
;;;Bhūmipappaṭake antarahite padālatā pāturahosi, seyyathāpi nāma kalambukā; evameva pāturahosi. 
;;;When the ground-fungus had vanished, bursting pods appeared, like the fruit of the kadam tree. 
;;;Tadetarahipi manussā kenaci dukkhadhammena phuṭṭhā evamāhaṁsu: 
;;;And even today when people experience suffering they say: 
;;;‘nassa asuci, nassa asucī’ti. 
;;;‘Get lost, filth! Get lost, filth! 
;;;‘Alaṁ, bho satta, āhato me sāli sakideva sāyapātarāsāyā’ti. 
;;;‘There’s no need, good being! I gathered rice for supper and breakfast all at once.’ 
;;;Sayaṁpabhāya antarahitāya candimasūriyā pāturahesuṁ, candimasūriyesu pātubhūtesu nakkhattāni tārakarūpāni pāturahesuṁ, nakkhattesu tārakarūpesu pātubhūtesu rattindivā paññāyiṁsu, rattindivesu paññāyamānesu māsaḍḍhamāsā paññāyiṁsu. 
;;; 
;;;Te araññāyatane paṇṇakuṭiyo karitvā paṇṇakuṭīsu jhāyanti vītaṅgārā vītadhūmā pannamusalā sāyaṁ sāyamāsāya pāto pātarāsāya gāmanigamarājadhāniyo osaranti ghāsamesamānā. 
;;;They built leaf huts in a wilderness region where they meditated pure and bright, without lighting cooking fires or digging the soil. They came down in the morning for breakfast and in the evening for supper to the village, town, or royal capital seeking a meal. 
;;;Te ghāsaṁ paṭilabhitvā punadeva araññāyatane paṇṇakuṭīsu jhāyantī’ti, 
;;;When they have obtained food they continue to meditate in the leaf huts.’ 
;;;jhāyantīti kho, vāseṭṭha, ‘jhāyakā, jhāyakā’ tveva dutiyaṁ akkharaṁ upanibbattaṁ. 
;;;‘They meditate’ is the meaning of ‘meditator’, the second term applied to them. 
;;;Tesaṁyeva kho, vāseṭṭha, sattānaṁ ekacce sattā methunaṁ dhammaṁ samādāya visukammante payojesuṁ. 
;;;Some of those same beings, taking up an active sex life, applied themselves to various jobs. 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito pāsādā orohitvā pāsādapacchāyāyaṁ abbhokāse caṅkamati. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came downstairs from the longhouse and was walking mindfully in the open air, beneath the shade of the longhouse. 
;;;Addasā kho vāseṭṭho bhagavantaṁ sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhitaṁ pāsādā orohitvā pāsādapacchāyāyaṁ abbhokāse caṅkamantaṁ. 
;;;Vāseṭṭha saw him 
;;;“ayaṁ, āvuso bhāradvāja, bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito pāsādā orohitvā pāsādapacchāyāyaṁ abbhokāse caṅkamati. 
;;;“Reverend Bhāradvāja, the Buddha is walking mindfully in the open air, beneath the shade of the longhouse. 
;;;appeva nāma labheyyāma bhagavato santikā dhammiṁ kathaṁ savanāyā”ti. 
;;;Hopefully we’ll get to hear a Dhamma talk from him.” 
;;;Brāhmaṇāva sujjhanti, no abrāhmaṇā. 
;;;Only brahmins are purified, not others. 
;;;Te ca brāhmaṇā yonijāva samānā evamāhaṁsu: 
;;;Yet even though they’re born from a brahmin womb they say: 
;;;Sakyā kho pana, vāseṭṭha, rañño pasenadissa kosalassa anuyuttā bhavanti. 
;;;And the Sakyans are his vassals. 
;;;Yassa kho panassa, vāseṭṭha, tathāgate saddhā niviṭṭhā mūlajātā patiṭṭhitā daḷhā asaṁhāriyā samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmiṁ, tassetaṁ kallaṁ vacanāya: 
;;;But only when someone has faith in the Realized One—settled, rooted, and planted deep, strong, not to be shifted by any ascetic or brahmin or god or Māra or divinity or by anyone in the world—is it appropriate for them to say: 
;;;Atha kho tesaṁ, vāseṭṭha, sattānaṁ kadāci karahaci dīghassa addhuno accayena rasapathavī udakasmiṁ samatani; 
;;;After a very long period had passed, the earth’s nectar curdled in the water. 
;;;seyyathāpi nāma payaso tattassa nibbāyamānassa upari santānakaṁ hoti; 
;;;It appeared just like the curd on top of hot milk-rice as it cools. 
;;;Yato kho te, vāseṭṭha, sattā rasapathaviṁ hatthehi āluppakārakaṁ upakkamiṁsu paribhuñjituṁ. 
;;;But when they did this 
;;;Atha kho te, vāseṭṭha, sattā rasapathaviṁ paribhuñjantā tambhakkhā tadāhārā ciraṁ dīghamaddhānaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu. 
;;;Then those beings eating the earth’s nectar, with that as their food and nourishment, remained for a very long time. 
;;;Yathā yathā kho te, vāseṭṭha, sattā rasapathaviṁ paribhuñjantā tambhakkhā tadāhārā ciraṁ dīghamaddhānaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu tathā tathā tesaṁ sattānaṁ rasapathaviṁ paribhuñjantānaṁ kharattañceva kāyasmiṁ okkami, vaṇṇavevaṇṇatā ca paññāyittha. 
;;;But so long as they ate that earth’s nectar, their bodies became more solid and they diverged in appearance; 
;;;Bhūmipappaṭake antarahite padālatā pāturahosi, seyyathāpi nāma kalambukā; evameva pāturahosi. 
;;;When the ground-fungus had vanished, bursting pods appeared, like the fruit of the kadam tree. 
;;;Tadetarahipi manussā kenaci dukkhadhammena phuṭṭhā evamāhaṁsu: 
;;;And even today when people experience suffering they say: 
;;;‘nassa asuci, nassa asucī’ti. 
;;;‘Get lost, filth! Get lost, filth! 
;;;‘Alaṁ, bho satta, āhato me sāli sakideva sāyapātarāsāyā’ti. 
;;;‘There’s no need, good being! I gathered rice for supper and breakfast all at once.’ 
;;;Sayaṁpabhāya antarahitāya candimasūriyā pāturahesuṁ, candimasūriyesu pātubhūtesu nakkhattāni tārakarūpāni pāturahesuṁ, nakkhattesu tārakarūpesu pātubhūtesu rattindivā paññāyiṁsu, rattindivesu paññāyamānesu māsaḍḍhamāsā paññāyiṁsu. 
;;; 
;;;Te araññāyatane paṇṇakuṭiyo karitvā paṇṇakuṭīsu jhāyanti vītaṅgārā vītadhūmā pannamusalā sāyaṁ sāyamāsāya pāto pātarāsāya gāmanigamarājadhāniyo osaranti ghāsamesamānā. 
;;;They built leaf huts in a wilderness region where they meditated pure and bright, without lighting cooking fires or digging the soil. They came down in the morning for breakfast and in the evening for supper to the village, town, or royal capital seeking a meal. 
;;;Te ghāsaṁ paṭilabhitvā punadeva araññāyatane paṇṇakuṭīsu jhāyantī’ti, 
;;;When they have obtained food they continue to meditate in the leaf huts.’ 
;;;jhāyantīti kho, vāseṭṭha, ‘jhāyakā, jhāyakā’ tveva dutiyaṁ akkharaṁ upanibbattaṁ. 
;;;‘They meditate’ is the meaning of ‘meditator’, the second term applied to them. 
;;;Tesaṁyeva kho, vāseṭṭha, sattānaṁ ekacce sattā methunaṁ dhammaṁ samādāya visukammante payojesuṁ. 
;;;Some of those same beings, taking up an active sex life, applied themselves to various jobs. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Kiṁ te, sāriputta, ye te ahesuṁ atītamaddhānaṁ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, sabbe te bhagavanto cetasā ceto paricca viditā: ;;;What about all the perfected ones, the fully awakened Buddhas who lived in the past? Have you comprehended their minds to know that 
;;;“Na kho me, bhante, atītānāgatapaccuppannesu arahantesu sammāsambuddhesu cetopariyañāṇaṁ atthi. 
;;;“Sir, though I don’t comprehend the minds of Buddhas past, future, and present, 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhante, rañño paccantimaṁ nagaraṁ daḷhuddhāpaṁ daḷhapākāratoraṇaṁ ekadvāraṁ. 
;;;Suppose there were a king’s frontier citadel with fortified embankments, ramparts, and arches, and a single gate. 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, bhante, idhekacco na heva kho nimittena ādisati, nāpi manussānaṁ vā amanussānaṁ vā devatānaṁ vā saddaṁ sutvā ādisati, nāpi vitakkayato vicārayato vitakkavipphārasaddaṁ sutvā ādisati. Api ca kho avitakkaṁ avicāraṁ samādhiṁ samāpannassa cetasā ceto paricca pajānāti: 
;;;Furthermore, someone comprehends the mind of a person who has attained the immersion that’s free of placing the mind and keeping it connected. They understand, 
;;;Idha, bhante, ekacco sacco cassa saddho ca, na ca kuhako, na ca lapako, na ca nemittiko, na ca nippesiko, na ca lābhena lābhaṁ nijigīsanako, indriyesu guttadvāro, bhojane mattaññū, samakārī, jāgariyānuyogamanuyutto, atandito, āraddhavīriyo, jhāyī, satimā, kalyāṇapaṭibhāno, gatimā, dhitimā, matimā, na ca kāmesu giddho, sato ca nipako ca. 
;;;It’s when someone is honest and faithful. They don’t use deceit, flattery, hinting, or belittling, and they don’t use material things to chase after other material things. They guard the sense doors and eat in moderation. They’re fair, dedicated to wakefulness, tireless, energetic, and meditative. They have good memory, eloquence, range, retention, and thoughtfulness. They’re not greedy for sensual pleasures. They are mindful and alert. 
;;;Santi, bhante, devā, yesaṁ na sakkā gaṇanāya vā saṅkhānena vā āyu saṅkhātuṁ. 
;;;Sir, there are gods whose life span cannot be reckoned or calculated. 
;;;ekopi hutvā bahudhā hoti, bahudhāpi hutvā eko hoti; āvibhāvaṁ tirobhāvaṁ tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamāno gacchati seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ karoti seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gacchati seyyathāpi pathaviyaṁ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kamati seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve pāṇinā parāmasati parimajjati; yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vatteti. 
;;;multiplying themselves and becoming one again; appearing and disappearing; going unobstructed through a wall, a rampart, or a mountain as if through space; diving in and out of the earth as if it were water; walking on water as if it were earth; flying cross-legged through the sky like a bird; touching and stroking with the hand the sun and moon, so mighty and powerful; controlling the body as far as the realm of divinity. 
;;;Na ca, bhante, bhagavā kāmesu kāmasukhallikānuyogamanuyutto hīnaṁ gammaṁ pothujjanikaṁ anariyaṁ anatthasaṁhitaṁ, na ca attakilamathānuyogamanuyutto dukkhaṁ anariyaṁ anatthasaṁhitaṁ. 
;;;The Buddha doesn’t indulge in sensual pleasures, which are low, crude, ordinary, ignoble, and pointless. And he doesn’t indulge in self-mortification, which is painful, ignoble, and pointless. 
;;;“acchariyaṁ, bhante, abbhutaṁ, bhante, tathāgatassa appicchatā santuṭṭhitā sallekhatā. 
;;;“It’s incredible, sir, it’s amazing! The Realized One has so few wishes, such contentment, such self-effacement! 
;;;Acchariyaṁ, bhante, abbhutaṁ, bhante, tathāgatassa appicchatā santuṭṭhitā sallekhatā. 
;;;It’s incredible, sir, it’s amazing! The Realized One has so few wishes, such contentment, such self-effacement! 
;;;“Passa kho tvaṁ, udāyi, ‘tathāgatassa appicchatā santuṭṭhitā sallekhatā. 
;;;“See, Udāyī, how the Realized One has so few wishes, such contentment, such self-effacement. 
;;;Passa kho tvaṁ, udāyi, ‘tathāgatassa appicchatā santuṭṭhitā sallekhatā. 
;;;See, Udāyī, how the Realized One has so few wishes, such contentment, such self-effacement. 
;;;

>En 

Kiṁ te, sāriputta, ye te ahesuṁ atītamaddhānaṁ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, sabbe te bhagavanto cetasā ceto paricca viditā: ;;;What about all the perfected ones, the fully awakened Buddhas who lived in the past? Have you comprehended their minds to know that 
;;;“Na kho me, bhante, atītānāgatapaccuppannesu arahantesu sammāsambuddhesu cetopariyañāṇaṁ atthi. 
;;;“Sir, though I don’t comprehend the minds of Buddhas past, future, and present, 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhante, rañño paccantimaṁ nagaraṁ daḷhuddhāpaṁ daḷhapākāratoraṇaṁ ekadvāraṁ. 
;;;Suppose there were a king’s frontier citadel with fortified embankments, ramparts, and arches, and a single gate. 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, bhante, idhekacco na heva kho nimittena ādisati, nāpi manussānaṁ vā amanussānaṁ vā devatānaṁ vā saddaṁ sutvā ādisati, nāpi vitakkayato vicārayato vitakkavipphārasaddaṁ sutvā ādisati. Api ca kho avitakkaṁ avicāraṁ samādhiṁ samāpannassa cetasā ceto paricca pajānāti: 
;;;Furthermore, someone comprehends the mind of a person who has attained the immersion that’s free of placing the mind and keeping it connected. They understand, 
;;;Idha, bhante, ekacco sacco cassa saddho ca, na ca kuhako, na ca lapako, na ca nemittiko, na ca nippesiko, na ca lābhena lābhaṁ nijigīsanako, indriyesu guttadvāro, bhojane mattaññū, samakārī, jāgariyānuyogamanuyutto, atandito, āraddhavīriyo, jhāyī, satimā, kalyāṇapaṭibhāno, gatimā, dhitimā, matimā, na ca kāmesu giddho, sato ca nipako ca. 
;;;It’s when someone is honest and faithful. They don’t use deceit, flattery, hinting, or belittling, and they don’t use material things to chase after other material things. They guard the sense doors and eat in moderation. They’re fair, dedicated to wakefulness, tireless, energetic, and meditative. They have good memory, eloquence, range, retention, and thoughtfulness. They’re not greedy for sensual pleasures. They are mindful and alert. 
;;;Santi, bhante, devā, yesaṁ na sakkā gaṇanāya vā saṅkhānena vā āyu saṅkhātuṁ. 
;;;Sir, there are gods whose life span cannot be reckoned or calculated. 
;;;ekopi hutvā bahudhā hoti, bahudhāpi hutvā eko hoti; āvibhāvaṁ tirobhāvaṁ tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamāno gacchati seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ karoti seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gacchati seyyathāpi pathaviyaṁ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kamati seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve pāṇinā parāmasati parimajjati; yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vatteti. 
;;;multiplying themselves and becoming one again; appearing and disappearing; going unobstructed through a wall, a rampart, or a mountain as if through space; diving in and out of the earth as if it were water; walking on water as if it were earth; flying cross-legged through the sky like a bird; touching and stroking with the hand the sun and moon, so mighty and powerful; controlling the body as far as the realm of divinity. 
;;;Na ca, bhante, bhagavā kāmesu kāmasukhallikānuyogamanuyutto hīnaṁ gammaṁ pothujjanikaṁ anariyaṁ anatthasaṁhitaṁ, na ca attakilamathānuyogamanuyutto dukkhaṁ anariyaṁ anatthasaṁhitaṁ. 
;;;The Buddha doesn’t indulge in sensual pleasures, which are low, crude, ordinary, ignoble, and pointless. And he doesn’t indulge in self-mortification, which is painful, ignoble, and pointless. 
;;;“acchariyaṁ, bhante, abbhutaṁ, bhante, tathāgatassa appicchatā santuṭṭhitā sallekhatā. 
;;;“It’s incredible, sir, it’s amazing! The Realized One has so few wishes, such contentment, such self-effacement! 
;;;Acchariyaṁ, bhante, abbhutaṁ, bhante, tathāgatassa appicchatā santuṭṭhitā sallekhatā. 
;;;It’s incredible, sir, it’s amazing! The Realized One has so few wishes, such contentment, such self-effacement! 
;;;“Passa kho tvaṁ, udāyi, ‘tathāgatassa appicchatā santuṭṭhitā sallekhatā. 
;;;“See, Udāyī, how the Realized One has so few wishes, such contentment, such self-effacement. 
;;;Passa kho tvaṁ, udāyi, ‘tathāgatassa appicchatā santuṭṭhitā sallekhatā. 
;;;See, Udāyī, how the Realized One has so few wishes, such contentment, such self-effacement. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Vadhoyeva kho maññe nigaṇṭhesu nāṭaputtiyesu vattati. ;;;You’d think there was nothing but slaughter going on among the Jain ascetics. 
;;;Atha kho cundo samaṇuddeso pāvāyaṁ vassaṁvuṭṭho yena sāmagāmo, yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho cundo samaṇuddeso āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;And then, after completing the rainy season residence near Pāvā, the novice Cunda went to see Venerable Ānanda at Sāma village. He bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened. 
;;;Āyāmāvuso cunda, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamissāma; upasaṅkamitvā etamatthaṁ bhagavato ārocessāmā”ti. 
;;;Come, let’s go to the Buddha and tell him about this.” 
;;;satthā ca te sammāsambuddho, dhammo ca svākkhāto suppavedito niyyāniko upasamasaṁvattaniko sammāsambuddhappavedito. 
;;;For your teacher is awakened, and their teaching is well explained and well propounded, emancipating, leading to peace, proclaimed by someone who is a fully awakened Buddha. 
;;;Yo ca pasaṁsati, yañca pasaṁsati, yo ca pasaṁsito bhiyyoso mattāya vīriyaṁ ārabhati. Sabbe te bahuṁ puññaṁ pasavanti. 
;;;The one who praises, the one who they praise, and the one who, being praised, rouses up even more energy all create much merit. 
;;;Udako sudaṁ, cunda, rāmaputto evaṁ vācaṁ bhāsati: 
;;;Uddaka son of Rāma used to say: 
;;;Khurassa sādhunisitassa talamassa passati, dhārañca khvassa na passati. 
;;;You can see the blade of a well-sharpened razor, but not the edge. 
;;;Yañca taṁ, cunda, sammā vadamāno vadeyya: 
;;;If there’s anything of which it may be rightly said: 
;;;Evaṁ sabbākārasampannaṁ sabbākāraparipūraṁ anūnamanadhikaṁ svākkhātaṁ kevalaṁ paripūraṁ brahmacariyaṁ suppakāsitanti, iti hetaṁ passati. 
;;;One sees this: a spiritual path endowed with all good qualities, complete in all good qualities, neither too little nor too much, well explained, whole, full, and well propounded. 
;;;‘ayaṁ kho āyasmā atthañceva micchā gaṇhāti, byañjanāni ca micchā ropetī’ti. 
;;;‘This venerable misconstrues the meaning and mistakes the phrasing.’ 
;;;yāvadeva sītassa paṭighātāya, uṇhassa paṭighātāya, ḍaṁsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassānaṁ paṭighātāya, yāvadeva utuparissayavinodanapaṭisallānārāmatthaṁ. 
;;;only for the sake of warding off cold and heat; for warding off the touch of flies, mosquitoes, wind, sun, and reptiles; to shelter from harsh weather and to enjoy retreat. 
;;;9. Sukhallikānuyoga 
;;;9. Indulgence in Pleasure 
;;;‘sukhallikānuyogamanuyuttā samaṇā sakyaputtiyā viharantī’ti. 
;;;‘The ascetics who follow the Sakyan live indulging in pleasure.’ 
;;;Evaṁvādino, cunda, aññatitthiyā paribbājakā evamassu vacanīyā: 
;;;You should say to them, 
;;;‘katamo so, āvuso, sukhallikānuyogo? 
;;;‘What is that indulgence in pleasure? 
;;;Sukhallikānuyogā hi bahū anekavihitā nānappakārakā’ti. 
;;;For there are many different kinds of indulgence in pleasure.’ 
;;;Cattārome, cunda, sukhallikānuyogā hīnā gammā pothujjanikā anariyā anatthasaṁhitā na nibbidāya na virāgāya na nirodhāya na upasamāya na abhiññāya na sambodhāya na nibbānāya saṁvattanti. 
;;;These four kinds of indulgence in pleasure, Cunda, are low, crude, ordinary, ignoble, and pointless. They don’t lead to disillusionment, dispassion, cessation, peace, insight, awakening, and extinguishment. 
;;;Ayaṁ paṭhamo sukhallikānuyogo. 
;;;This is the first kind of indulgence in pleasure. 
;;;Ayaṁ dutiyo sukhallikānuyogo. 
;;;This is the second kind of indulgence in pleasure. 
;;;Ayaṁ tatiyo sukhallikānuyogo. 
;;;This is the third kind of indulgence in pleasure. 
;;;Ayaṁ catuttho sukhallikānuyogo. 
;;;This is the fourth kind of indulgence in pleasure. 
;;;Ime kho, cunda, cattāro sukhallikānuyogā hīnā gammā pothujjanikā anariyā anatthasaṁhitā na nibbidāya na virāgāya na nirodhāya na upasamāya na abhiññāya na sambodhāya na nibbānāya saṁvattanti. 
;;;These are the four kinds of indulgence in pleasure that are low, crude, ordinary, ignoble, and pointless. They don’t lead to disillusionment, dispassion, cessation, peace, insight, awakening, and extinguishment. 
;;;‘ime cattāro sukhallikānuyoge anuyuttā samaṇā sakyaputtiyā viharantī’ti. 
;;;‘The ascetics who follow the Sakyan live indulging in pleasure in these four ways.’ 
;;;Cattārome, cunda, sukhallikānuyogā ekantanibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṁvattanti. 
;;;Cunda, these four kinds of indulgence in pleasure lead solely to disillusionment, dispassion, cessation, peace, insight, awakening, and extinguishment. 
;;;Ayaṁ paṭhamo sukhallikānuyogo. 
;;;This is the first kind of indulgence in pleasure. 
;;;Ayaṁ dutiyo sukhallikānuyogo. 
;;;This is the second kind of indulgence in pleasure. 
;;;Ayaṁ tatiyo sukhallikānuyogo. 
;;;This is the third kind of indulgence in pleasure. 
;;;Ayaṁ catuttho sukhallikānuyogo. 
;;;This is the fourth kind of indulgence in pleasure. 
;;;Ime kho, cunda, cattāro sukhallikānuyogā ekantanibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṁvattanti. 
;;;These are the four kinds of indulgence in pleasure which lead solely to disillusionment, dispassion, cessation, peace, insight, awakening, and extinguishment. 
;;;‘ime cattāro sukhallikānuyoge anuyuttā samaṇā sakyaputtiyā viharantī’ti. 
;;;‘The ascetics who follow the Sakyan live indulging in pleasure in these four ways.’ 
;;;10. Sukhallikānuyogānisaṁsa 
;;;10. The Benefits of Indulgence in Pleasure 
;;;‘ime panāvuso, cattāro sukhallikānuyoge anuyuttānaṁ viharataṁ kati phalāni katānisaṁsā pāṭikaṅkhā’ti? 
;;;‘How many fruits and benefits may be expected by those who live indulging in pleasure in these four ways?’ 
;;;‘ime kho, āvuso, cattāro sukhallikānuyoge anuyuttānaṁ viharataṁ cattāri phalāni cattāro ānisaṁsā pāṭikaṅkhā. 
;;;‘Four benefits may be expected by those who live indulging in pleasure in these four ways. 
;;;Ime kho, āvuso, cattāro sukhallikānuyoge anuyuttānaṁ viharataṁ imāni cattāri phalāni, cattāro ānisaṁsā pāṭikaṅkhā’ti. 
;;;These four benefits may be expected by those who live indulging in pleasure in these four ways.’ 
;;;Iti kho, cunda, atītānāgatapaccuppannesu dhammesu tathāgato kālavādī bhūtavādī atthavādī dhammavādī vinayavādī, tasmā ‘tathāgato’ti vuccati. 
;;;And so the Realized One has speech that’s well-timed, true, meaningful, in line with the teaching and training. That’s why he’s called the ‘Realized One’. 
;;;Yathā ca te na byākātabbā, kiṁ vo ahaṁ te tathā byākarissāmi? 
;;;Shall I explain them to you in the wrong way? 
;;;

>En 

Vadhoyeva kho maññe nigaṇṭhesu nāṭaputtiyesu vattati. ;;;You’d think there was nothing but slaughter going on among the Jain ascetics. 
;;;Atha kho cundo samaṇuddeso pāvāyaṁ vassaṁvuṭṭho yena sāmagāmo, yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho cundo samaṇuddeso āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;And then, after completing the rainy season residence near Pāvā, the novice Cunda went to see Venerable Ānanda at Sāma village. He bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened. 
;;;Āyāmāvuso cunda, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamissāma; upasaṅkamitvā etamatthaṁ bhagavato ārocessāmā”ti. 
;;;Come, let’s go to the Buddha and tell him about this.” 
;;;satthā ca te sammāsambuddho, dhammo ca svākkhāto suppavedito niyyāniko upasamasaṁvattaniko sammāsambuddhappavedito. 
;;;For your teacher is awakened, and their teaching is well explained and well propounded, emancipating, leading to peace, proclaimed by someone who is a fully awakened Buddha. 
;;;Yo ca pasaṁsati, yañca pasaṁsati, yo ca pasaṁsito bhiyyoso mattāya vīriyaṁ ārabhati. Sabbe te bahuṁ puññaṁ pasavanti. 
;;;The one who praises, the one who they praise, and the one who, being praised, rouses up even more energy all create much merit. 
;;;Udako sudaṁ, cunda, rāmaputto evaṁ vācaṁ bhāsati: 
;;;Uddaka son of Rāma used to say: 
;;;Khurassa sādhunisitassa talamassa passati, dhārañca khvassa na passati. 
;;;You can see the blade of a well-sharpened razor, but not the edge. 
;;;Yañca taṁ, cunda, sammā vadamāno vadeyya: 
;;;If there’s anything of which it may be rightly said: 
;;;Evaṁ sabbākārasampannaṁ sabbākāraparipūraṁ anūnamanadhikaṁ svākkhātaṁ kevalaṁ paripūraṁ brahmacariyaṁ suppakāsitanti, iti hetaṁ passati. 
;;;One sees this: a spiritual path endowed with all good qualities, complete in all good qualities, neither too little nor too much, well explained, whole, full, and well propounded. 
;;;‘ayaṁ kho āyasmā atthañceva micchā gaṇhāti, byañjanāni ca micchā ropetī’ti. 
;;;‘This venerable misconstrues the meaning and mistakes the phrasing.’ 
;;;yāvadeva sītassa paṭighātāya, uṇhassa paṭighātāya, ḍaṁsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassānaṁ paṭighātāya, yāvadeva utuparissayavinodanapaṭisallānārāmatthaṁ. 
;;;only for the sake of warding off cold and heat; for warding off the touch of flies, mosquitoes, wind, sun, and reptiles; to shelter from harsh weather and to enjoy retreat. 
;;;9. Sukhallikānuyoga 
;;;9. Indulgence in Pleasure 
;;;‘sukhallikānuyogamanuyuttā samaṇā sakyaputtiyā viharantī’ti. 
;;;‘The ascetics who follow the Sakyan live indulging in pleasure.’ 
;;;Evaṁvādino, cunda, aññatitthiyā paribbājakā evamassu vacanīyā: 
;;;You should say to them, 
;;;‘katamo so, āvuso, sukhallikānuyogo? 
;;;‘What is that indulgence in pleasure? 
;;;Sukhallikānuyogā hi bahū anekavihitā nānappakārakā’ti. 
;;;For there are many different kinds of indulgence in pleasure.’ 
;;;Cattārome, cunda, sukhallikānuyogā hīnā gammā pothujjanikā anariyā anatthasaṁhitā na nibbidāya na virāgāya na nirodhāya na upasamāya na abhiññāya na sambodhāya na nibbānāya saṁvattanti. 
;;;These four kinds of indulgence in pleasure, Cunda, are low, crude, ordinary, ignoble, and pointless. They don’t lead to disillusionment, dispassion, cessation, peace, insight, awakening, and extinguishment. 
;;;Ayaṁ paṭhamo sukhallikānuyogo. 
;;;This is the first kind of indulgence in pleasure. 
;;;Ayaṁ dutiyo sukhallikānuyogo. 
;;;This is the second kind of indulgence in pleasure. 
;;;Ayaṁ tatiyo sukhallikānuyogo. 
;;;This is the third kind of indulgence in pleasure. 
;;;Ayaṁ catuttho sukhallikānuyogo. 
;;;This is the fourth kind of indulgence in pleasure. 
;;;Ime kho, cunda, cattāro sukhallikānuyogā hīnā gammā pothujjanikā anariyā anatthasaṁhitā na nibbidāya na virāgāya na nirodhāya na upasamāya na abhiññāya na sambodhāya na nibbānāya saṁvattanti. 
;;;These are the four kinds of indulgence in pleasure that are low, crude, ordinary, ignoble, and pointless. They don’t lead to disillusionment, dispassion, cessation, peace, insight, awakening, and extinguishment. 
;;;‘ime cattāro sukhallikānuyoge anuyuttā samaṇā sakyaputtiyā viharantī’ti. 
;;;‘The ascetics who follow the Sakyan live indulging in pleasure in these four ways.’ 
;;;Cattārome, cunda, sukhallikānuyogā ekantanibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṁvattanti. 
;;;Cunda, these four kinds of indulgence in pleasure lead solely to disillusionment, dispassion, cessation, peace, insight, awakening, and extinguishment. 
;;;Ayaṁ paṭhamo sukhallikānuyogo. 
;;;This is the first kind of indulgence in pleasure. 
;;;Ayaṁ dutiyo sukhallikānuyogo. 
;;;This is the second kind of indulgence in pleasure. 
;;;Ayaṁ tatiyo sukhallikānuyogo. 
;;;This is the third kind of indulgence in pleasure. 
;;;Ayaṁ catuttho sukhallikānuyogo. 
;;;This is the fourth kind of indulgence in pleasure. 
;;;Ime kho, cunda, cattāro sukhallikānuyogā ekantanibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṁvattanti. 
;;;These are the four kinds of indulgence in pleasure which lead solely to disillusionment, dispassion, cessation, peace, insight, awakening, and extinguishment. 
;;;‘ime cattāro sukhallikānuyoge anuyuttā samaṇā sakyaputtiyā viharantī’ti. 
;;;‘The ascetics who follow the Sakyan live indulging in pleasure in these four ways.’ 
;;;10. Sukhallikānuyogānisaṁsa 
;;;10. The Benefits of Indulgence in Pleasure 
;;;‘ime panāvuso, cattāro sukhallikānuyoge anuyuttānaṁ viharataṁ kati phalāni katānisaṁsā pāṭikaṅkhā’ti? 
;;;‘How many fruits and benefits may be expected by those who live indulging in pleasure in these four ways?’ 
;;;‘ime kho, āvuso, cattāro sukhallikānuyoge anuyuttānaṁ viharataṁ cattāri phalāni cattāro ānisaṁsā pāṭikaṅkhā. 
;;;‘Four benefits may be expected by those who live indulging in pleasure in these four ways. 
;;;Ime kho, āvuso, cattāro sukhallikānuyoge anuyuttānaṁ viharataṁ imāni cattāri phalāni, cattāro ānisaṁsā pāṭikaṅkhā’ti. 
;;;These four benefits may be expected by those who live indulging in pleasure in these four ways.’ 
;;;Iti kho, cunda, atītānāgatapaccuppannesu dhammesu tathāgato kālavādī bhūtavādī atthavādī dhammavādī vinayavādī, tasmā ‘tathāgato’ti vuccati. 
;;;And so the Realized One has speech that’s well-timed, true, meaningful, in line with the teaching and training. That’s why he’s called the ‘Realized One’. 
;;;Yathā ca te na byākātabbā, kiṁ vo ahaṁ te tathā byākarissāmi? 
;;;Shall I explain them to you in the wrong way? 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Bhaddante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ. ;;;“Venerable sir,” they replied. 
;;;Sace kho pana agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajati, arahaṁ hoti sammāsambuddho loke vivaṭṭacchado. 
;;;But if he goes forth from the lay life to homelessness, he becomes a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha, who draws back the veil from the world. 
;;;sukhumacchavi hoti, sukhumattā chaviyā rajojallaṁ kāye na upalimpati … 
;;;He has delicate skin, so delicate that dust and dirt don’t stick to his body. 
;;;uddhaggalomo hoti, uddhaggāni lomāni jātāni nīlāni añjanavaṇṇāni kuṇḍalāvaṭṭāni dakkhiṇāvaṭṭakajātāni … 
;;;His hairs stand up; they’re blue-black and curl clockwise. 
;;;citantaraṁso hoti … 
;;;He is filled out between the shoulders. 
;;;Daḷhaṁ samādāya samattamācari. 
;;;firmly undertaking these things, he lived accordingly. 
;;;So tena kammena divaṁ samakkami, 
;;;By means of these deeds he went to heaven, 
;;;Gihissa vā pabbajitassa vā puna, 
;;;as householder or renunciate. 
;;;Tena sucaritena saggamagamā, 
;;;By that good conduct he went to heaven, 
;;;Cirayapanāya kumāramādisanti. 
;;;they indicated that the prince’s life would be long: 
;;;“Khajjabhojjamatha leyya sāyiyaṁ, 
;;;“He used to give the very best of flavors— 
;;;Yaṁ gihissapi tadatthajotakaṁ, 
;;;as a householder, that’s what that means. 
;;;dānena peyyavajjena atthacariyāya samānattatāya. 
;;;giving, kindly words, taking care, and equality. 
;;;Piyavāditañca samānattatañca; 
;;;kindly speech, and equal treatment, 
;;;Piyavadū hitasukhataṁ jigīsamāno, 
;;;Speaking kindly, seeking happiness, 
;;;Kathaṁ vijāneyyuṁ lahunti icchati; 
;;;he thought of how they might easily learn. 
;;;Sukhumacchavi hoti, sukhumattā chaviyā rajojallaṁ kāye na upalimpati. 
;;;he has delicate skin, so delicate that dust and dirt don’t stick to his body. 
;;;Dātā ca ahosi sukhumānaṁ mudukānaṁ attharaṇānaṁ pāvuraṇānaṁ khomasukhumānaṁ kappāsikasukhumānaṁ koseyyasukhumānaṁ kambalasukhumānaṁ. 
;;;He donated soft and fine mats and blankets, and fine cloths of linen, cotton, silk, and wool. 
;;;Upapajji sukataphalavipākamanubhutvā; 
;;;where he enjoyed the fruits of deeds well done. 
;;;Micchaṁ mahatimahiṁ anusāsati; 
;;;he conquers and rules this vast, broad earth. 
;;;Sahito purimakataphalaṁ anubhavati, 
;;;For he still partakes of past deed’s fruit; 
;;;Mātarampi puttena samānetā ahosi, puttampi mātarā samānetā ahosi, pitarampi puttena samānetā ahosi, puttampi pitarā samānetā ahosi, bhātarampi bhātarā samānetā ahosi, bhātarampi bhaginiyā samānetā ahosi, bhaginimpi bhātarā samānetā ahosi, bhaginimpi bhaginiyā samānetā ahosi, samaṅgīkatvā ca abbhanumoditā ahosi. 
;;;He reunited mother with child and child with mother; father with child and child with father; brother with brother, brother with sister, sister with brother, and sister with sister, bringing them together with rejoicing. 
;;;Samaṅgikatvā anumoditā ahu. 
;;;bringing them together with joy. 
;;;Mahiñca pana ṭhito anonamanto, 
;;;Now standing without bending 
;;;‘kintime saddhāya vaḍḍheyyuṁ, sīlena vaḍḍheyyuṁ, sutena vaḍḍheyyuṁ, cāgena vaḍḍheyyuṁ, dhammena vaḍḍheyyuṁ, paññāya vaḍḍheyyuṁ, dhanadhaññena vaḍḍheyyuṁ, khettavatthunā vaḍḍheyyuṁ, dvipadacatuppadehi vaḍḍheyyuṁ, puttadārehi vaḍḍheyyuṁ, dāsakammakaraporisehi vaḍḍheyyuṁ, ñātīhi vaḍḍheyyuṁ, mittehi vaḍḍheyyuṁ, bandhavehi vaḍḍheyyun’ti. 
;;;‘How might they flourish in faith, ethics, learning, generosity, teachings, and wisdom; in wealth and grain, fields and land, birds and beasts, children and partners; in bondservants, workers, and staff; in family, friends, and kin?’ 
;;;Atthassa middhī ca panābhikaṅkhati. 
;;;And so he ever desired their success. 
;;;Samojasā rasaharaṇī susaṇṭhitā, 
;;;With taste receptors prominent and evenly spreading nutrition, 
;;;Gihissa vā pabbajitassa vā puna, 
;;;as householder or renunciate. 
;;;na ca visaṭaṁ, na ca visāci, na ca pana viceyya pekkhitā, ujuṁ tathā pasaṭamujumano, piyacakkhunā bahujanaṁ udikkhitā ahosi. 
;;;When looking at others he didn’t glare, look askance, or avert his eyes. Being straightforward, he reached out to others with straightforward intentions, looking at people with kindly eyes. 
;;;“Na ca visaṭaṁ na ca visāci, 
;;;“With not a glare or glance askance, 
;;;Ubbādhikaṁ bahujanappamaddanaṁ; 
;;;insulting, quarrelsome, 
;;;Madhuraṁ bhaṇi susaṁhitaṁ sakhilaṁ. 
;;;His speech was sweet, helpful, and courteous. 
;;;Saggesu vedayatha puññaphalaṁ. 
;;;experiencing the fruit of good deeds in heaven. 
;;;“Na samphappalāpaṁ na muddhataṁ, 
;;;“Neither nonsensical nor silly, 
;;;Samamapi sucisusukkaṁ. 
;;;gleaming, bright, and white. 
;;;Imamapi ca paramapi ca passati lokaṁ. 
;;;he sees this world and the next. 
;;;

>En 

“Bhaddante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ. ;;;“Venerable sir,” they replied. 
;;;Sace kho pana agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajati, arahaṁ hoti sammāsambuddho loke vivaṭṭacchado. 
;;;But if he goes forth from the lay life to homelessness, he becomes a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha, who draws back the veil from the world. 
;;;sukhumacchavi hoti, sukhumattā chaviyā rajojallaṁ kāye na upalimpati … 
;;;He has delicate skin, so delicate that dust and dirt don’t stick to his body. 
;;;uddhaggalomo hoti, uddhaggāni lomāni jātāni nīlāni añjanavaṇṇāni kuṇḍalāvaṭṭāni dakkhiṇāvaṭṭakajātāni … 
;;;His hairs stand up; they’re blue-black and curl clockwise. 
;;;citantaraṁso hoti … 
;;;He is filled out between the shoulders. 
;;;Daḷhaṁ samādāya samattamācari. 
;;;firmly undertaking these things, he lived accordingly. 
;;;So tena kammena divaṁ samakkami, 
;;;By means of these deeds he went to heaven, 
;;;Gihissa vā pabbajitassa vā puna, 
;;;as householder or renunciate. 
;;;Tena sucaritena saggamagamā, 
;;;By that good conduct he went to heaven, 
;;;Cirayapanāya kumāramādisanti. 
;;;they indicated that the prince’s life would be long: 
;;;“Khajjabhojjamatha leyya sāyiyaṁ, 
;;;“He used to give the very best of flavors— 
;;;Yaṁ gihissapi tadatthajotakaṁ, 
;;;as a householder, that’s what that means. 
;;;dānena peyyavajjena atthacariyāya samānattatāya. 
;;;giving, kindly words, taking care, and equality. 
;;;Piyavāditañca samānattatañca; 
;;;kindly speech, and equal treatment, 
;;;Piyavadū hitasukhataṁ jigīsamāno, 
;;;Speaking kindly, seeking happiness, 
;;;Kathaṁ vijāneyyuṁ lahunti icchati; 
;;;he thought of how they might easily learn. 
;;;Sukhumacchavi hoti, sukhumattā chaviyā rajojallaṁ kāye na upalimpati. 
;;;he has delicate skin, so delicate that dust and dirt don’t stick to his body. 
;;;Dātā ca ahosi sukhumānaṁ mudukānaṁ attharaṇānaṁ pāvuraṇānaṁ khomasukhumānaṁ kappāsikasukhumānaṁ koseyyasukhumānaṁ kambalasukhumānaṁ. 
;;;He donated soft and fine mats and blankets, and fine cloths of linen, cotton, silk, and wool. 
;;;Upapajji sukataphalavipākamanubhutvā; 
;;;where he enjoyed the fruits of deeds well done. 
;;;Micchaṁ mahatimahiṁ anusāsati; 
;;;he conquers and rules this vast, broad earth. 
;;;Sahito purimakataphalaṁ anubhavati, 
;;;For he still partakes of past deed’s fruit; 
;;;Mātarampi puttena samānetā ahosi, puttampi mātarā samānetā ahosi, pitarampi puttena samānetā ahosi, puttampi pitarā samānetā ahosi, bhātarampi bhātarā samānetā ahosi, bhātarampi bhaginiyā samānetā ahosi, bhaginimpi bhātarā samānetā ahosi, bhaginimpi bhaginiyā samānetā ahosi, samaṅgīkatvā ca abbhanumoditā ahosi. 
;;;He reunited mother with child and child with mother; father with child and child with father; brother with brother, brother with sister, sister with brother, and sister with sister, bringing them together with rejoicing. 
;;;Samaṅgikatvā anumoditā ahu. 
;;;bringing them together with joy. 
;;;Mahiñca pana ṭhito anonamanto, 
;;;Now standing without bending 
;;;‘kintime saddhāya vaḍḍheyyuṁ, sīlena vaḍḍheyyuṁ, sutena vaḍḍheyyuṁ, cāgena vaḍḍheyyuṁ, dhammena vaḍḍheyyuṁ, paññāya vaḍḍheyyuṁ, dhanadhaññena vaḍḍheyyuṁ, khettavatthunā vaḍḍheyyuṁ, dvipadacatuppadehi vaḍḍheyyuṁ, puttadārehi vaḍḍheyyuṁ, dāsakammakaraporisehi vaḍḍheyyuṁ, ñātīhi vaḍḍheyyuṁ, mittehi vaḍḍheyyuṁ, bandhavehi vaḍḍheyyun’ti. 
;;;‘How might they flourish in faith, ethics, learning, generosity, teachings, and wisdom; in wealth and grain, fields and land, birds and beasts, children and partners; in bondservants, workers, and staff; in family, friends, and kin?’ 
;;;Atthassa middhī ca panābhikaṅkhati. 
;;;And so he ever desired their success. 
;;;Samojasā rasaharaṇī susaṇṭhitā, 
;;;With taste receptors prominent and evenly spreading nutrition, 
;;;Gihissa vā pabbajitassa vā puna, 
;;;as householder or renunciate. 
;;;na ca visaṭaṁ, na ca visāci, na ca pana viceyya pekkhitā, ujuṁ tathā pasaṭamujumano, piyacakkhunā bahujanaṁ udikkhitā ahosi. 
;;;When looking at others he didn’t glare, look askance, or avert his eyes. Being straightforward, he reached out to others with straightforward intentions, looking at people with kindly eyes. 
;;;“Na ca visaṭaṁ na ca visāci, 
;;;“With not a glare or glance askance, 
;;;Ubbādhikaṁ bahujanappamaddanaṁ; 
;;;insulting, quarrelsome, 
;;;Madhuraṁ bhaṇi susaṁhitaṁ sakhilaṁ. 
;;;His speech was sweet, helpful, and courteous. 
;;;Saggesu vedayatha puññaphalaṁ. 
;;;experiencing the fruit of good deeds in heaven. 
;;;“Na samphappalāpaṁ na muddhataṁ, 
;;;“Neither nonsensical nor silly, 
;;;Samamapi sucisusukkaṁ. 
;;;gleaming, bright, and white. 
;;;Imamapi ca paramapi ca passati lokaṁ. 
;;;he sees this world and the next. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tena kho pana samayena siṅgālako gahapatiputto kālasseva uṭṭhāya rājagahā nikkhamitvā allavattho allakeso pañjaliko puthudisā namassati— ;;;Now at that time the householder’s son Sigālaka rose early and left Rājagaha. With his clothes and hair all wet, he raised his joined palms to revere the various quarters— 
;;;Addasā kho bhagavā siṅgālakaṁ gahapatiputtaṁ kālasseva vuṭṭhāya rājagahā nikkhamitvā allavatthaṁ allakesaṁ pañjalikaṁ puthudisā namassantaṁ— 
;;;He saw Sigālaka revering the quarters 
;;;“kiṁ nu kho tvaṁ, gahapatiputta, kālasseva vuṭṭhāya rājagahā nikkhamitvā allavattho allakeso pañjaliko puthudisā namassasi— 
;;;“Householder’s son, why are you revering the quarters in this way?” 
;;;So kho ahaṁ, bhante, pituvacanaṁ sakkaronto garuṁ karonto mānento pūjento kālasseva uṭṭhāya rājagahā nikkhamitvā allavattho allakeso pañjaliko puthudisā namassāmi— 
;;;Honoring, respecting, and venerating my father’s words, I rose early and left Rājagaha and, with my clothes and hair all wet, raised my joined palms to revere the various quarters— 
;;;Surāmerayamajjappamādaṭṭhānānuyogo kho, gahapatiputta, bhogānaṁ apāyamukhaṁ, vikālavisikhācariyānuyogo bhogānaṁ apāyamukhaṁ, samajjābhicaraṇaṁ bhogānaṁ apāyamukhaṁ, jūtappamādaṭṭhānānuyogo bhogānaṁ apāyamukhaṁ, pāpamittānuyogo bhogānaṁ apāyamukhaṁ, ālasyānuyogo bhogānaṁ apāyamukhaṁ. 
;;;Habitually engaging in the following things is a drain on wealth: drinking alcohol; roaming the streets at night; frequenting festivals; gambling; bad friends; laziness. 
;;;Sandiṭṭhikā dhanajāni, kalahappavaḍḍhanī, rogānaṁ āyatanaṁ, akittisañjananī, kopīnanidaṁsanī, paññāya dubbalikaraṇītveva chaṭṭhaṁ padaṁ bhavati. 
;;;Immediate loss of wealth, promotion of quarrels, susceptibility to illness, disrepute, indecent exposure; and weakened wisdom is the sixth thing. 
;;;Attāpissa agutto arakkhito hoti, puttadāropissa agutto arakkhito hoti, sāpateyyampissa aguttaṁ arakkhitaṁ hoti, saṅkiyo ca hoti pāpakesu ṭhānesu, abhūtavacanañca tasmiṁ rūhati, bahūnañca dukkhadhammānaṁ purakkhato hoti. 
;;;Yourself, your partners and children, and your property are all left unguarded. You’re suspected of bad deeds. Untrue rumors spread about you. You’re at the forefront of many things that entail suffering. 
;;;Verappasavo ca anatthatā ca; 
;;;making enemies, harmfulness, 
;;;Nihīnasevī na ca vuddhasevī, 
;;;Associating with the worse, not the better, 
;;;Pipāso pivaṁ papāgato; 
;;;thirsty, drinking in the bar, 
;;;Akulaṁ kāhiti khippamattano. 
;;;will quickly lose their way. 
;;;Pāpakampissa anujānāti, kalyāṇampissa anujānāti, sammukhāssa vaṇṇaṁ bhāsati, parammukhāssa avaṇṇaṁ bhāsati. 
;;;They support you equally in doing bad and doing good. They praise you to your face, and put you down behind your back. 
;;;yo ca mitto vacīparo; 
;;;another all talk; 
;;;Upakāro mitto suhado veditabbo, samānasukhadukkho mitto suhado veditabbo, atthakkhāyī mitto suhado veditabbo, anukampako mitto suhado veditabbo. 
;;;the helper, the friend in good times and bad, the counselor, and the one who’s sympathetic. 
;;;sukhe dukkhe ca yo sakhā; 
;;;one the same in both pleasure and pain, 
;;;Evaṁ bhoge samāhatvā, 
;;;In gathering wealth like this, 
;;;Pañcahi kho, gahapatiputta, ṭhānehi puttena puratthimā disā mātāpitaro paccupaṭṭhātabbā— 
;;;A child should serve their parents as the eastern quarter in five ways, thinking: 
;;;suvinītaṁ vinenti, suggahitaṁ gāhāpenti, sabbasippassutaṁ samakkhāyino bhavanti, mittāmaccesu paṭiyādenti, disāsu parittāṇaṁ karonti. 
;;;They make sure they’re well educated and well drilled in memorization. They clearly explain all the knowledge of the profession. They introduce them to their friends and colleagues. They provide protection in every region. 
;;;sammānanāya anavamānanāya anaticariyāya issariyavossaggena alaṅkārānuppadānena. 
;;;by treating her with honor, by not looking down on her, by not being unfaithful, by relinquishing authority to her, and by presenting her with adornments. 
;;;dānena peyyavajjena atthacariyāya samānattatāya avisaṁvādanatāya. 
;;;giving, kindly words, taking care, equality, and not using tricky words. 
;;;Pañcahi kho, gahapatiputta, ṭhānehi ayyirakena heṭṭhimā disā dāsakammakarā paccupaṭṭhātabbā— 
;;;A master should serve their bondservants and workers as the lower quarter in five ways: 
;;;sammapekkhanti paṇḍitā; 
;;;the astute do regard them well, 
;;;

>En 

Tena kho pana samayena siṅgālako gahapatiputto kālasseva uṭṭhāya rājagahā nikkhamitvā allavattho allakeso pañjaliko puthudisā namassati— ;;;Now at that time the householder’s son Sigālaka rose early and left Rājagaha. With his clothes and hair all wet, he raised his joined palms to revere the various quarters— 
;;;Addasā kho bhagavā siṅgālakaṁ gahapatiputtaṁ kālasseva vuṭṭhāya rājagahā nikkhamitvā allavatthaṁ allakesaṁ pañjalikaṁ puthudisā namassantaṁ— 
;;;He saw Sigālaka revering the quarters 
;;;“kiṁ nu kho tvaṁ, gahapatiputta, kālasseva vuṭṭhāya rājagahā nikkhamitvā allavattho allakeso pañjaliko puthudisā namassasi— 
;;;“Householder’s son, why are you revering the quarters in this way?” 
;;;So kho ahaṁ, bhante, pituvacanaṁ sakkaronto garuṁ karonto mānento pūjento kālasseva uṭṭhāya rājagahā nikkhamitvā allavattho allakeso pañjaliko puthudisā namassāmi— 
;;;Honoring, respecting, and venerating my father’s words, I rose early and left Rājagaha and, with my clothes and hair all wet, raised my joined palms to revere the various quarters— 
;;;Surāmerayamajjappamādaṭṭhānānuyogo kho, gahapatiputta, bhogānaṁ apāyamukhaṁ, vikālavisikhācariyānuyogo bhogānaṁ apāyamukhaṁ, samajjābhicaraṇaṁ bhogānaṁ apāyamukhaṁ, jūtappamādaṭṭhānānuyogo bhogānaṁ apāyamukhaṁ, pāpamittānuyogo bhogānaṁ apāyamukhaṁ, ālasyānuyogo bhogānaṁ apāyamukhaṁ. 
;;;Habitually engaging in the following things is a drain on wealth: drinking alcohol; roaming the streets at night; frequenting festivals; gambling; bad friends; laziness. 
;;;Sandiṭṭhikā dhanajāni, kalahappavaḍḍhanī, rogānaṁ āyatanaṁ, akittisañjananī, kopīnanidaṁsanī, paññāya dubbalikaraṇītveva chaṭṭhaṁ padaṁ bhavati. 
;;;Immediate loss of wealth, promotion of quarrels, susceptibility to illness, disrepute, indecent exposure; and weakened wisdom is the sixth thing. 
;;;Attāpissa agutto arakkhito hoti, puttadāropissa agutto arakkhito hoti, sāpateyyampissa aguttaṁ arakkhitaṁ hoti, saṅkiyo ca hoti pāpakesu ṭhānesu, abhūtavacanañca tasmiṁ rūhati, bahūnañca dukkhadhammānaṁ purakkhato hoti. 
;;;Yourself, your partners and children, and your property are all left unguarded. You’re suspected of bad deeds. Untrue rumors spread about you. You’re at the forefront of many things that entail suffering. 
;;;Verappasavo ca anatthatā ca; 
;;;making enemies, harmfulness, 
;;;Nihīnasevī na ca vuddhasevī, 
;;;Associating with the worse, not the better, 
;;;Pipāso pivaṁ papāgato; 
;;;thirsty, drinking in the bar, 
;;;Akulaṁ kāhiti khippamattano. 
;;;will quickly lose their way. 
;;;Pāpakampissa anujānāti, kalyāṇampissa anujānāti, sammukhāssa vaṇṇaṁ bhāsati, parammukhāssa avaṇṇaṁ bhāsati. 
;;;They support you equally in doing bad and doing good. They praise you to your face, and put you down behind your back. 
;;;yo ca mitto vacīparo; 
;;;another all talk; 
;;;Upakāro mitto suhado veditabbo, samānasukhadukkho mitto suhado veditabbo, atthakkhāyī mitto suhado veditabbo, anukampako mitto suhado veditabbo. 
;;;the helper, the friend in good times and bad, the counselor, and the one who’s sympathetic. 
;;;sukhe dukkhe ca yo sakhā; 
;;;one the same in both pleasure and pain, 
;;;Evaṁ bhoge samāhatvā, 
;;;In gathering wealth like this, 
;;;Pañcahi kho, gahapatiputta, ṭhānehi puttena puratthimā disā mātāpitaro paccupaṭṭhātabbā— 
;;;A child should serve their parents as the eastern quarter in five ways, thinking: 
;;;suvinītaṁ vinenti, suggahitaṁ gāhāpenti, sabbasippassutaṁ samakkhāyino bhavanti, mittāmaccesu paṭiyādenti, disāsu parittāṇaṁ karonti. 
;;;They make sure they’re well educated and well drilled in memorization. They clearly explain all the knowledge of the profession. They introduce them to their friends and colleagues. They provide protection in every region. 
;;;sammānanāya anavamānanāya anaticariyāya issariyavossaggena alaṅkārānuppadānena. 
;;;by treating her with honor, by not looking down on her, by not being unfaithful, by relinquishing authority to her, and by presenting her with adornments. 
;;;dānena peyyavajjena atthacariyāya samānattatāya avisaṁvādanatāya. 
;;;giving, kindly words, taking care, equality, and not using tricky words. 
;;;Pañcahi kho, gahapatiputta, ṭhānehi ayyirakena heṭṭhimā disā dāsakammakarā paccupaṭṭhātabbā— 
;;;A master should serve their bondservants and workers as the lower quarter in five ways: 
;;;sammapekkhanti paṇḍitā; 
;;;the astute do regard them well, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho cattāro mahārājā mahatiyā ca yakkhasenāya mahatiyā ca gandhabbasenāya mahatiyā ca kumbhaṇḍasenāya mahatiyā ca nāgasenāya catuddisaṁ rakkhaṁ ṭhapetvā catuddisaṁ gumbaṁ ṭhapetvā catuddisaṁ ovaraṇaṁ ṭhapetvā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ gijjhakūṭaṁ pabbataṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. ;;;Then, late at night, the four great kings—with large armies of spirits, centaurs, goblins, and dragons—set guards, troops, and wards at the four quarters and then, lighting up the entire Vulture’s Peak with their beauty, went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. 
;;;Santi hi, bhante, bhagavato sāvakā araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevanti appasaddāni appanigghosāni vijanavātāni manussarāhasseyyakāni paṭisallānasāruppāni. 
;;;Sir, there are disciples of the Buddha who frequent remote lodgings in the wilderness and the forest that are quiet and still, far from the madding crowd, remote from human settlements, and fit for retreat. 
;;;“Vipassissa ca namatthu, 
;;;“Hail Vipassī, 
;;;Vessabhussa ca namatthu, 
;;;Hail Vessabhū, 
;;;Kassapassa ca namatthu, 
;;;Hail Kassapa, 
;;;Yo imaṁ dhammaṁ desesi, 
;;;He taught this Dhamma 
;;;Te janā apisuṇātha, 
;;;not backbiters; such people 
;;;Yato uggacchati sūriyo, 
;;;Where rises the sun— 
;;;Gandhabbānaṁ adhipati, 
;;;the lord of the centaurs; 
;;;Yena uttarakuruvho, 
;;;Where lovely Uttarakuru is, 
;;;Itthiṁ vā vāhanaṁ katvā, 
;;;Having prepared a woman-drawn carriage, 
;;;Sabbā disā anupariyāyanti; 
;;;that king’s servants 
;;;Nāṭasuriyā parakusiṭanāṭā. 
;;;Nāṭapuriyā, and Parakusiṭanāṭā. 
;;;Uttarena kasivanto, 
;;;To the north is Kapīvanta, 
;;;Sabhāpi tattha sālavatī nāma. 
;;;There is a hall there too named Sālavatī, 
;;;naḷo rājā janesabho. 
;;;and the kings Nala and Janesabha, 
;;;Gopālo supparodho ca, 
;;;Gopāla, Suppagedha, 
;;;Pajjunno sumano sumukho; 
;;;Pajjunna, Sumana, Sumukha, 
;;;Dadhimukho maṇi māṇivaro dīgho, 
;;;Dadhimukha, Maṇi, Māṇivara, Dīgha, 
;;;Santi hi, bhante, bhagavato sāvakā araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevanti appasaddāni appanigghosāni vijanavātāni manussarāhasseyyakāni paṭisallānasāruppāni. 
;;; 
;;;Atthasaṁhitā, bhikkhave, āṭānāṭiyā rakkhā bhikkhūnaṁ bhikkhunīnaṁ upāsakānaṁ upāsikānaṁ guttiyā rakkhāya avihiṁsāya phāsuvihārāyā”ti. 
;;;The Āṭānāṭiya protection is beneficial, and is for the guarding, protection, safety, and comfort of the monks, nuns, laymen, and laywomen.” 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho cattāro mahārājā mahatiyā ca yakkhasenāya mahatiyā ca gandhabbasenāya mahatiyā ca kumbhaṇḍasenāya mahatiyā ca nāgasenāya catuddisaṁ rakkhaṁ ṭhapetvā catuddisaṁ gumbaṁ ṭhapetvā catuddisaṁ ovaraṇaṁ ṭhapetvā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ gijjhakūṭaṁ pabbataṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. ;;;Then, late at night, the four great kings—with large armies of spirits, centaurs, goblins, and dragons—set guards, troops, and wards at the four quarters and then, lighting up the entire Vulture’s Peak with their beauty, went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. 
;;;Santi hi, bhante, bhagavato sāvakā araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevanti appasaddāni appanigghosāni vijanavātāni manussarāhasseyyakāni paṭisallānasāruppāni. 
;;;Sir, there are disciples of the Buddha who frequent remote lodgings in the wilderness and the forest that are quiet and still, far from the madding crowd, remote from human settlements, and fit for retreat. 
;;;“Vipassissa ca namatthu, 
;;;“Hail Vipassī, 
;;;Vessabhussa ca namatthu, 
;;;Hail Vessabhū, 
;;;Kassapassa ca namatthu, 
;;;Hail Kassapa, 
;;;Yo imaṁ dhammaṁ desesi, 
;;;He taught this Dhamma 
;;;Te janā apisuṇātha, 
;;;not backbiters; such people 
;;;Yato uggacchati sūriyo, 
;;;Where rises the sun— 
;;;Gandhabbānaṁ adhipati, 
;;;the lord of the centaurs; 
;;;Yena uttarakuruvho, 
;;;Where lovely Uttarakuru is, 
;;;Itthiṁ vā vāhanaṁ katvā, 
;;;Having prepared a woman-drawn carriage, 
;;;Sabbā disā anupariyāyanti; 
;;;that king’s servants 
;;;Nāṭasuriyā parakusiṭanāṭā. 
;;;Nāṭapuriyā, and Parakusiṭanāṭā. 
;;;Uttarena kasivanto, 
;;;To the north is Kapīvanta, 
;;;Sabhāpi tattha sālavatī nāma. 
;;;There is a hall there too named Sālavatī, 
;;;naḷo rājā janesabho. 
;;;and the kings Nala and Janesabha, 
;;;Gopālo supparodho ca, 
;;;Gopāla, Suppagedha, 
;;;Pajjunno sumano sumukho; 
;;;Pajjunna, Sumana, Sumukha, 
;;;Dadhimukho maṇi māṇivaro dīgho, 
;;;Dadhimukha, Maṇi, Māṇivara, Dīgha, 
;;;Santi hi, bhante, bhagavato sāvakā araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevanti appasaddāni appanigghosāni vijanavātāni manussarāhasseyyakāni paṭisallānasāruppāni. 
;;; 
;;;Atthasaṁhitā, bhikkhave, āṭānāṭiyā rakkhā bhikkhūnaṁ bhikkhunīnaṁ upāsakānaṁ upāsikānaṁ guttiyā rakkhāya avihiṁsāya phāsuvihārāyā”ti. 
;;;The Āṭānāṭiya protection is beneficial, and is for the guarding, protection, safety, and comfort of the monks, nuns, laymen, and laywomen.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā mallesu cārikaṁ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi yena pāvā nāma mallānaṁ nagaraṁ tadavasari. ;;;At one time the Buddha was wandering in the land of the Mallas together with a large Saṅgha of five hundred mendicants when he arrived at a Mallian town named Pāvā. 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena pāveyyakānaṁ mallānaṁ ubbhatakaṁ nāma navaṁ sandhāgāraṁ acirakāritaṁ hoti anajjhāvuṭṭhaṁ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā kenaci vā manussabhūtena. 
;;;Now at that time a new town hall named Ubbhaṭaka had recently been constructed for the Mallas of Pāvā. It had not yet been occupied by an ascetic or brahmin or any person at all. 
;;;Assosuṁ kho pāveyyakā mallā: “bhagavā kira mallesu cārikaṁ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi pāvaṁ anuppatto pāvāyaṁ viharati cundassa kammāraputtassa ambavane”ti. 
;;;The Mallas of Pāvā also heard that the Buddha had arrived and was staying in Cunda’s mango grove. 
;;;Atha kho pāveyyakā mallā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho pāveyyakā mallā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ: 
;;;Then they went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him, 
;;;“idha, bhante, pāveyyakānaṁ mallānaṁ ubbhatakaṁ nāma navaṁ sandhāgāraṁ acirakāritaṁ hoti anajjhāvuṭṭhaṁ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā kenaci vā manussabhūtena. 
;;;“Sir, a new town hall named Ubbhaṭaka has recently been constructed for the Mallas of Pāvā. It has not yet been occupied by an ascetic or brahmin or any person at all. 
;;;Tañca kho, bhante, bhagavā paṭhamaṁ paribhuñjatu, bhagavatā paṭhamaṁ paribhuttaṁ pacchā pāveyyakā mallā paribhuñjissanti. 
;;;May the Buddha be the first to use it, and only then will the Mallas of Pāvā use it. 
;;;Tadassa pāveyyakānaṁ mallānaṁ dīgharattaṁ hitāya sukhāyā”ti. 
;;;That would be for the lasting welfare and happiness of the Mallas of Pāvā.” 
;;;Atha kho pāveyyakā mallā bhagavato adhivāsanaṁ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā yena sandhāgāraṁ tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā sabbasanthariṁ sandhāgāraṁ santharitvā bhagavato āsanāni paññāpetvā udakamaṇikaṁ patiṭṭhapetvā telapadīpaṁ āropetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; 
;;;Then, knowing that the Buddha had consented, the Mallas got up from their seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on their right. Then they went to the new town hall, where they spread carpets all over, prepared seats, set up a water jar, and placed an oil lamp. Then they went back to the Buddha, 
;;;Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho te pāveyyakā mallā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ: 
;;;and told him of their preparations, saying, 
;;;Pāveyyakāpi kho mallā pāde pakkhāletvā sandhāgāraṁ pavisitvā puratthimaṁ bhittiṁ nissāya pacchimābhimukhā nisīdiṁsu bhagavantaṁyeva purakkhatvā. 
;;;The Mallas of Pāvā also washed their feet, entered the town hall, and sat against the east wall facing west, with the Buddha right in front of them. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā pāveyyake malle bahudeva rattiṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṁsetvā uyyojesi: 
;;;The Buddha spent much of the night educating, encouraging, firing up, and inspiring the Mallas with a Dhamma talk. Then he dismissed them, 
;;;“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho pāveyyakā mallā bhagavato paṭissutvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkamiṁsu. 
;;;“Yes, sir,” replied the Mallas. They got up from their seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on their right, before leaving. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā acirapakkantesu pāveyyakesu mallesu tuṇhībhūtaṁ tuṇhībhūtaṁ bhikkhusaṅghaṁ anuviloketvā āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ āmantesi: 
;;;Soon after they left, the Buddha looked around the Saṅgha of mendicants, who were so very silent. He addressed Venerable Sāriputta, 
;;;Tamahaṁ āyamissāmī”ti. 
;;;I’ll stretch it.” 
;;;Tassa kālaṅkiriyāya bhinnā nigaṇṭhā dvedhikajātā bhaṇḍanajātā kalahajātā vivādāpannā aññamaññaṁ mukhasattīhi vitudantā viharanti: 
;;;With his passing the Jain ascetics split, dividing into two factions, arguing, quarreling, and disputing, continually wounding each other with barbed words: 
;;;Atthi kho, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena dve dhammā sammadakkhātā. 
;;;There are teachings grouped by two that have been rightly explained by the Buddha. 
;;;santāvuso sattā uppādetvā uppādetvā sukhaṁ viharanti, seyyathāpi devā brahmakāyikā. 
;;;There are sentient beings who, having repeatedly given rise to it, dwell in pleasure. Namely, the gods of the Divinity’s host. 
;;;Te santaṁyeva tusitā sukhaṁ paṭisaṁvedenti, seyyathāpi devā subhakiṇhā. 
;;;Since they’re truly content, they experience pleasure. Namely, the gods of universal beauty. 
;;;Tīṇi kosallāni— 
;;;Three skills: 
;;;āyakosallaṁ, apāyakosallaṁ, upāyakosallaṁ. 
;;;skill in progress, skill in regress, and skill in means. 
;;;Idhāvuso, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
;;;A mendicant, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
;;;Vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā ajjhattaṁ sampasādanaṁ cetaso ekodibhāvaṁ avitakkaṁ avicāraṁ samādhijaṁ pītisukhaṁ dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
;;;As the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, they enter and remain in the second absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of immersion, with internal clarity and mind at one, without placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
;;;Pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharati sato ca sampajāno, sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṁvedeti, yaṁ taṁ ariyā ācikkhanti: ‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
;;;And with the fading away of rapture, they enter and remain in the third absorption, where they meditate with equanimity, mindful and aware, personally experiencing the bliss of which the noble ones declare, ‘Equanimous and mindful, one meditates in bliss.’ 
;;;Sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā, pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamā, adukkhamasukhaṁ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṁ catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
;;;Giving up pleasure and pain, and ending former happiness and sadness, they enter and remain in the fourth absorption, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and mindfulness. 
;;;Idhāvuso, bhikkhu mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati. Tathā dutiyaṁ. Tathā tatiyaṁ. Tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati. 
;;;A mendicant meditates spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. 
;;;Cattāro āruppā. 
;;;Four formless states: 
;;;Idhāvuso, bhikkhu uppannaṁ bhadrakaṁ samādhinimittaṁ anurakkhati—aṭṭhikasaññaṁ, puḷuvakasaññaṁ, vinīlakasaññaṁ, vicchiddakasaññaṁ, uddhumātakasaññaṁ. 
;;;It’s when a mendicant preserves a meditation subject that’s a fine basis of immersion: the perception of a skeleton, a worm-infested corpse, a livid corpse, a split open corpse, or a bloated corpse. 
;;;dhamme ñāṇaṁ, anvaye ñāṇaṁ, pariye ñāṇaṁ, sammutiyā ñāṇaṁ. 
;;;knowledge of the present phenomena, inferential knowledge, knowledge of others’ minds, and conventional knowledge. 
;;;‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṁ veditabbo viññūhī’ti. 
;;;‘The teaching is well explained by the Buddha—apparent in the present life, immediately effective, inviting inspection, relevant, so that sensible people can know it for themselves.’ 
;;;dānaṁ, peyyavajjaṁ, atthacariyā, samānattatā. 
;;;giving, kindly words, taking care, and equality. 
;;;Abhabbo, āvuso, khīṇāsavo bhikkhu sañcicca pāṇaṁ jīvitā voropetuṁ. Abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu adinnaṁ theyyasaṅkhātaṁ ādiyituṁ. Abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu methunaṁ dhammaṁ paṭisevituṁ. Abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu sampajānamusā bhāsituṁ. Abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu sannidhikārakaṁ kāme paribhuñjituṁ, seyyathāpi pubbe āgārikabhūto. 
;;;A mendicant with defilements ended can’t deliberately take the life of a living creature, take something with the intention to steal, have sex, tell a deliberate lie, or store up goods for their own enjoyment like they used to as a lay person. 
;;;Ye ca kāmapaccayā uppajjanti āsavā vighātā pariḷāhā, mutto so tehi, na so taṁ vedanaṁ vedeti. 
;;;They’re freed from the distressing and feverish defilements that arise because of sensual pleasures, so they don’t experience that kind of feeling. 
;;;tattha sabbeheva saṅgāyitabbaṁ …pe… atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṁ. 
;;;You should all recite these in concert. 
;;;Yo so, āvuso, bhikkhu kodhano hoti upanāhī, so sattharipi agāravo viharati appatisso, dhammepi agāravo viharati appatisso, saṅghepi agāravo viharati appatisso, sikkhāyapi na paripūrakārī hoti. 
;;;Such a mendicant lacks respect and reverence for the Teacher, the teaching, and the Saṅgha, and they don’t fulfill the training. 
;;;‘asmīti kho me vigataṁ, ayamahamasmīti na samanupassāmi, 
;;;‘I’m rid of the conceit “I am”. And I don’t regard anything as “I am this”. 
;;;atha ca pana me vicikicchākathaṅkathāsallaṁ cittaṁ pariyādāya tiṭṭhatī’ti. 
;;;Yet somehow the dart of doubt and indecision still occupies my mind.’ 
;;;atha ca panassa vicikicchākathaṅkathāsallaṁ cittaṁ pariyādāya ṭhassati, netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati. 
;;;yet somehow the dart of doubt and indecision still occupy the mind. 
;;;Nissaraṇaṁ hetaṁ, āvuso, vicikicchākathaṅkathāsallassa, yadidaṁ asmimānasamugghāto’ti. 
;;;For it is the uprooting of the conceit “I am” that is the escape from the dart of doubt and indecision.’ 
;;;Idhāvuso, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṁ disvā neva sumano hoti na dummano, upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno. 
;;;A mendicant, seeing a sight with their eyes, is neither happy nor sad. They remain equanimous, mindful and aware. 
;;;Paṭisallāne tibbacchando hoti, āyatiñca paṭisallāne avigatapemo. 
;;;for retreat … 
;;;So yaṁ deti taṁ paccāsīsati. 
;;;Whatever they give they expect back. 
;;;‘cātumahārājikā devā dīghāyukā vaṇṇavanto sukhabahulā’ti. 
;;;‘The gods of the four great kings are long-lived, beautiful, and very happy.’ 
;;;‘Anatthaṁ me acari, taṁ kutettha labbhā’ti āghātaṁ paṭivineti; 
;;;Thinking: ‘They did wrong to me, but what can I possibly do?’ you get rid of resentment. 
;;;Santāvuso, sattā asaññino appaṭisaṁvedino, seyyathāpi devā asaññasattā. 
;;;There are sentient beings that are non-percipient and do not experience anything, such as the gods who are non-percipient beings. 
;;;paccantimesu janapadesu paccājāto hoti milakkhesu aviññātāresu, yattha natthi gati bhikkhūnaṁ bhikkhunīnaṁ upāsakānaṁ upāsikānaṁ. 
;;;But a person has been reborn in the borderlands, among uneducated foreigners, where monks, nuns, laymen, and laywomen do not go. 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu bahussuto hoti sutadharo sutasannicayo. Ye te dhammā ādikalyāṇā majjhekalyāṇā pariyosānakalyāṇā sātthā sabyañjanā kevalaparipuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ abhivadanti, tathārūpāssa dhammā bahussutā honti dhātā vacasā paricitā manasānupekkhitā diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā. 
;;;Furthermore, a mendicant is very learned, remembering and keeping what they’ve learned. These teachings are good in the beginning, good in the middle, and good in the end, meaningful and well-phrased, describing a spiritual practice that’s entirely full and pure. They are very learned in such teachings, remembering them, rehearsing them, mentally scrutinizing them, and comprehending them theoretically. 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu dhammakāmo hoti piyasamudāhāro, abhidhamme abhivinaye uḷārapāmojjo. 
;;;Furthermore, a mendicant loves the teachings and is a delight to converse with, being full of joy in the teaching and training. 
;;;

>En 

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā mallesu cārikaṁ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi yena pāvā nāma mallānaṁ nagaraṁ tadavasari. ;;;At one time the Buddha was wandering in the land of the Mallas together with a large Saṅgha of five hundred mendicants when he arrived at a Mallian town named Pāvā. 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena pāveyyakānaṁ mallānaṁ ubbhatakaṁ nāma navaṁ sandhāgāraṁ acirakāritaṁ hoti anajjhāvuṭṭhaṁ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā kenaci vā manussabhūtena. 
;;;Now at that time a new town hall named Ubbhaṭaka had recently been constructed for the Mallas of Pāvā. It had not yet been occupied by an ascetic or brahmin or any person at all. 
;;;Assosuṁ kho pāveyyakā mallā: “bhagavā kira mallesu cārikaṁ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi pāvaṁ anuppatto pāvāyaṁ viharati cundassa kammāraputtassa ambavane”ti. 
;;;The Mallas of Pāvā also heard that the Buddha had arrived and was staying in Cunda’s mango grove. 
;;;Atha kho pāveyyakā mallā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho pāveyyakā mallā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ: 
;;;Then they went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him, 
;;;“idha, bhante, pāveyyakānaṁ mallānaṁ ubbhatakaṁ nāma navaṁ sandhāgāraṁ acirakāritaṁ hoti anajjhāvuṭṭhaṁ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā kenaci vā manussabhūtena. 
;;;“Sir, a new town hall named Ubbhaṭaka has recently been constructed for the Mallas of Pāvā. It has not yet been occupied by an ascetic or brahmin or any person at all. 
;;;Tañca kho, bhante, bhagavā paṭhamaṁ paribhuñjatu, bhagavatā paṭhamaṁ paribhuttaṁ pacchā pāveyyakā mallā paribhuñjissanti. 
;;;May the Buddha be the first to use it, and only then will the Mallas of Pāvā use it. 
;;;Tadassa pāveyyakānaṁ mallānaṁ dīgharattaṁ hitāya sukhāyā”ti. 
;;;That would be for the lasting welfare and happiness of the Mallas of Pāvā.” 
;;;Atha kho pāveyyakā mallā bhagavato adhivāsanaṁ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā yena sandhāgāraṁ tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā sabbasanthariṁ sandhāgāraṁ santharitvā bhagavato āsanāni paññāpetvā udakamaṇikaṁ patiṭṭhapetvā telapadīpaṁ āropetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; 
;;;Then, knowing that the Buddha had consented, the Mallas got up from their seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on their right. Then they went to the new town hall, where they spread carpets all over, prepared seats, set up a water jar, and placed an oil lamp. Then they went back to the Buddha, 
;;;Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho te pāveyyakā mallā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ: 
;;;and told him of their preparations, saying, 
;;;Pāveyyakāpi kho mallā pāde pakkhāletvā sandhāgāraṁ pavisitvā puratthimaṁ bhittiṁ nissāya pacchimābhimukhā nisīdiṁsu bhagavantaṁyeva purakkhatvā. 
;;;The Mallas of Pāvā also washed their feet, entered the town hall, and sat against the east wall facing west, with the Buddha right in front of them. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā pāveyyake malle bahudeva rattiṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṁsetvā uyyojesi: 
;;;The Buddha spent much of the night educating, encouraging, firing up, and inspiring the Mallas with a Dhamma talk. Then he dismissed them, 
;;;“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho pāveyyakā mallā bhagavato paṭissutvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkamiṁsu. 
;;;“Yes, sir,” replied the Mallas. They got up from their seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on their right, before leaving. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā acirapakkantesu pāveyyakesu mallesu tuṇhībhūtaṁ tuṇhībhūtaṁ bhikkhusaṅghaṁ anuviloketvā āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ āmantesi: 
;;;Soon after they left, the Buddha looked around the Saṅgha of mendicants, who were so very silent. He addressed Venerable Sāriputta, 
;;;Tamahaṁ āyamissāmī”ti. 
;;;I’ll stretch it.” 
;;;Tassa kālaṅkiriyāya bhinnā nigaṇṭhā dvedhikajātā bhaṇḍanajātā kalahajātā vivādāpannā aññamaññaṁ mukhasattīhi vitudantā viharanti: 
;;;With his passing the Jain ascetics split, dividing into two factions, arguing, quarreling, and disputing, continually wounding each other with barbed words: 
;;;Atthi kho, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena dve dhammā sammadakkhātā. 
;;;There are teachings grouped by two that have been rightly explained by the Buddha. 
;;;santāvuso sattā uppādetvā uppādetvā sukhaṁ viharanti, seyyathāpi devā brahmakāyikā. 
;;;There are sentient beings who, having repeatedly given rise to it, dwell in pleasure. Namely, the gods of the Divinity’s host. 
;;;Te santaṁyeva tusitā sukhaṁ paṭisaṁvedenti, seyyathāpi devā subhakiṇhā. 
;;;Since they’re truly content, they experience pleasure. Namely, the gods of universal beauty. 
;;;Tīṇi kosallāni— 
;;;Three skills: 
;;;āyakosallaṁ, apāyakosallaṁ, upāyakosallaṁ. 
;;;skill in progress, skill in regress, and skill in means. 
;;;Idhāvuso, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
;;;A mendicant, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
;;;Vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā ajjhattaṁ sampasādanaṁ cetaso ekodibhāvaṁ avitakkaṁ avicāraṁ samādhijaṁ pītisukhaṁ dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
;;;As the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, they enter and remain in the second absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of immersion, with internal clarity and mind at one, without placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
;;;Pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharati sato ca sampajāno, sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṁvedeti, yaṁ taṁ ariyā ācikkhanti: ‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
;;;And with the fading away of rapture, they enter and remain in the third absorption, where they meditate with equanimity, mindful and aware, personally experiencing the bliss of which the noble ones declare, ‘Equanimous and mindful, one meditates in bliss.’ 
;;;Sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā, pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamā, adukkhamasukhaṁ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṁ catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
;;;Giving up pleasure and pain, and ending former happiness and sadness, they enter and remain in the fourth absorption, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and mindfulness. 
;;;Idhāvuso, bhikkhu mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati. Tathā dutiyaṁ. Tathā tatiyaṁ. Tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati. 
;;;A mendicant meditates spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. 
;;;Cattāro āruppā. 
;;;Four formless states: 
;;;Idhāvuso, bhikkhu uppannaṁ bhadrakaṁ samādhinimittaṁ anurakkhati—aṭṭhikasaññaṁ, puḷuvakasaññaṁ, vinīlakasaññaṁ, vicchiddakasaññaṁ, uddhumātakasaññaṁ. 
;;;It’s when a mendicant preserves a meditation subject that’s a fine basis of immersion: the perception of a skeleton, a worm-infested corpse, a livid corpse, a split open corpse, or a bloated corpse. 
;;;dhamme ñāṇaṁ, anvaye ñāṇaṁ, pariye ñāṇaṁ, sammutiyā ñāṇaṁ. 
;;;knowledge of the present phenomena, inferential knowledge, knowledge of others’ minds, and conventional knowledge. 
;;;‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṁ veditabbo viññūhī’ti. 
;;;‘The teaching is well explained by the Buddha—apparent in the present life, immediately effective, inviting inspection, relevant, so that sensible people can know it for themselves.’ 
;;;dānaṁ, peyyavajjaṁ, atthacariyā, samānattatā. 
;;;giving, kindly words, taking care, and equality. 
;;;Abhabbo, āvuso, khīṇāsavo bhikkhu sañcicca pāṇaṁ jīvitā voropetuṁ. Abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu adinnaṁ theyyasaṅkhātaṁ ādiyituṁ. Abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu methunaṁ dhammaṁ paṭisevituṁ. Abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu sampajānamusā bhāsituṁ. Abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu sannidhikārakaṁ kāme paribhuñjituṁ, seyyathāpi pubbe āgārikabhūto. 
;;;A mendicant with defilements ended can’t deliberately take the life of a living creature, take something with the intention to steal, have sex, tell a deliberate lie, or store up goods for their own enjoyment like they used to as a lay person. 
;;;Ye ca kāmapaccayā uppajjanti āsavā vighātā pariḷāhā, mutto so tehi, na so taṁ vedanaṁ vedeti. 
;;;They’re freed from the distressing and feverish defilements that arise because of sensual pleasures, so they don’t experience that kind of feeling. 
;;;tattha sabbeheva saṅgāyitabbaṁ …pe… atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṁ. 
;;;You should all recite these in concert. 
;;;Yo so, āvuso, bhikkhu kodhano hoti upanāhī, so sattharipi agāravo viharati appatisso, dhammepi agāravo viharati appatisso, saṅghepi agāravo viharati appatisso, sikkhāyapi na paripūrakārī hoti. 
;;;Such a mendicant lacks respect and reverence for the Teacher, the teaching, and the Saṅgha, and they don’t fulfill the training. 
;;;‘asmīti kho me vigataṁ, ayamahamasmīti na samanupassāmi, 
;;;‘I’m rid of the conceit “I am”. And I don’t regard anything as “I am this”. 
;;;atha ca pana me vicikicchākathaṅkathāsallaṁ cittaṁ pariyādāya tiṭṭhatī’ti. 
;;;Yet somehow the dart of doubt and indecision still occupies my mind.’ 
;;;atha ca panassa vicikicchākathaṅkathāsallaṁ cittaṁ pariyādāya ṭhassati, netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati. 
;;;yet somehow the dart of doubt and indecision still occupy the mind. 
;;;Nissaraṇaṁ hetaṁ, āvuso, vicikicchākathaṅkathāsallassa, yadidaṁ asmimānasamugghāto’ti. 
;;;For it is the uprooting of the conceit “I am” that is the escape from the dart of doubt and indecision.’ 
;;;Idhāvuso, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṁ disvā neva sumano hoti na dummano, upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno. 
;;;A mendicant, seeing a sight with their eyes, is neither happy nor sad. They remain equanimous, mindful and aware. 
;;;Paṭisallāne tibbacchando hoti, āyatiñca paṭisallāne avigatapemo. 
;;;for retreat … 
;;;So yaṁ deti taṁ paccāsīsati. 
;;;Whatever they give they expect back. 
;;;‘cātumahārājikā devā dīghāyukā vaṇṇavanto sukhabahulā’ti. 
;;;‘The gods of the four great kings are long-lived, beautiful, and very happy.’ 
;;;‘Anatthaṁ me acari, taṁ kutettha labbhā’ti āghātaṁ paṭivineti; 
;;;Thinking: ‘They did wrong to me, but what can I possibly do?’ you get rid of resentment. 
;;;Santāvuso, sattā asaññino appaṭisaṁvedino, seyyathāpi devā asaññasattā. 
;;;There are sentient beings that are non-percipient and do not experience anything, such as the gods who are non-percipient beings. 
;;;paccantimesu janapadesu paccājāto hoti milakkhesu aviññātāresu, yattha natthi gati bhikkhūnaṁ bhikkhunīnaṁ upāsakānaṁ upāsikānaṁ. 
;;;But a person has been reborn in the borderlands, among uneducated foreigners, where monks, nuns, laymen, and laywomen do not go. 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu bahussuto hoti sutadharo sutasannicayo. Ye te dhammā ādikalyāṇā majjhekalyāṇā pariyosānakalyāṇā sātthā sabyañjanā kevalaparipuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ abhivadanti, tathārūpāssa dhammā bahussutā honti dhātā vacasā paricitā manasānupekkhitā diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā. 
;;;Furthermore, a mendicant is very learned, remembering and keeping what they’ve learned. These teachings are good in the beginning, good in the middle, and good in the end, meaningful and well-phrased, describing a spiritual practice that’s entirely full and pure. They are very learned in such teachings, remembering them, rehearsing them, mentally scrutinizing them, and comprehending them theoretically. 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu dhammakāmo hoti piyasamudāhāro, abhidhamme abhivinaye uḷārapāmojjo. 
;;;Furthermore, a mendicant loves the teachings and is a delight to converse with, being full of joy in the teaching and training. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

kabaḷīkāro āhāro oḷāriko vā sukhumo vā, phasso dutiyo, manosañcetanā tatiyā, viññāṇaṁ catutthaṁ. ;;;solid food, whether solid or subtle; contact is the second, mental intention the third, and consciousness the fourth. 
;;;dukkhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ, dukkhasamudayaṁ ariyasaccaṁ, dukkhanirodhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ, dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccaṁ. 
;;;suffering, the origin of suffering, the cessation of suffering, and the practice that leads to the cessation of suffering. 
;;;Yathā yathā, āvuso, bhikkhuno satthā dhammaṁ deseti, aññataro vā garuṭṭhāniyo sabrahmacārī tathā tathā so tasmiṁ dhamme atthappaṭisaṁvedī ca hoti dhammapaṭisaṁvedī ca. 
;;;That mendicant feels inspired by the meaning and the teaching in that Dhamma, no matter how the Teacher or a respected spiritual companion teaches it. 
;;;atha ca pana me vicikicchākathaṅkathāsallaṁ cittaṁ pariyādāya tiṭṭhatī’ti. 
;;;Yet somehow the dart of doubt and indecision still occupies my mind.’ 
;;;Atha ca panassa vicikicchākathaṅkathāsallaṁ cittaṁ pariyādāya ṭhassati, netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati. 
;;;yet somehow the dart of doubt and indecision still occupy the mind. 
;;;Nissaraṇaṁ hetaṁ, āvuso, vicikicchākathaṅkathāsallassa, yadidaṁ asmimānasamugghāto’ti. 
;;;For it is the uprooting of the conceit “I am” that is the escape from the dart of doubt and indecision.’ 
;;;idhāvuso, bhikkhu anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhoti—ekopi hutvā bahudhā hoti, bahudhāpi hutvā eko hoti; āvibhāvaṁ tirobhāvaṁ; tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamāno gacchati seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ karoti seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gacchati seyyathāpi pathaviyaṁ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kamati seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve pāṇinā parāmasati parimajjati; yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vatteti. 
;;;A mendicant wields the many kinds of psychic power: multiplying themselves and becoming one again; appearing and disappearing; going unobstructed through a wall, a rampart, or a mountain as if through space; diving in and out of the earth as if it were water; walking on water as if it were earth; flying cross-legged through the sky like a bird; touching and stroking with the hand the sun and moon, so mighty and powerful; controlling the body as far as the realm of divinity. 
;;;Parasattānaṁ parapuggalānaṁ cetasā ceto paricca pajānāti, 
;;;They understand the minds of other beings and individuals, having comprehended them with their own mind. 
;;;idhāvuso, bhikkhu saddho hoti, hirimā hoti, ottappī hoti, bahussuto hoti, āraddhavīriyo hoti, upaṭṭhitassati hoti, paññavā hoti. 
;;;a mendicant is faithful, conscientious, prudent, learned, energetic, mindful, and wise. 
;;;Paṭisallāne tibbacchando hoti, āyatiñca paṭisallāne avigatapemo. 
;;;for retreat … 
;;;Idhāvuso, bhikkhu satthāraṁ upanissāya viharati aññataraṁ vā garuṭṭhāniyaṁ sabrahmacāriṁ, yatthassa tibbaṁ hirottappaṁ paccupaṭṭhitaṁ hoti pemañca gāravo ca. 
;;;It’s when a mendicant lives relying on the Teacher or a spiritual companion in a teacher’s role. And they set up a keen sense of conscience and prudence for them, with warmth and respect. 
;;;Pāthiko ca udumbaraṁ, 
;;; 
;;;

>En 

kabaḷīkāro āhāro oḷāriko vā sukhumo vā, phasso dutiyo, manosañcetanā tatiyā, viññāṇaṁ catutthaṁ. ;;;solid food, whether solid or subtle; contact is the second, mental intention the third, and consciousness the fourth. 
;;;dukkhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ, dukkhasamudayaṁ ariyasaccaṁ, dukkhanirodhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ, dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccaṁ. 
;;;suffering, the origin of suffering, the cessation of suffering, and the practice that leads to the cessation of suffering. 
;;;Yathā yathā, āvuso, bhikkhuno satthā dhammaṁ deseti, aññataro vā garuṭṭhāniyo sabrahmacārī tathā tathā so tasmiṁ dhamme atthappaṭisaṁvedī ca hoti dhammapaṭisaṁvedī ca. 
;;;That mendicant feels inspired by the meaning and the teaching in that Dhamma, no matter how the Teacher or a respected spiritual companion teaches it. 
;;;atha ca pana me vicikicchākathaṅkathāsallaṁ cittaṁ pariyādāya tiṭṭhatī’ti. 
;;;Yet somehow the dart of doubt and indecision still occupies my mind.’ 
;;;Atha ca panassa vicikicchākathaṅkathāsallaṁ cittaṁ pariyādāya ṭhassati, netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati. 
;;;yet somehow the dart of doubt and indecision still occupy the mind. 
;;;Nissaraṇaṁ hetaṁ, āvuso, vicikicchākathaṅkathāsallassa, yadidaṁ asmimānasamugghāto’ti. 
;;;For it is the uprooting of the conceit “I am” that is the escape from the dart of doubt and indecision.’ 
;;;idhāvuso, bhikkhu anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhoti—ekopi hutvā bahudhā hoti, bahudhāpi hutvā eko hoti; āvibhāvaṁ tirobhāvaṁ; tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamāno gacchati seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ karoti seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gacchati seyyathāpi pathaviyaṁ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kamati seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve pāṇinā parāmasati parimajjati; yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vatteti. 
;;;A mendicant wields the many kinds of psychic power: multiplying themselves and becoming one again; appearing and disappearing; going unobstructed through a wall, a rampart, or a mountain as if through space; diving in and out of the earth as if it were water; walking on water as if it were earth; flying cross-legged through the sky like a bird; touching and stroking with the hand the sun and moon, so mighty and powerful; controlling the body as far as the realm of divinity. 
;;;Parasattānaṁ parapuggalānaṁ cetasā ceto paricca pajānāti, 
;;;They understand the minds of other beings and individuals, having comprehended them with their own mind. 
;;;idhāvuso, bhikkhu saddho hoti, hirimā hoti, ottappī hoti, bahussuto hoti, āraddhavīriyo hoti, upaṭṭhitassati hoti, paññavā hoti. 
;;;a mendicant is faithful, conscientious, prudent, learned, energetic, mindful, and wise. 
;;;Paṭisallāne tibbacchando hoti, āyatiñca paṭisallāne avigatapemo. 
;;;for retreat … 
;;;Idhāvuso, bhikkhu satthāraṁ upanissāya viharati aññataraṁ vā garuṭṭhāniyaṁ sabrahmacāriṁ, yatthassa tibbaṁ hirottappaṁ paccupaṭṭhitaṁ hoti pemañca gāravo ca. 
;;;It’s when a mendicant lives relying on the Teacher or a spiritual companion in a teacher’s role. And they set up a keen sense of conscience and prudence for them, with warmth and respect. 
;;;Pāthiko ca udumbaraṁ, 
;;; 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

pathaviṁ pathavito sañjānāti; ;;;They perceive earth as earth. 
;;;Yopi so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sekkho appattamānaso anuttaraṁ yogakkhemaṁ patthayamāno viharati, sopi pathaviṁ pathavito abhijānāti; 
;;;A mendicant who is a trainee, who hasn’t achieved their heart’s desire, but lives aspiring to the supreme sanctuary from the yoke, directly knows earth as earth. 
;;;‘Nandī dukkhassa mūlan’ti— 
;;;Because he has understood that approval is the root of suffering, 
;;;

>En 

pathaviṁ pathavito sañjānāti; ;;;They perceive earth as earth. 
;;;Yopi so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sekkho appattamānaso anuttaraṁ yogakkhemaṁ patthayamāno viharati, sopi pathaviṁ pathavito abhijānāti; 
;;;A mendicant who is a trainee, who hasn’t achieved their heart’s desire, but lives aspiring to the supreme sanctuary from the yoke, directly knows earth as earth. 
;;;‘Nandī dukkhassa mūlan’ti— 
;;;Because he has understood that approval is the root of suffering, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Sabbāsavasutta ;;;All the Defilements 
;;;Tassa evaṁ ayoniso manasikaroto channaṁ diṭṭhīnaṁ aññatarā diṭṭhi uppajjati. 
;;;When they apply the mind irrationally in this way, one of the following six views arises in them and is taken as a genuine fact. 
;;;‘neva davāya, na madāya, na maṇḍanāya, na vibhūsanāya, yāvadeva imassa kāyassa ṭhitiyā yāpanāya, vihiṁsūparatiyā, brahmacariyānuggahāya, iti purāṇañca vedanaṁ paṭihaṅkhāmi navañca vedanaṁ na uppādessāmi, yātrā ca me bhavissati anavajjatā ca phāsuvihāro ca’. 
;;;‘Not for fun, indulgence, adornment, or decoration, but only to sustain this body, to avoid harm, and to support spiritual practice. In this way, I shall put an end to old discomfort and not give rise to new discomfort, and I will have the means to keep going, blamelessness, and a comfortable abiding.’ 
;;;‘yāvadeva sītassa paṭighātāya, uṇhassa paṭighātāya, ḍaṁsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassānaṁ paṭighātāya, yāvadeva utuparissayavinodanapaṭisallānārāmatthaṁ’. 
;;;‘Only for the sake of warding off cold and heat; for warding off the touch of flies, mosquitoes, wind, sun, and reptiles; to shelter from harsh weather and to enjoy retreat.’ 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu paṭisaṅkhā yoniso khamo hoti sītassa uṇhassa, jighacchāya pipāsāya. Ḍaṁsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassānaṁ, duruttānaṁ durāgatānaṁ vacanapathānaṁ, uppannānaṁ sārīrikānaṁ vedanānaṁ dukkhānaṁ tibbānaṁ kharānaṁ kaṭukānaṁ asātānaṁ amanāpānaṁ pāṇaharānaṁ adhivāsakajātiko hoti. 
;;;Take a mendicant who, reflecting rationally, endures cold, heat, hunger, and thirst. They endure the touch of flies, mosquitoes, wind, sun, and reptiles. They endure rude and unwelcome criticism. And they put up with physical pain—sharp, severe, acute, unpleasant, disagreeable, and life-threatening. 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu paṭisaṅkhā yoniso caṇḍaṁ hatthiṁ parivajjeti, caṇḍaṁ assaṁ parivajjeti, caṇḍaṁ goṇaṁ parivajjeti, caṇḍaṁ kukkuraṁ parivajjeti, ahiṁ khāṇuṁ kaṇṭakaṭṭhānaṁ sobbhaṁ papātaṁ candanikaṁ oḷigallaṁ. 
;;;Take a mendicant who, reflecting rationally, avoids a wild elephant, a wild horse, a wild ox, a wild dog, a snake, a stump, thorny ground, a pit, a cliff, a swamp, and a sewer. 
;;;

>En 

Sabbāsavasutta ;;;All the Defilements 
;;;Tassa evaṁ ayoniso manasikaroto channaṁ diṭṭhīnaṁ aññatarā diṭṭhi uppajjati. 
;;;When they apply the mind irrationally in this way, one of the following six views arises in them and is taken as a genuine fact. 
;;;‘neva davāya, na madāya, na maṇḍanāya, na vibhūsanāya, yāvadeva imassa kāyassa ṭhitiyā yāpanāya, vihiṁsūparatiyā, brahmacariyānuggahāya, iti purāṇañca vedanaṁ paṭihaṅkhāmi navañca vedanaṁ na uppādessāmi, yātrā ca me bhavissati anavajjatā ca phāsuvihāro ca’. 
;;;‘Not for fun, indulgence, adornment, or decoration, but only to sustain this body, to avoid harm, and to support spiritual practice. In this way, I shall put an end to old discomfort and not give rise to new discomfort, and I will have the means to keep going, blamelessness, and a comfortable abiding.’ 
;;;‘yāvadeva sītassa paṭighātāya, uṇhassa paṭighātāya, ḍaṁsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassānaṁ paṭighātāya, yāvadeva utuparissayavinodanapaṭisallānārāmatthaṁ’. 
;;;‘Only for the sake of warding off cold and heat; for warding off the touch of flies, mosquitoes, wind, sun, and reptiles; to shelter from harsh weather and to enjoy retreat.’ 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu paṭisaṅkhā yoniso khamo hoti sītassa uṇhassa, jighacchāya pipāsāya. Ḍaṁsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassānaṁ, duruttānaṁ durāgatānaṁ vacanapathānaṁ, uppannānaṁ sārīrikānaṁ vedanānaṁ dukkhānaṁ tibbānaṁ kharānaṁ kaṭukānaṁ asātānaṁ amanāpānaṁ pāṇaharānaṁ adhivāsakajātiko hoti. 
;;;Take a mendicant who, reflecting rationally, endures cold, heat, hunger, and thirst. They endure the touch of flies, mosquitoes, wind, sun, and reptiles. They endure rude and unwelcome criticism. And they put up with physical pain—sharp, severe, acute, unpleasant, disagreeable, and life-threatening. 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu paṭisaṅkhā yoniso caṇḍaṁ hatthiṁ parivajjeti, caṇḍaṁ assaṁ parivajjeti, caṇḍaṁ goṇaṁ parivajjeti, caṇḍaṁ kukkuraṁ parivajjeti, ahiṁ khāṇuṁ kaṇṭakaṭṭhānaṁ sobbhaṁ papātaṁ candanikaṁ oḷigallaṁ. 
;;;Take a mendicant who, reflecting rationally, avoids a wild elephant, a wild horse, a wild ox, a wild dog, a snake, a stump, thorny ground, a pit, a cliff, a swamp, and a sewer. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tumhe ca me, bhikkhave, āmisadāyādā bhaveyyātha no dhammadāyādā, tumhepi tena ādiyā bhaveyyātha: ;;;If you become heirs in things of the flesh, not in the teaching, that will make you liable to the accusation: 
;;;Sace ākaṅkhatha, bhuñjatha, no ce tumhe bhuñjissatha, idānāhaṁ appaharite vā chaḍḍessāmi, appāṇake vā udake opilāpessāmī’ti. 
;;;Eat it if you like. Otherwise I’ll throw it out where there is little that grows, or drop it into water that has no living creatures.’ 
;;;Tañhi tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno dīgharattaṁ appicchatāya santuṭṭhiyā sallekhāya subharatāya vīriyārambhāya saṁvattissati. 
;;;Because for a long time that will conduce to that mendicant being of few wishes, content, self-effacing, unburdensome, and energetic. 
;;;bāhulikā ca honti, sāthalikā, okkamane pubbaṅgamā, paviveke nikkhittadhurā. 
;;;They’re indulgent and slack, leaders in backsliding, neglecting seclusion. 
;;;Ayameva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo, seyyathidaṁ— 
;;;It is simply this noble eightfold path, that is: 
;;;

>En 

Tumhe ca me, bhikkhave, āmisadāyādā bhaveyyātha no dhammadāyādā, tumhepi tena ādiyā bhaveyyātha: ;;;If you become heirs in things of the flesh, not in the teaching, that will make you liable to the accusation: 
;;;Sace ākaṅkhatha, bhuñjatha, no ce tumhe bhuñjissatha, idānāhaṁ appaharite vā chaḍḍessāmi, appāṇake vā udake opilāpessāmī’ti. 
;;;Eat it if you like. Otherwise I’ll throw it out where there is little that grows, or drop it into water that has no living creatures.’ 
;;;Tañhi tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno dīgharattaṁ appicchatāya santuṭṭhiyā sallekhāya subharatāya vīriyārambhāya saṁvattissati. 
;;;Because for a long time that will conduce to that mendicant being of few wishes, content, self-effacing, unburdensome, and energetic. 
;;;bāhulikā ca honti, sāthalikā, okkamane pubbaṅgamā, paviveke nikkhittadhurā. 
;;;They’re indulgent and slack, leaders in backsliding, neglecting seclusion. 
;;;Ayameva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo, seyyathidaṁ— 
;;;It is simply this noble eightfold path, that is: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: ;;;When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha: 
;;;Etamahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, parisuddhakāyakammataṁ attani sampassamāno bhiyyo pallomamāpādiṁ araññe vihārāya. 
;;;Seeing this purity of conduct in myself I felt even more unruffled about staying in the forest. 
;;;Etamahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, parisuddhājīvataṁ attani sampassamāno bhiyyo pallomamāpādiṁ araññe vihārāya. 
;;;Seeing this purity of livelihood in myself I felt even more unruffled about staying in the forest. 
;;;Etamahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, anabhijjhālutaṁ attani sampassamāno bhiyyo pallomamāpādiṁ araññe vihārāya. 
;;;Etamahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, mettacittataṁ attani sampassamāno bhiyyo pallomamāpādiṁ araññe vihārāya. 
;;;Etamahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, vigatathinamiddhataṁ attani sampassamāno bhiyyo pallomamāpādiṁ araññe vihārāya. 
;;;Etamahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, vūpasantacittataṁ attani sampassamāno bhiyyo pallomamāpādiṁ araññe vihārāya. 
;;;Etamahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, tiṇṇavicikicchataṁ attani sampassamāno bhiyyo pallomamāpādiṁ araññe vihārāya. 
;;;Etamahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, anattukkaṁsakataṁ aparavambhitaṁ attani sampassamāno bhiyyo pallomamāpādiṁ araññe vihārāya. 
;;;Etamahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, vigatalomahaṁsataṁ attani sampassamāno bhiyyo pallomamāpādiṁ araññe vihārāya. 
;;;Etamahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, appicchataṁ attani sampassamāno bhiyyo pallomamāpādiṁ araññe vihārāya. 
;;;Etamahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, āraddhavīriyataṁ attani sampassamāno bhiyyo pallomamāpādiṁ araññe vihārāya. 
;;;Etamahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, upaṭṭhitassatitaṁ attani sampassamāno bhiyyo pallomamāpādiṁ araññe vihārāya. 
;;;Etamahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, samādhisampadaṁ attani sampassamāno bhiyyo pallomamāpādiṁ araññe vihārāya. 
;;;Etamahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, paññāsampadaṁ attani sampassamāno bhiyyo pallomamāpādiṁ araññe vihārāya. 
;;;Seeing this accomplishment of wisdom in myself I felt even more unruffled about staying in the forest. 
;;;tassa mayhaṁ brāhmaṇa etadahosi: 
;;;Then I thought, 
;;;Yannūnāhaṁ yathābhūtaṁ yathābhūtassa me taṁ bhayabheravaṁ āgacchati, tathābhūtaṁ tathābhūtova taṁ bhayabheravaṁ paṭivineyyan’ti. 
;;;Why don’t I get rid of that fear and dread just as it comes, while remaining just as I am?’ 
;;;Āraddhaṁ kho pana me, brāhmaṇa, vīriyaṁ ahosi asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, passaddho kāyo asāraddho, samāhitaṁ cittaṁ ekaggaṁ. 
;;;My energy was roused up and unflagging, my mindfulness was established and lucid, my body was tranquil and undisturbed, and my mind was immersed in samādhi. 
;;;

>En 

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: ;;;When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha: 
;;;Etamahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, parisuddhakāyakammataṁ attani sampassamāno bhiyyo pallomamāpādiṁ araññe vihārāya. 
;;;Seeing this purity of conduct in myself I felt even more unruffled about staying in the forest. 
;;;Etamahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, parisuddhājīvataṁ attani sampassamāno bhiyyo pallomamāpādiṁ araññe vihārāya. 
;;;Seeing this purity of livelihood in myself I felt even more unruffled about staying in the forest. 
;;;Etamahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, anabhijjhālutaṁ attani sampassamāno bhiyyo pallomamāpādiṁ araññe vihārāya. 
;;;Etamahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, mettacittataṁ attani sampassamāno bhiyyo pallomamāpādiṁ araññe vihārāya. 
;;;Etamahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, vigatathinamiddhataṁ attani sampassamāno bhiyyo pallomamāpādiṁ araññe vihārāya. 
;;;Etamahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, vūpasantacittataṁ attani sampassamāno bhiyyo pallomamāpādiṁ araññe vihārāya. 
;;;Etamahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, tiṇṇavicikicchataṁ attani sampassamāno bhiyyo pallomamāpādiṁ araññe vihārāya. 
;;;Etamahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, anattukkaṁsakataṁ aparavambhitaṁ attani sampassamāno bhiyyo pallomamāpādiṁ araññe vihārāya. 
;;;Etamahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, vigatalomahaṁsataṁ attani sampassamāno bhiyyo pallomamāpādiṁ araññe vihārāya. 
;;;Etamahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, appicchataṁ attani sampassamāno bhiyyo pallomamāpādiṁ araññe vihārāya. 
;;;Etamahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, āraddhavīriyataṁ attani sampassamāno bhiyyo pallomamāpādiṁ araññe vihārāya. 
;;;Etamahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, upaṭṭhitassatitaṁ attani sampassamāno bhiyyo pallomamāpādiṁ araññe vihārāya. 
;;;Etamahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, samādhisampadaṁ attani sampassamāno bhiyyo pallomamāpādiṁ araññe vihārāya. 
;;;Etamahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, paññāsampadaṁ attani sampassamāno bhiyyo pallomamāpādiṁ araññe vihārāya. 
;;;Seeing this accomplishment of wisdom in myself I felt even more unruffled about staying in the forest. 
;;;tassa mayhaṁ brāhmaṇa etadahosi: 
;;;Then I thought, 
;;;Yannūnāhaṁ yathābhūtaṁ yathābhūtassa me taṁ bhayabheravaṁ āgacchati, tathābhūtaṁ tathābhūtova taṁ bhayabheravaṁ paṭivineyyan’ti. 
;;;Why don’t I get rid of that fear and dread just as it comes, while remaining just as I am?’ 
;;;Āraddhaṁ kho pana me, brāhmaṇa, vīriyaṁ ahosi asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, passaddho kāyo asāraddho, samāhitaṁ cittaṁ ekaggaṁ. 
;;;My energy was roused up and unflagging, my mindfulness was established and lucid, my body was tranquil and undisturbed, and my mind was immersed in samādhi. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā mahāmoggallāno āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca: ;;;When he said this, Venerable Mahāmoggallāna said to him: 
;;;Ayaṁ kho, āvuso moggallāna, hetu ayaṁ paccayo yenimesaṁ dvinnaṁ puggalānaṁ sāṅgaṇānaṁyeva sataṁ eko hīnapuriso akkhāyati, eko seṭṭhapuriso akkhāyati. 
;;;This is the cause, this is the reason why, of the two persons with a blemish, one is said to be worse and one better. 
;;;Ayaṁ panāvuso moggallāna, hetu ayaṁ paccayo yenimesaṁ dvinnaṁ puggalānaṁ anaṅgaṇānaṁyeva sataṁ eko hīnapuriso akkhāyati, eko seṭṭhapuriso akkhāyatī”ti. 
;;;And this is the cause, this is the reason why, of the two persons without a blemish, one is said to be worse and one better.” 
;;;‘aho vata mameva bhikkhū sakkareyyuṁ garuṁ kareyyuṁ māneyyuṁ pūjeyyuṁ, na aññaṁ bhikkhuṁ bhikkhū sakkareyyuṁ garuṁ kareyyuṁ māneyyuṁ pūjeyyun’ti. 
;;;‘Oh, I hope that the monks, nuns, laymen, and laywomen will honor, respect, revere, and venerate me alone, not some other mendicant.’ 
;;;Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā mahāmoggallāno āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;When he said this, Venerable Mahāmoggallāna said to him, 
;;;“Paṭibhātu taṁ, āvuso moggallānā”ti. 
;;;“Then speak as you feel inspired,” said Sāriputta. 
;;;

>En 

Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā mahāmoggallāno āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca: ;;;When he said this, Venerable Mahāmoggallāna said to him: 
;;;Ayaṁ kho, āvuso moggallāna, hetu ayaṁ paccayo yenimesaṁ dvinnaṁ puggalānaṁ sāṅgaṇānaṁyeva sataṁ eko hīnapuriso akkhāyati, eko seṭṭhapuriso akkhāyati. 
;;;This is the cause, this is the reason why, of the two persons with a blemish, one is said to be worse and one better. 
;;;Ayaṁ panāvuso moggallāna, hetu ayaṁ paccayo yenimesaṁ dvinnaṁ puggalānaṁ anaṅgaṇānaṁyeva sataṁ eko hīnapuriso akkhāyati, eko seṭṭhapuriso akkhāyatī”ti. 
;;;And this is the cause, this is the reason why, of the two persons without a blemish, one is said to be worse and one better.” 
;;;‘aho vata mameva bhikkhū sakkareyyuṁ garuṁ kareyyuṁ māneyyuṁ pūjeyyuṁ, na aññaṁ bhikkhuṁ bhikkhū sakkareyyuṁ garuṁ kareyyuṁ māneyyuṁ pūjeyyun’ti. 
;;;‘Oh, I hope that the monks, nuns, laymen, and laywomen will honor, respect, revere, and venerate me alone, not some other mendicant.’ 
;;;Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā mahāmoggallāno āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;When he said this, Venerable Mahāmoggallāna said to him, 
;;;“Paṭibhātu taṁ, āvuso moggallānā”ti. 
;;;“Then speak as you feel inspired,” said Sāriputta. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Ākaṅkheyya ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhu: ‘ye maṁ ñātī sālohitā petā kālaṅkatā pasannacittā anussaranti tesaṁ taṁ mahapphalaṁ assa mahānisaṁsan’ti, sīlesvevassa paripūrakārī ajjhattaṁ cetosamathamanuyutto anirākatajjhāno vipassanāya samannāgato brūhetā suññāgārānaṁ. ;;;A mendicant might wish: ‘When deceased family and relatives who have passed away recollect me with a confident mind, may this be very fruitful and beneficial for them.’ So let them fulfill their precepts … 
;;;Ākaṅkheyya ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhu: ‘anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhaveyyaṁ—ekopi hutvā bahudhā assaṁ, bahudhāpi hutvā eko assaṁ; āvibhāvaṁ tirobhāvaṁ; tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamāno gaccheyyaṁ, seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ kareyyaṁ, seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gaccheyyaṁ, seyyathāpi pathaviyaṁ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kameyyaṁ, seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve pāṇinā parāmaseyyaṁ parimajjeyyaṁ; yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vatteyyan’ti, sīlesvevassa paripūrakārī …pe… brūhetā suññāgārānaṁ. 
;;;A mendicant might wish: ‘May I wield the many kinds of psychic power: multiplying myself and becoming one again; appearing and disappearing; going unobstructed through a wall, a rampart, or a mountain as if through space; diving in and out of the earth as if it were water; walking on water as if it were earth; flying cross-legged through the sky like a bird; touching and stroking with my hand the sun and moon, so mighty and powerful; controlling the body as far as the realm of divinity.’ So let them fulfill their precepts … 
;;;

>En 

Ākaṅkheyya ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhu: ‘ye maṁ ñātī sālohitā petā kālaṅkatā pasannacittā anussaranti tesaṁ taṁ mahapphalaṁ assa mahānisaṁsan’ti, sīlesvevassa paripūrakārī ajjhattaṁ cetosamathamanuyutto anirākatajjhāno vipassanāya samannāgato brūhetā suññāgārānaṁ. ;;;A mendicant might wish: ‘When deceased family and relatives who have passed away recollect me with a confident mind, may this be very fruitful and beneficial for them.’ So let them fulfill their precepts … 
;;;Ākaṅkheyya ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhu: ‘anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhaveyyaṁ—ekopi hutvā bahudhā assaṁ, bahudhāpi hutvā eko assaṁ; āvibhāvaṁ tirobhāvaṁ; tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamāno gaccheyyaṁ, seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ kareyyaṁ, seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gaccheyyaṁ, seyyathāpi pathaviyaṁ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kameyyaṁ, seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve pāṇinā parāmaseyyaṁ parimajjeyyaṁ; yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vatteyyan’ti, sīlesvevassa paripūrakārī …pe… brūhetā suññāgārānaṁ. 
;;;A mendicant might wish: ‘May I wield the many kinds of psychic power: multiplying myself and becoming one again; appearing and disappearing; going unobstructed through a wall, a rampart, or a mountain as if through space; diving in and out of the earth as if it were water; walking on water as if it were earth; flying cross-legged through the sky like a bird; touching and stroking with my hand the sun and moon, so mighty and powerful; controlling the body as far as the realm of divinity.’ So let them fulfill their precepts … 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Vatthasutta ;;;The Simile of the Cloth 
;;;tamenaṁ rajako yasmiṁ yasmiṁ raṅgajāte upasaṁhareyya—yadi nīlakāya yadi pītakāya yadi lohitakāya yadi mañjiṭṭhakāya durattavaṇṇamevassa aparisuddhavaṇṇamevassa. 
;;;No matter what dye the dyer applied—whether blue or yellow or red or magenta—it would look poorly dyed and impure in color. 
;;;“Lokkhasammatā hi, bho gotama, bāhukā nadī bahujanassa, puññasammatā hi, bho gotama, bāhukā nadī bahujanassa, bāhukāya pana nadiyā bahujano pāpakammaṁ kataṁ pavāhetī”ti. 
;;;“Many people deem that the river Bāhukā leads to a heavenly world and bestows merit. And many people wash off their bad deeds in the river Bāhukā.” 
;;;gayaṁ sundarikaṁ mapi; 
;;;at Gayā and the Sundarikā too, 
;;;Niccampi bālo pakkhando, 
;;;a fool can constantly plunge into them 
;;;Kiṁ payāgā kiṁ bāhukā nadī; 
;;;What the Payāga or the Bāhukā? 
;;;

>En 

Vatthasutta ;;;The Simile of the Cloth 
;;;tamenaṁ rajako yasmiṁ yasmiṁ raṅgajāte upasaṁhareyya—yadi nīlakāya yadi pītakāya yadi lohitakāya yadi mañjiṭṭhakāya durattavaṇṇamevassa aparisuddhavaṇṇamevassa. 
;;;No matter what dye the dyer applied—whether blue or yellow or red or magenta—it would look poorly dyed and impure in color. 
;;;“Lokkhasammatā hi, bho gotama, bāhukā nadī bahujanassa, puññasammatā hi, bho gotama, bāhukā nadī bahujanassa, bāhukāya pana nadiyā bahujano pāpakammaṁ kataṁ pavāhetī”ti. 
;;;“Many people deem that the river Bāhukā leads to a heavenly world and bestows merit. And many people wash off their bad deeds in the river Bāhukā.” 
;;;gayaṁ sundarikaṁ mapi; 
;;;at Gayā and the Sundarikā too, 
;;;Niccampi bālo pakkhando, 
;;;a fool can constantly plunge into them 
;;;Kiṁ payāgā kiṁ bāhukā nadī; 
;;;What the Payāga or the Bāhukā? 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Sallekhasutta ;;;Self-Effacement 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahācundo sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā mahācundo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Mahācunda came out of retreat and went to the Buddha. He bowed, sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha: 
;;;‘sallekhena viharāmī’ti. 
;;;they’re practicing self-effacement. 
;;;Na kho panete, cunda, ariyassa vinaye sallekhā vuccanti. 
;;;But in the training of the Noble One these are not called ‘self-effacement’; 
;;;‘sallekhena viharāmī’ti. 
;;;they’re practicing self-effacement. 
;;;Na kho panete, cunda, ariyassa vinaye sallekhā vuccanti. 
;;;But in the training of the Noble One these are not called ‘self-effacement’; 
;;;‘sallekhena viharāmī’ti. 
;;;they’re practicing self-effacement. 
;;;Na kho panete, cunda, ariyassa vinaye sallekhā vuccanti. 
;;;But in the training of the Noble One these are not called ‘self-effacement’; 
;;;‘sallekhena viharāmī’ti. 
;;;they’re practicing self-effacement. 
;;;Na kho panete, cunda, ariyassa vinaye sallekhā vuccanti. 
;;;But in the training of the Noble One these are not called ‘self-effacement’; 
;;;‘sallekhena viharāmī’ti. 
;;;they’re practicing self-effacement. 
;;;Na kho panete, cunda, ariyassa vinaye sallekhā vuccanti. 
;;;But in the training of the Noble One these are not called ‘self-effacement’; 
;;;‘sallekhena viharāmī’ti. 
;;;they’re practicing self-effacement. 
;;;Na kho panete, cunda, ariyassa vinaye sallekhā vuccanti. 
;;;But in the training of the Noble One these are not called ‘self-effacement’; 
;;;‘sallekhena viharāmī’ti. 
;;;they’re practicing self-effacement. 
;;;Na kho panete, cunda, ariyassa vinaye sallekhā vuccanti. 
;;;But in the training of the Noble One these are not called ‘self-effacement’; 
;;;‘sallekhena viharāmī’ti. 
;;;they’re practicing self-effacement. 
;;;Na kho panete, cunda, ariyassa vinaye sallekhā vuccanti. 
;;;But in the training of the Noble One these are not called ‘self-effacement’; 
;;;1. Sallekhapariyāya 
;;;1. The Exposition of Self-Effacement 
;;;Idha kho pana vo, cunda, sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;Now, Cunda, you should work on self-effacement in each of the following ways. 
;;;‘Pare vihiṁsakā bhavissanti, mayamettha avihiṁsakā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be cruel, but here we will not be cruel.’ 
;;;‘Pare pāṇātipātī bhavissanti, mayamettha pāṇātipātā paṭiviratā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will kill living creatures, but here we will not kill living creatures.’ 
;;;‘Pare adinnādāyī bhavissanti, mayamettha adinnādānā paṭiviratā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will steal, but here we will not steal.’ 
;;;‘Pare abrahmacārī bhavissanti, mayamettha brahmacārī bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be unchaste, but here we will not be unchaste.’ 
;;;‘Pare musāvādī bhavissanti, mayamettha musāvādā paṭiviratā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will lie, but here we will not lie.’ 
;;;‘Pare pisuṇavācā bhavissanti, mayamettha pisuṇāya vācāya paṭiviratā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will speak divisively, but here we will not speak divisively.’ 
;;;‘Pare pharusavācā bhavissanti, mayamettha pharusāya vācāya paṭiviratā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will speak harshly, but here we will not speak harshly.’ 
;;;‘Pare samphappalāpī bhavissanti, mayamettha samphappalāpā paṭiviratā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will talk nonsense, but here we will not talk nonsense.’ 
;;;‘Pare abhijjhālū bhavissanti, mayamettha anabhijjhālū bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be covetous, but here we will not be covetous.’ 
;;;‘Pare byāpannacittā bhavissanti, mayamettha abyāpannacittā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will have ill will, but here we will not have ill will.’ 
;;;‘Pare micchādiṭṭhī bhavissanti, mayamettha sammādiṭṭhī bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will have wrong view, but here we will have right view.’ 
;;;‘Pare micchāsaṅkappā bhavissanti, mayamettha sammāsaṅkappā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will have wrong thought, but here we will have right thought.’ 
;;;‘Pare micchāvācā bhavissanti, mayamettha sammāvācā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will have wrong speech, but here we will have right speech.’ 
;;;‘Pare micchākammantā bhavissanti, mayamettha sammākammantā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will have wrong action, but here we will have right action.’ 
;;;‘Pare micchāājīvā bhavissanti, mayamettha sammāājīvā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will have wrong livelihood, but here we will have right livelihood.’ 
;;;‘Pare micchāvāyāmā bhavissanti, mayamettha sammāvāyāmā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will have wrong effort, but here we will have right effort.’ 
;;;‘Pare micchāsatī bhavissanti, mayamettha sammāsatī bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will have wrong mindfulness, but here we will have right mindfulness.’ 
;;;‘Pare micchāsamādhi bhavissanti, mayamettha sammāsamādhī bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will have wrong immersion, but here we will have right immersion.’ 
;;;‘Pare micchāñāṇī bhavissanti, mayamettha sammāñāṇī bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will have wrong knowledge, but here we will have right knowledge.’ 
;;;‘Pare micchāvimuttī bhavissanti, mayamettha sammāvimuttī bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will have wrong freedom, but here we will have right freedom.’ 
;;;‘Pare thinamiddhapariyuṭṭhitā bhavissanti, mayamettha vigatathinamiddhā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be overcome with dullness and drowsiness, but here we will be rid of dullness and drowsiness.’ 
;;;‘Pare uddhatā bhavissanti, mayamettha anuddhatā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be restless, but here we will not be restless.’ 
;;;‘Pare vicikicchī bhavissanti, mayamettha tiṇṇavicikicchā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will have doubts, but here we will have gone beyond doubt.’ 
;;;‘Pare kodhanā bhavissanti, mayamettha akkodhanā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be irritable, but here we will be without anger.’ 
;;;‘Pare upanāhī bhavissanti, mayamettha anupanāhī bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be acrimonious, but here we will be without acrimony.’ 
;;;‘Pare makkhī bhavissanti, mayamettha amakkhī bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be offensive, but here we will be inoffensive.’ 
;;;‘Pare paḷāsī bhavissanti, mayamettha apaḷāsī bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be contemptuous, but here we will be without contempt.’ 
;;;‘Pare issukī bhavissanti, mayamettha anissukī bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be jealous, but here we will be without jealousy.’ 
;;;‘Pare maccharī bhavissanti, mayamettha amaccharī bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be stingy, but here we will be without stinginess.’ 
;;;‘Pare saṭhā bhavissanti, mayamettha asaṭhā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be devious, but here we will not be devious.’ 
;;;‘Pare māyāvī bhavissanti, mayamettha amāyāvī bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be deceitful, but here we will not be deceitful.’ 
;;;‘Pare thaddhā bhavissanti, mayamettha atthaddhā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be pompous, but here we will not be pompous.’ 
;;;‘Pare atimānī bhavissanti, mayamettha anatimānī bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be arrogant, but here we will not be arrogant.’ 
;;;‘Pare dubbacā bhavissanti, mayamettha suvacā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be hard to admonish, but here we will not be hard to admonish.’ 
;;;‘Pare pāpamittā bhavissanti, mayamettha kalyāṇamittā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will have bad friends, but here we will have good friends.’ 
;;;‘Pare pamattā bhavissanti, mayamettha appamattā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be negligent, but here we will be diligent.’ 
;;;‘Pare assaddhā bhavissanti, mayamettha saddhā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be faithless, but here we will have faith.’ 
;;;‘Pare ahirikā bhavissanti, mayamettha hirimanā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be conscienceless, but here we will have a sense of conscience.’ 
;;;‘Pare anottāpī bhavissanti, mayamettha ottāpī bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be imprudent, but here we will be prudent.’ 
;;;‘Pare appassutā bhavissanti, mayamettha bahussutā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be unlearned, but here we will be well learned.’ 
;;;‘Pare kusītā bhavissanti, mayamettha āraddhavīriyā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be lazy, but here we will be energetic.’ 
;;;‘Pare muṭṭhassatī bhavissanti, mayamettha upaṭṭhitassatī bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be unmindful, but here we will be mindful.’ 
;;;‘Pare duppaññā bhavissanti, mayamettha paññāsampannā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be witless, but here we will be accomplished in wisdom.’ 
;;;‘Pare sandiṭṭhiparāmāsī ādhānaggāhī duppaṭinissaggī bhavissanti, mayamettha asandiṭṭhiparāmāsī anādhānaggāhī suppaṭinissaggī bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be attached to their own views, holding them tight, and refusing to let go, but here we will not be attached to our own views, not holding them tight, but will let them go easily.’ 
;;;Seyyathāpi, cunda, visamo maggo assa, tassa añño samo maggo parikkamanāya; 
;;;Cunda, suppose there was a rough path and another smooth path to get around it. 
;;;evameva kho, cunda, vihiṁsakassa purisapuggalassa avihiṁsā hoti uparibhāgāya, pāṇātipātissa purisapuggalassa pāṇātipātā veramaṇī hoti uparibhāgāya …pe… 
;;;In the same way, a cruel individual is led upwards by not being cruel. An individual who kills is led upwards by not killing … 
;;;Iti kho, cunda, desito mayā sallekhapariyāyo, desito cittuppādapariyāyo, desito parikkamanapariyāyo, desito uparibhāgapariyāyo, desito parinibbānapariyāyo. 
;;;So, Cunda, I’ve taught the expositions by way of self-effacement, arising of thought, bypassing, going up, and extinguishing. 
;;;Sallekho nāma suttanto, 
;;;“Effacement” is the name of this discourse, 
;;;Sallekhasuttaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ aṭṭhamaṁ. 
;;;

>En 

Sallekhasutta ;;;Self-Effacement 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahācundo sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā mahācundo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Mahācunda came out of retreat and went to the Buddha. He bowed, sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha: 
;;;‘sallekhena viharāmī’ti. 
;;;they’re practicing self-effacement. 
;;;Na kho panete, cunda, ariyassa vinaye sallekhā vuccanti. 
;;;But in the training of the Noble One these are not called ‘self-effacement’; 
;;;‘sallekhena viharāmī’ti. 
;;;they’re practicing self-effacement. 
;;;Na kho panete, cunda, ariyassa vinaye sallekhā vuccanti. 
;;;But in the training of the Noble One these are not called ‘self-effacement’; 
;;;‘sallekhena viharāmī’ti. 
;;;they’re practicing self-effacement. 
;;;Na kho panete, cunda, ariyassa vinaye sallekhā vuccanti. 
;;;But in the training of the Noble One these are not called ‘self-effacement’; 
;;;‘sallekhena viharāmī’ti. 
;;;they’re practicing self-effacement. 
;;;Na kho panete, cunda, ariyassa vinaye sallekhā vuccanti. 
;;;But in the training of the Noble One these are not called ‘self-effacement’; 
;;;‘sallekhena viharāmī’ti. 
;;;they’re practicing self-effacement. 
;;;Na kho panete, cunda, ariyassa vinaye sallekhā vuccanti. 
;;;But in the training of the Noble One these are not called ‘self-effacement’; 
;;;‘sallekhena viharāmī’ti. 
;;;they’re practicing self-effacement. 
;;;Na kho panete, cunda, ariyassa vinaye sallekhā vuccanti. 
;;;But in the training of the Noble One these are not called ‘self-effacement’; 
;;;‘sallekhena viharāmī’ti. 
;;;they’re practicing self-effacement. 
;;;Na kho panete, cunda, ariyassa vinaye sallekhā vuccanti. 
;;;But in the training of the Noble One these are not called ‘self-effacement’; 
;;;‘sallekhena viharāmī’ti. 
;;;they’re practicing self-effacement. 
;;;Na kho panete, cunda, ariyassa vinaye sallekhā vuccanti. 
;;;But in the training of the Noble One these are not called ‘self-effacement’; 
;;;1. Sallekhapariyāya 
;;;1. The Exposition of Self-Effacement 
;;;Idha kho pana vo, cunda, sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;Now, Cunda, you should work on self-effacement in each of the following ways. 
;;;‘Pare vihiṁsakā bhavissanti, mayamettha avihiṁsakā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be cruel, but here we will not be cruel.’ 
;;;‘Pare pāṇātipātī bhavissanti, mayamettha pāṇātipātā paṭiviratā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will kill living creatures, but here we will not kill living creatures.’ 
;;;‘Pare adinnādāyī bhavissanti, mayamettha adinnādānā paṭiviratā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will steal, but here we will not steal.’ 
;;;‘Pare abrahmacārī bhavissanti, mayamettha brahmacārī bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be unchaste, but here we will not be unchaste.’ 
;;;‘Pare musāvādī bhavissanti, mayamettha musāvādā paṭiviratā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will lie, but here we will not lie.’ 
;;;‘Pare pisuṇavācā bhavissanti, mayamettha pisuṇāya vācāya paṭiviratā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will speak divisively, but here we will not speak divisively.’ 
;;;‘Pare pharusavācā bhavissanti, mayamettha pharusāya vācāya paṭiviratā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will speak harshly, but here we will not speak harshly.’ 
;;;‘Pare samphappalāpī bhavissanti, mayamettha samphappalāpā paṭiviratā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will talk nonsense, but here we will not talk nonsense.’ 
;;;‘Pare abhijjhālū bhavissanti, mayamettha anabhijjhālū bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be covetous, but here we will not be covetous.’ 
;;;‘Pare byāpannacittā bhavissanti, mayamettha abyāpannacittā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will have ill will, but here we will not have ill will.’ 
;;;‘Pare micchādiṭṭhī bhavissanti, mayamettha sammādiṭṭhī bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will have wrong view, but here we will have right view.’ 
;;;‘Pare micchāsaṅkappā bhavissanti, mayamettha sammāsaṅkappā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will have wrong thought, but here we will have right thought.’ 
;;;‘Pare micchāvācā bhavissanti, mayamettha sammāvācā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will have wrong speech, but here we will have right speech.’ 
;;;‘Pare micchākammantā bhavissanti, mayamettha sammākammantā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will have wrong action, but here we will have right action.’ 
;;;‘Pare micchāājīvā bhavissanti, mayamettha sammāājīvā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will have wrong livelihood, but here we will have right livelihood.’ 
;;;‘Pare micchāvāyāmā bhavissanti, mayamettha sammāvāyāmā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will have wrong effort, but here we will have right effort.’ 
;;;‘Pare micchāsatī bhavissanti, mayamettha sammāsatī bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will have wrong mindfulness, but here we will have right mindfulness.’ 
;;;‘Pare micchāsamādhi bhavissanti, mayamettha sammāsamādhī bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will have wrong immersion, but here we will have right immersion.’ 
;;;‘Pare micchāñāṇī bhavissanti, mayamettha sammāñāṇī bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will have wrong knowledge, but here we will have right knowledge.’ 
;;;‘Pare micchāvimuttī bhavissanti, mayamettha sammāvimuttī bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will have wrong freedom, but here we will have right freedom.’ 
;;;‘Pare thinamiddhapariyuṭṭhitā bhavissanti, mayamettha vigatathinamiddhā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be overcome with dullness and drowsiness, but here we will be rid of dullness and drowsiness.’ 
;;;‘Pare uddhatā bhavissanti, mayamettha anuddhatā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be restless, but here we will not be restless.’ 
;;;‘Pare vicikicchī bhavissanti, mayamettha tiṇṇavicikicchā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will have doubts, but here we will have gone beyond doubt.’ 
;;;‘Pare kodhanā bhavissanti, mayamettha akkodhanā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be irritable, but here we will be without anger.’ 
;;;‘Pare upanāhī bhavissanti, mayamettha anupanāhī bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be acrimonious, but here we will be without acrimony.’ 
;;;‘Pare makkhī bhavissanti, mayamettha amakkhī bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be offensive, but here we will be inoffensive.’ 
;;;‘Pare paḷāsī bhavissanti, mayamettha apaḷāsī bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be contemptuous, but here we will be without contempt.’ 
;;;‘Pare issukī bhavissanti, mayamettha anissukī bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be jealous, but here we will be without jealousy.’ 
;;;‘Pare maccharī bhavissanti, mayamettha amaccharī bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be stingy, but here we will be without stinginess.’ 
;;;‘Pare saṭhā bhavissanti, mayamettha asaṭhā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be devious, but here we will not be devious.’ 
;;;‘Pare māyāvī bhavissanti, mayamettha amāyāvī bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be deceitful, but here we will not be deceitful.’ 
;;;‘Pare thaddhā bhavissanti, mayamettha atthaddhā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be pompous, but here we will not be pompous.’ 
;;;‘Pare atimānī bhavissanti, mayamettha anatimānī bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be arrogant, but here we will not be arrogant.’ 
;;;‘Pare dubbacā bhavissanti, mayamettha suvacā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be hard to admonish, but here we will not be hard to admonish.’ 
;;;‘Pare pāpamittā bhavissanti, mayamettha kalyāṇamittā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will have bad friends, but here we will have good friends.’ 
;;;‘Pare pamattā bhavissanti, mayamettha appamattā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be negligent, but here we will be diligent.’ 
;;;‘Pare assaddhā bhavissanti, mayamettha saddhā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be faithless, but here we will have faith.’ 
;;;‘Pare ahirikā bhavissanti, mayamettha hirimanā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be conscienceless, but here we will have a sense of conscience.’ 
;;;‘Pare anottāpī bhavissanti, mayamettha ottāpī bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be imprudent, but here we will be prudent.’ 
;;;‘Pare appassutā bhavissanti, mayamettha bahussutā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be unlearned, but here we will be well learned.’ 
;;;‘Pare kusītā bhavissanti, mayamettha āraddhavīriyā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be lazy, but here we will be energetic.’ 
;;;‘Pare muṭṭhassatī bhavissanti, mayamettha upaṭṭhitassatī bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be unmindful, but here we will be mindful.’ 
;;;‘Pare duppaññā bhavissanti, mayamettha paññāsampannā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be witless, but here we will be accomplished in wisdom.’ 
;;;‘Pare sandiṭṭhiparāmāsī ādhānaggāhī duppaṭinissaggī bhavissanti, mayamettha asandiṭṭhiparāmāsī anādhānaggāhī suppaṭinissaggī bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be attached to their own views, holding them tight, and refusing to let go, but here we will not be attached to our own views, not holding them tight, but will let them go easily.’ 
;;;Seyyathāpi, cunda, visamo maggo assa, tassa añño samo maggo parikkamanāya; 
;;;Cunda, suppose there was a rough path and another smooth path to get around it. 
;;;evameva kho, cunda, vihiṁsakassa purisapuggalassa avihiṁsā hoti uparibhāgāya, pāṇātipātissa purisapuggalassa pāṇātipātā veramaṇī hoti uparibhāgāya …pe… 
;;;In the same way, a cruel individual is led upwards by not being cruel. An individual who kills is led upwards by not killing … 
;;;Iti kho, cunda, desito mayā sallekhapariyāyo, desito cittuppādapariyāyo, desito parikkamanapariyāyo, desito uparibhāgapariyāyo, desito parinibbānapariyāyo. 
;;;So, Cunda, I’ve taught the expositions by way of self-effacement, arising of thought, bypassing, going up, and extinguishing. 
;;;Sallekho nāma suttanto, 
;;;“Effacement” is the name of this discourse, 
;;;Sallekhasuttaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ aṭṭhamaṁ. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Kittāvatā nu kho, āvuso, ariyasāvako sammādiṭṭhi hoti, ujugatāssa diṭṭhi, dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato, āgato imaṁ saddhamman”ti? ;;;How do you define a noble disciple who has right view, whose view is correct, who has experiential confidence in the teaching, and has come to the true teaching?” 
;;;“Sādhāvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato sāriputtassa bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ uttari pañhaṁ apucchuṁ: 
;;;Saying “Good, sir,” those mendicants approved and agreed with what Sāriputta said. Then they asked another question: 
;;;

>En 

Kittāvatā nu kho, āvuso, ariyasāvako sammādiṭṭhi hoti, ujugatāssa diṭṭhi, dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato, āgato imaṁ saddhamman”ti? ;;;How do you define a noble disciple who has right view, whose view is correct, who has experiential confidence in the teaching, and has come to the true teaching?” 
;;;“Sādhāvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato sāriputtassa bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ uttari pañhaṁ apucchuṁ: 
;;;Saying “Good, sir,” those mendicants approved and agreed with what Sāriputta said. Then they asked another question: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā nisīdati, pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā, ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya, parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. ;;;It’s when a mendicant—gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut—sits down cross-legged, sets their body straight, and establishes mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;So satova assasati, satova passasati. 
;;;Just mindful, they breathe in. Mindful, they breathe out. 
;;;Evampi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati. 
;;;That’s how a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body. 
;;;‘atthi imasmiṁ kāye kesā lomā nakhā dantā taco maṁsaṁ nhāru aṭṭhi aṭṭhimiñjaṁ vakkaṁ hadayaṁ yakanaṁ kilomakaṁ pihakaṁ papphāsaṁ antaṁ antaguṇaṁ udariyaṁ karīsaṁ pittaṁ semhaṁ pubbo lohitaṁ sedo medo assu vasā kheḷo siṅghāṇikā lasikā muttan’ti. 
;;;‘In this body there is head hair, body hair, nails, teeth, skin, flesh, sinews, bones, bone marrow, kidneys, heart, liver, diaphragm, spleen, lungs, intestines, mesentery, undigested food, feces, bile, phlegm, pus, blood, sweat, fat, tears, grease, saliva, snot, synovial fluid, urine.’ 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, ubhatomukhā putoḷi pūrā nānāvihitassa dhaññassa, seyyathidaṁ—sālīnaṁ vīhīnaṁ muggānaṁ māsānaṁ tilānaṁ taṇḍulānaṁ. Tamenaṁ cakkhumā puriso muñcitvā paccavekkheyya: ‘ime sālī ime vīhī ime muggā ime māsā ime tilā ime taṇḍulā’ti. 
;;;It’s as if there were a bag with openings at both ends, filled with various kinds of grains, such as fine rice, wheat, mung beans, peas, sesame, and ordinary rice. And someone with clear eyes were to open it and examine the contents: ‘These grains are fine rice, these are wheat, these are mung beans, these are peas, these are sesame, and these are ordinary rice.’ 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, dakkho goghātako vā goghātakantevāsī vā gāviṁ vadhitvā catumahāpathe bilaso vibhajitvā nisinno assa. 
;;;It’s as if a deft butcher or butcher’s apprentice were to kill a cow and sit down at the crossroads with the meat cut into chops. 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu seyyathāpi passeyya sarīraṁ sivathikāya chaḍḍitaṁ kākehi vā khajjamānaṁ kulalehi vā khajjamānaṁ gijjhehi vā khajjamānaṁ kaṅkehi vā khajjamānaṁ sunakhehi vā khajjamānaṁ byagghehi vā khajjamānaṁ dīpīhi vā khajjamānaṁ siṅgālehi vā khajjamānaṁ vividhehi vā pāṇakajātehi khajjamānaṁ. 
;;;Furthermore, suppose they were to see a corpse discarded in a charnel ground being devoured by crows, hawks, vultures, herons, dogs, tigers, leopards, jackals, and many kinds of little creatures. 
;;;Aṭṭhikāni apagatasambandhāni disā vidisā vikkhittāni, aññena hatthaṭṭhikaṁ aññena pādaṭṭhikaṁ aññena gopphakaṭṭhikaṁ aññena jaṅghaṭṭhikaṁ aññena ūruṭṭhikaṁ aññena kaṭiṭṭhikaṁ aññena phāsukaṭṭhikaṁ aññena piṭṭhiṭṭhikaṁ aññena khandhaṭṭhikaṁ aññena gīvaṭṭhikaṁ aññena hanukaṭṭhikaṁ aññena dantaṭṭhikaṁ aññena sīsakaṭāhaṁ. 
;;;Bones rid of sinews scattered in every direction. Here a hand-bone, there a foot-bone, here an ankle bone, there a shin-bone, here a thigh-bone, there a hip-bone, here a rib-bone, there a back-bone, here an arm-bone, there a neck-bone, here a jaw-bone, there a tooth, here the skull. … 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sukhaṁ vā vedanaṁ vedayamāno ‘sukhaṁ vedanaṁ vedayāmī’ti pajānāti. 
;;;It’s when a mendicant who feels a pleasant feeling knows: ‘I feel a pleasant feeling.’ 
;;;Dukkhaṁ vā vedanaṁ vedayamāno ‘dukkhaṁ vedanaṁ vedayāmī’ti pajānāti. 
;;;When they feel a painful feeling, they know: ‘I feel a painful feeling.’ 
;;;Sallekhasammādiṭṭhisatipaṭṭhaṁ, 
;;;" 
;;;

>En 

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā nisīdati, pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā, ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya, parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. ;;;It’s when a mendicant—gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut—sits down cross-legged, sets their body straight, and establishes mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;So satova assasati, satova passasati. 
;;;Just mindful, they breathe in. Mindful, they breathe out. 
;;;Evampi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati. 
;;;That’s how a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body. 
;;;‘atthi imasmiṁ kāye kesā lomā nakhā dantā taco maṁsaṁ nhāru aṭṭhi aṭṭhimiñjaṁ vakkaṁ hadayaṁ yakanaṁ kilomakaṁ pihakaṁ papphāsaṁ antaṁ antaguṇaṁ udariyaṁ karīsaṁ pittaṁ semhaṁ pubbo lohitaṁ sedo medo assu vasā kheḷo siṅghāṇikā lasikā muttan’ti. 
;;;‘In this body there is head hair, body hair, nails, teeth, skin, flesh, sinews, bones, bone marrow, kidneys, heart, liver, diaphragm, spleen, lungs, intestines, mesentery, undigested food, feces, bile, phlegm, pus, blood, sweat, fat, tears, grease, saliva, snot, synovial fluid, urine.’ 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, ubhatomukhā putoḷi pūrā nānāvihitassa dhaññassa, seyyathidaṁ—sālīnaṁ vīhīnaṁ muggānaṁ māsānaṁ tilānaṁ taṇḍulānaṁ. Tamenaṁ cakkhumā puriso muñcitvā paccavekkheyya: ‘ime sālī ime vīhī ime muggā ime māsā ime tilā ime taṇḍulā’ti. 
;;;It’s as if there were a bag with openings at both ends, filled with various kinds of grains, such as fine rice, wheat, mung beans, peas, sesame, and ordinary rice. And someone with clear eyes were to open it and examine the contents: ‘These grains are fine rice, these are wheat, these are mung beans, these are peas, these are sesame, and these are ordinary rice.’ 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, dakkho goghātako vā goghātakantevāsī vā gāviṁ vadhitvā catumahāpathe bilaso vibhajitvā nisinno assa. 
;;;It’s as if a deft butcher or butcher’s apprentice were to kill a cow and sit down at the crossroads with the meat cut into chops. 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu seyyathāpi passeyya sarīraṁ sivathikāya chaḍḍitaṁ kākehi vā khajjamānaṁ kulalehi vā khajjamānaṁ gijjhehi vā khajjamānaṁ kaṅkehi vā khajjamānaṁ sunakhehi vā khajjamānaṁ byagghehi vā khajjamānaṁ dīpīhi vā khajjamānaṁ siṅgālehi vā khajjamānaṁ vividhehi vā pāṇakajātehi khajjamānaṁ. 
;;;Furthermore, suppose they were to see a corpse discarded in a charnel ground being devoured by crows, hawks, vultures, herons, dogs, tigers, leopards, jackals, and many kinds of little creatures. 
;;;Aṭṭhikāni apagatasambandhāni disā vidisā vikkhittāni, aññena hatthaṭṭhikaṁ aññena pādaṭṭhikaṁ aññena gopphakaṭṭhikaṁ aññena jaṅghaṭṭhikaṁ aññena ūruṭṭhikaṁ aññena kaṭiṭṭhikaṁ aññena phāsukaṭṭhikaṁ aññena piṭṭhiṭṭhikaṁ aññena khandhaṭṭhikaṁ aññena gīvaṭṭhikaṁ aññena hanukaṭṭhikaṁ aññena dantaṭṭhikaṁ aññena sīsakaṭāhaṁ. 
;;;Bones rid of sinews scattered in every direction. Here a hand-bone, there a foot-bone, here an ankle bone, there a shin-bone, here a thigh-bone, there a hip-bone, here a rib-bone, there a back-bone, here an arm-bone, there a neck-bone, here a jaw-bone, there a tooth, here the skull. … 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sukhaṁ vā vedanaṁ vedayamāno ‘sukhaṁ vedanaṁ vedayāmī’ti pajānāti. 
;;;It’s when a mendicant who feels a pleasant feeling knows: ‘I feel a pleasant feeling.’ 
;;;Dukkhaṁ vā vedanaṁ vedayamāno ‘dukkhaṁ vedanaṁ vedayāmī’ti pajānāti. 
;;;When they feel a painful feeling, they know: ‘I feel a painful feeling.’ 
;;;Sallekhasammādiṭṭhisatipaṭṭhaṁ, 
;;;" 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

suññā parappavādā samaṇebhi aññehīti. ;;;Other sects are empty of ascetics.’ 
;;;Evametaṁ, bhikkhave, sammā sīhanādaṁ nadatha. 
;;;This, mendicants, is how you should rightly roar your lion’s roar. 
;;;Idha no, āvuso, ko viseso ko adhippayāso kiṁ nānākaraṇaṁ yadidaṁ tumhākañceva amhākañcā’ti? 
;;;What, then, is the difference between you and us?’ 
;;;Ye hi keci, bhikkhave, samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā bhavadiṭṭhiṁ allīnā bhavadiṭṭhiṁ upagatā bhavadiṭṭhiṁ ajjhositā, vibhavadiṭṭhiyā te paṭiviruddhā. 
;;;Any ascetics or brahmins who resort to, draw near to, and cling to a view favoring continued existence will oppose a view favoring ending existence. 
;;;Ye hi keci, bhikkhave, samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā vibhavadiṭṭhiṁ allīnā vibhavadiṭṭhiṁ upagatā vibhavadiṭṭhiṁ ajjhositā, bhavadiṭṭhiyā te paṭiviruddhā. 
;;;Any ascetics or brahmins who resort to, draw near to, and cling to a view favoring ending existence will oppose a view favoring continued existence. 
;;;

>En 

suññā parappavādā samaṇebhi aññehīti. ;;;Other sects are empty of ascetics.’ 
;;;Evametaṁ, bhikkhave, sammā sīhanādaṁ nadatha. 
;;;This, mendicants, is how you should rightly roar your lion’s roar. 
;;;Idha no, āvuso, ko viseso ko adhippayāso kiṁ nānākaraṇaṁ yadidaṁ tumhākañceva amhākañcā’ti? 
;;;What, then, is the difference between you and us?’ 
;;;Ye hi keci, bhikkhave, samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā bhavadiṭṭhiṁ allīnā bhavadiṭṭhiṁ upagatā bhavadiṭṭhiṁ ajjhositā, vibhavadiṭṭhiyā te paṭiviruddhā. 
;;;Any ascetics or brahmins who resort to, draw near to, and cling to a view favoring continued existence will oppose a view favoring ending existence. 
;;;Ye hi keci, bhikkhave, samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā vibhavadiṭṭhiṁ allīnā vibhavadiṭṭhiṁ upagatā vibhavadiṭṭhiṁ ajjhositā, bhavadiṭṭhiyā te paṭiviruddhā. 
;;;Any ascetics or brahmins who resort to, draw near to, and cling to a view favoring ending existence will oppose a view favoring continued existence. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

‘itipi so bhagavā anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhoti—ekopi hutvā bahudhā hoti, bahudhāpi hutvā eko hoti; āvibhāvaṁ, tirobhāvaṁ; tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamāno gacchati, seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ karoti, seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gacchati, seyyathāpi pathaviyaṁ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kamati, seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve pāṇinā parimasati parimajjati; yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vattetī’ti. ;;;‘That Blessed One wields the many kinds of psychic power: multiplying himself and becoming one again; appearing and disappearing; going unobstructed through a wall, a rampart, or a mountain as if through space; diving in and out of the earth as if it were water; walking on water as if it were earth; flying cross-legged through the sky like a bird; touching and stroking with the hand the sun and moon, so mighty and powerful; controlling the body as far as the realm of divinity.’ 
;;;Tatrapi mayā sannisinnapubbañceva, sallapitapubbañca, sākacchā ca samāpajjitapubbā. 
;;;There I used to sit with them, converse, and engage in discussion. 
;;;Tatrapi mayā sannisinnapubbañceva, sallapitapubbañca, sākacchā ca samāpajjitapubbā. 
;;;There too I used to sit with them, converse, and engage in discussion. 
;;;Ye kho te, sāriputta, sattā pūtimacche vā jāyanti pūtikuṇape vā pūtikummāse vā candanikāye vā oḷigalle vā jāyanti— 
;;;There are beings who are born in a rotten fish, in a rotten carcass, in rotten dough, in a cesspool or a sump. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, sāriputta, rukkho same bhūmibhāge jāto bahalapattapalāso sandacchāyo. 
;;;Suppose there was a tree growing on smooth ground, with abundant foliage casting dense shade. 
;;;Tatrāssa pallaṅko gonakatthato paṭikatthato paṭalikatthato kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇo sauttaracchado ubhatolohitakūpadhāno. 
;;;And it had a couch spread with woolen covers—shag-piled, pure white, or embroidered with flowers—and spread with a fine deer hide, with a canopy above and red pillows at both ends. 
;;;Tamenaṁ passeyya aparena samayena tasmiṁ pāsāde tasmiṁ kūṭāgāre tasmiṁ pallaṅke nisinnaṁ vā nipannaṁ vā ekantasukhā vedanā vedayamānaṁ. 
;;;Some time later they see them sitting or lying in that stilt longhouse, where they experience exclusively pleasant feelings. … 
;;;nekavassagaṇikaṁ rajojallaṁ kāye sannicitaṁ hoti papaṭikajātaṁ. 
;;;The dust and dirt built up on my body over many years until it started flaking off. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, sāriputta, tindukakhāṇu nekavassagaṇiko sannicito hoti papaṭikajāto, evamevāssu me, sāriputta, nekavassagaṇikaṁ rajojallaṁ kāye sannicitaṁ hoti papaṭikajātaṁ. 
;;;It’s like the trunk of a pale-moon ebony tree, which builds up bark over many years until it starts flaking off. 
;;;‘aho vatāhaṁ imaṁ rajojallaṁ pāṇinā parimajjeyyaṁ, aññe vā pana me imaṁ rajojallaṁ pāṇinā parimajjeyyun’ti. 
;;;‘Oh, this dust and dirt must be rubbed off by my hand or another’s.’ 
;;;Yadā passāmi gopālakaṁ vā pasupālakaṁ vā tiṇahārakaṁ vā kaṭṭhahārakaṁ vā vanakammikaṁ vā, vanena vanaṁ gahanena gahanaṁ ninnena ninnaṁ thalena thalaṁ sampatāmi. 
;;;When I saw a cowherd or a shepherd, or someone gathering grass or sticks, or a lumberjack, I’d flee from forest to forest, from thicket to thicket, from valley to valley, from uplands to uplands. 
;;;Seyyathāpi nāma tittakālābu āmakacchinno vātātapena samphuṭito hoti sammilāto; evamevassu me sīsacchavi samphuṭitā hoti sammilātā tāyevappāhāratāya. 
;;;Due to eating so little, my scalp shriveled and withered like a green bitter-gourd in the wind and sun. 
;;;So kho ahaṁ, sāriputta, ‘udaracchaviṁ parimasissāmī’ti piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṁyeva pariggaṇhāmi, ‘piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṁ parimasissāmī’ti udaracchaviṁyeva pariggaṇhāmi, yāvassu me, sāriputta, udaracchavi piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṁ allīnā hoti tāyevappāhāratāya. 
;;;Due to eating so little, the skin of my belly stuck to my backbone, so that when I tried to rub the skin of my belly I grabbed my backbone, and when I tried to rub my backbone I rubbed the skin of my belly. 
;;;So kho ahaṁ, sāriputta, ‘udaracchaviṁ parimasissāmī’ti piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṁyeva pariggaṇhāmi, ‘piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṁ parimasissāmī’ti udaracchaviṁyeva pariggaṇhāmi. Yāvassu me, sāriputta, udaracchavi piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṁ allīnā hoti tāyevappāhāratāya. 
;;; 
;;;Na kho pana so, sāriputta, saṁsāro sulabharūpo yo mayā asaṁsaritapubbo iminā dīghena addhunā, aññatra suddhāvāsehi devehi. 
;;;But it’s not easy to find a realm that I haven’t previously transmigrated to in all this long time, except for the gods of the pure abodes. 
;;;Yato ca kho ayaṁ bhavaṁ puriso jiṇṇo hoti vuddho mahallako addhagato vayoanuppatto, āsītiko vā nāvutiko vā vassasatiko vā jātiyā, atha tamhā paññāveyyattiyā, parihāyatī’ti. 
;;;But when he’s old, elderly, and senior, advanced in years, and has reached the final stage of life—eighty, ninety, or a hundred years old—he will lose his lucidity of wisdom.’ 
;;;Ahaṁ kho pana, sāriputta, etarahi jiṇṇo vuddho mahallako addhagato vayoanuppatto, āsītiko me vayo vattati. 
;;;For now I am old, elderly, and senior, I’m advanced in years, and have reached the final stage of life. I am eighty years old. 
;;;

>En 

‘itipi so bhagavā anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhoti—ekopi hutvā bahudhā hoti, bahudhāpi hutvā eko hoti; āvibhāvaṁ, tirobhāvaṁ; tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamāno gacchati, seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ karoti, seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gacchati, seyyathāpi pathaviyaṁ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kamati, seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve pāṇinā parimasati parimajjati; yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vattetī’ti. ;;;‘That Blessed One wields the many kinds of psychic power: multiplying himself and becoming one again; appearing and disappearing; going unobstructed through a wall, a rampart, or a mountain as if through space; diving in and out of the earth as if it were water; walking on water as if it were earth; flying cross-legged through the sky like a bird; touching and stroking with the hand the sun and moon, so mighty and powerful; controlling the body as far as the realm of divinity.’ 
;;;Tatrapi mayā sannisinnapubbañceva, sallapitapubbañca, sākacchā ca samāpajjitapubbā. 
;;;There I used to sit with them, converse, and engage in discussion. 
;;;Tatrapi mayā sannisinnapubbañceva, sallapitapubbañca, sākacchā ca samāpajjitapubbā. 
;;;There too I used to sit with them, converse, and engage in discussion. 
;;;Ye kho te, sāriputta, sattā pūtimacche vā jāyanti pūtikuṇape vā pūtikummāse vā candanikāye vā oḷigalle vā jāyanti— 
;;;There are beings who are born in a rotten fish, in a rotten carcass, in rotten dough, in a cesspool or a sump. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, sāriputta, rukkho same bhūmibhāge jāto bahalapattapalāso sandacchāyo. 
;;;Suppose there was a tree growing on smooth ground, with abundant foliage casting dense shade. 
;;;Tatrāssa pallaṅko gonakatthato paṭikatthato paṭalikatthato kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇo sauttaracchado ubhatolohitakūpadhāno. 
;;;And it had a couch spread with woolen covers—shag-piled, pure white, or embroidered with flowers—and spread with a fine deer hide, with a canopy above and red pillows at both ends. 
;;;Tamenaṁ passeyya aparena samayena tasmiṁ pāsāde tasmiṁ kūṭāgāre tasmiṁ pallaṅke nisinnaṁ vā nipannaṁ vā ekantasukhā vedanā vedayamānaṁ. 
;;;Some time later they see them sitting or lying in that stilt longhouse, where they experience exclusively pleasant feelings. … 
;;;nekavassagaṇikaṁ rajojallaṁ kāye sannicitaṁ hoti papaṭikajātaṁ. 
;;;The dust and dirt built up on my body over many years until it started flaking off. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, sāriputta, tindukakhāṇu nekavassagaṇiko sannicito hoti papaṭikajāto, evamevāssu me, sāriputta, nekavassagaṇikaṁ rajojallaṁ kāye sannicitaṁ hoti papaṭikajātaṁ. 
;;;It’s like the trunk of a pale-moon ebony tree, which builds up bark over many years until it starts flaking off. 
;;;‘aho vatāhaṁ imaṁ rajojallaṁ pāṇinā parimajjeyyaṁ, aññe vā pana me imaṁ rajojallaṁ pāṇinā parimajjeyyun’ti. 
;;;‘Oh, this dust and dirt must be rubbed off by my hand or another’s.’ 
;;;Yadā passāmi gopālakaṁ vā pasupālakaṁ vā tiṇahārakaṁ vā kaṭṭhahārakaṁ vā vanakammikaṁ vā, vanena vanaṁ gahanena gahanaṁ ninnena ninnaṁ thalena thalaṁ sampatāmi. 
;;;When I saw a cowherd or a shepherd, or someone gathering grass or sticks, or a lumberjack, I’d flee from forest to forest, from thicket to thicket, from valley to valley, from uplands to uplands. 
;;;Seyyathāpi nāma tittakālābu āmakacchinno vātātapena samphuṭito hoti sammilāto; evamevassu me sīsacchavi samphuṭitā hoti sammilātā tāyevappāhāratāya. 
;;;Due to eating so little, my scalp shriveled and withered like a green bitter-gourd in the wind and sun. 
;;;So kho ahaṁ, sāriputta, ‘udaracchaviṁ parimasissāmī’ti piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṁyeva pariggaṇhāmi, ‘piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṁ parimasissāmī’ti udaracchaviṁyeva pariggaṇhāmi, yāvassu me, sāriputta, udaracchavi piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṁ allīnā hoti tāyevappāhāratāya. 
;;;Due to eating so little, the skin of my belly stuck to my backbone, so that when I tried to rub the skin of my belly I grabbed my backbone, and when I tried to rub my backbone I rubbed the skin of my belly. 
;;;So kho ahaṁ, sāriputta, ‘udaracchaviṁ parimasissāmī’ti piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṁyeva pariggaṇhāmi, ‘piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṁ parimasissāmī’ti udaracchaviṁyeva pariggaṇhāmi. Yāvassu me, sāriputta, udaracchavi piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṁ allīnā hoti tāyevappāhāratāya. 
;;; 
;;;Na kho pana so, sāriputta, saṁsāro sulabharūpo yo mayā asaṁsaritapubbo iminā dīghena addhunā, aññatra suddhāvāsehi devehi. 
;;;But it’s not easy to find a realm that I haven’t previously transmigrated to in all this long time, except for the gods of the pure abodes. 
;;;Yato ca kho ayaṁ bhavaṁ puriso jiṇṇo hoti vuddho mahallako addhagato vayoanuppatto, āsītiko vā nāvutiko vā vassasatiko vā jātiyā, atha tamhā paññāveyyattiyā, parihāyatī’ti. 
;;;But when he’s old, elderly, and senior, advanced in years, and has reached the final stage of life—eighty, ninety, or a hundred years old—he will lose his lucidity of wisdom.’ 
;;;Ahaṁ kho pana, sāriputta, etarahi jiṇṇo vuddho mahallako addhagato vayoanuppatto, āsītiko me vayo vattati. 
;;;For now I am old, elderly, and senior, I’m advanced in years, and have reached the final stage of life. I am eighty years old. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, kāmahetu kāmanidānaṁ kāmādhikaraṇaṁ kāmānameva hetu asicammaṁ gahetvā, dhanukalāpaṁ sannayhitvā, addāvalepanā upakāriyo pakkhandanti usūsupi khippamānesu, sattīsupi khippamānāsu, asīsupi vijjotalantesu. ;;;Furthermore, for the sake of sensual pleasures they don their sword and shield, fasten their bow and arrows, and charge wetly plastered bastions, with arrows and spears flying and swords flashing. 
;;;Te tattha usūhipi vijjhanti, sattiyāpi vijjhanti, chakaṇakāyapi osiñcanti, abhivaggenapi omaddanti, asināpi sīsaṁ chindanti. 
;;;There they are struck with arrows and spears, splashed with dung, crushed by a superior force, and their heads are chopped off, 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, tameva bhaginiṁ passeyya aparena samayena āsītikaṁ vā nāvutikaṁ vā vassasatikaṁ vā jātiyā, jiṇṇaṁ gopānasivaṅkaṁ bhoggaṁ daṇḍaparāyanaṁ pavedhamānaṁ gacchantiṁ āturaṁ gatayobbanaṁ khaṇḍadantaṁ palitakesaṁ, vilūnaṁ khalitasiraṁ valinaṁ tilakāhatagattaṁ. 
;;;Suppose that some time later you were to see that same sister—eighty, ninety, or a hundred years old—bent double, crooked, leaning on a staff, trembling as they walk, ailing, past their prime, with teeth broken, hair grey and scanty or bald, skin wrinkled, and limbs blotchy. 
;;;

>En 

Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, kāmahetu kāmanidānaṁ kāmādhikaraṇaṁ kāmānameva hetu asicammaṁ gahetvā, dhanukalāpaṁ sannayhitvā, addāvalepanā upakāriyo pakkhandanti usūsupi khippamānesu, sattīsupi khippamānāsu, asīsupi vijjotalantesu. ;;;Furthermore, for the sake of sensual pleasures they don their sword and shield, fasten their bow and arrows, and charge wetly plastered bastions, with arrows and spears flying and swords flashing. 
;;;Te tattha usūhipi vijjhanti, sattiyāpi vijjhanti, chakaṇakāyapi osiñcanti, abhivaggenapi omaddanti, asināpi sīsaṁ chindanti. 
;;;There they are struck with arrows and spears, splashed with dung, crushed by a superior force, and their heads are chopped off, 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, tameva bhaginiṁ passeyya aparena samayena āsītikaṁ vā nāvutikaṁ vā vassasatikaṁ vā jātiyā, jiṇṇaṁ gopānasivaṅkaṁ bhoggaṁ daṇḍaparāyanaṁ pavedhamānaṁ gacchantiṁ āturaṁ gatayobbanaṁ khaṇḍadantaṁ palitakesaṁ, vilūnaṁ khalitasiraṁ valinaṁ tilakāhatagattaṁ. 
;;;Suppose that some time later you were to see that same sister—eighty, ninety, or a hundred years old—bent double, crooked, leaning on a staff, trembling as they walk, ailing, past their prime, with teeth broken, hair grey and scanty or bald, skin wrinkled, and limbs blotchy. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

‘Appassādā kāmā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo’ti— ;;;Sensual pleasures give little gratification and much suffering and distress, and they are all the more full of drawbacks. 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā nigaṇṭhā isigilipasse kāḷasilāyaṁ ubbhaṭṭhakā honti āsanapaṭikkhittā, opakkamikā dukkhā tibbā kharā kaṭukā vedanā vedayanti. 
;;;Now at that time several Jain ascetics on the slopes of Isigili at the Black Rock were constantly standing, refusing seats. And they felt painful, sharp, severe, acute feelings due to overexertion. 
;;;Atha khvāhaṁ, mahānāma, sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena isigilipasse kāḷasilā yena te nigaṇṭhā tenupasaṅkamiṁ; upasaṅkamitvā te nigaṇṭhe etadavocaṁ: 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, I came out of retreat and went to the Black Rock to visit those Jain ascetics. I said to them, 
;;;“atthi kho vo, nigaṇṭhā, pubbe pāpakammaṁ kataṁ, taṁ imāya kaṭukāya dukkarakārikāya nijjīretha; 
;;;“O Jain ascetics, you have done bad deeds in a past life. Wear them away with these severe and grueling austerities. 
;;;

>En 

‘Appassādā kāmā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo’ti— ;;;Sensual pleasures give little gratification and much suffering and distress, and they are all the more full of drawbacks. 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā nigaṇṭhā isigilipasse kāḷasilāyaṁ ubbhaṭṭhakā honti āsanapaṭikkhittā, opakkamikā dukkhā tibbā kharā kaṭukā vedanā vedayanti. 
;;;Now at that time several Jain ascetics on the slopes of Isigili at the Black Rock were constantly standing, refusing seats. And they felt painful, sharp, severe, acute feelings due to overexertion. 
;;;Atha khvāhaṁ, mahānāma, sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena isigilipasse kāḷasilā yena te nigaṇṭhā tenupasaṅkamiṁ; upasaṅkamitvā te nigaṇṭhe etadavocaṁ: 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, I came out of retreat and went to the Black Rock to visit those Jain ascetics. I said to them, 
;;;“atthi kho vo, nigaṇṭhā, pubbe pāpakammaṁ kataṁ, taṁ imāya kaṭukāya dukkarakārikāya nijjīretha; 
;;;“O Jain ascetics, you have done bad deeds in a past life. Wear them away with these severe and grueling austerities. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhaggesu viharati susumāragire bhesakaḷāvane migadāye. ;;;At one time Venerable Mahāmoggallāna was staying in the land of the Bhaggas at Crocodile Hill, in the deer park at Bhesakaḷā’s Wood. 
;;;Tatra kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhikkhū āmantesi: 
;;;There Venerable Mahāmoggallāna addressed the mendicants: 
;;;“Āvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa paccassosuṁ. 
;;;“Reverend,” they replied. 
;;;Āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca: 
;;;Venerable Mahāmoggallāna said this: 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu kodhano hoti kodhasāmantā vācaṁ nicchāretā. 
;;;They’re irritable, and blurt out words bordering on anger … 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu codito codakena codakaṁ paṭippharati. 
;;;When accused, they object to the accuser … 
;;;Tatrāvuso, bhikkhunā attanāva attānaṁ evaṁ anuminitabbaṁ: 
;;;In such a case, a mendicant should measure themselves like this. 
;;;Idamavocāyasmā mahāmoggallāno. 
;;;This is what Venerable Mahāmoggallāna said. 
;;;Attamanā te bhikkhū āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti. 
;;;Satisfied, the mendicants approved what Venerable Mahāmoggallāna said. 
;;;

>En 

ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhaggesu viharati susumāragire bhesakaḷāvane migadāye. ;;;At one time Venerable Mahāmoggallāna was staying in the land of the Bhaggas at Crocodile Hill, in the deer park at Bhesakaḷā’s Wood. 
;;;Tatra kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhikkhū āmantesi: 
;;;There Venerable Mahāmoggallāna addressed the mendicants: 
;;;“Āvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa paccassosuṁ. 
;;;“Reverend,” they replied. 
;;;Āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca: 
;;;Venerable Mahāmoggallāna said this: 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu kodhano hoti kodhasāmantā vācaṁ nicchāretā. 
;;;They’re irritable, and blurt out words bordering on anger … 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu codito codakena codakaṁ paṭippharati. 
;;;When accused, they object to the accuser … 
;;;Tatrāvuso, bhikkhunā attanāva attānaṁ evaṁ anuminitabbaṁ: 
;;;In such a case, a mendicant should measure themselves like this. 
;;;Idamavocāyasmā mahāmoggallāno. 
;;;This is what Venerable Mahāmoggallāna said. 
;;;Attamanā te bhikkhū āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti. 
;;;Satisfied, the mendicants approved what Venerable Mahāmoggallāna said. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena nigrodhārāmo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the Banyan Tree Monastery, sat down on the seat spread out, 
;;;Vibhajatāyasmā mahākaccāno agaruṁ katvā”ti. 
;;;Please explain this, if it’s no trouble.” 
;;;Ko nāmo ayaṁ, bhante, dhammapariyāyo”ti? 
;;;Sir, what is the name of this exposition of the teaching?” 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena nigrodhārāmo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the Banyan Tree Monastery, sat down on the seat spread out, 
;;;Vibhajatāyasmā mahākaccāno agaruṁ katvā”ti. 
;;;Please explain this, if it’s no trouble.” 
;;;Ko nāmo ayaṁ, bhante, dhammapariyāyo”ti? 
;;;Sir, what is the name of this exposition of the teaching?” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

So kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, uppannuppannaṁ kāmavitakkaṁ pajahameva vinodameva byantameva naṁ akāsiṁ. ;;;So I gave up, got rid of, and eliminated any sensual thoughts that arose. 
;;;‘Mā me cittaṁ ūhaññī’ti. 
;;;So that my mind would not be stressed. 
;;;Āraddhaṁ kho pana me, bhikkhave, vīriyaṁ ahosi asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, passaddho kāyo asāraddho, samāhitaṁ cittaṁ ekaggaṁ. 
;;;My energy was roused up and unflagging, my mindfulness was established and lucid, my body was tranquil and undisturbed, and my mind was immersed in samādhi. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, araññe pavane mahantaṁ ninnaṁ pallalaṁ. 
;;;Suppose that in a forested wilderness there was an expanse of low-lying marshes, 
;;;Evañhi so, bhikkhave, mahāmigasaṅgho aparena samayena anayabyasanaṁ āpajjeyya. 
;;;so that, in due course, that herd of deer would fall to ruin and disaster. 
;;;mahantaṁ ninnaṁ pallalanti kho, bhikkhave, kāmānametaṁ adhivacanaṁ. 
;;;‘An expanse of low-lying marshes’ is a term for sensual pleasures. 
;;;

>En 

So kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, uppannuppannaṁ kāmavitakkaṁ pajahameva vinodameva byantameva naṁ akāsiṁ. ;;;So I gave up, got rid of, and eliminated any sensual thoughts that arose. 
;;;‘Mā me cittaṁ ūhaññī’ti. 
;;;So that my mind would not be stressed. 
;;;Āraddhaṁ kho pana me, bhikkhave, vīriyaṁ ahosi asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, passaddho kāyo asāraddho, samāhitaṁ cittaṁ ekaggaṁ. 
;;;My energy was roused up and unflagging, my mindfulness was established and lucid, my body was tranquil and undisturbed, and my mind was immersed in samādhi. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, araññe pavane mahantaṁ ninnaṁ pallalaṁ. 
;;;Suppose that in a forested wilderness there was an expanse of low-lying marshes, 
;;;Evañhi so, bhikkhave, mahāmigasaṅgho aparena samayena anayabyasanaṁ āpajjeyya. 
;;;so that, in due course, that herd of deer would fall to ruin and disaster. 
;;;mahantaṁ ninnaṁ pallalanti kho, bhikkhave, kāmānametaṁ adhivacanaṁ. 
;;;‘An expanse of low-lying marshes’ is a term for sensual pleasures. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tesaṁ pahānā ajjhattameva cittaṁ santiṭṭhati sannisīdati ekodi hoti samādhiyati. ;;;Their mind becomes stilled internally; it settles, unifies, and becomes immersed in samādhi. 
;;;Evañhi so, bhikkhave, puriso oḷārikaṁ oḷārikaṁ iriyāpathaṁ abhinivajjetvā sukhumaṁ sukhumaṁ iriyāpathaṁ kappeyya. 
;;;And so that person would reject successively coarser postures and adopt more subtle ones. 
;;;Yato kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno yaṁ nimittaṁ āgamma yaṁ nimittaṁ manasikaroto uppajjanti pāpakā akusalā vitakkā chandūpasaṁhitāpi dosūpasaṁhitāpi mohūpasaṁhitāpi, tassa tamhā nimittā aññaṁ nimittaṁ manasikaroto kusalūpasaṁhitaṁ ye pāpakā akusalā vitakkā chandūpasaṁhitāpi dosūpasaṁhitāpi mohūpasaṁhitāpi te pahīyanti te abbhatthaṁ gacchanti. 
;;;Now, take the mendicant who is focusing on some subject that gives rise to bad, unskillful thoughts connected with desire, hate, and delusion. They focus on some other subject connected with the skillful … 
;;;

>En 

Tesaṁ pahānā ajjhattameva cittaṁ santiṭṭhati sannisīdati ekodi hoti samādhiyati. ;;;Their mind becomes stilled internally; it settles, unifies, and becomes immersed in samādhi. 
;;;Evañhi so, bhikkhave, puriso oḷārikaṁ oḷārikaṁ iriyāpathaṁ abhinivajjetvā sukhumaṁ sukhumaṁ iriyāpathaṁ kappeyya. 
;;;And so that person would reject successively coarser postures and adopt more subtle ones. 
;;;Yato kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno yaṁ nimittaṁ āgamma yaṁ nimittaṁ manasikaroto uppajjanti pāpakā akusalā vitakkā chandūpasaṁhitāpi dosūpasaṁhitāpi mohūpasaṁhitāpi, tassa tamhā nimittā aññaṁ nimittaṁ manasikaroto kusalūpasaṁhitaṁ ye pāpakā akusalā vitakkā chandūpasaṁhitāpi dosūpasaṁhitāpi mohūpasaṁhitāpi te pahīyanti te abbhatthaṁ gacchanti. 
;;;Now, take the mendicant who is focusing on some subject that gives rise to bad, unskillful thoughts connected with desire, hate, and delusion. They focus on some other subject connected with the skillful … 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

So yā tā sālalaṭṭhiyo kuṭilā ojāpaharaṇiyo tā chetvā bahiddhā nīhareyya, antovanaṁ suvisodhitaṁ visodheyya. ;;;They’d cut down the crooked sal saplings that were robbing the sap, and throw them out. They’d clean up the interior of the grove, 
;;;udāhu mayhamevete kammantā susaṁvihitā yena me ayyā santaṁyeva ajjhattaṁ kopaṁ na pātukaroti, no asantaṁ? 
;;;Or is it just because my work is well-organized that she doesn’t show anger, even though she still has it inside? 
;;;‘No vata re kiñci, pāpi dāsi, divā uṭṭhāsī’ti kupitā anattamanā bhākuṭiṁ akāsi. 
;;;‘Oh, so nothing’s up, you naughty maid, but you get up in the day!’ Angry and upset, she scowled. 
;;;‘No vata re kiñci, pāpi dāsi, divā uṭṭhāsī’ti kupitā anattamanā aggaḷasūciṁ gahetvā sīse pahāraṁ adāsi, sīsaṁ vobhindi. 
;;;‘Oh, so nothing’s up, you naughty maid, but you get up even later in the day!’ Angry and upset, she grabbed a door-pin and hit Kāḷī on the head, cracking it open. 
;;;Yo ca kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammaṁyeva sakkaronto, dhammaṁ garuṁ karonto, dhammaṁ mānento, dhammaṁ pūjento, dhammaṁ apacāyamāno suvaco hoti, sovacassataṁ āpajjati, tamahaṁ ‘suvaco’ti vadāmi. 
;;;But when a mendicant is easy to admonish purely because they honor, respect, revere, worship, and venerate the teaching, then I say that they’re easy to admonish. 
;;;Tañca puggalaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā pharitvā viharissāma, tadārammaṇañca sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cittena vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā viharissāmā’ti. 
;;;We will meditate spreading a heart of love to that person. And with them as a basis, we will meditate spreading a heart full of love to everyone in the world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.’ 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso āgaccheyya kudālapiṭakaṁ ādāya. 
;;;Suppose a person was to come along carrying a spade and basket 
;;;Atha puriso āgaccheyya kaṭṭhaṁ vā kathalaṁ vā ādāya. 
;;;Then a person comes along carrying a stick or a stone, 
;;;

>En 

So yā tā sālalaṭṭhiyo kuṭilā ojāpaharaṇiyo tā chetvā bahiddhā nīhareyya, antovanaṁ suvisodhitaṁ visodheyya. ;;;They’d cut down the crooked sal saplings that were robbing the sap, and throw them out. They’d clean up the interior of the grove, 
;;;udāhu mayhamevete kammantā susaṁvihitā yena me ayyā santaṁyeva ajjhattaṁ kopaṁ na pātukaroti, no asantaṁ? 
;;;Or is it just because my work is well-organized that she doesn’t show anger, even though she still has it inside? 
;;;‘No vata re kiñci, pāpi dāsi, divā uṭṭhāsī’ti kupitā anattamanā bhākuṭiṁ akāsi. 
;;;‘Oh, so nothing’s up, you naughty maid, but you get up in the day!’ Angry and upset, she scowled. 
;;;‘No vata re kiñci, pāpi dāsi, divā uṭṭhāsī’ti kupitā anattamanā aggaḷasūciṁ gahetvā sīse pahāraṁ adāsi, sīsaṁ vobhindi. 
;;;‘Oh, so nothing’s up, you naughty maid, but you get up even later in the day!’ Angry and upset, she grabbed a door-pin and hit Kāḷī on the head, cracking it open. 
;;;Yo ca kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammaṁyeva sakkaronto, dhammaṁ garuṁ karonto, dhammaṁ mānento, dhammaṁ pūjento, dhammaṁ apacāyamāno suvaco hoti, sovacassataṁ āpajjati, tamahaṁ ‘suvaco’ti vadāmi. 
;;;But when a mendicant is easy to admonish purely because they honor, respect, revere, worship, and venerate the teaching, then I say that they’re easy to admonish. 
;;;Tañca puggalaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā pharitvā viharissāma, tadārammaṇañca sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cittena vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā viharissāmā’ti. 
;;;We will meditate spreading a heart of love to that person. And with them as a basis, we will meditate spreading a heart full of love to everyone in the world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.’ 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso āgaccheyya kudālapiṭakaṁ ādāya. 
;;;Suppose a person was to come along carrying a spade and basket 
;;;Atha puriso āgaccheyya kaṭṭhaṁ vā kathalaṁ vā ādāya. 
;;;Then a person comes along carrying a stick or a stone, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho tepi bhikkhū ariṭṭhaṁ bhikkhuṁ gaddhabādhipubbaṁ etasmā pāpakā diṭṭhigatā vivecetukāmā samanuyuñjanti samanugāhanti samanubhāsanti: ;;;Then, wishing to dissuade Ariṭṭha from his view, the mendicants pursued, pressed, and grilled him, 
;;;suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ. 
;;;statements, mixed prose & verse, discussions, verses, inspired exclamations, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and elaborations. 
;;;suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ. 
;;;statements, mixed prose & verse, discussions, verses, inspired exclamations, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and elaborations. 
;;;suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;Yannūnāhaṁ imaṁ kullaṁ sīse vā āropetvā khandhe vā uccāretvā yena kāmaṁ pakkameyyan’ti. 
;;;Why don’t I hoist it on my head or pick it up on my shoulder and go wherever I want?’ 
;;;Yannūnāhaṁ imaṁ kullaṁ thale vā ussādetvā udake vā opilāpetvā yena kāmaṁ pakkameyyan’ti. 
;;;Why don’t I beach it on dry land or set it adrift on the water and go wherever I want?’ 
;;;Taṁ, bhikkhave, attavādupādānaṁ upādiyetha, yaṁsa attavādupādānaṁ upādiyato na uppajjeyyuṁ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā. 
;;;It would make sense to grasp at a theory of self that didn’t give rise to sorrow, lamentation, pain, sadness, and distress. 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ— 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ— 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;Yathā cāhaṁ na, bhikkhave, yathā cāhaṁ na vadāmi, tathā maṁ te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā asatā tucchā musā abhūtena abbhācikkhanti: 
;;;They misrepresent me as what I am not, and saying what I do not say. 
;;;‘yaṁ kho idaṁ pubbe pariññātaṁ, tattha me evarūpā kārā karīyantī’ti. 
;;;‘They do such things for us regarding what in the past was completely understood.’ 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho tepi bhikkhū ariṭṭhaṁ bhikkhuṁ gaddhabādhipubbaṁ etasmā pāpakā diṭṭhigatā vivecetukāmā samanuyuñjanti samanugāhanti samanubhāsanti: ;;;Then, wishing to dissuade Ariṭṭha from his view, the mendicants pursued, pressed, and grilled him, 
;;;suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ. 
;;;statements, mixed prose & verse, discussions, verses, inspired exclamations, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and elaborations. 
;;;suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ. 
;;;statements, mixed prose & verse, discussions, verses, inspired exclamations, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and elaborations. 
;;;suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;Yannūnāhaṁ imaṁ kullaṁ sīse vā āropetvā khandhe vā uccāretvā yena kāmaṁ pakkameyyan’ti. 
;;;Why don’t I hoist it on my head or pick it up on my shoulder and go wherever I want?’ 
;;;Yannūnāhaṁ imaṁ kullaṁ thale vā ussādetvā udake vā opilāpetvā yena kāmaṁ pakkameyyan’ti. 
;;;Why don’t I beach it on dry land or set it adrift on the water and go wherever I want?’ 
;;;Taṁ, bhikkhave, attavādupādānaṁ upādiyetha, yaṁsa attavādupādānaṁ upādiyato na uppajjeyyuṁ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā. 
;;;It would make sense to grasp at a theory of self that didn’t give rise to sorrow, lamentation, pain, sadness, and distress. 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ— 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ— 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;Yathā cāhaṁ na, bhikkhave, yathā cāhaṁ na vadāmi, tathā maṁ te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā asatā tucchā musā abhūtena abbhācikkhanti: 
;;;They misrepresent me as what I am not, and saying what I do not say. 
;;;‘yaṁ kho idaṁ pubbe pariññātaṁ, tattha me evarūpā kārā karīyantī’ti. 
;;;‘They do such things for us regarding what in the past was completely understood.’ 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Abhikkhaṇanto sumedho satthaṁ ādāya addasa caṅgavāraṁ. ;;;Picking up the sword and digging, the clever one saw a filter of ash: 
;;;Yaṁ kho, bhikkhu, rattiṁ anuvitakketvā anuvicāretvā divā kammante payojeti kāyena vācāya manasā— 
;;;The work you apply yourself to during the day by body, speech, and mind after thinking about it all night— 
;;;

>En 

Abhikkhaṇanto sumedho satthaṁ ādāya addasa caṅgavāraṁ. ;;;Picking up the sword and digging, the clever one saw a filter of ash: 
;;;Yaṁ kho, bhikkhu, rattiṁ anuvitakketvā anuvicāretvā divā kammante payojeti kāyena vācāya manasā— 
;;;The work you apply yourself to during the day by body, speech, and mind after thinking about it all night— 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Appeva nāma mayampi kadāci karahaci āyasmatā puṇṇena mantāṇiputtena saddhiṁ samāgaccheyyāma, appeva nāma siyā kocideva kathāsallāpo”ti. ;;;Hopefully, some time or other I’ll get to meet Venerable Puṇṇa, and we can have a discussion.” 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā puṇṇo mantāṇiputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā puṇṇena mantāṇiputtena saddhiṁ sammodi. 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, Sāriputta came out of retreat, went to Puṇṇa, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;“Sīlavisuddhiñce, āvuso, bhagavā anupādāparinibbānaṁ paññapeyya, saupādānaṁyeva samānaṁ anupādāparinibbānaṁ paññapeyya. 
;;;“If the Buddha had declared purification of ethics to be extinguishment by not grasping, he would have declared that which has fuel for grasping to be extinguishment by not grasping. 
;;;Celaṇḍukena cepi sabrahmacārī āyasmantaṁ puṇṇaṁ mantāṇiputtaṁ muddhanā pariharantā labheyyuṁ dassanāya, labheyyuṁ payirūpāsanāya, tesampi lābhā tesampi suladdhaṁ, amhākampi lābhā amhākampi suladdhaṁ, ye mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ puṇṇaṁ mantāṇiputtaṁ labhāma dassanāya, labhāma payirūpāsanāyā”ti. 
;;;Even if they only got to see him and pay respects to him by carrying him around on their heads on a roll of cloth, it would still be very fortunate for them! And it’s fortunate for me, so very fortunate, that I get to see the venerable and pay homage to him.” 
;;;

>En 

Appeva nāma mayampi kadāci karahaci āyasmatā puṇṇena mantāṇiputtena saddhiṁ samāgaccheyyāma, appeva nāma siyā kocideva kathāsallāpo”ti. ;;;Hopefully, some time or other I’ll get to meet Venerable Puṇṇa, and we can have a discussion.” 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā puṇṇo mantāṇiputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā puṇṇena mantāṇiputtena saddhiṁ sammodi. 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, Sāriputta came out of retreat, went to Puṇṇa, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;“Sīlavisuddhiñce, āvuso, bhagavā anupādāparinibbānaṁ paññapeyya, saupādānaṁyeva samānaṁ anupādāparinibbānaṁ paññapeyya. 
;;;“If the Buddha had declared purification of ethics to be extinguishment by not grasping, he would have declared that which has fuel for grasping to be extinguishment by not grasping. 
;;;Celaṇḍukena cepi sabrahmacārī āyasmantaṁ puṇṇaṁ mantāṇiputtaṁ muddhanā pariharantā labheyyuṁ dassanāya, labheyyuṁ payirūpāsanāya, tesampi lābhā tesampi suladdhaṁ, amhākampi lābhā amhākampi suladdhaṁ, ye mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ puṇṇaṁ mantāṇiputtaṁ labhāma dassanāya, labhāma payirūpāsanāyā”ti. 
;;;Even if they only got to see him and pay respects to him by carrying him around on their heads on a roll of cloth, it would still be very fortunate for them! And it’s fortunate for me, so very fortunate, that I get to see the venerable and pay homage to him.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Yannūna mayaṁ imaṁ nivāpaṁ nivuttaṁ mahatīhi daṇḍavākarāhi samantā sappadesaṁ anuparivāreyyāma, appeva nāma tatiyānaṁ migajātānaṁ āsayaṁ passeyyāma, yattha te gāhaṁ gaccheyyun’ti. ;;;Why don’t we surround the seed on all sides by staking out high nets? Hopefully we might get to see the lair where they go to hide out.’ 
;;;

>En 

Yannūna mayaṁ imaṁ nivāpaṁ nivuttaṁ mahatīhi daṇḍavākarāhi samantā sappadesaṁ anuparivāreyyāma, appeva nāma tatiyānaṁ migajātānaṁ āsayaṁ passeyyāma, yattha te gāhaṁ gaccheyyun’ti. ;;;Why don’t we surround the seed on all sides by staking out high nets? Hopefully we might get to see the lair where they go to hide out.’ 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi: ;;;In the late afternoon the Buddha came out of retreat and addressed Ānanda, 
;;;Etthāyaṁ gathito mucchito ajjhāpanno attanā jātidhammo samāno jātidhammaṁyeva pariyesati. 
;;;Someone who is tied, infatuated, and attached to such things, themselves liable to being reborn, seeks what is also liable to be reborn. 
;;;‘kittāvatā no, āvuso kālāma, imaṁ dhammaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharāmīti pavedesī’ti? 
;;;‘Reverend Kālāma, to what extent do you say you’ve realized this teaching with your own insight?’ 
;;;Iti kho, bhikkhave, āḷāro kālāmo ācariyo me samāno attano antevāsiṁ maṁ samānaṁ attanā samasamaṁ ṭhapesi, uḷārāya ca maṁ pūjāya pūjesi. 
;;;And that is how my tutor Āḷāra Kālāma placed me, his pupil, on the same position as him, and honored me with lofty praise. 
;;;So kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, kiṁ kusalagavesī anuttaraṁ santivarapadaṁ pariyesamāno yena udako rāmaputto tenupasaṅkamiṁ; upasaṅkamitvā udakaṁ rāmaputtaṁ etadavocaṁ: 
;;;I set out to discover what is skillful, seeking the supreme state of sublime peace. I approached Uddaka son of Rāma and said to him, 
;;;‘icchāmahaṁ, āvuso, imasmiṁ dhammavinaye brahmacariyaṁ caritun’ti. 
;;;‘Reverend, I wish to lead the spiritual life in this teaching and training.’ 
;;;Rāgarattā na dakkhanti, 
;;;Those besotted by greed cannot see, 
;;;Sokāvatiṇṇaṁ janatamapetasoko, 
;;;rid of sorrow, look upon the people 
;;;Desassu bhagavā dhammaṁ, 
;;;Let the Blessed One teach the Dhamma! 
;;;Seyyathāpi nāma uppaliniyaṁ vā paduminiyaṁ vā puṇḍarīkiniyaṁ vā appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṁvaḍḍhāni udakānuggatāni antonimuggaposīni, appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṁvaḍḍhāni udakānuggatāni samodakaṁ ṭhitāni, appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṁvaḍḍhāni udakaṁ accuggamma ṭhitāni anupalittāni udakena; 
;;;It’s like a pool with blue water lilies, or pink or white lotuses. Some of them sprout and grow in the water without rising above it, thriving underwater. Some of them sprout and grow in the water reaching the water’s surface. And some of them sprout and grow in the water but rise up above the water and stand with no water clinging to them. 
;;;Atha khvāhaṁ, bhikkhave, uruvelāyaṁ yathābhirantaṁ viharitvā yena bārāṇasī tena cārikaṁ pakkamiṁ. 
;;;So, when I had stayed in Uruvelā as long as I pleased, I set out for Varanasi. 
;;;‘mā, bhikkhave, tathāgataṁ nāmena ca āvusovādena ca samudācaratha. 
;;;‘Mendicants, don’t address me by name and as “reverend”. 
;;;‘abhijānātha me no tumhe, bhikkhave, ito pubbe evarūpaṁ pabhāvitametan’ti? 
;;;‘Mendicants, have you ever known me to speak like this before?’ 
;;;Yaṁ tayo bhikkhū piṇḍāya caritvā āharanti tena chabbaggiyā yāpema. 
;;;Then those three would feed all six of us with what they brought back. 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi: ;;;In the late afternoon the Buddha came out of retreat and addressed Ānanda, 
;;;Etthāyaṁ gathito mucchito ajjhāpanno attanā jātidhammo samāno jātidhammaṁyeva pariyesati. 
;;;Someone who is tied, infatuated, and attached to such things, themselves liable to being reborn, seeks what is also liable to be reborn. 
;;;‘kittāvatā no, āvuso kālāma, imaṁ dhammaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharāmīti pavedesī’ti? 
;;;‘Reverend Kālāma, to what extent do you say you’ve realized this teaching with your own insight?’ 
;;;Iti kho, bhikkhave, āḷāro kālāmo ācariyo me samāno attano antevāsiṁ maṁ samānaṁ attanā samasamaṁ ṭhapesi, uḷārāya ca maṁ pūjāya pūjesi. 
;;;And that is how my tutor Āḷāra Kālāma placed me, his pupil, on the same position as him, and honored me with lofty praise. 
;;;So kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, kiṁ kusalagavesī anuttaraṁ santivarapadaṁ pariyesamāno yena udako rāmaputto tenupasaṅkamiṁ; upasaṅkamitvā udakaṁ rāmaputtaṁ etadavocaṁ: 
;;;I set out to discover what is skillful, seeking the supreme state of sublime peace. I approached Uddaka son of Rāma and said to him, 
;;;‘icchāmahaṁ, āvuso, imasmiṁ dhammavinaye brahmacariyaṁ caritun’ti. 
;;;‘Reverend, I wish to lead the spiritual life in this teaching and training.’ 
;;;Rāgarattā na dakkhanti, 
;;;Those besotted by greed cannot see, 
;;;Sokāvatiṇṇaṁ janatamapetasoko, 
;;;rid of sorrow, look upon the people 
;;;Desassu bhagavā dhammaṁ, 
;;;Let the Blessed One teach the Dhamma! 
;;;Seyyathāpi nāma uppaliniyaṁ vā paduminiyaṁ vā puṇḍarīkiniyaṁ vā appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṁvaḍḍhāni udakānuggatāni antonimuggaposīni, appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṁvaḍḍhāni udakānuggatāni samodakaṁ ṭhitāni, appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṁvaḍḍhāni udakaṁ accuggamma ṭhitāni anupalittāni udakena; 
;;;It’s like a pool with blue water lilies, or pink or white lotuses. Some of them sprout and grow in the water without rising above it, thriving underwater. Some of them sprout and grow in the water reaching the water’s surface. And some of them sprout and grow in the water but rise up above the water and stand with no water clinging to them. 
;;;Atha khvāhaṁ, bhikkhave, uruvelāyaṁ yathābhirantaṁ viharitvā yena bārāṇasī tena cārikaṁ pakkamiṁ. 
;;;So, when I had stayed in Uruvelā as long as I pleased, I set out for Varanasi. 
;;;‘mā, bhikkhave, tathāgataṁ nāmena ca āvusovādena ca samudācaratha. 
;;;‘Mendicants, don’t address me by name and as “reverend”. 
;;;‘abhijānātha me no tumhe, bhikkhave, ito pubbe evarūpaṁ pabhāvitametan’ti? 
;;;‘Mendicants, have you ever known me to speak like this before?’ 
;;;Yaṁ tayo bhikkhū piṇḍāya caritvā āharanti tena chabbaggiyā yāpema. 
;;;Then those three would feed all six of us with what they brought back. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Kaṁ pana bhavaṁ vacchāyano atthavasaṁ sampassamāno samaṇe gotame evaṁ abhippasanno”ti? ;;;“But for what reason are you so devoted to the ascetic Gotama?” 
;;;Te samaṇena gotamena dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṁsitā na ceva samaṇaṁ gotamaṁ pañhaṁ pucchanti, kutossa vādaṁ āropessanti? 
;;;They don’t even get around to asking their question to the ascetic Gotama, so how could they refute his answer? 
;;;Appeva nāma mayampi kadāci karahaci tena bhotā gotamena saddhiṁ samāgaccheyyāma, appeva nāma siyā kocideva kathāsallāpo”ti. 
;;;Hopefully, some time or other I’ll get to meet Mister Gotama, and we can have a discussion.” 
;;;Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo yāvatako ahosi pilotikena paribbājakena saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi. 
;;;and informed the Buddha of all he had discussed with the wanderer Pilotika. 
;;;Musāvādaṁ pahāya musāvādā paṭivirato hoti saccavādī saccasandho theto paccayiko avisaṁvādako lokassa. 
;;;They give up lying. They speak the truth and stick to the truth. They’re honest and dependable, and don’t trick the world with their words. 
;;;So pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā, ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya, parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;After the meal, they return from almsround, sit down cross-legged, set their body straight, and establish mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;

>En 

“Kaṁ pana bhavaṁ vacchāyano atthavasaṁ sampassamāno samaṇe gotame evaṁ abhippasanno”ti? ;;;“But for what reason are you so devoted to the ascetic Gotama?” 
;;;Te samaṇena gotamena dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṁsitā na ceva samaṇaṁ gotamaṁ pañhaṁ pucchanti, kutossa vādaṁ āropessanti? 
;;;They don’t even get around to asking their question to the ascetic Gotama, so how could they refute his answer? 
;;;Appeva nāma mayampi kadāci karahaci tena bhotā gotamena saddhiṁ samāgaccheyyāma, appeva nāma siyā kocideva kathāsallāpo”ti. 
;;;Hopefully, some time or other I’ll get to meet Mister Gotama, and we can have a discussion.” 
;;;Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo yāvatako ahosi pilotikena paribbājakena saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi. 
;;;and informed the Buddha of all he had discussed with the wanderer Pilotika. 
;;;Musāvādaṁ pahāya musāvādā paṭivirato hoti saccavādī saccasandho theto paccayiko avisaṁvādako lokassa. 
;;;They give up lying. They speak the truth and stick to the truth. They’re honest and dependable, and don’t trick the world with their words. 
;;;So pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā, ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya, parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;After the meal, they return from almsround, sit down cross-legged, set their body straight, and establish mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tassā hi nāma, āvuso, bāhirāya pathavīdhātuyā tāva mahallikāya aniccatā paññāyissati, khayadhammatā paññāyissati, vayadhammatā paññāyissati, vipariṇāmadhammatā paññāyissati. ;;;So for all its great age, the earth element will be revealed as impermanent, liable to end, vanish, and perish. 
;;;So phasso aniccoti passati, vedanā aniccāti passati, saññā aniccāti passati, saṅkhārā aniccāti passati, viññāṇaṁ aniccanti passati. 
;;;They see that contact, feeling, perception, choices, and consciousness are impermanent. 
;;;Āraddhaṁ kho pana me vīriyaṁ bhavissati asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, passaddho kāyo asāraddho, samāhitaṁ cittaṁ ekaggaṁ. 
;;;My energy shall be roused up and unflagging, my mindfulness established and lucid, my body tranquil and undisturbed, and my mind immersed in samādhi. 
;;;Tassā hi nāma, āvuso, bāhirāya āpodhātuyā tāva mahallikāya aniccatā paññāyissati, khayadhammatā paññāyissati, vayadhammatā paññāyissati, vipariṇāmadhammatā paññāyissati. 
;;;So for all its great age, the water element will be revealed as impermanent, liable to end, vanish, and perish. 
;;;Tassā hi nāma, āvuso, bāhirāya tejodhātuyā tāva mahallikāya aniccatā paññāyissati, khayadhammatā paññāyissati, vayadhammatā paññāyissati, vipariṇāmadhammatā paññāyissati. 
;;;So for all its great age, the fire element will be revealed as impermanent, liable to end, vanish, and perish. 
;;;uddhaṅgamā vātā, adhogamā vātā, kucchisayā vātā, koṭṭhāsayā vātā, aṅgamaṅgānusārino vātā, assāso passāso iti, yaṁ vā panaññampi kiñci ajjhattaṁ paccattaṁ vāyo vāyogataṁ upādinnaṁ— 
;;;winds that go up or down, winds in the belly or the bowels, winds that flow through the limbs, in-breaths and out-breaths; or anything else internal, pertaining to an individual, that’s air, airy, and appropriated. 
;;;Tassā hi nāma, āvuso, bāhirāya vāyodhātuyā tāva mahallikāya aniccatā paññāyissati, khayadhammatā paññāyissati, vayadhammatā paññāyissati, vipariṇāmadhammatā paññāyissati. 
;;;So for all its great age, the air element will be revealed as impermanent, liable to end, vanish, and perish. 
;;;Āraddhaṁ kho pana me vīriyaṁ bhavissati asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, passaddho kāyo asāraddho, samāhitaṁ cittaṁ ekaggaṁ. 
;;;My energy shall be roused up and unflagging, my mindfulness established and lucid, my body tranquil and undisturbed, and my mind immersed in samādhi. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, āvuso, kaṭṭhañca paṭicca valliñca paṭicca tiṇañca paṭicca mattikañca paṭicca ākāso parivārito agārantveva saṅkhaṁ gacchati; 
;;;When a space is enclosed by sticks, creepers, grass, and mud it becomes known as a ‘building’. 
;;;

>En 

Tassā hi nāma, āvuso, bāhirāya pathavīdhātuyā tāva mahallikāya aniccatā paññāyissati, khayadhammatā paññāyissati, vayadhammatā paññāyissati, vipariṇāmadhammatā paññāyissati. ;;;So for all its great age, the earth element will be revealed as impermanent, liable to end, vanish, and perish. 
;;;So phasso aniccoti passati, vedanā aniccāti passati, saññā aniccāti passati, saṅkhārā aniccāti passati, viññāṇaṁ aniccanti passati. 
;;;They see that contact, feeling, perception, choices, and consciousness are impermanent. 
;;;Āraddhaṁ kho pana me vīriyaṁ bhavissati asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, passaddho kāyo asāraddho, samāhitaṁ cittaṁ ekaggaṁ. 
;;;My energy shall be roused up and unflagging, my mindfulness established and lucid, my body tranquil and undisturbed, and my mind immersed in samādhi. 
;;;Tassā hi nāma, āvuso, bāhirāya āpodhātuyā tāva mahallikāya aniccatā paññāyissati, khayadhammatā paññāyissati, vayadhammatā paññāyissati, vipariṇāmadhammatā paññāyissati. 
;;;So for all its great age, the water element will be revealed as impermanent, liable to end, vanish, and perish. 
;;;Tassā hi nāma, āvuso, bāhirāya tejodhātuyā tāva mahallikāya aniccatā paññāyissati, khayadhammatā paññāyissati, vayadhammatā paññāyissati, vipariṇāmadhammatā paññāyissati. 
;;;So for all its great age, the fire element will be revealed as impermanent, liable to end, vanish, and perish. 
;;;uddhaṅgamā vātā, adhogamā vātā, kucchisayā vātā, koṭṭhāsayā vātā, aṅgamaṅgānusārino vātā, assāso passāso iti, yaṁ vā panaññampi kiñci ajjhattaṁ paccattaṁ vāyo vāyogataṁ upādinnaṁ— 
;;;winds that go up or down, winds in the belly or the bowels, winds that flow through the limbs, in-breaths and out-breaths; or anything else internal, pertaining to an individual, that’s air, airy, and appropriated. 
;;;Tassā hi nāma, āvuso, bāhirāya vāyodhātuyā tāva mahallikāya aniccatā paññāyissati, khayadhammatā paññāyissati, vayadhammatā paññāyissati, vipariṇāmadhammatā paññāyissati. 
;;;So for all its great age, the air element will be revealed as impermanent, liable to end, vanish, and perish. 
;;;Āraddhaṁ kho pana me vīriyaṁ bhavissati asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, passaddho kāyo asāraddho, samāhitaṁ cittaṁ ekaggaṁ. 
;;;My energy shall be roused up and unflagging, my mindfulness established and lucid, my body tranquil and undisturbed, and my mind immersed in samādhi. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, āvuso, kaṭṭhañca paṭicca valliñca paṭicca tiṇañca paṭicca mattikañca paṭicca ākāso parivārito agārantveva saṅkhaṁ gacchati; 
;;;When a space is enclosed by sticks, creepers, grass, and mud it becomes known as a ‘building’. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Aṭṭhānametaṁ, bhikkhave, anavakāso yaṁ so bhikkhu tāya asamayavimuttiyā parihāyetha. ;;;And it’s impossible for that mendicant to fall away from that irreversible freedom. 
;;;

>En 

Aṭṭhānametaṁ, bhikkhave, anavakāso yaṁ so bhikkhu tāya asamayavimuttiyā parihāyetha. ;;;And it’s impossible for that mendicant to fall away from that irreversible freedom. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

seyyathidaṁ—pūraṇo kassapo, makkhali gosālo, ajito kesakambalo, pakudho kaccāyano, sañcayo belaṭṭhaputto, nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto, ;;;Namely: Pūraṇa Kassapa, the bamboo-staffed ascetic Gosāla, Ajita of the hair blanket, Pakudha Kaccāyana, Sañjaya Belaṭṭhiputta, and the Jain ascetic of the Ñātika clan. 
;;;Sārūpamo puna piṅgalakoccho. 
;;;

>En 

seyyathidaṁ—pūraṇo kassapo, makkhali gosālo, ajito kesakambalo, pakudho kaccāyano, sañcayo belaṭṭhaputto, nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto, ;;;Namely: Pūraṇa Kassapa, the bamboo-staffed ascetic Gosāla, Ajita of the hair blanket, Pakudha Kaccāyana, Sañjaya Belaṭṭhiputta, and the Jain ascetic of the Ñātika clan. 
;;;Sārūpamo puna piṅgalakoccho. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā nātike viharati giñjakāvasathe. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying at Ñātika in the brick house. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena gosiṅgasālavanadāyo tenupasaṅkami. 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to that park. 
;;;Itiha te āyasmanto tena khaṇena tena layena tena muhuttena yāva brahmalokā viditā ahesuṁ. 
;;;And so at that moment, that second, that hour, those venerables were known as far as the realm of divinity. 
;;;

>En 

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā nātike viharati giñjakāvasathe. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying at Ñātika in the brick house. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena gosiṅgasālavanadāyo tenupasaṅkami. 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to that park. 
;;;Itiha te āyasmanto tena khaṇena tena layena tena muhuttena yāva brahmalokā viditā ahesuṁ. 
;;;And so at that moment, that second, that hour, those venerables were known as far as the realm of divinity. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

āyasmatā ca sāriputtena āyasmatā ca mahāmoggallānena āyasmatā ca mahākassapena āyasmatā ca anuruddhena āyasmatā ca revatena āyasmatā ca ānandena, aññehi ca abhiññātehi abhiññātehi therehi sāvakehi saddhiṁ. ;;;the venerables Sāriputta, Mahāmoggallāna, Mahākassapa, Anuruddha, Revata, Ānanda, and others. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā mahākassapo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahākassapaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Mahāmoggallāna came out of retreat, went to Venerable Mahākassapa, and said, 
;;;“Evamāvuso”ti kho āyasmā mahākassapo āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa paccassosi. 
;;;“Yes, reverend,” Mahākassapa replied. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā ca mahāmoggallāno āyasmā ca mahākassapo āyasmā ca anuruddho yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkamiṁsu dhammassavanāya. 
;;;Then, together with Venerable Anuruddha, they went to Sāriputta to hear the teaching. 
;;;Addasā kho āyasmā ānando āyasmantañca mahāmoggallānaṁ āyasmantañca mahākassapaṁ āyasmantañca anuruddhaṁ yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkamante dhammassavanāya. 
;;;Seeing them, Venerable Ānanda 
;;;“Idhāvuso sāriputta, bhikkhu bahussuto hoti sutadharo sutasannicayo. Ye te dhammā ādikalyāṇā majjhekalyāṇā pariyosānakalyāṇā sātthā sabyañjanā; kevalaparipuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ abhivadanti, tathārūpāssa dhammā bahussutā honti, dhātā, vacasā paricitā, manasānupekkhitā, diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā. 
;;;“Reverend Sāriputta, it’s a mendicant who is very learned, remembering and keeping what they’ve learned. These teachings are good in the beginning, good in the middle, and good in the end, meaningful and well-phrased, describing a spiritual practice that’s entirely full and pure. They are very learned in such teachings, remembering them, rehearsing them, mentally scrutinizing them, and comprehending them theoretically. 
;;;“Idhāvuso sāriputta, bhikkhu paṭisallānārāmo hoti paṭisallānarato, ajjhattaṁ cetosamathamanuyutto anirākatajjhāno, vipassanāya samannāgato, brūhetā suññāgārānaṁ. 
;;;“Reverend Sāriputta, it’s a mendicant who enjoys retreat and loves retreat. They’re committed to inner serenity of the heart, they don’t neglect absorption, they’re endowed with discernment, and they frequent empty huts. 
;;;Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;When he had spoken, Sāriputta said to Mahāmoggallāna, 
;;;“byākataṁ kho, āvuso moggallāna, āyasmatā mahākassapena yathāsakaṁ paṭibhānaṁ. 
;;;“Reverend Moggallāna, Mahākassapa has answered by speaking from his heart. 
;;;Tattha dāni mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ pucchāma: 
;;;And now we ask you the same question.” 
;;;‘ramaṇīyaṁ, āvuso moggallāna, gosiṅgasālavanaṁ, dosinā ratti, sabbaphāliphullā sālā, dibbā, maññe, gandhā sampavanti; 
;;; 
;;;kathaṁrūpena, āvuso moggallāna, bhikkhunā gosiṅgasālavanaṁ sobheyyā’”ti? 
;;; 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then Mahāmoggallāna said to Sāriputta, 
;;;“Idhāvuso moggallāna, bhikkhu cittaṁ vasaṁ vatteti, no ca bhikkhu cittassa vasena vattati. 
;;;“Reverend Moggallāna, it’s when a mendicant masters their mind and is not mastered by it. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, āvuso moggallāna, rañño vā rājamahāmattassa vā nānārattānaṁ dussānaṁ dussakaraṇḍako pūro assa. 
;;;Suppose that a ruler or their chief minister had a chest full of garments of different colors. 
;;;Evameva kho, āvuso moggallāna, bhikkhu cittaṁ vasaṁ vatteti, no ca bhikkhu cittassa vasena vattati. 
;;;In the same way, a mendicant masters their mind and is not mastered by it. 
;;;Evarūpena kho, āvuso moggallāna, bhikkhunā gosiṅgasālavanaṁ sobheyyā”ti. 
;;;That’s the kind of mendicant who would beautify this park.” 
;;;‘idhāvuso sāriputta, bhikkhu paṭisallānārāmo hoti paṭisallānarato, ajjhattaṁ cetosamathamanuyutto, anirākatajjhāno, vipassanāya samannāgato, brūhetā suññāgārānaṁ. 
;;;‘It’s a mendicant who enjoys retreat … 
;;;Revato hi, sāriputta, paṭisallānārāmo paṭisallānarato, ajjhattaṁ cetosamathamanuyutto anirākatajjhāno, vipassanāya samannāgato brūhetā suññāgārānan”ti. 
;;;For Revata enjoys retreat …” 
;;;“Evaṁ vutte, ahaṁ bhante āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ etadavocaṁ: 
;;;“Next I asked Mahāmoggallāna the same question. 
;;;‘byākataṁ kho, āvuso moggallāna, āyasmatā mahākassapena yathāsakaṁ paṭibhānaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;Tattha dāni mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ pucchāma …pe… 
;;; 
;;;kathaṁrūpena, āvuso moggallāna, bhikkhunā gosiṅgasālavanaṁ sobheyyā’ti? 
;;; 
;;;Evaṁ vutte, bhante, āyasmā mahāmoggallāno maṁ etadavoca: 
;;;He said: 
;;;“Sādhu sādhu, sāriputta, yathā taṁ moggallānova sammā byākaramāno byākareyya. 
;;;“Good, good, Sāriputta! Moggallāna answered in the right way for him. 
;;;Moggallāno hi, sāriputta, dhammakathiko”ti. 
;;;For Moggallāna is a Dhamma speaker.” 
;;;Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;When he had spoken, Moggallāna said to the Buddha, 
;;;‘idhāvuso moggallāna, bhikkhu cittaṁ vasaṁ vatteti no ca bhikkhu cittassa vasena vattati. 
;;;‘Reverend Moggallāna, it’s when a mendicant masters their mind and is not mastered by it … 
;;;Seyyathāpi, āvuso moggallāna, rañño vā rājamahāmattassa vā nānārattānaṁ dussānaṁ dussakaraṇḍako pūro assa. 
;;; 
;;;Evameva kho, āvuso moggallāna, bhikkhu cittaṁ vasaṁ vatteti, no ca bhikkhu cittassa vasena vattati. 
;;; 
;;;Evarūpena kho, āvuso moggallāna, bhikkhunā gosiṅgasālavanaṁ sobheyyā’”ti. 
;;;That’s the kind of mendicant who would beautify this park.’” 
;;;“Sādhu sādhu, moggallāna. 
;;;“Good, good, Moggallāna! 
;;;Sāriputto hi, moggallāna, cittaṁ vasaṁ vatteti no ca sāriputto cittassa vasena vattati. 
;;;For Sāriputta masters his mind and is not mastered by it …” 
;;;Idha, sāriputta, bhikkhu pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā: 
;;;It’s a mendicant who, after the meal, returns from almsround, sits down cross-legged, sets their body straight, and establishes mindfulness in their presence, thinking: 
;;;‘na tāvāhaṁ imaṁ pallaṅkaṁ bhindissāmi yāva me nānupādāya āsavehi cittaṁ vimuccissatī’ti. 
;;;‘I will not break this sitting posture until my mind is freed from the defilements by not grasping!’ 
;;;

>En 

āyasmatā ca sāriputtena āyasmatā ca mahāmoggallānena āyasmatā ca mahākassapena āyasmatā ca anuruddhena āyasmatā ca revatena āyasmatā ca ānandena, aññehi ca abhiññātehi abhiññātehi therehi sāvakehi saddhiṁ. ;;;the venerables Sāriputta, Mahāmoggallāna, Mahākassapa, Anuruddha, Revata, Ānanda, and others. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā mahākassapo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahākassapaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Mahāmoggallāna came out of retreat, went to Venerable Mahākassapa, and said, 
;;;“Evamāvuso”ti kho āyasmā mahākassapo āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa paccassosi. 
;;;“Yes, reverend,” Mahākassapa replied. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā ca mahāmoggallāno āyasmā ca mahākassapo āyasmā ca anuruddho yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkamiṁsu dhammassavanāya. 
;;;Then, together with Venerable Anuruddha, they went to Sāriputta to hear the teaching. 
;;;Addasā kho āyasmā ānando āyasmantañca mahāmoggallānaṁ āyasmantañca mahākassapaṁ āyasmantañca anuruddhaṁ yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkamante dhammassavanāya. 
;;;Seeing them, Venerable Ānanda 
;;;“Idhāvuso sāriputta, bhikkhu bahussuto hoti sutadharo sutasannicayo. Ye te dhammā ādikalyāṇā majjhekalyāṇā pariyosānakalyāṇā sātthā sabyañjanā; kevalaparipuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ abhivadanti, tathārūpāssa dhammā bahussutā honti, dhātā, vacasā paricitā, manasānupekkhitā, diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā. 
;;;“Reverend Sāriputta, it’s a mendicant who is very learned, remembering and keeping what they’ve learned. These teachings are good in the beginning, good in the middle, and good in the end, meaningful and well-phrased, describing a spiritual practice that’s entirely full and pure. They are very learned in such teachings, remembering them, rehearsing them, mentally scrutinizing them, and comprehending them theoretically. 
;;;“Idhāvuso sāriputta, bhikkhu paṭisallānārāmo hoti paṭisallānarato, ajjhattaṁ cetosamathamanuyutto anirākatajjhāno, vipassanāya samannāgato, brūhetā suññāgārānaṁ. 
;;;“Reverend Sāriputta, it’s a mendicant who enjoys retreat and loves retreat. They’re committed to inner serenity of the heart, they don’t neglect absorption, they’re endowed with discernment, and they frequent empty huts. 
;;;Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;When he had spoken, Sāriputta said to Mahāmoggallāna, 
;;;“byākataṁ kho, āvuso moggallāna, āyasmatā mahākassapena yathāsakaṁ paṭibhānaṁ. 
;;;“Reverend Moggallāna, Mahākassapa has answered by speaking from his heart. 
;;;Tattha dāni mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ pucchāma: 
;;;And now we ask you the same question.” 
;;;‘ramaṇīyaṁ, āvuso moggallāna, gosiṅgasālavanaṁ, dosinā ratti, sabbaphāliphullā sālā, dibbā, maññe, gandhā sampavanti; 
;;; 
;;;kathaṁrūpena, āvuso moggallāna, bhikkhunā gosiṅgasālavanaṁ sobheyyā’”ti? 
;;; 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then Mahāmoggallāna said to Sāriputta, 
;;;“Idhāvuso moggallāna, bhikkhu cittaṁ vasaṁ vatteti, no ca bhikkhu cittassa vasena vattati. 
;;;“Reverend Moggallāna, it’s when a mendicant masters their mind and is not mastered by it. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, āvuso moggallāna, rañño vā rājamahāmattassa vā nānārattānaṁ dussānaṁ dussakaraṇḍako pūro assa. 
;;;Suppose that a ruler or their chief minister had a chest full of garments of different colors. 
;;;Evameva kho, āvuso moggallāna, bhikkhu cittaṁ vasaṁ vatteti, no ca bhikkhu cittassa vasena vattati. 
;;;In the same way, a mendicant masters their mind and is not mastered by it. 
;;;Evarūpena kho, āvuso moggallāna, bhikkhunā gosiṅgasālavanaṁ sobheyyā”ti. 
;;;That’s the kind of mendicant who would beautify this park.” 
;;;‘idhāvuso sāriputta, bhikkhu paṭisallānārāmo hoti paṭisallānarato, ajjhattaṁ cetosamathamanuyutto, anirākatajjhāno, vipassanāya samannāgato, brūhetā suññāgārānaṁ. 
;;;‘It’s a mendicant who enjoys retreat … 
;;;Revato hi, sāriputta, paṭisallānārāmo paṭisallānarato, ajjhattaṁ cetosamathamanuyutto anirākatajjhāno, vipassanāya samannāgato brūhetā suññāgārānan”ti. 
;;;For Revata enjoys retreat …” 
;;;“Evaṁ vutte, ahaṁ bhante āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ etadavocaṁ: 
;;;“Next I asked Mahāmoggallāna the same question. 
;;;‘byākataṁ kho, āvuso moggallāna, āyasmatā mahākassapena yathāsakaṁ paṭibhānaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;Tattha dāni mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ pucchāma …pe… 
;;; 
;;;kathaṁrūpena, āvuso moggallāna, bhikkhunā gosiṅgasālavanaṁ sobheyyā’ti? 
;;; 
;;;Evaṁ vutte, bhante, āyasmā mahāmoggallāno maṁ etadavoca: 
;;;He said: 
;;;“Sādhu sādhu, sāriputta, yathā taṁ moggallānova sammā byākaramāno byākareyya. 
;;;“Good, good, Sāriputta! Moggallāna answered in the right way for him. 
;;;Moggallāno hi, sāriputta, dhammakathiko”ti. 
;;;For Moggallāna is a Dhamma speaker.” 
;;;Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;When he had spoken, Moggallāna said to the Buddha, 
;;;‘idhāvuso moggallāna, bhikkhu cittaṁ vasaṁ vatteti no ca bhikkhu cittassa vasena vattati. 
;;;‘Reverend Moggallāna, it’s when a mendicant masters their mind and is not mastered by it … 
;;;Seyyathāpi, āvuso moggallāna, rañño vā rājamahāmattassa vā nānārattānaṁ dussānaṁ dussakaraṇḍako pūro assa. 
;;; 
;;;Evameva kho, āvuso moggallāna, bhikkhu cittaṁ vasaṁ vatteti, no ca bhikkhu cittassa vasena vattati. 
;;; 
;;;Evarūpena kho, āvuso moggallāna, bhikkhunā gosiṅgasālavanaṁ sobheyyā’”ti. 
;;;That’s the kind of mendicant who would beautify this park.’” 
;;;“Sādhu sādhu, moggallāna. 
;;;“Good, good, Moggallāna! 
;;;Sāriputto hi, moggallāna, cittaṁ vasaṁ vatteti no ca sāriputto cittassa vasena vattati. 
;;;For Sāriputta masters his mind and is not mastered by it …” 
;;;Idha, sāriputta, bhikkhu pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā: 
;;;It’s a mendicant who, after the meal, returns from almsround, sits down cross-legged, sets their body straight, and establishes mindfulness in their presence, thinking: 
;;;‘na tāvāhaṁ imaṁ pallaṅkaṁ bhindissāmi yāva me nānupādāya āsavehi cittaṁ vimuccissatī’ti. 
;;;‘I will not break this sitting posture until my mind is freed from the defilements by not grasping!’ 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Ekādasahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato gopālako abhabbo gogaṇaṁ pariharituṁ phātiṁ kātuṁ. ;;;“Mendicants, a cowherd with eleven factors can’t maintain and expand a herd of cattle. 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, gopālako na rūpaññū hoti, na lakkhaṇakusalo hoti, na āsāṭikaṁ hāretā hoti, na vaṇaṁ paṭicchādetā hoti, na dhūmaṁ kattā hoti, na titthaṁ jānāti, na pītaṁ jānāti, na vīthiṁ jānāti, na gocarakusalo hoti anavasesadohī ca hoti. Ye te usabhā gopitaro gopariṇāyakā te na atirekapūjāya pūjetā hoti. 
;;;It’s when a cowherd doesn’t know form, is unskilled in characteristics, doesn’t pick out flies’ eggs, doesn’t dress wounds, doesn’t spread smoke, doesn’t know the ford, doesn’t know satisfaction, doesn’t know the trail, is not skilled in pastures, milks dry, and doesn’t show extra respect to the bulls who are fathers and leaders of the herd. 
;;;

>En 

“Ekādasahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato gopālako abhabbo gogaṇaṁ pariharituṁ phātiṁ kātuṁ. ;;;“Mendicants, a cowherd with eleven factors can’t maintain and expand a herd of cattle. 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, gopālako na rūpaññū hoti, na lakkhaṇakusalo hoti, na āsāṭikaṁ hāretā hoti, na vaṇaṁ paṭicchādetā hoti, na dhūmaṁ kattā hoti, na titthaṁ jānāti, na pītaṁ jānāti, na vīthiṁ jānāti, na gocarakusalo hoti anavasesadohī ca hoti. Ye te usabhā gopitaro gopariṇāyakā te na atirekapūjāya pūjetā hoti. 
;;;It’s when a cowherd doesn’t know form, is unskilled in characteristics, doesn’t pick out flies’ eggs, doesn’t dress wounds, doesn’t spread smoke, doesn’t know the ford, doesn’t know satisfaction, doesn’t know the trail, is not skilled in pastures, milks dry, and doesn’t show extra respect to the bulls who are fathers and leaders of the herd. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Evameva kho, bhikkhave, ye hi keci samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā akusalā imassa lokassa akusalā parassa lokassa, akusalā māradheyyassa akusalā amāradheyyassa, akusalā maccudheyyassa akusalā amaccudheyyassa, tesaṁ ye sotabbaṁ saddahātabbaṁ maññissanti, tesaṁ taṁ bhavissati dīgharattaṁ ahitāya dukkhāya. ;;;In the same way, there are ascetics and brahmins who are unskilled in this world and the other world, unskilled in Māra’s domain and its opposite, and unskilled in Death’s domain and its opposite. If anyone thinks they are worth listening to and trusting, it will be for their lasting harm and suffering. 
;;;Khemaṁ pattattha bhikkhavo”ti. 
;;;set your heart on sanctuary!” 
;;;

>En 

Evameva kho, bhikkhave, ye hi keci samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā akusalā imassa lokassa akusalā parassa lokassa, akusalā māradheyyassa akusalā amāradheyyassa, akusalā maccudheyyassa akusalā amaccudheyyassa, tesaṁ ye sotabbaṁ saddahātabbaṁ maññissanti, tesaṁ taṁ bhavissati dīgharattaṁ ahitāya dukkhāya. ;;;In the same way, there are ascetics and brahmins who are unskilled in this world and the other world, unskilled in Māra’s domain and its opposite, and unskilled in Death’s domain and its opposite. If anyone thinks they are worth listening to and trusting, it will be for their lasting harm and suffering. 
;;;Khemaṁ pattattha bhikkhavo”ti. 
;;;set your heart on sanctuary!” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Appeva nāma mayaṁ kadāci karahaci tena bhotā gotamena saddhiṁ samāgaccheyyāma, appeva nāma siyā kocideva kathāsallāpo, appeva nāma tasmā pāpakā diṭṭhigatā viveceyyāmā”ti. ;;;Hopefully, some time or other I’ll get to meet Mister Gotama, and we can have a discussion. And hopefully I can dissuade him from this harmful misconception.” 
;;;“abhikkamantu bhonto licchavī, abhikkamantu bhonto licchavī, ajja me samaṇena gotamena saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo bhavissati. 
;;;“Come forth, good Licchavīs, come forth! Today I am going to have a discussion with the ascetic Gotama. 
;;;Seyyathāpi nāma balavā soṇḍikādhutto vālaṁ kaṇṇe gahetvā odhuneyya niddhuneyya nipphoṭeyya; 
;;;Taking him on in debate, I’ll shake him down and about, and give him a beating, like a strong brewer’s mixer would grab a strainer by the corners and shake it down and about, and give it a beating! 
;;;Abhikkamantu bhonto licchavī, abhikkamantu bhonto licchavī, ajja me samaṇena gotamena saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo bhavissatī”ti. 
;;;Come forth, good Licchavīs, come forth! Today I am going to have a discussion with the ascetic Gotama.” 
;;;Seyyathidaṁ—vajjīnaṁ mallānaṁ— 
;;;Vajjis and Mallas 
;;;‘vedanā me attā’ti, vattati te tissaṁ vedanāyaṁ vaso— 
;;;‘Feeling is my self,’ do you have power over that feeling to say: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;yo nu kho dukkhaṁ allīno dukkhaṁ upagato dukkhaṁ ajjhosito, dukkhaṁ ‘etaṁ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’ti samanupassati, api nu kho so sāmaṁ vā dukkhaṁ parijāneyya, dukkhaṁ vā parikkhepetvā vihareyyā”ti? 
;;;Consider someone who resorts, draws near, and clings to suffering, regarding it thus: ‘This is mine, I am this, this is my self.’ Would such a person be able to completely understand suffering themselves, or live having wiped out suffering?” 
;;;nanu tvaṁ evaṁ sante dukkhaṁ allīno dukkhaṁ upagato dukkhaṁ ajjhosito, dukkhaṁ: 
;;;This being so, aren’t you someone who resorts, draws near, and clings to suffering, regarding it thus: ‘This is mine, I am this, this is my self’?” 
;;;“Seyyathāpi, aggivessana, puriso sāratthiko sāragavesī sārapariyesanaṁ caramāno tiṇhaṁ kuṭhāriṁ ādāya vanaṁ paviseyya. 
;;;“Suppose, Aggivessana, there was a person in need of heartwood. Wandering in search of heartwood, they’d take a sharp axe and enter a forest. 
;;;So tattha passeyya mahantaṁ kadalikkhandhaṁ ujuṁ navaṁ akukkukajātaṁ. 
;;;There they’d see a big banana tree, straight and young and grown free of defects. 
;;;Evameva kho, bhante, yāni saccakassa nigaṇṭhaputtassa visūkāyitāni visevitāni vipphanditāni tānipi sabbāni bhagavatā sañchinnāni sambhaggāni sampalibhaggāni; 
;;;In the same way, sir, the Buddha has snapped, cracked, and broken off all Saccaka’s twists, ducks, and dodges. 
;;;“āgamehi tvaṁ, dummukha, āgamehi tvaṁ, dummukha, (…) na mayaṁ tayā saddhiṁ mantema, idha mayaṁ bhotā gotamena saddhiṁ mantema. 
;;;“Hold on, Dummukha, hold on! I wasn’t talking with you, I was talking with Mister Gotama. 
;;;

>En 

Appeva nāma mayaṁ kadāci karahaci tena bhotā gotamena saddhiṁ samāgaccheyyāma, appeva nāma siyā kocideva kathāsallāpo, appeva nāma tasmā pāpakā diṭṭhigatā viveceyyāmā”ti. ;;;Hopefully, some time or other I’ll get to meet Mister Gotama, and we can have a discussion. And hopefully I can dissuade him from this harmful misconception.” 
;;;“abhikkamantu bhonto licchavī, abhikkamantu bhonto licchavī, ajja me samaṇena gotamena saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo bhavissati. 
;;;“Come forth, good Licchavīs, come forth! Today I am going to have a discussion with the ascetic Gotama. 
;;;Seyyathāpi nāma balavā soṇḍikādhutto vālaṁ kaṇṇe gahetvā odhuneyya niddhuneyya nipphoṭeyya; 
;;;Taking him on in debate, I’ll shake him down and about, and give him a beating, like a strong brewer’s mixer would grab a strainer by the corners and shake it down and about, and give it a beating! 
;;;Abhikkamantu bhonto licchavī, abhikkamantu bhonto licchavī, ajja me samaṇena gotamena saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo bhavissatī”ti. 
;;;Come forth, good Licchavīs, come forth! Today I am going to have a discussion with the ascetic Gotama.” 
;;;Seyyathidaṁ—vajjīnaṁ mallānaṁ— 
;;;Vajjis and Mallas 
;;;‘vedanā me attā’ti, vattati te tissaṁ vedanāyaṁ vaso— 
;;;‘Feeling is my self,’ do you have power over that feeling to say: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;yo nu kho dukkhaṁ allīno dukkhaṁ upagato dukkhaṁ ajjhosito, dukkhaṁ ‘etaṁ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’ti samanupassati, api nu kho so sāmaṁ vā dukkhaṁ parijāneyya, dukkhaṁ vā parikkhepetvā vihareyyā”ti? 
;;;Consider someone who resorts, draws near, and clings to suffering, regarding it thus: ‘This is mine, I am this, this is my self.’ Would such a person be able to completely understand suffering themselves, or live having wiped out suffering?” 
;;;nanu tvaṁ evaṁ sante dukkhaṁ allīno dukkhaṁ upagato dukkhaṁ ajjhosito, dukkhaṁ: 
;;;This being so, aren’t you someone who resorts, draws near, and clings to suffering, regarding it thus: ‘This is mine, I am this, this is my self’?” 
;;;“Seyyathāpi, aggivessana, puriso sāratthiko sāragavesī sārapariyesanaṁ caramāno tiṇhaṁ kuṭhāriṁ ādāya vanaṁ paviseyya. 
;;;“Suppose, Aggivessana, there was a person in need of heartwood. Wandering in search of heartwood, they’d take a sharp axe and enter a forest. 
;;;So tattha passeyya mahantaṁ kadalikkhandhaṁ ujuṁ navaṁ akukkukajātaṁ. 
;;;There they’d see a big banana tree, straight and young and grown free of defects. 
;;;Evameva kho, bhante, yāni saccakassa nigaṇṭhaputtassa visūkāyitāni visevitāni vipphanditāni tānipi sabbāni bhagavatā sañchinnāni sambhaggāni sampalibhaggāni; 
;;;In the same way, sir, the Buddha has snapped, cracked, and broken off all Saccaka’s twists, ducks, and dodges. 
;;;“āgamehi tvaṁ, dummukha, āgamehi tvaṁ, dummukha, (…) na mayaṁ tayā saddhiṁ mantema, idha mayaṁ bhotā gotamena saddhiṁ mantema. 
;;;“Hold on, Dummukha, hold on! I wasn’t talking with you, I was talking with Mister Gotama. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Bhūtapubbaṁ, bho gotama, sārīrikāya dukkhāya vedanāya phuṭṭhassa sato ūrukkhambhopi nāma bhavissati, hadayampi nāma phalissati, uṇhampi lohitaṁ mukhato uggamissati, ummādampi pāpuṇissati cittakkhepaṁ. ;;;This happened to someone once. Their thighs became paralyzed, their heart burst, hot blood gushed from their mouth, and they went mad and lost their mind. 
;;;“Na hi nūna bhoto gotamassa uppajjati tathārūpā sukhā vedanā yathārūpā uppannā sukhā vedanā cittaṁ pariyādāya tiṭṭheyya; na hi nūna bhoto gotamassa uppajjati tathārūpā dukkhā vedanā yathārūpā uppannā dukkhā vedanā cittaṁ pariyādāya tiṭṭheyyā”ti. 
;;;“Mister Gotama mustn’t have experienced the kind of pleasant or painful feelings that would occupy the mind.” 
;;;Iti kho, aggivessana, āḷāro kālāmo ācariyo me samāno attano antevāsiṁ maṁ samānaṁ attanā samasamaṁ ṭhapesi, uḷārāya ca maṁ pūjāya pūjesi. 
;;;And that is how my tutor Āḷāra Kālāma placed me, his pupil, on the same position as him, and honored me with lofty praise. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, aggivessana, allaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ sasnehaṁ udake nikkhittaṁ. 
;;;Suppose there was a green, sappy log, and it was lying in water. 
;;;api nu so puriso amuṁ allaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ sasnehaṁ, udake nikkhittaṁ, uttarāraṇiṁ ādāya abhimanthento aggiṁ abhinibbatteyya, tejo pātukareyyā”ti? 
;;;By drilling the stick against that green, sappy log lying in the water, could they light a fire and produce heat?” 
;;;“Aduñhi, bho gotama, allaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ sasnehaṁ, tañca pana udake nikkhittaṁ. 
;;;Because it’s a green, sappy log, and it’s lying in the water. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, aggivessana, allaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ sasnehaṁ, ārakā udakā thale nikkhittaṁ. 
;;;Suppose there was a green, sappy log, and it was lying on dry land far from the water. 
;;;api nu so puriso amuṁ allaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ sasnehaṁ, ārakā udakā thale nikkhittaṁ, uttarāraṇiṁ ādāya abhimanthento aggiṁ abhinibbatteyya tejo pātukareyyā”ti? 
;;;By drilling the stick against that green, sappy log on dry land far from water, could they light a fire and produce heat?” 
;;;“Aduñhi, bho gotama, allaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ sasnehaṁ, kiñcāpi ārakā udakā thale nikkhittaṁ. 
;;;Because it’s still a green, sappy log, despite the fact that it’s lying on dry land far from water. 
;;;Āraddhaṁ kho pana me, aggivessana, vīriyaṁ hoti asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, sāraddho ca pana me kāyo hoti appaṭippassaddho teneva dukkhappadhānena padhānābhitunnassa sato. 
;;;My energy was roused up and unflagging, and my mindfulness was established and lucid, but my body was disturbed, not tranquil, because I’d pushed too hard with that painful striving. 
;;;Āraddhaṁ kho pana me, aggivessana, vīriyaṁ hoti asallīnaṁ upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā. Sāraddho ca pana me kāyo hoti appaṭippassaddho teneva dukkhappadhānena padhānābhitunnassa sato. 
;;;My energy was roused up and unflagging, and my mindfulness was established and lucid, but my body was disturbed, not tranquil, because I’d pushed too hard with that painful striving. 
;;;Tassa mayhaṁ, aggivessana, mukhato ca nāsato ca kaṇṇato ca assāsapassāsesu uparuddhesu adhimattā vātā muddhani ūhananti. 
;;;But then strong winds ground my head, 
;;;Seyyathāpi, aggivessana, balavā puriso tiṇhena sikharena muddhani abhimattheyya; 
;;;like a strong man was drilling into my head with a sharp point. 
;;;Āraddhaṁ kho pana me, aggivessana, vīriyaṁ hoti asallīnaṁ upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā. Sāraddho ca pana me kāyo hoti appaṭippassaddho teneva dukkhappadhānena padhānābhitunnassa sato. 
;;;My energy was roused up and unflagging, and my mindfulness was established and lucid, but my body was disturbed, not tranquil, because I’d pushed too hard with that painful striving. 
;;;Āraddhaṁ kho pana me, aggivessana, vīriyaṁ hoti asallīnaṁ upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā. Sāraddho ca pana me kāyo hoti appaṭippassaddho teneva dukkhappadhānena padhānābhitunnassa sato. 
;;;My energy was roused up and unflagging, and my mindfulness was established and lucid, but my body was disturbed, not tranquil, because I’d pushed too hard with that painful striving. 
;;;Āraddhaṁ kho pana me, aggivessana, vīriyaṁ hoti asallīnaṁ upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā. Sāraddho ca pana me kāyo hoti appaṭippassaddho teneva dukkhappadhānena padhānābhitunnassa sato. 
;;;My energy was roused up and unflagging, and my mindfulness was established and lucid, but my body was disturbed, not tranquil, because I’d pushed too hard with that painful striving. 
;;;Āraddhaṁ kho pana me, aggivessana, vīriyaṁ hoti asallīnaṁ upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā. Sāraddho ca pana me kāyo hoti appaṭippassaddho teneva dukkhappadhānena padhānābhitunnassa sato. 
;;;My energy was roused up and unflagging, and my mindfulness was established and lucid, but my body was disturbed, not tranquil, because I’d pushed too hard with that painful striving. 
;;;Sace kho tvaṁ, mārisa, sabbaso āhārupacchedāya paṭipajjissasi, tassa te mayaṁ dibbaṁ ojaṁ lomakūpehi ajjhohāressāma, tāya tvaṁ yāpessasī’ti. 
;;;If you do, we’ll infuse heavenly nectar into your pores and you will live on that.’ 
;;;‘ahañceva kho pana sabbaso ajajjitaṁ paṭijāneyyaṁ, imā ca me devatā dibbaṁ ojaṁ lomakūpehi ajjhohāreyyuṁ, tāya cāhaṁ yāpeyyaṁ, taṁ mamassa musā’ti. 
;;;‘If I claim to be completely fasting while these deities are infusing heavenly nectar in my pores, that would be a lie on my part.’ 
;;;So kho ahaṁ, aggivessana, udaracchaviṁ parimasissāmīti piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṁyeva pariggaṇhāmi, piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṁ parimasissāmīti udaracchaviṁyeva pariggaṇhāmi, yāvassu me, aggivessana, udaracchavi piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṁ allīnā hoti tāyevappāhāratāya. 
;;;Due to eating so little, the skin of my belly stuck to my backbone, so that when I tried to rub the skin of my belly I grabbed my backbone, and when I tried to rub my backbone I rubbed the skin of my belly. 
;;;

>En 

Bhūtapubbaṁ, bho gotama, sārīrikāya dukkhāya vedanāya phuṭṭhassa sato ūrukkhambhopi nāma bhavissati, hadayampi nāma phalissati, uṇhampi lohitaṁ mukhato uggamissati, ummādampi pāpuṇissati cittakkhepaṁ. ;;;This happened to someone once. Their thighs became paralyzed, their heart burst, hot blood gushed from their mouth, and they went mad and lost their mind. 
;;;“Na hi nūna bhoto gotamassa uppajjati tathārūpā sukhā vedanā yathārūpā uppannā sukhā vedanā cittaṁ pariyādāya tiṭṭheyya; na hi nūna bhoto gotamassa uppajjati tathārūpā dukkhā vedanā yathārūpā uppannā dukkhā vedanā cittaṁ pariyādāya tiṭṭheyyā”ti. 
;;;“Mister Gotama mustn’t have experienced the kind of pleasant or painful feelings that would occupy the mind.” 
;;;Iti kho, aggivessana, āḷāro kālāmo ācariyo me samāno attano antevāsiṁ maṁ samānaṁ attanā samasamaṁ ṭhapesi, uḷārāya ca maṁ pūjāya pūjesi. 
;;;And that is how my tutor Āḷāra Kālāma placed me, his pupil, on the same position as him, and honored me with lofty praise. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, aggivessana, allaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ sasnehaṁ udake nikkhittaṁ. 
;;;Suppose there was a green, sappy log, and it was lying in water. 
;;;api nu so puriso amuṁ allaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ sasnehaṁ, udake nikkhittaṁ, uttarāraṇiṁ ādāya abhimanthento aggiṁ abhinibbatteyya, tejo pātukareyyā”ti? 
;;;By drilling the stick against that green, sappy log lying in the water, could they light a fire and produce heat?” 
;;;“Aduñhi, bho gotama, allaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ sasnehaṁ, tañca pana udake nikkhittaṁ. 
;;;Because it’s a green, sappy log, and it’s lying in the water. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, aggivessana, allaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ sasnehaṁ, ārakā udakā thale nikkhittaṁ. 
;;;Suppose there was a green, sappy log, and it was lying on dry land far from the water. 
;;;api nu so puriso amuṁ allaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ sasnehaṁ, ārakā udakā thale nikkhittaṁ, uttarāraṇiṁ ādāya abhimanthento aggiṁ abhinibbatteyya tejo pātukareyyā”ti? 
;;;By drilling the stick against that green, sappy log on dry land far from water, could they light a fire and produce heat?” 
;;;“Aduñhi, bho gotama, allaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ sasnehaṁ, kiñcāpi ārakā udakā thale nikkhittaṁ. 
;;;Because it’s still a green, sappy log, despite the fact that it’s lying on dry land far from water. 
;;;Āraddhaṁ kho pana me, aggivessana, vīriyaṁ hoti asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, sāraddho ca pana me kāyo hoti appaṭippassaddho teneva dukkhappadhānena padhānābhitunnassa sato. 
;;;My energy was roused up and unflagging, and my mindfulness was established and lucid, but my body was disturbed, not tranquil, because I’d pushed too hard with that painful striving. 
;;;Āraddhaṁ kho pana me, aggivessana, vīriyaṁ hoti asallīnaṁ upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā. Sāraddho ca pana me kāyo hoti appaṭippassaddho teneva dukkhappadhānena padhānābhitunnassa sato. 
;;;My energy was roused up and unflagging, and my mindfulness was established and lucid, but my body was disturbed, not tranquil, because I’d pushed too hard with that painful striving. 
;;;Tassa mayhaṁ, aggivessana, mukhato ca nāsato ca kaṇṇato ca assāsapassāsesu uparuddhesu adhimattā vātā muddhani ūhananti. 
;;;But then strong winds ground my head, 
;;;Seyyathāpi, aggivessana, balavā puriso tiṇhena sikharena muddhani abhimattheyya; 
;;;like a strong man was drilling into my head with a sharp point. 
;;;Āraddhaṁ kho pana me, aggivessana, vīriyaṁ hoti asallīnaṁ upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā. Sāraddho ca pana me kāyo hoti appaṭippassaddho teneva dukkhappadhānena padhānābhitunnassa sato. 
;;;My energy was roused up and unflagging, and my mindfulness was established and lucid, but my body was disturbed, not tranquil, because I’d pushed too hard with that painful striving. 
;;;Āraddhaṁ kho pana me, aggivessana, vīriyaṁ hoti asallīnaṁ upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā. Sāraddho ca pana me kāyo hoti appaṭippassaddho teneva dukkhappadhānena padhānābhitunnassa sato. 
;;;My energy was roused up and unflagging, and my mindfulness was established and lucid, but my body was disturbed, not tranquil, because I’d pushed too hard with that painful striving. 
;;;Āraddhaṁ kho pana me, aggivessana, vīriyaṁ hoti asallīnaṁ upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā. Sāraddho ca pana me kāyo hoti appaṭippassaddho teneva dukkhappadhānena padhānābhitunnassa sato. 
;;;My energy was roused up and unflagging, and my mindfulness was established and lucid, but my body was disturbed, not tranquil, because I’d pushed too hard with that painful striving. 
;;;Āraddhaṁ kho pana me, aggivessana, vīriyaṁ hoti asallīnaṁ upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā. Sāraddho ca pana me kāyo hoti appaṭippassaddho teneva dukkhappadhānena padhānābhitunnassa sato. 
;;;My energy was roused up and unflagging, and my mindfulness was established and lucid, but my body was disturbed, not tranquil, because I’d pushed too hard with that painful striving. 
;;;Sace kho tvaṁ, mārisa, sabbaso āhārupacchedāya paṭipajjissasi, tassa te mayaṁ dibbaṁ ojaṁ lomakūpehi ajjhohāressāma, tāya tvaṁ yāpessasī’ti. 
;;;If you do, we’ll infuse heavenly nectar into your pores and you will live on that.’ 
;;;‘ahañceva kho pana sabbaso ajajjitaṁ paṭijāneyyaṁ, imā ca me devatā dibbaṁ ojaṁ lomakūpehi ajjhohāreyyuṁ, tāya cāhaṁ yāpeyyaṁ, taṁ mamassa musā’ti. 
;;;‘If I claim to be completely fasting while these deities are infusing heavenly nectar in my pores, that would be a lie on my part.’ 
;;;So kho ahaṁ, aggivessana, udaracchaviṁ parimasissāmīti piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṁyeva pariggaṇhāmi, piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṁ parimasissāmīti udaracchaviṁyeva pariggaṇhāmi, yāvassu me, aggivessana, udaracchavi piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṁ allīnā hoti tāyevappāhāratāya. 
;;;Due to eating so little, the skin of my belly stuck to my backbone, so that when I tried to rub the skin of my belly I grabbed my backbone, and when I tried to rub my backbone I rubbed the skin of my belly. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhagavato avidūre nisinno hoti. ;;;Now at that time Venerable Mahāmoggallāna was sitting not far from the Buddha. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa etadahosi: 
;;;He thought, 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evameva—pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde antarahito devesu tāvatiṁsesu pāturahosi. 
;;;And then Venerable Mahāmoggallāna, as easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, vanished from the Eastern Monastery and reappeared among the gods of the thirty-three. 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena sakko devānamindo ekapuṇḍarīke uyyāne dibbehi pañcahi tūriyasatehi samappito samaṅgībhūto paricāreti. 
;;;Now at that time Sakka was amusing himself in the Single Lotus Park, supplied and provided with a heavenly orchestra. 
;;;Addasā kho sakko devānamindo āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ. 
;;;Seeing Mahāmoggallāna coming off in the distance, 
;;;Disvāna tāni dibbāni pañca tūriyasatāni paṭippaṇāmetvā yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;he dismissed the orchestra, approached Mahāmoggallāna, and said, 
;;;“ehi kho, mārisa moggallāna, svāgataṁ, mārisa moggallāna. 
;;;“Come, my good Moggallāna! Welcome, good sir! 
;;;Cirassaṁ kho, mārisa moggallāna, imaṁ pariyāyaṁ akāsi yadidaṁ idhāgamanāya. 
;;;It’s been a long time since you took the opportunity to come here. 
;;;Nisīda, mārisa moggallāna, idamāsanaṁ paññattan”ti. 
;;;Sit, my good Moggallāna, this seat is for you.” 
;;;Nisīdi kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno paññatte āsane. 
;;;Mahāmoggallāna sat down on the seat spread out, 
;;;Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho sakkaṁ devānamindaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca: 
;;;Mahāmoggallāna said to him, 
;;;“Mayaṁ kho, mārisa moggallāna, bahukiccā bahukaraṇīyā— 
;;;“My good Moggallāna, I have many duties, and much to do, 
;;;Api ca, mārisa moggallāna, sussutaṁyeva hoti suggahitaṁ sumanasikataṁ sūpadhāritaṁ, yaṁ no khippameva antaradhāyati. 
;;;Still, what is properly heard, learned, attended, and memorized does not vanish all of a sudden. 
;;;Bhūtapubbaṁ, mārisa moggallāna, devāsurasaṅgāmo samupabyūḷho ahosi. 
;;;Once upon a time, a battle was fought between the gods and the titans. 
;;;Tasmiṁ kho pana, mārisa moggallāna, saṅgāme devā jiniṁsu, asurā parājiniṁsu. 
;;;In that battle the gods won and the titans lost. 
;;;So kho ahaṁ, mārisa moggallāna, taṁ saṅgāmaṁ abhivijinitvā vijitasaṅgāmo tato paṭinivattitvā vejayantaṁ nāma pāsādaṁ māpesiṁ. 
;;;When I returned from that battle as a conqueror, I created the Palace of Victory. 
;;;Vejayantassa kho, mārisa moggallāna, pāsādassa ekasataṁ niyyūhaṁ. 
;;;The Palace of Victory has a hundred towers. 
;;;Iccheyyāsi no tvaṁ, mārisa moggallāna, vejayantassa pāsādassa rāmaṇeyyakaṁ daṭṭhun”ti? 
;;;Would you like to see the lovely Palace of Victory?” 
;;;Adhivāsesi kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno tuṇhībhāvena. 
;;;Mahāmoggallāna consented with silence. 
;;;Atha kho sakko ca devānamindo vessavaṇo ca mahārājā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ purakkhatvā yena vejayanto pāsādo tenupasaṅkamiṁsu. 
;;;Then, putting Venerable Mahāmoggallāna in front, Sakka, lord of gods, and Vessavaṇa, the Great King, went to the Palace of Victory. 
;;;Addasaṁsu kho sakkassa devānamindassa paricārikāyo āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ; 
;;;When they saw Moggallāna coming off in the distance, Sakka’s maids, 
;;;evameva sakkassa devānamindassa paricārikāyo āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ disvā ottappamānā hirīyamānā sakaṁ sakaṁ ovarakaṁ pavisiṁsu. 
;;; 
;;;Atha kho sakko ca devānamindo vessavaṇo ca mahārājā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ vejayante pāsāde anucaṅkamāpenti anuvicarāpenti: 
;;;Then Sakka and Vessavaṇa encouraged Moggallāna to wander and explore the palace, saying, 
;;;“idampi, mārisa moggallāna, passa vejayantassa pāsādassa rāmaṇeyyakaṁ; 
;;;“See, in the palace, my good Moggallāna, this lovely thing! 
;;;idampi, mārisa moggallāna, passa vejayantassa pāsādassa rāmaṇeyyakan”ti. 
;;;And that lovely thing!” 
;;;Atha kho āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa etadahosi: 
;;;Then Moggallāna thought, 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno tathārūpaṁ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkhāsi yathā vejayantaṁ pāsādaṁ pādaṅguṭṭhakena saṅkampesi sampakampesi sampavedhesi. 
;;;Then Moggallāna used his psychic power to make the Palace of Victory shake and rock and tremble with his big toe. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno sakkaṁ devānamindaṁ saṁviggaṁ lomahaṭṭhajātaṁ viditvā sakkaṁ devānamindaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Knowing that Sakka was shocked and awestruck, Moggallāna said to him, 
;;;“Idhāhaṁ, mārisa moggallāna, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁ; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsiṁ. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho ahaṁ, mārisa moggallāna, bhagavantaṁ etadavocaṁ: 
;;;“My dear Moggallāna, I approached the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him, 
;;;Evaṁ vutte, mārisa moggallāna, bhagavā maṁ etadavoca: 
;;;When I had spoken the Buddha said to me: 
;;;Evaṁ kho me, mārisa moggallāna, bhagavā saṅkhittena taṇhāsaṅkhayavimuttiṁ abhāsī”ti. 
;;;That’s how the Buddha briefly explained freedom through the ending of craving to me.” 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno sakkassa devānamindassa bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evameva—devesu tāvatiṁsesu antarahito pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde pāturahosi. 
;;;Moggallāna approved and agreed with what Sakka said. As easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, he vanished from among the gods of the thirty-three and reappeared in the Eastern Monastery. 
;;;Atha kho sakkassa devānamindassa paricārikāyo acirapakkante āyasmante mahāmoggallāne sakkaṁ devānamindaṁ etadavocuṁ: 
;;;Soon after Moggallāna left, Sakka’s maids said to him, 
;;;Sabrahmacārī me eso āyasmā mahāmoggallāno”ti. 
;;;That was my spiritual companion Venerable Mahāmoggallāna.” 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then Mahāmoggallāna went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him, 
;;;“abhijānāti no, bhante, bhagavā ahu ñātaññatarassa mahesakkhassa yakkhassa saṅkhittena taṇhāsaṅkhayavimuttiṁ bhāsitā”ti? 
;;;“Sir, do you recall briefly explaining freedom through the ending of craving to a certain well-known and illustrious spirit?” 
;;;“Abhijānāmahaṁ, moggallāna, idha sakko devānamindo yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho, moggallāna, sakko devānamindo maṁ etadavoca: 
;;;“I do, Moggallāna.” And the Buddha retold all that happened when Sakka came to visit him, adding: 
;;;Evaṁ vutte, ahaṁ, moggallāna, sakkaṁ devānamindaṁ etadavocaṁ 
;;; 
;;;Evaṁ kho ahaṁ, moggallāna, abhijānāmi sakkassa devānamindassa saṅkhittena taṇhāsaṅkhayavimuttiṁ bhāsitā”ti. 
;;;“That’s how I recall briefly explaining freedom through the ending of craving to Sakka, lord of gods.” 
;;;Attamano āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti. 
;;;Satisfied, Venerable Mahāmoggallāna approved what the Buddha said. 
;;;

>En 

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhagavato avidūre nisinno hoti. ;;;Now at that time Venerable Mahāmoggallāna was sitting not far from the Buddha. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa etadahosi: 
;;;He thought, 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evameva—pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde antarahito devesu tāvatiṁsesu pāturahosi. 
;;;And then Venerable Mahāmoggallāna, as easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, vanished from the Eastern Monastery and reappeared among the gods of the thirty-three. 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena sakko devānamindo ekapuṇḍarīke uyyāne dibbehi pañcahi tūriyasatehi samappito samaṅgībhūto paricāreti. 
;;;Now at that time Sakka was amusing himself in the Single Lotus Park, supplied and provided with a heavenly orchestra. 
;;;Addasā kho sakko devānamindo āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ. 
;;;Seeing Mahāmoggallāna coming off in the distance, 
;;;Disvāna tāni dibbāni pañca tūriyasatāni paṭippaṇāmetvā yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;he dismissed the orchestra, approached Mahāmoggallāna, and said, 
;;;“ehi kho, mārisa moggallāna, svāgataṁ, mārisa moggallāna. 
;;;“Come, my good Moggallāna! Welcome, good sir! 
;;;Cirassaṁ kho, mārisa moggallāna, imaṁ pariyāyaṁ akāsi yadidaṁ idhāgamanāya. 
;;;It’s been a long time since you took the opportunity to come here. 
;;;Nisīda, mārisa moggallāna, idamāsanaṁ paññattan”ti. 
;;;Sit, my good Moggallāna, this seat is for you.” 
;;;Nisīdi kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno paññatte āsane. 
;;;Mahāmoggallāna sat down on the seat spread out, 
;;;Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho sakkaṁ devānamindaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca: 
;;;Mahāmoggallāna said to him, 
;;;“Mayaṁ kho, mārisa moggallāna, bahukiccā bahukaraṇīyā— 
;;;“My good Moggallāna, I have many duties, and much to do, 
;;;Api ca, mārisa moggallāna, sussutaṁyeva hoti suggahitaṁ sumanasikataṁ sūpadhāritaṁ, yaṁ no khippameva antaradhāyati. 
;;;Still, what is properly heard, learned, attended, and memorized does not vanish all of a sudden. 
;;;Bhūtapubbaṁ, mārisa moggallāna, devāsurasaṅgāmo samupabyūḷho ahosi. 
;;;Once upon a time, a battle was fought between the gods and the titans. 
;;;Tasmiṁ kho pana, mārisa moggallāna, saṅgāme devā jiniṁsu, asurā parājiniṁsu. 
;;;In that battle the gods won and the titans lost. 
;;;So kho ahaṁ, mārisa moggallāna, taṁ saṅgāmaṁ abhivijinitvā vijitasaṅgāmo tato paṭinivattitvā vejayantaṁ nāma pāsādaṁ māpesiṁ. 
;;;When I returned from that battle as a conqueror, I created the Palace of Victory. 
;;;Vejayantassa kho, mārisa moggallāna, pāsādassa ekasataṁ niyyūhaṁ. 
;;;The Palace of Victory has a hundred towers. 
;;;Iccheyyāsi no tvaṁ, mārisa moggallāna, vejayantassa pāsādassa rāmaṇeyyakaṁ daṭṭhun”ti? 
;;;Would you like to see the lovely Palace of Victory?” 
;;;Adhivāsesi kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno tuṇhībhāvena. 
;;;Mahāmoggallāna consented with silence. 
;;;Atha kho sakko ca devānamindo vessavaṇo ca mahārājā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ purakkhatvā yena vejayanto pāsādo tenupasaṅkamiṁsu. 
;;;Then, putting Venerable Mahāmoggallāna in front, Sakka, lord of gods, and Vessavaṇa, the Great King, went to the Palace of Victory. 
;;;Addasaṁsu kho sakkassa devānamindassa paricārikāyo āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ; 
;;;When they saw Moggallāna coming off in the distance, Sakka’s maids, 
;;;evameva sakkassa devānamindassa paricārikāyo āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ disvā ottappamānā hirīyamānā sakaṁ sakaṁ ovarakaṁ pavisiṁsu. 
;;; 
;;;Atha kho sakko ca devānamindo vessavaṇo ca mahārājā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ vejayante pāsāde anucaṅkamāpenti anuvicarāpenti: 
;;;Then Sakka and Vessavaṇa encouraged Moggallāna to wander and explore the palace, saying, 
;;;“idampi, mārisa moggallāna, passa vejayantassa pāsādassa rāmaṇeyyakaṁ; 
;;;“See, in the palace, my good Moggallāna, this lovely thing! 
;;;idampi, mārisa moggallāna, passa vejayantassa pāsādassa rāmaṇeyyakan”ti. 
;;;And that lovely thing!” 
;;;Atha kho āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa etadahosi: 
;;;Then Moggallāna thought, 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno tathārūpaṁ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkhāsi yathā vejayantaṁ pāsādaṁ pādaṅguṭṭhakena saṅkampesi sampakampesi sampavedhesi. 
;;;Then Moggallāna used his psychic power to make the Palace of Victory shake and rock and tremble with his big toe. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno sakkaṁ devānamindaṁ saṁviggaṁ lomahaṭṭhajātaṁ viditvā sakkaṁ devānamindaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Knowing that Sakka was shocked and awestruck, Moggallāna said to him, 
;;;“Idhāhaṁ, mārisa moggallāna, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁ; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsiṁ. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho ahaṁ, mārisa moggallāna, bhagavantaṁ etadavocaṁ: 
;;;“My dear Moggallāna, I approached the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him, 
;;;Evaṁ vutte, mārisa moggallāna, bhagavā maṁ etadavoca: 
;;;When I had spoken the Buddha said to me: 
;;;Evaṁ kho me, mārisa moggallāna, bhagavā saṅkhittena taṇhāsaṅkhayavimuttiṁ abhāsī”ti. 
;;;That’s how the Buddha briefly explained freedom through the ending of craving to me.” 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno sakkassa devānamindassa bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evameva—devesu tāvatiṁsesu antarahito pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde pāturahosi. 
;;;Moggallāna approved and agreed with what Sakka said. As easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, he vanished from among the gods of the thirty-three and reappeared in the Eastern Monastery. 
;;;Atha kho sakkassa devānamindassa paricārikāyo acirapakkante āyasmante mahāmoggallāne sakkaṁ devānamindaṁ etadavocuṁ: 
;;;Soon after Moggallāna left, Sakka’s maids said to him, 
;;;Sabrahmacārī me eso āyasmā mahāmoggallāno”ti. 
;;;That was my spiritual companion Venerable Mahāmoggallāna.” 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then Mahāmoggallāna went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him, 
;;;“abhijānāti no, bhante, bhagavā ahu ñātaññatarassa mahesakkhassa yakkhassa saṅkhittena taṇhāsaṅkhayavimuttiṁ bhāsitā”ti? 
;;;“Sir, do you recall briefly explaining freedom through the ending of craving to a certain well-known and illustrious spirit?” 
;;;“Abhijānāmahaṁ, moggallāna, idha sakko devānamindo yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho, moggallāna, sakko devānamindo maṁ etadavoca: 
;;;“I do, Moggallāna.” And the Buddha retold all that happened when Sakka came to visit him, adding: 
;;;Evaṁ vutte, ahaṁ, moggallāna, sakkaṁ devānamindaṁ etadavocaṁ 
;;; 
;;;Evaṁ kho ahaṁ, moggallāna, abhijānāmi sakkassa devānamindassa saṅkhittena taṇhāsaṅkhayavimuttiṁ bhāsitā”ti. 
;;;“That’s how I recall briefly explaining freedom through the ending of craving to Sakka, lord of gods.” 
;;;Attamano āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti. 
;;;Satisfied, Venerable Mahāmoggallāna approved what the Buddha said. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Imañce tumhe, bhikkhave, diṭṭhiṁ evaṁ parisuddhaṁ evaṁ pariyodātaṁ allīyetha kelāyetha dhanāyetha mamāyetha, api nu me tumhe, bhikkhave, kullūpamaṁ dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājāneyyātha nittharaṇatthāya no gahaṇatthāyā”ti? ;;;“Pure and bright as this view is, mendicants, if you cherish it, fancy it, treasure it, and treat it as your own, would you be understanding my simile of the teaching as a raft: for crossing over, not for holding on?” 
;;;“Imañce tumhe, bhikkhave, diṭṭhiṁ evaṁ parisuddhaṁ evaṁ pariyodātaṁ na allīyetha na kelāyetha na dhanāyetha na mamāyetha, api nu me tumhe, bhikkhave, kullūpamaṁ dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājāneyyātha nittharaṇatthāya no gahaṇatthāyā”ti? 
;;;“Pure and bright as this view is, mendicants, if you don’t cherish it, fancy it, treasure it, and treat it as your own, would you be understanding my simile of the teaching as a raft: for crossing over, not for holding on?” 
;;;So iminā ca ariyena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato, imāya ca ariyāya santuṭṭhiyā samannāgato, iminā ca ariyena indriyasaṁvarena samannāgato, iminā ca ariyena satisampajaññena samannāgato, 
;;;When they have this entire spectrum of noble ethics, this noble contentment, this noble sense restraint, and this noble mindfulness and situational awareness, 
;;;So pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā, ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya, parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;After the meal, they return from almsround, sit down cross-legged, set their body straight, and establish mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;

>En 

“Imañce tumhe, bhikkhave, diṭṭhiṁ evaṁ parisuddhaṁ evaṁ pariyodātaṁ allīyetha kelāyetha dhanāyetha mamāyetha, api nu me tumhe, bhikkhave, kullūpamaṁ dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājāneyyātha nittharaṇatthāya no gahaṇatthāyā”ti? ;;;“Pure and bright as this view is, mendicants, if you cherish it, fancy it, treasure it, and treat it as your own, would you be understanding my simile of the teaching as a raft: for crossing over, not for holding on?” 
;;;“Imañce tumhe, bhikkhave, diṭṭhiṁ evaṁ parisuddhaṁ evaṁ pariyodātaṁ na allīyetha na kelāyetha na dhanāyetha na mamāyetha, api nu me tumhe, bhikkhave, kullūpamaṁ dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājāneyyātha nittharaṇatthāya no gahaṇatthāyā”ti? 
;;;“Pure and bright as this view is, mendicants, if you don’t cherish it, fancy it, treasure it, and treat it as your own, would you be understanding my simile of the teaching as a raft: for crossing over, not for holding on?” 
;;;So iminā ca ariyena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato, imāya ca ariyāya santuṭṭhiyā samannāgato, iminā ca ariyena indriyasaṁvarena samannāgato, iminā ca ariyena satisampajaññena samannāgato, 
;;;When they have this entire spectrum of noble ethics, this noble contentment, this noble sense restraint, and this noble mindfulness and situational awareness, 
;;;So pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā, ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya, parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;After the meal, they return from almsround, sit down cross-legged, set their body straight, and establish mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

So pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā, ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. ;;;After the meal, they return from almsround, sit down cross-legged, set their body straight, and establish mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;Tassa te kammantā samijjheyyuṁ. 
;;;and his efforts proved successful. 
;;;So aparena samayena tamhā bandhanā mucceyya sotthinā abbhayena, na cassa kiñci bhogānaṁ vayo. 
;;;But after some time they were released from jail, safe and sound, with no loss of wealth. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso sakamhā gāmā aññaṁ gāmaṁ gaccheyya, tamhāpi gāmā aññaṁ gāmaṁ gaccheyya, so tamhā gāmā sakaṁyeva gāmaṁ paccāgaccheyya. Tassa evamassa: ‘ahaṁ kho sakamhā gāmā amuṁ gāmaṁ agacchiṁ, tatrapi evaṁ aṭṭhāsiṁ evaṁ nisīdiṁ evaṁ abhāsiṁ evaṁ tuṇhī ahosiṁ; tamhāpi gāmā amuṁ gāmaṁ agacchiṁ, tatrapi evaṁ aṭṭhāsiṁ evaṁ nisīdiṁ evaṁ abhāsiṁ evaṁ tuṇhī ahosiṁ; somhi tamhā gāmā sakaṁyeva gāmaṁ paccāgato’ti. 
;;;Suppose a person was to leave their home village and go to another village. From that village they’d go to yet another village. And from that village they’d return to their home village. They’d think: ‘I went from my home village to another village. There I stood like this, sat like that, spoke like this, or kept silent like that. From that village I went to yet another village. There too I stood like this, sat like that, spoke like this, or kept silent like that. And from that village I returned to my home village.’ 
;;;

>En 

So pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā, ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. ;;;After the meal, they return from almsround, sit down cross-legged, set their body straight, and establish mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;Tassa te kammantā samijjheyyuṁ. 
;;;and his efforts proved successful. 
;;;So aparena samayena tamhā bandhanā mucceyya sotthinā abbhayena, na cassa kiñci bhogānaṁ vayo. 
;;;But after some time they were released from jail, safe and sound, with no loss of wealth. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso sakamhā gāmā aññaṁ gāmaṁ gaccheyya, tamhāpi gāmā aññaṁ gāmaṁ gaccheyya, so tamhā gāmā sakaṁyeva gāmaṁ paccāgaccheyya. Tassa evamassa: ‘ahaṁ kho sakamhā gāmā amuṁ gāmaṁ agacchiṁ, tatrapi evaṁ aṭṭhāsiṁ evaṁ nisīdiṁ evaṁ abhāsiṁ evaṁ tuṇhī ahosiṁ; tamhāpi gāmā amuṁ gāmaṁ agacchiṁ, tatrapi evaṁ aṭṭhāsiṁ evaṁ nisīdiṁ evaṁ abhāsiṁ evaṁ tuṇhī ahosiṁ; somhi tamhā gāmā sakaṁyeva gāmaṁ paccāgato’ti. 
;;;Suppose a person was to leave their home village and go to another village. From that village they’d go to yet another village. And from that village they’d return to their home village. They’d think: ‘I went from my home village to another village. There I stood like this, sat like that, spoke like this, or kept silent like that. From that village I went to yet another village. There too I stood like this, sat like that, spoke like this, or kept silent like that. And from that village I returned to my home village.’ 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Nāhaṁ, bhikkhave, rajojallikassa rajojallikamattena sāmaññaṁ vadāmi. ;;;You don’t deserve the label ‘dust and dirt wearer’ just because you’re caked in dust and dirt. 
;;;rajojallikassa ce, bhikkhave …pe… 
;;;wearing dust and dirt … 
;;;So sabbehi imehi pāpakehi akusalehi dhammehi visuddhamattānaṁ samanupassati (…). 
;;;They see themselves purified from all these bad, unskillful qualities. 
;;;

>En 

Nāhaṁ, bhikkhave, rajojallikassa rajojallikamattena sāmaññaṁ vadāmi. ;;;You don’t deserve the label ‘dust and dirt wearer’ just because you’re caked in dust and dirt. 
;;;rajojallikassa ce, bhikkhave …pe… 
;;;wearing dust and dirt … 
;;;So sabbehi imehi pāpakehi akusalehi dhammehi visuddhamattānaṁ samanupassati (…). 
;;;They see themselves purified from all these bad, unskillful qualities. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Idha, gahapatayo, ekacco pāṇātipātī hoti, luddo lohitapāṇi hatappahate niviṭṭho adayāpanno pāṇabhūtesu. ;;;It’s when a certain person kills living creatures. They’re violent, bloody-handed, a hardened killer, merciless to living beings. 
;;;Pisuṇavāco kho pana hoti. Ito sutvā amutra akkhātā imesaṁ bhedāya, amutra vā sutvā imesaṁ akkhātā amūsaṁ bhedāya. Iti samaggānaṁ vā bhettā, bhinnānaṁ vā anuppadātā, vaggārāmo vaggarato vagganandī vaggakaraṇiṁ vācaṁ bhāsitā hoti. 
;;;They speak divisively. They repeat in one place what they heard in another so as to divide people against each other. And so they divide those who are harmonious, supporting division, delighting in division, loving division, speaking words that promote division. 
;;;Byāpannacitto kho pana hoti paduṭṭhamanasaṅkappo: ‘ime sattā haññantu vā vajjhantu vā ucchijjantu vā vinassantu vā mā vā ahesun’ti. 
;;;They have ill will and malicious intentions: ‘May these sentient beings be killed, slaughtered, slain, destroyed, or annihilated!’ 
;;;

>En 

Idha, gahapatayo, ekacco pāṇātipātī hoti, luddo lohitapāṇi hatappahate niviṭṭho adayāpanno pāṇabhūtesu. ;;;It’s when a certain person kills living creatures. They’re violent, bloody-handed, a hardened killer, merciless to living beings. 
;;;Pisuṇavāco kho pana hoti. Ito sutvā amutra akkhātā imesaṁ bhedāya, amutra vā sutvā imesaṁ akkhātā amūsaṁ bhedāya. Iti samaggānaṁ vā bhettā, bhinnānaṁ vā anuppadātā, vaggārāmo vaggarato vagganandī vaggakaraṇiṁ vācaṁ bhāsitā hoti. 
;;;They speak divisively. They repeat in one place what they heard in another so as to divide people against each other. And so they divide those who are harmonious, supporting division, delighting in division, loving division, speaking words that promote division. 
;;;Byāpannacitto kho pana hoti paduṭṭhamanasaṅkappo: ‘ime sattā haññantu vā vajjhantu vā ucchijjantu vā vinassantu vā mā vā ahesun’ti. 
;;;They have ill will and malicious intentions: ‘May these sentient beings be killed, slaughtered, slain, destroyed, or annihilated!’ 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Mahāvedallasutta ;;;The Great Elaboration 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā sāriputtena saddhiṁ sammodi. 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Mahākoṭṭhita came out of retreat, went to Venerable Sāriputta, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;Yaṁ hāvuso, pajānāti taṁ vijānāti, yaṁ vijānāti taṁ pajānāti. 
;;;For you understand what you cognize, and you cognize what you understand. 
;;;Yaṁ hāvuso, vedeti taṁ sañjānāti, yaṁ sañjānāti taṁ vijānāti. 
;;;For you perceive what you feel, and you cognize what you perceive. 
;;;Mahāvedallasuttaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ tatiyaṁ. 
;;;

>En 

Mahāvedallasutta ;;;The Great Elaboration 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā sāriputtena saddhiṁ sammodi. 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Mahākoṭṭhita came out of retreat, went to Venerable Sāriputta, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;Yaṁ hāvuso, pajānāti taṁ vijānāti, yaṁ vijānāti taṁ pajānāti. 
;;;For you understand what you cognize, and you cognize what you understand. 
;;;Yaṁ hāvuso, vedeti taṁ sañjānāti, yaṁ sañjānāti taṁ vijānāti. 
;;;For you perceive what you feel, and you cognize what you perceive. 
;;;Mahāvedallasuttaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ tatiyaṁ. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Cūḷavedallasutta ;;;The Shorter Elaboration 
;;;“Accayāsi, āvuso visākha, pañhaṁ, nāsakkhi pañhānaṁ pariyantaṁ gahetuṁ. 
;;;“Your question goes too far, Visākha. You couldn’t figure out the limit of questions. 
;;;Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho visākho upāsako yāvatako ahosi dhammadinnāya bhikkhuniyā saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi. 
;;;and informed the Buddha of all they had discussed. 
;;;Eso cevetassa attho. Evañca naṁ dhārehī”ti. 
;;;That is what it means, and that’s how you should remember it.” 
;;;Cūḷavedallasuttaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ catutthaṁ. 
;;;

>En 

Cūḷavedallasutta ;;;The Shorter Elaboration 
;;;“Accayāsi, āvuso visākha, pañhaṁ, nāsakkhi pañhānaṁ pariyantaṁ gahetuṁ. 
;;;“Your question goes too far, Visākha. You couldn’t figure out the limit of questions. 
;;;Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho visākho upāsako yāvatako ahosi dhammadinnāya bhikkhuniyā saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi. 
;;;and informed the Buddha of all they had discussed. 
;;;Eso cevetassa attho. Evañca naṁ dhārehī”ti. 
;;;That is what it means, and that’s how you should remember it.” 
;;;Cūḷavedallasuttaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ catutthaṁ. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Te kho moḷibaddhāhi paribbājikāhi paricārenti. ;;;cavorting with female wanderers with jeweled bands in their hair. 
;;;appeva nāmetaṁ māluvābījaṁ moro vā gileyya, mago vā khādeyya, davaḍāho vā ḍaheyya, vanakammikā vā uddhareyyuṁ, upacikā vā uṭṭhaheyyuṁ, abījaṁ vā panassā’ti. 
;;;Hopefully that seed will be swallowed by a peacock, or eaten by a deer, or burnt by a forest fire, or picked up by a lumberjack, or eaten by termites, or it may not even be fertile.’ 
;;;Yañcāhaṁ māluvābījahetu dukkhā tibbā kharā kaṭukā vedanā vedayāmī’ti. 
;;;It’s because of that camel’s foot creeper seed that I’m feeling painful, sharp, severe, acute feelings.’ 
;;;

>En 

Te kho moḷibaddhāhi paribbājikāhi paricārenti. ;;;cavorting with female wanderers with jeweled bands in their hair. 
;;;appeva nāmetaṁ māluvābījaṁ moro vā gileyya, mago vā khādeyya, davaḍāho vā ḍaheyya, vanakammikā vā uddhareyyuṁ, upacikā vā uṭṭhaheyyuṁ, abījaṁ vā panassā’ti. 
;;;Hopefully that seed will be swallowed by a peacock, or eaten by a deer, or burnt by a forest fire, or picked up by a lumberjack, or eaten by termites, or it may not even be fertile.’ 
;;;Yañcāhaṁ māluvābījahetu dukkhā tibbā kharā kaṭukā vedanā vedayāmī’ti. 
;;;It’s because of that camel’s foot creeper seed that I’m feeling painful, sharp, severe, acute feelings.’ 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

etaṁ pathohamasmi, etaṁ gocaro, no ca tena tammayo’ti. ;;;I am the range and the territory of that, but I am not determined by that.’ 
;;;

>En 

etaṁ pathohamasmi, etaṁ gocaro, no ca tena tammayo’ti. ;;;I am the range and the territory of that, but I am not determined by that.’ 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Balatā esā, bhikkhave, diṭṭhisampannassa puggalassa yaṁ tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye desiyamāne aṭṭhiṁ katvā manasikatvā sabbacetasā samannāharitvā ohitasoto dhammaṁ suṇāti. ;;;The strength of a person accomplished in view is that, when the teaching and training proclaimed by the Realized One are being taught, they pay attention, apply the mind, concentrate wholeheartedly, and actively listen. 
;;;

>En 

Balatā esā, bhikkhave, diṭṭhisampannassa puggalassa yaṁ tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye desiyamāne aṭṭhiṁ katvā manasikatvā sabbacetasā samannāharitvā ohitasoto dhammaṁ suṇāti. ;;;The strength of a person accomplished in view is that, when the teaching and training proclaimed by the Realized One are being taught, they pay attention, apply the mind, concentrate wholeheartedly, and actively listen. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

‘bhikkhu bhikkhu, metamāsado metamāsado, eso hi, bhikkhu, brahmā mahābrahmā abhibhū anabhibhūto aññadatthudaso vasavattī issaro kattā nimmātā seṭṭho sajitā vasī pitā bhūtabhabyānaṁ. ;;;‘Mendicant, mendicant! Don’t attack this one! Don’t attack this one! For this is the Divinity, the Great Divinity, the Vanquisher, the Unvanquished, the Universal Seer, the Wielder of Power, God Almighty, the Maker, the Creator, the First, the Begetter, the Controller, the Father of those who have been born and those yet to be born. 
;;;Ettha te vattate vaso. 
;;;And there you wield your power. 
;;;‘ettāvatā brahmā ca brahmaparisā ca brahmapārisajjā ca saddañca me sossanti, na ca maṁ dakkhantī’ti. 
;;;my voice would extend so that Divinity, his assembly, and his retinue would hear me, but they would not see me. 
;;;

>En 

‘bhikkhu bhikkhu, metamāsado metamāsado, eso hi, bhikkhu, brahmā mahābrahmā abhibhū anabhibhūto aññadatthudaso vasavattī issaro kattā nimmātā seṭṭho sajitā vasī pitā bhūtabhabyānaṁ. ;;;‘Mendicant, mendicant! Don’t attack this one! Don’t attack this one! For this is the Divinity, the Great Divinity, the Vanquisher, the Unvanquished, the Universal Seer, the Wielder of Power, God Almighty, the Maker, the Creator, the First, the Begetter, the Controller, the Father of those who have been born and those yet to be born. 
;;;Ettha te vattate vaso. 
;;;And there you wield your power. 
;;;‘ettāvatā brahmā ca brahmaparisā ca brahmapārisajjā ca saddañca me sossanti, na ca maṁ dakkhantī’ti. 
;;;my voice would extend so that Divinity, his assembly, and his retinue would hear me, but they would not see me. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhaggesu viharati susumāragire bhesakaḷāvane migadāye. ;;;At one time Venerable Mahāmoggallāna was staying in the land of the Bhaggas at Crocodile Hill, in the deer park at Bhesakaḷā’s Wood. 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā mahāmoggallāno abbhokāse caṅkamati. 
;;;At that time Moggallāna was walking mindfully in the open air. 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena māro pāpimā āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa kucchigato hoti koṭṭhamanupaviṭṭho. 
;;;Now at that time Māra the Wicked had got inside Moggallāna’s belly. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa etadahosi: 
;;;Moggallāna thought, 
;;;“kiṁ nu kho me kucchi garugaro viya? 
;;;“Why now is my belly so very heavy, 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno caṅkamā orohitvā vihāraṁ pavisitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. 
;;;Then he stepped down from the walking path, entered his dwelling, sat down on the seat spread out, 
;;;Nisajja kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno paccattaṁ yoniso manasākāsi. 
;;;and investigated inside himself. 
;;;Addasā kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno māraṁ pāpimantaṁ kucchigataṁ koṭṭhamanupaviṭṭhaṁ. 
;;;He saw that Māra the Wicked had got inside his belly. 
;;;Yopissa so satthā sopi maṁ neva khippaṁ jāneyya, kuto pana maṁ ayaṁ sāvako jānissatī”ti? 
;;;Not even the Teacher could recognize me so quickly, so how could a disciple?” 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno māraṁ pāpimantaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then Moggallāna said to Māra, 
;;;Atha kho māro pāpimā āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa mukhato uggantvā paccaggaḷe aṭṭhāsi. 
;;;Then Māra came up out of Moggallāna’s mouth and stood against the door. 
;;;Addasā kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno māraṁ pāpimantaṁ paccaggaḷe ṭhitaṁ; 
;;;Moggallāna saw him there 
;;;Iminā kho evaṁ, pāpima, pariyāyena āyasmato vidhurassa vidhuroteva samaññā udapādi. 
;;;And that’s how he came to be known as Vidhura. 
;;;Iminā kho evaṁ, pāpima, pariyāyena āyasmato sañjīvassa sañjīvoteva samaññā udapādi. 
;;;And that’s how he came to be known as Sañjīva. 
;;;‘ime pana muṇḍakā samaṇakā ibbhā kiṇhā bandhupādāpaccā “jhāyinosmā jhāyinosmā”ti pattakkhandhā adhomukhā madhurakajātā jhāyanti pajjhāyanti nijjhāyanti apajjhāyanti. 
;;;‘These shavelings, fake ascetics, primitives, black spawn from the feet of our kinsman, say, “We practice absorption meditation! We practice absorption meditation!” Shoulders drooping, downcast, and dopey, they meditate and concentrate and contemplate and ruminate. 
;;;

>En 

ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhaggesu viharati susumāragire bhesakaḷāvane migadāye. ;;;At one time Venerable Mahāmoggallāna was staying in the land of the Bhaggas at Crocodile Hill, in the deer park at Bhesakaḷā’s Wood. 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā mahāmoggallāno abbhokāse caṅkamati. 
;;;At that time Moggallāna was walking mindfully in the open air. 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena māro pāpimā āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa kucchigato hoti koṭṭhamanupaviṭṭho. 
;;;Now at that time Māra the Wicked had got inside Moggallāna’s belly. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa etadahosi: 
;;;Moggallāna thought, 
;;;“kiṁ nu kho me kucchi garugaro viya? 
;;;“Why now is my belly so very heavy, 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno caṅkamā orohitvā vihāraṁ pavisitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. 
;;;Then he stepped down from the walking path, entered his dwelling, sat down on the seat spread out, 
;;;Nisajja kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno paccattaṁ yoniso manasākāsi. 
;;;and investigated inside himself. 
;;;Addasā kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno māraṁ pāpimantaṁ kucchigataṁ koṭṭhamanupaviṭṭhaṁ. 
;;;He saw that Māra the Wicked had got inside his belly. 
;;;Yopissa so satthā sopi maṁ neva khippaṁ jāneyya, kuto pana maṁ ayaṁ sāvako jānissatī”ti? 
;;;Not even the Teacher could recognize me so quickly, so how could a disciple?” 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno māraṁ pāpimantaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then Moggallāna said to Māra, 
;;;Atha kho māro pāpimā āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa mukhato uggantvā paccaggaḷe aṭṭhāsi. 
;;;Then Māra came up out of Moggallāna’s mouth and stood against the door. 
;;;Addasā kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno māraṁ pāpimantaṁ paccaggaḷe ṭhitaṁ; 
;;;Moggallāna saw him there 
;;;Iminā kho evaṁ, pāpima, pariyāyena āyasmato vidhurassa vidhuroteva samaññā udapādi. 
;;;And that’s how he came to be known as Vidhura. 
;;;Iminā kho evaṁ, pāpima, pariyāyena āyasmato sañjīvassa sañjīvoteva samaññā udapādi. 
;;;And that’s how he came to be known as Sañjīva. 
;;;‘ime pana muṇḍakā samaṇakā ibbhā kiṇhā bandhupādāpaccā “jhāyinosmā jhāyinosmā”ti pattakkhandhā adhomukhā madhurakajātā jhāyanti pajjhāyanti nijjhāyanti apajjhāyanti. 
;;;‘These shavelings, fake ascetics, primitives, black spawn from the feet of our kinsman, say, “We practice absorption meditation! We practice absorption meditation!” Shoulders drooping, downcast, and dopey, they meditate and concentrate and contemplate and ruminate. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Kandarako pana paribbājako bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. ;;;But the wanderer Kandaraka exchanged greetings with the Buddha and stood to one side. 
;;;ayameva me puggalo cittaṁ ārādhetī”ti. 
;;;I only like the sound of the last person, who doesn’t mortify either themselves or others.” 
;;;‘ettakā usabhā haññantu yaññatthāya, ettakā vacchatarā haññantu yaññatthāya, ettakā vacchatariyo haññantu yaññatthāya, ettakā ajā haññantu yaññatthāya, ettakā urabbhā haññantu yaññatthāya, ettakā assā haññantu yaññatthāya, ettakā rukkhā chijjantu yūpatthāya, ettakā dabbhā lūyantu barihisatthāyā’ti. 
;;;‘Slaughter this many bulls, bullocks, heifers, goats, rams, and horses for the sacrifice! Fell this many trees and reap this much grass for the sacrificial equipment!’ 
;;;So pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;After the meal, they return from almsround, sit down cross-legged, set their body straight, and establish mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;

>En 

Kandarako pana paribbājako bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. ;;;But the wanderer Kandaraka exchanged greetings with the Buddha and stood to one side. 
;;;ayameva me puggalo cittaṁ ārādhetī”ti. 
;;;I only like the sound of the last person, who doesn’t mortify either themselves or others.” 
;;;‘ettakā usabhā haññantu yaññatthāya, ettakā vacchatarā haññantu yaññatthāya, ettakā vacchatariyo haññantu yaññatthāya, ettakā ajā haññantu yaññatthāya, ettakā urabbhā haññantu yaññatthāya, ettakā assā haññantu yaññatthāya, ettakā rukkhā chijjantu yūpatthāya, ettakā dabbhā lūyantu barihisatthāyā’ti. 
;;;‘Slaughter this many bulls, bullocks, heifers, goats, rams, and horses for the sacrifice! Fell this many trees and reap this much grass for the sacrificial equipment!’ 
;;;So pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;After the meal, they return from almsround, sit down cross-legged, set their body straight, and establish mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ānando vesāliyaṁ viharati beluvagāmake. ;;;At one time Venerable Ānanda was staying near Vesālī in the little village of Beluva. 
;;;

>En 

ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ānando vesāliyaṁ viharati beluvagāmake. ;;;At one time Venerable Ānanda was staying near Vesālī in the little village of Beluva. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Sekhasutta ;;;A Trainee 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena kāpilavatthavānaṁ sakyānaṁ navaṁ santhāgāraṁ acirakāritaṁ hoti anajjhāvuṭṭhaṁ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā kenaci vā manussabhūtena. 
;;;Now at that time a new town hall had recently been constructed for the Sakyans of Kapilavatthu. It had not yet been occupied by an ascetic or brahmin or any person at all. 
;;;“paṭibhātu taṁ, ānanda, kāpilavatthavānaṁ sakyānaṁ sekho pāṭipado. 
;;;“Ānanda, speak about the practicing trainee to the Sakyans of Kapilavatthu as you feel inspired. 
;;;Bahussuto hoti sutadharo sutasannicayo. Ye te dhammā ādikalyāṇā majjhekalyāṇā pariyosānakalyāṇā sātthā sabyañjanā kevalaparipuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ abhivadanti tathārūpāssa dhammā bahussutā honti dhātā vacasā paricitā manasānupekkhitā diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā. 
;;;They’re very learned, remembering and keeping what they’ve learned. These teachings are good in the beginning, good in the middle, and good in the end, meaningful and well-phrased, describing a spiritual practice that’s entirely full and pure. They are very learned in such teachings, remembering them, rehearsing them, mentally scrutinizing them, and comprehending them theoretically. 
;;;

>En 

Sekhasutta ;;;A Trainee 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena kāpilavatthavānaṁ sakyānaṁ navaṁ santhāgāraṁ acirakāritaṁ hoti anajjhāvuṭṭhaṁ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā kenaci vā manussabhūtena. 
;;;Now at that time a new town hall had recently been constructed for the Sakyans of Kapilavatthu. It had not yet been occupied by an ascetic or brahmin or any person at all. 
;;;“paṭibhātu taṁ, ānanda, kāpilavatthavānaṁ sakyānaṁ sekho pāṭipado. 
;;;“Ānanda, speak about the practicing trainee to the Sakyans of Kapilavatthu as you feel inspired. 
;;;Bahussuto hoti sutadharo sutasannicayo. Ye te dhammā ādikalyāṇā majjhekalyāṇā pariyosānakalyāṇā sātthā sabyañjanā kevalaparipuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ abhivadanti tathārūpāssa dhammā bahussutā honti dhātā vacasā paricitā manasānupekkhitā diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā. 
;;;They’re very learned, remembering and keeping what they’ve learned. These teachings are good in the beginning, good in the middle, and good in the end, meaningful and well-phrased, describing a spiritual practice that’s entirely full and pure. They are very learned in such teachings, remembering them, rehearsing them, mentally scrutinizing them, and comprehending them theoretically. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Taṁ vanasaṇḍaṁ ajjhogāhetvā aññatarasmiṁ rukkhamūle divāvihāraṁ nisīdi. ;;;Having plunged deep into it, he sat at the root of a certain tree to meditate. 
;;;Evaṁ kho me, bho gotama, sabbe kammantā paṭikkhittā, sabbe vohārā samucchinnā”ti. 
;;;That’s how I have refused all work and cut off all business.” 
;;;“aṭṭha kho ime, gahapati, dhammā ariyassa vinaye vohārasamucchedāya saṁvattanti. 
;;;“Householder, these eight things lead to the cutting off of business in the noble one’s training. 
;;;saccavācaṁ nissāya musāvādo pahātabbo; 
;;;Lying should be given up, relying on speaking the truth. 
;;;Ahañceva kho pana pāṇātipātī assaṁ, attāpi maṁ upavadeyya pāṇātipātapaccayā, anuviccāpi maṁ viññū garaheyyuṁ pāṇātipātapaccayā, kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā duggati pāṭikaṅkhā pāṇātipātapaccayā. 
;;;But if I were to kill living creatures, because of that I would reprimand myself; sensible people, after examination, would criticize me; and when my body breaks up, after death, I could expect to be reborn in a bad place. 
;;;Ime kho, gahapati, aṭṭha dhammā saṅkhittena vuttā, vitthārena vibhattā, ye ariyassa vinaye vohārasamucchedāya saṁvattanti; 
;;;These are the eight things—stated in brief and analyzed in detail—that lead to the cutting off of business in the noble one’s training. 
;;;Tamenaṁ dakkho goghātako vā goghātakantevāsī vā aṭṭhikaṅkalaṁ sunikkantaṁ nikkantaṁ nimmaṁsaṁ lohitamakkhitaṁ upasumbheyya. 
;;;A deft butcher or their apprentice would toss them a skeleton scraped clean of flesh and smeared in blood. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, gahapati, gijjho vā kaṅko vā kulalo vā maṁsapesiṁ ādāya uḍḍīyeyya. 
;;;Suppose a vulture or a crow or a hawk was to grab a scrap of meat and fly away. 
;;;Tamenaṁ gijjhāpi kaṅkāpi kulalāpi anupatitvā anupatitvā vitaccheyyuṁ vissajjeyyuṁ. 
;;;Other vultures, crows, and hawks would keep chasing it, pecking and clawing. 
;;;sace so puriso taṁ ādittaṁ tiṇukkaṁ na khippameva paṭinissajjeyya tassa sā ādittā tiṇukkā hatthaṁ vā daheyya bāhuṁ vā daheyya aññataraṁ vā aññataraṁ vā aṅgapaccaṅgaṁ daheyya, so tatonidānaṁ maraṇaṁ vā nigaccheyya maraṇamattaṁ vā dukkhan”ti? 
;;;If that person doesn’t quickly let go of that blazing grass torch, wouldn’t they burn their hands or arm or other major or minor limb, resulting in death or deadly suffering for them?” 
;;;So paṭibuddho na kiñci paṭipasseyya. 
;;;But when they woke they couldn’t see them at all. … 
;;;Seyyathāpi, gahapati, puriso yācitakaṁ bhogaṁ yācitvā yānaṁ vā poriseyyaṁ pavaramaṇikuṇḍalaṁ. 
;;;Suppose a man had borrowed some goods—a gentleman’s carriage and fine jeweled earrings— 
;;;Tatrassa rukkho sampannaphalo ca upapannaphalo ca, na cassu kānici phalāni bhūmiyaṁ patitāni. 
;;;And there was a tree laden with fruit, yet none of the fruit had fallen to the ground. 
;;;Jānāmi kho panāhaṁ rukkhaṁ ārohituṁ. 
;;;But I know how to climb a tree. 
;;;Atha dutiyo puriso āgaccheyya phalatthiko phalagavesī phalapariyesanaṁ caramāno tiṇhaṁ kuṭhāriṁ ādāya. 
;;;And along would come a second person in need of fruit, wandering in search of fruit, carrying a sharp axe. 
;;;amuko yo so puriso paṭhamaṁ rukkhaṁ ārūḷho sace so na khippameva oroheyya tassa so rukkho papatanto hatthaṁ vā bhañjeyya pādaṁ vā bhañjeyya aññataraṁ vā aññataraṁ vā aṅgapaccaṅgaṁ bhañjeyya, so tatonidānaṁ maraṇaṁ vā nigaccheyya maraṇamattaṁ vā dukkhan”ti? 
;;;If the first person, who climbed the tree, doesn’t quickly come down, when that tree fell wouldn’t they break their hand or arm or other major or minor limb, resulting in death or deadly suffering for them?” 
;;;

>En 

Taṁ vanasaṇḍaṁ ajjhogāhetvā aññatarasmiṁ rukkhamūle divāvihāraṁ nisīdi. ;;;Having plunged deep into it, he sat at the root of a certain tree to meditate. 
;;;Evaṁ kho me, bho gotama, sabbe kammantā paṭikkhittā, sabbe vohārā samucchinnā”ti. 
;;;That’s how I have refused all work and cut off all business.” 
;;;“aṭṭha kho ime, gahapati, dhammā ariyassa vinaye vohārasamucchedāya saṁvattanti. 
;;;“Householder, these eight things lead to the cutting off of business in the noble one’s training. 
;;;saccavācaṁ nissāya musāvādo pahātabbo; 
;;;Lying should be given up, relying on speaking the truth. 
;;;Ahañceva kho pana pāṇātipātī assaṁ, attāpi maṁ upavadeyya pāṇātipātapaccayā, anuviccāpi maṁ viññū garaheyyuṁ pāṇātipātapaccayā, kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā duggati pāṭikaṅkhā pāṇātipātapaccayā. 
;;;But if I were to kill living creatures, because of that I would reprimand myself; sensible people, after examination, would criticize me; and when my body breaks up, after death, I could expect to be reborn in a bad place. 
;;;Ime kho, gahapati, aṭṭha dhammā saṅkhittena vuttā, vitthārena vibhattā, ye ariyassa vinaye vohārasamucchedāya saṁvattanti; 
;;;These are the eight things—stated in brief and analyzed in detail—that lead to the cutting off of business in the noble one’s training. 
;;;Tamenaṁ dakkho goghātako vā goghātakantevāsī vā aṭṭhikaṅkalaṁ sunikkantaṁ nikkantaṁ nimmaṁsaṁ lohitamakkhitaṁ upasumbheyya. 
;;;A deft butcher or their apprentice would toss them a skeleton scraped clean of flesh and smeared in blood. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, gahapati, gijjho vā kaṅko vā kulalo vā maṁsapesiṁ ādāya uḍḍīyeyya. 
;;;Suppose a vulture or a crow or a hawk was to grab a scrap of meat and fly away. 
;;;Tamenaṁ gijjhāpi kaṅkāpi kulalāpi anupatitvā anupatitvā vitaccheyyuṁ vissajjeyyuṁ. 
;;;Other vultures, crows, and hawks would keep chasing it, pecking and clawing. 
;;;sace so puriso taṁ ādittaṁ tiṇukkaṁ na khippameva paṭinissajjeyya tassa sā ādittā tiṇukkā hatthaṁ vā daheyya bāhuṁ vā daheyya aññataraṁ vā aññataraṁ vā aṅgapaccaṅgaṁ daheyya, so tatonidānaṁ maraṇaṁ vā nigaccheyya maraṇamattaṁ vā dukkhan”ti? 
;;;If that person doesn’t quickly let go of that blazing grass torch, wouldn’t they burn their hands or arm or other major or minor limb, resulting in death or deadly suffering for them?” 
;;;So paṭibuddho na kiñci paṭipasseyya. 
;;;But when they woke they couldn’t see them at all. … 
;;;Seyyathāpi, gahapati, puriso yācitakaṁ bhogaṁ yācitvā yānaṁ vā poriseyyaṁ pavaramaṇikuṇḍalaṁ. 
;;;Suppose a man had borrowed some goods—a gentleman’s carriage and fine jeweled earrings— 
;;;Tatrassa rukkho sampannaphalo ca upapannaphalo ca, na cassu kānici phalāni bhūmiyaṁ patitāni. 
;;;And there was a tree laden with fruit, yet none of the fruit had fallen to the ground. 
;;;Jānāmi kho panāhaṁ rukkhaṁ ārohituṁ. 
;;;But I know how to climb a tree. 
;;;Atha dutiyo puriso āgaccheyya phalatthiko phalagavesī phalapariyesanaṁ caramāno tiṇhaṁ kuṭhāriṁ ādāya. 
;;;And along would come a second person in need of fruit, wandering in search of fruit, carrying a sharp axe. 
;;;amuko yo so puriso paṭhamaṁ rukkhaṁ ārūḷho sace so na khippameva oroheyya tassa so rukkho papatanto hatthaṁ vā bhañjeyya pādaṁ vā bhañjeyya aññataraṁ vā aññataraṁ vā aṅgapaccaṅgaṁ bhañjeyya, so tatonidānaṁ maraṇaṁ vā nigaccheyya maraṇamattaṁ vā dukkhan”ti? 
;;;If the first person, who climbed the tree, doesn’t quickly come down, when that tree fell wouldn’t they break their hand or arm or other major or minor limb, resulting in death or deadly suffering for them?” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Ākaṅkhamānova, jīvaka, bhikkhu adhivāseti. ;;;The mendicant accepts if they want. 
;;;So taṁ piṇḍapātaṁ agathito amucchito anajjhopanno ādīnavadassāvī nissaraṇapañño paribhuñjati. 
;;;They eat that almsfood untied, uninfatuated, unattached, seeing the drawback, and understanding the escape. 
;;;Sace kho te, jīvaka, idaṁ sandhāya bhāsitaṁ anujānāmi te etan”ti. 
;;;If that’s what you were referring to, I acknowledge it.” 
;;;

>En 

Ākaṅkhamānova, jīvaka, bhikkhu adhivāseti. ;;;The mendicant accepts if they want. 
;;;So taṁ piṇḍapātaṁ agathito amucchito anajjhopanno ādīnavadassāvī nissaraṇapañño paribhuñjati. 
;;;They eat that almsfood untied, uninfatuated, unattached, seeing the drawback, and understanding the escape. 
;;;Sace kho te, jīvaka, idaṁ sandhāya bhāsitaṁ anujānāmi te etan”ti. 
;;;If that’s what you were referring to, I acknowledge it.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Upālisutta ;;;With Upāli 
;;;“Ahu pana te, tapassi, samaṇena gotamena saddhiṁ kocideva kathāsallāpo”ti? 
;;;“But did you have some discussion with him?” 
;;;“Ahu kho me, bhante, samaṇena gotamena saddhiṁ kocideva kathāsallāpo”ti. 
;;;“I did.” 
;;;“Yathā kathaṁ pana te, tapassi, ahu samaṇena gotamena saddhiṁ kocideva kathāsallāpo”ti? 
;;;“And what kind of discussion did you have with him?” 
;;;Atha kho dīghatapassī nigaṇṭho yāvatako ahosi bhagavatā saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ nigaṇṭhassa nāṭaputtassa ārocesi. 
;;;Then Dīgha Tapassī informed the Jain Ñātika of all they had discussed. 
;;;Seyyathāpi nāma balavā soṇḍikādhutto vālaṁ kaṇṇe gahetvā odhuneyya niddhuneyya nipphoṭeyya; evamevāhaṁ samaṇaṁ gotamaṁ vādena vādaṁ odhunissāmi niddhunissāmi nipphoṭessāmi. 
;;;Taking him on in debate, I’ll shake him down and about and give him a beating, like a strong brewer’s mixer would grab a strainer by the corners and shake it down and about, and give it a beating! 
;;;“Ahu kho pana te, bhante, dīghatapassinā nigaṇṭhena saddhiṁ kocideva kathāsallāpo”ti? 
;;;“But did you have some discussion with him?” 
;;;“Ahu kho me, gahapati, dīghatapassinā nigaṇṭhena saddhiṁ kocideva kathāsallāpo”ti. 
;;;“I did.” 
;;;“Yathā kathaṁ pana te, bhante, ahu dīghatapassinā nigaṇṭhena saddhiṁ kocideva kathāsallāpo”ti? 
;;;“And what kind of discussion did you have with him?” 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā yāvatako ahosi dīghatapassinā nigaṇṭhena saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ upālissa gahapatissa ārocesi. 
;;;Then the Buddha informed Upāli of all they had discussed. 
;;;“Sace kho tvaṁ, gahapati, sacce patiṭṭhāya manteyyāsi siyā no ettha kathāsallāpo”ti. 
;;;“Householder, so long as you debate on the basis of truth, we can have some discussion about this.” 
;;;hotu no ettha kathāsallāpo”ti. 
;;;Let us have some discussion about this.” 
;;;“Manasi karohi, gahapati, manasi karitvā kho, gahapati, byākarohi. 
;;;“Think about it, householder! You should think before answering. 
;;;hotu no ettha kathāsallāpo’”ti. 
;;; 
;;;hotu no ettha kathāsallāpo’”ti. 
;;; 
;;;hotu no ettha kathāsallāpo’”ti. 
;;; 
;;;sutaṁ te daṇḍakīraññaṁ kāliṅgāraññaṁ majjhāraññaṁ mātaṅgāraññaṁ araññaṁ araññabhūtan”ti? 
;;;Have you heard how the wildernesses of Daṇḍaka, Kaliṅga, Mejjha, and Mātaṅga came to be that way?” 
;;;hotu no ettha kathāsallāpo’”ti. 
;;; 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā upālissa gahapatissa anupubbiṁ kathaṁ kathesi, seyyathidaṁ— 
;;;Then the Buddha taught the householder Upāli step by step, with 
;;;Yadā bhagavā aññāsi upāliṁ gahapatiṁ kallacittaṁ muducittaṁ vinīvaraṇacittaṁ udaggacittaṁ pasannacittaṁ, atha yā buddhānaṁ sāmukkaṁsikā dhammadesanā taṁ pakāsesi— 
;;;And when he knew that Upāli’s mind was ready, pliable, rid of hindrances, elated, and confident he explained the special teaching of the Buddhas: 
;;;yaṁ sudaṁ pubbe yato passati nigaṇṭhaṁ nāṭaputtaṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ disvāna tato paccuggantvā yaṁ tattha āsanaṁ aggañca seṭṭhañca uttamañca paṇītañca taṁ uttarāsaṅgena sammajjitvā pariggahetvā nisīdāpeti so— 
;;;Previously, when Upāli saw the Jain Ñātika coming, he would go out to greet him and, having wiped off the highest and finest seat with his upper robe, he would embrace him and sit him down. 
;;;Bhūtapubbaṁ, bhante, aññatarassa brāhmaṇassa jiṇṇassa vuḍḍhassa mahallakassa daharā māṇavikā pajāpatī ahosi gabbhinī upavijaññā. 
;;;Once upon a time there was an old brahmin, elderly and senior. His wife was a young brahmin lady who was pregnant and about to give birth. 
;;;Nikkaṅkhassa pabhāsakassa; 
;;;confident, his light shines forth; 
;;;Samuggatassa jhāyissa, 
;;;Transcendent, he practices absorption, 
;;;Asitassa hitassa, 
;;;independent and fearless; 
;;;Atha kho nigaṇṭhassa nāṭaputtassa bhagavato sakkāraṁ asahamānassa tattheva uṇhaṁ lohitaṁ mukhato uggacchīti. 
;;;Unable to bear this honor paid to the Buddha, the Jain Ñātika spewed hot blood from his mouth there and then. 
;;;

>En 

Upālisutta ;;;With Upāli 
;;;“Ahu pana te, tapassi, samaṇena gotamena saddhiṁ kocideva kathāsallāpo”ti? 
;;;“But did you have some discussion with him?” 
;;;“Ahu kho me, bhante, samaṇena gotamena saddhiṁ kocideva kathāsallāpo”ti. 
;;;“I did.” 
;;;“Yathā kathaṁ pana te, tapassi, ahu samaṇena gotamena saddhiṁ kocideva kathāsallāpo”ti? 
;;;“And what kind of discussion did you have with him?” 
;;;Atha kho dīghatapassī nigaṇṭho yāvatako ahosi bhagavatā saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ nigaṇṭhassa nāṭaputtassa ārocesi. 
;;;Then Dīgha Tapassī informed the Jain Ñātika of all they had discussed. 
;;;Seyyathāpi nāma balavā soṇḍikādhutto vālaṁ kaṇṇe gahetvā odhuneyya niddhuneyya nipphoṭeyya; evamevāhaṁ samaṇaṁ gotamaṁ vādena vādaṁ odhunissāmi niddhunissāmi nipphoṭessāmi. 
;;;Taking him on in debate, I’ll shake him down and about and give him a beating, like a strong brewer’s mixer would grab a strainer by the corners and shake it down and about, and give it a beating! 
;;;“Ahu kho pana te, bhante, dīghatapassinā nigaṇṭhena saddhiṁ kocideva kathāsallāpo”ti? 
;;;“But did you have some discussion with him?” 
;;;“Ahu kho me, gahapati, dīghatapassinā nigaṇṭhena saddhiṁ kocideva kathāsallāpo”ti. 
;;;“I did.” 
;;;“Yathā kathaṁ pana te, bhante, ahu dīghatapassinā nigaṇṭhena saddhiṁ kocideva kathāsallāpo”ti? 
;;;“And what kind of discussion did you have with him?” 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā yāvatako ahosi dīghatapassinā nigaṇṭhena saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ upālissa gahapatissa ārocesi. 
;;;Then the Buddha informed Upāli of all they had discussed. 
;;;“Sace kho tvaṁ, gahapati, sacce patiṭṭhāya manteyyāsi siyā no ettha kathāsallāpo”ti. 
;;;“Householder, so long as you debate on the basis of truth, we can have some discussion about this.” 
;;;hotu no ettha kathāsallāpo”ti. 
;;;Let us have some discussion about this.” 
;;;“Manasi karohi, gahapati, manasi karitvā kho, gahapati, byākarohi. 
;;;“Think about it, householder! You should think before answering. 
;;;hotu no ettha kathāsallāpo’”ti. 
;;; 
;;;hotu no ettha kathāsallāpo’”ti. 
;;; 
;;;hotu no ettha kathāsallāpo’”ti. 
;;; 
;;;sutaṁ te daṇḍakīraññaṁ kāliṅgāraññaṁ majjhāraññaṁ mātaṅgāraññaṁ araññaṁ araññabhūtan”ti? 
;;;Have you heard how the wildernesses of Daṇḍaka, Kaliṅga, Mejjha, and Mātaṅga came to be that way?” 
;;;hotu no ettha kathāsallāpo’”ti. 
;;; 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā upālissa gahapatissa anupubbiṁ kathaṁ kathesi, seyyathidaṁ— 
;;;Then the Buddha taught the householder Upāli step by step, with 
;;;Yadā bhagavā aññāsi upāliṁ gahapatiṁ kallacittaṁ muducittaṁ vinīvaraṇacittaṁ udaggacittaṁ pasannacittaṁ, atha yā buddhānaṁ sāmukkaṁsikā dhammadesanā taṁ pakāsesi— 
;;;And when he knew that Upāli’s mind was ready, pliable, rid of hindrances, elated, and confident he explained the special teaching of the Buddhas: 
;;;yaṁ sudaṁ pubbe yato passati nigaṇṭhaṁ nāṭaputtaṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ disvāna tato paccuggantvā yaṁ tattha āsanaṁ aggañca seṭṭhañca uttamañca paṇītañca taṁ uttarāsaṅgena sammajjitvā pariggahetvā nisīdāpeti so— 
;;;Previously, when Upāli saw the Jain Ñātika coming, he would go out to greet him and, having wiped off the highest and finest seat with his upper robe, he would embrace him and sit him down. 
;;;Bhūtapubbaṁ, bhante, aññatarassa brāhmaṇassa jiṇṇassa vuḍḍhassa mahallakassa daharā māṇavikā pajāpatī ahosi gabbhinī upavijaññā. 
;;;Once upon a time there was an old brahmin, elderly and senior. His wife was a young brahmin lady who was pregnant and about to give birth. 
;;;Nikkaṅkhassa pabhāsakassa; 
;;;confident, his light shines forth; 
;;;Samuggatassa jhāyissa, 
;;;Transcendent, he practices absorption, 
;;;Asitassa hitassa, 
;;;independent and fearless; 
;;;Atha kho nigaṇṭhassa nāṭaputtassa bhagavato sakkāraṁ asahamānassa tattheva uṇhaṁ lohitaṁ mukhato uggacchīti. 
;;;Unable to bear this honor paid to the Buddha, the Jain Ñātika spewed hot blood from his mouth there and then. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho puṇṇo ca koliyaputto govatiko acelo ca seniyo kukkuravatiko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā puṇṇo koliyaputto govatiko bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Acelo pana seniyo kukkuravatiko bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā kukkurova palikujjitvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. ;;;Then Puṇṇa the Koliyan, a cow votary, and the naked ascetic Seniya, a dog votary, went to see the Buddha. Puṇṇa bowed to the Buddha and sat down to one side, while Seniya exchanged greetings and polite conversation with him before sitting down to one side curled up like a dog. 
;;;Idha, puṇṇa, ekacco sabyābajjhaṁ kāyasaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharoti, sabyābajjhaṁ vacīsaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharoti, sabyābajjhaṁ manosaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharoti. 
;;;It’s when someone makes hurtful choices by way of body, speech, and mind. 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho puṇṇo ca koliyaputto govatiko acelo ca seniyo kukkuravatiko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā puṇṇo koliyaputto govatiko bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Acelo pana seniyo kukkuravatiko bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā kukkurova palikujjitvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. ;;;Then Puṇṇa the Koliyan, a cow votary, and the naked ascetic Seniya, a dog votary, went to see the Buddha. Puṇṇa bowed to the Buddha and sat down to one side, while Seniya exchanged greetings and polite conversation with him before sitting down to one side curled up like a dog. 
;;;Idha, puṇṇa, ekacco sabyābajjhaṁ kāyasaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharoti, sabyābajjhaṁ vacīsaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharoti, sabyābajjhaṁ manosaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharoti. 
;;;It’s when someone makes hurtful choices by way of body, speech, and mind. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Ekamantaṁ nisinnassa kho abhayassa rājakumārassa sūriyaṁ ulloketvā etadahosi: ;;;Then he looked up at the sun and thought, 
;;;Sace, bhante, na sakkuṇeyyaṁ ādikeneva āhattuṁ, vāmena hatthena sīsaṁ pariggahetvā dakkhiṇena hatthena vaṅkaṅguliṁ karitvā salohitampi āhareyyaṁ. 
;;;If that didn’t work, I’d cradle his head with my left hand and take it out using a hooked finger of my right hand, even if it drew blood. 
;;;

>En 

Ekamantaṁ nisinnassa kho abhayassa rājakumārassa sūriyaṁ ulloketvā etadahosi: ;;;Then he looked up at the sun and thought, 
;;;Sace, bhante, na sakkuṇeyyaṁ ādikeneva āhattuṁ, vāmena hatthena sīsaṁ pariggahetvā dakkhiṇena hatthena vaṅkaṅguliṁ karitvā salohitampi āhareyyaṁ. 
;;;If that didn’t work, I’d cradle his head with my left hand and take it out using a hooked finger of my right hand, even if it drew blood. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho pañcakaṅgo thapati yenāyasmā udāyī tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ udāyiṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho pañcakaṅgo thapati āyasmantaṁ udāyiṁ etadavoca: ;;;Then the chamberlain Pañcakaṅga went up to Venerable Udāyī, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him, 
;;;Assosi kho āyasmā ānando āyasmato udāyissa pañcakaṅgena thapatinā saddhiṁ imaṁ kathāsallāpaṁ. 
;;;Venerable Ānanda heard this discussion between Udāyī and Pañcakaṅga. 
;;;Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando yāvatako ahosi āyasmato udāyissa pañcakaṅgena thapatinā saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi. 
;;;and informed the Buddha of all they had discussed. 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho pañcakaṅgo thapati yenāyasmā udāyī tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ udāyiṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho pañcakaṅgo thapati āyasmantaṁ udāyiṁ etadavoca: ;;;Then the chamberlain Pañcakaṅga went up to Venerable Udāyī, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him, 
;;;Assosi kho āyasmā ānando āyasmato udāyissa pañcakaṅgena thapatinā saddhiṁ imaṁ kathāsallāpaṁ. 
;;;Venerable Ānanda heard this discussion between Udāyī and Pañcakaṅga. 
;;;Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando yāvatako ahosi āyasmato udāyissa pañcakaṅgena thapatinā saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi. 
;;;and informed the Buddha of all they had discussed. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

tesametaṁ pāṭikaṅkhaṁ—yamidaṁ kāyasucaritaṁ, vacīsucaritaṁ, manosucaritaṁ—ime tayo kusale dhamme abhinivajjetvā yamidaṁ kāyaduccaritaṁ, vacīduccaritaṁ, manoduccaritaṁ—ime tayo akusale dhamme samādāya vattissanti. ;;;You can expect that they will reject good conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and undertake and implement bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind. 
;;;Santaṁyeva kho pana paraṁ lokaṁ ‘natthi paro loko’ti paraṁ saññāpeti; sāssa hoti asaddhammasaññatti. 
;;;Since there actually is another world, in convincing another that there is no other world they are convincing them to accept an untrue teaching. 
;;;ayañca micchādiṭṭhi micchāsaṅkappo micchāvācā ariyānaṁ paccanīkatā asaddhammasaññatti attukkaṁsanā paravambhanā. Evamassime aneke pāpakā akusalā dhammā sambhavanti micchādiṭṭhipaccayā. 
;;;And that is how these many bad, unskillful qualities come to be with wrong view as condition—wrong view, wrong thought, wrong speech, contradicting the noble ones, convincing others to accept untrue teachings, and glorifying oneself and putting others down. 
;;;Natthi balaṁ, natthi vīriyaṁ, natthi purisathāmo, natthi purisaparakkamo; 
;;;There is no power, no energy, no human strength or vigor. 
;;;sabbe sattā sabbe pāṇā sabbe bhūtā sabbe jīvā avasā abalā avīriyā niyatisaṅgatibhāvapariṇatā chasvevābhijātīsu sukhadukkhaṁ paṭisaṁvedentī’ti. 
;;;All sentient beings, all living creatures, all beings, all souls lack control, power, and energy. Molded by destiny, circumstance, and nature, they experience pleasure and pain in the six classes of rebirth.’ 
;;;‘natthi sabbaso bhavanirodho’ti, tesamayaṁ diṭṭhi sārāgāya santike, saṁyogāya santike, abhinandanāya santike, ajjhosānāya santike, upādānāya santike. 
;;;there is no such thing as the total cessation of continued existence is close to greed, yoking, relishing, attachment, and grasping. 
;;;

>En 

tesametaṁ pāṭikaṅkhaṁ—yamidaṁ kāyasucaritaṁ, vacīsucaritaṁ, manosucaritaṁ—ime tayo kusale dhamme abhinivajjetvā yamidaṁ kāyaduccaritaṁ, vacīduccaritaṁ, manoduccaritaṁ—ime tayo akusale dhamme samādāya vattissanti. ;;;You can expect that they will reject good conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and undertake and implement bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind. 
;;;Santaṁyeva kho pana paraṁ lokaṁ ‘natthi paro loko’ti paraṁ saññāpeti; sāssa hoti asaddhammasaññatti. 
;;;Since there actually is another world, in convincing another that there is no other world they are convincing them to accept an untrue teaching. 
;;;ayañca micchādiṭṭhi micchāsaṅkappo micchāvācā ariyānaṁ paccanīkatā asaddhammasaññatti attukkaṁsanā paravambhanā. Evamassime aneke pāpakā akusalā dhammā sambhavanti micchādiṭṭhipaccayā. 
;;;And that is how these many bad, unskillful qualities come to be with wrong view as condition—wrong view, wrong thought, wrong speech, contradicting the noble ones, convincing others to accept untrue teachings, and glorifying oneself and putting others down. 
;;;Natthi balaṁ, natthi vīriyaṁ, natthi purisathāmo, natthi purisaparakkamo; 
;;;There is no power, no energy, no human strength or vigor. 
;;;sabbe sattā sabbe pāṇā sabbe bhūtā sabbe jīvā avasā abalā avīriyā niyatisaṅgatibhāvapariṇatā chasvevābhijātīsu sukhadukkhaṁ paṭisaṁvedentī’ti. 
;;;All sentient beings, all living creatures, all beings, all souls lack control, power, and energy. Molded by destiny, circumstance, and nature, they experience pleasure and pain in the six classes of rebirth.’ 
;;;‘natthi sabbaso bhavanirodho’ti, tesamayaṁ diṭṭhi sārāgāya santike, saṁyogāya santike, abhinandanāya santike, ajjhosānāya santike, upādānāya santike. 
;;;there is no such thing as the total cessation of continued existence is close to greed, yoking, relishing, attachment, and grasping. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena ambalaṭṭhikā yenāyasmā rāhulo tenupasaṅkami. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to Ambalaṭṭhika to see Venerable Rāhula. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, rāhula, rañño nāgo īsādanto urūḷhavā abhijāto saṅgāmāvacaro saṅgāmagato purimehipi pādehi kammaṁ karoti, pacchimehipi pādehi kammaṁ karoti, purimenapi kāyena kammaṁ karoti, pacchimenapi kāyena kammaṁ karoti, sīsenapi kammaṁ karoti, kaṇṇehipi kammaṁ karoti, dantehipi kammaṁ karoti, naṅguṭṭhenapi kammaṁ karoti; rakkhateva soṇḍaṁ. 
;;;Suppose there was a royal bull elephant with tusks like chariot-poles, able to draw a heavy load, pedigree and battle-hardened. In battle it uses its fore-feet and hind-feet, its fore-quarters and hind-quarters, its head, ears, tusks, and tail, but it still protects its trunk. 
;;;Katvāpi te, rāhula, manasā kammaṁ tadeva te manokammaṁ paccavekkhitabbaṁ: 
;;; 
;;;akusalaṁ idaṁ manokammaṁ dukkhudrayaṁ dukkhavipākan’ti, evarūpaṁ pana te, rāhula, manokammaṁ aṭṭīyitabbaṁ harāyitabbaṁ jigucchitabbaṁ; 
;;;It’s unskillful, with suffering as its outcome and result.’ Then, Rāhula, you should be horrified, repelled, and disgusted by that deed. 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena ambalaṭṭhikā yenāyasmā rāhulo tenupasaṅkami. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to Ambalaṭṭhika to see Venerable Rāhula. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, rāhula, rañño nāgo īsādanto urūḷhavā abhijāto saṅgāmāvacaro saṅgāmagato purimehipi pādehi kammaṁ karoti, pacchimehipi pādehi kammaṁ karoti, purimenapi kāyena kammaṁ karoti, pacchimenapi kāyena kammaṁ karoti, sīsenapi kammaṁ karoti, kaṇṇehipi kammaṁ karoti, dantehipi kammaṁ karoti, naṅguṭṭhenapi kammaṁ karoti; rakkhateva soṇḍaṁ. 
;;;Suppose there was a royal bull elephant with tusks like chariot-poles, able to draw a heavy load, pedigree and battle-hardened. In battle it uses its fore-feet and hind-feet, its fore-quarters and hind-quarters, its head, ears, tusks, and tail, but it still protects its trunk. 
;;;Katvāpi te, rāhula, manasā kammaṁ tadeva te manokammaṁ paccavekkhitabbaṁ: 
;;; 
;;;akusalaṁ idaṁ manokammaṁ dukkhudrayaṁ dukkhavipākan’ti, evarūpaṁ pana te, rāhula, manokammaṁ aṭṭīyitabbaṁ harāyitabbaṁ jigucchitabbaṁ; 
;;;It’s unskillful, with suffering as its outcome and result.’ Then, Rāhula, you should be horrified, repelled, and disgusted by that deed. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho āyasmā rāhulo “ko najja bhagavatā sammukhā ovādena ovadito gāmaṁ piṇḍāya pavisissatī”ti tato paṭinivattitvā aññatarasmiṁ rukkhamūle nisīdi pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. ;;;Then Rāhula thought, “Who would go to the village for alms today after being advised directly by the Buddha?” Turning back, he sat down cross-legged at the root of a certain tree, setting his body straight, and establishing mindfulness in his presence. 
;;;Addasā kho āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṁ rāhulaṁ aññatarasmiṁ rukkhamūle nisinnaṁ pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;Venerable Sāriputta saw him sitting there, 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā rāhulo sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā rāhulo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, Rāhula came out of retreat, went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him: 
;;;kesā lomā nakhā dantā taco maṁsaṁ nhāru aṭṭhi aṭṭhimiñjaṁ vakkaṁ hadayaṁ yakanaṁ kilomakaṁ pihakaṁ papphāsaṁ antaṁ antaguṇaṁ udariyaṁ karīsaṁ, yaṁ vā panaññampi kiñci ajjhattaṁ paccattaṁ kakkhaḷaṁ kharigataṁ upādinnaṁ— 
;;;head hair, body hair, nails, teeth, skin, flesh, sinews, bones, bone marrow, kidneys, heart, liver, diaphragm, spleen, lungs, intestines, mesentery, undigested food, feces; or anything else internal, pertaining to an individual, that’s hard, solid, and appropriated. 
;;;ayaṁ vuccati, rāhula, ajjhattikā pathavīdhātu. 
;;;This is called the interior earth element. 
;;;uddhaṅgamā vātā, adhogamā vātā, kucchisayā vātā, koṭṭhāsayā vātā, aṅgamaṅgānusārino vātā, assāso passāso iti, yaṁ vā panaññampi kiñci ajjhattaṁ paccattaṁ vāyo vāyogataṁ upādinnaṁ— 
;;;winds that go up or down, winds in the belly or the bowels, winds that flow through the limbs, in-breaths and out-breaths; or anything else internal, pertaining to an individual, that’s air, airy, and appropriated. 
;;;kaṇṇacchiddaṁ nāsacchiddaṁ mukhadvāraṁ, yena ca asitapītakhāyitasāyitaṁ ajjhoharati, yattha ca asitapītakhāyitasāyitaṁ santiṭṭhati, yena ca asitapītakhāyitasāyitaṁ adhobhāgaṁ nikkhamati, yaṁ vā panaññampi kiñci ajjhattaṁ paccattaṁ ākāsaṁ ākāsagataṁ, aghaṁ aghagataṁ, vivaraṁ vivaragataṁ, asamphuṭṭhaṁ, maṁsalohitehi upādinnaṁ— 
;;;the ear canals, nostrils, and mouth; and the space for swallowing what is eaten and drunk, the space where it stays, and the space for excreting it from the nether regions; or anything else internal, pertaining to an individual, that’s space, spacious, and appropriated. 
;;;Idha, rāhula, bhikkhu araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;It’s when a mendicant—gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut—sits down cross-legged, sets their body straight, and establishes mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho āyasmā rāhulo “ko najja bhagavatā sammukhā ovādena ovadito gāmaṁ piṇḍāya pavisissatī”ti tato paṭinivattitvā aññatarasmiṁ rukkhamūle nisīdi pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. ;;;Then Rāhula thought, “Who would go to the village for alms today after being advised directly by the Buddha?” Turning back, he sat down cross-legged at the root of a certain tree, setting his body straight, and establishing mindfulness in his presence. 
;;;Addasā kho āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṁ rāhulaṁ aññatarasmiṁ rukkhamūle nisinnaṁ pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;Venerable Sāriputta saw him sitting there, 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā rāhulo sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā rāhulo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, Rāhula came out of retreat, went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him: 
;;;kesā lomā nakhā dantā taco maṁsaṁ nhāru aṭṭhi aṭṭhimiñjaṁ vakkaṁ hadayaṁ yakanaṁ kilomakaṁ pihakaṁ papphāsaṁ antaṁ antaguṇaṁ udariyaṁ karīsaṁ, yaṁ vā panaññampi kiñci ajjhattaṁ paccattaṁ kakkhaḷaṁ kharigataṁ upādinnaṁ— 
;;;head hair, body hair, nails, teeth, skin, flesh, sinews, bones, bone marrow, kidneys, heart, liver, diaphragm, spleen, lungs, intestines, mesentery, undigested food, feces; or anything else internal, pertaining to an individual, that’s hard, solid, and appropriated. 
;;;ayaṁ vuccati, rāhula, ajjhattikā pathavīdhātu. 
;;;This is called the interior earth element. 
;;;uddhaṅgamā vātā, adhogamā vātā, kucchisayā vātā, koṭṭhāsayā vātā, aṅgamaṅgānusārino vātā, assāso passāso iti, yaṁ vā panaññampi kiñci ajjhattaṁ paccattaṁ vāyo vāyogataṁ upādinnaṁ— 
;;;winds that go up or down, winds in the belly or the bowels, winds that flow through the limbs, in-breaths and out-breaths; or anything else internal, pertaining to an individual, that’s air, airy, and appropriated. 
;;;kaṇṇacchiddaṁ nāsacchiddaṁ mukhadvāraṁ, yena ca asitapītakhāyitasāyitaṁ ajjhoharati, yattha ca asitapītakhāyitasāyitaṁ santiṭṭhati, yena ca asitapītakhāyitasāyitaṁ adhobhāgaṁ nikkhamati, yaṁ vā panaññampi kiñci ajjhattaṁ paccattaṁ ākāsaṁ ākāsagataṁ, aghaṁ aghagataṁ, vivaraṁ vivaragataṁ, asamphuṭṭhaṁ, maṁsalohitehi upādinnaṁ— 
;;;the ear canals, nostrils, and mouth; and the space for swallowing what is eaten and drunk, the space where it stays, and the space for excreting it from the nether regions; or anything else internal, pertaining to an individual, that’s space, spacious, and appropriated. 
;;;Idha, rāhula, bhikkhu araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;It’s when a mendicant—gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut—sits down cross-legged, sets their body straight, and establishes mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho āyasmato mālukyaputtassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ;;;Then as Venerable Māluṅkyaputta was in private retreat this thought came to his mind: 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mālukyaputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā mālukyaputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, Māluṅkyaputta came out of retreat and went to the Buddha. He bowed, sat down to one side, and told the Buddha of his thoughts. He then continued: 
;;;“Idha mayhaṁ, bhante, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi— 
;;; 
;;;Seyyathāpi, mālukyaputta, puriso sallena viddho assa savisena gāḷhapalepanena. 
;;;Suppose a man was struck by an arrow thickly smeared with poison. 
;;;Tassa mittāmaccā ñātisālohitā bhisakkaṁ sallakattaṁ upaṭṭhapeyyuṁ. 
;;;His friends and colleagues, relatives and kin would get a surgeon to treat him. 
;;;‘na tāvāhaṁ imaṁ sallaṁ āharissāmi yāva na taṁ purisaṁ jānāmi yenamhi viddho, khattiyo vā brāhmaṇo vā vesso vā suddo vā’ti; 
;;;‘I won’t extract this arrow as long as I don’t know whether the man who wounded me was an aristocrat, a brahmin, a peasant, or a menial.’ 
;;;‘na tāvāhaṁ imaṁ sallaṁ āharissāmi yāva na taṁ purisaṁ jānāmi yenamhi viddho, evaṁnāmo evaṅgotto iti vā’ti; 
;;;‘I won’t extract this arrow as long as I don’t know the following things about the man who wounded me: his name and clan; 
;;;‘na tāvāhaṁ imaṁ sallaṁ āharissāmi yāva na taṁ purisaṁ jānāmi yenamhi viddho, dīgho vā rasso vā majjhimo vā’ti; 
;;;whether he’s tall, short, or medium; 
;;;‘na tāvāhaṁ imaṁ sallaṁ āharissāmi yāva na taṁ purisaṁ jānāmi yenamhi viddho, kāḷo vā sāmo vā maṅguracchavī vā’ti; 
;;;whether his skin is black, brown, or tawny; 
;;;‘na tāvāhaṁ imaṁ sallaṁ āharissāmi yāva na taṁ purisaṁ jānāmi yenamhi viddho, amukasmiṁ gāme vā nigame vā nagare vā’ti; 
;;;and what village, town, or city he comes from. 
;;;‘na tāvāhaṁ imaṁ sallaṁ āharissāmi yāva na taṁ dhanuṁ jānāmi yenamhi viddho, yadi vā cāpo yadi vā kodaṇḍo’ti; 
;;;I won’t extract this arrow as long as I don’t know whether the bow that wounded me was straight or recurved; 
;;;‘na tāvāhaṁ imaṁ sallaṁ āharissāmi yāva na taṁ jiyaṁ jānāmi yāyamhi viddho, yadi vā akkassa yadi vā saṇhassa yadi vā nhārussa yadi vā maruvāya yadi vā khīrapaṇṇino’ti; 
;;;whether the bow-string is made of swallow-wort fibre, sunn hemp fibre, sinew, sanseveria fibre, or spurge fibre; 
;;;‘na tāvāhaṁ imaṁ sallaṁ āharissāmi yāva na taṁ kaṇḍaṁ jānāmi yenamhi viddho, yadi vā gacchaṁ yadi vā ropiman’ti; 
;;;whether the shaft is made from a bush or a plantation tree; 
;;;‘na tāvāhaṁ imaṁ sallaṁ āharissāmi yāva na taṁ kaṇḍaṁ jānāmi yenamhi viddho, yassa pattehi vājitaṁ yadi vā gijjhassa yadi vā kaṅkassa yadi vā kulalassa yadi vā morassa yadi vā sithilahanuno’ti; 
;;;whether the shaft was fitted with feathers from a vulture, a heron, a hawk, a peacock, or a stork; 
;;;‘na tāvāhaṁ imaṁ sallaṁ āharissāmi yāva na taṁ kaṇḍaṁ jānāmi yenamhi viddho, yassa nhārunā parikkhittaṁ yadi vā gavassa yadi vā mahiṁsassa yadi vā bheravassa yadi vā semhārassā’ti; 
;;;whether the shaft was bound with sinews of a cow, a buffalo, a black lion, or an ape; 
;;;‘na tāvāhaṁ imaṁ sallaṁ āharissāmi yāva na taṁ sallaṁ jānāmi yenamhi viddho, yadi vā sallaṁ yadi vā khurappaṁ yadi vā vekaṇḍaṁ yadi vā nārācaṁ yadi vā vacchadantaṁ yadi vā karavīrapattan’ti— 
;;;and whether the arrowhead was spiked, razor-tipped, barbed, made of iron or a calf’s tooth, or lancet-shaped.’ 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho āyasmato mālukyaputtassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ;;;Then as Venerable Māluṅkyaputta was in private retreat this thought came to his mind: 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mālukyaputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā mālukyaputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, Māluṅkyaputta came out of retreat and went to the Buddha. He bowed, sat down to one side, and told the Buddha of his thoughts. He then continued: 
;;;“Idha mayhaṁ, bhante, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi— 
;;; 
;;;Seyyathāpi, mālukyaputta, puriso sallena viddho assa savisena gāḷhapalepanena. 
;;;Suppose a man was struck by an arrow thickly smeared with poison. 
;;;Tassa mittāmaccā ñātisālohitā bhisakkaṁ sallakattaṁ upaṭṭhapeyyuṁ. 
;;;His friends and colleagues, relatives and kin would get a surgeon to treat him. 
;;;‘na tāvāhaṁ imaṁ sallaṁ āharissāmi yāva na taṁ purisaṁ jānāmi yenamhi viddho, khattiyo vā brāhmaṇo vā vesso vā suddo vā’ti; 
;;;‘I won’t extract this arrow as long as I don’t know whether the man who wounded me was an aristocrat, a brahmin, a peasant, or a menial.’ 
;;;‘na tāvāhaṁ imaṁ sallaṁ āharissāmi yāva na taṁ purisaṁ jānāmi yenamhi viddho, evaṁnāmo evaṅgotto iti vā’ti; 
;;;‘I won’t extract this arrow as long as I don’t know the following things about the man who wounded me: his name and clan; 
;;;‘na tāvāhaṁ imaṁ sallaṁ āharissāmi yāva na taṁ purisaṁ jānāmi yenamhi viddho, dīgho vā rasso vā majjhimo vā’ti; 
;;;whether he’s tall, short, or medium; 
;;;‘na tāvāhaṁ imaṁ sallaṁ āharissāmi yāva na taṁ purisaṁ jānāmi yenamhi viddho, kāḷo vā sāmo vā maṅguracchavī vā’ti; 
;;;whether his skin is black, brown, or tawny; 
;;;‘na tāvāhaṁ imaṁ sallaṁ āharissāmi yāva na taṁ purisaṁ jānāmi yenamhi viddho, amukasmiṁ gāme vā nigame vā nagare vā’ti; 
;;;and what village, town, or city he comes from. 
;;;‘na tāvāhaṁ imaṁ sallaṁ āharissāmi yāva na taṁ dhanuṁ jānāmi yenamhi viddho, yadi vā cāpo yadi vā kodaṇḍo’ti; 
;;;I won’t extract this arrow as long as I don’t know whether the bow that wounded me was straight or recurved; 
;;;‘na tāvāhaṁ imaṁ sallaṁ āharissāmi yāva na taṁ jiyaṁ jānāmi yāyamhi viddho, yadi vā akkassa yadi vā saṇhassa yadi vā nhārussa yadi vā maruvāya yadi vā khīrapaṇṇino’ti; 
;;;whether the bow-string is made of swallow-wort fibre, sunn hemp fibre, sinew, sanseveria fibre, or spurge fibre; 
;;;‘na tāvāhaṁ imaṁ sallaṁ āharissāmi yāva na taṁ kaṇḍaṁ jānāmi yenamhi viddho, yadi vā gacchaṁ yadi vā ropiman’ti; 
;;;whether the shaft is made from a bush or a plantation tree; 
;;;‘na tāvāhaṁ imaṁ sallaṁ āharissāmi yāva na taṁ kaṇḍaṁ jānāmi yenamhi viddho, yassa pattehi vājitaṁ yadi vā gijjhassa yadi vā kaṅkassa yadi vā kulalassa yadi vā morassa yadi vā sithilahanuno’ti; 
;;;whether the shaft was fitted with feathers from a vulture, a heron, a hawk, a peacock, or a stork; 
;;;‘na tāvāhaṁ imaṁ sallaṁ āharissāmi yāva na taṁ kaṇḍaṁ jānāmi yenamhi viddho, yassa nhārunā parikkhittaṁ yadi vā gavassa yadi vā mahiṁsassa yadi vā bheravassa yadi vā semhārassā’ti; 
;;;whether the shaft was bound with sinews of a cow, a buffalo, a black lion, or an ape; 
;;;‘na tāvāhaṁ imaṁ sallaṁ āharissāmi yāva na taṁ sallaṁ jānāmi yenamhi viddho, yadi vā sallaṁ yadi vā khurappaṁ yadi vā vekaṇḍaṁ yadi vā nārācaṁ yadi vā vacchadantaṁ yadi vā karavīrapattan’ti— 
;;;and whether the arrowhead was spiked, razor-tipped, barbed, made of iron or a calf’s tooth, or lancet-shaped.’ 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Anusetvevassa sakkāyadiṭṭhānusayo. ;;;Yet the underlying tendency to substantialist view still lies within them. 
;;;So yadeva tattha hoti rūpagataṁ vedanāgataṁ saññāgataṁ saṅkhāragataṁ viññāṇagataṁ te dhamme aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato samanupassati. 
;;;They contemplate the phenomena there—included in form, feeling, perception, choices, and consciousness—as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as a boil, as a dart, as misery, as an affliction, as alien, as falling apart, as empty, as not-self. 
;;;So tehi dhammehi cittaṁ paṭivāpeti. 
;;;They turn their mind away from those things, 
;;;“Ettha kho panesāhaṁ, ānanda, indriyavemattataṁ vadāmī”ti. 
;;;“In that case, I say it is the diversity of their faculties.” 
;;;

>En 

Anusetvevassa sakkāyadiṭṭhānusayo. ;;;Yet the underlying tendency to substantialist view still lies within them. 
;;;So yadeva tattha hoti rūpagataṁ vedanāgataṁ saññāgataṁ saṅkhāragataṁ viññāṇagataṁ te dhamme aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato samanupassati. 
;;;They contemplate the phenomena there—included in form, feeling, perception, choices, and consciousness—as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as a boil, as a dart, as misery, as an affliction, as alien, as falling apart, as empty, as not-self. 
;;;So tehi dhammehi cittaṁ paṭivāpeti. 
;;;They turn their mind away from those things, 
;;;“Ettha kho panesāhaṁ, ānanda, indriyavemattataṁ vadāmī”ti. 
;;;“In that case, I say it is the diversity of their faculties.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Evampi kho tvaṁ, bhaddāli, bhuñjamāno ekāsano yāpessasī”ti. ;;;Eating this way, too, you will sustain yourself.” 
;;;Appeva nāmāhaṁ uttari manussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanavisesaṁ sacchikareyyan’ti. 
;;;Hopefully I’ll realize a superhuman distinction in knowledge and vision worthy of the noble ones.’ 
;;;“ko nu kho, bhante, hetu, ko paccayo yena midhekaccaṁ bhikkhuṁ pasayha pasayha kāraṇaṁ karonti? 
;;;“What is the cause, sir, what is the reason why they punish some monk, repeatedly pressuring him? 
;;;Sādhu vatāyasmanto imassa bhikkhuno tathā tathā upaparikkhatha yathāssidaṁ adhikaraṇaṁ na khippameva vūpasameyyā’ti. 
;;;It’d be good for the venerables to examine this monk in such a way that this disciplinary issue is not quickly settled.’ 
;;;Yato kho, bhaddāli, bhadro assājānīyo abhiṇhakāraṇā anupubbakāraṇā tasmiṁ ṭhāne parinibbuto hoti, tamenaṁ assadamako uttari vaṇṇiyañca pāṇiyañca anuppavecchati. 
;;;When it has done this, the horse trainer next rewards it with a grooming and a rub down. 
;;;

>En 

Evampi kho tvaṁ, bhaddāli, bhuñjamāno ekāsano yāpessasī”ti. ;;;Eating this way, too, you will sustain yourself.” 
;;;Appeva nāmāhaṁ uttari manussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanavisesaṁ sacchikareyyan’ti. 
;;;Hopefully I’ll realize a superhuman distinction in knowledge and vision worthy of the noble ones.’ 
;;;“ko nu kho, bhante, hetu, ko paccayo yena midhekaccaṁ bhikkhuṁ pasayha pasayha kāraṇaṁ karonti? 
;;;“What is the cause, sir, what is the reason why they punish some monk, repeatedly pressuring him? 
;;;Sādhu vatāyasmanto imassa bhikkhuno tathā tathā upaparikkhatha yathāssidaṁ adhikaraṇaṁ na khippameva vūpasameyyā’ti. 
;;;It’d be good for the venerables to examine this monk in such a way that this disciplinary issue is not quickly settled.’ 
;;;Yato kho, bhaddāli, bhadro assājānīyo abhiṇhakāraṇā anupubbakāraṇā tasmiṁ ṭhāne parinibbuto hoti, tamenaṁ assadamako uttari vaṇṇiyañca pāṇiyañca anuppavecchati. 
;;;When it has done this, the horse trainer next rewards it with a grooming and a rub down. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho āyasmato udāyissa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ;;;Then as Venerable Udāyī was in private retreat this thought came to his mind: 
;;;“bahūnaṁ vata no bhagavā dukkhadhammānaṁ apahattā, bahūnaṁ vata no bhagavā sukhadhammānaṁ upahattā; 
;;;“The Buddha has rid us of so many things that bring suffering and gifted us so many things that bring happiness! 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā udāyī sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā udāyī bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, Udāyī came out of retreat and went to the Buddha. He bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him: 
;;;“idha mayhaṁ, bhante, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: 
;;;“Just now, sir, as I was in private retreat this thought came to mind: 
;;;Bhūtapubbaṁ, bhante, bhikkhū rattandhakāratimisāyaṁ piṇḍāya carantā candanikampi pavisanti, oligallepi papatanti, kaṇṭakāvāṭampi ārohanti, suttampi gāviṁ ārohanti, māṇavehipi samāgacchanti katakammehipi akatakammehipi, mātugāmopi te asaddhammena nimanteti. 
;;;In the past, mendicants went wandering for alms in the dark of the night. They walked into a swamp, or fell into a sewer, or collided with a thorn bush, or collided with a sleeping cow, or encountered youths escaping a crime or on their way to commit one, or were invited by a female to commit a lewd act. 
;;;‘abhumme pisāco vata man’ti. 
;;;‘Woe is me! It’s a damn goblin!’ 
;;;‘Bhikkhussa ātumārī, bhikkhussa mātumārī. 
;;;‘Die, mendicant’s father! Die, mendicant’s mother! 
;;;Varaṁ te, bhikkhu, tiṇhena govikantanena kucchi parikanto, na tveva varaṁ yaṁ rattandhakāratimisāyaṁ kucchihetu piṇḍāya carasī’ti. 
;;;Better to have your belly sliced open with a sharp meat cleaver than to wander for alms in the dark of night for the sake of your belly!’ 
;;;‘kiṁ panimassa appamattakassa oramattakassa adhisallikhatevāyaṁ samaṇo’ti. 
;;;‘What, such a trivial, insignificant thing as this? This ascetic is much too strict!’ 
;;;‘kiṁ panimassa appamattakassa oramattakassa adhisallikhatevāyaṁ samaṇo’ti? 
;;;‘What, such a trivial, insignificant thing as this? This ascetic is much too strict!’ 
;;;Ye ca bhikkhū sikkhākāmā te taṁ pahāya appossukkā pannalomā paradattavuttā migabhūtena cetasā viharanti. 
;;;and when the mendicants who want to train have given that up, they live relaxed, unruffled, surviving on charity, their hearts free as a wild deer. 
;;;tassassa ekaṁ agārakaṁ oluggaviluggaṁ kākātidāyiṁ naparamarūpaṁ, ekā khaṭopikā oluggaviluggā naparamarūpā, ekissā kumbhiyā dhaññasamavāpakaṁ naparamarūpaṁ, ekā jāyikā naparamarūpā. 
;;;He had a single broken-down hovel open to the crows, not the best sort; a single broken-down couch, not the best sort; a single pot for storing grain, not the best sort; and a single wifey, not the best sort. 
;;;‘kiṁ panimassa appamattakassa oramattakassa adhisallikhatevāyaṁ samaṇo’ti? 
;;;‘What, such a trivial, insignificant thing as this? This ascetic is much too strict!’ 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho āyasmato udāyissa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ;;;Then as Venerable Udāyī was in private retreat this thought came to his mind: 
;;;“bahūnaṁ vata no bhagavā dukkhadhammānaṁ apahattā, bahūnaṁ vata no bhagavā sukhadhammānaṁ upahattā; 
;;;“The Buddha has rid us of so many things that bring suffering and gifted us so many things that bring happiness! 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā udāyī sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā udāyī bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, Udāyī came out of retreat and went to the Buddha. He bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him: 
;;;“idha mayhaṁ, bhante, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: 
;;;“Just now, sir, as I was in private retreat this thought came to mind: 
;;;Bhūtapubbaṁ, bhante, bhikkhū rattandhakāratimisāyaṁ piṇḍāya carantā candanikampi pavisanti, oligallepi papatanti, kaṇṭakāvāṭampi ārohanti, suttampi gāviṁ ārohanti, māṇavehipi samāgacchanti katakammehipi akatakammehipi, mātugāmopi te asaddhammena nimanteti. 
;;;In the past, mendicants went wandering for alms in the dark of the night. They walked into a swamp, or fell into a sewer, or collided with a thorn bush, or collided with a sleeping cow, or encountered youths escaping a crime or on their way to commit one, or were invited by a female to commit a lewd act. 
;;;‘abhumme pisāco vata man’ti. 
;;;‘Woe is me! It’s a damn goblin!’ 
;;;‘Bhikkhussa ātumārī, bhikkhussa mātumārī. 
;;;‘Die, mendicant’s father! Die, mendicant’s mother! 
;;;Varaṁ te, bhikkhu, tiṇhena govikantanena kucchi parikanto, na tveva varaṁ yaṁ rattandhakāratimisāyaṁ kucchihetu piṇḍāya carasī’ti. 
;;;Better to have your belly sliced open with a sharp meat cleaver than to wander for alms in the dark of night for the sake of your belly!’ 
;;;‘kiṁ panimassa appamattakassa oramattakassa adhisallikhatevāyaṁ samaṇo’ti. 
;;;‘What, such a trivial, insignificant thing as this? This ascetic is much too strict!’ 
;;;‘kiṁ panimassa appamattakassa oramattakassa adhisallikhatevāyaṁ samaṇo’ti? 
;;;‘What, such a trivial, insignificant thing as this? This ascetic is much too strict!’ 
;;;Ye ca bhikkhū sikkhākāmā te taṁ pahāya appossukkā pannalomā paradattavuttā migabhūtena cetasā viharanti. 
;;;and when the mendicants who want to train have given that up, they live relaxed, unruffled, surviving on charity, their hearts free as a wild deer. 
;;;tassassa ekaṁ agārakaṁ oluggaviluggaṁ kākātidāyiṁ naparamarūpaṁ, ekā khaṭopikā oluggaviluggā naparamarūpā, ekissā kumbhiyā dhaññasamavāpakaṁ naparamarūpaṁ, ekā jāyikā naparamarūpā. 
;;;He had a single broken-down hovel open to the crows, not the best sort; a single broken-down couch, not the best sort; a single pot for storing grain, not the best sort; and a single wifey, not the best sort. 
;;;‘kiṁ panimassa appamattakassa oramattakassa adhisallikhatevāyaṁ samaṇo’ti? 
;;;‘What, such a trivial, insignificant thing as this? This ascetic is much too strict!’ 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tena kho pana samayena sāriputtamoggallānappamukhāni pañcamattāni bhikkhusatāni cātumaṁ anuppattāni honti bhagavantaṁ dassanāya. ;;;Now at that time five hundred mendicants headed by Sāriputta and Moggallāna arrived at Cātumā to see the Buddha. 
;;;“Etāni, bhante, sāriputtamoggallānappamukhāni pañcamattāni bhikkhusatāni cātumaṁ anuppattāni bhagavantaṁ dassanāya. 
;;;And Ānanda told him what had happened. 
;;;“Imāni, bhante, sāriputtamoggallānappamukhāni pañcamattāni bhikkhusatāni cātumaṁ anuppattāni bhagavantaṁ dassanāya. 
;;;And they told him what had happened. 
;;;Atha kho brahmā sahampati bhagavato cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evameva—brahmaloke antarahito bhagavato purato pāturahosi. 
;;;Then the divinity Sahampati knew what the Buddha was thinking. As easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, he vanished from the realm of divinity and reappeared in front of the Buddha. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhikkhū āmantesi: 
;;;Then Venerable Mahāmoggallāna addressed the mendicants, 
;;;“Evamāvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa paṭissutvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pattacīvaramādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ bhagavā etadavoca: 
;;;“Yes, reverend,” replied those mendicants. Then they rose from their seats and, taking their bowls and robes, went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to Venerable Sāriputta, 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ āmantesi: 
;;;Then the Buddha addressed Venerable Mahāmoggallāna, 
;;;“kinti te, moggallāna, ahosi mayā bhikkhusaṅghe paṇāmite”ti? 
;;;“Moggallāna, what did you think when the mendicant Saṅgha was dismissed by me?” 
;;;“Sādhu sādhu, moggallāna. 
;;;“Good, good, Moggallāna! 
;;;Ahaṁ vā hi, moggallāna, bhikkhusaṅghaṁ parihareyyaṁ sāriputtamoggallānā vā”ti. 
;;;For either I should lead the mendicant Saṅgha, or else Sāriputta and Moggallāna.” 
;;;Ūmibhayaṁ, kumbhīlabhayaṁ, āvaṭṭabhayaṁ, susukābhayaṁ— 
;;;The dangers of waves, gharials, whirlpools, and sharks. 
;;;‘mayaṁ kho pubbe agāriyabhūtā samānā aññe ovadāma, anusāsāma. 
;;;‘Formerly, as laypeople, we advised and instructed others. 
;;;Saṁvijjanti kho pana me kule bhogā. 
;;;And it’s true that my family is wealthy. 
;;;

>En 

Tena kho pana samayena sāriputtamoggallānappamukhāni pañcamattāni bhikkhusatāni cātumaṁ anuppattāni honti bhagavantaṁ dassanāya. ;;;Now at that time five hundred mendicants headed by Sāriputta and Moggallāna arrived at Cātumā to see the Buddha. 
;;;“Etāni, bhante, sāriputtamoggallānappamukhāni pañcamattāni bhikkhusatāni cātumaṁ anuppattāni bhagavantaṁ dassanāya. 
;;;And Ānanda told him what had happened. 
;;;“Imāni, bhante, sāriputtamoggallānappamukhāni pañcamattāni bhikkhusatāni cātumaṁ anuppattāni bhagavantaṁ dassanāya. 
;;;And they told him what had happened. 
;;;Atha kho brahmā sahampati bhagavato cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evameva—brahmaloke antarahito bhagavato purato pāturahosi. 
;;;Then the divinity Sahampati knew what the Buddha was thinking. As easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, he vanished from the realm of divinity and reappeared in front of the Buddha. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhikkhū āmantesi: 
;;;Then Venerable Mahāmoggallāna addressed the mendicants, 
;;;“Evamāvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa paṭissutvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pattacīvaramādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ bhagavā etadavoca: 
;;;“Yes, reverend,” replied those mendicants. Then they rose from their seats and, taking their bowls and robes, went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to Venerable Sāriputta, 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ āmantesi: 
;;;Then the Buddha addressed Venerable Mahāmoggallāna, 
;;;“kinti te, moggallāna, ahosi mayā bhikkhusaṅghe paṇāmite”ti? 
;;;“Moggallāna, what did you think when the mendicant Saṅgha was dismissed by me?” 
;;;“Sādhu sādhu, moggallāna. 
;;;“Good, good, Moggallāna! 
;;;Ahaṁ vā hi, moggallāna, bhikkhusaṅghaṁ parihareyyaṁ sāriputtamoggallānā vā”ti. 
;;;For either I should lead the mendicant Saṅgha, or else Sāriputta and Moggallāna.” 
;;;Ūmibhayaṁ, kumbhīlabhayaṁ, āvaṭṭabhayaṁ, susukābhayaṁ— 
;;;The dangers of waves, gharials, whirlpools, and sharks. 
;;;‘mayaṁ kho pubbe agāriyabhūtā samānā aññe ovadāma, anusāsāma. 
;;;‘Formerly, as laypeople, we advised and instructed others. 
;;;Saṁvijjanti kho pana me kule bhogā. 
;;;And it’s true that my family is wealthy. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Vivekaṁ, anuruddhā, kāmehi vivekaṁ akusalehi dhammehi pītisukhaṁ nādhigacchati aññaṁ vā tato santataraṁ, tassa abhijjhāpi cittaṁ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati, byāpādopi cittaṁ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati, thinamiddhampi cittaṁ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati uddhaccakukkuccampi cittaṁ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati, vicikicchāpi cittaṁ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati, aratīpi cittaṁ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati, tandīpi cittaṁ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati. ;;;Take someone who doesn’t achieve the rapture and bliss that are secluded from sensual pleasures and unskillful qualities, or something even more peaceful than that. Their mind is still occupied by desire, ill will, dullness and drowsiness, restlessness and remorse, doubt, discontent, and sloth. 
;;;‘itthannāmo bhikkhu kālaṅkato; 
;;;‘The monk named so-and-so has passed away. 
;;;

>En 

Vivekaṁ, anuruddhā, kāmehi vivekaṁ akusalehi dhammehi pītisukhaṁ nādhigacchati aññaṁ vā tato santataraṁ, tassa abhijjhāpi cittaṁ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati, byāpādopi cittaṁ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati, thinamiddhampi cittaṁ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati uddhaccakukkuccampi cittaṁ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati, vicikicchāpi cittaṁ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati, aratīpi cittaṁ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati, tandīpi cittaṁ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati. ;;;Take someone who doesn’t achieve the rapture and bliss that are secluded from sensual pleasures and unskillful qualities, or something even more peaceful than that. Their mind is still occupied by desire, ill will, dullness and drowsiness, restlessness and remorse, doubt, discontent, and sloth. 
;;;‘itthannāmo bhikkhu kālaṅkato; 
;;;‘The monk named so-and-so has passed away. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Goliyānisutta ;;;With Gulissāni 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena goliyāni nāma bhikkhu āraññiko padasamācāro saṅghamajjhe osaṭo hoti kenacideva karaṇīyena. 
;;;Now at that time a wilderness mendicant of boorish behavior named Gulissāni had come down to the midst of the Saṅgha on some business. 
;;;Āraññikenāvuso, bhikkhunā saṅghagatena saṅghe viharantena ābhisamācārikopi dhammo jānitabbo. 
;;;A wilderness monk who has come to stay in the Saṅgha should know even the supplementary regulations. 
;;;Āraññikenāvuso, bhikkhunā saṅghagatena saṅghe viharantena nātikālena gāmo pavisitabbo nātidivā paṭikkamitabbaṁ. 
;;;A wilderness monk who has come to stay in the Saṅgha shouldn’t enter the village too early or return too late in the day. 
;;;Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā mahāmoggallāno āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;When Venerable Sāriputta said this, Venerable Mahāmoggallāna said to him, 
;;;“Āraññikenāpi kho, āvuso moggallāna, bhikkhunā ime dhammā samādāya vattitabbā pageva gāmantavihārinā”ti. 
;;;“Reverend Moggallāna, these things should be undertaken and followed by wilderness monks, and still more by those who live within a village.” 
;;;

>En 

Goliyānisutta ;;;With Gulissāni 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena goliyāni nāma bhikkhu āraññiko padasamācāro saṅghamajjhe osaṭo hoti kenacideva karaṇīyena. 
;;;Now at that time a wilderness mendicant of boorish behavior named Gulissāni had come down to the midst of the Saṅgha on some business. 
;;;Āraññikenāvuso, bhikkhunā saṅghagatena saṅghe viharantena ābhisamācārikopi dhammo jānitabbo. 
;;;A wilderness monk who has come to stay in the Saṅgha should know even the supplementary regulations. 
;;;Āraññikenāvuso, bhikkhunā saṅghagatena saṅghe viharantena nātikālena gāmo pavisitabbo nātidivā paṭikkamitabbaṁ. 
;;;A wilderness monk who has come to stay in the Saṅgha shouldn’t enter the village too early or return too late in the day. 
;;;Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā mahāmoggallāno āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;When Venerable Sāriputta said this, Venerable Mahāmoggallāna said to him, 
;;;“Āraññikenāpi kho, āvuso moggallāna, bhikkhunā ime dhammā samādāya vattitabbā pageva gāmantavihārinā”ti. 
;;;“Reverend Moggallāna, these things should be undertaken and followed by wilderness monks, and still more by those who live within a village.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

‘kāmaṁ taco ca nhāru ca aṭṭhi ca avasissatu, sarīre upassussatu maṁsalohitaṁ, yaṁ taṁ purisathāmena purisavīriyena purisaparakkamena pattabbaṁ na taṁ apāpuṇitvā vīriyassa saṇṭhānaṁ bhavissatī’ti. ;;;‘Gladly, let only skin, sinews, and bones remain! Let the flesh and blood waste away in my body! I will not relax my energy until I have achieved what is possible by human strength, energy, and vigor.’ 
;;;

>En 

‘kāmaṁ taco ca nhāru ca aṭṭhi ca avasissatu, sarīre upassussatu maṁsalohitaṁ, yaṁ taṁ purisathāmena purisavīriyena purisaparakkamena pattabbaṁ na taṁ apāpuṇitvā vīriyassa saṇṭhānaṁ bhavissatī’ti. ;;;‘Gladly, let only skin, sinews, and bones remain! Let the flesh and blood waste away in my body! I will not relax my energy until I have achieved what is possible by human strength, energy, and vigor.’ 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Yāpi me esā bhoto gotamassa purimena kathāsallāpena ahu pasādamattā sāpi me etarahi antarahitā”ti. ;;;And I’ve now lost even the degree of clarity I had from previous discussions with Mister Gotama.” 
;;;“Na upeti, bho gotama, yañhi so, bho gotama, aggi tiṇakaṭṭhupādānaṁ paṭicca ajali tassa ca pariyādānā aññassa ca anupahārā anāhāro nibbutotveva saṅkhyaṁ gacchatī”ti. 
;;;“It doesn’t apply, Mister Gotama. The fire depended on grass and logs as fuel. When that runs out, and no more fuel is added, the fire is reckoned to have become quenched due to lack of fuel.” 
;;;Tassa aniccatā sākhāpalāsā palujjeyyuṁ, tacapapaṭikā palujjeyyuṁ, pheggū palujjeyyuṁ; 
;;;And because it’s impermanent, its branches and foliage, bark and shoots, and softwood would fall off. 
;;;

>En 

Yāpi me esā bhoto gotamassa purimena kathāsallāpena ahu pasādamattā sāpi me etarahi antarahitā”ti. ;;;And I’ve now lost even the degree of clarity I had from previous discussions with Mister Gotama.” 
;;;“Na upeti, bho gotama, yañhi so, bho gotama, aggi tiṇakaṭṭhupādānaṁ paṭicca ajali tassa ca pariyādānā aññassa ca anupahārā anāhāro nibbutotveva saṅkhyaṁ gacchatī”ti. 
;;;“It doesn’t apply, Mister Gotama. The fire depended on grass and logs as fuel. When that runs out, and no more fuel is added, the fire is reckoned to have become quenched due to lack of fuel.” 
;;;Tassa aniccatā sākhāpalāsā palujjeyyuṁ, tacapapaṭikā palujjeyyuṁ, pheggū palujjeyyuṁ; 
;;;And because it’s impermanent, its branches and foliage, bark and shoots, and softwood would fall off. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atthi pana te bhoto gotamassa ekabhikkhupi sāvako yo āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharatī”ti? ;;;is there even a single monk disciple of Mister Gotama who has realized the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life, and lives having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements?” 
;;;uttari ca me bhagavā dhammaṁ desetū”ti. 
;;;Please teach me further.” 
;;;‘anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhaveyyaṁ—ekopi hutvā bahudhā assaṁ, bahudhāpi hutvā eko assaṁ; āvibhāvaṁ, tirobhāvaṁ; tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamāno gaccheyyaṁ, seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ kareyyaṁ, seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gaccheyyaṁ, seyyathāpi pathaviyaṁ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kameyyaṁ, seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve pāṇinā parimaseyyaṁ, parimajjeyyaṁ; yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vatteyyan’ti, 
;;;‘May I wield the many kinds of psychic power: multiplying myself and becoming one again; appearing and disappearing; going unobstructed through a wall, a rampart, or a mountain as if through space; diving in and out of the earth as if it were water; walking on water as if it were earth; flying cross-legged through the sky like a bird; touching and stroking with my hand the sun and moon, so mighty and powerful; controlling my body as far as the realm of divinity.’ 
;;;

>En 

Atthi pana te bhoto gotamassa ekabhikkhupi sāvako yo āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharatī”ti? ;;;is there even a single monk disciple of Mister Gotama who has realized the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life, and lives having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements?” 
;;;uttari ca me bhagavā dhammaṁ desetū”ti. 
;;;Please teach me further.” 
;;;‘anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhaveyyaṁ—ekopi hutvā bahudhā assaṁ, bahudhāpi hutvā eko assaṁ; āvibhāvaṁ, tirobhāvaṁ; tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamāno gaccheyyaṁ, seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ kareyyaṁ, seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gaccheyyaṁ, seyyathāpi pathaviyaṁ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kameyyaṁ, seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve pāṇinā parimaseyyaṁ, parimajjeyyaṁ; yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vatteyyan’ti, 
;;;‘May I wield the many kinds of psychic power: multiplying myself and becoming one again; appearing and disappearing; going unobstructed through a wall, a rampart, or a mountain as if through space; diving in and out of the earth as if it were water; walking on water as if it were earth; flying cross-legged through the sky like a bird; touching and stroking with my hand the sun and moon, so mighty and powerful; controlling my body as far as the realm of divinity.’ 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Ayaṁ kho panaggivessana, kāyo rūpī cātumahābhūtiko mātāpettikasambhavo odanakummāsūpacayo aniccucchādanaparimaddanabhedanaviddhaṁsanadhammo, aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato samanupassitabbo. ;;;Aggivessana, this body is physical. It’s made up of the four principal states, produced by mother and father, built up from rice and porridge, liable to impermanence, to wearing away and erosion, to breaking up and destruction. You should see it as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as a boil, as a dart, as misery, as an affliction, as alien, as falling apart, as empty, as not-self. 
;;;Tassimaṁ kāyaṁ aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato samanupassato yo kāyasmiṁ kāyachando kāyasneho kāyanvayatā sā pahīyati. 
;;;Doing so, you’ll give up desire, affection, and subservience to the body. 
;;;

>En 

Ayaṁ kho panaggivessana, kāyo rūpī cātumahābhūtiko mātāpettikasambhavo odanakummāsūpacayo aniccucchādanaparimaddanabhedanaviddhaṁsanadhammo, aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato samanupassitabbo. ;;;Aggivessana, this body is physical. It’s made up of the four principal states, produced by mother and father, built up from rice and porridge, liable to impermanence, to wearing away and erosion, to breaking up and destruction. You should see it as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as a boil, as a dart, as misery, as an affliction, as alien, as falling apart, as empty, as not-self. 
;;;Tassimaṁ kāyaṁ aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato samanupassato yo kāyasmiṁ kāyachando kāyasneho kāyanvayatā sā pahīyati. 
;;;Doing so, you’ll give up desire, affection, and subservience to the body. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kurūsu viharati kammāsadhammaṁ nāma kurūnaṁ nigamo, bhāradvājagottassa brāhmaṇassa agyāgāre tiṇasanthārake. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Kurus, near the Kuru town named Kammāsadamma, on a grass mat in the fire chamber of a brahmin of the Bhāradvāja clan. 
;;;Ye mayaṁ tassa bhoto gotamassa bhūnahuno seyyaṁ addasāmā”ti. 
;;;to see a bed for Mister Gotama, that baby-killer!” 
;;;“Sace taṁ bhoto māgaṇḍiyassa agaru āroceyyāmi taṁ samaṇassa gotamassā”ti. 
;;;“If you don’t mind, I’ll tell the ascetic Gotama about this.” 
;;;Assosi kho bhagavā dibbāya sotadhātuyā visuddhāya atikkantamānusikāya bhāradvājagottassa brāhmaṇassa māgaṇḍiyena paribbājakena saddhiṁ imaṁ kathāsallāpaṁ. 
;;;With clairaudience that is purified and superhuman, the Buddha heard this discussion between the brahmin of the Bhāradvāja clan and the wanderer Māgaṇḍiya. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena bhāradvājagottassa brāhmaṇassa agyāgāraṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā nisīdi bhagavā paññatte tiṇasanthārake. 
;;;Coming out of retreat, he went to the brahmin’s fire chamber and sat on the grass mat. 
;;;“ahu pana te, bhāradvāja, māgaṇḍiyena paribbājakena saddhiṁ imaṁyeva tiṇasanthārakaṁ ārabbha kocideva kathāsallāpo”ti? 
;;;“Bhāradvāja, did you have a discussion with the wanderer Māgaṇḍiya about this grass mat?” 
;;;Ayañca hi bhagavato bhāradvājagottena brāhmaṇena saddhiṁ antarākathā vippakatā hoti. 
;;;But this conversation between the Buddha and the brahmin was left unfinished. 
;;;So kho ahaṁ, māgaṇḍiya, vassike pāsāde vassike cattāro māse nippurisehi tūriyehi paricārayamāno na heṭṭhāpāsādaṁ orohāmi. 
;;;I stayed in a stilt longhouse without coming downstairs for the four months of the rainy season, where I was entertained by musicians—none of them men. 
;;;Tassa mittāmaccā ñātisālohitā bhisakkaṁ sallakattaṁ upaṭṭhāpeyyuṁ. 
;;;Their friends and colleagues, relatives and kin would get a surgeon to treat them. 
;;;Tassa so bhisakko sallakatto bhesajjaṁ kareyya. 
;;;The surgeon would make medicine for them, 
;;;Tassa mittāmaccā ñātisālohitā bhisakkaṁ sallakattaṁ upaṭṭhāpeyyuṁ. 
;;;Their friends and colleagues, relatives and kin would get a surgeon to treat them. 
;;;Tassa so bhisakko sallakatto bhesajjaṁ kareyya. 
;;;The surgeon would make medicine for them, 
;;;Yathā yathā kho, māgaṇḍiya, asu kuṭṭhī puriso arugatto pakkagatto kimīhi khajjamāno nakhehi vaṇamukhāni vippatacchamāno aṅgārakāsuyā kāyaṁ paritāpeti tathā tathāssa tāni vaṇamukhāni asucitarāni ceva honti duggandhatarāni ca pūtikatarāni ca, hoti ceva kāci sātamattā assādamattā—yadidaṁ vaṇamukhānaṁ kaṇḍūvanahetu; 
;;;The more they scratch their wounds and cauterize their body, the more their wounds become foul, stinking, and infected. But still, they derive a degree of pleasure and gratification from the itchiness of their wounds. 
;;;so na passeyya kaṇhasukkāni rūpāni, na passeyya nīlakāni rūpāni, na passeyya pītakāni rūpāni, na passeyya lohitakāni rūpāni, na passeyya mañjiṭṭhakāni rūpāni, na passeyya samavisamaṁ, na passeyya tārakarūpāni, na passeyya candimasūriye. 
;;;They couldn’t see sights that are dark or bright, or blue, yellow, red, or magenta. They couldn’t see even and uneven ground, or the stars, or the moon and sun. 
;;;Tamenaṁ aññataro puriso telamalikatena sāhuḷicīrena vañceyya: 
;;;But someone would cheat them with a dirty, soiled garment, saying: 
;;;Ayaṁ kho pana, māgaṇḍiya, kāyo rogabhūto gaṇḍabhūto sallabhūto aghabhūto ābādhabhūto, so tvaṁ imaṁ kāyaṁ rogabhūtaṁ gaṇḍabhūtaṁ sallabhūtaṁ aghabhūtaṁ ābādhabhūtaṁ: 
;;;But Māgaṇḍiya, this body is a disease, a boil, a dart, a misery, an affliction. Yet you say of this body: 
;;;Tassa mittāmaccā ñātisālohitā bhisakkaṁ sallakattaṁ upaṭṭhāpeyyuṁ. 
;;;Their friends and colleagues, relatives and kin would get a surgeon to treat them. 
;;;Tassa so bhisakko sallakatto bhesajjaṁ kareyya. 
;;;The surgeon would make medicine for them, 
;;;Tassa mittāmaccā ñātisālohitā bhisakkaṁ sallakattaṁ upaṭṭhāpeyyuṁ. 
;;;Their friends and colleagues, relatives and kin would get a surgeon to treat them. 
;;;Tassa so bhisakko sallakatto bhesajjaṁ kareyya— 
;;;The surgeon would make medicine for them: 
;;;ime rogā gaṇḍā sallā; 
;;;‘These are diseases, boils, and darts. 
;;;idha rogā gaṇḍā sallā aparisesā nirujjhanti. 
;;;And here is where diseases, boils, and darts cease without anything left over.’ 
;;;

>En 

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kurūsu viharati kammāsadhammaṁ nāma kurūnaṁ nigamo, bhāradvājagottassa brāhmaṇassa agyāgāre tiṇasanthārake. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Kurus, near the Kuru town named Kammāsadamma, on a grass mat in the fire chamber of a brahmin of the Bhāradvāja clan. 
;;;Ye mayaṁ tassa bhoto gotamassa bhūnahuno seyyaṁ addasāmā”ti. 
;;;to see a bed for Mister Gotama, that baby-killer!” 
;;;“Sace taṁ bhoto māgaṇḍiyassa agaru āroceyyāmi taṁ samaṇassa gotamassā”ti. 
;;;“If you don’t mind, I’ll tell the ascetic Gotama about this.” 
;;;Assosi kho bhagavā dibbāya sotadhātuyā visuddhāya atikkantamānusikāya bhāradvājagottassa brāhmaṇassa māgaṇḍiyena paribbājakena saddhiṁ imaṁ kathāsallāpaṁ. 
;;;With clairaudience that is purified and superhuman, the Buddha heard this discussion between the brahmin of the Bhāradvāja clan and the wanderer Māgaṇḍiya. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena bhāradvājagottassa brāhmaṇassa agyāgāraṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā nisīdi bhagavā paññatte tiṇasanthārake. 
;;;Coming out of retreat, he went to the brahmin’s fire chamber and sat on the grass mat. 
;;;“ahu pana te, bhāradvāja, māgaṇḍiyena paribbājakena saddhiṁ imaṁyeva tiṇasanthārakaṁ ārabbha kocideva kathāsallāpo”ti? 
;;;“Bhāradvāja, did you have a discussion with the wanderer Māgaṇḍiya about this grass mat?” 
;;;Ayañca hi bhagavato bhāradvājagottena brāhmaṇena saddhiṁ antarākathā vippakatā hoti. 
;;;But this conversation between the Buddha and the brahmin was left unfinished. 
;;;So kho ahaṁ, māgaṇḍiya, vassike pāsāde vassike cattāro māse nippurisehi tūriyehi paricārayamāno na heṭṭhāpāsādaṁ orohāmi. 
;;;I stayed in a stilt longhouse without coming downstairs for the four months of the rainy season, where I was entertained by musicians—none of them men. 
;;;Tassa mittāmaccā ñātisālohitā bhisakkaṁ sallakattaṁ upaṭṭhāpeyyuṁ. 
;;;Their friends and colleagues, relatives and kin would get a surgeon to treat them. 
;;;Tassa so bhisakko sallakatto bhesajjaṁ kareyya. 
;;;The surgeon would make medicine for them, 
;;;Tassa mittāmaccā ñātisālohitā bhisakkaṁ sallakattaṁ upaṭṭhāpeyyuṁ. 
;;;Their friends and colleagues, relatives and kin would get a surgeon to treat them. 
;;;Tassa so bhisakko sallakatto bhesajjaṁ kareyya. 
;;;The surgeon would make medicine for them, 
;;;Yathā yathā kho, māgaṇḍiya, asu kuṭṭhī puriso arugatto pakkagatto kimīhi khajjamāno nakhehi vaṇamukhāni vippatacchamāno aṅgārakāsuyā kāyaṁ paritāpeti tathā tathāssa tāni vaṇamukhāni asucitarāni ceva honti duggandhatarāni ca pūtikatarāni ca, hoti ceva kāci sātamattā assādamattā—yadidaṁ vaṇamukhānaṁ kaṇḍūvanahetu; 
;;;The more they scratch their wounds and cauterize their body, the more their wounds become foul, stinking, and infected. But still, they derive a degree of pleasure and gratification from the itchiness of their wounds. 
;;;so na passeyya kaṇhasukkāni rūpāni, na passeyya nīlakāni rūpāni, na passeyya pītakāni rūpāni, na passeyya lohitakāni rūpāni, na passeyya mañjiṭṭhakāni rūpāni, na passeyya samavisamaṁ, na passeyya tārakarūpāni, na passeyya candimasūriye. 
;;;They couldn’t see sights that are dark or bright, or blue, yellow, red, or magenta. They couldn’t see even and uneven ground, or the stars, or the moon and sun. 
;;;Tamenaṁ aññataro puriso telamalikatena sāhuḷicīrena vañceyya: 
;;;But someone would cheat them with a dirty, soiled garment, saying: 
;;;Ayaṁ kho pana, māgaṇḍiya, kāyo rogabhūto gaṇḍabhūto sallabhūto aghabhūto ābādhabhūto, so tvaṁ imaṁ kāyaṁ rogabhūtaṁ gaṇḍabhūtaṁ sallabhūtaṁ aghabhūtaṁ ābādhabhūtaṁ: 
;;;But Māgaṇḍiya, this body is a disease, a boil, a dart, a misery, an affliction. Yet you say of this body: 
;;;Tassa mittāmaccā ñātisālohitā bhisakkaṁ sallakattaṁ upaṭṭhāpeyyuṁ. 
;;;Their friends and colleagues, relatives and kin would get a surgeon to treat them. 
;;;Tassa so bhisakko sallakatto bhesajjaṁ kareyya. 
;;;The surgeon would make medicine for them, 
;;;Tassa mittāmaccā ñātisālohitā bhisakkaṁ sallakattaṁ upaṭṭhāpeyyuṁ. 
;;;Their friends and colleagues, relatives and kin would get a surgeon to treat them. 
;;;Tassa so bhisakko sallakatto bhesajjaṁ kareyya— 
;;;The surgeon would make medicine for them: 
;;;ime rogā gaṇḍā sallā; 
;;;‘These are diseases, boils, and darts. 
;;;idha rogā gaṇḍā sallā aparisesā nirujjhanti. 
;;;And here is where diseases, boils, and darts cease without anything left over.’ 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho āyasmā ānando sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito bhikkhū āmantesi: ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Ānanda came out of retreat and addressed the mendicants: 
;;;Cuddasa kho panimāni yonipamukhasatasahassāni saṭṭhi ca satāni cha ca satāni pañca ca kammuno satāni pañca ca kammāni tīṇi ca kammāni, kamme ca aḍḍhakamme ca, dvaṭṭhipaṭipadā, dvaṭṭhantarakappā, chaḷābhijātiyo, aṭṭha purisabhūmiyo, ekūnapaññāsa ājīvakasate, ekūnapaññāsa paribbājakasate, ekūnapaññāsa nāgāvāsasate, vīse indriyasate, tiṁse nirayasate, chattiṁsa rajodhātuyo, satta saññīgabbhā, satta asaññīgabbhā, satta nigaṇṭhigabbhā, satta devā, satta mānusā, satta pesācā, satta sarā, satta pavuṭā, satta papātā, satta papātasatāni, satta supinā, satta supinasatāni, cullāsīti mahākappino satasahassāni, yāni bāle ca paṇḍite ca sandhāvitvā saṁsaritvā dukkhassantaṁ karissanti. 
;;;There are 1.4 million main wombs, and 6,000, and 600. There are 500 deeds, and five, and three. There are deeds and half-deeds. There are 62 paths, 62 sub-eons, six classes of rebirth, and eight stages in a person’s life. There are 4,900 Ājīvaka ascetics, 4,900 wanderers, and 4,900 naked ascetics. There are 2,000 faculties, 3,000 hells, and 36 realms of dust. There are seven percipient embryos, seven non-percipient embryos, and seven knotless embryos. There are seven gods, seven humans, and seven goblins. There are seven lakes, seven rivers, 700 rivers, seven cliffs, and 700 cliffs. There are seven dreams and 700 dreams. There are 8.4 million great eons through which the foolish and the astute transmigrate before making an end of suffering. 
;;;So mandattā momūhattā tattha tattha pañhaṁ puṭṭho samāno vācāvikkhepaṁ āpajjati amarāvikkhepaṁ: 
;;;Because of that, whenever they’re asked a question, they resort to verbal flip-flops and endless flip-flops: 
;;;Imāni kho tāni, sandaka, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena cattāri anassāsikāni brahmacariyāni akkhātāni yattha viññū puriso sasakkaṁ brahmacariyaṁ na vaseyya, vasanto ca nārādheyya ñāyaṁ dhammaṁ kusalan”ti. 
;;;These are the four kinds of unreliable spiritual life that have been explained by the Blessed One, who knows and sees, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha. A sensible person would, to the best of their ability, not practice such spiritual paths, and if they did practice them, they wouldn’t complete the system of the skillful teaching.” 
;;;Yasmiṁ kho, sandaka, satthari sāvako evarūpaṁ uḷāravisesaṁ adhigacchati tattha viññū puriso sasakkaṁ brahmacariyaṁ vaseyya, vasanto ca ārādheyya ñāyaṁ dhammaṁ kusalaṁ. 
;;;A sensible person would, to the best of their ability, lead the spiritual life under a teacher who achieves such a high distinction, and, once practicing it, they would complete the system of the skillful teaching. 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho āyasmā ānando sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito bhikkhū āmantesi: ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Ānanda came out of retreat and addressed the mendicants: 
;;;Cuddasa kho panimāni yonipamukhasatasahassāni saṭṭhi ca satāni cha ca satāni pañca ca kammuno satāni pañca ca kammāni tīṇi ca kammāni, kamme ca aḍḍhakamme ca, dvaṭṭhipaṭipadā, dvaṭṭhantarakappā, chaḷābhijātiyo, aṭṭha purisabhūmiyo, ekūnapaññāsa ājīvakasate, ekūnapaññāsa paribbājakasate, ekūnapaññāsa nāgāvāsasate, vīse indriyasate, tiṁse nirayasate, chattiṁsa rajodhātuyo, satta saññīgabbhā, satta asaññīgabbhā, satta nigaṇṭhigabbhā, satta devā, satta mānusā, satta pesācā, satta sarā, satta pavuṭā, satta papātā, satta papātasatāni, satta supinā, satta supinasatāni, cullāsīti mahākappino satasahassāni, yāni bāle ca paṇḍite ca sandhāvitvā saṁsaritvā dukkhassantaṁ karissanti. 
;;;There are 1.4 million main wombs, and 6,000, and 600. There are 500 deeds, and five, and three. There are deeds and half-deeds. There are 62 paths, 62 sub-eons, six classes of rebirth, and eight stages in a person’s life. There are 4,900 Ājīvaka ascetics, 4,900 wanderers, and 4,900 naked ascetics. There are 2,000 faculties, 3,000 hells, and 36 realms of dust. There are seven percipient embryos, seven non-percipient embryos, and seven knotless embryos. There are seven gods, seven humans, and seven goblins. There are seven lakes, seven rivers, 700 rivers, seven cliffs, and 700 cliffs. There are seven dreams and 700 dreams. There are 8.4 million great eons through which the foolish and the astute transmigrate before making an end of suffering. 
;;;So mandattā momūhattā tattha tattha pañhaṁ puṭṭho samāno vācāvikkhepaṁ āpajjati amarāvikkhepaṁ: 
;;;Because of that, whenever they’re asked a question, they resort to verbal flip-flops and endless flip-flops: 
;;;Imāni kho tāni, sandaka, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena cattāri anassāsikāni brahmacariyāni akkhātāni yattha viññū puriso sasakkaṁ brahmacariyaṁ na vaseyya, vasanto ca nārādheyya ñāyaṁ dhammaṁ kusalan”ti. 
;;;These are the four kinds of unreliable spiritual life that have been explained by the Blessed One, who knows and sees, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha. A sensible person would, to the best of their ability, not practice such spiritual paths, and if they did practice them, they wouldn’t complete the system of the skillful teaching.” 
;;;Yasmiṁ kho, sandaka, satthari sāvako evarūpaṁ uḷāravisesaṁ adhigacchati tattha viññū puriso sasakkaṁ brahmacariyaṁ vaseyya, vasanto ca ārādheyya ñāyaṁ dhammaṁ kusalaṁ. 
;;;A sensible person would, to the best of their ability, lead the spiritual life under a teacher who achieves such a high distinction, and, once practicing it, they would complete the system of the skillful teaching. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Ko nu kho imesaṁ bhavataṁ samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṁ saṅghīnaṁ gaṇīnaṁ gaṇācariyānaṁ ñātānaṁ yasassinaṁ titthakarānaṁ sādhusammatānaṁ bahujanassa sāvakānaṁ sakkato garukato mānito pūjito, kañca pana sāvakā sakkatvā garuṁ katvā upanissāya viharantī’ti? ;;;Which of these ascetics and brahmins is honored, respected, revered, and venerated by their disciples? And how do their disciples, after honoring and respecting them, remain loyal?’ 
;;;Tamenāññataro sabrahmacārī jaṇṇukena ghaṭṭesi: 
;;;And one of their spiritual companions nudged them with their knee, to indicate, 
;;;Seyyathāpi nāma puriso cātummahāpathe khuddamadhuṁ anelakaṁ pīḷeyya. 
;;;It’s like when there’s a person at the crossroads pressing out pure dwarf-bee honey, 
;;;“Kati pana tvaṁ, udāyi, mayi dhamme samanupassasi, yehi mamaṁ sāvakā sakkaronti garuṁ karonti mānenti pūjenti, sakkatvā garuṁ katvā upanissāya viharantī”ti? 
;;;“But Udāyī, how many qualities do you see in me, because of which my disciples honor, respect, revere, and venerate me; and after honoring and respecting me, they remain loyal to me?” 
;;;Yampudāyi, mamaṁ sāvakā adhisīle sambhāventi: 
;;;Since this is so, 
;;;“Na kho panāhaṁ, udāyi, sāvakesu anusāsaniṁ paccāsīsāmi; 
;;;“That’s because I don’t expect to be instructed by my disciples. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, udāyi, dakkho nhāpako vā nhāpakantevāsī vā kaṁsathāle nhānīyacuṇṇāni ākiritvā udakena paripphosakaṁ paripphosakaṁ sanneyya, sāyaṁ nhānīyapiṇḍi snehānugatā snehaparetā santarabāhirā phuṭā snehena na ca pagghariṇī; 
;;;It’s like when a deft bathroom attendant or their apprentice pours bath powder into a bronze dish, sprinkling it little by little with water. They knead it until the ball of bath powder is soaked and saturated with moisture, spread through inside and out; yet no moisture oozes out. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, udāyi, udakarahado gambhīro ubbhidodako. Tassa nevassa puratthimāya disāya udakassa āyamukhaṁ, na pacchimāya disāya udakassa āyamukhaṁ, na uttarāya disāya udakassa āyamukhaṁ, na dakkhiṇāya disāya udakassa āyamukhaṁ, devo ca na kālena kālaṁ sammā dhāraṁ anuppaveccheyya; 
;;;It’s like a deep lake fed by spring water. There’s no inlet to the east, west, north, or south, and the heavens would not properly bestow showers from time to time. 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, udāyi, akkhātā mayā sāvakānaṁ paṭipadā, yathāpaṭipannā me sāvakā anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhonti—ekopi hutvā bahudhā honti, bahudhāpi hutvā eko hoti; āvibhāvaṁ, tirobhāvaṁ; tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamānā gacchanti, seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ karonti, seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gacchanti, seyyathāpi pathaviyaṁ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kamanti, seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve pāṇinā parimasanti parimajjanti, yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vattenti. 
;;;Furthermore, I have explained to my disciples a practice that they use to wield the many kinds of psychic power: multiplying themselves and becoming one again; appearing and disappearing; going unobstructed through a wall, a rampart, or a mountain as if through space; diving in and out of the earth as if it were water; walking on water as if it were earth; flying cross-legged through the sky like a bird; touching and stroking with the hand the sun and moon, so mighty and powerful. They control the body as far as the realm of divinity. 
;;;Evameva kho, udāyi, akkhātā mayā sāvakānaṁ paṭipadā, yathāpaṭipannā me sāvakā anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhonti—ekopi hutvā bahudhā honti, bahudhāpi hutvā eko hoti; āvibhāvaṁ, tirobhāvaṁ; tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamānā gacchanti, seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ karonti, seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gacchanti, seyyathāpi pathaviyaṁ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kamanti, seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve pāṇinā parimasanti parimajjanti, yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vattenti. 
;;;In the same way, I have explained to my disciples a practice that they use to wield the many kinds of psychic power … 
;;;

>En 

Ko nu kho imesaṁ bhavataṁ samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṁ saṅghīnaṁ gaṇīnaṁ gaṇācariyānaṁ ñātānaṁ yasassinaṁ titthakarānaṁ sādhusammatānaṁ bahujanassa sāvakānaṁ sakkato garukato mānito pūjito, kañca pana sāvakā sakkatvā garuṁ katvā upanissāya viharantī’ti? ;;;Which of these ascetics and brahmins is honored, respected, revered, and venerated by their disciples? And how do their disciples, after honoring and respecting them, remain loyal?’ 
;;;Tamenāññataro sabrahmacārī jaṇṇukena ghaṭṭesi: 
;;;And one of their spiritual companions nudged them with their knee, to indicate, 
;;;Seyyathāpi nāma puriso cātummahāpathe khuddamadhuṁ anelakaṁ pīḷeyya. 
;;;It’s like when there’s a person at the crossroads pressing out pure dwarf-bee honey, 
;;;“Kati pana tvaṁ, udāyi, mayi dhamme samanupassasi, yehi mamaṁ sāvakā sakkaronti garuṁ karonti mānenti pūjenti, sakkatvā garuṁ katvā upanissāya viharantī”ti? 
;;;“But Udāyī, how many qualities do you see in me, because of which my disciples honor, respect, revere, and venerate me; and after honoring and respecting me, they remain loyal to me?” 
;;;Yampudāyi, mamaṁ sāvakā adhisīle sambhāventi: 
;;;Since this is so, 
;;;“Na kho panāhaṁ, udāyi, sāvakesu anusāsaniṁ paccāsīsāmi; 
;;;“That’s because I don’t expect to be instructed by my disciples. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, udāyi, dakkho nhāpako vā nhāpakantevāsī vā kaṁsathāle nhānīyacuṇṇāni ākiritvā udakena paripphosakaṁ paripphosakaṁ sanneyya, sāyaṁ nhānīyapiṇḍi snehānugatā snehaparetā santarabāhirā phuṭā snehena na ca pagghariṇī; 
;;;It’s like when a deft bathroom attendant or their apprentice pours bath powder into a bronze dish, sprinkling it little by little with water. They knead it until the ball of bath powder is soaked and saturated with moisture, spread through inside and out; yet no moisture oozes out. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, udāyi, udakarahado gambhīro ubbhidodako. Tassa nevassa puratthimāya disāya udakassa āyamukhaṁ, na pacchimāya disāya udakassa āyamukhaṁ, na uttarāya disāya udakassa āyamukhaṁ, na dakkhiṇāya disāya udakassa āyamukhaṁ, devo ca na kālena kālaṁ sammā dhāraṁ anuppaveccheyya; 
;;;It’s like a deep lake fed by spring water. There’s no inlet to the east, west, north, or south, and the heavens would not properly bestow showers from time to time. 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, udāyi, akkhātā mayā sāvakānaṁ paṭipadā, yathāpaṭipannā me sāvakā anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhonti—ekopi hutvā bahudhā honti, bahudhāpi hutvā eko hoti; āvibhāvaṁ, tirobhāvaṁ; tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamānā gacchanti, seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ karonti, seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gacchanti, seyyathāpi pathaviyaṁ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kamanti, seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve pāṇinā parimasanti parimajjanti, yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vattenti. 
;;;Furthermore, I have explained to my disciples a practice that they use to wield the many kinds of psychic power: multiplying themselves and becoming one again; appearing and disappearing; going unobstructed through a wall, a rampart, or a mountain as if through space; diving in and out of the earth as if it were water; walking on water as if it were earth; flying cross-legged through the sky like a bird; touching and stroking with the hand the sun and moon, so mighty and powerful. They control the body as far as the realm of divinity. 
;;;Evameva kho, udāyi, akkhātā mayā sāvakānaṁ paṭipadā, yathāpaṭipannā me sāvakā anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhonti—ekopi hutvā bahudhā honti, bahudhāpi hutvā eko hoti; āvibhāvaṁ, tirobhāvaṁ; tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamānā gacchanti, seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ karonti, seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gacchanti, seyyathāpi pathaviyaṁ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kamanti, seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve pāṇinā parimasanti parimajjanti, yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vattenti. 
;;;In the same way, I have explained to my disciples a practice that they use to wield the many kinds of psychic power … 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tena kho pana samayena uggāhamāno paribbājako samaṇamuṇḍikāputto samayappavādake tindukācīre ekasālake mallikāya ārāme paṭivasati mahatiyā paribbājakaparisāya saddhiṁ pañcamattehi paribbājakasatehi. ;;;Now at that time the wanderer Uggāhamāna Samaṇamaṇḍikāputta was residing together with around five hundred wanderers in Mallikā’s single-halled monastery for philosophical debates, hedged by pale-moon ebony trees. 
;;;paṭisallīno bhagavā. 
;;;as he’s in retreat. 
;;;paṭisallīnā manobhāvaniyā bhikkhū. 
;;;as they’re in retreat. 
;;;Yannūnāhaṁ yena samayappavādako tindukācīro ekasālako mallikāya ārāmo yena uggāhamāno paribbājako samaṇamuṇḍikāputto tenupasaṅkameyyan”ti. 
;;;Why don’t I go to Mallikā’s monastery to visit the wanderer Uggāhamāna?” 
;;;Atha kho pañcakaṅgo thapati yena samayappavādako tindukācīro ekasālako mallikāya ārāmo yena uggāhamāno paribbājako samaṇamuṇḍikāputto tenupasaṅkami. 
;;;So that’s what he did. 
;;;Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho pañcakaṅgo thapati yāvatako ahosi uggāhamānena paribbājakena samaṇamuṇḍikāputtena saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi. 
;;;and informed the Buddha of all that had been discussed. 
;;;Daharassa hi, thapati, kumārassa mandassa uttānaseyyakassa saṅkappotipi na hoti, kuto pana pāpakaṁ saṅkappaṁ saṅkappissati, aññatra vikūjitamattā. 
;;;And a little baby doesn’t even have a concept of ‘thought’, so how could they possibly think bad thoughts, aside from just whimpering? 
;;;

>En 

Tena kho pana samayena uggāhamāno paribbājako samaṇamuṇḍikāputto samayappavādake tindukācīre ekasālake mallikāya ārāme paṭivasati mahatiyā paribbājakaparisāya saddhiṁ pañcamattehi paribbājakasatehi. ;;;Now at that time the wanderer Uggāhamāna Samaṇamaṇḍikāputta was residing together with around five hundred wanderers in Mallikā’s single-halled monastery for philosophical debates, hedged by pale-moon ebony trees. 
;;;paṭisallīno bhagavā. 
;;;as he’s in retreat. 
;;;paṭisallīnā manobhāvaniyā bhikkhū. 
;;;as they’re in retreat. 
;;;Yannūnāhaṁ yena samayappavādako tindukācīro ekasālako mallikāya ārāmo yena uggāhamāno paribbājako samaṇamuṇḍikāputto tenupasaṅkameyyan”ti. 
;;;Why don’t I go to Mallikā’s monastery to visit the wanderer Uggāhamāna?” 
;;;Atha kho pañcakaṅgo thapati yena samayappavādako tindukācīro ekasālako mallikāya ārāmo yena uggāhamāno paribbājako samaṇamuṇḍikāputto tenupasaṅkami. 
;;;So that’s what he did. 
;;;Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho pañcakaṅgo thapati yāvatako ahosi uggāhamānena paribbājakena samaṇamuṇḍikāputtena saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi. 
;;;and informed the Buddha of all that had been discussed. 
;;;Daharassa hi, thapati, kumārassa mandassa uttānaseyyakassa saṅkappotipi na hoti, kuto pana pāpakaṁ saṅkappaṁ saṅkappissati, aññatra vikūjitamattā. 
;;;And a little baby doesn’t even have a concept of ‘thought’, so how could they possibly think bad thoughts, aside from just whimpering? 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho sakuludāyī paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: ;;;who said to him, 
;;;yadā pana, bhante, bhagavā imaṁ parisaṁ upasaṅkanto hoti athāhañceva ayañca parisā bhagavato mukhaṁ ullokentā nisinnā homa: 
;;;But when the Buddha has come to the assembly, both myself and the assembly sit gazing up at your face, thinking, 
;;;Te mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā sake ācariyake samanuyuñjiyamānā samanuggāhiyamānā samanubhāsiyamānā rittā tucchā aparaddhā”ti. 
;;;But when pursued, pressed, and grilled on our own tradition, we turned out to be vacuous, hollow, and mistaken. 
;;;“Na kho sā, bhante, ākāravatī paṭipadā ekantasukhassa lokassa sacchikiriyāya, sacchikato hissa, bhante, ettāvatā ekantasukho loko hotī”ti. 
;;;“Sir, that’s not the grounded path for realizing a world of perfect happiness. At that point a perfectly happy world has already been realized.” 
;;;Yā tā devatā ekantasukhaṁ lokaṁ upapannā tāhi devatāhi saddhiṁ santiṭṭhati sallapati sākacchaṁ samāpajjati. 
;;;There are deities who have been reborn in a perfectly happy world. That mendicant associates with them, converses, and engages in discussion. 
;;;Seyyathāpi nāma udakamaṇiko hutvā udañcaniko assa, evaṁ sampadamidaṁ bhoto udāyissa bhavissati. 
;;;You’ll end up like a water jar that turns into a water ladle. 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho sakuludāyī paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: ;;;who said to him, 
;;;yadā pana, bhante, bhagavā imaṁ parisaṁ upasaṅkanto hoti athāhañceva ayañca parisā bhagavato mukhaṁ ullokentā nisinnā homa: 
;;;But when the Buddha has come to the assembly, both myself and the assembly sit gazing up at your face, thinking, 
;;;Te mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā sake ācariyake samanuyuñjiyamānā samanuggāhiyamānā samanubhāsiyamānā rittā tucchā aparaddhā”ti. 
;;;But when pursued, pressed, and grilled on our own tradition, we turned out to be vacuous, hollow, and mistaken. 
;;;“Na kho sā, bhante, ākāravatī paṭipadā ekantasukhassa lokassa sacchikiriyāya, sacchikato hissa, bhante, ettāvatā ekantasukho loko hotī”ti. 
;;;“Sir, that’s not the grounded path for realizing a world of perfect happiness. At that point a perfectly happy world has already been realized.” 
;;;Yā tā devatā ekantasukhaṁ lokaṁ upapannā tāhi devatāhi saddhiṁ santiṭṭhati sallapati sākacchaṁ samāpajjati. 
;;;There are deities who have been reborn in a perfectly happy world. That mendicant associates with them, converses, and engages in discussion. 
;;;Seyyathāpi nāma udakamaṇiko hutvā udañcaniko assa, evaṁ sampadamidaṁ bhoto udāyissa bhavissati. 
;;;You’ll end up like a water jar that turns into a water ladle. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Vekhanasasutta ;;;With Vekhanasa 
;;;Atha kho vekhanaso paribbājako yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi. 
;;;Then the wanderer Vekhanasa went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;‘Kāmehi, bho gotama, kāmasukhaṁ, kāmasukhā kāmaggasukhaṁ, tattha aggamakkhāyatī’”ti 
;;;Mister Gotama, from the senses comes sensual pleasure. Beyond sensual pleasure is the pleasure that surmounts the sensual, which is said to be the best of these.” 
;;;kāmā vā kāmasukhaṁ vā kāmaggasukhaṁ vā. 
;;;the senses, sensual pleasure, and the pleasure that surmounts the sensual. 
;;;evaṁ kira sammā bandhanā vippamokkho hoti, yadidaṁ avijjā bandhanā. 
;;;‘So this is how to be rightly released from the bond, that is, the bond of ignorance.’ 
;;;

>En 

Vekhanasasutta ;;;With Vekhanasa 
;;;Atha kho vekhanaso paribbājako yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi. 
;;;Then the wanderer Vekhanasa went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;‘Kāmehi, bho gotama, kāmasukhaṁ, kāmasukhā kāmaggasukhaṁ, tattha aggamakkhāyatī’”ti 
;;;Mister Gotama, from the senses comes sensual pleasure. Beyond sensual pleasure is the pleasure that surmounts the sensual, which is said to be the best of these.” 
;;;kāmā vā kāmasukhaṁ vā kāmaggasukhaṁ vā. 
;;;the senses, sensual pleasure, and the pleasure that surmounts the sensual. 
;;;evaṁ kira sammā bandhanā vippamokkho hoti, yadidaṁ avijjā bandhanā. 
;;;‘So this is how to be rightly released from the bond, that is, the bond of ignorance.’ 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho āyasmā ānando ekaṁsaṁ cīvaraṁ katvā yena bhagavā tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: ;;;So Ānanda arranged his robe over one shoulder, raised his joined palms toward the Buddha, and said, 
;;;“Bhūtapubbaṁ, ānanda, imasmiṁ padese vegaḷiṅgaṁ nāma gāmanigamo ahosi iddho ceva phīto ca bahujano ākiṇṇamanusso. 
;;;“Once upon a time, Ānanda, there was a market town in this spot named Vebhaliṅga. It was successful and prosperous, populous, full of people. 
;;;‘Tena hi, samma jotipāla, sottisināniṁ ādāya nadiṁ gamissāma sināyitun’ti. 
;;;‘Well then, dear Jotipāla, let’s take some bathing cleanser and go to the river to bathe.’ 
;;;Atha kho, ānanda, ghaṭikāro kumbhakāro jotipālaṁ māṇavaṁ sīsaṁnhātaṁ kesesu parāmasitvā etadavoca: 
;;;Then Ghaṭīkāra grabbed Jotipāla by the hair of his freshly-washed head and said, 
;;;‘yāvatādohipi, samma ghaṭikārā’ti? 
;;;‘You’d even milk it to this extent, dear Ghaṭīkāra?’ 
;;;Atha kho, ānanda, kikī kāsirājā tassā rattiyā accayena sake nivesane paṇītaṁ khādanīyaṁ bhojanīyaṁ paṭiyādāpetvā paṇḍupuṭakassa sālino vigatakāḷakaṁ anekasūpaṁ anekabyañjanaṁ, kassapassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa kālaṁ ārocāpesi: 
;;;And when the night had passed, King Kikī had delicious fresh and cooked foods prepared in his own home—soft saffron rice with the dark grains picked out, served with many soups and sauces. Then he had the Buddha informed of the time, saying, 
;;;Ghaṭikāro kho, mahārāja, kumbhakāro pannamusalo na sahatthā pathaviṁ khaṇati. 
;;;He has put down the shovel and doesn’t dig the earth with his own hands. 
;;;Yaṁ hoti kūlapaluggaṁ vā mūsikukkaro vā taṁ kājena āharitvā bhājanaṁ karitvā evamāha: 
;;;He takes what has crumbled off by a riverbank or been dug up by mice, and brings it back in a carrier. When he has made a pot, he says, 
;;;Atha khvāhaṁ, mahārāja, kumbhiyā odanaṁ gahetvā pariyogā sūpaṁ gahetvā paribhuñjitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkamiṁ. 
;;;So that’s what I did. And after eating I got up from my seat and left. 
;;;Atha kho, mahārāja, ghaṭikāraṁ kumbhakāraṁ aḍḍhamāsaṁ pītisukhaṁ na vijahati, sattāhaṁ mātāpitūnaṁ. 
;;;Then joy and happiness did not leave him for a fortnight, or his parents for a week. 
;;;“natthi kho, bhante, ghaṭikārassa kumbhakārassa nivesane tiṇaṁ, atthi ca khvāssa āvesane tiṇacchadanan”ti. 
;;;“Sir, there’s no grass there, but his workshop has a grass roof.” 
;;;Atha kho, mahārāja, āvesanaṁ sabbantaṁ temāsaṁ ākāsacchadanaṁ aṭṭhāsi, na devotivassi. 
;;;Then the workshop remained with the atmosphere for a roof for the whole three months, but the heavens did not rain on it. 
;;;Tāni, bhante, paṭiggaṇhathā’ti. 
;;;Please accept them.’ 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho āyasmā ānando ekaṁsaṁ cīvaraṁ katvā yena bhagavā tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: ;;;So Ānanda arranged his robe over one shoulder, raised his joined palms toward the Buddha, and said, 
;;;“Bhūtapubbaṁ, ānanda, imasmiṁ padese vegaḷiṅgaṁ nāma gāmanigamo ahosi iddho ceva phīto ca bahujano ākiṇṇamanusso. 
;;;“Once upon a time, Ānanda, there was a market town in this spot named Vebhaliṅga. It was successful and prosperous, populous, full of people. 
;;;‘Tena hi, samma jotipāla, sottisināniṁ ādāya nadiṁ gamissāma sināyitun’ti. 
;;;‘Well then, dear Jotipāla, let’s take some bathing cleanser and go to the river to bathe.’ 
;;;Atha kho, ānanda, ghaṭikāro kumbhakāro jotipālaṁ māṇavaṁ sīsaṁnhātaṁ kesesu parāmasitvā etadavoca: 
;;;Then Ghaṭīkāra grabbed Jotipāla by the hair of his freshly-washed head and said, 
;;;‘yāvatādohipi, samma ghaṭikārā’ti? 
;;;‘You’d even milk it to this extent, dear Ghaṭīkāra?’ 
;;;Atha kho, ānanda, kikī kāsirājā tassā rattiyā accayena sake nivesane paṇītaṁ khādanīyaṁ bhojanīyaṁ paṭiyādāpetvā paṇḍupuṭakassa sālino vigatakāḷakaṁ anekasūpaṁ anekabyañjanaṁ, kassapassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa kālaṁ ārocāpesi: 
;;;And when the night had passed, King Kikī had delicious fresh and cooked foods prepared in his own home—soft saffron rice with the dark grains picked out, served with many soups and sauces. Then he had the Buddha informed of the time, saying, 
;;;Ghaṭikāro kho, mahārāja, kumbhakāro pannamusalo na sahatthā pathaviṁ khaṇati. 
;;;He has put down the shovel and doesn’t dig the earth with his own hands. 
;;;Yaṁ hoti kūlapaluggaṁ vā mūsikukkaro vā taṁ kājena āharitvā bhājanaṁ karitvā evamāha: 
;;;He takes what has crumbled off by a riverbank or been dug up by mice, and brings it back in a carrier. When he has made a pot, he says, 
;;;Atha khvāhaṁ, mahārāja, kumbhiyā odanaṁ gahetvā pariyogā sūpaṁ gahetvā paribhuñjitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkamiṁ. 
;;;So that’s what I did. And after eating I got up from my seat and left. 
;;;Atha kho, mahārāja, ghaṭikāraṁ kumbhakāraṁ aḍḍhamāsaṁ pītisukhaṁ na vijahati, sattāhaṁ mātāpitūnaṁ. 
;;;Then joy and happiness did not leave him for a fortnight, or his parents for a week. 
;;;“natthi kho, bhante, ghaṭikārassa kumbhakārassa nivesane tiṇaṁ, atthi ca khvāssa āvesane tiṇacchadanan”ti. 
;;;“Sir, there’s no grass there, but his workshop has a grass roof.” 
;;;Atha kho, mahārāja, āvesanaṁ sabbantaṁ temāsaṁ ākāsacchadanaṁ aṭṭhāsi, na devotivassi. 
;;;Then the workshop remained with the atmosphere for a roof for the whole three months, but the heavens did not rain on it. 
;;;Tāni, bhante, paṭiggaṇhathā’ti. 
;;;Please accept them.’ 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Assosuṁ kho thullakoṭṭhikā brāhmaṇagahapatikā: ;;;The brahmins and householders of Thullakoṭṭhika heard: 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena raṭṭhapālo nāma kulaputto tasmiṁyeva thullakoṭṭhike aggakulassa putto tissaṁ parisāyaṁ nisinno hoti. 
;;;Now at that time a gentleman named Raṭṭhapāla, the son of the leading clan in Thullakoṭṭhika, was sitting in the assembly. 
;;;“tvaṁ khosi, tāta raṭṭhapāla, amhākaṁ ekaputtako piyo manāpo sukhedhito sukhaparibhato. 
;;;“But, dear Raṭṭhapāla, you’re our only child. You’re dear to us and we love you. You’re dainty and raised in comfort. 
;;;Kiṁ pana te taṁ jīvantaṁ anujānissanti agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajjāya. 
;;;So how can they allow you to go forth while you’re still alive? 
;;;Sace pana tumhe raṭṭhapālaṁ kulaputtaṁ anujānissatha agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajjāya, pabbajitampi naṁ dakkhissatha. 
;;;But if you do allow him to go forth, you’ll see him again afterwards. 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā raṭṭhapālo taṁ ābhidosikaṁ kummāsaṁ aññataraṁ kuṭṭamūlaṁ nissāya paribhuñjati. 
;;;Now at that time Raṭṭhapāla was eating last night’s porridge by a wall. 
;;;Bhutvā nivāpaṁ gacchāma, 
;;;I’ve eaten the bait and now I go, 
;;;“idha bhavaṁ raṭṭhapālo hatthatthare nisīdatū”ti. 
;;;“Here, Mister Raṭṭhapāla, sit on this elephant rug.” 
;;;Idha, bho raṭṭhapāla, ekacco jiṇṇo hoti vuḍḍho mahallako addhagato vayoanuppatto. 
;;;It’s when someone is old, elderly, and senior, advanced in years, and has reached the final stage of life. 
;;;‘ahaṁ khomhi etarahi jiṇṇo vuḍḍho mahallako addhagato vayoanuppatto. 
;;;‘I’m now old, elderly, and senior. I’m advanced in years and have reached the final stage of life. 
;;;Ime kho, mahārāja, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena cattāro dhammuddesā uddiṭṭhā, ye ahaṁ ñatvā ca disvā ca sutvā ca agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajito”ti. 
;;;The Blessed One who knows and sees, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha taught these four summaries of the teaching. It was after knowing and seeing and hearing these that I went forth from the lay life to homelessness.” 
;;;Etarahi jiṇṇo vuḍḍho mahallako addhagato vayoanuppatto āsītiko me vayo vattati. 
;;;For now I am old, elderly, and senior, I’m advanced in years and have reached the final stage of life. I am eighty years old. 
;;;bahu tattha dhanadhaññaṁ; 
;;;And there’s plenty of money and grain, 
;;;Sakkā ca tāvatakeneva balamattena abhivijinituṁ. 
;;;With your current forces you can conquer it. 
;;;Etampi disvā pabbajitomhi rāja, 
;;;Seeing this, too, I went forth, O King; 
;;;

>En 

Assosuṁ kho thullakoṭṭhikā brāhmaṇagahapatikā: ;;;The brahmins and householders of Thullakoṭṭhika heard: 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena raṭṭhapālo nāma kulaputto tasmiṁyeva thullakoṭṭhike aggakulassa putto tissaṁ parisāyaṁ nisinno hoti. 
;;;Now at that time a gentleman named Raṭṭhapāla, the son of the leading clan in Thullakoṭṭhika, was sitting in the assembly. 
;;;“tvaṁ khosi, tāta raṭṭhapāla, amhākaṁ ekaputtako piyo manāpo sukhedhito sukhaparibhato. 
;;;“But, dear Raṭṭhapāla, you’re our only child. You’re dear to us and we love you. You’re dainty and raised in comfort. 
;;;Kiṁ pana te taṁ jīvantaṁ anujānissanti agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajjāya. 
;;;So how can they allow you to go forth while you’re still alive? 
;;;Sace pana tumhe raṭṭhapālaṁ kulaputtaṁ anujānissatha agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajjāya, pabbajitampi naṁ dakkhissatha. 
;;;But if you do allow him to go forth, you’ll see him again afterwards. 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā raṭṭhapālo taṁ ābhidosikaṁ kummāsaṁ aññataraṁ kuṭṭamūlaṁ nissāya paribhuñjati. 
;;;Now at that time Raṭṭhapāla was eating last night’s porridge by a wall. 
;;;Bhutvā nivāpaṁ gacchāma, 
;;;I’ve eaten the bait and now I go, 
;;;“idha bhavaṁ raṭṭhapālo hatthatthare nisīdatū”ti. 
;;;“Here, Mister Raṭṭhapāla, sit on this elephant rug.” 
;;;Idha, bho raṭṭhapāla, ekacco jiṇṇo hoti vuḍḍho mahallako addhagato vayoanuppatto. 
;;;It’s when someone is old, elderly, and senior, advanced in years, and has reached the final stage of life. 
;;;‘ahaṁ khomhi etarahi jiṇṇo vuḍḍho mahallako addhagato vayoanuppatto. 
;;;‘I’m now old, elderly, and senior. I’m advanced in years and have reached the final stage of life. 
;;;Ime kho, mahārāja, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena cattāro dhammuddesā uddiṭṭhā, ye ahaṁ ñatvā ca disvā ca sutvā ca agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajito”ti. 
;;;The Blessed One who knows and sees, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha taught these four summaries of the teaching. It was after knowing and seeing and hearing these that I went forth from the lay life to homelessness.” 
;;;Etarahi jiṇṇo vuḍḍho mahallako addhagato vayoanuppatto āsītiko me vayo vattati. 
;;;For now I am old, elderly, and senior, I’m advanced in years and have reached the final stage of life. I am eighty years old. 
;;;bahu tattha dhanadhaññaṁ; 
;;;And there’s plenty of money and grain, 
;;;Sakkā ca tāvatakeneva balamattena abhivijinituṁ. 
;;;With your current forces you can conquer it. 
;;;Etampi disvā pabbajitomhi rāja, 
;;;Seeing this, too, I went forth, O King; 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

So mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā vihāsi, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ; iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā vihāsi. ;;;He meditated spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, he spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. 
;;;Tena kho pana, ānanda, samayena nimi rājā tadahuposathe pannarase sīsaṁnhāto uposathiko uparipāsādavaragato nisinno hoti. 
;;;Now at that time it was the fifteenth day sabbath, and King Nimi had bathed his head and was sitting upstairs in the royal longhouse to observe the sabbath. 
;;;Sampavesesi kho, ānanda, mātali, saṅgāhako nimiṁ rājānaṁ sudhammaṁ sabhaṁ. 
;;;Mātali brought King Nimi to the Hall of Justice. 
;;;

>En 

So mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā vihāsi, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ; iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā vihāsi. ;;;He meditated spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, he spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. 
;;;Tena kho pana, ānanda, samayena nimi rājā tadahuposathe pannarase sīsaṁnhāto uposathiko uparipāsādavaragato nisinno hoti. 
;;;Now at that time it was the fifteenth day sabbath, and King Nimi had bathed his head and was sitting upstairs in the royal longhouse to observe the sabbath. 
;;;Sampavesesi kho, ānanda, mātali, saṅgāhako nimiṁ rājānaṁ sudhammaṁ sabhaṁ. 
;;;Mātali brought King Nimi to the Hall of Justice. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā mahākaccāno madhurāyaṁ viharati gundāvane. ;;;At one time Venerable Mahākaccāna was staying near Madhurā, in Gunda’s Grove. 
;;;Nesaṁ ettha kiñci nānākaraṇaṁ samanupassāmī”ti. 
;;;I can’t see any difference between them.” 
;;;Yā hissa, bho kaccāna, pubbe ‘khattiyo’ti samaññā sāssa antarahitā; corotveva saṅkhyaṁ gacchatī”ti. 
;;;Because he’s lost his former status as an aristocrat, and is just reckoned as a bandit.” 
;;;Tameva tvaṁ bhagavantaṁ saraṇaṁ gaccha yamahaṁ saraṇaṁ gato”ti. 
;;;You should go for refuge to that same Blessed One to whom I have gone for refuge.” 
;;;

>En 

ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā mahākaccāno madhurāyaṁ viharati gundāvane. ;;;At one time Venerable Mahākaccāna was staying near Madhurā, in Gunda’s Grove. 
;;;Nesaṁ ettha kiñci nānākaraṇaṁ samanupassāmī”ti. 
;;;I can’t see any difference between them.” 
;;;Yā hissa, bho kaccāna, pubbe ‘khattiyo’ti samaññā sāssa antarahitā; corotveva saṅkhyaṁ gacchatī”ti. 
;;;Because he’s lost his former status as an aristocrat, and is just reckoned as a bandit.” 
;;;Tameva tvaṁ bhagavantaṁ saraṇaṁ gaccha yamahaṁ saraṇaṁ gato”ti. 
;;;You should go for refuge to that same Blessed One to whom I have gone for refuge.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tena kho pana samayena bodhissa rājakumārassa kokanado nāma pāsādo acirakārito hoti anajjhāvuṭṭho samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā kenaci vā manussabhūtena. ;;;Now at that time a new stilt longhouse named Pink Lotus had recently been constructed for Prince Bodhi. It had not yet been occupied by an ascetic or brahmin or any person at all. 
;;;“bodhi kho rājakumāro bhoto gotamassa pāde sirasā vandati, appābādhaṁ appātaṅkaṁ lahuṭṭhānaṁ balaṁ phāsuvihāraṁ pucchati. 
;;; 
;;;‘kittāvatā no, āvuso kālāma, imaṁ dhammaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharāmīti pavedesī’ti? 
;;;‘Reverend Kālāma, to what extent do you say you’ve realized this teaching with your own insight?’ 
;;;Iti kho, rājakumāra, āḷāro kālāmo ācariyo me samāno attano antevāsiṁ maṁ samānaṁ attanā samasamaṁ ṭhapesi, uḷārāya ca maṁ pūjāya pūjesi. 
;;;And that is how my tutor Āḷāra Kālāma placed me, his pupil, on the same position as him, and honored me with lofty praise. 
;;;So kho ahaṁ, rājakumāra, kiṅkusalagavesī anuttaraṁ santivarapadaṁ pariyesamāno yena udako rāmaputto tenupasaṅkamiṁ; upasaṅkamitvā udakaṁ rāmaputtaṁ etadavocaṁ: 
;;;I set out to discover what is skillful, seeking the supreme state of sublime peace. I approached Uddaka son of Rāma and said to him, 
;;;‘icchāmahaṁ, āvuso, imasmiṁ dhammavinaye brahmacariyaṁ caritun’ti. 
;;;‘Reverend, I wish to lead the spiritual life in this teaching and training.’ 
;;;Atha khvāhaṁ, rājakumāra, yena udako rāmaputto tenupasaṅkamiṁ; upasaṅkamitvā udakaṁ rāmaputtaṁ etadavocaṁ: 
;;;So I approached Uddaka son of Rāma and said to him, 
;;;Seyyathāpi, rājakumāra, allaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ sasnehaṁ udake nikkhittaṁ. 
;;;Suppose there was a green, sappy log, and it was lying in water. 
;;;api nu so puriso amuṁ allaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ sasnehaṁ udake nikkhittaṁ uttarāraṇiṁ ādāya abhimanthento aggiṁ abhinibbatteyya, tejo pātukareyyā”ti? 
;;;By drilling the stick against that green, sappy log lying in water, could they light a fire and produce heat?” 
;;;Aduñhi, bhante, allaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ sasnehaṁ tañca pana udake nikkhittaṁ, 
;;;Because it’s a green, sappy log, and it’s lying in the water. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, rājakumāra, allaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ sasnehaṁ ārakā udakā thale nikkhittaṁ. 
;;;Suppose there was a green, sappy log, and it was lying on dry land far from the water. 
;;;api nu so puriso amuṁ allaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ sasnehaṁ ārakā udakā thale nikkhittaṁ uttarāraṇiṁ ādāya abhimanthento aggiṁ abhinibbatteyya, tejo pātukareyyā”ti? 
;;;By drilling the stick against that green, sappy log on dry land far from water, could they light a fire and produce heat?” 
;;;Aduñhi, bhante, allaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ sasnehaṁ kiñcāpi ārakā udakā thale nikkhittaṁ, 
;;;Because it’s still a green, sappy log, despite the fact that it’s lying on dry land far from water. 
;;;Āraddhaṁ kho pana me, rājakumāra, vīriyaṁ hoti asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, sāraddho ca pana me kāyo hoti appaṭippassaddho, teneva dukkhappadhānena padhānābhitunnassa sato. 
;;;My energy was roused up and unflagging, and my mindfulness was established and lucid, but my body was disturbed, not tranquil, because I’d pushed too hard with that painful striving. 
;;;Āraddhaṁ kho pana me, rājakumāra, vīriyaṁ hoti asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, sāraddho ca pana me kāyo hoti appaṭippassaddho, teneva dukkhappadhānena padhānābhitunnassa sato. 
;;;My energy was roused up and unflagging, and my mindfulness was established and lucid, but my body was disturbed, not tranquil, because I’d pushed too hard with that painful striving. 
;;;Tassa mayhaṁ, rājakumāra, mukhato ca nāsato ca kaṇṇato ca assāsapassāsesu uparuddhesu adhimattā vātā muddhani ūhananti. 
;;;But then strong winds ground my head, 
;;;Seyyathāpi, rājakumāra, balavā puriso tiṇhena sikharena muddhani abhimattheyya; 
;;;like a strong man was drilling into my head with a sharp point. 
;;;Āraddhaṁ kho pana me, rājakumāra, vīriyaṁ hoti asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, sāraddho ca pana me kāyo hoti appaṭippassaddho, teneva dukkhappadhānena padhānābhitunnassa sato. 
;;;My energy was roused up and unflagging, and my mindfulness was established and lucid, but my body was disturbed, not tranquil, because I’d pushed too hard with that painful striving. 
;;;Āraddhaṁ kho pana me, rājakumāra, vīriyaṁ hoti asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, sāraddho ca pana me kāyo hoti appaṭippassaddho, teneva dukkhappadhānena padhānābhitunnassa sato. 
;;;My energy was roused up and unflagging, and my mindfulness was established and lucid, but my body was disturbed, not tranquil, because I’d pushed too hard with that painful striving. 
;;;Āraddhaṁ kho pana me, rājakumāra, vīriyaṁ hoti asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, sāraddho ca pana me kāyo hoti appaṭippassaddho, teneva dukkhappadhānena padhānābhitunnassa sato. 
;;;My energy was roused up and unflagging, and my mindfulness was established and lucid, but my body was disturbed, not tranquil, because I’d pushed too hard with that painful striving. 
;;;Āraddhaṁ kho pana me, rājakumāra, vīriyaṁ hoti asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, sāraddho ca pana me kāyo hoti appaṭippassaddho, teneva dukkhappadhānena padhānābhitunnassa sato. 
;;;My energy was roused up and unflagging, and my mindfulness was established and lucid, but my body was disturbed, not tranquil, because I’d pushed too hard with that painful striving. 
;;;Sace kho tvaṁ, mārisa, sabbaso āhārupacchedāya paṭipajjissasi, tassa te mayaṁ dibbaṁ ojaṁ lomakūpehi ajjhohāressāma, tāya tvaṁ yāpessasī’ti. 
;;;If you do, we’ll infuse heavenly nectar into your pores and you will live on that.’ 
;;;‘ahañceva kho pana sabbaso ajajjitaṁ paṭijāneyyaṁ. Imā ca me devatā dibbaṁ ojaṁ lomakūpehi ajjhohāreyyuṁ, tāya cāhaṁ yāpeyyaṁ, taṁ mamassa musā’ti. 
;;;‘If I claim to be completely fasting while these deities are infusing heavenly nectar in my pores, that would be a lie on my part.’ 
;;;Seyyathāpi nāma tittakālābu āmakacchinno vātātapena samphuṭito hoti sammilāto; evamevassu me sīsacchavi samphuṭitā hoti sammilātā tāyevappāhāratāya. 
;;;Due to eating so little, my scalp shriveled and withered like a green bitter-gourd in the wind and sun. 
;;;So kho ahaṁ, rājakumāra, ‘udaracchaviṁ parimasissāmī’ti piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṁyeva pariggaṇhāmi, ‘piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṁ parimasissāmī’ti udaracchaviṁyeva pariggaṇhāmi. Yāvassu me, rājakumāra, udaracchavi piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṁ allīnā hoti tāyevappāhāratāya. 
;;;Due to eating so little, the skin of my belly stuck to my backbone, so that when I tried to rub the skin of my belly I grabbed my backbone, and when I tried to rub my backbone I rubbed the skin of my belly. 
;;;‘ye kho keci atītamaddhānaṁ samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā opakkamikā dukkhā tibbā kharā kaṭukā vedanā vedayiṁsu, etāvaparamaṁ nayito bhiyyo. 
;;;‘Whatever ascetics and brahmins have experienced painful, sharp, severe, acute feelings due to overexertion—whether in the past, future, or present—this is as far as it goes, no-one has done more than this. 
;;;tamokhandhena āvuṭā’ti. 
;;;for they’re shrouded in a mass of darkness.’ 
;;;Sokāvatiṇṇaṁ janatamapetasoko, 
;;;rid of sorrow, look upon the people 
;;;Satthavāha aṇaṇa vicara loke; 
;;;wander the world free of debt. 
;;;Seyyathāpi nāma uppaliniyaṁ vā paduminiyaṁ vā puṇḍarīkiniyaṁ vā appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṁvaḍḍhāni udakānuggatāni antonimuggaposīni, appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṁvaḍḍhāni udakānuggatāni samodakaṁ ṭhitāni, appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṁvaḍḍhāni udakā accuggamma ṭhitāni anupalittāni udakena; 
;;;It’s like a pool with blue water lilies, or pink or white lotuses. Some of them sprout and grow in the water without rising above it, thriving underwater. Some of them sprout and grow in the water reaching the water’s surface. And some of them sprout and grow in the water but rise up above the water and stand with no water clinging to them. 
;;;Āhañchaṁ amatadundubhin’ti. 
;;;I’ll beat the drum of freedom from death!’ 
;;;tasmāhamupaka jino’ti. 
;;;that’s why I’m a victor.’ 
;;;Evaṁ vutte, rājakumāra, upako ājīvako ‘hupeyyapāvuso’ti vatvā sīsaṁ okampetvā ummaggaṁ gahetvā pakkāmi. 
;;;When I had spoken, Upaka said: ‘If you say so, reverend.’ Shaking his head, he took a wrong turn and left. 
;;;‘mā, bhikkhave, tathāgataṁ nāmena ca āvusovādena ca samudācaratha; 
;;;‘Mendicants, don’t address me by name and as “reverend”. 
;;;‘abhijānātha me no tumhe, bhikkhave, ito pubbe evarūpaṁ pabhāvitametan’ti? 
;;;‘Mendicants, have you ever known me to speak like this before?’ 
;;;Yaṁ tayo bhikkhū piṇḍāya caritvā āharanti, tena chabbaggiyā yāpema. 
;;;Then those three would feed all six of us with what they brought back. 
;;;kusalo tvaṁ hatthārūḷhe aṅkusagayhe sippe”ti? 
;;;Are you skilled in the art of wielding a hooked goad while riding an elephant?” 
;;;‘aho buddho, aho dhammo, aho dhammassa svākkhātatā’ti ca vadeti; 
;;; 
;;;

>En 

Tena kho pana samayena bodhissa rājakumārassa kokanado nāma pāsādo acirakārito hoti anajjhāvuṭṭho samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā kenaci vā manussabhūtena. ;;;Now at that time a new stilt longhouse named Pink Lotus had recently been constructed for Prince Bodhi. It had not yet been occupied by an ascetic or brahmin or any person at all. 
;;;“bodhi kho rājakumāro bhoto gotamassa pāde sirasā vandati, appābādhaṁ appātaṅkaṁ lahuṭṭhānaṁ balaṁ phāsuvihāraṁ pucchati. 
;;; 
;;;‘kittāvatā no, āvuso kālāma, imaṁ dhammaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharāmīti pavedesī’ti? 
;;;‘Reverend Kālāma, to what extent do you say you’ve realized this teaching with your own insight?’ 
;;;Iti kho, rājakumāra, āḷāro kālāmo ācariyo me samāno attano antevāsiṁ maṁ samānaṁ attanā samasamaṁ ṭhapesi, uḷārāya ca maṁ pūjāya pūjesi. 
;;;And that is how my tutor Āḷāra Kālāma placed me, his pupil, on the same position as him, and honored me with lofty praise. 
;;;So kho ahaṁ, rājakumāra, kiṅkusalagavesī anuttaraṁ santivarapadaṁ pariyesamāno yena udako rāmaputto tenupasaṅkamiṁ; upasaṅkamitvā udakaṁ rāmaputtaṁ etadavocaṁ: 
;;;I set out to discover what is skillful, seeking the supreme state of sublime peace. I approached Uddaka son of Rāma and said to him, 
;;;‘icchāmahaṁ, āvuso, imasmiṁ dhammavinaye brahmacariyaṁ caritun’ti. 
;;;‘Reverend, I wish to lead the spiritual life in this teaching and training.’ 
;;;Atha khvāhaṁ, rājakumāra, yena udako rāmaputto tenupasaṅkamiṁ; upasaṅkamitvā udakaṁ rāmaputtaṁ etadavocaṁ: 
;;;So I approached Uddaka son of Rāma and said to him, 
;;;Seyyathāpi, rājakumāra, allaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ sasnehaṁ udake nikkhittaṁ. 
;;;Suppose there was a green, sappy log, and it was lying in water. 
;;;api nu so puriso amuṁ allaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ sasnehaṁ udake nikkhittaṁ uttarāraṇiṁ ādāya abhimanthento aggiṁ abhinibbatteyya, tejo pātukareyyā”ti? 
;;;By drilling the stick against that green, sappy log lying in water, could they light a fire and produce heat?” 
;;;Aduñhi, bhante, allaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ sasnehaṁ tañca pana udake nikkhittaṁ, 
;;;Because it’s a green, sappy log, and it’s lying in the water. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, rājakumāra, allaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ sasnehaṁ ārakā udakā thale nikkhittaṁ. 
;;;Suppose there was a green, sappy log, and it was lying on dry land far from the water. 
;;;api nu so puriso amuṁ allaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ sasnehaṁ ārakā udakā thale nikkhittaṁ uttarāraṇiṁ ādāya abhimanthento aggiṁ abhinibbatteyya, tejo pātukareyyā”ti? 
;;;By drilling the stick against that green, sappy log on dry land far from water, could they light a fire and produce heat?” 
;;;Aduñhi, bhante, allaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ sasnehaṁ kiñcāpi ārakā udakā thale nikkhittaṁ, 
;;;Because it’s still a green, sappy log, despite the fact that it’s lying on dry land far from water. 
;;;Āraddhaṁ kho pana me, rājakumāra, vīriyaṁ hoti asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, sāraddho ca pana me kāyo hoti appaṭippassaddho, teneva dukkhappadhānena padhānābhitunnassa sato. 
;;;My energy was roused up and unflagging, and my mindfulness was established and lucid, but my body was disturbed, not tranquil, because I’d pushed too hard with that painful striving. 
;;;Āraddhaṁ kho pana me, rājakumāra, vīriyaṁ hoti asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, sāraddho ca pana me kāyo hoti appaṭippassaddho, teneva dukkhappadhānena padhānābhitunnassa sato. 
;;;My energy was roused up and unflagging, and my mindfulness was established and lucid, but my body was disturbed, not tranquil, because I’d pushed too hard with that painful striving. 
;;;Tassa mayhaṁ, rājakumāra, mukhato ca nāsato ca kaṇṇato ca assāsapassāsesu uparuddhesu adhimattā vātā muddhani ūhananti. 
;;;But then strong winds ground my head, 
;;;Seyyathāpi, rājakumāra, balavā puriso tiṇhena sikharena muddhani abhimattheyya; 
;;;like a strong man was drilling into my head with a sharp point. 
;;;Āraddhaṁ kho pana me, rājakumāra, vīriyaṁ hoti asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, sāraddho ca pana me kāyo hoti appaṭippassaddho, teneva dukkhappadhānena padhānābhitunnassa sato. 
;;;My energy was roused up and unflagging, and my mindfulness was established and lucid, but my body was disturbed, not tranquil, because I’d pushed too hard with that painful striving. 
;;;Āraddhaṁ kho pana me, rājakumāra, vīriyaṁ hoti asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, sāraddho ca pana me kāyo hoti appaṭippassaddho, teneva dukkhappadhānena padhānābhitunnassa sato. 
;;;My energy was roused up and unflagging, and my mindfulness was established and lucid, but my body was disturbed, not tranquil, because I’d pushed too hard with that painful striving. 
;;;Āraddhaṁ kho pana me, rājakumāra, vīriyaṁ hoti asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, sāraddho ca pana me kāyo hoti appaṭippassaddho, teneva dukkhappadhānena padhānābhitunnassa sato. 
;;;My energy was roused up and unflagging, and my mindfulness was established and lucid, but my body was disturbed, not tranquil, because I’d pushed too hard with that painful striving. 
;;;Āraddhaṁ kho pana me, rājakumāra, vīriyaṁ hoti asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, sāraddho ca pana me kāyo hoti appaṭippassaddho, teneva dukkhappadhānena padhānābhitunnassa sato. 
;;;My energy was roused up and unflagging, and my mindfulness was established and lucid, but my body was disturbed, not tranquil, because I’d pushed too hard with that painful striving. 
;;;Sace kho tvaṁ, mārisa, sabbaso āhārupacchedāya paṭipajjissasi, tassa te mayaṁ dibbaṁ ojaṁ lomakūpehi ajjhohāressāma, tāya tvaṁ yāpessasī’ti. 
;;;If you do, we’ll infuse heavenly nectar into your pores and you will live on that.’ 
;;;‘ahañceva kho pana sabbaso ajajjitaṁ paṭijāneyyaṁ. Imā ca me devatā dibbaṁ ojaṁ lomakūpehi ajjhohāreyyuṁ, tāya cāhaṁ yāpeyyaṁ, taṁ mamassa musā’ti. 
;;;‘If I claim to be completely fasting while these deities are infusing heavenly nectar in my pores, that would be a lie on my part.’ 
;;;Seyyathāpi nāma tittakālābu āmakacchinno vātātapena samphuṭito hoti sammilāto; evamevassu me sīsacchavi samphuṭitā hoti sammilātā tāyevappāhāratāya. 
;;;Due to eating so little, my scalp shriveled and withered like a green bitter-gourd in the wind and sun. 
;;;So kho ahaṁ, rājakumāra, ‘udaracchaviṁ parimasissāmī’ti piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṁyeva pariggaṇhāmi, ‘piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṁ parimasissāmī’ti udaracchaviṁyeva pariggaṇhāmi. Yāvassu me, rājakumāra, udaracchavi piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṁ allīnā hoti tāyevappāhāratāya. 
;;;Due to eating so little, the skin of my belly stuck to my backbone, so that when I tried to rub the skin of my belly I grabbed my backbone, and when I tried to rub my backbone I rubbed the skin of my belly. 
;;;‘ye kho keci atītamaddhānaṁ samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā opakkamikā dukkhā tibbā kharā kaṭukā vedanā vedayiṁsu, etāvaparamaṁ nayito bhiyyo. 
;;;‘Whatever ascetics and brahmins have experienced painful, sharp, severe, acute feelings due to overexertion—whether in the past, future, or present—this is as far as it goes, no-one has done more than this. 
;;;tamokhandhena āvuṭā’ti. 
;;;for they’re shrouded in a mass of darkness.’ 
;;;Sokāvatiṇṇaṁ janatamapetasoko, 
;;;rid of sorrow, look upon the people 
;;;Satthavāha aṇaṇa vicara loke; 
;;;wander the world free of debt. 
;;;Seyyathāpi nāma uppaliniyaṁ vā paduminiyaṁ vā puṇḍarīkiniyaṁ vā appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṁvaḍḍhāni udakānuggatāni antonimuggaposīni, appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṁvaḍḍhāni udakānuggatāni samodakaṁ ṭhitāni, appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṁvaḍḍhāni udakā accuggamma ṭhitāni anupalittāni udakena; 
;;;It’s like a pool with blue water lilies, or pink or white lotuses. Some of them sprout and grow in the water without rising above it, thriving underwater. Some of them sprout and grow in the water reaching the water’s surface. And some of them sprout and grow in the water but rise up above the water and stand with no water clinging to them. 
;;;Āhañchaṁ amatadundubhin’ti. 
;;;I’ll beat the drum of freedom from death!’ 
;;;tasmāhamupaka jino’ti. 
;;;that’s why I’m a victor.’ 
;;;Evaṁ vutte, rājakumāra, upako ājīvako ‘hupeyyapāvuso’ti vatvā sīsaṁ okampetvā ummaggaṁ gahetvā pakkāmi. 
;;;When I had spoken, Upaka said: ‘If you say so, reverend.’ Shaking his head, he took a wrong turn and left. 
;;;‘mā, bhikkhave, tathāgataṁ nāmena ca āvusovādena ca samudācaratha; 
;;;‘Mendicants, don’t address me by name and as “reverend”. 
;;;‘abhijānātha me no tumhe, bhikkhave, ito pubbe evarūpaṁ pabhāvitametan’ti? 
;;;‘Mendicants, have you ever known me to speak like this before?’ 
;;;Yaṁ tayo bhikkhū piṇḍāya caritvā āharanti, tena chabbaggiyā yāpema. 
;;;Then those three would feed all six of us with what they brought back. 
;;;kusalo tvaṁ hatthārūḷhe aṅkusagayhe sippe”ti? 
;;;Are you skilled in the art of wielding a hooked goad while riding an elephant?” 
;;;‘aho buddho, aho dhammo, aho dhammassa svākkhātatā’ti ca vadeti; 
;;; 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Etañhi, samaṇa, maggaṁ dasapi purisā vīsampi purisā tiṁsampi purisā cattārīsampi purisā paññāsampi purisā saṅkaritvā saṅkaritvā paṭipajjanti. ;;;People travel along this road only after banding closely together in groups of ten, twenty, thirty, forty, or fifty. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā tathārūpaṁ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkhāsi yathā coro aṅgulimālo bhagavantaṁ pakatiyā gacchantaṁ sabbathāmena gacchanto na sakkoti sampāpuṇituṁ. 
;;;But the Buddha used his psychic power to will that Aṅgulimāla could not catch up with him no matter how hard he tried, even though the Buddha kept walking at a normal speed. 
;;;Mahāvanaṁ pāpuṇi saccavādī; 
;;;an ascetic has followed me into this deep wood. 
;;;Sohaṁ carissāmi pahāya pāpaṁ, 
;;;Now that I’ve heard your verse on Dhamma, 
;;;Yañhi mayaṁ, bhante, nāsakkhimhā daṇḍenapi satthenapi dametuṁ so bhagavatā adaṇḍena asattheneva danto. 
;;;For I was not able to tame him with the rod and the sword, but the Buddha tamed him without rod or sword. 
;;;Handa ca dāni mayaṁ, bhante, gacchāma; 
;;;Well, now, sir, I must go. 
;;;Addasā kho āyasmā aṅgulimālo sāvatthiyaṁ sapadānaṁ piṇḍāya caramāno aññataraṁ itthiṁ mūḷhagabbhaṁ vighātagabbhaṁ. 
;;;Then as he was wandering indiscriminately for almsfood he saw a woman undergoing a distressing obstructed labor. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā aṅgulimālo rahogato paṭisallīno vimuttisukhaṁ paṭisaṁvedi; 
;;;Later, Venerable Aṅgulimāla was experiencing the bliss of release while in private retreat. 
;;;“Yo pubbeva pamajjitvā, 
;;;“He who once was heedless, 
;;;kusalena pidhīyati; 
;;;is supplanted by the good, 
;;;aññaṁ vā pana kiñci naṁ; 
;;;upon myself or others. 
;;;na naṁ hiṁsāmi kiñci naṁ. 
;;;for I do no harm to anyone. 
;;;Saṁvibhattesu dhammesu, 
;;;Of the well-explained teachings, 
;;;

>En 

Etañhi, samaṇa, maggaṁ dasapi purisā vīsampi purisā tiṁsampi purisā cattārīsampi purisā paññāsampi purisā saṅkaritvā saṅkaritvā paṭipajjanti. ;;;People travel along this road only after banding closely together in groups of ten, twenty, thirty, forty, or fifty. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā tathārūpaṁ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkhāsi yathā coro aṅgulimālo bhagavantaṁ pakatiyā gacchantaṁ sabbathāmena gacchanto na sakkoti sampāpuṇituṁ. 
;;;But the Buddha used his psychic power to will that Aṅgulimāla could not catch up with him no matter how hard he tried, even though the Buddha kept walking at a normal speed. 
;;;Mahāvanaṁ pāpuṇi saccavādī; 
;;;an ascetic has followed me into this deep wood. 
;;;Sohaṁ carissāmi pahāya pāpaṁ, 
;;;Now that I’ve heard your verse on Dhamma, 
;;;Yañhi mayaṁ, bhante, nāsakkhimhā daṇḍenapi satthenapi dametuṁ so bhagavatā adaṇḍena asattheneva danto. 
;;;For I was not able to tame him with the rod and the sword, but the Buddha tamed him without rod or sword. 
;;;Handa ca dāni mayaṁ, bhante, gacchāma; 
;;;Well, now, sir, I must go. 
;;;Addasā kho āyasmā aṅgulimālo sāvatthiyaṁ sapadānaṁ piṇḍāya caramāno aññataraṁ itthiṁ mūḷhagabbhaṁ vighātagabbhaṁ. 
;;;Then as he was wandering indiscriminately for almsfood he saw a woman undergoing a distressing obstructed labor. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā aṅgulimālo rahogato paṭisallīno vimuttisukhaṁ paṭisaṁvedi; 
;;;Later, Venerable Aṅgulimāla was experiencing the bliss of release while in private retreat. 
;;;“Yo pubbeva pamajjitvā, 
;;;“He who once was heedless, 
;;;kusalena pidhīyati; 
;;;is supplanted by the good, 
;;;aññaṁ vā pana kiñci naṁ; 
;;;upon myself or others. 
;;;na naṁ hiṁsāmi kiñci naṁ. 
;;;for I do no harm to anyone. 
;;;Saṁvibhattesu dhammesu, 
;;;Of the well-explained teachings, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Kassa kho nāmetaṁ, bhante, evaṁ bhavissati: ;;;“Sir, who on earth could ever think such a thing! 
;;;Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo mallikaṁ deviṁ āmantesi: 
;;;Then King Pasenadi addressed Queen Mallikā, 
;;;“idaṁ te, mallike, samaṇena gotamena bhāsitaṁ: 
;;;“Mallika, your ascetic Gotama said this: 
;;;“Evameva panāyaṁ mallikā yaññadeva samaṇo gotamo bhāsati taṁ tadevassa abbhanumodati: 
;;;“No matter what the ascetic Gotama says, Mallikā agrees with him: 
;;;Evameva kho tvaṁ, mallike, yaññadeva samaṇo gotamo bhāsati taṁ tadevassa abbhanumodasi: 
;;; 
;;;Cara pire, mallike, vinassā”ti. 
;;;Go away, Mallikā, get out of here!” 
;;;Atha kho mallikā devī nāḷijaṅghaṁ brāhmaṇaṁ āmantesi: 
;;;Then Queen Mallikā addressed the brahmin Nāḷijaṅgha, 
;;;‘mallikā, bhante, devī bhagavato pāde sirasā vandati, appābādhaṁ appātaṅkaṁ lahuṭṭhānaṁ balaṁ phāsuvihāraṁ pucchatī’ti; 
;;; 
;;;“Evaṁ, bhotī”ti kho nāḷijaṅgho brāhmaṇo mallikāya deviyā paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi. 
;;;“Yes, ma’am,” he replied. He went to the Buddha and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;“mallikā, bho gotama, devī bhoto gotamassa pāde sirasā vandati; appābādhaṁ appātaṅkaṁ lahuṭṭhānaṁ balaṁ phāsuvihāraṁ pucchati; 
;;;“Mister Gotama, Queen Mallikā bows with her head to your feet. She asks if you are healthy and well, nimble, strong, and living comfortably. 
;;;Sā tassā kālakiriyāya ummattikā khittacittā rathikāya rathikaṁ siṅghāṭakena siṅghāṭakaṁ upasaṅkamitvā evamāha: 
;;;And because of that she went mad and lost her mind. She went from street to street and from square to square saying, 
;;;‘api me mātaraṁ addassatha, api me mātaraṁ addassathā’ti? 
;;;‘Has anyone seen my mother? Has anyone seen my mother?’ 
;;;‘ime, maṁ, ayyaputta, ñātakā tvaṁ acchinditvā aññassa dātukāmā. 
;;; 
;;;Atha kho nāḷijaṅgho brāhmaṇo bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā yena mallikā devī tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā yāvatako ahosi bhagavatā saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ mallikāya deviyā ārocesi. Atha kho mallikā devī yena rājā pasenadi kosalo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā rājānaṁ pasenadiṁ kosalaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then Nāḷijaṅgha the brahmin, having approved and agreed with what the Buddha said, got up from his seat, went to Queen Mallikā, and told her of all they had discussed. Then Queen Mallikā approached King Pasenadi and said to him, 
;;;“Evaṁ, mallike, piyā me vajirī kumārī”ti. 
;;;“Indeed I do, Mallikā.” 
;;;“Vajiriyā me, mallike, kumāriyā vipariṇāmaññathābhāvā jīvitassapi siyā aññathattaṁ, kiṁ pana me na uppajjissanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā”ti? 
;;;“If she were to decay and perish, my life would fall apart. How could sorrow, lamentation, pain, sadness, and distress not arise in me?” 
;;;“Evaṁ, mallike, piyā me vāsabhā khattiyā”ti. 
;;; 
;;;“Vāsabhāya me, mallike, khattiyāya vipariṇāmaññathābhāvā jīvitassapi siyā aññathattaṁ, kiṁ pana me na uppajjissanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā”ti? 
;;; 
;;;Taṁ kiṁ maññasi, mahārāja, piyo te viṭaṭūbho senāpatī”ti? 
;;;Do you love your son, General Viḍūḍabha? … 
;;;“Evaṁ, mallike, piyo me viṭaṭūbho senāpatī”ti. 
;;; 
;;;“Viṭaṭūbhassa me, mallike, senāpatissa vipariṇāmaññathābhāvā jīvitassapi siyā aññathattaṁ, kiṁ pana me na uppajjissanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā”ti? 
;;; 
;;;“Evaṁ, mallike, piyā mesi tvan”ti. 
;;;“Indeed I do love you, Mallikā.” 
;;;“Tuyhañhi me, mallike, vipariṇāmaññathābhāvā jīvitassapi siyā aññathattaṁ, kiṁ pana me na uppajjissanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā”ti? 
;;;“If you were to decay and perish, my life would fall apart. How could sorrow, lamentation, pain, sadness, and distress not arise in me?” 
;;;“Evaṁ, mallike, piyā me kāsikosalā. 
;;;“Indeed I do, Mallikā. 
;;;Kāsikosalānaṁ, mallike, ānubhāvena kāsikacandanaṁ paccanubhoma, mālāgandhavilepanaṁ dhāremā”ti. 
;;;It’s due to the bounty of Kāsi and Kosala that we use sandalwood imported from Kāsi and wear garlands, fragrance, and makeup.” 
;;;“Kāsikosalānañhi, mallike, vipariṇāmaññathābhāvā jīvitassapi siyā aññathattaṁ, kiṁ pana me na uppajjissanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā”ti? 
;;;“If they were to decay and perish, my life would fall apart. How could sorrow, lamentation, pain, sadness, and distress not arise in me?” 
;;;“Acchariyaṁ, mallike, abbhutaṁ, mallike. 
;;;“It’s incredible, Mallikā, it’s amazing, 
;;;Ehi, mallike, ācamehī”ti. 
;;;Come, Mallikā, rinse my hands.” 
;;;

>En 

“Kassa kho nāmetaṁ, bhante, evaṁ bhavissati: ;;;“Sir, who on earth could ever think such a thing! 
;;;Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo mallikaṁ deviṁ āmantesi: 
;;;Then King Pasenadi addressed Queen Mallikā, 
;;;“idaṁ te, mallike, samaṇena gotamena bhāsitaṁ: 
;;;“Mallika, your ascetic Gotama said this: 
;;;“Evameva panāyaṁ mallikā yaññadeva samaṇo gotamo bhāsati taṁ tadevassa abbhanumodati: 
;;;“No matter what the ascetic Gotama says, Mallikā agrees with him: 
;;;Evameva kho tvaṁ, mallike, yaññadeva samaṇo gotamo bhāsati taṁ tadevassa abbhanumodasi: 
;;; 
;;;Cara pire, mallike, vinassā”ti. 
;;;Go away, Mallikā, get out of here!” 
;;;Atha kho mallikā devī nāḷijaṅghaṁ brāhmaṇaṁ āmantesi: 
;;;Then Queen Mallikā addressed the brahmin Nāḷijaṅgha, 
;;;‘mallikā, bhante, devī bhagavato pāde sirasā vandati, appābādhaṁ appātaṅkaṁ lahuṭṭhānaṁ balaṁ phāsuvihāraṁ pucchatī’ti; 
;;; 
;;;“Evaṁ, bhotī”ti kho nāḷijaṅgho brāhmaṇo mallikāya deviyā paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi. 
;;;“Yes, ma’am,” he replied. He went to the Buddha and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;“mallikā, bho gotama, devī bhoto gotamassa pāde sirasā vandati; appābādhaṁ appātaṅkaṁ lahuṭṭhānaṁ balaṁ phāsuvihāraṁ pucchati; 
;;;“Mister Gotama, Queen Mallikā bows with her head to your feet. She asks if you are healthy and well, nimble, strong, and living comfortably. 
;;;Sā tassā kālakiriyāya ummattikā khittacittā rathikāya rathikaṁ siṅghāṭakena siṅghāṭakaṁ upasaṅkamitvā evamāha: 
;;;And because of that she went mad and lost her mind. She went from street to street and from square to square saying, 
;;;‘api me mātaraṁ addassatha, api me mātaraṁ addassathā’ti? 
;;;‘Has anyone seen my mother? Has anyone seen my mother?’ 
;;;‘ime, maṁ, ayyaputta, ñātakā tvaṁ acchinditvā aññassa dātukāmā. 
;;; 
;;;Atha kho nāḷijaṅgho brāhmaṇo bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā yena mallikā devī tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā yāvatako ahosi bhagavatā saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ mallikāya deviyā ārocesi. Atha kho mallikā devī yena rājā pasenadi kosalo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā rājānaṁ pasenadiṁ kosalaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then Nāḷijaṅgha the brahmin, having approved and agreed with what the Buddha said, got up from his seat, went to Queen Mallikā, and told her of all they had discussed. Then Queen Mallikā approached King Pasenadi and said to him, 
;;;“Evaṁ, mallike, piyā me vajirī kumārī”ti. 
;;;“Indeed I do, Mallikā.” 
;;;“Vajiriyā me, mallike, kumāriyā vipariṇāmaññathābhāvā jīvitassapi siyā aññathattaṁ, kiṁ pana me na uppajjissanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā”ti? 
;;;“If she were to decay and perish, my life would fall apart. How could sorrow, lamentation, pain, sadness, and distress not arise in me?” 
;;;“Evaṁ, mallike, piyā me vāsabhā khattiyā”ti. 
;;; 
;;;“Vāsabhāya me, mallike, khattiyāya vipariṇāmaññathābhāvā jīvitassapi siyā aññathattaṁ, kiṁ pana me na uppajjissanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā”ti? 
;;; 
;;;Taṁ kiṁ maññasi, mahārāja, piyo te viṭaṭūbho senāpatī”ti? 
;;;Do you love your son, General Viḍūḍabha? … 
;;;“Evaṁ, mallike, piyo me viṭaṭūbho senāpatī”ti. 
;;; 
;;;“Viṭaṭūbhassa me, mallike, senāpatissa vipariṇāmaññathābhāvā jīvitassapi siyā aññathattaṁ, kiṁ pana me na uppajjissanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā”ti? 
;;; 
;;;“Evaṁ, mallike, piyā mesi tvan”ti. 
;;;“Indeed I do love you, Mallikā.” 
;;;“Tuyhañhi me, mallike, vipariṇāmaññathābhāvā jīvitassapi siyā aññathattaṁ, kiṁ pana me na uppajjissanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā”ti? 
;;;“If you were to decay and perish, my life would fall apart. How could sorrow, lamentation, pain, sadness, and distress not arise in me?” 
;;;“Evaṁ, mallike, piyā me kāsikosalā. 
;;;“Indeed I do, Mallikā. 
;;;Kāsikosalānaṁ, mallike, ānubhāvena kāsikacandanaṁ paccanubhoma, mālāgandhavilepanaṁ dhāremā”ti. 
;;;It’s due to the bounty of Kāsi and Kosala that we use sandalwood imported from Kāsi and wear garlands, fragrance, and makeup.” 
;;;“Kāsikosalānañhi, mallike, vipariṇāmaññathābhāvā jīvitassapi siyā aññathattaṁ, kiṁ pana me na uppajjissanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā”ti? 
;;;“If they were to decay and perish, my life would fall apart. How could sorrow, lamentation, pain, sadness, and distress not arise in me?” 
;;;“Acchariyaṁ, mallike, abbhutaṁ, mallike. 
;;;“It’s incredible, Mallikā, it’s amazing, 
;;;Ehi, mallike, ācamehī”ti. 
;;;Come, Mallikā, rinse my hands.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Bāhitikasutta ;;;The Imported Cloth 
;;;“kiṁ nu kho, bhante ānanda, so bhagavā tathārūpaṁ kāyasamācāraṁ samācareyya, yvāssa kāyasamācāro opārambho samaṇehi brāhmaṇehī”ti? 
;;;“Honorable Ānanda, would the Buddha engage in the sort of behavior—by way of body, speech, or mind—that is faulted by ascetics and brahmins?” 
;;;manosamācāraṁ samācareyya, yvāssa manosamācāro opārambho samaṇehi brāhmaṇehī”ti? 
;;; 
;;;ye pana te, bhante, paṇḍitā viyattā medhāvino anuvicca pariyogāhetvā paresaṁ vaṇṇaṁ vā avaṇṇaṁ vā bhāsanti, mayaṁ taṁ sārato paccāgacchāma. 
;;;Rather, I believe that praise or criticism of others spoken by competent and intelligent people after examining and scrutinizing is the most important thing. 
;;;“Yo kho, mahārāja, kāyasamācāro sabyābajjho”. 
;;;“Hurtful behavior.” 
;;;Api ca, bhante, mayampetaṁ jānāma: 
;;;But, sir, I know that 
;;;Ayaṁ me, bhante, bāhitikā raññā māgadhena ajātasattunā vedehiputtena vatthanāḷiyā pakkhipitvā pahitā soḷasasamā āyāmena, aṭṭhasamā vitthārena. 
;;;This imported cloth was sent to me by King Ajātasattu of Magadha, son of the princess of Videha, packed in a parasol case. It’s exactly sixteen measures long and eight wide. 
;;;Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando yāvatako ahosi raññā pasenadinā kosalena saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi. 
;;;and told him what had happened. 
;;;

>En 

Bāhitikasutta ;;;The Imported Cloth 
;;;“kiṁ nu kho, bhante ānanda, so bhagavā tathārūpaṁ kāyasamācāraṁ samācareyya, yvāssa kāyasamācāro opārambho samaṇehi brāhmaṇehī”ti? 
;;;“Honorable Ānanda, would the Buddha engage in the sort of behavior—by way of body, speech, or mind—that is faulted by ascetics and brahmins?” 
;;;manosamācāraṁ samācareyya, yvāssa manosamācāro opārambho samaṇehi brāhmaṇehī”ti? 
;;; 
;;;ye pana te, bhante, paṇḍitā viyattā medhāvino anuvicca pariyogāhetvā paresaṁ vaṇṇaṁ vā avaṇṇaṁ vā bhāsanti, mayaṁ taṁ sārato paccāgacchāma. 
;;;Rather, I believe that praise or criticism of others spoken by competent and intelligent people after examining and scrutinizing is the most important thing. 
;;;“Yo kho, mahārāja, kāyasamācāro sabyābajjho”. 
;;;“Hurtful behavior.” 
;;;Api ca, bhante, mayampetaṁ jānāma: 
;;;But, sir, I know that 
;;;Ayaṁ me, bhante, bāhitikā raññā māgadhena ajātasattunā vedehiputtena vatthanāḷiyā pakkhipitvā pahitā soḷasasamā āyāmena, aṭṭhasamā vitthārena. 
;;;This imported cloth was sent to me by King Ajātasattu of Magadha, son of the princess of Videha, packed in a parasol case. It’s exactly sixteen measures long and eight wide. 
;;;Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando yāvatako ahosi raññā pasenadinā kosalena saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi. 
;;;and told him what had happened. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati medāḷupaṁ nāma sakyānaṁ nigamo. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans, near the Sakyan town named Medaḷumpa. 
;;;Addasā kho rājā pasenadi kosalo ārāme jaṅghāvihāraṁ anucaṅkamamāno anuvicaramāno rukkhamūlāni pāsādikāni pasādanīyāni appasaddāni appanigghosāni vijanavātāni manussarāhasseyyakāni paṭisallānasāruppāni. 
;;;As he was going for a walk in the park he saw roots of trees that were impressive and inspiring, quiet and still, far from the madding crowd, remote from human settlements, and fit for retreat. 
;;;“imāni kho tāni rukkhamūlāni pāsādikāni pasādanīyāni appasaddāni appanigghosāni vijanavātāni manussarāhasseyyakāni paṭisallānasāruppāni, yattha sudaṁ mayaṁ taṁ bhagavantaṁ payirupāsāma arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhan”ti. 
;;;“These roots of trees, so impressive and inspiring, are like those where we used to pay homage to the Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha.” 
;;;“imāni kho, samma kārāyana, tāni rukkhamūlāni pāsādikāni pasādanīyāni appasaddāni appanigghosāni vijanavātāni manussarāhasseyyakāni paṭisallānasāruppāni, yattha sudaṁ mayaṁ taṁ bhagavantaṁ payirupāsāma arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ. 
;;;“These roots of trees, so impressive and inspiring, are like those where we used to pay homage to the Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha. 
;;;“Kīvadūre pana, samma kārāyana, nagarakamhā medāḷupaṁ nāma sakyānaṁ nigamo hotī”ti? 
;;;“But how far away is that town?” 
;;;“rahāyati kho dāni rājā, idheva dāni mayā ṭhātabban”ti. 
;;;“Now the king seeks privacy. I should wait here.” 
;;;Puna caparāhaṁ, bhante, ime isidattapurāṇā thapatayo mamabhattā mamayānā, ahaṁ nesaṁ jīvikāya dātā, yasassa āhattā; 
;;;Furthermore, these chamberlains Isidatta and Purāṇa share my meals and my carriages. I give them a livelihood and bring them renown. 
;;;Atha kho, bhante, ime isidattapurāṇā thapatayo bahudeva rattiṁ dhammiyā kathāya vītināmetvā, yato ahosi bhagavā tato sīsaṁ katvā maṁ pādato karitvā nipajjiṁsu. 
;;;They spent much of the night discussing the teaching, then they lay down with their heads towards where the Buddha was and their feet towards me. 
;;;

>En 

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati medāḷupaṁ nāma sakyānaṁ nigamo. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans, near the Sakyan town named Medaḷumpa. 
;;;Addasā kho rājā pasenadi kosalo ārāme jaṅghāvihāraṁ anucaṅkamamāno anuvicaramāno rukkhamūlāni pāsādikāni pasādanīyāni appasaddāni appanigghosāni vijanavātāni manussarāhasseyyakāni paṭisallānasāruppāni. 
;;;As he was going for a walk in the park he saw roots of trees that were impressive and inspiring, quiet and still, far from the madding crowd, remote from human settlements, and fit for retreat. 
;;;“imāni kho tāni rukkhamūlāni pāsādikāni pasādanīyāni appasaddāni appanigghosāni vijanavātāni manussarāhasseyyakāni paṭisallānasāruppāni, yattha sudaṁ mayaṁ taṁ bhagavantaṁ payirupāsāma arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhan”ti. 
;;;“These roots of trees, so impressive and inspiring, are like those where we used to pay homage to the Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha.” 
;;;“imāni kho, samma kārāyana, tāni rukkhamūlāni pāsādikāni pasādanīyāni appasaddāni appanigghosāni vijanavātāni manussarāhasseyyakāni paṭisallānasāruppāni, yattha sudaṁ mayaṁ taṁ bhagavantaṁ payirupāsāma arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ. 
;;;“These roots of trees, so impressive and inspiring, are like those where we used to pay homage to the Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha. 
;;;“Kīvadūre pana, samma kārāyana, nagarakamhā medāḷupaṁ nāma sakyānaṁ nigamo hotī”ti? 
;;;“But how far away is that town?” 
;;;“rahāyati kho dāni rājā, idheva dāni mayā ṭhātabban”ti. 
;;;“Now the king seeks privacy. I should wait here.” 
;;;Puna caparāhaṁ, bhante, ime isidattapurāṇā thapatayo mamabhattā mamayānā, ahaṁ nesaṁ jīvikāya dātā, yasassa āhattā; 
;;;Furthermore, these chamberlains Isidatta and Purāṇa share my meals and my carriages. I give them a livelihood and bring them renown. 
;;;Atha kho, bhante, ime isidattapurāṇā thapatayo bahudeva rattiṁ dhammiyā kathāya vītināmetvā, yato ahosi bhagavā tato sīsaṁ katvā maṁ pādato karitvā nipajjiṁsu. 
;;;They spent much of the night discussing the teaching, then they lay down with their heads towards where the Buddha was and their feet towards me. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā uruññāyaṁ viharati kaṇṇakatthale migadāye. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying near Ujuññā, in the deer park at Kaṇṇakatthala. 
;;;“somā ca, bhante, bhaginī sakulā ca bhaginī bhagavato pāde sirasā vandati, appābādhaṁ appātaṅkaṁ lahuṭṭhānaṁ balaṁ phāsuvihāraṁ pucchatī”ti. 
;;;“Sir, the sisters Somā and Sakulā bow with their heads to your feet. They ask if you are healthy and well, nimble, strong, and living comfortably.” 
;;;

>En 

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā uruññāyaṁ viharati kaṇṇakatthale migadāye. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying near Ujuññā, in the deer park at Kaṇṇakatthala. 
;;;“somā ca, bhante, bhaginī sakulā ca bhaginī bhagavato pāde sirasā vandati, appābādhaṁ appātaṅkaṁ lahuṭṭhānaṁ balaṁ phāsuvihāraṁ pucchatī”ti. 
;;;“Sir, the sisters Somā and Sakulā bow with their heads to your feet. They ask if you are healthy and well, nimble, strong, and living comfortably.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tena kho pana samayena brahmāyu brāhmaṇo mithilāyaṁ paṭivasati jiṇṇo vuḍḍho mahallako addhagato vayoanuppatto, vīsavassasatiko jātiyā, tiṇṇaṁ vedānaṁ pāragū sanighaṇḍukeṭubhānaṁ sākkharappabhedānaṁ itihāsapañcamānaṁ, padako, veyyākaraṇo, lokāyatamahāpurisalakkhaṇesu anavayo. ;;;Now at that time the brahmin Brahmāyu was residing in Mithilā. He was old, elderly, and senior, advanced in years, having reached the final stage of life; he was a hundred and twenty years old. He had mastered the three Vedas, together with their vocabularies and ritual performance, their phonology and word classification, and the testaments as fifth. He knew them word-by-word, and their grammar. He was well versed in cosmology and the marks of a great man. 
;;;Atha kho uttaro māṇavo sattamāsāni bhagavantaṁ anubandhi chāyāva anapāyinī. 
;;;So Uttara followed the Buddha like a shadow for seven months. 
;;;tādisova so bhavaṁ gotamo, no aññādiso. 
;;; 
;;;Samannāgato ca so bhavaṁ gotamo dvattiṁsamahāpurisalakkhaṇehi. 
;;;Mister Gotama possesses the thirty-two marks. 
;;;Sukhumacchavi kho pana so bhavaṁ gotamo. Sukhumattā chaviyā rajojallaṁ kāye na upalimpati … 
;;;He has delicate skin, so delicate that dust and dirt don’t stick to his body. 
;;;Gacchato kho pana tassa bhoto gotamassa adharakāyova iñjati, na ca kāyabalena gacchati. 
;;;When he walks, only the lower half of his body moves, and he walks effortlessly. 
;;;na ca pāṇinā hanukaṁ upadahitvā nisīdati. 
;;;He doesn’t sit with his hand holding his chin. 
;;;na ca tassa bhoto gotamassa kāye cīvaraṁ accukkaṭṭhaṁ hoti na ca accokkaṭṭhaṁ, na ca kāyasmiṁ allīnaṁ na ca kāyasmā apakaṭṭhaṁ; 
;;;He wears his robe on his body neither too high nor too low, neither too clinging nor too loose. 
;;;na ca tassa bhoto gotamassa kāye rajojallaṁ upalimpati. 
;;;And dust and dirt don’t stick to his body. 
;;;So pāde pakkhāletvā nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;When he has washed his feet, he sits down cross-legged, sets his body straight, and establishes mindfulness in his presence. 
;;;Te tena bhotā gotamena dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṁsitā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkamanti avalokayamānāyeva avijahitattā. 
;;;And when they’ve been inspired with a Dhamma talk by Mister Gotama they get up from their seats and leave looking back at him alone, and not forgetting their lesson. 
;;;Appeva nāma mayaṁ kadāci karahaci tena bhotā gotamena samāgaccheyyāma? Appeva nāma siyā kocideva kathāsallāpo”ti. 
;;;Hopefully, some time or other I’ll get to meet him, and we can have a discussion.” 
;;;‘brahmāyu, bho gotama, brāhmaṇo jiṇṇo vuḍḍho mahallako addhagato vayoanuppatto, vīsavassasatiko jātiyā, tiṇṇaṁ vedānaṁ pāragū sanighaṇḍukeṭubhānaṁ sākkharappabhedānaṁ itihāsapañcamānaṁ, padako, veyyākaraṇo, lokāyatamahāpurisalakkhaṇesu anavayo. 
;;;‘Mister Gotama, the brahmin Brahmāyu is old, elderly, and senior, advanced in years, having reached the final stage of life; he is a hundred and twenty years old. He has mastered the three Vedas, together with their vocabularies and ritual performance, their phonology and word classification, and the testaments as fifth. He knows them word-by-word, and their grammar. He is well versed in cosmology and the marks of a great man. 
;;;‘brahmāyu, bho gotama, brāhmaṇo jiṇṇo vuḍḍho mahallako addhagato vayoanuppatto, vīsavassasatiko jātiyā, tiṇṇaṁ vedānaṁ pāragū sanighaṇḍukeṭubhānaṁ sākkharappabhedānaṁ itihāsapañcamānaṁ, padako, veyyākaraṇo, lokāyatamahāpurisalakkhaṇesu anavayo. 
;;; 
;;;Disvāna oramiya okāsamakāsi yathā taṁ ñātassa yasassino. 
;;;and made way for him, as he was well-known and famous. 
;;;kacci jivhā na dassakā. 
;;;perhaps your tongue is a manly one? 
;;;Yadā bhagavā aññāsi brahmāyuṁ brāhmaṇaṁ kallacittaṁ muducittaṁ vinīvaraṇacittaṁ udaggacittaṁ pasannacittaṁ, atha yā buddhānaṁ sāmukkaṁsikā dhammadesanā taṁ pakāsesi— 
;;;And when the Buddha knew that Divinityyu’s mind was ready, pliable, rid of hindrances, elated, and confident he explained the special teaching of the Buddhas: 
;;;

>En 

Tena kho pana samayena brahmāyu brāhmaṇo mithilāyaṁ paṭivasati jiṇṇo vuḍḍho mahallako addhagato vayoanuppatto, vīsavassasatiko jātiyā, tiṇṇaṁ vedānaṁ pāragū sanighaṇḍukeṭubhānaṁ sākkharappabhedānaṁ itihāsapañcamānaṁ, padako, veyyākaraṇo, lokāyatamahāpurisalakkhaṇesu anavayo. ;;;Now at that time the brahmin Brahmāyu was residing in Mithilā. He was old, elderly, and senior, advanced in years, having reached the final stage of life; he was a hundred and twenty years old. He had mastered the three Vedas, together with their vocabularies and ritual performance, their phonology and word classification, and the testaments as fifth. He knew them word-by-word, and their grammar. He was well versed in cosmology and the marks of a great man. 
;;;Atha kho uttaro māṇavo sattamāsāni bhagavantaṁ anubandhi chāyāva anapāyinī. 
;;;So Uttara followed the Buddha like a shadow for seven months. 
;;;tādisova so bhavaṁ gotamo, no aññādiso. 
;;; 
;;;Samannāgato ca so bhavaṁ gotamo dvattiṁsamahāpurisalakkhaṇehi. 
;;;Mister Gotama possesses the thirty-two marks. 
;;;Sukhumacchavi kho pana so bhavaṁ gotamo. Sukhumattā chaviyā rajojallaṁ kāye na upalimpati … 
;;;He has delicate skin, so delicate that dust and dirt don’t stick to his body. 
;;;Gacchato kho pana tassa bhoto gotamassa adharakāyova iñjati, na ca kāyabalena gacchati. 
;;;When he walks, only the lower half of his body moves, and he walks effortlessly. 
;;;na ca pāṇinā hanukaṁ upadahitvā nisīdati. 
;;;He doesn’t sit with his hand holding his chin. 
;;;na ca tassa bhoto gotamassa kāye cīvaraṁ accukkaṭṭhaṁ hoti na ca accokkaṭṭhaṁ, na ca kāyasmiṁ allīnaṁ na ca kāyasmā apakaṭṭhaṁ; 
;;;He wears his robe on his body neither too high nor too low, neither too clinging nor too loose. 
;;;na ca tassa bhoto gotamassa kāye rajojallaṁ upalimpati. 
;;;And dust and dirt don’t stick to his body. 
;;;So pāde pakkhāletvā nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;When he has washed his feet, he sits down cross-legged, sets his body straight, and establishes mindfulness in his presence. 
;;;Te tena bhotā gotamena dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṁsitā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkamanti avalokayamānāyeva avijahitattā. 
;;;And when they’ve been inspired with a Dhamma talk by Mister Gotama they get up from their seats and leave looking back at him alone, and not forgetting their lesson. 
;;;Appeva nāma mayaṁ kadāci karahaci tena bhotā gotamena samāgaccheyyāma? Appeva nāma siyā kocideva kathāsallāpo”ti. 
;;;Hopefully, some time or other I’ll get to meet him, and we can have a discussion.” 
;;;‘brahmāyu, bho gotama, brāhmaṇo jiṇṇo vuḍḍho mahallako addhagato vayoanuppatto, vīsavassasatiko jātiyā, tiṇṇaṁ vedānaṁ pāragū sanighaṇḍukeṭubhānaṁ sākkharappabhedānaṁ itihāsapañcamānaṁ, padako, veyyākaraṇo, lokāyatamahāpurisalakkhaṇesu anavayo. 
;;;‘Mister Gotama, the brahmin Brahmāyu is old, elderly, and senior, advanced in years, having reached the final stage of life; he is a hundred and twenty years old. He has mastered the three Vedas, together with their vocabularies and ritual performance, their phonology and word classification, and the testaments as fifth. He knows them word-by-word, and their grammar. He is well versed in cosmology and the marks of a great man. 
;;;‘brahmāyu, bho gotama, brāhmaṇo jiṇṇo vuḍḍho mahallako addhagato vayoanuppatto, vīsavassasatiko jātiyā, tiṇṇaṁ vedānaṁ pāragū sanighaṇḍukeṭubhānaṁ sākkharappabhedānaṁ itihāsapañcamānaṁ, padako, veyyākaraṇo, lokāyatamahāpurisalakkhaṇesu anavayo. 
;;; 
;;;Disvāna oramiya okāsamakāsi yathā taṁ ñātassa yasassino. 
;;;and made way for him, as he was well-known and famous. 
;;;kacci jivhā na dassakā. 
;;;perhaps your tongue is a manly one? 
;;;Yadā bhagavā aññāsi brahmāyuṁ brāhmaṇaṁ kallacittaṁ muducittaṁ vinīvaraṇacittaṁ udaggacittaṁ pasannacittaṁ, atha yā buddhānaṁ sāmukkaṁsikā dhammadesanā taṁ pakāsesi— 
;;;And when the Buddha knew that Divinityyu’s mind was ready, pliable, rid of hindrances, elated, and confident he explained the special teaching of the Buddhas: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Sutaṁ kho pana metaṁ brāhmaṇānaṁ vuddhānaṁ mahallakānaṁ ācariyapācariyānaṁ bhāsamānānaṁ: ;;;I have heard that brahmins of the past who were elderly and senior, the tutors of tutors, said, 
;;;brahā uju patāpavā; 
;;;you’re formidable, upright, majestic. 
;;;anuyantā bhavantu te; 
;;;ought follow your rule. 
;;;sallakatto anuttaro. 
;;;is hard to find again. 
;;;Sallakatto mahāvīro, 
;;;The surgeon, the great hero, 
;;;“Etañce ruccati bhoto, 
;;;“Sir, if you endorse 
;;;

>En 

Sutaṁ kho pana metaṁ brāhmaṇānaṁ vuddhānaṁ mahallakānaṁ ācariyapācariyānaṁ bhāsamānānaṁ: ;;;I have heard that brahmins of the past who were elderly and senior, the tutors of tutors, said, 
;;;brahā uju patāpavā; 
;;;you’re formidable, upright, majestic. 
;;;anuyantā bhavantu te; 
;;;ought follow your rule. 
;;;sallakatto anuttaro. 
;;;is hard to find again. 
;;;Sallakatto mahāvīro, 
;;;The surgeon, the great hero, 
;;;“Etañce ruccati bhoto, 
;;;“Sir, if you endorse 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Dissanti kho pana, assalāyana, brāhmaṇānaṁ brāhmaṇiyo utuniyopi gabbhiniyopi vijāyamānāpi pāyamānāpi. ;;;“But Assalāyana, brahmin women are seen menstruating, being pregnant, giving birth, and breastfeeding. 
;;;brāhmaṇova nu kho pahoti sottisināniṁ ādāya nadiṁ gantvā rajojallaṁ pavāhetuṁ, no khattiyo, no vesso, no suddo”ti? 
;;;Is only a brahmin capable of taking some bathing cleanser, going to the river, and washing off dust and dirt, and not an aristocrat, peasant, or menial?” 
;;;Khattiyopi hi, bho gotama, pahoti sottisināniṁ ādāya nadiṁ gantvā rajojallaṁ pavāhetuṁ, brāhmaṇopi hi, bho gotama … 
;;; 
;;;sabbepi hi, bho gotama, cattāro vaṇṇā pahonti sottisināniṁ ādāya nadiṁ gantvā rajojallaṁ pavāhetun”ti. 
;;;All four classes are capable of doing this.” 
;;;Āyantu pana bhonto ye tattha caṇḍālakulā nesādakulā venakulā rathakārakulā pukkusakulā uppannā, sāpānadoṇiyā vā sūkaradoṇiyā vā rajakadoṇiyā vā eraṇḍakaṭṭhassa vā uttarāraṇiṁ ādāya, aggiṁ abhinibbattentu, tejo pātukarontū’ti. 
;;;And let anyone here who was born in a family of corpse-workers, hunters, bamboo-workers, chariot-makers, or scavengers take a drill-stick made from a dog’s drinking trough, a pig’s trough, a dustbin, or castor-oil wood, light a fire and produce heat.’ 
;;;yo evaṁ nu kho so khattiyakulā brāhmaṇakulā rājaññakulā uppannehi sākassa vā sālassa vā salaḷassa vā candanassa vā padumakassa vā uttarāraṇiṁ ādāya aggi abhinibbatto, tejo pātukato, so eva nu khvāssa aggi accimā ceva vaṇṇavā ca pabhassaro ca, tena ca sakkā agginā aggikaraṇīyaṁ kātuṁ; 
;;;Would only the fire produced by the high class people with good quality wood have flames, color, and radiance, and be usable as fire, 
;;;yo pana so caṇḍālakulā nesādakulā venakulā rathakārakulā pukkusakulā uppannehi sāpānadoṇiyā vā sūkaradoṇiyā vā rajakadoṇiyā vā eraṇḍakaṭṭhassa vā uttarāraṇiṁ ādāya aggi abhinibbatto, tejo pātukato svāssa aggi na ceva accimā na ca vaṇṇavā na ca pabhassaro, na ca tena sakkā agginā aggikaraṇīyaṁ kātun”ti? 
;;;and not the fire produced by the low class people with poor quality wood?” 
;;;Yopi hi so, bho gotama, khattiyakulā brāhmaṇakulā rājaññakulā uppannehi sākassa vā sālassa vā salaḷassa vā candanassa vā padumakassa vā uttarāraṇiṁ ādāya aggi abhinibbatto, tejo pātukato svāssa aggi accimā ceva vaṇṇavā ca pabhassaro ca, tena ca sakkā agginā aggikaraṇīyaṁ kātuṁ; 
;;;The fire produced by the high class people with good quality wood would have flames, color, and radiance, and be usable as fire, 
;;;“Kuṇḍañhi so, bho gotama, assataro hoti. 
;;;“It’s a mule, as it is a crossbreed. 
;;;Atha kho, assalāyana, asito devalo isi kesamassuṁ kappetvā mañjiṭṭhavaṇṇāni dussāni nivāsetvā paṭaliyo upāhanā āruhitvā jātarūpamayaṁ daṇḍaṁ gahetvā sattannaṁ brāhmaṇisīnaṁ patthaṇḍile pāturahosi. 
;;;So he did up his hair and beard, dressed in magenta robes, put on his boots, grasped a golden staff, and appeared in the courtyard of the seven brahmin seers. 
;;;‘handa ko nu kho ime bhavanto brāhmaṇisayo gatā; 
;;;‘Where, oh where have those brahmin seers gone? 
;;;‘bhasmā, vasala, hohi; 
;;;‘Be ashes, lowlife! 
;;;yā janikā mātā brāhmaṇaṁyeva agamāsi, no abrāhmaṇan’ti? 
;;;whether your birth mother only had relations with a brahmin and not with a non-brahmin?’ 
;;;yā janikāmātu mātā yāva sattamā mātumātāmahayugā brāhmaṇaṁyeva agamāsi, no abrāhmaṇan’ti? 
;;;whether your birth mother’s mothers back to the seventh generation only had relations with brahmins and not with non-brahmins?’ 
;;;yo janako pitā brāhmaṇiṁyeva agamāsi, no abrāhmaṇin’ti? 
;;;whether your birth father only had relations with a brahmin woman and not with a non-brahmin?’ 
;;;yo janakapitu pitā yāva sattamā pitupitāmahayugā brāhmaṇiṁyeva agamāsi, no abrāhmaṇin’ti? 
;;;whether your birth father’s fathers back to the seventh generation only had relations with brahmins and not with non-brahmins?’ 
;;;taggha, so gandhabbo khattiyo vā brāhmaṇo vā vesso vā suddo vā’ti? 
;;;for sure whether that virile spirit is an aristocrat, a brahmin, a peasant, or a menial?’ 
;;;

>En 

“Dissanti kho pana, assalāyana, brāhmaṇānaṁ brāhmaṇiyo utuniyopi gabbhiniyopi vijāyamānāpi pāyamānāpi. ;;;“But Assalāyana, brahmin women are seen menstruating, being pregnant, giving birth, and breastfeeding. 
;;;brāhmaṇova nu kho pahoti sottisināniṁ ādāya nadiṁ gantvā rajojallaṁ pavāhetuṁ, no khattiyo, no vesso, no suddo”ti? 
;;;Is only a brahmin capable of taking some bathing cleanser, going to the river, and washing off dust and dirt, and not an aristocrat, peasant, or menial?” 
;;;Khattiyopi hi, bho gotama, pahoti sottisināniṁ ādāya nadiṁ gantvā rajojallaṁ pavāhetuṁ, brāhmaṇopi hi, bho gotama … 
;;; 
;;;sabbepi hi, bho gotama, cattāro vaṇṇā pahonti sottisināniṁ ādāya nadiṁ gantvā rajojallaṁ pavāhetun”ti. 
;;;All four classes are capable of doing this.” 
;;;Āyantu pana bhonto ye tattha caṇḍālakulā nesādakulā venakulā rathakārakulā pukkusakulā uppannā, sāpānadoṇiyā vā sūkaradoṇiyā vā rajakadoṇiyā vā eraṇḍakaṭṭhassa vā uttarāraṇiṁ ādāya, aggiṁ abhinibbattentu, tejo pātukarontū’ti. 
;;;And let anyone here who was born in a family of corpse-workers, hunters, bamboo-workers, chariot-makers, or scavengers take a drill-stick made from a dog’s drinking trough, a pig’s trough, a dustbin, or castor-oil wood, light a fire and produce heat.’ 
;;;yo evaṁ nu kho so khattiyakulā brāhmaṇakulā rājaññakulā uppannehi sākassa vā sālassa vā salaḷassa vā candanassa vā padumakassa vā uttarāraṇiṁ ādāya aggi abhinibbatto, tejo pātukato, so eva nu khvāssa aggi accimā ceva vaṇṇavā ca pabhassaro ca, tena ca sakkā agginā aggikaraṇīyaṁ kātuṁ; 
;;;Would only the fire produced by the high class people with good quality wood have flames, color, and radiance, and be usable as fire, 
;;;yo pana so caṇḍālakulā nesādakulā venakulā rathakārakulā pukkusakulā uppannehi sāpānadoṇiyā vā sūkaradoṇiyā vā rajakadoṇiyā vā eraṇḍakaṭṭhassa vā uttarāraṇiṁ ādāya aggi abhinibbatto, tejo pātukato svāssa aggi na ceva accimā na ca vaṇṇavā na ca pabhassaro, na ca tena sakkā agginā aggikaraṇīyaṁ kātun”ti? 
;;;and not the fire produced by the low class people with poor quality wood?” 
;;;Yopi hi so, bho gotama, khattiyakulā brāhmaṇakulā rājaññakulā uppannehi sākassa vā sālassa vā salaḷassa vā candanassa vā padumakassa vā uttarāraṇiṁ ādāya aggi abhinibbatto, tejo pātukato svāssa aggi accimā ceva vaṇṇavā ca pabhassaro ca, tena ca sakkā agginā aggikaraṇīyaṁ kātuṁ; 
;;;The fire produced by the high class people with good quality wood would have flames, color, and radiance, and be usable as fire, 
;;;“Kuṇḍañhi so, bho gotama, assataro hoti. 
;;;“It’s a mule, as it is a crossbreed. 
;;;Atha kho, assalāyana, asito devalo isi kesamassuṁ kappetvā mañjiṭṭhavaṇṇāni dussāni nivāsetvā paṭaliyo upāhanā āruhitvā jātarūpamayaṁ daṇḍaṁ gahetvā sattannaṁ brāhmaṇisīnaṁ patthaṇḍile pāturahosi. 
;;;So he did up his hair and beard, dressed in magenta robes, put on his boots, grasped a golden staff, and appeared in the courtyard of the seven brahmin seers. 
;;;‘handa ko nu kho ime bhavanto brāhmaṇisayo gatā; 
;;;‘Where, oh where have those brahmin seers gone? 
;;;‘bhasmā, vasala, hohi; 
;;;‘Be ashes, lowlife! 
;;;yā janikā mātā brāhmaṇaṁyeva agamāsi, no abrāhmaṇan’ti? 
;;;whether your birth mother only had relations with a brahmin and not with a non-brahmin?’ 
;;;yā janikāmātu mātā yāva sattamā mātumātāmahayugā brāhmaṇaṁyeva agamāsi, no abrāhmaṇan’ti? 
;;;whether your birth mother’s mothers back to the seventh generation only had relations with brahmins and not with non-brahmins?’ 
;;;yo janako pitā brāhmaṇiṁyeva agamāsi, no abrāhmaṇin’ti? 
;;;whether your birth father only had relations with a brahmin woman and not with a non-brahmin?’ 
;;;yo janakapitu pitā yāva sattamā pitupitāmahayugā brāhmaṇiṁyeva agamāsi, no abrāhmaṇin’ti? 
;;;whether your birth father’s fathers back to the seventh generation only had relations with brahmins and not with non-brahmins?’ 
;;;taggha, so gandhabbo khattiyo vā brāhmaṇo vā vesso vā suddo vā’ti? 
;;;for sure whether that virile spirit is an aristocrat, a brahmin, a peasant, or a menial?’ 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

‘idaṁ, bho udena, kathaṁ, imassa kvattho’ti? Evaṁ katvā siyā no ettha kathāsallāpo”ti. ;;;‘Sir, why is this? What does that mean?’” 
;;;“Anuññeyyaṁ khvāhaṁ bhoto udenassa anujānissāmi, paṭikkositabbañca paṭikkosissāmi; yassa ca panāhaṁ bhoto udenassa bhāsitassa atthaṁ na jānissāmi, bhavantaṁyeva tattha udenaṁ uttari paṭipucchissāmi: ‘idaṁ, bho udena, kathaṁ, imassa kvattho’ti? Evaṁ katvā hotu no ettha kathāsallāpo”ti. 
;;;“Let us discuss this. I will do as you say.” 
;;;So pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā, ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya, parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;After the meal, they return from almsround, sit down cross-legged, set their body straight, and establish mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;“Sacepi mayaṁ, bho udena, suṇeyyāma taṁ bhavantaṁ gotamaṁ dasasu yojanesu, dasapi mayaṁ yojanāni gaccheyyāma taṁ bhavantaṁ gotamaṁ dassanāya arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ. 
;;;“Mister Udena, if I heard that the Buddha was within ten leagues, or twenty, or even up to a hundred leagues away, I’d go a hundred leagues to see him. 
;;;Yojanasate cepi mayaṁ, bho udena, suṇeyyāma taṁ bhavantaṁ gotamaṁ, yojanasatampi mayaṁ gaccheyyāma taṁ bhavantaṁ gotamaṁ dassanāya arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;

>En 

‘idaṁ, bho udena, kathaṁ, imassa kvattho’ti? Evaṁ katvā siyā no ettha kathāsallāpo”ti. ;;;‘Sir, why is this? What does that mean?’” 
;;;“Anuññeyyaṁ khvāhaṁ bhoto udenassa anujānissāmi, paṭikkositabbañca paṭikkosissāmi; yassa ca panāhaṁ bhoto udenassa bhāsitassa atthaṁ na jānissāmi, bhavantaṁyeva tattha udenaṁ uttari paṭipucchissāmi: ‘idaṁ, bho udena, kathaṁ, imassa kvattho’ti? Evaṁ katvā hotu no ettha kathāsallāpo”ti. 
;;;“Let us discuss this. I will do as you say.” 
;;;So pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā, ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya, parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;After the meal, they return from almsround, sit down cross-legged, set their body straight, and establish mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;“Sacepi mayaṁ, bho udena, suṇeyyāma taṁ bhavantaṁ gotamaṁ dasasu yojanesu, dasapi mayaṁ yojanāni gaccheyyāma taṁ bhavantaṁ gotamaṁ dassanāya arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ. 
;;;“Mister Udena, if I heard that the Buddha was within ten leagues, or twenty, or even up to a hundred leagues away, I’d go a hundred leagues to see him. 
;;;Yojanasate cepi mayaṁ, bho udena, suṇeyyāma taṁ bhavantaṁ gotamaṁ, yojanasatampi mayaṁ gaccheyyāma taṁ bhavantaṁ gotamaṁ dassanāya arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Samaṇo khalu, bho, gotamo khīṇakāmarāgo vigatacāpallo …pe… ;;;He has ended sensual desire, and is rid of caprice. … 
;;;Ekamekenapi tena aṅgena samannāgato na arahati, so bhavaṁ gotamo amhākaṁ dassanāya upasaṅkamituṁ; 
;;;The possession of even a single one of these factors makes it inappropriate for Mister Gotama to come to see me, 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena kāpaṭiko nāma māṇavo daharo vuttasiro soḷasavassuddesiko jātiyā, tiṇṇaṁ vedānaṁ pāragū sanighaṇḍukeṭubhānaṁ sākkharappabhedānaṁ itihāsapañcamānaṁ, padako, veyyākaraṇo, lokāyatamahāpurisalakkhaṇesu anavayo tassaṁ parisāyaṁ nisinno hoti. 
;;;And the student Kāpaṭika was sitting in that assembly. He was young, tonsured, and sixteen years old. He had mastered the three Vedas, together with their vocabularies and ritual performance, their phonology and word classification, and the testaments as fifth. He knew them word-by-word, and their grammar. He was well versed in cosmology and the marks of a great man. 
;;;“addhā kho kāpaṭikassa māṇavassa tevijjake pāvacane kathā bhavissati. 
;;;“Clearly the student Kāpaṭika will talk about the scriptural heritage of the three Vedas. 
;;;‘idameva saccaṁ, moghamaññan’ti (…). 
;;;‘This is the only truth, anything else is futile.’ 
;;;“Idha, bhāradvāja, bhikkhu aññataraṁ gāmaṁ vā nigamaṁ vā upanissāya viharati. 
;;;“Bhāradvāja, take the case of a mendicant living supported by a town or village. 
;;;Tathārūpo kho panimassāyasmato kāyasamācāro tathārūpo vacīsamācāro yathā taṁ aluddhassa. 
;;;Rather, that venerable has bodily and verbal behavior like that of someone without greed. 
;;;

>En 

Samaṇo khalu, bho, gotamo khīṇakāmarāgo vigatacāpallo …pe… ;;;He has ended sensual desire, and is rid of caprice. … 
;;;Ekamekenapi tena aṅgena samannāgato na arahati, so bhavaṁ gotamo amhākaṁ dassanāya upasaṅkamituṁ; 
;;;The possession of even a single one of these factors makes it inappropriate for Mister Gotama to come to see me, 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena kāpaṭiko nāma māṇavo daharo vuttasiro soḷasavassuddesiko jātiyā, tiṇṇaṁ vedānaṁ pāragū sanighaṇḍukeṭubhānaṁ sākkharappabhedānaṁ itihāsapañcamānaṁ, padako, veyyākaraṇo, lokāyatamahāpurisalakkhaṇesu anavayo tassaṁ parisāyaṁ nisinno hoti. 
;;;And the student Kāpaṭika was sitting in that assembly. He was young, tonsured, and sixteen years old. He had mastered the three Vedas, together with their vocabularies and ritual performance, their phonology and word classification, and the testaments as fifth. He knew them word-by-word, and their grammar. He was well versed in cosmology and the marks of a great man. 
;;;“addhā kho kāpaṭikassa māṇavassa tevijjake pāvacane kathā bhavissati. 
;;;“Clearly the student Kāpaṭika will talk about the scriptural heritage of the three Vedas. 
;;;‘idameva saccaṁ, moghamaññan’ti (…). 
;;;‘This is the only truth, anything else is futile.’ 
;;;“Idha, bhāradvāja, bhikkhu aññataraṁ gāmaṁ vā nigamaṁ vā upanissāya viharati. 
;;;“Bhāradvāja, take the case of a mendicant living supported by a town or village. 
;;;Tathārūpo kho panimassāyasmato kāyasamācāro tathārūpo vacīsamācāro yathā taṁ aluddhassa. 
;;;Rather, that venerable has bodily and verbal behavior like that of someone without greed. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, puriso daliddo assako anāḷhiyo. Tassa akāmassa bilaṁ olaggeyyuṁ: ‘idaṁ te, ambho purisa, maṁsaṁ khāditabbaṁ, mūlañca anuppadātabban’ti. ;;;“It’s as if they were to force a chop on a poor, penniless person, telling them, ‘Eat this meat and pay for it!’ 
;;;brāhmaṇova nu kho pahoti sottisināniṁ ādāya nadiṁ gantvā rajojallaṁ pavāhetuṁ, no khattiyo no vesso no suddo”ti? 
;;;Is only a brahmin capable of taking some bathing cleanser, going to the river, and washing off dust and dirt, and not an aristocrat, peasant, or menial?” 
;;;Khattiyopi hi, bho gotama, pahoti sottisināniṁ ādāya nadiṁ gantvā rajojallaṁ pavāhetuṁ; 
;;; 
;;;sabbepi hi, bho gotama, cattāro vaṇṇā pahonti sottisināniṁ ādāya nadiṁ gantvā rajojallaṁ pavāhetun”ti. 
;;;All four classes are capable of doing this.” 
;;;

>En 

“Seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, puriso daliddo assako anāḷhiyo. Tassa akāmassa bilaṁ olaggeyyuṁ: ‘idaṁ te, ambho purisa, maṁsaṁ khāditabbaṁ, mūlañca anuppadātabban’ti. ;;;“It’s as if they were to force a chop on a poor, penniless person, telling them, ‘Eat this meat and pay for it!’ 
;;;brāhmaṇova nu kho pahoti sottisināniṁ ādāya nadiṁ gantvā rajojallaṁ pavāhetuṁ, no khattiyo no vesso no suddo”ti? 
;;;Is only a brahmin capable of taking some bathing cleanser, going to the river, and washing off dust and dirt, and not an aristocrat, peasant, or menial?” 
;;;Khattiyopi hi, bho gotama, pahoti sottisināniṁ ādāya nadiṁ gantvā rajojallaṁ pavāhetuṁ; 
;;; 
;;;sabbepi hi, bho gotama, cattāro vaṇṇā pahonti sottisināniṁ ādāya nadiṁ gantvā rajojallaṁ pavāhetun”ti. 
;;;All four classes are capable of doing this.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu rājagahe vassaṁvuṭṭho yena dakkhiṇāgiri yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā sāriputtena saddhiṁ sammodi. ;;;Then a certain mendicant who had completed the rainy season residence in Rājagaha went to the Southern Hills, where he approached Venerable Sāriputta, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;Appeva ca nāma mayaṁ kadāci karahaci dhanañjāninā brāhmaṇena saddhiṁ samāgaccheyyāma, appeva nāma siyā kocideva kathāsallāpo”ti? 
;;;Hopefully, some time or other I’ll get to meet him, and we can have a discussion.” 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bho sāriputta, balavā puriso tiṇhena sikharena muddhani abhimattheyya; evameva kho, bho sāriputta, adhimattā vātā muddhani ca ūhananti. 
;;;The winds piercing my head are so severe, it feels like a strong man drilling into my head with a sharp point. 
;;;manussā vā cātumahārājikā vā devā”ti? 
;;;human life or as one of the gods of the four great kings?” 
;;;“Kālaṅkato ca, sāriputta, dhanañjāni brāhmaṇo, brahmalokañca upapanno”ti. 
;;;“And Sāriputta, the brahmin Dhanañjāni has passed away and been reborn in the realm of divinity.” 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu rājagahe vassaṁvuṭṭho yena dakkhiṇāgiri yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā sāriputtena saddhiṁ sammodi. ;;;Then a certain mendicant who had completed the rainy season residence in Rājagaha went to the Southern Hills, where he approached Venerable Sāriputta, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;Appeva ca nāma mayaṁ kadāci karahaci dhanañjāninā brāhmaṇena saddhiṁ samāgaccheyyāma, appeva nāma siyā kocideva kathāsallāpo”ti? 
;;;Hopefully, some time or other I’ll get to meet him, and we can have a discussion.” 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bho sāriputta, balavā puriso tiṇhena sikharena muddhani abhimattheyya; evameva kho, bho sāriputta, adhimattā vātā muddhani ca ūhananti. 
;;;The winds piercing my head are so severe, it feels like a strong man drilling into my head with a sharp point. 
;;;manussā vā cātumahārājikā vā devā”ti? 
;;;human life or as one of the gods of the four great kings?” 
;;;“Kālaṅkato ca, sāriputta, dhanañjāni brāhmaṇo, brahmalokañca upapanno”ti. 
;;;“And Sāriputta, the brahmin Dhanañjāni has passed away and been reborn in the realm of divinity.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Padakasmā veyyākaraṇā, ;;;As philologists and grammarians, 
;;;khuddake ca mahallake; 
;;;both small and large. 
;;;pessako so na brāhmaṇo. 
;;;as a servant, not a brahmin. 
;;;Bhovādi nāma so hoti, 
;;;If they still have attachments, 
;;;Ajānantā no pabrunti, 
;;;Ignorant, they declare 
;;;Na jaccā brāhmaṇo hoti, 
;;;You’re not a brahmin by birth, 
;;;na jaccā hoti abrāhmaṇo; 
;;;nor by birth a non-brahmin. 
;;;

>En 

Padakasmā veyyākaraṇā, ;;;As philologists and grammarians, 
;;;khuddake ca mahallake; 
;;;both small and large. 
;;;pessako so na brāhmaṇo. 
;;;as a servant, not a brahmin. 
;;;Bhovādi nāma so hoti, 
;;;If they still have attachments, 
;;;Ajānantā no pabrunti, 
;;;Ignorant, they declare 
;;;Na jaccā brāhmaṇo hoti, 
;;;You’re not a brahmin by birth, 
;;;na jaccā hoti abrāhmaṇo; 
;;;nor by birth a non-brahmin. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Na kho me, bho gotama, garu yatthassu bhavanto vā nisinno bhavantarūpo vā”ti. ;;;“It’s no trouble when good sirs such as yourself are sitting here.” 
;;;caṅkī brāhmaṇo tārukkho brāhmaṇo pokkharasāti brāhmaṇo jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo pitā ca te todeyyo, katamā nesaṁ seyyo, yaṁ vā te sammuccā vācaṁ bhāseyyuṁ yaṁ vā asammuccā”ti? 
;;;the brahmins Caṅkī, Tārukkha, Pokkharasāti, Jānussoṇi, and your father Todeyya. What’s better for them: that their speech agrees or disagrees with the consensus of opinion?” 
;;;yadi evaṁ sante, brāhmaṇena pokkharasātinā opamaññena subhagavanikena sammuccā vācā bhāsitā asammuccā”ti? 
;;;If this is so, does Pokkharasāti’s speech agree or disagree with the consensus of opinion?” 
;;;Imehi kho, māṇava, pañcahi nīvaraṇehi brāhmaṇo pokkharasāti opamañño subhagavaniko āvuto nivuto ophuṭo pariyonaddho. 
;;;Pokkharasāti is veiled, shrouded, covered, and engulfed by these five hindrances. 
;;;Ye te, māṇava, brāhmaṇā pañca dhamme paññapenti puññassa kiriyāya kusalassa ārādhanāya, katamettha brāhmaṇā dhammaṁ mahapphalataraṁ paññapenti puññassa kiriyāya kusalassa ārādhanāyā”ti? 
;;;Of the five things that the brahmins prescribe for making merit and succeeding in the skillful, which do they say is the most fruitful?” 
;;;Tatrekassa brāhmaṇassa evamassa: 
;;;Then one of those brahmins thought: 
;;;“Taṁ, kiṁ maññasi, māṇava, idhassa puriso naḷakāragāme jātavaddho; 
;;;“What do you think, student? Suppose a person was born and raised in Naḷakāra. 
;;;tamenaṁ naḷakāragāmato tāvadeva avasaṭaṁ naḷakāragāmassa maggaṁ puccheyyuṁ; 
;;;And as soon as they left the town some people asked them for the road to Naḷakāra. 
;;;

>En 

“Na kho me, bho gotama, garu yatthassu bhavanto vā nisinno bhavantarūpo vā”ti. ;;;“It’s no trouble when good sirs such as yourself are sitting here.” 
;;;caṅkī brāhmaṇo tārukkho brāhmaṇo pokkharasāti brāhmaṇo jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo pitā ca te todeyyo, katamā nesaṁ seyyo, yaṁ vā te sammuccā vācaṁ bhāseyyuṁ yaṁ vā asammuccā”ti? 
;;;the brahmins Caṅkī, Tārukkha, Pokkharasāti, Jānussoṇi, and your father Todeyya. What’s better for them: that their speech agrees or disagrees with the consensus of opinion?” 
;;;yadi evaṁ sante, brāhmaṇena pokkharasātinā opamaññena subhagavanikena sammuccā vācā bhāsitā asammuccā”ti? 
;;;If this is so, does Pokkharasāti’s speech agree or disagree with the consensus of opinion?” 
;;;Imehi kho, māṇava, pañcahi nīvaraṇehi brāhmaṇo pokkharasāti opamañño subhagavaniko āvuto nivuto ophuṭo pariyonaddho. 
;;;Pokkharasāti is veiled, shrouded, covered, and engulfed by these five hindrances. 
;;;Ye te, māṇava, brāhmaṇā pañca dhamme paññapenti puññassa kiriyāya kusalassa ārādhanāya, katamettha brāhmaṇā dhammaṁ mahapphalataraṁ paññapenti puññassa kiriyāya kusalassa ārādhanāyā”ti? 
;;;Of the five things that the brahmins prescribe for making merit and succeeding in the skillful, which do they say is the most fruitful?” 
;;;Tatrekassa brāhmaṇassa evamassa: 
;;;Then one of those brahmins thought: 
;;;“Taṁ, kiṁ maññasi, māṇava, idhassa puriso naḷakāragāme jātavaddho; 
;;;“What do you think, student? Suppose a person was born and raised in Naḷakāra. 
;;;tamenaṁ naḷakāragāmato tāvadeva avasaṭaṁ naḷakāragāmassa maggaṁ puccheyyuṁ; 
;;;And as soon as they left the town some people asked them for the road to Naḷakāra. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tena kho pana samayena dhanañjānī nāma brāhmaṇī cañcalikappe paṭivasati abhippasannā buddhe ca dhamme ca saṅghe ca. ;;;Now at that time a brahmin lady named Dhanañjānī was residing at Caṇḍalakappa. She was devoted to the Buddha, the teaching, and the Saṅgha. 
;;;“avabhūtāva ayaṁ dhanañjānī brāhmaṇī, parabhūtāva ayaṁ dhanañjānī brāhmaṇī, vijjamānānaṁ tevijjānaṁ brāhmaṇānaṁ, atha ca pana tassa muṇḍakassa samaṇakassa vaṇṇaṁ bhāsissatī”ti. 
;;;“The brahmin lady Dhanañjānī is a disgrace! Though brahmins proficient in the three Vedas are found, she praises that shaveling, that fake ascetic.” 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhāradvāja, allaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ sasnehaṁ udake nikkhittaṁ. 
;;;Suppose there was a green, sappy log, and it was lying in water. 
;;;api nu so puriso amuṁ allaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ sasnehaṁ udake nikkhittaṁ uttarāraṇiṁ ādāya abhimanthento aggiṁ abhinibbatteyya, tejo pātukareyyā”ti? 
;;;By drilling the stick against that green, sappy log lying in water, could they light a fire and produce heat?” 
;;;Aduñhi, bho gotama, allaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ sasnehaṁ, tañca pana udake nikkhittaṁ; 
;;;Because it’s a green, sappy log, and it’s lying in the water. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhāradvāja, allaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ sasnehaṁ ārakā udakā thale nikkhittaṁ. 
;;;Suppose there was a green, sappy log, and it was lying on dry land far from the water. 
;;;api nu so puriso amuṁ allaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ sasnehaṁ ārakā udakā thale nikkhittaṁ uttarāraṇiṁ ādāya abhimanthento aggiṁ abhinibbatteyya tejo pātukareyyā”ti? 
;;;By drilling the stick against that green, sappy log on dry land far from water, could they light a fire and produce heat?” 
;;;Aduñhi, bho gotama, allaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ sasnehaṁ, kiñcāpi ārakā udakā thale nikkhittaṁ; 
;;;Because it’s still a green, sappy log, despite the fact that it’s lying on dry land far from water. 
;;;Āraddhaṁ kho pana me, bhāradvāja, vīriyaṁ hoti asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā; sāraddho ca pana me kāyo hoti appaṭippassaddho, teneva dukkhappadhānena padhānābhitunnassa sato. 
;;;My energy was roused up and unflagging, and my mindfulness was established and lucid, but my body was disturbed, not tranquil, because I’d pushed too hard with that painful striving. 
;;;Āraddhaṁ kho pana me, bhāradvāja, vīriyaṁ hoti asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā; sāraddho ca pana me kāyo hoti appaṭippassaddho, teneva dukkhappadhānena padhānābhitunnassa sato. 
;;;My energy was roused up and unflagging, and my mindfulness was established and lucid, but my body was disturbed, not tranquil, because I’d pushed too hard with that painful striving. 
;;;Āraddhaṁ kho pana me, bhāradvāja, vīriyaṁ hoti asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā; sāraddho ca pana me kāyo hoti appaṭippassaddho, teneva dukkhappadhānena padhānābhitunnassa sato. 
;;;My energy was roused up and unflagging, and my mindfulness was established and lucid, but my body was disturbed, not tranquil, because I’d pushed too hard with that painful striving. 
;;;Āraddhaṁ kho pana me, bhāradvāja, vīriyaṁ hoti asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā; sāraddho ca pana me kāyo hoti appaṭippassaddho, teneva dukkhappadhānena padhānābhitunnassa sato. 
;;;My energy was roused up and unflagging, and my mindfulness was established and lucid, but my body was disturbed, not tranquil, because I’d pushed too hard with that painful striving. 
;;;Āraddhaṁ kho pana me, bhāradvāja, vīriyaṁ hoti asallīnaṁ upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā; sāraddho ca pana me kāyo hoti appaṭippassaddho, teneva dukkhappadhānena padhānābhitunnassa sato. 
;;;My energy was roused up and unflagging, and my mindfulness was established and lucid, but my body was disturbed, not tranquil, because I’d pushed too hard with that painful striving. 
;;;Āraddhaṁ kho pana me, bhāradvāja, vīriyaṁ hoti asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, sāraddho ca pana me kāyo hoti appaṭippassaddho, teneva dukkhappadhānena padhānābhitunnassa sato. 
;;;My energy was roused up and unflagging, and my mindfulness was established and lucid, but my body was disturbed, not tranquil, because I’d pushed too hard with that painful striving. 
;;;So kho ahaṁ, bhāradvāja, ‘udaracchaviṁ parimasissāmī’ti piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṁyeva pariggaṇhāmi, ‘piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṁ parimasissāmī’ti udaracchaviṁyeva pariggaṇhāmi; yāvassu me, bhāradvāja, udaracchavi piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṁ allīnā hoti tāyevappāhāratāya. 
;;;Due to eating so little, the skin of my belly stuck to my backbone, so that when I tried to rub the skin of my belly I grabbed my backbone, and when I tried to rub my backbone I rubbed the skin of my belly. 
;;;“aṭṭhitavataṁ bhoto gotamassa padhānaṁ ahosi, sappurisavataṁ bhoto gotamassa padhānaṁ ahosi; 
;;;“The striving of Mister Gotama was indeed assiduous and that of a true person, 
;;;“Ṭhānaso metaṁ, bhāradvāja, viditaṁ yadidaṁ— 
;;;“I’ve understood about gods in terms of causes.” 
;;;adhidevā”ti. 
;;; 
;;;“‘Atthi devā’ti, bhāradvāja, puṭṭho samāno ‘atthi devā’ti yo vadeyya, ‘ṭhānaso me viditā’ti yo vadeyya; 
;;;“When asked ‘Do gods survive’, whether you reply ‘Gods survive’ or ‘I’ve understood in terms of causes’ 
;;;atha khvettha viññunā purisena ekaṁsena niṭṭhaṁ gantabbaṁ yadidaṁ: 
;;;a sensible person would come to the categorical conclusion in this matter that 
;;;

>En 

Tena kho pana samayena dhanañjānī nāma brāhmaṇī cañcalikappe paṭivasati abhippasannā buddhe ca dhamme ca saṅghe ca. ;;;Now at that time a brahmin lady named Dhanañjānī was residing at Caṇḍalakappa. She was devoted to the Buddha, the teaching, and the Saṅgha. 
;;;“avabhūtāva ayaṁ dhanañjānī brāhmaṇī, parabhūtāva ayaṁ dhanañjānī brāhmaṇī, vijjamānānaṁ tevijjānaṁ brāhmaṇānaṁ, atha ca pana tassa muṇḍakassa samaṇakassa vaṇṇaṁ bhāsissatī”ti. 
;;;“The brahmin lady Dhanañjānī is a disgrace! Though brahmins proficient in the three Vedas are found, she praises that shaveling, that fake ascetic.” 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhāradvāja, allaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ sasnehaṁ udake nikkhittaṁ. 
;;;Suppose there was a green, sappy log, and it was lying in water. 
;;;api nu so puriso amuṁ allaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ sasnehaṁ udake nikkhittaṁ uttarāraṇiṁ ādāya abhimanthento aggiṁ abhinibbatteyya, tejo pātukareyyā”ti? 
;;;By drilling the stick against that green, sappy log lying in water, could they light a fire and produce heat?” 
;;;Aduñhi, bho gotama, allaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ sasnehaṁ, tañca pana udake nikkhittaṁ; 
;;;Because it’s a green, sappy log, and it’s lying in the water. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhāradvāja, allaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ sasnehaṁ ārakā udakā thale nikkhittaṁ. 
;;;Suppose there was a green, sappy log, and it was lying on dry land far from the water. 
;;;api nu so puriso amuṁ allaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ sasnehaṁ ārakā udakā thale nikkhittaṁ uttarāraṇiṁ ādāya abhimanthento aggiṁ abhinibbatteyya tejo pātukareyyā”ti? 
;;;By drilling the stick against that green, sappy log on dry land far from water, could they light a fire and produce heat?” 
;;;Aduñhi, bho gotama, allaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ sasnehaṁ, kiñcāpi ārakā udakā thale nikkhittaṁ; 
;;;Because it’s still a green, sappy log, despite the fact that it’s lying on dry land far from water. 
;;;Āraddhaṁ kho pana me, bhāradvāja, vīriyaṁ hoti asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā; sāraddho ca pana me kāyo hoti appaṭippassaddho, teneva dukkhappadhānena padhānābhitunnassa sato. 
;;;My energy was roused up and unflagging, and my mindfulness was established and lucid, but my body was disturbed, not tranquil, because I’d pushed too hard with that painful striving. 
;;;Āraddhaṁ kho pana me, bhāradvāja, vīriyaṁ hoti asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā; sāraddho ca pana me kāyo hoti appaṭippassaddho, teneva dukkhappadhānena padhānābhitunnassa sato. 
;;;My energy was roused up and unflagging, and my mindfulness was established and lucid, but my body was disturbed, not tranquil, because I’d pushed too hard with that painful striving. 
;;;Āraddhaṁ kho pana me, bhāradvāja, vīriyaṁ hoti asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā; sāraddho ca pana me kāyo hoti appaṭippassaddho, teneva dukkhappadhānena padhānābhitunnassa sato. 
;;;My energy was roused up and unflagging, and my mindfulness was established and lucid, but my body was disturbed, not tranquil, because I’d pushed too hard with that painful striving. 
;;;Āraddhaṁ kho pana me, bhāradvāja, vīriyaṁ hoti asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā; sāraddho ca pana me kāyo hoti appaṭippassaddho, teneva dukkhappadhānena padhānābhitunnassa sato. 
;;;My energy was roused up and unflagging, and my mindfulness was established and lucid, but my body was disturbed, not tranquil, because I’d pushed too hard with that painful striving. 
;;;Āraddhaṁ kho pana me, bhāradvāja, vīriyaṁ hoti asallīnaṁ upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā; sāraddho ca pana me kāyo hoti appaṭippassaddho, teneva dukkhappadhānena padhānābhitunnassa sato. 
;;;My energy was roused up and unflagging, and my mindfulness was established and lucid, but my body was disturbed, not tranquil, because I’d pushed too hard with that painful striving. 
;;;Āraddhaṁ kho pana me, bhāradvāja, vīriyaṁ hoti asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, sāraddho ca pana me kāyo hoti appaṭippassaddho, teneva dukkhappadhānena padhānābhitunnassa sato. 
;;;My energy was roused up and unflagging, and my mindfulness was established and lucid, but my body was disturbed, not tranquil, because I’d pushed too hard with that painful striving. 
;;;So kho ahaṁ, bhāradvāja, ‘udaracchaviṁ parimasissāmī’ti piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṁyeva pariggaṇhāmi, ‘piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṁ parimasissāmī’ti udaracchaviṁyeva pariggaṇhāmi; yāvassu me, bhāradvāja, udaracchavi piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṁ allīnā hoti tāyevappāhāratāya. 
;;;Due to eating so little, the skin of my belly stuck to my backbone, so that when I tried to rub the skin of my belly I grabbed my backbone, and when I tried to rub my backbone I rubbed the skin of my belly. 
;;;“aṭṭhitavataṁ bhoto gotamassa padhānaṁ ahosi, sappurisavataṁ bhoto gotamassa padhānaṁ ahosi; 
;;;“The striving of Mister Gotama was indeed assiduous and that of a true person, 
;;;“Ṭhānaso metaṁ, bhāradvāja, viditaṁ yadidaṁ— 
;;;“I’ve understood about gods in terms of causes.” 
;;;adhidevā”ti. 
;;; 
;;;“‘Atthi devā’ti, bhāradvāja, puṭṭho samāno ‘atthi devā’ti yo vadeyya, ‘ṭhānaso me viditā’ti yo vadeyya; 
;;;“When asked ‘Do gods survive’, whether you reply ‘Gods survive’ or ‘I’ve understood in terms of causes’ 
;;;atha khvettha viññunā purisena ekaṁsena niṭṭhaṁ gantabbaṁ yadidaṁ: 
;;;a sensible person would come to the categorical conclusion in this matter that 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

evaṁ sante āyasmantānaṁ nigaṇṭhānaṁ na kallamassa veyyākaraṇāya: ;;;In that case, it’s not appropriate for the Jain venerables to declare this. 
;;;evaṁ sante āyasmantānaṁ nigaṇṭhānaṁ kallamassa veyyākaraṇāya: 
;;;In that case, it would be appropriate for the Jain venerables to declare this. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, āvuso nigaṇṭhā, puriso sallena viddho assa savisena gāḷhūpalepanena; 
;;;Suppose a man was struck by an arrow thickly smeared with poison, 
;;;so sallassapi vedhanahetu dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā vedanā vediyeyya. 
;;;causing painful feelings, sharp and severe. 
;;;Tassa mittāmaccā ñātisālohitā bhisakkaṁ sallakattaṁ upaṭṭhāpeyyuṁ. 
;;;Their friends and colleagues, relatives and kin would get a surgeon to treat them. 
;;;Tassa so bhisakko sallakatto satthena vaṇamukhaṁ parikanteyya; 
;;;The surgeon would cut open the wound with a scalpel, 
;;;Tassa so bhisakko sallakatto esaniyā sallaṁ eseyya; 
;;;They’d probe for the arrow, 
;;;so esaniyāpi sallassa esanāhetu dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā vedanā vediyeyya. 
;;;causing painful feelings, sharp and severe. 
;;;Tassa so bhisakko sallakatto sallaṁ abbuheyya; 
;;;They’d extract the arrow, 
;;;so sallassapi abbuhanahetu dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā vedanā vediyeyya. 
;;;causing painful feelings, sharp and severe. 
;;;Tassa so bhisakko sallakatto agadaṅgāraṁ vaṇamukhe odaheyya; 
;;;They’d apply cauterizing medicine to the wound, 
;;;“ahaṁ kho pubbe sallena viddho ahosiṁ savisena gāḷhūpalepanena. 
;;;“Earlier I was struck by an arrow thickly smeared with poison, 
;;;Sohaṁ sallassapi vedhanahetu dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā vedanā vediyiṁ. 
;;;causing painful feelings, sharp and severe. 
;;;Tassa me mittāmaccā ñātisālohitā bhisakkaṁ sallakattaṁ upaṭṭhapesuṁ. 
;;;My friends and colleagues, relatives and kin got a surgeon to treat me. 
;;;Tassa me so bhisakko sallakatto satthena vaṇamukhaṁ parikanti; 
;;;At each step, the treatment was painful. 
;;;Tassa me so bhisakko sallakatto esaniyā sallaṁ esi; 
;;; 
;;;so ahaṁ esaniyāpi sallassa esanāhetu dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā vedanā vediyiṁ. 
;;; 
;;;Tassa me so bhisakko sallakatto sallaṁ abbuhi; 
;;; 
;;;sohaṁ sallassapi abbuhanahetu dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā vedanā vediyiṁ. 
;;; 
;;;Tassa me so bhisakko sallakatto agadaṅgāraṁ vaṇamukhe odahi; 
;;; 
;;;evaṁ sante āyasmantānaṁ nigaṇṭhānaṁ kallamassa veyyākaraṇāya: 
;;;it would be appropriate for the Jain venerables to declare this. 
;;;tasmā āyasmantānaṁ nigaṇṭhānaṁ na kallamassa veyyākaraṇāya: 
;;;it’s not appropriate for the Jain venerables to declare this.’ 
;;;Evaṁ sante āyasmantānaṁ nigaṇṭhānaṁ na kallamassa veyyākaraṇāya: 
;;;In that case, it’s not appropriate for the Jain venerables to declare: 
;;;Sace, āvuso nigaṇṭhā, yasmiṁ vo samaye tibbo upakkamo hoti tibbaṁ padhānaṁ, na tibbā tasmiṁ samaye opakkamikā dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā vedanā vediyetha; 
;;;If at a time of intense exertion you did not suffer painful, sharp feelings due to overexertion, 
;;;evaṁ sante āyasmantānaṁ nigaṇṭhānaṁ kallamassa veyyākaraṇāya: 
;;;it would be appropriate for the Jain venerables to declare this. 
;;;So yassa hi khvāssa dukkhanidānassa saṅkhāraṁ padahato saṅkhārappadhānā virāgo hoti, saṅkhāraṁ tattha padahati. 
;;;So they either actively strive or develop equanimity as appropriate. 
;;;So taṁ itthiṁ passeyya aññena purisena saddhiṁ santiṭṭhantiṁ sallapantiṁ sañjagghantiṁ saṁhasantiṁ. 
;;;Then he sees her standing together with another man, chatting, giggling, and laughing. 
;;;api nu tassa purisassa amuṁ itthiṁ disvā aññena purisena saddhiṁ santiṭṭhantiṁ sallapantiṁ sañjagghantiṁ saṁhasantiṁ uppajjeyyuṁ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassūpāyāsā”ti? 
;;;Would that give rise to sorrow, lamentation, pain, sadness, and distress for him?” 
;;;Tasmā taṁ itthiṁ disvā aññena purisena saddhiṁ santiṭṭhantiṁ sallapantiṁ sañjagghantiṁ saṁhasantiṁ uppajjeyyuṁ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassūpāyāsā”ti. 
;;; 
;;;Tassa me amuṁ itthiṁ disvā aññena purisena saddhiṁ santiṭṭhantiṁ sallapantiṁ sañjagghantiṁ saṁhasantiṁ uppajjanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassūpāyāsā. 
;;;When I saw her standing together with another man, chatting, giggling, and laughing, it gave rise to sorrow, lamentation, pain, sadness, and distress for me. 
;;;So taṁ itthiṁ passeyya aparena samayena aññena purisena saddhiṁ santiṭṭhantiṁ sallapantiṁ sañjagghantiṁ saṁhasantiṁ. 
;;;Some time later he sees her again standing together with another man, chatting, giggling, and laughing. 
;;;api nu tassa purisassa amuṁ itthiṁ disvā aññena purisena saddhiṁ santiṭṭhantiṁ sallapantiṁ sañjagghantiṁ saṁhasantiṁ uppajjeyyuṁ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassūpāyāsā”ti? 
;;;Would that give rise to sorrow, lamentation, pain, sadness, and distress for him?” 
;;;Tasmā taṁ itthiṁ disvā aññena purisena saddhiṁ santiṭṭhantiṁ sallapantiṁ sañjagghantiṁ saṁhasantiṁ na uppajjeyyuṁ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassūpāyāsā”ti. 
;;; 
;;;Yato kho, bhikkhave, usukārassa tejanaṁ dvīsu alātesu ātāpitaṁ hoti paritāpitaṁ ujuṁ kataṁ kammaniyaṁ, na so taṁ aparena samayena usukāro tejanaṁ dvīsu alātesu ātāpeti paritāpeti ujuṁ karoti kammaniyaṁ. 
;;;After it’s been made straight and fit for use, they’d no longer heat it to make it straight and fit for use. 
;;;So abhikkante paṭikkante sampajānakārī hoti, ālokite vilokite sampajānakārī hoti, samiñjite pasārite sampajānakārī hoti, saṅghāṭipattacīvaradhāraṇe sampajānakārī hoti, asite pīte khāyite sāyite sampajānakārī hoti, uccārapassāvakamme sampajānakārī hoti, gate ṭhite nisinne sutte jāgarite bhāsite tuṇhībhāve sampajānakārī hoti. 
;;;They act with situational awareness when going out and coming back; when looking ahead and aside; when bending and extending the limbs; when bearing the outer robe, bowl and robes; when eating, drinking, chewing, and tasting; when urinating and defecating; when walking, standing, sitting, sleeping, waking, speaking, and keeping silent. 
;;;So pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā, ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya, parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;After the meal, they return from almsround, sit down cross-legged, set their body straight, and establish mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;So anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati, seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ dvepi jātiyo tissopi jātiyo catassopi jātiyo pañcapi jātiyo dasapi jātiyo vīsampi jātiyo tiṁsampi jātiyo cattālīsampi jātiyo paññāsampi jātiyo jātisatampi jātisahassampi jātisatasahassampi anekepi saṁvaṭṭakappe anekepi vivaṭṭakappe anekepi saṁvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappe: ‘amutrāsiṁ evaṁnāmo evaṅgotto evaṁvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṁsukhadukkhappaṭisaṁvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto amutra udapādiṁ; tatrāpāsiṁ evaṁnāmo evaṅgotto evaṁvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṁsukhadukkhappaṭisaṁvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto idhūpapanno’ti. Iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati. 
;;;They recollect many kinds of past lives, that is, one, two, three, four, five, ten, twenty, thirty, forty, fifty, a hundred, a thousand, a hundred thousand rebirths; many eons of the world contracting, many eons of the world expanding, many eons of the world contracting and expanding. They remember: ‘There, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn somewhere else. There, too, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn here.’ And so they recollect their many kinds of past lives, with features and details. 
;;;

>En 

evaṁ sante āyasmantānaṁ nigaṇṭhānaṁ na kallamassa veyyākaraṇāya: ;;;In that case, it’s not appropriate for the Jain venerables to declare this. 
;;;evaṁ sante āyasmantānaṁ nigaṇṭhānaṁ kallamassa veyyākaraṇāya: 
;;;In that case, it would be appropriate for the Jain venerables to declare this. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, āvuso nigaṇṭhā, puriso sallena viddho assa savisena gāḷhūpalepanena; 
;;;Suppose a man was struck by an arrow thickly smeared with poison, 
;;;so sallassapi vedhanahetu dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā vedanā vediyeyya. 
;;;causing painful feelings, sharp and severe. 
;;;Tassa mittāmaccā ñātisālohitā bhisakkaṁ sallakattaṁ upaṭṭhāpeyyuṁ. 
;;;Their friends and colleagues, relatives and kin would get a surgeon to treat them. 
;;;Tassa so bhisakko sallakatto satthena vaṇamukhaṁ parikanteyya; 
;;;The surgeon would cut open the wound with a scalpel, 
;;;Tassa so bhisakko sallakatto esaniyā sallaṁ eseyya; 
;;;They’d probe for the arrow, 
;;;so esaniyāpi sallassa esanāhetu dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā vedanā vediyeyya. 
;;;causing painful feelings, sharp and severe. 
;;;Tassa so bhisakko sallakatto sallaṁ abbuheyya; 
;;;They’d extract the arrow, 
;;;so sallassapi abbuhanahetu dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā vedanā vediyeyya. 
;;;causing painful feelings, sharp and severe. 
;;;Tassa so bhisakko sallakatto agadaṅgāraṁ vaṇamukhe odaheyya; 
;;;They’d apply cauterizing medicine to the wound, 
;;;“ahaṁ kho pubbe sallena viddho ahosiṁ savisena gāḷhūpalepanena. 
;;;“Earlier I was struck by an arrow thickly smeared with poison, 
;;;Sohaṁ sallassapi vedhanahetu dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā vedanā vediyiṁ. 
;;;causing painful feelings, sharp and severe. 
;;;Tassa me mittāmaccā ñātisālohitā bhisakkaṁ sallakattaṁ upaṭṭhapesuṁ. 
;;;My friends and colleagues, relatives and kin got a surgeon to treat me. 
;;;Tassa me so bhisakko sallakatto satthena vaṇamukhaṁ parikanti; 
;;;At each step, the treatment was painful. 
;;;Tassa me so bhisakko sallakatto esaniyā sallaṁ esi; 
;;; 
;;;so ahaṁ esaniyāpi sallassa esanāhetu dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā vedanā vediyiṁ. 
;;; 
;;;Tassa me so bhisakko sallakatto sallaṁ abbuhi; 
;;; 
;;;sohaṁ sallassapi abbuhanahetu dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā vedanā vediyiṁ. 
;;; 
;;;Tassa me so bhisakko sallakatto agadaṅgāraṁ vaṇamukhe odahi; 
;;; 
;;;evaṁ sante āyasmantānaṁ nigaṇṭhānaṁ kallamassa veyyākaraṇāya: 
;;;it would be appropriate for the Jain venerables to declare this. 
;;;tasmā āyasmantānaṁ nigaṇṭhānaṁ na kallamassa veyyākaraṇāya: 
;;;it’s not appropriate for the Jain venerables to declare this.’ 
;;;Evaṁ sante āyasmantānaṁ nigaṇṭhānaṁ na kallamassa veyyākaraṇāya: 
;;;In that case, it’s not appropriate for the Jain venerables to declare: 
;;;Sace, āvuso nigaṇṭhā, yasmiṁ vo samaye tibbo upakkamo hoti tibbaṁ padhānaṁ, na tibbā tasmiṁ samaye opakkamikā dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā vedanā vediyetha; 
;;;If at a time of intense exertion you did not suffer painful, sharp feelings due to overexertion, 
;;;evaṁ sante āyasmantānaṁ nigaṇṭhānaṁ kallamassa veyyākaraṇāya: 
;;;it would be appropriate for the Jain venerables to declare this. 
;;;So yassa hi khvāssa dukkhanidānassa saṅkhāraṁ padahato saṅkhārappadhānā virāgo hoti, saṅkhāraṁ tattha padahati. 
;;;So they either actively strive or develop equanimity as appropriate. 
;;;So taṁ itthiṁ passeyya aññena purisena saddhiṁ santiṭṭhantiṁ sallapantiṁ sañjagghantiṁ saṁhasantiṁ. 
;;;Then he sees her standing together with another man, chatting, giggling, and laughing. 
;;;api nu tassa purisassa amuṁ itthiṁ disvā aññena purisena saddhiṁ santiṭṭhantiṁ sallapantiṁ sañjagghantiṁ saṁhasantiṁ uppajjeyyuṁ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassūpāyāsā”ti? 
;;;Would that give rise to sorrow, lamentation, pain, sadness, and distress for him?” 
;;;Tasmā taṁ itthiṁ disvā aññena purisena saddhiṁ santiṭṭhantiṁ sallapantiṁ sañjagghantiṁ saṁhasantiṁ uppajjeyyuṁ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassūpāyāsā”ti. 
;;; 
;;;Tassa me amuṁ itthiṁ disvā aññena purisena saddhiṁ santiṭṭhantiṁ sallapantiṁ sañjagghantiṁ saṁhasantiṁ uppajjanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassūpāyāsā. 
;;;When I saw her standing together with another man, chatting, giggling, and laughing, it gave rise to sorrow, lamentation, pain, sadness, and distress for me. 
;;;So taṁ itthiṁ passeyya aparena samayena aññena purisena saddhiṁ santiṭṭhantiṁ sallapantiṁ sañjagghantiṁ saṁhasantiṁ. 
;;;Some time later he sees her again standing together with another man, chatting, giggling, and laughing. 
;;;api nu tassa purisassa amuṁ itthiṁ disvā aññena purisena saddhiṁ santiṭṭhantiṁ sallapantiṁ sañjagghantiṁ saṁhasantiṁ uppajjeyyuṁ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassūpāyāsā”ti? 
;;;Would that give rise to sorrow, lamentation, pain, sadness, and distress for him?” 
;;;Tasmā taṁ itthiṁ disvā aññena purisena saddhiṁ santiṭṭhantiṁ sallapantiṁ sañjagghantiṁ saṁhasantiṁ na uppajjeyyuṁ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassūpāyāsā”ti. 
;;; 
;;;Yato kho, bhikkhave, usukārassa tejanaṁ dvīsu alātesu ātāpitaṁ hoti paritāpitaṁ ujuṁ kataṁ kammaniyaṁ, na so taṁ aparena samayena usukāro tejanaṁ dvīsu alātesu ātāpeti paritāpeti ujuṁ karoti kammaniyaṁ. 
;;;After it’s been made straight and fit for use, they’d no longer heat it to make it straight and fit for use. 
;;;So abhikkante paṭikkante sampajānakārī hoti, ālokite vilokite sampajānakārī hoti, samiñjite pasārite sampajānakārī hoti, saṅghāṭipattacīvaradhāraṇe sampajānakārī hoti, asite pīte khāyite sāyite sampajānakārī hoti, uccārapassāvakamme sampajānakārī hoti, gate ṭhite nisinne sutte jāgarite bhāsite tuṇhībhāve sampajānakārī hoti. 
;;;They act with situational awareness when going out and coming back; when looking ahead and aside; when bending and extending the limbs; when bearing the outer robe, bowl and robes; when eating, drinking, chewing, and tasting; when urinating and defecating; when walking, standing, sitting, sleeping, waking, speaking, and keeping silent. 
;;;So pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā, ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya, parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;After the meal, they return from almsround, sit down cross-legged, set their body straight, and establish mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;So anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati, seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ dvepi jātiyo tissopi jātiyo catassopi jātiyo pañcapi jātiyo dasapi jātiyo vīsampi jātiyo tiṁsampi jātiyo cattālīsampi jātiyo paññāsampi jātiyo jātisatampi jātisahassampi jātisatasahassampi anekepi saṁvaṭṭakappe anekepi vivaṭṭakappe anekepi saṁvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappe: ‘amutrāsiṁ evaṁnāmo evaṅgotto evaṁvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṁsukhadukkhappaṭisaṁvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto amutra udapādiṁ; tatrāpāsiṁ evaṁnāmo evaṅgotto evaṁvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṁsukhadukkhappaṭisaṁvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto idhūpapanno’ti. Iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati. 
;;;They recollect many kinds of past lives, that is, one, two, three, four, five, ten, twenty, thirty, forty, fifty, a hundred, a thousand, a hundred thousand rebirths; many eons of the world contracting, many eons of the world expanding, many eons of the world contracting and expanding. They remember: ‘There, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn somewhere else. There, too, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn here.’ And so they recollect their many kinds of past lives, with features and details. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

sato vā pana sattassa ucchedaṁ vināsaṁ vibhavaṁ paññapenti, diṭṭhadhammanibbānaṁ vā paneke abhivadanti. ;;;But some assert the annihilation, eradication, and obliteration of an existing being, while others propose extinguishment in the present life. 
;;;Tatra, bhikkhave, ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā saññiṁ attānaṁ paññapenti arogaṁ paraṁ maraṇā, rūpiṁ vā te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā saññiṁ attānaṁ paññapenti arogaṁ paraṁ maraṇā, arūpiṁ vā te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā saññiṁ attānaṁ paññapenti arogaṁ paraṁ maraṇā, rūpiñca arūpiñca vā te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā saññiṁ attānaṁ paññapenti arogaṁ paraṁ maraṇā, nevarūpiṁ nārūpiṁ vā te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā saññiṁ attānaṁ paññapenti arogaṁ paraṁ maraṇā, ekattasaññiṁ vā te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā saññiṁ attānaṁ paññapenti arogaṁ paraṁ maraṇā, nānattasaññiṁ vā te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā saññiṁ attānaṁ paññapenti arogaṁ paraṁ maraṇā, parittasaññiṁ vā te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā saññiṁ attānaṁ paññapenti arogaṁ paraṁ maraṇā, appamāṇasaññiṁ vā te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā saññiṁ attānaṁ paññapenti arogaṁ paraṁ maraṇā, etaṁ vā panekesaṁ upātivattataṁ viññāṇakasiṇameke abhivadanti appamāṇaṁ āneñjaṁ. 
;;;Now, the ascetics and brahmins who assert a self that is percipient and free of disease after death describe it as having form, or being formless, or both having form and being formless, or neither having form nor being formless. Or they describe it as of unified perception, or of diverse perception, or of limited perception, or of limitless perception. Or some among those who go beyond this propose universal consciousness, limitless and imperturbable. 
;;;Tayidaṁ, bhikkhave, tathāgato abhijānāti. 
;;;The Realized One understands this as follows. 
;;;Saññā rogo saññā gaṇḍo saññā sallaṁ, etaṁ santaṁ etaṁ paṇītaṁ yadidaṁ: ‘asaññan’ti. 
;;;Because they believe that perception is a disease, a boil, a dart, and that the state of non-perception is peaceful and sublime. 
;;;‘ahamaññatra rūpā, aññatra vedanāya, aññatra saññāya, aññatra saṅkhārehi, viññāṇassa āgatiṁ vā gatiṁ vā cutiṁ vā upapattiṁ vā vuddhiṁ vā virūḷhiṁ vā vepullaṁ vā paññapessāmī’ti— 
;;;‘Apart from form, feeling, perception, and choices, I will describe the coming and going of consciousness, its passing away and reappearing, its growth, increase, and maturity.’ 
;;;Saññā rogo saññā gaṇḍo saññā sallaṁ, asaññā sammoho, etaṁ santaṁ etaṁ paṇītaṁ yadidaṁ: 
;;;Because they believe that perception is a disease, a boil, a dart; that non-perception is a stupor; and that the state of neither perception nor non-perception is peaceful and sublime. 
;;;Sabbepime bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā uddhaṁ saraṁ āsattiṁyeva abhivadanti: 
;;;Because they think: ‘All of those ascetics and brahmins only assert their attachment to heading upstream: 
;;;Seyyathāpi nāma sā gaddulabaddho daḷhe thambhe vā khile vā upanibaddho, tameva thambhaṁ vā khilaṁ vā anuparidhāvati anuparivattati; 
;;;Suppose a dog on a leash was tethered to a strong post or pillar. It would just keeping running and circling around that post or pillar. 
;;;

>En 

sato vā pana sattassa ucchedaṁ vināsaṁ vibhavaṁ paññapenti, diṭṭhadhammanibbānaṁ vā paneke abhivadanti. ;;;But some assert the annihilation, eradication, and obliteration of an existing being, while others propose extinguishment in the present life. 
;;;Tatra, bhikkhave, ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā saññiṁ attānaṁ paññapenti arogaṁ paraṁ maraṇā, rūpiṁ vā te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā saññiṁ attānaṁ paññapenti arogaṁ paraṁ maraṇā, arūpiṁ vā te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā saññiṁ attānaṁ paññapenti arogaṁ paraṁ maraṇā, rūpiñca arūpiñca vā te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā saññiṁ attānaṁ paññapenti arogaṁ paraṁ maraṇā, nevarūpiṁ nārūpiṁ vā te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā saññiṁ attānaṁ paññapenti arogaṁ paraṁ maraṇā, ekattasaññiṁ vā te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā saññiṁ attānaṁ paññapenti arogaṁ paraṁ maraṇā, nānattasaññiṁ vā te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā saññiṁ attānaṁ paññapenti arogaṁ paraṁ maraṇā, parittasaññiṁ vā te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā saññiṁ attānaṁ paññapenti arogaṁ paraṁ maraṇā, appamāṇasaññiṁ vā te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā saññiṁ attānaṁ paññapenti arogaṁ paraṁ maraṇā, etaṁ vā panekesaṁ upātivattataṁ viññāṇakasiṇameke abhivadanti appamāṇaṁ āneñjaṁ. 
;;;Now, the ascetics and brahmins who assert a self that is percipient and free of disease after death describe it as having form, or being formless, or both having form and being formless, or neither having form nor being formless. Or they describe it as of unified perception, or of diverse perception, or of limited perception, or of limitless perception. Or some among those who go beyond this propose universal consciousness, limitless and imperturbable. 
;;;Tayidaṁ, bhikkhave, tathāgato abhijānāti. 
;;;The Realized One understands this as follows. 
;;;Saññā rogo saññā gaṇḍo saññā sallaṁ, etaṁ santaṁ etaṁ paṇītaṁ yadidaṁ: ‘asaññan’ti. 
;;;Because they believe that perception is a disease, a boil, a dart, and that the state of non-perception is peaceful and sublime. 
;;;‘ahamaññatra rūpā, aññatra vedanāya, aññatra saññāya, aññatra saṅkhārehi, viññāṇassa āgatiṁ vā gatiṁ vā cutiṁ vā upapattiṁ vā vuddhiṁ vā virūḷhiṁ vā vepullaṁ vā paññapessāmī’ti— 
;;;‘Apart from form, feeling, perception, and choices, I will describe the coming and going of consciousness, its passing away and reappearing, its growth, increase, and maturity.’ 
;;;Saññā rogo saññā gaṇḍo saññā sallaṁ, asaññā sammoho, etaṁ santaṁ etaṁ paṇītaṁ yadidaṁ: 
;;;Because they believe that perception is a disease, a boil, a dart; that non-perception is a stupor; and that the state of neither perception nor non-perception is peaceful and sublime. 
;;;Sabbepime bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā uddhaṁ saraṁ āsattiṁyeva abhivadanti: 
;;;Because they think: ‘All of those ascetics and brahmins only assert their attachment to heading upstream: 
;;;Seyyathāpi nāma sā gaddulabaddho daḷhe thambhe vā khile vā upanibaddho, tameva thambhaṁ vā khilaṁ vā anuparidhāvati anuparivattati; 
;;;Suppose a dog on a leash was tethered to a strong post or pillar. It would just keeping running and circling around that post or pillar. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā pisinārāyaṁ viharati baliharaṇe vanasaṇḍe. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying near Kusinārā, in the Forest of Offerings. 
;;;tatra, bhikkhave, na codanāya taritabbaṁ. Puggalo upaparikkhitabbo: 
;;;In such a case, you should not be in a hurry to accuse them. The individual should be examined like this: 
;;;Sace, bhikkhave, evamassa, kallaṁ vacanāya. 
;;;If that’s what you think, then it’s appropriate to speak to them. 
;;;Sace, bhikkhave, evamassa, kallaṁ vacanāya. 
;;;If that’s what you think, then it’s appropriate to speak to them. 
;;;Sace, bhikkhave, evamassa, kallaṁ vacanāya. 
;;;If that’s what you think, then it’s appropriate to speak to them. 
;;;Sace, bhikkhave, evamassa, kallaṁ vacanāya. 
;;;If that’s what you think, then it’s appropriate to speak to them. 
;;;Tesañca vo, bhikkhave, samaggānaṁ sammodamānānaṁ avivadamānānaṁ sikkhataṁ aññamaññassa vacīsaṁhāro uppajjeyya diṭṭhipaḷāso cetaso āghāto appaccayo anabhiraddhi. 
;;;As you train in harmony, appreciating each other, without quarreling, the sides might continue to bring up settled issues with each other, with contempt for each other’s views, resentful, bitter, and exasperated. 
;;;

>En 

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā pisinārāyaṁ viharati baliharaṇe vanasaṇḍe. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying near Kusinārā, in the Forest of Offerings. 
;;;tatra, bhikkhave, na codanāya taritabbaṁ. Puggalo upaparikkhitabbo: 
;;;In such a case, you should not be in a hurry to accuse them. The individual should be examined like this: 
;;;Sace, bhikkhave, evamassa, kallaṁ vacanāya. 
;;;If that’s what you think, then it’s appropriate to speak to them. 
;;;Sace, bhikkhave, evamassa, kallaṁ vacanāya. 
;;;If that’s what you think, then it’s appropriate to speak to them. 
;;;Sace, bhikkhave, evamassa, kallaṁ vacanāya. 
;;;If that’s what you think, then it’s appropriate to speak to them. 
;;;Sace, bhikkhave, evamassa, kallaṁ vacanāya. 
;;;If that’s what you think, then it’s appropriate to speak to them. 
;;;Tesañca vo, bhikkhave, samaggānaṁ sammodamānānaṁ avivadamānānaṁ sikkhataṁ aññamaññassa vacīsaṁhāro uppajjeyya diṭṭhipaḷāso cetaso āghāto appaccayo anabhiraddhi. 
;;;As you train in harmony, appreciating each other, without quarreling, the sides might continue to bring up settled issues with each other, with contempt for each other’s views, resentful, bitter, and exasperated. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tassa kālaṅkiriyāya bhinnā nigaṇṭhā dvedhikajātā bhaṇḍanajātā kalahajātā vivādāpannā aññamaññaṁ mukhasattīhi vitudantā viharanti: ;;;With his passing the Jain ascetics split, dividing into two factions, arguing, quarreling, and disputing, continually wounding each other with barbed words: 
;;;Vadhoyeva kho maññe nigaṇṭhesu nāṭaputtiyesu vattati. 
;;;You’d think there was nothing but slaughter going on among the Jain ascetics. 
;;;Atha kho cundo samaṇuddeso pāvāyaṁ vassaṁvuṭṭho yena sāmagāmo yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho cundo samaṇuddeso āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;And then, after completing the rainy season residence near Pāvā, the novice Cunda went to see Venerable Ānanda at Sāma village. He bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened. 
;;;Ye ca kho, bhante, puggalā bhagavantaṁ patissayamānarūpā viharanti tepi bhagavato accayena saṅghe vivādaṁ janeyyuṁ ajjhājīve vā adhipātimokkhe vā. 
;;;Nevertheless, there are some individuals who appear to live obedient to the Buddha, but when the Buddha has passed away they might create a dispute in the Saṅgha regarding livelihood or the monastic code. 
;;;pāpiccho hoti micchādiṭṭhi …pe… 
;;;They have corrupt wishes and wrong view … 
;;;‘saratāyasmā evarūpiṁ garukaṁ āpattiṁ āpajjitā pārājikaṁ vā pārājikasāmantaṁ vā’ti? 
;;;‘Venerable, do you recall committing the kind of serious offense that entails expulsion or close to it?’ 
;;;Tassa kho, ānanda, bhikkhuno sativinayo dātabbo. 
;;;The resolution through recollection should be granted to them. 
;;;Tassa kho, ānanda, bhikkhuno amūḷhavinayo dātabbo. 
;;;The resolution because of past insanity should be granted to them. 
;;;Tena, ānanda, bhikkhunā vuḍḍhataraṁ bhikkhuṁ upasaṅkamitvā ekaṁsaṁ cīvaraṁ katvā pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṁ nisīditvā añjaliṁ paggahetvā evamassa vacanīyo: 
;;;After approaching a more senior mendicant, that mendicant should arrange his robe over one shoulder, bow to that mendicant’s feet, squat on their heels, raise their joined palms, and say: 
;;;‘imañhi nāmāhaṁ, āvuso, appamattikaṁ āpattiṁ āpajjitvā apuṭṭho paṭijānissāmi. 
;;;‘Reverends, I’ll go so far as to acknowledge this light offense even when not asked. 
;;;Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṁ, ahaṁ yā ceva imesaṁ āyasmantānaṁ āpatti yā ca attano āpatti, imesañceva āyasmantānaṁ atthāya attano ca atthāya, saṅghamajjhe tiṇavatthārakena deseyyaṁ, ṭhapetvā thullavajjaṁ ṭhapetvā gihipaṭisaṁyuttan’ti. 
;;;If it seems appropriate to the Saṅgha, then—for the benefit of these venerables and myself—I disclose in the middle of the Saṅgha by means of covering over as if with grass any offenses committed by these venerables and by myself, excepting only those that are gravely blameworthy and those connected with laypeople.’ 
;;;Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṁ, ahaṁ yā ceva imesaṁ āyasmantānaṁ āpatti yā ca attano āpatti, imesañceva āyasmantānaṁ atthāya attano ca atthāya, saṅghamajjhe tiṇavatthārakena deseyyaṁ, ṭhapetvā thullavajjaṁ ṭhapetvā gihipaṭisaṁyuttan’ti. 
;;;If it seems appropriate to the Saṅgha, then—for the benefit of these venerables and myself—I disclose in the middle of the Saṅgha by means of covering over as if with grass any offenses committed by these venerables and by myself, excepting only those that are gravely blameworthy and those connected with laypeople.’ 
;;;

>En 

Tassa kālaṅkiriyāya bhinnā nigaṇṭhā dvedhikajātā bhaṇḍanajātā kalahajātā vivādāpannā aññamaññaṁ mukhasattīhi vitudantā viharanti: ;;;With his passing the Jain ascetics split, dividing into two factions, arguing, quarreling, and disputing, continually wounding each other with barbed words: 
;;;Vadhoyeva kho maññe nigaṇṭhesu nāṭaputtiyesu vattati. 
;;;You’d think there was nothing but slaughter going on among the Jain ascetics. 
;;;Atha kho cundo samaṇuddeso pāvāyaṁ vassaṁvuṭṭho yena sāmagāmo yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho cundo samaṇuddeso āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;And then, after completing the rainy season residence near Pāvā, the novice Cunda went to see Venerable Ānanda at Sāma village. He bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened. 
;;;Ye ca kho, bhante, puggalā bhagavantaṁ patissayamānarūpā viharanti tepi bhagavato accayena saṅghe vivādaṁ janeyyuṁ ajjhājīve vā adhipātimokkhe vā. 
;;;Nevertheless, there are some individuals who appear to live obedient to the Buddha, but when the Buddha has passed away they might create a dispute in the Saṅgha regarding livelihood or the monastic code. 
;;;pāpiccho hoti micchādiṭṭhi …pe… 
;;;They have corrupt wishes and wrong view … 
;;;‘saratāyasmā evarūpiṁ garukaṁ āpattiṁ āpajjitā pārājikaṁ vā pārājikasāmantaṁ vā’ti? 
;;;‘Venerable, do you recall committing the kind of serious offense that entails expulsion or close to it?’ 
;;;Tassa kho, ānanda, bhikkhuno sativinayo dātabbo. 
;;;The resolution through recollection should be granted to them. 
;;;Tassa kho, ānanda, bhikkhuno amūḷhavinayo dātabbo. 
;;;The resolution because of past insanity should be granted to them. 
;;;Tena, ānanda, bhikkhunā vuḍḍhataraṁ bhikkhuṁ upasaṅkamitvā ekaṁsaṁ cīvaraṁ katvā pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṁ nisīditvā añjaliṁ paggahetvā evamassa vacanīyo: 
;;;After approaching a more senior mendicant, that mendicant should arrange his robe over one shoulder, bow to that mendicant’s feet, squat on their heels, raise their joined palms, and say: 
;;;‘imañhi nāmāhaṁ, āvuso, appamattikaṁ āpattiṁ āpajjitvā apuṭṭho paṭijānissāmi. 
;;;‘Reverends, I’ll go so far as to acknowledge this light offense even when not asked. 
;;;Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṁ, ahaṁ yā ceva imesaṁ āyasmantānaṁ āpatti yā ca attano āpatti, imesañceva āyasmantānaṁ atthāya attano ca atthāya, saṅghamajjhe tiṇavatthārakena deseyyaṁ, ṭhapetvā thullavajjaṁ ṭhapetvā gihipaṭisaṁyuttan’ti. 
;;;If it seems appropriate to the Saṅgha, then—for the benefit of these venerables and myself—I disclose in the middle of the Saṅgha by means of covering over as if with grass any offenses committed by these venerables and by myself, excepting only those that are gravely blameworthy and those connected with laypeople.’ 
;;;Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṁ, ahaṁ yā ceva imesaṁ āyasmantānaṁ āpatti yā ca attano āpatti, imesañceva āyasmantānaṁ atthāya attano ca atthāya, saṅghamajjhe tiṇavatthārakena deseyyaṁ, ṭhapetvā thullavajjaṁ ṭhapetvā gihipaṭisaṁyuttan’ti. 
;;;If it seems appropriate to the Saṅgha, then—for the benefit of these venerables and myself—I disclose in the middle of the Saṅgha by means of covering over as if with grass any offenses committed by these venerables and by myself, excepting only those that are gravely blameworthy and those connected with laypeople.’ 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

āneñjapaṭisaṁyuttāya ca pana kathāya kacchamānāya na sussūsati, na sotaṁ odahati, na aññā cittaṁ upaṭṭhāpeti, na ca taṁ purisaṁ bhajati, na ca tena vittiṁ āpajjati. ;;;But when talk connected with the imperturbable is going on they don’t want to listen. They don’t actively listen or try to understand. They don’t associate with that kind of person, and they don’t find it satisfying. 
;;;‘taṇhā kho sallaṁ samaṇena vuttaṁ, avijjāvisadoso, chandarāgabyāpādena ruppati. 
;;;‘The Ascetic has said that craving is a dart; and that the poison of ignorance is inflicted by desire and ill will. 
;;;Taṁ me taṇhāsallaṁ pahīnaṁ, apanīto avijjāvisadoso, sammā nibbānādhimuttohamasmī’ti. 
;;;I have given up the dart of craving and expelled the poison of ignorance; I am rightly intent on extinguishment.’ 
;;;Evaṁmāni assa atathaṁ samānaṁ. 
;;;Having such conceit, though it’s not based in fact, 
;;;Seyyathāpi, sunakkhatta, puriso sallena viddho assa savisena gāḷhūpalepanena. 
;;;Suppose a man was struck by an arrow thickly smeared with poison. 
;;;Tassa mittāmaccā ñātisālohitā bhisakkaṁ sallakattaṁ upaṭṭhāpeyyuṁ. 
;;;Their friends and colleagues, relatives and kin would get a surgeon to treat them. 
;;;Tassa so bhisakko sallakatto satthena vaṇamukhaṁ parikanteyya. 
;;;The surgeon would cut open the wound with a scalpel, 
;;;Satthena vaṇamukhaṁ parikantitvā esaniyā sallaṁ eseyya. 
;;;probe for the arrow, 
;;;Esaniyā sallaṁ esitvā sallaṁ abbuheyya, apaneyya visadosaṁ saupādisesaṁ. 
;;;extract it, and expel the poison, leaving some residue behind. 
;;;Saupādisesoti jānamāno so evaṁ vadeyya: 
;;;Imagining that no residue remained, the surgeon would say: 
;;;‘ambho purisa, ubbhataṁ kho te sallaṁ, apanīto visadoso saupādiseso. 
;;;‘My good man, the dart has been extracted and the poison expelled without residue. 
;;;‘ubbhataṁ kho me sallaṁ, apanīto visadoso anupādiseso. 
;;;‘The dart has been extracted and the poison expelled with no residue. 
;;;‘taṇhā kho sallaṁ samaṇena vuttaṁ, avijjāvisadoso chandarāgabyāpādena ruppati. 
;;;‘The Ascetic has said that craving is a dart; and that the poison of ignorance is inflicted by desire and ill will. 
;;;Taṁ me taṇhāsallaṁ pahīnaṁ, apanīto avijjāvisadoso, sammā nibbānādhimuttohamasmī’ti. 
;;;I have given up the dart of craving and expelled the poison of ignorance; I am rightly intent on extinguishment.’ 
;;;‘taṇhā kho sallaṁ samaṇena vuttaṁ, avijjāvisadoso chandarāgabyāpādena ruppati. 
;;;‘The Ascetic has said that craving is a dart; and that the poison of ignorance is inflicted by desire and ill will. 
;;;Taṁ me taṇhāsallaṁ pahīnaṁ, apanīto avijjāvisadoso, sammā nibbānādhimuttohamasmī’ti. 
;;;I have given up the dart of craving and expelled the poison of ignorance; I am rightly intent on extinguishment.’ 
;;;Seyyathāpi, sunakkhatta, puriso sallena viddho assa savisena gāḷhūpalepanena. 
;;;Suppose a man was struck by an arrow thickly smeared with poison. 
;;;Tassa mittāmaccā ñātisālohitā bhisakkaṁ sallakattaṁ upaṭṭhāpeyyuṁ. 
;;;Their friends and colleagues, relatives and kin would get a surgeon to treat them. 
;;;Tassa so bhisakko sallakatto satthena vaṇamukhaṁ parikanteyya. 
;;;The surgeon would cut open the wound with a scalpel, 
;;;Satthena vaṇamukhaṁ parikantitvā esaniyā sallaṁ eseyya. 
;;;probe for the arrow, 
;;;Esaniyā sallaṁ esitvā sallaṁ abbuheyya, apaneyya visadosaṁ anupādisesaṁ. 
;;;extract it, and expel the poison, leaving no residue behind. 
;;;‘ambho purisa, ubbhataṁ kho te sallaṁ, apanīto visadoso anupādiseso. 
;;;‘My good man, the dart has been extracted and the poison expelled with no residue. 
;;;‘ubbhataṁ kho me sallaṁ, apanīto visadoso anupādiseso. 
;;;‘The dart has been extracted and the poison expelled with no residue. 
;;;Tassa imissā ca sappāyakiriyāya asu ca visadoso apanīto anupādiseso tadubhayena vaṇo viruheyya. 
;;;Then both because they did what was suitable, and the unclean poison had left no residue, the wound would heal, 
;;;‘taṇhā kho sallaṁ samaṇena vuttaṁ, avijjāvisadoso chandarāgabyāpādena ruppati. 
;;;‘The Ascetic has said that craving is a dart; and that the poison of ignorance is inflicted by desire and ill will. 
;;;Taṁ me taṇhāsallaṁ pahīnaṁ, apanīto avijjāvisadoso, sammā nibbānādhimuttohamasmī’ti. 
;;;I have given up the dart of craving and expelled the poison of ignorance; I am rightly intent on extinguishment.’ 
;;;sallanti kho, sunakkhatta, taṇhāyetaṁ adhivacanaṁ; 
;;;‘Dart’ is a term for craving. 
;;;bhisakko sallakattoti kho, sunakkhatta, tathāgatassetaṁ adhivacanaṁ arahato sammāsambuddhassa. 
;;;‘Surgeon’ is a term for the Realized One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha. 
;;;

>En 

āneñjapaṭisaṁyuttāya ca pana kathāya kacchamānāya na sussūsati, na sotaṁ odahati, na aññā cittaṁ upaṭṭhāpeti, na ca taṁ purisaṁ bhajati, na ca tena vittiṁ āpajjati. ;;;But when talk connected with the imperturbable is going on they don’t want to listen. They don’t actively listen or try to understand. They don’t associate with that kind of person, and they don’t find it satisfying. 
;;;‘taṇhā kho sallaṁ samaṇena vuttaṁ, avijjāvisadoso, chandarāgabyāpādena ruppati. 
;;;‘The Ascetic has said that craving is a dart; and that the poison of ignorance is inflicted by desire and ill will. 
;;;Taṁ me taṇhāsallaṁ pahīnaṁ, apanīto avijjāvisadoso, sammā nibbānādhimuttohamasmī’ti. 
;;;I have given up the dart of craving and expelled the poison of ignorance; I am rightly intent on extinguishment.’ 
;;;Evaṁmāni assa atathaṁ samānaṁ. 
;;;Having such conceit, though it’s not based in fact, 
;;;Seyyathāpi, sunakkhatta, puriso sallena viddho assa savisena gāḷhūpalepanena. 
;;;Suppose a man was struck by an arrow thickly smeared with poison. 
;;;Tassa mittāmaccā ñātisālohitā bhisakkaṁ sallakattaṁ upaṭṭhāpeyyuṁ. 
;;;Their friends and colleagues, relatives and kin would get a surgeon to treat them. 
;;;Tassa so bhisakko sallakatto satthena vaṇamukhaṁ parikanteyya. 
;;;The surgeon would cut open the wound with a scalpel, 
;;;Satthena vaṇamukhaṁ parikantitvā esaniyā sallaṁ eseyya. 
;;;probe for the arrow, 
;;;Esaniyā sallaṁ esitvā sallaṁ abbuheyya, apaneyya visadosaṁ saupādisesaṁ. 
;;;extract it, and expel the poison, leaving some residue behind. 
;;;Saupādisesoti jānamāno so evaṁ vadeyya: 
;;;Imagining that no residue remained, the surgeon would say: 
;;;‘ambho purisa, ubbhataṁ kho te sallaṁ, apanīto visadoso saupādiseso. 
;;;‘My good man, the dart has been extracted and the poison expelled without residue. 
;;;‘ubbhataṁ kho me sallaṁ, apanīto visadoso anupādiseso. 
;;;‘The dart has been extracted and the poison expelled with no residue. 
;;;‘taṇhā kho sallaṁ samaṇena vuttaṁ, avijjāvisadoso chandarāgabyāpādena ruppati. 
;;;‘The Ascetic has said that craving is a dart; and that the poison of ignorance is inflicted by desire and ill will. 
;;;Taṁ me taṇhāsallaṁ pahīnaṁ, apanīto avijjāvisadoso, sammā nibbānādhimuttohamasmī’ti. 
;;;I have given up the dart of craving and expelled the poison of ignorance; I am rightly intent on extinguishment.’ 
;;;‘taṇhā kho sallaṁ samaṇena vuttaṁ, avijjāvisadoso chandarāgabyāpādena ruppati. 
;;;‘The Ascetic has said that craving is a dart; and that the poison of ignorance is inflicted by desire and ill will. 
;;;Taṁ me taṇhāsallaṁ pahīnaṁ, apanīto avijjāvisadoso, sammā nibbānādhimuttohamasmī’ti. 
;;;I have given up the dart of craving and expelled the poison of ignorance; I am rightly intent on extinguishment.’ 
;;;Seyyathāpi, sunakkhatta, puriso sallena viddho assa savisena gāḷhūpalepanena. 
;;;Suppose a man was struck by an arrow thickly smeared with poison. 
;;;Tassa mittāmaccā ñātisālohitā bhisakkaṁ sallakattaṁ upaṭṭhāpeyyuṁ. 
;;;Their friends and colleagues, relatives and kin would get a surgeon to treat them. 
;;;Tassa so bhisakko sallakatto satthena vaṇamukhaṁ parikanteyya. 
;;;The surgeon would cut open the wound with a scalpel, 
;;;Satthena vaṇamukhaṁ parikantitvā esaniyā sallaṁ eseyya. 
;;;probe for the arrow, 
;;;Esaniyā sallaṁ esitvā sallaṁ abbuheyya, apaneyya visadosaṁ anupādisesaṁ. 
;;;extract it, and expel the poison, leaving no residue behind. 
;;;‘ambho purisa, ubbhataṁ kho te sallaṁ, apanīto visadoso anupādiseso. 
;;;‘My good man, the dart has been extracted and the poison expelled with no residue. 
;;;‘ubbhataṁ kho me sallaṁ, apanīto visadoso anupādiseso. 
;;;‘The dart has been extracted and the poison expelled with no residue. 
;;;Tassa imissā ca sappāyakiriyāya asu ca visadoso apanīto anupādiseso tadubhayena vaṇo viruheyya. 
;;;Then both because they did what was suitable, and the unclean poison had left no residue, the wound would heal, 
;;;‘taṇhā kho sallaṁ samaṇena vuttaṁ, avijjāvisadoso chandarāgabyāpādena ruppati. 
;;;‘The Ascetic has said that craving is a dart; and that the poison of ignorance is inflicted by desire and ill will. 
;;;Taṁ me taṇhāsallaṁ pahīnaṁ, apanīto avijjāvisadoso, sammā nibbānādhimuttohamasmī’ti. 
;;;I have given up the dart of craving and expelled the poison of ignorance; I am rightly intent on extinguishment.’ 
;;;sallanti kho, sunakkhatta, taṇhāyetaṁ adhivacanaṁ; 
;;;‘Dart’ is a term for craving. 
;;;bhisakko sallakattoti kho, sunakkhatta, tathāgatassetaṁ adhivacanaṁ arahato sammāsambuddhassa. 
;;;‘Surgeon’ is a term for the Realized One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

‘nāhaṁ kvacani kassaci kiñcanatasmiṁ, na ca mama kvacani kismiñci kiñcanaṁ natthī’ti. ;;;‘I don’t belong to anyone anywhere! And nothing belongs to me anywhere!’ 
;;;

>En 

‘nāhaṁ kvacani kassaci kiñcanatasmiṁ, na ca mama kvacani kismiñci kiñcanaṁ natthī’ti. ;;;‘I don’t belong to anyone anywhere! And nothing belongs to me anywhere!’ 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Gaṇakamoggallānasutta ;;;With Moggallāna the Accountant 
;;;Atha kho gaṇakamoggallāno brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi. 
;;;Then the brahmin Moggallāna the Accountant went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho gaṇakamoggallāno brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha: 
;;;So pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā, ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya, parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;After the meal, they return from almsround, sit down cross-legged, set their body straight, and establish mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;thinamiddhaṁ pahāya vigatathinamiddho viharati ālokasaññī sato sampajāno, thinamiddhā cittaṁ parisodheti; 
;;;Giving up dullness and drowsiness, they meditate with a mind rid of dullness and drowsiness, perceiving light, mindful and aware, cleansing the mind of dullness and drowsiness. 
;;;Evaṁ vutte, gaṇakamoggallāno brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;When he had spoken, Moggallāna the Accountant said to the Buddha, 
;;;Evaṁ vutte, gaṇakamoggallāno brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;When he had spoken, Moggallāna the Accountant said to the Buddha, 
;;;“yeme, bho gotama, puggalā assaddhā jīvikatthā na saddhā agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajitā saṭhā māyāvino ketabino uddhatā unnaḷā capalā mukharā vikiṇṇavācā indriyesu aguttadvārā bhojane amattaññuno jāgariyaṁ ananuyuttā sāmaññe anapekkhavanto sikkhāya na tibbagāravā bāhulikā sāthalikā okkamane pubbaṅgamā paviveke nikkhittadhurā kusītā hīnavīriyā muṭṭhassatino asampajānā asamāhitā vibbhantacittā duppaññā eḷamūgā, na tehi bhavaṁ gotamo saddhiṁ saṁvasati. 
;;;“Mister Gotama, there are those faithless people who went forth from the lay life to homelessness not out of faith but to earn a livelihood. They’re devious, deceitful, and sneaky. They’re restless, insolent, fickle, scurrilous, and loose-tongued. They do not guard their sense doors or eat in moderation, and they are not committed to wakefulness. They don’t care about the ascetic life, and don’t keenly respect the training. They’re indulgent and slack, leaders in backsliding, neglecting seclusion, lazy, and lacking energy. They’re unmindful, lacking situational awareness and immersion, with straying minds, witless and stupid. Mister Gotama does not live together with these. 
;;;Gaṇakamoggallānasuttaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ sattamaṁ. 
;;;

>En 

Gaṇakamoggallānasutta ;;;With Moggallāna the Accountant 
;;;Atha kho gaṇakamoggallāno brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi. 
;;;Then the brahmin Moggallāna the Accountant went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho gaṇakamoggallāno brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha: 
;;;So pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā, ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya, parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;After the meal, they return from almsround, sit down cross-legged, set their body straight, and establish mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;thinamiddhaṁ pahāya vigatathinamiddho viharati ālokasaññī sato sampajāno, thinamiddhā cittaṁ parisodheti; 
;;;Giving up dullness and drowsiness, they meditate with a mind rid of dullness and drowsiness, perceiving light, mindful and aware, cleansing the mind of dullness and drowsiness. 
;;;Evaṁ vutte, gaṇakamoggallāno brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;When he had spoken, Moggallāna the Accountant said to the Buddha, 
;;;Evaṁ vutte, gaṇakamoggallāno brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;When he had spoken, Moggallāna the Accountant said to the Buddha, 
;;;“yeme, bho gotama, puggalā assaddhā jīvikatthā na saddhā agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajitā saṭhā māyāvino ketabino uddhatā unnaḷā capalā mukharā vikiṇṇavācā indriyesu aguttadvārā bhojane amattaññuno jāgariyaṁ ananuyuttā sāmaññe anapekkhavanto sikkhāya na tibbagāravā bāhulikā sāthalikā okkamane pubbaṅgamā paviveke nikkhittadhurā kusītā hīnavīriyā muṭṭhassatino asampajānā asamāhitā vibbhantacittā duppaññā eḷamūgā, na tehi bhavaṁ gotamo saddhiṁ saṁvasati. 
;;;“Mister Gotama, there are those faithless people who went forth from the lay life to homelessness not out of faith but to earn a livelihood. They’re devious, deceitful, and sneaky. They’re restless, insolent, fickle, scurrilous, and loose-tongued. They do not guard their sense doors or eat in moderation, and they are not committed to wakefulness. They don’t care about the ascetic life, and don’t keenly respect the training. They’re indulgent and slack, leaders in backsliding, neglecting seclusion, lazy, and lacking energy. They’re unmindful, lacking situational awareness and immersion, with straying minds, witless and stupid. Mister Gotama does not live together with these. 
;;;Gaṇakamoggallānasuttaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ sattamaṁ. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Gopakamoggallānasutta ;;;With Moggallāna the Guardian 
;;;Yannūnāhaṁ yena gopakamoggallānassa brāhmaṇassa kammanto, yena gopakamoggallāno brāhmaṇo tenupasaṅkameyyan”ti. 
;;;Why don’t I go to see the brahmin Moggallāna the Guardian at his place of work?” 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena gopakamoggallānassa brāhmaṇassa kammanto, yena gopakamoggallāno brāhmaṇo tenupasaṅkami. 
;;;So that’s what he did. 
;;;Addasā kho gopakamoggallāno brāhmaṇo āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ. 
;;;Moggallāna the Guardian saw Ānanda coming off in the distance 
;;;Gopakamoggallānopi kho brāhmaṇo aññataraṁ nīcaṁ āsanaṁ gahetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. 
;;;while Moggallāna took a low seat and sat to one side. 
;;;Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho gopakamoggallāno brāhmaṇo āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then he said to Ānanda, 
;;;Ayañca hidaṁ āyasmato ānandassa gopakamoggallānena brāhmaṇena saddhiṁ antarākathā vippakatā ahosi. 
;;;But this conversation between Ānanda and Moggallāna the Guardian was left unfinished. 
;;;Atha kho vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto rājagahe kammante anusaññāyamāno yena gopakamoggallānassa brāhmaṇassa kammanto, yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā ānandena saddhiṁ sammodi. 
;;;For just then the brahmin Vassakāra, a minister of Magadha, while supervising the work at Rājagaha, approached Ānanda at Moggallāna’s place of work and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;“Idha maṁ, brāhmaṇa, gopakamoggallāno brāhmaṇo evamāha: 
;;;So Ānanda told him of the conversation that they were having when Vassakāra arrived. Vassakāra said: 
;;;Evaṁ vutte, ahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, gopakamoggallānaṁ brāhmaṇaṁ etadavocaṁ: 
;;; 
;;;Ayaṁ kho no, brāhmaṇa, gopakamoggallānena brāhmaṇena saddhiṁ antarākathā vippakatā. 
;;; 
;;;‘ayaṁ vo mamaccayena paṭisaraṇaṁ bhavissatī’ti, yaṁ tumhe etarahi paṭipādeyyāthā”ti? 
;;;‘This one will be your refuge when I have passed away,’ to whom you would now turn?” 
;;;“Atthi nu kho, bho ānanda, ekabhikkhupi yaṁ tumhe etarahi sakkarotha garuṁ karotha mānetha pūjetha; sakkatvā garuṁ katvā upanissāya viharathā”ti? 
;;;“Mister Ānanda, is there even a single mendicant who you honor, respect, revere, venerate, and rely on?” 
;;;Ye te dhammā ādikalyāṇā, majjhekalyāṇā, pariyosānakalyāṇā, sātthaṁ, sabyañjanaṁ, kevalaparipuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ abhivadanti tathārūpāssa dhammā bahussutā honti dhātā vacasā paricitā manasānupekkhitā diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā. 
;;;These teachings are good in the beginning, good in the middle, and good in the end, meaningful and well-phrased, describing a spiritual practice that’s entirely full and pure. They are very learned in such teachings, remembering them, rehearsing them, mentally scrutinizing them, and comprehending them theoretically. 
;;;Anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhoti—ekopi hutvā bahudhā hoti, bahudhāpi hutvā eko hoti; āvibhāvaṁ tirobhāvaṁ; tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamāno gacchati, seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ karoti, seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gacchati, seyyathāpi pathaviyaṁ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kamati, seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve pāṇinā parimasati parimajjati, yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vatteti. 
;;;They wield the many kinds of psychic power: multiplying themselves and becoming one again; appearing and disappearing; going unobstructed through a wall, a rampart, or a mountain as if through space; diving in and out of the earth as if it were water; walking on water as if it were earth; flying cross-legged through the sky like a bird; touching and stroking with the hand the sun and moon, so mighty and powerful. They control the body as far as the realm of divinity. 
;;;“Taṁ kiṁ maññati bhavaṁ senāpati yadime bhonto sakkātabbaṁ sakkaronti, garuṁ kātabbaṁ garuṁ karonti, 
;;;“What do you think, general? 
;;;“Kacci pana, bho ānanda, veḷuvanaṁ ramaṇīyañceva appasaddañca appanigghosañca vijanavātaṁ manussarāhasseyyakaṁ paṭisallānasāruppan”ti? 
;;;“I hope the Bamboo Grove is delightful, quiet and still, far from the madding crowd, remote from human settlements, and fit for retreat?” 
;;;“Taggha, brāhmaṇa, veḷuvanaṁ ramaṇīyañceva appasaddañca appanigghosañca vijanavātaṁ manussarāhasseyyakaṁ paṭisallānasāruppaṁ, yathā taṁ tumhādisehi rakkhakehi gopakehī”ti. 
;;;“Indeed it is, brahmin. And it is like that owing to such protectors and guardians as yourself.” 
;;;“Taggha, bho ānanda, veḷuvanaṁ ramaṇīyañceva appasaddañca appanigghosañca vijanavātaṁ manussarāhasseyyakaṁ paṭisallānasāruppaṁ, yathā taṁ bhavantehi jhāyīhi jhānasīlīhi. 
;;;“Surely, Mister Ānanda, it is owing to the good sirs who meditate, making a habit of meditating. 
;;;Atha kho gopakamoggallāno brāhmaṇo acirapakkante vassakāre brāhmaṇe magadhamahāmatte āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Soon after he had left, Moggallāna the Guardian said to Ānanda, 
;;;Gopakamoggallānasuttaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ aṭṭhamaṁ. 
;;;

>En 

Gopakamoggallānasutta ;;;With Moggallāna the Guardian 
;;;Yannūnāhaṁ yena gopakamoggallānassa brāhmaṇassa kammanto, yena gopakamoggallāno brāhmaṇo tenupasaṅkameyyan”ti. 
;;;Why don’t I go to see the brahmin Moggallāna the Guardian at his place of work?” 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena gopakamoggallānassa brāhmaṇassa kammanto, yena gopakamoggallāno brāhmaṇo tenupasaṅkami. 
;;;So that’s what he did. 
;;;Addasā kho gopakamoggallāno brāhmaṇo āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ. 
;;;Moggallāna the Guardian saw Ānanda coming off in the distance 
;;;Gopakamoggallānopi kho brāhmaṇo aññataraṁ nīcaṁ āsanaṁ gahetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. 
;;;while Moggallāna took a low seat and sat to one side. 
;;;Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho gopakamoggallāno brāhmaṇo āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then he said to Ānanda, 
;;;Ayañca hidaṁ āyasmato ānandassa gopakamoggallānena brāhmaṇena saddhiṁ antarākathā vippakatā ahosi. 
;;;But this conversation between Ānanda and Moggallāna the Guardian was left unfinished. 
;;;Atha kho vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto rājagahe kammante anusaññāyamāno yena gopakamoggallānassa brāhmaṇassa kammanto, yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā ānandena saddhiṁ sammodi. 
;;;For just then the brahmin Vassakāra, a minister of Magadha, while supervising the work at Rājagaha, approached Ānanda at Moggallāna’s place of work and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;“Idha maṁ, brāhmaṇa, gopakamoggallāno brāhmaṇo evamāha: 
;;;So Ānanda told him of the conversation that they were having when Vassakāra arrived. Vassakāra said: 
;;;Evaṁ vutte, ahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, gopakamoggallānaṁ brāhmaṇaṁ etadavocaṁ: 
;;; 
;;;Ayaṁ kho no, brāhmaṇa, gopakamoggallānena brāhmaṇena saddhiṁ antarākathā vippakatā. 
;;; 
;;;‘ayaṁ vo mamaccayena paṭisaraṇaṁ bhavissatī’ti, yaṁ tumhe etarahi paṭipādeyyāthā”ti? 
;;;‘This one will be your refuge when I have passed away,’ to whom you would now turn?” 
;;;“Atthi nu kho, bho ānanda, ekabhikkhupi yaṁ tumhe etarahi sakkarotha garuṁ karotha mānetha pūjetha; sakkatvā garuṁ katvā upanissāya viharathā”ti? 
;;;“Mister Ānanda, is there even a single mendicant who you honor, respect, revere, venerate, and rely on?” 
;;;Ye te dhammā ādikalyāṇā, majjhekalyāṇā, pariyosānakalyāṇā, sātthaṁ, sabyañjanaṁ, kevalaparipuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ abhivadanti tathārūpāssa dhammā bahussutā honti dhātā vacasā paricitā manasānupekkhitā diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā. 
;;;These teachings are good in the beginning, good in the middle, and good in the end, meaningful and well-phrased, describing a spiritual practice that’s entirely full and pure. They are very learned in such teachings, remembering them, rehearsing them, mentally scrutinizing them, and comprehending them theoretically. 
;;;Anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhoti—ekopi hutvā bahudhā hoti, bahudhāpi hutvā eko hoti; āvibhāvaṁ tirobhāvaṁ; tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamāno gacchati, seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ karoti, seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gacchati, seyyathāpi pathaviyaṁ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kamati, seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve pāṇinā parimasati parimajjati, yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vatteti. 
;;;They wield the many kinds of psychic power: multiplying themselves and becoming one again; appearing and disappearing; going unobstructed through a wall, a rampart, or a mountain as if through space; diving in and out of the earth as if it were water; walking on water as if it were earth; flying cross-legged through the sky like a bird; touching and stroking with the hand the sun and moon, so mighty and powerful. They control the body as far as the realm of divinity. 
;;;“Taṁ kiṁ maññati bhavaṁ senāpati yadime bhonto sakkātabbaṁ sakkaronti, garuṁ kātabbaṁ garuṁ karonti, 
;;;“What do you think, general? 
;;;“Kacci pana, bho ānanda, veḷuvanaṁ ramaṇīyañceva appasaddañca appanigghosañca vijanavātaṁ manussarāhasseyyakaṁ paṭisallānasāruppan”ti? 
;;;“I hope the Bamboo Grove is delightful, quiet and still, far from the madding crowd, remote from human settlements, and fit for retreat?” 
;;;“Taggha, brāhmaṇa, veḷuvanaṁ ramaṇīyañceva appasaddañca appanigghosañca vijanavātaṁ manussarāhasseyyakaṁ paṭisallānasāruppaṁ, yathā taṁ tumhādisehi rakkhakehi gopakehī”ti. 
;;;“Indeed it is, brahmin. And it is like that owing to such protectors and guardians as yourself.” 
;;;“Taggha, bho ānanda, veḷuvanaṁ ramaṇīyañceva appasaddañca appanigghosañca vijanavātaṁ manussarāhasseyyakaṁ paṭisallānasāruppaṁ, yathā taṁ bhavantehi jhāyīhi jhānasīlīhi. 
;;;“Surely, Mister Ānanda, it is owing to the good sirs who meditate, making a habit of meditating. 
;;;Atha kho gopakamoggallāno brāhmaṇo acirapakkante vassakāre brāhmaṇe magadhamahāmatte āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Soon after he had left, Moggallāna the Guardian said to Ānanda, 
;;;Gopakamoggallānasuttaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ aṭṭhamaṁ. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Yaṁ kho, bhikkhu, rūpaṁ paṭicca uppajjati sukhaṁ somanassaṁ, ayaṁ rūpe assādo. ;;;“The pleasure and happiness that arise from form: this is its gratification. 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;

>En 

“Yaṁ kho, bhikkhu, rūpaṁ paṭicca uppajjati sukhaṁ somanassaṁ, ayaṁ rūpe assādo. ;;;“The pleasure and happiness that arise from form: this is its gratification. 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Idha, bhikkhave, asappuriso evaṁdiṭṭhi hoti: ;;;It’s when an untrue person has such a view: 
;;;

>En 

Idha, bhikkhave, asappuriso evaṁdiṭṭhi hoti: ;;;It’s when an untrue person has such a view: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

‘rūpaṁ kho ahaṁ, āvuso, abalaṁ virāgunaṁ anassāsikanti viditvā ye rūpe upāyūpādānā cetaso adhiṭṭhānābhinivesānusayā tesaṁ khayā virāgā nirodhā cāgā paṭinissaggā vimuttaṁ me cittanti pajānāmi. ;;;‘Reverends, knowing that form is powerless, faded, and unreliable, I understand that my mind is freed through the ending, fading away, cessation, giving away, and letting go of attraction, grasping, mental fixation, insistence, and underlying tendency for form. 
;;;‘cakkhusmiṁ, āvuso, rūpe cakkhuviññāṇe cakkhuviññāṇaviññātabbesu dhammesu yo chando yo rāgo yā nandī yā taṇhā ye ca upāyūpādānā cetaso adhiṭṭhānābhinivesānusayā tesaṁ khayā virāgā nirodhā cāgā paṭinissaggā vimuttaṁ me cittanti pajānāmi. 
;;;‘I understand that my mind is freed through the ending, fading away, cessation, giving away, and letting go of desire and greed and relishing and craving; attraction, grasping, mental fixation, insistence, and underlying tendency for the eye, sights, eye consciousness, and things knowable by eye consciousness. 
;;;‘Kathaṁ jānato panāyasmato, kathaṁ passato imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā samūhatā’ti? 
;;;‘Sir, how does the venerable know and see so that he has eradicated I-making, mine-making, and the underlying tendency to conceit for this conscious body and all external stimuli?’ 
;;;So iminā ca ariyena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato, imāya ca ariyāya santuṭṭhiyā samannāgato, iminā ca ariyena indriyasaṁvarena samannāgato, iminā ca ariyena satisampajaññena samannāgato 
;;;When I had this entire spectrum of noble ethics, this noble contentment, this noble sense restraint, and this noble mindfulness and situational awareness, 
;;;So pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto nisīdiṁ pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;After the meal, I returned from almsround, sat down cross-legged, set my body straight, and established mindfulness in his presence. 
;;;

>En 

‘rūpaṁ kho ahaṁ, āvuso, abalaṁ virāgunaṁ anassāsikanti viditvā ye rūpe upāyūpādānā cetaso adhiṭṭhānābhinivesānusayā tesaṁ khayā virāgā nirodhā cāgā paṭinissaggā vimuttaṁ me cittanti pajānāmi. ;;;‘Reverends, knowing that form is powerless, faded, and unreliable, I understand that my mind is freed through the ending, fading away, cessation, giving away, and letting go of attraction, grasping, mental fixation, insistence, and underlying tendency for form. 
;;;‘cakkhusmiṁ, āvuso, rūpe cakkhuviññāṇe cakkhuviññāṇaviññātabbesu dhammesu yo chando yo rāgo yā nandī yā taṇhā ye ca upāyūpādānā cetaso adhiṭṭhānābhinivesānusayā tesaṁ khayā virāgā nirodhā cāgā paṭinissaggā vimuttaṁ me cittanti pajānāmi. 
;;;‘I understand that my mind is freed through the ending, fading away, cessation, giving away, and letting go of desire and greed and relishing and craving; attraction, grasping, mental fixation, insistence, and underlying tendency for the eye, sights, eye consciousness, and things knowable by eye consciousness. 
;;;‘Kathaṁ jānato panāyasmato, kathaṁ passato imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā samūhatā’ti? 
;;;‘Sir, how does the venerable know and see so that he has eradicated I-making, mine-making, and the underlying tendency to conceit for this conscious body and all external stimuli?’ 
;;;So iminā ca ariyena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato, imāya ca ariyāya santuṭṭhiyā samannāgato, iminā ca ariyena indriyasaṁvarena samannāgato, iminā ca ariyena satisampajaññena samannāgato 
;;;When I had this entire spectrum of noble ethics, this noble contentment, this noble sense restraint, and this noble mindfulness and situational awareness, 
;;;So pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto nisīdiṁ pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;After the meal, I returned from almsround, sat down cross-legged, set my body straight, and established mindfulness in his presence. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

So tena ñattena attānukkaṁseti, paraṁ vambheti. ;;;And they glorify themselves and put others down on account of that. 
;;;Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na kiñci maññati, na kuhiñci maññati, na kenaci maññatī”ti. 
;;;This is a mendicant who does not conceive with anything, does not conceive regarding anything, does not conceive through anything.” 
;;;

>En 

So tena ñattena attānukkaṁseti, paraṁ vambheti. ;;;And they glorify themselves and put others down on account of that. 
;;;Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na kiñci maññati, na kuhiñci maññati, na kenaci maññatī”ti. 
;;;This is a mendicant who does not conceive with anything, does not conceive regarding anything, does not conceive through anything.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

abyāpannacitto kho pana hoti appaduṭṭhamanasaṅkappo: ‘ime sattā averā abyābajjhā anīghā sukhī attānaṁ pariharantū’ti— ;;;They have a kind heart and loving intentions: ‘May these sentient beings live free of enmity and ill will, untroubled and happy!’ 
;;;

>En 

abyāpannacitto kho pana hoti appaduṭṭhamanasaṅkappo: ‘ime sattā averā abyābajjhā anīghā sukhī attānaṁ pariharantū’ti— ;;;They have a kind heart and loving intentions: ‘May these sentient beings live free of enmity and ill will, untroubled and happy!’ 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Idhānanda, bhikkhu ‘aṭṭhānametaṁ anavakāso yaṁ diṭṭhisampanno puggalo kañci saṅkhāraṁ niccato upagaccheyya, netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjatī’ti pajānāti; ;;;“It’s when a mendicant understands: ‘It’s impossible for a person accomplished in view to take any condition as permanent. That is not possible. 
;;;

>En 

“Idhānanda, bhikkhu ‘aṭṭhānametaṁ anavakāso yaṁ diṭṭhisampanno puggalo kañci saṅkhāraṁ niccato upagaccheyya, netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjatī’ti pajānāti; ;;;“It’s when a mendicant understands: ‘It’s impossible for a person accomplished in view to take any condition as permanent. That is not possible. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tesaṁ visallāna naruttamānaṁ, ;;;hear me extol their names, 
;;;Sudassano piyadassī ca susambuddho; 
;;;Sudassana, and Piyadassin the awakened; 
;;;Sumbho subho matulo aṭṭhamo ca, 
;;;Sumbha, Subha, Methula, and Aṭṭhama, 
;;;Atha kosallo buddho atho subāhu; 
;;;then the awakened one Kosala, then Subāhu; 
;;;Aṅgo ca paṅgo ca guttijito ca; 
;;;Aṅga and Paṅga, and Guttijita too; 
;;;Upasikhi taṇhacchido ca sikhari. 
;;;Upasīdarī and Sīdarī, who’ve both cut off craving. 
;;;

>En 

Tesaṁ visallāna naruttamānaṁ, ;;;hear me extol their names, 
;;;Sudassano piyadassī ca susambuddho; 
;;;Sudassana, and Piyadassin the awakened; 
;;;Sumbho subho matulo aṭṭhamo ca, 
;;;Sumbha, Subha, Methula, and Aṭṭhama, 
;;;Atha kosallo buddho atho subāhu; 
;;;then the awakened one Kosala, then Subāhu; 
;;;Aṅgo ca paṅgo ca guttijito ca; 
;;;Aṅga and Paṅga, and Guttijita too; 
;;;Upasikhi taṇhacchido ca sikhari. 
;;;Upasīdarī and Sīdarī, who’ve both cut off craving. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Sammādiṭṭhimpahaṁ, bhikkhave, dvāyaṁ vadāmi— ;;;Right view is twofold, I say. 
;;;Itiyime tayo dhammā sammādiṭṭhiṁ anuparidhāvanti anuparivattanti, seyyathidaṁ—sammādiṭṭhi, sammāvāyāmo, sammāsati. 
;;;So these three things keep running and circling around right view, namely: right view, right effort, and right mindfulness. 
;;;Kuhanā, lapanā, nemittikatā, nippesikatā, lābhena lābhaṁ nijigīsanatā— 
;;;Deceit, flattery, hinting, and belittling, and using material things to chase after other material things. 
;;;Iti kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgato sekkho, dasaṅgasamannāgato arahā hoti. 
;;;So the trainee has eight factors, while the perfected one has ten factors. 
;;;Yepi te, bhikkhave, ahesuṁ okkalā vassabhaññā ahetuvādā akiriyavādā natthikavādā tepi mahācattārīsakaṁ dhammapariyāyaṁ na garahitabbaṁ nappaṭikkositabbaṁ amaññiṁsu. 
;;;Even those wanderers of the past, Vassa and Bhañña of Ukkalā, who adhered to the doctrines of no-cause, inaction, and nihilism, didn’t imagine that the Great Forty should be criticized or rejected. 
;;;

>En 

Sammādiṭṭhimpahaṁ, bhikkhave, dvāyaṁ vadāmi— ;;;Right view is twofold, I say. 
;;;Itiyime tayo dhammā sammādiṭṭhiṁ anuparidhāvanti anuparivattanti, seyyathidaṁ—sammādiṭṭhi, sammāvāyāmo, sammāsati. 
;;;So these three things keep running and circling around right view, namely: right view, right effort, and right mindfulness. 
;;;Kuhanā, lapanā, nemittikatā, nippesikatā, lābhena lābhaṁ nijigīsanatā— 
;;;Deceit, flattery, hinting, and belittling, and using material things to chase after other material things. 
;;;Iti kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgato sekkho, dasaṅgasamannāgato arahā hoti. 
;;;So the trainee has eight factors, while the perfected one has ten factors. 
;;;Yepi te, bhikkhave, ahesuṁ okkalā vassabhaññā ahetuvādā akiriyavādā natthikavādā tepi mahācattārīsakaṁ dhammapariyāyaṁ na garahitabbaṁ nappaṭikkositabbaṁ amaññiṁsu. 
;;;Even those wanderers of the past, Vassa and Bhañña of Ukkalā, who adhered to the doctrines of no-cause, inaction, and nihilism, didn’t imagine that the Great Forty should be criticized or rejected. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

āyasmatā ca sāriputtena āyasmatā ca mahāmoggallānena āyasmatā ca mahākassapena āyasmatā ca mahākaccāyanena āyasmatā ca mahākoṭṭhikena āyasmatā ca mahākappinena āyasmatā ca mahācundena āyasmatā ca anuruddhena āyasmatā ca revatena āyasmatā ca ānandena, aññehi ca abhiññātehi abhiññātehi therehi sāvakehi saddhiṁ. ;;;the venerables Sāriputta, Mahāmoggallāna, Mahākassapa, Mahākaccāna, Mahākoṭṭhita, Mahākappina, Mahācunda, Anuruddha, Revata, Ānanda, and others. 
;;;Te ca navā bhikkhū therehi bhikkhūhi ovadiyamānā anusāsiyamānā uḷāraṁ pubbenāparaṁ visesaṁ jānanti. 
;;;Being instructed by the senior mendicants, the junior mendicants realized a higher distinction than they had before. 
;;;Te jānapadā bhikkhū sāvatthiṁ osaranti bhagavantaṁ dassanāya. 
;;;and came down to Sāvatthī to see the Buddha. 
;;;“Apalāpāyaṁ, bhikkhave, parisā; nippalāpāyaṁ, bhikkhave, parisā; suddhā sāre patiṭṭhitā. 
;;;“This assembly has no chaff, mendicants, it is free of chaff, pure, and consolidated in the core. 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;It’s when a mendicant—gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut—sits down cross-legged, sets their body straight, and establishes mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;So satova assasati satova passasati. 
;;;Just mindful, they breathe in. Mindful, they breathe out. 
;;;So tathāsato viharanto taṁ dhammaṁ paññāya pavicinati pavicayati parivīmaṁsaṁ āpajjati. 
;;;As they live mindfully in this way they investigate, explore, and inquire into that principle with wisdom. 
;;;Tassa taṁ dhammaṁ paññāya pavicinato pavicayato parivīmaṁsaṁ āpajjato āraddhaṁ hoti vīriyaṁ asallīnaṁ. 
;;;As they investigate principles with wisdom in this way their energy is roused up and unflagging. 
;;;Yasmiṁ samaye, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno taṁ dhammaṁ paññāya pavicinato pavicayato parivīmaṁsaṁ āpajjato āraddhaṁ hoti vīriyaṁ asallīnaṁ, vīriyasambojjhaṅgo tasmiṁ samaye bhikkhuno āraddho hoti, vīriyasambojjhaṅgaṁ tasmiṁ samaye bhikkhu bhāveti, vīriyasambojjhaṅgo tasmiṁ samaye bhikkhuno bhāvanāpāripūriṁ gacchati. 
;;;At such a time, a mendicant has activated the awakening factor of energy; they develop it and perfect it. 
;;;Tassa taṁ dhammaṁ paññāya pavicinato pavicayato parivīmaṁsaṁ āpajjato āraddhaṁ hoti vīriyaṁ asallīnaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;Yasmiṁ samaye, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno taṁ dhammaṁ paññāya pavicinato pavicayato parivīmaṁsaṁ āpajjato āraddhaṁ hoti vīriyaṁ asallīnaṁ, vīriyasambojjhaṅgo tasmiṁ samaye bhikkhuno āraddho hoti, vīriyasambojjhaṅgaṁ tasmiṁ samaye bhikkhu bhāveti, vīriyasambojjhaṅgo tasmiṁ samaye bhikkhuno bhāvanāpāripūriṁ gacchati. 
;;;energy … 
;;;

>En 

āyasmatā ca sāriputtena āyasmatā ca mahāmoggallānena āyasmatā ca mahākassapena āyasmatā ca mahākaccāyanena āyasmatā ca mahākoṭṭhikena āyasmatā ca mahākappinena āyasmatā ca mahācundena āyasmatā ca anuruddhena āyasmatā ca revatena āyasmatā ca ānandena, aññehi ca abhiññātehi abhiññātehi therehi sāvakehi saddhiṁ. ;;;the venerables Sāriputta, Mahāmoggallāna, Mahākassapa, Mahākaccāna, Mahākoṭṭhita, Mahākappina, Mahācunda, Anuruddha, Revata, Ānanda, and others. 
;;;Te ca navā bhikkhū therehi bhikkhūhi ovadiyamānā anusāsiyamānā uḷāraṁ pubbenāparaṁ visesaṁ jānanti. 
;;;Being instructed by the senior mendicants, the junior mendicants realized a higher distinction than they had before. 
;;;Te jānapadā bhikkhū sāvatthiṁ osaranti bhagavantaṁ dassanāya. 
;;;and came down to Sāvatthī to see the Buddha. 
;;;“Apalāpāyaṁ, bhikkhave, parisā; nippalāpāyaṁ, bhikkhave, parisā; suddhā sāre patiṭṭhitā. 
;;;“This assembly has no chaff, mendicants, it is free of chaff, pure, and consolidated in the core. 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;It’s when a mendicant—gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut—sits down cross-legged, sets their body straight, and establishes mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;So satova assasati satova passasati. 
;;;Just mindful, they breathe in. Mindful, they breathe out. 
;;;So tathāsato viharanto taṁ dhammaṁ paññāya pavicinati pavicayati parivīmaṁsaṁ āpajjati. 
;;;As they live mindfully in this way they investigate, explore, and inquire into that principle with wisdom. 
;;;Tassa taṁ dhammaṁ paññāya pavicinato pavicayato parivīmaṁsaṁ āpajjato āraddhaṁ hoti vīriyaṁ asallīnaṁ. 
;;;As they investigate principles with wisdom in this way their energy is roused up and unflagging. 
;;;Yasmiṁ samaye, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno taṁ dhammaṁ paññāya pavicinato pavicayato parivīmaṁsaṁ āpajjato āraddhaṁ hoti vīriyaṁ asallīnaṁ, vīriyasambojjhaṅgo tasmiṁ samaye bhikkhuno āraddho hoti, vīriyasambojjhaṅgaṁ tasmiṁ samaye bhikkhu bhāveti, vīriyasambojjhaṅgo tasmiṁ samaye bhikkhuno bhāvanāpāripūriṁ gacchati. 
;;;At such a time, a mendicant has activated the awakening factor of energy; they develop it and perfect it. 
;;;Tassa taṁ dhammaṁ paññāya pavicinato pavicayato parivīmaṁsaṁ āpajjato āraddhaṁ hoti vīriyaṁ asallīnaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;Yasmiṁ samaye, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno taṁ dhammaṁ paññāya pavicinato pavicayato parivīmaṁsaṁ āpajjato āraddhaṁ hoti vīriyaṁ asallīnaṁ, vīriyasambojjhaṅgo tasmiṁ samaye bhikkhuno āraddho hoti, vīriyasambojjhaṅgaṁ tasmiṁ samaye bhikkhu bhāveti, vīriyasambojjhaṅgo tasmiṁ samaye bhikkhuno bhāvanāpāripūriṁ gacchati. 
;;;energy … 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Yāvañcidaṁ tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena kāyagatāsati bhāvitā bahulīkatā mahapphalā vuttā mahānisaṁsā”ti. ;;;how the Blessed One, who knows and sees, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha has said that mindfulness of the body, when developed and cultivated, is very fruitful and beneficial.” 
;;;Ayañca hidaṁ tesaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ antarākathā vippakatā hoti, atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena upaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. 
;;;But their conversation was left unfinished. Then the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the assembly hall. He sat on the seat spread out 
;;;“Kathaṁ bhāvitā ca, bhikkhave, kāyagatāsati kathaṁ bahulīkatā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṁsā? 
;;;“And how, mendicants, is mindfulness of the body developed and cultivated to be very fruitful and beneficial? 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;It’s when a mendicant—gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut—sits down cross-legged, sets their body straight, and establishes mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;Evaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāyagatāsatiṁ bhāveti. 
;;;That’s how a mendicant develops mindfulness of the body. 
;;;‘atthi imasmiṁ kāye kesā lomā nakhā dantā taco maṁsaṁ nhāru aṭṭhi aṭṭhimiñjaṁ vakkaṁ hadayaṁ yakanaṁ kilomakaṁ pihakaṁ papphāsaṁ antaṁ antaguṇaṁ udariyaṁ karīsaṁ pittaṁ semhaṁ pubbo lohitaṁ sedo medo assu vasā kheḷo siṅghāṇikā lasikā muttan’ti. 
;;;‘In this body there is head hair, body hair, nails, teeth, skin, flesh, sinews, bones, bone marrow, kidneys, heart, liver, diaphragm, spleen, lungs, intestines, mesentery, undigested food, feces, bile, phlegm, pus, blood, sweat, fat, tears, grease, saliva, snot, synovial fluid, urine.’ 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, ubhatomukhā putoḷi pūrā nānāvihitassa dhaññassa, seyyathidaṁ— 
;;;It’s as if there were a bag with openings at both ends, filled with various kinds of grains, such as 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, dakkho goghātako vā goghātakantevāsī vā gāviṁ vadhitvā catumahāpathe bilaso vibhajitvā nisinno assa; 
;;;It’s as if a deft butcher or butcher’s apprentice were to kill a cow and sit down at the crossroads with the meat cut into chops. 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu seyyathāpi passeyya sarīraṁ sivathikāya chaḍḍitaṁ ekāhamataṁ vā dvīhamataṁ vā tīhamataṁ vā uddhumātakaṁ vinīlakaṁ vipubbakajātaṁ. 
;;;Furthermore, suppose a mendicant were to see a corpse discarded in a charnel ground. And it had been dead for one, two, or three days, bloated, livid, and festering. 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu seyyathāpi passeyya sarīraṁ sivathikāya chaḍḍitaṁ kākehi vā khajjamānaṁ kulalehi vā khajjamānaṁ gijjhehi vā khajjamānaṁ kaṅkehi vā khajjamānaṁ sunakhehi vā khajjamānaṁ byagghehi vā khajjamānaṁ dīpīhi vā khajjamānaṁ siṅgālehi vā khajjamānaṁ vividhehi vā pāṇakajātehi khajjamānaṁ. 
;;;Or suppose they were to see a corpse discarded in a charnel ground being devoured by crows, hawks, vultures, herons, dogs, tigers, leopards, jackals, and many kinds of little creatures. 
;;;aṭṭhikāni apagatasambandhāni disāvidisāvikkhittāni aññena hatthaṭṭhikaṁ aññena pādaṭṭhikaṁ aññena gopphakaṭṭhikaṁ aññena jaṅghaṭṭhikaṁ aññena ūruṭṭhikaṁ aññena kaṭiṭṭhikaṁ aññena phāsukaṭṭhikaṁ aññena piṭṭhiṭṭhikaṁ aññena khandhaṭṭhikaṁ aññena gīvaṭṭhikaṁ aññena hanukaṭṭhikaṁ aññena dantaṭṭhikaṁ aññena sīsakaṭāhaṁ. 
;;;Bones rid of sinews scattered in every direction. Here a hand-bone, there a foot-bone, here an ankle bone, there a shin-bone, here a thigh-bone, there a hip-bone, here a rib-bone, there a back-bone, here an arm-bone, there a neck-bone, here a jaw-bone, there a tooth, here the skull. … 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, dakkho nhāpako vā nhāpakantevāsī vā kaṁsathāle nhānīyacuṇṇāni ākiritvā udakena paripphosakaṁ paripphosakaṁ sanneyya, sāyaṁ nhānīyapiṇḍi snehānugatā snehaparetā santarabāhirā phuṭā snehena na ca pagghariṇī; 
;;;It’s like when a deft bathroom attendant or their apprentice pours bath powder into a bronze dish, sprinkling it little by little with water. They knead it until the ball of bath powder is soaked and saturated with moisture, spread through inside and out; yet no moisture oozes out. 
;;;Yassa kassaci, bhikkhave, kāyagatāsati bhāvitā bahulīkatā, antogadhāvāssa kusalā dhammā ye keci vijjābhāgiyā. 
;;;Anyone who has developed and cultivated mindfulness of the body includes all of the skillful qualities that play a part in realization. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso garukaṁ silāguḷaṁ allamattikāpuñje pakkhipeyya. 
;;;Suppose a person were to throw a heavy stone ball at a mound of wet clay. 
;;;api nu taṁ garukaṁ silāguḷaṁ allamattikāpuñje labhetha otāran”ti? 
;;;Would that heavy stone ball find an entry into that mound of wet clay?” 
;;;api nu so puriso amuṁ sukkhaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ koḷāpaṁ uttarāraṇiṁ ādāya abhimanthento aggiṁ abhinibbatteyya, tejo pātukareyyā”ti? 
;;;By drilling the stick against that dried up, withered log, could they light a fire and produce heat?” 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, allaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ sasnehaṁ; 
;;;Suppose there was a green, sappy log. 
;;;api nu so puriso amuṁ allaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ sasnehaṁ uttarāraṇiṁ ādāya abhimanthento aggiṁ abhinibbatteyya, tejo pātukareyyā”ti? 
;;;By drilling the stick against that green, sappy log on dry land far from water, could they light a fire and produce heat?” 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, subhūmiyaṁ catumahāpathe ājaññaratho yutto assa ṭhito odhastapatodo; 
;;;Suppose a chariot stood harnessed to thoroughbreds at a level crossroads, with a goad ready. 
;;;

>En 

Yāvañcidaṁ tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena kāyagatāsati bhāvitā bahulīkatā mahapphalā vuttā mahānisaṁsā”ti. ;;;how the Blessed One, who knows and sees, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha has said that mindfulness of the body, when developed and cultivated, is very fruitful and beneficial.” 
;;;Ayañca hidaṁ tesaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ antarākathā vippakatā hoti, atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena upaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. 
;;;But their conversation was left unfinished. Then the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the assembly hall. He sat on the seat spread out 
;;;“Kathaṁ bhāvitā ca, bhikkhave, kāyagatāsati kathaṁ bahulīkatā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṁsā? 
;;;“And how, mendicants, is mindfulness of the body developed and cultivated to be very fruitful and beneficial? 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;It’s when a mendicant—gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut—sits down cross-legged, sets their body straight, and establishes mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;Evaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāyagatāsatiṁ bhāveti. 
;;;That’s how a mendicant develops mindfulness of the body. 
;;;‘atthi imasmiṁ kāye kesā lomā nakhā dantā taco maṁsaṁ nhāru aṭṭhi aṭṭhimiñjaṁ vakkaṁ hadayaṁ yakanaṁ kilomakaṁ pihakaṁ papphāsaṁ antaṁ antaguṇaṁ udariyaṁ karīsaṁ pittaṁ semhaṁ pubbo lohitaṁ sedo medo assu vasā kheḷo siṅghāṇikā lasikā muttan’ti. 
;;;‘In this body there is head hair, body hair, nails, teeth, skin, flesh, sinews, bones, bone marrow, kidneys, heart, liver, diaphragm, spleen, lungs, intestines, mesentery, undigested food, feces, bile, phlegm, pus, blood, sweat, fat, tears, grease, saliva, snot, synovial fluid, urine.’ 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, ubhatomukhā putoḷi pūrā nānāvihitassa dhaññassa, seyyathidaṁ— 
;;;It’s as if there were a bag with openings at both ends, filled with various kinds of grains, such as 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, dakkho goghātako vā goghātakantevāsī vā gāviṁ vadhitvā catumahāpathe bilaso vibhajitvā nisinno assa; 
;;;It’s as if a deft butcher or butcher’s apprentice were to kill a cow and sit down at the crossroads with the meat cut into chops. 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu seyyathāpi passeyya sarīraṁ sivathikāya chaḍḍitaṁ ekāhamataṁ vā dvīhamataṁ vā tīhamataṁ vā uddhumātakaṁ vinīlakaṁ vipubbakajātaṁ. 
;;;Furthermore, suppose a mendicant were to see a corpse discarded in a charnel ground. And it had been dead for one, two, or three days, bloated, livid, and festering. 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu seyyathāpi passeyya sarīraṁ sivathikāya chaḍḍitaṁ kākehi vā khajjamānaṁ kulalehi vā khajjamānaṁ gijjhehi vā khajjamānaṁ kaṅkehi vā khajjamānaṁ sunakhehi vā khajjamānaṁ byagghehi vā khajjamānaṁ dīpīhi vā khajjamānaṁ siṅgālehi vā khajjamānaṁ vividhehi vā pāṇakajātehi khajjamānaṁ. 
;;;Or suppose they were to see a corpse discarded in a charnel ground being devoured by crows, hawks, vultures, herons, dogs, tigers, leopards, jackals, and many kinds of little creatures. 
;;;aṭṭhikāni apagatasambandhāni disāvidisāvikkhittāni aññena hatthaṭṭhikaṁ aññena pādaṭṭhikaṁ aññena gopphakaṭṭhikaṁ aññena jaṅghaṭṭhikaṁ aññena ūruṭṭhikaṁ aññena kaṭiṭṭhikaṁ aññena phāsukaṭṭhikaṁ aññena piṭṭhiṭṭhikaṁ aññena khandhaṭṭhikaṁ aññena gīvaṭṭhikaṁ aññena hanukaṭṭhikaṁ aññena dantaṭṭhikaṁ aññena sīsakaṭāhaṁ. 
;;;Bones rid of sinews scattered in every direction. Here a hand-bone, there a foot-bone, here an ankle bone, there a shin-bone, here a thigh-bone, there a hip-bone, here a rib-bone, there a back-bone, here an arm-bone, there a neck-bone, here a jaw-bone, there a tooth, here the skull. … 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, dakkho nhāpako vā nhāpakantevāsī vā kaṁsathāle nhānīyacuṇṇāni ākiritvā udakena paripphosakaṁ paripphosakaṁ sanneyya, sāyaṁ nhānīyapiṇḍi snehānugatā snehaparetā santarabāhirā phuṭā snehena na ca pagghariṇī; 
;;;It’s like when a deft bathroom attendant or their apprentice pours bath powder into a bronze dish, sprinkling it little by little with water. They knead it until the ball of bath powder is soaked and saturated with moisture, spread through inside and out; yet no moisture oozes out. 
;;;Yassa kassaci, bhikkhave, kāyagatāsati bhāvitā bahulīkatā, antogadhāvāssa kusalā dhammā ye keci vijjābhāgiyā. 
;;;Anyone who has developed and cultivated mindfulness of the body includes all of the skillful qualities that play a part in realization. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso garukaṁ silāguḷaṁ allamattikāpuñje pakkhipeyya. 
;;;Suppose a person were to throw a heavy stone ball at a mound of wet clay. 
;;;api nu taṁ garukaṁ silāguḷaṁ allamattikāpuñje labhetha otāran”ti? 
;;;Would that heavy stone ball find an entry into that mound of wet clay?” 
;;;api nu so puriso amuṁ sukkhaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ koḷāpaṁ uttarāraṇiṁ ādāya abhimanthento aggiṁ abhinibbatteyya, tejo pātukareyyā”ti? 
;;;By drilling the stick against that dried up, withered log, could they light a fire and produce heat?” 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, allaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ sasnehaṁ; 
;;;Suppose there was a green, sappy log. 
;;;api nu so puriso amuṁ allaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ sasnehaṁ uttarāraṇiṁ ādāya abhimanthento aggiṁ abhinibbatteyya, tejo pātukareyyā”ti? 
;;;By drilling the stick against that green, sappy log on dry land far from water, could they light a fire and produce heat?” 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, subhūmiyaṁ catumahāpathe ājaññaratho yutto assa ṭhito odhastapatodo; 
;;;Suppose a chariot stood harnessed to thoroughbreds at a level crossroads, with a goad ready. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tassa te saṅkhārā ca vihārā ca evaṁ bhāvitā evaṁ bahulīkatā tatrupapattiyā saṁvattanti. ;;;Those choices and meditations of theirs, developed and cultivated like this, lead to rebirth there. 
;;;‘cātumahārājikā devā dīghāyukā vaṇṇavanto sukhabahulā’ti. 
;;;‘The gods of the four great kings are long-lived, beautiful, and very happy.’ 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, maṇi veḷuriyo subho jātimā aṭṭhaṁso suparikammakato paṇḍukambale nikkhitto bhāsate ca tapate ca virocati ca; 
;;;Suppose there was a beryl gem that was naturally beautiful, eight-faceted, well-worked. When placed on a cream rug it would shine and glow and radiate. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, nikkhaṁ jambonadaṁ dakkhakammāraputtaukkāmukhasukusalasampahaṭṭhaṁ paṇḍukambale nikkhittaṁ bhāsate ca tapate ca virocati ca; 
;;;Suppose there was a pendant of Black Plum River gold, fashioned by a deft smith, well wrought in the forge. When placed on a cream rug it would shine and glow and radiate. 
;;;

>En 

Tassa te saṅkhārā ca vihārā ca evaṁ bhāvitā evaṁ bahulīkatā tatrupapattiyā saṁvattanti. ;;;Those choices and meditations of theirs, developed and cultivated like this, lead to rebirth there. 
;;;‘cātumahārājikā devā dīghāyukā vaṇṇavanto sukhabahulā’ti. 
;;;‘The gods of the four great kings are long-lived, beautiful, and very happy.’ 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, maṇi veḷuriyo subho jātimā aṭṭhaṁso suparikammakato paṇḍukambale nikkhitto bhāsate ca tapate ca virocati ca; 
;;;Suppose there was a beryl gem that was naturally beautiful, eight-faceted, well-worked. When placed on a cream rug it would shine and glow and radiate. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, nikkhaṁ jambonadaṁ dakkhakammāraputtaukkāmukhasukusalasampahaṭṭhaṁ paṇḍukambale nikkhittaṁ bhāsate ca tapate ca virocati ca; 
;;;Suppose there was a pendant of Black Plum River gold, fashioned by a deft smith, well wrought in the forge. When placed on a cream rug it would shine and glow and radiate. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho āyasmā ānando sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Ānanda came out of retreat and went to the Buddha. He bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him: 
;;;Pubbepāhaṁ, ānanda, etarahipi suññatāvihārena bahulaṁ viharāmi. 
;;;Now, as before, I usually practice the meditation on emptiness. 
;;;Evampissa esā, ānanda, yathābhuccā avipallatthā parisuddhā suññatāvakkanti bhavati. 
;;;That’s how emptiness manifests in them—genuine, undistorted, and pure. 
;;;Evampissa esā, ānanda, yathābhuccā avipallatthā parisuddhā suññatāvakkanti bhavati. 
;;;That’s how emptiness manifests in them—genuine, undistorted, and pure. 
;;;Evampissa esā, ānanda, yathābhuccā avipallatthā parisuddhā suññatāvakkanti bhavati. 
;;;That’s how emptiness manifests in them—genuine, undistorted, and pure. 
;;;Evampissa esā, ānanda, yathābhuccā avipallatthā parisuddhā suññatāvakkanti bhavati. 
;;;That’s how emptiness manifests in them—genuine, undistorted, and pure. 
;;;Evampissa esā, ānanda, yathābhuccā avipallatthā parisuddhā suññatāvakkanti bhavati. 
;;;That’s how emptiness manifests in them—genuine, undistorted, and pure. 
;;;Evampissa esā, ānanda, yathābhuccā avipallatthā parisuddhā suññatāvakkanti bhavati. 
;;;That’s how emptiness manifests in them—genuine, undistorted, and pure. 
;;;Evampissa esā, ānanda, yathābhuccā avipallatthā parisuddhā suññatāvakkanti bhavati. 
;;;That’s how emptiness manifests in them—genuine, undistorted, and pure. 
;;;Evampissa esā, ānanda, yathābhuccā avipallatthā parisuddhā paramānuttarā suññatāvakkanti bhavati. 
;;;That’s how emptiness manifests in them—genuine, undistorted, pure, and supreme. 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho āyasmā ānando sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Ānanda came out of retreat and went to the Buddha. He bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him: 
;;;Pubbepāhaṁ, ānanda, etarahipi suññatāvihārena bahulaṁ viharāmi. 
;;;Now, as before, I usually practice the meditation on emptiness. 
;;;Evampissa esā, ānanda, yathābhuccā avipallatthā parisuddhā suññatāvakkanti bhavati. 
;;;That’s how emptiness manifests in them—genuine, undistorted, and pure. 
;;;Evampissa esā, ānanda, yathābhuccā avipallatthā parisuddhā suññatāvakkanti bhavati. 
;;;That’s how emptiness manifests in them—genuine, undistorted, and pure. 
;;;Evampissa esā, ānanda, yathābhuccā avipallatthā parisuddhā suññatāvakkanti bhavati. 
;;;That’s how emptiness manifests in them—genuine, undistorted, and pure. 
;;;Evampissa esā, ānanda, yathābhuccā avipallatthā parisuddhā suññatāvakkanti bhavati. 
;;;That’s how emptiness manifests in them—genuine, undistorted, and pure. 
;;;Evampissa esā, ānanda, yathābhuccā avipallatthā parisuddhā suññatāvakkanti bhavati. 
;;;That’s how emptiness manifests in them—genuine, undistorted, and pure. 
;;;Evampissa esā, ānanda, yathābhuccā avipallatthā parisuddhā suññatāvakkanti bhavati. 
;;;That’s how emptiness manifests in them—genuine, undistorted, and pure. 
;;;Evampissa esā, ānanda, yathābhuccā avipallatthā parisuddhā suññatāvakkanti bhavati. 
;;;That’s how emptiness manifests in them—genuine, undistorted, and pure. 
;;;Evampissa esā, ānanda, yathābhuccā avipallatthā parisuddhā paramānuttarā suññatāvakkanti bhavati. 
;;;That’s how emptiness manifests in them—genuine, undistorted, pure, and supreme. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena ghaṭāya sakkassa vihāro tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to Ghaṭā’s lodge, where he sat on the seat spread out 
;;;sabbanimittānaṁ amanasikārā ajjhattaṁ suññataṁ upasampajja viharituṁ. 
;;;to enter and remain in emptiness internally by not focusing on any signs. 
;;;Tatra ce, ānanda, tathāgataṁ iminā vihārena viharantaṁ bhavanti upasaṅkamitāro bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo upāsakā upāsikāyo rājāno rājamahāmattā titthiyā titthiyasāvakā. 
;;;Now, suppose that while the Realized One is practicing this meditation, monks, nuns, laymen, laywomen, rulers and their chief ministers, monastics of other religions and their disciples go to visit him. 
;;;Kathañcānanda, bhikkhu ajjhattameva cittaṁ saṇṭhapeti sannisādeti ekodiṁ karoti samādahati? 
;;;And how does a mendicant still, settle, unify, and immerse their mind in samādhi internally? 
;;;Tassa ce, ānanda, bhikkhuno iminā vihārena viharato kathāya cittaṁ namati, so: 
;;;While a mendicant is practicing such a meditation, if their mind inclines to talking, they think: 
;;;Yā ca kho ayaṁ, ānanda, kathā abhisallekhikā cetovinīvaraṇasappāyā ekantanibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṁvattati, seyyathidaṁ—appicchakathā santuṭṭhikathā pavivekakathā asaṁsaggakathā vīriyārambhakathā sīlakathā samādhikathā paññākathā vimuttikathā vimuttiñāṇadassanakathā iti: ‘evarūpiṁ kathaṁ kathessāmī’ti. 
;;;‘But I will take part in talk about self-effacement that helps open the heart and leads solely to disillusionment, dispassion, cessation, peace, insight, awakening, and extinguishment. That is, talk about fewness of wishes, contentment, seclusion, aloofness, arousing energy, ethics, immersion, wisdom, freedom, and the knowledge and vision of freedom.’ 
;;;Ime kho te, ānanda, dhammā ekantakusalā kusalāyātikā ariyā lokuttarā anavakkantā pāpimatā. 
;;;These principles are entirely skillful, with skillful outcomes; they are noble, transcendent, and inaccessible to the Wicked One. 
;;;kaṁ atthavasaṁ sampassamāno arahati sāvako satthāraṁ anubandhituṁ api paṇujjamāno”ti? 
;;;For what reason would a disciple deem it worthwhile to follow the Teacher, even if sent away?” 
;;;“Na kho, ānanda, arahati sāvako satthāraṁ anubandhituṁ, yadidaṁ suttaṁ geyyaṁ veyyākaraṇaṁ tassa hetu. 
;;;“A disciple would not deem it worthwhile to follow the Teacher for the sake of this, namely statements, mixed prose & verse, or discussions. 
;;;Yā ca kho ayaṁ, ānanda, kathā abhisallekhikā cetovinīvaraṇasappāyā ekantanibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṁvattati, seyyathidaṁ—appicchakathā santuṭṭhikathā pavivekakathā asaṁsaggakathā vīriyārambhakathā sīlakathā samādhikathā paññākathā vimuttikathā vimuttiñāṇadassanakathā—evarūpiyā kho, ānanda, kathāya hetu arahati sāvako satthāraṁ anubandhituṁ api paṇujjamāno. 
;;;But a disciple would deem it worthwhile to follow the Teacher, even if sent away, for the sake of talk about self-effacement that helps open the heart and leads solely to disillusionment, dispassion, cessation, peace, insight, awakening, and extinguishment. That is, talk about fewness of wishes, contentment, seclusion, aloofness, arousing energy, ethics, immersion, wisdom, freedom, and the knowledge and vision of freedom. 
;;;Tassa tathāvūpakaṭṭhassa viharato anvāvattanti brāhmaṇagahapatikā negamā ceva jānapadā ca. 
;;;While meditating withdrawn, they’re visited by a stream of brahmins and householders, and people of town and country. 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena ghaṭāya sakkassa vihāro tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to Ghaṭā’s lodge, where he sat on the seat spread out 
;;;sabbanimittānaṁ amanasikārā ajjhattaṁ suññataṁ upasampajja viharituṁ. 
;;;to enter and remain in emptiness internally by not focusing on any signs. 
;;;Tatra ce, ānanda, tathāgataṁ iminā vihārena viharantaṁ bhavanti upasaṅkamitāro bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo upāsakā upāsikāyo rājāno rājamahāmattā titthiyā titthiyasāvakā. 
;;;Now, suppose that while the Realized One is practicing this meditation, monks, nuns, laymen, laywomen, rulers and their chief ministers, monastics of other religions and their disciples go to visit him. 
;;;Kathañcānanda, bhikkhu ajjhattameva cittaṁ saṇṭhapeti sannisādeti ekodiṁ karoti samādahati? 
;;;And how does a mendicant still, settle, unify, and immerse their mind in samādhi internally? 
;;;Tassa ce, ānanda, bhikkhuno iminā vihārena viharato kathāya cittaṁ namati, so: 
;;;While a mendicant is practicing such a meditation, if their mind inclines to talking, they think: 
;;;Yā ca kho ayaṁ, ānanda, kathā abhisallekhikā cetovinīvaraṇasappāyā ekantanibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṁvattati, seyyathidaṁ—appicchakathā santuṭṭhikathā pavivekakathā asaṁsaggakathā vīriyārambhakathā sīlakathā samādhikathā paññākathā vimuttikathā vimuttiñāṇadassanakathā iti: ‘evarūpiṁ kathaṁ kathessāmī’ti. 
;;;‘But I will take part in talk about self-effacement that helps open the heart and leads solely to disillusionment, dispassion, cessation, peace, insight, awakening, and extinguishment. That is, talk about fewness of wishes, contentment, seclusion, aloofness, arousing energy, ethics, immersion, wisdom, freedom, and the knowledge and vision of freedom.’ 
;;;Ime kho te, ānanda, dhammā ekantakusalā kusalāyātikā ariyā lokuttarā anavakkantā pāpimatā. 
;;;These principles are entirely skillful, with skillful outcomes; they are noble, transcendent, and inaccessible to the Wicked One. 
;;;kaṁ atthavasaṁ sampassamāno arahati sāvako satthāraṁ anubandhituṁ api paṇujjamāno”ti? 
;;;For what reason would a disciple deem it worthwhile to follow the Teacher, even if sent away?” 
;;;“Na kho, ānanda, arahati sāvako satthāraṁ anubandhituṁ, yadidaṁ suttaṁ geyyaṁ veyyākaraṇaṁ tassa hetu. 
;;;“A disciple would not deem it worthwhile to follow the Teacher for the sake of this, namely statements, mixed prose & verse, or discussions. 
;;;Yā ca kho ayaṁ, ānanda, kathā abhisallekhikā cetovinīvaraṇasappāyā ekantanibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṁvattati, seyyathidaṁ—appicchakathā santuṭṭhikathā pavivekakathā asaṁsaggakathā vīriyārambhakathā sīlakathā samādhikathā paññākathā vimuttikathā vimuttiñāṇadassanakathā—evarūpiyā kho, ānanda, kathāya hetu arahati sāvako satthāraṁ anubandhituṁ api paṇujjamāno. 
;;;But a disciple would deem it worthwhile to follow the Teacher, even if sent away, for the sake of talk about self-effacement that helps open the heart and leads solely to disillusionment, dispassion, cessation, peace, insight, awakening, and extinguishment. That is, talk about fewness of wishes, contentment, seclusion, aloofness, arousing energy, ethics, immersion, wisdom, freedom, and the knowledge and vision of freedom. 
;;;Tassa tathāvūpakaṭṭhassa viharato anvāvattanti brāhmaṇagahapatikā negamā ceva jānapadā ca. 
;;;While meditating withdrawn, they’re visited by a stream of brahmins and householders, and people of town and country. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenupaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat, went to the assembly hall, sat down on the seat spread out, 
;;;“tasmātiha taṁ, ānanda, bhiyyoso mattāya paṭibhantu tathāgatassa acchariyā abbhutadhammā”ti. 
;;;“Well then, Ānanda, say some more about the incredible and amazing qualities of the Realized One.” 
;;;Yampi, bhante, sato sampajāno bodhisatto tusite kāye aṭṭhāsi idampāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavato acchariyaṁ abbhutadhammaṁ dhāremi. 
;;;This too I remember as an incredible quality of the Buddha. 
;;;‘yadā, ānanda, bodhisatto mātukucchimhā nikkhamati, visadova nikkhamati amakkhito udena amakkhito semhena amakkhito ruhirena amakkhito kenaci asucinā suddho visado. 
;;;‘When the being intent on awakening emerges from his mother’s womb, he emerges already clean, unsoiled by waters, mucus, blood, or any other kind of impurity, pure and clean. 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenupaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat, went to the assembly hall, sat down on the seat spread out, 
;;;“tasmātiha taṁ, ānanda, bhiyyoso mattāya paṭibhantu tathāgatassa acchariyā abbhutadhammā”ti. 
;;;“Well then, Ānanda, say some more about the incredible and amazing qualities of the Realized One.” 
;;;Yampi, bhante, sato sampajāno bodhisatto tusite kāye aṭṭhāsi idampāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavato acchariyaṁ abbhutadhammaṁ dhāremi. 
;;;This too I remember as an incredible quality of the Buddha. 
;;;‘yadā, ānanda, bodhisatto mātukucchimhā nikkhamati, visadova nikkhamati amakkhito udena amakkhito semhena amakkhito ruhirena amakkhito kenaci asucinā suddho visado. 
;;;‘When the being intent on awakening emerges from his mother’s womb, he emerges already clean, unsoiled by waters, mucus, blood, or any other kind of impurity, pure and clean. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā bākulo rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. ;;;At one time Venerable Bakkula was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. 
;;;nābhijānāmi kathine cīvaraṁ sibbitā … 
;;;sewing a robe during the robe-making ceremony … 
;;;nābhijānāmi sabrahmacārīnaṁ cīvarakamme vicāritā … 
;;;wandering to look for robe material for my companions in the spiritual life when they are making robes … 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā bākulo aparena samayena avāpuraṇaṁ ādāya vihārena vihāraṁ upasaṅkamitvā evamāha: 
;;;Then some time later Venerable Bakkula, taking a latchkey, went from dwelling to dwelling, saying, 
;;;

>En 

ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā bākulo rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. ;;;At one time Venerable Bakkula was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. 
;;;nābhijānāmi kathine cīvaraṁ sibbitā … 
;;;sewing a robe during the robe-making ceremony … 
;;;nābhijānāmi sabrahmacārīnaṁ cīvarakamme vicāritā … 
;;;wandering to look for robe material for my companions in the spiritual life when they are making robes … 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā bākulo aparena samayena avāpuraṇaṁ ādāya vihārena vihāraṁ upasaṅkamitvā evamāha: 
;;;Then some time later Venerable Bakkula, taking a latchkey, went from dwelling to dwelling, saying, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Sace ahaṁ bhoto aggivessanassa bhāsitassa atthaṁ ājānissāmi, iccetaṁ kusalaṁ; ;;;If I understand the meaning of what you say, that’s good. 
;;;Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho aciravato samaṇuddeso yāvatako ahosi jayasenena rājakumārena saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi. 
;;;and informed the Buddha of all they had discussed. 
;;;‘tathā hi panāhaṁ, samma, iminā mahatā pabbatena āvuto daṭṭheyyaṁ nāddasan’ti. 
;;;‘But my friend, it was because I was obstructed by this big mountain that I didn’t see what could be seen.’ 
;;;Ato mahantatarena, aggivessana, ‘avijjākhandhena jayaseno rājakumāro āvuto nivuto ophuṭo pariyonaddho. 
;;;But bigger than that is the mass of ignorance by which Prince Jayasena is veiled, shrouded, covered, and engulfed. 
;;;Sace kho taṁ, aggivessana, jayasenassa rājakumārassa imā dve upamā paṭibhāyeyyuṁ, anacchariyaṁ te jayaseno rājakumāro pasīdeyya, pasanno ca te pasannākāraṁ kareyyā”ti. 
;;;It would be no wonder if, had these two similes occurred to you, Prince Jayasena would have gained confidence in you and shown his confidence.” 
;;;‘Evaṁ, devā’ti kho, aggivessana, nāgavaniko rañño khattiyassa muddhāvasittassa paṭissutvā rañño nāgaṁ abhiruhitvā nāgavanaṁ pavisitvā āraññakaṁ nāgaṁ atipassitvā rañño nāgassa gīvāyaṁ upanibandhati. 
;;;‘Yes, Your Majesty,’ replied the elephant tracker, and did as he was asked. 
;;;(yathā gaṇakamoggallānasuttante, evaṁ vitthāretabbāni.) 
;;;(Tell in full as in MN 107, the Discourse with Moggallāna the Accountant.) 
;;;Mahallako cepi, aggivessana, rañño nāgo adanto avinīto kālaṁ karoti, ‘adantamaraṇaṁ mahallako rañño nāgo kālaṅkato’tveva saṅkhaṁ gacchati; 
;;;If a royal bull elephant passes away untamed and untrained—whether in their old age, middle age, or youth—they’re considered a royal bull elephant who passed away untamed. 
;;;Mahallako cepi, aggivessana, rañño nāgo sudanto suvinīto kālaṁ karoti, ‘dantamaraṇaṁ mahallako rañño nāgo kālaṅkato’tveva saṅkhaṁ gacchati; 
;;;If a royal bull elephant passes away tamed and trained—whether in their old age, middle age, or youth—they’re considered a royal bull elephant who passed away tamed. 
;;;

>En 

Sace ahaṁ bhoto aggivessanassa bhāsitassa atthaṁ ājānissāmi, iccetaṁ kusalaṁ; ;;;If I understand the meaning of what you say, that’s good. 
;;;Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho aciravato samaṇuddeso yāvatako ahosi jayasenena rājakumārena saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi. 
;;;and informed the Buddha of all they had discussed. 
;;;‘tathā hi panāhaṁ, samma, iminā mahatā pabbatena āvuto daṭṭheyyaṁ nāddasan’ti. 
;;;‘But my friend, it was because I was obstructed by this big mountain that I didn’t see what could be seen.’ 
;;;Ato mahantatarena, aggivessana, ‘avijjākhandhena jayaseno rājakumāro āvuto nivuto ophuṭo pariyonaddho. 
;;;But bigger than that is the mass of ignorance by which Prince Jayasena is veiled, shrouded, covered, and engulfed. 
;;;Sace kho taṁ, aggivessana, jayasenassa rājakumārassa imā dve upamā paṭibhāyeyyuṁ, anacchariyaṁ te jayaseno rājakumāro pasīdeyya, pasanno ca te pasannākāraṁ kareyyā”ti. 
;;;It would be no wonder if, had these two similes occurred to you, Prince Jayasena would have gained confidence in you and shown his confidence.” 
;;;‘Evaṁ, devā’ti kho, aggivessana, nāgavaniko rañño khattiyassa muddhāvasittassa paṭissutvā rañño nāgaṁ abhiruhitvā nāgavanaṁ pavisitvā āraññakaṁ nāgaṁ atipassitvā rañño nāgassa gīvāyaṁ upanibandhati. 
;;;‘Yes, Your Majesty,’ replied the elephant tracker, and did as he was asked. 
;;;(yathā gaṇakamoggallānasuttante, evaṁ vitthāretabbāni.) 
;;;(Tell in full as in MN 107, the Discourse with Moggallāna the Accountant.) 
;;;Mahallako cepi, aggivessana, rañño nāgo adanto avinīto kālaṁ karoti, ‘adantamaraṇaṁ mahallako rañño nāgo kālaṅkato’tveva saṅkhaṁ gacchati; 
;;;If a royal bull elephant passes away untamed and untrained—whether in their old age, middle age, or youth—they’re considered a royal bull elephant who passed away untamed. 
;;;Mahallako cepi, aggivessana, rañño nāgo sudanto suvinīto kālaṁ karoti, ‘dantamaraṇaṁ mahallako rañño nāgo kālaṅkato’tveva saṅkhaṁ gacchati; 
;;;If a royal bull elephant passes away tamed and trained—whether in their old age, middle age, or youth—they’re considered a royal bull elephant who passed away tamed. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Seyyathāpi, bhūmija, puriso khīratthiko khīragavesī khīrapariyesanaṁ caramāno gāviṁ taruṇavacchaṁ visāṇato āviñcheyya. ;;;Suppose there was a person in need of milk. While wandering in search of milk, they tried pulling the horn of a newly-calved cow. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhūmija, puriso aggitthiko aggigavesī aggipariyesanaṁ caramāno allaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ sasnehaṁ uttarāraṇiṁ ādāya abhimantheyya. 
;;;Suppose there was a person in need of fire. While wandering in search of fire, they tried drilling a green, sappy log with a drill-stick. 
;;;Āsañcepi karitvā allaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ sasnehaṁ uttarāraṇiṁ ādāya abhimantheyya, abhabbo aggissa adhigamāya; 
;;;But by doing this, they couldn’t start a fire, regardless of whether they made a wish, 
;;;nevāsaṁ nānāsañcepi karitvā allaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ sasnehaṁ uttarāraṇiṁ ādāya abhimantheyya, abhabbo aggissa adhigamāya. 
;;;or neither did nor did not make a wish. 
;;;

>En 

Seyyathāpi, bhūmija, puriso khīratthiko khīragavesī khīrapariyesanaṁ caramāno gāviṁ taruṇavacchaṁ visāṇato āviñcheyya. ;;;Suppose there was a person in need of milk. While wandering in search of milk, they tried pulling the horn of a newly-calved cow. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhūmija, puriso aggitthiko aggigavesī aggipariyesanaṁ caramāno allaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ sasnehaṁ uttarāraṇiṁ ādāya abhimantheyya. 
;;;Suppose there was a person in need of fire. While wandering in search of fire, they tried drilling a green, sappy log with a drill-stick. 
;;;Āsañcepi karitvā allaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ sasnehaṁ uttarāraṇiṁ ādāya abhimantheyya, abhabbo aggissa adhigamāya; 
;;;But by doing this, they couldn’t start a fire, regardless of whether they made a wish, 
;;;nevāsaṁ nānāsañcepi karitvā allaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ sasnehaṁ uttarāraṇiṁ ādāya abhimantheyya, abhabbo aggissa adhigamāya. 
;;;or neither did nor did not make a wish. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Ayampi vuccati, gahapati, mahaggatā cetovimutti. ;;; 
;;;Tesaṁ tato nīhatānaṁ accinānattañceva paññāyetha ābhānānattañca; 
;;;You can detect a difference both in their flames and also in their radiance. 
;;;Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā sabhiyo kaccāno āyasmantaṁ anuruddhaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;When he had spoken, Venerable Sabhiya Kaccāna said to Venerable Anuruddha: 
;;;‘addhā āyasmatā anuruddhena tāhi devatāhi saddhiṁ sannivutthapubbañceva sallapitapubbañca sākacchā ca samāpajjitapubbā’”ti. 
;;;‘Clearly, Venerable Anuruddha has previously lived together with those deities, conversed, and engaged in discussion.’” 
;;;‘dīgharattaṁ kho me, āvuso kaccāna, tāhi devatāhi saddhiṁ sannivutthapubbañceva sallapitapubbañca sākacchā ca samāpajjitapubbā’”ti. 
;;;For a long time I have previously lived together with those deities, conversed, and engaged in discussion.” 
;;;yaṁ tvañceva taṁ kaṅkhādhammaṁ pahāsi, mayañcimaṁ dhammapariyāyaṁ alatthamhā savanāyā”ti. 
;;;to have given up your state of uncertainty, and to have got the chance to listen to this exposition of the teaching.” 
;;;

>En 

Ayampi vuccati, gahapati, mahaggatā cetovimutti. ;;; 
;;;Tesaṁ tato nīhatānaṁ accinānattañceva paññāyetha ābhānānattañca; 
;;;You can detect a difference both in their flames and also in their radiance. 
;;;Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā sabhiyo kaccāno āyasmantaṁ anuruddhaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;When he had spoken, Venerable Sabhiya Kaccāna said to Venerable Anuruddha: 
;;;‘addhā āyasmatā anuruddhena tāhi devatāhi saddhiṁ sannivutthapubbañceva sallapitapubbañca sākacchā ca samāpajjitapubbā’”ti. 
;;;‘Clearly, Venerable Anuruddha has previously lived together with those deities, conversed, and engaged in discussion.’” 
;;;‘dīgharattaṁ kho me, āvuso kaccāna, tāhi devatāhi saddhiṁ sannivutthapubbañceva sallapitapubbañca sākacchā ca samāpajjitapubbā’”ti. 
;;;For a long time I have previously lived together with those deities, conversed, and engaged in discussion.” 
;;;yaṁ tvañceva taṁ kaṅkhādhammaṁ pahāsi, mayañcimaṁ dhammapariyāyaṁ alatthamhā savanāyā”ti. 
;;;to have given up your state of uncertainty, and to have got the chance to listen to this exposition of the teaching.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Seyyathāpi, anuruddhā, puriso addhānamaggappaṭipanno, tassa ubhatopasse vaṭṭakā uppateyyuṁ, tassa tatonidānaṁ chambhitattaṁ uppajjeyya; ;;;Suppose a person was traveling along a road, and killers were to spring out at them from both sides. They’d feel terrified because of that. 
;;;‘uppilaṁ kho me udapādi, uppilādhikaraṇañca pana me samādhi cavi. 
;;;‘Elation arose in me, and because of that my immersion fell away. 
;;;‘kevalampi rattiṁ, kevalampi divaṁ, kevalampi rattindivaṁ’. 
;;;And this went on for a whole night, a whole day, even a whole night and day. 
;;;Handa dānāhaṁ tividhena samādhiṁ bhāvemī’ti. 
;;;Now let me develop immersion in three ways.’ 
;;;

>En 

Seyyathāpi, anuruddhā, puriso addhānamaggappaṭipanno, tassa ubhatopasse vaṭṭakā uppateyyuṁ, tassa tatonidānaṁ chambhitattaṁ uppajjeyya; ;;;Suppose a person was traveling along a road, and killers were to spring out at them from both sides. They’d feel terrified because of that. 
;;;‘uppilaṁ kho me udapādi, uppilādhikaraṇañca pana me samādhi cavi. 
;;;‘Elation arose in me, and because of that my immersion fell away. 
;;;‘kevalampi rattiṁ, kevalampi divaṁ, kevalampi rattindivaṁ’. 
;;;And this went on for a whole night, a whole day, even a whole night and day. 
;;;Handa dānāhaṁ tividhena samādhiṁ bhāvemī’ti. 
;;;Now let me develop immersion in three ways.’ 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

saṁvijjanteva te dhammā mayi, ahañca tesu dhammesu sandissāmī’ti. ;;;But those bad things are found in me and I exhibit them!’ 
;;;tattaṁ ayokhilaṁ hatthe gamenti, tattaṁ ayokhilaṁ dutiye hatthe gamenti, tattaṁ ayokhilaṁ pāde gamenti, tattaṁ ayokhilaṁ dutiye pāde gamenti, tattaṁ ayokhilaṁ majjhe urasmiṁ gamenti. 
;;;They drive red-hot stakes through the hands and feet, and another in the middle of the chest. 
;;;Tamenaṁ, bhikkhave, nirayapālā rathe yojetvā ādittāya pathaviyā sampajjalitāya sajotibhūtāya sārentipi paccāsārentipi. 
;;;They harness them to a chariot, and drive them back and forth across burning ground, blazing and glowing. … 
;;;Te allānipi tiṇāni sukkhānipi tiṇāni dantullehakaṁ khādanti. 
;;;They eat by cropping fresh or dried grass with their teeth. 
;;;Kīṭā puḷavā gaṇḍuppādā, ye vā panaññepi keci tiracchānagatā pāṇā andhakāre jāyanti andhakāre jīyanti andhakāre mīyanti. 
;;;Moths, maggots, earthworms, and various others. 
;;;oligalle vā jāyanti, ye vā panaññepi keci tiracchānagatā pāṇā asucismiṁ jāyanti asucismiṁ jīyanti asucismiṁ mīyanti. 
;;; 
;;;Tatrāssa kāṇo kacchapo, so vassasatassa vassasatassa accayena sakiṁ ummujjeyya. 
;;;And there was a one-eyed turtle who popped up once every hundred years. 
;;;“Yadi pana, bhante, kadāci karahaci dīghassa addhuno accayenā”ti. 
;;;Only after a very long time, sir, if ever.” 
;;;caṇḍālakulaṁ vā nesādakulaṁ vā venakulaṁ vā rathakārakulaṁ vā pukkusakulaṁ vā. 
;;;They’d be reborn in a low class family—a family of corpse-workers, hunters, bamboo-workers, chariot-makers, or scavengers. 
;;;So ca hoti dubbaṇṇo duddasiko okoṭimako bavhābādho kāṇo vā kuṇī vā khujjo vā pakkhahato vā na lābhī annassa pānassa vatthassa yānassa mālāgandhavilepanassa seyyāvasathapadīpeyyassa. 
;;;And they’d be ugly, unsightly, deformed, sickly—one-eyed, crippled, lame, or half-paralyzed. They don’t get to have food, drink, clothes, and vehicles; garlands, fragrance, and makeup; or bed, house, and lighting. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, akkhadhutto paṭhameneva kaliggahena puttampi jīyetha, dārampi jīyetha, sabbaṁ sāpateyyampi jīyetha, uttaripi adhibandhaṁ nigaccheyya. 
;;;Suppose a gambler were to lose his wife and child, all his property, and then get thrown in jail with his first losing hand. 
;;;Taṁ disvāna rañño khattiyassa muddhāvasittassa evaṁ hoti: 
;;;Seeing this, the king thinks, 
;;;‘ehi kho, mahārāja. Svāgataṁ te, mahārāja. Sakaṁ te, mahārāja. Anusāsa, mahārājā’ti. 
;;;‘Come, great king! Welcome, great king! We are yours, great king, instruct us.’ 
;;;Ye kho pana, bhikkhave, puratthimāya disāya paṭirājāno te rañño cakkavattissa anuyantā bhavanti. 
;;;And so the opposing rulers of the eastern quarter become his vassals. 
;;;Atha kho taṁ, bhikkhave, cakkaratanaṁ puratthimaṁ samuddaṁ ajjhogāhetvā paccuttaritvā dakkhiṇaṁ disaṁ pavattati …pe… 
;;;Then the wheel-treasure, having plunged into the eastern ocean and emerged again, rolls towards the south. … 
;;;paṇḍito byatto medhāvī paṭibalo rājānaṁ cakkavattiṁ upayāpetabbaṁ upayāpetuṁ apayāpetabbaṁ apayāpetuṁ ṭhapetabbaṁ ṭhapetuṁ. 
;;;He is astute, competent, intelligent, and capable of getting the king to appoint who should be appointed, dismiss who should be dismissed, and retain who should be retained. 
;;;

>En 

saṁvijjanteva te dhammā mayi, ahañca tesu dhammesu sandissāmī’ti. ;;;But those bad things are found in me and I exhibit them!’ 
;;;tattaṁ ayokhilaṁ hatthe gamenti, tattaṁ ayokhilaṁ dutiye hatthe gamenti, tattaṁ ayokhilaṁ pāde gamenti, tattaṁ ayokhilaṁ dutiye pāde gamenti, tattaṁ ayokhilaṁ majjhe urasmiṁ gamenti. 
;;;They drive red-hot stakes through the hands and feet, and another in the middle of the chest. 
;;;Tamenaṁ, bhikkhave, nirayapālā rathe yojetvā ādittāya pathaviyā sampajjalitāya sajotibhūtāya sārentipi paccāsārentipi. 
;;;They harness them to a chariot, and drive them back and forth across burning ground, blazing and glowing. … 
;;;Te allānipi tiṇāni sukkhānipi tiṇāni dantullehakaṁ khādanti. 
;;;They eat by cropping fresh or dried grass with their teeth. 
;;;Kīṭā puḷavā gaṇḍuppādā, ye vā panaññepi keci tiracchānagatā pāṇā andhakāre jāyanti andhakāre jīyanti andhakāre mīyanti. 
;;;Moths, maggots, earthworms, and various others. 
;;;oligalle vā jāyanti, ye vā panaññepi keci tiracchānagatā pāṇā asucismiṁ jāyanti asucismiṁ jīyanti asucismiṁ mīyanti. 
;;; 
;;;Tatrāssa kāṇo kacchapo, so vassasatassa vassasatassa accayena sakiṁ ummujjeyya. 
;;;And there was a one-eyed turtle who popped up once every hundred years. 
;;;“Yadi pana, bhante, kadāci karahaci dīghassa addhuno accayenā”ti. 
;;;Only after a very long time, sir, if ever.” 
;;;caṇḍālakulaṁ vā nesādakulaṁ vā venakulaṁ vā rathakārakulaṁ vā pukkusakulaṁ vā. 
;;;They’d be reborn in a low class family—a family of corpse-workers, hunters, bamboo-workers, chariot-makers, or scavengers. 
;;;So ca hoti dubbaṇṇo duddasiko okoṭimako bavhābādho kāṇo vā kuṇī vā khujjo vā pakkhahato vā na lābhī annassa pānassa vatthassa yānassa mālāgandhavilepanassa seyyāvasathapadīpeyyassa. 
;;;And they’d be ugly, unsightly, deformed, sickly—one-eyed, crippled, lame, or half-paralyzed. They don’t get to have food, drink, clothes, and vehicles; garlands, fragrance, and makeup; or bed, house, and lighting. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, akkhadhutto paṭhameneva kaliggahena puttampi jīyetha, dārampi jīyetha, sabbaṁ sāpateyyampi jīyetha, uttaripi adhibandhaṁ nigaccheyya. 
;;;Suppose a gambler were to lose his wife and child, all his property, and then get thrown in jail with his first losing hand. 
;;;Taṁ disvāna rañño khattiyassa muddhāvasittassa evaṁ hoti: 
;;;Seeing this, the king thinks, 
;;;‘ehi kho, mahārāja. Svāgataṁ te, mahārāja. Sakaṁ te, mahārāja. Anusāsa, mahārājā’ti. 
;;;‘Come, great king! Welcome, great king! We are yours, great king, instruct us.’ 
;;;Ye kho pana, bhikkhave, puratthimāya disāya paṭirājāno te rañño cakkavattissa anuyantā bhavanti. 
;;;And so the opposing rulers of the eastern quarter become his vassals. 
;;;Atha kho taṁ, bhikkhave, cakkaratanaṁ puratthimaṁ samuddaṁ ajjhogāhetvā paccuttaritvā dakkhiṇaṁ disaṁ pavattati …pe… 
;;;Then the wheel-treasure, having plunged into the eastern ocean and emerged again, rolls towards the south. … 
;;;paṇḍito byatto medhāvī paṭibalo rājānaṁ cakkavattiṁ upayāpetabbaṁ upayāpetuṁ apayāpetabbaṁ apayāpetuṁ ṭhapetabbaṁ ṭhapetuṁ. 
;;;He is astute, competent, intelligent, and capable of getting the king to appoint who should be appointed, dismiss who should be dismissed, and retain who should be retained. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

‘ambho purisa, tassa te viññussa sato mahallakassa na etadahosi— ;;;‘Mister, did it not occur to you—being sensible and mature— 
;;;‘ambho purisa, tassa te viññussa sato mahallakassa na etadahosi— 
;;;‘Mister, did it not occur to you—being sensible and mature— 
;;;‘ambho purisa, tassa te viññussa sato mahallakassa na etadahosi— 
;;;‘Mister, did it not occur to you—being sensible and mature— 
;;;‘ambho purisa, tassa te viññussa sato mahallakassa na etadahosi— 
;;;‘Mister, did it not occur to you—being sensible and mature— 
;;;‘ambho purisa, tassa te viññussa sato mahallakassa na etadahosi— 
;;;‘Mister, did it not occur to you—being sensible and mature— 
;;;Yato ca kho so, bhikkhave, bahusampatto hoti, atha taṁ dvāraṁ pidhīyati. 
;;;but when they’ve managed to make it most of the way, the gate is slammed shut. 
;;;Tassa kho pana, bhikkhave, kukkulanirayassa samanantarā sahitameva mahantaṁ simbalivanaṁ uddhaṁ yojanamuggataṁ soḷasaṅgulakaṇṭakaṁ ādittaṁ sampajjalitaṁ sajotibhūtaṁ. 
;;;Immediately adjacent to the Hell of Burning Chaff is the vast Red Silk-Cotton Forest. It’s a league high, full of sixteen-inch thorns, burning, blazing, and glowing. 
;;;So tassa oṭṭhampi dahati, mukhampi dahati, kaṇṭhampi dahati, urampi dahati, antampi antaguṇampi ādāya adhobhāgā nikkhamati. 
;;;It burns their lips, mouth, tongue, throat, and stomach before coming out below dragging their entrails. 
;;;

>En 

‘ambho purisa, tassa te viññussa sato mahallakassa na etadahosi— ;;;‘Mister, did it not occur to you—being sensible and mature— 
;;;‘ambho purisa, tassa te viññussa sato mahallakassa na etadahosi— 
;;;‘Mister, did it not occur to you—being sensible and mature— 
;;;‘ambho purisa, tassa te viññussa sato mahallakassa na etadahosi— 
;;;‘Mister, did it not occur to you—being sensible and mature— 
;;;‘ambho purisa, tassa te viññussa sato mahallakassa na etadahosi— 
;;;‘Mister, did it not occur to you—being sensible and mature— 
;;;‘ambho purisa, tassa te viññussa sato mahallakassa na etadahosi— 
;;;‘Mister, did it not occur to you—being sensible and mature— 
;;;Yato ca kho so, bhikkhave, bahusampatto hoti, atha taṁ dvāraṁ pidhīyati. 
;;;but when they’ve managed to make it most of the way, the gate is slammed shut. 
;;;Tassa kho pana, bhikkhave, kukkulanirayassa samanantarā sahitameva mahantaṁ simbalivanaṁ uddhaṁ yojanamuggataṁ soḷasaṅgulakaṇṭakaṁ ādittaṁ sampajjalitaṁ sajotibhūtaṁ. 
;;;Immediately adjacent to the Hell of Burning Chaff is the vast Red Silk-Cotton Forest. It’s a league high, full of sixteen-inch thorns, burning, blazing, and glowing. 
;;;So tassa oṭṭhampi dahati, mukhampi dahati, kaṇṭhampi dahati, urampi dahati, antampi antaguṇampi ādāya adhobhāgā nikkhamati. 
;;;It burns their lips, mouth, tongue, throat, and stomach before coming out below dragging their entrails. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Asaṁhīraṁ asaṅkuppaṁ, ;;;The unfaltering, the unshakable: 
;;;santo ācikkhate muni. 
;;;so declares the peaceful sage. 
;;;

>En 

Asaṁhīraṁ asaṅkuppaṁ, ;;;The unfaltering, the unshakable: 
;;;santo ācikkhate muni. 
;;;so declares the peaceful sage. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenupaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat, went to the assembly hall, where he sat on the seat spread out, 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenupaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat, went to the assembly hall, where he sat on the seat spread out, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Vibhajatāyasmā mahākaccāno agaruṁ karitvā”ti. ;;;Please explain this, if it’s no trouble.” 
;;;

>En 

Vibhajatāyasmā mahākaccāno agaruṁ karitvā”ti. ;;;Please explain this, if it’s no trouble.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Candano, bhikkhu, devaputto aṭṭhiṁ katvā manasikatvā sabbacetasā samannāharitvā ohitasoto dhammaṁ suṇāti. ;;;Candana pays attention, applies the mind, concentrates wholeheartedly, and actively listens to the teaching. 
;;;

>En 

Candano, bhikkhu, devaputto aṭṭhiṁ katvā manasikatvā sabbacetasā samannāharitvā ohitasoto dhammaṁ suṇāti. ;;;Candana pays attention, applies the mind, concentrates wholeheartedly, and actively listens to the teaching. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

dissanti bavhābādhā, dissanti appābādhā; ;;;sickly and healthy, 
;;;

>En 

dissanti bavhābādhā, dissanti appābādhā; ;;;sickly and healthy, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Mā hevaṁ, āvuso potaliputta, avaca; mā hevaṁ, āvuso potaliputta, avaca; mā bhagavantaṁ abbhācikkhi. Na hi sādhu bhagavato abbhakkhānaṁ. Na hi bhagavā evaṁ vadeyya: ;;;“Don’t say that, Reverend Potaliputta, don’t say that! Don’t misrepresent the Buddha, for misrepresentation of the Buddha is not good. And the Buddha would not say this: 
;;;Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā samiddhi yāvatako ahosi potaliputtena paribbājakena saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ āyasmato ānandassa ārocesi. 
;;;and informed Ānanda of all they had discussed. 
;;;Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando yāvatako ahosi āyasmato samiddhissa potaliputtena paribbājakena saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi. 
;;;and told him what had happened. 
;;;“dassanampi kho ahaṁ, ānanda, potaliputtassa paribbājakassa nābhijānāmi, kuto panevarūpaṁ kathāsallāpaṁ? 
;;;“I don’t recall even seeing the wanderer Potaliputta, Ānanda, so how could we have had such a discussion? 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi: 
;;;But the Buddha said to Venerable Ānanda, 
;;;“passasi no tvaṁ, ānanda, imassa udāyissa moghapurisassa ummaṅgaṁ? 
;;;“See what this futile man Udāyī comes up with? 
;;;Evaṁ byākaramāno kho, ānanda, samiddhi moghapuriso potaliputtassa paribbājakassa sammā byākaramāno byākareyya. 
;;;Answering in this way, Samiddhi would have rightly answered Potaliputta. 
;;;

>En 

“Mā hevaṁ, āvuso potaliputta, avaca; mā hevaṁ, āvuso potaliputta, avaca; mā bhagavantaṁ abbhācikkhi. Na hi sādhu bhagavato abbhakkhānaṁ. Na hi bhagavā evaṁ vadeyya: ;;;“Don’t say that, Reverend Potaliputta, don’t say that! Don’t misrepresent the Buddha, for misrepresentation of the Buddha is not good. And the Buddha would not say this: 
;;;Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā samiddhi yāvatako ahosi potaliputtena paribbājakena saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ āyasmato ānandassa ārocesi. 
;;;and informed Ānanda of all they had discussed. 
;;;Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando yāvatako ahosi āyasmato samiddhissa potaliputtena paribbājakena saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi. 
;;;and told him what had happened. 
;;;“dassanampi kho ahaṁ, ānanda, potaliputtassa paribbājakassa nābhijānāmi, kuto panevarūpaṁ kathāsallāpaṁ? 
;;;“I don’t recall even seeing the wanderer Potaliputta, Ānanda, so how could we have had such a discussion? 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi: 
;;;But the Buddha said to Venerable Ānanda, 
;;;“passasi no tvaṁ, ānanda, imassa udāyissa moghapurisassa ummaṅgaṁ? 
;;;“See what this futile man Udāyī comes up with? 
;;;Evaṁ byākaramāno kho, ānanda, samiddhi moghapuriso potaliputtassa paribbājakassa sammā byākaramāno byākareyya. 
;;;Answering in this way, Samiddhi would have rightly answered Potaliputta. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

‘kudāssu nāmāhaṁ tadāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharissāmi yadariyā etarahi āyatanaṁ upasampajja viharantī’ti iti anuttaresu vimokkhesu pihaṁ upaṭṭhāpayato uppajjati pihapaccayā domanassaṁ. ;;;‘Oh, when will I enter and remain in the same dimension that the noble ones enter and remain in today?’ When you give rise to yearning for the supreme liberations like this, sadness arises because of the yearning. 
;;;

>En 

‘kudāssu nāmāhaṁ tadāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharissāmi yadariyā etarahi āyatanaṁ upasampajja viharantī’ti iti anuttaresu vimokkhesu pihaṁ upaṭṭhāpayato uppajjati pihapaccayā domanassaṁ. ;;;‘Oh, when will I enter and remain in the same dimension that the noble ones enter and remain in today?’ When you give rise to yearning for the supreme liberations like this, sadness arises because of the yearning. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Tathā tathā, bhikkhave, bhikkhu upaparikkheyya yathā yathā upaparikkhato bahiddhā cassa viññāṇaṁ avikkhittaṁ avisaṭaṁ, ajjhattaṁ asaṇṭhitaṁ anupādāya na paritasseyya. ;;;“A mendicant should thoroughly examine such that for the examiner, if consciousness were not scattered and diffused externally, nor stuck internally, it would not be anxious because of grasping. 
;;;Kathañcāvuso, ajjhattaṁ saṇṭhitanti vuccati? 
;;;And how is it said to be stuck internally? 
;;;Tassa adukkhamasukhānusāri viññāṇaṁ hoti adukkhamasukhassādagadhitaṁ adukkhamasukhassādavinibandhaṁ adukkhamasukhassādasaṁyojanasaṁyuttaṁ ajjhattaṁ cittaṁ asaṇṭhitanti vuccati. 
;;;When consciousness follows after that neutral feeling—tied, attached, and fettered to gratification in that neutral feeling—the mind is said to be stuck internally. 
;;;Kathañcāvuso, ajjhattaṁ asaṇṭhitanti vuccati? 
;;;And how is it said to be not stuck internally? 
;;;Tassa na adukkhamasukhānusāri viññāṇaṁ hoti na adukkhamasukhassādagadhitaṁ na adukkhamasukhassādavinibandhaṁ na adukkhamasukhassādasaṁyojanasaṁyuttaṁ ajjhattaṁ cittaṁ asaṇṭhitanti vuccati. 
;;;When consciousness does not follow after that neutral feeling—not tied, attached, and fettered to gratification in that neutral feeling—the mind is said to be not stuck internally. 
;;;Cetaso pariyādānā na cevuttāsavā hoti na ca vighātavā na ca apekkhavā anupādāya ca na paritassati. 
;;;So it does not become frightened, worried, concerned, or anxious because of grasping. 
;;;Eso cevetassa attho. Evañca naṁ dhāreyyāthā”ti. 
;;;That is what it means, and that’s how you should remember it.” 
;;;

>En 

“Tathā tathā, bhikkhave, bhikkhu upaparikkheyya yathā yathā upaparikkhato bahiddhā cassa viññāṇaṁ avikkhittaṁ avisaṭaṁ, ajjhattaṁ asaṇṭhitaṁ anupādāya na paritasseyya. ;;;“A mendicant should thoroughly examine such that for the examiner, if consciousness were not scattered and diffused externally, nor stuck internally, it would not be anxious because of grasping. 
;;;Kathañcāvuso, ajjhattaṁ saṇṭhitanti vuccati? 
;;;And how is it said to be stuck internally? 
;;;Tassa adukkhamasukhānusāri viññāṇaṁ hoti adukkhamasukhassādagadhitaṁ adukkhamasukhassādavinibandhaṁ adukkhamasukhassādasaṁyojanasaṁyuttaṁ ajjhattaṁ cittaṁ asaṇṭhitanti vuccati. 
;;;When consciousness follows after that neutral feeling—tied, attached, and fettered to gratification in that neutral feeling—the mind is said to be stuck internally. 
;;;Kathañcāvuso, ajjhattaṁ asaṇṭhitanti vuccati? 
;;;And how is it said to be not stuck internally? 
;;;Tassa na adukkhamasukhānusāri viññāṇaṁ hoti na adukkhamasukhassādagadhitaṁ na adukkhamasukhassādavinibandhaṁ na adukkhamasukhassādasaṁyojanasaṁyuttaṁ ajjhattaṁ cittaṁ asaṇṭhitanti vuccati. 
;;;When consciousness does not follow after that neutral feeling—not tied, attached, and fettered to gratification in that neutral feeling—the mind is said to be not stuck internally. 
;;;Cetaso pariyādānā na cevuttāsavā hoti na ca vighātavā na ca apekkhavā anupādāya ca na paritassati. 
;;;So it does not become frightened, worried, concerned, or anxious because of grasping. 
;;;Eso cevetassa attho. Evañca naṁ dhāreyyāthā”ti. 
;;;That is what it means, and that’s how you should remember it.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Rahovādaṁ na bhāseyya, sammukhā na khīṇaṁ bhaṇe. ;;;Don’t talk behind people’s backs, and don’t speak sharply in their presence. 
;;;Kathañca, bhikkhave, nevussādanā hoti na apasādanā, dhammadesanā ca? 
;;;And how is there neither flattering nor rebuking, and just teaching Dhamma? 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, tadevekaccesu janapadesu ‘pātī’ti sañjānanti, ‘pattan’ti sañjānanti, ‘vittan’ti sañjānanti, ‘sarāvan’ti sañjānanti ‘dhāropan’ti sañjānanti, ‘poṇan’ti sañjānanti, ‘pisīlavan’ti sañjānanti. 
;;;It’s when among different populations they label the same thing as a ‘pot’, a ‘bowl’, a ‘jar’, a ‘scoop’, a ‘vessel’, a ‘dish’, or a ‘plate’. 
;;;

>En 

Rahovādaṁ na bhāseyya, sammukhā na khīṇaṁ bhaṇe. ;;;Don’t talk behind people’s backs, and don’t speak sharply in their presence. 
;;;Kathañca, bhikkhave, nevussādanā hoti na apasādanā, dhammadesanā ca? 
;;;And how is there neither flattering nor rebuking, and just teaching Dhamma? 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, tadevekaccesu janapadesu ‘pātī’ti sañjānanti, ‘pattan’ti sañjānanti, ‘vittan’ti sañjānanti, ‘sarāvan’ti sañjānanti ‘dhāropan’ti sañjānanti, ‘poṇan’ti sañjānanti, ‘pisīlavan’ti sañjānanti. 
;;;It’s when among different populations they label the same thing as a ‘pot’, a ‘bowl’, a ‘jar’, a ‘scoop’, a ‘vessel’, a ‘dish’, or a ‘plate’. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“sace te, bhaggava, agaru viharemu āvesane ekarattan”ti. ;;;“Bhaggava, if it is no trouble, I’d like to spend a single night in your workshop.” 
;;;“Urundaṁ, āvuso, kumbhakārāvesanaṁ. 
;;;“The potter’s workshop is spacious, reverend. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā kumbhakārāvesanaṁ pavisitvā ekamantaṁ tiṇasanthārakaṁ paññāpetvā nisīdi pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;Then the Buddha entered the workshop and spread out a grass mat to one side. He sat down cross-legged, set his body straight, and established mindfulness in his presence. 
;;;“mamañca khvāyaṁ kulaputto uddissa pabbajito. 
;;;“This gentleman has gone forth in my name. 
;;;uddhaṅgamā vātā adhogamā vātā kucchisayā vātā koṭṭhāsayā vātā aṅgamaṅgānusārino vātā assāso passāso iti, yaṁ vā panaññampi kiñci ajjhattaṁ paccattaṁ vāyo vāyogataṁ upādinnaṁ— 
;;;winds that go up or down, winds in the belly or the bowels, winds that flow through the limbs, in-breaths and out-breaths; or anything else internal, pertaining to an individual, that’s air, airy, and appropriated. 
;;;kaṇṇacchiddaṁ nāsacchiddaṁ mukhadvāraṁ yena ca asitapītakhāyitasāyitaṁ ajjhoharati, yattha ca asitapītakhāyitasāyitaṁ santiṭṭhati, yena ca asitapītakhāyitasāyitaṁ adhobhāgaṁ nikkhamati, yaṁ vā panaññampi kiñci ajjhattaṁ paccattaṁ ākāsaṁ ākāsagataṁ aghaṁ aghagataṁ vivaraṁ vivaragataṁ asamphuṭṭhaṁ maṁsalohitehi upādinnaṁ— 
;;;the ear canals, nostrils, and mouth; and the space for swallowing what is eaten and drunk, the space where it stays, and the space for excreting it from the nether regions; or anything else internal, pertaining to an individual, that’s space, spacious, and appropriated. 
;;;Tena ca viññāṇena kiṁ vijānāti? 
;;;And what does that consciousness know? 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhu, dvinnaṁ kaṭṭhānaṁ saṅghaṭṭā samodhānā usmā jāyati, tejo abhinibbattati, tesaṁyeva dvinnaṁ kaṭṭhānaṁ nānābhāvā vinikkhepā yā tajjā usmā sā nirujjhati, sā vūpasammati; 
;;;When you rub two sticks together, heat is generated and fire is produced. But when you part the sticks and lay them aside, any corresponding heat ceases and stops. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhu, dakkho suvaṇṇakāro vā suvaṇṇakārantevāsī vā ukkaṁ bandheyya, ukkaṁ bandhitvā ukkāmukhaṁ ālimpeyya, ukkāmukhaṁ ālimpetvā saṇḍāsena jātarūpaṁ gahetvā ukkāmukhe pakkhipeyya, tamenaṁ kālena kālaṁ abhidhameyya, kālena kālaṁ udakena paripphoseyya, kālena kālaṁ ajjhupekkheyya, taṁ hoti jātarūpaṁ sudhantaṁ niddhantaṁ nīhaṭaṁ ninnītakasāvaṁ mudu ca kammaññañca pabhassarañca, yassā yassā ca piḷandhanavikatiyā ākaṅkhati—yadi paṭṭikāya yadi kuṇḍalāya yadi gīveyyakāya yadi suvaṇṇamālāya tañcassa atthaṁ anubhoti; 
;;;It’s like when a deft goldsmith or a goldsmith’s apprentice prepares a forge, fires the crucible, picks up some native gold with tongs and puts it in the crucible. From time to time they fan it, from time to time they sprinkle water on it, and from time to time they just watch over it. That gold becomes pliable, workable, and radiant, not brittle, and is ready to be worked. Then the goldsmith can successfully create any kind of ornament they want, whether a bracelet, earrings, a necklace, or a golden garland. 
;;;Maññitaṁ, bhikkhu, rogo maññitaṁ gaṇḍo maññitaṁ sallaṁ. 
;;;Conceiving is a disease, a boil, a dart. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmantaṁ pukkusātiṁ pattacīvarapariyesanaṁ carantaṁ vibbhantā gāvī jīvitā voropesi. 
;;;But while he was wandering in search of a bowl and robes, a stray cow took his life. 
;;;“Paṇḍito, bhikkhave, pukkusāti kulaputto paccapādi dhammassānudhammaṁ, na ca maṁ dhammādhikaraṇaṁ vihesesi. 
;;;“Mendicants, Pukkusāti was astute. He practiced in line with the teachings, and did not trouble me about the teachings. 
;;;

>En 

“sace te, bhaggava, agaru viharemu āvesane ekarattan”ti. ;;;“Bhaggava, if it is no trouble, I’d like to spend a single night in your workshop.” 
;;;“Urundaṁ, āvuso, kumbhakārāvesanaṁ. 
;;;“The potter’s workshop is spacious, reverend. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā kumbhakārāvesanaṁ pavisitvā ekamantaṁ tiṇasanthārakaṁ paññāpetvā nisīdi pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;Then the Buddha entered the workshop and spread out a grass mat to one side. He sat down cross-legged, set his body straight, and established mindfulness in his presence. 
;;;“mamañca khvāyaṁ kulaputto uddissa pabbajito. 
;;;“This gentleman has gone forth in my name. 
;;;uddhaṅgamā vātā adhogamā vātā kucchisayā vātā koṭṭhāsayā vātā aṅgamaṅgānusārino vātā assāso passāso iti, yaṁ vā panaññampi kiñci ajjhattaṁ paccattaṁ vāyo vāyogataṁ upādinnaṁ— 
;;;winds that go up or down, winds in the belly or the bowels, winds that flow through the limbs, in-breaths and out-breaths; or anything else internal, pertaining to an individual, that’s air, airy, and appropriated. 
;;;kaṇṇacchiddaṁ nāsacchiddaṁ mukhadvāraṁ yena ca asitapītakhāyitasāyitaṁ ajjhoharati, yattha ca asitapītakhāyitasāyitaṁ santiṭṭhati, yena ca asitapītakhāyitasāyitaṁ adhobhāgaṁ nikkhamati, yaṁ vā panaññampi kiñci ajjhattaṁ paccattaṁ ākāsaṁ ākāsagataṁ aghaṁ aghagataṁ vivaraṁ vivaragataṁ asamphuṭṭhaṁ maṁsalohitehi upādinnaṁ— 
;;;the ear canals, nostrils, and mouth; and the space for swallowing what is eaten and drunk, the space where it stays, and the space for excreting it from the nether regions; or anything else internal, pertaining to an individual, that’s space, spacious, and appropriated. 
;;;Tena ca viññāṇena kiṁ vijānāti? 
;;;And what does that consciousness know? 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhu, dvinnaṁ kaṭṭhānaṁ saṅghaṭṭā samodhānā usmā jāyati, tejo abhinibbattati, tesaṁyeva dvinnaṁ kaṭṭhānaṁ nānābhāvā vinikkhepā yā tajjā usmā sā nirujjhati, sā vūpasammati; 
;;;When you rub two sticks together, heat is generated and fire is produced. But when you part the sticks and lay them aside, any corresponding heat ceases and stops. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhu, dakkho suvaṇṇakāro vā suvaṇṇakārantevāsī vā ukkaṁ bandheyya, ukkaṁ bandhitvā ukkāmukhaṁ ālimpeyya, ukkāmukhaṁ ālimpetvā saṇḍāsena jātarūpaṁ gahetvā ukkāmukhe pakkhipeyya, tamenaṁ kālena kālaṁ abhidhameyya, kālena kālaṁ udakena paripphoseyya, kālena kālaṁ ajjhupekkheyya, taṁ hoti jātarūpaṁ sudhantaṁ niddhantaṁ nīhaṭaṁ ninnītakasāvaṁ mudu ca kammaññañca pabhassarañca, yassā yassā ca piḷandhanavikatiyā ākaṅkhati—yadi paṭṭikāya yadi kuṇḍalāya yadi gīveyyakāya yadi suvaṇṇamālāya tañcassa atthaṁ anubhoti; 
;;;It’s like when a deft goldsmith or a goldsmith’s apprentice prepares a forge, fires the crucible, picks up some native gold with tongs and puts it in the crucible. From time to time they fan it, from time to time they sprinkle water on it, and from time to time they just watch over it. That gold becomes pliable, workable, and radiant, not brittle, and is ready to be worked. Then the goldsmith can successfully create any kind of ornament they want, whether a bracelet, earrings, a necklace, or a golden garland. 
;;;Maññitaṁ, bhikkhu, rogo maññitaṁ gaṇḍo maññitaṁ sallaṁ. 
;;;Conceiving is a disease, a boil, a dart. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmantaṁ pukkusātiṁ pattacīvarapariyesanaṁ carantaṁ vibbhantā gāvī jīvitā voropesi. 
;;;But while he was wandering in search of a bowl and robes, a stray cow took his life. 
;;;“Paṇḍito, bhikkhave, pukkusāti kulaputto paccapādi dhammassānudhammaṁ, na ca maṁ dhammādhikaraṇaṁ vihesesi. 
;;;“Mendicants, Pukkusāti was astute. He practiced in line with the teachings, and did not trouble me about the teachings. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Sevatha, bhikkhave, sāriputtamoggallāne; ;;;Mendicants, you should cultivate friendship with Sāriputta and Moggallāna. 
;;;bhajatha, bhikkhave, sāriputtamoggallāne. 
;;;You should associate with Sāriputta and Moggallāna. 
;;;seyyathāpi jātassa āpādetā, evaṁ moggallāno. 
;;;while Moggallāna is like one who raises the child. 
;;;Sāriputto, bhikkhave, sotāpattiphale vineti, moggallāno uttamatthe. 
;;;Sāriputta guides people to the fruit of stream-entry, Moggallāna to the highest goal. 
;;;Katamañcāvuso, dukkhanirodhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ? 
;;;And what is the noble truth of the cessation of suffering? 
;;;

>En 

Sevatha, bhikkhave, sāriputtamoggallāne; ;;;Mendicants, you should cultivate friendship with Sāriputta and Moggallāna. 
;;;bhajatha, bhikkhave, sāriputtamoggallāne. 
;;;You should associate with Sāriputta and Moggallāna. 
;;;seyyathāpi jātassa āpādetā, evaṁ moggallāno. 
;;;while Moggallāna is like one who raises the child. 
;;;Sāriputto, bhikkhave, sotāpattiphale vineti, moggallāno uttamatthe. 
;;;Sāriputta guides people to the fruit of stream-entry, Moggallāna to the highest goal. 
;;;Katamañcāvuso, dukkhanirodhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ? 
;;;And what is the noble truth of the cessation of suffering? 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho mahāpajāpati gotamī navaṁ dussayugaṁ ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho mahāpajāpati gotamī bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: ;;;Then Mahāpajāpati Gotamī approached the Buddha bringing a new pair of garments. She bowed, sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha, 
;;;Bahūpakārā, bhante, mahāpajāpati gotamī bhagavato mātucchā āpādikā posikā khīrassa dāyikā; 
;;;Sir, Mahāpajāpati was very helpful to the Buddha. As his aunt, she raised him, nurtured him, and gave him her milk. 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho mahāpajāpati gotamī navaṁ dussayugaṁ ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho mahāpajāpati gotamī bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: ;;;Then Mahāpajāpati Gotamī approached the Buddha bringing a new pair of garments. She bowed, sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha, 
;;;Bahūpakārā, bhante, mahāpajāpati gotamī bhagavato mātucchā āpādikā posikā khīrassa dāyikā; 
;;;Sir, Mahāpajāpati was very helpful to the Buddha. As his aunt, she raised him, nurtured him, and gave him her milk. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“ehi tvaṁ, ambho purisa, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkama; upasaṅkamitvā mama vacanena bhagavato pāde sirasā vandāhi: ;;;“Please, mister, go to the Buddha, and in my name bow with your head to his feet. Say to him: 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhante sāriputta, balavā puriso tiṇhena sikharena muddhani abhimattheyya; evameva kho me, bhante sāriputta, adhimattā vātā muddhani ūhananti. 
;;;The winds piercing my head are so severe, it feels like a strong man drilling into my head with a sharp point. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhante sāriputta, balavā puriso daḷhena varattakhaṇḍena sīse sīsaveṭhaṁ dadeyya; evameva kho me, bhante sāriputta, adhimattā sīse sīsavedanā. 
;;;The pain in my head is so severe, it feels like a strong man tightening a tough leather strap around my head. 
;;;

>En 

“ehi tvaṁ, ambho purisa, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkama; upasaṅkamitvā mama vacanena bhagavato pāde sirasā vandāhi: ;;;“Please, mister, go to the Buddha, and in my name bow with your head to his feet. Say to him: 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhante sāriputta, balavā puriso tiṇhena sikharena muddhani abhimattheyya; evameva kho me, bhante sāriputta, adhimattā vātā muddhani ūhananti. 
;;;The winds piercing my head are so severe, it feels like a strong man drilling into my head with a sharp point. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhante sāriputta, balavā puriso daḷhena varattakhaṇḍena sīse sīsaveṭhaṁ dadeyya; evameva kho me, bhante sāriputta, adhimattā sīse sīsavedanā. 
;;;The pain in my head is so severe, it feels like a strong man tightening a tough leather strap around my head. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā mahācundo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahācundaṁ etadavoca: ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Sāriputta came out of retreat, went to Venerable Mahācunda and said to him, 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā mahācundo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahācundaṁ etadavoca: ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Sāriputta came out of retreat, went to Venerable Mahācunda and said to him, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho āyasmā puṇṇo sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā puṇṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Puṇṇa came out of retreat and went to the Buddha. He bowed, sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha, 
;;;Tassa taṁ abhinandato abhivadato ajjhosāya tiṭṭhato uppajjati nandī. 
;;;this gives rise to relishing. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā puṇṇo tenevantaravassena pañcamattāni upāsakasatāni paṭivedesi, tenevantaravassena pañcamattāni upāsikasatāni paṭivedesi, tenevantaravassena tisso vijjā sacchākāsi. 
;;;Within that rainy season he confirmed around five hundred male and five hundred female lay followers. And within that same rainy season he realized the three knowledges. 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho āyasmā puṇṇo sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā puṇṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Puṇṇa came out of retreat and went to the Buddha. He bowed, sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha, 
;;;Tassa taṁ abhinandato abhivadato ajjhosāya tiṭṭhato uppajjati nandī. 
;;;this gives rise to relishing. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā puṇṇo tenevantaravassena pañcamattāni upāsakasatāni paṭivedesi, tenevantaravassena pañcamattāni upāsikasatāni paṭivedesi, tenevantaravassena tisso vijjā sacchākāsi. 
;;;Within that rainy season he confirmed around five hundred male and five hundred female lay followers. And within that same rainy season he realized the three knowledges. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

karotu, bhante, bhagavā bhikkhunīnaṁ dhammiṁ kathan”ti. ;;;Please give the nuns a Dhamma talk.” 
;;;“Ettakenapi mayaṁ, bhante, ayyassa nandakassa attamanā abhiraddhā yaṁ no ayyo nandako pavāretī”ti. 
;;;“We’re already delighted and satisfied with Master Nandaka, since he invites us like this.” 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if they're impermanent, suffering, and perishable, are they fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if they're impermanent, suffering, and perishable, are they fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;; 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;; 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;; 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;; 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;; 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;; 
;;;

>En 

karotu, bhante, bhagavā bhikkhunīnaṁ dhammiṁ kathan”ti. ;;;Please give the nuns a Dhamma talk.” 
;;;“Ettakenapi mayaṁ, bhante, ayyassa nandakassa attamanā abhiraddhā yaṁ no ayyo nandako pavāretī”ti. 
;;;“We’re already delighted and satisfied with Master Nandaka, since he invites us like this.” 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if they're impermanent, suffering, and perishable, are they fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if they're impermanent, suffering, and perishable, are they fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;; 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;; 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;; 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;; 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;; 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;; 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ;;;Then as he was in private retreat this thought came to his mind, 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if they're impermanent, suffering, and perishable, are they fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if they're impermanent, suffering, and perishable, are they fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Evaṁ passaṁ, rāhula, sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhusmiṁ nibbindati, rūpesu nibbindati, cakkhuviññāṇe nibbindati, cakkhusamphasse nibbindati, yamidaṁ cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedanāgataṁ saññāgataṁ saṅkhāragataṁ viññāṇagataṁ tasmimpi nibbindati. 
;;;“Seeing this, a learned noble disciple grows disillusioned with the eye, sights, eye consciousness, and eye contact. And they grow disillusioned with anything included in feeling, perception, choices, and consciousness that arises conditioned by eye contact. 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ;;;Then as he was in private retreat this thought came to his mind, 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if they're impermanent, suffering, and perishable, are they fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if they're impermanent, suffering, and perishable, are they fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Evaṁ passaṁ, rāhula, sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhusmiṁ nibbindati, rūpesu nibbindati, cakkhuviññāṇe nibbindati, cakkhusamphasse nibbindati, yamidaṁ cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedanāgataṁ saññāgataṁ saṅkhāragataṁ viññāṇagataṁ tasmimpi nibbindati. 
;;;“Seeing this, a learned noble disciple grows disillusioned with the eye, sights, eye consciousness, and eye contact. And they grow disillusioned with anything included in feeling, perception, choices, and consciousness that arises conditioned by eye contact. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Evaṁ passaṁ, bhikkhave, sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhusmiṁ nibbindati, rūpesu nibbindati, cakkhuviññāṇe nibbindati, cakkhusamphasse nibbindati, vedanāya nibbindati, taṇhāya nibbindati. ;;;Seeing this, a learned noble disciple grows disillusioned with the eye, sights, eye consciousness, eye contact, feeling, and craving. 
;;;

>En 

Evaṁ passaṁ, bhikkhave, sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhusmiṁ nibbindati, rūpesu nibbindati, cakkhuviññāṇe nibbindati, cakkhusamphasse nibbindati, vedanāya nibbindati, taṇhāya nibbindati. ;;;Seeing this, a learned noble disciple grows disillusioned with the eye, sights, eye consciousness, eye contact, feeling, and craving. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

So kāyadukkhampi cetodukkhampi paṭisaṁvedeti. ;;;And they experience physical and mental suffering. 
;;;Tassime dve dhammā yuganandhā vattanti— 
;;;And these two qualities proceed in conjunction: 
;;;

>En 

So kāyadukkhampi cetodukkhampi paṭisaṁvedeti. ;;;And they experience physical and mental suffering. 
;;;Tassime dve dhammā yuganandhā vattanti— 
;;;And these two qualities proceed in conjunction: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Sace pana vo, gahapatayo, aññatitthiyā paribbājakā evaṁ puccheyyuṁ: ;;;If wanderers of other religions were to ask you: 
;;;Ime kho no, āvuso, ākārā, ime anvayā, yena mayaṁ evaṁ vadema— 
;;;These are the reasons and evidence that you have regarding those venerables that justifies saying, 
;;;

>En 

Sace pana vo, gahapatayo, aññatitthiyā paribbājakā evaṁ puccheyyuṁ: ;;;If wanderers of other religions were to ask you: 
;;;Ime kho no, āvuso, ākārā, ime anvayā, yena mayaṁ evaṁ vadema— 
;;;These are the reasons and evidence that you have regarding those venerables that justifies saying, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ bhagavā etadavoca: ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Sāriputta came out of retreat and went to the Buddha. He bowed and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him, 
;;;Mahāpurisavihāro eso, sāriputta, yadidaṁ— 
;;;For emptiness is the meditation of a great man. 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ bhagavā etadavoca: ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Sāriputta came out of retreat and went to the Buddha. He bowed and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him, 
;;;Mahāpurisavihāro eso, sāriputta, yadidaṁ— 
;;;For emptiness is the meditation of a great man. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā gajaṅgalāyaṁ viharati suveḷuvane. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying near Kajaṅgalā in a bamboo grove. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, ānanda, balavā puriso appakasireneva accharaṁ pahareyya; 
;;;It’s like how a strong person can effortlessly snap their fingers. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, ānanda, īsakampoṇe padumapalāse udakaphusitāni pavattanti, na saṇṭhanti; 
;;;It’s like how a drop of water would roll off a gently sloping lotus leaf, and would not stay there. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, ānanda, balavā puriso jivhagge kheḷapiṇḍaṁ saṁyūhitvā appakasirena vameyya; 
;;;It’s like how a strong person who’s formed a glob of spit on the tip of their tongue could easily spit it out. 
;;;

>En 

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā gajaṅgalāyaṁ viharati suveḷuvane. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying near Kajaṅgalā in a bamboo grove. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, ānanda, balavā puriso appakasireneva accharaṁ pahareyya; 
;;;It’s like how a strong person can effortlessly snap their fingers. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, ānanda, īsakampoṇe padumapalāse udakaphusitāni pavattanti, na saṇṭhanti; 
;;;It’s like how a drop of water would roll off a gently sloping lotus leaf, and would not stay there. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, ānanda, balavā puriso jivhagge kheḷapiṇḍaṁ saṁyūhitvā appakasirena vameyya; 
;;;It’s like how a strong person who’s formed a glob of spit on the tip of their tongue could easily spit it out. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

yadāsvāhaṁ, āvuso, āyūhāmi tadāssu nibbuyhāmi. ;;;And when I swam, I was swept away. 
;;;

>En 

yadāsvāhaṁ, āvuso, āyūhāmi tadāssu nibbuyhāmi. ;;;And when I swam, I was swept away. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Nandībhavaparikkhayā, ;;;“With the ending of relish for rebirth, 
;;;

>En 

“Nandībhavaparikkhayā, ;;;“With the ending of relish for rebirth, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Upanīyasutta ;;;Led On 
;;;

>En 

Upanīyasutta ;;;Led On 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Bhūtapubbaṁ, bhikkhave, aññatarā tāvatiṁsakāyikā devatā nandane vane accharāsaṅghaparivutā dibbehi pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappitā samaṅgībhūtā paricārayamānā tāyaṁ velāyaṁ imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi: ;;;“Once upon a time, mendicants, a certain deity of the company of the thirty-three was amusing themselves in the Garden of Delight, escorted by a band of nymphs, and supplied and provided with the five kinds of heavenly sensual stimulation. On that occasion they recited this verse: 
;;;Aniccā sabbasaṅkhārā, 
;;;All conditions are impermanent, 
;;;

>En 

“Bhūtapubbaṁ, bhikkhave, aññatarā tāvatiṁsakāyikā devatā nandane vane accharāsaṅghaparivutā dibbehi pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappitā samaṅgībhūtā paricārayamānā tāyaṁ velāyaṁ imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi: ;;;“Once upon a time, mendicants, a certain deity of the company of the thirty-three was amusing themselves in the Garden of Delight, escorted by a band of nymphs, and supplied and provided with the five kinds of heavenly sensual stimulation. On that occasion they recited this verse: 
;;;Aniccā sabbasaṅkhārā, 
;;;All conditions are impermanent, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Gomā gohi tatheva nandati; ;;;Your cattle also bring you delight! 
;;;

>En 

Gomā gohi tatheva nandati; ;;;Your cattle also bring you delight! 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Natthi sūriyasamā ābhā, ;;;no light like that of the sun, 
;;;

>En 

Natthi sūriyasamā ābhā, ;;;no light like that of the sun, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

balībaddo catuppadaṁ; ;;;an ox is the best of quadrupeds, 
;;;

>En 

balībaddo catuppadaṁ; ;;;an ox is the best of quadrupeds, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Saṇamānasutta ;;;Whispering 
;;;Saṇateva brahāraññaṁ, 
;;;the formidable jungle whispers to itself: 
;;;

>En 

Saṇamānasutta ;;;Whispering 
;;;Saṇateva brahāraññaṁ, 
;;;the formidable jungle whispers to itself: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Niddā tandī vijambhitā, ;;;“Sleepiness, sloth, and yawning, 
;;;Vīriyena naṁ paṇāmetvā, 
;;;when this is energetically fended off, 
;;;

>En 

“Niddā tandī vijambhitā, ;;;“Sleepiness, sloth, and yawning, 
;;;Vīriyena naṁ paṇāmetvā, 
;;;when this is energetically fended off, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho sā devatā pathaviyaṁ patiṭṭhahitvā āyasmantaṁ samiddhiṁ etadavoca: ;;;Then that deity landed on the ground and said to Samiddhi, 
;;;Acchecchi taṇhaṁ idha nāmarūpe; 
;;;craving for name and form was cut off right here. 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho sā devatā pathaviyaṁ patiṭṭhahitvā āyasmantaṁ samiddhiṁ etadavoca: ;;;Then that deity landed on the ground and said to Samiddhi, 
;;;Acchecchi taṇhaṁ idha nāmarūpe; 
;;;craving for name and form was cut off right here. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

ḍayhamānova matthake; ;;;like their head was on fire, 
;;;

>En 

ḍayhamānova matthake; ;;;like their head was on fire, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Sa vītivatto maññataṁ sumedho, ;;;Though that intelligent person has transcended conceiving, 
;;;

>En 

Sa vītivatto maññataṁ sumedho, ;;;Though that intelligent person has transcended conceiving, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Kedha taṇhaṁ pajahiṁsu, ;;;who here has given up craving? 
;;;

>En 

Kedha taṇhaṁ pajahiṁsu, ;;;who here has given up craving? 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

paññā labbhati nāññato”ti. ;;;wisdom is gained—but not from anyone else.” 
;;;

>En 

paññā labbhati nāññato”ti. ;;;wisdom is gained—but not from anyone else.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tasmā satañca asataṁ, ;;;That’s why the virtuous and the wicked 
;;;

>En 

Tasmā satañca asataṁ, ;;;That’s why the virtuous and the wicked 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Pahāsi saṅkhaṁ na vimānamajjhagā, ;;;Assessment was given up, conceit rejected; 
;;;

>En 

Pahāsi saṅkhaṁ na vimānamajjhagā, ;;;Assessment was given up, conceit rejected; 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“accayo no, bhante, accagamā yathābālaṁ yathāmūḷhaṁ yathāakusalaṁ, yā mayaṁ bhagavantaṁ āsādetabbaṁ amaññimhā. ;;;“We have made a mistake, sir. It was foolish, stupid, and unskillful of us to imagine we could attack the Buddha! 
;;;nocidhāpagataṁ siyā; 
;;;if no-one’s gone astray, 
;;;ko ca dhīro sadā sato”ti. 
;;;Who is attentive, ever mindful?” 
;;;sova dhīro sadā satoti. 
;;;for he’s attentive, ever mindful. 
;;;

>En 

“accayo no, bhante, accagamā yathābālaṁ yathāmūḷhaṁ yathāakusalaṁ, yā mayaṁ bhagavantaṁ āsādetabbaṁ amaññimhā. ;;;“We have made a mistake, sir. It was foolish, stupid, and unskillful of us to imagine we could attack the Buddha! 
;;;nocidhāpagataṁ siyā; 
;;;if no-one’s gone astray, 
;;;ko ca dhīro sadā sato”ti. 
;;;Who is attentive, ever mindful?” 
;;;sova dhīro sadā satoti. 
;;;for he’s attentive, ever mindful. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Yannūna mayampi yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkameyyāma; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato santike paccekaṁ gāthaṁ bhāseyyāmā”ti. ;;;“Why don’t we go to the Buddha and each recite a verse in his presence?” 
;;;Cittamattano ujukaṁ akaṁsu; 
;;;they’ve straightened their own minds. 
;;;

>En 

Yannūna mayampi yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkameyyāma; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato santike paccekaṁ gāthaṁ bhāseyyāmā”ti. ;;;“Why don’t we go to the Buddha and each recite a verse in his presence?” 
;;;Cittamattano ujukaṁ akaṁsu; 
;;;they’ve straightened their own minds. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Bhusā sudaṁ bhagavato vedanā vattanti sārīrikā vedanā dukkhā tibbā kharā kaṭukā asātā amanāpā; ;;;The Buddha was stricken by harrowing pains; physical feelings that were painful, sharp, severe, acute, unpleasant, and disagreeable. 
;;;“passa samādhiṁ subhāvitaṁ cittañca suvimuttaṁ, na cābhinataṁ na cāpanataṁ na ca sasaṅkhāraniggayhavāritagataṁ. 
;;;“See, his immersion is so well developed, and his mind is so well freed—not leaning forward or pulling back, and not held in place by forceful suppression. 
;;;

>En 

Bhusā sudaṁ bhagavato vedanā vattanti sārīrikā vedanā dukkhā tibbā kharā kaṭukā asātā amanāpā; ;;;The Buddha was stricken by harrowing pains; physical feelings that were painful, sharp, severe, acute, unpleasant, and disagreeable. 
;;;“passa samādhiṁ subhāvitaṁ cittañca suvimuttaṁ, na cābhinataṁ na cāpanataṁ na ca sasaṅkhāraniggayhavāritagataṁ. 
;;;“See, his immersion is so well developed, and his mind is so well freed—not leaning forward or pulling back, and not held in place by forceful suppression. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho cūḷakokanadā pajjunnassa dhītā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ mahāvanaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. ;;;Then, late at night, the beautiful Kokanadā the Younger, Pajjunna’s daughter, lighting up the entire Great Wood, went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho cūḷakokanadā pajjunnassa dhītā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ mahāvanaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. ;;;Then, late at night, the beautiful Kokanadā the Younger, Pajjunna’s daughter, lighting up the entire Great Wood, went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Parato āsīsare bālā, ;;;They don’t even get 
;;;samparāye ca duggatī”ti. 
;;;and in the next, a bad destination.” 
;;;Ete saggā pakāsanti, 
;;;they illuminate the heavens 
;;;

>En 

Parato āsīsare bālā, ;;;They don’t even get 
;;;samparāye ca duggatī”ti. 
;;;and in the next, a bad destination.” 
;;;Ete saggā pakāsanti, 
;;;they illuminate the heavens 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Ke ca te ataruṁ paṅkaṁ, ;;;“Who are those who’ve crossed the bog, 
;;;bāhuraggi ca siṅgiyo; 
;;;and Bāhudantī and Piṅgiya. 
;;;vekaḷiṅge ghaṭīkaro; 
;;;in Vebhaliṅga called Ghaṭīkāra. 
;;;

>En 

“Ke ca te ataruṁ paṅkaṁ, ;;;“Who are those who’ve crossed the bog, 
;;;bāhuraggi ca siṅgiyo; 
;;;and Bāhudantī and Piṅgiya. 
;;;vekaḷiṅge ghaṭīkaro; 
;;;in Vebhaliṅga called Ghaṭīkāra. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Kiṁsu pavasato mittaṁ, ;;;“Who’s your friend abroad? 
;;;

>En 

“Kiṁsu pavasato mittaṁ, ;;;“Who’s your friend abroad? 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

ye pāṇā pathavissitā”ti. ;;;sustain their life?” 
;;;bhariyā ca paramo sakhā; 
;;;A wife is the best companion. 
;;;

>En 

ye pāṇā pathavissitā”ti. ;;;sustain their life?” 
;;;bhariyā ca paramo sakhā; 
;;;A wife is the best companion. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Kiṁsu dutiyā purisassa hoti, ;;;“What is a person’s partner? 
;;;

>En 

“Kiṁsu dutiyā purisassa hoti, ;;;“What is a person’s partner? 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

7. Addhavagga ;;;7. Oppressed 
;;;“Kiṁsu sabbaṁ addhabhavi, 
;;;“What oppresses everything? 
;;;

>En 

7. Addhavagga ;;;7. Oppressed 
;;;“Kiṁsu sabbaṁ addhabhavi, 
;;;“What oppresses everything? 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Nandīsaṁyojano loko, ;;;“Delight fetters the world. 
;;;

>En 

“Nandīsaṁyojano loko, ;;;“Delight fetters the world. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Attahatasutta ;;;Beaten Down 
;;;Kena sallena otiṇṇo, 
;;;What dart has laid it low? 
;;;Taṇhāsallena otiṇṇo, 
;;;The dart of craving has struck it down. 
;;;

>En 

Attahatasutta ;;;Beaten Down 
;;;Kena sallena otiṇṇo, 
;;;What dart has laid it low? 
;;;Taṇhāsallena otiṇṇo, 
;;;The dart of craving has struck it down. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

8. Chetvāvagga ;;;8. Incinerated 
;;;Chetvāsutta 
;;;Incinerated 
;;;“Kiṁsu chetvā sukhaṁ seti, 
;;;“When what is incinerated do you sleep at ease? 
;;;

>En 

8. Chetvāvagga ;;;8. Incinerated 
;;;Chetvāsutta 
;;;Incinerated 
;;;“Kiṁsu chetvā sukhaṁ seti, 
;;;“When what is incinerated do you sleep at ease? 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Kiṁsu have sādutaraṁ rasānaṁ, ;;;What’s the sweetest taste of all? 
;;;

>En 

Kiṁsu have sādutaraṁ rasānaṁ, ;;;What’s the sweetest taste of all? 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Bhītāsutta ;;;Afraid 
;;;

>En 

Bhītāsutta ;;;Afraid 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

yattha vittaṁ na tiṭṭhati; ;;;where one’s wealth leaks out? 
;;;

>En 

yattha vittaṁ na tiṭṭhati; ;;;where one’s wealth leaks out? 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Issariyasutta ;;;Authority 
;;;

>En 

Issariyasutta ;;;Authority 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Nāyūhatī pāragato hi sova. ;;;need not strive, for they have reached the far shore. 
;;;Nāyūhatī pāragato hi so”ti. 
;;;they need not strive, for they have reached the far shore.” 
;;;

>En 

Nāyūhatī pāragato hi sova. ;;;need not strive, for they have reached the far shore. 
;;;Nāyūhatī pāragato hi so”ti. 
;;;they need not strive, for they have reached the far shore.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Yo jhānamabujjhi buddho, ;;;who woke up to absorption, 
;;;

>En 

Yo jhānamabujjhi buddho, ;;;who woke up to absorption, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Sūriyasutta ;;;The Sun 
;;;Rāhu sūriyaṁ pamuñcassu, 
;;;The Buddhas have compassion for the world— 
;;;

>En 

Sūriyasutta ;;;The Sun 
;;;Rāhu sūriyaṁ pamuñcassu, 
;;;The Buddhas have compassion for the world— 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Sukhitāva te manujā, ;;;“Happy are the children of Manu 
;;;Yuñjaṁ gotamasāsane, 
;;;They apply themselves to Gotama’s instructions, 
;;;“Ye me pavutte siṭṭhipade, 
;;;“Those who practice absorption in accord with the training”, 
;;;

>En 

“Sukhitāva te manujā, ;;;“Happy are the children of Manu 
;;;Yuñjaṁ gotamasāsane, 
;;;They apply themselves to Gotama’s instructions, 
;;;“Ye me pavutte siṭṭhipade, 
;;;“Those who practice absorption in accord with the training”, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

ḍayhamānova matthake; ;;;like their head was on fire, 
;;;

>En 

ḍayhamānova matthake; ;;;like their head was on fire, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

niccaṁ ubbiggamidaṁ mano; ;;;this mind is always stressed 
;;;Anuppannesu kicchesu, 
;;;about stresses that haven’t arisen 
;;;“Nāññatra bojjhā tapasā, 
;;;“Not without understanding and fervor, 
;;;

>En 

niccaṁ ubbiggamidaṁ mano; ;;;this mind is always stressed 
;;;Anuppannesu kicchesu, 
;;;about stresses that haven’t arisen 
;;;“Nāññatra bojjhā tapasā, 
;;;“Not without understanding and fervor, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Tena hi, samaṇa, neva nandasi na ca socasī”ti? ;;;“Well then, ascetic, do you neither delight nor sorrow?” 
;;;“Kacci tvaṁ anagho bhikkhu, 
;;;“I hope you’re untroubled, mendicant, 
;;;kacci nandī na vijjati; 
;;;I hope that delight isn’t found in you. 
;;;

>En 

“Tena hi, samaṇa, neva nandasi na ca socasī”ti? ;;;“Well then, ascetic, do you neither delight nor sorrow?” 
;;;“Kacci tvaṁ anagho bhikkhu, 
;;;“I hope you’re untroubled, mendicant, 
;;;kacci nandī na vijjati; 
;;;I hope that delight isn’t found in you. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Yathā sākaṭiko maṭṭhaṁ, ;;;Suppose a cart driver leaves the highway, 
;;;

>En 

Yathā sākaṭiko maṭṭhaṁ, ;;;Suppose a cart driver leaves the highway, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Bhūtapubbāhaṁ, bhante, sirī nāma rājā ahosiṁ dāyako dānapati dānassa vaṇṇavādī. ;;;“Once upon a time, sir, I was a king named Serī, a giver, a donor, who praised giving. 
;;;

>En 

Bhūtapubbāhaṁ, bhante, sirī nāma rājā ahosiṁ dāyako dānapati dānassa vaṇṇavādī. ;;;“Once upon a time, sir, I was a king named Serī, a giver, a donor, who praised giving. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Upako palagaṇḍo ca, ;;;“Upaka and Palagaṇḍa, 
;;;

>En 

“Upako palagaṇḍo ca, ;;;“Upaka and Palagaṇḍa, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“yattha nu kho, bhante, na jāyati na jīyati na mīyati na cavati na upapajjati, sakkā nu kho so, bhante, gamanena lokassa anto ñātuṁ vā daṭṭhuṁ vā pāpuṇituṁ vā”ti? ;;;“Sir, is it possible to know or see or reach the end of the world by traveling to a place where there’s no being born, growing old, dying, passing away, or being reborn?” 
;;;Tassa mayhaṁ, bhante, evarūpo javo ahosi; seyyathāpi nāma daḷhadhammā dhanuggaho susikkhito katahattho katayoggo katūpāsano lahukena asanena appakasireneva tiriyaṁ tālacchāyaṁ atipāteyya. 
;;;I was as fast as a light arrow easily shot across the shadow of a palm tree by a well-trained expert archer with a strong bow. 
;;;

>En 

“yattha nu kho, bhante, na jāyati na jīyati na mīyati na cavati na upapajjati, sakkā nu kho so, bhante, gamanena lokassa anto ñātuṁ vā daṭṭhuṁ vā pāpuṇituṁ vā”ti? ;;;“Sir, is it possible to know or see or reach the end of the world by traveling to a place where there’s no being born, growing old, dying, passing away, or being reborn?” 
;;;Tassa mayhaṁ, bhante, evarūpo javo ahosi; seyyathāpi nāma daḷhadhammā dhanuggaho susikkhito katahattho katayoggo katūpāsano lahukena asanena appakasireneva tiriyaṁ tālacchāyaṁ atipāteyya. 
;;;I was as fast as a light arrow easily shot across the shadow of a palm tree by a well-trained expert archer with a strong bow. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Kassa hi nāma, bhante, abālassa aduṭṭhassa amūḷhassa avipallatthacittassa āyasmā sāriputto na rucceyya? ;;;“Sir, who on earth would not endorse Venerable Sāriputta unless they’re a fool, a hater, delusional, or mentally deranged? 
;;;Kassa hi nāma, bhante, abālassa aduṭṭhassa amūḷhassa avipallatthacittassa āyasmā sāriputto na rucceyyā”ti? 
;;;Who on earth would not endorse Venerable Sāriputta unless they’re a fool, a hater, delusional, or mentally deranged?” 
;;;Kassa hi nāma, ānanda, abālassa aduṭṭhassa amūḷhassa avipallatthacittassa sāriputto na rucceyya? 
;;;Who on earth would not endorse Venerable Sāriputta unless they’re a fool, a hater, delusional, or mentally deranged?” 
;;;Kassa hi nāma, ānanda, abālassa aduṭṭhassa amūḷhassa avipallatthacittassa sāriputto na rucceyyā”ti? 
;;; 
;;;Kassa hi nāma, bhante, abālassa aduṭṭhassa amūḷhassa avipallatthacittassa āyasmā sāriputto na rucceyya? 
;;;Who on earth would not endorse Venerable Sāriputta unless they’re a fool, a hater, delusional, or mentally deranged?” 
;;;Kassa hi nāma, bhante, abālassa aduṭṭhassa amūḷhassa avipallatthacittassa āyasmā sāriputto na rucceyya? 
;;; 
;;;Kassa hi nāma, bhante, abālassa aduṭṭhassa amūḷhassa avipallatthacittassa āyasmā sāriputto na rucceyyā”ti? 
;;; 
;;;kālaṁ kaṅkhati sudanto”ti. 
;;;developed and well-tamed, he awaits his time.” 
;;;

>En 

“Kassa hi nāma, bhante, abālassa aduṭṭhassa amūḷhassa avipallatthacittassa āyasmā sāriputto na rucceyya? ;;;“Sir, who on earth would not endorse Venerable Sāriputta unless they’re a fool, a hater, delusional, or mentally deranged? 
;;;Kassa hi nāma, bhante, abālassa aduṭṭhassa amūḷhassa avipallatthacittassa āyasmā sāriputto na rucceyyā”ti? 
;;;Who on earth would not endorse Venerable Sāriputta unless they’re a fool, a hater, delusional, or mentally deranged?” 
;;;Kassa hi nāma, ānanda, abālassa aduṭṭhassa amūḷhassa avipallatthacittassa sāriputto na rucceyya? 
;;;Who on earth would not endorse Venerable Sāriputta unless they’re a fool, a hater, delusional, or mentally deranged?” 
;;;Kassa hi nāma, ānanda, abālassa aduṭṭhassa amūḷhassa avipallatthacittassa sāriputto na rucceyyā”ti? 
;;; 
;;;Kassa hi nāma, bhante, abālassa aduṭṭhassa amūḷhassa avipallatthacittassa āyasmā sāriputto na rucceyya? 
;;;Who on earth would not endorse Venerable Sāriputta unless they’re a fool, a hater, delusional, or mentally deranged?” 
;;;Kassa hi nāma, bhante, abālassa aduṭṭhassa amūḷhassa avipallatthacittassa āyasmā sāriputto na rucceyya? 
;;; 
;;;Kassa hi nāma, bhante, abālassa aduṭṭhassa amūḷhassa avipallatthacittassa āyasmā sāriputto na rucceyyā”ti? 
;;; 
;;;kālaṁ kaṅkhati sudanto”ti. 
;;;developed and well-tamed, he awaits his time.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho sambahulā nānātitthiyasāvakā devaputtā asamo ca sahali ca nīko ca ākoṭako ca vegabbhari ca māṇavagāmiyo ca abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ veḷuvanaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu. ;;;Then, late at night, several glorious gods lit up the entire Bamboo Grove. They were Asama, Sahalī, Niṅka, Ākoṭaka, Vetambarī, and Māṇavagāmiya, and all of them were disciples of various monastics of other religions. They went up to the Buddha, bowed, and stood to one side. 
;;;“Sahācaritena chavo sigālo, 
;;;“Though the wretched jackal howls along, 
;;;nakkhattānaṁva candimā; 
;;;and the moon, of lights that shine at night. 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho sambahulā nānātitthiyasāvakā devaputtā asamo ca sahali ca nīko ca ākoṭako ca vegabbhari ca māṇavagāmiyo ca abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ veḷuvanaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu. ;;;Then, late at night, several glorious gods lit up the entire Bamboo Grove. They were Asama, Sahalī, Niṅka, Ākoṭaka, Vetambarī, and Māṇavagāmiya, and all of them were disciples of various monastics of other religions. They went up to the Buddha, bowed, and stood to one side. 
;;;“Sahācaritena chavo sigālo, 
;;;“Though the wretched jackal howls along, 
;;;nakkhattānaṁva candimā; 
;;;and the moon, of lights that shine at night. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Yañhi taṁ, mahārāja, sammā vadamāno vadeyya ‘anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambuddho’ti, mameva taṁ sammā vadamāno vadeyya. ;;;“If anyone should rightly be said to have awakened to the supreme perfect awakening, it’s me. 
;;;

>En 

“Yañhi taṁ, mahārāja, sammā vadamāno vadeyya ‘anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambuddho’ti, mameva taṁ sammā vadamāno vadeyya. ;;;“If anyone should rightly be said to have awakened to the supreme perfect awakening, it’s me. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

tacasāraṁva samphalan”ti. ;;;as a reed is destroyed by its own fruit.” 
;;;

>En 

tacasāraṁva samphalan”ti. ;;;as a reed is destroyed by its own fruit.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Jarāmaraṇasutta ;;;Old Age and Death 
;;;

>En 

Jarāmaraṇasutta ;;;Old Age and Death 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“idha mayhaṁ, bhante, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ;;;“Just now, sir, as I was in private retreat this thought came to mind. 
;;;chāyāva anapāyinī. 
;;;like a shadow that never leaves? 
;;;Taṁvassa anugaṁ hoti, 
;;;That’s what goes with them, 
;;;

>En 

“idha mayhaṁ, bhante, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ;;;“Just now, sir, as I was in private retreat this thought came to mind. 
;;;chāyāva anapāyinī. 
;;;like a shadow that never leaves? 
;;;Taṁvassa anugaṁ hoti, 
;;;That’s what goes with them, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“idha mayhaṁ, bhante, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ;;;“Just now, sir, as I was in private retreat this thought came to mind. 
;;;

>En 

“idha mayhaṁ, bhante, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ;;;“Just now, sir, as I was in private retreat this thought came to mind. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“idha mayhaṁ, bhante, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ;;;“Just now, sir, as I was in private retreat this thought came to mind: 
;;;

>En 

“idha mayhaṁ, bhante, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ;;;“Just now, sir, as I was in private retreat this thought came to mind: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Aḍḍakaraṇasutta ;;;Judgment 
;;;“idhāhaṁ, bhante, aḍḍakaraṇe nisinno passāmi khattiyamahāsālepi brāhmaṇamahāsālepi gahapatimahāsālepi aḍḍhe mahaddhane mahābhoge pahūtajātarūparajate pahūtavittūpakaraṇe pahūtadhanadhaññe kāmahetu kāmanidānaṁ kāmādhikaraṇaṁ sampajānamusā bhāsante. 
;;;“Sir, when I’m sitting in judgment I see well-to-do aristocrats, brahmins, and householders—rich, affluent, and wealthy, with lots of gold and silver, lots of property and assets, and lots of money and grain. But they tell deliberate lies for the sake of sensual pleasures. 
;;;

>En 

Aḍḍakaraṇasutta ;;;Judgment 
;;;“idhāhaṁ, bhante, aḍḍakaraṇe nisinno passāmi khattiyamahāsālepi brāhmaṇamahāsālepi gahapatimahāsālepi aḍḍhe mahaddhane mahābhoge pahūtajātarūparajate pahūtavittūpakaraṇe pahūtadhanadhaññe kāmahetu kāmanidānaṁ kāmādhikaraṇaṁ sampajānamusā bhāsante. 
;;;“Sir, when I’m sitting in judgment I see well-to-do aristocrats, brahmins, and householders—rich, affluent, and wealthy, with lots of gold and silver, lots of property and assets, and lots of money and grain. But they tell deliberate lies for the sake of sensual pleasures. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Mallikāsutta ;;;With Queen Mallikā 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena rājā pasenadi kosalo mallikāya deviyā saddhiṁ uparipāsādavaragato hoti. 
;;;Now at that time King Pasenadi of Kosala was upstairs in the royal longhouse together with Queen Mallikā. 
;;;Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo mallikaṁ deviṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then the king said to the queen, 
;;;“atthi nu kho te, mallike, kocañño attanā piyataro”ti? 
;;;“Mallikā, is there anyone more dear to you than yourself?” 
;;;“Mayhampi kho, mallike, natthañño koci attanā piyataro”ti. 
;;;“For me also, Mallikā, there’s no-one.” 
;;;“idhāhaṁ, bhante, mallikāya deviyā saddhiṁ uparipāsādavaragato mallikaṁ deviṁ etadavocaṁ: 
;;; 
;;;‘atthi nu kho te, mallike, kocañño attanā piyataro’ti? 
;;; 
;;;Evaṁ vutte, bhante, mallikā devī maṁ etadavoca: 
;;; 
;;;Evaṁ vuttāhaṁ, bhante, mallikaṁ deviṁ etadavocaṁ: 
;;; 
;;;‘mayhampi kho, mallike, natthañño koci attanā piyataro’”ti. 
;;; 
;;;

>En 

Mallikāsutta ;;;With Queen Mallikā 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena rājā pasenadi kosalo mallikāya deviyā saddhiṁ uparipāsādavaragato hoti. 
;;;Now at that time King Pasenadi of Kosala was upstairs in the royal longhouse together with Queen Mallikā. 
;;;Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo mallikaṁ deviṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then the king said to the queen, 
;;;“atthi nu kho te, mallike, kocañño attanā piyataro”ti? 
;;;“Mallikā, is there anyone more dear to you than yourself?” 
;;;“Mayhampi kho, mallike, natthañño koci attanā piyataro”ti. 
;;;“For me also, Mallikā, there’s no-one.” 
;;;“idhāhaṁ, bhante, mallikāya deviyā saddhiṁ uparipāsādavaragato mallikaṁ deviṁ etadavocaṁ: 
;;; 
;;;‘atthi nu kho te, mallike, kocañño attanā piyataro’ti? 
;;; 
;;;Evaṁ vutte, bhante, mallikā devī maṁ etadavoca: 
;;; 
;;;Evaṁ vuttāhaṁ, bhante, mallikaṁ deviṁ etadavocaṁ: 
;;; 
;;;‘mayhampi kho, mallike, natthañño koci attanā piyataro’”ti. 
;;; 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Niraggaḷaṁ mahārambhā, ;;;the ‘royal soma drinking’, and the ‘unimpeded’— 
;;;

>En 

Niraggaḷaṁ mahārambhā, ;;;the ‘royal soma drinking’, and the ‘unimpeded’— 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

mallikā yaññabandhananti. ;;;

>En 

mallikā yaññabandhananti. ;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito bahidvārakoṭṭhake nisinno hoti. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and sat outside the gate. 
;;;Tehi paṭhamaṁ ociṇṇaṁ ahaṁ pacchā osāpayissāmi. 
;;;First they go undercover, then I have them report to me. 
;;;Idāni te, bhante, taṁ rajojallaṁ pavāhetvā sunhātā suvilittā kappitakesamassū odātavatthā pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappitā samaṅgībhūtā paricāressantī”ti. 
;;;And now—when they have washed off the dust and dirt, and are nicely bathed and anointed, with hair and beard dressed, and dressed in white—they will amuse themselves, supplied and provided with the five kinds of sensual stimulation.” 
;;;

>En 

Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito bahidvārakoṭṭhake nisinno hoti. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and sat outside the gate. 
;;;Tehi paṭhamaṁ ociṇṇaṁ ahaṁ pacchā osāpayissāmi. 
;;;First they go undercover, then I have them report to me. 
;;;Idāni te, bhante, taṁ rajojallaṁ pavāhetvā sunhātā suvilittā kappitakesamassū odātavatthā pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappitā samaṅgībhūtā paricāressantī”ti. 
;;;And now—when they have washed off the dust and dirt, and are nicely bathed and anointed, with hair and beard dressed, and dressed in white—they will amuse themselves, supplied and provided with the five kinds of sensual stimulation.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Yathā no bhagavā byākarissati tathā naṁ dhāressāmā”ti. ;;;As he answers, so we’ll remember it.” 
;;;Teva, mahārāja, rūpā ekaccassa manāpā honti, teva rūpā ekaccassa amanāpā honti. 
;;;The very same sights that are agreeable to some are disagreeable to others. 
;;;

>En 

Yathā no bhagavā byākarissati tathā naṁ dhāressāmā”ti. ;;;As he answers, so we’ll remember it.” 
;;;Teva, mahārāja, rūpā ekaccassa manāpā honti, teva rūpā ekaccassa amanāpā honti. 
;;;The very same sights that are agreeable to some are disagreeable to others. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“ehi tvaṁ, tāta sudassana, bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ pariyāpuṇitvā mama bhattābhihāre bhattābhihāre bhāsa. ;;;“Please, dear Sudassana, memorize this verse in the Buddha’s presence and recite it to me whenever I am presented with a meal. 
;;;Ahañca te devasikaṁ kahāpaṇasataṁ kahāpaṇasataṁ niccaṁ bhikkhaṁ pavattayissāmī”ti. 
;;;I’ll set up a regular daily allowance of a hundred dollars for you.” 
;;;Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo aparena samayena susallikhitagatto pāṇinā gattāni anumajjanto tāyaṁ velāyaṁ imaṁ udānaṁ udānesi: 
;;;After some time King Pasenadi’s body slimmed right down. Stroking his limbs with his hands, at that time he expressed this heartfelt sentiment: 
;;;

>En 

“ehi tvaṁ, tāta sudassana, bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ pariyāpuṇitvā mama bhattābhihāre bhattābhihāre bhāsa. ;;;“Please, dear Sudassana, memorize this verse in the Buddha’s presence and recite it to me whenever I am presented with a meal. 
;;;Ahañca te devasikaṁ kahāpaṇasataṁ kahāpaṇasataṁ niccaṁ bhikkhaṁ pavattayissāmī”ti. 
;;;I’ll set up a regular daily allowance of a hundred dollars for you.” 
;;;Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo aparena samayena susallikhitagatto pāṇinā gattāni anumajjanto tāyaṁ velāyaṁ imaṁ udānaṁ udānesi: 
;;;After some time King Pasenadi’s body slimmed right down. Stroking his limbs with his hands, at that time he expressed this heartfelt sentiment: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Ajjeva, bhikkhave, rājā pasenadi kosalo imaṁ rattiṁ dukkhaṁ seti parājito”ti. ;;;Yet on this day King Pasenadi will have a bad night’s sleep as one defeated.” 
;;;

>En 

Ajjeva, bhikkhave, rājā pasenadi kosalo imaṁ rattiṁ dukkhaṁ seti parājito”ti. ;;;Yet on this day King Pasenadi will have a bad night’s sleep as one defeated.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Yannūnāhaṁ rañño māgadhassa ajātasattuno vedehiputtassa sabbaṁ hatthikāyaṁ pariyādiyitvā sabbaṁ assakāyaṁ pariyādiyitvā sabbaṁ rathakāyaṁ pariyādiyitvā sabbaṁ pattikāyaṁ pariyādiyitvā jīvantameva naṁ osajjeyyan”ti. ;;;Now that I’ve vanquished all of Ajātasattu’s elephant troops, cavalry, chariots, and infantry, why don’t I let him loose with just his life?” 
;;;Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo rañño māgadhassa ajātasattuno vedehiputtassa sabbaṁ hatthikāyaṁ pariyādiyitvā sabbaṁ assakāyaṁ pariyādiyitvā sabbaṁ rathakāyaṁ pariyādiyitvā sabbaṁ pattikāyaṁ pariyādiyitvā jīvantameva naṁ osajji. 
;;;And that’s what he did. 
;;;so vilutto viluppati. 
;;;the plunderer is plundered. 
;;;Hantā labhati hantāraṁ, 
;;;A killer creates a killer; 
;;;

>En 

Yannūnāhaṁ rañño māgadhassa ajātasattuno vedehiputtassa sabbaṁ hatthikāyaṁ pariyādiyitvā sabbaṁ assakāyaṁ pariyādiyitvā sabbaṁ rathakāyaṁ pariyādiyitvā sabbaṁ pattikāyaṁ pariyādiyitvā jīvantameva naṁ osajjeyyan”ti. ;;;Now that I’ve vanquished all of Ajātasattu’s elephant troops, cavalry, chariots, and infantry, why don’t I let him loose with just his life?” 
;;;Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo rañño māgadhassa ajātasattuno vedehiputtassa sabbaṁ hatthikāyaṁ pariyādiyitvā sabbaṁ assakāyaṁ pariyādiyitvā sabbaṁ rathakāyaṁ pariyādiyitvā sabbaṁ pattikāyaṁ pariyādiyitvā jīvantameva naṁ osajji. 
;;;And that’s what he did. 
;;;so vilutto viluppati. 
;;;the plunderer is plundered. 
;;;Hantā labhati hantāraṁ, 
;;;A killer creates a killer; 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Mallikāsutta ;;;A Daughter 
;;;“mallikā, deva, devī dhītaraṁ vijātā”ti. 
;;;“Your Majesty, Queen Mallikā has given birth to a daughter.” 
;;;Tādisā subhagiyā putto, 
;;;The son of such a blessed lady 
;;;

>En 

Mallikāsutta ;;;A Daughter 
;;;“mallikā, deva, devī dhītaraṁ vijātā”ti. 
;;;“Your Majesty, Queen Mallikā has given birth to a daughter.” 
;;;Tādisā subhagiyā putto, 
;;;The son of such a blessed lady 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“idha mayhaṁ, bhante, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ;;;“Just now, sir, as I was in private retreat this thought came to mind. 
;;;

>En 

“idha mayhaṁ, bhante, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ;;;“Just now, sir, as I was in private retreat this thought came to mind. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tassa te bhoge evaṁ sammā aparibhuñjiyamāne rājāno vā haranti corā vā haranti aggi vā ḍahati udakaṁ vā vahati appiyā vā dāyādā haranti. ;;;Because they haven’t made proper use of that wealth, rulers or bandits take it, or fire consumes it, or flood sweeps it away, or unloved heirs take it. 
;;;Evañhi taṁ, mahārāja, udakaṁ sammā aparibhuñjiyamānaṁ parikkhayaṁ gaccheyya, no paribhogaṁ. 
;;;Since that water is not properly utilized, it’s wasted, not used. 
;;;

>En 

Tassa te bhoge evaṁ sammā aparibhuñjiyamāne rājāno vā haranti corā vā haranti aggi vā ḍahati udakaṁ vā vahati appiyā vā dāyādā haranti. ;;;Because they haven’t made proper use of that wealth, rulers or bandits take it, or fire consumes it, or flood sweeps it away, or unloved heirs take it. 
;;;Evañhi taṁ, mahārāja, udakaṁ sammā aparibhuñjiyamānaṁ parikkhayaṁ gaccheyya, no paribhogaṁ. 
;;;Since that water is not properly utilized, it’s wasted, not used. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Sabbaṁ nādāya gantabbaṁ, ;;;you must go on without taking these; 
;;;sabbaṁ nikkhippagāminaṁ; 
;;;all of them are left behind. 
;;;Mallikā dve appamādena ca; 
;;; 
;;;

>En 

Sabbaṁ nādāya gantabbaṁ, ;;;you must go on without taking these; 
;;;sabbaṁ nikkhippagāminaṁ; 
;;;all of them are left behind. 
;;;Mallikā dve appamādena ca; 
;;; 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Idha, mahārāja, ekacco puggalo nīce kule paccājāto hoti, caṇḍālakule vā venakule vā nesādakule vā rathakārakule vā pukkusakule vā dalidde appannapānabhojane kasiravuttike, yattha kasirena ghāsacchādo labbhati. ;;;It’s when a person is reborn in a low family—a family of corpse-workers, bamboo-workers, hunters, chariot-makers, or scavengers—poor, with little to eat or drink, where life is tough, and food and shelter are hard to find. 
;;;So ca hoti dubbaṇṇo duddasiko okoṭimako bavhābādho kāṇo vā kuṇī vā khañjo vā pakkhahato vā, na lābhī annassa pānassa vatthassa yānassa mālāgandhavilepanassa seyyāvasathapadīpeyyassa. 
;;;And they’re ugly, unsightly, deformed, sickly—one-eyed, crippled, lame, or half-paralyzed. They don’t get to have food, drink, clothes, and vehicles; garlands, fragrance, and makeup; or bed, house, and lighting. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, mahārāja, puriso pathaviyā vā pallaṅkaṁ āroheyya, pallaṅkā vā assapiṭṭhiṁ āroheyya, assapiṭṭhiyā vā hatthikkhandhaṁ āroheyya, hatthikkhandhā vā pāsādaṁ āroheyya. 
;;;This person is like someone who ascends from the ground to a couch; from a couch to horseback; from horseback to an elephant; and from an elephant to a stilt longhouse. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, mahārāja, puriso pāsādā vā hatthikkhandhaṁ oroheyya, hatthikkhandhā vā assapiṭṭhiṁ oroheyya, assapiṭṭhiyā vā pallaṅkaṁ oroheyya, pallaṅkā vā pathaviṁ oroheyya, pathaviyā vā andhakāraṁ paviseyya. 
;;;This person is like someone who descends from a stilt longhouse to an elephant; from an elephant to horseback; from horseback to a couch; and from a couch to the ground; and from the ground they enter darkness. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, mahārāja, puriso pallaṅkā vā pallaṅkaṁ saṅkameyya, assapiṭṭhiyā vā assapiṭṭhiṁ saṅkameyya, hatthikkhandhā vā hatthikkhandhaṁ saṅkameyya, pāsādā vā pāsādaṁ saṅkameyya. 
;;;This person is like someone who shifts from one couch to another; from the back of one horse to another; from one elephant to another; or from one stilt longhouse to another. 
;;;

>En 

Idha, mahārāja, ekacco puggalo nīce kule paccājāto hoti, caṇḍālakule vā venakule vā nesādakule vā rathakārakule vā pukkusakule vā dalidde appannapānabhojane kasiravuttike, yattha kasirena ghāsacchādo labbhati. ;;;It’s when a person is reborn in a low family—a family of corpse-workers, bamboo-workers, hunters, chariot-makers, or scavengers—poor, with little to eat or drink, where life is tough, and food and shelter are hard to find. 
;;;So ca hoti dubbaṇṇo duddasiko okoṭimako bavhābādho kāṇo vā kuṇī vā khañjo vā pakkhahato vā, na lābhī annassa pānassa vatthassa yānassa mālāgandhavilepanassa seyyāvasathapadīpeyyassa. 
;;;And they’re ugly, unsightly, deformed, sickly—one-eyed, crippled, lame, or half-paralyzed. They don’t get to have food, drink, clothes, and vehicles; garlands, fragrance, and makeup; or bed, house, and lighting. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, mahārāja, puriso pathaviyā vā pallaṅkaṁ āroheyya, pallaṅkā vā assapiṭṭhiṁ āroheyya, assapiṭṭhiyā vā hatthikkhandhaṁ āroheyya, hatthikkhandhā vā pāsādaṁ āroheyya. 
;;;This person is like someone who ascends from the ground to a couch; from a couch to horseback; from horseback to an elephant; and from an elephant to a stilt longhouse. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, mahārāja, puriso pāsādā vā hatthikkhandhaṁ oroheyya, hatthikkhandhā vā assapiṭṭhiṁ oroheyya, assapiṭṭhiyā vā pallaṅkaṁ oroheyya, pallaṅkā vā pathaviṁ oroheyya, pathaviyā vā andhakāraṁ paviseyya. 
;;;This person is like someone who descends from a stilt longhouse to an elephant; from an elephant to horseback; from horseback to a couch; and from a couch to the ground; and from the ground they enter darkness. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, mahārāja, puriso pallaṅkā vā pallaṅkaṁ saṅkameyya, assapiṭṭhiyā vā assapiṭṭhiṁ saṅkameyya, hatthikkhandhā vā hatthikkhandhaṁ saṅkameyya, pāsādā vā pāsādaṁ saṅkameyya. 
;;;This person is like someone who shifts from one couch to another; from the back of one horse to another; from one elephant to another; or from one stilt longhouse to another. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Ayyikā me, bhante, kālaṅkatā jiṇṇā vuḍḍhā mahallikā addhagatā vayoanuppattā vīsavassasatikā jātiyā. ;;;“Sir, my grandmother has passed away. She was old, elderly and senior. She was advanced in years and had reached the final stage of life; she was a hundred and twenty years old. 
;;;Janapadapadesena cepāhaṁ, bhante, labheyyaṁ ‘mā me ayyikā kālamakāsī’ti, janapadapadesampāhaṁ dadeyyaṁ: 
;;;If by giving away the whole country I could get my grandmother back, I’d do it.” 
;;;

>En 

“Ayyikā me, bhante, kālaṅkatā jiṇṇā vuḍḍhā mahallikā addhagatā vayoanuppattā vīsavassasatikā jātiyā. ;;;“Sir, my grandmother has passed away. She was old, elderly and senior. She was advanced in years and had reached the final stage of life; she was a hundred and twenty years old. 
;;;Janapadapadesena cepāhaṁ, bhante, labheyyaṁ ‘mā me ayyikā kālamakāsī’ti, janapadapadesampāhaṁ dadeyyaṁ: 
;;;If by giving away the whole country I could get my grandmother back, I’d do it.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Issattasutta ;;;Archery 
;;;“Evameva kho, mahārāja, yasmā kasmā cepi kulā agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajito hoti, so ca hoti pañcaṅgavippahīno pañcaṅgasamannāgato, tasmiṁ dinnaṁ mahapphalaṁ hoti. 
;;;“In the same way, a gift to anyone who has given up five factors and possesses five factors is very fruitful, no matter what family they’ve gone forth from. 
;;;“Issattaṁ balavīriyañca, 
;;;“Any youth skilled at archery, 
;;;

>En 

Issattasutta ;;;Archery 
;;;“Evameva kho, mahārāja, yasmā kasmā cepi kulā agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajito hoti, so ca hoti pañcaṅgavippahīno pañcaṅgasamannāgato, tasmiṁ dinnaṁ mahapphalaṁ hoti. 
;;;“In the same way, a gift to anyone who has given up five factors and possesses five factors is very fruitful, no matter what family they’ve gone forth from. 
;;;“Issattaṁ balavīriyañca, 
;;;“Any youth skilled at archery, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Pabbatūpamasutta ;;;The Simile of the Mountain 
;;;adhivattanti pāṇine; 
;;;advance upon all living creatures— 
;;;Yo dhammaṁ cari kāyena, 
;;;Whoever lives by the teaching 
;;;issattaṁ pabbatūpamā; 
;;; 
;;;

>En 

Pabbatūpamasutta ;;;The Simile of the Mountain 
;;;adhivattanti pāṇine; 
;;;advance upon all living creatures— 
;;;Yo dhammaṁ cari kāyena, 
;;;Whoever lives by the teaching 
;;;issattaṁ pabbatūpamā; 
;;; 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ;;;Then as he was in private retreat this thought came to his mind, 
;;;Sādhu vatamhi mutto bodhiṁ samajjhagan”ti. 
;;;Thank goodness that, steadfast and mindful, I have attained awakening.” 
;;;suddhimaggā aparaddho”ti. 
;;;you’ve strayed from the path of purity.” 
;;;yaṁ kiñci amaraṁ tapaṁ; 
;;;all that mortification in search of immortality 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ;;;Then as he was in private retreat this thought came to his mind, 
;;;Sādhu vatamhi mutto bodhiṁ samajjhagan”ti. 
;;;Thank goodness that, steadfast and mindful, I have attained awakening.” 
;;;suddhimaggā aparaddho”ti. 
;;;you’ve strayed from the path of purity.” 
;;;yaṁ kiñci amaraṁ tapaṁ; 
;;;all that mortification in search of immortality 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Hatthirājavaṇṇasutta ;;;In the Form of an Elephant King 
;;;

>En 

Hatthirājavaṇṇasutta ;;;In the Form of an Elephant King 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

na te mārassa baddhagū”ti. ;;;nor are they your lackies.” 
;;;

>En 

na te mārassa baddhagū”ti. ;;;nor are they your lackies.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Paṭhamamārapāsasutta ;;;Māra’s Snares (1st) 
;;;

>En 

Paṭhamamārapāsasutta ;;;Māra’s Snares (1st) 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Dutiyamārapāsasutta ;;;Māra’s Snares (2nd) 
;;;

>En 

Dutiyamārapāsasutta ;;;Māra’s Snares (2nd) 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atho ḍaṁsasarīsapā bahū; ;;;and lots of flies and snakes, 
;;;Sallampi ce urasi pakappayeyyuṁ, 
;;;and even if an arrow’s aimed at their breast, 
;;;

>En 

Atho ḍaṁsasarīsapā bahū; ;;;and lots of flies and snakes, 
;;;Sallampi ce urasi pakappayeyyuṁ, 
;;;and even if an arrow’s aimed at their breast, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Supatisutta ;;;Sleeping 
;;;Kimidaṁ soppasi dubbhago viya; 
;;;You sleep like a loser—what’s up with that? 
;;;

>En 

Supatisutta ;;;Sleeping 
;;;Kimidaṁ soppasi dubbhago viya; 
;;;You sleep like a loser—what’s up with that? 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Nandatisutta ;;;Delighting 
;;;

>En 

Nandatisutta ;;;Delighting 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

gijjhakūṭaṁ calessasi; ;;;this entire Vulture’s Peak, 
;;;

>En 

gijjhakūṭaṁ calessasi; ;;;this entire Vulture’s Peak, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Kinnusīhasutta ;;;Lion 
;;;Paṭimallo hi te atthi, 
;;;For there is someone who’ll wrestle with you, 
;;;

>En 

Kinnusīhasutta ;;;Lion 
;;;Paṭimallo hi te atthi, 
;;;For there is someone who’ll wrestle with you, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Yesampi sallaṁ urasi paviṭṭhaṁ, ;;;Even those with a dart stuck in the breast, 
;;;Tepīdha soppaṁ labhare sasallā, 
;;;are able to get some sleep. 
;;;Tasmā ahaṁ na supe vītasallo. 
;;;So why not I, whose dart is drawn out? 
;;;

>En 

Yesampi sallaṁ urasi paviṭṭhaṁ, ;;;Even those with a dart stuck in the breast, 
;;;Tepīdha soppaṁ labhare sasallā, 
;;;are able to get some sleep. 
;;;Tasmā ahaṁ na supe vītasallo. 
;;;So why not I, whose dart is drawn out? 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Te ca bhikkhū aṭṭhiṁ katvā manasi katvā sabbacetasā samannāharitvā ohitasotā dhammaṁ suṇanti. ;;;And those mendicants were paying attention, applying the mind, concentrating wholeheartedly, and actively listening. 
;;;

>En 

Te ca bhikkhū aṭṭhiṁ katvā manasi katvā sabbacetasā samannāharitvā ohitasotā dhammaṁ suṇanti. ;;;And those mendicants were paying attention, applying the mind, concentrating wholeheartedly, and actively listening. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Chaphassāyatanasutta ;;;The Six Fields of Contact 
;;;Atha kho māro pāpimā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato avidūre mahantaṁ bhayabheravaṁ saddamakāsi, apissudaṁ pathavī maññe undrīyati. Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu aññataraṁ bhikkhuṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then Māra the Wicked went up to the Buddha and made a terrifyingly loud noise close by him. It seemed as if the earth were shattering, so that one of the mendicants said to another, 
;;;

>En 

Chaphassāyatanasutta ;;;The Six Fields of Contact 
;;;Atha kho māro pāpimā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato avidūre mahantaṁ bhayabheravaṁ saddamakāsi, apissudaṁ pathavī maññe undrīyati. Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu aññataraṁ bhikkhuṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then Māra the Wicked went up to the Buddha and made a terrifyingly loud noise close by him. It seemed as if the earth were shattering, so that one of the mendicants said to another, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosalesu viharati himavantapadese araññakuṭikāyaṁ. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Kosalans, in a wilderness hut on the slopes of the Himalayas. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: 
;;;Then as he was in private retreat this thought came to his mind, 
;;;Ākaṅkhamāno ca, bhante, bhagavā himavantaṁ pabbatarājaṁ suvaṇṇaṁ tveva adhimucceyya suvaṇṇañca panassā”ti. 
;;;If he wished, the Blessed One need only determine that the Himalaya, king of mountains, was gold, and it would turn into gold.” 
;;;

>En 

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosalesu viharati himavantapadese araññakuṭikāyaṁ. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Kosalans, in a wilderness hut on the slopes of the Himalayas. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: 
;;;Then as he was in private retreat this thought came to his mind, 
;;;Ākaṅkhamāno ca, bhante, bhagavā himavantaṁ pabbatarājaṁ suvaṇṇaṁ tveva adhimucceyya suvaṇṇañca panassā”ti. 
;;;If he wished, the Blessed One need only determine that the Himalaya, king of mountains, was gold, and it would turn into gold.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho āyasmato samiddhissa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ;;;Then as Venerable Samiddhi was in private retreat this thought came to his mind, 
;;;Tassa mayhaṁ, bhante, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: 
;;; 
;;;Dutiyampi kho āyasmato samiddhissa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa …pe… 
;;;And for a second time he had the same thought … 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho āyasmato samiddhissa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ;;;Then as Venerable Samiddhi was in private retreat this thought came to his mind, 
;;;Tassa mayhaṁ, bhante, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: 
;;; 
;;;Dutiyampi kho āyasmato samiddhissa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa …pe… 
;;;And for a second time he had the same thought … 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Addasā kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ godhikaṁ dūratova mañcake vivattakkhandhaṁ semānaṁ. ;;;The Buddha saw Godhika off in the distance lying on his cot, having cast off the aggregates. 
;;;tatthevantaradhāyathāti. 
;;;vanished right there. 
;;;

>En 

Addasā kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ godhikaṁ dūratova mañcake vivattakkhandhaṁ semānaṁ. ;;;The Buddha saw Godhika off in the distance lying on his cot, having cast off the aggregates. 
;;;tatthevantaradhāyathāti. 
;;;vanished right there. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Sattavassānubandhasutta ;;;Seven Years of Following 
;;;

>En 

Sattavassānubandhasutta ;;;Seven Years of Following 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho māro pāpimā bhagavato santike imā nibbejanīyā gāthāyo abhāsitvā tamhā ṭhānā apakkamma bhagavato avidūre pathaviyaṁ pallaṅkena nisīdi tuṇhībhūto maṅkubhūto pattakkhandho adhomukho pajjhāyanto appaṭibhāno kaṭṭhena bhūmiṁ vilikhanto. ;;;And then Māra the Wicked, after reciting these verses of disillusionment in the Buddha’s presence, left that place. He sat cross-legged on the ground not far from the Buddha, silent, dismayed, shoulders drooping, downcast, depressed, with nothing to say, scratching the ground with a stick. 
;;;Atha kho taṇhā ca arati ca ragā ca māradhītaro yena māro pāpimā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā māraṁ pāpimantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsiṁsu: 
;;;Then Māra’s daughters Craving, Delight, and Lust went up to Māra the Wicked, and addressed him in verse: 
;;;Ekohaṁ jhāyaṁ sukhamanubodhiṁ, 
;;;alone, practicing absorption, I awakened to bliss. 
;;;Kathaṁ jhāyiṁ bahulaṁ kāmasaññā, 
;;;How do they usually practice absorption so that sensual perceptions 
;;;Atha kho ragā māradhītā bhagavato santike gāthāya ajjhabhāsi: 
;;;Then Māra’s daughter Lust addressed the Buddha in verse: 
;;;Selaṁva sirasūhacca, 
;;;You seek a footing in the deeps, as it were, 
;;;“Daddallamānā āgañchuṁ, 
;;;“They came in their splendor— 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho māro pāpimā bhagavato santike imā nibbejanīyā gāthāyo abhāsitvā tamhā ṭhānā apakkamma bhagavato avidūre pathaviyaṁ pallaṅkena nisīdi tuṇhībhūto maṅkubhūto pattakkhandho adhomukho pajjhāyanto appaṭibhāno kaṭṭhena bhūmiṁ vilikhanto. ;;;And then Māra the Wicked, after reciting these verses of disillusionment in the Buddha’s presence, left that place. He sat cross-legged on the ground not far from the Buddha, silent, dismayed, shoulders drooping, downcast, depressed, with nothing to say, scratching the ground with a stick. 
;;;Atha kho taṇhā ca arati ca ragā ca māradhītaro yena māro pāpimā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā māraṁ pāpimantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsiṁsu: 
;;;Then Māra’s daughters Craving, Delight, and Lust went up to Māra the Wicked, and addressed him in verse: 
;;;Ekohaṁ jhāyaṁ sukhamanubodhiṁ, 
;;;alone, practicing absorption, I awakened to bliss. 
;;;Kathaṁ jhāyiṁ bahulaṁ kāmasaññā, 
;;;How do they usually practice absorption so that sensual perceptions 
;;;Atha kho ragā māradhītā bhagavato santike gāthāya ajjhabhāsi: 
;;;Then Māra’s daughter Lust addressed the Buddha in verse: 
;;;Selaṁva sirasūhacca, 
;;;You seek a footing in the deeps, as it were, 
;;;“Daddallamānā āgañchuṁ, 
;;;“They came in their splendor— 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Kiñci vā pana aññasmi, ;;;or ‘I am’ anything at all, 
;;;

>En 

Kiñci vā pana aññasmi, ;;;or ‘I am’ anything at all, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Kisāgotamīsutta ;;;With Kisāgotamī 
;;;

>En 

Kisāgotamīsutta ;;;With Kisāgotamī 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

ehayyebhiramāmase”ti. ;;;the music of a five-piece band.” 
;;;ye ca arūpaṭṭhāyino; 
;;;and others stuck in the formless. 
;;;

>En 

ehayyebhiramāmase”ti. ;;;the music of a five-piece band.” 
;;;ye ca arūpaṭṭhāyino; 
;;;and others stuck in the formless. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

jāto dukkhāni phussati; ;;;when you’re born you undergo sufferings— 
;;;

>En 

jāto dukkhāni phussati; ;;;when you’re born you undergo sufferings— 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Sabbo ādīpito loko, ;;;All the world is on fire, 
;;;Akampitaṁ apajjalitaṁ, 
;;;My mind adores that place 
;;;

>En 

Sabbo ādīpito loko, ;;;All the world is on fire, 
;;;Akampitaṁ apajjalitaṁ, 
;;;My mind adores that place 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

kvanu bimbassa kārako; ;;;Where is its maker? 
;;;“Nayidaṁ attakataṁ bimbaṁ, 
;;;“This puppet isn’t self-made, 
;;;nayidaṁ parakataṁ aghaṁ; 
;;;nor is this misery made by another. 
;;;

>En 

kvanu bimbassa kārako; ;;;Where is its maker? 
;;;“Nayidaṁ attakataṁ bimbaṁ, 
;;;“This puppet isn’t self-made, 
;;;nayidaṁ parakataṁ aghaṁ; 
;;;nor is this misery made by another. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

hoti sattoti sammuti. ;;;‘sentient being’ is the convention we use. 
;;;

>En 

hoti sattoti sammuti. ;;;‘sentient being’ is the convention we use. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

1. Paṭhamavagga ;;;1. The Appeal 
;;;Atha kho bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: 
;;;Then as he was in private retreat this thought came to his mind, 
;;;tamokhandhena āvuṭā”ti. 
;;;for they’re shrouded in a mass of darkness.” 
;;;Atha kho brahmā sahampati—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evameva—brahmaloke antarahito bhagavato purato pāturahosi. 
;;;Then, as easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, he vanished from the realm of divinity and reappeared in front of the Buddha. 
;;;Desassu bhagavā dhammaṁ, 
;;;Let the Blessed One teach the Dhamma! 
;;;Addasā kho bhagavā buddhacakkhunā lokaṁ volokento satte apparajakkhe mahārajakkhe tikkhindriye mudindriye svākāre dvākāre suviññāpaye duviññāpaye, appekacce paralokavajjabhayadassāvine viharante, appekacce na paralokavajjabhayadassāvine viharante. 
;;;And the Buddha saw sentient beings with little dust in their eyes, and some with much dust in their eyes; with keen faculties and with weak faculties, with good qualities and with bad qualities, easy to teach and hard to teach. And some of them lived seeing the danger in the fault to do with the next world, while others did not. 
;;;Seyyathāpi nāma uppaliniyaṁ vā paduminiyaṁ vā puṇḍarīkiniyaṁ vā appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṁvaḍḍhāni udakānuggatāni anto nimuggaposīni, appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṁvaḍḍhāni samodakaṁ ṭhitāni, appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṁvaḍḍhāni udakā accuggamma ṭhitāni anupalittāni udakena; 
;;;It’s like a pool with blue water lilies, or pink or white lotuses. Some of them sprout and grow in the water without rising above it, thriving underwater. Some of them sprout and grow in the water reaching the water’s surface. And some of them sprout and grow in the water but rise up above the water and stand with no water clinging to them. 
;;;

>En 

1. Paṭhamavagga ;;;1. The Appeal 
;;;Atha kho bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: 
;;;Then as he was in private retreat this thought came to his mind, 
;;;tamokhandhena āvuṭā”ti. 
;;;for they’re shrouded in a mass of darkness.” 
;;;Atha kho brahmā sahampati—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evameva—brahmaloke antarahito bhagavato purato pāturahosi. 
;;;Then, as easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, he vanished from the realm of divinity and reappeared in front of the Buddha. 
;;;Desassu bhagavā dhammaṁ, 
;;;Let the Blessed One teach the Dhamma! 
;;;Addasā kho bhagavā buddhacakkhunā lokaṁ volokento satte apparajakkhe mahārajakkhe tikkhindriye mudindriye svākāre dvākāre suviññāpaye duviññāpaye, appekacce paralokavajjabhayadassāvine viharante, appekacce na paralokavajjabhayadassāvine viharante. 
;;;And the Buddha saw sentient beings with little dust in their eyes, and some with much dust in their eyes; with keen faculties and with weak faculties, with good qualities and with bad qualities, easy to teach and hard to teach. And some of them lived seeing the danger in the fault to do with the next world, while others did not. 
;;;Seyyathāpi nāma uppaliniyaṁ vā paduminiyaṁ vā puṇḍarīkiniyaṁ vā appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṁvaḍḍhāni udakānuggatāni anto nimuggaposīni, appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṁvaḍḍhāni samodakaṁ ṭhitāni, appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṁvaḍḍhāni udakā accuggamma ṭhitāni anupalittāni udakena; 
;;;It’s like a pool with blue water lilies, or pink or white lotuses. Some of them sprout and grow in the water without rising above it, thriving underwater. Some of them sprout and grow in the water reaching the water’s surface. And some of them sprout and grow in the water but rise up above the water and stand with no water clinging to them. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ;;;Then as he was in private retreat this thought came to his mind, 
;;;“dukkhaṁ kho agāravo viharati appatisso, kaṁ nu khvāhaṁ samaṇaṁ vā brāhmaṇaṁ vā sakkatvā garuṁ katvā upanissāya vihareyyan”ti? 
;;;“It’s unpleasant to live without respect and reverence. What ascetic or brahmin should I honor and respect and rely on?” 
;;;bahūnaṁ sokanāsano. 
;;;destroyer of the sorrows of many— 
;;;vihaṁsu viharanti ca; 
;;;they did live, they do live, 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ;;;Then as he was in private retreat this thought came to his mind, 
;;;“dukkhaṁ kho agāravo viharati appatisso, kaṁ nu khvāhaṁ samaṇaṁ vā brāhmaṇaṁ vā sakkatvā garuṁ katvā upanissāya vihareyyan”ti? 
;;;“It’s unpleasant to live without respect and reverence. What ascetic or brahmin should I honor and respect and rely on?” 
;;;bahūnaṁ sokanāsano. 
;;;destroyer of the sorrows of many— 
;;;vihaṁsu viharanti ca; 
;;;they did live, they do live, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Bakabrahmasutta ;;;With Baka the Divinity 
;;;“idaṁ niccaṁ, idaṁ dhuvaṁ, idaṁ sassataṁ, idaṁ kevalaṁ, idaṁ acavanadhammaṁ, idañhi na jāyati na jīyati na mīyati na cavati na upapajjati, ito ca panaññaṁ uttari nissaraṇaṁ natthī”ti. 
;;;“This is permanent, this is everlasting, this is eternal, this is whole, this is not liable to pass away. For this is where there’s no being born, growing old, dying, passing away, or being reborn. And there’s no other escape beyond this.” 
;;;Sataṁ sahassānaṁ nirabbudānaṁ, 
;;;I know that your life span 
;;;Sambuddhimantaṁ vatinaṁ amaññi; 
;;;You thought he was intelligent and loyal. 
;;;

>En 

Bakabrahmasutta ;;;With Baka the Divinity 
;;;“idaṁ niccaṁ, idaṁ dhuvaṁ, idaṁ sassataṁ, idaṁ kevalaṁ, idaṁ acavanadhammaṁ, idañhi na jāyati na jīyati na mīyati na cavati na upapajjati, ito ca panaññaṁ uttari nissaraṇaṁ natthī”ti. 
;;;“This is permanent, this is everlasting, this is eternal, this is whole, this is not liable to pass away. For this is where there’s no being born, growing old, dying, passing away, or being reborn. And there’s no other escape beyond this.” 
;;;Sataṁ sahassānaṁ nirabbudānaṁ, 
;;;I know that your life span 
;;;Sambuddhimantaṁ vatinaṁ amaññi; 
;;;You thought he was intelligent and loyal. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Aññatarabrahmasutta ;;;A Certain Divinity 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā tassa brahmuno upari vehāsaṁ pallaṅkena nisīdi tejodhātuṁ samāpajjitvā. 
;;;Then the Buddha sat cross-legged in the air above that Divinity, having entered upon the fire element. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa etadahosi: 
;;;Then Venerable Mahāmoggallāna thought, 
;;;Addasā kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhagavantaṁ dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena tassa brahmuno upari vehāsaṁ pallaṅkena nisinnaṁ tejodhātuṁ samāpannaṁ. 
;;;With clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, he saw the Buddha seated cross-legged in the air above that Divinity, having entered upon the fire element. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno puratthimaṁ disaṁ nissāya tassa brahmuno upari vehāsaṁ pallaṅkena nisīdi tejodhātuṁ samāpajjitvā nīcataraṁ bhagavato. 
;;;Then Mahāmoggallāna—positioning himself in the east, below the Buddha—sat cross-legged in the air above that Divinity, having entered upon the fire element. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo dakkhiṇaṁ disaṁ nissāya tassa brahmuno upari vehāsaṁ pallaṅkena nisīdi tejodhātuṁ samāpajjitvā nīcataraṁ bhagavato. 
;;;positioned himself in the south … 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahākappino pacchimaṁ disaṁ nissāya tassa brahmuno upari vehāsaṁ pallaṅkena nisīdi tejodhātuṁ samāpajjitvā nīcataraṁ bhagavato. 
;;;positioned himself in the west … 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā anuruddho uttaraṁ disaṁ nissāya tassa brahmuno upari vehāsaṁ pallaṅkena nisīdi tejodhātuṁ samāpajjitvā nīcataraṁ bhagavato. 
;;;positioned himself in the north, below the Buddha, sitting cross-legged in the air above that Divinity, having entered upon the fire element. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno taṁ brahmānaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi: 
;;;Then Mahāmoggallāna addressed that Divinity in verse: 
;;;“ehi tvaṁ, mārisa, yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkama; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ evaṁ vadehi: 
;;;“Please, good sir, go up to Venerable Mahāmoggallāna and say to him: 
;;;‘atthi nu kho, mārisa moggallāna, aññepi tassa bhagavato sāvakā evaṁmahiddhikā evaṁmahānubhāvā; 
;;;‘Moggallāna my good sir, are there any other disciples of the Buddha who have power and might 
;;;seyyathāpi bhavaṁ moggallāno kassapo kappino anuruddho’”ti? 
;;;comparable to misters Moggallāna, Kassapa, Kappina, and Anuruddha?’” 
;;;“Evaṁ, mārisā”ti kho so brahmapārisajjo tassa brahmuno paṭissutvā yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;“Yes, good sir,” replied that retinue member. He went to Moggallāna and asked as instructed. 
;;;“atthi nu kho, mārisa moggallāna, aññepi tassa bhagavato sāvakā evaṁmahiddhikā evaṁmahānubhāvā; 
;;; 
;;;seyyathāpi bhavaṁ moggallāno kassapo kappino anuruddho”ti? 
;;; 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno taṁ brahmapārisajjaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi: 
;;;Then Mahāmoggallāna addressed that member of the retinue of Divinity in verse: 
;;;Atha kho so brahmapārisajjo āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā yena so brahmā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā taṁ brahmānaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then that member of the retinue of Divinity, having approved and agreed with what Mahāmoggallāna said, went to that Divinity and said to him, 
;;;“āyasmā, mārisa, mahāmoggallāno evamāha: 
;;;“Good sir, Venerable Mahāmoggallāna said this: 
;;;

>En 

Aññatarabrahmasutta ;;;A Certain Divinity 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā tassa brahmuno upari vehāsaṁ pallaṅkena nisīdi tejodhātuṁ samāpajjitvā. 
;;;Then the Buddha sat cross-legged in the air above that Divinity, having entered upon the fire element. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa etadahosi: 
;;;Then Venerable Mahāmoggallāna thought, 
;;;Addasā kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhagavantaṁ dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena tassa brahmuno upari vehāsaṁ pallaṅkena nisinnaṁ tejodhātuṁ samāpannaṁ. 
;;;With clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, he saw the Buddha seated cross-legged in the air above that Divinity, having entered upon the fire element. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno puratthimaṁ disaṁ nissāya tassa brahmuno upari vehāsaṁ pallaṅkena nisīdi tejodhātuṁ samāpajjitvā nīcataraṁ bhagavato. 
;;;Then Mahāmoggallāna—positioning himself in the east, below the Buddha—sat cross-legged in the air above that Divinity, having entered upon the fire element. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo dakkhiṇaṁ disaṁ nissāya tassa brahmuno upari vehāsaṁ pallaṅkena nisīdi tejodhātuṁ samāpajjitvā nīcataraṁ bhagavato. 
;;;positioned himself in the south … 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahākappino pacchimaṁ disaṁ nissāya tassa brahmuno upari vehāsaṁ pallaṅkena nisīdi tejodhātuṁ samāpajjitvā nīcataraṁ bhagavato. 
;;;positioned himself in the west … 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā anuruddho uttaraṁ disaṁ nissāya tassa brahmuno upari vehāsaṁ pallaṅkena nisīdi tejodhātuṁ samāpajjitvā nīcataraṁ bhagavato. 
;;;positioned himself in the north, below the Buddha, sitting cross-legged in the air above that Divinity, having entered upon the fire element. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno taṁ brahmānaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi: 
;;;Then Mahāmoggallāna addressed that Divinity in verse: 
;;;“ehi tvaṁ, mārisa, yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkama; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ evaṁ vadehi: 
;;;“Please, good sir, go up to Venerable Mahāmoggallāna and say to him: 
;;;‘atthi nu kho, mārisa moggallāna, aññepi tassa bhagavato sāvakā evaṁmahiddhikā evaṁmahānubhāvā; 
;;;‘Moggallāna my good sir, are there any other disciples of the Buddha who have power and might 
;;;seyyathāpi bhavaṁ moggallāno kassapo kappino anuruddho’”ti? 
;;;comparable to misters Moggallāna, Kassapa, Kappina, and Anuruddha?’” 
;;;“Evaṁ, mārisā”ti kho so brahmapārisajjo tassa brahmuno paṭissutvā yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;“Yes, good sir,” replied that retinue member. He went to Moggallāna and asked as instructed. 
;;;“atthi nu kho, mārisa moggallāna, aññepi tassa bhagavato sāvakā evaṁmahiddhikā evaṁmahānubhāvā; 
;;; 
;;;seyyathāpi bhavaṁ moggallāno kassapo kappino anuruddho”ti? 
;;; 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno taṁ brahmapārisajjaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi: 
;;;Then Mahāmoggallāna addressed that member of the retinue of Divinity in verse: 
;;;Atha kho so brahmapārisajjo āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā yena so brahmā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā taṁ brahmānaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then that member of the retinue of Divinity, having approved and agreed with what Mahāmoggallāna said, went to that Divinity and said to him, 
;;;“āyasmā, mārisa, mahāmoggallāno evamāha: 
;;;“Good sir, Venerable Mahāmoggallāna said this: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Brahmalokasutta ;;;The Negligent Divinity 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā divāvihāragato hoti paṭisallīno. 
;;;Now at that time the Buddha had gone into retreat for the day’s meditation. 
;;;divāvihāragato bhagavā paṭisallīno ca. 
;;;He has gone into retreat for the day’s meditation. 
;;;Evaṁ vutto, kho so brahmā taṁ vacanaṁ anadhivāsento sahassakkhattuṁ attānaṁ abhinimminitvā subrahmānaṁ paccekabrahmānaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;When they had spoken, that divinity refused to accept their advice. He multiplied himself a thousand times and said to Subrahmā, 
;;;

>En 

Brahmalokasutta ;;;The Negligent Divinity 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā divāvihāragato hoti paṭisallīno. 
;;;Now at that time the Buddha had gone into retreat for the day’s meditation. 
;;;divāvihāragato bhagavā paṭisallīno ca. 
;;;He has gone into retreat for the day’s meditation. 
;;;Evaṁ vutto, kho so brahmā taṁ vacanaṁ anadhivāsento sahassakkhattuṁ attānaṁ abhinimminitvā subrahmānaṁ paccekabrahmānaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;When they had spoken, that divinity refused to accept their advice. He multiplied himself a thousand times and said to Subrahmā, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā divāvihāragato hoti paṭisallīno. ;;;Now at that time the Buddha had gone into retreat for the day’s meditation. 
;;;

>En 

Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā divāvihāragato hoti paṭisallīno. ;;;Now at that time the Buddha had gone into retreat for the day’s meditation. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Katamodakatissasutta ;;;About Katamorakatissaka 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā divāvihāragato hoti paṭisallīno. 
;;;Now at that time the Buddha had gone into retreat for the day’s meditation. 
;;;Atha kho suddhāvāso paccekabrahmā katamodakatissakaṁ bhikkhuṁ ārabbha bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi: 
;;;Then Suddhāvāsa recited this verse about the mendicant Katamorakatissaka in the Buddha’s presence: 
;;;

>En 

Katamodakatissasutta ;;;About Katamorakatissaka 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā divāvihāragato hoti paṭisallīno. 
;;;Now at that time the Buddha had gone into retreat for the day’s meditation. 
;;;Atha kho suddhāvāso paccekabrahmā katamodakatissakaṁ bhikkhuṁ ārabbha bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi: 
;;;Then Suddhāvāsa recited this verse about the mendicant Katamorakatissaka in the Buddha’s presence: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Turūbrahmasutta ;;;With the Divinity Tudu 
;;;Atha kho turū paccekabrahmā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṁ jetavanaṁ obhāsetvā yena kokāliko bhikkhu tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā vehāsaṁ ṭhito kokālikaṁ bhikkhuṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then, late at night, the beautiful independent divinity Tudu, lighting up the entire Jeta’s Grove, went up to the mendicant Kokālika, and standing in the air he said to him, 
;;;“pasādehi, kokālika, sāriputtamoggallānesu cittaṁ. 
;;;“Kokālika, have confidence in Sāriputta and Moggallāna, 
;;;Pesalā sāriputtamoggallānā”ti. 
;;;they’re good monks.” 
;;;kuṭhārī jāyate mukhe; 
;;;with an axe in his mouth. 
;;;Yamariyagarahī nirayaṁ upeti, 
;;;a slanderer of noble ones goes to hell, 
;;;

>En 

Turūbrahmasutta ;;;With the Divinity Tudu 
;;;Atha kho turū paccekabrahmā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṁ jetavanaṁ obhāsetvā yena kokāliko bhikkhu tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā vehāsaṁ ṭhito kokālikaṁ bhikkhuṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then, late at night, the beautiful independent divinity Tudu, lighting up the entire Jeta’s Grove, went up to the mendicant Kokālika, and standing in the air he said to him, 
;;;“pasādehi, kokālika, sāriputtamoggallānesu cittaṁ. 
;;;“Kokālika, have confidence in Sāriputta and Moggallāna, 
;;;Pesalā sāriputtamoggallānā”ti. 
;;;they’re good monks.” 
;;;kuṭhārī jāyate mukhe; 
;;;with an axe in his mouth. 
;;;Yamariyagarahī nirayaṁ upeti, 
;;;a slanderer of noble ones goes to hell, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“pāpicchā, bhante, sāriputtamoggallānā pāpikānaṁ icchānaṁ vasaṁ gatā”ti. ;;;“Sir, Sāriputta and Moggallāna have corrupt wishes. They’ve fallen under the sway of corrupt wishes.” 
;;;Pasādehi, kokālika, sāriputtamoggallānesu cittaṁ. Pesalā sāriputtamoggallānā”ti. 
;;;Have confidence in Sāriputta and Moggallāna, they’re good monks.” 
;;;“kiñcāpi me, bhante, bhagavā saddhāyiko paccayiko; atha kho pāpicchāva bhante, sāriputtamoggallānā pāpikānaṁ icchānaṁ vasaṁ gatā”ti. 
;;;“Despite my faith and trust in the Buddha, Sāriputta and Moggallāna have corrupt wishes. They’ve fallen under the sway of corrupt wishes.” 
;;;Pasādehi, kokālika, sāriputtamoggallānesu cittaṁ. Pesalā sāriputtamoggallānā”ti. 
;;;Have confidence in Sāriputta and Moggallāna, they’re good monks.” 
;;;pesalā sāriputtamoggallānā”ti. 
;;;Have confidence in Sāriputta and Moggallāna, they’re good monks.” 
;;;Kālaṅkato ca kokāliko bhikkhu padumaṁ nirayaṁ upapajji sāriputtamoggallānesu cittaṁ āghātetvā. 
;;;He was reborn in the Pink Lotus hell because of his resentment for Sāriputta and Moggallāna. 
;;;Kālaṅkato ca, bhante, kokāliko bhikkhu padumaṁ nirayaṁ upapanno sāriputtamoggallānesu cittaṁ āghātetvā”ti. 
;;;He was reborn in the Pink Lotus hell because of his resentment for Sāriputta and Moggallāna.” 
;;;Kālaṅkato ca, bhante, kokāliko bhikkhu padumaṁ nirayaṁ upapanno sāriputtamoggallānesu cittaṁ āghātetvā’ti. 
;;; 
;;;Padume pana, bhikkhu, niraye kokāliko bhikkhu upapanno sāriputtamoggallānesu cittaṁ āghātetvā”ti. 
;;;The mendicant Kokālika has been reborn in the Pink Lotus hell because of his resentment for Sāriputta and Moggallāna.” 
;;;

>En 

“pāpicchā, bhante, sāriputtamoggallānā pāpikānaṁ icchānaṁ vasaṁ gatā”ti. ;;;“Sir, Sāriputta and Moggallāna have corrupt wishes. They’ve fallen under the sway of corrupt wishes.” 
;;;Pasādehi, kokālika, sāriputtamoggallānesu cittaṁ. Pesalā sāriputtamoggallānā”ti. 
;;;Have confidence in Sāriputta and Moggallāna, they’re good monks.” 
;;;“kiñcāpi me, bhante, bhagavā saddhāyiko paccayiko; atha kho pāpicchāva bhante, sāriputtamoggallānā pāpikānaṁ icchānaṁ vasaṁ gatā”ti. 
;;;“Despite my faith and trust in the Buddha, Sāriputta and Moggallāna have corrupt wishes. They’ve fallen under the sway of corrupt wishes.” 
;;;Pasādehi, kokālika, sāriputtamoggallānesu cittaṁ. Pesalā sāriputtamoggallānā”ti. 
;;;Have confidence in Sāriputta and Moggallāna, they’re good monks.” 
;;;pesalā sāriputtamoggallānā”ti. 
;;;Have confidence in Sāriputta and Moggallāna, they’re good monks.” 
;;;Kālaṅkato ca kokāliko bhikkhu padumaṁ nirayaṁ upapajji sāriputtamoggallānesu cittaṁ āghātetvā. 
;;;He was reborn in the Pink Lotus hell because of his resentment for Sāriputta and Moggallāna. 
;;;Kālaṅkato ca, bhante, kokāliko bhikkhu padumaṁ nirayaṁ upapanno sāriputtamoggallānesu cittaṁ āghātetvā”ti. 
;;;He was reborn in the Pink Lotus hell because of his resentment for Sāriputta and Moggallāna.” 
;;;Kālaṅkato ca, bhante, kokāliko bhikkhu padumaṁ nirayaṁ upapanno sāriputtamoggallānesu cittaṁ āghātetvā’ti. 
;;; 
;;;Padume pana, bhikkhu, niraye kokāliko bhikkhu upapanno sāriputtamoggallānesu cittaṁ āghātetvā”ti. 
;;;The mendicant Kokālika has been reborn in the Pink Lotus hell because of his resentment for Sāriputta and Moggallāna.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Yattha bheravā sarīsapā, ;;;Where dreadful serpents slither, 
;;;Bhiyyo pañcasatā sekkhā, 
;;;And of trainees there are more than five hundred, 
;;;

>En 

Yattha bheravā sarīsapā, ;;;Where dreadful serpents slither, 
;;;Bhiyyo pañcasatā sekkhā, 
;;;And of trainees there are more than five hundred, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tatra sudaṁ, bhikkhave, brahmā ca brahmaparisā ca brahmapārisajjā ca ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti: ;;;But the Divinity, his assembly, and his retinue complained, grumbled, and objected, 
;;;pahomi khvāhaṁ, āvuso, brahmaloke ṭhito sahassilokadhātuṁ sarena viññāpetun’ti. 
;;;“Standing in the realm of divinity, I can make my voice heard throughout the thousandfold galaxy.”’ 
;;;‘Ārambhatha nikkamatha, 
;;;‘Rouse yourselves! Try harder! 
;;;

>En 

Tatra sudaṁ, bhikkhave, brahmā ca brahmaparisā ca brahmapārisajjā ca ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti: ;;;But the Divinity, his assembly, and his retinue complained, grumbled, and objected, 
;;;pahomi khvāhaṁ, āvuso, brahmaloke ṭhito sahassilokadhātuṁ sarena viññāpetun’ti. 
;;;“Standing in the realm of divinity, I can make my voice heard throughout the thousandfold galaxy.”’ 
;;;‘Ārambhatha nikkamatha, 
;;;‘Rouse yourselves! Try harder! 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kusinārāyaṁ viharati upavattane mallānaṁ sālavane antarena yamakasālānaṁ parinibbānasamaye. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying between a pair of sal trees in the sal forest of the Mallas at Upavattana near Kusinārā at the time of his full extinguishment. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajji. Paṭhamā jhānā vuṭṭhahitvā dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajji. Dutiyā jhānā vuṭṭhahitvā tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajji. Tatiyā jhānā vuṭṭhahitvā catutthaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajji. Catutthā jhānā vuṭṭhahitvā ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samāpajji. Ākāsānañcāyatanā vuṭṭhahitvā viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samāpajji. Viññāṇañcāyatanā vuṭṭhahitvā ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ samāpajji. Ākiñcaññāyatanā vuṭṭhahitvā nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samāpajji. Nevasaññānāsaññāyatanā vuṭṭhahitvā saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ samāpajji. 
;;;Then the Buddha entered the first absorption. Emerging from that, he entered the second absorption. Emerging from that, he successively entered into and emerged from the third absorption, the fourth absorption, the dimension of infinite space, the dimension of infinite consciousness, the dimension of nothingness, and the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. Then he entered the cessation of perception and feeling. 
;;;Asallīnena cittena, 
;;;He put up with painful feelings 
;;;

>En 

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kusinārāyaṁ viharati upavattane mallānaṁ sālavane antarena yamakasālānaṁ parinibbānasamaye. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying between a pair of sal trees in the sal forest of the Mallas at Upavattana near Kusinārā at the time of his full extinguishment. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajji. Paṭhamā jhānā vuṭṭhahitvā dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajji. Dutiyā jhānā vuṭṭhahitvā tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajji. Tatiyā jhānā vuṭṭhahitvā catutthaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajji. Catutthā jhānā vuṭṭhahitvā ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samāpajji. Ākāsānañcāyatanā vuṭṭhahitvā viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samāpajji. Viññāṇañcāyatanā vuṭṭhahitvā ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ samāpajji. Ākiñcaññāyatanā vuṭṭhahitvā nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samāpajji. Nevasaññānāsaññāyatanā vuṭṭhahitvā saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ samāpajji. 
;;;Then the Buddha entered the first absorption. Emerging from that, he entered the second absorption. Emerging from that, he successively entered into and emerged from the third absorption, the fourth absorption, the dimension of infinite space, the dimension of infinite consciousness, the dimension of nothingness, and the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. Then he entered the cessation of perception and feeling. 
;;;Asallīnena cittena, 
;;;He put up with painful feelings 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Api ca tvaṁ, brāhmaṇa, gaccha, gantvā vijānissasī”ti. ;;;But anyway, you should go. When you’ve gone you’ll understand.” 
;;;

>En 

Api ca tvaṁ, brāhmaṇa, gaccha, gantvā vijānissasī”ti. ;;;But anyway, you should go. When you’ve gone you’ll understand.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Seyyathāpi nāma phālo divasaṁsantatto udake pakkhitto cicciṭāyati ciṭiciṭāyati sandhūpāyati sampadhūpāyati; ;;;Suppose there was an iron cauldron that had been heated all day. If you placed it in the water, it would sizzle and hiss, steaming and fuming. 
;;;Ajjhattamevujjalayāmi jotiṁ; 
;;;now I just light the inner flame. 
;;;Anallagattāva taranti pāraṁ. 
;;;and cross to the far shore without getting wet. 
;;;

>En 

Seyyathāpi nāma phālo divasaṁsantatto udake pakkhitto cicciṭāyati ciṭiciṭāyati sandhūpāyati sampadhūpāyati; ;;;Suppose there was an iron cauldron that had been heated all day. If you placed it in the water, it would sizzle and hiss, steaming and fuming. 
;;;Ajjhattamevujjalayāmi jotiṁ; 
;;;now I just light the inner flame. 
;;;Anallagattāva taranti pāraṁ. 
;;;and cross to the far shore without getting wet. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho bhāradvājagotto brāhmaṇo te balībadde gavesanto yena so vanasaṇḍo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā addasa bhagavantaṁ tasmiṁ vanasaṇḍe nisinnaṁ pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. ;;;While looking for them he went to that forest grove, where he saw the Buddha sitting down cross-legged, his body set straight, and mindfulness established in his presence. 
;;;“Na hi nūnimassa samaṇassa, 
;;;“This ascetic mustn’t have 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho bhāradvājagotto brāhmaṇo te balībadde gavesanto yena so vanasaṇḍo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā addasa bhagavantaṁ tasmiṁ vanasaṇḍe nisinnaṁ pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. ;;;While looking for them he went to that forest grove, where he saw the Buddha sitting down cross-legged, his body set straight, and mindfulness established in his presence. 
;;;“Na hi nūnimassa samaṇassa, 
;;;“This ascetic mustn’t have 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Kasibhāradvājasutta ;;;With Bhāradvāja the Farmer 
;;;

>En 

Kasibhāradvājasutta ;;;With Bhāradvāja the Farmer 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Punappunaṁ sivathikaṁ haranti; ;;;again and again, you get carried to a charnel ground. 
;;;Na punappunaṁ jāyati bhūripañño”ti. 
;;;one of vast wisdom is not reborn again and again.” 
;;;

>En 

Punappunaṁ sivathikaṁ haranti; ;;;again and again, you get carried to a charnel ground. 
;;;Na punappunaṁ jāyati bhūripañño”ti. 
;;;one of vast wisdom is not reborn again and again.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Apacito apaceyyānaṁ, ;;;honored by the honorable, 
;;;

>En 

Apacito apaceyyānaṁ, ;;;honored by the honorable, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho aññataro brāhmaṇamahāsālo lūkho lūkhapāvuraṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi. ;;;Then a certain well-to-do brahmin, shabby, wearing a shabby cloak, went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho aññataro brāhmaṇamahāsālo lūkho lūkhapāvuraṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi. ;;;Then a certain well-to-do brahmin, shabby, wearing a shabby cloak, went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho sā parisā abbhutavittajātā ahosi: ;;;Then that assembly was stunned: 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho sā parisā abbhutavittajātā ahosi: ;;;Then that assembly was stunned: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Yaṁ yadeva samaṇo gotamo bhāsissati taṁ tadevassāhaṁ paccanīkāssan”ti. ;;;contradict everything he says?” 
;;;sa ve jaññā subhāsitan”ti. 
;;;then you’ll understand fine words.” 
;;;

>En 

Yaṁ yadeva samaṇo gotamo bhāsissati taṁ tadevassāhaṁ paccanīkāssan”ti. ;;;contradict everything he says?” 
;;;sa ve jaññā subhāsitan”ti. 
;;;then you’ll understand fine words.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Addasā kho navakammikabhāradvājo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ aññatarasmiṁ sālarukkhamūle nisinnaṁ pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. ;;;He saw the Buddha sitting down cross-legged at the root of a certain sal tree, his body set straight, and mindfulness established in his presence. 
;;;Svāhaṁ vane nibbanatho visallo, 
;;;With jungle cleared and free of thorns, 
;;;

>En 

Addasā kho navakammikabhāradvājo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ aññatarasmiṁ sālarukkhamūle nisinnaṁ pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. ;;;He saw the Buddha sitting down cross-legged at the root of a certain sal tree, his body set straight, and mindfulness established in his presence. 
;;;Svāhaṁ vane nibbanatho visallo, 
;;;With jungle cleared and free of thorns, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhāradvājagottassa brāhmaṇassa sambahulā antevāsikā kaṭṭhahārakā māṇavakā yena vanasaṇḍo tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā addasaṁsu bhagavantaṁ tasmiṁ vanasaṇḍe nisinnaṁ pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. Disvāna yena bhāradvājagotto brāhmaṇo tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhāradvājagottaṁ brāhmaṇaṁ etadavocuṁ: ;;;Then several students, pupils of one of the Bhāradvāja brahmins, approached a forest grove while collecting firewood. They saw the Buddha sitting down cross-legged at the root of a certain sal tree, his body set straight, and mindfulness established in his presence. Seeing this, they went up to Bhāradvāja and said to him, 
;;;Asukasmiṁ vanasaṇḍe samaṇo nisinno pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā”. 
;;;In such and such a forest grove the ascetic Gotama is sitting down cross-legged, his body set straight, and mindfulness established in his presence.” 
;;;Addasā kho bhagavantaṁ tasmiṁ vanasaṇḍe nisinnaṁ pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;where he saw the Buddha sitting down cross-legged, his body set straight, and mindfulness established in his presence. 
;;;

>En 

Tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhāradvājagottassa brāhmaṇassa sambahulā antevāsikā kaṭṭhahārakā māṇavakā yena vanasaṇḍo tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā addasaṁsu bhagavantaṁ tasmiṁ vanasaṇḍe nisinnaṁ pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. Disvāna yena bhāradvājagotto brāhmaṇo tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhāradvājagottaṁ brāhmaṇaṁ etadavocuṁ: ;;;Then several students, pupils of one of the Bhāradvāja brahmins, approached a forest grove while collecting firewood. They saw the Buddha sitting down cross-legged at the root of a certain sal tree, his body set straight, and mindfulness established in his presence. Seeing this, they went up to Bhāradvāja and said to him, 
;;;Asukasmiṁ vanasaṇḍe samaṇo nisinno pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā”. 
;;;In such and such a forest grove the ascetic Gotama is sitting down cross-legged, his body set straight, and mindfulness established in his presence.” 
;;;Addasā kho bhagavantaṁ tasmiṁ vanasaṇḍe nisinnaṁ pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;where he saw the Buddha sitting down cross-legged, his body set straight, and mindfulness established in his presence. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Anallagattāva taranti pāran”ti. ;;;and cross to the far shore without getting wet.” 
;;;

>En 

Anallagattāva taranti pāran”ti. ;;;and cross to the far shore without getting wet.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Sacepi etato bhiyyo, ;;;And even if women come, 
;;;

>En 

Sacepi etato bhiyyo, ;;;And even if women come, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Aratīsutta ;;;Dissatisfaction 
;;;

>En 

Aratīsutta ;;;Dissatisfaction 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Pesalasutta ;;;Good-Hearted 
;;;

>En 

Pesalasutta ;;;Good-Hearted 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā sāriputto bhikkhū dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaṁseti poriyā vācāya vissaṭṭhāya anelagalāya atthassa viññāpaniyā. ;;;Now at that time Venerable Sāriputta was educating, encouraging, firing up, and inspiring the mendicants in the assembly hall with a Dhamma talk. His words were polished, clear, articulate, and expressed the meaning. 
;;;

>En 

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā sāriputto bhikkhū dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaṁseti poriyā vācāya vissaṭṭhāya anelagalāya atthassa viññāpaniyā. ;;;Now at that time Venerable Sāriputta was educating, encouraging, firing up, and inspiring the mendicants in the assembly hall with a Dhamma talk. His words were polished, clear, articulate, and expressed the meaning. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Taṇhāsallassa hantāraṁ, ;;;I bow to the kinsman of the Sun, 
;;;

>En 

Taṇhāsallassa hantāraṁ, ;;;I bow to the kinsman of the Sun, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

satthudassanakamyatā; ;;;out of desire to see the teacher. 
;;;“Ummaggapathaṁ mārassa abhibhuyya, 
;;;“Having overcome Māra’s devious path, 
;;;Pajjotakaro ativijjha, 
;;;As the bringer of light who has pierced the truth, 
;;;Ko pamādo vijānataṁ dhammaṁ; 
;;;how could those who know it be negligent? 
;;;

>En 

satthudassanakamyatā; ;;;out of desire to see the teacher. 
;;;“Ummaggapathaṁ mārassa abhibhuyya, 
;;;“Having overcome Māra’s devious path, 
;;;Pajjotakaro ativijjha, 
;;;As the bringer of light who has pierced the truth, 
;;;Ko pamādo vijānataṁ dhammaṁ; 
;;;how could those who know it be negligent? 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho āyasmā aññāsikoṇḍañño sucirasseva yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavato pādāni mukhena ca paricumbati, pāṇīhi ca parisambāhati, nāmañca sāveti: ;;;Then Venerable Koṇḍañña Who Understood approached the Buddha after a very long absence. He bowed with his head at the Buddha’s feet, caressing them and covering them with kisses, and pronounced his name: 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho āyasmā aññāsikoṇḍañño sucirasseva yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavato pādāni mukhena ca paricumbati, pāṇīhi ca parisambāhati, nāmañca sāveti: ;;;Then Venerable Koṇḍañña Who Understood approached the Buddha after a very long absence. He bowed with his head at the Buddha’s feet, caressing them and covering them with kisses, and pronounced his name: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Moggallānasutta ;;;With Moggallāna 
;;;Tesaṁ sudaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno cetasā cittaṁ samannesati vippamuttaṁ nirupadhiṁ. 
;;;Thereupon, with his mind, Venerable Mahāmoggallāna checked to see whose mind was liberated and free of attachments. 
;;;Tesaṁ sudaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno cetasā cittaṁ samannesati vippamuttaṁ nirupadhiṁ. 
;;;Mahāmoggallāna is checking to see whose mind is liberated and free of attachments. 
;;;Yannūnāhaṁ āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ bhagavato sammukhā sāruppāhi gāthāhi abhitthaveyyan”ti. 
;;;Why don’t I extoll him in the Buddha’s presence with fitting verses?” 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā vaṅgīso āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ bhagavato sammukhā sāruppāhi gāthāhi abhitthavi: 
;;;Then Vaṅgīsa extolled Mahāmoggallāna in his presence with fitting verses: 
;;;Te cetasā anupariyeti, 
;;;Moggallāna, of great psychic power, 
;;;Moggallāno mahiddhiko; 
;;;comprehends with his mind, 
;;;

>En 

Moggallānasutta ;;;With Moggallāna 
;;;Tesaṁ sudaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno cetasā cittaṁ samannesati vippamuttaṁ nirupadhiṁ. 
;;;Thereupon, with his mind, Venerable Mahāmoggallāna checked to see whose mind was liberated and free of attachments. 
;;;Tesaṁ sudaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno cetasā cittaṁ samannesati vippamuttaṁ nirupadhiṁ. 
;;;Mahāmoggallāna is checking to see whose mind is liberated and free of attachments. 
;;;Yannūnāhaṁ āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ bhagavato sammukhā sāruppāhi gāthāhi abhitthaveyyan”ti. 
;;;Why don’t I extoll him in the Buddha’s presence with fitting verses?” 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā vaṅgīso āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ bhagavato sammukhā sāruppāhi gāthāhi abhitthavi: 
;;;Then Vaṅgīsa extolled Mahāmoggallāna in his presence with fitting verses: 
;;;Te cetasā anupariyeti, 
;;;Moggallāna, of great psychic power, 
;;;Moggallāno mahiddhiko; 
;;;comprehends with his mind, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā vaṅgīso aciraarahattappatto hutvā vimuttisukhaṁ paṭisaṁvedī tāyaṁ velāyaṁ imā gāthāyo abhāsi: ;;;Now at that time Vaṅgīsa had recently attained perfection. While experiencing the bliss of freedom, on that occasion he recited these verses: 
;;;khandhāyatanadhātuyo; 
;;;the aggregates, sense fields, and elements. 
;;;moggallānena gaggarā; 
;;; 
;;;

>En 

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā vaṅgīso aciraarahattappatto hutvā vimuttisukhaṁ paṭisaṁvedī tāyaṁ velāyaṁ imā gāthāyo abhāsi: ;;;Now at that time Vaṅgīsa had recently attained perfection. While experiencing the bliss of freedom, on that occasion he recited these verses: 
;;;khandhāyatanadhātuyo; 
;;;the aggregates, sense fields, and elements. 
;;;moggallānena gaggarā; 
;;; 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Sakuṇo yathā paṁsukunthito, ;;;Just as a bird strewn with dirt 
;;;

>En 

Sakuṇo yathā paṁsukunthito, ;;;Just as a bird strewn with dirt 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

sallaviddhassa ruppato. ;;;when injured by an arrow strike? 
;;;Yāya saddhāya pabbajito, 
;;;You should amplify the faith 
;;;Taṁ ñāṇaṁ paramodānaṁ, 
;;;that knowledge has been perfectly cleansed: 
;;;Chetvā avijjaṁ vijjāya, 
;;;By breaking ignorance with knowledge, 
;;;

>En 

sallaviddhassa ruppato. ;;;when injured by an arrow strike? 
;;;Yāya saddhāya pabbajito, 
;;;You should amplify the faith 
;;;Taṁ ñāṇaṁ paramodānaṁ, 
;;;that knowledge has been perfectly cleansed: 
;;;Chetvā avijjaṁ vijjāya, 
;;;By breaking ignorance with knowledge, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho te bhikkhū vassaṁvuṭṭhā temāsaccayena cārikaṁ pakkamiṁsu. ;;;Then after completing the three months of the rainy season residence, those mendicants set out wandering. 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho te bhikkhū vassaṁvuṭṭhā temāsaccayena cārikaṁ pakkamiṁsu. ;;;Then after completing the three months of the rainy season residence, those mendicants set out wandering. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Antakassa vasaṁ upesī”ti. ;;;under the sway of the terminator!” 
;;;

>En 

Antakassa vasaṁ upesī”ti. ;;;under the sway of the terminator!” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Apaviddhaṁva vanasmiṁ dārukaṁ; ;;;like a cast-off log in the forest. 
;;;

>En 

Apaviddhaṁva vanasmiṁ dārukaṁ; ;;;like a cast-off log in the forest. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Akusalavitakkasutta ;;;Unskillful Thoughts 
;;;

>En 

Akusalavitakkasutta ;;;Unskillful Thoughts 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Majjhanhikasutta ;;;Midday 
;;;“Ṭhite majjhanhike kāle, 
;;;“In the still of high noon, 
;;;sannisīvesu pakkhisu; 
;;;when the birds have settled down, 
;;;

>En 

Majjhanhikasutta ;;;Midday 
;;;“Ṭhite majjhanhike kāle, 
;;;“In the still of high noon, 
;;;sannisīvesu pakkhisu; 
;;;when the birds have settled down, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Apaviddhā anāthā te, ;;;They’re rejects, with no protector, 
;;;

>En 

Apaviddhā anāthā te, ;;;They’re rejects, with no protector, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Gandhatthenasutta ;;;The Thief of Scent 
;;;

>En 

Gandhatthenasutta ;;;The Thief of Scent 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Sakkanāmasutta ;;;With a Spirit Named Sakka 
;;;yadaññamanusāsasī”ti. 
;;;to be instructing others.” 
;;;

>En 

Sakkanāmasutta ;;;With a Spirit Named Sakka 
;;;yadaññamanusāsasī”ti. 
;;;to be instructing others.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

māluvāva vitatā vane. ;;;are like camel’s foot creeper creeping through the woods. 
;;;

>En 

māluvāva vitatā vane. ;;;are like camel’s foot creeper creeping through the woods. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Yassa sabbamahorattaṁ, ;;;But someone whose mind delights in harmlessness, 
;;;

>En 

Yassa sabbamahorattaṁ, ;;;But someone whose mind delights in harmlessness, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Sace ca pāpakaṁ kammaṁ, ;;;If you should do a bad deed, 
;;;Ādittā nīhataṁ bhaṇḍaṁ, 
;;;When your things have been saved from a fire, 
;;;

>En 

Sace ca pāpakaṁ kammaṁ, ;;;If you should do a bad deed, 
;;;Ādittā nīhataṁ bhaṇḍaṁ, 
;;;When your things have been saved from a fire, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati yena sivathikadvāraṁ tenupasaṅkami. ;;;Then he approached the Sivaka Gate, 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati yena sivathikadvāraṁ tenupasaṅkami. ;;;Then he approached the Sivaka Gate, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Sabbaganthehi vippamuttiyā”ti. ;;;who is released from all ties.” 
;;;

>En 

Sabbaganthehi vippamuttiyā”ti. ;;;who is released from all ties.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Sabbayogehi vippamuttiyā”ti. ;;;who is released from all yokes.” 
;;;

>En 

Sabbayogehi vippamuttiyā”ti. ;;;who is released from all yokes.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

‘Alasvassa anuṭṭhātā, ;;;‘That a lazy man who does no work, 
;;;

>En 

‘Alasvassa anuṭṭhātā, ;;;‘That a lazy man who does no work, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho, bhikkhave, sakko devānamindo susīmaṁ devaputtaṁ āmantesi: ;;;Then Sakka, lord of gods, addressed the god Susīma, 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho, bhikkhave, sakko devānamindo susīmaṁ devaputtaṁ āmantesi: ;;;Then Sakka, lord of gods, addressed the god Susīma, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Māyime dijā vikulāvakā ahesun’ti. ;;;than deprive these birds of their nests.’ 
;;;

>En 

Māyime dijā vikulāvakā ahesun’ti. ;;;than deprive these birds of their nests.’ 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Bhūtapubbaṁ, bhikkhave, sakkassa devānamindassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ;;;“Once upon a time, mendicants, as Sakka, lord of gods, was in private retreat this thought came to his mind, 
;;;‘Yadeva te, mārisa, pubbe cittaṁ, tadeva tvaṁ mā pajahāsī’ti. 
;;;‘Dear sir, don’t give up the idea you just had!’ 
;;;

>En 

“Bhūtapubbaṁ, bhikkhave, sakkassa devānamindassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ;;;“Once upon a time, mendicants, as Sakka, lord of gods, was in private retreat this thought came to his mind, 
;;;‘Yadeva te, mārisa, pubbe cittaṁ, tadeva tvaṁ mā pajahāsī’ti. 
;;;‘Dear sir, don’t give up the idea you just had!’ 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Verocanaasurindasutta ;;;Verocana, Lord of Titans 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā divāvihāragato hoti paṭisallīno. 
;;;Now at that time the Buddha had gone into retreat for the day’s meditation. 
;;;

>En 

Verocanaasurindasutta ;;;Verocana, Lord of Titans 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā divāvihāragato hoti paṭisallīno. 
;;;Now at that time the Buddha had gone into retreat for the day’s meditation. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Araññāyatanaisisutta ;;;Seers in the Wilderness 
;;;Atha kho, bhikkhave, vepacitti asurindo paṭaliyo upāhanā ārohitvā khaggaṁ olaggetvā chattena dhāriyamānena aggadvārena assamaṁ pavisitvā te isayo sīlavante kalyāṇadhamme apabyāmato karitvā atikkami. 
;;;Vepacitti put on his boots, strapped on his sword, and, carrying a sunshade, entered the hermitage through the main gate. He walked right past those seers, keeping them at a distance. 
;;;Kāyā cuto gacchatu mālutena; 
;;;let the odor of their bodies go with the gale. 
;;;

>En 

Araññāyatanaisisutta ;;;Seers in the Wilderness 
;;;Atha kho, bhikkhave, vepacitti asurindo paṭaliyo upāhanā ārohitvā khaggaṁ olaggetvā chattena dhāriyamānena aggadvārena assamaṁ pavisitvā te isayo sīlavante kalyāṇadhamme apabyāmato karitvā atikkami. 
;;;Vepacitti put on his boots, strapped on his sword, and, carrying a sunshade, entered the hermitage through the main gate. He walked right past those seers, keeping them at a distance. 
;;;Kāyā cuto gacchatu mālutena; 
;;;let the odor of their bodies go with the gale. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Daliddasutta ;;;Poor 
;;;“Bhūtapubbaṁ, bhikkhave, aññataro puriso imasmiṁyeva rājagahe manussadaliddo ahosi manussakapaṇo manussavarāko. 
;;;“Once upon a time, mendicants, there was a poor person, destitute and pitiful. 
;;;

>En 

Daliddasutta ;;;Poor 
;;;“Bhūtapubbaṁ, bhikkhave, aññataro puriso imasmiṁyeva rājagahe manussadaliddo ahosi manussakapaṇo manussavarāko. 
;;;“Once upon a time, mendicants, there was a poor person, destitute and pitiful. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Buddhavandanāsutta ;;;Homage to the Buddha 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā divāvihāragato hoti paṭisallīno. 
;;;Now at that time the Buddha had gone into retreat for the day’s meditation. 
;;;

>En 

Buddhavandanāsutta ;;;Homage to the Buddha 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā divāvihāragato hoti paṭisallīno. 
;;;Now at that time the Buddha had gone into retreat for the day’s meditation. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

na kumbhi na kaḷopiyaṁ; ;;;nor in pots or baskets. 
;;;Paraniṭṭhitamesānā, 
;;;They seek food prepared by others, 
;;;Devā pana tayo vuttā, 
;;; 
;;;

>En 

na kumbhi na kaḷopiyaṁ; ;;;nor in pots or baskets. 
;;;Paraniṭṭhitamesānā, 
;;;They seek food prepared by others, 
;;;Devā pana tayo vuttā, 
;;; 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Chetvāsutta ;;;Incinerated 
;;;

>En 

Chetvāsutta ;;;Incinerated 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Sambarimāyāsutta ;;;The Sambari Sorcery 
;;;

>En 

Sambarimāyāsutta ;;;The Sambari Sorcery 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

ariyesu ca paṭipadā; ;;;are always present in the noble ones. 
;;;

>En 

ariyesu ca paṭipadā; ;;;are always present in the noble ones. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

1. Buddhavagga ;;;1. The Buddhas 
;;;

>En 

1. Buddhavagga ;;;1. The Buddhas 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Yā tesaṁ tesaṁ sattānaṁ tamhā tamhā sattanikāyā cuti cavanatā bhedo antaradhānaṁ maccu maraṇaṁ kālakiriyā khandhānaṁ bhedo kaḷevarassa nikkhepo (…), ;;;The passing away, passing on, disintegration, demise, mortality, death, decease, breaking up of the aggregates, and laying to rest of the corpse of the various sentient beings in the various orders of sentient beings. 
;;;

>En 

Yā tesaṁ tesaṁ sattānaṁ tamhā tamhā sattanikāyā cuti cavanatā bhedo antaradhānaṁ maccu maraṇaṁ kālakiriyā khandhānaṁ bhedo kaḷevarassa nikkhepo (…), ;;;The passing away, passing on, disintegration, demise, mortality, death, decease, breaking up of the aggregates, and laying to rest of the corpse of the various sentient beings in the various orders of sentient beings. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Kabaḷīkāro āhāro oḷāriko vā sukhumo vā, phasso dutiyo, manosañcetanā tatiyā, viññāṇaṁ catutthaṁ. ;;;Solid food, whether solid or subtle; contact is the second, mental intention the third, and consciousness the fourth. 
;;;

>En 

Kabaḷīkāro āhāro oḷāriko vā sukhumo vā, phasso dutiyo, manosañcetanā tatiyā, viññāṇaṁ catutthaṁ. ;;;Solid food, whether solid or subtle; contact is the second, mental intention the third, and consciousness the fourth. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā moḷiyaphagguno bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: ;;;When he said this, Venerable Phagguna of the Top-Knot said to the Buddha, 
;;;“No kallo pañho”ti bhagavā avoca: 
;;;“That’s not a fitting question,” said the Buddha. 
;;;‘Āhāretī’ti cāhaṁ vadeyyaṁ, tatrassa kallo pañho: 
;;;If I were to speak of one who consumes, then it would be fitting to ask 
;;;‘kissa nu kho, bhante, viññāṇāhāro’ti, esa kallo pañho. 
;;;‘Consciousness is a fuel for what?’ 
;;;Tatra kallaṁ veyyākaraṇaṁ: 
;;;And a fitting answer to this would be: 
;;;“No kallo pañho”ti bhagavā avoca: 
;;;“That’s not a fitting question,” said the Buddha. 
;;;‘Phusatī’ti cāhaṁ vadeyyaṁ, tatrassa kallo pañho: 
;;;If I were to speak of one who contacts, then it would be fitting to ask 
;;;‘kiṁpaccayā nu kho, bhante, phasso’ti, esa kallo pañho. 
;;;‘What is a condition for contact?’ 
;;;Tatra kallaṁ veyyākaraṇaṁ: 
;;;And a fitting answer to this would be: 
;;;“No kallo pañho”ti bhagavā avoca: 
;;;“That’s not a fitting question,” said the Buddha. 
;;;‘Vedayatī’ti cāhaṁ vadeyyaṁ, tatrassa kallo pañho: 
;;;If I were to speak of one who feels, then it would be fitting to ask 
;;;‘kiṁpaccayā nu kho, bhante, vedanā’ti, esa kallo pañho. 
;;;‘What is a condition for feeling?’ 
;;;Tatra kallaṁ veyyākaraṇaṁ: 
;;;And a fitting answer to this would be: 
;;;“Ko nu kho, bhante, tasatī”ti? 
;;;“But sir, who craves?” 
;;;“No kallo pañho”ti bhagavā avoca: 
;;;“That’s not a fitting question,” said the Buddha. 
;;;‘Tasatī’ti cāhaṁ vadeyyaṁ, tatrassa kallo pañho: 
;;;If I were to speak of one who craves, then it would be fitting to ask 
;;;‘kiṁpaccayā nu kho, bhante, taṇhā’ti, esa kallo pañho. 
;;;‘What is a condition for craving?’ 
;;;Tatra kallaṁ veyyākaraṇaṁ: 
;;;And a fitting answer to this would be: 
;;;“No kallo pañho”ti bhagavā avoca: 
;;;“That’s not a fitting question,” said the Buddha. 
;;;‘Upādiyatī’ti cāhaṁ vadeyyaṁ, tatrassa kallo pañho: 
;;;If I were to speak of one who grasps, then it would be fitting to ask 
;;;‘kiṁpaccayā nu kho, bhante, upādānan’ti, esa kallo pañho. 
;;;‘What is a condition for grasping?’ 
;;;Tatra kallaṁ veyyākaraṇaṁ: 
;;;And a fitting answer to this would be: 
;;;

>En 

Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā moḷiyaphagguno bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: ;;;When he said this, Venerable Phagguna of the Top-Knot said to the Buddha, 
;;;“No kallo pañho”ti bhagavā avoca: 
;;;“That’s not a fitting question,” said the Buddha. 
;;;‘Āhāretī’ti cāhaṁ vadeyyaṁ, tatrassa kallo pañho: 
;;;If I were to speak of one who consumes, then it would be fitting to ask 
;;;‘kissa nu kho, bhante, viññāṇāhāro’ti, esa kallo pañho. 
;;;‘Consciousness is a fuel for what?’ 
;;;Tatra kallaṁ veyyākaraṇaṁ: 
;;;And a fitting answer to this would be: 
;;;“No kallo pañho”ti bhagavā avoca: 
;;;“That’s not a fitting question,” said the Buddha. 
;;;‘Phusatī’ti cāhaṁ vadeyyaṁ, tatrassa kallo pañho: 
;;;If I were to speak of one who contacts, then it would be fitting to ask 
;;;‘kiṁpaccayā nu kho, bhante, phasso’ti, esa kallo pañho. 
;;;‘What is a condition for contact?’ 
;;;Tatra kallaṁ veyyākaraṇaṁ: 
;;;And a fitting answer to this would be: 
;;;“No kallo pañho”ti bhagavā avoca: 
;;;“That’s not a fitting question,” said the Buddha. 
;;;‘Vedayatī’ti cāhaṁ vadeyyaṁ, tatrassa kallo pañho: 
;;;If I were to speak of one who feels, then it would be fitting to ask 
;;;‘kiṁpaccayā nu kho, bhante, vedanā’ti, esa kallo pañho. 
;;;‘What is a condition for feeling?’ 
;;;Tatra kallaṁ veyyākaraṇaṁ: 
;;;And a fitting answer to this would be: 
;;;“Ko nu kho, bhante, tasatī”ti? 
;;;“But sir, who craves?” 
;;;“No kallo pañho”ti bhagavā avoca: 
;;;“That’s not a fitting question,” said the Buddha. 
;;;‘Tasatī’ti cāhaṁ vadeyyaṁ, tatrassa kallo pañho: 
;;;If I were to speak of one who craves, then it would be fitting to ask 
;;;‘kiṁpaccayā nu kho, bhante, taṇhā’ti, esa kallo pañho. 
;;;‘What is a condition for craving?’ 
;;;Tatra kallaṁ veyyākaraṇaṁ: 
;;;And a fitting answer to this would be: 
;;;“No kallo pañho”ti bhagavā avoca: 
;;;“That’s not a fitting question,” said the Buddha. 
;;;‘Upādiyatī’ti cāhaṁ vadeyyaṁ, tatrassa kallo pañho: 
;;;If I were to speak of one who grasps, then it would be fitting to ask 
;;;‘kiṁpaccayā nu kho, bhante, upādānan’ti, esa kallo pañho. 
;;;‘What is a condition for grasping?’ 
;;;Tatra kallaṁ veyyākaraṇaṁ: 
;;;And a fitting answer to this would be: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

na me te, bhikkhave, samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā samaṇesu vā samaṇasammatā brāhmaṇesu vā brāhmaṇasammatā; na ca pana te āyasmanto sāmaññatthaṁ vā brahmaññatthaṁ vā diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharanti. ;;;I don’t deem them as true ascetics and brahmins. Those venerables don’t realize the goal of life as an ascetic or brahmin, and don’t live having realized it with their own insight. 
;;;

>En 

na me te, bhikkhave, samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā samaṇesu vā samaṇasammatā brāhmaṇesu vā brāhmaṇasammatā; na ca pana te āyasmanto sāmaññatthaṁ vā brahmaññatthaṁ vā diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharanti. ;;;I don’t deem them as true ascetics and brahmins. Those venerables don’t realize the goal of life as an ascetic or brahmin, and don’t live having realized it with their own insight. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Upayupādānābhinivesavinibandho khvāyaṁ, kaccāna, loko yebhuyyena. ;;;The world is for the most part shackled by attraction, grasping, and insisting. 
;;;

>En 

Upayupādānābhinivesavinibandho khvāyaṁ, kaccāna, loko yebhuyyena. ;;;The world is for the most part shackled by attraction, grasping, and insisting. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Yo kho, kassapa, aññatitthiyapubbo imasmiṁ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhati pabbajjaṁ, ākaṅkhati upasampadaṁ, so cattāro māse parivasati. Catunnaṁ māsānaṁ accayena āraddhacittā bhikkhū pabbājenti upasampādenti bhikkhubhāvāya. ;;;“Kassapa, if someone formerly ordained in another sect wishes to take the going forth, the ordination in this teaching and training, they must spend four months on probation. When four months have passed, if the mendicants are satisfied, they’ll give the going forth, the ordination into monkhood. 
;;;“Sace, bhante, aññatitthiyapubbo imasmiṁ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhati pabbajjaṁ, ākaṅkhati upasampadaṁ, cattāro māse parivasati. Catunnaṁ māsānaṁ accayena āraddhacittā bhikkhū pabbājenti upasampādenti bhikkhubhāvāya. Ahaṁ cattāri vassāni parivasissāmi, catunnaṁ vassānaṁ accayena āraddhacittā bhikkhū pabbājentu upasampādentu bhikkhubhāvāyā”ti. 
;;;“Sir, if four months probation are required in such a case, I’ll spend four years on probation. When four years have passed, if the mendicants are satisfied, let them give me the going forth, the ordination into monkhood.” 
;;;

>En 

“Yo kho, kassapa, aññatitthiyapubbo imasmiṁ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhati pabbajjaṁ, ākaṅkhati upasampadaṁ, so cattāro māse parivasati. Catunnaṁ māsānaṁ accayena āraddhacittā bhikkhū pabbājenti upasampādenti bhikkhubhāvāya. ;;;“Kassapa, if someone formerly ordained in another sect wishes to take the going forth, the ordination in this teaching and training, they must spend four months on probation. When four months have passed, if the mendicants are satisfied, they’ll give the going forth, the ordination into monkhood. 
;;;“Sace, bhante, aññatitthiyapubbo imasmiṁ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhati pabbajjaṁ, ākaṅkhati upasampadaṁ, cattāro māse parivasati. Catunnaṁ māsānaṁ accayena āraddhacittā bhikkhū pabbājenti upasampādenti bhikkhubhāvāya. Ahaṁ cattāri vassāni parivasissāmi, catunnaṁ vassānaṁ accayena āraddhacittā bhikkhū pabbājentu upasampādentu bhikkhubhāvāyā”ti. 
;;;“Sir, if four months probation are required in such a case, I’ll spend four years on probation. When four years have passed, if the mendicants are satisfied, let them give me the going forth, the ordination into monkhood.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tatra, bhikkhave, ko viseso ko adhippayāso kiṁ nānākaraṇaṁ paṇḍitassa bālenā”ti? ;;;What, then, is the difference between the foolish and the astute?” 
;;;

>En 

Tatra, bhikkhave, ko viseso ko adhippayāso kiṁ nānākaraṇaṁ paṇḍitassa bālenā”ti? ;;;What, then, is the difference between the foolish and the astute?” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

‘ahosiṁ nu kho ahaṁ atītamaddhānaṁ, nanu kho ahosiṁ atītamaddhānaṁ, kiṁ nu kho ahosiṁ atītamaddhānaṁ, kathaṁ nu kho ahosiṁ atītamaddhānaṁ, kiṁ hutvā kiṁ ahosiṁ nu kho ahaṁ atītamaddhānan’ti; ;;;‘Did I exist in the past? Did I not exist in the past? What was I in the past? How was I in the past? After being what, what did I become in the past?’ 
;;;

>En 

‘ahosiṁ nu kho ahaṁ atītamaddhānaṁ, nanu kho ahosiṁ atītamaddhānaṁ, kiṁ nu kho ahosiṁ atītamaddhānaṁ, kathaṁ nu kho ahosiṁ atītamaddhānaṁ, kiṁ hutvā kiṁ ahosiṁ nu kho ahaṁ atītamaddhānan’ti; ;;;‘Did I exist in the past? Did I not exist in the past? What was I in the past? How was I in the past? After being what, what did I become in the past?’ 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

‘kāmaṁ taco ca nhāru ca aṭṭhi ca avasissatu, sarīre upassussatu maṁsalohitaṁ. Yaṁ taṁ purisathāmena purisavīriyena purisaparakkamena pattabbaṁ, na taṁ apāpuṇitvā vīriyassa saṇṭhānaṁ bhavissatī’ti. ;;;‘Gladly, let only skin, sinews, and tendons remain! Let the flesh and blood waste away in my body! I will not stop trying until I have achieved what is possible by human strength, energy, and vigor.’ 
;;;Yesañca mayaṁ paribhuñjāma cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṁ tesaṁ te kārā amhesu mahapphalā bhavissanti mahānisaṁsā’ti— 
;;;And our use of robes, almsfood, lodgings, and medicines and supplies for the sick shall be of great fruit and benefit for those who offered them.’ 
;;;

>En 

‘kāmaṁ taco ca nhāru ca aṭṭhi ca avasissatu, sarīre upassussatu maṁsalohitaṁ. Yaṁ taṁ purisathāmena purisavīriyena purisaparakkamena pattabbaṁ, na taṁ apāpuṇitvā vīriyassa saṇṭhānaṁ bhavissatī’ti. ;;;‘Gladly, let only skin, sinews, and tendons remain! Let the flesh and blood waste away in my body! I will not stop trying until I have achieved what is possible by human strength, energy, and vigor.’ 
;;;Yesañca mayaṁ paribhuñjāma cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṁ tesaṁ te kārā amhesu mahapphalā bhavissanti mahānisaṁsā’ti— 
;;;And our use of robes, almsfood, lodgings, and medicines and supplies for the sick shall be of great fruit and benefit for those who offered them.’ 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Vimuttimpāhaṁ, bhikkhave, saupanisaṁ vadāmi, no anupanisaṁ. ;;;I say that freedom has a vital condition, it doesn’t lack a vital condition. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, uparipabbate thullaphusitake deve vassante taṁ udakaṁ yathāninnaṁ pavattamānaṁ pabbatakandarapadarasākhā paripūreti. Pabbatakandarapadarasākhāparipūrā kusobbhe paripūrenti. Kusobbhā paripūrā mahāsobbhe paripūrenti. Mahāsobbhā paripūrā kunnadiyo paripūrenti. Kunnadiyo paripūrā mahānadiyo paripūrenti. Mahānadiyo paripūrā mahāsamuddaṁ paripūrenti. 
;;;It’s like when the heavens rain heavily on a mountain top, and the water flows downhill to fill the hollows, crevices, and creeks. As they become full, they fill up the pools. The pools fill up the lakes, the lakes fill up the streams, and the streams fill up the rivers. And as the rivers become full, they fill up the ocean. 
;;;

>En 

Vimuttimpāhaṁ, bhikkhave, saupanisaṁ vadāmi, no anupanisaṁ. ;;;I say that freedom has a vital condition, it doesn’t lack a vital condition. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, uparipabbate thullaphusitake deve vassante taṁ udakaṁ yathāninnaṁ pavattamānaṁ pabbatakandarapadarasākhā paripūreti. Pabbatakandarapadarasākhāparipūrā kusobbhe paripūrenti. Kusobbhā paripūrā mahāsobbhe paripūrenti. Mahāsobbhā paripūrā kunnadiyo paripūrenti. Kunnadiyo paripūrā mahānadiyo paripūrenti. Mahānadiyo paripūrā mahāsamuddaṁ paripūrenti. 
;;;It’s like when the heavens rain heavily on a mountain top, and the water flows downhill to fill the hollows, crevices, and creeks. As they become full, they fill up the pools. The pools fill up the lakes, the lakes fill up the streams, and the streams fill up the rivers. And as the rivers become full, they fill up the ocean. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Assosi kho āyasmā ānando āyasmato sāriputtassa tehi aññatitthiyehi paribbājakehi saddhiṁ imaṁ kathāsallāpaṁ. ;;;Venerable Ānanda heard this discussion between Venerable Sāriputta and those wanderers of other religions. 
;;;Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando yāvatako āyasmato sāriputtassa tehi aññatitthiyehi paribbājakehi saddhiṁ ahosi kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi. 
;;;and informed the Buddha of all they had discussed. 
;;;

>En 

Assosi kho āyasmā ānando āyasmato sāriputtassa tehi aññatitthiyehi paribbājakehi saddhiṁ imaṁ kathāsallāpaṁ. ;;;Venerable Ānanda heard this discussion between Venerable Sāriputta and those wanderers of other religions. 
;;;Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando yāvatako āyasmato sāriputtassa tehi aññatitthiyehi paribbājakehi saddhiṁ ahosi kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi. 
;;;and informed the Buddha of all they had discussed. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho āyasmā bhūmijo sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā sāriputtena saddhiṁ sammodi. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Bhūmija came out of retreat, went to Venerable Sāriputta, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;Assosi kho āyasmā ānando āyasmato sāriputtassa āyasmatā bhūmijena saddhiṁ imaṁ kathāsallāpaṁ. 
;;;Venerable Ānanda heard this discussion between Venerable Sāriputta and Venerable Bhūmija. 
;;;Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando yāvatako āyasmato sāriputtassa āyasmatā bhūmijena saddhiṁ ahosi kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi. 
;;;and informed the Buddha of all they had discussed. 
;;;Sāmaṁ vā taṁ, ānanda, kāyasaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharoti, yaṁpaccayāssa taṁ uppajjati ajjhattaṁ sukhadukkhaṁ. 
;;;By oneself one instigates the choice that gives rise to bodily, verbal, and mental action, conditioned by which that pleasure and pain arise in oneself. 
;;;Pare vā taṁ, ānanda, kāyasaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharonti, yaṁpaccayāssa taṁ uppajjati ajjhattaṁ sukhadukkhaṁ. 
;;;Or else others instigate the choice … 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho āyasmā bhūmijo sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā sāriputtena saddhiṁ sammodi. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Bhūmija came out of retreat, went to Venerable Sāriputta, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;Assosi kho āyasmā ānando āyasmato sāriputtassa āyasmatā bhūmijena saddhiṁ imaṁ kathāsallāpaṁ. 
;;;Venerable Ānanda heard this discussion between Venerable Sāriputta and Venerable Bhūmija. 
;;;Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando yāvatako āyasmato sāriputtassa āyasmatā bhūmijena saddhiṁ ahosi kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi. 
;;;and informed the Buddha of all they had discussed. 
;;;Sāmaṁ vā taṁ, ānanda, kāyasaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharoti, yaṁpaccayāssa taṁ uppajjati ajjhattaṁ sukhadukkhaṁ. 
;;;By oneself one instigates the choice that gives rise to bodily, verbal, and mental action, conditioned by which that pleasure and pain arise in oneself. 
;;;Pare vā taṁ, ānanda, kāyasaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharonti, yaṁpaccayāssa taṁ uppajjati ajjhattaṁ sukhadukkhaṁ. 
;;;Or else others instigate the choice … 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Na kho, bhante, etehi padehi etehi byañjanehi attho vutto”ti. ;;;“Sir, I did not state the matter in these words and phrases.” 
;;;

>En 

“Na kho, bhante, etehi padehi etehi byañjanehi attho vutto”ti. ;;;“Sir, I did not state the matter in these words and phrases.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Katamāni, bhikkhave, catucattārīsaṁ ñāṇavatthūni? ;;;“And what are the forty-four grounds for knowledge? 
;;;

>En 

“Katamāni, bhikkhave, catucattārīsaṁ ñāṇavatthūni? ;;;“And what are the forty-four grounds for knowledge? 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

‘No kallo pañho’ti bhagavā avoca, ‘katamaṁ jarāmaraṇaṁ, kassa ca panidaṁ jarāmaraṇan’ti iti vā, bhikkhu, yo vadeyya, ‘aññaṁ jarāmaraṇaṁ aññassa ca panidaṁ jarāmaraṇan’ti, iti vā, bhikkhu, yo vadeyya, ubhayametaṁ ekatthaṁ byañjanameva nānaṁ. ;;;“That’s not a fitting question,” said the Buddha. “You might say, ‘What are old age and death, and who do they belong to?’ Or you might say, ‘Old age and death are one thing, who they belong to is another.’ But both of these mean the same thing, only the phrasing differs. 
;;;“No kallo pañho”ti bhagavā avoca, “‘katamā jāti, kassa ca panāyaṁ jātī’ti iti vā, bhikkhu, yo vadeyya, ‘aññā jāti aññassa ca panāyaṁ jātī’ti iti vā, bhikkhu, yo vadeyya, ubhayametaṁ ekatthaṁ byañjanameva nānaṁ. 
;;;“That’s not a fitting question,” said the Buddha. “You might say, ‘What is rebirth, and who does it belong to?’ Or you might say, ‘Rebirth is one thing, who it belongs to is another.’ But both of these mean the same thing, only the phrasing differs. 
;;;“No kallo pañho”ti bhagavā avoca, “‘katamo bhavo, kassa ca panāyaṁ bhavo’ti iti vā, bhikkhu, yo vadeyya, ‘añño bhavo aññassa ca panāyaṁ bhavo’ti iti vā, bhikkhu, yo vadeyya, ubhayametaṁ ekatthaṁ byañjanameva nānaṁ. 
;;;“That’s not a fitting question,” said the Buddha. “You might say, ‘What is continued existence, and who does it belong to?’ Or you might say, ‘Continued existence is one thing, who it belongs to is another.’ But both of these mean the same thing, only the phrasing differs. 
;;;“No kallo pañho”ti bhagavā avoca, “‘katame saṅkhārā kassa ca panime saṅkhārā’ti iti vā, bhikkhu, yo vadeyya, ‘aññe saṅkhārā aññassa ca panime saṅkhārā’ti iti vā, bhikkhu, yo vadeyya, ubhayametaṁ ekatthaṁ byañjanameva nānaṁ. 
;;;“That’s not a fitting question,” said the Buddha. “You might say, ‘What are choices, and who do they belong to?’ Or you might say, ‘Choices are one thing, who they belong to is another.’ But both of these mean the same thing, only the phrasing differs. 
;;;

>En 

‘No kallo pañho’ti bhagavā avoca, ‘katamaṁ jarāmaraṇaṁ, kassa ca panidaṁ jarāmaraṇan’ti iti vā, bhikkhu, yo vadeyya, ‘aññaṁ jarāmaraṇaṁ aññassa ca panidaṁ jarāmaraṇan’ti, iti vā, bhikkhu, yo vadeyya, ubhayametaṁ ekatthaṁ byañjanameva nānaṁ. ;;;“That’s not a fitting question,” said the Buddha. “You might say, ‘What are old age and death, and who do they belong to?’ Or you might say, ‘Old age and death are one thing, who they belong to is another.’ But both of these mean the same thing, only the phrasing differs. 
;;;“No kallo pañho”ti bhagavā avoca, “‘katamā jāti, kassa ca panāyaṁ jātī’ti iti vā, bhikkhu, yo vadeyya, ‘aññā jāti aññassa ca panāyaṁ jātī’ti iti vā, bhikkhu, yo vadeyya, ubhayametaṁ ekatthaṁ byañjanameva nānaṁ. 
;;;“That’s not a fitting question,” said the Buddha. “You might say, ‘What is rebirth, and who does it belong to?’ Or you might say, ‘Rebirth is one thing, who it belongs to is another.’ But both of these mean the same thing, only the phrasing differs. 
;;;“No kallo pañho”ti bhagavā avoca, “‘katamo bhavo, kassa ca panāyaṁ bhavo’ti iti vā, bhikkhu, yo vadeyya, ‘añño bhavo aññassa ca panāyaṁ bhavo’ti iti vā, bhikkhu, yo vadeyya, ubhayametaṁ ekatthaṁ byañjanameva nānaṁ. 
;;;“That’s not a fitting question,” said the Buddha. “You might say, ‘What is continued existence, and who does it belong to?’ Or you might say, ‘Continued existence is one thing, who it belongs to is another.’ But both of these mean the same thing, only the phrasing differs. 
;;;“No kallo pañho”ti bhagavā avoca, “‘katame saṅkhārā kassa ca panime saṅkhārā’ti iti vā, bhikkhu, yo vadeyya, ‘aññe saṅkhārā aññassa ca panime saṅkhārā’ti iti vā, bhikkhu, yo vadeyya, ubhayametaṁ ekatthaṁ byañjanameva nānaṁ. 
;;;“That’s not a fitting question,” said the Buddha. “You might say, ‘What are choices, and who do they belong to?’ Or you might say, ‘Choices are one thing, who they belong to is another.’ But both of these mean the same thing, only the phrasing differs. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho bhagavā rahogato paṭisallāno imaṁ dhammapariyāyaṁ abhāsi: ;;;Then while the Buddha was in private retreat he spoke this exposition of the teaching: 
;;;Atthasaṁhito ayaṁ, bhikkhu, dhammapariyāyo ādibrahmacariyako”ti. 
;;;That exposition of the teaching is beneficial and relates to the fundamentals of the spiritual life.” 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho bhagavā rahogato paṭisallāno imaṁ dhammapariyāyaṁ abhāsi: ;;;Then while the Buddha was in private retreat he spoke this exposition of the teaching: 
;;;Atthasaṁhito ayaṁ, bhikkhu, dhammapariyāyo ādibrahmacariyako”ti. 
;;;That exposition of the teaching is beneficial and relates to the fundamentals of the spiritual life.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Kismiṁ sati saṅkhārā honti, kismiṁ sati viññāṇaṁ hoti, kismiṁ sati nāmarūpaṁ hoti, kismiṁ sati saḷāyatanaṁ hoti, kismiṁ sati phasso hoti, kismiṁ sati vedanā hoti, kismiṁ sati taṇhā hoti, kismiṁ sati upādānaṁ hoti, kismiṁ sati bhavo hoti, kismiṁ sati jāti hoti, kismiṁ sati jarāmaraṇaṁ hotī’ti? ;;;When what exists do name and form come to be? When what exists do the six sense fields … contact … feeling … craving … grasping … continued existence … rebirth … old age and death come to be?’ 
;;;‘imasmiṁ sati idaṁ hoti, imassuppādā idaṁ uppajjati. 
;;;‘When this exists, that is; due to the arising of this, that arises. 
;;;

>En 

Kismiṁ sati saṅkhārā honti, kismiṁ sati viññāṇaṁ hoti, kismiṁ sati nāmarūpaṁ hoti, kismiṁ sati saḷāyatanaṁ hoti, kismiṁ sati phasso hoti, kismiṁ sati vedanā hoti, kismiṁ sati taṇhā hoti, kismiṁ sati upādānaṁ hoti, kismiṁ sati bhavo hoti, kismiṁ sati jāti hoti, kismiṁ sati jarāmaraṇaṁ hotī’ti? ;;;When what exists do name and form come to be? When what exists do the six sense fields … contact … feeling … craving … grasping … continued existence … rebirth … old age and death come to be?’ 
;;;‘imasmiṁ sati idaṁ hoti, imassuppādā idaṁ uppajjati. 
;;;‘When this exists, that is; due to the arising of this, that arises. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso kumbhakārapākā uṇhaṁ kumbhaṁ uddharitvā same bhūmibhāge paṭisisseyya. ;;;Suppose a person were to remove a hot clay pot from a potter’s kiln and place it down on level ground. 
;;;Tatra yāyaṁ usmā sā tattheva vūpasameyya, kapallāni avasisseyyuṁ. 
;;;Its heat would dissipate right there, and the shards would be left behind. 
;;;

>En 

Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso kumbhakārapākā uṇhaṁ kumbhaṁ uddharitvā same bhūmibhāge paṭisisseyya. ;;;Suppose a person were to remove a hot clay pot from a potter’s kiln and place it down on level ground. 
;;;Tatra yāyaṁ usmā sā tattheva vūpasameyya, kapallāni avasisseyyuṁ. 
;;;Its heat would dissipate right there, and the shards would be left behind. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

vātātape visosetvā agginā ḍaheyya, agginā ḍahetvā masiṁ kareyya, masiṁ karitvā mahāvāte vā ophuṇeyya nadiyā vā sīghasotāya pavāheyya. ;;; 
;;;Evañhi so, bhikkhave, mahārukkho ucchinnamūlo assa tālāvatthukato anabhāvaṅkato āyatiṁ anuppādadhammo. 
;;;In this way the great tree is cut off at the root, made like a palm stump, obliterated, and unable to arise in the future. 
;;;

>En 

vātātape visosetvā agginā ḍaheyya, agginā ḍahetvā masiṁ kareyya, masiṁ karitvā mahāvāte vā ophuṇeyya nadiyā vā sīghasotāya pavāheyya. ;;; 
;;;Evañhi so, bhikkhave, mahārukkho ucchinnamūlo assa tālāvatthukato anabhāvaṅkato āyatiṁ anuppādadhammo. 
;;;In this way the great tree is cut off at the root, made like a palm stump, obliterated, and unable to arise in the future. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tassa puriso kālena kālaṁ mūlāni palimajjeyya kālena kālaṁ paṁsuṁ dadeyya, kālena kālaṁ udakaṁ dadeyya. ;;;And from time to time someone would clear around the roots, supply soil, and water it. 
;;;

>En 

Tassa puriso kālena kālaṁ mūlāni palimajjeyya kālena kālaṁ paṁsuṁ dadeyya, kālena kālaṁ udakaṁ dadeyya. ;;;And from time to time someone would clear around the roots, supply soil, and water it. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Etassa, ānanda, dhammassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamayaṁ pajā tantākulakajātā kulagaṇṭhikajātā muñjapabbajabhūtā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ saṁsāraṁ nātivattati. ;;;It is because of not understanding and not penetrating this teaching that this population has become tangled like string, knotted like a ball of thread, and matted like rushes and reeds, and it doesn’t escape the places of loss, the bad places, the underworld, transmigration. 
;;;

>En 

Etassa, ānanda, dhammassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamayaṁ pajā tantākulakajātā kulagaṇṭhikajātā muñjapabbajabhūtā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ saṁsāraṁ nātivattati. ;;;It is because of not understanding and not penetrating this teaching that this population has become tangled like string, knotted like a ball of thread, and matted like rushes and reeds, and it doesn’t escape the places of loss, the bad places, the underworld, transmigration. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“assutavā, bhikkhave, puthujjano imasmiṁ cātumahābhūtikasmiṁ kāyasmiṁ nibbindeyyapi virajjeyyapi vimucceyyapi. ;;;“Mendicants, when it comes to this body made up of the four principal states, an unlearned ordinary person might become disillusioned, dispassionate, and freed. 
;;;Dissati, bhikkhave, imassa cātumahābhūtikassa kāyassa ācayopi apacayopi ādānampi nikkhepanampi. 
;;;This body made up of the four principal states is seen to accumulate and disperse, to be taken up and laid to rest. 
;;;

>En 

“assutavā, bhikkhave, puthujjano imasmiṁ cātumahābhūtikasmiṁ kāyasmiṁ nibbindeyyapi virajjeyyapi vimucceyyapi. ;;;“Mendicants, when it comes to this body made up of the four principal states, an unlearned ordinary person might become disillusioned, dispassionate, and freed. 
;;;Dissati, bhikkhave, imassa cātumahābhūtikassa kāyassa ācayopi apacayopi ādānampi nikkhepanampi. 
;;;This body made up of the four principal states is seen to accumulate and disperse, to be taken up and laid to rest. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, dve jāyampatikā parittaṁ sambalaṁ ādāya kantāramaggaṁ paṭipajjeyyuṁ. ;;;Suppose a couple who were husband and wife set out to cross a desert, taking limited supplies. 
;;;‘amhākaṁ kho yā parittā sambalamattā sā parikkhīṇā pariyādiṇṇā. 
;;;‘Our limited quantity of supplies has run out, 
;;;Atthi cāyaṁ kantārāvaseso anittiṇṇo. 
;;;and we still have the rest of the desert to cross. 
;;;Yannūna mayaṁ imaṁ ekaputtakaṁ piyaṁ manāpaṁ vadhitvā vallūrañca soṇḍikañca karitvā puttamaṁsāni khādantā evaṁ taṁ kantārāvasesaṁ nitthareyyāma, mā sabbeva tayo vinassimhā’ti. 
;;;Why don’t we kill our only child, so dear and beloved, and prepare dried and spiced meat? Then we can make it across the desert by eating our child’s flesh. Let not all three perish.’ 
;;;Atha kho te, bhikkhave, dve jāyampatikā taṁ ekaputtakaṁ piyaṁ manāpaṁ vadhitvā vallūrañca soṇḍikañca karitvā puttamaṁsāni khādantā evaṁ taṁ kantārāvasesaṁ nitthareyyuṁ. 
;;;Then that couple would kill their only child, so dear and beloved, and prepare dried and spiced meat. They’d make it across the desert by eating their child’s flesh. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, gāvī niccammā kuṭṭañce nissāya tiṭṭheyya. Ye kuṭṭanissitā pāṇā te naṁ khādeyyuṁ. 
;;;Suppose there was a flayed cow. If she stands by a wall, the creatures on the wall bite her. 
;;;Yaṁ yadeva hi sā, bhikkhave, gāvī niccammā nissāya tiṭṭheyya, ye tannissitā pāṇā te naṁ khādeyyuṁ. 
;;;Wherever that flayed cow stands, the creatures there would bite her. 
;;;

>En 

Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, dve jāyampatikā parittaṁ sambalaṁ ādāya kantāramaggaṁ paṭipajjeyyuṁ. ;;;Suppose a couple who were husband and wife set out to cross a desert, taking limited supplies. 
;;;‘amhākaṁ kho yā parittā sambalamattā sā parikkhīṇā pariyādiṇṇā. 
;;;‘Our limited quantity of supplies has run out, 
;;;Atthi cāyaṁ kantārāvaseso anittiṇṇo. 
;;;and we still have the rest of the desert to cross. 
;;;Yannūna mayaṁ imaṁ ekaputtakaṁ piyaṁ manāpaṁ vadhitvā vallūrañca soṇḍikañca karitvā puttamaṁsāni khādantā evaṁ taṁ kantārāvasesaṁ nitthareyyāma, mā sabbeva tayo vinassimhā’ti. 
;;;Why don’t we kill our only child, so dear and beloved, and prepare dried and spiced meat? Then we can make it across the desert by eating our child’s flesh. Let not all three perish.’ 
;;;Atha kho te, bhikkhave, dve jāyampatikā taṁ ekaputtakaṁ piyaṁ manāpaṁ vadhitvā vallūrañca soṇḍikañca karitvā puttamaṁsāni khādantā evaṁ taṁ kantārāvasesaṁ nitthareyyuṁ. 
;;;Then that couple would kill their only child, so dear and beloved, and prepare dried and spiced meat. They’d make it across the desert by eating their child’s flesh. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, gāvī niccammā kuṭṭañce nissāya tiṭṭheyya. Ye kuṭṭanissitā pāṇā te naṁ khādeyyuṁ. 
;;;Suppose there was a flayed cow. If she stands by a wall, the creatures on the wall bite her. 
;;;Yaṁ yadeva hi sā, bhikkhave, gāvī niccammā nissāya tiṭṭheyya, ye tannissitā pāṇā te naṁ khādeyyuṁ. 
;;;Wherever that flayed cow stands, the creatures there would bite her. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tamanugacchanto passeyya purāṇaṁ nagaraṁ purāṇaṁ rājadhāniṁ pubbakehi manussehi ajjhāvuṭṭhaṁ ārāmasampannaṁ vanasampannaṁ pokkharaṇīsampannaṁ uddhāpavantaṁ ramaṇīyaṁ. ;;;they’d see an ancient city, an ancient capital, inhabited by humans in the past. It was lovely, complete with parks, groves, lotus ponds, and embankments. 
;;;

>En 

Tamanugacchanto passeyya purāṇaṁ nagaraṁ purāṇaṁ rājadhāniṁ pubbakehi manussehi ajjhāvuṭṭhaṁ ārāmasampannaṁ vanasampannaṁ pokkharaṇīsampannaṁ uddhāpavantaṁ ramaṇīyaṁ. ;;;they’d see an ancient city, an ancient capital, inhabited by humans in the past. It was lovely, complete with parks, groves, lotus ponds, and embankments. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

‘sakkā kho me ayaṁ surāpipāsitā pānīyena vā vinetuṁ dadhimaṇḍakena vā vinetuṁ bhaṭṭhaloṇikāya vā vinetuṁ loṇasovīrakena vā vinetuṁ, na tvevāhaṁ taṁ piveyyaṁ, yaṁ mama assa dīgharattaṁ hitāya sukhāyā’ti. ;;;‘I could quench my thirst with water, whey, seasoned drink, or broth. But I shouldn’t drink that beverage, for it would be for my lasting harm and suffering.’ 
;;;

>En 

‘sakkā kho me ayaṁ surāpipāsitā pānīyena vā vinetuṁ dadhimaṇḍakena vā vinetuṁ bhaṭṭhaloṇikāya vā vinetuṁ loṇasovīrakena vā vinetuṁ, na tvevāhaṁ taṁ piveyyaṁ, yaṁ mama assa dīgharattaṁ hitāya sukhāyā’ti. ;;;‘I could quench my thirst with water, whey, seasoned drink, or broth. But I shouldn’t drink that beverage, for it would be for my lasting harm and suffering.’ 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ca sāriputto āyasmā ca mahākoṭṭhiko bārāṇasiyaṁ viharanti isipatane migadāye. ;;;At one time Venerable Sāriputta and Venerable Mahākoṭṭhita were staying near Varanasi, in the deer park at Isipatana. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā sāriputtena saddhiṁ sammodi. 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Mahākoṭṭhita came out of retreat, went to Venerable Sāriputta, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;

>En 

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ca sāriputto āyasmā ca mahākoṭṭhiko bārāṇasiyaṁ viharanti isipatane migadāye. ;;;At one time Venerable Sāriputta and Venerable Mahākoṭṭhita were staying near Varanasi, in the deer park at Isipatana. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā sāriputtena saddhiṁ sammodi. 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Mahākoṭṭhita came out of retreat, went to Venerable Sāriputta, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Api pana tumhe āyasmanto evaṁ jānantā evaṁ passantā anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhotha—ekopi hutvā bahudhā hotha, bahudhāpi hutvā eko hotha; āvibhāvaṁ, tirobhāvaṁ, tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamānā gacchatha, seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ karotha, seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gacchatha, seyyathāpi pathaviyaṁ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kamatha, seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve pāṇinā parimasatha parimajjatha, yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vattethā”ti? ;;;“But knowing and seeing thus, do you wield the many kinds of psychic power? That is, multiplying yourselves and becoming one again; appearing and disappearing; going unobstructed through a wall, a rampart, or a mountain as if through space; diving in and out of the earth as if it were water; walking on water as if it were earth; flying cross-legged through the sky like a bird; touching and stroking with the hand the sun and moon, so mighty and powerful. Do you control the body as far as the realm of divinity?” 
;;;Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā susimo yāvatako tehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṁ ahosi kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi. 
;;;and informed the Buddha of all he had discussed with those mendicants. 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if they’re impermanent, suffering, and perishable, are they fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Api pana tvaṁ, susima, evaṁ jānanto evaṁ passanto anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhosi—ekopi hutvā bahudhā hosi, bahudhāpi hutvā eko hosi; āvibhāvaṁ, tirobhāvaṁ, tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamāno gacchasi, seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ karosi, seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāno gacchasi, seyyathāpi pathaviyaṁ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kamasi, seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve pāṇinā parimasasi parimajjasi, yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vattesī”ti? 
;;;“But knowing and seeing thus, do you wield the many kinds of psychic power? …” 
;;;“Yaṁ kho so, susima, puriso tatonidānaṁ dukkhaṁ domanassaṁ paṭisaṁvediyetha. 
;;;“Although that man would experience pain and distress because of that, 
;;;Vuddhi hesā, susima, ariyassa vinaye yo accayaṁ accayato disvā yathādhammaṁ paṭikaroti, āyatiñca saṁvaraṁ āpajjatī”ti. 
;;;For it is growth in the training of the Noble One to recognize a mistake for what it is, deal with it properly, and commit to restraint in the future.” 
;;;dasamo susimena cāti. 
;;;

>En 

“Api pana tumhe āyasmanto evaṁ jānantā evaṁ passantā anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhotha—ekopi hutvā bahudhā hotha, bahudhāpi hutvā eko hotha; āvibhāvaṁ, tirobhāvaṁ, tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamānā gacchatha, seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ karotha, seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gacchatha, seyyathāpi pathaviyaṁ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kamatha, seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve pāṇinā parimasatha parimajjatha, yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vattethā”ti? ;;;“But knowing and seeing thus, do you wield the many kinds of psychic power? That is, multiplying yourselves and becoming one again; appearing and disappearing; going unobstructed through a wall, a rampart, or a mountain as if through space; diving in and out of the earth as if it were water; walking on water as if it were earth; flying cross-legged through the sky like a bird; touching and stroking with the hand the sun and moon, so mighty and powerful. Do you control the body as far as the realm of divinity?” 
;;;Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā susimo yāvatako tehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṁ ahosi kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi. 
;;;and informed the Buddha of all he had discussed with those mendicants. 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if they’re impermanent, suffering, and perishable, are they fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Api pana tvaṁ, susima, evaṁ jānanto evaṁ passanto anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhosi—ekopi hutvā bahudhā hosi, bahudhāpi hutvā eko hosi; āvibhāvaṁ, tirobhāvaṁ, tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamāno gacchasi, seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ karosi, seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāno gacchasi, seyyathāpi pathaviyaṁ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kamasi, seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve pāṇinā parimasasi parimajjasi, yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vattesī”ti? 
;;;“But knowing and seeing thus, do you wield the many kinds of psychic power? …” 
;;;“Yaṁ kho so, susima, puriso tatonidānaṁ dukkhaṁ domanassaṁ paṭisaṁvediyetha. 
;;;“Although that man would experience pain and distress because of that, 
;;;Vuddhi hesā, susima, ariyassa vinaye yo accayaṁ accayato disvā yathādhammaṁ paṭikaroti, āyatiñca saṁvaraṁ āpajjatī”ti. 
;;;For it is growth in the training of the Noble One to recognize a mistake for what it is, deal with it properly, and commit to restraint in the future.” 
;;;dasamo susimena cāti. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

peyyālaantaramhi yeti. ;;; 
;;;

>En 

peyyālaantaramhi yeti. ;;; 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

katamaṁ nu kho bahutaraṁ, yo vāyaṁ mayā paritto nakhasikhāyaṁ paṁsu āropito, ayaṁ vā mahāpathavī”ti? ;;;Which is more: the little bit of dirt under my fingernail, or this great earth?” 
;;;

>En 

katamaṁ nu kho bahutaraṁ, yo vāyaṁ mayā paritto nakhasikhāyaṁ paṁsu āropito, ayaṁ vā mahāpathavī”ti? ;;;Which is more: the little bit of dirt under my fingernail, or this great earth?” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso mahāpathaviyā satta kolaṭṭhimattiyo guḷikā upanikkhipeyya. ;;;“Mendicants, suppose a person was to place seven clay balls the size of jujube seeds on the great earth. 
;;;

>En 

“Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso mahāpathaviyā satta kolaṭṭhimattiyo guḷikā upanikkhipeyya. ;;;“Mendicants, suppose a person was to place seven clay balls the size of jujube seeds on the great earth. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atītampi kho, bhikkhave, addhānaṁ dhātusova sattā saṁsandiṁsu samiṁsu. ;;;In the past, too, sentient beings came together and converged because of an element. … 
;;;Anāgatampi kho, bhikkhave, addhānaṁ dhātusova sattā saṁsandissanti samessanti. 
;;;In the future, too, sentient beings will come together and converge because of an element. … 
;;;Etarahipi kho, bhikkhave, paccuppannaṁ addhānaṁ dhātusova sattā saṁsandanti samenti. 
;;;At present, too, sentient beings come together and converge because of an element. 
;;;

>En 

Atītampi kho, bhikkhave, addhānaṁ dhātusova sattā saṁsandiṁsu samiṁsu. ;;;In the past, too, sentient beings came together and converged because of an element. … 
;;;Anāgatampi kho, bhikkhave, addhānaṁ dhātusova sattā saṁsandissanti samessanti. 
;;;In the future, too, sentient beings will come together and converge because of an element. … 
;;;Etarahipi kho, bhikkhave, paccuppannaṁ addhānaṁ dhātusova sattā saṁsandanti samenti. 
;;;At present, too, sentient beings come together and converge because of an element. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

āyasmāpi kho mahāmoggallāno sambahulehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṁ bhagavato avidūre caṅkamati; ;;;Venerable Mahāmoggallāna was doing likewise, as were 
;;;āyasmāpi kho puṇṇo mantāniputto sambahulehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṁ bhagavato avidūre caṅkamati; 
;;;Venerable Puṇṇa son of Mantāṇī, 
;;;Passatha no tumhe, bhikkhave, moggallānaṁ sambahulehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṁ caṅkamantan”ti? 
;;;Do you see Moggallāna walking together with several mendicants?” 
;;;

>En 

āyasmāpi kho mahāmoggallāno sambahulehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṁ bhagavato avidūre caṅkamati; ;;;Venerable Mahāmoggallāna was doing likewise, as were 
;;;āyasmāpi kho puṇṇo mantāniputto sambahulehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṁ bhagavato avidūre caṅkamati; 
;;;Venerable Puṇṇa son of Mantāṇī, 
;;;Passatha no tumhe, bhikkhave, moggallānaṁ sambahulehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṁ caṅkamantan”ti? 
;;;Do you see Moggallāna walking together with several mendicants?” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

pahitattehi jhāyīhi; ;;;who are secluded and determined 
;;;

>En 

pahitattehi jhāyīhi; ;;;who are secluded and determined 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Yāvakīvañcāhaṁ, bhikkhave, imāsaṁ catunnaṁ dhātūnaṁ evaṁ assādañca assādato ādīnavañca ādīnavato nissaraṇañca nissaraṇato yathābhūtaṁ na abbhaññāsiṁ, neva tāvāhaṁ, bhikkhave, sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambuddhoti paccaññāsiṁ. ;;;As long as I didn’t truly understand these four elements’ gratification, drawback, and escape in this way for what they are, I didn’t announce my supreme perfect awakening in this world with its gods, Māras, and Divinities, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans. 
;;;

>En 

Yāvakīvañcāhaṁ, bhikkhave, imāsaṁ catunnaṁ dhātūnaṁ evaṁ assādañca assādato ādīnavañca ādīnavato nissaraṇañca nissaraṇato yathābhūtaṁ na abbhaññāsiṁ, neva tāvāhaṁ, bhikkhave, sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambuddhoti paccaññāsiṁ. ;;;As long as I didn’t truly understand these four elements’ gratification, drawback, and escape in this way for what they are, I didn’t announce my supreme perfect awakening in this world with its gods, Māras, and Divinities, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Pathavīdhātu ce hidaṁ, bhikkhave, ekantadukkhā abhavissa dukkhānupatitā dukkhāvakkantā anavakkantā sukhena, nayidaṁ sattā pathavīdhātuyā sārajjeyyuṁ. ;;;“Mendicants, if the earth element were exclusively painful—soaked and steeped in pain and not steeped in pleasure—sentient beings wouldn’t be aroused by it. 
;;;

>En 

“Pathavīdhātu ce hidaṁ, bhikkhave, ekantadukkhā abhavissa dukkhānupatitā dukkhāvakkantā anavakkantā sukhena, nayidaṁ sattā pathavīdhātuyā sārajjeyyuṁ. ;;;“Mendicants, if the earth element were exclusively painful—soaked and steeped in pain and not steeped in pleasure—sentient beings wouldn’t be aroused by it. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso yaṁ imasmiṁ jambudīpe tiṇakaṭṭhasākhāpalāsaṁ taṁ chetvā ekajjhaṁ saṁharitvā caturaṅgulaṁ caturaṅgulaṁ ghaṭikaṁ katvā nikkhipeyya: ;;;Suppose a person was to strip all the grass, sticks, branches, and leaves in the Black Plum Tree Land, gather them together into one pile, and chop them each into four inch pieces. They’d lay them down, saying: 
;;;‘ayaṁ me mātā, tassā me mātu ayaṁ mātā’ti, apariyādinnāva, bhikkhave, tassa purisassa mātumātaro assu, atha imasmiṁ jambudīpe tiṇakaṭṭhasākhāpalāsaṁ parikkhayaṁ pariyādānaṁ gaccheyya. 
;;;‘This is my mother, this is my grandmother.’ The grass, sticks, branches, and leaves of the Black Plum Tree Land would run out before that person’s mothers and grandmothers. 
;;;

>En 

Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso yaṁ imasmiṁ jambudīpe tiṇakaṭṭhasākhāpalāsaṁ taṁ chetvā ekajjhaṁ saṁharitvā caturaṅgulaṁ caturaṅgulaṁ ghaṭikaṁ katvā nikkhipeyya: ;;;Suppose a person was to strip all the grass, sticks, branches, and leaves in the Black Plum Tree Land, gather them together into one pile, and chop them each into four inch pieces. They’d lay them down, saying: 
;;;‘ayaṁ me mātā, tassā me mātu ayaṁ mātā’ti, apariyādinnāva, bhikkhave, tassa purisassa mātumātaro assu, atha imasmiṁ jambudīpe tiṇakaṭṭhasākhāpalāsaṁ parikkhayaṁ pariyādānaṁ gaccheyya. 
;;;‘This is my mother, this is my grandmother.’ The grass, sticks, branches, and leaves of the Black Plum Tree Land would run out before that person’s mothers and grandmothers. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Taṁ kiṁ maññatha, bhikkhave, katamaṁ nu kho bahutaraṁ, yaṁ vā vo iminā dīghena addhunā sandhāvataṁ saṁsarataṁ amanāpasampayogā manāpavippayogā kandantānaṁ rodantānaṁ assu passannaṁ paggharitaṁ, yaṁ vā catūsu mahāsamuddesu udakan”ti? ;;;What do you think? Which is more: the flow of tears you’ve shed while roaming and transmigrating for such a very long time—weeping and wailing from being united with the unloved and separated from the loved—or the water in the four oceans?” 
;;;

>En 

Taṁ kiṁ maññatha, bhikkhave, katamaṁ nu kho bahutaraṁ, yaṁ vā vo iminā dīghena addhunā sandhāvataṁ saṁsarataṁ amanāpasampayogā manāpavippayogā kandantānaṁ rodantānaṁ assu passannaṁ paggharitaṁ, yaṁ vā catūsu mahāsamuddesu udakan”ti? ;;;What do you think? Which is more: the flow of tears you’ve shed while roaming and transmigrating for such a very long time—weeping and wailing from being united with the unloved and separated from the loved—or the water in the four oceans?” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Seyyathāpi, bhikkhu, āyasaṁ nagaraṁ yojanaṁ āyāmena yojanaṁ vitthārena yojanaṁ ubbedhena, puṇṇaṁ sāsapānaṁ guḷikābaddhaṁ. ;;;“Suppose there was an iron city, a league long, a league wide, and a league high, full of mustard seeds pressed into balls. 
;;;

>En 

“Seyyathāpi, bhikkhu, āyasaṁ nagaraṁ yojanaṁ āyāmena yojanaṁ vitthārena yojanaṁ ubbedhena, puṇṇaṁ sāsapānaṁ guḷikābaddhaṁ. ;;;“Suppose there was an iron city, a league long, a league wide, and a league high, full of mustard seeds pressed into balls. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Dīgharattaṁ vo, bhikkhave, mahiṁsānaṁ sataṁ mahiṁsabhūtānaṁ sīsacchinnānaṁ lohitaṁ passannaṁ paggharitaṁ …pe… ;;;For a long time you’ve been buffalo … 
;;;

>En 

Dīgharattaṁ vo, bhikkhave, mahiṁsānaṁ sataṁ mahiṁsabhūtānaṁ sīsacchinnānaṁ lohitaṁ passannaṁ paggharitaṁ …pe… ;;;For a long time you’ve been buffalo … 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Mayhaṁ kho pana, bhikkhave, sāriputtamoggallānaṁ nāma sāvakayugaṁ aggaṁ bhaddayugaṁ. ;;;I have a fine pair of chief disciples named Sāriputta and Moggallāna. 
;;;

>En 

Mayhaṁ kho pana, bhikkhave, sāriputtamoggallānaṁ nāma sāvakayugaṁ aggaṁ bhaddayugaṁ. ;;;I have a fine pair of chief disciples named Sāriputta and Moggallāna. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā mahākassapo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā mahākassapena saddhiṁ sammodi. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Sāriputta came out of retreat, went to Venerable Mahākassapa, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;“vuccati hidaṁ, āvuso kassapa, anātāpī anottappī abhabbo sambodhāya abhabbo nibbānāya abhabbo anuttarassa yogakkhemassa adhigamāya; 
;;;“Reverend Kassapa, it’s said that without being keen and prudent you can’t achieve awakening, extinguishment, and the supreme sanctuary from the yoke. 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā mahākassapo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā mahākassapena saddhiṁ sammodi. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Sāriputta came out of retreat, went to Venerable Mahākassapa, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;“vuccati hidaṁ, āvuso kassapa, anātāpī anottappī abhabbo sambodhāya abhabbo nibbānāya abhabbo anuttarassa yogakkhemassa adhigamāya; 
;;;“Reverend Kassapa, it’s said that without being keen and prudent you can’t achieve awakening, extinguishment, and the supreme sanctuary from the yoke. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Iti dhammasudhammataṁ paṭicca paresaṁ dhammaṁ deseti, kāruññaṁ paṭicca anuddayaṁ paṭicca anukampaṁ upādāya paresaṁ dhammaṁ deseti. ;;;So they teach others because of the natural excellence of the teaching, out of compassion, kindness, and sympathy. 
;;;

>En 

Iti dhammasudhammataṁ paṭicca paresaṁ dhammaṁ deseti, kāruññaṁ paṭicca anuddayaṁ paṭicca anukampaṁ upādāya paresaṁ dhammaṁ deseti. ;;;So they teach others because of the natural excellence of the teaching, out of compassion, kindness, and sympathy. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Ahaṁ kho, bhante, dīgharattaṁ āraññiko ceva āraññikattassa ca vaṇṇavādī, piṇḍapātiko ceva piṇḍapātikattassa ca vaṇṇavādī, paṁsukūliko ceva paṁsukūlikattassa ca vaṇṇavādī, tecīvariko ceva tecīvarikattassa ca vaṇṇavādī, appiccho ceva appicchatāya ca vaṇṇavādī, santuṭṭho ceva santuṭṭhiyā ca vaṇṇavādī, pavivitto ceva pavivekassa ca vaṇṇavādī, asaṁsaṭṭho ceva asaṁsaggassa ca vaṇṇavādī, āraddhavīriyo ceva vīriyārambhassa ca vaṇṇavādī”ti. ;;;“For a long time, sir, I’ve lived in the wilderness, eaten only almsfood, worn rag robes, and owned just three robes; and I’ve praised these things. I’ve been one of few wishes, content, secluded, aloof, and energetic; and I’ve praised these things.” 
;;;‘appeva nāma pacchimā janatā diṭṭhānugatiṁ āpajjeyyuṁ. 
;;;‘Hopefully those who come after might follow my example.’ 
;;;

>En 

“Ahaṁ kho, bhante, dīgharattaṁ āraññiko ceva āraññikattassa ca vaṇṇavādī, piṇḍapātiko ceva piṇḍapātikattassa ca vaṇṇavādī, paṁsukūliko ceva paṁsukūlikattassa ca vaṇṇavādī, tecīvariko ceva tecīvarikattassa ca vaṇṇavādī, appiccho ceva appicchatāya ca vaṇṇavādī, santuṭṭho ceva santuṭṭhiyā ca vaṇṇavādī, pavivitto ceva pavivekassa ca vaṇṇavādī, asaṁsaṭṭho ceva asaṁsaggassa ca vaṇṇavādī, āraddhavīriyo ceva vīriyārambhassa ca vaṇṇavādī”ti. ;;;“For a long time, sir, I’ve lived in the wilderness, eaten only almsfood, worn rag robes, and owned just three robes; and I’ve praised these things. I’ve been one of few wishes, content, secluded, aloof, and energetic; and I’ve praised these things.” 
;;;‘appeva nāma pacchimā janatā diṭṭhānugatiṁ āpajjeyyuṁ. 
;;;‘Hopefully those who come after might follow my example.’ 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Idhāhaṁ, bhante, addasaṁ bhaṇḍañca nāma bhikkhuṁ ānandassa saddhivihāriṁ abhijikañca nāma bhikkhuṁ anuruddhassa saddhivihāriṁ aññamaññaṁ sutena accāvadante: ;;;Take the monk called Bhaṇḍa, Ānanda’s protégé. He’s been competing in studies with the monk called Abhiñjika, Anuruddha’s protégé. They say: 
;;;Yato ca kho tumhe, bhikkhave, accayaṁ accayato disvā yathādhammaṁ paṭikarotha, taṁ vo mayaṁ paṭiggaṇhāma. 
;;;But since you have recognized your mistake for what it is, and have dealt with it properly, I accept it. 
;;;

>En 

Idhāhaṁ, bhante, addasaṁ bhaṇḍañca nāma bhikkhuṁ ānandassa saddhivihāriṁ abhijikañca nāma bhikkhuṁ anuruddhassa saddhivihāriṁ aññamaññaṁ sutena accāvadante: ;;;Take the monk called Bhaṇḍa, Ānanda’s protégé. He’s been competing in studies with the monk called Abhiñjika, Anuruddha’s protégé. They say: 
;;;Yato ca kho tumhe, bhikkhave, accayaṁ accayato disvā yathādhammaṁ paṭikarotha, taṁ vo mayaṁ paṭiggaṇhāma. 
;;;But since you have recognized your mistake for what it is, and have dealt with it properly, I accept it. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

‘Assaddho purisapuggalo’ti, bhante, parihānametaṁ; ;;;A faithless individual is in decline. 
;;;‘ahiriko purisapuggalo’ti, bhante, parihānametaṁ; 
;;;An individual with no conscience is in decline. 
;;;‘anottappī purisapuggalo’ti, bhante, parihānametaṁ; 
;;;An imprudent individual is in decline. 
;;;‘kusīto purisapuggalo’ti, bhante, parihānametaṁ; 
;;;A lazy individual is in decline. 
;;;‘duppañño purisapuggalo’ti, bhante, parihānametaṁ; 
;;;A witless individual is in decline. 
;;;‘kodhano purisapuggalo’ti, bhante, parihānametaṁ; 
;;;An irritable individual is in decline. 
;;;‘upanāhī purisapuggalo’ti, bhante, parihānametaṁ; 
;;;An acrimonious individual is in decline. 
;;;‘na santi bhikkhū ovādakā’ti, bhante, parihānametaṁ. 
;;;When there are no mendicant advisers there is decline. 
;;;‘Saddho purisapuggalo’ti, bhante, aparihānametaṁ; 
;;;A faithful individual doesn’t decline. 
;;;‘hirimā purisapuggalo’ti, bhante, aparihānametaṁ; 
;;;An individual with a conscience doesn’t decline. 
;;;‘ottappī purisapuggalo’ti, bhante, aparihānametaṁ; 
;;;A prudent individual doesn’t decline. 
;;;‘āraddhavīriyo purisapuggalo’ti, bhante, aparihānametaṁ; 
;;;An energetic individual doesn’t decline. 
;;;‘paññavā purisapuggalo’ti, bhante, aparihānametaṁ; 
;;;A wise individual doesn’t decline. 
;;;‘akkodhano purisapuggalo’ti, bhante, aparihānametaṁ; 
;;;A loving individual doesn’t decline. 
;;;‘anupanāhī purisapuggalo’ti, bhante, aparihānametaṁ; 
;;;A kind individual doesn’t decline. 
;;;‘Assaddho purisapuggalo’ti, kassapa, parihānametaṁ; 
;;; 
;;;‘upanāhī purisapuggalo’ti, kassapa, parihānametaṁ; 
;;; 
;;;‘na santi bhikkhū ovādakā’ti, kassapa, parihānametaṁ. 
;;;When there are no mendicant advisers there is decline. 
;;;‘Saddho purisapuggalo’ti, kassapa, aparihānametaṁ; 
;;; 
;;;‘anupanāhī purisapuggalo’ti, kassapa, aparihānametaṁ; 
;;; 
;;;

>En 

‘Assaddho purisapuggalo’ti, bhante, parihānametaṁ; ;;;A faithless individual is in decline. 
;;;‘ahiriko purisapuggalo’ti, bhante, parihānametaṁ; 
;;;An individual with no conscience is in decline. 
;;;‘anottappī purisapuggalo’ti, bhante, parihānametaṁ; 
;;;An imprudent individual is in decline. 
;;;‘kusīto purisapuggalo’ti, bhante, parihānametaṁ; 
;;;A lazy individual is in decline. 
;;;‘duppañño purisapuggalo’ti, bhante, parihānametaṁ; 
;;;A witless individual is in decline. 
;;;‘kodhano purisapuggalo’ti, bhante, parihānametaṁ; 
;;;An irritable individual is in decline. 
;;;‘upanāhī purisapuggalo’ti, bhante, parihānametaṁ; 
;;;An acrimonious individual is in decline. 
;;;‘na santi bhikkhū ovādakā’ti, bhante, parihānametaṁ. 
;;;When there are no mendicant advisers there is decline. 
;;;‘Saddho purisapuggalo’ti, bhante, aparihānametaṁ; 
;;;A faithful individual doesn’t decline. 
;;;‘hirimā purisapuggalo’ti, bhante, aparihānametaṁ; 
;;;An individual with a conscience doesn’t decline. 
;;;‘ottappī purisapuggalo’ti, bhante, aparihānametaṁ; 
;;;A prudent individual doesn’t decline. 
;;;‘āraddhavīriyo purisapuggalo’ti, bhante, aparihānametaṁ; 
;;;An energetic individual doesn’t decline. 
;;;‘paññavā purisapuggalo’ti, bhante, aparihānametaṁ; 
;;;A wise individual doesn’t decline. 
;;;‘akkodhano purisapuggalo’ti, bhante, aparihānametaṁ; 
;;;A loving individual doesn’t decline. 
;;;‘anupanāhī purisapuggalo’ti, bhante, aparihānametaṁ; 
;;;A kind individual doesn’t decline. 
;;;‘Assaddho purisapuggalo’ti, kassapa, parihānametaṁ; 
;;; 
;;;‘upanāhī purisapuggalo’ti, kassapa, parihānametaṁ; 
;;; 
;;;‘na santi bhikkhū ovādakā’ti, kassapa, parihānametaṁ. 
;;;When there are no mendicant advisers there is decline. 
;;;‘Saddho purisapuggalo’ti, kassapa, aparihānametaṁ; 
;;; 
;;;‘anupanāhī purisapuggalo’ti, kassapa, aparihānametaṁ; 
;;; 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

‘upaddutā brahmacārī brahmacārūpaddavena abhipatthanā brahmacārī brahmacāriabhipatthanenā’ti, etarahi taṁ, kassapa, sammā vadamāno vadeyya: ‘upaddutā brahmacārī brahmacārūpaddavena abhipatthanā brahmacārī brahmacāriabhipatthanenā’”ti. ;;;spiritual practitioners are imperiled by the peril of a spiritual practitioner, and vanquished by the vanquishing of a spiritual practitioner, it is these days that this could be rightly said.” 
;;;

>En 

‘upaddutā brahmacārī brahmacārūpaddavena abhipatthanā brahmacārī brahmacāriabhipatthanenā’ti, etarahi taṁ, kassapa, sammā vadamāno vadeyya: ‘upaddutā brahmacārī brahmacārūpaddavena abhipatthanā brahmacārī brahmacāriabhipatthanenā’”ti. ;;;spiritual practitioners are imperiled by the peril of a spiritual practitioner, and vanquished by the vanquishing of a spiritual practitioner, it is these days that this could be rightly said.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Ahaṁ, bhikkhave, yāvade ākaṅkhāmi anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhomi—ekopi hutvā bahudhā homi, bahudhāpi hutvā eko homi; āvibhāvaṁ, tirobhāvaṁ, tirokuṭṭaṁ, tiropākāraṁ, tiropabbataṁ, asajjamāno gacchāmi, seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ karomi, seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gacchāmi, seyyathāpi pathaviyaṁ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kamāmi, seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve pāṇinā parimasāmi parimajjāmi; yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vattemi. ;;;Whenever I want, I wield the many kinds of psychic power: multiplying myself and becoming one again; appearing and disappearing; going unobstructed through a wall, a rampart, or a mountain as if through space; diving in and out of the earth as if it were water; walking on water as if it were earth; flying cross-legged through the sky like a bird; touching and stroking with the hand the sun and moon, so mighty and powerful. I control the body as far as the realm of divinity. 
;;;

>En 

Ahaṁ, bhikkhave, yāvade ākaṅkhāmi anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhomi—ekopi hutvā bahudhā homi, bahudhāpi hutvā eko homi; āvibhāvaṁ, tirobhāvaṁ, tirokuṭṭaṁ, tiropākāraṁ, tiropabbataṁ, asajjamāno gacchāmi, seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ karomi, seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gacchāmi, seyyathāpi pathaviyaṁ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kamāmi, seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve pāṇinā parimasāmi parimajjāmi; yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vattemi. ;;;Whenever I want, I wield the many kinds of psychic power: multiplying myself and becoming one again; appearing and disappearing; going unobstructed through a wall, a rampart, or a mountain as if through space; diving in and out of the earth as if it were water; walking on water as if it were earth; flying cross-legged through the sky like a bird; touching and stroking with the hand the sun and moon, so mighty and powerful. I control the body as far as the realm of divinity. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

So khvāhaṁ, āvuso, aparena samayena paṭapilotikānaṁ saṅghāṭiṁ kāretvā ye loke arahanto te uddissa kesamassuṁ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajiṁ. ;;;After some time I made an outer robe of patches and, in the name of the perfected ones in the world, I shaved off my hair and beard, dressed in ocher robes, and went forth from the lay life to homelessness. 
;;;Sattāhameva khvāhaṁ, āvuso, saraṇo raṭṭhapiṇḍaṁ bhuñjiṁ aṭṭhamiyā aññā udapādi. 
;;;For seven days I ate the nation’s almsfood as a debtor. On the eighth day I was enlightened. 
;;;

>En 

So khvāhaṁ, āvuso, aparena samayena paṭapilotikānaṁ saṅghāṭiṁ kāretvā ye loke arahanto te uddissa kesamassuṁ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajiṁ. ;;;After some time I made an outer robe of patches and, in the name of the perfected ones in the world, I shaved off my hair and beard, dressed in ocher robes, and went forth from the lay life to homelessness. 
;;;Sattāhameva khvāhaṁ, āvuso, saraṇo raṭṭhapiṇḍaṁ bhuñjiṁ aṭṭhamiyā aññā udapādi. 
;;;For seven days I ate the nation’s almsfood as a debtor. On the eighth day I was enlightened. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā mahākassapo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā mahākassapena saddhiṁ sammodi. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Sāriputta came out of retreat, went to Venerable Mahākassapa, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā mahākassapo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā mahākassapena saddhiṁ sammodi. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Sāriputta came out of retreat, went to Venerable Mahākassapa, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Na tāva, kassapa, saddhammassa antaradhānaṁ hoti yāva na saddhammappatirūpakaṁ loke uppajjati. ;;;The true teaching doesn’t disappear as long the counterfeit of the true teaching hasn’t appeared in the world. 
;;;

>En 

Na tāva, kassapa, saddhammassa antaradhānaṁ hoti yāva na saddhammappatirūpakaṁ loke uppajjati. ;;;The true teaching doesn’t disappear as long the counterfeit of the true teaching hasn’t appeared in the world. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhikkhu giddho papatāya anayaṁ āpanno byasanaṁ āpanno yathākāmakaraṇīyo pāpimato. ;;; 
;;;

>En 

ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhikkhu giddho papatāya anayaṁ āpanno byasanaṁ āpanno yathākāmakaraṇīyo pāpimato. ;;; 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Sā tatra tatra sajjeyya, tatra tatra gayheyya, tatra tatra bajjheyya, tatra tatra anayabyasanaṁ āpajjeyya. ;;;She’d get caught, snagged, and trapped at every turn, coming to ruin. 
;;;

>En 

Sā tatra tatra sajjeyya, tatra tatra gayheyya, tatra tatra bajjheyya, tatra tatra anayabyasanaṁ āpajjeyya. ;;;She’d get caught, snagged, and trapped at every turn, coming to ruin. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, mīḷhakā gūthādī gūthapūrā puṇṇā gūthassa. Purato cassa mahāgūthapuñjo. ;;;Suppose there was a dung-eating beetle full of dung, stuffed with dung, and before her was a huge pile of dung. 
;;;

>En 

Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, mīḷhakā gūthādī gūthapūrā puṇṇā gūthassa. Purato cassa mahāgūthapuñjo. ;;;Suppose there was a dung-eating beetle full of dung, stuffed with dung, and before her was a huge pile of dung. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Kaṁ, bhikkhave, asanivicakkaṁ āgacchatu, sekhaṁ appattamānasaṁ lābhasakkārasiloko anupāpuṇātu. ;;;Who should be struck by lightning? A trainee who comes into possessions, honor, and popularity before they achieve their heart’s desire. 
;;;

>En 

Kaṁ, bhikkhave, asanivicakkaṁ āgacchatu, sekhaṁ appattamānasaṁ lābhasakkārasiloko anupāpuṇātu. ;;;Who should be struck by lightning? A trainee who comes into possessions, honor, and popularity before they achieve their heart’s desire. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Diddhasutta ;;;A Poisoned Arrow 
;;;Kaṁ, bhikkhave, diddhagatena visallena sallena vijjhatu, sekhaṁ appattamānasaṁ lābhasakkārasiloko anupāpuṇātu. 
;;;Who should be pierced by a poisoned arrow? A trainee who comes into possessions, honor, and popularity before they achieve their heart’s desire. 
;;;Sallanti kho, bhikkhave, lābhasakkārasilokassetaṁ adhivacanaṁ. 
;;;‘Arrow’ is a term for possessions, honor, and popularity. 
;;;

>En 

Diddhasutta ;;;A Poisoned Arrow 
;;;Kaṁ, bhikkhave, diddhagatena visallena sallena vijjhatu, sekhaṁ appattamānasaṁ lābhasakkārasiloko anupāpuṇātu. 
;;;Who should be pierced by a poisoned arrow? A trainee who comes into possessions, honor, and popularity before they achieve their heart’s desire. 
;;;Sallanti kho, bhikkhave, lābhasakkārasilokassetaṁ adhivacanaṁ. 
;;;‘Arrow’ is a term for possessions, honor, and popularity. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Assuttha no tumhe, bhikkhave, rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ jarasiṅgālassa vassamānassā”ti? ;;;Mendicants, did you hear an old jackal howling at the crack of dawn?” 
;;;“Eso kho, bhikkhave, jarasiṅgālo ukkaṇḍakena nāma rogajātena phuṭṭho neva bilagato ramati, na rukkhamūlagato ramati, na ajjhokāsagato ramati; 
;;;“That old jackal has the disease called mange. He’s not happy in his den, or at the root of a tree, or out in the open. 
;;;

>En 

Assuttha no tumhe, bhikkhave, rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ jarasiṅgālassa vassamānassā”ti? ;;;Mendicants, did you hear an old jackal howling at the crack of dawn?” 
;;;“Eso kho, bhikkhave, jarasiṅgālo ukkaṇḍakena nāma rogajātena phuṭṭho neva bilagato ramati, na rukkhamūlagato ramati, na ajjhokāsagato ramati; 
;;;“That old jackal has the disease called mange. He’s not happy in his den, or at the root of a tree, or out in the open. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

tādiso, tāta, bhavāhi yādisā sāriputtamoggallānāti. ;;;please be like Sāriputta and Moggallāna.’ 
;;;

>En 

tādiso, tāta, bhavāhi yādisā sāriputtamoggallānāti. ;;;please be like Sāriputta and Moggallāna.’ 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: ;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;

>En 

“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: ;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: ;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;

>En 

“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: ;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā ca lakkhaṇo āyasmā ca mahāmoggallāno gijjhakūṭe pabbate viharanti. ;;;Now at that time Venerable Lakkhaṇa and Venerable Mahāmoggallāna were staying on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yenāyasmā lakkhaṇo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ lakkhaṇaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then Mahāmoggallāna robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, went to Lakkhaṇa and said to him, 
;;;“āyāmāvuso lakkhaṇa, rājagahaṁ piṇḍāya pavisissāmā”ti. 
;;;“Come, Reverend Lakkhaṇa, let’s enter Rājagaha for alms.” 
;;;“Evamāvuso”ti kho āyasmā lakkhaṇo āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa paccassosi. 
;;;“Yes, reverend,” Lakkhaṇa replied. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto aññatarasmiṁ padese sitaṁ pātvākāsi. 
;;;As Mahāmoggallāna was descending from Vulture’s Peak Mountain he smiled at a certain spot. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā lakkhaṇo āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;So Lakkhaṇa said to Mahāmoggallāna, 
;;;“ko nu kho, āvuso moggallāna, hetu ko paccayo sitassa pātukammāyā”ti? 
;;;“What is the cause, Reverend Moggallāna, what is the reason you smiled?” 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā ca lakkhaṇo āyasmā ca mahāmoggallāno rājagahe piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkantā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā lakkhaṇo āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then Lakkhaṇa and Mahāmoggallāna wandered for alms in Rājagaha. After the meal, on their return from almsround, they went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. Lakkhaṇa said to Mahāmoggallāna: 
;;;“idhāyasmā mahāmoggallāno gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto aññatarasmiṁ padese sitaṁ pātvākāsi. 
;;;“Just now, as Mahāmoggallāna was descending from Vulture’s Peak Mountain he smiled at a certain spot. 
;;;Ko nu kho, āvuso moggallāna, hetu ko paccayo sitassa pātukammāyā”ti? 
;;;What is the cause, Reverend Moggallāna, what is the reason you smiled?” 
;;;Ahañcetaṁ byākareyyaṁ, pare ca me na saddaheyyuṁ. 
;;;For if I had spoken of it others would not have believed me, 
;;;

>En 

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā ca lakkhaṇo āyasmā ca mahāmoggallāno gijjhakūṭe pabbate viharanti. ;;;Now at that time Venerable Lakkhaṇa and Venerable Mahāmoggallāna were staying on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yenāyasmā lakkhaṇo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ lakkhaṇaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then Mahāmoggallāna robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, went to Lakkhaṇa and said to him, 
;;;“āyāmāvuso lakkhaṇa, rājagahaṁ piṇḍāya pavisissāmā”ti. 
;;;“Come, Reverend Lakkhaṇa, let’s enter Rājagaha for alms.” 
;;;“Evamāvuso”ti kho āyasmā lakkhaṇo āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa paccassosi. 
;;;“Yes, reverend,” Lakkhaṇa replied. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto aññatarasmiṁ padese sitaṁ pātvākāsi. 
;;;As Mahāmoggallāna was descending from Vulture’s Peak Mountain he smiled at a certain spot. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā lakkhaṇo āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;So Lakkhaṇa said to Mahāmoggallāna, 
;;;“ko nu kho, āvuso moggallāna, hetu ko paccayo sitassa pātukammāyā”ti? 
;;;“What is the cause, Reverend Moggallāna, what is the reason you smiled?” 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā ca lakkhaṇo āyasmā ca mahāmoggallāno rājagahe piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkantā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā lakkhaṇo āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then Lakkhaṇa and Mahāmoggallāna wandered for alms in Rājagaha. After the meal, on their return from almsround, they went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. Lakkhaṇa said to Mahāmoggallāna: 
;;;“idhāyasmā mahāmoggallāno gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto aññatarasmiṁ padese sitaṁ pātvākāsi. 
;;;“Just now, as Mahāmoggallāna was descending from Vulture’s Peak Mountain he smiled at a certain spot. 
;;;Ko nu kho, āvuso moggallāna, hetu ko paccayo sitassa pātukammāyā”ti? 
;;;What is the cause, Reverend Moggallāna, what is the reason you smiled?” 
;;;Ahañcetaṁ byākareyyaṁ, pare ca me na saddaheyyuṁ. 
;;;For if I had spoken of it others would not have believed me, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

So kassapassa sammāsambuddhassa pāvacane bhikkhusaṅghaṁ bhattena nimantetvā doṇiyo gūthassa pūrāpetvā etadavoca— ;;;In the time of the Buddha Kassapa’s dispensation he invited the Saṅgha of mendicants for a meal. He filled a trough with dung and said: 
;;;

>En 

So kassapassa sammāsambuddhassa pāvacane bhikkhusaṅghaṁ bhattena nimantetvā doṇiyo gūthassa pūrāpetvā etadavoca— ;;;In the time of the Buddha Kassapa’s dispensation he invited the Saṅgha of mendicants for a meal. He filled a trough with dung and said: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Idhāhaṁ, āvuso, gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto addasaṁ asīsakaṁ kabandhaṁ vehāsaṁ gacchantaṁ. ;;;“Just now, reverend, as I was descending from Vulture’s Peak Mountain I saw a headless trunk flying through the air. 
;;;

>En 

“Idhāhaṁ, āvuso, gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto addasaṁ asīsakaṁ kabandhaṁ vehāsaṁ gacchantaṁ. ;;;“Just now, reverend, as I was descending from Vulture’s Peak Mountain I saw a headless trunk flying through the air. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tassa saṅghāṭipi ādittā sampajjalitā sajotibhūtā, pattopi āditto sampajjalito sajotibhūto, kāyabandhanampi ādittaṁ sampajjalitaṁ sajotibhūtaṁ, kāyopi āditto sampajjalito sajotibhūto. ;;;His outer robe, bowl, belt, and body were burning, blazing, and glowing 
;;;

>En 

Tassa saṅghāṭipi ādittā sampajjalitā sajotibhūtā, pattopi āditto sampajjalito sajotibhūto, kāyabandhanampi ādittaṁ sampajjalitaṁ sajotibhūtaṁ, kāyopi āditto sampajjalito sajotibhūto. ;;;His outer robe, bowl, belt, and body were burning, blazing, and glowing 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Yathā ca, bhikkhave, tassa purisassa javo yathā ca candimasūriyānaṁ javo yathā ca yā devatā candimasūriyānaṁ purato dhāvanti tāsaṁ devatānaṁ javo, (…) tato sīghataraṁ āyusaṅkhārā khīyanti. ;;;As fast as that man is, as fast as the sun and moon are, and as fast as the deities that run before the sun and moon are, the waning of the life forces is faster. 
;;;

>En 

Yathā ca, bhikkhave, tassa purisassa javo yathā ca candimasūriyānaṁ javo yathā ca yā devatā candimasūriyānaṁ purato dhāvanti tāsaṁ devatānaṁ javo, (…) tato sīghataraṁ āyusaṅkhārā khīyanti. ;;;As fast as that man is, as fast as the sun and moon are, and as fast as the deities that run before the sun and moon are, the waning of the life forces is faster. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Bhavissanti, bhikkhave, anāgatamaddhānaṁ licchavī sukhumālā mudutalunahatthapādā ;;;But in the future the Licchavis will become delicate, with soft and tender hands and feet. 
;;;te mudukāsu seyyāsu tūlabibbohanāsu yāvasūriyuggamanā seyyaṁ kappissanti. 
;;;They’ll sleep on soft beds with down pillows until the sun comes up. 
;;;

>En 

Bhavissanti, bhikkhave, anāgatamaddhānaṁ licchavī sukhumālā mudutalunahatthapādā ;;;But in the future the Licchavis will become delicate, with soft and tender hands and feet. 
;;;te mudukāsu seyyāsu tūlabibbohanāsu yāvasūriyuggamanā seyyaṁ kappissanti. 
;;;They’ll sleep on soft beds with down pillows until the sun comes up. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Te taṁ lābhaṁ agadhitā amucchitā anajjhopannā ādīnavadassāvino nissaraṇapaññā paribhuñjanti. ;;;And when they get things, they use them untied, uninfatuated, unattached, seeing the drawbacks, and understanding the escape. 
;;;

>En 

Te taṁ lābhaṁ agadhitā amucchitā anajjhopannā ādīnavadassāvino nissaraṇapaññā paribhuñjanti. ;;;And when they get things, they use them untied, uninfatuated, unattached, seeing the drawbacks, and understanding the escape. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Bhūtapubbaṁ, bhikkhave, biḷāro sandhisamalasaṅkaṭīre ṭhito ahosi mudumūsiṁ maggayamāno: ;;;“Once upon a time, mendicants, a cat was standing by an alley or a drain or a dustbin hunting a little mouse, thinking, 
;;;Tamenaṁ biḷāro gahetvā sahasā saṅkhāditvā ajjhohari. 
;;;The cat caught it and hastily swallowed it without chewing. 
;;;

>En 

“Bhūtapubbaṁ, bhikkhave, biḷāro sandhisamalasaṅkaṭīre ṭhito ahosi mudumūsiṁ maggayamāno: ;;;“Once upon a time, mendicants, a cat was standing by an alley or a drain or a dustbin hunting a little mouse, thinking, 
;;;Tamenaṁ biḷāro gahetvā sahasā saṅkhāditvā ajjhohari. 
;;;The cat caught it and hastily swallowed it without chewing. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Kolitasutta ;;;With Kolita 
;;;Tatra kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhikkhū āmantesi: 
;;;There Venerable Mahāmoggallāna addressed the mendicants: 
;;;“Āvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa paccassosuṁ. 
;;;“Reverend,” they replied. 
;;;Āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca: 
;;;Venerable Mahāmoggallāna said this: 
;;;“idha mayhaṁ, āvuso, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: 
;;;“Just now, reverends, as I was in private retreat this thought came to mind: 
;;;‘moggallāna moggallāna, mā, brāhmaṇa, ariyaṁ tuṇhībhāvaṁ pamādo, ariye tuṇhībhāve cittaṁ saṇṭhapehi, ariye tuṇhībhāve cittaṁ ekodibhāvaṁ karohi, ariye tuṇhībhāve cittaṁ samādahā’ti. 
;;;‘Moggallāna, Moggallāna! Don’t neglect noble silence, brahmin! Settle your mind in noble silence; unify your mind and bring it to immersion in noble silence.’ 
;;;

>En 

Kolitasutta ;;;With Kolita 
;;;Tatra kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhikkhū āmantesi: 
;;;There Venerable Mahāmoggallāna addressed the mendicants: 
;;;“Āvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa paccassosuṁ. 
;;;“Reverend,” they replied. 
;;;Āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca: 
;;;Venerable Mahāmoggallāna said this: 
;;;“idha mayhaṁ, āvuso, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: 
;;;“Just now, reverends, as I was in private retreat this thought came to mind: 
;;;‘moggallāna moggallāna, mā, brāhmaṇa, ariyaṁ tuṇhībhāvaṁ pamādo, ariye tuṇhībhāve cittaṁ saṇṭhapehi, ariye tuṇhībhāve cittaṁ ekodibhāvaṁ karohi, ariye tuṇhībhāve cittaṁ samādahā’ti. 
;;;‘Moggallāna, Moggallāna! Don’t neglect noble silence, brahmin! Settle your mind in noble silence; unify your mind and bring it to immersion in noble silence.’ 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Idha mayhaṁ, āvuso, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ;;;“Just now, reverends, as I was in private retreat this thought came to mind: 
;;;

>En 

“Idha mayhaṁ, āvuso, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ;;;“Just now, reverends, as I was in private retreat this thought came to mind: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā ca sāriputto āyasmā ca mahāmoggallāno rājagahe viharanti veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe ekavihāre. ;;;At that time Venerables Sāriputta and Moggallāna were staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā mahāmoggallānena saddhiṁ sammodi. 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Sāriputta came out of retreat, went to Venerable Moggallāna, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;When the greetings and polite conversation were over, Sāriputta sat down to one side, and said to Mahāmoggallāna: 
;;;“Vippasannāni kho te, āvuso moggallāna, indriyāni; 
;;;“Reverend Moggallāna, your faculties are so very clear, and your complexion is pure and bright. 
;;;parisuddho mukhavaṇṇo pariyodāto santena nūnāyasmā mahāmoggallāno ajja vihārena vihāsī”ti. 
;;;Have you spent the day in a peaceful meditation?” 
;;;“Kena saddhiṁ panāyasmato mahāmoggallānassa ahosi dhammī kathā”ti? 
;;;“Who did you have a Dhamma talk with?” 
;;;Kiṁ nu kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhagavantaṁ iddhiyā upasaṅkami; 
;;;Did you go to him with your psychic power, 
;;;udāhu bhagavā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ iddhiyā upasaṅkamī”ti? 
;;;or did he come to you?” 
;;;“Yathākathaṁ panāyasmato mahāmoggallānassa bhagavatā saddhiṁ ahosi dhammī kathā”ti? 
;;;“But what manner of Dhamma talk did you have together?” 
;;;‘idha, moggallāna, bhikkhu āraddhavīriyo viharati— 
;;;‘Moggallāna, it’s when a mendicant lives with energy roused up: 
;;;Evaṁ kho, moggallāna, āraddhavīriyo hotī’ti. 
;;;That’s how a person is energetic.’ 
;;;evameva kho mayaṁ āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa yāvadeva upanikkhepanamattāya. 
;;; 
;;;Āyasmā hi mahāmoggallāno mahiddhiko mahānubhāvo ākaṅkhamāno kappaṁ tiṭṭheyyā”ti. 
;;;Venerable Mahāmoggallāna is so mighty and powerful he could, if he wished, live on for the proper lifespan.” 
;;;

>En 

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā ca sāriputto āyasmā ca mahāmoggallāno rājagahe viharanti veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe ekavihāre. ;;;At that time Venerables Sāriputta and Moggallāna were staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā mahāmoggallānena saddhiṁ sammodi. 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Sāriputta came out of retreat, went to Venerable Moggallāna, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;When the greetings and polite conversation were over, Sāriputta sat down to one side, and said to Mahāmoggallāna: 
;;;“Vippasannāni kho te, āvuso moggallāna, indriyāni; 
;;;“Reverend Moggallāna, your faculties are so very clear, and your complexion is pure and bright. 
;;;parisuddho mukhavaṇṇo pariyodāto santena nūnāyasmā mahāmoggallāno ajja vihārena vihāsī”ti. 
;;;Have you spent the day in a peaceful meditation?” 
;;;“Kena saddhiṁ panāyasmato mahāmoggallānassa ahosi dhammī kathā”ti? 
;;;“Who did you have a Dhamma talk with?” 
;;;Kiṁ nu kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhagavantaṁ iddhiyā upasaṅkami; 
;;;Did you go to him with your psychic power, 
;;;udāhu bhagavā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ iddhiyā upasaṅkamī”ti? 
;;;or did he come to you?” 
;;;“Yathākathaṁ panāyasmato mahāmoggallānassa bhagavatā saddhiṁ ahosi dhammī kathā”ti? 
;;;“But what manner of Dhamma talk did you have together?” 
;;;‘idha, moggallāna, bhikkhu āraddhavīriyo viharati— 
;;;‘Moggallāna, it’s when a mendicant lives with energy roused up: 
;;;Evaṁ kho, moggallāna, āraddhavīriyo hotī’ti. 
;;;That’s how a person is energetic.’ 
;;;evameva kho mayaṁ āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa yāvadeva upanikkhepanamattāya. 
;;; 
;;;Āyasmā hi mahāmoggallāno mahiddhiko mahānubhāvo ākaṅkhamāno kappaṁ tiṭṭheyyā”ti. 
;;;Venerable Mahāmoggallāna is so mighty and powerful he could, if he wished, live on for the proper lifespan.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena upaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the assembly hall. He sat down on the seat spread out, 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena upaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the assembly hall. He sat down on the seat spread out, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Tathā hi pana maṁ, bhante, bhikkhū samantā vācāyasannitodakena sañjambharimakaṁsū”ti. ;;;“Sir, it’s because the mendicants beset me on all sides with sneering and jeering.” 
;;;

>En 

“Tathā hi pana maṁ, bhante, bhikkhū samantā vācāyasannitodakena sañjambharimakaṁsū”ti. ;;;“Sir, it’s because the mendicants beset me on all sides with sneering and jeering.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha sabbamahorattiṁ, ;;;But all day and all night, 
;;;

>En 

Atha sabbamahorattiṁ, ;;;But all day and all night, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā bhaggesu viharati susumāragire bhesakaḷāvane migadāye. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Bhaggas at Crocodile Hill, in the deer park at Bhesakaḷā’s Wood. 
;;;“Ahamasmi, bhante, jiṇṇo vuḍḍho mahallako addhagato vayoanuppatto āturakāyo abhikkhaṇātaṅko. 
;;;“Sir, I’m an old man, elderly and senior. I’m advanced in years and have reached the final stage of life. My body is ailing and I’m constantly unwell. 
;;;‘ahamasmi, bhante, jiṇṇo vuḍḍho mahallako addhagato vayoanuppatto āturakāyo abhikkhaṇātaṅko. 
;;; 
;;;

>En 

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā bhaggesu viharati susumāragire bhesakaḷāvane migadāye. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Bhaggas at Crocodile Hill, in the deer park at Bhesakaḷā’s Wood. 
;;;“Ahamasmi, bhante, jiṇṇo vuḍḍho mahallako addhagato vayoanuppatto āturakāyo abhikkhaṇātaṅko. 
;;;“Sir, I’m an old man, elderly and senior. I’m advanced in years and have reached the final stage of life. My body is ailing and I’m constantly unwell. 
;;;‘ahamasmi, bhante, jiṇṇo vuḍḍho mahallako addhagato vayoanuppatto āturakāyo abhikkhaṇātaṅko. 
;;; 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavocuṁ: ;;;When the greetings and polite conversation were over, they sat down to one side and said to him, 
;;;‘kiṁvādī panāyasmantānaṁ satthā kimakkhāyī’ti, kacci vo āyasmantānaṁ dhammā sussutā suggahitā sumanasikatā sūpadhāritā suppaṭividdhā paññāya, yathā byākaramānā āyasmanto vuttavādino ceva bhagavato assatha, na ca bhagavantaṁ abhūtena abbhācikkheyyātha, dhammassa cānudhammaṁ byākareyyātha, na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānuvādo gārayhaṁ ṭhānaṁ āgaccheyyā”ti? 
;;;‘But what does the venerables’ Teacher teach? What does he explain?’ I trust the venerables have properly heard, learned, applied the mind, and remembered the teachings, and penetrated them with wisdom. That way, when answering you will repeat what the Buddha has said and not misrepresent him with an untruth. You will explain in line with the teaching, with no legitimate grounds for rebuttal and criticism.” 
;;;‘rūpe kho, āvuso, avigatarāgassa avigatacchandassa avigatapemassa avigatapipāsassa avigatapariḷāhassa avigatataṇhassa tassa rūpassa vipariṇāmaññathābhāvā uppajjanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā. 
;;;‘If you’re not free of greed, desire, fondness, thirst, passion, and craving for form, when that form decays and perishes it gives rise to sorrow, lamentation, pain, sadness, and distress. 
;;;

>En 

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavocuṁ: ;;;When the greetings and polite conversation were over, they sat down to one side and said to him, 
;;;‘kiṁvādī panāyasmantānaṁ satthā kimakkhāyī’ti, kacci vo āyasmantānaṁ dhammā sussutā suggahitā sumanasikatā sūpadhāritā suppaṭividdhā paññāya, yathā byākaramānā āyasmanto vuttavādino ceva bhagavato assatha, na ca bhagavantaṁ abhūtena abbhācikkheyyātha, dhammassa cānudhammaṁ byākareyyātha, na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānuvādo gārayhaṁ ṭhānaṁ āgaccheyyā”ti? 
;;;‘But what does the venerables’ Teacher teach? What does he explain?’ I trust the venerables have properly heard, learned, applied the mind, and remembered the teachings, and penetrated them with wisdom. That way, when answering you will repeat what the Buddha has said and not misrepresent him with an untruth. You will explain in line with the teaching, with no legitimate grounds for rebuttal and criticism.” 
;;;‘rūpe kho, āvuso, avigatarāgassa avigatacchandassa avigatapemassa avigatapipāsassa avigatapariḷāhassa avigatataṇhassa tassa rūpassa vipariṇāmaññathābhāvā uppajjanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā. 
;;;‘If you’re not free of greed, desire, fondness, thirst, passion, and craving for form, when that form decays and perishes it gives rise to sorrow, lamentation, pain, sadness, and distress. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho hāliddikāni gahapati yenāyasmā mahākaccāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahākaccānaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho hāliddikāni gahapati āyasmantaṁ mahākaccānaṁ etadavoca: ;;;Then the householder Hāliddikāni went up to Venerable Mahākaccāna, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him, 
;;;Rūpadhātuyā kho, gahapati, yo chando yo rāgo yā nandī yā taṇhā ye upayupādānā cetaso adhiṭṭhānābhinivesānusayā te tathāgatassa pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṅkatā āyatiṁ anuppādadhammā. 
;;;The Realized One has given up any desire, greed, relishing, and craving for the form element; any attraction, grasping, mental fixation, insistence, and underlying tendencies. He has cut it off at the root, made it like a palm stump, obliterated it, so it’s unable to arise in the future. 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho hāliddikāni gahapati yenāyasmā mahākaccāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahākaccānaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho hāliddikāni gahapati āyasmantaṁ mahākaccānaṁ etadavoca: ;;;Then the householder Hāliddikāni went up to Venerable Mahākaccāna, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him, 
;;;Rūpadhātuyā kho, gahapati, yo chando yo rāgo yā nandī yā taṇhā ye upayupādānā cetaso adhiṭṭhānābhinivesānusayā te tathāgatassa pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṅkatā āyatiṁ anuppādadhammā. 
;;;The Realized One has given up any desire, greed, relishing, and craving for the form element; any attraction, grasping, mental fixation, insistence, and underlying tendencies. He has cut it off at the root, made it like a palm stump, obliterated it, so it’s unable to arise in the future. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Paṭisallāṇasutta ;;;Retreat 
;;;“Paṭisallāṇe, bhikkhave, yogamāpajjatha. 
;;;“Mendicants, meditate in retreat. 
;;;Paṭisallīṇo, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti. 
;;;A mendicant in retreat truly understands. 
;;;

>En 

Paṭisallāṇasutta ;;;Retreat 
;;;“Paṭisallāṇe, bhikkhave, yogamāpajjatha. 
;;;“Mendicants, meditate in retreat. 
;;;Paṭisallīṇo, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti. 
;;;A mendicant in retreat truly understands. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Cetaso apariyādānā na cevuttāsavā hoti na ca vighātavā na ca apekkhavā, anupādāya ca na paritassati. ;;;So they don’t become frightened, worried, concerned, or anxious because of grasping. 
;;;

>En 

Cetaso apariyādānā na cevuttāsavā hoti na ca vighātavā na ca apekkhavā, anupādāya ca na paritassati. ;;;So they don’t become frightened, worried, concerned, or anxious because of grasping. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Samādhipaṭisallāṇā, ;;; 
;;;

>En 

Samādhipaṭisallāṇā, ;;; 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Yāyaṁ taṇhā ponobhavikā nandīrāgasahagatā tatratatrābhinandinī, seyyathidaṁ— ;;;It’s the craving that leads to future lives, mixed up with relishing and greed, taking pleasure wherever it lands. That is, 
;;;Samūlaṁ taṇhamabbuyha, 
;;;and having plucked out craving, root and all, 
;;;

>En 

Yāyaṁ taṇhā ponobhavikā nandīrāgasahagatā tatratatrābhinandinī, seyyathidaṁ— ;;;It’s the craving that leads to future lives, mixed up with relishing and greed, taking pleasure wherever it lands. That is, 
;;;Samūlaṁ taṇhamabbuyha, 
;;;and having plucked out craving, root and all, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Yaṁ saṅkhārā aniccā dukkhā vipariṇāmadhammā, ayaṁ saṅkhārānaṁ ādīnavo. ;;; 
;;;Yāvakīvañcāhaṁ, bhikkhave, imesaṁ pañcannaṁ upādānakkhandhānaṁ evaṁ assādañca assādato ādīnavañca ādīnavato nissaraṇañca nissaraṇato yathābhūtaṁ nābbhaññāsiṁ, neva tāvāhaṁ, bhikkhave, ‘sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambuddho’ti paccaññāsiṁ. 
;;;As long as I didn’t truly understand these five grasping aggregates’ gratification, drawback, and escape in this way for what they are, I didn’t announce my supreme perfect awakening in this world with its gods, Māras, and Divinities, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans. 
;;;

>En 

Yaṁ saṅkhārā aniccā dukkhā vipariṇāmadhammā, ayaṁ saṅkhārānaṁ ādīnavo. ;;; 
;;;Yāvakīvañcāhaṁ, bhikkhave, imesaṁ pañcannaṁ upādānakkhandhānaṁ evaṁ assādañca assādato ādīnavañca ādīnavato nissaraṇañca nissaraṇato yathābhūtaṁ nābbhaññāsiṁ, neva tāvāhaṁ, bhikkhave, ‘sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambuddho’ti paccaññāsiṁ. 
;;;As long as I didn’t truly understand these five grasping aggregates’ gratification, drawback, and escape in this way for what they are, I didn’t announce my supreme perfect awakening in this world with its gods, Māras, and Divinities, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, sattā imesaṁ pañcannaṁ upādānakkhandhānaṁ assādañca assādato ādīnavañca ādīnavato nissaraṇañca nissaraṇato yathābhūtaṁ nābbhaññaṁsu; ;;;As long as sentient beings don’t truly understand these five grasping aggregates’ gratification, drawback, and escape for what they are, they haven’t escaped from this world—with its gods, Māras, and Divinities, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans—and they don’t live detached, liberated, with a mind free of limits. 
;;;

>En 

Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, sattā imesaṁ pañcannaṁ upādānakkhandhānaṁ assādañca assādato ādīnavañca ādīnavato nissaraṇañca nissaraṇato yathābhūtaṁ nābbhaññaṁsu; ;;;As long as sentient beings don’t truly understand these five grasping aggregates’ gratification, drawback, and escape for what they are, they haven’t escaped from this world—with its gods, Māras, and Divinities, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans—and they don’t live detached, liberated, with a mind free of limits. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

‘katamesaṁ, āvuso ānanda, dhammānaṁ uppādo paññāyati, vayo paññāyati, ṭhitassa aññathattaṁ paññāyatī’ti? ;;;‘Reverend Ānanda, what are the things for which arising is evident, vanishing is evident, and change while persisting is evident?’ 
;;;

>En 

‘katamesaṁ, āvuso ānanda, dhammānaṁ uppādo paññāyati, vayo paññāyati, ṭhitassa aññathattaṁ paññāyatī’ti? ;;;‘Reverend Ānanda, what are the things for which arising is evident, vanishing is evident, and change while persisting is evident?’ 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Aparantānudiṭṭhīnaṁ asati, thāmaso parāmāso na hoti. ;;;Not having theories about the future, they don’t obstinately stick to them. 
;;;Thāmase parāmāse asati rūpasmiṁ … 
;;;Not misapprehending, the mind becomes dispassionate towards form, 
;;;

>En 

Aparantānudiṭṭhīnaṁ asati, thāmaso parāmāso na hoti. ;;;Not having theories about the future, they don’t obstinately stick to them. 
;;;Thāmase parāmāse asati rūpasmiṁ … 
;;;Not misapprehending, the mind becomes dispassionate towards form, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tiṭṭhanteva kho, bhikkhave, tattheva pañcindriyāni. ;;;The five faculties stay right where they are. 
;;;

>En 

Tiṭṭhanteva kho, bhikkhave, tattheva pañcindriyāni. ;;;The five faculties stay right where they are. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: ;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;

>En 

“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: ;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

6. Upayavagga ;;;6. Involvement 
;;;“Upayo, bhikkhave, avimutto, anupayo vimutto. 
;;;“Mendicants, if you’re involved, you’re not free. If you’re not involved, you’re free. 
;;;Rūpupayaṁ vā, bhikkhave, viññāṇaṁ tiṭṭhamānaṁ tiṭṭheyya, rūpārammaṇaṁ rūpappatiṭṭhaṁ nandūpasecanaṁ vuddhiṁ virūḷhiṁ vepullaṁ āpajjeyya. 
;;;As long as consciousness remains, it would remain involved with form, supported by form, founded on form. And with a sprinkle of relishing, it would grow, increase, and mature. 
;;;

>En 

6. Upayavagga ;;;6. Involvement 
;;;“Upayo, bhikkhave, avimutto, anupayo vimutto. 
;;;“Mendicants, if you’re involved, you’re not free. If you’re not involved, you’re free. 
;;;Rūpupayaṁ vā, bhikkhave, viññāṇaṁ tiṭṭhamānaṁ tiṭṭheyya, rūpārammaṇaṁ rūpappatiṭṭhaṁ nandūpasecanaṁ vuddhiṁ virūḷhiṁ vepullaṁ āpajjeyya. 
;;;As long as consciousness remains, it would remain involved with form, supported by form, founded on form. And with a sprinkle of relishing, it would grow, increase, and mature. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Imāni cassu, bhikkhave, pañca bījajātāni akhaṇḍāni apūtikāni avātātapahatāni sārādāni sukhasayitāni, pathavī ca nāssa, āpo ca nāssa; ;;;Suppose these five kinds of plants propagated from seeds were intact, unspoiled, not weather-damaged, fertile, and well-kept. But there’s no soil or water. 
;;;

>En 

Imāni cassu, bhikkhave, pañca bījajātāni akhaṇḍāni apūtikāni avātātapahatāni sārādāni sukhasayitāni, pathavī ca nāssa, āpo ca nāssa; ;;;Suppose these five kinds of plants propagated from seeds were intact, unspoiled, not weather-damaged, fertile, and well-kept. But there’s no soil or water. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Yo, bhikkhu, evaṁ vadeyya: ;;;Suppose, mendicant, you were to say: 
;;;

>En 

Yo, bhikkhu, evaṁ vadeyya: ;;;Suppose, mendicant, you were to say: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tatra kho, bhikkhave, ko viseso, ko adhippayāso, kiṁ nānākaraṇaṁ, tathāgatassa arahato sammāsambuddhassa paññāvimuttena bhikkhunā”ti? ;;;What, then, is the difference between a Realized One, a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha, and a mendicant freed by wisdom?” 
;;;“Tathāgato, bhikkhave, arahaṁ sammāsambuddho anuppannassa maggassa uppādetā, asañjātassa maggassa sañjanetā, anakkhātassa maggassa akkhātā maggaññū, maggavidū, maggakovido; 
;;;“The Realized One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha gave rise to the unarisen path, gave birth to the unborn path, and explained the unexplained path. He is the knower of the path, the discoverer of the path, the expert on the path. 
;;;

>En 

Tatra kho, bhikkhave, ko viseso, ko adhippayāso, kiṁ nānākaraṇaṁ, tathāgatassa arahato sammāsambuddhassa paññāvimuttena bhikkhunā”ti? ;;;What, then, is the difference between a Realized One, a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha, and a mendicant freed by wisdom?” 
;;;“Tathāgato, bhikkhave, arahaṁ sammāsambuddho anuppannassa maggassa uppādetā, asañjātassa maggassa sañjanetā, anakkhātassa maggassa akkhātā maggaññū, maggavidū, maggakovido; 
;;;“The Realized One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha gave rise to the unarisen path, gave birth to the unborn path, and explained the unexplained path. He is the knower of the path, the discoverer of the path, the expert on the path. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: ;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;

>En 

“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: ;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Nindāghaṭṭanabyārosaupārambhabhayā”ti. ;;;For fear of blame, attack, and condemnation.” 
;;;

>En 

Nindāghaṭṭanabyārosaupārambhabhayā”ti. ;;;For fear of blame, attack, and condemnation.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Sītenapi ruppati, uṇhenapi ruppati, jighacchāyapi ruppati, pipāsāyapi ruppati, ḍaṁsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassenapi ruppati. ;;;Deformed by cold, heat, hunger, and thirst, and deformed by the touch of flies, mosquitoes, wind, sun, and reptiles. 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;

>En 

Sītenapi ruppati, uṇhenapi ruppati, jighacchāyapi ruppati, pipāsāyapi ruppati, ḍaṁsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassenapi ruppati. ;;;Deformed by cold, heat, hunger, and thirst, and deformed by the touch of flies, mosquitoes, wind, sun, and reptiles. 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ;;;Then as he was in private retreat this thought came to his mind, 
;;;Atha kho brahmā sahampati bhagavato cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evameva—brahmaloke antarahito bhagavato purato pāturahosi. 
;;;Then the divinity Sahampati knew what the Buddha was thinking. As easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, he vanished from the realm of divinity and reappeared in front of the Buddha. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena nigrodhārāmo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the Banyan Tree Monastery, where he sat on the seat spread out. 
;;;Nisajja kho bhagavā tathārūpaṁ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkhāsi yathā te bhikkhū ekadvīhikāya sārajjamānarūpā yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkameyyuṁ. 
;;;Then he used his psychic power to will that the mendicants would come to him timidly, alone or in pairs. 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ;;;Then as he was in private retreat this thought came to his mind, 
;;;Atha kho brahmā sahampati bhagavato cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evameva—brahmaloke antarahito bhagavato purato pāturahosi. 
;;;Then the divinity Sahampati knew what the Buddha was thinking. As easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, he vanished from the realm of divinity and reappeared in front of the Buddha. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena nigrodhārāmo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the Banyan Tree Monastery, where he sat on the seat spread out. 
;;;Nisajja kho bhagavā tathārūpaṁ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkhāsi yathā te bhikkhū ekadvīhikāya sārajjamānarūpā yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkameyyuṁ. 
;;;Then he used his psychic power to will that the mendicants would come to him timidly, alone or in pairs. 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

anattakatāni kammāni kathamattānaṁ phusissantī”ti. ;;;Then what self will the deeds done by not-self affect?” 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;

>En 

anattakatāni kammāni kathamattānaṁ phusissantī”ti. ;;;Then what self will the deeds done by not-self affect?” 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Puṇṇo nāma, āvuso, āyasmā mantāṇiputto amhākaṁ navakānaṁ sataṁ bahūpakāro hoti. ;;;“Reverends, the venerable named Puṇṇa son of Mantāṇī was very helpful to me when I was just ordained. 
;;;

>En 

“Puṇṇo nāma, āvuso, āyasmā mantāṇiputto amhākaṁ navakānaṁ sataṁ bahūpakāro hoti. ;;;“Reverends, the venerable named Puṇṇa son of Mantāṇī was very helpful to me when I was just ordained. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“api me, āvuso, madhurakajāto viya kāyo; disāpi me na pakkhāyanti; dhammāpi maṁ na paṭibhanti; thinamiddhañca me cittaṁ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati; anabhirato ca brahmacariyaṁ carāmi; hoti ca me dhammesu vicikicchā”ti. ;;;“Reverends, my body feels like it’s drugged. I’m disorientated, the teachings don’t spring to mind, and dullness and drowsiness fill my mind. I lead the spiritual life dissatisfied, and have doubts about the teachings.” 
;;;Tena muhuttaṁ gantvā dakkhissasi mahantaṁ ninnaṁ pallalaṁ. 
;;;and you’ll see an expanse of low-lying marshes. 
;;;‘Mahantaṁ ninnaṁ pallalan’ti kho, tissa, kāmānametaṁ adhivacanaṁ. 
;;;‘An expanse of low-lying marshes’ is a term for sensual pleasures. 
;;;

>En 

“api me, āvuso, madhurakajāto viya kāyo; disāpi me na pakkhāyanti; dhammāpi maṁ na paṭibhanti; thinamiddhañca me cittaṁ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati; anabhirato ca brahmacariyaṁ carāmi; hoti ca me dhammesu vicikicchā”ti. ;;;“Reverends, my body feels like it’s drugged. I’m disorientated, the teachings don’t spring to mind, and dullness and drowsiness fill my mind. I lead the spiritual life dissatisfied, and have doubts about the teachings.” 
;;;Tena muhuttaṁ gantvā dakkhissasi mahantaṁ ninnaṁ pallalaṁ. 
;;;and you’ll see an expanse of low-lying marshes. 
;;;‘Mahantaṁ ninnaṁ pallalan’ti kho, tissa, kāmānametaṁ adhivacanaṁ. 
;;;‘An expanse of low-lying marshes’ is a term for sensual pleasures. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā yamako tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā yamakena saddhiṁ sammodi …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṁ yamakaṁ etadavoca: ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Sāriputta came out of retreat, went to Venerable Yamaka and exchanged greetings with him. Seated to one side he said to Yamaka: 
;;;“Ettha ca te, āvuso yamaka, diṭṭheva dhamme saccato thetato tathāgate anupalabbhiyamāne, kallaṁ nu te taṁ veyyākaraṇaṁ: 
;;;“In that case, Reverend Yamaka, since you don’t actually find the Realized One in the present life, is it appropriate to declare: 
;;;nāyaṁ sukaro pasayha jīvitā voropetuṁ. 
;;;It won’t be easy to take his life by force. 
;;;Tassa so gahapati vā gahapatiputto vā mittatopi naṁ saddaheyya; 
;;;The householder or householder’s son would consider them as a friend 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā yamako tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā yamakena saddhiṁ sammodi …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṁ yamakaṁ etadavoca: ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Sāriputta came out of retreat, went to Venerable Yamaka and exchanged greetings with him. Seated to one side he said to Yamaka: 
;;;“Ettha ca te, āvuso yamaka, diṭṭheva dhamme saccato thetato tathāgate anupalabbhiyamāne, kallaṁ nu te taṁ veyyākaraṇaṁ: 
;;;“In that case, Reverend Yamaka, since you don’t actually find the Realized One in the present life, is it appropriate to declare: 
;;;nāyaṁ sukaro pasayha jīvitā voropetuṁ. 
;;;It won’t be easy to take his life by force. 
;;;Tassa so gahapati vā gahapatiputto vā mittatopi naṁ saddaheyya; 
;;;The householder or householder’s son would consider them as a friend 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: ;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Ettha ca te, anurādha, diṭṭheva dhamme saccato thetato tathāgate anupalabbhiyamāne kallaṁ nu te taṁ veyyākaraṇaṁ: 
;;;“In that case, Anurādha, since you don’t actually find a realized one in the present life, is it appropriate to declare: 
;;;

>En 

“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: ;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Ettha ca te, anurādha, diṭṭheva dhamme saccato thetato tathāgate anupalabbhiyamāne kallaṁ nu te taṁ veyyākaraṇaṁ: 
;;;“In that case, Anurādha, since you don’t actually find a realized one in the present life, is it appropriate to declare: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Addasā kho āyasmā vakkali bhagavantaṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ. Disvāna mañcake samadhosi. ;;;Venerable Vakkali saw the Buddha coming off in the distance and tried to rise on his cot. 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;

>En 

Addasā kho āyasmā vakkali bhagavantaṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ. Disvāna mañcake samadhosi. ;;;Venerable Vakkali saw the Buddha coming off in the distance and tried to rise on his cot. 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā assaji tenupasaṅkami. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to Venerable Assaji. 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā assaji tenupasaṅkami. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to Venerable Assaji. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho therā bhikkhū sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhitā āyasmantaṁ dāsakaṁ āmantesuṁ: ;;;In the late afternoon those senior mendicants came out of retreat and addressed Venerable Dāsaka, 
;;;Kiñcāpi taṁ hoti vatthaṁ parisuddhaṁ pariyodātaṁ, atha khvassa hoti yeva anusahagato ūsagandho vā khāragandho vā gomayagandho vā asamūhato. 
;;;Although that cloth is clean and bright, it still has a lingering scent of salt, lye, or cow dung that had not been eradicated. 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho therā bhikkhū sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhitā āyasmantaṁ dāsakaṁ āmantesuṁ: ;;;In the late afternoon those senior mendicants came out of retreat and addressed Venerable Dāsaka, 
;;;Kiñcāpi taṁ hoti vatthaṁ parisuddhaṁ pariyodātaṁ, atha khvassa hoti yeva anusahagato ūsagandho vā khāragandho vā gomayagandho vā asamūhato. 
;;;Although that cloth is clean and bright, it still has a lingering scent of salt, lye, or cow dung that had not been eradicated. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho āyasmā channo sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito avāpuraṇaṁ ādāya vihārena vihāraṁ upasaṅkamitvā there bhikkhū etadavoca: ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Channa came out of retreat. Taking a latchkey, he went from dwelling to dwelling, going up to the senior mendicants and saying, 
;;;“mayhampi kho etaṁ evaṁ hoti: 
;;;“I too think in this way. … 
;;;Atha khvāhaṁ, āvuso, sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito avāpuraṇaṁ ādāya vihārena vihāraṁ upasaṅkamiṁ; 
;;; 
;;;“Ettakenapi mayaṁ āyasmato channassa attamanā api nāma taṁ āyasmā channo āvi akāsi khīlaṁ chindi. 
;;;“I’m already delighted with Venerable Channa. Hopefully you’ve opened yourself up and severed your hard-heartedness. 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho āyasmā channo sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito avāpuraṇaṁ ādāya vihārena vihāraṁ upasaṅkamitvā there bhikkhū etadavoca: ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Channa came out of retreat. Taking a latchkey, he went from dwelling to dwelling, going up to the senior mendicants and saying, 
;;;“mayhampi kho etaṁ evaṁ hoti: 
;;;“I too think in this way. … 
;;;Atha khvāhaṁ, āvuso, sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito avāpuraṇaṁ ādāya vihārena vihāraṁ upasaṅkamiṁ; 
;;; 
;;;“Ettakenapi mayaṁ āyasmato channassa attamanā api nāma taṁ āyasmā channo āvi akāsi khīlaṁ chindi. 
;;;“I’m already delighted with Venerable Channa. Hopefully you’ve opened yourself up and severed your hard-heartedness. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, nadī pabbateyyā ohārinī dūraṅgamā sīghasotā. Tassā ubhosu tīresu kāsā cepi jātā assu, te naṁ ajjholambeyyuṁ; kusā cepi jātā assu, te naṁ ajjholambeyyuṁ; pabbajā cepi jātā assu, te naṁ ajjholambeyyuṁ; bīraṇā cepi jātā assu, te naṁ ajjholambeyyuṁ; rukkhā cepi jātā assu, te naṁ ajjholambeyyuṁ. Tassā puriso sotena vuyhamāno kāse cepi gaṇheyya, te palujjeyyuṁ. So tatonidānaṁ anayabyasanaṁ āpajjeyya. Kuse cepi gaṇheyya, pabbaje cepi gaṇheyya, bīraṇe cepi gaṇheyya, rukkhe cepi gaṇheyya, te palujjeyyuṁ. So tatonidānaṁ anayabyasanaṁ āpajjeyya. ;;;“Suppose, mendicants, there was a mountain river that flowed swiftly, going far, carrying all before it. If wild sugarcane, kusa grass, reeds, vetiver, or trees grew on either bank, they’d overhang the river. And if a person who was being swept along by the current grabbed the wild sugarcane, kusa grass, reeds, vetiver, or trees, it’d break off, and they’d come to ruin because of that. 
;;;

>En 

“Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, nadī pabbateyyā ohārinī dūraṅgamā sīghasotā. Tassā ubhosu tīresu kāsā cepi jātā assu, te naṁ ajjholambeyyuṁ; kusā cepi jātā assu, te naṁ ajjholambeyyuṁ; pabbajā cepi jātā assu, te naṁ ajjholambeyyuṁ; bīraṇā cepi jātā assu, te naṁ ajjholambeyyuṁ; rukkhā cepi jātā assu, te naṁ ajjholambeyyuṁ. Tassā puriso sotena vuyhamāno kāse cepi gaṇheyya, te palujjeyyuṁ. So tatonidānaṁ anayabyasanaṁ āpajjeyya. Kuse cepi gaṇheyya, pabbaje cepi gaṇheyya, bīraṇe cepi gaṇheyya, rukkhe cepi gaṇheyya, te palujjeyyuṁ. So tatonidānaṁ anayabyasanaṁ āpajjeyya. ;;;“Suppose, mendicants, there was a mountain river that flowed swiftly, going far, carrying all before it. If wild sugarcane, kusa grass, reeds, vetiver, or trees grew on either bank, they’d overhang the river. And if a person who was being swept along by the current grabbed the wild sugarcane, kusa grass, reeds, vetiver, or trees, it’d break off, and they’d come to ruin because of that. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso sāratthiko sāragavesī sārapariyesanaṁ caramāno tiṇhaṁ kuṭhāriṁ ādāya vanaṁ paviseyya. So tattha passeyya mahantaṁ kadalikkhandhaṁ ujuṁ navaṁ akukkukajātaṁ. Tamenaṁ mūle chindeyya; mūle chetvā agge chindeyya, agge chetvā pattavaṭṭiṁ vinibbhujeyya. So tassa pattavaṭṭiṁ vinibbhujanto pheggumpi nādhigaccheyya, kuto sāraṁ. Tamenaṁ cakkhumā puriso passeyya nijjhāyeyya yoniso upaparikkheyya. Tassa taṁ passato nijjhāyato yoniso upaparikkhato rittakaññeva khāyeyya, tucchakaññeva khāyeyya, asārakaññeva khāyeyya. Kiñhi siyā, bhikkhave, kadalikkhandhe sāro? ;;;Suppose there was a person in need of heartwood. Wandering in search of heartwood, they’d take a sharp axe and enter a forest. There they’d see a big banana tree, straight and young and grown free of defects. They’d cut it down at the base, cut off the top, and unroll the coiled sheaths. But they wouldn’t even find sapwood, much less heartwood. And a person with clear eyes would see it and contemplate it, examining it carefully. And it would appear to them as completely vacuous, hollow, and insubstantial. For what core could there be in a banana tree? 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, māyākāro vā māyākārantevāsī vā catumahāpathe māyaṁ vidaṁseyya. Tamenaṁ cakkhumā puriso passeyya nijjhāyeyya yoniso upaparikkheyya. Tassa taṁ passato nijjhāyato yoniso upaparikkhato rittakaññeva khāyeyya, tucchakaññeva khāyeyya, asārakaññeva khāyeyya. Kiñhi siyā, bhikkhave, māyāya sāro? 
;;;Suppose a magician or their apprentice was to perform a magic trick at the crossroads. And a person with clear eyes would see it and contemplate it, examining it carefully. And it would appear to them as completely vacuous, hollow, and insubstantial. For what core could there be in a magic trick? 
;;;vedanā bubbuḷūpamā; 
;;;feeling is like a bubble; 
;;;Apaviddho tadā seti, 
;;;it lies there tossed aside, 
;;;

>En 

Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso sāratthiko sāragavesī sārapariyesanaṁ caramāno tiṇhaṁ kuṭhāriṁ ādāya vanaṁ paviseyya. So tattha passeyya mahantaṁ kadalikkhandhaṁ ujuṁ navaṁ akukkukajātaṁ. Tamenaṁ mūle chindeyya; mūle chetvā agge chindeyya, agge chetvā pattavaṭṭiṁ vinibbhujeyya. So tassa pattavaṭṭiṁ vinibbhujanto pheggumpi nādhigaccheyya, kuto sāraṁ. Tamenaṁ cakkhumā puriso passeyya nijjhāyeyya yoniso upaparikkheyya. Tassa taṁ passato nijjhāyato yoniso upaparikkhato rittakaññeva khāyeyya, tucchakaññeva khāyeyya, asārakaññeva khāyeyya. Kiñhi siyā, bhikkhave, kadalikkhandhe sāro? ;;;Suppose there was a person in need of heartwood. Wandering in search of heartwood, they’d take a sharp axe and enter a forest. There they’d see a big banana tree, straight and young and grown free of defects. They’d cut it down at the base, cut off the top, and unroll the coiled sheaths. But they wouldn’t even find sapwood, much less heartwood. And a person with clear eyes would see it and contemplate it, examining it carefully. And it would appear to them as completely vacuous, hollow, and insubstantial. For what core could there be in a banana tree? 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, māyākāro vā māyākārantevāsī vā catumahāpathe māyaṁ vidaṁseyya. Tamenaṁ cakkhumā puriso passeyya nijjhāyeyya yoniso upaparikkheyya. Tassa taṁ passato nijjhāyato yoniso upaparikkhato rittakaññeva khāyeyya, tucchakaññeva khāyeyya, asārakaññeva khāyeyya. Kiñhi siyā, bhikkhave, māyāya sāro? 
;;;Suppose a magician or their apprentice was to perform a magic trick at the crossroads. And a person with clear eyes would see it and contemplate it, examining it carefully. And it would appear to them as completely vacuous, hollow, and insubstantial. For what core could there be in a magic trick? 
;;;vedanā bubbuḷūpamā; 
;;;feeling is like a bubble; 
;;;Apaviddho tadā seti, 
;;;it lies there tossed aside, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tassa mayhaṁ, bhikkhu, rañño sato khattiyassa muddhāvasittassa caturāsītipallaṅkasahassāni ahesuṁ dantamayāni sāramayāni sovaṇṇamayāni goṇakatthatāni paṭikatthatāni paṭalikatthatāni kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇāni sauttaracchadāni ubhatolohitakūpadhānāni. ;;;I had 84,000 couches made of ivory or heartwood or gold or silver, spread with woolen covers—shag-piled or embroidered with flowers—and spread with a fine deer hide, with a canopy above and red pillows at both ends. 
;;;Tesaṁ kho pana, bhikkhu, caturāsītiyā pallaṅkasahassānaṁ ekoyeva so pallaṅko hoti yamahaṁ tena samayena paribhuñjāmi—dantamayo vā sāramayo vā sovaṇṇamayo vā rūpiyamayo vā. 
;;;Of those 84,000 couches, I only used one, made of ivory or heartwood or gold or silver. 
;;;Tesaṁ kho pana, bhikkhu, caturāsītiyā thālipākasahassānaṁ ekoyeva so thālipāko hoti yato nāḷikodanaparamaṁ bhuñjāmi tadupiyañca sūpeyyaṁ. 
;;;Of those 84,000 servings of food, I only had one, eating at most a cup of rice with suitable sauce. 
;;;

>En 

Tassa mayhaṁ, bhikkhu, rañño sato khattiyassa muddhāvasittassa caturāsītipallaṅkasahassāni ahesuṁ dantamayāni sāramayāni sovaṇṇamayāni goṇakatthatāni paṭikatthatāni paṭalikatthatāni kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇāni sauttaracchadāni ubhatolohitakūpadhānāni. ;;;I had 84,000 couches made of ivory or heartwood or gold or silver, spread with woolen covers—shag-piled or embroidered with flowers—and spread with a fine deer hide, with a canopy above and red pillows at both ends. 
;;;Tesaṁ kho pana, bhikkhu, caturāsītiyā pallaṅkasahassānaṁ ekoyeva so pallaṅko hoti yamahaṁ tena samayena paribhuñjāmi—dantamayo vā sāramayo vā sovaṇṇamayo vā rūpiyamayo vā. 
;;;Of those 84,000 couches, I only used one, made of ivory or heartwood or gold or silver. 
;;;Tesaṁ kho pana, bhikkhu, caturāsītiyā thālipākasahassānaṁ ekoyeva so thālipāko hoti yato nāḷikodanaparamaṁ bhuñjāmi tadupiyañca sūpeyyaṁ. 
;;;Of those 84,000 servings of food, I only had one, eating at most a cup of rice with suitable sauce. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, sā gaddulabaddho daḷhe khīle vā thambhe vā upanibaddho tameva khīlaṁ vā thambhaṁ vā anuparidhāvati anuparivattati; ;;;Suppose a dog on a leash was tethered to a strong post or pillar. It would just keep running and circling around that post or pillar. 
;;;

>En 

Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, sā gaddulabaddho daḷhe khīle vā thambhe vā upanibaddho tameva khīlaṁ vā thambhaṁ vā anuparidhāvati anuparivattati; ;;;Suppose a dog on a leash was tethered to a strong post or pillar. It would just keep running and circling around that post or pillar. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, rajako vā cittakārako vā rajanāya vā lākhāya vā haliddiyā vā nīliyā vā mañjiṭṭhāya vā suparimaṭṭhe phalake vā bhittiyā vā dussapaṭṭe vā itthirūpaṁ vā purisarūpaṁ vā abhinimmineyya sabbaṅgapaccaṅgiṁ; ;;;Suppose an artist or painter had some dye, red lac, turmeric, indigo, or rose madder. And on a polished plank or a wall or a canvas they’d create the image of a woman or a man, whole in its major and minor limbs. 
;;;

>En 

Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, rajako vā cittakārako vā rajanāya vā lākhāya vā haliddiyā vā nīliyā vā mañjiṭṭhāya vā suparimaṭṭhe phalake vā bhittiyā vā dussapaṭṭe vā itthirūpaṁ vā purisarūpaṁ vā abhinimmineyya sabbaṅgapaccaṅgiṁ; ;;;Suppose an artist or painter had some dye, red lac, turmeric, indigo, or rose madder. And on a polished plank or a wall or a canvas they’d create the image of a woman or a man, whole in its major and minor limbs. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, pabbajalāyako pabbajaṁ lāyitvā agge gahetvā odhunāti niddhunāti nicchoṭeti; ;;;A reed-cutter, having cut the reeds, grabs them at the top and shakes them down, shakes them about, and shakes them off. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, ye keci kuṭṭarājāno, sabbete rañño cakkavattissa anuyantā bhavanti, rājā tesaṁ cakkavatti aggamakkhāyati; 
;;;All lesser kings are vassals of a wheel-turning monarch, so the wheel-turning monarch is said to be the foremost of them all. 
;;;

>En 

Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, pabbajalāyako pabbajaṁ lāyitvā agge gahetvā odhunāti niddhunāti nicchoṭeti; ;;;A reed-cutter, having cut the reeds, grabs them at the top and shakes them down, shakes them about, and shakes them off. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, ye keci kuṭṭarājāno, sabbete rañño cakkavattissa anuyantā bhavanti, rājā tesaṁ cakkavatti aggamakkhāyati; 
;;;All lesser kings are vassals of a wheel-turning monarch, so the wheel-turning monarch is said to be the foremost of them all. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Yāyaṁ taṇhā ponobhavikā …pe… ;;;It’s the craving that leads to future lives, mixed up with relishing and greed, taking pleasure wherever it lands. That is, craving for sensual pleasures, craving to continue existence, and craving to end existence. 
;;;

>En 

Yāyaṁ taṇhā ponobhavikā …pe… ;;;It’s the craving that leads to future lives, mixed up with relishing and greed, taking pleasure wherever it lands. That is, craving for sensual pleasures, craving to continue existence, and craving to end existence. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, assutavā puthujjano rūpabandhanabaddho santarabāhirabandhanabaddho atīradassī apāradassī, baddho jīyati baddho mīyati baddho asmā lokā paraṁ lokaṁ gacchati. ;;;They’re called an unlearned ordinary person who is bound to form, inside and out. They see neither the near shore nor the far shore. They’re born in bonds and die in bonds, and in bonds they go from this world to the next. 
;;;

>En 

Ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, assutavā puthujjano rūpabandhanabaddho santarabāhirabandhanabaddho atīradassī apāradassī, baddho jīyati baddho mīyati baddho asmā lokā paraṁ lokaṁ gacchati. ;;;They’re called an unlearned ordinary person who is bound to form, inside and out. They see neither the near shore nor the far shore. They’re born in bonds and die in bonds, and in bonds they go from this world to the next. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ca sāriputto āyasmā ca mahākoṭṭhiko bārāṇasiyaṁ viharanti isipatane migadāye. ;;;At one time Venerable Sāriputta and Venerable Mahākoṭṭhita were staying near Varanasi, in the deer park at Isipatana. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami …pe… etadavoca: 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Mahākoṭṭhita came out of retreat, went to Venerable Sāriputta, and said: 
;;;“Sīlavatāvuso, koṭṭhika, bhikkhunā pañcupādānakkhandhā aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato yoniso manasi kātabbā. 
;;;“Reverend Koṭṭhita, an ethical mendicant should rationally apply the mind to the five grasping aggregates as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as a boil, as a dart, as misery, as an affliction, as alien, as falling apart, as empty, as not-self. 
;;;Sīlavatāvuso, koṭṭhika, bhikkhunā ime pañcupādānakkhandhā aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato yoniso manasi kātabbā. 
;;;An ethical mendicant should rationally apply the mind to these five grasping aggregates as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as a boil, as a dart, as misery, as an affliction, as alien, as falling apart, as empty, as not-self. 
;;;“Arahatāpi kho, āvuso koṭṭhika, ime pañcupādānakkhandhe aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato yoniso manasi kātabbā. 
;;;“Reverend Koṭṭhita, a perfected one should also rationally apply the mind to the five grasping aggregates as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as a boil, as a dart, as misery, as an affliction, as alien, as falling apart, as empty, as not-self. 
;;;

>En 

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ca sāriputto āyasmā ca mahākoṭṭhiko bārāṇasiyaṁ viharanti isipatane migadāye. ;;;At one time Venerable Sāriputta and Venerable Mahākoṭṭhita were staying near Varanasi, in the deer park at Isipatana. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami …pe… etadavoca: 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Mahākoṭṭhita came out of retreat, went to Venerable Sāriputta, and said: 
;;;“Sīlavatāvuso, koṭṭhika, bhikkhunā pañcupādānakkhandhā aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato yoniso manasi kātabbā. 
;;;“Reverend Koṭṭhita, an ethical mendicant should rationally apply the mind to the five grasping aggregates as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as a boil, as a dart, as misery, as an affliction, as alien, as falling apart, as empty, as not-self. 
;;;Sīlavatāvuso, koṭṭhika, bhikkhunā ime pañcupādānakkhandhā aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato yoniso manasi kātabbā. 
;;;An ethical mendicant should rationally apply the mind to these five grasping aggregates as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as a boil, as a dart, as misery, as an affliction, as alien, as falling apart, as empty, as not-self. 
;;;“Arahatāpi kho, āvuso koṭṭhika, ime pañcupādānakkhandhe aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato yoniso manasi kātabbā. 
;;;“Reverend Koṭṭhita, a perfected one should also rationally apply the mind to the five grasping aggregates as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as a boil, as a dart, as misery, as an affliction, as alien, as falling apart, as empty, as not-self. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho āyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā …pe… etadavoca: ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Mahākoṭṭhita came out of retreat, went to Venerable Sāriputta, bowed, sat down to one side, and said: 
;;;“Arahatāpi khvāvuso koṭṭhika, ime pañcupādānakkhandhā aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato yoniso manasi kātabbā. 
;;;“Reverend Koṭṭhita, a perfected one should rationally apply the mind to the five grasping aggregates as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as a boil, as a dart, as misery, as an affliction, as alien, as falling apart, as empty, as not-self. 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho āyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā …pe… etadavoca: ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Mahākoṭṭhita came out of retreat, went to Venerable Sāriputta, bowed, sat down to one side, and said: 
;;;“Arahatāpi khvāvuso koṭṭhika, ime pañcupādānakkhandhā aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato yoniso manasi kātabbā. 
;;;“Reverend Koṭṭhita, a perfected one should rationally apply the mind to the five grasping aggregates as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as a boil, as a dart, as misery, as an affliction, as alien, as falling apart, as empty, as not-self. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho āyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca: ;;;Mahākoṭṭhita said to Sāriputta: 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho āyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca: ;;;Mahākoṭṭhita said to Sāriputta: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

yaṁ rūpe nibbidābahulo vihareyya. Vedanāya …pe… saññāya … saṅkhāresu … viññāṇe nibbidābahulo vihareyya. ;;;They should live full of disillusionment for form, feeling, perception, choices, and consciousness. 
;;;

>En 

yaṁ rūpe nibbidābahulo vihareyya. Vedanāya …pe… saññāya … saṅkhāresu … viññāṇe nibbidābahulo vihareyya. ;;;They should live full of disillusionment for form, feeling, perception, choices, and consciousness. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

kulaputtena dve dukāti. ;;;

>En 

kulaputtena dve dukāti. ;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: ;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“No hetaṁ, bhante”. 
;;;“No, sir.” … 
;;;nipātoti pavuccatīti. 
;;; 
;;;

>En 

“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: ;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“No hetaṁ, bhante”. 
;;;“No, sir.” … 
;;;nipātoti pavuccatīti. 
;;; 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

1. Paṭhamamāravagga ;;;1. About Māra 
;;;Tasmātiha tvaṁ, rādha, rūpaṁ māroti passa, māretāti passa, mīyatīti passa, rogoti passa, gaṇḍoti passa, sallanti passa, aghanti passa, aghabhūtanti passa. 
;;;So you should see form as Māra, the murderer, the murdered, the diseased, the boil, the dart, the misery, the miserable. 
;;;Tasmātiha tvaṁ, rādha, viññāṇaṁ māroti passa, māretāti passa, mīyatīti passa, rogoti passa, gaṇḍoti passa, sallanti passa, aghanti passa, aghabhūtanti passa. 
;;;So you should see consciousness as Māra, the murderer, the murdered, the diseased, the boil, the dart, the misery, the miserable. 
;;;“Accayāsi, rādha, pañhaṁ, nāsakkhi pañhassa pariyantaṁ gahetuṁ. 
;;;“Your question goes too far, Rādha. You couldn’t figure out the limit of questions. 
;;;

>En 

1. Paṭhamamāravagga ;;;1. About Māra 
;;;Tasmātiha tvaṁ, rādha, rūpaṁ māroti passa, māretāti passa, mīyatīti passa, rogoti passa, gaṇḍoti passa, sallanti passa, aghanti passa, aghabhūtanti passa. 
;;;So you should see form as Māra, the murderer, the murdered, the diseased, the boil, the dart, the misery, the miserable. 
;;;Tasmātiha tvaṁ, rādha, viññāṇaṁ māroti passa, māretāti passa, mīyatīti passa, rogoti passa, gaṇḍoti passa, sallanti passa, aghanti passa, aghabhūtanti passa. 
;;;So you should see consciousness as Māra, the murderer, the murdered, the diseased, the boil, the dart, the misery, the miserable. 
;;;“Accayāsi, rādha, pañhaṁ, nāsakkhi pañhassa pariyantaṁ gahetuṁ. 
;;;“Your question goes too far, Rādha. You couldn’t figure out the limit of questions. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Yāvakīvañca tesu paṁsvāgārakesu avigatarāgā honti avigatacchandā avigatapemā avigatapipāsā avigatapariḷāhā avigatataṇhā, tāva tāni paṁsvāgārakāni allīyanti keḷāyanti dhanāyanti mamāyanti. ;;;As long as they’re not rid of greed, desire, fondness, thirst, passion, and craving for those sandcastles, they cherish them, fancy them, treasure them, and treat them as their own. 
;;;Yato ca kho, rādha, kumārakā vā kumārikāyo vā tesu paṁsvāgārakesu vigatarāgā honti vigatacchandā vigatapemā vigatapipāsā vigatapariḷāhā vigatataṇhā, atha kho tāni paṁsvāgārakāni hatthehi ca pādehi ca vikiranti vidhamanti viddhaṁsenti vikīḷaniyaṁ karonti. 
;;;But when they are rid of greed, desire, fondness, thirst, passion, and craving for those sandcastles, they scatter, destroy, and demolish them with their hands and feet, making them unplayable. 
;;;

>En 

Yāvakīvañca tesu paṁsvāgārakesu avigatarāgā honti avigatacchandā avigatapemā avigatapipāsā avigatapariḷāhā avigatataṇhā, tāva tāni paṁsvāgārakāni allīyanti keḷāyanti dhanāyanti mamāyanti. ;;;As long as they’re not rid of greed, desire, fondness, thirst, passion, and craving for those sandcastles, they cherish them, fancy them, treasure them, and treat them as their own. 
;;;Yato ca kho, rādha, kumārakā vā kumārikāyo vā tesu paṁsvāgārakesu vigatarāgā honti vigatacchandā vigatapemā vigatapipāsā vigatapariḷāhā vigatataṇhā, atha kho tāni paṁsvāgārakāni hatthehi ca pādehi ca vikiranti vidhamanti viddhaṁsenti vikīḷaniyaṁ karonti. 
;;;But when they are rid of greed, desire, fondness, thirst, passion, and craving for those sandcastles, they scatter, destroy, and demolish them with their hands and feet, making them unplayable. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“‘bhavanettinirodho, bhavanettinirodho’ti, bhante, vuccati. ;;;“Sir, they speak of this thing called ‘the cessation of the conduit to rebirth’. 
;;;Tesaṁ nirodho bhavanettinirodho. 
;;;Their cessation is the cessation of the conduit to rebirth. 
;;;

>En 

“‘bhavanettinirodho, bhavanettinirodho’ti, bhante, vuccati. ;;;“Sir, they speak of this thing called ‘the cessation of the conduit to rebirth’. 
;;;Tesaṁ nirodho bhavanettinirodho. 
;;;Their cessation is the cessation of the conduit to rebirth. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

2. Dutiyamāravagga ;;;2. About Māra (2nd) 
;;;

>En 

2. Dutiyamāravagga ;;;2. About Māra (2nd) 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Anattena tatheva ca; ;;; 
;;;

>En 

Anattena tatheva ca; ;;; 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Yato kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvakassa imesu ca ṭhānesu kaṅkhā pahīnā hoti, dukkhepissa kaṅkhā pahīnā hoti, dukkhasamudayepissa kaṅkhā pahīnā hoti, dukkhanirodhepissa kaṅkhā pahīnā hoti, dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāyapissa kaṅkhā pahīnā hoti— ;;;“When a noble disciple has given up doubt in these six cases, and has given up doubt in suffering, its origin, its cessation, and the practice that leads to its cessation, 
;;;

>En 

“Yato kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvakassa imesu ca ṭhānesu kaṅkhā pahīnā hoti, dukkhepissa kaṅkhā pahīnā hoti, dukkhasamudayepissa kaṅkhā pahīnā hoti, dukkhanirodhepissa kaṅkhā pahīnā hoti, dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāyapissa kaṅkhā pahīnā hoti— ;;;“When a noble disciple has given up doubt in these six cases, and has given up doubt in suffering, its origin, its cessation, and the practice that leads to its cessation, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Cātumahābhūtiko ayaṁ puriso yadā kālaṁ karoti pathavī pathavīkāyaṁ anupeti anupagacchati, āpo āpokāyaṁ anupeti anupagacchati, tejo tejokāyaṁ anupeti anupagacchati, vāyo vāyokāyaṁ anupeti anupagacchati. ;;;This person is made up of the four principal states. When they die, the earth in their body merges and coalesces with the substance of earth. The water in their body merges and coalesces with the substance of water. The fire in their body merges and coalesces with the substance of fire. The air in their body merges and coalesces with the substance of air. 
;;;

>En 

Cātumahābhūtiko ayaṁ puriso yadā kālaṁ karoti pathavī pathavīkāyaṁ anupeti anupagacchati, āpo āpokāyaṁ anupeti anupagacchati, tejo tejokāyaṁ anupeti anupagacchati, vāyo vāyokāyaṁ anupeti anupagacchati. ;;;This person is made up of the four principal states. When they die, the earth in their body merges and coalesces with the substance of earth. The water in their body merges and coalesces with the substance of water. The fire in their body merges and coalesces with the substance of fire. The air in their body merges and coalesces with the substance of air. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

‘karoto kārayato chindato chedāpayato pacato pācāpayato socato socāpayato kilamato kilamāpayato phandato phandāpayato pāṇamatipātayato adinnaṁ ādiyato sandhiṁ chindato nillopaṁ harato ekāgārikaṁ karoto paripanthe tiṭṭhato paradāraṁ gacchato musā bhaṇato karoto na karīyati pāpaṁ. ;;;‘The one who acts does nothing wrong when they punish, mutilate, torture, aggrieve, oppress, intimidate, or when they encourage others to do the same. Nothing bad is done when they kill, steal, break into houses, plunder wealth, steal from isolated buildings, commit highway robbery, commit adultery, and lie. 
;;;

>En 

‘karoto kārayato chindato chedāpayato pacato pācāpayato socato socāpayato kilamato kilamāpayato phandato phandāpayato pāṇamatipātayato adinnaṁ ādiyato sandhiṁ chindato nillopaṁ harato ekāgārikaṁ karoto paripanthe tiṭṭhato paradāraṁ gacchato musā bhaṇato karoto na karīyati pāpaṁ. ;;;‘The one who acts does nothing wrong when they punish, mutilate, torture, aggrieve, oppress, intimidate, or when they encourage others to do the same. Nothing bad is done when they kill, steal, break into houses, plunder wealth, steal from isolated buildings, commit highway robbery, commit adultery, and lie. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Yopi tiṇhena satthena sīsaṁ chindati, na sopi kañci jīvitā voropeti; ;;;If you chop off someone’s head with a sharp sword, you don’t take anyone’s life. 
;;;

>En 

Yopi tiṇhena satthena sīsaṁ chindati, na sopi kañci jīvitā voropeti; ;;;If you chop off someone’s head with a sharp sword, you don’t take anyone’s life. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

2. Dutiyagamanavagga ;;;2. The Second Round 
;;;

>En 

2. Dutiyagamanavagga ;;;2. The Second Round 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

3. Tatiyagamanavagga ;;;3. The Third Round 
;;;

>En 

3. Tatiyagamanavagga ;;;3. The Third Round 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

4. Catutthagamanavagga ;;;4. The Fourth Round 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;

>En 

4. Catutthagamanavagga ;;;4. The Fourth Round 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: ;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;

>En 

“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: ;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

abhabbo ca tāva kālaṁ kātuṁ yāva na sotāpattiphalaṁ sacchikaroti. ;;;They can’t die without realizing the fruit of stream-entry. 
;;;

>En 

abhabbo ca tāva kālaṁ kātuṁ yāva na sotāpattiphalaṁ sacchikaroti. ;;;They can’t die without realizing the fruit of stream-entry. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena jetavanaṁ anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāmo tenupasaṅkami. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Sāriputta came out of retreat and went to Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena jetavanaṁ anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāmo tenupasaṅkami. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Sāriputta came out of retreat and went to Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Rājagahe sapadānaṁ piṇḍāya caritvā taṁ piṇḍapātaṁ aññataraṁ kuṭṭamūlaṁ nissāya paribhuñjati. ;;;After wandering indiscriminately for almsfood in Rājagaha, he ate his almsfood by a wall. 
;;;Ye hi keci, bhagini, samaṇabrāhmaṇā dūteyyapahiṇagamanānuyogāya micchājīvena jīvikaṁ kappenti, ime vuccanti, bhagini, samaṇabrāhmaṇā ‘disāmukhā bhuñjantī’ti. 
;;;Those ascetics and brahmins who earn a living by running errands and messages—a wrong livelihood—are said to eat facing the cardinal directions. 
;;;

>En 

Rājagahe sapadānaṁ piṇḍāya caritvā taṁ piṇḍapātaṁ aññataraṁ kuṭṭamūlaṁ nissāya paribhuñjati. ;;;After wandering indiscriminately for almsfood in Rājagaha, he ate his almsfood by a wall. 
;;;Ye hi keci, bhagini, samaṇabrāhmaṇā dūteyyapahiṇagamanānuyogāya micchājīvena jīvikaṁ kappenti, ime vuccanti, bhagini, samaṇabrāhmaṇā ‘disāmukhā bhuñjantī’ti. 
;;;Those ascetics and brahmins who earn a living by running errands and messages—a wrong livelihood—are said to eat facing the cardinal directions. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

‘yannūna mayaṁ sakāya ratiyā vaseyyāmā’ti, tesaṁ taṁ cetopaṇidhimanvāya sītaṁ hoti. ;;;‘Why don’t we revel in our own kind of enjoyment?’ Then, in accordance with their wish, it becomes cool. 
;;;

>En 

‘yannūna mayaṁ sakāya ratiyā vaseyyāmā’ti, tesaṁ taṁ cetopaṇidhimanvāya sītaṁ hoti. ;;;‘Why don’t we revel in our own kind of enjoyment?’ Then, in accordance with their wish, it becomes cool. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Rūpaasallakkhaṇādisuttapañcaka ;;;Five Discourses on Not Distinguishing Form, Etc. 
;;;“Rūpe kho, vaccha, asallakkhaṇā …pe… viññāṇe kho, vaccha, asallakkhaṇā …pe…. 
;;;“Vaccha, it is because of not distinguishing form …” 
;;;

>En 

Rūpaasallakkhaṇādisuttapañcaka ;;;Five Discourses on Not Distinguishing Form, Etc. 
;;;“Rūpe kho, vaccha, asallakkhaṇā …pe… viññāṇe kho, vaccha, asallakkhaṇā …pe…. 
;;;“Vaccha, it is because of not distinguishing form …” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Appaṭivedhā asallakkhaṇā, ;;; 
;;;

>En 

Appaṭivedhā asallakkhaṇā, ;;; 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Samādhimūlakakallitasutta ;;;Gladdening for Immersion 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṁ samādhikusalo hoti, na samādhismiṁ kallitakusalo. 
;;;One meditator is skilled in immersion but not in gladdening the mind for immersion. …” 
;;;Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṁ kallitakusalo hoti, na samādhismiṁ samādhikusalo. 
;;;Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco jhāyī neva samādhismiṁ samādhikusalo hoti, na ca samādhismiṁ kallitakusalo. 
;;;Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṁ samādhikusalo ca hoti, samādhismiṁ kallitakusalo ca. 
;;;Tatra, bhikkhave, yvāyaṁ jhāyī samādhismiṁ samādhikusalo ca hoti samādhismiṁ kallitakusalo ca ayaṁ imesaṁ catunnaṁ jhāyīnaṁ aggo ca seṭṭho ca mokkho ca uttamo ca pavaro ca. 
;;;

>En 

Samādhimūlakakallitasutta ;;;Gladdening for Immersion 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṁ samādhikusalo hoti, na samādhismiṁ kallitakusalo. 
;;;One meditator is skilled in immersion but not in gladdening the mind for immersion. …” 
;;;Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṁ kallitakusalo hoti, na samādhismiṁ samādhikusalo. 
;;;Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco jhāyī neva samādhismiṁ samādhikusalo hoti, na ca samādhismiṁ kallitakusalo. 
;;;Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṁ samādhikusalo ca hoti, samādhismiṁ kallitakusalo ca. 
;;;Tatra, bhikkhave, yvāyaṁ jhāyī samādhismiṁ samādhikusalo ca hoti samādhismiṁ kallitakusalo ca ayaṁ imesaṁ catunnaṁ jhāyīnaṁ aggo ca seṭṭho ca mokkho ca uttamo ca pavaro ca. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Samāpattimūlakakallitasutta ;;;Entering and Gladdening 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṁ samāpattikusalo hoti, na samādhismiṁ kallitakusalo. 
;;;One meditator is skilled in entering immersion but not in gladdening the mind for immersion. …” 
;;;Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṁ kallitakusalo hoti, na samādhismiṁ samāpattikusalo. 
;;;Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco jhāyī neva samādhismiṁ samāpattikusalo hoti, na ca samādhismiṁ kallitakusalo. 
;;;Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṁ samāpattikusalo ca hoti, samādhismiṁ kallitakusalo ca. 
;;;

>En 

Samāpattimūlakakallitasutta ;;;Entering and Gladdening 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṁ samāpattikusalo hoti, na samādhismiṁ kallitakusalo. 
;;;One meditator is skilled in entering immersion but not in gladdening the mind for immersion. …” 
;;;Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṁ kallitakusalo hoti, na samādhismiṁ samāpattikusalo. 
;;;Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco jhāyī neva samādhismiṁ samāpattikusalo hoti, na ca samādhismiṁ kallitakusalo. 
;;;Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṁ samāpattikusalo ca hoti, samādhismiṁ kallitakusalo ca. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Vuṭṭhānamūlakakallitasuttādisattaka ;;;Seven on Emergence and Gladdening, Etc. 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṁ vuṭṭhānakusalo hoti, na samādhismiṁ kallitakusalo … 
;;;One meditator is skilled in emerging from immersion but not in gladdening the mind for immersion. …” 
;;;samādhismiṁ kallitakusalo hoti, na samādhismiṁ vuṭṭhānakusalo … 
;;;neva samādhismiṁ vuṭṭhānakusalo hoti, na ca samādhismiṁ kallitakusalo … 
;;;samādhismiṁ vuṭṭhānakusalo ca hoti samādhismiṁ kallitakusalo ca. 
;;;

>En 

Vuṭṭhānamūlakakallitasuttādisattaka ;;;Seven on Emergence and Gladdening, Etc. 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṁ vuṭṭhānakusalo hoti, na samādhismiṁ kallitakusalo … 
;;;One meditator is skilled in emerging from immersion but not in gladdening the mind for immersion. …” 
;;;samādhismiṁ kallitakusalo hoti, na samādhismiṁ vuṭṭhānakusalo … 
;;;neva samādhismiṁ vuṭṭhānakusalo hoti, na ca samādhismiṁ kallitakusalo … 
;;;samādhismiṁ vuṭṭhānakusalo ca hoti samādhismiṁ kallitakusalo ca. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Kallitamūlakaārammaṇasuttādichakka ;;;Six on Gladdening and Support, Etc. 
;;;“samādhismiṁ kallitakusalo hoti, na samādhismiṁ ārammaṇakusalo … 
;;;“One meditator is skilled in gladdening the mind for immersion but not in the supports for immersion. …” 
;;;samādhismiṁ ārammaṇakusalo hoti, na samādhismiṁ kallitakusalo … 
;;;neva samādhismiṁ kallitakusalo hoti, na ca samādhismiṁ ārammaṇakusalo … 
;;;samādhismiṁ kallitakusalo ca hoti, samādhismiṁ ārammaṇakusalo ca. 
;;;(Purimamūlakāni viya yāva cattālīsamā kallitamūlakasappāyakārīsuttā cha suttāni pūretabbāni.) 
;;;(These six discourses should be told in full as the previous set.) 
;;;(Kallitamūlakaṁ.) 
;;;

>En 

Kallitamūlakaārammaṇasuttādichakka ;;;Six on Gladdening and Support, Etc. 
;;;“samādhismiṁ kallitakusalo hoti, na samādhismiṁ ārammaṇakusalo … 
;;;“One meditator is skilled in gladdening the mind for immersion but not in the supports for immersion. …” 
;;;samādhismiṁ ārammaṇakusalo hoti, na samādhismiṁ kallitakusalo … 
;;;neva samādhismiṁ kallitakusalo hoti, na ca samādhismiṁ ārammaṇakusalo … 
;;;samādhismiṁ kallitakusalo ca hoti, samādhismiṁ ārammaṇakusalo ca. 
;;;(Purimamūlakāni viya yāva cattālīsamā kallitamūlakasappāyakārīsuttā cha suttāni pūretabbāni.) 
;;;(These six discourses should be told in full as the previous set.) 
;;;(Kallitamūlakaṁ.) 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Vuṭṭhānaṁ kallitārammaṇena ca; ;;;

>En 

Vuṭṭhānaṁ kallitārammaṇena ca; ;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Yaṁ jivhā aniccā dukkhā vipariṇāmadhammā, ayaṁ jivhāya ādīnavo. ;;; 
;;;Yaṁ mano anicco dukkho vipariṇāmadhammo, ayaṁ manassa ādīnavo. 
;;;That the mind is impermanent, suffering, and perishable: this is its drawback. 
;;;

>En 

Yaṁ jivhā aniccā dukkhā vipariṇāmadhammā, ayaṁ jivhāya ādīnavo. ;;; 
;;;Yaṁ mano anicco dukkho vipariṇāmadhammo, ayaṁ manassa ādīnavo. 
;;;That the mind is impermanent, suffering, and perishable: this is its drawback. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, sattā imesaṁ channaṁ ajjhattikānaṁ āyatanānaṁ assādañca assādato, ādīnavañca ādīnavato, nissaraṇañca nissaraṇato yathābhūtaṁ nābbhaññaṁsu, neva tāva, bhikkhave, sattā sadevakā lokā samārakā sabrahmakā sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya nissaṭā visaññuttā vippamuttā vimariyādīkatena cetasā vihariṁsu. ;;;As long as sentient beings don’t truly understand these six interior sense fields’ gratification, drawback, and escape for what they are, they haven’t escaped from this world—with its gods, Māras, and Divinities, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans—and they don’t live detached, liberated, with a mind free of limits. 
;;;

>En 

Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, sattā imesaṁ channaṁ ajjhattikānaṁ āyatanānaṁ assādañca assādato, ādīnavañca ādīnavato, nissaraṇañca nissaraṇato yathābhūtaṁ nābbhaññaṁsu, neva tāva, bhikkhave, sattā sadevakā lokā samārakā sabrahmakā sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya nissaṭā visaññuttā vippamuttā vimariyādīkatena cetasā vihariṁsu. ;;;As long as sentient beings don’t truly understand these six interior sense fields’ gratification, drawback, and escape for what they are, they haven’t escaped from this world—with its gods, Māras, and Divinities, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans—and they don’t live detached, liberated, with a mind free of limits. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Sabbaṁ vo, bhikkhave, desessāmi. ;;;“Mendicants, I will teach you the all. 
;;;‘ahametaṁ sabbaṁ paccakkhāya aññaṁ sabbaṁ paññāpessāmī’ti, tassa vācāvatthukamevassa; 
;;;‘I’ll reject this all and describe another all.’ They’d have no grounds for that, 
;;;

>En 

“Sabbaṁ vo, bhikkhave, desessāmi. ;;;“Mendicants, I will teach you the all. 
;;;‘ahametaṁ sabbaṁ paccakkhāya aññaṁ sabbaṁ paññāpessāmī’ti, tassa vācāvatthukamevassa; 
;;;‘I’ll reject this all and describe another all.’ They’d have no grounds for that, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Sabbappahānāya vo, bhikkhave, dhammaṁ desessāmi. ;;;“Mendicants, I will teach you the principle for giving up the all. 
;;;

>En 

“Sabbappahānāya vo, bhikkhave, dhammaṁ desessāmi. ;;;“Mendicants, I will teach you the principle for giving up the all. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Yañca, bhikkhave, cakkhu, ye ca rūpā, yañca cakkhuviññāṇaṁ, ye ca cakkhuviññāṇaviññātabbā dhammā …pe… ;;;The eye, sights, eye consciousness, and things knowable by eye consciousness. 
;;;

>En 

Yañca, bhikkhave, cakkhu, ye ca rūpā, yañca cakkhuviññāṇaṁ, ye ca cakkhuviññāṇaviññātabbā dhammā …pe… ;;;The eye, sights, eye consciousness, and things knowable by eye consciousness. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Cakkhu, bhikkhave, ādittaṁ, rūpā ādittā, cakkhuviññāṇaṁ ādittaṁ, cakkhusamphasso āditto. Yampidaṁ cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi ādittaṁ. ;;;The eye is burning. Sights are burning. Eye consciousness is burning. Eye contact is burning. The painful, pleasant, or neutral feeling that arises conditioned by eye contact is also burning. 
;;;

>En 

Cakkhu, bhikkhave, ādittaṁ, rūpā ādittā, cakkhuviññāṇaṁ ādittaṁ, cakkhusamphasso āditto. Yampidaṁ cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi ādittaṁ. ;;;The eye is burning. Sights are burning. Eye consciousness is burning. Eye contact is burning. The painful, pleasant, or neutral feeling that arises conditioned by eye contact is also burning. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Addhabhūtasutta ;;;Oppressed 
;;;“sabbaṁ, bhikkhave, addhabhūtaṁ. 
;;;“Mendicants, all is oppressed. 
;;;

>En 

Addhabhūtasutta ;;;Oppressed 
;;;“sabbaṁ, bhikkhave, addhabhūtaṁ. 
;;;“Mendicants, all is oppressed. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: ;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;

>En 

“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: ;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

5. Sabbaaniccavagga ;;;5. All is Impermanent 
;;;

>En 

5. Sabbaaniccavagga ;;;5. All is Impermanent 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

abhiññeyyapariññeyyaṁ; ;;; 
;;;

>En 

abhiññeyyapariññeyyaṁ; ;;; 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Nibbindaṁ virajjati; virāgā vimuccati; vimokkhā ‘pariññātaṁ me upādānan’ti pajānāti. ;;;Being disillusioned, desire fades away. When desire fades away they’re freed. When they are released, they understand: ‘I have completely understood grasping.’ 
;;;

>En 

Nibbindaṁ virajjati; virāgā vimuccati; vimokkhā ‘pariññātaṁ me upādānan’ti pajānāti. ;;;Being disillusioned, desire fades away. When desire fades away they’re freed. When they are released, they understand: ‘I have completely understood grasping.’ 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: ;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;

>En 

“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: ;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tassa taṁ abhinandato abhivadato ajjhosāya tiṭṭhato uppajjati nandī. ;;;this gives rise to relishing. 
;;;Evaṁvihārī ca, migajāla, bhikkhu kiñcāpi araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevati appasaddāni appanigghosāni vijanavātāni manussarāhasseyyakāni paṭisallānasāruppāni; 
;;;A mendicant who lives like this is said to live with a partner, even if they frequent remote lodgings in the wilderness and the forest that are quiet and still, far from the madding crowd, remote from human settlements, and fit for retreat. 
;;;

>En 

Tassa taṁ abhinandato abhivadato ajjhosāya tiṭṭhato uppajjati nandī. ;;;this gives rise to relishing. 
;;;Evaṁvihārī ca, migajāla, bhikkhu kiñcāpi araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevati appasaddāni appanigghosāni vijanavātāni manussarāhasseyyakāni paṭisallānasāruppāni; 
;;;A mendicant who lives like this is said to live with a partner, even if they frequent remote lodgings in the wilderness and the forest that are quiet and still, far from the madding crowd, remote from human settlements, and fit for retreat. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“etthāhaṁ, bhante, anassasaṁ. ;;;“Here, sir, I’m lost. 
;;;

>En 

“etthāhaṁ, bhante, anassasaṁ. ;;;“Here, sir, I’m lost. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: ;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;

>En 

“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: ;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Disvāna mañcake samadhosi. ;;;and tried to rise on his cot. 
;;;“Kacci pana taṁ, bhikkhu, attā sīlato upavadatī”ti? 
;;;“I hope you have no reason to blame yourself when it comes to ethical conduct?” 
;;;“No ce kira te, bhikkhu, attā sīlato upavadati, atha kiñca te kukkuccaṁ ko ca vippaṭisāro”ti? 
;;;“In that case, mendicant, why do you have remorse and regret?” 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;

>En 

Disvāna mañcake samadhosi. ;;;and tried to rise on his cot. 
;;;“Kacci pana taṁ, bhikkhu, attā sīlato upavadatī”ti? 
;;;“I hope you have no reason to blame yourself when it comes to ethical conduct?” 
;;;“No ce kira te, bhikkhu, attā sīlato upavadati, atha kiñca te kukkuccaṁ ko ca vippaṭisāro”ti? 
;;;“In that case, mendicant, why do you have remorse and regret?” 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: ;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;Imasmiñca pana veyyākaraṇasmiṁ bhaññamāne tassa bhikkhussa anupādāya āsavehi cittaṁ vimuccīti. 
;;;And while this discourse was being spoken, the mind of that mendicant was freed from defilements by not grasping. 
;;;

>En 

“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: ;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;Imasmiñca pana veyyākaraṇasmiṁ bhaññamāne tassa bhikkhussa anupādāya āsavehi cittaṁ vimuccīti. 
;;;And while this discourse was being spoken, the mind of that mendicant was freed from defilements by not grasping. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: ;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;

>En 

“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: ;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā mahācundo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahācundaṁ etadavoca: ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Sāriputta came out of retreat, went to Venerable Mahācunda and said to him, 
;;;Seyyathāpi, āvuso, balavā puriso tiṇhena sikharena muddhani abhimattheyya; evameva kho, āvuso, adhimattā vātā muddhani ūhananti. 
;;;The winds piercing my head are so severe, it feels like a strong man drilling into my head with a sharp point. 
;;;“Puccheyyāma mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ channaṁ kañcideva desaṁ, sace āyasmā channo okāsaṁ karoti pañhassa veyyākaraṇāyā”ti. 
;;;“I’d like to ask Venerable Channa about a certain point, if you’d take the time to answer.” 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā mahācundo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahācundaṁ etadavoca: ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Sāriputta came out of retreat, went to Venerable Mahācunda and said to him, 
;;;Seyyathāpi, āvuso, balavā puriso tiṇhena sikharena muddhani abhimattheyya; evameva kho, āvuso, adhimattā vātā muddhani ūhananti. 
;;;The winds piercing my head are so severe, it feels like a strong man drilling into my head with a sharp point. 
;;;“Puccheyyāma mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ channaṁ kañcideva desaṁ, sace āyasmā channo okāsaṁ karoti pañhassa veyyākaraṇāyā”ti. 
;;;“I’d like to ask Venerable Channa about a certain point, if you’d take the time to answer.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

‘bhaddakā vatime sunāparantakā manussā, subhaddakā vatime sunāparantakā manussā, yaṁ me nayime pāṇinā pahāraṁ dentī’ti. ;;;‘These people of Sunāparanta are gracious, truly gracious, since they don’t hit me with their fists.’ 
;;;‘bhaddakā vatime sunāparantakā manussā, subhaddakā vatime sunāparantakā manussā, yaṁ me nayime leḍḍunā pahāraṁ dentī’ti. 
;;;‘These people of Sunāparanta are gracious, truly gracious, since they don’t throw stones at me.’ 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā puṇṇo tenevantaravassena pañcamattāni upāsakasatāni paṭivedesi. 
;;;Within that rainy season he confirmed around five hundred male and five hundred female lay followers. And within that same rainy season he realized the three knowledges. 
;;;“Paṇḍito, bhikkhave, puṇṇo kulaputto, paccapādi dhammassānudhammaṁ, na ca maṁ dhammādhikaraṇaṁ vihesesi. 
;;;“Mendicants, Puṇṇa was astute. He practiced in line with the teachings, and did not trouble me about the teachings. 
;;;

>En 

‘bhaddakā vatime sunāparantakā manussā, subhaddakā vatime sunāparantakā manussā, yaṁ me nayime pāṇinā pahāraṁ dentī’ti. ;;;‘These people of Sunāparanta are gracious, truly gracious, since they don’t hit me with their fists.’ 
;;;‘bhaddakā vatime sunāparantakā manussā, subhaddakā vatime sunāparantakā manussā, yaṁ me nayime leḍḍunā pahāraṁ dentī’ti. 
;;;‘These people of Sunāparanta are gracious, truly gracious, since they don’t throw stones at me.’ 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā puṇṇo tenevantaravassena pañcamattāni upāsakasatāni paṭivedesi. 
;;;Within that rainy season he confirmed around five hundred male and five hundred female lay followers. And within that same rainy season he realized the three knowledges. 
;;;“Paṇḍito, bhikkhave, puṇṇo kulaputto, paccapādi dhammassānudhammaṁ, na ca maṁ dhammādhikaraṇaṁ vihesesi. 
;;;“Mendicants, Puṇṇa was astute. He practiced in line with the teachings, and did not trouble me about the teachings. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: ;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;

>En 

“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: ;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Ejā, bhikkhave, rogo, ejā gaṇḍo, ejā sallaṁ. ;;;“Mendicants, turbulence is a disease, a boil, a dart. 
;;;Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, tathāgato anejo viharati vītasallo. 
;;;That’s why the Realized One lives unperturbed, with dart drawn out. 
;;;Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cepi ākaṅkheyya ‘anejo vihareyyaṁ vītasallo’ti, 
;;;Now, a mendicant might wish: ‘May I live unperturbed, with dart drawn out.’ 
;;;

>En 

“Ejā, bhikkhave, rogo, ejā gaṇḍo, ejā sallaṁ. ;;;“Mendicants, turbulence is a disease, a boil, a dart. 
;;;Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, tathāgato anejo viharati vītasallo. 
;;;That’s why the Realized One lives unperturbed, with dart drawn out. 
;;;Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cepi ākaṅkheyya ‘anejo vihareyyaṁ vītasallo’ti, 
;;;Now, a mendicant might wish: ‘May I live unperturbed, with dart drawn out.’ 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Ejā, bhikkhave, rogo, ejā gaṇḍo, ejā sallaṁ. ;;;“Mendicants, turbulence is a disease, a boil, a dart. 
;;;Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, tathāgato anejo viharati vītasallo. 
;;;That’s why the Realized One lives unperturbed, with dart drawn out. 
;;;Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cepi ākaṅkheyya ‘anejo vihareyyaṁ vītasallo’ti, 
;;;Now, a mendicant might wish: ‘May I live unperturbed, with dart drawn out.’ 
;;;

>En 

“Ejā, bhikkhave, rogo, ejā gaṇḍo, ejā sallaṁ. ;;;“Mendicants, turbulence is a disease, a boil, a dart. 
;;;Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, tathāgato anejo viharati vītasallo. 
;;;That’s why the Realized One lives unperturbed, with dart drawn out. 
;;;Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cepi ākaṅkheyya ‘anejo vihareyyaṁ vītasallo’ti, 
;;;Now, a mendicant might wish: ‘May I live unperturbed, with dart drawn out.’ 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Cakkhu aniccaṁ vipariṇāmi aññathābhāvi. ;;;The eye is impermanent, decaying, and perishing. 
;;;

>En 

Cakkhu aniccaṁ vipariṇāmi aññathābhāvi. ;;;The eye is impermanent, decaying, and perishing. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

10. Saḷavagga ;;;10. The Sixes 
;;;“Saḷeva phassāyatanāni bhikkhavo, 
;;;“Mendicants, it’s just the six fields of contact 
;;;Phassena phuṭṭho na sukhena majje, 
;;;Don’t be intoxicated by a pleasant touch, 
;;;Bhavattha jātimaraṇassa pāragā”ti. 
;;;go beyond birth and death.” 
;;;

>En 

10. Saḷavagga ;;;10. The Sixes 
;;;“Saḷeva phassāyatanāni bhikkhavo, 
;;;“Mendicants, it’s just the six fields of contact 
;;;Phassena phuṭṭho na sukhena majje, 
;;;Don’t be intoxicated by a pleasant touch, 
;;;Bhavattha jātimaraṇassa pāragā”ti. 
;;;go beyond birth and death.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Yatra hi nāma tvaṁ, bhikkhu, jiṇṇo vuddho mahallako addhagato vayoanuppatto saṅkhittena ovādaṁ yācasī”ti. ;;;when even an old man like you, elderly and senior, advanced in years, having reached the final stage of life, asks for brief advice?” 
;;;“Kiñcāpāhaṁ, bhante, jiṇṇo vuddho mahallako addhagato vayoanuppatto. 
;;;“Sir, even though I’m an old man, elderly and senior, 
;;;Tañca ajjhosa tiṭṭhati. 
;;;you keep clinging to it. 
;;;

>En 

Yatra hi nāma tvaṁ, bhikkhu, jiṇṇo vuddho mahallako addhagato vayoanuppatto saṅkhittena ovādaṁ yācasī”ti. ;;;when even an old man like you, elderly and senior, advanced in years, having reached the final stage of life, asks for brief advice?” 
;;;“Kiñcāpāhaṁ, bhante, jiṇṇo vuddho mahallako addhagato vayoanuppatto. 
;;;“Sir, even though I’m an old man, elderly and senior, 
;;;Tañca ajjhosa tiṭṭhati. 
;;;you keep clinging to it. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno cakkhunā rūpaṁ disvā uppajjanti pāpakā akusalā sarasaṅkappā saṁyojaniyā. ;;;When a mendicant sees a sight with the eye, bad, unskillful phenomena arise: memories and thoughts prone to fetters. 
;;;

>En 

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno cakkhunā rūpaṁ disvā uppajjanti pāpakā akusalā sarasaṅkappā saṁyojaniyā. ;;;When a mendicant sees a sight with the eye, bad, unskillful phenomena arise: memories and thoughts prone to fetters. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Cakkhundriyaṁ asaṁvutassa, bhikkhave, viharato cittaṁ byāsiñcati cakkhuviññeyyesu rūpesu. ;;;When you live with the eye faculty unrestrained, your mind becomes polluted when it comes to sights known by the eye. 
;;;

>En 

Cakkhundriyaṁ asaṁvutassa, bhikkhave, viharato cittaṁ byāsiñcati cakkhuviññeyyesu rūpesu. ;;;When you live with the eye faculty unrestrained, your mind becomes polluted when it comes to sights known by the eye. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Paṭisallānasutta ;;;Retreat 
;;;“Paṭisallāne, bhikkhave, yogamāpajjatha. 
;;;“Mendicants, meditate in retreat. 
;;;Paṭisallīno, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti. 
;;;A mendicant in retreat truly understands. 
;;;Paṭisallāne, bhikkhave, yogamāpajjatha. 
;;;Mendicants, meditate in retreat. 
;;;Paṭisallīno, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yathābhūtaṁ pajānātī”ti. 
;;;A mendicant in retreat truly understands.” 
;;;

>En 

Paṭisallānasutta ;;;Retreat 
;;;“Paṭisallāne, bhikkhave, yogamāpajjatha. 
;;;“Mendicants, meditate in retreat. 
;;;Paṭisallīno, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti. 
;;;A mendicant in retreat truly understands. 
;;;Paṭisallāne, bhikkhave, yogamāpajjatha. 
;;;Mendicants, meditate in retreat. 
;;;Paṭisallīno, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yathābhūtaṁ pajānātī”ti. 
;;;A mendicant in retreat truly understands.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

idaṁ jātu sabbajī, ;;;Herewith! Absolutely the conqueror of all! 
;;;Samādhi paṭisallānaṁ, 
;;;

>En 

idaṁ jātu sabbajī, ;;;Herewith! Absolutely the conqueror of all! 
;;;Samādhi paṭisallānaṁ, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā nātike viharati giñjakāvasathe. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying at Ñātika in the brick house. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā rahogato paṭisallīno imaṁ dhammapariyāyaṁ abhāsi: 
;;;Then while the Buddha was in private retreat he spoke this exposition of the teaching: 
;;;

>En 

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā nātike viharati giñjakāvasathe. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying at Ñātika in the brick house. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā rahogato paṭisallīno imaṁ dhammapariyāyaṁ abhāsi: 
;;;Then while the Buddha was in private retreat he spoke this exposition of the teaching: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Nāhaṁ, bhikkhave, gamanena lokassa antaṁ ñāteyyaṁ, daṭṭheyyaṁ, patteyyanti vadāmi. ;;;“Mendicants, I say it’s not possible to know or see or reach the end of the world by traveling. 
;;;

>En 

“Nāhaṁ, bhikkhave, gamanena lokassa antaṁ ñāteyyaṁ, daṭṭheyyaṁ, patteyyanti vadāmi. ;;;“Mendicants, I say it’s not possible to know or see or reach the end of the world by traveling. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ;;;Then as he was in private retreat this thought came to his mind, 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;; 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ;;;Then as he was in private retreat this thought came to his mind, 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;; 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Lolaṁ kho, bho bhāradvāja, cittaṁ. ;;;“But Mister Bhāradvāja, the mind is wanton. 
;;;atthi imasmiṁ kāye kesā lomā nakhā dantā taco maṁsaṁ nhāru aṭṭhi aṭṭhimiñjaṁ vakkaṁ hadayaṁ yakanaṁ kilomakaṁ pihakaṁ papphāsaṁ antaṁ antaguṇaṁ udariyaṁ karīsaṁ pittaṁ semhaṁ pubbo lohitaṁ sedo medo assu vasā kheḷo siṅghāṇikā lasikā muttan’ti. 
;;;In this body there is head hair, body hair, nails, teeth, skin, flesh, sinews, bones, bone marrow, kidneys, heart, liver, diaphragm, spleen, lungs, intestines, mesentery, undigested food, feces, bile, phlegm, pus, blood, sweat, fat, tears, grease, saliva, snot, synovial fluid, urine.’ 
;;;Appekadā, bho bhāradvāja, asubhato manasi karissāmīti subhatova āgacchati. 
;;;Sometimes I plan to focus on something as ugly, but only its beauty comes to mind. 
;;;

>En 

“Lolaṁ kho, bho bhāradvāja, cittaṁ. ;;;“But Mister Bhāradvāja, the mind is wanton. 
;;;atthi imasmiṁ kāye kesā lomā nakhā dantā taco maṁsaṁ nhāru aṭṭhi aṭṭhimiñjaṁ vakkaṁ hadayaṁ yakanaṁ kilomakaṁ pihakaṁ papphāsaṁ antaṁ antaguṇaṁ udariyaṁ karīsaṁ pittaṁ semhaṁ pubbo lohitaṁ sedo medo assu vasā kheḷo siṅghāṇikā lasikā muttan’ti. 
;;;In this body there is head hair, body hair, nails, teeth, skin, flesh, sinews, bones, bone marrow, kidneys, heart, liver, diaphragm, spleen, lungs, intestines, mesentery, undigested food, feces, bile, phlegm, pus, blood, sweat, fat, tears, grease, saliva, snot, synovial fluid, urine.’ 
;;;Appekadā, bho bhāradvāja, asubhato manasi karissāmīti subhatova āgacchati. 
;;;Sometimes I plan to focus on something as ugly, but only its beauty comes to mind. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā mahākaccāno avantīsu viharati kuraraghare papāte pabbate. ;;;At one time Venerable Mahākaccāna was staying in the land of the Avantis near Kuraraghara on Steep Mountain. 
;;;Atha kho hāliddikāni gahapati yenāyasmā mahākaccāno tenupasaṅkami …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho hāliddikāni gahapati āyasmantaṁ mahākaccānaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then the householder Hāliddikāni went up to Venerable Mahākaccāna … and asked him, 
;;;“Idha, gahapati, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṁ disvā ‘manāpaṁ itthetan’ti pajānāti cakkhuviññāṇaṁ sukhavedaniyañca. 
;;;“Householder, it’s when a mendicant sees a sight with the eye and understands it to be agreeable. 
;;;Cakkhunā kho paneva rūpaṁ disvā ‘amanāpaṁ itthetan’ti pajānāti cakkhuviññāṇaṁ dukkhavedaniyañca. 
;;;Then they see a sight and understand it to be disagreeable. 
;;;Cakkhunā kho paneva rūpaṁ disvā ‘upekkhāṭṭhāniyaṁ itthetan’ti pajānāti cakkhuviññāṇaṁ adukkhamasukhavedaniyañca. 
;;;Then they see a sight and understand it to be a basis for equanimity. 
;;;

>En 

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā mahākaccāno avantīsu viharati kuraraghare papāte pabbate. ;;;At one time Venerable Mahākaccāna was staying in the land of the Avantis near Kuraraghara on Steep Mountain. 
;;;Atha kho hāliddikāni gahapati yenāyasmā mahākaccāno tenupasaṅkami …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho hāliddikāni gahapati āyasmantaṁ mahākaccānaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then the householder Hāliddikāni went up to Venerable Mahākaccāna … and asked him, 
;;;“Idha, gahapati, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṁ disvā ‘manāpaṁ itthetan’ti pajānāti cakkhuviññāṇaṁ sukhavedaniyañca. 
;;;“Householder, it’s when a mendicant sees a sight with the eye and understands it to be agreeable. 
;;;Cakkhunā kho paneva rūpaṁ disvā ‘amanāpaṁ itthetan’ti pajānāti cakkhuviññāṇaṁ dukkhavedaniyañca. 
;;;Then they see a sight and understand it to be disagreeable. 
;;;Cakkhunā kho paneva rūpaṁ disvā ‘upekkhāṭṭhāniyaṁ itthetan’ti pajānāti cakkhuviññāṇaṁ adukkhamasukhavedaniyañca. 
;;;Then they see a sight and understand it to be a basis for equanimity. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā mahākaccāno avantīsu viharati makkarakate araññakuṭikāyaṁ. ;;;At one time Venerable Mahākaccāna was staying in the land of the Avantis in a wilderness hut near Makkarakaṭa. 
;;;Kodhābhibhūtā puthuattadaṇḍā, 
;;;Mastered by anger, they take up many arms, 
;;;“na kho pana metaṁ patirūpaṁ yohaṁ aññadatthu māṇavakānaṁyeva sutvā samaṇaṁ mahākaccānaṁ akkoseyyaṁ paribhāseyyaṁ. 
;;;“But it wouldn’t be appropriate for me to abuse or insult the ascetic Mahākaccāna solely because of what I’ve heard from these young students. 
;;;“Ahu pana bhoto kaccānassa tehi māṇavakehi saddhiṁ kocideva kathāsallāpo”ti? 
;;;“But did you have some discussion with them?” 
;;;“Ahu kho me, brāhmaṇa, tehi māṇavakehi saddhiṁ kocideva kathāsallāpo”ti. 
;;;“I did.” 
;;;“Yathā kathaṁ pana bhoto kaccānassa tehi māṇavakehi saddhiṁ ahosi kathāsallāpo”ti? 
;;;“But what kind of discussion did you have with them?” 
;;;“Evaṁ kho me, brāhmaṇa, tehi māṇavakehi saddhiṁ ahosi kathāsallāpo: 
;;;“This is the discussion I had with these young students.” And he repeated the verses in full. 
;;;Evaṁ kho me, brāhmaṇa, tehi māṇavakehi saddhiṁ ahosi kathāsallāpo”ti. 
;;; 
;;;“Idha, brāhmaṇa, ekacco cakkhunā rūpaṁ disvā piyarūpe rūpe adhimuccati, appiyarūpe rūpe byāpajjati, anupaṭṭhitakāyassati ca viharati, parittacetaso 
;;;“Brahmin, take someone who sees a sight with their eyes. If it’s pleasant they hold on to it, but if it’s unpleasant they dislike it. They live with mindfulness of the body unestablished and their heart restricted. 
;;;

>En 

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā mahākaccāno avantīsu viharati makkarakate araññakuṭikāyaṁ. ;;;At one time Venerable Mahākaccāna was staying in the land of the Avantis in a wilderness hut near Makkarakaṭa. 
;;;Kodhābhibhūtā puthuattadaṇḍā, 
;;;Mastered by anger, they take up many arms, 
;;;“na kho pana metaṁ patirūpaṁ yohaṁ aññadatthu māṇavakānaṁyeva sutvā samaṇaṁ mahākaccānaṁ akkoseyyaṁ paribhāseyyaṁ. 
;;;“But it wouldn’t be appropriate for me to abuse or insult the ascetic Mahākaccāna solely because of what I’ve heard from these young students. 
;;;“Ahu pana bhoto kaccānassa tehi māṇavakehi saddhiṁ kocideva kathāsallāpo”ti? 
;;;“But did you have some discussion with them?” 
;;;“Ahu kho me, brāhmaṇa, tehi māṇavakehi saddhiṁ kocideva kathāsallāpo”ti. 
;;;“I did.” 
;;;“Yathā kathaṁ pana bhoto kaccānassa tehi māṇavakehi saddhiṁ ahosi kathāsallāpo”ti? 
;;;“But what kind of discussion did you have with them?” 
;;;“Evaṁ kho me, brāhmaṇa, tehi māṇavakehi saddhiṁ ahosi kathāsallāpo: 
;;;“This is the discussion I had with these young students.” And he repeated the verses in full. 
;;;Evaṁ kho me, brāhmaṇa, tehi māṇavakehi saddhiṁ ahosi kathāsallāpo”ti. 
;;; 
;;;“Idha, brāhmaṇa, ekacco cakkhunā rūpaṁ disvā piyarūpe rūpe adhimuccati, appiyarūpe rūpe byāpajjati, anupaṭṭhitakāyassati ca viharati, parittacetaso 
;;;“Brahmin, take someone who sees a sight with their eyes. If it’s pleasant they hold on to it, but if it’s unpleasant they dislike it. They live with mindfulness of the body unestablished and their heart restricted. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“yagghe, bhoti, jāneyyāsi. ;;;“Please, madam, you should know this. 
;;;“Bhavissati, bhagini, samayo”ti vatvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkami. 
;;;“There will be an occasion for that, sister,” he replied, then got up from his seat and left. 
;;;

>En 

“yagghe, bhoti, jāneyyāsi. ;;;“Please, madam, you should know this. 
;;;“Bhavissati, bhagini, samayo”ti vatvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkami. 
;;;“There will be an occasion for that, sister,” he replied, then got up from his seat and left. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Ye ca kho te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū sekkhā appattamānasā anuttaraṁ yogakkhemaṁ patthayamānā viharanti, tesāhaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ chasu phassāyatanesu appamādena karaṇīyanti vadāmi. ;;;I say that, when it comes to the six fields of contact, mendicants do have work to do with diligence if they are trainees, who haven’t achieved their heart’s desire, but live aspiring to the supreme sanctuary from the yoke. 
;;;Cetaso apariyādānā āraddhaṁ hoti vīriyaṁ asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, passaddho kāyo asāraddho, samāhitaṁ cittaṁ ekaggaṁ. 
;;;Their energy is roused up and unflagging, their mindfulness is established and lucid, their body is tranquil and undisturbed, and their mind is immersed in samādhi. 
;;;Cetaso apariyādānā āraddhaṁ hoti vīriyaṁ asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, passaddho kāyo asāraddho, samāhitaṁ cittaṁ ekaggaṁ. 
;;;Their energy is roused up and unflagging, their mindfulness is established and lucid, their body is tranquil and undisturbed, and their mind is immersed in samādhi. 
;;;

>En 

Ye ca kho te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū sekkhā appattamānasā anuttaraṁ yogakkhemaṁ patthayamānā viharanti, tesāhaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ chasu phassāyatanesu appamādena karaṇīyanti vadāmi. ;;;I say that, when it comes to the six fields of contact, mendicants do have work to do with diligence if they are trainees, who haven’t achieved their heart’s desire, but live aspiring to the supreme sanctuary from the yoke. 
;;;Cetaso apariyādānā āraddhaṁ hoti vīriyaṁ asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, passaddho kāyo asāraddho, samāhitaṁ cittaṁ ekaggaṁ. 
;;;Their energy is roused up and unflagging, their mindfulness is established and lucid, their body is tranquil and undisturbed, and their mind is immersed in samādhi. 
;;;Cetaso apariyādānā āraddhaṁ hoti vīriyaṁ asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, passaddho kāyo asāraddho, samāhitaṁ cittaṁ ekaggaṁ. 
;;;Their energy is roused up and unflagging, their mindfulness is established and lucid, their body is tranquil and undisturbed, and their mind is immersed in samādhi. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Sukhaṁ diṭṭhamariyebhi, ;;;The noble ones have seen that happiness 
;;;bhavarāgānusārībhi; 
;;;flowing along the stream of lives, 
;;;

>En 

Sukhaṁ diṭṭhamariyebhi, ;;;The noble ones have seen that happiness 
;;;bhavarāgānusārībhi; 
;;;flowing along the stream of lives, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: ;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;

>En 

“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: ;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

‘khīṇā jāti, vusitaṁ brahmacariyaṁ, kataṁ karaṇīyaṁ, nāparaṁ itthattāyā’ti pajānāmī”ti? ;;;‘I understand: “Rebirth is ended, the spiritual journey has been completed, what had to be done has been done, there is nothing further for this place.”’” 
;;;“Ayampi kho, bhikkhave, pariyāyo yaṁ pariyāyaṁ āgamma bhikkhu aññatreva saddhāya, aññatra ruciyā, aññatra anussavā, aññatra ākāraparivitakkā, aññatra diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā aññaṁ byākaroti: ‘“khīṇā jāti, vusitaṁ brahmacariyaṁ, kataṁ karaṇīyaṁ, nāparaṁ itthattāyā”ti pajānāmī’ti …pe…. 
;;; 
;;;

>En 

‘khīṇā jāti, vusitaṁ brahmacariyaṁ, kataṁ karaṇīyaṁ, nāparaṁ itthattāyā’ti pajānāmī”ti? ;;;‘I understand: “Rebirth is ended, the spiritual journey has been completed, what had to be done has been done, there is nothing further for this place.”’” 
;;;“Ayampi kho, bhikkhave, pariyāyo yaṁ pariyāyaṁ āgamma bhikkhu aññatreva saddhāya, aññatra ruciyā, aññatra anussavā, aññatra ākāraparivitakkā, aññatra diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā aññaṁ byākaroti: ‘“khīṇā jāti, vusitaṁ brahmacariyaṁ, kataṁ karaṇīyaṁ, nāparaṁ itthattāyā”ti pajānāmī’ti …pe…. 
;;; 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Jīvakambavanapaṭisallānasutta ;;;On Retreat at Jīvaka’s Mango Grove 
;;;“paṭisallāne, bhikkhave, yogamāpajjatha. 
;;;“Mendicants, meditate in retreat. 
;;;Paṭisallīnassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno yathābhūtaṁ okkhāyati. 
;;;For a mendicant who meditates in retreat, things become truly clear. 
;;;Paṭisallāne, bhikkhave, yogamāpajjatha. 
;;;Mendicants, meditate in retreat. 
;;;Paṭisallīnassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno yathābhūtaṁ okkhāyatī”ti. 
;;;For a mendicant who meditates in retreat, things become truly clear.” 
;;;

>En 

Jīvakambavanapaṭisallānasutta ;;;On Retreat at Jīvaka’s Mango Grove 
;;;“paṭisallāne, bhikkhave, yogamāpajjatha. 
;;;“Mendicants, meditate in retreat. 
;;;Paṭisallīnassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno yathābhūtaṁ okkhāyati. 
;;;For a mendicant who meditates in retreat, things become truly clear. 
;;;Paṭisallāne, bhikkhave, yogamāpajjatha. 
;;;Mendicants, meditate in retreat. 
;;;Paṭisallīnassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno yathābhūtaṁ okkhāyatī”ti. 
;;;For a mendicant who meditates in retreat, things become truly clear.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

17. Saṭṭhipeyyālavagga ;;;17. Sixty Abbreviated Texts 
;;;

>En 

17. Saṭṭhipeyyālavagga ;;;17. Sixty Abbreviated Texts 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Etthāyaṁ sadevako loko samārako sabrahmako sassamaṇabrāhmaṇī pajā sadevamanussā yebhuyyena samunnā tantākulakajātā kulagaṇṭhikajātā muñjapabbajabhūtā, apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ saṁsāraṁ nātivattati …pe…. ;;;And it’s here that this world—with its gods, Māras, and divinities, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, gods and humans—is for the most part sunk. It’s become tangled like string, knotted like a ball of thread, and matted like rushes and reeds, and it doesn’t escape the places of loss, the bad places, the underworld, transmigration. 
;;;Atthaṅgato so na puneti, 
;;;They’ve come to an end, and cannot be measured; 
;;;

>En 

Etthāyaṁ sadevako loko samārako sabrahmako sassamaṇabrāhmaṇī pajā sadevamanussā yebhuyyena samunnā tantākulakajātā kulagaṇṭhikajātā muñjapabbajabhūtā, apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ saṁsāraṁ nātivattati …pe…. ;;;And it’s here that this world—with its gods, Māras, and divinities, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, gods and humans—is for the most part sunk. It’s become tangled like string, knotted like a ball of thread, and matted like rushes and reeds, and it doesn’t escape the places of loss, the bad places, the underworld, transmigration. 
;;;Atthaṅgato so na puneti, 
;;;They’ve come to an end, and cannot be measured; 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tamenaṁ puriso tiṇhāya kuṭhāriyā yato yato ābhindeyya āgaccheyya khīran”ti? ;;;If a man were to chop it here and there with a sharp axe, would latex come out?” 
;;;

>En 

Tamenaṁ puriso tiṇhāya kuṭhāriyā yato yato ābhindeyya āgaccheyya khīran”ti? ;;;If a man were to chop it here and there with a sharp axe, would latex come out?” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho āyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā sāriputtena saddhiṁ sammodi. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Mahākoṭṭhita came out of retreat, went to Venerable Sāriputta, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, āvuso, kāḷo ca balībaddo odāto ca balībaddo ekena dāmena vā yottena vā saṁyuttā assu. 
;;;Suppose there was a black ox and a white ox yoked by a single harness or yoke. 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho āyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā sāriputtena saddhiṁ sammodi. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Mahākoṭṭhita came out of retreat, went to Venerable Sāriputta, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, āvuso, kāḷo ca balībaddo odāto ca balībaddo ekena dāmena vā yottena vā saṁyuttā assu. 
;;;Suppose there was a black ox and a white ox yoked by a single harness or yoke. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho āyasmā kāmabhū sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā ānandena saddhiṁ sammodi. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Kāmabhū came out of retreat, went to Venerable Ānanda, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;“Na kho, āvuso kāmabhū, cakkhu rūpānaṁ saṁyojanaṁ, na rūpā cakkhussa saṁyojanaṁ. 
;;;“Reverend Kāmabhū, the eye is not the fetter of sights, nor are sights the fetter of the eye. 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho āyasmā kāmabhū sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā ānandena saddhiṁ sammodi. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Kāmabhū came out of retreat, went to Venerable Ānanda, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;“Na kho, āvuso kāmabhū, cakkhu rūpānaṁ saṁyojanaṁ, na rūpā cakkhussa saṁyojanaṁ. 
;;;“Reverend Kāmabhū, the eye is not the fetter of sights, nor are sights the fetter of the eye. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho āyasmā udāyī sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā ānandena saddhiṁ sammodi. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Udāyī came out of retreat, went to Venerable Ānanda, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, āvuso, puriso sāratthiko sāragavesī sārapariyesanaṁ caramāno tiṇhaṁ kuṭhāriṁ ādāya vanaṁ paviseyya. So tattha passeyya mahantaṁ kadalikkhandhaṁ ujuṁ navaṁ akukkukajātaṁ. Tamenaṁ mūle chindeyya; mūle chetvā agge chindeyya; agge chetvā pattavaṭṭiṁ vinibbhujeyya. So tattha pheggumpi nādhigaccheyya, kuto sāraṁ. 
;;;Suppose there was a person in need of heartwood. Wandering in search of heartwood, they’d take a sharp axe and enter a forest. There they’d see a big banana tree, straight and young and grown free of defects. They’d cut it down at the base, cut off the root, cut off the top, and unroll the coiled sheaths. But they wouldn’t even find sapwood, much less heartwood. 
;;;So evaṁ asamanupassanto na kiñci loke upādiyati. 
;;;So seeing, they don’t grasp anything in the world. 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho āyasmā udāyī sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā ānandena saddhiṁ sammodi. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Udāyī came out of retreat, went to Venerable Ānanda, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, āvuso, puriso sāratthiko sāragavesī sārapariyesanaṁ caramāno tiṇhaṁ kuṭhāriṁ ādāya vanaṁ paviseyya. So tattha passeyya mahantaṁ kadalikkhandhaṁ ujuṁ navaṁ akukkukajātaṁ. Tamenaṁ mūle chindeyya; mūle chetvā agge chindeyya; agge chetvā pattavaṭṭiṁ vinibbhujeyya. So tattha pheggumpi nādhigaccheyya, kuto sāraṁ. 
;;;Suppose there was a person in need of heartwood. Wandering in search of heartwood, they’d take a sharp axe and enter a forest. There they’d see a big banana tree, straight and young and grown free of defects. They’d cut it down at the base, cut off the root, cut off the top, and unroll the coiled sheaths. But they wouldn’t even find sapwood, much less heartwood. 
;;;So evaṁ asamanupassanto na kiñci loke upādiyati. 
;;;So seeing, they don’t grasp anything in the world. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Varaṁ, bhikkhave, tattāya ayosalākāya ādittāya sampajjalitāya sajotibhūtāya cakkhundriyaṁ sampalimaṭṭhaṁ, na tveva cakkhuviññeyyesu rūpesu anubyañjanaso nimittaggāho. ;;;You’d be better off mutilating your eye faculty with a red-hot iron nail, burning, blazing and glowing, than getting caught up in the features by way of the details in sights known by the eye. 
;;;Nimittassādagathitaṁ vā, bhikkhave, viññāṇaṁ tiṭṭhamānaṁ tiṭṭheyya, anubyañjanassādagathitaṁ vā tasmiñce samaye kālaṁ kareyya, ṭhānametaṁ vijjati, yaṁ dvinnaṁ gatīnaṁ aññataraṁ gatiṁ gaccheyya— 
;;;For if you die at a time when your consciousness is still tied to gratification in the features or details, it’s possible you’ll go to one of two destinations: 
;;;

>En 

Varaṁ, bhikkhave, tattāya ayosalākāya ādittāya sampajjalitāya sajotibhūtāya cakkhundriyaṁ sampalimaṭṭhaṁ, na tveva cakkhuviññeyyesu rūpesu anubyañjanaso nimittaggāho. ;;;You’d be better off mutilating your eye faculty with a red-hot iron nail, burning, blazing and glowing, than getting caught up in the features by way of the details in sights known by the eye. 
;;;Nimittassādagathitaṁ vā, bhikkhave, viññāṇaṁ tiṭṭhamānaṁ tiṭṭheyya, anubyañjanassādagathitaṁ vā tasmiñce samaye kālaṁ kareyya, ṭhānametaṁ vijjati, yaṁ dvinnaṁ gatīnaṁ aññataraṁ gatiṁ gaccheyya— 
;;;For if you die at a time when your consciousness is still tied to gratification in the features or details, it’s possible you’ll go to one of two destinations: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

‘ime te, ambho purisa, cattāro āsīvisā uggatejā ghoravisā kālena kālaṁ vuṭṭhāpetabbā, kālena kālaṁ nhāpetabbā, kālena kālaṁ bhojetabbā, kālena kālaṁ saṁvesetabbā. ;;;‘Mister, here are four lethal poisonous vipers. They must be periodically picked up, washed, fed, and put to sleep. 
;;;‘ayaṁ kho mahāudakaṇṇavo orimaṁ tīraṁ sāsaṅkaṁ sappaṭibhayaṁ, pārimaṁ tīraṁ khemaṁ appaṭibhayaṁ, natthi ca nāvā santāraṇī uttarasetu vā apārā pāraṁ gamanāya. 
;;; 
;;;Atha kho so, bhikkhave, puriso tiṇakaṭṭhasākhāpalāsaṁ saṅkaḍḍhitvā kullaṁ bandhitvā taṁ kullaṁ nissāya hatthehi ca pādehi ca vāyamamāno sotthinā pāraṁ gaccheyya, tiṇṇo pāraṅgato thale tiṭṭhati brāhmaṇo. 
;;;And so that man did exactly that. Having crossed over and gone beyond, the brahmin stands on the far shore. 
;;;

>En 

‘ime te, ambho purisa, cattāro āsīvisā uggatejā ghoravisā kālena kālaṁ vuṭṭhāpetabbā, kālena kālaṁ nhāpetabbā, kālena kālaṁ bhojetabbā, kālena kālaṁ saṁvesetabbā. ;;;‘Mister, here are four lethal poisonous vipers. They must be periodically picked up, washed, fed, and put to sleep. 
;;;‘ayaṁ kho mahāudakaṇṇavo orimaṁ tīraṁ sāsaṅkaṁ sappaṭibhayaṁ, pārimaṁ tīraṁ khemaṁ appaṭibhayaṁ, natthi ca nāvā santāraṇī uttarasetu vā apārā pāraṁ gamanāya. 
;;; 
;;;Atha kho so, bhikkhave, puriso tiṇakaṭṭhasākhāpalāsaṁ saṅkaḍḍhitvā kullaṁ bandhitvā taṁ kullaṁ nissāya hatthehi ca pādehi ca vāyamamāno sotthinā pāraṁ gaccheyya, tiṇṇo pāraṅgato thale tiṭṭhati brāhmaṇo. 
;;;And so that man did exactly that. Having crossed over and gone beyond, the brahmin stands on the far shore. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, subhūmiyaṁ cātumahāpathe ājaññaratho yutto assa ṭhito odhastapatodo. Tamenaṁ dakkho yoggācariyo assadammasārathi abhiruhitvā vāmena hatthena rasmiyo gahetvā, dakkhiṇena hatthena patodaṁ gahetvā, yenicchakaṁ yadicchakaṁ sāreyyapi paccāsāreyyapi. ;;;Suppose a chariot stood harnessed to thoroughbreds at a level crossroads, with a goad ready. A deft horse trainer, a master charioteer, might mount the chariot, taking the reins in his right hand and goad in the left. He’d drive out and back wherever he wishes, whenever he wishes. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso vaṇaṁ ālimpeyya yāvadeva rohanatthāya, seyyathā vā pana akkhaṁ abbhañjeyya yāvadeva bhārassa nittharaṇatthāya; 
;;;It’s like a person who puts ointment on a wound only so that it can heal; or who oils an axle only so that it can carry a load. 
;;;

>En 

Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, subhūmiyaṁ cātumahāpathe ājaññaratho yutto assa ṭhito odhastapatodo. Tamenaṁ dakkho yoggācariyo assadammasārathi abhiruhitvā vāmena hatthena rasmiyo gahetvā, dakkhiṇena hatthena patodaṁ gahetvā, yenicchakaṁ yadicchakaṁ sāreyyapi paccāsāreyyapi. ;;;Suppose a chariot stood harnessed to thoroughbreds at a level crossroads, with a goad ready. A deft horse trainer, a master charioteer, might mount the chariot, taking the reins in his right hand and goad in the left. He’d drive out and back wherever he wishes, whenever he wishes. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso vaṇaṁ ālimpeyya yāvadeva rohanatthāya, seyyathā vā pana akkhaṁ abbhañjeyya yāvadeva bhārassa nittharaṇatthāya; 
;;;It’s like a person who puts ointment on a wound only so that it can heal; or who oils an axle only so that it can carry a load. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Siṅgālopi kho, bhikkhave, sāyanhasamayaṁ anunadītīre gocarapasuto ahosi. ;;;At the same time, a jackal was also hunting along the river bank. 
;;;

>En 

Siṅgālopi kho, bhikkhave, sāyanhasamayaṁ anunadītīre gocarapasuto ahosi. ;;;At the same time, a jackal was also hunting along the river bank. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“kiṁ nu kho, bhante, orimaṁ tīraṁ, kiṁ pārimaṁ tīraṁ, ko majjhe saṁsādo, ko thale ussādo, ko manussaggāho, ko amanussaggāho, ko āvaṭṭaggāho, ko antopūtibhāvo”ti? ;;;“But sir, what’s the near shore and what’s the far shore? What’s sinking in the middle? What’s getting stranded on high ground? What’s getting taken by humans or non-humans? What’s getting caught up in a whirlpool? And what’s rotting away?” 
;;;“Tena hi tvaṁ, nanda, sāmikānaṁ gāvo niyyātehī”ti. 
;;;“Well then, Nanda, return the cows to their owners.” 
;;;“niyyātitā, bhante, sāmikānaṁ gāvo. 
;;;“Sir, I have returned the cows to their owners. 
;;;

>En 

“kiṁ nu kho, bhante, orimaṁ tīraṁ, kiṁ pārimaṁ tīraṁ, ko majjhe saṁsādo, ko thale ussādo, ko manussaggāho, ko amanussaggāho, ko āvaṭṭaggāho, ko antopūtibhāvo”ti? ;;;“But sir, what’s the near shore and what’s the far shore? What’s sinking in the middle? What’s getting stranded on high ground? What’s getting taken by humans or non-humans? What’s getting caught up in a whirlpool? And what’s rotting away?” 
;;;“Tena hi tvaṁ, nanda, sāmikānaṁ gāvo niyyātehī”ti. 
;;;“Well then, Nanda, return the cows to their owners.” 
;;;“niyyātitā, bhante, sāmikānaṁ gāvo. 
;;;“Sir, I have returned the cows to their owners. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kimilāyaṁ viharati gaṅgāya nadiyā tīre. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying near Kimibilā on the bank of the Ganges river. 
;;;

>En 

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kimilāyaṁ viharati gaṅgāya nadiyā tīre. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying near Kimibilā on the bank of the Ganges river. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tena kho pana samayena kāpilavatthavānaṁ sakyānaṁ navaṁ santhāgāraṁ acirakāritaṁ hoti anajjhāvuṭṭhaṁ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā kenaci vā manussabhūtena. ;;;Now at that time a new town hall had recently been constructed for the Sakyans of Kapilavatthu. It had not yet been occupied by an ascetic or brahmin or any person at all. 
;;;Atha kho kāpilavatthavā sakyā bhagavato adhivāsanaṁ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā yena navaṁ santhāgāraṁ tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā sabbasanthariṁ santhāgāraṁ santharitvā āsanāni paññāpetvā udakamaṇikaṁ patiṭṭhāpetvā telappadīpaṁ āropetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ: 
;;;Knowing that the Buddha had consented, the Sakyans got up from their seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on their right. Then they went to the new town hall, where they spread carpets all over, prepared seats, set up a water jar, and placed an oil lamp. Then they went back to the Buddha and told him of their preparations, saying, 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā acirapakkantesu kāpilavatthavesu sakyesu āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ āmantesi: 
;;;And then, soon after the Sakyans had left, the Buddha addressed Venerable Mahāmoggallāna, 
;;;“vigatathinamiddho kho, moggallāna, bhikkhusaṅgho. 
;;;“Moggallāna, the Saṅgha of mendicants is rid of dullness and drowsiness. 
;;;Paṭibhātu taṁ, moggallāna, bhikkhūnaṁ dhammī kathā. 
;;;Give them some Dhamma talk as you feel inspired. 
;;;“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhagavato paccassosi. 
;;;“Yes, sir,” Mahāmoggallāna replied. 
;;;Tatra kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhikkhū āmantesi: 
;;;There Venerable Mahāmoggallāna addressed the mendicants: 
;;;“Āvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa paccassosuṁ. 
;;;“Reverend,” they replied. 
;;;Āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca: 
;;;Venerable Mahāmoggallāna said this: 
;;;“Evamāvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa paccassosuṁ. 
;;;“Yes, reverend,” they replied. 
;;;Āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca: 
;;;Venerable Mahāmoggallāna said this: 
;;;Ayaṁ vuccatāvuso, bhikkhu rūpādhibhūto, saddādhibhūto, gandhādhibhūto, rasādhibhūto, phoṭṭhabbādhibhūto, dhammādhibhūto, adhibhūto, anadhibhū, adhibhaṁsu naṁ pāpakā akusalā dhammā saṅkilesikā ponobhavikā sadarā dukkhavipākā āyatiṁ jātijarāmaraṇiyā. 
;;;This is called a mendicant who has been mastered by sights, sounds, smells, tastes, touches, and ideas. They’re mastered, not a master. Bad, unskillful qualities have mastered them, which are corrupting, leading to future lives, hurtful, and resulting in suffering and future rebirth, old age, and death. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā uṭṭhahitvā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ āmantesi: 
;;;Then the Buddha got up and said to Venerable Mahāmoggallāna: 
;;;“sādhu sādhu, moggallāna. 
;;;“Good, good, Moggallāna! 
;;;Sādhu kho tvaṁ, moggallāna, bhikkhūnaṁ avassutapariyāyañca anavassutapariyāyañca abhāsī”ti. 
;;;It’s good that you’ve taught this explanation of the festering and the not festering.” 
;;;Idamavoca āyasmā mahāmoggallāno. 
;;;This is what Venerable Mahāmoggallāna said, 
;;;Attamanā te bhikkhū āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti. 
;;;Satisfied, the mendicants approved what Mahāmoggallāna said. 
;;;

>En 

Tena kho pana samayena kāpilavatthavānaṁ sakyānaṁ navaṁ santhāgāraṁ acirakāritaṁ hoti anajjhāvuṭṭhaṁ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā kenaci vā manussabhūtena. ;;;Now at that time a new town hall had recently been constructed for the Sakyans of Kapilavatthu. It had not yet been occupied by an ascetic or brahmin or any person at all. 
;;;Atha kho kāpilavatthavā sakyā bhagavato adhivāsanaṁ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā yena navaṁ santhāgāraṁ tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā sabbasanthariṁ santhāgāraṁ santharitvā āsanāni paññāpetvā udakamaṇikaṁ patiṭṭhāpetvā telappadīpaṁ āropetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ: 
;;;Knowing that the Buddha had consented, the Sakyans got up from their seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on their right. Then they went to the new town hall, where they spread carpets all over, prepared seats, set up a water jar, and placed an oil lamp. Then they went back to the Buddha and told him of their preparations, saying, 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā acirapakkantesu kāpilavatthavesu sakyesu āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ āmantesi: 
;;;And then, soon after the Sakyans had left, the Buddha addressed Venerable Mahāmoggallāna, 
;;;“vigatathinamiddho kho, moggallāna, bhikkhusaṅgho. 
;;;“Moggallāna, the Saṅgha of mendicants is rid of dullness and drowsiness. 
;;;Paṭibhātu taṁ, moggallāna, bhikkhūnaṁ dhammī kathā. 
;;;Give them some Dhamma talk as you feel inspired. 
;;;“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhagavato paccassosi. 
;;;“Yes, sir,” Mahāmoggallāna replied. 
;;;Tatra kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhikkhū āmantesi: 
;;;There Venerable Mahāmoggallāna addressed the mendicants: 
;;;“Āvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa paccassosuṁ. 
;;;“Reverend,” they replied. 
;;;Āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca: 
;;;Venerable Mahāmoggallāna said this: 
;;;“Evamāvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa paccassosuṁ. 
;;;“Yes, reverend,” they replied. 
;;;Āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca: 
;;;Venerable Mahāmoggallāna said this: 
;;;Ayaṁ vuccatāvuso, bhikkhu rūpādhibhūto, saddādhibhūto, gandhādhibhūto, rasādhibhūto, phoṭṭhabbādhibhūto, dhammādhibhūto, adhibhūto, anadhibhū, adhibhaṁsu naṁ pāpakā akusalā dhammā saṅkilesikā ponobhavikā sadarā dukkhavipākā āyatiṁ jātijarāmaraṇiyā. 
;;;This is called a mendicant who has been mastered by sights, sounds, smells, tastes, touches, and ideas. They’re mastered, not a master. Bad, unskillful qualities have mastered them, which are corrupting, leading to future lives, hurtful, and resulting in suffering and future rebirth, old age, and death. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā uṭṭhahitvā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ āmantesi: 
;;;Then the Buddha got up and said to Venerable Mahāmoggallāna: 
;;;“sādhu sādhu, moggallāna. 
;;;“Good, good, Moggallāna! 
;;;Sādhu kho tvaṁ, moggallāna, bhikkhūnaṁ avassutapariyāyañca anavassutapariyāyañca abhāsī”ti. 
;;;It’s good that you’ve taught this explanation of the festering and the not festering.” 
;;;Idamavoca āyasmā mahāmoggallāno. 
;;;This is what Venerable Mahāmoggallāna said, 
;;;Attamanā te bhikkhū āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti. 
;;;Satisfied, the mendicants approved what Mahāmoggallāna said. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Ñātañhi, bhikkhave, tassa purisassa imañcāhaṁ aṅgārakāsuṁ papatissāmi, tatonidānaṁ maraṇaṁ vā nigacchissāmi maraṇamattaṁ vā dukkhanti. ;;;For that person knows, ‘If I fall in that pit of glowing coals, that will result in my death or deadly pain.’ 
;;;Iti viditvā saṁvaro ca asaṁvaro ca veditabbo. 
;;;When they understand what a thorn is, they should understand restraint and lack of restraint. 
;;;‘ehi, bho purisa, kiṁ te ime kāsāvā anudahanti, 
;;;‘Please, mister, why let these ocher robes torment you? 
;;;Yañhi taṁ, bhikkhave, cittaṁ dīgharattaṁ vivekaninnaṁ vivekapoṇaṁ vivekapabbhāraṁ, tathā hīnāyāvattissatīti netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjatī”ti. 
;;;Because for a long time that mendicant’s mind has slanted, sloped, and inclined to seclusion. So it’s impossible for them to return to a lesser life.” 
;;;

>En 

Ñātañhi, bhikkhave, tassa purisassa imañcāhaṁ aṅgārakāsuṁ papatissāmi, tatonidānaṁ maraṇaṁ vā nigacchissāmi maraṇamattaṁ vā dukkhanti. ;;;For that person knows, ‘If I fall in that pit of glowing coals, that will result in my death or deadly pain.’ 
;;;Iti viditvā saṁvaro ca asaṁvaro ca veditabbo. 
;;;When they understand what a thorn is, they should understand restraint and lack of restraint. 
;;;‘ehi, bho purisa, kiṁ te ime kāsāvā anudahanti, 
;;;‘Please, mister, why let these ocher robes torment you? 
;;;Yañhi taṁ, bhikkhave, cittaṁ dīgharattaṁ vivekaninnaṁ vivekapoṇaṁ vivekapabbhāraṁ, tathā hīnāyāvattissatīti netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjatī”ti. 
;;;Because for a long time that mendicant’s mind has slanted, sloped, and inclined to seclusion. So it’s impossible for them to return to a lesser life.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho so bhikkhu asantuṭṭho tassa bhikkhussa pañhaveyyākaraṇena, yenaññataro bhikkhu tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā taṁ bhikkhuṁ etadavoca: ;;;Not content with that answer, that mendicant went up to a series of other mendicants and received the following answers: 
;;;Atha khvāhaṁ, bhante, asantuṭṭho tassa bhikkhussa pañhaveyyākaraṇena yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁ (…). 
;;; 
;;;Tena kho pana, bhikkhu, samayena tādisovassa kiṁsuko yathāpi tassa purisassa dassanaṁ. 
;;;Now, at that time a parrot tree may well have been just as that person saw it. 
;;;‘bahalapattapalāso sandacchāyo kho, ambho purisa, kiṁsuko—seyyathāpi nigrodho’ti. 
;;;‘A parrot tree has luxuriant, shady foliage, like a banyan.’ 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhu, rañño paccantimaṁ nagaraṁ daḷhuddhāpaṁ daḷhapākāratoraṇaṁ chadvāraṁ. 
;;;Suppose there was a king’s frontier citadel with fortified embankments, ramparts, and arches, and six gates. 
;;;Atha kho taṁ sīghaṁ dūtayugaṁ nagarassāmikassa yathābhūtaṁ vacanaṁ niyyātetvā yathāgatamaggaṁ paṭipajjeyya. 
;;;Then that swift pair of messengers would deliver a message of truth to the lord of the city and depart the way they came. 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho so bhikkhu asantuṭṭho tassa bhikkhussa pañhaveyyākaraṇena, yenaññataro bhikkhu tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā taṁ bhikkhuṁ etadavoca: ;;;Not content with that answer, that mendicant went up to a series of other mendicants and received the following answers: 
;;;Atha khvāhaṁ, bhante, asantuṭṭho tassa bhikkhussa pañhaveyyākaraṇena yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁ (…). 
;;; 
;;;Tena kho pana, bhikkhu, samayena tādisovassa kiṁsuko yathāpi tassa purisassa dassanaṁ. 
;;;Now, at that time a parrot tree may well have been just as that person saw it. 
;;;‘bahalapattapalāso sandacchāyo kho, ambho purisa, kiṁsuko—seyyathāpi nigrodho’ti. 
;;;‘A parrot tree has luxuriant, shady foliage, like a banyan.’ 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhu, rañño paccantimaṁ nagaraṁ daḷhuddhāpaṁ daḷhapākāratoraṇaṁ chadvāraṁ. 
;;;Suppose there was a king’s frontier citadel with fortified embankments, ramparts, and arches, and six gates. 
;;;Atha kho taṁ sīghaṁ dūtayugaṁ nagarassāmikassa yathābhūtaṁ vacanaṁ niyyātetvā yathāgatamaggaṁ paṭipajjeyya. 
;;;Then that swift pair of messengers would deliver a message of truth to the lord of the city and depart the way they came. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

‘asatī kirāyaṁ, bho, vīṇā nāma, yathevaṁ yaṁ kiñci vīṇā nāma ettha ca panāyaṁ jano ativelaṁ pamatto palaḷito’ti. ;;;‘It seems that there’s nothing to this thing called an arched harp or whatever’s called an arched harp! But people waste their time with it, negligent and heedless!’ 
;;;Evameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu rūpaṁ samanvesati yāvatā rūpassa gati, vedanaṁ samanvesati yāvatā vedanāya gati, saññaṁ samanvesati yāvatā saññāya gati, saṅkhāre samanvesati yāvatā saṅkhārānaṁ gati, viññāṇaṁ samanvesati yāvatā viññāṇassa gati. 
;;;In the same way, a mendicant searches for form, feeling, perception, choices, and consciousness anywhere they might be reborn. 
;;;

>En 

‘asatī kirāyaṁ, bho, vīṇā nāma, yathevaṁ yaṁ kiñci vīṇā nāma ettha ca panāyaṁ jano ativelaṁ pamatto palaḷito’ti. ;;;‘It seems that there’s nothing to this thing called an arched harp or whatever’s called an arched harp! But people waste their time with it, negligent and heedless!’ 
;;;Evameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu rūpaṁ samanvesati yāvatā rūpassa gati, vedanaṁ samanvesati yāvatā vedanāya gati, saññaṁ samanvesati yāvatā saññāya gati, saṅkhāre samanvesati yāvatā saṅkhārānaṁ gati, viññāṇaṁ samanvesati yāvatā viññāṇassa gati. 
;;;In the same way, a mendicant searches for form, feeling, perception, choices, and consciousness anywhere they might be reborn. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tassa kusakaṇṭakā ceva pāde vijjheyyuṁ, sarapattāni ca gattāni vilekheyyuṁ. ;;;The kusa thorns would pierce their feet, and the reed leaves would scratch their limbs. 
;;;Susumāraṁ gahetvā daḷhāya rajjuyā bandheyya. 
;;;a crocodile, 
;;;Yadā kho te, bhikkhave, chappāṇakā jhattā assu kilantā, atha kho yo nesaṁ pāṇakānaṁ balavataro assa tassa te anuvatteyyuṁ, anuvidhāyeyyuṁ vasaṁ gaccheyyuṁ. 
;;;When those six animals became exhausted and worn out, the strongest of them would get their way, and they’d all have to submit to their control. 
;;;

>En 

Tassa kusakaṇṭakā ceva pāde vijjheyyuṁ, sarapattāni ca gattāni vilekheyyuṁ. ;;;The kusa thorns would pierce their feet, and the reed leaves would scratch their limbs. 
;;;Susumāraṁ gahetvā daḷhāya rajjuyā bandheyya. 
;;;a crocodile, 
;;;Yadā kho te, bhikkhave, chappāṇakā jhattā assu kilantā, atha kho yo nesaṁ pāṇakānaṁ balavataro assa tassa te anuvatteyyuṁ, anuvidhāyeyyuṁ vasaṁ gaccheyyuṁ. 
;;;When those six animals became exhausted and worn out, the strongest of them would get their way, and they’d all have to submit to their control. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tatra sudaṁ, bhikkhave, vepacitti asurindo kaṇṭhapañcamehi bandhanehi baddho hoti. ;;;And there Vepacitti remained bound by his limbs and neck. 
;;;Maññitaṁ, bhikkhave, rogo, maññitaṁ gaṇḍo, maññitaṁ sallaṁ. 
;;;Conceit is a disease, a boil, a dart. 
;;;Iñjitaṁ, bhikkhave, rogo, iñjitaṁ gaṇḍo, iñjitaṁ sallaṁ. 
;;;Disturbances are a disease, a boil, a dart. 
;;;Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, ‘aniñjamānena cetasā viharissāmā’ti— 
;;;So mendicants, you should train yourselves like this: ‘We will live with a heart free of disturbances.’ 
;;;Phanditaṁ, bhikkhave, rogo, phanditaṁ gaṇḍo, phanditaṁ sallaṁ. 
;;;Trembling is a disease, a boil, a dart. 
;;;Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, ‘aphandamānena cetasā viharissāmā’ti— 
;;;So mendicants, you should train yourselves like this: ‘We will live with a heart free of tremblings.’ 
;;;Papañcitaṁ, bhikkhave, rogo, papañcitaṁ gaṇḍo, papañcitaṁ sallaṁ. 
;;;Proliferation is a disease, a boil, a dart. 
;;;Mānagataṁ, bhikkhave, rogo, mānagataṁ gaṇḍo, mānagataṁ sallaṁ. 
;;;Conceit is a disease, a boil, a dart. 
;;;

>En 

Tatra sudaṁ, bhikkhave, vepacitti asurindo kaṇṭhapañcamehi bandhanehi baddho hoti. ;;;And there Vepacitti remained bound by his limbs and neck. 
;;;Maññitaṁ, bhikkhave, rogo, maññitaṁ gaṇḍo, maññitaṁ sallaṁ. 
;;;Conceit is a disease, a boil, a dart. 
;;;Iñjitaṁ, bhikkhave, rogo, iñjitaṁ gaṇḍo, iñjitaṁ sallaṁ. 
;;;Disturbances are a disease, a boil, a dart. 
;;;Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, ‘aniñjamānena cetasā viharissāmā’ti— 
;;;So mendicants, you should train yourselves like this: ‘We will live with a heart free of disturbances.’ 
;;;Phanditaṁ, bhikkhave, rogo, phanditaṁ gaṇḍo, phanditaṁ sallaṁ. 
;;;Trembling is a disease, a boil, a dart. 
;;;Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, ‘aphandamānena cetasā viharissāmā’ti— 
;;;So mendicants, you should train yourselves like this: ‘We will live with a heart free of tremblings.’ 
;;;Papañcitaṁ, bhikkhave, rogo, papañcitaṁ gaṇḍo, papañcitaṁ sallaṁ. 
;;;Proliferation is a disease, a boil, a dart. 
;;;Mānagataṁ, bhikkhave, rogo, mānagataṁ gaṇḍo, mānagataṁ sallaṁ. 
;;;Conceit is a disease, a boil, a dart. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

1. Sagāthāvagga ;;;1. With Verses 
;;;

>En 

1. Sagāthāvagga ;;;1. With Verses 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Yato kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno sukhāya vedanāya rāgānusayo pahīno hoti, dukkhāya vedanāya paṭighānusayo pahīno hoti, adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya avijjānusayo pahīno hoti, ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, ‘bhikkhu niranusayo sammaddaso acchecchi taṇhaṁ, vivattayi saṁyojanaṁ, sammā mānābhisamayā antamakāsi dukkhassā’ti. ;;;When a mendicant has given up these underlying tendencies, they’re called a mendicant without underlying tendencies, who sees rightly, has cut off craving, untied the fetters, and by rightly comprehending conceit has made an end of suffering. 
;;;

>En 

Yato kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno sukhāya vedanāya rāgānusayo pahīno hoti, dukkhāya vedanāya paṭighānusayo pahīno hoti, adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya avijjānusayo pahīno hoti, ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, ‘bhikkhu niranusayo sammaddaso acchecchi taṇhaṁ, vivattayi saṁyojanaṁ, sammā mānābhisamayā antamakāsi dukkhassā’ti. ;;;When a mendicant has given up these underlying tendencies, they’re called a mendicant without underlying tendencies, who sees rightly, has cut off craving, untied the fetters, and by rightly comprehending conceit has made an end of suffering. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Sukhā, bhikkhave, vedanā dukkhato daṭṭhabbā, dukkhā vedanā sallato daṭṭhabbā, adukkhamasukhā vedanā aniccato daṭṭhabbā. ;;;Pleasant feeling should be seen as suffering. Painful feeling should be seen as a dart. Neutral feeling should be seen as impermanent. 
;;;Yato kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno sukhā vedanā dukkhato diṭṭhā hoti, dukkhā vedanā sallato diṭṭhā hoti, adukkhamasukhā vedanā aniccato diṭṭhā hoti— 
;;;When a mendicant has seen these three feelings in this way, 
;;;dukkhamaddakkhi sallato; 
;;;and suffering as a dart, 
;;;

>En 

Sukhā, bhikkhave, vedanā dukkhato daṭṭhabbā, dukkhā vedanā sallato daṭṭhabbā, adukkhamasukhā vedanā aniccato daṭṭhabbā. ;;;Pleasant feeling should be seen as suffering. Painful feeling should be seen as a dart. Neutral feeling should be seen as impermanent. 
;;;Yato kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno sukhā vedanā dukkhato diṭṭhā hoti, dukkhā vedanā sallato diṭṭhā hoti, adukkhamasukhā vedanā aniccato diṭṭhā hoti— 
;;;When a mendicant has seen these three feelings in this way, 
;;;dukkhamaddakkhi sallato; 
;;;and suffering as a dart, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Sallasutta ;;;An Arrow 
;;;Tatra, bhikkhave, ko viseso ko adhippayāso kiṁ nānākaraṇaṁ sutavato ariyasāvakassa assutavatā puthujjanenā”ti? 
;;;What, then, is the difference between a learned noble disciple and an ordinary unlearned person?” 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, purisaṁ sallena vijjheyya. 
;;;It’s like a person who is struck with an arrow, 
;;;Tamenaṁ dutiyena sallena anuvedhaṁ vijjheyya. 
;;;only to be struck with a second arrow. 
;;;Evañhi so, bhikkhave, puriso dvisallena vedanaṁ vedayati. 
;;;That person experiences the feeling of two arrows. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, purisaṁ sallena vijjheyya. 
;;;It’s like a person who is struck with an arrow, 
;;;Tamenaṁ dutiyena sallena anuvedhaṁ na vijjheyya. 
;;;but was not struck with a second arrow. 
;;;Evañhi so, bhikkhave, puriso ekasallena vedanaṁ vedayati. 
;;;That person would experience the feeling of one arrow. 
;;;Mahā viseso kusalassa hoti. 
;;;between the wise and the ordinary. 
;;;

>En 

Sallasutta ;;;An Arrow 
;;;Tatra, bhikkhave, ko viseso ko adhippayāso kiṁ nānākaraṇaṁ sutavato ariyasāvakassa assutavatā puthujjanenā”ti? 
;;;What, then, is the difference between a learned noble disciple and an ordinary unlearned person?” 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, purisaṁ sallena vijjheyya. 
;;;It’s like a person who is struck with an arrow, 
;;;Tamenaṁ dutiyena sallena anuvedhaṁ vijjheyya. 
;;;only to be struck with a second arrow. 
;;;Evañhi so, bhikkhave, puriso dvisallena vedanaṁ vedayati. 
;;;That person experiences the feeling of two arrows. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, purisaṁ sallena vijjheyya. 
;;;It’s like a person who is struck with an arrow, 
;;;Tamenaṁ dutiyena sallena anuvedhaṁ na vijjheyya. 
;;;but was not struck with a second arrow. 
;;;Evañhi so, bhikkhave, puriso ekasallena vedanaṁ vedayati. 
;;;That person would experience the feeling of one arrow. 
;;;Mahā viseso kusalassa hoti. 
;;;between the wise and the ordinary. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena gilānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the infirmary, where he sat down on the seat spread out, 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena gilānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the infirmary, where he sat down on the seat spread out, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena gilānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the infirmary, where he sat down on the seat spread out, 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena gilānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the infirmary, where he sat down on the seat spread out, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Sallena ceva gelaññā, ;;;" 
;;;

>En 

Sallena ceva gelaññā, ;;;" 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“idha mayhaṁ, bhante, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi— ;;;“Just now, sir, as I was in private retreat this thought came to mind. 
;;;

>En 

“idha mayhaṁ, bhante, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi— ;;;“Just now, sir, as I was in private retreat this thought came to mind. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

sampajaññaṁ na riñcati; ;;;not neglecting situational awareness, 
;;;

>En 

sampajaññaṁ na riñcati; ;;;not neglecting situational awareness, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Assosi kho āyasmā ānando āyasmato udāyissa pañcakaṅgena thapatinā saddhiṁ imaṁ kathāsallāpaṁ. ;;;Venerable Ānanda heard this discussion between Udāyī and Pañcakaṅga. 
;;;Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando yāvatako āyasmato udāyissa pañcakaṅgena thapatinā saddhiṁ ahosi kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi. 
;;;and informed the Buddha of all they had discussed. 
;;;Evaṁ pariyāyadesite kho, ānanda, mayā dhamme ye aññamaññassa subhāsitaṁ sulapitaṁ, na samanumaññissanti, na samanujānissanti, na samanumodissanti, tesaṁ etaṁ pāṭikaṅkhaṁ—bhaṇḍanajātā kalahajātā vivādāpannā aññamaññaṁ mukhasattīhi vitudantā viharissantīti. 
;;;This being so, you can expect that those who don’t concede, approve, or agree with what has been well spoken will argue, quarrel, and dispute, continually wounding each other with barbed words. 
;;;

>En 

Assosi kho āyasmā ānando āyasmato udāyissa pañcakaṅgena thapatinā saddhiṁ imaṁ kathāsallāpaṁ. ;;;Venerable Ānanda heard this discussion between Udāyī and Pañcakaṅga. 
;;;Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando yāvatako āyasmato udāyissa pañcakaṅgena thapatinā saddhiṁ ahosi kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi. 
;;;and informed the Buddha of all they had discussed. 
;;;Evaṁ pariyāyadesite kho, ānanda, mayā dhamme ye aññamaññassa subhāsitaṁ sulapitaṁ, na samanumaññissanti, na samanujānissanti, na samanumodissanti, tesaṁ etaṁ pāṭikaṅkhaṁ—bhaṇḍanajātā kalahajātā vivādāpannā aññamaññaṁ mukhasattīhi vitudantā viharissantīti. 
;;;This being so, you can expect that those who don’t concede, approve, or agree with what has been well spoken will argue, quarrel, and dispute, continually wounding each other with barbed words. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Idha bhavaṁ gotamo kimāhā”ti? ;;;What does Mister Gotama say about this?” 
;;;Sāmampi kho etaṁ, sīvaka, veditabbaṁ yathā pittasamuṭṭhānānipi idhekaccāni vedayitāni uppajjanti. 
;;;You can know this from your own personal experience, 
;;;

>En 

Idha bhavaṁ gotamo kimāhā”ti? ;;;What does Mister Gotama say about this?” 
;;;Sāmampi kho etaṁ, sīvaka, veditabbaṁ yathā pittasamuṭṭhānānipi idhekaccāni vedayitāni uppajjanti. 
;;;You can know this from your own personal experience, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Mātugāmo puriso ca, ;;; 
;;;āveṇikā tidhammo ca; 
;;; 
;;;

>En 

Mātugāmo puriso ca, ;;; 
;;;āveṇikā tidhammo ca; 
;;; 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Dutiye ca akkodhano, ;;; 
;;;

>En 

Dutiye ca akkodhano, ;;; 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

1. Moggallānavagga ;;;1. By Moggallāna 
;;;Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. 
;;;At one time Venerable Mahāmoggallāna was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
;;;Tatra kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhikkhū āmantesi: 
;;;There Venerable Mahāmoggallāna addressed the mendicants: 
;;;“Āvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa paccassosuṁ. 
;;;“Reverend,” they replied. 
;;;Āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca: 
;;;Venerable Mahāmoggallāna said this: 
;;;“Idha mayhaṁ, āvuso, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: 
;;;“Just now, reverends, as I was in private retreat this thought came to mind: 
;;;‘moggallāna, moggallāna. 
;;;‘Moggallāna, Moggallāna! 
;;;

>En 

1. Moggallānavagga ;;;1. By Moggallāna 
;;;Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. 
;;;At one time Venerable Mahāmoggallāna was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
;;;Tatra kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhikkhū āmantesi: 
;;;There Venerable Mahāmoggallāna addressed the mendicants: 
;;;“Āvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa paccassosuṁ. 
;;;“Reverend,” they replied. 
;;;Āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca: 
;;;Venerable Mahāmoggallāna said this: 
;;;“Idha mayhaṁ, āvuso, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: 
;;;“Just now, reverends, as I was in private retreat this thought came to mind: 
;;;‘moggallāna, moggallāna. 
;;;‘Moggallāna, Moggallāna! 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

1. Moggallānavagga ;;;1. By Moggallāna 
;;;‘moggallāna, moggallāna. 
;;;‘Moggallāna, Moggallāna! 
;;;

>En 

1. Moggallānavagga ;;;1. By Moggallāna 
;;;‘moggallāna, moggallāna. 
;;;‘Moggallāna, Moggallāna! 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

1. Moggallānavagga ;;;1. By Moggallāna 
;;;‘moggallāna, moggallāna. 
;;;‘Moggallāna, Moggallāna! 
;;;

>En 

1. Moggallānavagga ;;;1. By Moggallāna 
;;;‘moggallāna, moggallāna. 
;;;‘Moggallāna, Moggallāna! 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

1. Moggallānavagga ;;;1. By Moggallāna 
;;;‘moggallāna, moggallāna. 
;;;‘Moggallāna, Moggallāna! 
;;;

>En 

1. Moggallānavagga ;;;1. By Moggallāna 
;;;‘moggallāna, moggallāna. 
;;;‘Moggallāna, Moggallāna! 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

1. Moggallānavagga ;;;1. By Moggallāna 
;;;‘moggallāna, moggallāna. 
;;;‘Moggallāna, Moggallāna! 
;;;

>En 

1. Moggallānavagga ;;;1. By Moggallāna 
;;;‘moggallāna, moggallāna. 
;;;‘Moggallāna, Moggallāna! 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

1. Moggallānavagga ;;;1. By Moggallāna 
;;;‘moggallāna, moggallāna. 
;;;‘Moggallāna, Moggallāna! 
;;;

>En 

1. Moggallānavagga ;;;1. By Moggallāna 
;;;‘moggallāna, moggallāna. 
;;;‘Moggallāna, Moggallāna! 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

1. Moggallānavagga ;;;1. By Moggallāna 
;;;‘moggallāna, moggallāna. 
;;;‘Moggallāna, Moggallāna! 
;;;

>En 

1. Moggallānavagga ;;;1. By Moggallāna 
;;;‘moggallāna, moggallāna. 
;;;‘Moggallāna, Moggallāna! 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

1. Moggallānavagga ;;;1. By Moggallāna 
;;;‘moggallāna, moggallāna. 
;;;‘Moggallāna, Moggallāna! 
;;;

>En 

1. Moggallānavagga ;;;1. By Moggallāna 
;;;‘moggallāna, moggallāna. 
;;;‘Moggallāna, Moggallāna! 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

1. Moggallānavagga ;;;1. By Moggallāna 
;;;‘moggallāna, moggallāna. 
;;;‘Moggallāna, Moggallāna! 
;;;

>En 

1. Moggallānavagga ;;;1. By Moggallāna 
;;;‘moggallāna, moggallāna. 
;;;‘Moggallāna, Moggallāna! 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

1. Moggallānavagga ;;;1. By Moggallāna 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evameva—jetavane antarahito devesu tāvatiṁsesu pāturahosi. 
;;;And then Venerable Mahāmoggallāna, as easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, vanished from Jeta’s Grove and reappeared among the gods of the thirty-three. 
;;;Atha kho sakko devānamindo pañcahi devatāsatehi saddhiṁ yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitaṁ kho sakkaṁ devānamindaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca: 
;;;Then Sakka, lord of gods, with five hundred deities came up to Mahāmoggallāna, bowed, and stood to one side. Mahāmoggallāna said to him: 
;;;“Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, buddhasaraṇagamanaṁ hoti. 
;;;“My good Moggallāna, it’s good to go for refuge to the Buddha … 
;;;Buddhasaraṇagamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti. 
;;;Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, dhammasaraṇagamanaṁ hoti. 
;;;the teaching … 
;;;Dhammasaraṇagamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti. 
;;;Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, saṅgha …pe… 
;;;the Saṅgha. 
;;;atha kho sakko devānamindo asītiyā devatāsahassehi saddhiṁ yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitaṁ kho sakkaṁ devānamindaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca: 
;;;Then Sakka, lord of gods, with eighty thousand deities … 
;;;“Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, buddhasaraṇagamanaṁ hoti. 
;;;Buddhasaraṇagamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti. 
;;;Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, dhammasaraṇagamanaṁ hoti …pe… 
;;;sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, saṅghasaraṇagamanaṁ hoti. 
;;;Saṅghasaraṇagamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjantī”ti. 
;;;Atha kho sakko devānamindo pañcahi devatāsatehi saddhiṁ yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitaṁ kho sakkaṁ devānamindaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca: 
;;;Then Sakka, lord of gods, with five hundred deities came up to Mahāmoggallāna, bowed, and stood to one side. Mahāmoggallāna said to him: 
;;;“Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanaṁ hoti: 
;;;“My good Moggallāna, it’s good to have experiential confidence in the Buddha … 
;;;Buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti. 
;;;Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgamanaṁ hoti: 
;;;the teaching … 
;;;Dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti. 
;;;Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgamanaṁ hoti: 
;;;the Saṅgha … 
;;;Saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti. 
;;;Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanaṁ hoti akhaṇḍehi …pe… samādhisaṁvattanikehi. 
;;;and to have the ethical conduct that’s loved by the noble ones … 
;;;Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjantī”ti. 
;;;It’s the reason why some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.” 
;;;Atha kho sakko devānamindo asītiyā devatāsahassehi saddhiṁ yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitaṁ kho sakkaṁ devānamindaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca: 
;;;Then Sakka, lord of gods, with eighty thousand deities … 
;;;“Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanaṁ hoti: 
;;;Buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti. 
;;;Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgamanaṁ hoti: 
;;;Dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti. 
;;;Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgamanaṁ hoti: 
;;;Saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti. 
;;;Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanaṁ hoti akhaṇḍehi …pe… samādhisaṁvattanikehi. 
;;;Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjantī”ti. 
;;;Atha kho sakko devānamindo pañcahi devatāsatehi saddhiṁ yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkami …pe… 
;;;Then Sakka, lord of gods, with five hundred deities came up to Mahāmoggallāna, 
;;;ekamantaṁ ṭhitaṁ kho sakkaṁ devānamindaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca: 
;;;bowed, and stood to one side. Mahāmoggallāna said to him: 
;;;“Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, buddhasaraṇagamanaṁ hoti. 
;;;“My good Moggallāna, it’s good to go for refuge to the Buddha …” 
;;;Buddhasaraṇagamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti. 
;;;Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, dhammasaraṇagamanaṁ hoti …pe…. 
;;;Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, saṅghasaraṇagamanaṁ hoti. 
;;;Saṅghasaraṇagamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti. 
;;;atha kho sakko devānamindo asītiyā devatāsahassehi saddhiṁ yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitaṁ kho sakkaṁ devānamindaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca: 
;;;Then Sakka, lord of gods, with eighty thousand deities … 
;;;“Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, buddhasaraṇagamanaṁ hoti …pe… 
;;;sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, dhammasaraṇagamanaṁ hoti …pe… 
;;;sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, saṅghasaraṇagamanaṁ hoti. 
;;;Saṅghasaraṇagamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti. 
;;;Atha kho sakko devānamindo pañcahi devatāsatehi saddhiṁ yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitaṁ kho sakkaṁ devānamindaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca: 
;;;Then Sakka, lord of gods, with five hundred deities came up to Mahāmoggallāna, bowed, and stood to one side. Mahāmoggallāna said to him: 
;;;“Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanaṁ hoti: 
;;;“My good Moggallāna, it’s good to have experiential confidence in the Buddha …” 
;;;Buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti. 
;;;Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgamanaṁ hoti: 
;;;Dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti. 
;;;Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgamanaṁ hoti: 
;;;Saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti …pe…. 
;;;Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanaṁ hoti akhaṇḍehi …pe… samādhisaṁvattanikehi. 
;;;Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti. 
;;;atha kho sakko devānamindo asītiyā devatāsahassehi saddhiṁ yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitaṁ kho sakkaṁ devānamindaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca: 
;;;Then Sakka, lord of gods, with eighty thousand deities … 
;;;“Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanaṁ hoti: 
;;;Buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti. 
;;;Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgamanaṁ hoti: 
;;;Dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti. 
;;;Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgamanaṁ hoti: 
;;;Saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti. 
;;;Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanaṁ hoti akhaṇḍehi …pe… samādhisaṁvattanikehi. 
;;;Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti. 
;;;

>En 

1. Moggallānavagga ;;;1. By Moggallāna 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evameva—jetavane antarahito devesu tāvatiṁsesu pāturahosi. 
;;;And then Venerable Mahāmoggallāna, as easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, vanished from Jeta’s Grove and reappeared among the gods of the thirty-three. 
;;;Atha kho sakko devānamindo pañcahi devatāsatehi saddhiṁ yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitaṁ kho sakkaṁ devānamindaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca: 
;;;Then Sakka, lord of gods, with five hundred deities came up to Mahāmoggallāna, bowed, and stood to one side. Mahāmoggallāna said to him: 
;;;“Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, buddhasaraṇagamanaṁ hoti. 
;;;“My good Moggallāna, it’s good to go for refuge to the Buddha … 
;;;Buddhasaraṇagamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti. 
;;;Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, dhammasaraṇagamanaṁ hoti. 
;;;the teaching … 
;;;Dhammasaraṇagamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti. 
;;;Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, saṅgha …pe… 
;;;the Saṅgha. 
;;;atha kho sakko devānamindo asītiyā devatāsahassehi saddhiṁ yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitaṁ kho sakkaṁ devānamindaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca: 
;;;Then Sakka, lord of gods, with eighty thousand deities … 
;;;“Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, buddhasaraṇagamanaṁ hoti. 
;;;Buddhasaraṇagamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti. 
;;;Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, dhammasaraṇagamanaṁ hoti …pe… 
;;;sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, saṅghasaraṇagamanaṁ hoti. 
;;;Saṅghasaraṇagamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjantī”ti. 
;;;Atha kho sakko devānamindo pañcahi devatāsatehi saddhiṁ yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitaṁ kho sakkaṁ devānamindaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca: 
;;;Then Sakka, lord of gods, with five hundred deities came up to Mahāmoggallāna, bowed, and stood to one side. Mahāmoggallāna said to him: 
;;;“Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanaṁ hoti: 
;;;“My good Moggallāna, it’s good to have experiential confidence in the Buddha … 
;;;Buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti. 
;;;Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgamanaṁ hoti: 
;;;the teaching … 
;;;Dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti. 
;;;Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgamanaṁ hoti: 
;;;the Saṅgha … 
;;;Saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti. 
;;;Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanaṁ hoti akhaṇḍehi …pe… samādhisaṁvattanikehi. 
;;;and to have the ethical conduct that’s loved by the noble ones … 
;;;Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjantī”ti. 
;;;It’s the reason why some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.” 
;;;Atha kho sakko devānamindo asītiyā devatāsahassehi saddhiṁ yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitaṁ kho sakkaṁ devānamindaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca: 
;;;Then Sakka, lord of gods, with eighty thousand deities … 
;;;“Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanaṁ hoti: 
;;;Buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti. 
;;;Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgamanaṁ hoti: 
;;;Dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti. 
;;;Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgamanaṁ hoti: 
;;;Saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti. 
;;;Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanaṁ hoti akhaṇḍehi …pe… samādhisaṁvattanikehi. 
;;;Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjantī”ti. 
;;;Atha kho sakko devānamindo pañcahi devatāsatehi saddhiṁ yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkami …pe… 
;;;Then Sakka, lord of gods, with five hundred deities came up to Mahāmoggallāna, 
;;;ekamantaṁ ṭhitaṁ kho sakkaṁ devānamindaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca: 
;;;bowed, and stood to one side. Mahāmoggallāna said to him: 
;;;“Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, buddhasaraṇagamanaṁ hoti. 
;;;“My good Moggallāna, it’s good to go for refuge to the Buddha …” 
;;;Buddhasaraṇagamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti. 
;;;Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, dhammasaraṇagamanaṁ hoti …pe…. 
;;;Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, saṅghasaraṇagamanaṁ hoti. 
;;;Saṅghasaraṇagamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti. 
;;;atha kho sakko devānamindo asītiyā devatāsahassehi saddhiṁ yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitaṁ kho sakkaṁ devānamindaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca: 
;;;Then Sakka, lord of gods, with eighty thousand deities … 
;;;“Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, buddhasaraṇagamanaṁ hoti …pe… 
;;;sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, dhammasaraṇagamanaṁ hoti …pe… 
;;;sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, saṅghasaraṇagamanaṁ hoti. 
;;;Saṅghasaraṇagamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti. 
;;;Atha kho sakko devānamindo pañcahi devatāsatehi saddhiṁ yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitaṁ kho sakkaṁ devānamindaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca: 
;;;Then Sakka, lord of gods, with five hundred deities came up to Mahāmoggallāna, bowed, and stood to one side. Mahāmoggallāna said to him: 
;;;“Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanaṁ hoti: 
;;;“My good Moggallāna, it’s good to have experiential confidence in the Buddha …” 
;;;Buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti. 
;;;Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgamanaṁ hoti: 
;;;Dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti. 
;;;Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgamanaṁ hoti: 
;;;Saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti …pe…. 
;;;Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanaṁ hoti akhaṇḍehi …pe… samādhisaṁvattanikehi. 
;;;Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti. 
;;;atha kho sakko devānamindo asītiyā devatāsahassehi saddhiṁ yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitaṁ kho sakkaṁ devānamindaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca: 
;;;Then Sakka, lord of gods, with eighty thousand deities … 
;;;“Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanaṁ hoti: 
;;;Buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti. 
;;;Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgamanaṁ hoti: 
;;;Dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti. 
;;;Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgamanaṁ hoti: 
;;;Saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti. 
;;;Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanaṁ hoti akhaṇḍehi …pe… samādhisaṁvattanikehi. 
;;;Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

1. Moggallānavagga ;;;1. By Moggallāna 
;;;Moggallānavaggo paṭhamo. 
;;; 
;;;Moggallānasaṁyuttaṁ samattaṁ. 
;;;The Linked Discourses on Moggallāna are complete. 
;;;

>En 

1. Moggallānavagga ;;;1. By Moggallāna 
;;;Moggallānavaggo paṭhamo. 
;;; 
;;;Moggallānasaṁyuttaṁ samattaṁ. 
;;;The Linked Discourses on Moggallāna are complete. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Saṁyojanasutta ;;;The Fetter 
;;;

>En 

Saṁyojanasutta ;;;The Fetter 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tena kho pana samayena uṇhaṁ hoti kuthitaṁ; ;;;Now at that time the heat was sweltering. 
;;;

>En 

Tena kho pana samayena uṇhaṁ hoti kuthitaṁ; ;;;Now at that time the heat was sweltering. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Idha, bhante, bhikkhu mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati. ;;;It’s when a mendicant meditates spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. 
;;;

>En 

Idha, bhante, bhikkhu mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati. ;;;It’s when a mendicant meditates spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Evaṁ vutte, nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto ulloketvā etadavoca: ;;;When he said this, the Jain Ñātika looked up at his assembly and said, 
;;;“Idāneva kho te mayaṁ, bhante, bhāsitaṁ: 
;;;“Sir, just now I understood you to say: 
;;;

>En 

Evaṁ vutte, nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto ulloketvā etadavoca: ;;;When he said this, the Jain Ñātika looked up at his assembly and said, 
;;;“Idāneva kho te mayaṁ, bhante, bhāsitaṁ: 
;;;“Sir, just now I understood you to say: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Imehi pana te, bhante, tiṁsamattehi vassehi atthi koci uttari manussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanaviseso adhigato phāsuvihāro”ti? ;;;“But sir, in these thirty years have you achieved any superhuman distinction in knowledge and vision worthy of the noble ones, a comfortable meditation?” 
;;;Sace kho panāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavato paṭhamataraṁ kālaṁ kareyyaṁ, anacchariyaṁ kho panetaṁ yaṁ maṁ bhagavā evaṁ byākareyya: 
;;;If I pass away before the Buddha, it would be no wonder if the Buddha declares of me: 
;;;

>En 

“Imehi pana te, bhante, tiṁsamattehi vassehi atthi koci uttari manussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanaviseso adhigato phāsuvihāro”ti? ;;;“But sir, in these thirty years have you achieved any superhuman distinction in knowledge and vision worthy of the noble ones, a comfortable meditation?” 
;;;Sace kho panāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavato paṭhamataraṁ kālaṁ kareyyaṁ, anacchariyaṁ kho panetaṁ yaṁ maṁ bhagavā evaṁ byākareyya: 
;;;If I pass away before the Buddha, it would be no wonder if the Buddha declares of me: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho tālapuṭo naṭagāmaṇi yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho tālapuṭo naṭagāmaṇi bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: ;;;Then Tālapuṭa the dancing master came up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha: 
;;;“Addhā kho tyāhaṁ, gāmaṇi, na labhāmi: 
;;;“Clearly, chief, I’m not getting through to you when I say: 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho tālapuṭo naṭagāmaṇi yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho tālapuṭo naṭagāmaṇi bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: ;;;Then Tālapuṭa the dancing master came up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha: 
;;;“Addhā kho tyāhaṁ, gāmaṇi, na labhāmi: 
;;;“Clearly, chief, I’m not getting through to you when I say: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Taṁ kiṁ maññasi, gāmaṇi, idhassu kassakassa gahapatino tīṇi khettāni—ekaṁ khettaṁ aggaṁ, ekaṁ khettaṁ majjhimaṁ, ekaṁ khettaṁ hīnaṁ jaṅgalaṁ ūsaraṁ pāpabhūmi. ;;;What do you think? Suppose a farmer has three fields: one’s good, one’s average, and one’s poor—bad ground of sand and salt. 
;;;

>En 

Taṁ kiṁ maññasi, gāmaṇi, idhassu kassakassa gahapatino tīṇi khettāni—ekaṁ khettaṁ aggaṁ, ekaṁ khettaṁ majjhimaṁ, ekaṁ khettaṁ hīnaṁ jaṅgalaṁ ūsaraṁ pāpabhūmi. ;;;What do you think? Suppose a farmer has three fields: one’s good, one’s average, and one’s poor—bad ground of sand and salt. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Na metaṁ pāpaṁ kammaṁ akataṁ bhavissatī’ti. ;;;But I can’t undo what I have done.’ 
;;;

>En 

Na metaṁ pāpaṁ kammaṁ akataṁ bhavissatī’ti. ;;;But I can’t undo what I have done.’ 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

‘nanu, bhante, bhagavā anekapariyāyena kulānaṁ anuddayaṁ vaṇṇeti, anurakkhaṁ vaṇṇeti, anukampaṁ vaṇṇetī’ti? ;;;‘Sir, don’t you in many ways praise kindness, protection, and sympathy for families?’ 
;;;“Ito so, gāmaṇi, ekanavutikappe yamahaṁ anussarāmi, nābhijānāmi kiñci kulaṁ pakkabhikkhānuppadānamattena upahatapubbaṁ. 
;;;“Well, chief, I recollect ninety-one eons back but I’m not aware of any family that’s been ruined merely by offering some cooked almsfood. 
;;;

>En 

‘nanu, bhante, bhagavā anekapariyāyena kulānaṁ anuddayaṁ vaṇṇeti, anurakkhaṁ vaṇṇeti, anukampaṁ vaṇṇetī’ti? ;;;‘Sir, don’t you in many ways praise kindness, protection, and sympathy for families?’ 
;;;“Ito so, gāmaṇi, ekanavutikappe yamahaṁ anussarāmi, nābhijānāmi kiñci kulaṁ pakkabhikkhānuppadānamattena upahatapubbaṁ. 
;;;“Well, chief, I recollect ninety-one eons back but I’m not aware of any family that’s been ruined merely by offering some cooked almsfood. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Yassa pañca kāmaguṇā kappanti (…), ekaṁsenetaṁ, gāmaṇi, dhāreyyāsi assamaṇadhammo asakyaputtiyadhammoti. ;;;And if the five kinds of sensual stimulation are proper for them, you should categorically regard them as not having the qualities of an ascetic or a follower of the Sakyan. 
;;;

>En 

Yassa pañca kāmaguṇā kappanti (…), ekaṁsenetaṁ, gāmaṇi, dhāreyyāsi assamaṇadhammo asakyaputtiyadhammoti. ;;;And if the five kinds of sensual stimulation are proper for them, you should categorically regard them as not having the qualities of an ascetic or a follower of the Sakyan. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā mallesu viharati uruvelakappaṁ nāma mallānaṁ nigamo. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Mallas, near the Mallian town called Uruvelakappa. 
;;;‘mā heva ciravāsissa kumārassa kiñci ābādhayitthā’”ti. 
;;;‘I hope nothing’s wrong with Ciravāsi!’” 
;;;

>En 

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā mallesu viharati uruvelakappaṁ nāma mallānaṁ nigamo. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Mallas, near the Mallian town called Uruvelakappa. 
;;;‘mā heva ciravāsissa kumārassa kiñci ābādhayitthā’”ti. 
;;;‘I hope nothing’s wrong with Ciravāsi!’” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

yo cāyaṁ kāmesu kāmasukhallikānuyogo hīno gammo pothujjaniko anariyo anatthasaṁhito, yo cāyaṁ attakilamathānuyogo dukkho anariyo anatthasaṁhito. ;;;Indulgence in sensual pleasures, which is low, crude, ordinary, ignoble, and pointless. And indulgence in self-mortification, which is painful, ignoble, and pointless. 
;;;

>En 

yo cāyaṁ kāmesu kāmasukhallikānuyogo hīno gammo pothujjaniko anariyo anatthasaṁhito, yo cāyaṁ attakilamathānuyogo dukkho anariyo anatthasaṁhito. ;;;Indulgence in sensual pleasures, which is low, crude, ordinary, ignoble, and pointless. And indulgence in self-mortification, which is painful, ignoble, and pointless. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā koliyesu viharati uttaraṁ nāma koliyānaṁ nigamo. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Koliyans, where they have a town called Uttara. 
;;;“Ye ca, bhante, koliyānaṁ corā te ca paṭisedhetuṁ, yāni ca koliyānaṁ dūteyyāni tāni ca vahātuṁ, etadatthiyā, bhante, koliyānaṁ lambacūḷakā bhaṭā”ti. 
;;;“To put a stop to bandits and to deliver messages for the Koliyans.” 
;;;“Ye pana te micchādiṭṭhikā kallaṁ nu tesu pasīditun”ti? 
;;;“But is it appropriate to have confidence in those of wrong view?” 
;;;‘ambho, ayaṁ puriso rañño paccatthikassa pasayha ratanaṁ ahāsi. 
;;;‘Mister, that man attacked the king’s enemy and took their valuables. 
;;;kallaṁ nu tesu pasīditun”ti? 
;;;Is it appropriate to have confidence in them?” 
;;;kallaṁ nu tesu pasīditun”ti? 
;;;Is it appropriate to have confidence in them?” 
;;;“Ye pana te micchādiṭṭhikā kallaṁ nu tesu pasīditun”ti? 
;;;“But is it appropriate to have confidence in those of wrong view?” 
;;;Sace tassa bhoto satthuno saccaṁ vacanaṁ, apaṇṇakatāya mayhaṁ, yvāhaṁ na kiñci byābādhemi tasaṁ vā thāvaraṁ vā? 
;;;If what this good teacher says is true, it’s a safe bet for me to not hurt any creature firm or frail. 
;;;

>En 

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā koliyesu viharati uttaraṁ nāma koliyānaṁ nigamo. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Koliyans, where they have a town called Uttara. 
;;;“Ye ca, bhante, koliyānaṁ corā te ca paṭisedhetuṁ, yāni ca koliyānaṁ dūteyyāni tāni ca vahātuṁ, etadatthiyā, bhante, koliyānaṁ lambacūḷakā bhaṭā”ti. 
;;;“To put a stop to bandits and to deliver messages for the Koliyans.” 
;;;“Ye pana te micchādiṭṭhikā kallaṁ nu tesu pasīditun”ti? 
;;;“But is it appropriate to have confidence in those of wrong view?” 
;;;‘ambho, ayaṁ puriso rañño paccatthikassa pasayha ratanaṁ ahāsi. 
;;;‘Mister, that man attacked the king’s enemy and took their valuables. 
;;;kallaṁ nu tesu pasīditun”ti? 
;;;Is it appropriate to have confidence in them?” 
;;;kallaṁ nu tesu pasīditun”ti? 
;;;Is it appropriate to have confidence in them?” 
;;;“Ye pana te micchādiṭṭhikā kallaṁ nu tesu pasīditun”ti? 
;;;“But is it appropriate to have confidence in those of wrong view?” 
;;;Sace tassa bhoto satthuno saccaṁ vacanaṁ, apaṇṇakatāya mayhaṁ, yvāhaṁ na kiñci byābādhemi tasaṁ vā thāvaraṁ vā? 
;;;If what this good teacher says is true, it’s a safe bet for me to not hurt any creature firm or frail. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Abyābajjhañca vo, bhikkhave, desessāmi abyābajjhagāmiñca maggaṁ. ;;;the unafflicted … 
;;;

>En 

Abyābajjhañca vo, bhikkhave, desessāmi abyābajjhagāmiñca maggaṁ. ;;;the unafflicted … 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

atthi te koci gaṇako vā muddiko vā saṅkhāyako vā yo pahoti gaṅgāya vālukaṁ gaṇetuṁ— ;;;Do you have any accountant or finger-tallier or reckoner who can count the grains of sand in the Ganges, that is, 
;;;Yatra hi nāma satthu ceva sāvikāya ca atthena attho byañjanena byañjanaṁ saṁsandissati, samessati, na virodhayissati yadidaṁ aggapadasmiṁ. 
;;;How the meaning and the phrasing of the teacher and the disciple fit together and agree without contradiction when it comes to the chief matter! 
;;;

>En 

atthi te koci gaṇako vā muddiko vā saṅkhāyako vā yo pahoti gaṅgāya vālukaṁ gaṇetuṁ— ;;;Do you have any accountant or finger-tallier or reckoner who can count the grains of sand in the Ganges, that is, 
;;;Yatra hi nāma satthu ceva sāvikāya ca atthena attho byañjanena byañjanaṁ saṁsandissati, samessati, na virodhayissati yadidaṁ aggapadasmiṁ. 
;;;How the meaning and the phrasing of the teacher and the disciple fit together and agree without contradiction when it comes to the chief matter! 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: ;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Ettha ca te, anurādha, diṭṭheva dhamme saccato thetato tathāgate anupalabbhiyamāne kallaṁ nu te taṁ veyyākaraṇaṁ— 
;;;“In that case, Anurādha, since you don’t actually find a realized one in the present life, is it appropriate to declare: 
;;;

>En 

“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: ;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Ettha ca te, anurādha, diṭṭheva dhamme saccato thetato tathāgate anupalabbhiyamāne kallaṁ nu te taṁ veyyākaraṇaṁ— 
;;;“In that case, Anurādha, since you don’t actually find a realized one in the present life, is it appropriate to declare: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho āyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā sāriputtena saddhiṁ sammodi. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Mahākoṭṭhita came out of retreat, went to Venerable Sāriputta, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho āyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā sāriputtena saddhiṁ sammodi. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Mahākoṭṭhita came out of retreat, went to Venerable Sāriputta, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā mahākoṭṭhikena saddhiṁ sammodi. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Sāriputta came out of retreat, went to Venerable Mahākoṭṭhita, and they greeted each other. 
;;;Taṇhāsaṅkhayavimuttassa, āvuso sāriputta, bhikkhuno vaṭṭaṁ natthi paññāpanāyā”ti. 
;;;For one who is freed due to the ending of craving, there is no cycle of rebirths to be found.” 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā mahākoṭṭhikena saddhiṁ sammodi. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Sāriputta came out of retreat, went to Venerable Mahākoṭṭhita, and they greeted each other. 
;;;Taṇhāsaṅkhayavimuttassa, āvuso sāriputta, bhikkhuno vaṭṭaṁ natthi paññāpanāyā”ti. 
;;;For one who is freed due to the ending of craving, there is no cycle of rebirths to be found.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Moggallānasutta ;;;With Moggallāna 
;;;Atha kho vacchagotto paribbājako yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā mahāmoggallānena saddhiṁ sammodi. 
;;;Then the wanderer Vacchagotta went up to Venerable Mahāmoggallāna, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho vacchagotto paribbājako āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side, and said to Mahāmoggallāna: 
;;;“Kiṁ nu kho, bho moggallāna, sassato loko”ti? 
;;;“Mister Moggallāna, is this right: ‘the cosmos is eternal’?” 
;;;“Kiṁ pana, bho moggallāna, asassato loko”ti? 
;;;“Then is this right: ‘the cosmos is not eternal’ … 
;;;“Kiṁ nu kho, bho moggallāna, antavā loko”ti? 
;;;‘the cosmos is finite’ … 
;;;“Kiṁ pana, bho moggallāna, anantavā loko”ti? 
;;;‘the cosmos is infinite’ … 
;;;“Kiṁ nu kho, bho moggallāna, taṁ jīvaṁ taṁ sarīran”ti? 
;;;‘the soul and the body are identical’ … 
;;;“Kiṁ pana, bho moggallāna, aññaṁ jīvaṁ aññaṁ sarīran”ti? 
;;;‘the soul and the body are different things’ … 
;;;“Kiṁ nu kho, bho moggallāna, hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇā”ti? 
;;;‘a realized one still exists after death’ … 
;;;“Kiṁ pana, bho moggallāna, na hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇā”ti? 
;;;‘a realized one no longer exists after death’ … 
;;;“Kiṁ nu kho, bho moggallāna, hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇā”ti? 
;;;‘a realized one both still exists and no longer exists after death’ … 
;;;“Kiṁ pana, bho moggallāna, neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇā”ti? 
;;;‘a realized one neither still exists nor no longer exists after death’?” 
;;;“Ko nu kho, bho moggallāna, hetu ko paccayo, yena aññatitthiyānaṁ paribbājakānaṁ evaṁ puṭṭhānaṁ evaṁ veyyākaraṇaṁ hoti— 
;;;“What’s the cause, Mister Moggallāna, what’s the reason why, when the wanderers of other religions are asked these questions, they declare one of these to be true? 
;;;Ko pana, bho moggallāna, hetu ko paccayo, yena samaṇassa gotamassa evaṁ puṭṭhassa na evaṁ veyyākaraṇaṁ hoti— 
;;;And what’s the reason why, when the ascetic Gotama is asked these questions, he does not declare one of these to be true?” 
;;;Idānāhaṁ, bho gotama, samaṇaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ upasaṅkamitvā etamatthaṁ apucchiṁ. 
;;;Just now I went to the ascetic Mahāmoggallāna and asked him about this matter. 
;;;Samaṇopi me moggallāno etehi padehi etehi byañjanehi tamatthaṁ byākāsi, seyyathāpi bhavaṁ gotamo. 
;;;And he explained it to me with these words and phrases, just like Mister Gotama. 
;;;

>En 

Moggallānasutta ;;;With Moggallāna 
;;;Atha kho vacchagotto paribbājako yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā mahāmoggallānena saddhiṁ sammodi. 
;;;Then the wanderer Vacchagotta went up to Venerable Mahāmoggallāna, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho vacchagotto paribbājako āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side, and said to Mahāmoggallāna: 
;;;“Kiṁ nu kho, bho moggallāna, sassato loko”ti? 
;;;“Mister Moggallāna, is this right: ‘the cosmos is eternal’?” 
;;;“Kiṁ pana, bho moggallāna, asassato loko”ti? 
;;;“Then is this right: ‘the cosmos is not eternal’ … 
;;;“Kiṁ nu kho, bho moggallāna, antavā loko”ti? 
;;;‘the cosmos is finite’ … 
;;;“Kiṁ pana, bho moggallāna, anantavā loko”ti? 
;;;‘the cosmos is infinite’ … 
;;;“Kiṁ nu kho, bho moggallāna, taṁ jīvaṁ taṁ sarīran”ti? 
;;;‘the soul and the body are identical’ … 
;;;“Kiṁ pana, bho moggallāna, aññaṁ jīvaṁ aññaṁ sarīran”ti? 
;;;‘the soul and the body are different things’ … 
;;;“Kiṁ nu kho, bho moggallāna, hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇā”ti? 
;;;‘a realized one still exists after death’ … 
;;;“Kiṁ pana, bho moggallāna, na hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇā”ti? 
;;;‘a realized one no longer exists after death’ … 
;;;“Kiṁ nu kho, bho moggallāna, hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇā”ti? 
;;;‘a realized one both still exists and no longer exists after death’ … 
;;;“Kiṁ pana, bho moggallāna, neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇā”ti? 
;;;‘a realized one neither still exists nor no longer exists after death’?” 
;;;“Ko nu kho, bho moggallāna, hetu ko paccayo, yena aññatitthiyānaṁ paribbājakānaṁ evaṁ puṭṭhānaṁ evaṁ veyyākaraṇaṁ hoti— 
;;;“What’s the cause, Mister Moggallāna, what’s the reason why, when the wanderers of other religions are asked these questions, they declare one of these to be true? 
;;;Ko pana, bho moggallāna, hetu ko paccayo, yena samaṇassa gotamassa evaṁ puṭṭhassa na evaṁ veyyākaraṇaṁ hoti— 
;;;And what’s the reason why, when the ascetic Gotama is asked these questions, he does not declare one of these to be true?” 
;;;Idānāhaṁ, bho gotama, samaṇaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ upasaṅkamitvā etamatthaṁ apucchiṁ. 
;;;Just now I went to the ascetic Mahāmoggallāna and asked him about this matter. 
;;;Samaṇopi me moggallāno etehi padehi etehi byañjanehi tamatthaṁ byākāsi, seyyathāpi bhavaṁ gotamo. 
;;;And he explained it to me with these words and phrases, just like Mister Gotama. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho vacchagotto paribbājako uṭṭhāyāsanā yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā mahāmoggallānena saddhiṁ sammodi. ;;;Then the wanderer Vacchagotta got up from his seat and went to Venerable Mahāmoggallāna, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho vacchagotto paribbājako āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side. He asked Mahāmoggallāna the same questions, and received the same answers. 
;;;“kiṁ nu kho, bho moggallāna, sassato loko”ti? 
;;; 
;;;“Kiṁ pana, bho moggallāna, ‘neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇā’”ti? 
;;; 
;;;“Ko nu kho, bho moggallāna, hetu, ko paccayo, yena aññatitthiyānaṁ paribbājakānaṁ evaṁ puṭṭhānaṁ evaṁ veyyākaraṇaṁ hoti: 
;;; 
;;;Ko pana, bho moggallāna, hetu, ko paccayo yena samaṇassa gotamassa evaṁ puṭṭhassa na evaṁ veyyākaraṇaṁ hoti: 
;;; 
;;;“Acchariyaṁ, bho moggallāna, abbhutaṁ, bho moggallāna. 
;;;He said, “It’s incredible, Mister Moggallāna, it’s amazing. 
;;;Idānāhaṁ, bho moggallāna, samaṇaṁ gotamaṁ upasaṅkamitvā etamatthaṁ apucchiṁ. 
;;;Just now I went to the ascetic Gotama and asked him about this matter. 
;;;Samaṇopi me gotamo etehi padehi etehi byañjanehi etamatthaṁ byākāsi, seyyathāpi bhavaṁ moggallāno. 
;;;And he explained it to me with these words and phrases, just like Mister Moggallāna. 
;;;Acchariyaṁ, bho moggallāna, abbhutaṁ, bho moggallāna. 
;;;It’s incredible, Mister Moggallāna, it’s amazing! 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho vacchagotto paribbājako uṭṭhāyāsanā yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā mahāmoggallānena saddhiṁ sammodi. ;;;Then the wanderer Vacchagotta got up from his seat and went to Venerable Mahāmoggallāna, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho vacchagotto paribbājako āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side. He asked Mahāmoggallāna the same questions, and received the same answers. 
;;;“kiṁ nu kho, bho moggallāna, sassato loko”ti? 
;;; 
;;;“Kiṁ pana, bho moggallāna, ‘neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇā’”ti? 
;;; 
;;;“Ko nu kho, bho moggallāna, hetu, ko paccayo, yena aññatitthiyānaṁ paribbājakānaṁ evaṁ puṭṭhānaṁ evaṁ veyyākaraṇaṁ hoti: 
;;; 
;;;Ko pana, bho moggallāna, hetu, ko paccayo yena samaṇassa gotamassa evaṁ puṭṭhassa na evaṁ veyyākaraṇaṁ hoti: 
;;; 
;;;“Acchariyaṁ, bho moggallāna, abbhutaṁ, bho moggallāna. 
;;;He said, “It’s incredible, Mister Moggallāna, it’s amazing. 
;;;Idānāhaṁ, bho moggallāna, samaṇaṁ gotamaṁ upasaṅkamitvā etamatthaṁ apucchiṁ. 
;;;Just now I went to the ascetic Gotama and asked him about this matter. 
;;;Samaṇopi me gotamo etehi padehi etehi byañjanehi etamatthaṁ byākāsi, seyyathāpi bhavaṁ moggallāno. 
;;;And he explained it to me with these words and phrases, just like Mister Moggallāna. 
;;;Acchariyaṁ, bho moggallāna, abbhutaṁ, bho moggallāna. 
;;;It’s incredible, Mister Moggallāna, it’s amazing! 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

ayampi kho sañcayo belaṭṭhaputto …pe… ;;;Sañjaya Belaṭṭhiputta … 
;;;

>En 

ayampi kho sañcayo belaṭṭhaputto …pe… ;;;Sañjaya Belaṭṭhiputta … 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Moggallāno ca vaccho ca, ;;; 
;;;Sāmaṇḍako moggallāno, 
;;; 
;;;

>En 

Moggallāno ca vaccho ca, ;;; 
;;;Sāmaṇḍako moggallāno, 
;;; 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakyesu viharati nagarakaṁ nāma sakyānaṁ nigamo. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans, where they have a town named Townsville. 
;;;

>En 

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakyesu viharati nagarakaṁ nāma sakyānaṁ nigamo. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans, where they have a town named Townsville. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Dhammā yuttā sadā dhuraṁ; ;;;are always yoked to the shaft. 
;;;Titikkhā cammasannāho, 
;;;patience its shield and armor, 
;;;

>En 

Dhammā yuttā sadā dhuraṁ; ;;;are always yoked to the shaft. 
;;;Titikkhā cammasannāho, 
;;;patience its shield and armor, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, sālisūkaṁ vā yavasūkaṁ vā micchāpaṇihitaṁ hatthena vā pādena vā akkantaṁ hatthaṁ vā pādaṁ vā bhindissati, lohitaṁ vā uppādessatīti—netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati. ;;;“Mendicants, suppose a spike of rice or barley was pointing the wrong way. If you trod on it with hand or foot, it is impossible for it to break the skin and produce blood. 
;;;

>En 

“Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, sālisūkaṁ vā yavasūkaṁ vā micchāpaṇihitaṁ hatthena vā pādena vā akkantaṁ hatthaṁ vā pādaṁ vā bhindissati, lohitaṁ vā uppādessatīti—netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati. ;;;“Mendicants, suppose a spike of rice or barley was pointing the wrong way. If you trod on it with hand or foot, it is impossible for it to break the skin and produce blood. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Icchāmahaṁ, bhikkhave, aḍḍhamāsaṁ paṭisallīyituṁ. ;;;“Mendicants, I wish to go on retreat for a fortnight. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā tassa aḍḍhamāsassa accayena paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito bhikkhū āmantesi: 
;;;Then after a fortnight had passed, the Buddha came out of retreat and addressed the mendicants: 
;;;appattassa pattiyā atthi āyāmaṁ, tasmimpi ṭhāne anuppatte tappaccayāpi vedayitan’”ti. 
;;;There is effort to attain the unattained. When that state has been attained, there is also feeling conditioned by that.” 
;;;

>En 

“Icchāmahaṁ, bhikkhave, aḍḍhamāsaṁ paṭisallīyituṁ. ;;;“Mendicants, I wish to go on retreat for a fortnight. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā tassa aḍḍhamāsassa accayena paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito bhikkhū āmantesi: 
;;;Then after a fortnight had passed, the Buddha came out of retreat and addressed the mendicants: 
;;;appattassa pattiyā atthi āyāmaṁ, tasmimpi ṭhāne anuppatte tappaccayāpi vedayitan’”ti. 
;;;There is effort to attain the unattained. When that state has been attained, there is also feeling conditioned by that.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Icchāmahaṁ, bhikkhave, temāsaṁ paṭisallīyituṁ. ;;;“Mendicants, I wish to go on retreat for three months. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā tassa temāsassa accayena paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito bhikkhū āmantesi: 
;;;Then after three months had passed, the Buddha came out of retreat and addressed the mendicants: 
;;;appattassa pattiyā atthi āyāmaṁ, tasmimpi ṭhāne anuppatte tappaccayāpi vedayitan’”ti. 
;;;There is effort to attain the unattained. When that state has been attained, there is also feeling conditioned by that.” 
;;;

>En 

“Icchāmahaṁ, bhikkhave, temāsaṁ paṭisallīyituṁ. ;;;“Mendicants, I wish to go on retreat for three months. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā tassa temāsassa accayena paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito bhikkhū āmantesi: 
;;;Then after three months had passed, the Buddha came out of retreat and addressed the mendicants: 
;;;appattassa pattiyā atthi āyāmaṁ, tasmimpi ṭhāne anuppatte tappaccayāpi vedayitan’”ti. 
;;;There is effort to attain the unattained. When that state has been attained, there is also feeling conditioned by that.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho āyasmā bhaddo sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā ānandena saddhiṁ sammodi. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Bhadda came out of retreat, went to Venerable Ānanda, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho āyasmā bhaddo sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā ānandena saddhiṁ sammodi. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Bhadda came out of retreat, went to Venerable Ānanda, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Seyyathidaṁ—sammādiṭṭhi …pe… sammāsati. ;;;There are right view, right thought, right speech, right action, right livelihood, right effort, and right mindfulness. 
;;;Yā kho, bhikkhave, imehi sattahaṅgehi cittassa ekaggatā saparikkhāratā— 
;;;Unification of mind with these seven factors as prerequisites is called noble right immersion ‘with its vital conditions’ and ‘with its prerequisites’.” 
;;;

>En 

Seyyathidaṁ—sammādiṭṭhi …pe… sammāsati. ;;;There are right view, right thought, right speech, right action, right livelihood, right effort, and right mindfulness. 
;;;Yā kho, bhikkhave, imehi sattahaṅgehi cittassa ekaggatā saparikkhāratā— 
;;;Unification of mind with these seven factors as prerequisites is called noble right immersion ‘with its vital conditions’ and ‘with its prerequisites’.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“idha mayhaṁ, bhante, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ;;;“Just now, sir, as I was in private retreat this thought came to mind. 
;;;

>En 

“idha mayhaṁ, bhante, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ;;;“Just now, sir, as I was in private retreat this thought came to mind. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Rāgavirāgasutta ;;;The Fading Away of Greed 
;;;

>En 

Rāgavirāgasutta ;;;The Fading Away of Greed 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

6. Sūriyapeyyālavagga ;;;6. Abbreviated Texts on the Sun 
;;;

>En 

6. Sūriyapeyyālavagga ;;;6. Abbreviated Texts on the Sun 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

8. Dutiyaekadhammapeyyālavagga ;;;8. Abbreviated Texts on One Thing 
;;;

>En 

8. Dutiyaekadhammapeyyālavagga ;;;8. Abbreviated Texts on One Thing 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

11. Appamādapeyyālavagga ;;;11. Abbreviated Texts on Diligence 
;;;

>En 

11. Appamādapeyyālavagga ;;;11. Abbreviated Texts on Diligence 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, yā kāci tārakarūpānaṁ pabhā, sabbā tā candimappabhāya kalaṁ nāgghanti soḷasiṁ, candappabhā tāsaṁ aggamakkhāyati; ;;;“The radiance of all the stars is not worth a sixteenth part of the moon’s radiance, so the moon’s radiance is said to be the best of them all. …” 
;;;

>En 

“Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, yā kāci tārakarūpānaṁ pabhā, sabbā tā candimappabhāya kalaṁ nāgghanti soḷasiṁ, candappabhā tāsaṁ aggamakkhāyati; ;;;“The radiance of all the stars is not worth a sixteenth part of the moon’s radiance, so the moon’s radiance is said to be the best of them all. …” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

te tattha kāyaṁ vaḍḍhetvā balaṁ gāhetvā kusobbhe otaranti, kusobbhe otaritvā mahāsobbhe otaranti, mahāsobbhe otaritvā kunnadiyo otaranti, kunnadiyo otaritvā mahānadiyo otaranti, mahānadiyo otaritvā mahāsamuddaṁ otaranti, te tattha mahantattaṁ vepullattaṁ āpajjanti kāyena; ;;;When they’re strong they dive into the pools. Then they dive into the lakes, the streams, the rivers, and finally the ocean. There they acquire a great and abundant body. 
;;;

>En 

te tattha kāyaṁ vaḍḍhetvā balaṁ gāhetvā kusobbhe otaranti, kusobbhe otaritvā mahāsobbhe otaranti, mahāsobbhe otaritvā kunnadiyo otaranti, kunnadiyo otaritvā mahānadiyo otaranti, mahānadiyo otaritvā mahāsamuddaṁ otaranti, te tattha mahantattaṁ vepullattaṁ āpajjanti kāyena; ;;;When they’re strong they dive into the pools. Then they dive into the lakes, the streams, the rivers, and finally the ocean. There they acquire a great and abundant body. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

So mūlacchinno katamena papateyyā”ti? ;;;If it was cut off at the root, where would it fall?” 
;;;

>En 

So mūlacchinno katamena papateyyā”ti? ;;;If it was cut off at the root, where would it fall?” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, gimhānaṁ pacchime māse ūhataṁ rajojallaṁ, tamenaṁ mahāakālamegho ṭhānaso antaradhāpeti vūpasameti; ;;;“Mendicants, in the last month of summer, when the dust and dirt is stirred up, a large sudden storm disperses and settles it on the spot. 
;;;

>En 

“Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, gimhānaṁ pacchime māse ūhataṁ rajojallaṁ, tamenaṁ mahāakālamegho ṭhānaso antaradhāpeti vūpasameti; ;;;“Mendicants, in the last month of summer, when the dust and dirt is stirred up, a large sudden storm disperses and settles it on the spot. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atthi, bhikkhave, ārambhadhātu nikkamadhātu parakkamadhātu. ;;;There are the elements of initiative, persistence, and exertion. 
;;;Atthi, bhikkhave, samathanimittaṁ abyagganimittaṁ. 
;;;There are things that are the basis of serenity and freedom from distraction. 
;;;

>En 

Atthi, bhikkhave, ārambhadhātu nikkamadhātu parakkamadhātu. ;;;There are the elements of initiative, persistence, and exertion. 
;;;Atthi, bhikkhave, samathanimittaṁ abyagganimittaṁ. 
;;;There are things that are the basis of serenity and freedom from distraction. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Ye te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū sīlasampannā samādhisampannā ñāṇasampannā vimuttisampannā vimuttiñāṇadassanasampannā, dassanampāhaṁ, bhikkhave, tesaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ bahukāraṁ vadāmi; ;;;“Mendicants, when a mendicant is accomplished in ethics, immersion, knowledge, freedom, or the knowledge and vision of freedom, even the sight of them is very helpful, I say. 
;;;Tathārūpānaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ dhammaṁ sutvā dvayena vūpakāsena vūpakaṭṭho viharati—kāyavūpakāsena ca cittavūpakāsena ca. 
;;;Because after hearing the teaching of such mendicants, a mendicant will live withdrawn in both body and mind, 
;;;Tassa taṁ dhammaṁ paññāya pavicinato pavicarato parivīmaṁsamāpajjato āraddhaṁ hoti vīriyaṁ asallīnaṁ. 
;;;As they investigate principles with wisdom in this way their energy is roused up and unflagging. 
;;;Yasmiṁ samaye, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno taṁ dhammaṁ paññāya pavicinato pavicarato parivīmaṁsamāpajjato āraddhaṁ hoti vīriyaṁ asallīnaṁ, vīriyasambojjhaṅgo tasmiṁ samaye bhikkhuno āraddho hoti; vīriyasambojjhaṅgaṁ tasmiṁ samaye bhikkhu bhāveti; vīriyasambojjhaṅgo tasmiṁ samaye bhikkhuno bhāvanāpāripūriṁ gacchati. 
;;;At such a time, a mendicant has activated the awakening factor of energy; they develop it and perfect it. 
;;;

>En 

“Ye te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū sīlasampannā samādhisampannā ñāṇasampannā vimuttisampannā vimuttiñāṇadassanasampannā, dassanampāhaṁ, bhikkhave, tesaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ bahukāraṁ vadāmi; ;;;“Mendicants, when a mendicant is accomplished in ethics, immersion, knowledge, freedom, or the knowledge and vision of freedom, even the sight of them is very helpful, I say. 
;;;Tathārūpānaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ dhammaṁ sutvā dvayena vūpakāsena vūpakaṭṭho viharati—kāyavūpakāsena ca cittavūpakāsena ca. 
;;;Because after hearing the teaching of such mendicants, a mendicant will live withdrawn in both body and mind, 
;;;Tassa taṁ dhammaṁ paññāya pavicinato pavicarato parivīmaṁsamāpajjato āraddhaṁ hoti vīriyaṁ asallīnaṁ. 
;;;As they investigate principles with wisdom in this way their energy is roused up and unflagging. 
;;;Yasmiṁ samaye, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno taṁ dhammaṁ paññāya pavicinato pavicarato parivīmaṁsamāpajjato āraddhaṁ hoti vīriyaṁ asallīnaṁ, vīriyasambojjhaṅgo tasmiṁ samaye bhikkhuno āraddho hoti; vīriyasambojjhaṅgaṁ tasmiṁ samaye bhikkhu bhāveti; vīriyasambojjhaṅgo tasmiṁ samaye bhikkhuno bhāvanāpāripūriṁ gacchati. 
;;;At such a time, a mendicant has activated the awakening factor of energy; they develop it and perfect it. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“ahamasmi, bho gotama, ārāmanissayī parisāvacaro. ;;;“Mister Gotama, I like to hang around the monasteries and visit the assemblies. 
;;;Tassa mayhaṁ, bho gotama, pacchābhattaṁ bhuttapātarāsassa ayamācāro hoti— 
;;;When I’ve finished breakfast, it’s my habit to 
;;;

>En 

“ahamasmi, bho gotama, ārāmanissayī parisāvacaro. ;;;“Mister Gotama, I like to hang around the monasteries and visit the assemblies. 
;;;Tassa mayhaṁ, bho gotama, pacchābhattaṁ bhuttapātarāsassa ayamācāro hoti— 
;;;When I’ve finished breakfast, it’s my habit to 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā upavāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā upavānena saddhiṁ sammodi. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Sāriputta came out of retreat, went to Venerable Upavāna and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā upavāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā upavānena saddhiṁ sammodi. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Sāriputta came out of retreat, went to Venerable Upavāna and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā mahākassapo pippaliguhāyaṁ viharati ābādhiko dukkhito bāḷhagilāno. ;;;Now at that time Venerable Mahākassapa was staying in the Pipphali cave, and he was sick, suffering, gravely ill. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā mahākassapo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ mahākassapaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat, went to Venerable Mahākassapa, sat down on the seat spread out, and said to him: 
;;;

>En 

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā mahākassapo pippaliguhāyaṁ viharati ābādhiko dukkhito bāḷhagilāno. ;;;Now at that time Venerable Mahākassapa was staying in the Pipphali cave, and he was sick, suffering, gravely ill. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā mahākassapo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ mahākassapaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat, went to Venerable Mahākassapa, sat down on the seat spread out, and said to him: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā mahāmoggallāno gijjhakūṭe pabbate viharati ābādhiko dukkhito bāḷhagilāno. ;;;Now at that time Venerable Mahāmoggallāna was staying on the Vulture’s Peak mountain, and he was sick, suffering, gravely ill. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat, went to Venerable Moggallāna, sat down on the seat spread out, and said to him: 
;;;“Kacci te, moggallāna, khamanīyaṁ kacci yāpanīyaṁ? Kacci dukkhā vedanā paṭikkamanti, no abhikkamanti; paṭikkamosānaṁ paññāyati, no abhikkamo”ti? 
;;;“I hope you’re keeping well, Moggallāna; I hope you’re all right. And I hope the pain is fading, not growing, that its fading is evident, not its growing.” 
;;;“Sattime, moggallāna, bojjhaṅgā mayā sammadakkhātā bhāvitā bahulīkatā abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṁvattanti. 
;;;“Moggallāna, I’ve rightly explained these seven awakening factors. When developed and cultivated, they lead to direct knowledge, to awakening, and to extinguishment. 
;;;Satisambojjhaṅgo kho, moggallāna, mayā sammadakkhāto bhāvito bahulīkato abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṁvattati …pe… upekkhāsambojjhaṅgo kho, moggallāna, mayā sammadakkhāto bhāvito bahulīkato abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṁvattati. 
;;;The awakening factors of mindfulness, investigation of principles, energy, rapture, tranquility, immersion, and equanimity. 
;;;Ime kho, moggallāna, satta bojjhaṅgā mayā sammadakkhātā bhāvitā bahulīkatā abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṁvattantī”ti. 
;;;These are the seven awakening factors that I’ve rightly explained. When developed and cultivated, they lead to direct knowledge, to awakening, and to extinguishment.” 
;;;Attamano āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandi. 
;;;Satisfied, Venerable Mahāmoggallāna approved what the Buddha said. 
;;;Vuṭṭhahi cāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tamhā ābādhā. 
;;;And that’s how he recovered from that illness. 
;;;Tathāpahīno cāyasmato mahāmoggallānassa so ābādho ahosīti. 
;;;" 
;;;

>En 

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā mahāmoggallāno gijjhakūṭe pabbate viharati ābādhiko dukkhito bāḷhagilāno. ;;;Now at that time Venerable Mahāmoggallāna was staying on the Vulture’s Peak mountain, and he was sick, suffering, gravely ill. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat, went to Venerable Moggallāna, sat down on the seat spread out, and said to him: 
;;;“Kacci te, moggallāna, khamanīyaṁ kacci yāpanīyaṁ? Kacci dukkhā vedanā paṭikkamanti, no abhikkamanti; paṭikkamosānaṁ paññāyati, no abhikkamo”ti? 
;;;“I hope you’re keeping well, Moggallāna; I hope you’re all right. And I hope the pain is fading, not growing, that its fading is evident, not its growing.” 
;;;“Sattime, moggallāna, bojjhaṅgā mayā sammadakkhātā bhāvitā bahulīkatā abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṁvattanti. 
;;;“Moggallāna, I’ve rightly explained these seven awakening factors. When developed and cultivated, they lead to direct knowledge, to awakening, and to extinguishment. 
;;;Satisambojjhaṅgo kho, moggallāna, mayā sammadakkhāto bhāvito bahulīkato abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṁvattati …pe… upekkhāsambojjhaṅgo kho, moggallāna, mayā sammadakkhāto bhāvito bahulīkato abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṁvattati. 
;;;The awakening factors of mindfulness, investigation of principles, energy, rapture, tranquility, immersion, and equanimity. 
;;;Ime kho, moggallāna, satta bojjhaṅgā mayā sammadakkhātā bhāvitā bahulīkatā abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṁvattantī”ti. 
;;;These are the seven awakening factors that I’ve rightly explained. When developed and cultivated, they lead to direct knowledge, to awakening, and to extinguishment.” 
;;;Attamano āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandi. 
;;;Satisfied, Venerable Mahāmoggallāna approved what the Buddha said. 
;;;Vuṭṭhahi cāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tamhā ābādhā. 
;;;And that’s how he recovered from that illness. 
;;;Tathāpahīno cāyasmato mahāmoggallānassa so ābādho ahosīti. 
;;;" 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Idha, udāyi, bhikkhu satisambojjhaṅgaṁ bhāveti vivekanissitaṁ virāganissitaṁ nirodhanissitaṁ vossaggapariṇāmiṁ vipulaṁ mahaggataṁ appamāṇaṁ abyāpajjaṁ. ;;;“Udāyī, it’s when a mendicant develops the awakening factor of mindfulness, which relies on seclusion, fading away, and cessation, and ripens as letting go. And it is abundant, expansive, limitless, and free of ill will. 
;;;

>En 

“Idha, udāyi, bhikkhu satisambojjhaṅgaṁ bhāveti vivekanissitaṁ virāganissitaṁ nirodhanissitaṁ vossaggapariṇāmiṁ vipulaṁ mahaggataṁ appamāṇaṁ abyāpajjaṁ. ;;;“Udāyī, it’s when a mendicant develops the awakening factor of mindfulness, which relies on seclusion, fading away, and cessation, and ripens as letting go. And it is abundant, expansive, limitless, and free of ill will. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Sattime, bhikkhave, bojjhaṅgā bhāvitā bahulīkatā buddhiyā aparihānāya saṁvattanti. ;;;“Mendicants, when the seven awakening factors are developed and cultivated they lead to growth and progress. 
;;;

>En 

“Sattime, bhikkhave, bojjhaṅgā bhāvitā bahulīkatā buddhiyā aparihānāya saṁvattanti. ;;;“Mendicants, when the seven awakening factors are developed and cultivated they lead to growth and progress. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Katame ca te, bhikkhave, mahārukkhā aṇubījā mahākāyā rukkhānaṁ ajjhāruhā, yehi rukkhā ajjhārūḷhā obhaggavibhaggā vipatitā senti? ;;;And what are those large trees with tiny seeds and big trunks? 
;;;

>En 

Katame ca te, bhikkhave, mahārukkhā aṇubījā mahākāyā rukkhānaṁ ajjhāruhā, yehi rukkhā ajjhārūḷhā obhaggavibhaggā vipatitā senti? ;;;And what are those large trees with tiny seeds and big trunks? 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“‘Daliddo, daliddo’ti, bhante, vuccati. ;;;“Sir, they speak of someone who is ‘poor’. 
;;;

>En 

“‘Daliddo, daliddo’ti, bhante, vuccati. ;;;“Sir, they speak of someone who is ‘poor’. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“‘Adaliddo, adaliddo’ti, bhante, vuccati. ;;;“Sir, they speak of someone who is ‘prosperous’. 
;;;

>En 

“‘Adaliddo, adaliddo’ti, bhante, vuccati. ;;;“Sir, they speak of someone who is ‘prosperous’. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

6. Sākacchavagga ;;;6. Discussion 
;;;

>En 

6. Sākacchavagga ;;;6. Discussion 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

So tattha allāni ceva tiṇāni pakkhipeyya, allāni ca gomayāni pakkhipeyya, allāni ca kaṭṭhāni pakkhipeyya, udakavātañca dadeyya, paṁsukena ca okireyya; ;;;If they toss wet grass, cow-dung, and timber on it, spray it with water, and scatter dirt on it, 
;;;So tattha allāni ceva tiṇāni pakkhipeyya, allāni ca gomayāni pakkhipeyya, allāni ca kaṭṭhāni pakkhipeyya, udakavātañca dadeyya, paṁsukena ca okireyya; 
;;;If they toss wet grass, cow-dung, and timber on it, spray it with water, and scatter dirt on it, 
;;;

>En 

So tattha allāni ceva tiṇāni pakkhipeyya, allāni ca gomayāni pakkhipeyya, allāni ca kaṭṭhāni pakkhipeyya, udakavātañca dadeyya, paṁsukena ca okireyya; ;;;If they toss wet grass, cow-dung, and timber on it, spray it with water, and scatter dirt on it, 
;;;So tattha allāni ceva tiṇāni pakkhipeyya, allāni ca gomayāni pakkhipeyya, allāni ca kaṭṭhāni pakkhipeyya, udakavātañca dadeyya, paṁsukena ca okireyya; 
;;;If they toss wet grass, cow-dung, and timber on it, spray it with water, and scatter dirt on it, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, udapatto agginā santatto pakkuthito usmudakajāto. ;;;Suppose there was a bowl of water that was heated by fire, boiling and bubbling. 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṁ samaye na vicikicchāpariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati na vicikicchāparetena, uppannāya ca vicikicchāya nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṁ samaye yathābhūtaṁ jānāti passati, paratthampi tasmiṁ samaye yathābhūtaṁ jānāti passati; ubhayatthampi tasmiṁ samaye yathābhūtaṁ jānāti passati; dīgharattaṁ asajjhāyakatāpi mantā paṭibhanti, pageva sajjhāyakatā. 
;;;Furthermore, when your heart is not overcome and mired in doubt … Even hymns that are long-unpracticed spring to mind, let alone those that are practiced. 
;;;

>En 

Seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, udapatto agginā santatto pakkuthito usmudakajāto. ;;;Suppose there was a bowl of water that was heated by fire, boiling and bubbling. 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṁ samaye na vicikicchāpariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati na vicikicchāparetena, uppannāya ca vicikicchāya nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṁ samaye yathābhūtaṁ jānāti passati, paratthampi tasmiṁ samaye yathābhūtaṁ jānāti passati; ubhayatthampi tasmiṁ samaye yathābhūtaṁ jānāti passati; dīgharattaṁ asajjhāyakatāpi mantā paṭibhanti, pageva sajjhāyakatā. 
;;;Furthermore, when your heart is not overcome and mired in doubt … Even hymns that are long-unpracticed spring to mind, let alone those that are practiced. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Paṭikūlaanabhiratena; ;;; 
;;;

>En 

Paṭikūlaanabhiratena; ;;; 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Sālasutta ;;;At Sālā 
;;;

>En 

Sālasutta ;;;At Sālā 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho, bhikkhave, sakuṇagghi sake bale apatthaddhā sake bale asaṁvadamānā lāpaṁ sakuṇaṁ pamuñci: ;;;Confident in her own strength, the hawk was not daunted or intimidated. She released the quail, saying, 
;;;Atha kho sā, bhikkhave, sakuṇagghi sake bale apatthaddhā sake bale asaṁvadamānā ubho pakkhe sannayha lāpaṁ sakuṇaṁ sahasā ajjhappattā. 
;;;Confident in her own strength, the hawk was not daunted or intimidated. She folded her wings and suddenly swooped down on the quail. 
;;;Evañhi taṁ, bhikkhave, hoti yo agocare carati paravisaye. 
;;;That’s what happens when you roam out of your territory into the domain of others. 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho, bhikkhave, sakuṇagghi sake bale apatthaddhā sake bale asaṁvadamānā lāpaṁ sakuṇaṁ pamuñci: ;;;Confident in her own strength, the hawk was not daunted or intimidated. She released the quail, saying, 
;;;Atha kho sā, bhikkhave, sakuṇagghi sake bale apatthaddhā sake bale asaṁvadamānā ubho pakkhe sannayha lāpaṁ sakuṇaṁ sahasā ajjhappattā. 
;;;Confident in her own strength, the hawk was not daunted or intimidated. She folded her wings and suddenly swooped down on the quail. 
;;;Evañhi taṁ, bhikkhave, hoti yo agocare carati paravisaye. 
;;;That’s what happens when you roam out of your territory into the domain of others. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tamenaṁ, bhikkhave, luddo vijjhitvā tasmiṁyeva kaṭṭhakataṅgāre avassajjetvā yena kāmaṁ pakkamati. ;;;The hunter spears him, pries him off that tarred block of wood, and goes wherever he wants. 
;;;Evaṁ so taṁ, bhikkhave, hoti yo agocare carati paravisaye. 
;;;That’s what happens when you roam out of your territory into the domain of others. 
;;;

>En 

Tamenaṁ, bhikkhave, luddo vijjhitvā tasmiṁyeva kaṭṭhakataṅgāre avassajjetvā yena kāmaṁ pakkamati. ;;;The hunter spears him, pries him off that tarred block of wood, and goes wherever he wants. 
;;;Evaṁ so taṁ, bhikkhave, hoti yo agocare carati paravisaye. 
;;;That’s what happens when you roam out of your territory into the domain of others. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati veḷuvagāmake. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the little village of Beluva. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā taṁ ābādhaṁ vīriyena paṭipaṇāmetvā jīvitasaṅkhāraṁ adhiṭṭhāya vihāsi. 
;;;So that is what he did. 
;;;“Kiṁ pana dāni, ānanda, bhikkhusaṅgho mayi paccāsīsati? 
;;;“But what could the mendicant Saṅgha expect from me now, Ānanda? 
;;;Etarahi kho panāhaṁ, ānanda, jiṇṇo vuddho mahallako addhagato vayoanuppatto. 
;;;Now I am old, elderly and senior. I’m advanced in years and have reached the final stage of life. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, ānanda, jajjarasakaṭaṁ veḷamissakena yāpeti; 
;;;Just as a decrepit old cart keeps going by relying on straps, 
;;;

>En 

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati veḷuvagāmake. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the little village of Beluva. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā taṁ ābādhaṁ vīriyena paṭipaṇāmetvā jīvitasaṅkhāraṁ adhiṭṭhāya vihāsi. 
;;;So that is what he did. 
;;;“Kiṁ pana dāni, ānanda, bhikkhusaṅgho mayi paccāsīsati? 
;;;“But what could the mendicant Saṅgha expect from me now, Ānanda? 
;;;Etarahi kho panāhaṁ, ānanda, jiṇṇo vuddho mahallako addhagato vayoanuppatto. 
;;;Now I am old, elderly and senior. I’m advanced in years and have reached the final stage of life. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, ānanda, jajjarasakaṭaṁ veḷamissakena yāpeti; 
;;;Just as a decrepit old cart keeps going by relying on straps, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Idha, bhante ānanda, sambahulā bhikkhuniyo catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu suppatiṭṭhitacittā viharantiyo uḷāraṁ pubbenāparaṁ visesaṁ sañjānantī”ti. ;;;“Honorable Ānanda, several nuns meditate with their minds firmly established in the four kinds of mindfulness meditation. They have realized a higher distinction than they had before.” 
;;;Tenānanda, bhikkhunā kismiñcideva pasādanīye nimitte cittaṁ paṇidahitabbaṁ. 
;;;That mendicant should direct their mind towards an inspiring subject as a basis for meditation. 
;;;

>En 

“Idha, bhante ānanda, sambahulā bhikkhuniyo catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu suppatiṭṭhitacittā viharantiyo uḷāraṁ pubbenāparaṁ visesaṁ sañjānantī”ti. ;;;“Honorable Ānanda, several nuns meditate with their minds firmly established in the four kinds of mindfulness meditation. They have realized a higher distinction than they had before.” 
;;;Tenānanda, bhikkhunā kismiñcideva pasādanīye nimitte cittaṁ paṇidahitabbaṁ. 
;;;That mendicant should direct their mind towards an inspiring subject as a basis for meditation. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

2. Nālandavagga ;;;2. At Nāḷandā 
;;;

>En 

2. Nālandavagga ;;;2. At Nāḷandā 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā nālandāyaṁ viharati pāvārikambavane. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying near Nāḷandā in Pāvārika’s mango grove. 
;;;“Ettha ca te, sāriputta, atītānāgatapaccuppannesu arahantesu sammāsambuddhesu cetopariyañāṇaṁ natthi. 
;;;“Well then, Sāriputta, given that you don’t comprehend the minds of Buddhas past, future, or present, 
;;;“Na kho me, bhante, atītānāgatapaccuppannesu arahantesu sammāsambuddhesu cetopariyañāṇaṁ atthi, 
;;;“Sir, though I don’t comprehend the minds of Buddhas past, future, and present, 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhante, rañño paccantimaṁ nagaraṁ daḷhuddhāpaṁ daḷhapākāratoraṇaṁ ekadvāraṁ. 
;;;Suppose there was a king’s frontier citadel with fortified embankments, ramparts, and arches, and a single gate. 
;;;‘yepi te, bhante, ahesuṁ atītamaddhānaṁ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, sabbe te bhagavanto pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya, cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe, catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu suppatiṭṭhitacittā, satta bojjhaṅge yathābhūtaṁ bhāvetvā, anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambujjhiṁsu. 
;;;‘All the perfected ones, fully awakened Buddhas—whether past, future, or present—give up the five hindrances, corruptions of the heart that weaken wisdom. Their mind is firmly established in the four kinds of mindfulness meditation. They correctly develop the seven awakening factors. And they wake up to the supreme perfect awakening.’” 
;;;

>En 

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā nālandāyaṁ viharati pāvārikambavane. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying near Nāḷandā in Pāvārika’s mango grove. 
;;;“Ettha ca te, sāriputta, atītānāgatapaccuppannesu arahantesu sammāsambuddhesu cetopariyañāṇaṁ natthi. 
;;;“Well then, Sāriputta, given that you don’t comprehend the minds of Buddhas past, future, or present, 
;;;“Na kho me, bhante, atītānāgatapaccuppannesu arahantesu sammāsambuddhesu cetopariyañāṇaṁ atthi, 
;;;“Sir, though I don’t comprehend the minds of Buddhas past, future, and present, 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhante, rañño paccantimaṁ nagaraṁ daḷhuddhāpaṁ daḷhapākāratoraṇaṁ ekadvāraṁ. 
;;;Suppose there was a king’s frontier citadel with fortified embankments, ramparts, and arches, and a single gate. 
;;;‘yepi te, bhante, ahesuṁ atītamaddhānaṁ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, sabbe te bhagavanto pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya, cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe, catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu suppatiṭṭhitacittā, satta bojjhaṅge yathābhūtaṁ bhāvetvā, anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambujjhiṁsu. 
;;;‘All the perfected ones, fully awakened Buddhas—whether past, future, or present—give up the five hindrances, corruptions of the heart that weaken wisdom. Their mind is firmly established in the four kinds of mindfulness meditation. They correctly develop the seven awakening factors. And they wake up to the supreme perfect awakening.’” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vajjīsu viharati ukkacelāyaṁ gaṅgāya nadiyā tīre mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ aciraparinibbutesu sāriputtamoggallānesu. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Vajjis near Ukkacelā on the bank of the Ganges river, together with a large Saṅgha of mendicants. It was not long after Sāriputta and Moggallāna had become fully quenched. 
;;;“api myāyaṁ, bhikkhave, parisā suññā viya khāyati parinibbutesu sāriputtamoggallānesu. 
;;;“Mendicants, this assembly seems empty to me now that Sāriputta and Moggallāna have become fully quenched. 
;;;Asuññā me, bhikkhave, parisā hoti, anapekkhā tassaṁ disāyaṁ hoti, yassaṁ disāyaṁ sāriputtamoggallānā viharanti. 
;;;When Sāriputta and Moggallāna were alive, my assembly was never empty; I had no concern for any region where they stayed. 
;;;Ye hi te, bhikkhave, ahesuṁ atītamaddhānaṁ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, tesampi bhagavantānaṁ etapparamaṁyeva sāvakayugaṁ ahosi— 
;;;The Buddhas of the past or the future have pairs of chief disciples who are no better than 
;;;seyyathāpi mayhaṁ sāriputtamoggallānā. 
;;;Sāriputta and Moggallāna were to me. 
;;;Yepi te, bhikkhave, bhavissanti anāgatamaddhānaṁ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, tesampi bhagavantānaṁ etapparamaṁyeva sāvakayugaṁ bhavissati—seyyathāpi mayhaṁ sāriputtamoggallānā. 
;;; 
;;;evameva kho, bhikkhave, mahato bhikkhusaṅghassa tiṭṭhato sāravato sāriputtamoggallānā parinibbutā. 
;;;In the same way, in the great Saṅgha that stands with heartwood, Sāriputta and Moggallāna have become fully quenched. 
;;;

>En 

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vajjīsu viharati ukkacelāyaṁ gaṅgāya nadiyā tīre mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ aciraparinibbutesu sāriputtamoggallānesu. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Vajjis near Ukkacelā on the bank of the Ganges river, together with a large Saṅgha of mendicants. It was not long after Sāriputta and Moggallāna had become fully quenched. 
;;;“api myāyaṁ, bhikkhave, parisā suññā viya khāyati parinibbutesu sāriputtamoggallānesu. 
;;;“Mendicants, this assembly seems empty to me now that Sāriputta and Moggallāna have become fully quenched. 
;;;Asuññā me, bhikkhave, parisā hoti, anapekkhā tassaṁ disāyaṁ hoti, yassaṁ disāyaṁ sāriputtamoggallānā viharanti. 
;;;When Sāriputta and Moggallāna were alive, my assembly was never empty; I had no concern for any region where they stayed. 
;;;Ye hi te, bhikkhave, ahesuṁ atītamaddhānaṁ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, tesampi bhagavantānaṁ etapparamaṁyeva sāvakayugaṁ ahosi— 
;;;The Buddhas of the past or the future have pairs of chief disciples who are no better than 
;;;seyyathāpi mayhaṁ sāriputtamoggallānā. 
;;;Sāriputta and Moggallāna were to me. 
;;;Yepi te, bhikkhave, bhavissanti anāgatamaddhānaṁ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, tesampi bhagavantānaṁ etapparamaṁyeva sāvakayugaṁ bhavissati—seyyathāpi mayhaṁ sāriputtamoggallānā. 
;;; 
;;;evameva kho, bhikkhave, mahato bhikkhusaṅghassa tiṭṭhato sāravato sāriputtamoggallānā parinibbutā. 
;;;In the same way, in the great Saṅgha that stands with heartwood, Sāriputta and Moggallāna have become fully quenched. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ;;;Then as he was in private retreat this thought came to his mind, 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ;;;Then as he was in private retreat this thought came to his mind, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho āyasmā bhaddo sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā ānandena saddhiṁ sammodi. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Bhadda came out of retreat, went to Venerable Ānanda, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;Bhaddako kho te, āvuso bhadda, ummaṅgo, bhaddakaṁ paṭibhānaṁ, kalyāṇī paripucchā. 
;;;Your approach and articulation are excellent, and it’s a good question. 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho āyasmā bhaddo sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā ānandena saddhiṁ sammodi. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Bhadda came out of retreat, went to Venerable Ānanda, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;Bhaddako kho te, āvuso bhadda, ummaṅgo, bhaddakaṁ paṭibhānaṁ, kalyāṇī paripucchā. 
;;;Your approach and articulation are excellent, and it’s a good question. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho āyasmā bhaddo sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā ānandena saddhiṁ sammodi. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Bhadda came out of retreat, went to Venerable Ānanda, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho āyasmā bhaddo sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā ānandena saddhiṁ sammodi. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Bhadda came out of retreat, went to Venerable Ānanda, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ca sāriputto āyasmā ca mahāmoggallāno āyasmā ca anuruddho sākete viharanti kaṇḍakīvane. ;;;At one time the venerables Sāriputta, Mahāmoggallāna, and Anuruddha were staying near Sāketa, in the Thorny Wood. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā ca sāriputto āyasmā ca mahāmoggallāno sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhitā yenāyasmā anuruddho tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā anuruddhena saddhiṁ sammodiṁsu. 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, Sāriputta and Mahāmoggallāna came out of retreat, went to Anuruddha, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;“‘sekho, sekho’ti, āvuso anuruddha, vuccati. 
;;;“Reverend, they speak of this person called ‘a trainee’. 
;;;

>En 

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ca sāriputto āyasmā ca mahāmoggallāno āyasmā ca anuruddho sākete viharanti kaṇḍakīvane. ;;;At one time the venerables Sāriputta, Mahāmoggallāna, and Anuruddha were staying near Sāketa, in the Thorny Wood. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā ca sāriputto āyasmā ca mahāmoggallāno sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhitā yenāyasmā anuruddho tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā anuruddhena saddhiṁ sammodiṁsu. 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, Sāriputta and Mahāmoggallāna came out of retreat, went to Anuruddha, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;“‘sekho, sekho’ti, āvuso anuruddha, vuccati. 
;;;“Reverend, they speak of this person called ‘a trainee’. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“katamesaṁ, āvuso anuruddha, dhammānaṁ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā mahābhiññataṁ patto”ti? ;;;“Reverend Anuruddha, what things have you developed and cultivated to attain great direct knowledge?” 
;;;

>En 

“katamesaṁ, āvuso anuruddha, dhammānaṁ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā mahābhiññataṁ patto”ti? ;;;“Reverend Anuruddha, what things have you developed and cultivated to attain great direct knowledge?” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Yesaṁ kesañci, bhikkhave, cattāro satipaṭṭhānā viraddhā, viraddho tesaṁ ariyo maggo sammā dukkhakkhayagāmī. ;;;“Mendicants, whoever has missed out on the four kinds of mindfulness meditation has missed out on the noble path to the complete ending of suffering. 
;;;

>En 

“Yesaṁ kesañci, bhikkhave, cattāro satipaṭṭhānā viraddhā, viraddho tesaṁ ariyo maggo sammā dukkhakkhayagāmī. ;;;“Mendicants, whoever has missed out on the four kinds of mindfulness meditation has missed out on the noble path to the complete ending of suffering. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tassa mayhaṁ, bhikkhave, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ;;;As I was in private retreat this thought came to mind: 
;;;

>En 

Tassa mayhaṁ, bhikkhave, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ;;;As I was in private retreat this thought came to mind: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

6. Gaṅgāpeyyālavagga ;;;6. Abbreviated Texts on the Ganges 
;;;

>En 

6. Gaṅgāpeyyālavagga ;;;6. Abbreviated Texts on the Ganges 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Yato kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako imesaṁ pañcannaṁ indriyānaṁ assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti— ;;;A noble disciple comes to truly understand these five faculties’ gratification, drawback, and escape. 
;;;

>En 

Yato kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako imesaṁ pañcannaṁ indriyānaṁ assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti— ;;;A noble disciple comes to truly understand these five faculties’ gratification, drawback, and escape. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Yato kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako imesaṁ pañcannaṁ indriyānaṁ assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṁ viditvā anupādāvimutto hoti— ;;;A noble disciple comes to be freed by not grasping after truly understanding these five faculties’ gratification, drawback, and escape. 
;;;

>En 

Yato kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako imesaṁ pañcannaṁ indriyānaṁ assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṁ viditvā anupādāvimutto hoti— ;;;A noble disciple comes to be freed by not grasping after truly understanding these five faculties’ gratification, drawback, and escape. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Ye ca kho keci, bhikkhave, samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā imesaṁ pañcannaṁ indriyānaṁ samudayañca atthaṅgamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṁ pajānanti, ;;;There are ascetics and brahmins who do truly understand the gratification, drawback, and escape when it comes to these five faculties. 
;;;

>En 

Ye ca kho keci, bhikkhave, samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā imesaṁ pañcannaṁ indriyānaṁ samudayañca atthaṅgamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṁ pajānanti, ;;;There are ascetics and brahmins who do truly understand the gratification, drawback, and escape when it comes to these five faculties. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

uppannānaṁ kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ ṭhitiyā asammosāya bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā chandaṁ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṁ ārabhati cittaṁ paggaṇhāti padahati— ;;;They generate enthusiasm, try, make an effort, exert the mind, and strive so that skillful qualities that have arisen remain, are not lost, but increase, mature, and are completed by development. 
;;;

>En 

uppannānaṁ kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ ṭhitiyā asammosāya bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā chandaṁ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṁ ārabhati cittaṁ paggaṇhāti padahati— ;;;They generate enthusiasm, try, make an effort, exert the mind, and strive so that skillful qualities that have arisen remain, are not lost, but increase, mature, and are completed by development. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Paṭipanno ca sampanno, ;;;" 
;;;

>En 

Paṭipanno ca sampanno, ;;;" 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Yāvakīvañcāhaṁ, bhikkhave, imesaṁ pañcannaṁ indriyānaṁ samudayañca atthaṅgamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṁ nābbhaññāsiṁ, neva tāvāhaṁ, bhikkhave, sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya ‘anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambuddho’ti paccaññāsiṁ. ;;;As long as I didn’t truly understand these five faculties’ gratification, drawback, and escape, I didn’t announce my supreme perfect awakening in this world with its gods, Māras, and Divinities, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans. 
;;;

>En 

Yāvakīvañcāhaṁ, bhikkhave, imesaṁ pañcannaṁ indriyānaṁ samudayañca atthaṅgamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṁ nābbhaññāsiṁ, neva tāvāhaṁ, bhikkhave, sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya ‘anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambuddho’ti paccaññāsiṁ. ;;;As long as I didn’t truly understand these five faculties’ gratification, drawback, and escape, I didn’t announce my supreme perfect awakening in this world with its gods, Māras, and Divinities, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, pañcannaṁ indriyānaṁ samattā paripūrattā arahaṁ hoti, tato mudutarehi antarāparinibbāyī hoti, tato mudutarehi upahaccaparinibbāyī hoti, tato mudutarehi asaṅkhāraparinibbāyī hoti, tato mudutarehi sasaṅkhāraparinibbāyī hoti, tato mudutarehi uddhaṁsoto hoti akaniṭṭhagāmī, tato mudutarehi sakadāgāmī hoti, tato mudutarehi ekabījī hoti, tato mudutarehi kolaṅkolo hoti, tato mudutarehi sattakkhattuparamo hoti, tato mudutarehi dhammānusārī hoti, tato mudutarehi saddhānusārī hotī”ti. ;;;Someone who has completed and fulfilled these five faculties is a perfected one. If they are weaker than that, they’re one who is extinguished between one life and the next … one who is extinguished upon landing … one who is extinguished without extra effort … one who is extinguished with extra effort … one who heads upstream, going to the Akaniṭṭha realm … a once-returner … a one-seeder … one who goes from family to family … one who has seven rebirths at most … a follower of teachings … a follower by faith.” 
;;;

>En 

Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, pañcannaṁ indriyānaṁ samattā paripūrattā arahaṁ hoti, tato mudutarehi antarāparinibbāyī hoti, tato mudutarehi upahaccaparinibbāyī hoti, tato mudutarehi asaṅkhāraparinibbāyī hoti, tato mudutarehi sasaṅkhāraparinibbāyī hoti, tato mudutarehi uddhaṁsoto hoti akaniṭṭhagāmī, tato mudutarehi sakadāgāmī hoti, tato mudutarehi ekabījī hoti, tato mudutarehi kolaṅkolo hoti, tato mudutarehi sattakkhattuparamo hoti, tato mudutarehi dhammānusārī hoti, tato mudutarehi saddhānusārī hotī”ti. ;;;Someone who has completed and fulfilled these five faculties is a perfected one. If they are weaker than that, they’re one who is extinguished between one life and the next … one who is extinguished upon landing … one who is extinguished without extra effort … one who is extinguished with extra effort … one who heads upstream, going to the Akaniṭṭha realm … a once-returner … a one-seeder … one who goes from family to family … one who has seven rebirths at most … a follower of teachings … a follower by faith.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, dvinnaṁ kaṭṭhānaṁ saṅghaṭṭanasamodhānā usmā jāyati, tejo abhinibbattati; tesaṁyeva kaṭṭhānaṁ nānābhāvāvinikkhepā yā tajjā usmā sā nirujjhati sā vūpasammati; ;;;When you rub two sticks together, heat is generated and fire is produced. But when you part the sticks and lay them aside, any corresponding heat ceases and stops. 
;;;

>En 

Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, dvinnaṁ kaṭṭhānaṁ saṅghaṭṭanasamodhānā usmā jāyati, tejo abhinibbattati; tesaṁyeva kaṭṭhānaṁ nānābhāvāvinikkhepā yā tajjā usmā sā nirujjhati sā vūpasammati; ;;;When you rub two sticks together, heat is generated and fire is produced. But when you part the sticks and lay them aside, any corresponding heat ceases and stops. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito pacchātape nisinno hoti piṭṭhiṁ otāpayamāno. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and sat warming his back in the last rays of the sun. 
;;;sopi maccuparāyaṇo; 
;;;you’ll still end up dying. 
;;;

>En 

Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito pacchātape nisinno hoti piṭṭhiṁ otāpayamāno. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and sat warming his back in the last rays of the sun. 
;;;sopi maccuparāyaṇo; 
;;;you’ll still end up dying. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Accayāsi, brāhmaṇa, pañhaṁ, nāsakkhi pañhassa pariyantaṁ gahetuṁ. ;;;“This question goes too far, brahmin! You weren’t able to grasp the limit of questioning. 
;;;“seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, kūṭāgāre vā kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ vā pācīnavātapānā sūriye uggacchante vātapānena rasmi pavisitvā kvāssa patiṭṭhitā”ti? 
;;;“Suppose there was a bungalow or a hall with a peaked roof, with windows on the eastern side. When the sun rises and a ray of light enters through a window, where would it land?” 
;;;

>En 

“Accayāsi, brāhmaṇa, pañhaṁ, nāsakkhi pañhassa pariyantaṁ gahetuṁ. ;;;“This question goes too far, brahmin! You weren’t able to grasp the limit of questioning. 
;;;“seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, kūṭāgāre vā kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ vā pācīnavātapānā sūriye uggacchante vātapānena rasmi pavisitvā kvāssa patiṭṭhitā”ti? 
;;;“Suppose there was a bungalow or a hall with a peaked roof, with windows on the eastern side. When the sun rises and a ray of light enters through a window, where would it land?” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atthi, bhikkhave, pariyāyo yaṁ pariyāyaṁ āgamma tassā nadiyā eko sototveva saṅkhyaṁ gacchati. ;;;There’s a method in which that river can be reckoned to have just one stream. 
;;;Yañca, bhikkhave, tassa dīpassa purimante udakaṁ, yañca pacchimante udakaṁ— 
;;;By taking into account the water to the east and the west of the island, 
;;;

>En 

Atthi, bhikkhave, pariyāyo yaṁ pariyāyaṁ āgamma tassā nadiyā eko sototveva saṅkhyaṁ gacchati. ;;;There’s a method in which that river can be reckoned to have just one stream. 
;;;Yañca, bhikkhave, tassa dīpassa purimante udakaṁ, yañca pacchimante udakaṁ— 
;;;By taking into account the water to the east and the west of the island, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Yesañhetaṁ, bhante, aññātaṁ assa adiṭṭhaṁ aviditaṁ asacchikataṁ aphassitaṁ paññāya, te tattha paresaṁ saddhāya gaccheyyuṁ— ;;;There are those who have not known or seen or understood or realized or experienced this with wisdom. They may rely on faith in this matter. 
;;;

>En 

Yesañhetaṁ, bhante, aññātaṁ assa adiṭṭhaṁ aviditaṁ asacchikataṁ aphassitaṁ paññāya, te tattha paresaṁ saddhāya gaccheyyuṁ— ;;;There are those who have not known or seen or understood or realized or experienced this with wisdom. They may rely on faith in this matter. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Saddho so, bhante, ariyasāvako evaṁ padahitvā padahitvā evaṁ saritvā saritvā evaṁ samādahitvā samādahitvā evaṁ pajānitvā pajānitvā evaṁ abhisaddahati: ;;;When a noble disciple has tried again and again, recollected again and again, entered immersion again and again, and understood with wisdom again and again, they will be confident of this: 
;;;‘ime kho te dhammā ye me pubbe sutavā ahesuṁ. 
;;;‘I have previously heard of these things. 
;;;Saddho so, sāriputta, ariyasāvako evaṁ padahitvā padahitvā evaṁ saritvā saritvā evaṁ samādahitvā samādahitvā evaṁ pajānitvā pajānitvā evaṁ abhisaddahati: 
;;; 
;;;piṇḍolo āpaṇena cāti. 
;;;

>En 

Saddho so, bhante, ariyasāvako evaṁ padahitvā padahitvā evaṁ saritvā saritvā evaṁ samādahitvā samādahitvā evaṁ pajānitvā pajānitvā evaṁ abhisaddahati: ;;;When a noble disciple has tried again and again, recollected again and again, entered immersion again and again, and understood with wisdom again and again, they will be confident of this: 
;;;‘ime kho te dhammā ye me pubbe sutavā ahesuṁ. 
;;;‘I have previously heard of these things. 
;;;Saddho so, sāriputta, ariyasāvako evaṁ padahitvā padahitvā evaṁ saritvā saritvā evaṁ samādahitvā samādahitvā evaṁ pajānitvā pajānitvā evaṁ abhisaddahati: 
;;; 
;;;piṇḍolo āpaṇena cāti. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

6. Sūkarakhatavagga ;;;6. The Boar’s Cave 
;;;“seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, ye keci tiracchānagatā pāṇā, sīho migarājā tesaṁ aggamakkhāyati, yadidaṁ—thāmena javena sūrena; 
;;;“Mendicants, the lion, king of beasts, is said to be the best of animals in terms of strength, speed, and courage. 
;;;

>En 

6. Sūkarakhatavagga ;;;6. The Boar’s Cave 
;;;“seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, ye keci tiracchānagatā pāṇā, sīho migarājā tesaṁ aggamakkhāyati, yadidaṁ—thāmena javena sūrena; 
;;;“Mendicants, the lion, king of beasts, is said to be the best of animals in terms of strength, speed, and courage. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Mallikasutta ;;;In the Land of the Mallas 
;;;ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā mallesu viharati uruvelakappaṁ nāma mallānaṁ nigamo. 
;;;At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Mallas, near the Mallian town called Uruvelakappa. 
;;;

>En 

Mallikasutta ;;;In the Land of the Mallas 
;;;ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā mallesu viharati uruvelakappaṁ nāma mallānaṁ nigamo. 
;;;At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Mallas, near the Mallian town called Uruvelakappa. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“atthi nu kho, bhikkhave, pariyāyo yaṁ pariyāyaṁ āgamma sekho bhikkhu sekhabhūmiyaṁ ṭhito ‘sekhosmī’ti pajāneyya, asekho bhikkhu asekhabhūmiyaṁ ṭhito ‘asekhosmī’ti pajāneyyā”ti? ;;;“Mendicants, is there a way that a mendicant who is a trainee, standing at the level of a trainee, can understand that they are a trainee? And that a mendicant who is an adept, standing at the level of an adept, can understand that they are an adept?” 
;;;

>En 

“atthi nu kho, bhikkhave, pariyāyo yaṁ pariyāyaṁ āgamma sekho bhikkhu sekhabhūmiyaṁ ṭhito ‘sekhosmī’ti pajāneyya, asekho bhikkhu asekhabhūmiyaṁ ṭhito ‘asekhosmī’ti pajāneyyā”ti? ;;;“Mendicants, is there a way that a mendicant who is a trainee, standing at the level of a trainee, can understand that they are a trainee? And that a mendicant who is an adept, standing at the level of an adept, can understand that they are an adept?” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ;;;Then as he was in private retreat this thought came to his mind, 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ;;;Then as he was in private retreat this thought came to his mind, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Idha, bhante, khīṇāsavo bhikkhu satthari sagāravo viharati sappatisso, dhamme sagāravo viharati sappatisso, saṅghe sagāravo viharati sappatisso, sikkhāya sagāravo viharati sappatisso, samādhismiṁ sagāravo viharati sappatisso. ;;;“It’s when a mendicant with defilements ended maintains respect and reverence for the Teacher, the teaching, the Saṅgha, the training, and immersion. 
;;;

>En 

“Idha, bhante, khīṇāsavo bhikkhu satthari sagāravo viharati sappatisso, dhamme sagāravo viharati sappatisso, saṅghe sagāravo viharati sappatisso, sikkhāya sagāravo viharati sappatisso, samādhismiṁ sagāravo viharati sappatisso. ;;;“It’s when a mendicant with defilements ended maintains respect and reverence for the Teacher, the teaching, the Saṅgha, the training, and immersion. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Sālaṁ mallikaṁ sekho ca, ;;; 
;;;

>En 

Sālaṁ mallikaṁ sekho ca, ;;; 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Pañcimāni, bhikkhave, indriyāni bhāvitāni bahulīkatāni saṁyojanappahānāya saṁvattanti. ;;;“Mendicants, when these five faculties are developed and cultivated they lead to giving up the fetters. 
;;;

>En 

“Pañcimāni, bhikkhave, indriyāni bhāvitāni bahulīkatāni saṁyojanappahānāya saṁvattanti. ;;;“Mendicants, when these five faculties are developed and cultivated they lead to giving up the fetters. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, ye keci supaṇṇānaṁ rukkhā, kūṭasimbalī tesaṁ aggamakkhāyati; ;;;“Mendicants, of all the trees belonging to the phoenixes, the red silk-cotton tree is said to be the best. 
;;;

>En 

“Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, ye keci supaṇṇānaṁ rukkhā, kūṭasimbalī tesaṁ aggamakkhāyati; ;;;“Mendicants, of all the trees belonging to the phoenixes, the red silk-cotton tree is said to be the best. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

1. Cāpālavagga ;;;1. At the Cāpāla Shrine 
;;;

>En 

1. Cāpālavagga ;;;1. At the Cāpāla Shrine 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Yena cāpālaṁ cetiyaṁ tenupasaṅkamissāma divāvihārāyā”ti. ;;;Let’s go to the Cāpāla shrine for the day’s meditation.” 
;;;“Ramaṇīyā, ānanda, vesālī, ramaṇīyaṁ udenaṁ cetiyaṁ, ramaṇīyaṁ gotamakaṁ cetiyaṁ, ramaṇīyaṁ sattambaṁ cetiyaṁ, ramaṇīyaṁ bahuputtaṁ cetiyaṁ, ramaṇīyaṁ sārandadaṁ cetiyaṁ, ramaṇīyaṁ cāpālaṁ cetiyaṁ. 
;;;“Ānanda, Vesālī is lovely. And the Udena, Gotamaka, Seven Maidens, Many Sons, Sārandada, and Cāpāla Tree-shrines are all lovely. 
;;;“Parinibbātu dāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu dāni sugato. Parinibbānakālo dāni, bhante, bhagavato. 
;;;“Sir, may the Blessed One now be fully extinguished! May the Holy One now be fully extinguished! Now is the time for the full extinguishment of the Buddha. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā cāpāle cetiye sato sampajāno āyusaṅkhāraṁ ossaji. 
;;;So at the Cāpāla Tree-shrine the Buddha, mindful and aware, surrendered the life force. 
;;;

>En 

Yena cāpālaṁ cetiyaṁ tenupasaṅkamissāma divāvihārāyā”ti. ;;;Let’s go to the Cāpāla shrine for the day’s meditation.” 
;;;“Ramaṇīyā, ānanda, vesālī, ramaṇīyaṁ udenaṁ cetiyaṁ, ramaṇīyaṁ gotamakaṁ cetiyaṁ, ramaṇīyaṁ sattambaṁ cetiyaṁ, ramaṇīyaṁ bahuputtaṁ cetiyaṁ, ramaṇīyaṁ sārandadaṁ cetiyaṁ, ramaṇīyaṁ cāpālaṁ cetiyaṁ. 
;;;“Ānanda, Vesālī is lovely. And the Udena, Gotamaka, Seven Maidens, Many Sons, Sārandada, and Cāpāla Tree-shrines are all lovely. 
;;;“Parinibbātu dāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu dāni sugato. Parinibbānakālo dāni, bhante, bhagavato. 
;;;“Sir, may the Blessed One now be fully extinguished! May the Holy One now be fully extinguished! Now is the time for the full extinguishment of the Buddha. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā cāpāle cetiye sato sampajāno āyusaṅkhāraṁ ossaji. 
;;;So at the Cāpāla Tree-shrine the Buddha, mindful and aware, surrendered the life force. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Evaṁ bhāvitesu kho, bhikkhu, catūsu iddhipādesu evaṁ bahulīkatesu, anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhoti—ekopi hutvā bahudhā hoti, bahudhāpi hutvā eko hoti; āvibhāvaṁ, tirobhāvaṁ; tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamāno gacchati, seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ karoti, seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gacchati, seyyathāpi pathaviyaṁ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kamati, seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve pāṇinā parimasati parimajjati; yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vatteti. ;;;When the four bases of psychic power have been developed and cultivated in this way, they wield the many kinds of psychic power: multiplying themselves and becoming one again; appearing and disappearing; going unobstructed through a wall, a rampart, or a mountain as if through space; diving in and out of the earth as if it were water; walking on water as if it were earth; flying cross-legged through the sky like a bird; touching and stroking with the hand the sun and moon, so mighty and powerful; controlling the body as far as the realm of divinity. 
;;;

>En 

Evaṁ bhāvitesu kho, bhikkhu, catūsu iddhipādesu evaṁ bahulīkatesu, anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhoti—ekopi hutvā bahudhā hoti, bahudhāpi hutvā eko hoti; āvibhāvaṁ, tirobhāvaṁ; tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamāno gacchati, seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ karoti, seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gacchati, seyyathāpi pathaviyaṁ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kamati, seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve pāṇinā parimasati parimajjati; yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vatteti. ;;;When the four bases of psychic power have been developed and cultivated in this way, they wield the many kinds of psychic power: multiplying themselves and becoming one again; appearing and disappearing; going unobstructed through a wall, a rampart, or a mountain as if through space; diving in and out of the earth as if it were water; walking on water as if it were earth; flying cross-legged through the sky like a bird; touching and stroking with the hand the sun and moon, so mighty and powerful; controlling the body as far as the realm of divinity. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Moggallānasutta ;;;With Moggallāna 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū heṭṭhāmigāramātupāsāde viharanti uddhatā unnaḷā capalā mukharā vikiṇṇavācā muṭṭhassatino asampajānā asamāhitā bhantacittā pākatindriyā. 
;;;Now at that time several mendicants were staying beneath the longhouse. They were restless, insolent, fickle, scurrilous, loose-tongued, unmindful, lacking situational awareness and immersion, with straying minds and undisciplined faculties. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ āmantesi: 
;;;Then the Buddha addressed Venerable Mahāmoggallāna, 
;;;“ete kho, moggallāna, sabrahmacārino heṭṭhāmigāramātupāsāde viharanti uddhatā unnaḷā capalā mukharā vikiṇṇavācā muṭṭhassatino asampajānā asamāhitā bhantacittā pākatindriyā. 
;;;“These spiritual companions of yours staying beneath the longhouse are restless, insolent, fickle, scurrilous, loose-tongued, unmindful, lacking situational awareness and immersion, with wandering mind and undisciplined faculties. 
;;;Gaccha, moggallāna, te bhikkhū saṁvejehī”ti. 
;;;Go, Moggallāna, and strike awe in those mendicants!” 
;;;“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhagavato paṭissutvā tathārūpaṁ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkhāresi yathā pādaṅguṭṭhakena migāramātupāsādaṁ saṅkampesi sampakampesi sampacālesi. 
;;;“Yes, sir,” replied Mahāmoggallāna. Then he used his psychic power to make the longhouse shake and rock and tremble with his big toe. 
;;;“Tumheva kho, bhikkhave, saṁvejetukāmena moggallānena bhikkhunā pādaṅguṭṭhakena migāramātupāsādo, saṅkampito sampakampito sampacālito. 
;;;“Wanting to strike awe in you, the mendicant Moggallāna made the longhouse shake and rock and tremble with his big toe. 
;;;katamesaṁ dhammānaṁ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā moggallāno bhikkhu evaṁmahiddhiko evaṁmahānubhāvo”ti? 
;;;What things has the mendicant Moggallāna developed and cultivated so as to have such power and might?” 
;;;Catunnaṁ kho, bhikkhave, iddhipādānaṁ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā moggallāno bhikkhu evaṁmahiddhiko evaṁmahānubhāvo. 
;;;The mendicant Moggallāna has become so powerful and mighty by developing and cultivating the four bases of psychic power. 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, moggallāno bhikkhu chandasamādhippadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgataṁ iddhipādaṁ bhāveti, 
;;;Moggallāna develops the basis of psychic power that has immersion due to enthusiasm … 
;;;Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, catunnaṁ iddhipādānaṁ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā moggallāno bhikkhu evaṁmahiddhiko evaṁmahānubhāvo. 
;;;The mendicant Moggallāna has become so powerful and mighty by developing and cultivating these four bases of psychic power. 
;;;Imesañca pana, bhikkhave, catunnaṁ iddhipādānaṁ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā moggallāno bhikkhu anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhoti …pe… yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vatteti …pe… 
;;;And by developing and cultivating these four bases of psychic power, the mendicant Moggallāna wields the many kinds of psychic power … controlling the body as far as the realm of divinity. … 
;;;imesañca pana, bhikkhave, catunnaṁ iddhipādānaṁ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā moggallāno bhikkhu āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharatī”ti. 
;;;And by developing and cultivating these four bases of psychic power, the mendicant Moggallāna realizes the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And he lives having realized it with his own insight due to the ending of defilements.” 
;;;

>En 

Moggallānasutta ;;;With Moggallāna 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū heṭṭhāmigāramātupāsāde viharanti uddhatā unnaḷā capalā mukharā vikiṇṇavācā muṭṭhassatino asampajānā asamāhitā bhantacittā pākatindriyā. 
;;;Now at that time several mendicants were staying beneath the longhouse. They were restless, insolent, fickle, scurrilous, loose-tongued, unmindful, lacking situational awareness and immersion, with straying minds and undisciplined faculties. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ āmantesi: 
;;;Then the Buddha addressed Venerable Mahāmoggallāna, 
;;;“ete kho, moggallāna, sabrahmacārino heṭṭhāmigāramātupāsāde viharanti uddhatā unnaḷā capalā mukharā vikiṇṇavācā muṭṭhassatino asampajānā asamāhitā bhantacittā pākatindriyā. 
;;;“These spiritual companions of yours staying beneath the longhouse are restless, insolent, fickle, scurrilous, loose-tongued, unmindful, lacking situational awareness and immersion, with wandering mind and undisciplined faculties. 
;;;Gaccha, moggallāna, te bhikkhū saṁvejehī”ti. 
;;;Go, Moggallāna, and strike awe in those mendicants!” 
;;;“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhagavato paṭissutvā tathārūpaṁ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkhāresi yathā pādaṅguṭṭhakena migāramātupāsādaṁ saṅkampesi sampakampesi sampacālesi. 
;;;“Yes, sir,” replied Mahāmoggallāna. Then he used his psychic power to make the longhouse shake and rock and tremble with his big toe. 
;;;“Tumheva kho, bhikkhave, saṁvejetukāmena moggallānena bhikkhunā pādaṅguṭṭhakena migāramātupāsādo, saṅkampito sampakampito sampacālito. 
;;;“Wanting to strike awe in you, the mendicant Moggallāna made the longhouse shake and rock and tremble with his big toe. 
;;;katamesaṁ dhammānaṁ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā moggallāno bhikkhu evaṁmahiddhiko evaṁmahānubhāvo”ti? 
;;;What things has the mendicant Moggallāna developed and cultivated so as to have such power and might?” 
;;;Catunnaṁ kho, bhikkhave, iddhipādānaṁ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā moggallāno bhikkhu evaṁmahiddhiko evaṁmahānubhāvo. 
;;;The mendicant Moggallāna has become so powerful and mighty by developing and cultivating the four bases of psychic power. 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, moggallāno bhikkhu chandasamādhippadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgataṁ iddhipādaṁ bhāveti, 
;;;Moggallāna develops the basis of psychic power that has immersion due to enthusiasm … 
;;;Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, catunnaṁ iddhipādānaṁ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā moggallāno bhikkhu evaṁmahiddhiko evaṁmahānubhāvo. 
;;;The mendicant Moggallāna has become so powerful and mighty by developing and cultivating these four bases of psychic power. 
;;;Imesañca pana, bhikkhave, catunnaṁ iddhipādānaṁ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā moggallāno bhikkhu anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhoti …pe… yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vatteti …pe… 
;;;And by developing and cultivating these four bases of psychic power, the mendicant Moggallāna wields the many kinds of psychic power … controlling the body as far as the realm of divinity. … 
;;;imesañca pana, bhikkhave, catunnaṁ iddhipādānaṁ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā moggallāno bhikkhu āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharatī”ti. 
;;;And by developing and cultivating these four bases of psychic power, the mendicant Moggallāna realizes the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And he lives having realized it with his own insight due to the ending of defilements.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Evameva kho, brāhmaṇa, yo so bhikkhu arahaṁ khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṁyojano sammadaññāvimutto, tassa yo pubbe chando ahosi arahattappattiyā, arahattappatte yo tajjo chando so paṭippassaddho; ;;;“In the same way, take a mendicant who is perfected—with defilements ended, who has completed the spiritual journey, done what had to be done, laid down the burden, achieved their own true goal, utterly ended the fetter of continued existence, and is rightly freed through enlightenment. They formerly had the desire to attain perfection, but when they attained perfection the corresponding desire faded away. 
;;;

>En 

“Evameva kho, brāhmaṇa, yo so bhikkhu arahaṁ khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṁyojano sammadaññāvimutto, tassa yo pubbe chando ahosi arahattappattiyā, arahattappatte yo tajjo chando so paṭippassaddho; ;;;“In the same way, take a mendicant who is perfected—with defilements ended, who has completed the spiritual journey, done what had to be done, laid down the burden, achieved their own true goal, utterly ended the fetter of continued existence, and is rightly freed through enlightenment. They formerly had the desire to attain perfection, but when they attained perfection the corresponding desire faded away. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Ye hi keci, bhikkhave, atītamaddhānaṁ samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhosuṁ—ekopi hutvā bahudhā ahesuṁ, bahudhāpi hutvā eko ahesuṁ; āvibhāvaṁ, tirobhāvaṁ; tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamānā agamaṁsu, seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ akaṁsu, seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne agamaṁsu, seyyathāpi pathaviyaṁ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kamiṁsu, seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve pāṇinā parimasiṁsu parimajjiṁsu; yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vattesuṁ, ;;;“Mendicants, all the ascetics and brahmins in the past, 
;;;Ye hi keci, bhikkhave, anāgatamaddhānaṁ samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhossanti—ekopi hutvā bahudhā bhavissanti, bahudhāpi hutvā eko bhavissanti; āvibhāvaṁ, tirobhāvaṁ; tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamānā gamissanti, seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ karissanti, seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gamissanti, seyyathāpi pathaviyaṁ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kamissanti, seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve pāṇinā parimasissanti parimajjissanti; yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vattissanti, 
;;;future, 
;;;Ye hi keci, bhikkhave, etarahi samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhonti—ekopi hutvā bahudhā honti, bahudhāpi hutvā eko honti; āvibhāvaṁ, tirobhāvaṁ; tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamānā gacchanti, seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ karonti, seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gacchanti, seyyathāpi pathaviyaṁ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kamanti, seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve pāṇinā parimasanti parimajjanti; yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vattenti, 
;;;or present who wield the various kinds of psychic power—multiplying themselves and becoming one again; appearing and disappearing; going unobstructed through a wall, a rampart, or a mountain as if through space; diving in and out of the earth as if it were water; walking on water as if it were earth; flying cross-legged through the sky like a bird; touching and stroking with the hand the sun and moon, so mighty and powerful; controlling their body as far as the realm of divinity— 
;;;

>En 

“Ye hi keci, bhikkhave, atītamaddhānaṁ samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhosuṁ—ekopi hutvā bahudhā ahesuṁ, bahudhāpi hutvā eko ahesuṁ; āvibhāvaṁ, tirobhāvaṁ; tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamānā agamaṁsu, seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ akaṁsu, seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne agamaṁsu, seyyathāpi pathaviyaṁ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kamiṁsu, seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve pāṇinā parimasiṁsu parimajjiṁsu; yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vattesuṁ, ;;;“Mendicants, all the ascetics and brahmins in the past, 
;;;Ye hi keci, bhikkhave, anāgatamaddhānaṁ samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhossanti—ekopi hutvā bahudhā bhavissanti, bahudhāpi hutvā eko bhavissanti; āvibhāvaṁ, tirobhāvaṁ; tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamānā gamissanti, seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ karissanti, seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gamissanti, seyyathāpi pathaviyaṁ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kamissanti, seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve pāṇinā parimasissanti parimajjissanti; yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vattissanti, 
;;;future, 
;;;Ye hi keci, bhikkhave, etarahi samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhonti—ekopi hutvā bahudhā honti, bahudhāpi hutvā eko honti; āvibhāvaṁ, tirobhāvaṁ; tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamānā gacchanti, seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ karonti, seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gacchanti, seyyathāpi pathaviyaṁ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kamanti, seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve pāṇinā parimasanti parimajjanti; yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vattenti, 
;;;or present who wield the various kinds of psychic power—multiplying themselves and becoming one again; appearing and disappearing; going unobstructed through a wall, a rampart, or a mountain as if through space; diving in and out of the earth as if it were water; walking on water as if it were earth; flying cross-legged through the sky like a bird; touching and stroking with the hand the sun and moon, so mighty and powerful; controlling their body as far as the realm of divinity— 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Moggallānañca uṇṇābhaṁ; ;;; 
;;;

>En 

Moggallānañca uṇṇābhaṁ; ;;; 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Abhijānāmi khvāhaṁ, ānanda, iminā cātumahābhūtikena kāyena iddhiyā brahmalokaṁ upasaṅkamitā”ti. ;;;“I do, Ānanda.” 
;;;Yasmiṁ, ānanda, samaye tathāgato kāyampi citte samodahati cittampi kāye samodahati, sukhasaññañca lahusaññañca kāye okkamitvā viharati; 
;;;Sometimes the Realized One submerges his body in his mind and his mind in his body. He meditates after sinking into a perception of bliss and lightness in the body. 
;;;

>En 

“Abhijānāmi khvāhaṁ, ānanda, iminā cātumahābhūtikena kāyena iddhiyā brahmalokaṁ upasaṅkamitā”ti. ;;;“I do, Ānanda.” 
;;;Yasmiṁ, ānanda, samaye tathāgato kāyampi citte samodahati cittampi kāye samodahati, sukhasaññañca lahusaññañca kāye okkamitvā viharati; 
;;;Sometimes the Realized One submerges his body in his mind and his mind in his body. He meditates after sinking into a perception of bliss and lightness in the body. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Moggallānasutta ;;;About Moggallāna 
;;;katamesaṁ dhammānaṁ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā moggallāno bhikkhu evaṁmahiddhiko evaṁmahānubhāvo”ti? 
;;;What things has the mendicant Moggallāna developed and cultivated so as to have such power and might?” 
;;;“catunnaṁ kho, bhikkhave, iddhipādānaṁ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā moggallāno bhikkhu evaṁmahiddhiko evaṁmahānubhāvo. 
;;;“The mendicant Moggallāna has become so powerful and mighty by developing and cultivating the four bases of psychic power. 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, moggallāno bhikkhu chandasamādhippadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgataṁ iddhipādaṁ bhāveti— 
;;;Moggallāna develops the basis of psychic power that has immersion due to enthusiasm, and active effort. 
;;;Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, catunnaṁ iddhipādānaṁ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā moggallāno bhikkhu evaṁmahiddhiko evaṁmahānubhāvo. 
;;;The mendicant Moggallāna has become so powerful and mighty by developing and cultivating these four bases of psychic power. 
;;;Imesañca pana, bhikkhave, catunnaṁ iddhipādānaṁ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā moggallāno bhikkhu evaṁ anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhoti—ekopi hutvā bahudhā hoti, bahudhāpi hutvā eko hoti …pe… yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vatteti. 
;;;And by developing and cultivating these four bases of psychic power, the mendicant Moggallāna wields the many kinds of psychic power: multiplying himself and becoming one again … controlling the body as far as the realm of divinity. 
;;;Imesañca pana, bhikkhave, catunnaṁ iddhipādānaṁ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā moggallāno bhikkhu āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharatī”ti. 
;;;And by developing and cultivating these four bases of psychic power, the mendicant Moggallāna realizes the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And he lives having realized it with his own insight due to the ending of defilements.” 
;;;

>En 

Moggallānasutta ;;;About Moggallāna 
;;;katamesaṁ dhammānaṁ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā moggallāno bhikkhu evaṁmahiddhiko evaṁmahānubhāvo”ti? 
;;;What things has the mendicant Moggallāna developed and cultivated so as to have such power and might?” 
;;;“catunnaṁ kho, bhikkhave, iddhipādānaṁ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā moggallāno bhikkhu evaṁmahiddhiko evaṁmahānubhāvo. 
;;;“The mendicant Moggallāna has become so powerful and mighty by developing and cultivating the four bases of psychic power. 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, moggallāno bhikkhu chandasamādhippadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgataṁ iddhipādaṁ bhāveti— 
;;;Moggallāna develops the basis of psychic power that has immersion due to enthusiasm, and active effort. 
;;;Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, catunnaṁ iddhipādānaṁ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā moggallāno bhikkhu evaṁmahiddhiko evaṁmahānubhāvo. 
;;;The mendicant Moggallāna has become so powerful and mighty by developing and cultivating these four bases of psychic power. 
;;;Imesañca pana, bhikkhave, catunnaṁ iddhipādānaṁ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā moggallāno bhikkhu evaṁ anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhoti—ekopi hutvā bahudhā hoti, bahudhāpi hutvā eko hoti …pe… yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vatteti. 
;;;And by developing and cultivating these four bases of psychic power, the mendicant Moggallāna wields the many kinds of psychic power: multiplying himself and becoming one again … controlling the body as far as the realm of divinity. 
;;;Imesañca pana, bhikkhave, catunnaṁ iddhipādānaṁ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā moggallāno bhikkhu āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharatī”ti. 
;;;And by developing and cultivating these four bases of psychic power, the mendicant Moggallāna realizes the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And he lives having realized it with his own insight due to the ending of defilements.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

moggallāno tathāgatoti. ;;;

>En 

moggallāno tathāgatoti. ;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho āyasmato anuruddhassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ;;;Then as Anuruddha was in private retreat this thought came to his mind: 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno āyasmato anuruddhassa cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evameva—āyasmato anuruddhassa sammukhe pāturahosi. 
;;;Then Venerable Mahāmoggallāna knew what Venerable Anuruddha was thinking. As easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, he reappeared in front of Anuruddha, 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno āyasmantaṁ anuruddhaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;and said to him: 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho āyasmato anuruddhassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ;;;Then as Anuruddha was in private retreat this thought came to his mind: 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno āyasmato anuruddhassa cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evameva—āyasmato anuruddhassa sammukhe pāturahosi. 
;;;Then Venerable Mahāmoggallāna knew what Venerable Anuruddha was thinking. As easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, he reappeared in front of Anuruddha, 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno āyasmantaṁ anuruddhaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;and said to him: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho āyasmato anuruddhassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ;;;Then as Anuruddha was in private retreat this thought came to his mind: 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno āyasmato anuruddhassa cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evameva—āyasmato anuruddhassa sammukhe pāturahosi. Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno āyasmantaṁ anuruddhaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then Venerable Mahāmoggallāna knew what Venerable Anuruddha was thinking. As easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, he reappeared in front of Anuruddha and said to him: 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho āyasmato anuruddhassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ;;;Then as Anuruddha was in private retreat this thought came to his mind: 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno āyasmato anuruddhassa cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evameva—āyasmato anuruddhassa sammukhe pāturahosi. Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno āyasmantaṁ anuruddhaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then Venerable Mahāmoggallāna knew what Venerable Anuruddha was thinking. As easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, he reappeared in front of Anuruddha and said to him: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ca anuruddho āyasmā ca sāriputto āyasmā ca mahāmoggallāno sākete viharanti kaṇḍakīvane. ;;;At one time the venerables Anuruddha, Sāriputta, and Mahāmoggallāna were staying near Sāketa, in the Thorny Wood. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā ca sāriputto āyasmā ca mahāmoggallāno sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhitā yenāyasmā anuruddho tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā anuruddhena saddhiṁ sammodiṁsu. 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, Sāriputta and Mahāmoggallāna came out of retreat, went to Anuruddha, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;

>En 

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ca anuruddho āyasmā ca sāriputto āyasmā ca mahāmoggallāno sākete viharanti kaṇḍakīvane. ;;;At one time the venerables Anuruddha, Sāriputta, and Mahāmoggallāna were staying near Sāketa, in the Thorny Wood. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā ca sāriputto āyasmā ca mahāmoggallāno sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhitā yenāyasmā anuruddho tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā anuruddhena saddhiṁ sammodiṁsu. 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, Sāriputta and Mahāmoggallāna came out of retreat, went to Anuruddha, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Cattārome, āvuso, satipaṭṭhānā bhāvitā bahulīkatā taṇhākkhayāya saṁvattanti. ;;;“Reverends, when these four kinds of mindfulness meditation are developed and cultivated they lead to the ending of craving. 
;;;

>En 

“Cattārome, āvuso, satipaṭṭhānā bhāvitā bahulīkatā taṇhākkhayāya saṁvattanti. ;;;“Reverends, when these four kinds of mindfulness meditation are developed and cultivated they lead to the ending of craving. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṁ anuruddhaṁ etadavoca: ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Sāriputta came out of retreat, went to Anuruddha, and said to him: 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṁ anuruddhaṁ etadavoca: ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Sāriputta came out of retreat, went to Anuruddha, and said to him: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. ;;;It’s when a mendicant—gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut—sits down cross-legged, sets their body straight, and establishes mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;

>En 

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. ;;;It’s when a mendicant—gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut—sits down cross-legged, sets their body straight, and establishes mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. ;;;It’s when a mendicant—gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut—sits down cross-legged, sets their body straight, and establishes mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;

>En 

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. ;;;It’s when a mendicant—gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut—sits down cross-legged, sets their body straight, and establishes mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. ;;;It’s when a mendicant—gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut—sits down cross-legged, sets their body straight, and establishes mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;

>En 

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. ;;;It’s when a mendicant—gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut—sits down cross-legged, sets their body straight, and establishes mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. ;;;It’s when a mendicant—gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut—sits down cross-legged, sets their body straight, and establishes mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;

>En 

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. ;;;It’s when a mendicant—gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut—sits down cross-legged, sets their body straight, and establishes mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Atītesu me, bhante, kāmesu kāmacchando pahīno, anāgatesu me kāmesu kāmacchando vigato, ajjhattabahiddhā ca me dhammesu paṭighasaññā suppaṭivinītā. ;;;“Sir, I’ve given up desire for sensual pleasures of the past. I’m rid of desire for sensual pleasures of the future. And I have eliminated perception of repulsion regarding phenomena internally and externally. 
;;;Idha, ariṭṭha, bhikkhu araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;It’s when a mendicant—gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut—sits down cross-legged, sets their body straight, and establishes mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;

>En 

“Atītesu me, bhante, kāmesu kāmacchando pahīno, anāgatesu me kāmesu kāmacchando vigato, ajjhattabahiddhā ca me dhammesu paṭighasaññā suppaṭivinītā. ;;;“Sir, I’ve given up desire for sensual pleasures of the past. I’m rid of desire for sensual pleasures of the future. And I have eliminated perception of repulsion regarding phenomena internally and externally. 
;;;Idha, ariṭṭha, bhikkhu araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;It’s when a mendicant—gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut—sits down cross-legged, sets their body straight, and establishes mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā mahākappino bhagavato avidūre nisinno hoti pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. ;;;Now at that time Venerable Mahākappina was sitting not far from the Buddha, cross-legged, his body set straight, and mindfulness established in his presence. 
;;;Addasā kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ mahākappinaṁ avidūre nisinnaṁ pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;The Buddha saw him, 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;It’s when a mendicant—gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut—sits down cross-legged, sets their body straight, and establishes mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;

>En 

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā mahākappino bhagavato avidūre nisinno hoti pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. ;;;Now at that time Venerable Mahākappina was sitting not far from the Buddha, cross-legged, his body set straight, and mindfulness established in his presence. 
;;;Addasā kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ mahākappinaṁ avidūre nisinnaṁ pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;The Buddha saw him, 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;It’s when a mendicant—gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut—sits down cross-legged, sets their body straight, and establishes mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. ;;;It’s when a mendicant—gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut—sits down cross-legged, sets their body straight, and establishes mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;Sukhañce vedanaṁ vedayati, visaṁyutto naṁ vedayati; 
;;;If they feel a pleasant feeling, they feel it detached. 
;;;

>En 

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. ;;;It’s when a mendicant—gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut—sits down cross-legged, sets their body straight, and establishes mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;Sukhañce vedanaṁ vedayati, visaṁyutto naṁ vedayati; 
;;;If they feel a pleasant feeling, they feel it detached. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“icchāmahaṁ, bhikkhave, aḍḍhamāsaṁ paṭisallīyituṁ. ;;;“Mendicants, I wish to go on retreat for a fortnight. 
;;;Te iminā kāyena aṭṭīyamānā harāyamānā jigucchamānā satthahārakaṁ pariyesanti. 
;;;Becoming horrified, repelled, and disgusted with this body, they looked for something to take their life. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā tassa aḍḍhamāsassa accayena paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi: 
;;;Then after a fortnight had passed, the Buddha came out of retreat and addressed Ānanda, 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, gimhānaṁ pacchime māse ūhataṁ rajojallaṁ, tamenaṁ mahāakālamegho ṭhānaso antaradhāpeti vūpasameti; 
;;;In the last month of summer, when the dust and dirt is stirred up, a large sudden storm disperses and settles it on the spot. 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;It’s when a mendicant—gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut—sits down cross-legged, sets their body straight, and establishes mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;

>En 

“icchāmahaṁ, bhikkhave, aḍḍhamāsaṁ paṭisallīyituṁ. ;;;“Mendicants, I wish to go on retreat for a fortnight. 
;;;Te iminā kāyena aṭṭīyamānā harāyamānā jigucchamānā satthahārakaṁ pariyesanti. 
;;;Becoming horrified, repelled, and disgusted with this body, they looked for something to take their life. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā tassa aḍḍhamāsassa accayena paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi: 
;;;Then after a fortnight had passed, the Buddha came out of retreat and addressed Ānanda, 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, gimhānaṁ pacchime māse ūhataṁ rajojallaṁ, tamenaṁ mahāakālamegho ṭhānaso antaradhāpeti vūpasameti; 
;;;In the last month of summer, when the dust and dirt is stirred up, a large sudden storm disperses and settles it on the spot. 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;It’s when a mendicant—gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut—sits down cross-legged, sets their body straight, and establishes mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Idhānanda, bhikkhu araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. ;;;It’s when a mendicant—gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut—sits down cross-legged, sets their body straight, and establishes mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, ānanda, catumahāpathe mahāpaṁsupuñjo. 
;;;Suppose there was a large heap of sand at the crossroads. 
;;;

>En 

Idhānanda, bhikkhu araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. ;;;It’s when a mendicant—gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut—sits down cross-legged, sets their body straight, and establishes mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, ānanda, catumahāpathe mahāpaṁsupuñjo. 
;;;Suppose there was a large heap of sand at the crossroads. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“icchāmahaṁ, bhikkhave, temāsaṁ paṭisallīyituṁ. ;;;“Mendicants, I wish to go on retreat for three months. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā tassa temāsassa accayena paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito bhikkhū āmantesi: 
;;;Then after three months had passed, the Buddha came out of retreat and addressed the mendicants: 
;;;

>En 

“icchāmahaṁ, bhikkhave, temāsaṁ paṭisallīyituṁ. ;;;“Mendicants, I wish to go on retreat for three months. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā tassa temāsassa accayena paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito bhikkhū āmantesi: 
;;;Then after three months had passed, the Buddha came out of retreat and addressed the mendicants: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“so eva nu kho, bhante, sekho vihāro so tathāgatavihāro, udāhu aññova sekho vihāro añño tathāgatavihāro”ti? ;;;“Sir, is the meditation of a trainee just the same as the meditation of a realized one? Or is the meditation of a trainee different from the meditation of a realized one?” 
;;;‘icchāmahaṁ, bhikkhave, temāsaṁ paṭisallīyituṁ. 
;;;‘Mendicants, I wish to go on retreat for three months. 
;;;Atha kho, āvuso, bhagavā tassa temāsassa accayena paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito bhikkhū āmantesi: 
;;;Then after three months had passed, the Buddha came out of retreat and addressed the mendicants: 
;;;

>En 

“so eva nu kho, bhante, sekho vihāro so tathāgatavihāro, udāhu aññova sekho vihāro añño tathāgatavihāro”ti? ;;;“Sir, is the meditation of a trainee just the same as the meditation of a realized one? Or is the meditation of a trainee different from the meditation of a realized one?” 
;;;‘icchāmahaṁ, bhikkhave, temāsaṁ paṭisallīyituṁ. 
;;;‘Mendicants, I wish to go on retreat for three months. 
;;;Atha kho, āvuso, bhagavā tassa temāsassa accayena paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito bhikkhū āmantesi: 
;;;Then after three months had passed, the Buddha came out of retreat and addressed the mendicants: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Idhānanda, bhikkhu araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. ;;;It’s when a mendicant—gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut—sits down cross-legged, sets their body straight, and establishes mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;upaṭṭhitāssa tasmiṁ samaye bhikkhuno sati hoti asammuṭṭhā. 
;;;their mindfulness is established and lucid. 
;;;Tassa taṁ dhammaṁ paññāya pavicinato pavicarato parivīmaṁsamāpajjato āraddhaṁ hoti vīriyaṁ asallīnaṁ. 
;;;As they investigate principles with wisdom in this way their energy is roused up and unflagging. 
;;;Yasmiṁ samaye, ānanda, bhikkhuno taṁ dhammaṁ paññāya pavicinato pavicarato parivīmaṁsamāpajjato āraddhaṁ hoti vīriyaṁ asallīnaṁ— 
;;;At such a time, a mendicant has activated the awakening factor of energy; they develop it and perfect it. 
;;;

>En 

Idhānanda, bhikkhu araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. ;;;It’s when a mendicant—gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut—sits down cross-legged, sets their body straight, and establishes mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;upaṭṭhitāssa tasmiṁ samaye bhikkhuno sati hoti asammuṭṭhā. 
;;;their mindfulness is established and lucid. 
;;;Tassa taṁ dhammaṁ paññāya pavicinato pavicarato parivīmaṁsamāpajjato āraddhaṁ hoti vīriyaṁ asallīnaṁ. 
;;;As they investigate principles with wisdom in this way their energy is roused up and unflagging. 
;;;Yasmiṁ samaye, ānanda, bhikkhuno taṁ dhammaṁ paññāya pavicinato pavicarato parivīmaṁsamāpajjato āraddhaṁ hoti vīriyaṁ asallīnaṁ— 
;;;At such a time, a mendicant has activated the awakening factor of energy; they develop it and perfect it. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. ;;;It’s when a mendicant—gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut—sits down cross-legged, sets their body straight, and establishes mindfulness in their presence. … 
;;;Tassa taṁ dhammaṁ paññāya pavicinato pavicarato parivīmaṁsamāpajjato āraddhaṁ hoti vīriyaṁ asallīnaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;Yasmiṁ samaye, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno taṁ dhammaṁ paññāya pavicinato pavicarato parivīmaṁsamāpajjato āraddhaṁ hoti vīriyaṁ asallīnaṁ— 
;;; 
;;;

>En 

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. ;;;It’s when a mendicant—gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut—sits down cross-legged, sets their body straight, and establishes mindfulness in their presence. … 
;;;Tassa taṁ dhammaṁ paññāya pavicinato pavicarato parivīmaṁsamāpajjato āraddhaṁ hoti vīriyaṁ asallīnaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;Yasmiṁ samaye, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno taṁ dhammaṁ paññāya pavicinato pavicarato parivīmaṁsamāpajjato āraddhaṁ hoti vīriyaṁ asallīnaṁ— 
;;; 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“kiñcāpi, bhikkhave, rājā cakkavattī catunnaṁ dīpānaṁ issariyādhipaccaṁ rajjaṁ kāretvā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati devānaṁ tāvatiṁsānaṁ sahabyataṁ, so tattha nandane vane accharāsaṅghaparivuto dibbehi ca pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappito samaṅgībhūto paricāreti, so catūhi dhammehi asamannāgato, atha kho so aparimuttova nirayā aparimutto tiracchānayoniyā aparimutto pettivisayā aparimutto apāyaduggativinipātā. ;;;“Mendicants, suppose a wheel-turning monarch were to rule as sovereign lord over these four continents. And when his body breaks up, after death, he’s reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm, in the company of the gods of the thirty-three. There he entertains himself in the Garden of Delight, escorted by a band of nymphs, and supplied and provided with the five kinds of heavenly sensual stimulation. Still, as he’s lacking four things, he’s not exempt from hell, the animal realm, or the ghost realm. He’s not exempt from places of loss, bad places, the underworld. 
;;;Kiñcāpi, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako piṇḍiyālopena yāpeti, nantakāni ca dhāreti, so catūhi dhammehi samannāgato, atha kho so parimutto nirayā parimutto tiracchānayoniyā parimutto pettivisayā parimutto apāyaduggativinipātā. 
;;;Now suppose a noble disciple wears rags and feeds on scraps of almsfood. Still, as they have four things, they’re exempt from hell, the animal realm, or the ghost realm. They’re exempt from places of loss, bad places, the underworld. 
;;;

>En 

“kiñcāpi, bhikkhave, rājā cakkavattī catunnaṁ dīpānaṁ issariyādhipaccaṁ rajjaṁ kāretvā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati devānaṁ tāvatiṁsānaṁ sahabyataṁ, so tattha nandane vane accharāsaṅghaparivuto dibbehi ca pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappito samaṅgībhūto paricāreti, so catūhi dhammehi asamannāgato, atha kho so aparimuttova nirayā aparimutto tiracchānayoniyā aparimutto pettivisayā aparimutto apāyaduggativinipātā. ;;;“Mendicants, suppose a wheel-turning monarch were to rule as sovereign lord over these four continents. And when his body breaks up, after death, he’s reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm, in the company of the gods of the thirty-three. There he entertains himself in the Garden of Delight, escorted by a band of nymphs, and supplied and provided with the five kinds of heavenly sensual stimulation. Still, as he’s lacking four things, he’s not exempt from hell, the animal realm, or the ghost realm. He’s not exempt from places of loss, bad places, the underworld. 
;;;Kiñcāpi, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako piṇḍiyālopena yāpeti, nantakāni ca dhāreti, so catūhi dhammehi samannāgato, atha kho so parimutto nirayā parimutto tiracchānayoniyā parimutto pettivisayā parimutto apāyaduggativinipātā. 
;;;Now suppose a noble disciple wears rags and feeds on scraps of almsfood. Still, as they have four things, they’re exempt from hell, the animal realm, or the ghost realm. They’re exempt from places of loss, bad places, the underworld. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Paṇḍito, bhikkhave, dīghāvu upāsako, paccapādi dhammassānudhammaṁ, na ca maṁ dhammādhikaraṇaṁ vihesesi. ;;;“Mendicants, the lay follower Dīghāvu was astute. He practiced in line with the teachings, and did not trouble me about the teachings. 
;;;

>En 

“Paṇḍito, bhikkhave, dīghāvu upāsako, paccapādi dhammassānudhammaṁ, na ca maṁ dhammādhikaraṇaṁ vihesesi. ;;;“Mendicants, the lay follower Dīghāvu was astute. He practiced in line with the teachings, and did not trouble me about the teachings. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho āyasmā ānando sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca: ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Ānanda came out of retreat … and said to Sāriputta: 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho āyasmā ānando sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca: ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Ānanda came out of retreat … and said to Sāriputta: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

‘kosalehi mallesu cārikaṁ pakkamissatī’ti, hoti no tasmiṁ samaye anattamanatā hoti domanassaṁ: ;;;you will be setting out from the Kosalan lands to wander in the Mallian lands, we’re sad and upset, thinking that 
;;;‘kosalehi mallesu cārikaṁ pakkanto’ti, hoti no tasmiṁ samaye anattamanatā hoti domanassaṁ: 
;;;you are setting out from the Kosalan lands to wander in the Mallian lands, we’re sad and upset, thinking that 
;;;‘mallehi vajjīsu cārikaṁ pakkamissatī’ti, hoti no tasmiṁ samaye anattamanatā hoti domanassaṁ: 
;;;you will be setting out from the Mallian lands to wander in the Vajjian lands … 
;;;‘mallehi vajjīsu cārikaṁ pakkanto’ti, hoti no tasmiṁ samaye anattamanatā hoti domanassaṁ: 
;;; 
;;;‘vajjīhi mallesu cārikaṁ pakkamissatī’ti, hoti no tasmiṁ samaye attamanatā hoti somanassaṁ: 
;;;you will be setting out from the Vajjian lands to wander in the Mallian lands … 
;;;‘vajjīhi mallesu cārikaṁ pakkanto’ti, hoti no tasmiṁ samaye attamanatā hoti somanassaṁ: 
;;; 
;;;‘mallehi kosale cārikaṁ pakkamissatī’ti, hoti no tasmiṁ samaye attamanatā hoti somanassaṁ: 
;;;you will be setting out from the Mallian lands to wander in the Kosalan lands … 
;;;‘mallehi kosale cārikaṁ pakkanto’ti, hoti no tasmiṁ samaye attamanatā hoti somanassaṁ: 
;;; 
;;;

>En 

‘kosalehi mallesu cārikaṁ pakkamissatī’ti, hoti no tasmiṁ samaye anattamanatā hoti domanassaṁ: ;;;you will be setting out from the Kosalan lands to wander in the Mallian lands, we’re sad and upset, thinking that 
;;;‘kosalehi mallesu cārikaṁ pakkanto’ti, hoti no tasmiṁ samaye anattamanatā hoti domanassaṁ: 
;;;you are setting out from the Kosalan lands to wander in the Mallian lands, we’re sad and upset, thinking that 
;;;‘mallehi vajjīsu cārikaṁ pakkamissatī’ti, hoti no tasmiṁ samaye anattamanatā hoti domanassaṁ: 
;;;you will be setting out from the Mallian lands to wander in the Vajjian lands … 
;;;‘mallehi vajjīsu cārikaṁ pakkanto’ti, hoti no tasmiṁ samaye anattamanatā hoti domanassaṁ: 
;;; 
;;;‘vajjīhi mallesu cārikaṁ pakkamissatī’ti, hoti no tasmiṁ samaye attamanatā hoti somanassaṁ: 
;;;you will be setting out from the Vajjian lands to wander in the Mallian lands … 
;;;‘vajjīhi mallesu cārikaṁ pakkanto’ti, hoti no tasmiṁ samaye attamanatā hoti somanassaṁ: 
;;; 
;;;‘mallehi kosale cārikaṁ pakkamissatī’ti, hoti no tasmiṁ samaye attamanatā hoti somanassaṁ: 
;;;you will be setting out from the Mallian lands to wander in the Kosalan lands … 
;;;‘mallehi kosale cārikaṁ pakkanto’ti, hoti no tasmiṁ samaye attamanatā hoti somanassaṁ: 
;;; 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’. ;;;‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’ 
;;;“yo kho maṁ pisuṇāya vācāya mitte bhindeyya, na metaṁ assa piyaṁ manāpaṁ. 
;;;‘If someone were to break me up from my friends by divisive speech, I wouldn’t like it. 
;;;‘khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto, sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’”ti. 
;;;‘I’ve finished with rebirth in hell, the animal realm, and the ghost realm. I’ve finished with all places of loss, bad places, the underworld. I am a stream-enterer! I’m not liable to be reborn in the underworld, and am bound for awakening.’” 
;;;

>En 

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’. ;;;‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’ 
;;;“yo kho maṁ pisuṇāya vācāya mitte bhindeyya, na metaṁ assa piyaṁ manāpaṁ. 
;;;‘If someone were to break me up from my friends by divisive speech, I wouldn’t like it. 
;;;‘khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto, sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’”ti. 
;;;‘I’ve finished with rebirth in hell, the animal realm, and the ghost realm. I’ve finished with all places of loss, bad places, the underworld. I am a stream-enterer! I’m not liable to be reborn in the underworld, and am bound for awakening.’” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho sahassabhikkhunisaṅgho yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho tā bhikkhuniyo bhagavā etadavoca: ;;;Then a Saṅgha of a thousand nuns went up to the Buddha, bowed, and stood to one side. The Buddha said to them: 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho sahassabhikkhunisaṅgho yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho tā bhikkhuniyo bhagavā etadavoca: ;;;Then a Saṅgha of a thousand nuns went up to the Buddha, bowed, and stood to one side. The Buddha said to them: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

So tvaṁ mā sobbhaṁ parivajjehi, mā papātaṁ, mā khāṇuṁ, mā kaṇḍakaṭhānaṁ, mā candaniyaṁ, mā oḷigallaṁ. ;;;Do not avoid a pit, a cliff, a stump, thorny ground, a swamp, or a sewer. 
;;;Yattha papateyyāsi tattheva maraṇaṁ āgameyyāsi. 
;;;You should await death in the place that you fall. 
;;;

>En 

So tvaṁ mā sobbhaṁ parivajjehi, mā papātaṁ, mā khāṇuṁ, mā kaṇḍakaṭhānaṁ, mā candaniyaṁ, mā oḷigallaṁ. ;;;Do not avoid a pit, a cliff, a stump, thorny ground, a swamp, or a sewer. 
;;;Yattha papateyyāsi tattheva maraṇaṁ āgameyyāsi. 
;;;You should await death in the place that you fall. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā ānandena saddhiṁ sammodi. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Sāriputta came out of retreat, went to Venerable Ānanda, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā ānandena saddhiṁ sammodi. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Sāriputta came out of retreat, went to Venerable Ānanda, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evameva—jetavane antarahito devesu tāvatiṁsesu pāturahosi. ;;;And then Venerable Mahāmoggallāna, as easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, vanished from Jeta’s Grove and reappeared among the gods of the thirty-three. 
;;;Atha kho sambahulā tāvatiṁsakāyikā devatāyo yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho tā devatāyo āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca: 
;;;Then several deities of the company of the thirty-three went up to Venerable Mahāmoggallāna, bowed, and stood to one side. Moggallāna said to them: 
;;;“Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanaṁ hoti— 
;;;“My good Moggallāna, it’s good to have experiential confidence in the Buddha … 
;;;Buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti. 
;;;It’s the reason why some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm. 
;;;Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, dhamme …pe… 
;;;It’s good to have experiential confidence in the teaching. … 
;;;Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjantī”ti. 
;;;It’s the reason why some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.” 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evameva—jetavane antarahito devesu tāvatiṁsesu pāturahosi. ;;;And then Venerable Mahāmoggallāna, as easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, vanished from Jeta’s Grove and reappeared among the gods of the thirty-three. 
;;;Atha kho sambahulā tāvatiṁsakāyikā devatāyo yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho tā devatāyo āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca: 
;;;Then several deities of the company of the thirty-three went up to Venerable Mahāmoggallāna, bowed, and stood to one side. Moggallāna said to them: 
;;;“Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanaṁ hoti— 
;;;“My good Moggallāna, it’s good to have experiential confidence in the Buddha … 
;;;Buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti. 
;;;It’s the reason why some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm. 
;;;Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, dhamme …pe… 
;;;It’s good to have experiential confidence in the teaching. … 
;;;Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjantī”ti. 
;;;It’s the reason why some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evameva—jetavane antarahito devesu tāvatiṁsesu pāturahosi. ;;;And then Venerable Mahāmoggallāna, as easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, vanished from Jeta’s Grove and reappeared among the gods of the thirty-three. 
;;;Atha kho sambahulā tāvatiṁsakāyikā devatāyo yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho tā devatāyo āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca: 
;;;Then several deities of the company of the thirty-three went up to Venerable Mahāmoggallāna, bowed, and stood to one side. Moggallāna said to them: 
;;;“Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanaṁ hoti— 
;;;“My good Moggallāna, it’s good to have experiential confidence in the Buddha … 
;;;Buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā. 
;;;It’s the reason why some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, have been reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm. 
;;;Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, dhamme …pe… 
;;;It’s good to have experiential confidence in the teaching. … 
;;;Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā”ti. 
;;;It’s the reason why some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, have been reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.” 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evameva—jetavane antarahito devesu tāvatiṁsesu pāturahosi. ;;;And then Venerable Mahāmoggallāna, as easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, vanished from Jeta’s Grove and reappeared among the gods of the thirty-three. 
;;;Atha kho sambahulā tāvatiṁsakāyikā devatāyo yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho tā devatāyo āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca: 
;;;Then several deities of the company of the thirty-three went up to Venerable Mahāmoggallāna, bowed, and stood to one side. Moggallāna said to them: 
;;;“Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanaṁ hoti— 
;;;“My good Moggallāna, it’s good to have experiential confidence in the Buddha … 
;;;Buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā. 
;;;It’s the reason why some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, have been reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm. 
;;;Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, dhamme …pe… 
;;;It’s good to have experiential confidence in the teaching. … 
;;;Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā”ti. 
;;;It’s the reason why some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, have been reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

3. Saraṇānivagga ;;;3. About Sarakāni 
;;;Apāpakaṁ te maraṇaṁ bhavissati apāpikā kālaṅkiriyā. 
;;;Your death will not be a bad one; your passing will not be a bad one. 
;;;Yassa kassaci, mahānāma, dīgharattaṁ saddhāparibhāvitaṁ cittaṁ sīlaparibhāvitaṁ cittaṁ sutaparibhāvitaṁ cittaṁ cāgaparibhāvitaṁ cittaṁ paññāparibhāvitaṁ cittaṁ, tassa yo hi khvāyaṁ kāyo rūpī cātumahābhūtiko mātāpettikasambhavo odanakummāsūpacayo aniccucchādanaparimaddanabhedanaviddhaṁsanadhammo. 
;;;Take someone whose mind has for a long time been imbued with faith, ethics, learning, generosity, and wisdom. Their body consists of form, made up of the four principal states, produced by mother and father, built up from rice and porridge, liable to impermanence, to wearing away and erosion, to breaking up and destruction. 
;;;Taṁ idheva kākā vā khādanti gijjhā vā khādanti kulalā vā khādanti sunakhā vā khādanti siṅgālā vā khādanti vividhā vā pāṇakajātā khādanti; 
;;;Right here the crows, vultures, hawks, dogs, jackals, and many kinds of little creatures devour it. 
;;;

>En 

3. Saraṇānivagga ;;;3. About Sarakāni 
;;;Apāpakaṁ te maraṇaṁ bhavissati apāpikā kālaṅkiriyā. 
;;;Your death will not be a bad one; your passing will not be a bad one. 
;;;Yassa kassaci, mahānāma, dīgharattaṁ saddhāparibhāvitaṁ cittaṁ sīlaparibhāvitaṁ cittaṁ sutaparibhāvitaṁ cittaṁ cāgaparibhāvitaṁ cittaṁ paññāparibhāvitaṁ cittaṁ, tassa yo hi khvāyaṁ kāyo rūpī cātumahābhūtiko mātāpettikasambhavo odanakummāsūpacayo aniccucchādanaparimaddanabhedanaviddhaṁsanadhammo. 
;;;Take someone whose mind has for a long time been imbued with faith, ethics, learning, generosity, and wisdom. Their body consists of form, made up of the four principal states, produced by mother and father, built up from rice and porridge, liable to impermanence, to wearing away and erosion, to breaking up and destruction. 
;;;Taṁ idheva kākā vā khādanti gijjhā vā khādanti kulalā vā khādanti sunakhā vā khādanti siṅgālā vā khādanti vividhā vā pāṇakajātā khādanti; 
;;;Right here the crows, vultures, hawks, dogs, jackals, and many kinds of little creatures devour it. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Tena kho pana samayena saraṇāni sakko kālaṅkato hoti. ;;;Now at that time Sarakāni the Sakyan had passed away. 
;;;So pañcannaṁ orambhāgiyānaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā opapātiko hoti tattha parinibbāyī anāvattidhammo tasmā lokā. 
;;;With the ending of the five lower fetters they’re reborn spontaneously. They are extinguished there, and are not liable to return from that world. 
;;;Ime cepi, mahānāma, mahāsālā subhāsitaṁ dubbhāsitaṁ ājāneyyuṁ, ime cāhaṁ mahāsāle byākareyyaṁ: ‘sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā’ti; 
;;;If these great sal trees could understand what was well said and poorly said, I’d declare them to be stream-enterers. 
;;;kimaṅgaṁ pana saraṇāniṁ sakkaṁ. 
;;;Why can’t this apply to Sarakāni? 
;;;

>En 

Tena kho pana samayena saraṇāni sakko kālaṅkato hoti. ;;;Now at that time Sarakāni the Sakyan had passed away. 
;;;So pañcannaṁ orambhāgiyānaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā opapātiko hoti tattha parinibbāyī anāvattidhammo tasmā lokā. 
;;;With the ending of the five lower fetters they’re reborn spontaneously. They are extinguished there, and are not liable to return from that world. 
;;;Ime cepi, mahānāma, mahāsālā subhāsitaṁ dubbhāsitaṁ ājāneyyuṁ, ime cāhaṁ mahāsāle byākareyyaṁ: ‘sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā’ti; 
;;;If these great sal trees could understand what was well said and poorly said, I’d declare them to be stream-enterers. 
;;;kimaṅgaṁ pana saraṇāniṁ sakkaṁ. 
;;;Why can’t this apply to Sarakāni? 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Seyyathāpi, mahānāma, dukkhettaṁ dubbhūmaṁ avihatakhāṇukaṁ, bījāni cassu khaṇḍāni pūtīni vātātapahatāni asārādāni asukhasayitāni, devo ca na sammā dhāraṁ anuppaveccheyya. ;;;Suppose there was a barren field, a barren ground, with uncleared stumps. And you had seeds that were broken, spoiled, weather-damaged, infertile, and ill kept. And the heavens didn’t provide enough rain. 
;;;“Evameva kho, mahānāma, idha dhammo durakkhāto hoti duppavedito aniyyāniko anupasamasaṁvattaniko asammāsambuddhappavedito— 
;;;“In the same way, take a teaching that’s badly explained and badly propounded, not emancipating, not leading to peace, proclaimed by someone who is not a fully awakened Buddha. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, mahānāma, sukhettaṁ subhūmaṁ suvihatakhāṇukaṁ, bījāni cassu akhaṇḍāni apūtīni avātātapahatāni sārādāni sukhasayitāni; 
;;;Suppose there was a fertile field, a fertile ground, well-cleared of stumps. And you had seeds that were intact, unspoiled, not weather-damaged, fertile, and well-kept. And there’s plenty of rainfall. 
;;;

>En 

Seyyathāpi, mahānāma, dukkhettaṁ dubbhūmaṁ avihatakhāṇukaṁ, bījāni cassu khaṇḍāni pūtīni vātātapahatāni asārādāni asukhasayitāni, devo ca na sammā dhāraṁ anuppaveccheyya. ;;;Suppose there was a barren field, a barren ground, with uncleared stumps. And you had seeds that were broken, spoiled, weather-damaged, infertile, and ill kept. And the heavens didn’t provide enough rain. 
;;;“Evameva kho, mahānāma, idha dhammo durakkhāto hoti duppavedito aniyyāniko anupasamasaṁvattaniko asammāsambuddhappavedito— 
;;;“In the same way, take a teaching that’s badly explained and badly propounded, not emancipating, not leading to peace, proclaimed by someone who is not a fully awakened Buddha. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, mahānāma, sukhettaṁ subhūmaṁ suvihatakhāṇukaṁ, bījāni cassu akhaṇḍāni apūtīni avātātapahatāni sārādāni sukhasayitāni; 
;;;Suppose there was a fertile field, a fertile ground, well-cleared of stumps. And you had seeds that were intact, unspoiled, not weather-damaged, fertile, and well-kept. And there’s plenty of rainfall. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Adaliddoti taṁ āhu, ;;;they’re said to be prosperous, 
;;;

>En 

Adaliddoti taṁ āhu, ;;;they’re said to be prosperous, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, uparipabbate thullaphusitake deve vassante taṁ udakaṁ yathāninnaṁ pavattamānaṁ pabbatakandarapadarasākhā paripūreti, pabbatakandarapadarasākhā paripūrā kusobbhe paripūrenti, kusobbhā paripūrā mahāsobbhe paripūrenti, mahāsobbhā paripūrā kunnadiyo paripūrenti, kunnadiyo paripūrā mahānadiyo paripūrenti, mahānadiyo paripūrā mahāsamuddaṁ paripūrenti; ;;;“Mendicants, suppose the heavens rain heavily on a mountain top, and the water flows downhill to fill the hollows, crevices, and creeks. As they become full, they fill up the pools. The pools fill up the lakes, the lakes fill up the streams, and the streams fill up the rivers. And as the rivers become full, they fill up the ocean. 
;;;

>En 

“Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, uparipabbate thullaphusitake deve vassante taṁ udakaṁ yathāninnaṁ pavattamānaṁ pabbatakandarapadarasākhā paripūreti, pabbatakandarapadarasākhā paripūrā kusobbhe paripūrenti, kusobbhā paripūrā mahāsobbhe paripūrenti, mahāsobbhā paripūrā kunnadiyo paripūrenti, kunnadiyo paripūrā mahānadiyo paripūrenti, mahānadiyo paripūrā mahāsamuddaṁ paripūrenti; ;;;“Mendicants, suppose the heavens rain heavily on a mountain top, and the water flows downhill to fill the hollows, crevices, and creeks. As they become full, they fill up the pools. The pools fill up the lakes, the lakes fill up the streams, and the streams fill up the rivers. And as the rivers become full, they fill up the ocean. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

So tena buddhe aveccappasādena santuṭṭho na uttari vāyamati divā pavivekāya, rattiṁ paṭisallānāya. ;;;They’re content with that confidence, and don’t make a further effort for solitude by day or retreat by night. 
;;;So tehi ariyakantehi sīlehi santuṭṭho na uttari vāyamati divā pavivekāya rattiṁ paṭisallānāya. 
;;;They’re content with that ethical conduct loved by the noble ones, and don’t make a further effort for solitude by day or retreat by night. 
;;;So tena buddhe aveccappasādena asantuṭṭho uttari vāyamati divā pavivekāya rattiṁ paṭisallānāya. 
;;;But they’re not content with that confidence, and make a further effort for solitude by day and retreat by night. 
;;;So tehi ariyakantehi sīlehi asantuṭṭho uttari vāyamati divā pavivekāya rattiṁ paṭisallānāya. 
;;;But they’re not content with that ethical conduct loved by the noble ones, and make a further effort for solitude by day and retreat by night. 
;;;

>En 

So tena buddhe aveccappasādena santuṭṭho na uttari vāyamati divā pavivekāya, rattiṁ paṭisallānāya. ;;;They’re content with that confidence, and don’t make a further effort for solitude by day or retreat by night. 
;;;So tehi ariyakantehi sīlehi santuṭṭho na uttari vāyamati divā pavivekāya rattiṁ paṭisallānāya. 
;;;They’re content with that ethical conduct loved by the noble ones, and don’t make a further effort for solitude by day or retreat by night. 
;;;So tena buddhe aveccappasādena asantuṭṭho uttari vāyamati divā pavivekāya rattiṁ paṭisallānāya. 
;;;But they’re not content with that confidence, and make a further effort for solitude by day and retreat by night. 
;;;So tehi ariyakantehi sīlehi asantuṭṭho uttari vāyamati divā pavivekāya rattiṁ paṭisallānāya. 
;;;But they’re not content with that ethical conduct loved by the noble ones, and make a further effort for solitude by day and retreat by night. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Atha kho asaṅkhyeyyo appameyyo mahāudakakkhandhotveva saṅkhyaṁ gacchati. ;;;It’s simply reckoned as an incalculable, immeasurable, great mass of water. 
;;;Seyyāni paccattharaṇassa dāyakaṁ; 
;;;and they’re a giver of beds, seats, and mats— 
;;;

>En 

Atha kho asaṅkhyeyyo appameyyo mahāudakakkhandhotveva saṅkhyaṁ gacchati. ;;;It’s simply reckoned as an incalculable, immeasurable, great mass of water. 
;;;Seyyāni paccattharaṇassa dāyakaṁ; 
;;;and they’re a giver of beds, seats, and mats— 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Na vedhati maccurājāgamanasmin”ti. ;;;they don’t tremble at the approach of the King of Death.” 
;;;

>En 

Na vedhati maccurājāgamanasmin”ti. ;;;they don’t tremble at the approach of the King of Death.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako ‘aḍḍho mahaddhano mahābhogo’ti vuccati. ;;;“Mendicants, a noble disciple who has four things is said to be rich, affluent, and wealthy. 
;;;

>En 

“Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako ‘aḍḍho mahaddhano mahābhogo’ti vuccati. ;;;“Mendicants, a noble disciple who has four things is said to be rich, affluent, and wealthy. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Kacci pana, bhante, sāriputtamoggallānā arogā ceva balavanto cā”ti? ;;;“And we hope that Sāriputta and Moggallāna are healthy and well.” 
;;;“Sāriputtamoggallānāpi kho, āvuso, arogā ceva balavanto cā”ti. 
;;;“They are.” 
;;;

>En 

“Kacci pana, bhante, sāriputtamoggallānā arogā ceva balavanto cā”ti? ;;;“And we hope that Sāriputta and Moggallāna are healthy and well.” 
;;;“Sāriputtamoggallānāpi kho, āvuso, arogā ceva balavanto cā”ti. 
;;;“They are.” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Sādhāyasmā, mānusakehi kāmehi cittaṁ vuṭṭhāpetvā cātumahārājikesu devesu cittaṁ adhimocehī’ti. ;;;It would be good to turn your mind away from human sensual pleasures and fix it on the gods of the four great kings.’ 
;;;‘brahmalokā me cittaṁ vuṭṭhitaṁ, sakkāyanirodhe cittaṁ upasaṁharāmī’ti; 
;;;‘I have done so,’ 
;;;

>En 

Sādhāyasmā, mānusakehi kāmehi cittaṁ vuṭṭhāpetvā cātumahārājikesu devesu cittaṁ adhimocehī’ti. ;;;It would be good to turn your mind away from human sensual pleasures and fix it on the gods of the four great kings.’ 
;;;‘brahmalokā me cittaṁ vuṭṭhitaṁ, sakkāyanirodhe cittaṁ upasaṁharāmī’ti; 
;;;‘I have done so,’ 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Paṭisallānasutta ;;;Retreat 
;;;“Paṭisallāne, bhikkhave, yogamāpajjatha. 
;;;“Mendicants, meditate in retreat. 
;;;Paṭisallīno, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti. 
;;;A mendicant in retreat truly understands. 
;;;Paṭisallāne, bhikkhave, yogamāpajjatha. 
;;;Meditate in retreat. 
;;;Paṭisallīno, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti. 
;;;A mendicant in retreat truly understands. 
;;;

>En 

Paṭisallānasutta ;;;Retreat 
;;;“Paṭisallāne, bhikkhave, yogamāpajjatha. 
;;;“Mendicants, meditate in retreat. 
;;;Paṭisallīno, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti. 
;;;A mendicant in retreat truly understands. 
;;;Paṭisallāne, bhikkhave, yogamāpajjatha. 
;;;Meditate in retreat. 
;;;Paṭisallīno, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti. 
;;;A mendicant in retreat truly understands. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Mā, bhikkhave, pāpake akusale vitakke vitakkeyyātha, seyyathidaṁ— ;;;“Mendicants, don’t think bad, unskillful thoughts, such as 
;;;

>En 

“Mā, bhikkhave, pāpake akusale vitakke vitakkeyyātha, seyyathidaṁ— ;;;“Mendicants, don’t think bad, unskillful thoughts, such as 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Mā, bhikkhave, pāpakaṁ akusalaṁ cittaṁ cinteyyātha: ;;;“Mendicants, don’t think up a bad, unskillful idea. 
;;;

>En 

“Mā, bhikkhave, pāpakaṁ akusalaṁ cittaṁ cinteyyātha: ;;;“Mendicants, don’t think up a bad, unskillful idea. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Mā, bhikkhave, viggāhikakathaṁ katheyyātha: ;;;“Mendicants, don’t get into arguments, such as: 
;;;‘na tvaṁ imaṁ dhammavinayaṁ ājānāsi, ahaṁ imaṁ dhammavinayaṁ ājānāmi. Kiṁ tvaṁ imaṁ dhammavinayaṁ ājānissasi. Micchāpaṭipanno tvamasi, ahamasmi sammāpaṭipanno. Sahitaṁ me, asahitaṁ te. Purevacanīyaṁ pacchā avaca, pacchāvacanīyaṁ pure avaca. Adhiciṇṇaṁ te viparāvattaṁ. Āropito te vādo, cara vādappamokkhāya. Niggahitosi, nibbeṭhehi vā sace pahosī’ti. 
;;;‘You don’t understand this teaching and training. I understand this teaching and training. What, you understand this teaching and training? You’re practicing wrong. I’m practicing right. I stay on topic, you don’t. You said last what you should have said first. You said first what you should have said last. What you’ve thought so much about has been disproved. Your doctrine is refuted. Go on, save your doctrine! You’re trapped; get yourself out of this—if you can!’ 
;;;

>En 

“Mā, bhikkhave, viggāhikakathaṁ katheyyātha: ;;;“Mendicants, don’t get into arguments, such as: 
;;;‘na tvaṁ imaṁ dhammavinayaṁ ājānāsi, ahaṁ imaṁ dhammavinayaṁ ājānāmi. Kiṁ tvaṁ imaṁ dhammavinayaṁ ājānissasi. Micchāpaṭipanno tvamasi, ahamasmi sammāpaṭipanno. Sahitaṁ me, asahitaṁ te. Purevacanīyaṁ pacchā avaca, pacchāvacanīyaṁ pure avaca. Adhiciṇṇaṁ te viparāvattaṁ. Āropito te vādo, cara vādappamokkhāya. Niggahitosi, nibbeṭhehi vā sace pahosī’ti. 
;;;‘You don’t understand this teaching and training. I understand this teaching and training. What, you understand this teaching and training? You’re practicing wrong. I’m practicing right. I stay on topic, you don’t. You said last what you should have said first. You said first what you should have said last. What you’ve thought so much about has been disproved. Your doctrine is refuted. Go on, save your doctrine! You’re trapped; get yourself out of this—if you can!’ 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

rājakathaṁ corakathaṁ mahāmattakathaṁ senākathaṁ, bhayakathaṁ yuddhakathaṁ, annakathaṁ pānakathaṁ vatthakathaṁ sayanakathaṁ mālākathaṁ gandhakathaṁ, ñātikathaṁ yānakathaṁ gāmakathaṁ nigamakathaṁ nagarakathaṁ janapadakathaṁ itthikathaṁ sūrakathaṁ visikhākathaṁ kumbhaṭṭhānakathaṁ, pubbapetakathaṁ nānattakathaṁ, lokakkhāyikaṁ samuddakkhāyikaṁ itibhavābhavakathaṁ iti vā. ;;;talk about kings, bandits, and ministers; talk about armies, threats, and wars; talk about food, drink, clothes, and beds; talk about garlands and fragrances; talk about family, vehicles, villages, towns, cities, and countries; talk about women and heroes; street talk and talk at the well; talk about the departed; motley talk; tales of land and sea; and talk about being reborn in this or that place. 
;;;Samādhi paṭisallānā, 
;;; 
;;;

>En 

rājakathaṁ corakathaṁ mahāmattakathaṁ senākathaṁ, bhayakathaṁ yuddhakathaṁ, annakathaṁ pānakathaṁ vatthakathaṁ sayanakathaṁ mālākathaṁ gandhakathaṁ, ñātikathaṁ yānakathaṁ gāmakathaṁ nigamakathaṁ nagarakathaṁ janapadakathaṁ itthikathaṁ sūrakathaṁ visikhākathaṁ kumbhaṭṭhānakathaṁ, pubbapetakathaṁ nānattakathaṁ, lokakkhāyikaṁ samuddakkhāyikaṁ itibhavābhavakathaṁ iti vā. ;;;talk about kings, bandits, and ministers; talk about armies, threats, and wars; talk about food, drink, clothes, and beds; talk about garlands and fragrances; talk about family, vehicles, villages, towns, cities, and countries; talk about women and heroes; street talk and talk at the well; talk about the departed; motley talk; tales of land and sea; and talk about being reborn in this or that place. 
;;;Samādhi paṭisallānā, 
;;; 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Yo cāyaṁ kāmesu kāmasukhallikānuyogo hīno gammo pothujjaniko anariyo anatthasaṁhito, yo cāyaṁ attakilamathānuyogo dukkho anariyo anatthasaṁhito. ;;;Indulgence in sensual pleasures, which is low, crude, ordinary, ignoble, and pointless. And indulgence in self-mortification, which is painful, ignoble, and pointless. 
;;;yāyaṁ taṇhā ponobbhavikā nandirāgasahagatā tatratatrābhinandinī, seyyathidaṁ— 
;;;It’s the craving that leads to future lives, mixed up with relishing and greed, taking pleasure wherever it lands. That is, 
;;;Yāvakīvañca me, bhikkhave, imesu catūsu ariyasaccesu evaṁ tiparivaṭṭaṁ dvādasākāraṁ yathābhūtaṁ ñāṇadassanaṁ na suvisuddhaṁ ahosi, neva tāvāhaṁ, bhikkhave, sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya ‘anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambuddho’ti paccaññāsiṁ. 
;;;As long as my true knowledge and vision about these four noble truths was not fully purified in these three rounds and twelve aspects, I didn’t announce my supreme perfect awakening in this world with its gods, Māras, and Divinities, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans. 
;;;Itiha tena khaṇena tena layena tena muhuttena yāva brahmalokā saddo abbhuggacchi. 
;;;And so at that moment, that second, that hour, the cry soared up to the realm of divinity. 
;;;

>En 

Yo cāyaṁ kāmesu kāmasukhallikānuyogo hīno gammo pothujjaniko anariyo anatthasaṁhito, yo cāyaṁ attakilamathānuyogo dukkho anariyo anatthasaṁhito. ;;;Indulgence in sensual pleasures, which is low, crude, ordinary, ignoble, and pointless. And indulgence in self-mortification, which is painful, ignoble, and pointless. 
;;;yāyaṁ taṇhā ponobbhavikā nandirāgasahagatā tatratatrābhinandinī, seyyathidaṁ— 
;;;It’s the craving that leads to future lives, mixed up with relishing and greed, taking pleasure wherever it lands. That is, 
;;;Yāvakīvañca me, bhikkhave, imesu catūsu ariyasaccesu evaṁ tiparivaṭṭaṁ dvādasākāraṁ yathābhūtaṁ ñāṇadassanaṁ na suvisuddhaṁ ahosi, neva tāvāhaṁ, bhikkhave, sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya ‘anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambuddho’ti paccaññāsiṁ. 
;;;As long as my true knowledge and vision about these four noble truths was not fully purified in these three rounds and twelve aspects, I didn’t announce my supreme perfect awakening in this world with its gods, Māras, and Divinities, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans. 
;;;Itiha tena khaṇena tena layena tena muhuttena yāva brahmalokā saddo abbhuggacchi. 
;;;And so at that moment, that second, that hour, the cry soared up to the realm of divinity. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Dukkhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ, dukkhasamudayaṁ ariyasaccaṁ, dukkhanirodhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccaṁ. ;;;The noble truths of suffering, the origin of suffering, the cessation of suffering, and the practice that leads to the cessation of suffering. 
;;;‘Pañcupādānakkhandhā’ tissa vacanīyaṁ, seyyathidaṁ— 
;;;You should say: ‘The five grasping aggregates’. 
;;;

>En 

Dukkhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ, dukkhasamudayaṁ ariyasaccaṁ, dukkhanirodhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccaṁ. ;;;The noble truths of suffering, the origin of suffering, the cessation of suffering, and the practice that leads to the cessation of suffering. 
;;;‘Pañcupādānakkhandhā’ tissa vacanīyaṁ, seyyathidaṁ— 
;;;You should say: ‘The five grasping aggregates’. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

dukkhasamudayaṁ kho, bhikkhu, mayā dutiyaṁ ariyasaccaṁ desitaṁ, tathā naṁ dhārehi; ;;;The origin of suffering is the second; 
;;;dukkhanirodhaṁ kho, bhikkhu, mayā tatiyaṁ ariyasaccaṁ desitaṁ, tathā naṁ dhārehi; 
;;;the cessation of suffering is the third; 
;;;

>En 

dukkhasamudayaṁ kho, bhikkhu, mayā dutiyaṁ ariyasaccaṁ desitaṁ, tathā naṁ dhārehi; ;;;The origin of suffering is the second; 
;;;dukkhanirodhaṁ kho, bhikkhu, mayā tatiyaṁ ariyasaccaṁ desitaṁ, tathā naṁ dhārehi; 
;;;the cessation of suffering is the third; 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Saṁsitaṁ dīghamaddhānaṁ, ;;;we have transmigrated for a long time 
;;;Tāni etāni diṭṭhāni, 
;;;But now that these truths have been seen, 
;;;

>En 

Saṁsitaṁ dīghamaddhānaṁ, ;;;we have transmigrated for a long time 
;;;Tāni etāni diṭṭhāni, 
;;;But now that these truths have been seen, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Ye hi keci, bhikkhave, anāgatamaddhānaṁ arahanto sammāsambuddhā yathābhūtaṁ abhisambujjhissanti, sabbe te cattāri ariyasaccāni yathābhūtaṁ abhisambujjhissanti. ;;;future, 
;;;

>En 

Ye hi keci, bhikkhave, anāgatamaddhānaṁ arahanto sammāsambuddhā yathābhūtaṁ abhisambujjhissanti, sabbe te cattāri ariyasaccāni yathābhūtaṁ abhisambujjhissanti. ;;;future, 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Ekaṁ samayaṁ sambahulā therā bhikkhū cetesu viharanti sahañcanike. ;;;At one time several mendicants were staying in the land of the Cetīs at Sahajāti. 
;;;Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā gavampati thero bhikkhū etadavoca: 
;;;When they said this, Venerable Gavampati said to those senior mendicants: 
;;;

>En 

Ekaṁ samayaṁ sambahulā therā bhikkhū cetesu viharanti sahañcanike. ;;;At one time several mendicants were staying in the land of the Cetīs at Sahajāti. 
;;;Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā gavampati thero bhikkhū etadavoca: 
;;;When they said this, Venerable Gavampati said to those senior mendicants: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

4. Sīsapāvanavagga ;;;4. In a Rosewood Forest 
;;;

>En 

4. Sīsapāvanavagga ;;;4. In a Rosewood Forest 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Sūriyassa, bhikkhave, udayato etaṁ pubbaṅgamaṁ etaṁ pubbanimittaṁ, yadidaṁ—aruṇuggaṁ. ;;;“Mendicants, the dawn is the forerunner and precursor of the sunrise. 
;;;

>En 

“Sūriyassa, bhikkhave, udayato etaṁ pubbaṅgamaṁ etaṁ pubbanimittaṁ, yadidaṁ—aruṇuggaṁ. ;;;“Mendicants, the dawn is the forerunner and precursor of the sunrise. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

‘ayaṁ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṁ nappajānanti, te aññassa samaṇassa vā brāhmaṇassa vā mukhaṁ ullokenti: ;;;They gaze up at the face of another ascetic or brahmin, thinking: 
;;;

>En 

‘ayaṁ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṁ nappajānanti, te aññassa samaṇassa vā brāhmaṇassa vā mukhaṁ ullokenti: ;;;They gaze up at the face of another ascetic or brahmin, thinking: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Yo hi, bhikkhave, evaṁ vadeyya: ;;;“Mendicants, suppose someone were to say: 
;;;

>En 

“Yo hi, bhikkhave, evaṁ vadeyya: ;;;“Mendicants, suppose someone were to say: 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

Addasā kho āyasmā ānando sambahule licchavikumārake santhāgāre upāsanaṁ karonte, dūratova sukhumena tāḷacchiggaḷena asanaṁ atipātente, poṅkhānupoṅkhaṁ avirādhitaṁ. ;;;He saw several Licchavi youths practicing archery near the town hall. They were shooting arrows from a distance through a small keyhole, shot after shot without missing. 
;;;“Atha kho, ānanda, duppaṭivijjhataraṁ paṭivijjhanti, ye ‘idaṁ dukkhan’ti yathābhūtaṁ paṭivijjhanti …pe… ‘ayaṁ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṁ paṭivijjhanti. 
;;;“Still, Ānanda, those who truly penetrate suffering, its origin, its cessation, and the path penetrate something tougher than that. 
;;;

>En 

Addasā kho āyasmā ānando sambahule licchavikumārake santhāgāre upāsanaṁ karonte, dūratova sukhumena tāḷacchiggaḷena asanaṁ atipātente, poṅkhānupoṅkhaṁ avirādhitaṁ. ;;;He saw several Licchavi youths practicing archery near the town hall. They were shooting arrows from a distance through a small keyhole, shot after shot without missing. 
;;;“Atha kho, ānanda, duppaṭivijjhataraṁ paṭivijjhanti, ye ‘idaṁ dukkhan’ti yathābhūtaṁ paṭivijjhanti …pe… ‘ayaṁ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṁ paṭivijjhanti. 
;;;“Still, Ānanda, those who truly penetrate suffering, its origin, its cessation, and the path penetrate something tougher than that. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

katamaṁ nu kho bahutaraṁ—yā vā satta muggamattiyo pāsāṇasakkharā upanikkhittā, yo vā sinerupabbatarājā”ti? ;;;Which is more: the seven pebbles the size of mung beans? Or Sineru, the king of mountains?” 
;;;

>En 

katamaṁ nu kho bahutaraṁ—yā vā satta muggamattiyo pāsāṇasakkharā upanikkhittā, yo vā sinerupabbatarājā”ti? ;;;Which is more: the seven pebbles the size of mung beans? Or Sineru, the king of mountains?” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, mahāsamudde udakaṁ parikkhayaṁ pariyādānaṁ gaccheyya ṭhapetvā dve vā tīṇi vā udakaphusitāni. ;;;“Mendicants, suppose the water in the ocean dried up and evaporated except for two or three drops. 
;;;

>En 

“Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, mahāsamudde udakaṁ parikkhayaṁ pariyādānaṁ gaccheyya ṭhapetvā dve vā tīṇi vā udakaphusitāni. ;;;“Mendicants, suppose the water in the ocean dried up and evaporated except for two or three drops. 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

7. Paṭhamaāmakadhaññapeyyālavagga ;;;7. Abbreviated Texts on Raw Grain 
;;;

>En 

7. Paṭhamaāmakadhaññapeyyālavagga ;;;7. Abbreviated Texts on Raw Grain 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

“Evameva kho, bhikkhave, appamattakā te sattā ye majjhimesu janapadesu paccājāyanti; atha kho eteva bahutarā sattā ye paccantimesu janapadesu paccājāyanti aviññātāresu milakkhesu …pe…. ;;;“In the same way, the sentient beings reborn in central countries are few, while those reborn in the borderlands, among uneducated foreigners, are many. …” 
;;;

>En 

“Evameva kho, bhikkhave, appamattakā te sattā ye majjhimesu janapadesu paccājāyanti; atha kho eteva bahutarā sattā ye paccantimesu janapadesu paccājāyanti aviññātāresu milakkhesu …pe…. ;;;“In the same way, the sentient beings reborn in central countries are few, while those reborn in the borderlands, among uneducated foreigners, are many. …” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

… “Evameva kho, bhikkhave, appakā te sattā ye kule jeṭṭhāpacāyino; atha kho eteva bahutarā sattā ye kule ajeṭṭhāpacāyinoti …pe…. ;;;“… the sentient beings who honor the elders in the family are few, while those who don’t are many. …” 
;;;

>En 

… “Evameva kho, bhikkhave, appakā te sattā ye kule jeṭṭhāpacāyino; atha kho eteva bahutarā sattā ye kule ajeṭṭhāpacāyinoti …pe…. ;;;“… the sentient beings who honor the elders in the family are few, while those who don’t are many. …” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

… “Evameva kho, bhikkhave, appakā te sattā ye dāsidāsapaṭiggahaṇā paṭiviratā; atha kho eteva bahutarā sattā ye dāsidāsapaṭiggahaṇā appaṭiviratā …pe…. ;;;“… the sentient beings who refrain from receiving male and female bondservants are few, while those who don’t refrain are many. …” 
;;;

>En 

… “Evameva kho, bhikkhave, appakā te sattā ye dāsidāsapaṭiggahaṇā paṭiviratā; atha kho eteva bahutarā sattā ye dāsidāsapaṭiggahaṇā appaṭiviratā …pe…. ;;;“… the sentient beings who refrain from receiving male and female bondservants are few, while those who don’t refrain are many. …” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

… “Evameva kho, bhikkhave, appakā te sattā ye hatthigavassavaḷavapaṭiggahaṇā paṭiviratā; atha kho eteva bahutarā sattā ye hatthigavassavaḷavapaṭiggahaṇā appaṭiviratā …pe…. ;;;“… the sentient beings who refrain from receiving elephants, cows, horses, and mares are few, while those who don’t refrain are many. …” 
;;;

>En 

… “Evameva kho, bhikkhave, appakā te sattā ye hatthigavassavaḷavapaṭiggahaṇā paṭiviratā; atha kho eteva bahutarā sattā ye hatthigavassavaḷavapaṭiggahaṇā appaṭiviratā …pe…. ;;;“… the sentient beings who refrain from receiving elephants, cows, horses, and mares are few, while those who don’t refrain are many. …” 
;;;

>Ru >Pi 

… “Evameva kho, bhikkhave, appakā te sattā ye ukkoṭanavañcananikatisāciyogā paṭiviratā; atha kho eteva bahutarā sattā ye ukkoṭanavañcananikatisāciyogā appaṭiviratā …pe…. ;;;“… the sentient beings who refrain from bribery, fraud, cheating, and duplicity are few, while those who don’t refrain are many. …” 
;;;

>En 

… “Evameva kho, bhikkhave, appakā te sattā ye ukkoṭanavañcananikatisāciyogā paṭiviratā; atha kho eteva bahutarā sattā ye ukkoṭanavañcananikatisāciyogā appaṭiviratā …pe…. ;;;“… the sentient beings who refrain from bribery, fraud, cheating, and duplicity are few, while those who don’t refrain are many. …” 
;;;

>Ru 

Sutta Title Words Ct Mr Links Type Quote
an4.158aparihānametaṁ parihānametaṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

“Nāhaṁ, bhikkhave, aññaṁ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppannaṁ vā thinamiddhaṁ uppajjati uppannaṁ vā thinamiddhaṁ bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya saṁvattati yathayidaṁ, bhikkhave, arati tandī vijambhitā bhattasammado cetaso ca līnattaṁ.  “Mendicants, I do not see a single thing that gives rise to dullness and drowsiness, or, when they have arisen, makes them increase and grow like discontent, sloth, yawning, sleepiness after eating, and mental sluggishness. 

an10.67aparihānametaṁ parihānametaṁ22Pi En Ru dhamma

“Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, sālisūkaṁ vā yavasūkaṁ vā micchāpaṇihitaṁ hatthena vā pādena vā akkantaṁ hatthaṁ vā pādaṁ vā bhecchati lohitaṁ vā uppādessatīti netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati.  “Mendicants, suppose a spike of rice or barley was pointing the wrong way. If you trod on it with hand or foot, it is impossible for it to break the skin and produce blood. 
“Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, udakarahado āvilo luḷito kalalībhūto tattha cakkhumā puriso tīre ṭhito na passeyya sippisambukampi sakkharakaṭhalampi macchagumbampi carantampi tiṭṭhantampi. 
“Suppose, mendicants, there was a lake that was cloudy, murky, and muddy. A person with clear eyes standing on the bank would not see the clams and mussels, and pebbles and gravel, and schools of fish swimming about or staying still. 

an10.84parihānametaṁ10Pi En Ru dhamma

“Accharāsaṅghātamattampi ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhu mettācittaṁ āsevati;  “If, mendicants, a mendicant cultivates a mind of love even as long as a finger-snap, 

an10.85parihānametaṁ20Pi En Ru dhamma

“Nāhaṁ, bhikkhave, aññaṁ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppannā vā kusalā dhammā uppajjanti uppannā vā akusalā dhammā parihāyanti yathayidaṁ, bhikkhave, vīriyārambho.  “Mendicants, I do not see a single thing that gives rise to skillful qualities, or makes unskillful qualities decline like arousing energy. 

an10.86parihānametaṁ10Pi En Ru dhamma

“Ye te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū adhammaṁ dhammoti dīpenti te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū bahujanaahitāya paṭipannā bahujanaasukhāya, bahuno janassa anatthāya ahitāya dukkhāya devamanussānaṁ.  “Mendicants, those mendicants who explain what is not the teaching as the teaching are acting for the detriment and suffering of the people, against the people, for the harm, detriment, and suffering of gods and humans. 
“Ye te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū dhammaṁ adhammoti dīpenti te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū bahujanaahitāya paṭipannā bahujanaasukhāya, bahuno janassa anatthāya ahitāya dukkhāya devamanussānaṁ. 
“Mendicants, those mendicants who explain what is the teaching as not the teaching are acting for the detriment and suffering of the people, against the people, for the harm, detriment, and suffering of gods and humans. 

sn16.7aparihānametaṁ parihānametaṁ20Pi En Ru dhamma

“Etadaggaṁ, bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ rattaññūnaṁ yadidaṁ aññāsikoṇḍañño.  “The foremost of my monk disciples in seniority is Koṇḍañña Who Understood. 
… Iddhimantānaṁ yadidaṁ mahāmoggallāno. 
… with psychic power is Mahāmoggallāna. 
… Dhutavādānaṁ yadidaṁ mahākassapo. 
… who advocate austerities is Mahākassapa. 
… Mañjussarānaṁ yadidaṁ lakuṇḍaka bhaddiyo. 
… with a charming voice is Bhaddiya the Dwarf. 

an1.198-208#an1.198:1.1

“Etadaggaṁ, bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ manomayaṁ kāyaṁ abhinimminantānaṁ yadidaṁ cūḷapanthako. ;;;“The foremost of my monk disciples in creating a mind-made body is Cūḷapanthaka. 
;;;

an1.198-208
an1.209-218#an1.214:1.1

… Senāsanapaññāpakānaṁ yadidaṁ dabbo mallaputto. ;;;… who assign lodgings is Dabba Mallaputta. 
;;;

an1.209-218
an1.219-234#an1.226:1.1

… Appābādhānaṁ yadidaṁ bākulo. ;;;… with good health is Bakkula. 
;;;

an1.219-234
an1.235-247#an1.242:1.1

… Dibbacakkhukānaṁ yadidaṁ bakulā. ;;;… with clairvoyance is Sakulā. 
;;;… Saddhādhimuttānaṁ yadidaṁ siṅgālakamātā”ti. 
;;;… who are committed to faith is Siṅgāla’s Mother.” 
;;;

an1.235-247
an1.248-257#an1.248:1.1

“Etadaggaṁ, bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṁ upāsakānaṁ paṭhamaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchantānaṁ yadidaṁ tapussabhallikā vāṇijā. ;;;“The foremost of my laymen in first going for refuge are the merchants Tapussa and Bhallika. 
;;;… Aveccappasannānaṁ yadidaṁ sūrambaṭṭho. 
;;;… who have experiential confidence is Sūrambaṭṭha. 
;;;

an1.248-257
an1.258-267#an1.258:1.1

“Etadaggaṁ, bhikkhave, mama sāvikānaṁ upāsikānaṁ paṭhamaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchantīnaṁ yadidaṁ sujātā seniyadhītā. ;;;“The foremost of my laywomen in first going for refuge is Sujātā the general’s daughter. 
;;;

an1.258-267
an1.306-315#an1.312:1.1

“Nāhaṁ, bhikkhave, aññaṁ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yena sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ uppajjanti yathayidaṁ, bhikkhave, micchādiṭṭhi. ;;;“Mendicants, I do not see a single thing that causes sentient beings to be reborn, when their body breaks up, after death, in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell like wrong view. 
;;;Diṭṭhi hissa, bhikkhave, pāpikā. 
;;;Because their view is bad. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, nimbabījaṁ vā kosātakibījaṁ vā tittakālābubījaṁ vā allāya pathaviyā nikkhittaṁ yañceva pathavirasaṁ upādiyati yañca āporasaṁ upādiyati sabbaṁ taṁ tittakattāya kaṭukattāya asātattāya saṁvattati. 
;;;Suppose a seed of neem, angled gourd, or bitter gourd was planted in moist earth. Whatever nutrients it takes up from the earth and water would lead to its bitter, acerbic, and unpleasant taste. 
;;;Bījañhissa, bhikkhave, pāpakaṁ. 
;;;Because the seed is bad. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, ucchubījaṁ vā sālibījaṁ vā muddikābījaṁ vā allāya pathaviyā nikkhittaṁ yañceva pathavirasaṁ upādiyati yañca āporasaṁ upādiyati sabbaṁ taṁ madhurattāya sātattāya asecanakattāya saṁvattati. 
;;;Suppose a seed of sugar cane, fine rice, or grape was planted in moist earth. Whatever nutrients it takes up from the earth and water would lead to its sweet, pleasant, and delicious taste. 
;;;

an1.306-315
an1.316-332#an1.318:1.2

Micchādiṭṭhiparamāni, bhikkhave, mahāsāvajjānī”ti. ;;;Wrong view is the most blameworthy thing of all.” 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, nadīmukhe khippaṁ uḍḍeyya bahūnaṁ macchānaṁ ahitāya dukkhāya anayāya byasanāya; 
;;;Just as a trap set at the mouth of a river would bring harm, suffering, calamity, and disaster for many fish, 
;;;

an1.316-332
an1.333-377#an1.341:1.1

… Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, appakā te sattā ye dhātānaṁ dhammānaṁ atthaṁ upaparikkhanti; ;;;… so too the sentient beings who examine the meaning of the teachings they have memorized are few, 
;;;

an1.333-377
an1.378-393#an1.383:1.1

vinayadharattaṁ … ;;;memorizing the monastic law … 
;;;

an1.378-393
an1.394-574#an1.406:1.1

Anuppannānaṁ pāpakānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ anuppādāya chandaṁ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṁ ārabhati cittaṁ paggaṇhāti padahati; ;;;If they generate enthusiasm, try, make an effort, exert the mind, and strive so that bad, unskillful qualities don’t arise, even for the time of a finger-snap … 
;;;sabbaloke anabhiratisaññaṁ bhāveti … 
;;;the perception of dissatisfaction with the whole world … 
;;;

an1.394-574
an1.575-615#an1.600-615:1.1

“Ekadhammo, bhikkhave, bhāvito bahulīkato paññāpaṭilābhāya saṁvattati … paññāvuddhiyā saṁvattati … paññāvepullāya saṁvattati … mahāpaññatāya saṁvattati … puthupaññatāya saṁvattati … vipulapaññatāya saṁvattati … gambhīrapaññatāya saṁvattati … asāmantapaññatāya saṁvattati … bhūripaññatāya saṁvattati … paññābāhullāya saṁvattati … sīghapaññatāya saṁvattati … lahupaññatāya saṁvattati … hāsapaññatāya saṁvattati … javanapaññatāya saṁvattati … tikkhapaññatāya saṁvattati … nibbedhikapaññatāya saṁvattati. ;;;“One thing, mendicants, when developed and cultivated, leads to the getting of wisdom … the growth of wisdom … the increase of wisdom … to great wisdom … to widespread wisdom … to abundant wisdom … to deep wisdom … to extraordinary wisdom … to vast wisdom … to much wisdom … to fast wisdom … to light wisdom … to laughing wisdom … to swift wisdom … to sharp wisdom … to penetrating wisdom. 
;;;

an1.575-615
an1.616-627#an1.627:1.3

(…) ;;;The thousand discourses of the Ones are completed. 
;;;Idamavoca bhagavā. 
;;;That is what the Buddha said. 
;;;

an1.616-627
an2.1-10#an2.1:2.5

Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco passati coraṁ āgucāriṁ rājāno gahetvā vividhā kammakāraṇā kārente; ;;;It’s when someone sees that kings have arrested a bandit, a criminal, and subjected them to various punishments— 
;;;kasāhipi tāḷente, vettehipi tāḷente, addhadaṇḍakehipi tāḷente, hatthampi chindante, pādampi chindante, hatthapādampi chindante, kaṇṇampi chindante, nāsampi chindante, kaṇṇanāsampi chindante, bilaṅgathālikampi karonte, saṅkhamuṇḍikampi karonte, rāhumukhampi karonte, jotimālikampi karonte, hatthapajjotikampi karonte, erakavattikampi karonte, cīrakavāsikampi karonte, eṇeyyakampi karonte, baḷisamaṁsikampi karonte, kahāpaṇikampi karonte, khārāpatacchikampi karonte, palighaparivattikampi karonte, palālapīṭhakampi karonte, tattenapi telena osiñcante, sunakhehipi khādāpente, jīvantampi sūle uttāsente, asināpi sīsaṁ chindante. 
;;;whipping, caning, and clubbing; cutting off hands or feet, or both; cutting off ears or nose, or both; the ‘porridge pot’, the ‘shell-shave’, the ‘Rāhu’s mouth’, the ‘garland of fire’, the ‘burning hand’, the ‘bulrush twist’, the ‘bark dress’, the ‘antelope’, the ‘meat hook’, the ‘coins’, the ‘caustic pickle’, the ‘twisting bar’, the ‘straw mat’; being splashed with hot oil, being fed to the dogs, being impaled alive, and being beheaded. 
;;;‘kāmaṁ taco ca nhāru ca aṭṭhi ca avasissatu, sarīre upassussatu maṁsalohitaṁ, yaṁ taṁ purisathāmena purisavīriyena purisaparakkamena pattabbaṁ na taṁ apāpuṇitvā vīriyassa saṇṭhānaṁ bhavissatī’ti. 
;;;‘Gladly, let only skin, sinews, and bones remain! Let the flesh and blood waste away in my body! I will not stop trying until I have achieved what is possible by human strength, energy, and vigor.’ 
;;;Sambhedaṁ loko agamissa, yathā ajeḷakā kukkuṭasūkarā soṇasiṅgālā. 
;;;The world would become dissolute, like goats and sheep, chickens and pigs, and dogs and jackals. 
;;;

an2.1-10
an2.11-20#an2.11:2.2

Tatra, bhikkhave, yamidaṁ bhāvanābalaṁ sekhānametaṁ balaṁ. ;;;In this context, the power of development is the power of the trainees. 
;;;‘dīghattāya kharattāya vāḷattāya saṁvattissati, bhikkhū ca na phāsuṁ viharissantī’ti. 
;;;will lead to lasting acrimony and enmity, and the mendicants won’t live comfortably. 
;;;Maṁ so bhikkhu addasa akusalaṁ āpajjamānaṁ kañcideva desaṁ kāyena. 
;;;That mendicant saw me do this. 
;;;Atha kho jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi. 
;;;Then the brahmin Jānussoṇi went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;No cedaṁ, bhikkhave, sakkā abhavissa akusalaṁ pajahituṁ, nāhaṁ evaṁ vadeyyaṁ: 
;;;If it wasn’t possible, I wouldn’t say: 
;;;

an2.11-20
an2.21-31#an2.31:1.4

Samatho, bhikkhave, bhāvito kamatthamanubhoti? ;;;What is the benefit of developing serenity? 
;;;

an2.21-31
an2.32-41#an2.33:1.6

Imissā ca, bhikkhave, mahāpathaviyā pahūtarattaratanāya mātāpitaro issarādhipacce rajje patiṭṭhāpeyya, na tveva, bhikkhave, mātāpitūnaṁ kataṁ vā hoti paṭikataṁ vā. ;;;Even if you were to establish your mother and father as supreme monarchs of this great earth, abounding in the seven treasures, you would still not have done enough to repay them. 
;;;Te ujjubhūtā kāyena, 
;;;They are upright in body, 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evamevaṁ—jetavane antarahito pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde āyasmato sāriputtassa sammukhe pāturahosi. 
;;;Then the Buddha, as easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, vanished from Jeta’s Grove and reappeared in the stilt longhouse of Migāra’s mother in the Eastern Monastery, in front of Sāriputta. 
;;;Siyā kho pana, sāriputta, evamassa: 
;;;Sāriputta, you might think: 
;;;ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā mahākaccāno varaṇāyaṁ viharati bhaddasāritīre. 
;;;At one time Venerable Mahākaccāna was staying at Varaṇā, on the bank of the Kaddama Lake. 
;;;“Kāmarāgābhinivesavinibandhapaligedhapariyuṭṭhānajjhosānahetu kho, brāhmaṇa, khattiyāpi khattiyehi vivadanti, brāhmaṇāpi brāhmaṇehi vivadanti, gahapatikāpi gahapatikehi vivadantī”ti. 
;;;“It is because of their insistence on sensual desire, their shackles, avarice, and attachment, that aristocrats fight with aristocrats, brahmins fight with brahmins, and householders fight with householders.” 
;;;Atha kho kandarāyano brāhmaṇo yenāyasmā mahākaccāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā mahākaccānena saddhiṁ …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho kandarāyano brāhmaṇo āyasmantaṁ mahākaccānaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then the brahmin Kandarāyana went up to Mahākaccāna, and exchanged greetings with him … He sat down to one side and said to Mahākaccāna: 
;;;“sutaṁ metaṁ, bho kaccāna, ‘na samaṇo kaccāno brāhmaṇe jiṇṇe vuddhe mahallake addhagate vayoanuppatte abhivādeti vā paccuṭṭheti vā āsanena vā nimantetī’ti. 
;;;“I have heard, Mister Kaccāna, that the ascetic Kaccāna doesn’t bow to old brahmins, the elderly and senior, who are advanced in years and have reached the final stage of life; nor does he rise in their presence or offer them a seat. 
;;;Na hi bhavaṁ kaccāno brāhmaṇe jiṇṇe vuddhe mahallake addhagate vayoanuppatte abhivādeti vā paccuṭṭheti vā āsanena vā nimanteti. 
;;;for the ascetic Kaccāna does not bow to old brahmins, elderly and senior, who are advanced in years and have reached the final stage of life; nor does he rise in their presence or offer them a seat. 
;;;Evaṁ vutte, kandarāyano brāhmaṇo uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ karitvā daharānaṁ sataṁ bhikkhūnaṁ pāde sirasā vandati: 
;;;When this was said, the brahmin Kandarāyana got up from his seat, placed his robe over one shoulder, and bowed with his head at the feet of the young mendicants, saying, 
;;;Tasmiṁ, bhikkhave, samaye pesalā bhikkhū tuṇhībhūtā tuṇhībhūtāva saṅghamajjhe saṅkasāyanti paccantime vā janapade acchanti. 
;;;Then the good-hearted mendicants continually adhere to silence in the midst of the Saṅgha, or they stay in the borderlands. 
;;;Tasmiṁ, bhikkhave, samaye pāpabhikkhū tuṇhībhūtā tuṇhībhūtāva saṅghamajjhe saṅkasāyanti, yena vā pana tena pakkamanti. 
;;;Then the bad mendicants continually adhere to silence in the midst of the Saṅgha, or they leave for some place or other. 
;;;

an2.32-41
an2.42-51#an2.44:1.5

Idha, bhikkhave, yassaṁ parisāyaṁ therā bhikkhū bāhulikā honti sāthalikā, okkamane pubbaṅgamā, paviveke nikkhittadhurā, na vīriyaṁ ārabhanti appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya. ;;;An assembly where the senior mendicants are indulgent and slack, leaders in backsliding, neglecting seclusion, not rousing energy for attaining the unattained, achieving the unachieved, and realizing the unrealized. 
;;;Te taṁ lābhaṁ labhitvā gathitā mucchitā ajjhopannā anādīnavadassāvino anissaraṇapaññā paribhuñjanti. 
;;;And when they get these things, they use them tied, infatuated, attached, blind to the drawbacks, and not understanding the escape. 
;;;Ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, visamā parisā. (…) 
;;;This is called an unjust assembly. 
;;;Ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, samā parisā. (…) 
;;;This is called a just assembly. 
;;;Te asaññattibalā anijjhattibalā appaṭinissaggamantino tameva adhikaraṇaṁ thāmasā parāmāsā abhinivissa voharanti: 
;;;Unable to persuade or convince each other, they can’t let go of their opinions. They obstinately stick to that disciplinary issue, insisting that: 
;;;

an2.42-51
an2.52-63#an2.62:2.5

Thero cepi maṁ vadeyya ahitānukampī maṁ vadeyya no hitānukampī, noti naṁ vadeyyaṁ viheṭheyyaṁ passampissa nappaṭikareyyaṁ. ;;;If a mendicant—whether senior, middle, or junior—were to admonish me, they wouldn’t be sympathetic, and I’d bother them by saying “No!” And anyway I wouldn’t deal with it even if I saw what I did wrong.’ 
;;;

an2.52-63
an2.130-140#an2.130:1.2

‘tādiso homi yādisā sāriputtamoggallānā’ti. ;;;‘May I be like Sāriputta and Moggallāna!’ 
;;;Esā, bhikkhave, tulā etaṁ pamāṇaṁ mama sāvakānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ yadidaṁ sāriputtamoggallānā”ti. 
;;;These are a standard and a measure for my monk disciples, that is, Sāriputta and Moggallāna.” 
;;;‘tādisī homi yādisī khujjuttarā ca upāsikā veḷukaṇḍakiyā ca nandamātā’ti. 
;;;‘May I be like the laywomen Khujjuttarā and Veḷukaṇṭakī, Nanda’s mother!’ 
;;;

an2.130-140
an2.180-229#an2.180-184:0.2

16. Kodhapeyyāla ;;;The Chapter of Abbreviated Texts Beginning With Anger 
;;;

an2.180-229
an2.310-479#an2.320-479:2.1

Idamavoca bhagavā. ;;;That is what the Buddha said. 
;;;

an2.310-479
an3.1#2.4

Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, naḷāgārā vā tiṇāgārā vā aggi mutto kūṭāgārānipi ḍahati ullittāvalittāni nivātāni phusitaggaḷāni pihitavātapānāni; ;;;It’s like a fire that spreads from a hut made of reeds or grass, and burns down even a bungalow, plastered inside and out, draft-free, with doors fastened and windows shuttered. 
;;;

an3.1
an3.2#1.1

“Kammalakkhaṇo, bhikkhave, bālo, kammalakkhaṇo paṇḍito, apadānasobhanī paññāti. ;;;“A fool is characterized by their deeds, and an astute person is characterized by their deeds, for wisdom shows in its traces. 
;;;

an3.2
an3.3#1.4

No cedaṁ, bhikkhave, bālo duccintitacintī ca abhavissa dubbhāsitabhāsī ca dukkaṭakammakārī ca, kena naṁ paṇḍitā jāneyyuṁ: ;;;If a fool didn’t think poorly, speak poorly, and act poorly, then how would the astute know of them: 
;;;

an3.3
an3.12#1.1

“Tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, rañño khattiyassa muddhāvasittassa yāvajīvaṁ sāraṇīyāni bhavanti. ;;;“An anointed aristocratic king should commemorate three places as long as he lives. 
;;;

an3.12
an3.13#1.5

Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo nīce kule paccājāto hoti, caṇḍālakule vā venakule vā nesādakule vā rathakārakule vā pukkusakule vā dalidde appannapānabhojane kasiravuttike, yattha kasirena ghāsacchādo labbhati. ;;;It’s when a person is reborn in a low family—a family of corpse-workers, bamboo-workers, hunters, chariot-makers, or scavengers—poor, with little to eat or drink, where life is tough, and food and shelter are hard to find. 
;;;So ca hoti dubbaṇṇo duddasiko okoṭimako bavhābādho kāṇo vā kuṇī vā khañjo vā pakkhahato vā, na lābhī annassa pānassa vatthassa yānassa mālāgandhavilepanassa seyyāvasathapadīpeyyassa. 
;;;And they’re ugly, unsightly, deformed, sickly—one-eyed, crippled, lame, or half-paralyzed. They don’t get to have food, drink, clothes, and vehicles; garlands, fragrances, and makeup; or bed, house, and lighting. 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, rañño khattiyassa muddhāvasittassa jeṭṭho putto hoti ābhiseko anabhisitto acalappatto. 
;;;It’s when some person is the eldest son of an anointed aristocratic king. He has not yet been anointed, but is eligible, and has been confirmed in the succession. 
;;;Yā hissa, bhikkhave, pubbe anabhisittassa abhisekāsā sā paṭippassaddhā. 
;;;Because the former hope he had to be anointed has now died down. 
;;;

an3.13
an3.14#1.5

“idha, bhikkhu, rājā cakkavattī dhammiko dhammarājā dhammaṁyeva nissāya dhammaṁ sakkaronto dhammaṁ garuṁ karonto dhammaṁ apacāyamāno dhammaddhajo dhammaketu dhammādhipateyyo dhammikaṁ rakkhāvaraṇaguttiṁ saṁvidahati antojanasmiṁ. ;;;“Monk, a wheel-turning monarch provides just protection and security for his court, relying only on principle—honoring, respecting, and venerating principle, having principle as his flag, banner, and authority. 
;;;

an3.14
an3.15#2.1

“Bhūtapubbaṁ, bhikkhave, rājā ahosi sacetano nāma. ;;;“Once upon a time there was a king named Pacetana. 
;;;Sakkhissasi me, samma rathakāra, navaṁ cakkayugaṁ kātun’ti? 
;;;Are you able to make me a new pair of wheels?’ 
;;;

an3.15
an3.19#1.3

Idha, bhikkhave, pāpaṇiko pubbaṇhasamayaṁ na sakkaccaṁ kammantaṁ adhiṭṭhāti, majjhanhikasamayaṁ na sakkaccaṁ kammantaṁ adhiṭṭhāti, sāyanhasamayaṁ na sakkaccaṁ kammantaṁ adhiṭṭhāti. ;;;It’s when a shopkeeper doesn’t carefully focus on their work in the morning, at midday, and in the afternoon. 
;;;Imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi aṅgehi samannāgato pāpaṇiko abhabbo anadhigataṁ vā bhogaṁ adhigantuṁ, adhigataṁ vā bhogaṁ phātiṁ kātuṁ. 
;;;A shopkeeper who has these three factors is unable to acquire more wealth or to increase the wealth they’ve already acquired. 
;;;

an3.19
an3.20#1.1

“Tīhi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato pāpaṇiko nacirasseva mahattaṁ vepullattaṁ pāpuṇāti bhogesu. ;;;“Mendicants, a shopkeeper who has three factors soon acquires great and abundant wealth. 
;;;‘ito, samma pāpaṇika, bhoge karitvā puttadārañca posehi, amhākañca kālena kālaṁ anuppadehī’ti. 
;;;‘With this, friend shopkeeper, earn money to provide for your wives and children, and pay us back from time to time.’ 
;;;Ñāto sāraṇīyo bhikkhu, 
;;; 
;;;

an3.20
an3.21#1.3

Atha kho āyasmā ca samiddho āyasmā ca mahākoṭṭhiko yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā sāriputtena saddhiṁ sammodiṁsu. ;;;Then Venerable Saviṭṭha and Venerable Mahākoṭṭhita went up to Venerable Sāriputta, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto yāvatako ahosi āyasmatā ca samiddhena āyasmatā ca mahākoṭṭhikena saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi. 
;;;Then Sāriputta told the Buddha of all they had discussed. 
;;;Ṭhānañhetaṁ, sāriputta, vijjati yvāyaṁ puggalo saddhāvimutto svāssa arahattāya paṭipanno, yvāyaṁ puggalo kāyasakkhī svāssa sakadāgāmī vā anāgāmī vā, yo cāyaṁ puggalo diṭṭhippatto sopassa sakadāgāmī vā anāgāmī vā. 
;;;In some cases, a person who is freed by faith is practicing for perfection, while the direct witness and the one attained to view are once-returners or non-returners. 
;;;

an3.21
an3.26#2.5

Sīlasāmaññagatānaṁ sataṁ sīlakathā ca no bhavissati, sā ca no pavattinī bhavissati, sā ca no phāsu bhavissati. ;;;Thinking, ‘Since our ethical conduct is similar, we can discuss ethics, the conversation will flow, and we’ll both be at ease. 
;;;

an3.26
an3.27#1.12

Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, ahi gūthagato kiñcāpi na daṁsati, atha kho naṁ makkheti; ;;;They’re like a snake that’s been living in a pile of dung. Even if it doesn’t bite, it’ll still rub off on you. 
;;;

an3.27
an3.28#1.5

Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo sabhaggato vā parisaggato vā ñātimajjhagato vā pūgamajjhagato vā rājakulamajjhagato vā abhinīto sakkhipuṭṭho: ‘ehambho purisa, yaṁ jānāsi taṁ vadehī’ti. So ajānaṁ vā āha: ‘jānāmī’ti, jānaṁ vā āha: ‘na jānāmī’ti, apassaṁ vā āha: ‘passāmī’ti, passaṁ vā āha: ‘na passāmī’ti; iti attahetu vā parahetu vā āmisakiñcikkhahetu vā sampajānamusā bhāsitā hoti. ;;;It’s a person who is summoned to a council, an assembly, a family meeting, a guild, or to the royal court, and asked to bear witness: ‘Please, mister, say what you know.’ Not knowing, they say ‘I know.’ Knowing, they say ‘I don’t know.’ Not seeing, they say ‘I see.’ And seeing, they say ‘I don’t see.’ So they deliberately lie for the sake of themselves or another, or for some trivial worldly reason. 
;;;

an3.28
an3.29#5.3

Dhammādhammena saṭhoso, ;;;By methods good and bad, 
;;;Kusalo hoti saṅghātuṁ, 
;;;the young man’s skilled at piling up money, 
;;;

an3.29
an3.30#1.9

Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, kumbho nikujjo tatra udakaṁ āsittaṁ vivaṭṭati, no saṇṭhāti; ;;;It’s like when a pot full of water is tipped over, so the water drains out and doesn’t stay. 
;;;seyyo etehi vuccati; 
;;;is better than that, it’s said; 
;;;Samiddha gilāna saṅkhārā, 
;;; 
;;;

an3.30
an3.32#6.3

Santo vidhūmo anīgho nirāso, ;;;Peaceful, unclouded, untroubled, with no need for hope— 
;;;

an3.32
an3.33#3.3

‘bhikkhu acchecchi taṇhaṁ, vivattayi saṁyojanaṁ, sammā mānābhisamayā antamakāsi dukkhassa’. ;;;a mendicant who has cut off craving, untied the fetters, and by rightly comprehending conceit has made an end of suffering. 
;;;

an3.33
an3.34#2.2

Yattha taṁ kammaṁ vipaccati tattha tassa kammassa vipākaṁ paṭisaṁvedeti, diṭṭhe vā dhamme upapajja vā apare vā pariyāye. ;;;And wherever that deed ripens, its result is experienced—either in the present life, or in the next life, or in some subsequent period. 
;;;Masiṁ karitvā mahāvāte vā ophuṇeyya nadiyā vā sīghasotāya pavāheyya. 
;;;and sweep away the ashes in a strong wind, or float them away down a swift stream. 
;;;Evassu tāni, bhikkhave, bījāni ucchinnamūlāni tālāvatthukatāni anabhāvaṅkatāni āyatiṁ anuppādadhammāni. 
;;;Then those seeds would be cut off at the root, made like a palm stump, obliterated, and unable to arise in the future. 
;;;

an3.34
an3.35#3.3

Tatrassa pallaṅko gonakatthato paṭikatthato paṭalikatthato kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇo sauttaracchado ubhato lohitakūpadhāno; ;;;His couch is spread with woolen covers—shag-piled, pure white, or embroidered with flowers—and spread with a fine deer hide. It has a canopy above and red pillows at both ends. 
;;;catasso ca pajāpatiyo manāpāmanāpena paccupaṭṭhitā assu. 
;;;while his four wives attend to him in all manner of agreeable ways. 
;;;Yo na limpati kāmesu, 
;;;Sensual pleasures slip off them, 
;;;

an3.35
an3.36#3.2

‘ambho purisa, na tvaṁ addasa manussesu itthiṁ vā purisaṁ vā āsītikaṁ vā nāvutikaṁ vā vassasatikaṁ vā jātiyā jiṇṇaṁ gopānasivaṅkaṁ bhoggaṁ daṇḍaparāyaṇaṁ pavedhamānaṁ gacchantaṁ āturaṁ gatayobbanaṁ khaṇḍadantaṁ palitakesaṁ vilūnaṁ khallitasiraṁ valitaṁ tilakāhatagattan’ti? ;;;‘Mister, did you not see among human beings an elderly woman or a man—eighty, ninety, or a hundred years old—bent double, crooked, leaning on a staff, trembling as they walk, ailing, past their prime, with teeth broken, hair grey and scanty or bald, skin wrinkled, and limbs blotchy?’ 
;;;‘ambho, purisa, tassa te viññussa sato mahallakassa na etadahosi— 
;;;‘Mister, did it not occur to you—being sensible and mature— 
;;;Taggha tvaṁ, ambho purisa, tathā karissanti yathā taṁ pamattaṁ. 
;;;Indeed, they’ll definitely punish you to fit your negligence. 
;;;Taṁ kho pana te etaṁ pāpakammaṁ neva mātarā kataṁ, na pitarā kataṁ, na bhātarā kataṁ, na bhaginiyā kataṁ, na mittāmaccehi kataṁ, na ñātisālohitehi kataṁ, na devatāhi kataṁ, na samaṇabrāhmaṇehi kataṁ; 
;;;That bad deed wasn’t done by your mother, father, brother, or sister. It wasn’t done by friends and colleagues, by relatives and kin, by the deities, or by ascetics and brahmins. 
;;;‘ambho purisa, tassa te viññussa sato mahallakassa na etadahosi: 
;;;‘Mister, did it not occur to you—being sensible and mature— 
;;;‘ambho purisa, tassa te viññussa sato mahallakassa na etadahosi— 
;;;‘Mister, did it not occur to you—being sensible and mature— 
;;;Tamenaṁ, bhikkhave, nirayapālā saṁvesetvā kudhārīhi tacchanti. 
;;;The wardens of hell throw them down and hack them with axes. … 
;;;Tamenaṁ, bhikkhave, nirayapālā uddhampādaṁ adhosiraṁ gahetvā vāsīhi tacchanti …pe… 
;;;They hang them upside-down and hack them with hatchets. … 
;;;tamenaṁ, bhikkhave, nirayapālā rathe yojetvā ādittāya bhūmiyā sampajjalitāya sajotibhūtāya sārentipi paccāsārentipi …pe… 
;;;They harness them to a chariot, and drive them back and forth across burning ground, blazing and glowing. … 
;;;tamenaṁ, bhikkhave, nirayapālā uddhampādaṁ adhosiraṁ gahetvā tattāya lohakumbhiyā pakkhipanti, ādittāya sampajjalitāya sajotibhūtāya. (…) 
;;;The wardens of hell turn them upside down and throw them in a red-hot copper pot, burning, blazing, and glowing. 
;;;Te appamattā sukhino, 
;;;Happy, they’ve come to a safe place, 
;;;

an3.36
an3.37#1.3

Cātuddasiṁ, bhikkhave, pakkhassa catunnaṁ mahārājānaṁ puttā imaṁ lokaṁ anuvicaranti: ;;;And on the fourteenth day of the fortnight, the sons of the four great kings wander about the world, thinking: 
;;;Tamenaṁ, bhikkhave, cattāro mahārājāno devānaṁ tāvatiṁsānaṁ sudhammāya sabhāya sannisinnānaṁ sannipatitānaṁ ārocenti: 
;;;the four great kings address the gods of the thirty-three, seated together in the Hall of Justice: 
;;;yopissa mādiso naro’ti. 
;;;as well as on the fortnightly special displays.’ 
;;;Yo ca kho so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu arahaṁ khīṇāsavo vusitavā brahmacariyo katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṁyojano sammadaññāvimutto, tassa kho etaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno kallaṁ vacanāya: 
;;;But for a mendicant who is perfected—with defilements ended, who has completed the spiritual journey, done what had to be done, laid down the burden, achieved their own true goal, utterly ended the fetter of continued existence, and is rightly freed through enlightenment—it is appropriate to say: 
;;;

an3.37
an3.38#4.1

Yo ca kho so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu arahaṁ khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṁyojano sammadaññāvimutto, tassa kho etaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno kallaṁ vacanāya: ;;;But for a mendicant who is perfected—with defilements ended, who has completed the spiritual journey, done what had to be done, laid down the burden, achieved their own true goal, utterly ended the fetter of continued existence, and is rightly freed through enlightenment—it is appropriate to say: 
;;;

an3.38
an3.39#1.4

Na kho panassāhaṁ, bhikkhave, akāsikaṁ candanaṁ dhāremi. Kāsikaṁ, bhikkhave, su me taṁ veṭhanaṁ hoti, kāsikā kañcukā, kāsikaṁ nivāsanaṁ, kāsiko uttarāsaṅgo. ;;;I only used sandalwood from Kāsi, and my turbans, jackets, sarongs, and upper robes also came from Kāsi. 
;;;Rattindivaṁ kho pana me su taṁ, bhikkhave, setacchattaṁ dhārīyati: 
;;;And a white parasol was held over me night and day, with the thought: 
;;;So kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, vassike pāsāde vassike cattāro māse nippurisehi tūriyehi paricārayamāno na heṭṭhāpāsādaṁ orohāmi. 
;;;I stayed in a stilt longhouse without coming downstairs for the four months of the rainy season, where I was entertained by musicians—none of them men. 
;;;Yathā kho pana, bhikkhave, aññesaṁ nivesane dāsakammakaraporisassa kaṇājakaṁ bhojanaṁ dīyati bilaṅgadutiyaṁ, evamevassu me, bhikkhave, pitu nivesane dāsakammakaraporisassa sālimaṁsodano dīyati. 
;;;While the bondservants, workers, and staff in other houses are given rough gruel with pickles to eat, in my father’s home they are given fine rice with meat. 
;;;Nekkhamme daṭṭhu khemataṁ; 
;;;seeing renunciation as sanctuary. 
;;;

an3.39
an3.40#1.12

‘āraddhaṁ kho pana me vīriyaṁ bhavissati asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, passaddho kāyo asāraddho, samāhitaṁ cittaṁ ekaggan’ti. ;;;‘My energy shall be roused up and unflagging, mindfulness shall be established and lucid, my body shall be tranquil and undisturbed, and my mind shall be immersed in samādhi.’ 
;;;‘āraddhaṁ kho pana me vīriyaṁ bhavissati asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, passaddho kāyo asāraddho, samāhitaṁ cittaṁ ekaggan’ti. 
;;;‘My energy shall be roused up and unflagging, mindfulness shall be established and lucid, my body shall be tranquil and undisturbed, and my mind shall be immersed in samādhi.’ 
;;;‘āraddhaṁ kho pana me vīriyaṁ bhavissati asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, passaddho kāyo asāraddho, samāhitaṁ cittaṁ ekaggan’ti. 
;;;‘My energy shall be roused up and unflagging, mindfulness shall be established and lucid, my body shall be tranquil and undisturbed, and my mind shall be immersed in samādhi.’ 
;;;Tasmā hi attādhipateyyako ca, 
;;;So with yourself in charge, live mindfully; 
;;;

an3.40
an3.48#5.4

attamatthaṁ vicakkhaṇā. ;;;do likewise. 
;;;

an3.48
an3.50#8.4

mahācorenekādasāti. ;;;" 
;;;

an3.50
an3.51#1.1

Atha kho dve brāhmaṇā jiṇṇā vuddhā mahallakā addhagatā vayoanuppattā vīsavassasatikā jātiyā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodiṁsu. ;;;Then two old brahmins—elderly and senior, who were advanced in years and had reached the final stage of life, a hundred and twenty years old—went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;“mayamassu, bho gotama, brāhmaṇā jiṇṇā vuddhā mahallakā addhagatā vayoanuppattā vīsavassasatikā jātiyā; 
;;;“We brahmins, Mister Gotama, are old, elderly and senior, we’re advanced in years and have reached the final stage of life; we’re a hundred and twenty years old. 
;;;“Taggha tumhe, brāhmaṇā, jiṇṇā vuddhā mahallakā addhagatā vayoanuppattā vīsavassasatikā jātiyā; 
;;;“Indeed, brahmins, you’re old, elderly and senior. 
;;;

an3.51
an3.52#1.1

Atha kho dve brāhmaṇā jiṇṇā vuddhā mahallakā addhagatā vayoanuppattā vīsavassasatikā jātiyā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te brāhmaṇā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ: ;;;Then two old brahmins—elderly and senior, who were advanced in years and had reached the final stage of life, being a hundred and twenty years old—went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha: 
;;;“mayamassu, bho gotama, brāhmaṇā jiṇṇā vuddhā mahallakā addhagatā vayoanuppattā vīsavassasatikā jātiyā; 
;;;“We brahmins, Mister Gotama, are old, elderly and senior, we’re advanced in years and have reached the final stage of life; we’re a hundred and twenty years old. 
;;;“Taggha tumhe, brāhmaṇā, jiṇṇā vuddhā mahallakā addhagatā vayoanuppattā vīsavassasatikā jātiyā; 
;;;“Indeed, brahmins, you’re old, elderly and senior. 
;;;Evaṁ āditto kho loko, 
;;;And as the world is on fire 
;;;

an3.52
an3.53#1.3

Kittāvatā nu kho, bho gotama, sandiṭṭhiko dhammo hoti akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṁ veditabbo viññūhī”ti? ;;;In what way is the teaching apparent in the present life, immediately effective, inviting inspection, relevant, so that sensible people can know it for themselves?” 
;;;Dose pahīne nevattabyābādhāyapi ceteti, na parabyābādhāyapi ceteti, na ubhayabyābādhāyapi ceteti, na cetasikampi dukkhaṁ domanassaṁ paṭisaṁvedeti. 
;;;When hate has been given up, they don’t intend to hurt themselves, hurt others, and hurt both. They don’t experience mental pain and sadness. 
;;;

an3.53
an3.56#1.2

“sutaṁ metaṁ, bho gotama, pubbakānaṁ brāhmaṇānaṁ vuddhānaṁ mahallakānaṁ ācariyapācariyānaṁ bhāsamānānaṁ: ;;;“Mister Gotama, I have heard that brahmins of the past who were elderly and senior, the tutors of tutors, said: 
;;;‘pubbe sudaṁ ayaṁ loko avīci maññe phuṭo ahosi manussehi, kukkuṭasaṁpātikā gāmanigamarājadhāniyo’ti. 
;;;‘In the old days this world was so full of people you’d think they were squashed together. The villages, towns and capital cities were no more than a chicken’s flight apart.’ 
;;;Te adhammarāgarattā visamalobhābhibhūtā micchādhammaparetā tiṇhāni satthāni gahetvā aññamaññaṁ jīvitā voropenti, tena bahū manussā kālaṁ karonti. 
;;;Taking up sharp knives, they murder each other. And so many people perish. 
;;;

an3.56
an3.57#2.5

na me te vuttavādino. Abbhācikkhanti ca pana maṁ asatā abhūtena. ;;;do not repeat what I have said. They misrepresent me with what is false and untrue. 
;;;‘ye hi te candanikāya vā oligalle vā pāṇā, tatrapi yo thālidhovanaṁ vā sarāvadhovanaṁ vā chaḍḍeti: 
;;;‘You even make merit by tipping out dish-washing water in a cesspool or a sump with living creatures in it, thinking, 
;;;Tasmiṁyeva viraje khette, 
;;;In that flawless field, 
;;;

an3.57
an3.58#10.3

Buddhaṁ antimadehinaṁ, ;;;bearing the final body, 
;;;

an3.58
an3.60#1.5

Tatra, bho gotama, yo ceva yajati yo ca yajāpeti sabbe te anekasārīrikaṁ puññappaṭipadaṁ paṭipannā honti, yadidaṁ yaññādhikaraṇaṁ. ;;;Now, Mister Gotama, both of these people—the one who sacrifices and the one who encourages others to sacrifice—are doing good for many people on account of that sacrifice. 
;;;“kā nvajja, brāhmaṇa, rājantepure rājapurisānaṁ sannisinnānaṁ sannipatitānaṁ antarākathā udapādī”ti? 
;;;“Brahmin, what came up in the conversation among the king’s retinue today, sitting together in the royal compound?” 
;;;Idha, brāhmaṇa, ekacco anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhoti: ‘ekopi hutvā bahudhā hoti, bahudhāpi hutvā eko hoti; āvibhāvaṁ, tirobhāvaṁ; tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamāno gacchati, seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ karoti, seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gacchati, seyyathāpi pathaviyaṁ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kamati, seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve pāṇinā parimasati parimajjati, yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vatteti’. 
;;;It’s when someone wields the many kinds of psychic power: multiplying themselves and becoming one again; appearing and disappearing; going unobstructed through a wall, a rampart, or a mountain as if through space; diving in and out of the earth as if it were water; walking on water as if it were earth; flying cross-legged through the sky like a bird; touching and stroking with the hand the sun and moon, so mighty and powerful. They control the body as far as the realm of divinity. 
;;;“Tatra, bho gotama, yadidaṁ pāṭihāriyaṁ idhekacco anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhoti …pe… 
;;;“Regarding this, Mister Gotama, a demonstration of psychic power 
;;;idaṁ, bho gotama, pāṭihāriyaṁ yova naṁ karoti sova naṁ paṭisaṁvedeti, yova naṁ karoti tasseva taṁ hoti. 
;;;is experienced only by the one who performs it, occurring only to them. 
;;;

an3.60
an3.61#1.1

“Tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, titthāyatanāni yāni paṇḍitehi samanuyuñjiyamānāni samanugāhiyamānāni samanubhāsiyamānāni parampi gantvā akiriyāya saṇṭhahanti. ;;;“Mendicants, these three sectarian tenets—as pursued, pressed, and grilled by the astute—when taken to their conclusion, end with inaction. 
;;;Te ca me evaṁ puṭṭhā ‘āmā’ti paṭijānanti. 
;;;And they answered, ‘Yes’. 
;;;Ahetuappaccayaṁ kho pana, bhikkhave, sārato paccāgacchataṁ na hoti chando vā vāyāmo vā idaṁ vā karaṇīyaṁ idaṁ vā akaraṇīyanti. 
;;;Those who believe that the absence of cause or reason is the most important thing have no enthusiasm, no effort, no idea that there are things that should and should not be done. 
;;;Katamañca, bhikkhave, dukkhasamudayaṁ ariyasaccaṁ? 
;;;And what is the noble truth of the origin of suffering? 
;;;Katamañca, bhikkhave, dukkhanirodhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ? 
;;;And what is the noble truth of the cessation of suffering? 
;;;

an3.61
an3.63#1.5

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti. ;;;‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’ 
;;;Yāni tāni, bho gotama, uccāsayanamahāsayanāni, seyyathidaṁ— 
;;;Surely Mister Gotama gets when he wants, without trouble or difficulty, various kinds of high and luxurious bedding, such as: 
;;;āsandi pallaṅko gonako cittako paṭikā paṭalikā tūlikā vikatikā uddalomī ekantalomī kaṭṭissaṁ koseyyaṁ kuttakaṁ hatthattharaṁ assattharaṁ rathattharaṁ ajinappaveṇī kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇaṁ sauttaracchadaṁ ubhatolohitakūpadhānaṁ, evarūpānaṁ nūna bhavaṁ gotamo uccāsayanamahāsayanānaṁ nikāmalābhī akicchalābhī akasiralābhī”ti. 
;;;sofas, couches, woolen covers—shag-piled, colorful, white, embroidered with flowers, quilted, embroidered with animals, double-or single-fringed—and silk covers studded with gems, as well as silken sheets, woven carpets, rugs for elephants, horses, or chariots, antelope hide rugs, and spreads of fine deer hide, with a canopy above and red cushions at both ends.” 
;;;āsandi pallaṅko gonako cittako paṭikā paṭalikā tūlikā vikatikā uddalomī ekantalomī kaṭṭissaṁ koseyyaṁ kuttakaṁ hatthattharaṁ assattharaṁ rathattharaṁ ajinappaveṇī kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇaṁ sauttaracchadaṁ ubhatolohitakūpadhānaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;Dullabhāni tāni pabbajitānaṁ laddhā ca pana na kappanti. 
;;;are hard for renunciates to find. And even if they do get them, they’re not allowed. 
;;;So pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto vanantaññeva pavisāmi. 
;;;After the meal, on my return from almsround, I enter within a forest. 
;;;So yadeva tattha honti tiṇāni vā paṇṇāni vā tāni ekajjhaṁ saṅgharitvā nisīdāmi pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;I gather up some grass or leaves into a pile and sit down cross-legged, setting my body straight, and establishing mindfulness in my presence. 
;;;So yadeva tattha honti tiṇāni vā paṇṇāni vā tāni ekajjhaṁ saṅgharitvā nisīdāmi pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;I gather up some grass or leaves into a pile and sit down cross-legged, setting my body straight, and establishing mindfulness in my presence. 
;;;So yadeva tattha honti tiṇāni vā paṇṇāni vā tāni ekajjhaṁ saṅgharitvā nisīdāmi pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;I gather up some grass or leaves into a pile and sit down cross-legged, setting my body straight, and establishing mindfulness in his presence. 
;;;So evaṁ jānāmi: 
;;;I know this: 
;;;

an3.63
an3.64#2.6

Sādhu, bhante, bhagavā yena sippinikātīraṁ paribbājakārāmo yena sarabho paribbājako tenupasaṅkamatu anukampaṁ upādāyā”ti. ;;;Sir, please go to the wanderers’ monastery on the banks of the Sappinī river to see Sarabha the wanderer out of sympathy.” 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena sippinikātīraṁ paribbājakārāmo yena sarabho paribbājako tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā sarabhaṁ paribbājakaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the wanderers’ monastery on the banks of the Sappinī river to visit Sarabha the wanderer. He sat on the seat spread out, and said to the wanderer Sarabha, 
;;;“yo kho, sarabha, paññāyati samaṇānaṁ sakyaputtikānaṁ dhammo vadehi, sarabha, kinti te aññāto samaṇānaṁ sakyaputtikānaṁ dhammo? 
;;;“Sarabha, the teachings of the ascetics who follow the Sakyan are clear to me. What exactly have you learned of the teachings of the ascetics who follow the Sakyan? 
;;;So vata mayā sādhukaṁ samanuyuñjiyamāno samanugāhiyamāno samanubhāsiyamāno aṭṭhānametaṁ anavakāso yaṁ so tiṇṇaṁ ṭhānānaṁ nāññataraṁ ṭhānaṁ nigaccheyya, aññena vā aññaṁ paṭicarissati, bahiddhā kathaṁ apanāmessati, kopañca dosañca appaccayañca pātukarissati, tuṇhībhūto maṅkubhūto pattakkhandho adhomukho pajjhāyanto appaṭibhāno nisīdissati, seyyathāpi sarabho paribbājako. 
;;;When grilled by me, they would, without a doubt, fall into one of these three categories. They’d dodge the issue, distracting the discussion with irrelevant points. They’d display annoyance, hate, and bitterness. Or they’d sit silent, dismayed, shoulders drooping, downcast, depressed, with nothing to say, like Sarabha. 
;;;“seyyathāpi, āvuso sarabha, brahāraññe jarasiṅgālo ‘sīhanādaṁ nadissāmī’ti siṅgālakaṁyeva nadati, bheraṇḍakaṁyeva nadati; 
;;;“Reverend Sarabha, you’re just like an old jackal in the formidable wilderness who thinks, ‘I’ll roar a lion’s roar!’ but they still only manage to squeal and yelp like a jackal. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, āvuso sarabha, ambukasañcarī ‘purisakaravitaṁ ravissāmī’ti ambukasañcariravitaṁyeva ravati; 
;;;You’re just like a golden oriole who thinks, ‘I’ll cry like a cuckoo!’ but they still only manage to cry like a golden oriole. 
;;;

an3.64
an3.65#1.2

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosalesu cārikaṁ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ yena kesamuttaṁ nāma kālāmānaṁ nigamo tadavasari. ;;;At one time the Buddha was wandering in the land of the Kosalans together with a large Saṅgha of mendicants when he arrived at a town of the Kālāmas named Kesamutta. 
;;;Te sakaṁyeva vādaṁ dīpenti jotenti, parappavādaṁ pana khuṁsenti vambhenti paribhavanti omakkhiṁ karonti. 
;;;They explain and promote only their own doctrine, while they attack, badmouth, disparage, and smear the doctrines of others. 
;;;Kaṅkhanīyeva pana vo ṭhāne vicikicchā uppannā. 
;;;Doubt has come up in you about an uncertain matter. 
;;;“Iti kho, kālāmā, yaṁ taṁ avocumhā: 
;;;“So, Kālāmas, when I said: 
;;;‘Sace kho pana atthi paro loko, atthi sukatadukkaṭānaṁ kammānaṁ phalaṁ vipāko, athāhaṁ kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjissāmī’ti, ayamassa paṭhamo assāso adhigato hoti. 
;;;‘If it turns out there is another world, and good and bad deeds have a result, then—when the body breaks up, after death—I’ll be reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.’ This is the first consolation they’ve won. 
;;;‘Sace kho pana natthi paro loko, natthi sukatadukkaṭānaṁ kammānaṁ phalaṁ vipāko, athāhaṁ diṭṭheva dhamme averaṁ abyāpajjhaṁ anīghaṁ sukhiṁ attānaṁ pariharāmī’ti, ayamassa dutiyo assāso adhigato hoti. 
;;;‘If it turns out there is no other world, and good and bad deeds don’t have a result, then in the present life I’ll keep myself free of enmity and ill will, untroubled and happy.’ This is the second consolation they’ve won. 
;;;

an3.65
an3.66#1.3

Atha kho sāḷho ca migāranattā sāṇo ca sekhuniyanattā yenāyasmā nandako tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ nandakaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho sāḷhaṁ migāranattāraṁ āyasmā nandako etadavoca: ;;;Then Sāḷha, Migāra’s grandson, and Rohaṇa, Pekhuṇiya’s grandson went up to Venerable Nandaka, bowed, and sat down to one side. Then Venerable Nandaka said to Sāḷha: 
;;;‘atthi idaṁ, atthi hīnaṁ, atthi paṇītaṁ, atthi imassa saññāgatassa uttari nissaraṇan’ti. 
;;;‘There is this, there is what is worse than this, there is what is better than this, and there is an escape beyond the scope of perception.’ 
;;;

an3.66
an3.67#1.8

‘evaṁ hoti etarahi paccuppannamaddhānan’ti. ;;;‘This is how it is at present.’ 
;;;Sacāyaṁ, bhikkhave, puggalo pañhaṁ puṭṭho samāno ṭhānāṭhāne na saṇṭhāti parikappe na saṇṭhāti aññātavāde na saṇṭhāti paṭipadāya na saṇṭhāti, evaṁ santāyaṁ, bhikkhave, puggalo akaccho hoti. 
;;;When a person is asked a question, if they’re not consistent about what their position is and what it isn’t; about what they propose; about speaking from what they know; and about the appropriate procedure, then that person is not competent to hold a discussion. 
;;;Ye viruddhā sallapanti, 
;;;Those who converse with hostility, 
;;;Anusūyāyamāno so, 
;;;or with a mind full of jealousy, 
;;;

an3.67
an3.68#1.6

Imesaṁ, āvuso, tiṇṇaṁ dhammānaṁ ko viseso ko adhippayāso kiṁ nānākaraṇan’ti? ;;;What’s the difference between them?’ 
;;;‘Ko panāvuso, hetu ko paccayo yena anuppanno ceva rāgo nuppajjati uppanno ca rāgo pahīyatī’ti? 
;;;And if they ask, ‘What is the cause, what is the reason why greed doesn’t arise, or if it’s already arisen it’s given up?’ 
;;;

an3.68
an3.69#2.1

Yadapi, bhikkhave, lobho tadapi akusalamūlaṁ; ;;;Greed is a root of the unskillful. 
;;;yadapi luddho lobhena abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto parassa asatā dukkhaṁ uppādayati vadhena vā bandhanena vā jāniyā vā garahāya vā pabbājanāya vā balavamhi balattho itipi tadapi akusalaṁ. 
;;;When a greedy person, overcome by greed, causes another to suffer under a false pretext—by execution or imprisonment or confiscation or condemnation or banishment—thinking ‘I’m powerful, I want power’, that too is unskillful. 
;;;Yadapi, bhikkhave, alobho tadapi kusalamūlaṁ; 
;;;Contentment is a root of the skillful. 
;;;Seyyathāpi bhikkhave, sālo vā dhavo vā phandano vā tīhi māluvālatāhi uddhasto pariyonaddho. 
;;;Suppose a sal, axlewood, or boxwood tree was choked and engulfed by three camel’s foot creepers. 
;;;Atha puriso āgaccheyya kudālapiṭakaṁ ādāya. 
;;;Then along comes a person with a spade and basket. 
;;;So taṁ māluvālataṁ mūle chindeyya, mūle chetvā palikhaṇeyya, palikhaṇitvā mūlāni uddhareyya, antamaso usīranāḷimattānipi. 
;;;They’d cut the creeper out by the roots, dig them up, and pull them out, down to the fibers and stems. 
;;;So taṁ māluvālataṁ khaṇḍākhaṇḍikaṁ chindeyya, khaṇḍākhaṇḍikaṁ chetvā phāleyya, phāletvā sakalikaṁ sakalikaṁ kareyya, sakalikaṁ sakalikaṁ karitvā vātātape visoseyya, vātātape visosetvā agginā ḍaheyya, agginā ḍahitvā masiṁ kareyya, masiṁ karitvā mahāvāte vā ophuṇeyya nadiyā vā sīghasotāya pavāheyya. 
;;;Then they’d split the creeper apart, cut up the parts, and chop it into splinters. They’d dry the splinters in the wind and sun, burn them with fire, and reduce them to ashes. Then they’d sweep away the ashes in a strong wind, or float them away down a swift stream. 
;;;

an3.69
an3.70#3.11

nāhaṁ kvacani kassaci kiñcanatasmiṁ, na ca mama kvacani katthaci kiñcanatatthī’ti. ;;;“I don’t belong to anyone anywhere! And nothing belongs to me anywhere!”’ 
;;;‘santi devā cātumahārājikā, santi devā tāvatiṁsā, santi devā yāmā, santi devā tusitā, santi devā nimmānaratino, santi devā paranimmitavasavattino, santi devā brahmakāyikā, santi devā tatuttari. 
;;;‘There are the gods of the four great kings, the gods of the thirty-three, the gods of Yama, the joyful gods, the gods who love to imagine, the gods who control what is imagined by others, the gods of the Divinity’s host, and gods even higher than these. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, visākhe, yo imesaṁ soḷasannaṁ mahājanapadānaṁ pahūtarattaratanānaṁ issariyādhipaccaṁ rajjaṁ kāreyya, seyyathidaṁ— 
;;;Suppose you were to rule as sovereign lord over these sixteen great countries—Aṅga, Magadha, Kāsi, Kosala, Vajji, Malla, Cetī, Vaccha, Kuru, Pañcāla, Maccha, Sūrasena, Assaka, Avanti, Gandhāra, and Kamboja—full of the seven treasures. 
;;;aṅgānaṁ, magadhānaṁ, kāsīnaṁ, kosalānaṁ, vajjīnaṁ, mallānaṁ, cetīnaṁ, vaṅgānaṁ, kurūnaṁ, pañcālānaṁ, macchānaṁ, sūrasenānaṁ, assakānaṁ, avantīnaṁ, gandhārānaṁ, kambojānaṁ, aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgatassa uposathassa etaṁ kalaṁ nāgghati soḷasiṁ. 
;;;This wouldn’t be worth a sixteenth part of the sabbath with its eight factors. 
;;;

an3.70
an3.72#2.2

Ke loke suppaṭipannā? ;;;Who in the world is practicing well? 
;;;Ke loke sukatā”ti? 
;;;Who in the world has done well?” 
;;;

an3.72
an3.74#4.1

Sa kho so, abhaya, bhikkhu evaṁ samādhisampanno āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. ;;;Then a mendicant accomplished in immersion realizes the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements. 
;;;

an3.74
an3.76#2.3

“Iti kho, ānanda, kammaṁ khettaṁ, viññāṇaṁ bījaṁ, taṇhā sneho. ;;;“So, Ānanda, deeds are the field, consciousness is the seed, and craving is the moisture. 
;;;

an3.76
an3.78#2.2

Yañca khvāssa, bhante, sīlabbataṁ jīvitaṁ brahmacariyaṁ upaṭṭhānasāraṁ sevato akusalā dhammā parihāyanti, kusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti, evarūpaṁ sīlabbataṁ jīvitaṁ brahmacariyaṁ upaṭṭhānasāraṁ saphalan”ti. ;;;However, if unskillful qualities decline while skillful qualities grow, that is fruitful.” 
;;;

an3.78
an3.79#3.1

“Atthānanda, kiñci gandhajātaṁ yassa anuvātampi gandho gacchati, paṭivātampi gandho gacchati, anuvātapaṭivātampi gandho gacchatī”ti. ;;;“There is, Ānanda, such a kind of fragrance.” 
;;;‘amukasmiṁ nāma gāme vā nigame vā itthī vā puriso vā buddhaṁ saraṇaṁ gato hoti, dhammaṁ saraṇaṁ gato hoti, saṅghaṁ saraṇaṁ gato hoti, 
;;; 
;;;Na candanaṁ tagaramallikā vā; 
;;;nor sandalwood, pinwheel flowers, or jasmine; 
;;;

an3.79
an3.80#1.3

‘bhagavato, ānanda, sikhissa abhibhū nāma sāvako brahmaloke ṭhito sahassilokadhātuṁ sarena viññāpesī’ti. ;;;‘Ānanda, the Buddha Sikhī had a disciple called Abhibhū. Standing in the realm of divinity, he could make his voice heard throughout the thousandfold galaxy.’ 
;;;“Yāvatā, ānanda, candimasūriyā pariharanti, disā bhanti virocanā, tāva sahassadhā loko. 
;;;“Ānanda, a galaxy extends a thousand times as far as the moon and sun revolve and the shining ones light up the quarters. 
;;;Tasmiṁ sahassadhā loke sahassaṁ candānaṁ, sahassaṁ sūriyānaṁ, sahassaṁ sinerupabbatarājānaṁ, sahassaṁ jambudīpānaṁ, sahassaṁ aparagoyānānaṁ, sahassaṁ uttarakurūnaṁ, sahassaṁ pubbavidehānaṁ, cattāri mahāsamuddasahassāni, cattāri mahārājasahassāni, sahassaṁ cātumahārājikānaṁ, sahassaṁ tāvatiṁsānaṁ, sahassaṁ yāmānaṁ, sahassaṁ tusitānaṁ, sahassaṁ nimmānaratīnaṁ, sahassaṁ paranimmitavasavattīnaṁ, sahassaṁ brahmalokānaṁ— 
;;;In that galaxy there are a thousand moons, a thousand suns, a thousand Sinerus king of mountains, a thousand Black Plum Tree Lands, a thousand Western Continents, a thousand Northern Continents, a thousand Eastern Continents, four thousand oceans, four thousand great kings, a thousand realms of the gods of the four great kings, a thousand realms of the gods of the thirty-three, of the gods of Yama, of the joyful gods, of the gods who love to imagine, of the gods who control what is imagined by others, and a thousand realms of divinity. 
;;;Ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato tisahassimahāsahassilokadhātuṁ sarena viññāpeyya, yāvatā pana ākaṅkheyyā”ti. 
;;;If he wished, Ānanda, a Realized One could make his voice heard throughout a galactic supercluster, or as far as he wants.” 
;;;

an3.80
an3.82#1.2

‘ahampi dammo, ahampi dammo’ti. ;;;‘I can moo too! I can moo too!’ 
;;;

an3.82
an3.90#8.2

atho saṁsuddhacāriyaṁ; ;;;and ‘one living a pure life’. 
;;;

an3.90
an3.91#1.1

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosalesu cārikaṁ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ yena saṅkavā nāma kosalānaṁ nigamo tadavasari. ;;;At one time the Buddha was wandering in the land of the Kosalans together with a large Saṅgha of mendicants. He arrived at a town of the Kosalans named Paṅkadhā, 
;;;“adhisallikhatevāyaṁ samaṇo”ti. 
;;;“This ascetic is much too strict.” 
;;;‘adhisallikhatevāyaṁ samaṇo’ti. 
;;;he was much too strict. 
;;;‘adhisallikhatevāyaṁ samaṇo’ti. 
;;; 
;;;“adhisallikhatevāyaṁ samaṇo”ti. 
;;; 
;;;‘adhisallikhatevāyaṁ samaṇo’ti. 
;;;‘This ascetic is much too strict.’ 
;;;‘adhisallikhatevāyaṁ samaṇo’ti. 
;;; 
;;;

an3.91
an3.92#0.2

10. Loṇakapallavagga ;;;10. A Lump of Salt 
;;;

an3.92
an3.93#0.2

10. Loṇakapallavagga ;;;10. A Lump of Salt 
;;;Tatridaṁ, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyā paribbājakā cīvarapavivekasmiṁ paññāpenti, sāṇānipi dhārenti, masāṇānipi dhārenti, chavadussānipi dhārenti, paṁsukūlānipi dhārenti, tirīṭānipi dhārenti, ajinampi dhārenti, ajinakkhipampi dhārenti, kusacīrampi dhārenti, vākacīrampi dhārenti, phalakacīrampi dhārenti, kesakambalampi dhārenti, vālakambalampi dhārenti, ulūkapakkhikampi dhārenti. 
;;;Wanderers of other religions advocate this kind of seclusion in robes. They wear robes of sunn hemp, mixed hemp, corpse-wrapping cloth, rags, lodh tree bark, antelope hide (whole or in strips), kusa grass, bark, wood-chips, human hair, horse-tail hair, or owls’ wings. 
;;;Tamenaṁ kassako gahapati sīghaṁ sīghaṁ lavāpeyya. 
;;;they’d have the rice cut swiftly, 
;;;Sīghaṁ sīghaṁ saṅgharāpetvā sīghaṁ sīghaṁ ubbahāpeyya. 
;;;transported swiftly, 
;;;

an3.93
an3.94#0.2

10. Loṇakapallavagga ;;;10. A Lump of Salt 
;;;Tasmiñce, bhikkhave, samaye ariyasāvako kālaṁ kareyya, natthi taṁ saṁyojanaṁ yena saṁyojanena saṁyutto ariyasāvako puna imaṁ lokaṁ āgaccheyyā”ti. 
;;;If that noble disciple passed away at that time, they’re bound by no fetter that might return them to this world.” 
;;;

an3.94
an3.95#0.2

10. Loṇakapallavagga ;;;10. A Lump of Salt 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, uparipabbate thullaphusitake deve vassante taṁ udakaṁ yathāninnaṁ pavattamānaṁ pabbatakandarapadarasākhā paripūreti, pabbatakandarapadarasākhā paripūrā kusobbhe paripūrenti, kusobbhā paripūrā mahāsobbhe paripūrenti, mahāsobbhā paripūrā kunnadiyo paripūrenti, kunnadiyo paripūrā mahānadiyo paripūrenti, mahānadiyo paripūrā samuddaṁ paripūrenti. 
;;;It’s like when the heavens rain heavily on a mountain top, and the water flows downhill to fill the hollows, crevices, and creeks. As they become full, they fill up the pools. The pools fill up the lakes, the lakes fill up the streams, and the streams fill up the rivers. And as the rivers become full, they fill up the ocean. 
;;;

an3.95
an3.96#0.2

10. Loṇakapallavagga ;;;10. A Lump of Salt 
;;;“Tīhi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato rañño bhadro assājānīyo rājāraho hoti rājabhoggo, rañño aṅganteva saṅkhyaṁ gacchati. 
;;;“Mendicants, a fine royal thoroughbred with three factors is worthy of a king, fit to serve a king, and reckoned as a factor of kingship. 
;;;

an3.96
an3.97#0.2

10. Loṇakapallavagga ;;;10. A Lump of Salt 
;;;

an3.97
an3.98#0.2

10. Loṇakapallavagga ;;;10. A Lump of Salt 
;;;

an3.98
an3.99#0.2

10. Loṇakapallavagga ;;;10. A Lump of Salt 
;;;Yesaṁ kho pana so paṭiggaṇhāti cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṁ, tesaṁ taṁ na mahapphalaṁ hoti na mahānisaṁsaṁ. 
;;;Any robes, almsfood, lodgings, and medicines and supplies for the sick that they receive are not very fruitful or beneficial for the donor. 
;;;

an3.99
an3.100#0.2

10. Loṇakapallavagga ;;;10. A Lump of Salt 
;;;Loṇakapallasutta 
;;;A Lump of Salt 
;;;“Yo, bhikkhave, evaṁ vadeyya: 
;;;“Mendicants, suppose you say: 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo bhāvitakāyo hoti bhāvitasīlo bhāvitacitto bhāvitapañño aparitto mahatto appamāṇavihārī. 
;;;A person who has developed their physical endurance, ethics, mind, and wisdom. They’re not small-minded, but are big-hearted, living without limits. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso loṇakapallaṁ paritte udakamallake pakkhipeyya. 
;;;Suppose a person was to drop a lump of salt into a small bowl of water. 
;;;api nu taṁ parittaṁ udakaṁ amunā loṇakapallena loṇaṁ assa apeyyan”ti? 
;;;Would that small bowl of water become salty and undrinkable?” 
;;;“Aduñhi, bhante, parittaṁ udakakapallake udakaṁ, taṁ amunā loṇakapallena loṇaṁ assa apeyyan”ti. 
;;;Because there is only a little water in the bowl.” 
;;;“Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso loṇakapallakaṁ gaṅgāya nadiyā pakkhipeyya. 
;;;“Suppose a person was to drop a lump of salt into the Ganges river. 
;;;api nu sā gaṅgā nadī amunā loṇakapallena loṇaṁ assa apeyyā”ti? 
;;;Would the Ganges river become salty and undrinkable?” 
;;;“Asu hi, bhante, gaṅgāya nadiyā mahā udakakkhandho so amunā loṇakapallena loṇo na assa apeyyo”ti. 
;;;Because the Ganges river is a vast mass of water.” 
;;;Kathaṁrūpaṁ, bhikkhave, orabbhiko vā urabbhaghātako vā urabbhaṁ adinnaṁ ādiyamānaṁ pahoti hantuṁ vā bandhituṁ vā jāpetuṁ vā yathāpaccayaṁ vā kātuṁ? 
;;;What kind of person can they punish? 
;;;Evarūpaṁ, bhikkhave, orabbhiko vā urabbhaghātako vā urabbhaṁ adinnaṁ ādiyamānaṁ pahoti hantuṁ vā bandhituṁ vā jāpetuṁ vā yathāpaccayaṁ vā kātuṁ. 
;;;That’s the kind of person they can punish. 
;;;Kathaṁrūpaṁ, bhikkhave, orabbhiko vā urabbhaghātako vā urabbhaṁ adinnaṁ ādiyamānaṁ nappahoti hantuṁ vā bandhituṁ vā jāpetuṁ vā yathāpaccayaṁ vā kātuṁ. 
;;;What kind of person can’t they punish? 
;;;Evarūpaṁ, bhikkhave, orabbhiko vā urabbhaghātako vā urabbhaṁ adinnaṁ ādiyamānaṁ nappahoti hantuṁ vā bandhituṁ vā jāpetuṁ vā yathāpaccayaṁ vā kātuṁ. 
;;;That’s the kind of person they can’t punish. 
;;;

an3.100
an3.101#0.2

10. Loṇakapallavagga ;;;10. A Lump of Salt 
;;;“Santi, bhikkhave, jātarūpassa oḷārikā upakkilesā paṁsuvālukā sakkharakaṭhalā. 
;;;“Native gold has coarse corruptions: sand, soil, and gravel. 
;;;Tasmiṁ pahīne tasmiṁ byantīkate santi jātarūpassa majjhimasahagatā upakkilesā sukhumasakkharā thūlavālukā. 
;;;When that’s been eliminated, there are medium corruptions in the native gold: fine grit and coarse sand. 
;;;Tasmiṁ pahīne tasmiṁ byantīkate santi jātarūpassa sukhumasahagatā upakkilesā sukhumavālukā kāḷajallikā. 
;;;When that’s been eliminated, there are fine corruptions in the native gold: fine sand and black grime. 
;;;Taṁ hoti jātarūpaṁ dhantaṁ sandhantaṁ niddhantaṁ aniddhantakasāvaṁ, na ceva mudu hoti na ca kammaniyaṁ, na ca pabhassaraṁ pabhaṅgu ca, na ca sammā upeti kammāya. 
;;;Still the native gold is not settled and the dross is not totally gone. It’s not pliable, workable, or radiant, but is brittle and not completely ready for working. 
;;;Taṁ hoti jātarūpaṁ dhantaṁ sandhantaṁ niddhantaṁ niddhantakasāvaṁ, mudu ca hoti kammaniyañca pabhassarañca, na ca pabhaṅgu, sammā upeti kammāya. 
;;;The native gold becomes pliable, workable, and radiant, not brittle, and ready to be worked. 
;;;So hoti samādhi na ceva santo na ca paṇīto nappaṭippassaddhaladdho na ekodibhāvādhigato sasaṅkhāraniggayhavāritagato. 
;;;That immersion is not peaceful or sublime or tranquil or unified, but is held in place by forceful suppression. 
;;;Hoti so, bhikkhave, samayo yaṁ taṁ cittaṁ ajjhattaṁyeva santiṭṭhati sannisīdati ekodi hoti samādhiyati. 
;;;But there comes a time when that mind is stilled internally; it settles, unifies, and becomes immersed in samādhi. 
;;;So sace ākaṅkhati: ‘anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhaveyyaṁ—ekopi hutvā bahudhā assaṁ, bahudhāpi hutvā eko assaṁ; āvibhāvaṁ, tirobhāvaṁ; tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamāno gaccheyyaṁ, seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ kareyyaṁ, seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gaccheyyaṁ, seyyathāpi pathaviyaṁ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kameyyaṁ, seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve pāṇinā parimaseyyaṁ parimajjeyyaṁ; yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vatteyyan’ti, 
;;;If they wish: ‘May I wield the many kinds of psychic power: multiplying myself and becoming one again; appearing and disappearing; going unobstructed through a wall, a rampart, or a mountain as if through space; diving in and out of the earth as if it were water; walking on water as if it were earth; flying cross-legged through the sky like a bird; touching and stroking with my hand the sun and moon, so mighty and powerful; controlling my body as far as the realm of divinity.’ 
;;;

an3.101
an3.102#0.2

10. Loṇakapallavagga ;;;10. A Lump of Salt 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, suvaṇṇakāro vā suvaṇṇakārantevāsī vā ukkaṁ bandheyya, ukkaṁ bandhitvā ukkāmukhaṁ ālimpeyya, ukkāmukhaṁ ālimpetvā saṇḍāsena jātarūpaṁ gahetvā ukkāmukhe pakkhipeyya, ukkāmukhe pakkhipitvā kālena kālaṁ abhidhamati, kālena kālaṁ udakena paripphoseti, kālena kālaṁ ajjhupekkhati. 
;;;It’s like when a goldsmith or a goldsmith’s apprentice prepares a forge, fires the crucible, picks up some native gold with tongs and puts it in the crucible. From time to time they fan it, from time to time they sprinkle water on it, and from time to time they just watch over it. 
;;;Loṇakapallavaggo pañcamo. 
;;; 
;;;

an3.102
an3.103#0.2

11. Sambodhavagga ;;;11. Awakening 
;;;‘yaṁ kho lokaṁ paṭicca uppajjati sukhaṁ somanassaṁ, ayaṁ loke assādo. 
;;;‘The pleasure and happiness that arise from the world: this is its gratification. 
;;;Yāvakīvañcāhaṁ, bhikkhave, evaṁ lokassa assādañca assādato ādīnavañca ādīnavato nissaraṇañca nissaraṇato yathābhūtaṁ nābbhaññāsiṁ, neva tāvāhaṁ, bhikkhave, sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya ‘anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambuddho’ti paccaññāsiṁ. 
;;;As long as I didn’t truly understand the world’s gratification, drawback, and escape in this way for what they are, I didn’t announce my supreme perfect awakening in this world with its gods, Māras, and Divinities, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans. 
;;;Yato ca khvāhaṁ, bhikkhave, evaṁ lokassa assādañca assādato ādīnavañca ādīnavato nissaraṇañca nissaraṇato yathābhūtaṁ abbhaññāsiṁ, athāhaṁ, bhikkhave, sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya ‘anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambuddho’ti paccaññāsiṁ. 
;;;But when I did truly understand the world’s gratification, drawback, and escape in this way for what they are, I announced my supreme perfect awakening in this world with its gods, Māras, and Divinities, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans. 
;;;

an3.103
an3.105#1.1

“No cedaṁ, bhikkhave, loke assādo abhavissa, nayidaṁ sattā loke sārajjeyyuṁ. ;;;“Mendicants, if there were no gratification in the world, sentient beings wouldn’t be aroused by it. 
;;;

an3.105
an3.112#5.4

Tadabhinivattetvā cetasā abhinivijjhitvā paññāya ativijjha passati. ;;;your heart becomes dispassionate, and you see it with penetrating wisdom. 
;;;

an3.112
an3.119#2.2

Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco micchāājīvo hoti, micchāājīvena jīvikaṁ kappeti. ;;;It’s when a noble disciple has wrong livelihood and earns a living by wrong livelihood. 
;;;

an3.119
an3.123#3.5

So taṁ piṇḍapātaṁ gathito mucchito ajjhosanno anādīnavadassāvī anissaraṇapañño paribhuñjati. ;;;They eat that food tied, infatuated, attached, blind to the drawbacks, and not understanding the escape. 
;;;

an3.123
an3.124#1.3

‘addhā te āyasmanto tayo dhamme pajahiṁsu, tayo dhamme bahulamakaṁsu. ;;;‘Clearly those venerables have given up three things and cultivated three things.’ 
;;;

an3.124
an3.126#2.2

“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho mahānāmo sakko bhagavato paṭissutvā kapilavatthuṁ pavisitvā kevalakappaṁ kapilavatthuṁ anvāhiṇḍanto nāddasa kapilavatthusmiṁ tathārūpaṁ āvasathaṁ yatthajja bhagavā ekarattiṁ vihareyya. ;;;“Yes, sir,” replied Mahānāma. He returned to Kapilavatthu and searched all over the city, but he couldn’t see a suitable guest house for the Buddha to spend the night. 
;;;Atha kho bharaṇḍu kālāmassa etadahosi: 
;;;Then it occurred to Bharaṇḍu, 
;;;

an3.126
an3.127#1.3

“bhagavato purato ṭhassāmī”ti osīdatimeva saṁsīdatimeva, na sakkoti saṇṭhātuṁ. ;;;“I will stand before the Buddha,” he sank and melted down, and wasn’t able to stay still. 
;;;Nāhaṁ bhagavato dassanassa, 
;;;I could never get enough 
;;;Tittimajjhagā kudācanaṁ; 
;;;of seeing the Buddha, 
;;;

an3.127
an3.128#1.3

Addasā kho bhagavā goyogapilakkhasmiṁ piṇḍāya caramāno aññataraṁ bhikkhuṁ rittassādaṁ bāhirassādaṁ muṭṭhassatiṁ asampajānaṁ asamāhitaṁ vibbhantacittaṁ pākatindriyaṁ. ;;;While the Buddha was walking for alms near the cow-hitching place at the wavy leaf fig, he saw a disgruntled monk who was looking for pleasure in external things, unmindful, without situational awareness or immersion, with straying mind and undisciplined faculties. 
;;;Taṁ vata, bhikkhu, kaṭuviyakataṁ attānaṁ āmagandhena avassutaṁ makkhikā nānupatissanti nānvāssavissantīti, netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjatī”ti. 
;;;If you’re bitter, festering with putrefaction, flies will, without a doubt, plague and infest you.” 
;;;aladdhā samathamattano; 
;;;if they don’t find serenity in themselves, 
;;;Pareti bālo dummedho, 
;;;the fool, void of wisdom, 
;;;

an3.128
an3.130#1.4

Āraddhaṁ kho pana me vīriyaṁ asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, passaddho kāyo asāraddho, samāhitaṁ cittaṁ ekaggaṁ. ;;;My energy is roused up and unflagging, my mindfulness is established and lucid, my body is tranquil and undisturbed, and my mind is immersed in samādhi. 
;;;‘āraddhaṁ kho pana me vīriyaṁ asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, passaddho kāyo asāraddho, samāhitaṁ cittaṁ ekaggan’ti, idaṁ te uddhaccasmiṁ. 
;;;‘My energy is roused up and unflagging, my mindfulness is established and lucid, my body is tranquil and undisturbed, and my mind is immersed in samādhi,’ that’s your restlessness. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā anuruddho aparena samayena ime tayo dhamme pahāya, ime tayo dhamme amanasikaritvā amatāya dhātuyā cittaṁ upasaṁhari. 
;;;After some time Anuruddha gave up these three things. Ignoring them, he applied his mind to freedom from death. 
;;;

an3.130
an3.131#1.1

“Tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, paṭicchannāni āvahanti, no vivaṭāni. ;;;“Mendicants, three things are conveyed under cover, not in the open. 
;;;

an3.131
an3.132#3.2

Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo āgāḷhenapi vuccamāno pharusenapi vuccamāno amanāpenapi vuccamāno sandhiyatimeva saṁsandatimeva sammodatimeva. ;;;It’s a person who, though spoken to by someone in a rough, harsh, and disagreeable manner, still stays in touch, interacts with, and greets them. 
;;;

an3.132
an3.133#2.3

Yā kāci vedanā atītānāgatapaccuppannā ajjhattā vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikā vā sukhumā vā hīnā vā paṇītā vā yā dūre santike vā, sabbaṁ vedanaṁ: ‘netaṁ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti evametaṁ yathābhūtaṁ sammappaññāya passati. ;;;They truly see any kind of feeling at all—past, future, or present; internal or external; solid or subtle; inferior or superior; far or near: all feeling—with right understanding: ‘This is not mine, I am not this, this is not my self.’ 
;;;Yā kāci saññā atītānāgatapaccuppannā ajjhattā vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikā vā sukhumā vā hīnā vā paṇītā vā yā dūre santike vā, sabbaṁ saññaṁ: ‘netaṁ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti evametaṁ yathābhūtaṁ sammappaññāya passati. 
;;;They truly see any kind of perception at all—past, future, or present; internal or external; solid or subtle; inferior or superior; far or near: all perception—with right understanding: ‘This is not mine, I am not this, this is not my self.’ 
;;;

an3.133
an3.134#1.3

Ukkācitavinītā parisā, paṭipucchāvinītā parisā, yāvatāvinītā parisā— ;;;An assembly educated in fancy talk, an assembly educated in questioning, and an assembly educated to the fullest extent. 
;;;

an3.134
an3.137#1.3

Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, yāni kānici puthusamaṇabrāhmaṇavādānaṁ makkhalivādo tesaṁ paṭikiṭṭho akkhāyati. ;;;In the same way, the teaching of the bamboo-staffed ascetic is said to be the worst of all the doctrines of the various ascetics and brahmins. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, nadīmukhe khippaṁ uḍḍeyya bahūnaṁ macchānaṁ ahitāya dukkhāya anayāya byasanāya; 
;;;It’s like a trap set at the mouth of a river, which would bring harm, suffering, calamity, and disaster for many fish. 
;;;

an3.137
an3.141#1.1

“Tayo ca, bhikkhave, assaparasse desessāmi tayo ca purisaparasse. ;;;“Mendicants, I will teach you the three excellent horses and the three excellent people. 
;;;

an3.141
an3.155#5.4

paṇīdhi te padakkhiṇe; ;;;worthy resolutions: 
;;;

an3.155
an3.156-162#an3.156:0.2

16. Acelakavagga ;;;The Chapter on Practices 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco acelako hoti muttācāro, hatthāpalekhano, naehibhadantiko, natiṭṭhabhadantiko, nābhihaṭaṁ na uddissakataṁ na nimantanaṁ sādiyati. 
;;;It’s when someone goes naked, ignoring conventions. They lick their hands, and don’t come or wait when called. They don’t consent to food brought to them, or food prepared on their behalf, or an invitation for a meal. 
;;;

an3.156-162
an3.183-352#an3.183-352:4.1

Idamavoca bhagavā. ;;;That is what the Buddha said. 
;;;

an3.183-352
an4.3#2.1

Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato paṇḍito viyatto sappuriso akkhataṁ anupahataṁ attānaṁ pariharati, anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo ca viññūnaṁ, bahuñca puññaṁ pasavati. ;;;When an astute, competent true person has four qualities they keep themselves healthy and whole. They don’t deserve to be blamed and criticized by sensible people, and they create much merit. 
;;;Yamariyagarahī nirayaṁ upeti, 
;;;a slanderer of noble ones goes to hell, 
;;;

an4.3
an4.4#4.1

Tāya naṁ adhammacariyāya, ;;;Because of their unprincipled conduct 
;;;puññaṁ etādiso naro. 
;;; 
;;;

an4.4
an4.5#1.3

Anusotagāmī puggalo, paṭisotagāmī puggalo, ṭhitatto puggalo, tiṇṇo pāraṅgato thale tiṭṭhati brāhmaṇo. ;;;A person who goes with the stream; a person who goes against the stream; a steadfast person; and a brahmin who has crossed over and stands on the far shore. 
;;;Punappunaṁ jātijarūpagāmi te, 
;;;again and again, they return to birth and old age; 
;;;Sa ve muni vusitabrahmacariyo, 
;;;they’ve completed the spiritual journey, and gone to the end of the world, 
;;;

an4.5
an4.6#1.9

suttaṁ geyyaṁ veyyākaraṇaṁ gāthā udānaṁ itivuttakaṁ jātakaṁ abbhutadhammaṁ vedallaṁ. ;;;statements, mixed prose & verse, discussions, verses, inspired exclamations, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and elaborations. 
;;;suttaṁ geyyaṁ veyyākaraṇaṁ gāthā udānaṁ itivuttakaṁ jātakaṁ abbhutadhammaṁ vedallaṁ. 
;;;statements, mixed prose & verse, discussions, verses, inspired exclamations, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and elaborations. 
;;;suttaṁ geyyaṁ veyyākaraṇaṁ gāthā udānaṁ itivuttakaṁ jātakaṁ abbhutadhammaṁ vedallaṁ. 
;;;statements, mixed prose & verse, discussions, verses, inspired exclamations, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and elaborations. 
;;;suttaṁ geyyaṁ veyyākaraṇaṁ gāthā udānaṁ itivuttakaṁ jātakaṁ abbhutadhammaṁ vedallaṁ. 
;;;statements, mixed prose & verse, discussions, verses, inspired exclamations, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and elaborations. 
;;;

an4.6
an4.7#2.1

Yo hoti viyatto ca visārado ca, ;;;Whoever is competent and assured, 
;;;

an4.7
an4.8#1.4

Etamahaṁ, bhikkhave, nimittaṁ asamanupassanto khemappatto abhayappatto vesārajjappatto viharāmi. ;;;Since I see no such reason, I live secure, fearless, and assured. 
;;;Yo dhammacakkaṁ abhibhuyya kevalī, 
;;;He rolls forth the Wheel of Dhamma as a consummate one, 
;;;

an4.8
an4.10#1.6

Tassa kāmānaṁ samudayañca atthaṅgamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṁ appajānato yo kāmesu kāmarāgo kāmanandī kāmasneho kāmamucchā kāmapipāsā kāmapariḷāho kāmajjhosānaṁ kāmataṇhā sānuseti. ;;;So greed, relishing, affection, infatuation, thirst, passion, attachment, and craving for sensual pleasures linger on inside. 
;;;saṁyutto pāpakehi akusalehi dhammehi saṅkilesikehi ponobhavikehi sadarehi dukkhavipākehi āyatiṁ jātijarāmaraṇikehi. Tasmā ayogakkhemīti vuccati. 
;;;These are bad, unskillful qualities that are corrupting, leading to future lives, hurtful, resulting in suffering and future rebirth, old age, and death. That’s why someone yoked to them is called: ‘one who has not found sanctuary from the yoke’. 
;;;

an4.10
an4.12#2.1

Carato cepi, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno abhijjhābyāpādo vigato hoti, thinamiddhaṁ … uddhaccakukkuccaṁ … vicikicchā pahīnā hoti, āraddhaṁ hoti vīriyaṁ asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, passaddho kāyo asāraddho, samāhitaṁ cittaṁ ekaggaṁ, carampi, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṁbhūto ‘ātāpī ottāpī satataṁ samitaṁ āraddhavīriyo pahitatto’ti vuccati. ;;;Suppose a mendicant has got rid of desire and ill will while walking, and has given up dullness and drowsiness, restlessness and remorse, and doubt. Their energy is roused up and unflagging, their mindfulness is established and lucid, their body is tranquil and undisturbed, and their mind is immersed in samādhi. Such a mendicant is said to be ‘keen and prudent, always energetic and determined’ when walking. 
;;;Ṭhitassa cepi, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno abhijjhābyāpādo vigato hoti, thinamiddhaṁ … uddhaccakukkuccaṁ … vicikicchā pahīnā hoti, āraddhaṁ hoti vīriyaṁ asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, passaddho kāyo asāraddho, samāhitaṁ cittaṁ ekaggaṁ, ṭhitopi, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṁbhūto ‘ātāpī ottāpī satataṁ samitaṁ āraddhavīriyo pahitatto’ti vuccati. 
;;;Suppose a mendicant has got rid of desire and ill will while standing … 
;;;Nisinnassa cepi, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno abhijjhābyāpādo vigato hoti, thinamiddhaṁ … uddhaccakukkuccaṁ … vicikicchā pahīnā hoti, āraddhaṁ hoti vīriyaṁ asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, passaddho kāyo asāraddho, samāhitaṁ cittaṁ ekaggaṁ, nisinnopi, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṁbhūto ‘ātāpī ottāpī satataṁ samitaṁ āraddhavīriyo pahitatto’ti vuccati. 
;;;sitting … 
;;;Sayānassa cepi, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno jāgarassa abhijjhābyāpādo vigato hoti, thinamiddhaṁ … uddhaccakukkuccaṁ … vicikicchā pahīnā hoti, āraddhaṁ hoti vīriyaṁ asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, passaddho kāyo asāraddho, samāhitaṁ cittaṁ ekaggaṁ, sayānopi, bhikkhave, bhikkhu jāgaro evaṁbhūto ‘ātāpī ottāpī satataṁ samitaṁ āraddhavīriyo pahitatto’ti vuccatīti. 
;;;and when lying down while awake, and has given up dullness and drowsiness, restlessness and remorse, and doubt. Their energy is roused up and unflagging, their mindfulness is established and lucid, their body is tranquil and undisturbed, and their mind is immersed in samādhi. Such a mendicant is said to be ‘keen and prudent, always energetic and determined’ when lying down while awake. 
;;;Yataṁ samiñjaye bhikkhu, 
;;;a mendicant carefully bends their limbs, 
;;;Yatamenaṁ pasāraye. 
;;;and carefully extends them. 
;;;

an4.12
an4.13#2.3

Te tusitā jetvā māraṁ savāhiniṁ te anejā, ;;;Contented and unstirred, they’ve vanquished Māra and his mount; 
;;;

an4.13
an4.20#3.3

Chandā dosā mohā ca bhayā gāmino, ;;;led astray by favoritism, hostility, stupidity, or cowardice, 
;;;Parisākasaṭo ca panesa vuccati. 
;;;are called ‘an assembly of the dregs’: 
;;;Na chandā na dosā na mohā na bhayā ca gāmino; 
;;;not led astray by favoritism, hostility, stupidity, or cowardice, 
;;;

an4.20
an4.21#2.2

Tassa mayhaṁ, bhikkhave, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ;;;As I was in private retreat this thought came to mind: 
;;;‘yannūnāhaṁ yvāyaṁ dhammo mayā abhisambuddho tameva dhammaṁ sakkatvā garuṁ katvā upanissāya vihareyyan’ti. 
;;;‘Why don’t I honor and respect and rely on the same teaching to which I was awakened?’ 
;;;Atha kho, bhikkhave, brahmā sahampati mama cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evamevaṁ—brahmaloke antarahito mama purato pāturahosi. 
;;;And then the divinity Sahampati, knowing my train of thought, vanished from the realm of divinity and appeared in front of me, as easily as a strong man would extend or contract his arm. 
;;;bahūnaṁ sokanāsano. 
;;;destroyer of the sorrows of many— 
;;;vihaṁsu viharanti ca; 
;;;they did live, they do live, 
;;;

an4.21
an4.22#1.2

Atha kho, bhikkhave, sambahulā brāhmaṇā jiṇṇā vuddhā mahallakā addhagatā vayoanuppattā yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā mayā saddhiṁ sammodiṁsu. ;;;Then several old brahmins—elderly and senior, who were advanced in years and had reached the final stage of life—came up to me, and exchanged greetings with me. 
;;;‘sutaṁ netaṁ, bho gotama: 
;;;‘Mister Gotama, we have heard this: 
;;;“na samaṇo gotamo brāhmaṇe jiṇṇe vuddhe mahallake addhagate vayoanuppatte abhivādeti vā paccuṭṭheti vā āsanena vā nimantetī”ti. 
;;;“The ascetic Gotama does not bow to old brahmins, elderly and senior, who are advanced in years and have reached the final stage of life; nor does he rise in their presence or offer them a seat.” 
;;;Na hi bhavaṁ gotamo brāhmaṇe jiṇṇe vuddhe mahallake addhagate vayoanuppatte abhivādeti vā paccuṭṭheti vā āsanena vā nimanteti. 
;;;for Mister Gotama does not bow to old brahmins, elderly and senior, who are advanced in years and have reached the final stage of life; nor does he rise in their presence or offer them a seat. 
;;;‘nayime āyasmanto jānanti theraṁ vā therakaraṇe vā dhamme’ti. 
;;;‘These venerables don’t know what a senior is, or what qualities make you a senior.’ 
;;;Bahussuto hoti sutadharo sutasannicayo, ye te dhammā ādikalyāṇā majjhekalyāṇā pariyosānakalyāṇā sātthaṁ sabyañjanaṁ kevalaparipuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ abhivadanti, tathārūpāssa dhammā bahussutā honti dhātā vacasā paricitā manasānupekkhitā, diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā. 
;;;They’re very learned, remembering and keeping what they’ve learned. These teachings are good in the beginning, good in the middle, and good in the end, meaningful and well-phrased, describing a spiritual practice that’s entirely full and pure. They are very learned in such teachings, remembering them, rehearsing them, mentally scrutinizing them, and comprehending them theoretically. 
;;;Saññato dhīro dhammesu, 
;;;is restrained when experiencing phenomena, 
;;;

an4.22
an4.23#6.3

Sabbaṁ lokaṁ visaṁyutto, ;;;he is detached from the whole world, 
;;;natthi me paṭipuggalo”ti. 
;;;he has no rival.” 
;;;

an4.23
an4.24#5.1

Yaṁ, bhikkhave …pe… tamahaṁ jānāmi ca na ca jānāmīti vadeyyaṁ, tampassa tādisameva. ;;;If I were to say that ‘I both know and do not know … the world with its gods’, that would be just the same. 
;;;Iti kho, bhikkhave, tathāgato diṭṭhasutamutaviññātabbesu dhammesu tādīyeva tādī. 
;;;Since a Realized One is unaffected in the midst of things able to be seen, heard, thought, and known, he is the unaffected one. 
;;;Etañca sallaṁ paṭikacca disvā, 
;;;Since they’ve seen this dart 
;;;

an4.24
an4.30#1.2

Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā abhiññātā abhiññātā paribbājakā sippinikātīre paribbājakārāme paṭivasanti, seyyathidaṁ annabhāro varadharo sakuludāyī ca paribbājako aññe ca abhiññātā abhiññātā paribbājakā. ;;;Now at that time several very well-known wanderers were residing in the monastery of the wanderers on the bank of the Sappinī river. They included Annabhāra, Varadhara, Sakuludāyī, and other very well-known wanderers. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena sippinikātīraṁ paribbājakārāmo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā te paribbājake etadavoca: 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the wanderer’s monastery on the banks of the Sappinī river, He sat down on the seat spread out, and said to the wanderers: 
;;;

an4.30
an4.31#1.3

Patirūpadesavāso, sappurisāvassayo, attasammāpaṇidhi, pubbe ca katapuññatā— ;;;Living in a suitable region, relying on true persons, being rightly resolved in oneself, and past merit. 
;;;

an4.31
an4.33#1.7

Bilaṁ bilāsayā pavisanti, dakaṁ dakāsayā pavisanti, vanaṁ vanāsayā pavisanti, ākāsaṁ pakkhino bhajanti. ;;;They return to their lairs, be they in a hole, the water, or a wood; and the birds take to the air. 
;;;‘iti sakkāyo, iti sakkāyasamudayo, iti sakkāyanirodho, iti sakkāyanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti. 
;;;‘Such is substantial reality, such is the origin of substantial reality, such is the cessation of substantial reality, such is the practice that leads to the cessation of substantial reality.’ 
;;;

an4.33
an4.35#4.5

bahu te janatā ariye ñāye patiṭṭhāpitā, yadidaṁ kalyāṇadhammatā kusaladhammatā. ;;; 
;;;bahu me janatā ariye ñāye patiṭṭhāpitā, yadidaṁ kalyāṇadhammatā kusaladhammatā. 
;;; 
;;;pasīdanti bahū janā. 
;;;many people become confident. 
;;;Mahāpañño mahāpurisoti vuccatī”ti. 
;;;is called ‘a great man, of great wisdom’.” 
;;;

an4.35
an4.36#1.7

Atha kho bhagavā maggā okkamma aññatarasmiṁ rukkhamūle nisīdi pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. ;;;The Buddha had left the road and sat at the root of a tree cross-legged, setting his body straight, and establishing mindfulness in his presence. 
;;;

an4.36
an4.39#5.4

vividhā nettha haññare; ;;;where goats, sheep, and cattle, 
;;;Etaṁ yajetha medhāvī, 
;;;An intelligent person should sacrifice like this, 
;;;Etaṁ hi yajamānassa, 
;;;For a sponsor of sacrifices like this, 
;;;

an4.39
an4.40#4.1

Vivaṭacchadā ye loke, ;;;The Buddhas—who have drawn back the veil from the world, 
;;;buddhā yaññassa kovidā. 
;;;as they are expert in sacrifice. 
;;;habyaṁ katvā yathārahaṁ; 
;;;whether as sacrifice or for ancestors, 
;;;Suhutaṁ suyiṭṭhaṁ suppattaṁ, 
;;;When it’s well-gotten, well-offered, and well-sacrificed, 
;;;

an4.40
an4.42#3.1

Yo ca tesaṁ tattha tattha, ;;;A mendicant who knows each of these, 
;;;ubhayassa hoti kovido. 
;;;what the meaning is and what it isn’t. 
;;;

an4.42
an4.44#4.4

snehānvayamivosadhā”ti. ;;;like well-watered herbs.” 
;;;

an4.44
an4.45#8.4

Nāsīsatī lokamimaṁ parañcā”ti. ;;;does not long for this world or the next.” 
;;;

an4.45
an4.47#1.7

Yato ca, bhikkhave, verocano abbhudeti yattha ca atthameti; ;;;Where the sun rises and where it sets. … 
;;;Yāvāpi tiṭṭheyya tatheva hoti; 
;;;as long as it remains, it stays the same. 
;;;

an4.47
an4.48#1.2

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā visākho pañcālaputto upaṭṭhānasālāyaṁ bhikkhū dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaṁseti, poriyā vācāya vissaṭṭhāya anelagalāya atthassa viññāpaniyā pariyāpannāya anissitāya. ;;;Now at that time Venerable Visākha, Pañcāli’s son, was educating, encouraging, firing up, and inspiring the mendicants in the assembly hall with a Dhamma talk. His words were polished, clear, articulate, expressing the meaning, comprehensive, and independent. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena upaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the assembly hall. He sat down on the seat spread out, 
;;;

an4.48
an4.49#0.3

Vipallāsasutta ;;;Perversions 
;;;“Cattārome, bhikkhave, saññāvipallāsā cittavipallāsā diṭṭhivipallāsā. 
;;;“Mendicants, there are these four perversions of perception, mind, and view. 
;;;Anicce, bhikkhave, niccanti saññāvipallāso cittavipallāso diṭṭhivipallāso; 
;;;Taking impermanence as permanence. 
;;;dukkhe, bhikkhave, sukhanti saññāvipallāso cittavipallāso diṭṭhivipallāso; 
;;;Taking suffering as happiness. 
;;;anattani, bhikkhave, attāti saññāvipallāso cittavipallāso diṭṭhivipallāso; 
;;;Taking not-self as self. 
;;;asubhe, bhikkhave, subhanti saññāvipallāso cittavipallāso diṭṭhivipallāso. 
;;;Taking ugliness as beauty. 
;;;Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro saññāvipallāsā cittavipallāsā diṭṭhivipallāsā. 
;;;These are the four perversions of perception, mind, and view. 
;;;Cattārome, bhikkhave, nasaññāvipallāsā nacittavipallāsā nadiṭṭhivipallāsā. 
;;;There are these four corrections of perception, mind, and view. 
;;;Anicce, bhikkhave, aniccanti nasaññāvipallāso nacittavipallāso nadiṭṭhivipallāso; 
;;;Taking impermanence as impermanence. 
;;;dukkhe, bhikkhave, dukkhanti nasaññāvipallāso nacittavipallāso nadiṭṭhivipallāso; 
;;;Taking suffering as suffering. 
;;;anattani, bhikkhave, anattāti nasaññāvipallāso nacittavipallāso nadiṭṭhivipallāso; 
;;;Taking not-self as not-self. 
;;;asubhe, bhikkhave, asubhanti nasaññāvipallāso nacittavipallāso nadiṭṭhivipallāso. 
;;;Taking ugliness as ugliness. 
;;;Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro nasaññāvipallāsā nacittavipallāsā nadiṭṭhivipallāsāti. 
;;;These are the four corrections of perception, mind, and view. 
;;;Te imaṁ dhammaṁ pakāsenti, 
;;;reveal this teaching, 
;;;

an4.49
an4.50#11.6

asuddhā sarajā magā. ;;;Impure, dirty creatures, 
;;;Suvidūravisākhavipallāsā, 
;;; 
;;;

an4.50
an4.51#5.1

Imehi ca pana, bhikkhave, catūhi puññābhisandehi kusalābhisandehi samannāgatassa ariyasāvakassa na sukaraṁ puññassa pamāṇaṁ gahetuṁ: ‘ettako puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro sovaggiko sukhavipāko saggasaṁvattaniko iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṁvattatī’ti. Atha kho asaṅkhyeyyo appameyyo mahāpuññakkhandhotveva saṅkhyaṁ gacchati. ;;;When a noble disciple has these four kinds of overflowing merit and goodness, it’s not easy to grasp how much merit they have by saying that this is the extent of their overflowing merit … that leads to happiness. It’s simply reckoned as an incalculable, immeasurable, great mass of merit. 
;;;Bahubheravaṁ ratanavarānamālayaṁ; 
;;;and though the rivers are many, 
;;;Najjo yathā naragaṇasaṅghasevitā, 
;;;all reach the great deep, the boundless ocean, 
;;;

an4.51
an4.53#11.1

Atthāsaṁ pacurā honti, ;;;They get all the things they need, 
;;;

an4.53
an4.55#1.2

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā bhaggesu viharati susumāragire bhesakaḷāvane migadāye. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Bhaggas at Crocodile Hill, in the deer park at Bhesakaḷā’s Wood. 
;;;

an4.55
an4.57#1.1

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā koliyesu viharati pajjanikaṁ nāma koliyānaṁ nigamo. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Koliyans, where they have a town named Pajjanika. 
;;;Susaṅkhataṁ bhojanaṁ yā dadāti, 
;;;When she gives well-prepared food, 
;;;

an4.57
an4.58#4.1

So āyudāyī vaṇṇadāyī, ;;;A person who gives long life, beauty, 
;;;sukhaṁ balaṁ dado naro; 
;;;happiness, and strength, 
;;;

an4.58
an4.61#12.6

Ayaṁ vuccati, gahapati, ariyasāvako mahāpañño puthupañño āpātadaso paññāsampanno. ;;;they’re called ‘a noble disciple of great wisdom, of widespread wisdom, who sees what matters, and is accomplished in wisdom’. 
;;;Bhuttā bhogā bhatā bhaccā, 
;;;‘I’ve enjoyed my wealth, supporting those who depend on me; 
;;;

an4.61
an4.62#2.3

Atthisukhaṁ, bhogasukhaṁ, ānaṇyasukhaṁ, anavajjasukhaṁ. ;;;The happiness of ownership, using wealth, debtlessness, and blamelessness. 
;;;Ānaṇyasukhaṁ ñatvāna, 
;;;Knowing the happiness of debtlessness, 
;;;Atho atthisukhaṁ paraṁ; 
;;;and the extra happiness of possession, 
;;;Bhuñjaṁ bhogasukhaṁ macco, 
;;;a mortal enjoying the happiness of using wealth, 
;;;

an4.62
an4.63#1.3

Sapubbadevatāni, bhikkhave, tāni kulāni yesaṁ puttānaṁ mātāpitaro ajjhāgāre pūjitā honti. ;;;A family where the children honor their parents in their home is said to live with the old deities. 
;;;Pubbadevatāti, bhikkhave, mātāpitūnaṁ etaṁ adhivacanaṁ. 
;;;‘Old deities’ is a term for your parents. 
;;;

an4.63
an4.65#2.1

Ye ca rūpe pamāṇiṁsu, ;;;Those who judge on appearance, 
;;;nābhijānanti te janā. 
;;;those people just don’t understand. 
;;;

an4.65
an4.67#6.2

mettaṁ dvipādakehi me; ;;;the two-footed I love, 
;;;mā maṁ hiṁsi dvipādako; 
;;;May I not be harmed by the two-footed! 
;;;mā kañci pāpamāgamā. 
;;;may bad not come to anyone. 
;;;Pamāṇavantāni sarīsapāni. 
;;;But limited are crawling things, 
;;;

an4.67
an4.69#5.5

Yo hi bhikkhu idhātāpī, ;;;Any mendicant who keenly applies these 
;;;

an4.69
an4.70#1.12

Deve na sammā dhāraṁ anuppavecchante visamapākāni sassāni bhavanti. ;;;… the crops ripen erratically. 
;;;Visamapākāni, bhikkhave, sassāni manussā paribhuñjantā appāyukā honti dubbaṇṇā ca bavhābādhā ca. 
;;;When people eat crops that have ripened erratically, they become short-lived, ugly, weak, and sickly. 
;;;So sace dhammaṁ carati, 
;;;does the right thing, 
;;;Pattakammaṁ ānaṇyako, 
;;; 
;;;

an4.70
an4.76#1.1

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kusinārāyaṁ viharati upavattane mallānaṁ sālavane antarena yamakasālānaṁ parinibbānasamaye. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying between a pair of sal trees in the sal forest of the Mallas at Upavattana near Kusinārā at the time of his full extinguishment. 
;;;

an4.76
an4.78#2.2

Idha, bhikkhave, dāyako hoti sīlavā kalyāṇadhammo; paṭiggāhakā honti dussīlā pāpadhammā. ;;;It’s when the giver is ethical, of good character, but the recipient is unethical, of bad character. 
;;;

an4.78
an4.85#1.3

Tamo tamaparāyaṇo, ;;;The dark bound for darkness, 
;;;

an4.85
an4.87#2.2

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sekho hoti pāṭipado; ;;;It’s when a mendicant is a practicing trainee, 
;;;

an4.87
an4.92#1.5

Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo na ceva lābhī hoti ajjhattaṁ cetosamathassa na ca lābhī adhipaññādhammavipassanāya. ;;;One person has neither internal serenity of heart, nor the higher wisdom of discernment of principles. 
;;;

an4.92
an4.93#4.2

Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, ādittacelo vā ādittasīso vā tasseva celassa vā sīsassa vā nibbāpanāya adhimattaṁ chandañca vāyāmañca ussāhañca ussoḷhiñca appaṭivāniñca satiñca sampajaññañca kareyya; ;;;Suppose your clothes or head were on fire. In order to extinguish it, you’d apply intense enthusiasm, effort, zeal, vigor, perseverance, mindfulness, and situational awareness. 
;;;Tatra, bhikkhave, yvāyaṁ puggalo lābhī ceva hoti ajjhattaṁ cetosamathassa lābhī ca adhipaññādhammavipassanāya, tena, bhikkhave, puggalena tesuyeva kusalesu dhammesu patiṭṭhāya uttari āsavānaṁ khayāya yogo karaṇīyo. 
;;;As for the person who has both serenity and discernment: grounded on those skillful qualities, they should practice meditation further to end the defilements. 
;;;

an4.93
an4.94#3.3

Kathaṁ cittaṁ sannisādetabbaṁ? ;;;How should it be settled? 
;;;Kathaṁ cittaṁ ekodi kātabbaṁ? 
;;;How should it be unified? 
;;;

an4.94
an4.95#1.6

attahitāya ceva paṭipanno parahitāya ca. ;;;one who practices to benefit both themselves and others. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, chavālātaṁ ubhato padittaṁ, majjhe gūthagataṁ, neva gāme kaṭṭhatthaṁ pharati na araññe (…); 
;;;Suppose there was a firebrand for lighting a funeral pyre, burning at both ends, and smeared with dung in the middle. It couldn’t be used as timber either in the village or the wilderness. 
;;;

an4.95
an4.97#2.2

Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo khippanisantī ca hoti kusalesu dhammesu, sutānañca dhammānaṁ dhārakajātiko hoti, dhātānañca dhammānaṁ atthūpaparikkhī hoti atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya, dhammānudhammappaṭipanno hoti; ;;;It’s when a person is quick-witted when it comes to skillful teachings. They readily memorize the teachings they’ve heard. They examine the meaning of teachings they’ve memorized. Understanding the meaning and the teaching, they practice accordingly. 
;;;

an4.97
an4.102#2.3

suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ. ;;;statements, mixed prose and verse, discussions, verses, inspired exclamations, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and elaborations. 
;;;suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;

an4.102
an4.105#1.8

Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, cattāro ambūpamā puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ. ;;;In the same way, these four people similar to mangoes are found in the world. 
;;;

an4.105
an4.107#2.3

suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ. ;;;statements, mixed prose & verse, discussions, verses, inspired exclamations, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and elaborations. 
;;;suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;

an4.107
an4.108#1.1

“Cattārome, bhikkhave, balībaddā. ;;;“Mendicants, there are these four kinds of oxen. 
;;;

an4.108
an4.111#0.2

12. Kesivagga ;;;12. With Kesi 
;;;“tvaṁ khosi, kesi, paññāto assadammasārathīti. 
;;;“Kesi, you’re known as a horse trainer. 
;;;

an4.111
an4.113#5.4

‘amukasmiṁ nāma gāme vā nigame vā itthī vā puriso vā dukkhito vā kālaṅkato vā’ti. ;;;the suffering or death of a woman or man in such and such village or town. 
;;;

an4.113
an4.114#2.4

taṁ aṭṭhiṁ katvā manasi katvā sabbacetasā samannāharitvā ohitasoto suṇāti. ;;; 
;;;Idha bhikkhave, rañño nāgo saṅgāmagato khamo hoti sattippahārānaṁ asippahārānaṁ usuppahārānaṁ pharasuppahārānaṁ bheripaṇavasaṅkhatiṇavaninnādasaddānaṁ. 
;;;It’s when a royal bull elephant in battle endures being struck by spears, swords, arrows, and axes; it endures the thunder of the drums, kettledrums, horns, and cymbals. 
;;;taṁ khippameva gantā hoti. 
;;; 
;;;

an4.114
an4.115#2.1

Tatra, bhikkhave, yamidaṁ ṭhānaṁ amanāpaṁ kātuṁ; ;;;Take the thing that’s unpleasant to do, 
;;;Tatra, bhikkhave, yamidaṁ ṭhānaṁ manāpaṁ kātuṁ; 
;;;Next, take the thing that’s pleasant to do, 
;;;

an4.115
an4.121#2.3

‘ahañceva kho pana kāyena duccaritaṁ careyyaṁ, vācāya duccaritaṁ careyyaṁ, manasā duccaritaṁ careyyaṁ, kiñca taṁ yaṁ maṁ attā sīlato na upavadeyyā’ti. ;;;‘If I were to do bad things by way of body, speech, and mind, wouldn’t I blame myself for my conduct?’ 
;;;

an4.121
an4.122#1.5

Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, cattāri bhayāni idhekaccassa kulaputtassa imasmiṁ dhammavinaye agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajitassa pāṭikaṅkhitabbāni. ;;;In the same way, a gentleman gone forth from the lay life to homelessness in this teaching and training should anticipate four dangers. 
;;;

an4.122
an4.124#1.4

So yadeva tattha hoti rūpagataṁ vedanāgataṁ saññāgataṁ saṅkhāragataṁ viññāṇagataṁ, te dhamme aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato samanupassati. ;;;They contemplate the phenomena there—included in form, feeling, perception, choices, and consciousness—as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as a boil, as a dart, as misery, as an affliction, as alien, as falling apart, as empty, as not-self. 
;;;So yadeva tattha hoti rūpagataṁ vedanāgataṁ saññāgataṁ saṅkhāragataṁ viññāṇagataṁ, te dhamme aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato samanupassati. 
;;;They contemplate the phenomena there—included in form, feeling, perception, choices, and consciousness—as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as a boil, as a dart, as misery, as an affliction, as alien, as falling apart, as empty, as not-self. 
;;;

an4.124
an4.125#2.5

Tattha ṭhito tadadhimutto tabbahulavihārī aparihīno kālaṁ kurumāno ābhassarānaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ upapajjati. ;;;If they abide in that, are committed to it, and meditate on it often without losing it, when they die they’re reborn in the company of the gods of streaming radiance. The lifespan of the gods of streaming radiance is two eons. 
;;;

an4.125
an4.126#1.4

So yadeva tattha hoti rūpagataṁ vedanāgataṁ saññāgataṁ saṅkhāragataṁ viññāṇagataṁ te dhamme aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato samanupassati. ;;;They contemplate the phenomena there—included in form, feeling, perception, choices, and consciousness—as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as a boil, as a dart, as misery, as an affliction, as alien, as falling apart, as empty, as not-self. 
;;;So yadeva tattha hoti rūpagataṁ vedanāgataṁ saññāgataṁ saṅkhāragataṁ viññāṇagataṁ te dhamme aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato samanupassati. 
;;;They contemplate the phenomena there—included in form, feeling, perception, choices, and consciousness—as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as a boil, as a dart, as misery, as an affliction, as alien, as falling apart, as empty, as not-self. 
;;;

an4.126
an4.127#1.1

“Tathāgatassa, bhikkhave, arahato sammāsambuddhassa pātubhāvā cattāro acchariyā abbhutā dhammā pātubhavanti. ;;;“Mendicants, with the appearance of a Realized One, a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha, four incredible and amazing things appear. 
;;;Tathāgatassa, bhikkhave, arahato sammāsambuddhassa pātubhāvā ayaṁ paṭhamo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo pātubhavati. 
;;;This is the first incredible and amazing thing that appears with the appearance of a Realized One. 
;;;

an4.127
an4.139#1.4

parisā cassa na kusalā hoti sahitāsahitassa. ;;;And their assembly can’t tell what’s on topic and what’s off topic. 
;;;

an4.139
an4.140#1.8

Aṭṭhānametaṁ, bhikkhave, anavakāso yaṁ catūhi paṭisambhidāhi samannāgato atthato vā byañjanato vā pariyādānaṁ gaccheyyā”ti. ;;;It is impossible, it cannot happen that someone accomplished in the four kinds of textual analysis will ever run out of meaningful things to say, or ways of phrasing things.” 
;;;

an4.140
an4.141#1.5

Etadaggaṁ, bhikkhave, imāsaṁ catunnaṁ ābhānaṁ yadidaṁ paññābhā”ti. ;;;The best of these four kinds of brightness is the brightness of wisdom.” 
;;;

an4.141
an4.147#2.1

Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, uparipabbate thullaphusitake deve vassante taṁ udakaṁ yathāninnaṁ pavattamānaṁ pabbatakandarapadarasākhā paripūreti; pabbatakandarapadarasākhā paripūrā kusobbhe paripūrenti; kusobbhā paripūrā mahāsobbhe paripūrenti; mahāsobbhā paripūrā kunnadiyo paripūrenti; kunnadiyo paripūrā mahānadiyo paripūrenti; mahānadiyo paripūrā samuddaṁ paripūrenti. ;;;It’s like when the heavens rain heavily on a mountain top, and the water flows downhill to fill the hollows, crevices, and creeks. As they become full, they fill up the pools. The pools fill up the lakes, the lakes fill up the streams, and the streams fill up the rivers. And as the rivers become full, they fill up the ocean. 
;;;

an4.147
an4.153#1.3

Paññābalaṁ, vīriyabalaṁ, anavajjabalaṁ, saṅgahabalaṁ— ;;;The powers of wisdom, energy, blamelessness, and inclusiveness. 
;;;

an4.153
an4.156#1.1

“Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, kappassa asaṅkhyeyyāni. ;;;“Mendicants, an eon contains four uncountable periods. 
;;;

an4.156
an4.157#1.5

Te, bhikkhave, sattā sudullabhā lokasmiṁ ye cetasikena rogena muhuttampi ārogyaṁ paṭijānanti, aññatra khīṇāsavehi. ;;;But it’s very hard to find any sentient beings in the world who can claim to be free of mental illness even for an hour, apart from those who have ended the defilements. 
;;;

an4.157
an4.158#2.3

Parihānametaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā. ;;;For this is what the Buddha calls decline.’ 
;;;Rāgavepullattaṁ, dosavepullattaṁ, mohavepullattaṁ, gambhīresu kho panassa ṭhānāṭhānesu paññācakkhu na kamati. 
;;;They have much greed, much hate, and much delusion; and their wisdom eye doesn’t go into the many deep matters. 
;;;Parihānametaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā. 
;;;For this is what the Buddha calls decline.’ 
;;;Aparihānametaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā. 
;;;For this is what the Buddha calls non-decline.’ 
;;;Aparihānametaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā”ti. 
;;;For this is what the Buddha calls non-decline.’” 
;;;

an4.158
an4.160#10.2

Tesaṁ accayena nacchinnamūlako suttanto hoti sappaṭisaraṇo. ;;;When they pass away, the discourses aren’t cut off at the root, and they have someone to preserve them. 
;;;

an4.160
an4.163#2.2

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu asubhānupassī kāye viharati, āhāre paṭikūlasaññī, sabbaloke anabhiratisaññī, sabbasaṅkhāresu aniccānupassī; ;;;It’s when a mendicant meditates observing the ugliness of the body, perceives the repulsiveness of food, perceives dissatisfaction with the whole world, observes the impermanence of all conditions, 
;;;So imāni pañca sekhabalāni upanissāya viharati— 
;;;They rely on these five powers of a trainee: 
;;;

an4.163
an4.164#1.5

Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco akkosantaṁ paccakkosati, rosantaṁ paṭirosati, bhaṇḍantaṁ paṭibhaṇḍati. ;;;It’s when someone abuses, annoys, or argues with you, and you abuse, annoy, or argue right back at them. 
;;;

an4.164
an4.167#0.3

Mahāmoggallānasutta ;;;Moggallāna’s Practice 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā mahāmoggallānena saddhiṁ sammodi. 
;;;Then Venerable Sāriputta went up to Venerable Mahāmoggallāna, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;When the greetings and polite conversation were over, Sāriputta sat down to one side and said to Mahāmoggallāna: 
;;;“Catasso imā, āvuso moggallāna, paṭipadā. 
;;;“Reverend Moggallāna, there are four ways of practice. 
;;;Imāsaṁ, āvuso, catunnaṁ paṭipadānaṁ katamaṁ te paṭipadaṁ āgamma anupādāya āsavehi cittaṁ vimuttan”ti? 
;;;Which one of these four ways of practice did you rely on to free your mind from defilements by not grasping?” 
;;;

an4.167
an4.168#1.1

Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā sāriputtena saddhiṁ sammodi. ;;;Then Venerable Mahāmoggallāna went up to Venerable Sāriputta, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;When the greetings and polite conversation were over, Mahāmoggallāna sat down to one side, and said to Sāriputta: 
;;;“Catasso imā, āvuso moggallāna, paṭipadā. 
;;;“Reverend Moggallāna … 
;;;

an4.168
an4.170#8.3

Moggallāno sāriputto, ;;;" 
;;;

an4.170
an4.171#5.3

khettaṁ taṁ na hoti …pe… vatthu taṁ na hoti …pe… āyatanaṁ taṁ na hoti …pe… adhikaraṇaṁ taṁ na hoti yaṁpaccayāssa taṁ uppajjati ajjhattaṁ sukhadukkhanti. ;;;There is no field, no ground, no scope, and no basis, conditioned by which that pleasure and pain arise in oneself. 
;;;

an4.171
an4.176#1.2

‘tādiso homi yādisā sāriputtamoggallānā’ti. ;;;‘May I be like Sāriputta and Moggallāna!’ 
;;;Esā, bhikkhave, tulā etaṁ pamāṇaṁ mama sāvakānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ, yadidaṁ sāriputtamoggallānā. 
;;;These are a standard and a measure for my monk disciples, that is, Sāriputta and Moggallāna. 
;;;

an4.176
an4.178#1.6

Tassa kho evaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno na sakkāyanirodho pāṭikaṅkho. ;;;You wouldn’t expect that mendicant to realize the cessation of substantial reality. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso lepagatena hatthena sākhaṁ gaṇheyya, tassa so hattho sajjeyyapi gaṇheyyapi bajjheyyapi; 
;;;Suppose a person were to grab a branch with a glue-smeared hand. Their hand would stick, hold, and bind to it. 
;;;Tassa kho evaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno na sakkāyanirodho pāṭikaṅkho. 
;;;You wouldn’t expect that mendicant to realize the cessation of substantial reality. 
;;;

an4.178
an4.180#2.10

Iti hetaṁ, bhikkhave, chaḍḍeyyātha. ;;;And so you should reject it. 
;;;

an4.180
an4.181#0.2

19. Brāhmaṇavagga ;;;19. Brahmins 
;;;

an4.181
an4.185#1.3

Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena sippinikātīre paribbājakārāmo tenupasaṅkami. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the wanderer’s monastery on the bank of the Sappinī river. 
;;;Api ca yadeva tattha saccaṁ tadabhiññāya pāṇānaṁyeva anuddayāya anukampāya paṭipanno hoti. 
;;;Rather, they simply practice out of kindness and sympathy for living creatures, having had insight into the truth of that. 
;;;‘nāhaṁ kvacani kassaci kiñcanatasmiṁ na ca mama kvacani katthaci kiñcanatatthī’ti. 
;;;‘I don’t belong to anyone anywhere. And nothing belongs to me anywhere.’ 
;;;

an4.185
an4.186#2.2

Bhaddako kho te, bhikkhu, ummaggo, bhaddakaṁ paṭibhānaṁ, kalyāṇī paripucchā. ;;;Your approach and articulation are excellent, and it’s a good question. 
;;;suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthā, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ. 
;;;statements, mixed prose & verse, discussions, verses, inspired exclamations, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and elaborations. 
;;;

an4.186
an4.187#4.4

yamako moggallo uggo nāvindakī gandhabbo aggivesso, ye samaṇe rāmaputte abhippasannā, samaṇe ca pana rāmaputte evarūpaṁ paramanipaccakāraṁ karonti, yadidaṁ abhivādanaṁ paccuṭṭhānaṁ añjalikammaṁ sāmīcikamman’ti. ;;;Yamaka, Moggalla, Ugga, Nāvindakī, Gandhabba, and Aggivessa—for they show the same kind of deference to Rāmaputta.’ 
;;;yamako moggallo uggo nāvindakī gandhabbo aggivesso, karaṇīyādhikaraṇīyesu vacanīyādhivacanīyesu alamatthadasatarehi alamatthadasatarā’ti? 
;;;When it comes to the various duties and speeches, aren’t the king’s men—Yamaka, Moggalla, Ugga, Nāvindakī, Gandhabba, and Aggivessa—astute, even better than the experts?’ 
;;;yamako moggallo uggo nāvindakī gandhabbo aggivesso, karaṇīyādhikaraṇīyesu vacanīyādhivacanīyesu alamatthadasatarehi alamatthadasatarāti. 
;;; 
;;;

an4.187
an4.188#2.2

‘yo koci parūpārambhaṁ vatteti, parūpārambhaṁ vattento sabbo so na upapādeti. ;;;‘Whoever goes on complaining about others without giving any reasons 
;;;Atha kho upako maṇḍikāputto bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā yena rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā yāvatako ahosi bhagavatā saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ rañño māgadhassa ajātasattussa vedehiputtassa ārocesi. 
;;;And then Upaka son of Maṇḍikā approved and agreed with what the Buddha said. He got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right. Then he went up to King Ajātasattu of Magadha, son of the princess of Videha,. He told the King of all they had discussed. 
;;;

an4.188
an4.190#2.6

Yathārūpaṁ parisaṁ alaṁ yojanagaṇanānipi dassanāya gantuṁ api puṭosenāpi, tathārūpo ayaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhusaṅgho, tathārūpāyaṁ, bhikkhave, parisā. ;;;An assembly such as this is worth traveling many leagues to see, even if you have to carry your own provisions in a knapsack. 
;;;

an4.190
an4.191#1.4

suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ. ;;;statements, mixed prose & verse, discussions, verses, inspired exclamations, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and elaborations. 
;;;Tassa tattha sukhino dhammapadā plavanti. 
;;;Being happy there, passages of the teaching come back to them. 
;;;suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ. 
;;;statements, mixed prose & verse, discussions, verses, inspired exclamations, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and elaborations. 
;;;suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ. 
;;;statements, mixed prose & verse, discussions, verses, inspired exclamations, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and elaborations. 
;;;suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ. 
;;;statements, mixed prose & verse, discussions, verses, inspired exclamations, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and elaborations. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, dve sahāyakā sahapaṁsukīḷikā. 
;;;Suppose there were two friends who had played together in the sand. 
;;;Te kadāci karahaci aññamaññaṁ samāgaccheyyuṁ. 
;;;Some time or other they’d meet. 
;;;suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;

an4.191
an4.192#2.4

‘dīgharattaṁ kho ayamāyasmā khaṇḍakārī chiddakārī sabalakārī kammāsakārī, na santatakārī na santatavutti; ;;;‘For a long time this venerable’s deeds have been broken, tainted, spotty, and marred. Their deeds and behavior are inconsistent. 
;;;

an4.192
an4.193#2.2

‘māyāvī samaṇo gotamo āvaṭṭaniṁ māyaṁ jānāti yāya aññatitthiyānaṁ sāvake āvaṭṭetī’ti. ;;;‘The ascetic Gotama is a magician. He knows a conversion magic, and uses it to convert the disciples of those of other religions.’ 
;;;‘ehi tvaṁ, ambho purisa, lobhaṁ vineyya viharāhi. 
;;;‘Please, mister, live rid of greed. 
;;;Lobhaṁ vineyya viharanto na lobhajaṁ kammaṁ karissasi kāyena vācāya manasā. 
;;;Then you won’t act out of greed by way of body, speech, or mind. 
;;;Ime cepi, bhaddiya, mahāsālā imāya āvaṭṭaniyā āvaṭṭeyyuṁ akusaladhammappahānāya kusaladhammūpasampadāya, imesampissa mahāsālānaṁ dīgharattaṁ hitāya sukhāya (…). 
;;;If these great sal trees were to be converted by this, for giving up unskillful qualities and embracing skillful qualities, it would be for their lasting welfare and happiness—if they were sentient. 
;;;

an4.193
an4.194#1.1

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ānando koliyesu viharati sāmugaṁ nāma koliyānaṁ nigamo. ;;;At one time Venerable Ānanda was staying in the land of the Koliyans, where they have a town named Sāpūga. 
;;;Atha kho sambahulā sāmugiyā koliyaputtā yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinne kho te sāmugiye koliyaputte āyasmā ānando etadavoca: 
;;;Then several Koliyans from Sāpūga went up to Ānanda, bowed, and sat down to one side. Then Venerable Ānanda said to them: 
;;;

an4.194
an4.195#1.2

Atha kho vappo sakko nigaṇṭhasāvako yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho vappaṁ sakkaṁ nigaṇṭhasāvakaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca: ;;;Then Vappa of the Sakyans, a disciple of the Jains, went up to Venerable Mahāmoggallāna, bowed, and sat down to one side. Mahāmoggallāna said to him: 
;;;Ayañceva kho pana āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa vappena sakkena nigaṇṭhasāvakena saddhiṁ antarākathā vippakatā hoti. 
;;;But this conversation between Mahāmoggallāna and Vappa was left unfinished. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena upaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the assembly hall. He sat down on the seat spread out, and said to Mahāmoggallāna, 
;;;“Kāya nuttha, moggallāna, etarahi kathāya sannisinnā; kā ca pana vo antarākathā vippakatā”ti? 
;;;“Moggallāna, what were you sitting talking about just now? What conversation was left unfinished?” 
;;;‘idaṁ, bhante, kathaṁ, imassa ko attho’ti, siyā no ettha kathāsallāpo”ti. 
;;;‘Sir, why is this? What’s the meaning of that?’” 
;;;Hotu no ettha kathāsallāpo”ti. 
;;; 
;;;

an4.195
an4.196#3.2

Ye te, sāḷha, samaṇabrāhmaṇā tapojigucchāvādā tapojigucchāsārā tapojigucchāallīnā viharanti, abhabbā te oghassa nittharaṇāya. ;;;But those ascetics and brahmins who teach fervent mortification in disgust of sin—regarding it as essential and sticking to it—are incapable of crossing the flood. 
;;;lekhaṇiyā likhitvā pāsāṇaguḷena dhoveyya; 
;;;and sand it with a rock. 
;;;“Evamevaṁ kho, sāḷha, ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā tapojigucchāvādā tapojigucchāsārā tapojigucchāallīnā viharanti, abhabbā te oghassa nittharaṇāya. 
;;;“In the same way, Sāḷha, those ascetics and brahmins who teach fervent mortification in disgust of sin—regarding it as essential and sticking to it—are incapable of crossing the flood. 
;;;Ye ca kho te, sāḷha, samaṇabrāhmaṇā na tapojigucchāvādā na tapojigucchāsārā na tapojigucchāallīnā viharanti, bhabbā te oghassa nittharaṇāya. 
;;;But those ascetics and brahmins who don’t teach mortification in disgust of sin—not regarding it as essential or sticking to it—are capable of crossing the flood. 
;;;nāvaṁ katvā phiyārittaṁ bandheyya; 
;;;Finally he’d fix it with oars and rudder, 
;;;“Evamevaṁ kho, sāḷha, ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā na tapojigucchāvādā na tapojigucchāsārā na tapojigucchāallīnā viharanti, bhabbā te oghassa nittharaṇāya. 
;;;“In the same way, Sāḷha, those ascetics and brahmins who don’t teach fervent mortification in disgust of sin—not regarding it as essential or sticking to it—are capable of crossing the flood. 
;;;

an4.196
an4.197#0.3

Mallikādevīsutta ;;;Queen Mallikā 
;;;Atha kho mallikā devī yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho mallikā devī bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then Queen Mallikā went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him: 
;;;“Idha, mallike, ekacco mātugāmo kodhanā hoti upāyāsabahulā. 
;;;“Take a female who is irritable and bad-tempered. 
;;;Sā na dātā hoti samaṇassa vā brāhmaṇassa vā annaṁ pānaṁ vatthaṁ yānaṁ mālāgandhavilepanaṁ seyyāvasathapadīpeyyaṁ. 
;;;She doesn’t give to ascetics or brahmins such things as food, drink, clothing, vehicles; garlands, fragrance, and makeup; and bed, house, and lighting. 
;;;Issāmanikā kho pana hoti; 
;;;And she’s jealous, 
;;;Sā ce tato cutā itthattaṁ āgacchati, sā yattha yattha paccājāyati dubbaṇṇā ca hoti durūpā supāpikā dassanāya; 
;;;If she comes back to this place after passing away, wherever she is reborn she’s ugly, unattractive, and bad-looking; 
;;;Idha pana, mallike, ekacco mātugāmo kodhanā hoti upāyāsabahulā. 
;;;Take another female who is irritable and bad-tempered. … 
;;;Idha pana, mallike, ekacco mātugāmo akkodhanā hoti anupāyāsabahulā. 
;;;Take another female who isn’t irritable and bad-tempered. … 
;;;Idha pana, mallike, ekacco mātugāmo akkodhanā hoti anupāyāsabahulā. 
;;;Take another female who isn’t irritable and bad-tempered. … 
;;;Ayaṁ kho, mallike, hetu ayaṁ paccayo, yena midhekacco mātugāmo dubbaṇṇā ca hoti durūpā supāpikā dassanāya; 
;;;This is why some females are ugly … 
;;;Ayaṁ pana, mallike, hetu ayaṁ paccayo, yena midhekacco mātugāmo dubbaṇṇā ca hoti durūpā supāpikā dassanāya; 
;;;And some females are ugly … 
;;;Ayaṁ kho, mallike, hetu ayaṁ paccayo, yena midhekacco mātugāmo abhirūpā ca hoti dassanīyā pāsādikā paramāya vaṇṇapokkharatāya samannāgatā; 
;;;And some females are attractive … 
;;;Ayaṁ pana, mallike, hetu ayaṁ paccayo, yena midhekacco mātugāmo abhirūpā ca hoti dassanīyā pāsādikā paramāya vaṇṇapokkharatāya samannāgatā; 
;;;And some females are attractive … 
;;;Evaṁ vutte, mallikā devī bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;When this was said, Queen Mallikā said to the Buddha: 
;;;“yā nūnāhaṁ, bhante, aññaṁ jātiṁ kodhanā ahosiṁ upāyāsabahulā, 
;;;“Sir, in another life I must have been irritable and bad-tempered. 
;;;

an4.197
an4.198#6.7

‘ettakā usabhā haññantu yaññatthāya, ettakā vacchatarā haññantu yaññatthāya, ettakā vacchatariyo haññantu yaññatthāya, ettakā ajā haññantu yaññatthāya, ettakā urabbhā haññantu yaññatthāya, ettakā assā haññantu yaññatthāya, ettakā rukkhā chijjantu yūpatthāya, ettakā dabbhā lūyantu barihisatthāyā’ti. ;;;‘Slaughter this many bulls, bullocks, heifers, goats, rams, and horses for the sacrifice! Fell this many trees and reap this much grass for the sacrificial equipment!’ 
;;;So iminā ca ariyena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato, imāya ca ariyāya santuṭṭhiyā samannāgato, iminā ca ariyena indriyasaṁvarena samannāgato, iminā ca ariyena satisampajaññena samannāgato 
;;;When they have this entire spectrum of noble ethics, this noble contentment, this noble sense restraint, and this noble mindfulness and situational awareness, 
;;;So pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;After the meal, they return from almsround, sit down cross-legged, set their body straight, and establish mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;

an4.198
an4.199#3.2

Asmīti, bhikkhave, sati itthasmīti hoti, evaṁsmīti hoti, aññathāsmīti hoti, asasmīti hoti, satasmīti hoti, santi hoti, itthaṁ santi hoti, evaṁ santi hoti, aññathā santi hoti, apihaṁ santi hoti, apihaṁ itthaṁ santi hoti, apihaṁ evaṁ santi hoti, apihaṁ aññathā santi hoti, bhavissanti hoti, itthaṁ bhavissanti hoti, evaṁ bhavissanti hoti, aññathā bhavissanti hoti. ;;;When there is the concept ‘I am’, there are the concepts ‘I am such’, ‘I am thus’, ‘I am otherwise’; ‘I am fleeting’, ‘I am lasting’; ‘mine’, ‘such is mine’, ‘thus is mine’, ‘otherwise is mine’; ‘also mine’, ‘such is also mine’, ‘thus is also mine’, ‘otherwise is also mine’; ‘I will be’, ‘I will be such’, ‘I will be thus’, ‘I will be otherwise’. 
;;;

an4.199
an4.200#1.1

“Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, pemāni jāyanti. ;;;“Mendicants, these four things are born of love and hate. 
;;;Ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhikkhu neva usseneti na paṭiseneti na dhūpāyati na pajjalati na sampajjhāyati. 
;;;This is called a mendicant who doesn’t draw close or push back or fume or ignite or burn up. 
;;;Mallika attantāpo, 
;;; 
;;;

an4.200
an4.202#3.7

attanā ca muṭṭhassati hoti, parañca muṭṭhassacce samādapeti; ;;; 
;;;attanā ca upaṭṭhitassati hoti, parañca satiupaṭṭhāne samādapeti; 
;;; 
;;;

an4.202
an4.221#1.7

Saccavācā, apisuṇā vācā, saṇhā vācā, mantavācā— ;;;Speech that’s true, harmonious, gentle, and thoughtful. 
;;;

an4.221
an4.232#1.6

atthi, bhikkhave, kammaṁ akaṇhaasukkaṁ akaṇhaasukkavipākaṁ kammakkhayāya saṁvattati. ;;;There are neither dark nor bright deeds with neither dark nor bright results, which lead to the ending of deeds. 
;;;

an4.232
an4.233#5.2

Tatra, bhikkhave, yamidaṁ kammaṁ kaṇhaṁ kaṇhavipākaṁ tassa pahānāya yā cetanā, yamidaṁ kammaṁ sukkaṁ sukkavipākaṁ tassa pahānāya yā cetanā, yamidaṁ kammaṁ kaṇhasukkaṁ kaṇhasukkavipākaṁ tassa pahānāya yā cetanā— ;;;It’s the intention to give up dark deeds with dark results, bright deeds with bright results, and both dark and bright deeds with both dark and bright results. 
;;;

an4.233
an4.234#1.1

Atha kho sikhāmoggallāno brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi. ;;;Then Sikhāmoggallāna the brahmin went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho sikhāmoggallāno brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;When the greetings and polite conversation were over, Sikhāmoggallāna sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha: 
;;;kuto panevarūpo kathāsallāpo. 
;;;so how could we possibly have had such a discussion? 
;;;

an4.234
an4.236#3.2

Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti, adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti, kāmesumicchācārā paṭivirato hoti, musāvādā paṭivirato hoti, pisuṇāya vācāya paṭivirato hoti, pharusāya vācāya paṭivirato hoti, samphappalāpā paṭivirato hoti, anabhijjhālu hoti, abyāpannacitto hoti, sammādiṭṭhi hoti. ;;;It’s when someone doesn’t kill living creatures, steal, or commit sexual misconduct. They don’t use speech that’s false, divisive, harsh, or nonsensical. And they’re content, kind-hearted, with right view. 
;;;

an4.236
an4.241#1.1

“‘Idheva, bhikkhave, paṭhamo samaṇo, idha dutiyo samaṇo, idha tatiyo samaṇo, idha catuttho samaṇo; ;;;“‘Only here is there a first ascetic, here a second ascetic, here a third ascetic, and here a fourth ascetic. 
;;;suññā parappavādā samaṇehi aññehī’ti— 
;;;Other sects are empty of ascetics.’ 
;;;Katamo ca, bhikkhave, paṭhamo samaṇo? 
;;;And who is the first ascetic? 
;;;

an4.241
an4.243#2.2

Nanu, ānanda, yāni kānici adhikaraṇāni uppajjanti, sabbāni tāni tumhe ceva vūpasametha sāriputtamoggallānā ca. ;;;Shouldn’t you, together with Sāriputta and Moggallāna, settle all disciplinary issues that come up? 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, ānanda, pāpabhikkhu micchāājīvo hoti, micchāājīvena jīvikaṁ kappeti. 
;;;Furthermore, a bad monk has wrong livelihood and earns a living by wrong livelihood. 
;;;

an4.243
an4.244#1.12

So vatassāhaṁ evarūpaṁ pāpakammaṁ na kareyyaṁ gārayhaṁ sīsacchejjan’ti. ;;;There’s no way I’d ever do such a bad and reprehensible deed, a capital offense.’ 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso kāḷavatthaṁ paridhāya kese pakiritvā musalaṁ khandhe āropetvā mahājanakāyaṁ upasaṅkamitvā evaṁ vadeyya: 
;;;Suppose a man was to put on a black cloth, mess up his hair, and put a club on his shoulder. Then he approaches a large crowd and says: 
;;;‘ahaṁ, bhante, pāpakammaṁ akāsiṁ gārayhaṁ mosallaṁ, yena me āyasmanto attamanā honti taṁ karomī’ti. 
;;;‘Sirs, I’ve done a bad and reprehensible deed, deserving of clubbing. I submit to your pleasure.’ 
;;;‘pāpakaṁ vata, bho, ayaṁ puriso kammaṁ akāsi gārayhaṁ mosallaṁ. 
;;;‘This man must have done a truly bad and reprehensible deed, deserving of clubbing. … 
;;;“ahaṁ, bhante, pāpakammaṁ akāsiṁ gārayhaṁ mosallaṁ, yena me āyasmanto attamanā honti taṁ karomī”ti. 
;;; 
;;;So vatassāhaṁ evarūpaṁ pāpakammaṁ na kareyyaṁ gārayhaṁ mosallan’ti. 
;;;There’s no way I’d ever do such a bad and reprehensible deed, deserving of clubbing.’ 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso kāḷavatthaṁ paridhāya kese pakiritvā bhasmapuṭaṁ khandhe āropetvā mahājanakāyaṁ upasaṅkamitvā evaṁ vadeyya: 
;;;Suppose a man was to put on a black cloth, mess up his hair, and put a sack of ashes on his shoulder. Then he approaches a large crowd and says: 
;;;

an4.244
an4.257#1.1

Atha kho āyasmā mālukyaputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā mālukyaputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: ;;;Then Venerable Māluṅkyaputta went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him: 
;;;yatra hi nāma tvaṁ jiṇṇo vuddho mahallako tathāgatassa saṅkhittena ovādaṁ yācasī”ti. 
;;;when even an old man like you, elderly and senior, asks the Realized One for brief advice?” 
;;;

an4.257
an4.274#0.2

28. Rāgapeyyāla ;;;28. Abbreviated Texts Beginning with Greed 
;;;

an4.274
an5.1#2.3

Saddhābalaṁ, hirībalaṁ, ottappabalaṁ, vīriyabalaṁ, paññābalaṁ— ;;;The powers of faith, conscience, prudence, energy, and wisdom. 
;;;

an5.1
an5.5#2.1

Yo hi koci, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vā bhikkhunī vā sahāpi dukkhena sahāpi domanassena assumukho rudamāno paripuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ carati, tassa diṭṭheva dhamme pañca sahadhammikā pāsaṁsā ṭhānā āgacchanti. ;;;Any monk or nun who lives the full and pure spiritual life in pain and sadness, weeping, with tearful face, deserves praise on five legitimate grounds in the present life. 
;;;

an5.5
an5.6#1.2

Yato ca kho, bhikkhave, saddhā antarahitā hoti, assaddhiyaṁ pariyuṭṭhāya tiṭṭhati; ;;;But when faith vanishes and faithlessness takes over, 
;;;

an5.6
an5.7#1.4

Labbhā, bhikkhave, yobbanena kāmā te ca kho yādisā vā tādisā vā. ;;;Because a youth can get sensual pleasures of this kind or that. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, daharo kumāro mando uttānaseyyako dhātiyā pamādamanvāya kaṭṭhaṁ vā kaṭhalaṁ vā mukhe āhareyya. 
;;;Suppose there was a little baby boy who, because of his nursemaid’s negligence, puts a stick or stone in his mouth. 
;;;Karaṇīyañca kho etaṁ, bhikkhave, dhātiyā atthakāmāya hitesiniyā anukampikāya, anukampaṁ upādāya. 
;;;Still, it should be done by a nursemaid who wants what’s best for him, out of kindness and sympathy. 
;;;Yato ca kho, bhikkhave, so kumāro vuddho hoti alaṁpañño, anapekkhā dāni, bhikkhave, dhāti tasmiṁ kumāre hoti: 
;;;And when the boy has grown up and has enough sense, his nursemaid would not worry about him, thinking: 
;;;Yato ca kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno saddhāya kataṁ hoti kusalesu dhammesu, hiriyā kataṁ hoti kusalesu dhammesu, ottappena kataṁ hoti kusalesu dhammesu, vīriyena kataṁ hoti kusalesu dhammesu, paññāya kataṁ hoti kusalesu dhammesu, anapekkho dānāhaṁ, bhikkhave, tasmiṁ bhikkhusmiṁ homi: 
;;;But when a mendicant has finished developing faith, conscience, prudence, energy, and wisdom regarding skillful qualities, I need not be concerned, thinking: 
;;;

an5.7
an5.23#1.6

Yassā yassā ca piḷandhanavikatiyā ākaṅkhati—yadi muddikāya yadi kuṇḍalāya yadi gīveyyakāya yadi suvaṇṇamālāya—tañcassa atthaṁ anubhoti. ;;;Then the goldsmith can successfully create any kind of ornament they want, whether a ring, earrings, a necklace, or a golden garland. 
;;;Kāmacchando, byāpādo, thinamiddhaṁ, uddhaccakukkuccaṁ, vicikicchā— 
;;;Sensual desire, ill will, dullness and drowsiness, restlessness and remorse, and doubt. 
;;;So sace ākaṅkhati: ‘anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhaveyyaṁ—ekopi hutvā bahudhā assaṁ, bahudhāpi hutvā eko assaṁ; āvibhāvaṁ, tirobhāvaṁ; tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamāno gaccheyyaṁ, seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ kareyyaṁ, seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāno gaccheyyaṁ, seyyathāpi pathaviyaṁ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kameyyaṁ, seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve pāṇinā parimaseyyaṁ parimajjeyyaṁ yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vatteyyan’ti, 
;;;If you wish: ‘May I wield the many kinds of psychic power—multiplying myself and becoming one again; appearing and disappearing; going unobstructed through a wall, a rampart, or a mountain as if through space; diving in and out of the earth as if it were water; walking on water as if it were earth; flying cross-legged through the sky like a bird; touching and stroking with the hand the sun and moon, so mighty and powerful, controlling the body as far as the realm of divinity.’ 
;;;So sace ākaṅkhati: ‘anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussareyyaṁ, seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ dvepi jātiyo tissopi jātiyo catassopi jātiyo pañcapi jātiyo dasapi jātiyo vīsampi jātiyo tiṁsampi jātiyo cattārīsampi jātiyo paññāsampi jātiyo jātisatampi jātisahassampi jātisatasahassampi anekepi saṁvaṭṭakappe anekepi vivaṭṭakappe anekepi saṁvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappe—amutrāsiṁ evaṁnāmo evaṅgotto evaṁvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṁsukhadukkhappaṭisaṁvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto amutra udapādiṁ; tatrāpāsiṁ evaṁnāmo evaṅgotto evaṁvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṁsukhadukkhappaṭisaṁvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto idhūpapannoti, iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussareyyan’ti, 
;;;If you wish: ‘May I recollect many kinds of past lives. That is: one, two, three, four, five, ten, twenty, thirty, forty, fifty, a hundred, a thousand, a hundred thousand rebirths; many eons of the world contracting, many eons of the world expanding, many eons of the world contracting and expanding. May I remember: “There, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn somewhere else. There, too, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn here.” May I recollect my many past lives, with features and details.’ 
;;;

an5.23
an5.26#2.4

Tassa atthapaṭisaṁvedino dhammapaṭisaṁvedino pāmojjaṁ jāyati. ;;;Feeling inspired, joy springs up. 
;;;

an5.26
an5.27#1.7

‘ayaṁ samādhi santo paṇīto paṭippassaddhaladdho ekodibhāvādhigato, na sasaṅkhāraniggayhavāritagato’ti paccattaññeva ñāṇaṁ uppajjati, ;;;‘This immersion is peaceful and sublime and tranquil and unified, not held in place by forceful suppression.’ … 
;;;‘sato kho panāhaṁ imaṁ samāpajjāmi sato vuṭṭhahāmī’ti paccattaññeva ñāṇaṁ uppajjati. 
;;;‘I mindfully enter into and emerge from this immersion.’ … 
;;;

an5.27
an5.28#2.4

Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, dakkho nhāpako vā nhāpakantevāsī vā kaṁsathāle nhānīyacuṇṇāni ākiritvā udakena paripphosakaṁ paripphosakaṁ sanneyya. Sāyaṁ nhānīyapiṇḍi snehānugatā snehaparetā santarabāhirā phuṭā snehena, na ca paggharinī. ;;;It’s like when a deft bathroom attendant or their apprentice pours bath powder into a bronze dish, sprinkling it little by little with water. They knead it until the ball of bath powder is soaked and saturated with moisture, spread through inside and out; yet no moisture oozes out. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, udakarahado gambhīro ubbhidodako. Tassa nevassa puratthimāya disāya udakassa āyamukhaṁ, na pacchimāya disāya udakassa āyamukhaṁ, na uttarāya disāya udakassa āyamukhaṁ, na dakkhiṇāya disāya udakassa āyamukhaṁ, devo ca kālena kālaṁ sammā dhāraṁ nānuppaveccheyya. 
;;;It’s like a deep lake fed by spring water. There’s no inlet to the east, west, north, or south, and the heavens would not properly bestow showers from time to time. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, aññova aññaṁ paccavekkheyya, ṭhito vā nisinnaṁ paccavekkheyya, nisinno vā nipannaṁ paccavekkheyya. 
;;;It’s like when someone views someone else. Someone standing might view someone sitting, or someone sitting might view someone lying down. 
;;;Evaṁ bhāvite kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ariye pañcaṅgike sammāsamādhimhi evaṁ bahulīkate yassa yassa abhiññāsacchikaraṇīyassa dhammassa cittaṁ abhininnāmeti abhiññāsacchikiriyāya, tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṁ pāpuṇāti sati sati āyatane. 
;;;When the noble right immersion with five factors is cultivated in this way, a mendicant extends the mind to realize by insight each and every thing that can be realized by insight; and they are capable of realizing those things, since each and every one is within range. 
;;;Tamenaṁ balavā puriso yato yato āvajjeyya, āgaccheyya udakan”ti? 
;;;If a strong man was to tip it any which way, would water pour out?” 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, subhūmiyaṁ catumahāpathe ājaññaratho yutto assa ṭhito odhastapatodo. 
;;;Suppose a chariot stood harnessed to thoroughbreds at a level crossroads, with a goad ready. 
;;;

an5.28
an5.30#2.7

So taṁ mīḷhasukhaṁ middhasukhaṁ lābhasakkārasilokasukhaṁ sādiyeyyā”ti. ;;;Let them enjoy the filthy, lazy pleasure of possessions, honor, and popularity.” 
;;;Asubhanimittānuyogaṁ anuyuttassa kho, nāgita, subhanimitte pāṭikulyatā saṇṭhāti— 
;;;When you pursue meditation on the feature of ugliness, revulsion at the feature of beauty becomes stabilized. 
;;;

an5.30
an5.31#6.2

“Ettha kho panesāhaṁ, sumane, na kiñci nānākaraṇaṁ vadāmi, yadidaṁ vimuttiyā vimuttin”ti. ;;;“In that case, I say there is no difference between the freedom of one and the freedom of the other.” 
;;;Sa ve bhogaparibyūḷho, 
;;;Lavished with riches, 
;;;

an5.31
an5.32#7.1

Yāvatā, cundi, sīlāni, ariyakantāni sīlāni tesaṁ aggamakkhāyati, yadidaṁ— ;;;The ethical conduct loved by the noble ones is said to be the best of all ethics. 
;;;

an5.32
an5.33#4.3

‘yassa vo mātāpitaro bhattuno dassanti atthakāmā hitesino anukampakā anukampaṁ upādāya, tassa bhavissāma pubbuṭṭhāyiniyo pacchānipātiniyo kiṅkārapaṭissāviniyo manāpacāriniyo piyavādiniyo’ti. ;;;‘Our parents will give us to a husband wanting what’s best, out of kindness and sympathy. We will get up before him and go to bed after him, and be obliging, behaving nicely and speaking politely.’ 
;;;‘ye te bhattu garuno bhavissanti mātāti vā pitāti vā samaṇabrāhmaṇāti vā, te sakkarissāma garuṁ karissāma mānessāma pūjessāma abbhāgate ca āsanodakena paṭipūjessāmā’ti. 
;;;‘Those our husband respects—mother and father, ascetics and brahmins—we will honor, respect, revere, and venerate, and serve with a seat and a drink when they come as guests.’ 
;;;‘yo so bhattu abbhantaro antojano dāsāti vā pessāti vā kammakarāti vā, tesaṁ katañca katato jānissāma akatañca akatato jānissāma, gilānakānañca balābalaṁ jānissāma, khādanīyaṁ bhojanīyañcassa paccaṁsena saṁvibhajissāmā’ti. 
;;;‘We will know what work our husband’s domestic bondservants, servants, and workers have completed, and what they’ve left incomplete. We will know who is sick, and who is fit or unwell. We will distribute to each a fair portion of fresh and cooked foods.’ 
;;;Uṭṭhāhikā analasā, 
;;;She gets up early, works tirelessly, 
;;;

an5.33
an5.34#6.2

Yampi, sīha, dāyako dānapati kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati, idaṁ samparāyikaṁ dānaphalan”ti. ;;;This is a fruit of giving to do with lives to come.” 
;;;Kittiñca pappoti yaso ca vaḍḍhati; 
;;;You get a good reputation, and your fame grows. 
;;;Sayaṁpabhā anuvicaranti nandanaṁ; 
;;;they wander radiant in the Garden of Delight. 
;;;Ramanti sagge sugatassa sāvakā”ti. 
;;;disciples of the Holy One rejoice in heaven.” 
;;;

an5.34
an5.37#1.3

Āyuṁ deti, vaṇṇaṁ deti, sukhaṁ deti, balaṁ deti, paṭibhānaṁ deti. ;;;Long life, beauty, happiness, strength, and eloquence. 
;;;sukhañca paṭibhānakaṁ; 
;;;happiness, and eloquence, 
;;;

an5.37
an5.40#3.2

Saddhaṁ kulaputtaṁ imaṁ; ;;;is ethical and faithful, 
;;;maggaṁ sugatigāminaṁ; 
;;;the path that goes to a good place, 
;;;

an5.40
an5.41#3.2

aggito vā udakato vā rājato vā corato vā appiyato vā dāyādato— ;;; 
;;;Itissa hoti ubhayeneva avippaṭisāroti. 
;;;And so he has no regrets in both cases. 
;;;

an5.41
an5.42#3.4

Dhamme ṭhitaṁ na vijahati kitti. ;;;and steady in principle, doesn’t lose their reputation. 
;;;

an5.42
an5.43#3.1

Imesaṁ kho, gahapati, pañcannaṁ dhammānaṁ iṭṭhānaṁ kantānaṁ manāpānaṁ dullabhānaṁ lokasmiṁ na āyācanahetu vā patthanāhetu vā paṭilābhaṁ vadāmi. ;;;And I say that these five things are not got by praying or wishing for them. 
;;;

an5.43
an5.44#3.3

Manāpaṁ me, bhante, sampannakolakaṁ sūkaramaṁsaṁ; ;;;My pork with jujube is agreeable: 
;;;Manāpo me, bhante, sālīnaṁ odano vicitakāḷako anekasūpo anekabyañjano; 
;;;“… My boiled fine rice with the dark grains picked out, served with many soups and sauces is agreeable: 
;;;Manāpo me, bhante, pallaṅko gonakatthato paṭalikatthato kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇo sauttaracchado ubhatolohitakūpadhāno. 
;;;“… My couch spread with woolen covers—shag-piled or embroidered with flowers—and spread with a fine deer hide, with a canopy above and red pillows at both ends is agreeable. 
;;;Yo ujjubhūtesu dadāti chandasā; 
;;;enthusiastically giving clothing, bedding, 
;;;Acchādanaṁ sayanamannapānaṁ, 
;;;food and drink, and various requisites 
;;;Kālaṅkato ca uggo gahapati vesāliko aññataraṁ manomayaṁ kāyaṁ upapajji. 
;;;and was reborn in a host of mind-made gods. 
;;;

an5.44
an5.45#7.3

Najjo yathā naragaṇasaṅghasevitā, ;;;all reach the great deep, the boundless ocean, 
;;;

an5.45
an5.47#5.2

Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako vigatamalamaccherena cetasā agāraṁ ajjhāvasati muttacāgo payatapāṇi vosaggarato yācayogo dānasaṁvibhāgarato. ;;;It’s when a noble disciple lives at home rid of the stain of stinginess, freely generous, open-handed, loving to let go, committed to charity, loving to give and to share. 
;;;

an5.47
an5.48#2.7

‘assutavā puthujjano viddho savisena sokasallena attānaṁyeva paritāpeti’. ;;;an unlearned ordinary person struck by sorrow’s poisoned arrow, who only mortifies themselves. 
;;;‘assutavā puthujjano viddho savisena sokasallena attānaṁyeva paritāpeti’. 
;;;an unlearned ordinary person struck by sorrow’s poisoned arrow, who only mortifies themselves. 
;;;‘sutavā ariyasāvako abbuhi savisaṁ sokasallaṁ, yena viddho assutavā puthujjano attānaṁyeva paritāpeti. 
;;;a learned noble disciple who has drawn out sorrow’s poisoned arrow, struck by which unlearned ordinary people only mortify themselves. 
;;;Asoko visallo ariyasāvako attānaṁyeva parinibbāpeti’. 
;;;Sorrowless, free of thorns, that noble disciple only extinguishes themselves. 
;;;‘sutavā ariyasāvako abbuhi savisaṁ sokasallaṁ, yena viddho assutavā puthujjano attānaṁyeva paritāpeti. 
;;;a learned noble disciple who has drawn out sorrow’s poisoned arrow, struck by which unlearned ordinary people only mortify themselves. 
;;;Asoko visallo ariyasāvako attānaṁyeva parinibbāpetī’ti. 
;;;Sorrowless, free of thorns, that noble disciple only extinguishes themselves. 
;;;Mayāva aññena vā esa attho; 
;;;can’t be had by me or by anyone else’, 
;;;

an5.48
an5.49#2.1

Tena kho pana samayena mallikā devī kālaṅkatā hoti. ;;; 
;;;“mallikā devī, deva, kālaṅkatā”ti. 
;;;“Your Majesty, Queen Mallikā has passed away.” 
;;;

an5.49
an5.50#0.3

Nāradasutta ;;;With Nārada 
;;;Atha kho muṇḍo rājā piyakaṁ kosārakkhaṁ āmantesi: 
;;;Then King Muṇḍa addressed Piyaka, the keeper of the treasury, 
;;;Kaṁ nu kho muṇḍo rājā samaṇaṁ vā brāhmaṇaṁ vā payirupāseyya, yassa dhammaṁ sutvā sokasallaṁ pajaheyyā”ti. 
;;;Now, what ascetic or brahmin might the king pay homage to, whose teaching could help the king give up sorrow’s arrow?” 
;;;‘paṇḍito viyatto medhāvī bahussuto cittakathī kalyāṇapaṭibhāno vuddho ceva arahā ca’. 
;;;‘He is astute, competent, intelligent, learned, a brilliant speaker, eloquent, mature, a perfected one.’ 
;;;Yannūna muṇḍo rājā āyasmantaṁ nāradaṁ payirupāseyya, appeva nāma muṇḍo rājā āyasmato nāradassa dhammaṁ sutvā sokasallaṁ pajaheyyā”ti. 
;;;What if King Muṇḍa was to pay homage to Venerable Nārada? Hopefully when he hears Nārada’s teaching, the king could give up sorrow’s arrow.” 
;;;Yadi pana devo āyasmantaṁ nāradaṁ payirupāseyya, appeva nāma devo āyasmato nāradassa dhammaṁ sutvā sokasallaṁ pajaheyyā”ti. 
;;;What if Your Majesty was to pay homage to Venerable Nārada? Hopefully when you hear Nārada’s teaching, you could give up sorrow’s arrow.” 
;;;Sādhu, bhante, āyasmā nārado muṇḍassa rañño tathā dhammaṁ desetu yathā muṇḍo rājā āyasmato nāradassa dhammaṁ sutvā sokasallaṁ pajaheyyā”ti. 
;;;Sir, please teach the king so that, when he hears your teaching, he can give up sorrow’s arrow.” 
;;;Atha kho muṇḍo rājā bhadraṁ yānaṁ abhiruhitvā bhadrehi bhadrehi yānehi yena kukkuṭārāmo tena pāyāsi mahaccā rājānubhāvena āyasmantaṁ nāradaṁ dassanāya. 
;;;Then King Muṇḍa mounted a fine carriage and, along with other fine carriages, set out in full royal pomp to see Venerable Nārada at the Chicken Monastery. 
;;;‘assutavā puthujjano viddho savisena sokasallena attānaṁyeva paritāpeti’. 
;;;an unlearned ordinary person struck by sorrow’s poisoned arrow, who only mortifies themselves. 
;;;‘assutavā puthujjano viddho savisena sokasallena attānaṁyeva paritāpeti’. 
;;;an unlearned ordinary person struck by sorrow’s poisoned arrow, who only mortifies themselves. 
;;;‘sutavā ariyasāvako abbuhi savisaṁ sokasallaṁ, yena viddho assutavā puthujjano attānaṁyeva paritāpeti. 
;;;a learned noble disciple who has drawn out sorrow’s poisoned arrow, struck by which unlearned ordinary people only mortify themselves. 
;;;Asoko visallo ariyasāvako attānaṁyeva parinibbāpeti’. 
;;;Sorrowless, free of thorns, that noble disciple only extinguishes themselves. 
;;;‘sutavā ariyasāvako abbuhi savisaṁ sokasallaṁ, yena viddho assutavā puthujjano attānaṁyeva paritāpeti. 
;;;a learned noble disciple who has drawn out sorrow’s poisoned arrow, struck by which unlearned ordinary people only mortify themselves. 
;;;Asoko visallo ariyasāvako attānaṁyeva parinibbāpeti’. 
;;;Sorrowless, free of thorns, that noble disciple only extinguishes themselves. 
;;;“Sokasallaharaṇo nāma ayaṁ, mahārāja, dhammapariyāyo”ti. 
;;;“Great king, this exposition of the teaching is called ‘Pulling Out Sorrow’s Arrow’.” 
;;;“Taggha, bhante, sokasallaharaṇo. 
;;;“Indeed, sir, this is the pulling out of sorrow’s arrow! 
;;;Imañhi me, bhante, dhammapariyāyaṁ sutvā sokasallaṁ pahīnan”ti. 
;;;Hearing this exposition of the teaching, I’ve given up sorrow’s arrow.” 
;;;

an5.50
an5.51#3.1

So vata, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ime pañca āvaraṇe nīvaraṇe cetaso ajjhāruhe paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe appahāya, abalāya paññāya dubbalāya attatthaṁ vā ñassati paratthaṁ vā ñassati ubhayatthaṁ vā ñassati uttari vā manussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanavisesaṁ sacchikarissatīti netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati. ;;;Take a mendicant who has feeble and weak wisdom, not having given up these five obstacles and hindrances, parasites of the mind that weaken wisdom. It is quite impossible that they would know what’s for their own good, the good of another, or the good of both; or that they would realize any superhuman distinction in knowledge and vision worthy of the noble ones. 
;;;

an5.51
an5.52#1.2

Kevalo hāyaṁ, bhikkhave, akusalarāsi yadidaṁ pañca nīvaraṇā. ;;;For these five hindrances are entirely a heap of the unskillful. 
;;;

an5.52
an5.55#3.4

Itthirūpe, bhikkhave, sattā rattā giddhā gathitā mucchitā ajjhosannā. ;;;Sentient beings are lustful, greedy, tied, infatuated, and attached to the sight of a woman. 
;;;ṭhitāpi …pe… nisinnāpi … sayānāpi … hasantīpi … bhaṇantīpi … gāyantīpi … rodantīpi … ugghātitāpi … matāpi purisassa cittaṁ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati. 
;;;When a woman stands … sits … lies down … laughs … speaks … sings … cries … is injured, she occupies a man’s mind. Even when a woman is dead, she occupies a man’s mind. 
;;;Sallape asihatthena, 
;;;You might chat with someone who has knife in hand. 
;;;pisācenāpi sallape; 
;;;You might even chat with a goblin. 
;;;Āsīvisampi āsīde, 
;;;You might sit close by a viper, 
;;;mātugāmena sallape. 
;;;one on one with a female. 
;;;pekkhitena sitena ca; 
;;;with a glance and a smile. 
;;;Kālaṁ gati bhavābhavaṁ, 
;;;are governed by transmigration— 
;;;

an5.55
an5.56#5.1

Atha kho so bhikkhu arahattaṁ patto yena sako upajjhāyo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā sakaṁ upajjhāyaṁ etadavoca: ;;;When that mendicant had attained perfection, he went up to his own mentor, and said, 
;;;

an5.56
an5.57#12.3

Yathā dhammā tathā sattā, ;;;Though this is how their nature is, 
;;;

an5.57
an5.58#4.3

“Ime, bhante, licchavikumārakā caṇḍā pharusā apānubhā. ;;;“Sir, these Licchavi youths are violent, harsh, and brash. 
;;;yadi vā rañño khattiyassa muddhāvasittassa, yadi vā raṭṭhikassa pettanikassa, yadi vā senāya senāpatikassa, yadi vā gāmagāmaṇikassa, yadi vā pūgagāmaṇikassa, ye vā pana kulesu paccekādhipaccaṁ kārenti, vuddhiyeva pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni. 
;;;“Mahānāma, you can expect only growth, not decline, when you find five qualities in any gentleman—whether he’s an anointed aristocratic king, an appointed or hereditary official, an army general, a village chief, a guild chief, or a ruler of his own clan. 
;;;

an5.58
an5.68#1.1

“Pubbevāhaṁ, bhikkhave, sambodhā anabhisambuddho bodhisattova samāno pañca dhamme bhāvesiṁ, pañca dhamme bahulīkāsiṁ. ;;;“Mendicants, before my awakening—when I was still not awake but intent on awakening—I developed and cultivated five things. 
;;;

an5.68
an5.71#2.2

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu asubhānupassī kāye viharati, āhāre paṭikūlasaññī, sabbaloke anabhiratasaññī, sabbasaṅkhāresu aniccānupassī, maraṇasaññā kho panassa ajjhattaṁ sūpaṭṭhitā hoti. ;;;A mendicant meditates observing the ugliness of the body, perceives the repulsiveness of food, perceives dissatisfaction with the whole world, observes the impermanence of all conditions, and has well established the perception of their own death. 
;;;Yato kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cetovimutto ca hoti paññāvimutto ca hoti— 
;;;When a mendicant has freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom, 
;;;ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, ‘bhikkhu ukkhittapaligho itipi, saṅkiṇṇaparikho itipi, abbūḷhesiko itipi, niraggaḷo itipi, ariyo pannaddhajo pannabhāro visaṁyutto itipi’. 
;;;such a mendicant is one who is called ‘one who has lifted the cross-bar’, ‘one who has filled in the moat’, ‘one who has pulled up the pillar’, ‘one who is unimpeded’, and also ‘a noble one with banner lowered and burden dropped, detached’. 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno ponobhaviko jātisaṁsāro pahīno hoti ucchinnamūlo tālāvatthukato anabhāvaṅkato āyatiṁ anuppādadhammo. 
;;;It’s when a mendicant has given up transmigrating through births in future lives, cut it off at the root, made it like a palm stump, obliterated it, so it’s unable to arise in the future. 
;;;

an5.71
an5.73#2.2

suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ. ;;;statements, mixed prose & verse, discussions, verses, inspired exclamations, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and elaborations. 
;;;So tāya dhammapariyattiyā divasaṁ atināmeti, riñcati paṭisallānaṁ, nānuyuñjati ajjhattaṁ cetosamathaṁ. 
;;;They spend too much time studying that teaching. They neglect retreat, and are not committed to internal serenity of heart. 
;;;So tāya dhammapaññattiyā divasaṁ atināmeti, riñcati paṭisallānaṁ, nānuyuñjati ajjhattaṁ cetosamathaṁ. 
;;;They spend too much time advocating that teaching. They neglect retreat, and are not committed to internal serenity of heart. 
;;;So tena sajjhāyena divasaṁ atināmeti, riñcati paṭisallānaṁ, nānuyuñjati ajjhattaṁ cetosamathaṁ. 
;;;They spend too much time reciting that teaching. They neglect retreat, and are not committed to internal serenity of heart. 
;;;So tehi dhammavitakkehi divasaṁ atināmeti, riñcati paṭisallānaṁ, nānuyuñjati ajjhattaṁ cetosamathaṁ. 
;;;They spend too much time thinking about that teaching. They neglect retreat, and are not committed to internal serenity of heart. 
;;;suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ. 
;;;statements, mixed prose & verse, discussions, verses, inspired exclamations, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and elaborations. 
;;;So tāya dhammapariyattiyā na divasaṁ atināmeti, nāpi riñcati paṭisallānaṁ, anuyuñjati ajjhattaṁ cetosamathaṁ. 
;;;They don’t spend too much time studying that teaching. They don’t neglect retreat, and they’re committed to internal serenity of heart. 
;;;Yaṁ kho, bhikkhu, satthārā karaṇīyaṁ sāvakānaṁ hitesinā anukampakena anukampaṁ upādāya, kataṁ vo taṁ mayā. 
;;;Out of sympathy, I’ve done what a teacher should do who wants what’s best for their disciples. 
;;;

an5.73
an5.74#2.2

suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ; ;;;statements, mixed prose & verse, discussions, verses, inspired exclamations, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and elaborations. 
;;;uttari cassa paññāya atthaṁ nappajānāti. 
;;;But they don’t understand the higher meaning. 
;;;suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ; 
;;;statements, mixed prose & verse, discussions, verses, inspired exclamations, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and elaborations. 
;;;

an5.74
an5.75#6.3

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu rajaggaññeva disvā saṁsīdati visīdati, na santhambhati, na sakkoti brahmacariyaṁ sandhāretuṁ. ;;;Firstly, one monk falters and founders at the mere sight of a cloud of dust. He doesn’t stay firm, and fails to keep up the spiritual life. 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuṁ araññagataṁ vā rukkhamūlagataṁ vā suññāgāragataṁ vā mātugāmo upasaṅkamitvā ūhasati ullapati ujjagghati uppaṇḍeti. 
;;;It’s when a mendicant who has gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut is approached by a female. She smiles, chats, laughs, and teases him. 
;;;So araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;Gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut, he sits down cross-legged, sets his body straight, and establishes mindfulness in his presence. 
;;;

an5.75
an5.76#8.8

rāgapariyuṭṭhitomhi, āvuso, rāgapareto, na sakkomi brahmacariyaṁ sandhāretuṁ; ;;;“Reverends, I am overcome with lust, mired in lust. I am unable to keep up the spiritual life. 
;;;‘appassādā, āvuso, kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo. 
;;;‘Reverend, the Buddha says that sensual pleasures give little gratification and much suffering and distress, and they are all the more full of drawbacks. 
;;;So araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;Gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut, he sits down cross-legged, sets his body straight, and establishes mindfulness in his presence. 
;;;

an5.76
an5.77#2.4

Ekakaṁ kho pana maṁ araññe viharantaṁ ;;;While living here alone 
;;;

an5.77
an5.79#4.2

Te abhāvitakāyā samānā abhāvitasīlā abhāvitacittā abhāvitapaññā abhidhammakathaṁ vedallakathaṁ kathentā kaṇhadhammaṁ okkamamānā na bujjhissanti. ;;;In discussion about the teachings and elaborations they’ll fall into dark ideas without realizing it. 
;;;Te abhāvitakāyā samānā abhāvitasīlā abhāvitacittā abhāvitapaññā ye te suttantā tathāgatabhāsitā gambhīrā gambhīratthā lokuttarā suññatāppaṭisaṁyuttā, tesu bhaññamānesu na sussūsissanti, na sotaṁ odahissanti, na aññā cittaṁ upaṭṭhapessanti, na ca te dhamme uggahetabbaṁ pariyāpuṇitabbaṁ maññissanti. 
;;;When discourses spoken by the Realized One—deep, profound, transcendent, dealing with emptiness—are being recited they won’t want to listen. They won’t actively listen or try to understand, nor will they think those teachings are worth learning and memorizing. 
;;;Te abhāvitakāyā samānā abhāvitasīlā abhāvitacittā abhāvitapaññā therā bhikkhū bāhulikā bhavissanti sāthalikā okkamane pubbaṅgamā paviveke nikkhittadhurā, na vīriyaṁ ārabhissanti appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya. 
;;;The senior mendicants will be indulgent and slack, leaders in backsliding, neglecting seclusion, not rousing energy for attaining the unattained, achieving the unachieved, and realizing the unrealized. 
;;;

an5.79
an5.80#4.2

Te senāsane kalyāṇakāmā samānā riñcissanti rukkhamūlikattaṁ, riñcissanti araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni; ;;;They will neglect the practice of staying at the root of a tree and the practice of frequenting remote lodgings in the wilderness and the forest. 
;;;

an5.80
an5.81#1.3

Rajanīye rajjati, dussanīye dussati, mohanīye muyhati, kuppanīye kuppati, madanīye majjati— ;;;They desire the desirable, they hate the hateful, they’re deluded by the delusory, they’re annoyed by the annoying, and they’re intoxicated by the intoxicating. 
;;;

an5.81
an5.83#1.3

Kuhako ca hoti, lapako ca, nemittiko ca, nippesiko ca, lābhena ca lābhaṁ nijigīsitā— ;;;They use deceit, flattery, hinting, and belittling, and they use material things to chase after other material things. 
;;;

an5.83
an5.87#1.4

bahussuto hoti sutadharo sutasannicayo, ye te dhammā ādikalyāṇā majjhekalyāṇā pariyosānakalyāṇā sātthaṁ sabyañjanaṁ kevalaparipuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ abhivadanti, tathārūpāssa dhammā bahussutā honti dhātā vacasā paricitā manasānupekkhitā diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā; ;;;They’re very learned, remembering and keeping what they’ve learned. These teachings are good in the beginning, good in the middle, and good in the end, meaningful and well-phrased, describing a spiritual practice that’s entirely full and pure. They are very learned in such teachings, remembering them, rehearsing them, mentally scrutinizing them, and comprehending them theoretically. 
;;;

an5.87
an5.88#2.5

bahussuto hoti sutadharo sutasannicayo, ye te dhammā ādikalyāṇā majjhekalyāṇā pariyosānakalyāṇā sātthaṁ sabyañjanaṁ kevalaparipuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ abhivadanti, tathārūpāssa dhammā bahussutā honti dhātā vacasā paricitā manasānupekkhitā diṭṭhiyā appaṭividdhā; ;;;They’re very learned, remembering and keeping what they’ve learned. These teachings are good in the beginning, good in the middle, and good in the end, meaningful and well-phrased, describing a spiritual practice that’s entirely full and pure. They are very learned in such teachings, remembering them, rehearsing them, mentally scrutinizing them, and comprehending them theoretically. 
;;;

an5.88
an5.90#1.4

riñcati paṭisallānaṁ, nānuyuñjati ajjhattaṁ cetosamathaṁ. ;;;They neglect retreat, and are not committed to internal serenity of heart. 
;;;riñcati paṭisallānaṁ, nānuyuñjati ajjhattaṁ cetosamathaṁ. 
;;;They neglect retreat, and are not committed to internal serenity of heart. 
;;;riñcati paṭisallānaṁ, nānuyuñjati ajjhattaṁ cetosamathaṁ. 
;;;They neglect retreat, and are not committed to internal serenity of heart. 
;;;riñcati paṭisallānaṁ, nānuyuñjati ajjhattaṁ cetosamathaṁ. 
;;;They neglect retreat, and are not committed to internal serenity of heart. 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, sekho bhikkhu yāyaṁ kathā ābhisallekhikā cetovivaraṇasappāyā, seyyathidaṁ— 
;;;Furthermore, a mendicant trainee doesn’t get to take part in talk about self-effacement that helps open the heart, when they want, without trouble or difficulty. That is, 
;;;appicchakathā santuṭṭhikathā pavivekakathā asaṁsaggakathā vīriyārambhakathā sīlakathā samādhikathā paññākathā vimuttikathā vimuttiñāṇadassanakathā, evarūpiyā kathāya na nikāmalābhī hoti na akicchalābhī na akasiralābhī; 
;;;talk about fewness of wishes, contentment, seclusion, aloofness, arousing energy, ethics, immersion, wisdom, freedom, and the knowledge and vision of freedom. 
;;;riñcati paṭisallānaṁ, nānuyuñjati ajjhattaṁ cetosamathaṁ. 
;;;They neglect retreat, and are not committed to internal serenity of heart. 
;;;na riñcati paṭisallānaṁ, anuyuñjati ajjhattaṁ cetosamathaṁ. 
;;;They don’t neglect retreat, and are committed to internal serenity of heart. 
;;;na riñcati paṭisallānaṁ, anuyuñjati ajjhattaṁ cetosamathaṁ. 
;;;They don’t neglect retreat, and are committed to internal serenity of heart. 
;;;na riñcati paṭisallānaṁ, anuyuñjati ajjhattaṁ cetosamathaṁ. 
;;;They don’t neglect retreat, and are committed to internal serenity of heart. 
;;;na riñcati paṭisallānaṁ, anuyuñjati ajjhattaṁ cetosamathaṁ. 
;;;They don’t neglect retreat, and are committed to internal serenity of heart. 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, sekho bhikkhu yāyaṁ kathā ābhisallekhikā cetovivaraṇasappāyā, seyyathidaṁ— 
;;;Furthermore, a mendicant trainee gets to take part in talk about self-effacement that helps open the heart, when they want, without trouble or difficulty. That is, 
;;;na riñcati paṭisallānaṁ, anuyuñjati ajjhattaṁ cetosamathaṁ. 
;;;They don’t neglect retreat, and are committed to internal serenity of heart. 
;;;

an5.90
an5.97#1.6

yāyaṁ kathā ābhisallekhikā cetovivaraṇasappāyā, seyyathidaṁ— ;;;They get to take part in talk about self-effacement that helps open the heart, when they want, without trouble or difficulty. That is, 
;;;

an5.97
an5.99#1.3

vijambhitvā samantā catuddisaṁ anuviloketi; ;;;looks all around the four quarters, 
;;;samantā catuddisaṁ anuviloketvā tikkhattuṁ sīhanādaṁ nadati; 
;;;and roars his lion’s roar three times. 
;;;mahiṁsassa cepi pahāraṁ deti, sakkaccaññeva pahāraṁ deti, no asakkaccaṁ; 
;;;If he strikes a buffalo … 
;;;

an5.99
an5.100#1.3

Tena kho pana samayena kakudho nāma koliyaputto āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa upaṭṭhāko adhunākālaṅkato aññataraṁ manomayaṁ kāyaṁ upapanno. ;;;At that time the Koliyan named Kakudha—Venerable Mahāmoggallāna’s supporter—had recently passed away and been reborn in a certain host of mind-made gods. 
;;;Atha kho kakudho devaputto yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho kakudho devaputto āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then the god Kakudha went up to Venerable Mahāmoggallāna, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him, 
;;;Idaṁ vatvā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā tatthevantaradhāyi. 
;;;Then he bowed and respectfully circled Mahāmoggallāna, keeping him on his right side, before vanishing right there. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then Mahāmoggallāna went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened. 
;;;“Kiṁ pana te, moggallāna, kakudho devaputto cetasā ceto paricca vidito: 
;;;“But Moggallāna, did you comprehend the god Kakudha’s mind, and know that 
;;;“Rakkhassetaṁ, moggallāna, vācaṁ. 
;;;“Mark these words, Moggallāna! 
;;;Rakkhassetaṁ, moggallāna, vācaṁ. 
;;;Mark these words! 
;;;Pañcime, moggallāna, satthāro santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ. 
;;;Moggallāna, there are these five teachers found in the world. 
;;;Idha, moggallāna, ekacco satthā aparisuddhasīlo samāno ‘parisuddhasīlomhī’ti paṭijānāti ‘parisuddhaṁ me sīlaṁ pariyodātaṁ asaṅkiliṭṭhan’ti. 
;;;Firstly, some teacher with impure conduct claims: ‘I am pure in ethics. My ethical conduct is pure, bright, uncorrupted.’ 
;;;Yaṁ kho panassa amanāpaṁ, kathaṁ naṁ mayaṁ tena samudācareyyāma: 
;;;And how could we treat them in a way that they don’t like? 
;;;Evarūpaṁ kho, moggallāna, satthāraṁ sāvakā sīlato rakkhanti; 
;;;The disciples of such a teacher cover up their teacher’s conduct, 
;;;evarūpo ca pana satthā sāvakehi sīlato rakkhaṁ paccāsīsati. 
;;;and the teacher expects them to do so. 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, moggallāna, idhekacco satthā aparisuddhājīvo samāno ‘parisuddhājīvomhī’ti paṭijānāti ‘parisuddho me ājīvo pariyodāto asaṅkiliṭṭho’ti. 
;;;Furthermore, some teacher with impure livelihood claims: ‘I am pure in livelihood. My livelihood is pure, bright, uncorrupted.’ 
;;;Evarūpaṁ kho, moggallāna, satthāraṁ sāvakā ājīvato rakkhanti; 
;;;The disciples of such a teacher cover up their teacher’s livelihood, 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, moggallāna, idhekacco satthā aparisuddhadhammadesano samāno ‘parisuddhadhammadesanomhī’ti paṭijānāti ‘parisuddhā me dhammadesanā pariyodātā asaṅkiliṭṭhā’ti. 
;;;Furthermore, some teacher with impure teaching claims: ‘I am pure in teaching. My teaching is pure, bright, uncorrupted.’ 
;;;Evarūpaṁ kho, moggallāna, satthāraṁ sāvakā dhammadesanato rakkhanti; 
;;;The disciples of such a teacher cover up their teacher’s teaching, 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, moggallāna, idhekacco satthā aparisuddhaveyyākaraṇo samāno ‘parisuddhaveyyākaraṇomhī’ti paṭijānāti ‘parisuddhaṁ me veyyākaraṇaṁ pariyodātaṁ asaṅkiliṭṭhan’ti. 
;;;Furthermore, some teacher with impure answers claims: ‘I am pure in how I answer. My answers are pure, bright, uncorrupted.’ 
;;;Evarūpaṁ kho, moggallāna, satthāraṁ sāvakā veyyākaraṇato rakkhanti; 
;;;The disciples of such a teacher cover up their teacher’s answers, 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, moggallāna, idhekacco satthā aparisuddhañāṇadassano samāno ‘parisuddhañāṇadassanomhī’ti paṭijānāti ‘parisuddhaṁ me ñāṇadassanaṁ pariyodātaṁ asaṅkiliṭṭhan’ti. 
;;;Furthermore, some teacher with impure knowledge and vision claims: ‘I am pure in knowledge and vision. My knowledge and vision are pure, bright, uncorrupted.’ 
;;;Evarūpaṁ kho, moggallāna, satthāraṁ sāvakā ñāṇadassanato rakkhanti; 
;;;The disciples of such a teacher cover up their teacher’s knowledge and vision, 
;;;Ime kho, moggallāna, pañca satthāro santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ. 
;;;These are the five teachers found in the world. 
;;;Ahaṁ kho pana, moggallāna, parisuddhasīlo samāno ‘parisuddhasīlomhī’ti paṭijānāmi ‘parisuddhaṁ me sīlaṁ pariyodātaṁ asaṅkiliṭṭhan’ti. 
;;;But Moggallāna, I have pure ethical conduct, and I claim: ‘I am pure in ethical conduct. My ethical conduct is pure, bright, uncorrupted.’ 
;;;

an5.100
an5.102#1.1

“Pañcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu ussaṅkitaparisaṅkito hoti pāpabhikkhūti api akuppadhammopi. ;;;“Mendicants, even if a monk is of impeccable character, he might be suspected and distrusted as a ‘bad monk’ for five reasons. 
;;;

an5.102
an5.103#6.2

Idha, bhikkhave, mahācoro ekakova gahaṇāni kattā hoti. ;;;It’s when a master thief carries out robbery all alone. 
;;;

an5.103
an5.104#3.6

catunnaṁ kho panasmi jhānānaṁ ābhicetasikānaṁ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṁ nikāmalābhī akicchalābhī akasiralābhī, ;;;I get the four absorptions when I want, without trouble or difficulty. 
;;;

an5.104
an5.106#2.1

“Kittāvatā nu kho, bhante, bhikkhu saṅghe viharanto phāsuṁ vihareyyā”ti? ;;;“Sir, how could a mendicant live comfortably while staying in a monastic community?” 
;;;“Siyā, ānanda. 
;;;“There could, Ānanda. 
;;;

an5.106
an5.111#1.3

Asanthavavissāsī ca hoti, anissaravikappī ca, vissaṭṭhupasevī ca, upakaṇṇakajappī ca, atiyācanako ca. ;;;They act as though they're close to people they hardly know. They give away things they don’t own. They over-associate with close friends. They whisper in the ear. And they ask for too much. 
;;;

an5.111
an5.117#1.7

saddhādeyyaṁ vinipāteti. ;;;and wastes gifts given in faith. 
;;;

an5.117
an5.120#1.6

micchāsatinī ca, ;;;wrong mindfulness, 
;;;

an5.120
an5.121#1.2

Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena gilānasālā tenupasaṅkami. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the infirmary, where 
;;;“Yaṁ kiñci, bhikkhave, bhikkhuṁ dubbalaṁ gilānakaṁ pañca dhammā na vijahanti, tassetaṁ pāṭikaṅkhaṁ: 
;;;“Mendicants, if a weak and sick mendicant does not neglect five things, it can be expected that 
;;;

an5.121
an5.123#1.1

“Pañcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato gilāno dūpaṭṭhāko hoti. ;;;“Mendicants, a patient with five qualities is hard to care for. 
;;;

an5.123
an5.124#1.7

nappaṭibalo hoti gilānaṁ kālena kālaṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetuṁ samādapetuṁ samuttejetuṁ sampahaṁsetuṁ. ;;;They’re unable to educate, encourage, fire up, and inspire the patient with a Dhamma talk from time to time. 
;;;

an5.124
an5.129#1.3

Mātā jīvitā voropitā hoti, pitā jīvitā voropito hoti, arahaṁ jīvitā voropito hoti, tathāgatassa duṭṭhena cittena lohitaṁ uppāditaṁ hoti, saṅgho bhinno hoti. ;;;Murdering your mother or father or a perfected one; maliciously shedding the blood of a Realized One; and causing a schism in the Saṅgha. 
;;;

an5.129
an5.131#1.1

“Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato rājā cakkavattī dhammeneva cakkaṁ vatteti; ;;;“Mendicants, possessing five factors a wheel-turning monarch wields power only in a principled manner. 
;;;

an5.131
an5.133#1.1

“Yopi so, bhikkhave, rājā cakkavattī dhammiko dhammarājā, sopi na arājakaṁ cakkaṁ vattetī”ti. ;;;“Mendicants, even a wheel-turning monarch, a just and principled king, does not wield power without having their own king.” 
;;;

an5.133
an5.136#1.1

“Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato rañño khattiyassa muddhāvasittassa jeṭṭho putto oparajjaṁ pattheti. ;;;“Mendicants, an anointed aristocratic king’s eldest son with five factors aspires to become a viceroy. 
;;;catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu suppatiṭṭhitacitto hoti; 
;;;Their mind is firmly established in the four kinds of mindfulness meditation. 
;;;

an5.136
an5.138#2.1

Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu bhattādako ca hoti, okāsapharaṇo ca mañcapīṭhamaddano ca salākaggāhī ca, bhikkhutveva saṅkhaṁ gacchati. ;;;In the same way, a mendicant with five qualities eats food, takes up space, tramples beds and chairs, and takes a ticket, yet is still considered to be a mendicant. 
;;;

an5.138
an5.139#5.2

Idha, bhikkhave, rañño nāgo saṅgāmagato ekissā vā tiṇodakadattiyā vimānito dvīhi vā tīhi vā catūhi vā pañcahi vā tiṇodakadattīhi vimānito saṁsīdati visīdati, na santhambhati na sakkoti saṅgāmaṁ otarituṁ. ;;;It’s when a royal bull elephant gone to battle falters and founders when it misses a meal of grass and water, or it misses two, three, four, or five meals. It doesn’t stay firm, and fails to plunge into battle. 
;;;

an5.139
an5.140#2.4

taṁ aṭṭhiṁ katvā manasi katvā sabbaṁ cetasā samannāharitvā ohitasoto suṇāti. ;;; 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu khamo hoti sītassa uṇhassa jighacchāya pipāsāya ḍaṁsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassānaṁ; duruttānaṁ durāgatānaṁ vacanapathānaṁ uppannānaṁ sārīrikānaṁ vedanānaṁ dukkhānaṁ tibbānaṁ kharānaṁ kaṭukānaṁ asātānaṁ amanāpānaṁ pāṇaharānaṁ adhivāsakajātiko hoti. 
;;;It’s when a mendicant endures cold, heat, hunger, and thirst; the touch of flies, mosquitoes, wind, sun, and reptiles; rude and unwelcome criticism; and puts up with physical pain—sharp, severe, acute, unpleasant, disagreeable, and life-threatening. 
;;;

an5.140
an5.141#1.3

Datvā avajānāti, saṁvāsena avajānāti, ādheyyamukho hoti, lolo hoti, mando momūho hoti. ;;;One gives then scorns, one lives together then scorns, one is gullible for gossip, one is impulsive, and one is dull and stupid. 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo parassa vaṇṇe vā avaṇṇe vā bhāsiyamāne taṁ khippaññeva adhimuccitā hoti. 
;;;It’s when they’re very quick to believe what a certain person says in praise or criticism of another. 
;;;

an5.141
an5.142#6.4

‘āyasmato kho ārambhajā āsavā saṁvijjanti, vippaṭisārajā āsavā pavaḍḍhanti, sādhu vatāyasmā ārambhaje āsave pahāya vippaṭisāraje āsave paṭivinodetvā cittaṁ paññañca bhāvetu; ;;;‘Venerable, the defilements born of transgression are found in you, and the defilements born of regret grow. You would do well to give up the defilements born of transgression and get rid of the defilements born of regret, and then develop the mind and wisdom. 
;;;

an5.142
an5.143#2.1

Atha kho te licchavī magge purisaṁ ṭhapesuṁ: ;;;Then those Licchavis sent a man out on to the road, saying, 
;;;“Kāmādhimuttānaṁ vata bho licchavīnaṁ kāmaṁyeva ārabbha antarākathā udapādi. 
;;;“You Licchavis are so fixated on sensual pleasures, that’s the only discussion that came up! 
;;;

an5.143
an5.144#2.1

“Sādhu, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kālena kālaṁ appaṭikūle paṭikūlasaññī vihareyya. ;;;“Mendicants, a mendicant would do well to meditate from time to time perceiving the following: the repulsive in the unrepulsive, 
;;;‘Sato sampajāno mā me kvacani katthaci kiñcanaṁ rajanīyesu dhammesu rāgo udapādi, mā me kvacani katthaci kiñcanaṁ dosanīyesu dhammesu doso udapādi, mā me kvacani katthaci kiñcanaṁ mohanīyesu dhammesu moho udapādī’ti— 
;;;‘May no greed for things that arouse greed, hate for things that provoke hate, or delusion for things that promote delusion arise in me in any way at all.’ 
;;;

an5.144
an5.146#1.3

Kammantaṁ kāreti, adhikaraṇaṁ ādiyati, pāmokkhesu bhikkhūsu paṭiviruddho hoti, dīghacārikaṁ anavatthacārikaṁ anuyutto viharati, nappaṭibalo hoti kālena kālaṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetuṁ samādapetuṁ samuttejetuṁ sampahaṁsetuṁ. ;;;They start up work projects. They take up disciplinary issues. They conflict with leading mendicants. They like long and aimless wandering. They’re unable to educate, encourage, fire up, and inspire you from time to time with a Dhamma talk. 
;;;

an5.146
an5.147#1.3

Asakkaccaṁ deti, acittīkatvā deti, asahatthā deti, apaviddhaṁ deti, anāgamanadiṭṭhiko deti. ;;;They give carelessly. They give thoughtlessly. They don’t give with their own hand. They give the dregs. They give without consideration for consequences. 
;;;

an5.147
an5.151#1.3

Kathaṁ paribhoti, kathikaṁ paribhoti, attānaṁ paribhoti, vikkhittacitto dhammaṁ suṇāti, anekaggacitto ayoniso ca manasi karoti. ;;;They disparage the talk, the speaker, or themselves. They listen with scattered and disunified mind. They apply the mind irrationally. 
;;;

an5.151
an5.153#1.3

Makkhī dhammaṁ suṇāti makkhapariyuṭṭhito, upārambhacitto dhammaṁ suṇāti randhagavesī, dhammadesake āhatacitto hoti khīlajāto, duppañño hoti jaḷo eḷamūgo, anaññāte aññātamānī hoti. ;;;They listen to the teaching bent only on putting it down. They listen to the teaching with a hostile, fault-finding mind. They’re antagonistic to the teacher, planning to attack them. They’re witless, dull, and stupid. And they think they know what they don’t know. 
;;;

an5.153
an5.154#1.3

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na sakkaccaṁ dhammaṁ suṇanti, na sakkaccaṁ dhammaṁ pariyāpuṇanti, na sakkaccaṁ dhammaṁ dhārenti, na sakkaccaṁ dhātānaṁ dhammānaṁ atthaṁ upaparikkhanti, na sakkaccaṁ atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya dhammānudhammaṁ paṭipajjanti. ;;;It’s when mendicants don’t carefully listen to the teachings, memorize them, and remember them. They don’t carefully examine the meaning of teachings that they remember. And they don’t carefully practice in line with the meaning and the teaching they’ve understood. 
;;;

an5.154
an5.155#1.4

suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ. ;;;statements, mixed prose & verse, discussions, verses, inspired exclamations, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and elaborations. 
;;;suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ. 
;;;statements, mixed prose & verse, discussions, verses, inspired exclamations, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and elaborations. 
;;;

an5.155
an5.156#5.2

Saṅghe kho pana, bhikkhave, bhinne aññamaññaṁ akkosā ca honti, aññamaññaṁ paribhāsā ca honti, aññamaññaṁ parikkhepā ca honti, aññamaññaṁ pariccajanā ca honti. ;;;When the Saṅgha is split, they abuse, insult, block, and reject each other. 
;;;

an5.156
an5.159#2.4

‘Anupubbiṁ kathaṁ kathessāmī’ti paresaṁ dhammo desetabbo; ;;;You should teach Dhamma to others thinking: ‘I will teach step by step.’ … 
;;;

an5.159
an5.162#3.2

Seyyathāpi, āvuso, bhikkhu paṁsukūliko rathiyāya nantakaṁ disvā vāmena pādena niggaṇhitvā dakkhiṇena pādena pattharitvā, yo tattha sāro taṁ paripātetvā ādāya pakkameyya; ;;;Suppose a mendicant wearing rag robes sees a rag by the side of the road. They’d hold it down with the left foot, spread it out with the right foot, tear out what was intact, and take it away with them. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, āvuso, parittaṁ gopade udakaṁ. 
;;;Suppose there was a little water in a cow’s hoofprint. 
;;;Yañca kho so labhati kālena kālaṁ cetaso vivaraṁ cetaso pasādaṁ, tamevassa tasmiṁ samaye manasi kātabbaṁ. 
;;;and focus on the fact that they get an openness and clarity of heart from time to time. 
;;;Māyaṁ āyasmā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapajjī’ti. 
;;;So that, when their body breaks up, after death, they’re not reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell.’ 
;;;Seyyathāpi, āvuso, pokkharaṇī acchodakā sātodakā sītodakā setakā supatitthā ramaṇīyā nānārukkhehi sañchannā. 
;;;Suppose there was a lotus pond with clear, sweet, cool water, clean, with smooth banks, delightful, and shaded by many trees. 
;;;

an5.162
an5.165#1.4

‘sace me pañhaṁ puṭṭho sammadeva byākarissati iccetaṁ kusalaṁ, no ce me pañhaṁ puṭṭho sammadeva byākarissati ahamassa sammadeva byākarissāmī’ti. ;;;‘If they correctly answer the question I ask it’s good. If not, I’ll correctly answer it for them.’ 
;;;

an5.165
an5.166#1.2

“idhāvuso, bhikkhu sīlasampanno samādhisampanno paññāsampanno saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ samāpajjeyyāpi vuṭṭhaheyyāpi— ;;;“Reverends, take a mendicant who is accomplished in ethics, immersion, and wisdom. They might enter into and emerge from the cessation of perception and feeling. 
;;;“yāvatatiyakampi kho me āyasmā udāyī paṭikkosati, na ca me koci bhikkhu anumodati. 
;;;“Venerable Udāyī disagrees with me three times, and not one mendicant agrees with me. 
;;;Na hi nāma, ānanda, kāruññampi bhavissati theramhi bhikkhumhi vihesiyamānamhī”ti. 
;;;Don’t you have any compassion for a senior mendicant who is being harassed?” 
;;;Anacchariyaṁ kho, panetaṁ āvuso upavāṇa, yaṁ bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito etadeva ārabbha udāhareyya yathā āyasmantaṁyevettha upavāṇaṁ paṭibhāseyya. 
;;;I wouldn’t be surprised if the Buddha brings this up when he comes out of retreat later this afternoon. He might even call upon Venerable Upavāna himself. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena upaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ upavāṇaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the assembly hall, where he sat on the seat spread out, and said to Upavāna, 
;;;kalyāṇavāco hoti kalyāṇavākkaraṇo poriyā vācāya samannāgato vissaṭṭhāya anelagalāya atthassa viññāpaniyā; 
;;;They’re a good speaker, with a polished, clear, and articulate voice that expresses the meaning. 
;;;

an5.166
an5.167#4.1

Adhammacuditassa, āvuso, bhikkhuno pañcahākārehi avippaṭisāro upadahātabbo: ;;;The mendicant who is accused improperly should be reassured in five ways. 
;;;‘akālena te, āvuso, codito no kālena, alaṁ te vippaṭisārāya; 
;;;‘Reverend, you made an accusation at the wrong time, not at the right time. There’s a reason for you to feel remorse. 
;;;Mañcepi, āvuso, pare codeyyuṁ kālena vā akālena vā bhūtena vā abhūtena vā saṇhena vā pharusena vā atthasaṁhitena vā anatthasaṁhitena vā mettacittā vā dosantarā vā, ahampi dvīsuyeva dhammesu patiṭṭhaheyyaṁ— 
;;;Even if others accuse me—at the right time or the wrong time, truthfully or falsely, gently or harshly, beneficially or harmfully, lovingly or with secret hate—I will still ground myself in two things: 
;;;“Ye te, bhante, puggalā assaddhā jīvikatthā na saddhā agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajitā saṭhā māyāvino ketabino uddhatā unnaḷā capalā mukharā vikiṇṇavācā indriyesu aguttadvārā bhojane amattaññuno jāgariyaṁ ananuyuttā sāmaññe anapekkhavanto sikkhāya na tibbagāravā bāhulikā sāthalikā okkamane pubbaṅgamā paviveke nikkhittadhurā kusītā hīnavīriyā muṭṭhassatino asampajānā asamāhitā vibbhantacittā duppaññā eḷamūgā, te mayā evaṁ vuccamānā na padakkhiṇaṁ gaṇhanti. 
;;;“Sir, there are those faithless people who went forth from the lay life to homelessness not out of faith but to earn a livelihood. They’re devious, deceitful, and sneaky. They’re restless, insolent, fickle, scurrilous, and loose-tongued. They do not guard their sense doors or eat in moderation, and they are not dedicated to wakefulness. They don’t care about the ascetic life, and don’t keenly respect the training. They’re indulgent and slack, leaders in backsliding, neglecting seclusion, lazy, and lacking energy. They’re unmindful, lacking situational awareness and immersion, with straying minds, witless and stupid. When I speak to them like this, they don’t respectfully take it up. 
;;;

an5.167
an5.169#1.2

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca: ;;;When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to him: 
;;;

an5.169
an5.175#1.1

“Pañcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato upāsako upāsakacaṇḍālo ca hoti upāsakamalañca upāsakapatikuṭṭho ca. ;;;“Mendicants, a lay follower with five qualities is a corpse-worker, a stain, and a reject among lay followers. 
;;;

an5.175
an5.176#3.16

Yasmiṁ, bhante, samaye ariyasāvako pavivekaṁ pītiṁ upasampajja viharati, imānissa pañca ṭhānāni tasmiṁ samaye na hontī”ti. ;;;At a time when a noble disciple enters and dwells in the rapture of seclusion, these five things aren’t present in him.” 
;;;Yasmiṁ, sāriputta, samaye ariyasāvako pavivekaṁ pītiṁ upasampajja viharati, imānissa pañca ṭhānāni tasmiṁ samaye na hontī”ti. 
;;;At a time when a noble disciple enters and dwells in the rapture of seclusion, these five things aren’t present in him.” 
;;;

an5.176
an5.178#1.3

‘ayaṁ puriso pāṇātipātaṁ pahāya pāṇātipātā paṭiviratoti. ;;;of a person who has given up killing living creatures, 
;;;Api ca khvassa tatheva pāpakammaṁ pavedenti: 
;;;Rather, the kings are informed of someone’s bad deed: 
;;;‘ayaṁ puriso itthiṁ vā purisaṁ vā jīvitā voropesīti. 
;;;‘This person has murdered a man or a woman.’ 
;;;‘ayaṁ puriso gāmā vā araññā vā adinnaṁ theyyasaṅkhātaṁ ādiyīti. 
;;;‘This person took something from a village or wilderness, with the intention to commit theft.’ 
;;;‘ayaṁ puriso paritthīsu parakumārīsu cārittaṁ āpajjīti. 
;;;‘This person had sexual relations with women or maidens under someone else’s protection.’ 
;;;‘ayaṁ puriso gahapatissa vā gahapatiputtassa vā musāvādena atthaṁ pabhañjīti. 
;;;‘This person has ruined a householder or householder’s child by lying.’ 
;;;‘ayaṁ puriso surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānaṁ anuyutto itthiṁ vā purisaṁ vā jīvitā voropesi; 
;;;‘While under the influence of alcoholic drinks that cause negligence, this person murdered a woman or a man. 
;;;ayaṁ puriso surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānaṁ anuyutto gāmā vā araññā vā adinnaṁ theyyasaṅkhātaṁ ādiyi; 
;;;Or they stole something from a village or wilderness. 
;;;ayaṁ puriso surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānaṁ anuyutto paritthīsu parakumārīsu cārittaṁ āpajji; 
;;;Or they had sexual relations with women or maidens under someone else’s protection. 
;;;

an5.178
an5.179#1.3

“yaṁ kañci, sāriputta, jāneyyātha gihiṁ odātavasanaṁ pañcasu sikkhāpadesu saṁvutakammantaṁ catunnaṁ ābhicetasikānaṁ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṁ nikāmalābhiṁ akicchalābhiṁ akasiralābhiṁ, so ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṁ byākareyya: ;;;“You should know this, Sāriputta, about those white-clothed laypeople whose actions are restrained in the five precepts, and who get four blissful meditations in the present life belonging to the higher mind when they want, without trouble or difficulty. They may, if they wish, declare of themselves: 
;;;paradārañca ārame; 
;;;you should stay away from the partners of others. 
;;;Abyāpajjaṁ hitaṁ cittaṁ, 
;;;You should develop a harmless mind of welfare, 
;;;puññatthassa jigīsato; 
;;;to someone who seeks and needs merit, 
;;;

an5.179
an5.180#9.4

Atha kho, ānanda, tāni pañca bhikkhusatāni vūpakaṭṭhā appamattā ātāpino pahitattā viharantā nacirasseva—yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajanti, tadanuttaraṁ— ;;;Then those five hundred mendicants, living alone, withdrawn, diligent, keen, and resolute, soon realized the supreme culmination of the spiritual path in this very life. They lived having achieved with their own insight the goal for which gentlemen rightly go forth from the lay life to homelessness. 
;;;Iti kho, ānanda, tāni pañca bhikkhusatāni gavesīpamukhāni uttaruttari paṇītapaṇītaṁ vāyamamānā anuttaraṁ vimuttiṁ sacchākaṁsu. 
;;;And so, Ānanda, those five hundred mendicants headed by Gavesī, trying to go higher and higher, better and better, realized the supreme bliss of freedom. 
;;;

an5.180
an5.181#1.1

“Pañcime, bhikkhave, āraññikā. ;;;“Mendicants, there are these five kinds of wilderness dwellers. 
;;;Mandattā momūhattā āraññiko hoti, pāpiccho icchāpakato āraññiko hoti, ummādā cittakkhepā āraññiko hoti, vaṇṇitaṁ buddhehi buddhasāvakehīti āraññiko hoti, appicchataṁyeva nissāya santuṭṭhiṁyeva nissāya sallekhaṁyeva nissāya pavivekaṁyeva nissāya idamatthitaṁyeva nissāya āraññiko hoti. 
;;;A person may be wilderness dweller because of stupidity and folly. Or because of corrupt wishes, being of wishful temperament. Or because of madness and mental disorder. Or because it is praised by the Buddhas and their disciples. Or for the sake of having few wishes, for the sake of contentment, self-effacement, seclusion, and simplicity. 
;;;Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, pañcannaṁ āraññikānaṁ yvāyaṁ āraññiko appicchataṁyeva nissāya santuṭṭhiṁyeva nissāya sallekhaṁyeva nissāya pavivekaṁyeva nissāya idamatthitaṁyeva nissāya āraññiko hoti, ayaṁ imesaṁ pañcannaṁ āraññikānaṁ aggo ca seṭṭho ca mokkho ca uttamo ca pavaro ca. 
;;;But the person who dwells in the wilderness for the sake of having few wishes is the foremost, best, chief, highest, and finest of the five. 
;;;evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, imesaṁ pañcannaṁ āraññikānaṁ yvāyaṁ āraññiko appicchataṁyeva nissāya santuṭṭhiṁyeva nissāya sallekhaṁyeva nissāya pavivekaṁyeva nissāya idamatthitaṁyeva nissāya āraññiko hoti, ayaṁ imesaṁ pañcannaṁ āraññikānaṁ aggo ca seṭṭho ca mokkho ca uttamo ca pavaro cā”ti. 
;;;In the same way, the person who dwells in the wilderness for the sake of having few wishes is the foremost, best, chief, highest, and finest of the five.” 
;;;

an5.181
an5.190#1.3

Mandattā momūhattā pattapiṇḍiko hoti, pāpiccho icchāpakato pattapiṇḍiko hoti, ummādā cittakkhepā pattapiṇḍiko hoti, ‘vaṇṇitaṁ buddhehi buddhasāvakehī’ti pattapiṇḍiko hoti, appicchataṁyeva nissāya santuṭṭhiṁyeva nissāya sallekhaṁyeva nissāya pavivekaṁyeva nissāya idamatthitaṁyeva nissāya pattapiṇḍiko hoti. ;;;A person may eat only from the almsbowl because of stupidity and folly. Or because of corrupt wishes, being of wishful temperament. Or because of madness and mental disorder. Or because it is praised by the Buddhas and their disciples. Or for the sake of having few wishes, for the sake of contentment, self-effacement, seclusion, and simplicity. 
;;;Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, pañcannaṁ pattapiṇḍikānaṁ yvāyaṁ pattapiṇḍiko appicchataṁyeva nissāya santuṭṭhiṁyeva nissāya sallekhaṁyeva nissāya pavivekaṁyeva nissāya idamatthitaṁyeva nissāya pattapiṇḍiko hoti, ayaṁ imesaṁ pañcannaṁ pattapiṇḍikānaṁ aggo ca seṭṭho ca mokkho ca uttamo ca pavaro ca. 
;;;But the person who eats only from the almsbowl for the sake of having few wishes is the foremost, best, chief, highest, and finest of the five. 
;;;evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, imesaṁ pañcannaṁ pattapiṇḍikānaṁ yvāyaṁ pattapiṇḍiko appicchataṁyeva nissāya santuṭṭhiṁyeva nissāya sallekhaṁyeva nissāya pavivekaṁyeva nissāya idamatthitaṁyeva nissāya pattapiṇḍiko hoti, ayaṁ imesaṁ pañcannaṁ pattapiṇḍikānaṁ aggo ca seṭṭho ca mokkho ca uttamo ca pavaro cā”ti. 
;;;In the same way, the person who eats only from the almsbowl for the sake of having few wishes is the foremost, best, chief, highest, and finest of the five.” 
;;;

an5.190
an5.191#3.1

Pubbe sudaṁ, bhikkhave, brāhmaṇā brāhmaṇiṁ neva kiṇanti no vikkiṇanti, sampiyeneva saṁvāsaṁ sambandhāya sampavattenti. ;;;In the past brahmins neither bought nor sold brahmin women. They lived together because they loved each other and wanted their family line to continue. 
;;;

an5.191
an5.192#2.2

‘na samaṇo gotamo brāhmaṇe jiṇṇe vuḍḍhe mahallake addhagate vayoanuppatte abhivādeti vā paccuṭṭheti vā āsanena vā nimantetī’ti. ;;;the ascetic Gotama doesn’t bow to old brahmins, the elderly and senior, who are advanced in years and have reached the final stage of life; nor does he rise in their presence or offer them a seat. 
;;;Na hi bhavaṁ gotamo brāhmaṇe jiṇṇe vuḍḍhe mahallake addhagate vayoanuppatte abhivādeti vā paccuṭṭheti vā āsanena vā nimanteti. 
;;;for Mister Gotama does not bow to old brahmins, elderly and senior, who are advanced in years and have reached the final stage of life; nor does he rise in their presence or offer them a seat. 
;;;So aṭṭhacattālīsavassāni komārabrahmacariyaṁ carati mante adhīyamāno. 
;;;For forty-eight years he leads the boy’s spiritual life studying the hymns. 
;;;So evaṁ pabbajito samāno mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ tathā tatiyaṁ tathā catutthaṁ, iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati. 
;;;Then they meditate spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. 
;;;So brāhmaṇiṁyeva gacchati, na khattiyiṁ na vessiṁ na suddiṁ na caṇḍāliṁ na nesādiṁ na veniṁ na rathakāriṁ na pukkusiṁ gacchati, na gabbhiniṁ gacchati, na pāyamānaṁ gacchati, na anutuniṁ gacchati. 
;;;He has sex only with a brahmin woman. He does not have sex with a woman from a family of aristocrats, peasants, menials, corpse-workers, hunters, bamboo-workers, chariot-makers, or scavengers. Nor does he have sex with women who are pregnant, breastfeeding, or outside the fertile phase of the menstrual cycle. 
;;;So sabbakammehi jīvikaṁ kappeti. 
;;;He earns a living by any kind of work. 
;;;

an5.192
an5.193#3.2

Seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, udapatto agginā santatto ukkudhito ussadakajāto. ;;;Suppose there was a bowl of water that was heated by fire, boiling and bubbling. 
;;;

an5.193
an5.194#2.8

Pasatthappasatthova so bhavaṁ gotamo seṭṭho devamanussānan”ti. ;;;He is praised by the praised as the first among gods and humans.” 
;;;

an5.194
an5.195#3.1

“Padmaṁ yathā kokanadaṁ sugandhaṁ, ;;;“Like a fragrant pink lotus 
;;;

an5.195
an5.196#1.3

Tathāgatassa, bhikkhave, arahato sammāsambuddhassa pubbeva sambodhā anabhisambuddhassa bodhisattasseva sato ayaṁ mahāpathavī mahāsayanaṁ ahosi, himavā pabbatarājā bibbohanaṁ ahosi, puratthime samudde vāmo hattho ohito ahosi, pacchime samudde dakkhiṇo hattho ohito ahosi, dakkhiṇe samudde ubho pādā ohitā ahesuṁ. ;;;This great earth was his bed. Himalaya, king of mountains, was his pillow. His left hand was laid down in the eastern sea. His right hand was laid down in the western sea. And both his feet were laid down in the southern sea. 
;;;bahū, bhikkhave, gihī odātavasanā tathāgataṁ pāṇupetā saraṇaṁ gatā. 
;;;This was fulfilled when many white-clothed laypeople went for refuge to him for life. 
;;;lābhī, bhikkhave, tathāgato cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṁ, taṁ tathāgato agathito amucchito anajjhosanno ādīnavadassāvī nissaraṇapañño paribhuñjati. 
;;;This was fulfilled when the Realized One received robes, almsfood, lodgings, and medicines and supplies for the sick. And he used them untied, uninfatuated, unattached, seeing the drawbacks, and understanding the escape. 
;;;

an5.196
an5.198#1.1

“Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatā vācā subhāsitā hoti, no dubbhāsitā, anavajjā ca ananuvajjā ca viññūnaṁ. ;;;“Mendicants, speech that has five factors is well spoken, not poorly spoken. It’s blameless and is not criticized by sensible people. 
;;;

an5.198
an5.199#1.3

Yasmiṁ, bhikkhave, samaye sīlavante pabbajite kulaṁ upasaṅkamante manussā disvā cittāni pasādenti, saggasaṁvattanikaṁ, bhikkhave, taṁ kulaṁ tasmiṁ samaye paṭipadaṁ paṭipannaṁ hoti. ;;;When they see ethical renunciates coming to their family, the people bring up confidence in their hearts. At that time the family is practicing a path leading to heaven. 
;;;

an5.199
an5.200#1.3

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno kāmaṁ manasikaroto kāmesu cittaṁ na pakkhandati nappasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati. ;;;Take a case where a mendicant focuses on sensual pleasures, but on that their mind does not leap forth, gain confidence, settle down, and become decided. 
;;;Ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhikkhu niranusayo, acchecchi taṇhaṁ, vivattayi saṁyojanaṁ, sammā mānābhisamayā antamakāsi dukkhassa. 
;;;That’s why they’re called a mendicant who is without underlying tendencies, who has cut off craving, untied the fetters, and by rightly comprehending conceit has made an end of suffering. 
;;;

an5.200
an5.201#0.2

21. Kimilavagga ;;;21. With Kimbila 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā kimilo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā kimilo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then Venerable Kimbila went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him: 
;;;

an5.201
an5.202#1.3

Assutaṁ suṇāti, sutaṁ pariyodāpeti, kaṅkhaṁ vitarati, diṭṭhiṁ ujuṁ karoti, cittamassa pasīdati. ;;;You learn new things, clarify what you’ve learned, get over uncertainty, correct your views, and inspire confidence in your mind. 
;;;

an5.202
an5.208#1.3

Acakkhussaṁ, mukhaṁ duggandhaṁ hoti, rasaharaṇiyo na visujjhanti, pittaṁ semhaṁ bhattaṁ pariyonandhati, bhattamassa nacchādeti. ;;;It’s not good for your eyes, you get bad breath, your taste-buds aren’t cleaned, bile and phlegm cover your food, and you lose your appetite. 
;;;

an5.208
an5.218#1.3

Appasannā nappasīdanti, pasannānañca ekaccānaṁ aññathattaṁ hoti, satthusāsanaṁ akataṁ hoti, pacchimā janatā diṭṭhānugatiṁ āpajjati, cittamassa nappasīdati. ;;;You don’t inspire confidence in those without it. You cause some with confidence to change their minds. You don’t follow the Teacher’s instructions. Those who come after you follow your example. And your mind doesn’t become clear. 
;;;

an5.218
an5.221#1.3

Assutaṁ na suṇāti, sutaṁ na pariyodāpeti, sutenekaccena avisārado hoti, gāḷhaṁ rogātaṅkaṁ phusati, na ca mittavā hoti. ;;;You don’t learn new things. You don’t clarify what you’ve learned. You lack confidence in some things you have learned. You contract a severe illness. You don’t have any friends. 
;;;

an5.221
an5.231#1.5

na paṭisallekhitā hoti na paṭisallānārāmo; ;;;They’re not self-effacing and don’t enjoy self-effacement. 
;;;paṭisallekhitā hoti paṭisallānārāmo; 
;;;They’re self-effacing and enjoy self-effacement. 
;;;

an5.231
an5.235#1.1

“Pañcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato āvāsiko bhikkhu gihīnaṁ anukampati. ;;;“Mendicants, a resident mendicant with five qualities shows sympathy to the lay people. 
;;;Adhisīle samādapeti; 
;;;They encourage them in higher ethics. 
;;;

an5.235
an5.240#3.1

Āvāsiko piyo ca sobhano, ;;; 
;;;Macchariyā duvepi cāti. 
;;;

an5.240
an5.249#1.1

“Pañcime, bhikkhave, ādīnavā sivathikāya. ;;;“Mendicants, there are these five drawbacks to a charnel ground. 
;;;Tamenaṁ asucinā kāyakammena samannāgataṁ, asucinā vacīkammena samannāgataṁ, asucinā manokammena samannāgataṁ pesalā sabrahmacārī disvā khīyadhammaṁ āpajjanti: 
;;;Because of their filthy conduct, when good-hearted spiritual companions see them they complain: 
;;;

an5.249
an5.251#0.2

26. Upasampadāvagga ;;;26. Ordination 
;;;

an5.251
an5.254#1.5

Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, pañcannaṁ macchariyānaṁ etaṁ paṭikuṭṭhaṁ, yadidaṁ dhammamacchariyan”ti. ;;;The most contemptible of these five kinds of stinginess is stinginess with the teachings.” 
;;;

an5.254
an5.272#3.1

Pañcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhattuddesako sammato na pesetabbo …pe… sammato pesetabbo … bālo veditabbo … paṇḍito veditabbo … khataṁ upahataṁ attānaṁ pariharati … akkhataṁ anupahataṁ attānaṁ pariharati … yathābhataṁ nikkhitto evaṁ niraye … yathābhataṁ nikkhitto evaṁ sagge. ;;;A person with five qualities who has been appointed as meal designator should not be called upon … should be called upon … should be known as a fool … should be known as astute … they keep themselves broken and damaged … they keep themselves unbroken and undamaged … is cast down to hell … is raised up to heaven. 
;;;

an5.272
an5.273-285#an5.273-285:2.1

Senāsanagāhāpako na sammannitabbo …pe… gahitāgahitaṁ na jānāti …pe… senāsanagāhāpako sammannitabbo …pe… gahitāgahitaṁ jānāti …pe…. ;;;A person should not be appointed as lodgings allocator … they don’t know if a lodging has been allocated or not … A person should be appointed as lodgings allocator … they know if a lodging has been allocated or not … 
;;;

an5.273-285
an6.2#1.3

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhoti—ekopi hutvā bahudhā hoti, bahudhāpi hutvā eko hoti; āvibhāvaṁ tirobhāvaṁ; tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamāno gacchati, seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ karoti, seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gacchati, seyyathāpi pathaviyaṁ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kamati, seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve pāṇinā parimasati parimajjati; yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vatteti. ;;;It’s a mendicant who wields the many kinds of psychic power: multiplying themselves and becoming one again; appearing and disappearing; going unobstructed through a wall, a rampart, or a mountain as if through space; diving in and out of the earth as if it were water; walking on water as if it were earth; flying cross-legged through the sky like a bird; touching and stroking with the hand the sun and moon, so mighty and powerful. They control the body as far as the realm of divinity. 
;;;

an6.2
an6.10#7.2

‘santi devā cātumahārājikā, santi devā tāvatiṁsā, santi devā yāmā, santi devā tusitā, santi devā nimmānaratino, santi devā paranimmitavasavattino, santi devā brahmakāyikā, santi devā tatuttari. ;;;‘There are the gods of the four great kings, the gods of the thirty-three, the gods of Yama, the joyful gods, the gods who love to imagine, the gods who control what is imagined by others, the gods of the Divinity’s host, and gods even higher than these. 
;;;‘ariyasāvako visamagatāya pajāya samappatto viharati, sabyāpajjāya pajāya abyāpajjo viharati, dhammasotaṁ samāpanno devatānussatiṁ bhāveti’. 
;;;a noble disciple who lives in balance among people who are unbalanced, and lives untroubled among people who are troubled. They’ve entered the stream of the teaching and develop the recollection of the deities. 
;;;

an6.10
an6.11#0.2

2. Sāraṇīyavagga ;;;2. Warm-hearted 
;;;“Chayime, bhikkhave, dhammā sāraṇīyā. 
;;;“Mendicants, there are these six warm-hearted qualities. 
;;;

an6.11
an6.13#1.9

Nissaraṇañhetaṁ, āvuso, byāpādassa yadidaṁ mettācetovimuttī’ti. ;;;For it is the heart’s release by love that is the escape from ill will.’ 
;;;‘asmīti kho me vigataṁ, ayamahamasmīti ca na samanupassāmi; 
;;;‘I’m rid of the conceit “I am”. And I don’t regard anything as “I am this”. 
;;;atha ca pana me vicikicchākathaṅkathāsallaṁ cittaṁ pariyādāya tiṭṭhatī’ti. 
;;;Yet somehow the dart of doubt and indecision still occupies my mind.’ 
;;;atha ca panassa vicikicchākathaṅkathāsallaṁ cittaṁ pariyādāya ṭhassati, netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati. 
;;;yet somehow the dart of doubt and indecision still occupies the mind. 
;;;Nissaraṇañhetaṁ, āvuso, vicikicchākathaṅkathāsallassa yadidaṁ asmīti mānasamugghāto’ti. 
;;;For it is the uprooting of the conceit “I am” that is the escape from the dart of doubt and indecision.’ 
;;;

an6.13
an6.14#3.4

‘bhikkhu sakkāyābhirato nappajahāsi sakkāyaṁ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāya’. ;;;a mendicant who enjoys substantial reality, who hasn’t given up substantial reality to rightly make an end of suffering. 
;;;

an6.14
an6.16#1.1

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā bhaggesu viharati susumāragire bhesakaḷāvane migadāye. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Bhaggas at Crocodile Hill, in the deer park at Bhesakaḷā’s Wood. 
;;;‘na nakulamātā gahapatānī mamaccayena sakkhissati dārake posetuṁ, gharāvāsaṁ santharitun’ti. 
;;;‘When I’ve gone, the housewife Nakula’s mother won’t be able to provide for the children and keep up the household carpets.’ 
;;;‘nakulamātā gahapatānī mamaccayena aññaṁ gharaṁ gamissatī’ti. 
;;;‘When I’ve gone, the housewife Nakula’s mother will take another husband.’ 
;;;Tvañceva kho, gahapati, jānāsi ahañca, yaṁ no soḷasavassāni gahaṭṭhakaṁ brahmacariyaṁ samāciṇṇaṁ. 
;;;Both you and I know that we have remained celibate while at home for the past sixteen years. 
;;;Atha kho nakulapituno gahapatissa nakulamātarā gahapatāniyā iminā ovādena ovadiyamānassa so ābādho ṭhānaso paṭippassambhi. 
;;;And then, as Nakula’s mother was giving this advice to Nakula’s father, his illness died down on the spot. 
;;;Atha kho nakulapitā gahapati gilānā vuṭṭhito aciravuṭṭhito gelaññā daṇḍamolubbha yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho nakulapitaraṁ gahapatiṁ bhagavā etadavoca: 
;;;Soon after recovering, leaning on a staff he went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him: 
;;;

an6.16
an6.17#1.2

Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenupaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat, went to the assembly hall, and sat down on the seat spread out. 
;;;Āyasmāpi kho sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenupaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. 
;;;Venerable Sāriputta also came out of retreat, went to the assembly hall, bowed to the Buddha and sat down to one side. 
;;;Āyasmāpi kho mahāmoggallāno … 
;;;Venerables Mahāmoggallāna, 
;;;āyasmāpi kho ānando sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenupaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. 
;;;and Ānanda did the same. 
;;;Kahaṁ mahāmoggallāno? 
;;;Where are Mahāmoggallāna, 
;;;“Tena no tumhe, bhikkhave, therā bhikkhū nāgatāti yāva sūriyuggamanā kākacchamānā supatha? 
;;;“So, mendicants, when the senior mendicants left, why did you sleep until the sun came up, snoring? 
;;;

an6.17
an6.18#2.9

Te hi so, bhikkhave, macche vajjhe vadhāyupanīte pāpakena manasānupekkhati, tasmā so neva hatthiyāyī hoti na assayāyī na rathayāyī na yānayāyī na bhogabhogī, na mahantaṁ bhogakkhandhaṁ ajjhāvasati. ;;;Because when the fish are led to the slaughter he regards them with bad intentions. 
;;;sūkariko …pe… 
;;;a butcher of pigs … 
;;;māgaviko mage vadhitvā vadhitvā vikkiṇamāno tena kammena tena ājīvena hatthiyāyī vā assayāyī vā rathayāyī vā yānayāyī vā bhogabhogī vā mahantaṁ vā bhogakkhandhaṁ ajjhāvasanto’”ti? 
;;;or a deer-hunter selling deer which he killed himself who, by means of that work and livelihood, got to travel by elephant, horse, chariot, or vehicle, or to enjoy wealth, or to live off a large fortune?” 
;;;Te hi nāma so, bhikkhave, tiracchānagate pāṇe vajjhe vadhāyupanīte pāpakena manasānupekkhamāno neva hatthiyāyī bhavissati na assayāyī na rathayāyī na yānayāyī na bhogabhogī, na mahantaṁ bhogakkhandhaṁ ajjhāvasissati. 
;;;By regarding even animals led to the slaughter with bad intentions he did not get to travel by elephant, horse, chariot, or vehicle, or to enjoy wealth, or to live off a large fortune. 
;;;

an6.18
an6.19#1.1

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā nātike viharati giñjakāvasathe. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying at Ñātika in the brick house. 
;;;

an6.19
an6.20#2.1

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu divase nikkhante rattiyā patihitāya iti paṭisañcikkhati: ;;;As day passes by and night draws close, a mendicant reflects: 
;;;

an6.20
an6.23#5.3

Sabbaverabhayātītā, ;;;They’ve gone beyond all threats and dangers, 
;;;

an6.23
an6.24#1.3

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu samādhissa samāpattikusalo hoti, samādhissa ṭhitikusalo hoti, samādhissa vuṭṭhānakusalo hoti, samādhissa kallitakusalo hoti, samādhissa gocarakusalo hoti, samādhissa abhinīhārakusalo hoti. ;;;It’s when a mendicant is skilled in entering immersion, skilled in remaining in immersion, skilled in emerging from immersion, skilled in gladdening the mind for immersion, skilled in the meditation subjects for immersion, and skilled in projecting the mind purified by immersion. 
;;;

an6.24
an6.28#2.2

“yasmiṁ, āvuso, samaye manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto pāde pakkhāletvā nisinno hoti pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā, so samayo manobhāvanīyassa bhikkhuno dassanāya upasaṅkamitun”ti. ;;;“Reverends, there’s a time after an esteemed mendicant’s meal when they return from almsround. Having washed their feet they sit down cross-legged, set their body straight, and establish mindfulness in their presence. That is the proper occasion for going to see an esteemed mendicant.” 
;;;Yasmiṁ, āvuso, samaye manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto pāde pakkhāletvā nisinno hoti pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā, cārittakilamathopissa tasmiṁ samaye appaṭippassaddho hoti, bhattakilamathopissa tasmiṁ samaye appaṭippassaddho hoti. 
;;;For at that time the fatigue from walking and from eating has not faded away. 
;;;Yasmiṁ, āvuso, samaye manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito vihārapacchāyāyaṁ nisinno hoti pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā, so samayo manobhāvanīyassa bhikkhuno dassanāya upasaṅkamitun”ti. 
;;;There’s a time late in the afternoon when an esteemed mendicant comes out of retreat. They sit cross-legged in the shade of their porch , set their body straight, and establish mindfulness in their presence. That is the proper occasion for going to see an esteemed mendicant.” 
;;;Yasmiṁ, āvuso, samaye manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito vihārapacchāyāyaṁ nisinno hoti pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā, yadevassa divā samādhinimittaṁ manasikataṁ hoti tadevassa tasmiṁ samaye samudācarati. 
;;;For at that time they are still practicing the same meditation subject as a basis of immersion that they focused on during the day. 
;;;Yasmiṁ, āvuso, samaye manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ paccuṭṭhāya nisinno hoti pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā, so samayo manobhāvanīyassa bhikkhuno dassanāya upasaṅkamitun”ti. 
;;;There’s a time when an esteemed mendicant has risen at the crack of dawn. They sit down cross-legged, set their body straight, and establish mindfulness in their presence. That is the proper occasion for going to see an esteemed mendicant.” 
;;;Yasmiṁ, āvuso, samaye manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ paccuṭṭhāya nisinno hoti pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā, ojaṭṭhāyissa tasmiṁ samaye kāyo hoti phāsussa hoti buddhānaṁ sāsanaṁ manasi kātuṁ. 
;;;For at that time their body is full of vitality and they find it easy to focus on the instructions of the Buddhas.” 
;;;

an6.28
an6.29#6.2

‘atthi imasmiṁ kāye kesā lomā nakhā dantā taco, maṁsaṁ nhāru aṭṭhi aṭṭhimiñjaṁ vakkaṁ, hadayaṁ yakanaṁ kilomakaṁ pihakaṁ papphāsaṁ, antaṁ antaguṇaṁ udariyaṁ karīsaṁ, pittaṁ semhaṁ pubbo lohitaṁ sedo medo, assu vasā kheḷo siṅghāṇikā lasikā muttan’ti. ;;;‘In this body there is head hair, body hair, nails, teeth, skin, flesh, sinews, bones, bone marrow, kidneys, heart, liver, diaphragm, spleen, lungs, intestines, mesentery, undigested food, feces, bile, phlegm, pus, blood, sweat, fat, tears, grease, saliva, snot, synovial fluid, urine.’ 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, bhante, bhikkhu seyyathāpi passeyya sarīraṁ sivathikāya chaṭṭitaṁ ekāhamataṁ vā dvīhamataṁ vā tīhamataṁ vā uddhumātakaṁ vinīlakaṁ vipubbakajātaṁ. 
;;;Furthermore, suppose a mendicant were to see a corpse thrown in a charnel ground. And it had been dead for one, two, or three days, bloated, livid, and festering. 
;;;Seyyathāpi vā pana passeyya sarīraṁ sīvathikāya chaṭṭitaṁ kākehi vā khajjamānaṁ kulalehi vā khajjamānaṁ gijjhehi vā khajjamānaṁ sunakhehi vā khajjamānaṁ siṅgālehi vā khajjamānaṁ vividhehi vā pāṇakajātehi khajjamānaṁ. 
;;;Or suppose they were to see a corpse thrown in a charnel ground being devoured by crows, hawks, vultures, dogs, jackals, and many kinds of little creatures. 
;;;Aṭṭhikāni apagatasambandhāni disāvidisāvikkhittāni, aññena hatthaṭṭhikaṁ aññena pādaṭṭhikaṁ aññena jaṅghaṭṭhikaṁ aññena ūruṭṭhikaṁ aññena kaṭiṭṭhikaṁ aññena phāsukaṭṭhikaṁ aññena piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṭṭhikaṁ aññena khandhaṭṭhikaṁ aññena gīvaṭṭhikaṁ aññena hanukaṭṭhikaṁ aññena dantakaṭṭhikaṁ aññena sīsakaṭāhaṁ, aṭṭhikāni setāni saṅkhavaṇṇappaṭibhāgāni aṭṭhikāni puñjakitāni terovassikāni aṭṭhikāni pūtīni cuṇṇakajātāni. 
;;;Bones rid of sinews scattered in every direction. Here a hand-bone, there a foot-bone, here a shin-bone, there a thigh-bone, here a hip-bone, there a rib-bone, here a back-bone, there an arm-bone, here a neck-bone, there a jaw-bone, here a tooth, there the skull … White bones, the color of shells … Decrepit bones, heaped in a pile … Bones rotted and crumbled to powder. 
;;;

an6.29
an6.30#9.1

Ye dassanānuttaraṁ laddhā, ;;;They’ve gained the unsurpassed seeing, 
;;;Te ve kālena paccenti, 
;;;And in time they arrive 
;;;

an6.30
an6.34#0.3

Mahāmoggallānasutta ;;;With Mahāmoggallāna 
;;;Atha kho āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: 
;;;Then as Venerable Mahāmoggallāna was in private retreat this thought came to his mind, 
;;;‘sotāpannā nāma avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā’”ti? 
;;;stream-enterers, not liable to be reborn in the underworld, bound for awakening?” 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evamevaṁ—jetavane antarahito tasmiṁ brahmaloke pāturahosi. 
;;;And then Venerable Mahāmoggallāna, as easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, vanished from Jeta’s Grove and reappeared in that realm of divinity. 
;;;Addasā kho tisso brahmā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ. 
;;;Tissa saw Moggallāna coming off in the distance, 
;;;Disvāna āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;and said to him, 
;;;“ehi kho, mārisa moggallāna; svāgataṁ, mārisa moggallāna; 
;;;“Come, my good Moggallāna! Welcome, my good Moggallāna! 
;;;cirassaṁ kho, mārisa moggallāna; imaṁ pariyāyamakāsi, yadidaṁ idhāgamanāya. 
;;;It’s been a long time since you took the opportunity to come here. 
;;;Nisīda, mārisa moggallāna, idamāsanaṁ paññattan”ti. 
;;;Sit, my good Moggallāna, this seat is for you.” 
;;;Nisīdi kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno paññatte āsane. 
;;;Moggallāna sat down on the seat spread out. 
;;;Tissopi kho brahmā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. 
;;;Then Tissa bowed to Moggallāna and sat to one side. 
;;;Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho tissaṁ brahmānaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca: 
;;;Moggallāna said to him, 
;;;“Cātumahārājikānaṁ kho, mārisa moggallāna, devānaṁ evaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: ‘sotāpannā nāma avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā’”ti. 
;;;“The gods of the four great kings know this.” 
;;;“Na kho, mārisa moggallāna, sabbesaṁ cātumahārājikānaṁ devānaṁ evaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: ‘sotāpannā nāma avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā’ti. 
;;;“No, my good Moggallāna, not all of them. 
;;;Ye kho te, mārisa moggallāna, cātumahārājikā devā buddhe aveccappasādena asamannāgatā dhamme aveccappasādena asamannāgatā saṅghe aveccappasādena asamannāgatā ariyakantehi sīlehi asamannāgatā na tesaṁ devānaṁ evaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: ‘sotāpannā nāma avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā’ti. 
;;;Those who lack experiential confidence in the Buddha, the teaching, and the Saṅgha, and lack the ethics loved by the noble ones, do not know that they are stream-enterers. 
;;;Ye ca kho te, mārisa moggallāna, cātumahārājikā devā buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgatā, dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgatā, saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgatā ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgatā, tesaṁ evaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: ‘sotāpannā nāma avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā’”ti. 
;;;But those who have experiential confidence in the Buddha, the teaching, and the Saṅgha, and have the ethics loved by the noble ones, do know that they are stream-enterers.” 
;;;“Paranimmitavasavattīnampi kho, mārisa moggallāna, devānaṁ evaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: ‘sotāpannā nāma avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā’”ti. 
;;;“The gods of these various classes know this.” 
;;;“Na kho, mārisa moggallāna, sabbesaṁ paranimmitavasavattīnaṁ devānaṁ evaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: ‘sotāpannā nāma avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā’ti. 
;;;“No, my good Moggallāna, not all of them. 
;;;Ye kho te, mārisa moggallāna, paranimmitavasavattī devā buddhe aveccappasādena asamannāgatā, dhamme aveccappasādena asamannāgatā, saṅghe aveccappasādena asamannāgatā, ariyakantehi sīlehi asamannāgatā, na tesaṁ devānaṁ evaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: ‘sotāpannā nāma avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā’ti. 
;;;Those who lack experiential confidence in the Buddha, the teaching, and the Saṅgha, and lack the ethics loved by the noble ones, do not know that they are stream-enterers. 
;;;Ye ca kho te, mārisa moggallāna, paranimmitavasavattī devā buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgatā, dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgatā, saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgatā, ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgatā tesaṁ evaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: ‘sotāpannā nāma avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā’”ti. 
;;;But those who have experiential confidence in the Buddha, the teaching, and the Saṅgha, and have the ethics loved by the noble ones, do know that they are stream-enterers.” 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno tissassa brahmuno bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā: “seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evamevaṁ: ‘brahmaloke antarahito jetavane pāturahosī’”ti. 
;;;Moggallāna approved and agreed with what the divinity Tissa said. Then, as easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, he vanished from that realm of divinity and reappeared in Jeta’s Grove. 
;;;

an6.34
an6.37#1.2

Tena kho pana samayena veḷukaṇḍakī nandamātā upāsikā sāriputtamoggallānappamukhe bhikkhusaṅghe chaḷaṅgasamannāgataṁ dakkhiṇaṁ patiṭṭhāpeti. ;;;Now at that time Veḷukaṇṭakī, Nanda’s mother, was preparing a religious donation with six factors for the mendicant Saṅgha headed by Sāriputta and Moggallāna. 
;;;Addasā kho bhagavā dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena veḷukaṇḍakiṁ nandamātaraṁ upāsikaṁ sāriputtamoggallānappamukhe bhikkhusaṅghe chaḷaṅgasamannāgataṁ dakkhiṇaṁ patiṭṭhāpentiṁ. 
;;;The Buddha saw her doing this, with his clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, 
;;;“esā, bhikkhave, veḷukaṇḍakī nandamātā upāsikā sāriputtamoggallānappamukhe bhikkhusaṅghe chaḷaṅgasamannāgataṁ dakkhiṇaṁ patiṭṭhāpeti. 
;;;“This Veḷukaṇṭakī, Nanda’s mother, is preparing a religious donation with six factors for the mendicant Saṅgha headed by Sāriputta and Moggallāna. 
;;;Atha kho asaṅkhyeyyo appameyyo mahāpuññakkhandhotveva saṅkhaṁ gacchati. 
;;;It’s simply reckoned as an incalculable, immeasurable, great mass of merit. 
;;;Vītarāgā vītadosā, 
;;;Free of greed, free of hate, 
;;;saññatā brahmacārayo. 
;;;the disciplined spiritual practitioners. 
;;;

an6.37
an6.40#1.2

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kimilāyaṁ viharati niculavane. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying near Kimbilā in the Freshwater Mangrove Wood. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā kimilo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā kimilo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then Venerable Kimbila went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him: 
;;;

an6.40
an6.42#5.3

‘idānimaṁ āyasmantaṁ ārāmiko vā upaṭṭhahissati samaṇuddeso vā taṁ tamhā samādhimhā cāvessatī’ti. ;;;‘Now a monastery worker, a novice, or a fellow practitioner will make this venerable fall from immersion.’ 
;;;So taṁ lābhasakkārasilokaṁ nikāmayamāno riñcati paṭisallānaṁ riñcati araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni; 
;;;Enjoying possessions, honor, and popularity they neglect retreat, and they neglect remote lodgings in the wilderness and the forest. 
;;;So taṁ lābhasakkārasilokaṁ paṭipaṇāmetvā na riñcati paṭisallānaṁ na riñcati araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni. 
;;;Fending off possessions, honor, and popularity they don’t neglect retreat, and they don’t neglect remote lodgings in the wilderness and the forest. 
;;;Moggallāna vijjābhāgiyā; 
;;; 
;;;

an6.42
an6.43#2.2

Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi: ;;;In the late afternoon the Buddha came out of retreat and addressed Ānanda, 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena rañño pasenadissa kosalassa seto nāma nāgo mahātūriyatāḷitavāditena pubbakoṭṭhakā paccuttarati. 
;;;Now, at that time King Pasenadi had a giant bull elephant called “White”. It emerged from the eastern gate to the beating and playing of musical instruments. 
;;;vanā nibbanamāgataṁ; 
;;;and escaped from entanglements. 
;;;ajjhattaṁ susamāhito; 
;;;he is serene within. 
;;;Mahāginīva jalito, 
;;;A great blazing fire 
;;;Viññassanti mahānāgā, 
;;;Great giants will understand 
;;;

an6.43
an6.44#5.1

“Kā cānanda, migasālā upāsikā bālā abyattā ammakā ammakapaññā, ke ca purisapuggalaparopariyañāṇe? ;;;“Ānanda, who is this laywoman Migasālā, a foolish incompetent aunty, with an aunty’s wit? And who is it that knows how to assess individuals? 
;;;

an6.44
an6.45#1.1

“Dāliddiyaṁ, bhikkhave, dukkhaṁ lokasmiṁ kāmabhogino”ti? ;;;“Mendicants, isn’t poverty suffering in the world for a person who enjoys sensual pleasures?” 
;;;“Yampi, bhikkhave, daliddo assako anāḷhiko iṇaṁ ādiyati, iṇādānampi, bhikkhave, dukkhaṁ lokasmiṁ kāmabhogino”ti? 
;;;“When a poor, penniless person falls into debt, isn’t being in debt also suffering in the world for a person who enjoys sensual pleasures?” 
;;;Nāhaṁ, bhikkhave, aññaṁ ekabandhanampi samanupassāmi evaṁdāruṇaṁ evaṅkaṭukaṁ evaṁantarāyakaraṁ anuttarassa yogakkhemassa adhigamāya, yathayidaṁ, bhikkhave, nirayabandhanaṁ vā tiracchānayonibandhanaṁ vāti. 
;;;I don’t see a single prison that’s as brutal, as vicious, and such an obstacle to reaching the supreme sanctuary from the yoke as the prison of hell or the animal realm. 
;;;

an6.45
an6.46#1.2

ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā mahācundo cetīsu viharati sayaṁjātiyaṁ. ;;;At one time Venerable Mahācunda was staying in the land of the Cetis at Sahajāti. 
;;;‘ime pana jhāyinomhā, jhāyinomhāti jhāyanti pajjhāyanti nijjhāyanti avajjhāyanti. 
;;;‘They say, “We practice absorption meditation! We practice absorption meditation!” And they meditate and concentrate and contemplate and ruminate. 
;;;Kimime jhāyanti, kintime jhāyanti, kathaṁ ime jhāyantī’ti? 
;;;Why do they practice absorption meditation? In what way do they practice absorption meditation? How do they practice absorption meditation?’ 
;;;

an6.46
an6.47#1.1

Atha kho moḷiyasīvako paribbājako yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi. ;;;And then the wanderer Moḷiyasīvaka went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;

an6.47
an6.49#5.2

Samatte nopanīyare; ;;;as being among superiors, inferiors, or equals. 
;;;

an6.49
an6.51#3.2

suttaṁ geyyaṁ veyyākaraṇaṁ gāthaṁ udānaṁ itivuttakaṁ jātakaṁ abbhutadhammaṁ vedallaṁ. ;;;statements, mixed prose & verse, discussions, verses, inspired exclamations, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and elaborations. 
;;;suttaṁ geyyaṁ veyyākaraṇaṁ gāthaṁ udānaṁ itivuttakaṁ jātakaṁ abbhutadhammaṁ vedallaṁ. 
;;;statements, mixed prose & verse, discussions, verses, inspired exclamations, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and elaborations. 
;;;

an6.51
an6.52#7.2

“Samaṇā kho, brāhmaṇa, khantisoraccādhippāyā paññūpavicārā sīlādhiṭṭhānā ākiñcaññābhinivesā nibbānapariyosānā”ti. ;;;“Ascetics have patience and sweetness as their ambition. They’re preoccupied with wisdom. They’re fixated on ethical conduct. They insist on owning nothing. Their ultimate goal is extinguishment.” 
;;;

an6.52
an6.53#8.1

Seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, ye keci khuddarājāno sabbete rañño cakkavattissa anuyantā bhavanti, rājā tesaṁ cakkavattī aggamakkhāyati; ;;;All lesser rulers are vassals of a wheel-turning monarch, so the wheel-turning monarch is said to be the foremost of them all. 
;;;

an6.53
an6.54#2.1

Atha kho jātibhūmakānaṁ upāsakānaṁ etadahosi: ;;;Then the local lay followers thought to themselves, 
;;;Te atīradakkhiṇiyā nāvāya tīradassiṁ sakuṇaṁ muñcanti. 
;;;When their ship was out of sight of land, they released the bird. 
;;;Suppatiṭṭhassa kho pana, brāhmaṇa dhammika, nigrodharājassa ekaṁ khandhaṁ rājā paribhuñjati saddhiṁ itthāgārena, ekaṁ khandhaṁ balakāyo paribhuñjati, ekaṁ khandhaṁ negamajānapadā paribhuñjanti, ekaṁ khandhaṁ samaṇabrāhmaṇā paribhuñjanti, ekaṁ khandhaṁ migā paribhuñjanti. 
;;;The king and harem made use of one trunk, the troops another, the people of town and country another, ascetics and brahmins another, and beasts and birds another. 
;;;Yāva pāpo manusso, yatra hi nāma suppatiṭṭhassa nigrodharājassa yāvadatthaṁ phalāni bhakkhitvā sākhaṁ bhañjitvā pakkamissati, yannūna suppatiṭṭho nigrodharājā āyatiṁ phalaṁ na dadeyyā’ti. 
;;;How wicked this person is, to eat as much as they like, then break off a branch and leave! Why don’t I make sure that the royal banyan tree gives no fruit in future?’ 
;;;Atha kho, brāhmaṇa dhammika, sakko devānamindo tathārūpaṁ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkhāsi, yathā bhusā vātavuṭṭhi āgantvā suppatiṭṭhaṁ nigrodharājaṁ pavattesi ummūlamakāsi. 
;;;Then Sakka used his psychic powers to will that a violent storm come. And it felled and uprooted the royal banyan tree. 
;;;‘Ṭhassāmahaṁ, mārisa, rukkhadhamme, hotu me bhavanaṁ yathāpure’ti. 
;;;‘I will stand by a tree’s duty! May my home be as it was before!’ 
;;;Atha kho, brāhmaṇa dhammika, sakko devānamindo tathārūpaṁ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkhāsi, yathā bhusā vātavuṭṭhi āgantvā suppatiṭṭhaṁ nigrodharājaṁ ussāpesi, sacchavīni mūlāni ahesuṁ. 
;;;Then Sakka used his psychic power to will that a violent storm come. And it raised up that mighty banyan tree and the bark of the roots was healed. 
;;;Nāhaṁ, brāhmaṇa dhammika, ito bahiddhā evarūpiṁ khantiṁ vadāmi, yathāmaṁ sabrahmacārīsu. 
;;;Brahmin Dhammika, I say that any injury done by those outside of the Buddhist community does not compare with what is done to one’s own spiritual companions. 
;;;‘na no samasabrahmacārīsu cittāni paduṭṭhāni bhavissantī’ti. 
;;;‘We will have no malicious intent for those who we want to have as our spiritual companions.’ 
;;;Ahiṁsakā atītaṁse, 
;;;These six famous teachers, 
;;;Nirāmagandhā karuṇedhimuttā, 
;;;were free of putrefaction, compassionate, 
;;;Kāmasaṁyojanātigā; 
;;;gone beyond the fetter of sensuality. 
;;;

an6.54
an6.55#1.4

Atha kho āyasmato soṇassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ;;;Then as he was in private retreat this thought came to his mind, 
;;;“Nanu te, soṇa, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: 
;;;“Soṇa, as you were in private retreat didn’t this thought come to your mind: 
;;;nekkhammādhimutto hoti, pavivekādhimutto hoti, abyāpajjādhimutto hoti, taṇhākkhayādhimutto hoti, upādānakkhayādhimutto hoti, asammohādhimutto hoti. 
;;;They are dedicated to renunciation, seclusion, kindness, the ending of craving, the ending of grasping, and mental clarity. 
;;;

an6.55
an6.56#1.1

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā phagguno ābādhiko hoti dukkhito bāḷhagilāno. ;;;Now at that time Venerable Phagguna was sick, suffering, gravely ill. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā phagguno tenupasaṅkami. 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to Venerable Phagguna. 
;;;Disvāna mañcake samadhosi. 
;;;and tried to rise on his cot. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhante, balavā puriso tiṇhena sikharena muddhani abhimattheyya; evamevaṁ kho me, bhante, adhimattā vātā muddhani ūhananti. 
;;;The winds piercing my head are so severe, it feels like a strong man drilling into my head with a sharp point. 
;;;“Kiṁ hānanda, phaggunassa bhikkhuno indriyāni na vippasīdissanti. 
;;;“And why shouldn’t his faculties be bright and clear? 
;;;Chayime, ānanda, ānisaṁsā kālena dhammassavane kālena atthupaparikkhāya. 
;;;Ānanda, there are these six benefits to hearing the teaching at the right time and examining the meaning at the right time. 
;;;

an6.56
an6.58#4.3

‘yāvadeva sītassa paṭighātāya, uṇhassa paṭighātāya, ḍaṁsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassānaṁ paṭighātāya, yāvadeva hirikopīnapaṭicchādanatthaṁ’. ;;;‘Only for the sake of warding off cold and heat; for warding off the touch of flies, mosquitoes, wind, sun, and reptiles; and for covering up the private parts.’ 
;;;‘neva davāya na madāya na maṇḍanāya na vibhūsanāya, yāvadeva imassa kāyassa ṭhitiyā yāpanāya, vihiṁsūparatiyā brahmacariyānuggahāya, iti purāṇañca vedanaṁ paṭihaṅkhāmi, navañca vedanaṁ na uppādessāmi, yātrā ca me bhavissati anavajjatā ca phāsuvihāro ca’. 
;;;‘Not for fun, indulgence, adornment, or decoration, but only to sustain this body, to avoid harm, and to support spiritual practice. In this way, I shall put an end to old discomfort and not give rise to new discomfort, and I will have the means to keep going, blamelessness, and a comfortable abiding.’ 
;;;‘yāvadeva sītassa paṭighātāya, uṇhassa paṭighātāya, ḍaṁsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassānaṁ paṭighātāya, yāvadeva utuparissayavinodanapaṭisallānārāmatthaṁ’. 
;;;‘Only for the sake of warding off cold and heat; for warding off the touch of flies, mosquitoes, wind, sun, and reptiles; to shelter from harsh weather and to enjoy retreat.’ 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu paṭisaṅkhā yoniso caṇḍaṁ hatthiṁ parivajjeti, caṇḍaṁ assaṁ parivajjeti, caṇḍaṁ goṇaṁ parivajjeti, caṇḍaṁ kukkuraṁ parivajjeti, ahiṁ khāṇuṁ kaṇṭakaṭṭhānaṁ sobbhaṁ papātaṁ candanikaṁ oḷigallaṁ, yathārūpe anāsane nisinnaṁ, yathārūpe agocare carantaṁ, yathārūpe pāpake mitte bhajantaṁ viññū sabrahmacārī pāpakesu ṭhānesu okappeyyuṁ, so tañca anāsanaṁ tañca agocaraṁ te ca pāpake mitte paṭisaṅkhā yoniso parivajjeti. 
;;;Take a mendicant who, reflecting rationally, avoids a wild elephant, a wild horse, a wild ox, a wild dog, a snake, a stump, thorny ground, a pit, a cliff, a swamp, and a sewer. Reflecting rationally, they avoid sitting on inappropriate seats, walking in inappropriate neighborhoods, and mixing with bad friends—whatever sensible spiritual companions would believe to be a bad setting. 
;;;upekkhāsambojjhaṅgaṁ bhāveti vivekanissitaṁ virāganissitaṁ nirodhanissitaṁ vosaggapariṇāmiṁ. 
;;;and equanimity, which rely on seclusion, fading away, and cessation, and ripen as letting go. 
;;;

an6.58
an6.60#4.4

Seyyathāpi, āvuso, cātumahāpathe thullaphusitako devo vassanto rajaṁ antaradhāpeyya, cikkhallaṁ pātukareyya. ;;;Suppose the heavens were raining heavily at the crossroads so that the dust vanished and mud appeared. 
;;;Tatra hatthisaddena assasaddena rathasaddena pattisaddena bheripaṇavasaṅkhatiṇavaninnādasaddena cīrikasaddo antaradhāyeyya. 
;;;There, because of the noise of the elephants, horses, chariots, soldiers, and the drums, kettledrums, horns, and cymbals, the chirping of crickets would vanish. 
;;;

an6.60
an6.61#2.4

sodha sibbinimaccagā’”ti. ;;;he has escaped the seamstress here.’ 
;;;Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho therā bhikkhū yāvatako ahosi sabbeheva saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo, taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesuṁ. 
;;;and informed the Buddha of all they had discussed. They asked, 
;;;

an6.61
an6.62#4.1

“So vā kho, ānanda, bhikkhu navo bhavissati acirapabbajito, thero vā pana bālo abyatto. ;;;“Ānanda, that mendicant must be junior, recently gone forth, or else a foolish, incompetent senior mendicant. 
;;;Sace tumhe, ānanda, suṇeyyātha tathāgatassa purisindriyañāṇāni vibhajissāmī”ti? 
;;;If you would all listen, Ānanda, I will analyze the Realized One’s knowledges of the faculties of persons.” 
;;;“Seyyathāpi vā pana, ānanda, sāyanhasamayaṁ sūriye ogacchante, jāneyyāsi tvaṁ, ānanda, āloko antaradhāyissati andhakāro pātubhavissatī”ti? 
;;;“Or suppose it was the late afternoon and the sun was going down. Wouldn’t you know that the light was about to vanish and darkness appear?” 
;;;“Seyyathāpi vā panānanda, rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ sūriye uggacchante, jāneyyāsi tvaṁ, ānanda, andhakāro antaradhāyissati, āloko pātubhavissatī”ti? 
;;;“Suppose it’s the crack of dawn and the sun is rising. Wouldn’t you know that the dark will vanish and the light appear?” 
;;;

an6.62
an6.63#8.11

Nete kāmā yāni citrāni loke; ;;;The world’s pretty things aren’t sensual pleasures. 
;;;Phassanirodho, bhikkhave, kāmanirodho. 
;;;When contact ceases, sensual pleasures cease. 
;;;Yaṁ kho, bhikkhave, vediyamāno tajjaṁ tajjaṁ attabhāvaṁ abhinibbatteti puññabhāgiyaṁ vā apuññabhāgiyaṁ vā, 
;;;When one who feels creates a corresponding incarnation, partaking of either good or bad deeds— 
;;;Phassanirodho, bhikkhave, vedanānirodho. 
;;;When contact ceases, feelings cease. 
;;;Vohāravepakkaṁ, bhikkhave, saññaṁ vadāmi. 
;;;Communication is the result of perception, I say. 
;;;Phassanirodho, bhikkhave, saññānirodho. 
;;;When contact ceases, perception ceases. 
;;;Atthi, bhikkhave, āsavā nirayagamanīyā, atthi āsavā tiracchānayonigamanīyā, atthi āsavā pettivisayagamanīyā, atthi āsavā manussalokagamanīyā, atthi āsavā devalokagamanīyā. 
;;;There are defilements that lead to rebirth in hell, the animal realm, the ghost realm, the human world, and the world of the gods. 
;;;Phassanirodho, bhikkhave, kammanirodho. 
;;;When contact ceases, deeds cease. 
;;;Jātipi dukkhā, jarāpi dukkhā, byādhipi dukkho, maraṇampi dukkhaṁ, sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsāpi dukkhā, yampicchaṁ na labhati tampi dukkhaṁ, saṅkhittena pañcupādānakkhandhā dukkhā. 
;;;Rebirth is suffering; old age is suffering; illness is suffering; death is suffering; sorrow, lamentation, pain, sadness, and distress are suffering; not getting what you wish for is suffering. In brief, the five grasping aggregates are suffering. 
;;;‘ko ekapadaṁ dvipadaṁ jānāti imassa dukkhassa nirodhāyā’ti? 
;;;‘Who knows one or two phrases to stop this suffering?’ 
;;;Taṇhānirodho, bhikkhave, dukkhanirodho. 
;;;When craving ceases, suffering ceases. 
;;;

an6.63
an6.66#1.3

Thinaṁ, middhaṁ, uddhaccaṁ, kukkuccaṁ, assaddhiyaṁ, pamādaṁ— ;;;Dullness, drowsiness, restlessness, remorse, lack of faith, and negligence. 
;;;

an6.66
an6.75#0.2

8. Arahattavagga ;;;8. Perfection 
;;;

an6.75
an6.77#1.1

“Cha, bhikkhave, dhamme appahāya abhabbo uttari manussadhammaṁ alamariyañāṇadassanavisesaṁ sacchikātuṁ. ;;;“Mendicants, without giving up six qualities you can’t realize a superhuman distinction in knowledge and vision worthy of the noble ones. 
;;;

an6.77
an6.79#1.1

“Chahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu abhabbo anadhigataṁ vā kusalaṁ dhammaṁ adhigantuṁ, adhigataṁ vā kusalaṁ dhammaṁ phātiṁ kātuṁ. ;;;“Mendicants, a mendicant who has six qualities is unable to acquire more skillful qualities or to increase the skillful qualities they’ve already acquired. 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na āyakusalo ca hoti, na apāyakusalo ca hoti, na upāyakusalo ca hoti, anadhigatānaṁ kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ adhigamāya na chandaṁ janeti, adhigate kusale dhamme na ārakkhati, sātaccakiriyāya na sampādeti. 
;;;It’s when a mendicant is not skilled in profit, skilled in loss, and skilled in means. They don’t generate enthusiasm to achieve skillful qualities not yet achieved. They don’t protect skillful qualities they have achieved. And they don’t try to persevere in the task. 
;;;

an6.79
an6.80#1.1

“Chahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu nacirasseva mahantattaṁ vepullattaṁ pāpuṇāti dhammesu. ;;;“Mendicants, a mendicant with six qualities soon acquires great and abundant good qualities. 
;;;

an6.80
an6.82#1.3

Pāṇātipātī hoti, adinnādāyī hoti, kāmesumicchācārī hoti, musāvādī hoti, luddho ca, pagabbho ca. ;;;They kill living creatures, steal, commit sexual misconduct, and lie. And they’re greedy and rude. 
;;;

an6.82
an6.84#3.3

Mahantattaṁ dvayaṁ niraye, ;;;" 
;;;

an6.84
an6.87#1.3

Mātā jīvitā voropitā hoti, pitā jīvitā voropito hoti, arahaṁ jīvitā voropito hoti, tathāgatassa duṭṭhena cittena lohitaṁ uppāditaṁ hoti, saṅgho bhinno hoti, duppañño hoti jaḷo eḷamūgo. ;;;They murder their mother or father or a perfected one. They maliciously shed the blood of a Realized One. They cause a schism in the Saṅgha. They’re witless, dull, and stupid. 
;;;

an6.87
an6.88#1.3

Tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye desiyamāne na sussūsati, na sotaṁ odahati, na aññā cittaṁ upaṭṭhāpeti, anatthaṁ gaṇhāti, atthaṁ riñcati, ananulomikāya khantiyā samannāgato hoti. ;;;When the teaching and practice proclaimed by the Realized One is being taught they don’t want to listen. They don’t actively listen or try to understand. They learn the incorrect meaning and reject the correct meaning. They accept views that contradict the teaching. 
;;;

an6.88
an6.93#1.3

Abhabbo diṭṭhisampanno puggalo kañci saṅkhāraṁ niccato upagantuṁ, abhabbo diṭṭhisampanno puggalo kañci saṅkhāraṁ sukhato upagantuṁ, abhabbo diṭṭhisampanno puggalo kañci dhammaṁ attato upagantuṁ, abhabbo diṭṭhisampanno puggalo ānantariyaṁ kammaṁ kātuṁ, abhabbo diṭṭhisampanno puggalo kotūhalamaṅgalena suddhiṁ paccāgantuṁ, abhabbo diṭṭhisampanno puggalo ito bahiddhā dakkhiṇeyyaṁ gavesituṁ. ;;;A person accomplished in view can’t take conditions to be permanent. They cannot take conditions to be happiness. They cannot take anything to be the self. They can’t do deeds with fixed result in the next life. They can’t fall back on purification through boisterous, superstitious rites. They can’t seek outside of the Buddhist community for those worthy of religious donations. 
;;;

an6.93
an6.95#1.3

Abhabbo diṭṭhisampanno puggalo sayaṅkataṁ sukhadukkhaṁ paccāgantuṁ, abhabbo diṭṭhisampanno puggalo paraṅkataṁ sukhadukkhaṁ paccāgantuṁ, abhabbo diṭṭhisampanno puggalo sayaṅkatañca paraṅkatañca sukhadukkhaṁ paccāgantuṁ, abhabbo diṭṭhisampanno puggalo asayaṅkāraṁ adhiccasamuppannaṁ sukhadukkhaṁ paccāgantuṁ, abhabbo diṭṭhisampanno puggalo aparaṅkāraṁ adhiccasamuppannaṁ sukhadukkhaṁ paccāgantuṁ, abhabbo diṭṭhisampanno puggalo asayaṅkārañca aparaṅkārañca adhiccasamuppannaṁ sukhadukkhaṁ paccāgantuṁ. ;;;A person accomplished in view can’t fall back on the idea that pleasure and pain are made by oneself, or that they’re made by another, or that they’re made by both. Nor can they fall back on the idea that pleasure and pain arise by chance, not made by oneself, by another, or by both. 
;;;

an6.95
an6.96#1.3

Tathāgatassa arahato sammāsambuddhassa pātubhāvo dullabho lokasmiṁ, tathāgatappaveditassa dhammavinayassa desetā puggalo dullabho lokasmiṁ, ariyāyatane paccājāti dullabhā lokasmiṁ, indriyānaṁ avekallatā dullabhā lokasmiṁ, ajaḷatā aneḷamūgatā dullabhā lokasmiṁ, kusale dhamme chando dullabho lokasmiṁ. ;;;A Realized One, a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha. A teacher of the teaching and training proclaimed by a Realized One. Rebirth in a civilized region. Unimpaired sense faculties. Being bright and clever. Enthusiasm for skillful qualities. 
;;;

an6.96
an6.97#1.3

Saddhammaniyato hoti, aparihānadhammo hoti, pariyantakatassa dukkhaṁ hoti, asādhāraṇena ñāṇena samannāgato hoti, hetu cassa sudiṭṭho, hetusamuppannā ca dhammā. ;;;You’re bound for the true teaching. You’re not liable to decline. You suffer only for a limited period. You have unshared knowledge. You’ve clearly seen causes and the phenomena that arise from causes. 
;;;

an6.97
an6.102#1.3

‘Sabbasaṅkhārā ca me anavatthitā khāyissanti, sabbaloke ca me mano nābhiramissati, sabbalokā ca me mano vuṭṭhahissati, nibbānapoṇañca me mānasaṁ bhavissati, saṁyojanā ca me pahānaṁ gacchissanti, paramena ca sāmaññena samannāgato bhavissāmī’ti. ;;;‘All conditions will appear to me as transient.’ ‘My mind will not delight anywhere in the world.’ ‘My mind will rise above the whole world.’ ‘My mind will incline to extinguishment.’ ‘My fetters will be given up.’ ‘I will achieve the ultimate goal of the ascetic life.’ 
;;;

an6.102
an6.117#0.2

12. Sāmaññavagga ;;;12. The Ascetic Life 
;;;

an6.117
an6.120-139#an6.120-139:0.3

Bhallikādisutta ;;;About Bhallika, Etc. 
;;;“Chahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhalliko gahapati …pe… 
;;;“Mendicants, having six qualities the householders Bhallika … 
;;;sūrambaṭṭho … 
;;;Sūrambaṭṭha … 
;;;vicayo gahapati … 
;;;Vijaya … 
;;;vijayamāhiko gahapati … 
;;;Vijayamāhita … 
;;;sāraggo upāsako tathāgate niṭṭhaṅgato amataddaso amataṁ sacchikatvā iriyati. 
;;;and Sāragga are certain about the Realized One, see freedom from death and live having realized freedom from death. 
;;;

an6.120-139
an7.7#2.4

“Sataṁ, bhante, satasahassānaṁ hiraññassa, ko pana vādo rūpiyassā”ti. ;;;“He has a hundred thousand gold coins, not to mention the silver coins!” 
;;;

an7.7
an7.15#1.9

idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo ummujjitvā tiṇṇo hoti pāraṅgato thale tiṭṭhati brāhmaṇo. ;;;One person has risen up, crossed over, and gone beyond, and that brahmin stands on the shore. 
;;;sādhu vīriyaṁ … 
;;; 
;;;

an7.15
an7.20#1.3

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sikkhāsamādāne tibbacchando hoti āyatiñca sikkhāsamādāne avigatapemo, ;;;It’s when a mendicant has a keen enthusiasm to undertake the training … 
;;;paṭisallāne tibbacchando hoti āyatiñca paṭisallāne avigatapemo, 
;;;for retreat … 
;;;vīriyārambhe tibbacchando hoti āyatiñca vīriyārambhe avigatapemo, 
;;;to rouse up energy … 
;;;

an7.20
an7.21#0.2

3. Vajjisattakavagga ;;;3. The Vajji Seven 
;;;Yāvakīvañca, licchavī, vajjī ye te vajjīnaṁ vajjimahallakā te sakkarissanti garuṁ karissanti mānessanti pūjessanti, tesañca sotabbaṁ maññissanti; 
;;;As long as the Vajjis honor, respect, esteem, and venerate Vajjian elders, and think them worth listening to, 
;;;

an7.21
an7.22#1.5

“ahaṁ hime vajjī evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve ucchecchāmi, vajjī vināsessāmi, vajjī anayabyasanaṁ āpādessāmī”ti. ;;;“I shall wipe out these Vajjis, so mighty and powerful! I shall destroy them, and lay ruin and devastation upon them!” 
;;;Kinti te, ānanda, sutaṁ: ‘vajjī ye te vajjīnaṁ vajjimahallakā te sakkaronti garuṁ karonti mānenti pūjenti, tesañca sotabbaṁ maññantī’”ti? 
;;;Ānanda, have you heard that the Vajjis honor, respect, esteem, and venerate Vajjian elders, and think them worth listening to?” 
;;;“Sutaṁ metaṁ, bhante: ‘vajjī ye te vajjīnaṁ vajjimahallakā te sakkaronti garuṁ karonti mānenti pūjenti, tesañca sotabbaṁ maññantī’”ti. 
;;;“I have heard that, sir.” 
;;;“Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjī ye te vajjīnaṁ vajjimahallakā te sakkarissanti garuṁ karissanti mānessanti pūjessanti, tesañca sotabbaṁ maññissanti; vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni. 
;;;“As long as the Vajjis honor, respect, esteem, and venerate Vajjian elders, and think them worth listening to, they can expect growth, not decline. 
;;;

an7.22
an7.28#1.6

Kammārāmatā, bhassārāmatā, niddārāmatā, saṅgaṇikārāmatā, indriyesu aguttadvāratā, bhojane amattaññutā, santi kho pana saṅghe saṅghakaraṇīyāni; tatra sekho bhikkhu iti paṭisañcikkhati: ;;;They relish work, talk, sleep, and company. They don’t guard the sense doors and they eat too much. And when there is Saṅgha business to be carried out, they don’t reflect: 
;;;

an7.28
an7.36#1.3

Duddadaṁ dadāti, dukkaraṁ karoti, dukkhamaṁ khamati, guyhamassa āvi karoti, guyhamassa pariguhati, āpadāsu na jahati, khīṇena nātimaññati. ;;;They give what is hard to give. They do what is hard to do. They endure what is hard to endure. They reveal their secrets to you. They keep your secrets. They don’t abandon you in times of trouble. They don’t look down on you in times of loss. 
;;;khamati dukkhamāni ca. 
;;;and with things hard to endure. 
;;;Guyhañca tassa akkhāti, 
;;;They tell you their secrets, 
;;;

an7.36
an7.37#2.4

no caṭṭhāne niyojako. ;;;and doesn’t urge you to do bad. 
;;;

an7.37
an7.42#3.10

Anabhinanditvā appaṭikkositvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkamiṁ: ;;; 
;;;Idha, sāriputta, bhikkhu sikkhāsamādāne tibbacchando hoti āyatiñca sikkhāsamādāne avigatapemo, dhammanisantiyā tibbacchando hoti āyatiñca dhammanisantiyā avigatapemo, icchāvinaye tibbacchando hoti āyatiñca icchāvinaye avigatapemo, paṭisallāne tibbacchando hoti āyatiñca paṭisallāne avigatapemo, vīriyārambhe tibbacchando hoti āyatiñca vīriyārambhe avigatapemo, satinepakke tibbacchando hoti āyatiñca satinepakke avigatapemo, diṭṭhipaṭivedhe tibbacchando hoti āyatiñca diṭṭhipaṭivedhe avigatapemo. 
;;;It’s when a mendicant has a keen enthusiasm to undertake the training … to examine the teachings … to get rid of desires … for retreat … to rouse up energy … for mindfulness and alertness … to penetrate theoretically. And they don’t lose these desires in the future. 
;;;

an7.42
an7.45#1.4

Yā kho, bhikkhave, imehi sattahaṅgehi cittassekaggatā parikkhatā, ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, ariyo sammāsamādhi saupaniso itipi saparikkhāro itipī”ti. ;;;Unification of mind with these seven factors as prerequisites is what is called noble right immersion ‘with its vital conditions’ and also ‘with its prerequisites’.” 
;;;

an7.45
an7.47#1.1

Tena kho pana samayena uggatasarīrassa brāhmaṇassa mahāyañño upakkhaṭo hoti. ;;;Now at that time the brahmin Uggatasarīra had prepared a large sacrifice. 
;;;“Sutaṁ metaṁ, bho gotama, aggissa ādānaṁ yūpassa ussāpanaṁ mahapphalaṁ hoti mahānisaṁsan”ti. 
;;;“Mister Gotama, I have heard that kindling the sacrificial fire and raising the sacrificial post is very fruitful and beneficial.” 
;;;‘ahañhi, bhante, aggiṁ ādātukāmo, yūpaṁ ussāpetukāmo. 
;;;‘Sir, I want to kindle the sacrificial fire and raise the sacrificial post. 
;;;“Aggiṁ, brāhmaṇa, ādento yūpaṁ ussāpento pubbeva yaññā tīṇi satthāni ussāpeti akusalāni dukkhudrayāni dukkhavipākāni. 
;;;“Even before kindling the sacrificial fire and raising the sacrificial post, one raises three unskillful knives which ripen and result in suffering. 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, brāhmaṇa, aggiṁ ādento yūpaṁ ussāpento pubbeva yaññā sayaṁ paṭhamaṁ samārambhati usabhā hantuṁ yaññatthāya, sayaṁ paṭhamaṁ samārambhati vacchatarā hantuṁ yaññatthāya, sayaṁ paṭhamaṁ samārambhati vacchatariyo hantuṁ yaññatthāya, sayaṁ paṭhamaṁ samārambhati ajā hantuṁ yaññatthāya, sayaṁ paṭhamaṁ samārambhati urabbhā hantuṁ yaññatthāya. 
;;;Furthermore, even before kindling the sacrificial fire and raising the sacrificial post one first personally undertakes preparations for the sacrificial slaughter of bulls, bullocks, heifers, goats, and rams. 
;;;Atohayaṁ, brāhmaṇa, āhuto sambhūto, tasmāyaṁ āhuneyyaggi sakkatvā garuṁ katvā mānetvā pūjetvā sammā sukhaṁ parihātabbo. 
;;;Since it is from them that you’ve been incubated and produced. So you should properly and happily take care of this fire, honoring, respecting, esteeming, and venerating it. 
;;;Haritāni ceva tiṇāni khādantu, sītāni ca pānīyāni pivantu, sīto ca nesaṁ vāto upavāyatan”ti. 
;;;May they eat grass and drink cool water and enjoy a cool breeze!” 
;;;

an7.47
an7.50#2.5

Ayaṁ vuccati, brāhmaṇa, aparisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ carati, saṁyutto methunena saṁyogena na parimuccati jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi, na parimuccati dukkhasmāti vadāmi. ;;;This is called one who lives the celibate life impurely, yoked by the yoke of sex. They’re not freed from rebirth, old age, death, sorrow, lamentation, pain, sadness, and distress. They’re not freed from suffering, I say. 
;;;Yāvakīvañcāhaṁ, brāhmaṇa, imesaṁ sattannaṁ methunasaṁyogānaṁ aññataraññataramethunasaṁyogaṁ attani appahīnaṁ samanupassiṁ, neva tāvāhaṁ, brāhmaṇa, sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambuddhoti paccaññāsiṁ. 
;;;As long as I saw that these seven sexual yokes—or even one of them—had not been given up in me, I didn’t announce my supreme perfect awakening in this world with its gods, Māras, and Divinities, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans. 
;;;

an7.50
an7.52#1.4

Sādhu mayaṁ, bhante, labheyyāma bhagavato sammukhā dhammiṁ kathaṁ savanāyā”ti. ;;;It would be good if we got to hear a Dhamma talk from the Buddha.” 
;;;appeva nāma labheyyātha bhagavato sammukhā dhammiṁ kathaṁ savanāyā”ti. 
;;;Hopefully you’ll get to hear a Dhamma talk from the Buddha.” 
;;;“Idha, sāriputta, ekacco sāpekho dānaṁ deti, patibaddhacitto dānaṁ deti, sannidhipekho dānaṁ deti, ‘imaṁ pecca paribhuñjissāmī’ti dānaṁ deti. 
;;;“Sāriputta, take the case of a someone who gives a gift as an investment, their mind tied to it, expecting to keep it, thinking ‘I’ll enjoy this in my next life’. 
;;;“Tatra, sāriputta, yvāyaṁ na heva sāpekho dānaṁ deti; 
;;;“Sāriputta, someone who gives gifts, not for any other reason, 
;;;

an7.52
an7.53#1.2

ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ca sāriputto āyasmā ca mahāmoggallāno dakkhiṇāgirismiṁ cārikaṁ caranti mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ. ;;;At one time the venerables Sāriputta and Mahāmoggallāna were wandering in the Southern Hills together with a large Saṅgha of mendicants. 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena veḷukaṇḍakī nandamātā upāsikā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ paccuṭṭhāya pārāyanaṁ sarena bhāsati. 
;;;Now at that time the laywoman Veḷukaṇṭakī, Nanda’s mother, rose at the crack of dawn and recited the verses of “The Way to the Far Shore”. 
;;;Sveva sāriputtamoggallānappamukho bhikkhusaṅgho akatapātarāso veḷukaṇḍakaṁ āgamissati, tañca bhikkhusaṅghaṁ parivisitvā mama dakkhiṇaṁ ādiseyyāsi. 
;;;Tomorrow, the mendicant Saṅgha headed by Sāriputta and Moggallāna will arrive at Veḷukaṇṭa before breakfast. When you’ve served the Saṅgha, please dedicate the religious donation to me. 
;;;Etañceva me bhavissati ātitheyyan”ti. 
;;;Then that will also be your offering to me as your guest.” 
;;;Atha kho sāriputtamoggallānappamukho bhikkhusaṅgho akatapātarāso yena veḷukaṇḍako tadavasari. 
;;;Then the Saṅgha of mendicants headed by Sāriputta and Moggallāna arrived at Veḷukaṇṭa. 
;;;Atha kho sāriputtamoggallānappamukho bhikkhusaṅgho pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena nandamātāya upāsikāya nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. 
;;;And then the Saṅgha of mendicants headed by Sāriputta and Moggallāna robed up in the morning and, taking their bowls and robes, went to the home of Nanda’s Mother, where they sat on the seats spread out. 
;;;Atha kho nandamātā upāsikā sāriputtamoggallānappamukhaṁ bhikkhusaṅghaṁ paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappesi sampavāresi. 
;;;Then Nanda’s Mother served and satisfied them with her own hands with delicious fresh and cooked foods. 
;;;Sveva sāriputtamoggallānappamukho bhikkhusaṅgho akatapātarāso veḷukaṇḍakaṁ āgamissati, tañca bhikkhusaṅghaṁ parivisitvā mama dakkhiṇaṁ ādiseyyāsi. 
;;;Tomorrow, the mendicant Saṅgha headed by Sāriputta and Moggallāna will arrive at Veḷukaṇṭa before breakfast. When you’ve served the Saṅgha, please dedicate the religious donation to me. 
;;;Etañceva me bhavissati ātitheyyan’ti. 
;;;Then that will also be your offering to me as your guest.’ 
;;;Yadidaṁ, bhante, dāne puññañca puññamahī ca taṁ vessavaṇassa mahārājassa sukhāya hotū”ti. 
;;;And so, sir, may the merit and the flourishing of merit of this gift be for the happiness of the great king Vessavaṇa.” 
;;;Yatra hi nāma vessavaṇena mahārājena evaṁmahiddhikena evaṁmahesakkhena devaputtena sammukhā sallapissasī”ti. 
;;;that you converse face to face with a mighty and illustrious god like the great king Vessavaṇa.” 
;;;Yatra hi nāma cittuppādampi parisodhessasī”ti. 
;;;that you purify even the arising of a thought.” 
;;;Yatohaṁ, bhante, sāmikassa daharasseva daharā ānītā nābhijānāmi sāmikaṁ manasāpi aticaritā, kuto pana kāyenā”ti. 
;;;Ever since we were both young, and I was given in marriage to my husband, I can’t recall betraying him even in thought, still less in deed.” 
;;;Idhāhaṁ, bhante, yāvade ākaṅkhāmi vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharāmi. 
;;;Whenever I want, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, I enter and remain in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
;;;

an7.53
an7.55#2.6

Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, divasaṁsantatte ayokapāle haññamāne papaṭikā nibbattitvā nibbāyeyya. ;;;Suppose you struck an iron pot that had been heated all day. Any spark that flew off would be extinguished. 
;;;

an7.55
an7.56#3.1

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhagavato avidūre nisinno hoti. ;;;Now at that time Venerable Mahāmoggallāna was sitting not far from the Buddha. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa etadahosi: 
;;;He thought, 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evamevaṁ—gijjhakūṭe pabbate antarahito tasmiṁ brahmaloke pāturahosi. 
;;;And then Venerable Mahāmoggallāna, as easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, vanished from the Vulture’s Peak and reappeared in that realm of divinity. 
;;;Addasā kho tisso brahmā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ. 
;;;Tissa saw Moggallāna coming off in the distance, 
;;;Disvā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;and said to him, 
;;;“ehi kho, mārisa moggallāna; 
;;;“Come, my good Moggallāna! 
;;;svāgataṁ, mārisa moggallāna. 
;;;Welcome, my good Moggallāna! 
;;;Cirassaṁ kho, mārisa moggallāna, imaṁ pariyāyamakāsi, yadidaṁ idhāgamanāya. 
;;;It’s been a long time since you took the opportunity to come here. 
;;;Nisīda, mārisa moggallāna, idamāsanaṁ paññattan”ti. 
;;;Sit, my good Moggallāna, this seat is for you.” 
;;;Nisīdi kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno paññatte āsane. 
;;;Moggallāna sat down on the seat spread out. 
;;;Tissopi kho brahmā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. 
;;;Then Tissa bowed to Moggallāna and sat to one side. 
;;;Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho tissaṁ brahmānaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca: 
;;;Moggallāna said to him, 
;;;“Brahmakāyikānaṁ kho, mārisa moggallāna, devānaṁ evaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: 
;;;“The gods of the Divinity’s host know this.” 
;;;“Na kho, mārisa moggallāna, sabbesaṁ brahmakāyikānaṁ devānaṁ evaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: 
;;;“No, my good Moggallāna, not all of them. 
;;;Ye kho te, mārisa moggallāna, brahmakāyikā devā brahmena āyunā santuṭṭhā brahmena vaṇṇena brahmena sukhena brahmena yasena brahmena ādhipateyyena santuṭṭhā, te uttari nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ nappajānanti. 
;;;Those gods of the Divinity’s host who are content with the lifespan of the Divinity, with the beauty, happiness, fame, and sovereignty of the Divinity, and who don’t truly understand any escape beyond: 
;;;Ye ca kho te, mārisa moggallāna, brahmakāyikā devā brahmena āyunā asantuṭṭhā, brahmena vaṇṇena brahmena sukhena brahmena yasena brahmena ādhipateyyena asantuṭṭhā, te ca uttari nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ pajānanti. 
;;;But those gods of the Divinity’s host who are not content with the lifespan of the Divinity, with the beauty, happiness, fame, and sovereignty of the Divinity, and who do truly understand any escape beyond: 
;;;Idha, mārisa moggallāna, bhikkhu ubhatobhāgavimutto hoti. 
;;;Take a mendicant who is freed both ways. 
;;;Evampi kho, mārisa moggallāna, tesaṁ devānaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: 
;;;This too is how those gods know whether a person has anything left over or not. 
;;;Idha pana, mārisa moggallāna, bhikkhu paññāvimutto hoti. 
;;;Take a mendicant who is freed by wisdom. 
;;;Evampi kho, mārisa moggallāna, tesaṁ devānaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: 
;;;This too is how those gods know whether a person has anything left over or not. 
;;;Idha pana, mārisa moggallāna, bhikkhu kāyasakkhī hoti. 
;;;Take a mendicant who is a direct witness. 
;;;Evampi kho, mārisa moggallāna, tesaṁ devānaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: 
;;;This too is how those gods know whether a person has anything left over or not. 
;;;Idha pana, mārisa moggallāna, bhikkhu diṭṭhippatto hoti …pe… 
;;;Take a mendicant who is attained to view. … 
;;;Evampi kho, mārisa moggallāna, tesaṁ devānaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: 
;;;This too is how those gods know whether a person has anything left over or not.” 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno tissassa brahmuno bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evamevaṁ—brahmaloke antarahito gijjhakūṭe pabbate pāturahosi. 
;;;Moggallāna approved and agreed with what Tissa the Divinity said. Then, as easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, he vanished from the realm of divinity and reappeared on the Vulture’s Peak. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. 
;;;Then Mahāmoggallāna went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, 
;;;Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno yāvatako ahosi tissena brahmunā saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi. 
;;;and told him what had happened. 
;;;“Na hi pana te, moggallāna, tisso brahmā sattamaṁ animittavihāriṁ puggalaṁ deseti”. 
;;;“But Moggallāna, Tissa the Divinity didn’t teach the seventh person, the signless meditator.” 
;;;“Tena hi, moggallāna, suṇāhi, sādhukaṁ manasi karohi; bhāsissāmī”ti. 
;;;“Well then, Moggallāna, listen and apply your mind well, I will speak.” 
;;;“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhagavato paccassosi. 
;;;“Yes, sir,” Mahāmoggallāna replied. 
;;;“Idha, moggallāna, bhikkhu sabbanimittānaṁ amanasikārā animittaṁ cetosamādhiṁ upasampajja viharati. 
;;;“Moggallāna, take the case of a mendicant who, not focusing on any signs, enters and remains in the signless immersion of the heart. 
;;;Evaṁ kho, moggallāna, tesaṁ devānaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: 
;;;This too is how those gods know whether a person has anything left over or not.” 
;;;

an7.56
an7.58#6.6

Etamahaṁ, bhikkhave, nimittaṁ asamanupassanto khemappatto abhayappatto vesārajjappatto viharāmi. ;;;Since I see no such reason, I live secure, fearless, and assured. 
;;;

an7.58
an7.59#1.2

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kimilāyaṁ viharati niculavane. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying near Kimbilā in the Freshwater Mangrove Wood. 
;;;

an7.59
an7.60#1.3

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu saddho hoti, sīlavā hoti, bahussuto hoti, paṭisallīno hoti, āraddhavīriyo hoti, satimā hoti, paññavā hoti. ;;;It’s when a mendicant is faithful, ethical, learned, secluded, energetic, mindful, and wise. 
;;;

an7.60
an7.61#1.3

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā mahāmoggallāno magadhesu kallavāḷaputtagāme pacalāyamāno nisinno hoti. ;;;Now at that time, in the land of the Magadhans near Kallavāḷamutta Village, Venerable Mahāmoggallāna was nodding off while meditating. 
;;;Addasā kho bhagavā dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ magadhesu kallavāḷaputtagāme pacalāyamānaṁ nisinnaṁ. 
;;;The Buddha saw him with his clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman. 
;;;seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evamevaṁ—bhaggesu susumāragire bhesakaḷāvane migadāye antarahito magadhesu kallavāḷaputtagāme āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa sammukhe pāturahosi. 
;;;Then, as easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, he vanished from the deer park at Bhesakaḷā’s Wood in the land of the Bhaggas and reappeared in front of Mahāmoggallāna near Kallavāḷamutta Village in the land of the Magadhans. 
;;;Nisajja kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;and said to Mahāmoggallāna, 
;;;“Pacalāyasi no tvaṁ, moggallāna, pacalāyasi no tvaṁ, moggallānā”ti? 
;;;“Are you nodding off, Moggallāna? Are you nodding off?” 
;;;“Tasmātiha, moggallāna, yathāsaññissa te viharato taṁ middhaṁ okkamati, taṁ saññaṁ mā manasākāsi, taṁ saññaṁ mā bahulamakāsi. 
;;;“So, Moggallāna, don’t focus on or cultivate the perception that you were meditating on when you fell drowsy. 
;;;Ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ, moggallāna, vijjati yaṁ te evaṁ viharato taṁ middhaṁ pahīyetha. 
;;;It’s possible that you’ll give up drowsiness in this way. 
;;;No ce te evaṁ viharato taṁ middhaṁ pahīyetha, tato tvaṁ, moggallāna, yathāsutaṁ yathāpariyattaṁ dhammaṁ cetasā anuvitakkeyyāsi anuvicāreyyāsi, manasā anupekkheyyāsi. 
;;;But what if that doesn’t work? Then think about and consider the teaching as you’ve learned and memorized it, examining it with your mind. 
;;;No ce te evaṁ viharato taṁ middhaṁ pahīyetha, tato tvaṁ, moggallāna, yathāsutaṁ yathāpariyattaṁ dhammaṁ vitthārena sajjhāyaṁ kareyyāsi. 
;;;But what if that doesn’t work? Then recite in detail the teaching as you’ve learned and memorized it. 
;;;No ce te evaṁ viharato taṁ middhaṁ pahīyetha, tato tvaṁ, moggallāna, ubho kaṇṇasotāni āviñcheyyāsi, pāṇinā gattāni anumajjeyyāsi. 
;;;But what if that doesn’t work? Then pinch your ears and rub your limbs. 
;;;No ce te evaṁ viharato taṁ middhaṁ pahīyetha, tato tvaṁ, moggallāna, uṭṭhāyāsanā udakena akkhīni anumajjitvā disā anuvilokeyyāsi, nakkhattāni tārakarūpāni ullokeyyāsi. 
;;;But what if that doesn’t work? Then get up from your seat, flush your eyes with water, look around in every direction, and look up at the stars and constellations. 
;;;No ce te evaṁ viharato taṁ middhaṁ pahīyetha, tato tvaṁ, moggallāna, ālokasaññaṁ manasi kareyyāsi, divāsaññaṁ adhiṭṭhaheyyāsi— 
;;;But what if that doesn’t work? Then apply your mind to the perception of light, focusing on the perception of day: 
;;;No ce te evaṁ viharato taṁ middhaṁ pahīyetha, tato tvaṁ, moggallāna, pacchāpuresaññī caṅkamaṁ adhiṭṭhaheyyāsi antogatehi indriyehi abahigatena mānasena. 
;;;But what if that doesn’t work? Then walk mindfully, focusing on the perception of before and behind, your faculties directed inwards and your mind not scattered outside. 
;;;No ce te evaṁ viharato taṁ middhaṁ pahīyetha, tato tvaṁ, moggallāna, dakkhiṇena passena sīhaseyyaṁ kappeyyāsi pāde pādaṁ accādhāya sato sampajāno uṭṭhānasaññaṁ manasi karitvā. 
;;;But what if that doesn’t work? Then lie down in the lion’s posture—on the right side, placing one foot on top of the other—mindful and aware, and focused on the time of getting up. 
;;;Paṭibuddhena ca te, moggallāna, khippaññeva paccuṭṭhātabbaṁ: 
;;;When you wake, you should get up quickly, thinking: 
;;;Evañhi te, moggallāna, sikkhitabbaṁ. 
;;;That’s how you should train. 
;;;Tasmātiha, moggallāna, evaṁ sikkhitabbaṁ: 
;;;So you should train like this: 
;;;Evañhi te, moggallāna, sikkhitabbaṁ. 
;;;That’s how you should train. 
;;;Sace, moggallāna, bhikkhu uccāsoṇḍaṁ paggahetvā kulāni upasaṅkamati, santi hi, moggallāna, kulesu kiccakaraṇīyāni. 
;;;What happens if a mendicant approaches families with a head swollen with vanity? Well, families have business to attend to, 
;;;Tasmātiha, moggallāna, evaṁ sikkhitabbaṁ: 
;;;So you should train like this: 
;;;Evañhi te, moggallāna, sikkhitabbaṁ. 
;;;That’s how you should train. 
;;;Viggāhikāya, moggallāna, kathāya sati kathābāhullaṁ pāṭikaṅkhaṁ, kathābāhulle sati uddhaccaṁ, uddhatassa asaṁvaro, asaṁvutassa ārā cittaṁ samādhimhā. 
;;;When there’s an argument, you can expect there’ll be lots of talking. When there’s lots of talking, people become restless. Being restless, they lose restraint. And without restraint the mind is far from immersion. 
;;;Nāhaṁ, moggallāna, sabbeheva saṁsaggaṁ vaṇṇayāmi. 
;;;Moggallāna, I don’t praise all kinds of closeness. 
;;;Na panāhaṁ, moggallāna, sabbeheva saṁsaggaṁ na vaṇṇayāmi. 
;;;Nor do I criticize all kinds of closeness. 
;;;Sagahaṭṭhapabbajitehi kho ahaṁ, moggallāna, saṁsaggaṁ na vaṇṇayāmi. 
;;;I don’t praise closeness with laypeople and renunciates. 
;;;Yāni ca kho tāni senāsanāni appasaddāni appanigghosāni vijanavātāni manussarāhasseyyakāni paṭisallānasāruppāni tathārūpehi senāsanehi saṁsaggaṁ vaṇṇayāmī”ti. 
;;;I do praise closeness with those lodgings that are quiet and still, far from the madding crowd, remote from human settlements, and fit for retreat.” 
;;;Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;When he said this, Venerable Moggallāna asked the Buddha, 
;;;“Idha, moggallāna, bhikkhuno sutaṁ hoti: 
;;;“Take a mendicant who has heard: 
;;;evañcetaṁ, moggallāna, bhikkhuno sutaṁ hoti: 
;;;When a mendicant has heard that 
;;;So tāsu vedanāsu aniccānupassī viharanto virāgānupassī viharanto nirodhānupassī viharanto paṭinissaggānupassī viharanto na kiñci loke upādiyati, 
;;;Meditating in this way, they don’t grasp at anything in the world. 
;;;Ettāvatā kho, moggallāna, bhikkhu saṅkhittena taṇhāsaṅkhayavimutto hoti accantaniṭṭho accantayogakkhemī accantabrahmacārī accantapariyosāno seṭṭho devamanussānan”ti. 
;;;That’s how I briefly define a mendicant who is freed through the ending of craving, who has reached the ultimate end, the ultimate sanctuary from the yoke, the ultimate spiritual life, the ultimate goal, and is best among gods and humans.” 
;;;

an7.61
an7.62#1.2

Sukhassetaṁ, bhikkhave, adhivacanaṁ yadidaṁ puññāni. ;;;For ‘good deeds’ is a term for happiness. 
;;;Kusalānaṁ sukhesino; 
;;;of skillful deeds, for one seeking happiness. 
;;;jambumaṇḍassa issaro; 
;;;lord of the Black Plum Tree Land. 
;;;Muddhāvasitto khattiyo, 
;;;An anointed aristocrat, 
;;;Asāhasena kammena, 
;;;Through non-violent action 
;;;pathabyo me na vipajjati; 
;;;by which one is called a lord of the land. 
;;;rājā hoti patāpavā. 
;;;with lots of property and assets. 
;;;Iddhimā yasavā hoti, 
;;;successful and glorious, 
;;;jambumaṇḍassa issaro; 
;;;lord of the Black Plum Tree Land. 
;;;

an7.62
an7.63#4.6

“Na kho ahaṁ, bhante, imassa bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmi. ;;;“Sir, I don’t understand the detailed meaning of what the Buddha has said in brief. 
;;;Yathāpi jeṭṭhā bhaginī kaniṭṭhakā, 
;;;She respects her husband 
;;;

an7.63
an7.64#1.7

Kodhanoyaṁ, bhikkhave, purisapuggalo kodhābhibhūto kodhapareto, kiñcāpi so hoti sunhāto suvilitto kappitakesamassu odātavatthavasano; ;;;An irritable person, overcome and overwhelmed by anger, is ugly, even though they’re nicely bathed and anointed, with hair and beard dressed, and wearing white clothes. 
;;;Kodhanoyaṁ, bhikkhave, purisapuggalo kodhābhibhūto kodhapareto, kiñcāpi so pallaṅke seti gonakatthate paṭalikatthate kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇe sauttaracchade ubhatolohitakūpadhāne; 
;;;An irritable person, overcome and overwhelmed by anger, sleeps badly, even though they sleep on a couch spread with woolen covers—shag-piled, pure white, or embroidered with flowers—and spread with a fine deer hide, with a canopy above and red pillows at both ends. 
;;;anatthaṁ adhipajjati. 
;;;they take it to be what they don’t need. 
;;;āyasakyaṁ nigacchati; 
;;;they fall into disgrace. 
;;;Dummaṅkuyaṁ padasseti, 
;;;Their look betrays their sulkiness 
;;;attā hi paramo piyo; 
;;;hold themselves most dear. 
;;;Bhūnahaccāni kammāni, 
;;;When they commit deeds of killing babes 
;;;Yathā metaṁ akusalaṁ, 
;;;An astute person should cut out 
;;;Parinibbanti anāsavā”ti. 
;;;the undefiled become fully quenched. 
;;;

an7.64
an7.66#4.2

Dutiyassa, bhikkhave, sūriyassa pātubhāvā yā kāci kunnadiyo kusobbhā tā ussussanti visussanti, na bhavanti. ;;;When this happens, the streams and pools wither away and dry up, and are no more. 
;;;sattaporisampi mahāsamudde udakaṁ saṇṭhāti, chaporisampi, pañcaporisampi, catuporisampi, tiporisampi, dviporisampi, porisampi, aḍḍhaporisampi, kaṭimattampi, jaṇṇukāmattampi, gopphakamattampi mahāsamudde udakaṁ saṇṭhāti. 
;;;The water that remains in the ocean is only seven fathoms deep. It’s six, five, four, three, two, one or even half a fathom deep. It’s waist high, knee high, or even ankle high. 
;;;evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, tattha tattha gopphakamattāni mahāsamudde udakāni ṭhitāni honti. 
;;;In the same way, water in the ocean remains here and there in puddles like cows’ hoofprints. 
;;;Chaṭṭhassa, bhikkhave, sūriyassa pātubhāvā ayañca mahāpathavī sineru ca pabbatarājā dhūmāyanti sandhūmāyanti sampadhūmāyanti. 
;;;When this happens, this great earth and Sineru the king of mountains smoke and smolder and give off fumes. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, kumbhakārapāko ālepito paṭhamaṁ dhūmeti sandhūmeti sampadhūmeti; 
;;;It’s like when a potter’s kiln is first kindled, and it smokes and smolders and gives off fumes. 
;;;

an7.66
an7.68#2.3

suttaṁ geyyaṁ veyyākaraṇaṁ gāthaṁ udānaṁ itivuttakaṁ jātakaṁ abbhutadhammaṁ vedallaṁ. ;;;statements, mixed prose & verse, discussions, verses, inspired exclamations, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and elaborations. 
;;;suttaṁ geyyaṁ …pe… abbhutadhammaṁ vedallaṁ, nayidha ‘dhammaññū’ti vucceyya. 
;;;they would not be called ‘one who knows the teachings’. 
;;;suttaṁ geyyaṁ …pe… abbhutadhammaṁ vedallaṁ, tasmā ‘dhammaññū’ti vuccati. 
;;;they are called ‘one who knows the teachings’. 
;;;‘ayaṁ kālo uddesassa, ayaṁ kālo paripucchāya, ayaṁ kālo yogassa, ayaṁ kālo paṭisallānassā’ti. 
;;;‘This is the time for recitation; this is the time for questioning; this is the time for meditation; this is the time for retreat.’ 
;;;‘ayaṁ kālo uddesassa, ayaṁ kālo paripucchāya, ayaṁ kālo yogassa, ayaṁ kālo paṭisallānassā’ti, nayidha ‘kālaññū’ti vucceyya. 
;;;they would not be called ‘one who knows the right time’. 
;;;‘ayaṁ kālo uddesassa, ayaṁ kālo paripucchāya, ayaṁ kālo yogassa, ayaṁ kālo paṭisallānassā’ti, tasmā ‘kālaññū’ti vuccati. 
;;;they are called ‘one who knows the right time’. 
;;;eko dhātānaṁ dhammānaṁ atthaṁ upaparikkhati, eko dhātānaṁ dhammānaṁ atthaṁ na upaparikkhati. 
;;;one reflects on the meaning of the teachings they have remembered, one does not. 
;;;

an7.68
an7.69#4.2

‘khārakajāto dāni pāricchattako koviḷāro nacirasseva dāni kuṭumalakajāto bhavissatī’ti. ;;;‘Now the Shady Orchid Tree is ready to grow flowers and leaves separately. It won’t be long until buds start to form.’ 
;;;‘kuṭumalakajāto dāni pāricchattako koviḷāro nacirasseva dāni korakajāto bhavissatī’ti. 
;;;‘Now the buds of the Shady Orchid Tree have started to form. It won’t be long until the buds burst.’ 
;;;

an7.69
an7.70#1.1

Atha kho āyasmato sāriputtassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ;;;Then as Venerable Sāriputta was in private retreat this thought came to his mind, 
;;;Evamevaṁ me ime dhammā parisuddhā pariyodātā, yannūnāhaṁ ime dhamme gantvā bhagavato āroceyyaṁ. 
;;;In the same way, these qualities are pure and bright in me. Why don’t I go and tell them to the Buddha? 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, Sāriputta came out of retreat and went to the Buddha. He bowed, sat down to one side, and told the Buddha of his thoughts while on retreat. 
;;;“Idha mayhaṁ, bhante, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: 
;;; 
;;;

an7.70
an7.71#5.1

Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, phalagaṇḍassa vā phalagaṇḍantevāsikassa vā dissanteva vāsijaṭe aṅgulipadāni dissati aṅguṭṭhapadaṁ. No ca khvassa evaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: ‘ettakaṁ me ajja vāsijaṭassa khīṇaṁ, ettakaṁ hiyyo, ettakaṁ pare’ti, atha khvassa khīṇe ‘khīṇan’teva ñāṇaṁ hoti. ;;;Suppose a carpenter or their apprentice sees the marks of his fingers and thumb on the handle of his adze. They don’t know how much of the handle was worn away today, how much yesterday, and how much previously. They just know what has been worn away. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, sāmuddikāya nāvāya vettabandhanabaddhāya cha māsāni udake pariyādāya hemantikena thale ukkhittāya vātātapaparetāni bandhanāni, tāni pāvussakena meghena abhippavuṭṭhāni appakasireneva parihāyanti, pūtikāni bhavanti. 
;;;Suppose there was a sea-faring ship bound together with ropes. For six months they deteriorated in the water. Then in the cold season it was hauled up on dry land, where the ropes were weathered by wind and sun. When the clouds soaked it with rain, the ropes would readily collapse and rot away. 
;;;

an7.71
an7.72#1.3

Addasā kho bhagavā addhānamaggappaṭipanno aññatarasmiṁ padese mahantaṁ aggikkhandhaṁ ādittaṁ sampajjalitaṁ sajotibhūtaṁ. ;;;While walking along the road, at a certain spot he saw a great mass of fire burning, blazing, and glowing. 
;;;‘yesañca mayaṁ paribhuñjāma cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṁ tesaṁ te kārā mahapphalā bhavissanti mahānisaṁsā, amhākañcevāyaṁ pabbajjā avañjhā bhavissati saphalā saudrayā’ti. 
;;;‘Our use of robes, almsfood, lodgings, and medicines and supplies for the sick shall be of great fruit and benefit for those who offered them. And our going forth will not be wasted, but will be fruitful and fertile.’ 
;;;

an7.72
an7.73#1.4

Ye kho pana, bhikkhave, sunettassa satthuno brahmalokasahabyatāya dhammaṁ desentassa cittāni nappasādesuṁ te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapajjiṁsu. ;;;Those lacking confidence in Sunetta were—when their body broke up, after death—reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. 
;;;kuddālako nāma satthā ahosi …pe… 
;;;Kuddālaka … 
;;;‘na no sabrahmacārīsu cittāni paduṭṭhāni bhavissantī’ti. 
;;;‘We will have no malicious intent for our spiritual companions.’ 
;;;

an7.73
an7.74#5.1

Seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, nadī pabbateyyā dūraṅgamā sīghasotā hārahārinī, natthi so khaṇo vā layo vā muhutto vā yaṁ sā āvattati, atha kho sā gacchateva vattateva sandateva; ;;;It’s like a mountain river traveling far, flowing fast, carrying all before it. It doesn’t turn back—not for a moment, a second, an hour—but runs, rolls, and flows on. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, divasaṁsantatte ayokaṭāhe maṁsapesi pakkhittā khippaṁyeva paṭivigacchati, na ciraṭṭhitikā hoti; 
;;;Suppose there was an iron cauldron that had been heated all day. If you tossed a scrap of meat in, it would quickly vanish and not last long. 
;;;evamevaṁ kho, brāhmaṇa, govajjhūpamaṁ jīvitaṁ manussānaṁ parittaṁ lahukaṁ bahudukkhaṁ bahupāyāsaṁ mantāyaṁ boddhabbaṁ, kattabbaṁ kusalaṁ, caritabbaṁ brahmacariyaṁ, natthi jātassa amaraṇan’ti. 
;;;In the same way, life as a human is like a cow being slaughtered. It’s brief and fleeting, full of suffering and distress. Be thoughtful and wake up! Do what’s good and lead the spiritual life, for no-one born can escape death.’ 
;;;Chattiṁsaṁ kho pana, bhikkhave, rattisahassāni jīvanto dvesattatiyeva bhattasahassāni bhuñjati— 
;;;Living for 36,000 days, you just eat 72,000 meals, 
;;;

an7.74
an7.79#1.1

“Sattahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato vinayadharo sobhati. ;;;“Mendicants, a mendicant with seven qualities shines as an expert in the monastic law. 
;;;

an7.79
an7.84#1.3

Sammukhāvinayo dātabbo, sativinayo dātabbo, amūḷhavinayo dātabbo, paṭiññātakaraṇaṁ dātabbaṁ, yebhuyyasikā dātabbā, tassapāpiyasikā dātabbā, tiṇavatthārako dātabbo. ;;;Resolution face-to-face to be applied. Resolution through recollection to be granted. Resolution because of past insanity to be granted. Acting according to what has been admitted. Majority decision. Further penalty. Covering over as if with grass. 
;;;

an7.84
an7.85#0.2

9. Samaṇavagga ;;;9. An Ascetic 
;;;

an7.85
an7.88#1.1

“… Nissutattā sottiyo hoti …pe…. ;;;“Mendicants, it’s because of scouring off seven things that you become a scholar …” 
;;;

an7.88
an7.96-614#an7.96-614:12.1

Pañcakkhandhe …pe… ;;;meditates observing impermanence in the five aggregates … 
;;;āhuneyye ca vaggike”. 
;;;" 
;;;

an7.96-614
an8.1#6.4

Yathā na agghanti kalampi soḷasiṁ. ;;;aren’t worth a sixteenth part of the moon’s light. 
;;;

an8.1
an8.2#5.1

Bahussuto hoti sutadharo sutasannicayo. Ye te dhammā ādikalyāṇā majjhekalyāṇā pariyosānakalyāṇā sātthaṁ sabyañjanaṁ kevalaparipuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ abhivadanti, tathārūpāssa dhammā bahussutā honti dhātā vacasā paricitā manasānupekkhitā diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā. ;;;They’re very learned, remembering and keeping what they’ve learned. These teachings are good in the beginning, good in the middle, and good in the end, meaningful and well-phrased, describing a spiritual practice that’s entirely full and pure. They are very learned in such teachings, remembering them, rehearsing them, mentally scrutinizing them, and comprehending them theoretically. 
;;;Ayampi dhammo piyattāya garuttāya bhāvanāya sāmaññāya ekībhāvāya saṁvattati. 
;;;This quality leads to fondness, respect, esteem, harmony, and unity. 
;;;

an8.2
an8.6#2.3

Tatra, bhikkhave, ko viseso ko adhippayāso kiṁ nānākaraṇaṁ sutavato ariyasāvakassa assutavatā puthujjanenā”ti? ;;;What, then, is the difference between a learned noble disciple and an ordinary unlearned person?” 
;;;

an8.6
an8.8#1.1

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā uttaro mahisavatthusmiṁ viharati saṅkheyyake pabbate vaṭajālikāyaṁ. ;;;At one time Venerable Uttara was staying on the Saṅkheyyaka Mountain in the Mahisa region near Dhavajālikā. 
;;;Atha kho vessavaṇo mahārājā—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evamevaṁ mahisavatthusmiṁ saṅkheyyake pabbate vaṭajālikāyaṁ antarahito devesu tāvatiṁsesu pāturahosi. 
;;;Then Vessavaṇa vanished from Saṅkheyyaka Mountain and appeared among the gods of the thirty-three, as easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm. 
;;;“Kiṁ panidaṁ, bhante, āyasmato uttarassa sakaṁ paṭibhānaṁ, udāhu tassa bhagavato vacanaṁ arahato sammāsambuddhassā”ti? 
;;;“Sir, did this teaching come to you from your own inspiration, or was it spoken by the Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha?” 
;;;Nāyaṁ dhammapariyāyo kismiñci upaṭṭhito. 
;;; 
;;;

an8.8
an8.10#2.4

Apaneyyeso, bhikkhave, puggalo. ;;;This person should be shown the door. 
;;;Kiṁ vo tena paraputtena visodhitena. 
;;;Why should you be vexed by an outsider? 
;;;‘samaṇadūsīvāyaṁ samaṇapalāpo samaṇakāraṇḍavo’ti. 
;;;a corrupt ascetic, just useless trash. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, mahato dhaññarāsissa phuṇamānassa tattha yāni tāni dhaññāni daḷhāni sāravantāni tāni ekamantaṁ puñjaṁ hoti, yāni pana tāni dhaññāni dubbalāni palāpāni tāni vāto ekamantaṁ apavahati. 
;;;Suppose that a large heap of grain is being winnowed. The grains that are firm and solid form a heap on one side. And the grains that are flimsy and insubstantial are blown over to the other side. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso udapānapanāḷiyatthiko tiṇhaṁ kuṭhāriṁ ādāya vanaṁ paviseyya. 
;;;Suppose a man needs an irrigation gutter for a well. He’d take a sharp axe and enter the wood, 
;;;Kasambuṁ apakassatha; 
;;;Get rid of the rubbish! 
;;;

an8.10
an8.11#1.4

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho verañjo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: ;;;When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha: 
;;;‘na samaṇo gotamo brāhmaṇe jiṇṇe vuḍḍhe mahallake addhagate vayoanuppatte abhivādeti vā paccuṭṭheti vā āsanena vā nimantetī’ti. 
;;;the ascetic Gotama doesn’t bow to old brahmins, the elderly and senior, who are advanced in years and have reached the final stage of life; nor does he rise in their presence or offer them a seat. 
;;;Na hi bhavaṁ gotamo brāhmaṇe jiṇṇe vuḍḍhe mahallake addhagate vayoanuppatte abhivādeti vā paccuṭṭheti vā āsanena vā nimanteti. 
;;;for Mister Gotama does not bow to old brahmins, elderly and senior, who are advanced in years and have reached the final stage of life; nor does he rise in their presence or offer them a seat. 
;;;Āraddhaṁ kho pana me, brāhmaṇa, vīriyaṁ ahosi asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, passaddho kāyo asāraddho, samāhitaṁ cittaṁ ekaggaṁ. 
;;;My energy was roused up and unflagging, my mindfulness was established and lucid, my body was tranquil and undisturbed, and my mind was immersed in samādhi. 
;;;

an8.11
an8.12#6.5

Yannūnāhaṁ anapaloketvāva nigaṇṭhe taṁ bhagavantaṁ dassanāya upasaṅkameyyaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhan”ti. ;;;Why don’t I, without taking leave of them, go to see that Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha!” 
;;;Ye te, bhante, evamāhaṁsu: ‘akiriyavādo samaṇo gotamo, akiriyāya dhammaṁ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetī’ti, kacci te, bhante, bhagavato vuttavādino na ca bhagavantaṁ abhūtena abbhācikkhanti dhammassa cānudhammaṁ byākaronti na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānuvādo gārayhaṁ ṭhānaṁ āgacchati? 
;;;I trust those who say this repeat what the Buddha has said, and do not misrepresent him with an untruth? Is their explanation in line with the teaching? Are there any legitimate grounds for rebuttal and criticism? 
;;;Yadā bhagavā aññāsi sīhaṁ senāpatiṁ kallacittaṁ muducittaṁ vinīvaraṇacittaṁ udaggacittaṁ pasannacittaṁ, atha yā buddhānaṁ sāmukkaṁsikā dhammadesanā taṁ pakāsesi— 
;;;And when the Buddha knew that Sīha’s mind was ready, pliable, rid of hindrances, elated, and confident he explained the special teaching of the Buddhas: 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā nigaṇṭhā vesāliyaṁ rathikāya rathikaṁ siṅghāṭakena siṅghāṭakaṁ bāhā paggayha kandanti: 
;;;Now at that time many Jain ascetics in Vesālī went from street to street and from square to square, calling out with raised arms: 
;;;

an8.12
an8.13#1.7

allaṁ vā sukkhaṁ vā— ;;;fresh or dry, 
;;;Yāni kho panassa honti sāṭheyyāni kūṭeyyāni jimheyyāni vaṅkeyyāni, tāni yathābhūtaṁ sārathissa āvikattā hoti. 
;;;He openly shows his tricks, bluffs, ruses, and feints to his trainer, 
;;;

an8.13
an8.14#1.1

“Aṭṭha ca, bhikkhave, assakhaḷuṅke desessāmi aṭṭha ca assadose, aṭṭha ca purisakhaḷuṅke aṭṭha ca purisadose. ;;;“Mendicants, I will teach you about eight wild colts and eight defects in horses, and about eight wild people and eight defects in people. 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, idhekacco assakhaḷuṅko ‘pehī’ti vutto, viddho samāno codito sārathinā anādiyitvā sārathiṁ anādiyitvā patodalaṭṭhiṁ dantehi mukhādhānaṁ vidhaṁsitvā yena kāmaṁ pakkamati. 
;;;Furthermore, when the trainer says ‘giddyup!’ and spurs and goads them on, some wild colts ignore the trainer and the goad, spit out the bit, and go wherever they want. 
;;;

an8.14
an8.15#1.10

tato, bhikkhave, malā malataraṁ avijjā paramaṁ malaṁ. ;;;Worse than any of these is ignorance, the worst stain of all. 
;;;

an8.15
an8.16#2.1

Yo ve na byathati patvā, ;;;They don’t tremble when arriving 
;;;parisaṁ uggavādiniṁ; 
;;;at an assembly of fierce debaters. 
;;;

an8.16
an8.17#1.12

Te, bhikkhave, sattā subaddhā, ye phassena baddhā”ti. ;;;But those beings who are caught by touch are well and truly caught.” 
;;;

an8.17
an8.19#2.3

“Kati pana, pahārāda, mahāsamudde acchariyā abbhutā dhammā, ye disvā disvā asurā mahāsamudde abhiramantī”ti? ;;;“But seeing what incredible and amazing things do the titans love the ocean?” 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, bhante, mahāsamuddo na matena kuṇapena saṁvasati. Yaṁ hoti mahāsamudde mataṁ kuṇapaṁ, taṁ khippameva tīraṁ vāheti, thalaṁ ussāreti. 
;;;Furthermore, the ocean doesn’t accommodate a carcass, but quickly carries it to the shore and strands it on the beach. 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, bhante, yā ca loke savantiyo mahāsamuddaṁ appenti yā ca antalikkhā dhārā papatanti, na tena mahāsamuddassa ūnattaṁ vā pūrattaṁ vā paññāyati. 
;;;Furthermore, for all the world’s streams that reach it, and the showers that fall from the sky, the ocean never empties or fills up. 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, bhante, mahāsamuddo bahuratano anekaratano. Tatrimāni ratanāni, seyyathidaṁ—muttā maṇi veḷuriyo saṅkho silā pavāḷaṁ rajataṁ jātarūpaṁ lohitako masāragallaṁ. 
;;;Furthermore, the ocean is full of many kinds of treasures, such as pearls, gems, beryl, conch, quartz, coral, silver, native gold, rubies, and emeralds. 
;;;Yampi, bhante, mahāsamuddo bahuratano anekaratano; tatrimāni ratanāni, seyyathidaṁ—muttā maṇi veḷuriyo saṅkho silā pavāḷaṁ rajataṁ jātarūpaṁ lohitako masāragallaṁ; 
;;; 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, bhante, mahāsamuddo mahataṁ bhūtānaṁ āvāso. Tatrime bhūtā—timi timiṅgalo timirapiṅgalo asurā nāgā gandhabbā. Santi mahāsamudde yojanasatikāpi attabhāvā, dviyojanasatikāpi attabhāvā, tiyojanasatikāpi attabhāvā, catuyojanasatikāpi attabhāvā, pañcayojanasatikāpi attabhāvā. 
;;;Furthermore, many great beings live in the ocean, such as leviathans, leviathan-gulpers, leviathan-gulper-gulpers, titans, dragons, and centaurs. In the ocean there are life-forms a hundred leagues long, or even two hundred, three hundred, four hundred, or five hundred leagues long. 
;;;evamevaṁ kho, pahārāda, cattārome vaṇṇā—khattiyā, brāhmaṇā, vessā, suddā, te tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajitvā jahanti purimāni nāmagottāni, ‘samaṇā sakyaputtiyā’ tveva saṅkhaṁ gacchanti. 
;;;In the same way, when they go forth from the lay life to homelessness, all four classes—aristocrats, brahmins, peasants, and menials—lose their former names and clans and are simply considered ‘Sakyan ascetics’. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, pahārāda, mahāsamuddo bahuratano anekaratano; tatrimāni ratanāni, seyyathidaṁ—muttā maṇi veḷuriyo saṅkho silā pavāḷaṁ rajataṁ jātarūpaṁ lohitako masāragallaṁ; 
;;;The ocean is full of many kinds of treasures, such as pearls, gems, beryl, conch, quartz, coral, silver, native gold, rubies, and emeralds. 
;;;

an8.19
an8.20#3.1

Atha kho āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa etadahosi: ;;;Then Venerable Mahāmoggallāna thought, 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno sabbāvantaṁ bhikkhusaṅghaṁ cetasā ceto paricca manasākāsi. 
;;;Then he focused on comprehending the minds of everyone in the Saṅgha. 
;;;Addasā kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno taṁ puggalaṁ dussīlaṁ pāpadhammaṁ asuciṁ saṅkassarasamācāraṁ paṭicchannakammantaṁ assamaṇaṁ samaṇapaṭiññaṁ abrahmacāriṁ brahmacāripaṭiññaṁ antopūtiṁ avassutaṁ kasambujātaṁ majjhe bhikkhusaṅghassa nisinnaṁ; 
;;;He saw that unethical person, of bad qualities, filthy, with suspicious behavior, underhand, no true ascetic or spiritual practitioner—though claiming to be one—rotten inside, festering, and depraved, sitting in the middle of the Saṅgha. 
;;;Dutiyampi kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno taṁ puggalaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;For a second time 
;;;Tatiyampi kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno taṁ puggalaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;and a third time, 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno taṁ puggalaṁ bāhāyaṁ gahetvā bahidvārakoṭṭhakā nikkhāmetvā sūcighaṭikaṁ datvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then Venerable Mahāmoggallāna took that person by the arm, ejected him out the gate, and bolted the door. Then he went up to the Buddha, and said to him, 
;;;“Acchariyaṁ, moggallāna, abbhutaṁ, moggallāna. 
;;;“It’s incredible, Moggallāna, it’s amazing, 
;;;

an8.20
an8.21#1.3

“aṭṭhahi, bhikkhave, acchariyehi abbhutehi dhammehi samannāgataṁ uggaṁ gahapatiṁ vesālikaṁ dhārethā”ti. ;;;“Mendicants, you should remember the householder Ugga of Vesālī as someone who has eight amazing and incredible qualities.” 
;;;Yadā maṁ bhagavā aññāsi kallacittaṁ muducittaṁ vinīvaraṇacittaṁ udaggacittaṁ pasannacittaṁ, atha yā buddhānaṁ sāmukkaṁsikā dhammadesanā taṁ pakāsesi— 
;;;And when he knew that my mind was ready, pliable, rid of hindrances, elated, and confident he explained the special teaching of the Buddhas: 
;;;Na kho panāhaṁ, bhante, abhijānāmi tatonidānaṁ cittassa unnatiṁ: 
;;;But I don’t recall getting too excited by the fact that 
;;;‘maṁ vā devatā upasaṅkamanti, ahaṁ vā devatāhi saddhiṁ sallapāmī’ti. 
;;;the deities come to me, and I have a conversation with them. 
;;;Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu yāvatako ahosi uggena gahapatinā vesālikena saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo, taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi. 
;;;He informed the Buddha of all he had discussed with the householder Ugga of Vesālī. The Buddha said: 
;;;

an8.21
an8.22#4.4

Yadā maṁ bhagavā aññāsi kallacittaṁ muducittaṁ vinīvaraṇacittaṁ udaggacittaṁ pasannacittaṁ, atha yā buddhānaṁ sāmukkaṁsikā dhammadesanā taṁ pakāsesi— ;;;And when he knew that my mind was ready, pliable, rid of hindrances, elated, and confident he explained the special teaching of the Buddhas: 
;;;‘maṁ tā devatā upasaṅkamanti, ahaṁ vā devatāhi saddhiṁ sallapāmī’ti. 
;;;the deities come to me, and I have a conversation with them. 
;;;Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu yāvatako ahosi uggena gahapatinā hatthigāmakena saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo, taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi. 
;;;He informed the Buddha of all he had discussed with the householder Ugga of Elephant Village. The Buddha said: 
;;;

an8.22
an8.29#5.2

ayañca puggalo paccantimesu janapadesu paccājāto hoti, so ca hoti aviññātāresu milakkhesu, yattha natthi gati bhikkhūnaṁ bhikkhunīnaṁ upāsakānaṁ upāsikānaṁ …pe…. ;;;But a person has been reborn in the borderlands, among uneducated foreigners, where monks, nuns, laymen, and laywomen do not go. This is the fifth lost opportunity … 
;;;Manussalābhaṁ laddhāna, 
;;;When you’ve gained the human state, 
;;;attakāmena jantunā. 
;;;for a person who cares for their own welfare. 
;;;khaṇo ve mā upaccagā; 
;;;so that the moment doesn’t pass you by? 
;;;cirattaṁ anutapissati. 
;;;like the merchant in the story of the past. 
;;;Te ve pāraṅgatā loke, 
;;;they’re the ones in this world who’ve truly crossed over, 
;;;

an8.29
an8.30#1.3

Atha kho āyasmato anuruddhassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ;;;Then as Anuruddha was in private retreat this thought came to his mind: 
;;;Yato kho tvaṁ, anuruddha, ime ca aṭṭha mahāpurisavitakke vitakkessasi, imesañca catunnaṁ jhānānaṁ ābhicetasikānaṁ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṁ nikāmalābhī bhavissasi akicchalābhī akasiralābhī, tato tuyhaṁ, anuruddha, seyyathāpi nāma gahapatissa vā gahapatiputtassa vā pallaṅko gonakatthato paṭikatthato paṭalikatthato kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇo sauttaracchado ubhatolohitakūpadhāno; 
;;;As you live contented your lodging at the root of a tree will seem to you like a couch spread with woolen covers—shag-piled, pure white, or embroidered with flowers—and spread with a fine deer hide, with a canopy above and red pillows at both ends seems to a householder or householder’s child. 
;;;

an8.30
an8.34#1.1

“Aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgate, bhikkhave, khette bījaṁ vuttaṁ na mahapphalaṁ hoti na mahassādaṁ na phātiseyyaṁ. ;;;“Mendicants, when a field has eight factors a seed sown in it is not very fruitful or rewarding or productive. 
;;;

an8.34
an8.35#1.4

So yaṁ deti taṁ paccāsīsati. ;;;Whatever they give they expect back. 
;;;Tassa taṁ cittaṁ hīne vimuttaṁ, uttari abhāvitaṁ, tatrūpapattiyā saṁvattati. 
;;;As they’ve settled for less and not developed further, their thought leads to rebirth there. 
;;;‘cātumahārājikā devā dīghāyukā vaṇṇavanto sukhabahulā’ti. 
;;;‘The gods of the four great kings are long-lived, beautiful, and very happy.’ 
;;;

an8.35
an8.36#1.3

Dānamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthu, sīlamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthu, bhāvanāmayaṁ puññakiriyavatthu. ;;;Giving, ethical conduct, and meditation are all grounds for making merit. 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, ekaccassa dānamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthu parittaṁ kataṁ hoti, sīlamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthu parittaṁ kataṁ hoti, bhāvanāmayaṁ puññakiriyavatthuṁ nābhisambhoti. 
;;;First, someone has practiced a little giving and ethical conduct as grounds for making merit, but they haven’t got as far as meditation as a ground for making merit. 
;;;

an8.36
an8.37#4.3

Abyābajjhaṁ sukhaṁ lokaṁ, ;;;Such an astute person is reborn 
;;;

an8.37
an8.38#2.1

Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, mahāmegho sabbasassāni sampādento bahuno janassa atthāya hitāya sukhāya hoti; ;;;It’s like a great rain cloud, which nourishes all the crops for the benefit, welfare, and happiness of the people. 
;;;apace brahmacārayo. 
;;;venerates the homeless renunciates, 
;;;Sabbesaṁ so hito hoti, 
;;;In fact, they’re good for everyone, 
;;;

an8.38
an8.39#3.6

Pāṇātipātā paṭivirato, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako aparimāṇānaṁ sattānaṁ abhayaṁ deti, averaṁ deti, abyābajjhaṁ deti. ;;;By so doing they give to countless sentient beings the gift of freedom from fear, enmity, and ill will. 
;;;

an8.39
an8.42#3.2

Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, yo imesaṁ soḷasannaṁ mahājanapadānaṁ pahūtarattaratanānaṁ issariyādhipaccaṁ rajjaṁ kāreyya, seyyathidaṁ— ;;;Suppose you were to rule as sovereign lord over these sixteen great countries—Aṅga, Magadha, Kāsi, Kosala, Vajji, Malla, Cetī, Vaccha, Kuru, Pañcāla, Maccha, Sūrasena, Assaka, Avanti, Gandhāra, and Kamboja—full of the seven kinds of precious things. 
;;;aṅgānaṁ magadhānaṁ kāsīnaṁ kosalānaṁ vajjīnaṁ mallānaṁ cetīnaṁ vaṅgānaṁ kurūnaṁ pañcālānaṁ macchānaṁ sūrasenānaṁ assakānaṁ avantīnaṁ gandhārānaṁ kambojānaṁ, aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgatassa uposathassa etaṁ kalaṁ nāgghati soḷasiṁ. 
;;;This wouldn’t be worth a sixteenth part of the sabbath with its eight factors. 
;;;

an8.42
an8.43#3.3

aṅgānaṁ magadhānaṁ kāsīnaṁ kosalānaṁ vajjīnaṁ mallānaṁ cetīnaṁ vaṅgānaṁ kurūnaṁ pañcālānaṁ macchānaṁ sūrasenānaṁ assakānaṁ avantīnaṁ gandhārānaṁ kambojānaṁ, aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgatassa uposathassa etaṁ kalaṁ nāgghati soḷasiṁ. ;;;This wouldn’t be worth a sixteenth part of the sabbath with its eight factors. 
;;;

an8.43
an8.44#3.4

Ime cepi, vāseṭṭha, mahāsālā aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṁ uposathaṁ upavaseyyuṁ, imesampissa mahāsālānaṁ dīgharattaṁ hitāya sukhāya (…). ;;;If these great sal trees were to observe this sabbath with its eight factors, it would be for their lasting welfare and happiness—if they were sentient. 
;;;

an8.44
an8.45#4.3

aṅgānaṁ magadhānaṁ kāsīnaṁ kosalānaṁ vajjīnaṁ mallānaṁ cetīnaṁ vaṅgānaṁ kurūnaṁ pañcālānaṁ macchānaṁ sūrasenānaṁ assakānaṁ avantīnaṁ gandhārānaṁ kambojānaṁ, aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgatassa uposathassa etaṁ kalaṁ nāgghati soḷasiṁ. ;;;This wouldn’t be worth a sixteenth part of the sabbath with its eight factors. 
;;;

an8.45
an8.46#1.2

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā anuruddho divāvihāraṁ gato hoti paṭisallīno. ;;;Now at that time Venerable Anuruddha had gone into retreat for the day’s meditation. 
;;;Atha kho tā devatā ekā ca gāyi ekā ca nacci ekā ca accharaṁ vādesi. 
;;;Then one of those deities sang, one danced, and one snapped her fingers. 
;;;Seyyathāpi nāma pañcaṅgikassa tūriyassa suvinītassa suppaṭipatāḷitassa kusalehi susamannāhatassa saddo hoti vaggu ca rajanīyo ca kamanīyo ca pemanīyo ca madanīyo ca; 
;;;Suppose there was a quintet made up of skilled musicians who had practiced well and kept excellent rhythm. They’d sound graceful, tantalizing, sensuous, lovely, and intoxicating. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā anuruddho sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā anuruddho bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, Anuruddha came out of retreat and went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened, adding: 
;;;“Idhāhaṁ, bhante, divāvihāraṁ gato homi paṭisallīno. 
;;; 
;;;te sakkaroti, garuṁ karoti, māneti, pūjeti, abbhāgate ca āsanodakena paṭipūjeti. 
;;;And when they arrive she serves them with a seat and water. 
;;;Vigatamalamaccherena cetasā agāraṁ ajjhāvasati muttacāgā payatapāṇinī vossaggaratā yācayogā dānasaṁvibhāgaratā. 
;;;She lives at home rid of the stain of stinginess, freely generous, open-handed, loving to let go, committed to charity, loving to give and to share. 
;;;

an8.46
an8.48#1.1

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā bhaggesu viharati susumāragire bhesakaḷāvane migadāye. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Bhaggas at Crocodile Hill, in the deer park at Bhesakaḷā’s Wood. 
;;;

an8.48
an8.51#0.3

Gotamīsutta ;;;With Gotamī 
;;;Atha kho mahāpajāpatī gotamī yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho mahāpajāpatī gotamī bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then Mahāpajāpati Gotamī went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him: 
;;;Ayampi dhammo sakkatvā garuṁ katvā mānetvā pūjetvā yāvajīvaṁ anatikkamanīyo. 
;;;This principle should be honored, respected, esteemed, and venerated, and not transgressed so long as life lasts. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, ānanda, yāni kānici kulāni bahutthikāni appapurisakāni, tāni suppadhaṁsiyāni honti corehi kumbhatthenakehi; 
;;;It’s like those families with many women and few men. They’re easy prey for bandits and thieves. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, ānanda, sampanne ucchukkhette mañjiṭṭhikā nāma rogajāti nipatati, evaṁ taṁ ucchukkhettaṁ na ciraṭṭhitikaṁ hoti; 
;;;It’s like a field full of sugar cane. Once the disease called ‘red rot’ attacks, it doesn’t last long. 
;;;

an8.51
an8.54#1.3

“mayaṁ, bhante, gihī kāmabhogino puttasambādhasayanaṁ ajjhāvasāma, kāsikacandanaṁ paccanubhoma, mālāgandhavilepanaṁ dhārayāma, jātarūparajataṁ sādayāma. ;;;“Sir, we are laypeople who enjoy sensual pleasures and living at home with our children. We use sandalwood imported from Kāsi, we wear garlands, fragrance, and makeup, and we accept gold and currency. 
;;;yadi kasiyā, yadi vaṇijjāya, yadi gorakkhena, yadi issattena, yadi rājaporisena, yadi sippaññatarena— 
;;;farming, trade, raising cattle, archery, government service, or one of the professions. 
;;;Idha, byagghapajja, kulaputto yasmiṁ gāme vā nigame vā paṭivasati, tattha ye te honti—gahapatī vā gahapatiputtā vā daharā vā vuddhasīlino, vuddhā vā vuddhasīlino, saddhāsampannā, sīlasampannā, cāgasampannā, paññāsampannā—tehi saddhiṁ santiṭṭhati sallapati sākacchaṁ samāpajjati; yathārūpānaṁ saddhāsampannānaṁ saddhāsampadaṁ anusikkhati, yathārūpānaṁ sīlasampannānaṁ sīlasampadaṁ anusikkhati, yathārūpānaṁ cāgasampannānaṁ cāgasampadaṁ anusikkhati, yathārūpānaṁ paññāsampannānaṁ paññāsampadaṁ anusikkhati. 
;;;It’s when a gentleman resides in a town or village. And in that place there are householders or their children who may be young or old, but are mature in conduct, accomplished in faith, ethics, generosity, and wisdom. He associates with them, converses and engages in discussion. And he emulates the same kind of accomplishment in faith, ethics, generosity, and wisdom. 
;;;Idha, byagghapajja, kulaputto āyañca bhogānaṁ viditvā, vayañca bhogānaṁ viditvā, samaṁ jīvikaṁ kappeti nāccogāḷhaṁ nātihīnaṁ: ‘evaṁ me āyo vayaṁ pariyādāya ṭhassati, na ca me vayo āyaṁ pariyādāya ṭhassatī’ti. 
;;;It’s when a gentleman, knowing his income and expenditure, balances his finances, being neither too extravagant nor too frugal. He thinks, ‘In this way my income will exceed my expenditure, not the reverse.’ 
;;;Sace panāyaṁ, byagghapajja, kulaputto mahāyo samāno kasiraṁ jīvikaṁ kappeti, tassa bhavanti vattāro: ‘ajeṭṭhamaraṇaṁvāyaṁ kulaputto marissatī’ti. 
;;;If a gentleman has a large income but a spartan life, people will say: ‘This gentleman is starving themselves to death!’ 
;;;

an8.54
an8.55#5.2

Idha, brāhmaṇa, kulaputto yasmiṁ gāme vā nigame vā paṭivasati tatra ye te honti—gahapatī vā gahapatiputtā vā daharā vā vuddhasīlino, vuddhā vā vuddhasīlino, saddhāsampannā, sīlasampannā, cāgasampannā, paññāsampannā—tehi saddhiṁ santiṭṭhati sallapati sākacchaṁ samāpajjati; yathārūpānaṁ saddhāsampannānaṁ saddhāsampadaṁ anusikkhati, yathārūpānaṁ sīlasampannānaṁ sīlasampadaṁ anusikkhati, yathārūpānaṁ cāgasampannānaṁ cāgasampadaṁ anusikkhati, yathārūpānaṁ paññāsampannānaṁ paññāsampadaṁ anusikkhati. ;;;It’s when a gentleman resides in a town or village. And in that place there are householders or their children who may be young or old, but are mature in conduct, accomplished in faith, ethics, generosity, and wisdom. He associates with them, converses and engages in discussion. And he emulates the same kind of accomplishment in faith, ethics, generosity, and wisdom. 
;;;

an8.55
an8.56#1.5

‘Sallan’ti, bhikkhave, kāmānametaṁ adhivacanaṁ. ;;;‘dart’, 
;;;‘sallan’ti … 
;;;‘dart’, 
;;;gaṇḍo sallañca saṅgo ca; 
;;;boil, dart, and snare, 
;;;

an8.56
an8.62#1.4

sutānañca dhammānaṁ dhāraṇajātiko hoti; ;;;They readily memorize the teachings they’ve heard. 
;;;dhātānañca dhammānaṁ atthūpaparikkhitā hoti; 
;;;They examine the meaning of teachings they’ve memorized. 
;;;

an8.62
an8.64#3.2

no ca kho tāhi devatāhi saddhiṁ santiṭṭhāmi sallapāmi sākacchaṁ samāpajjāmi. ;;;But I didn’t associate with those deities, converse, or engage in discussion. 
;;;‘sace kho ahaṁ obhāsañceva sañjāneyyaṁ, rūpāni ca passeyyaṁ, tāhi ca devatāhi saddhiṁ santiṭṭheyyaṁ sallapeyyaṁ sākacchaṁ samāpajjeyyaṁ; 
;;;‘What if I were to perceive light and see forms; and associate with those deities, converse, and engage in discussion? 
;;;So kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, aparena samayena appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto obhāsañceva sañjānāmi, rūpāni ca passāmi, tāhi ca devatāhi saddhiṁ santiṭṭhāmi sallapāmi sākacchaṁ samāpajjāmi; 
;;;So after some time … I perceived light and saw forms. And I associated with those deities, conversed, and engaged in discussion. 
;;;‘sace kho ahaṁ obhāsañceva sañjāneyyaṁ, rūpāni ca passeyyaṁ, tāhi ca devatāhi saddhiṁ santiṭṭheyyaṁ sallapeyyaṁ sākacchaṁ samāpajjeyyaṁ, tā ca devatā jāneyyaṁ: 
;;;‘What if I were to perceive light and see forms; and associate with those deities, converse, and engage in discussion; 
;;;So kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, aparena samayena appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto obhāsañceva sañjānāmi, rūpāni ca passāmi, tāhi ca devatāhi saddhiṁ santiṭṭhāmi sallapāmi sākacchaṁ samāpajjāmi, tā ca devatā jānāmi: 
;;;So after some time … I perceived light and saw forms. And I associated with those deities … And I found out which orders of gods those deities came from. 
;;;‘sace kho ahaṁ obhāsañceva sañjāneyyaṁ, rūpāni ca passeyyaṁ, tāhi ca devatāhi saddhiṁ santiṭṭheyyaṁ sallapeyyaṁ sākacchaṁ samāpajjeyyaṁ, tā ca devatā jāneyyaṁ: 
;;;‘What if I were to perceive light and see forms; and associate with those deities, converse, and engage in discussion; 
;;;So kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, aparena samayena appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto obhāsañceva sañjānāmi, rūpāni ca passāmi, tāhi ca devatāhi saddhiṁ santiṭṭhāmi sallapāmi sākacchaṁ samāpajjāmi, tā ca devatā jānāmi: 
;;;So after some time … 
;;;Yāvakīvañca me, bhikkhave, evaṁ aṭṭhaparivaṭṭaṁ adhidevañāṇadassanaṁ na suvisuddhaṁ ahosi, neva tāvāhaṁ, bhikkhave, ‘sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambuddho’ti paccaññāsiṁ. 
;;;As long as my knowledge and vision about the deities was not fully purified in these eight rounds, I didn’t announce my supreme perfect awakening in this world with its gods, Māras, and Divinities, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans. 
;;;

an8.64
an8.69#1.5

Tatrapi mayā sannisinnapubbañceva sallapitapubbañca sākacchā ca samāpannapubbā. ;;;There I used to sit with them, converse, and engage in discussion. 
;;;Tatrapi mayā sannisinnapubbañceva sallapitapubbañca sākacchā ca samāpannapubbā. 
;;;There too I used to sit with them, converse, and engage in discussion. 
;;;

an8.69
an8.70#1.5

Yena cāpālaṁ cetiyaṁ tenupasaṅkamissāma divāvihārāyā”ti. ;;;Let’s go to the Cāpāla shrine for the day’s meditation.” 
;;;

an8.70
an8.71#1.1

“Saddho ca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu hoti, no ca sīlavā. ;;;“Mendicants, a mendicant is faithful but not ethical. 
;;;

an8.71
an8.73#1.1

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā nātike viharati giñjakāvasathe. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying at Ñātika in the brick house. 
;;;Yo ca khvāyaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṁ maraṇassatiṁ bhāveti: 
;;;But the mendicants who develop mindfulness of death by wishing 
;;;

an8.73
an8.74#2.2

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu divase nikkhante rattiyā patihitāya iti paṭisañcikkhati: ;;;As day passes by and night draws close, a mendicant reflects: 
;;;

an8.74
an8.76#3.2

Idha, bhikkhave, kulaputto yasmiṁ gāme vā nigame vā paṭivasati, tattha ye te honti gahapatī vā gahapatiputtā vā daharā vā vuddhasīlino vuddhā vā vuddhasīlino saddhāsampannā sīlasampannā cāgasampannā paññāsampannā, tehi saddhiṁ santiṭṭhati sallapati sākacchaṁ samāpajjati; yathārūpānaṁ saddhāsampannānaṁ saddhāsampadaṁ anusikkhati, yathārūpānaṁ sīlasampannānaṁ sīlasampadaṁ anusikkhati, yathārūpānaṁ cāgasampannānaṁ cāgasampadaṁ anusikkhati, yathārūpānaṁ paññāsampannānaṁ paññāsampadaṁ anusikkhati. ;;;It’s when a gentleman resides in a town or village. And in that place there are householders or their children who may be young or old, but are mature in conduct, accomplished in faith, ethics, generosity, and wisdom. He associates with them, converses and engages in discussion. And he emulates the same kind of accomplishment in faith, ethics, generosity, and wisdom. 
;;;

an8.76
an8.82#2.3

Imehi kho, puṇṇiya, aṭṭhahi dhammehi samannāgatā ekantapaṭibhānā tathāgataṁ dhammadesanā hotī”ti. ;;;When someone has these eight qualities, the Realized One feels totally inspired to teach.” 
;;;

an8.82
an8.86#5.3

‘na hi nūname āyasmanto imassa nekkhammasukhassa pavivekasukhassa upasamasukhassa sambodhasukhassa nikāmalābhino assu akicchalābhino akasiralābhino. Yassāhaṁ nekkhammasukhassa pavivekasukhassa upasamasukhassa sambodhasukhassa nikāmalābhī akicchalābhī akasiralābhī. ;;;‘These venerables mustn’t get the pleasure of renunciation, the pleasure of seclusion, the pleasure of peace, the pleasure of awakening when they want, without trouble or difficulty like I can. 
;;;Idhāhaṁ, nāgita, bhikkhū passāmi aññamaññaṁ aṅgulipatodakena sañjagghante saṅkīḷante. 
;;;Take mendicants I see poking each other with their fingers, giggling and playing together. 
;;;So taṁ lābhasakkārasilokaṁ nikāmayamāno riñcati paṭisallānaṁ, riñcati araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni; 
;;;Enjoying possessions, honor, and popularity they neglect retreat, and they neglect remote lodgings in the wilderness and the forest. 
;;;So taṁ lābhasakkārasilokaṁ paṭipaṇāmetvā na riñcati paṭisallānaṁ, na riñcati araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni. 
;;;Fending off possessions, honor, and popularity they don’t neglect retreat, and they don’t neglect remote lodgings in the wilderness and the forest. 
;;;

an8.86
an8.87#1.3

Bhikkhūnaṁ alābhāya parisakkati, bhikkhūnaṁ anatthāya parisakkati, bhikkhūnaṁ avāsāya parisakkati, bhikkhū akkosati paribhāsati, bhikkhū bhikkhūhi bhedeti, buddhassa avaṇṇaṁ bhāsati, dhammassa avaṇṇaṁ bhāsati, saṅghassa avaṇṇaṁ bhāsati. ;;;They try to prevent the mendicants from getting material things. They try to harm mendicants. They try to drive mendicants from a monastery. They insult and abuse mendicants. They divide mendicants against each other. They criticize the Buddha, the teaching, and the Saṅgha. 
;;;

an8.87
an8.90#1.1

“Tassapāpiyasikakammakatena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā aṭṭhasu dhammesu sammā vattitabbaṁ— ;;;“Mendicants, a mendicant who has been convicted of aggravated misconduct must behave themselves properly in eight respects. 
;;;

an8.90
an8.91-117#an8.91-117:1.1

Atha kho bojjhā upāsikā, sirīmā, padumā, sutanā, manujā, uttarā, muttā, khemā, rucī, cundī, bimbī, sumanā, mallikā, tissā, tissamātā, soṇā, soṇāya mātā, kāṇā, kāṇamātā, uttarā nandamātā, visākhā migāramātā, khujjuttarā upāsikā, sāmāvatī upāsikā, suppavāsā koliyadhītā, suppiyā upāsikā, nakulamātā gahapatānī. ;;;And then the lay woman Bojjhā … Sirīmā … Padumā … Sutanā … Manujā … Uttarā … Muttā … Khemā … Somā … Rucī … Cundī … Bimbī … Sumanā … Mallikā … Tissā … Tissamātā … Soṇā … Soṇā’s mother … Kāṇā … Kāṇamātā … Uttarā Nanda’s mother … Visākhā Migāra’s mother … the lay woman Khujjuttarā … the lay woman Sāmāvatī … Suppavāsā the Koliyan … the lay woman Suppiyā … the housewife Nakula’s mother … 
;;;

an8.91-117
an9.1#0.2

1. Sambodhivagga ;;;1. Awakening 
;;;‘sambodhipakkhikānaṁ, āvuso, dhammānaṁ kā upanisā bhāvanāyā’ti, evaṁ puṭṭhā tumhe, bhikkhave, tesaṁ aññatitthiyānaṁ paribbājakānaṁ kinti byākareyyāthā”ti? 
;;;‘Reverends, what is the vital condition for the development of the awakening factors?’ How would you answer them?” 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu yāyaṁ kathā abhisallekhikā cetovivaraṇasappāyā, seyyathidaṁ—appicchakathā santuṭṭhikathā pavivekakathā asaṁsaggakathā vīriyārambhakathā sīlakathā samādhikathā paññākathā vimuttikathā vimuttiñāṇadassanakathā, evarūpiyā kathāya nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī. 
;;;Furthermore, a mendicant gets to take part in talk about self-effacement that helps open the heart, when they want, without trouble or difficulty. That is, talk about fewness of wishes, contentment, seclusion, aloofness, arousing energy, ethics, immersion, wisdom, freedom, and the knowledge and vision of freedom. 
;;;yāyaṁ kathā abhisallekhikā cetovivaraṇasappāyā, seyyathidaṁ—appicchakathā santuṭṭhikathā pavivekakathā asaṁsaggakathā vīriyārambhakathā sīlakathā samādhikathā paññākathā vimuttikathā vimuttiñāṇadassanakathā, evarūpiyā kathāya nikāmalābhī bhavissati akicchalābhī akasiralābhī. 
;;;take part in talk about self-effacement that helps open the heart … 
;;;Tena ca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā imesu pañcasu dhammesu patiṭṭhāya cattāro dhammā uttari bhāvetabbā— 
;;;But then, a mendicant grounded on these five things should develop four further things. 
;;;

an9.1
an9.3#2.3

Addasā kho āyasmā meghiyo kimikāḷāya nadiyā tīre jaṅghāvihāraṁ anucaṅkamamāno anuvicaramāno ambavanaṁ pāsādikaṁ ramaṇīyaṁ. ;;;As he was going for a walk along the shore of the river he saw a lovely and delightful mango grove. 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, meghiya, yāyaṁ kathā abhisallekhikā cetovivaraṇasappāyā, seyyathidaṁ—appicchakathā santuṭṭhikathā pavivekakathā asaṁsaggakathā vīriyārambhakathā sīlakathā samādhikathā paññākathā vimuttikathā vimuttiñāṇadassanakathā, evarūpiyā kathāya nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī. 
;;;Furthermore, a mendicant gets to take part in talk about self-effacement that helps open the heart, when they want, without trouble or difficulty. That is, talk about fewness of wishes, contentment, seclusion, aloofness, arousing energy, ethics, immersion, wisdom, freedom, and the knowledge and vision of freedom. 
;;;‘yāyaṁ kathā abhisallekhikā cetovivaraṇasappāyā, seyyathidaṁ—appicchakathā …pe… vimuttiñāṇadassanakathā, evarūpiyā kathāya nikāmalābhī bhavissati akicchalābhī akasiralābhī’. 
;;;take part in talk about self-effacement that helps open the heart … 
;;;

an9.3
an9.4#1.3

Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenupaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bahidvārakoṭṭhake aṭṭhāsi kathāpariyosānaṁ āgamayamāno. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the assembly hall. He stood outside the door waiting for the talk to end. 
;;;

an9.4
an9.7#2.3

‘yo so, sutavā, bhikkhu arahaṁ khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṁyojano sammadaññāvimutto, abhabbo so pañca ṭhānāni ajjhācarituṁ— ;;;‘A mendicant who is perfected—with defilements ended, who has completed the spiritual journey, done what had to be done, laid down the burden, achieved their own true goal, utterly ended the fetter of continued existence, and is rightly freed through enlightenment—can’t transgress in five respects. 
;;;

an9.7
an9.11#2.1

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā ca mahāmoggallāno āyasmā ca ānando avāpuraṇaṁ ādāya vihāre āhiṇḍanti: ;;;Now at that time the Venerables Mahāmoggallāna and Ānanda, taking a latchkey, went from dwelling to dwelling, saying: 
;;;

an9.11
an9.12#4.1

“Ke ca, sāriputta, aññatitthiyā paribbājakā bālā abyattā, ke ca saupādisesaṁ vā ‘saupādiseso’ti jānissanti, anupādisesaṁ vā ‘anupādiseso’ti jānissanti. ;;;“Sāriputta, these foolish, incompetent wanderers following other religions: who are they to know whether someone has residue or not? 
;;;

an9.12
an9.13#1.1

Atha kho āyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā sāriputtena saddhiṁ sammodi. ;;;Then Venerable Mahākoṭṭhita went up to Venerable Sāriputta, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;“Yaṁ khvassa, āvuso, aññātaṁ adiṭṭhaṁ appattaṁ asacchikataṁ anabhisametaṁ, tassa ñāṇāya dassanāya pattiyā sacchikiriyāya abhisamayāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatīti. 
;;;“Reverend, the spiritual life is lived under the Buddha to know, see, attain, realize, and comprehend that which is unknown, unseen, unattained, unrealized, and uncomprehended.” 
;;;‘Idaṁ dukkhan’ti khvassa, āvuso, aññātaṁ adiṭṭhaṁ appattaṁ asacchikataṁ anabhisametaṁ. 
;;;“‘This is suffering.’ … 
;;;Idaṁ khvassa, āvuso, aññātaṁ adiṭṭhaṁ appattaṁ asacchikataṁ anabhisametaṁ. 
;;;This is the unknown, unseen, unattained, unrealized, and uncomprehended. 
;;;

an9.13
an9.14#11.11

Sādhu kho tvaṁ, samiddhi, puṭṭho puṭṭho vissajjesi, tena ca mā maññī”ti. ;;;It’s good that you answered each question. But don’t get conceited because of that.” 
;;;

an9.14
an9.15#2.1

Gaṇḍoti kho, bhikkhave, imassetaṁ cātumahābhūtikassa kāyassa adhivacanaṁ mātāpettikasambhavassa odanakummāsūpacayassa aniccucchādanaparimaddanabhedanaviddhaṁsanadhammassa. ;;;‘Boil’ is a term for this body made up of the four principal states, produced by mother and father, built up from rice and porridge, liable to impermanence, to wearing away and erosion, to breaking up and destruction. 
;;;

an9.15
an9.18#3.1

Mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ tathā tatiyaṁ tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati. ;;;They meditate spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. 
;;;

an9.18
an9.19#2.3

Te mayaṁ, bhante, paccuṭṭhimha abhivādimha, no ca tesaṁ āsanaṁ adamha. ;;;We politely rose for them and bowed, but we didn’t offer a seat. 
;;;Te mayaṁ, bhante, paccuṭṭhimha abhivādimha āsanaṁ adamha, no ca kho yathāsatti yathābalaṁ saṁvibhajimha …pe… 
;;;We politely rose for them, bowed, and offered a seat, but we didn’t share as best we could. …’ 
;;;upanisīdimha dhammassavanāya, no ca kho ohitasotā dhammaṁ suṇimha …pe… 
;;;‘… we didn’t actively listen to the teachings. …’ 
;;;Te mayaṁ, bhante, paccuṭṭhimha abhivādimha, āsanaṁ adamha, yathāsatti yathābalaṁ saṁvibhajimha, upanisīdimha dhammassavanāya, ohitasotā ca dhammaṁ suṇimha, sutvā ca dhammaṁ dhārayimha, dhātānañca dhammānaṁ atthaṁ upaparikkhimha, atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya dhammānudhammaṁ paṭipajjimha. 
;;;We politely rose, bowed, and offered them a seat. We shared as best we could. We sat nearby to listen to the teachings, lent an ear, memorized them, and examined their meaning. Understanding the teaching and the meaning we practiced accordingly. 
;;;

an9.19
an9.20#2.4

“Lūkhañcepi, gahapati, dānaṁ deti paṇītaṁ vā; ;;;“Householder, someone might give a gift that’s either coarse or fine. 
;;;tañca asakkaccaṁ deti, acittīkatvā deti, asahatthā deti, apaviddhaṁ deti, anāgamanadiṭṭhiko deti. 
;;;But they give it carelessly, thoughtlessly, not with their own hand. They give the dregs, and they give without consideration for consequences. 
;;;Evañhetaṁ, gahapati, hoti asakkaccaṁ katānaṁ kammānaṁ vipāko. 
;;;Because that is the result of deeds done carelessly. 
;;;Caturāsīti suvaṇṇapātisahassāni adāsi rūpiyapūrāni, caturāsīti rūpiyapātisahassāni adāsi suvaṇṇapūrāni, caturāsīti kaṁsapātisahassāni adāsi hiraññapūrāni, caturāsīti hatthisahassāni adāsi sovaṇṇālaṅkārāni sovaṇṇadhajāni hemajālappaṭicchannāni, caturāsīti rathasahassāni adāsi sīhacammaparivārāni byagghacammaparivārāni dīpicammaparivārāni paṇḍukambalaparivārāni sovaṇṇālaṅkārāni sovaṇṇadhajāni hemajālappaṭicchannāni, caturāsīti dhenusahassāni adāsi dukūlasandhanāni kaṁsūpadhāraṇāni, caturāsīti kaññāsahassāni adāsi āmuttamaṇikuṇḍalāyo, caturāsīti pallaṅkasahassāni adāsi gonakatthatāni paṭikatthatāni paṭalikatthatāni kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇāni sauttaracchadāni ubhatolohitakūpadhānāni, caturāsīti vatthakoṭisahassāni adāsi khomasukhumānaṁ koseyyasukhumānaṁ kambalasukhumānaṁ kappāsikasukhumānaṁ, ko pana vādo annassa pānassa khajjassa bhojjassa leyyassa peyyassa, najjo maññe vissandanti. 
;;;84,000 gold pots filled with silver. 84,000 silver pots filled with gold. 84,000 bronze pots filled with gold coins. 84,000 elephants with gold adornments and banners, covered with snow gold netting. 84,000 chariots upholstered with the hide of lions, tigers, and leopards, and cream rugs, with gold adornments and banners, covered with gold netting. 84,000 milk cows with silken reins and bronze pails. 84,000 maidens bedecked with jeweled earrings. 84,000 couches spread with woolen covers—shag-piled, pure white, or embroidered with flowers—and spread with a fine deer hide, with canopies above and red pillows at both ends. 8,400,000,000 fine cloths of linen, cotton, silk, and wool. And who can say how much food, drink, snacks, meals, refreshments, and beverages? It seemed like an overflowing river. 
;;;pāṇātipātā veramaṇiṁ, adinnādānā veramaṇiṁ, kāmesumicchācārā veramaṇiṁ, musāvādā veramaṇiṁ, surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā veramaṇiṁ, yo ca antamaso gandhohanamattampi mettacittaṁ bhāveyya, (…) idaṁ tato mahapphalataraṁ. 
;;;It would be more fruitful to develop a heart of love—even just as long as it takes to pull a cow’s udder—than to undertake the training rules. 
;;;

an9.20
an9.21#1.3

Amamā, apariggahā, niyatāyukā, visesaguṇā— ;;;They’re selfless and not possessive. They have a fixed life span. They have a distinctive nature. 
;;;

an9.21
an9.22#1.1

“Tayo ca, bhikkhave, assakhaḷuṅke desessāmi tayo ca purisakhaḷuṅke tayo ca assaparasse tayo ca purisaparasse tayo ca bhadde assājānīye tayo ca bhadde purisājānīye. ;;;“Mendicants, I will teach you about three wild colts and three wild people; three excellent horses and three excellent people; and three fine thoroughbred horses and three fine thoroughbred people. 
;;;

an9.22
an9.25#1.1

“Yato kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno paññāya cittaṁ suparicitaṁ hoti, tassetaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno kallaṁ vacanāya: ;;;“Mendicants, when a mendicant’s mind has been well consolidated with wisdom it’s appropriate for them to say: 
;;;Yato kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno paññāya cittaṁ suparicitaṁ hoti, tassetaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno kallaṁ vacanāya: 
;;;When a mendicant’s mind has been well consolidated with wisdom it’s appropriate for them to say: 
;;;

an9.25
an9.26#1.5

‘yato kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno cetasā citaṁ hoti, tassetaṁ bhikkhuno kallaṁ veyyākaraṇāya— ;;;‘When a mendicant’s mind is solidified by heart, it’s appropriate for them to say: 
;;;‘yato kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno cetasā citaṁ hoti, tassetaṁ bhikkhuno kallaṁ veyyākaraṇāya— 
;;; 
;;;‘yato kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno cetasā cittaṁ suparicitaṁ hoti, tassetaṁ bhikkhuno kallaṁ veyyākaraṇāya— 
;;;‘When a mendicant’s mind is well consolidated by heart, it’s appropriate for them to say: 
;;;‘yato kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno cetasā citaṁ hoti, tassetaṁ bhikkhuno kallaṁ veyyākaraṇāya— 
;;; 
;;;‘yato kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno cetasā citaṁ hoti, tassetaṁ bhikkhuno kallaṁ veyyākaraṇāya— 
;;; 
;;;‘yato kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno cetasā cittaṁ suparicitaṁ hoti, tassetaṁ bhikkhuno kallaṁ veyyākaraṇāya— 
;;; 
;;;‘yato kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno cetasā citaṁ hoti, tassetaṁ bhikkhuno kallaṁ veyyākaraṇāya— 
;;; 
;;;‘yato kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno cetasā citaṁ hoti, tassetaṁ bhikkhuno kallaṁ veyyākaraṇāya— 
;;; 
;;;‘yato kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno cetasā cittaṁ suparicitaṁ hoti, tassetaṁ bhikkhuno kallaṁ veyyākaraṇāya— 
;;;‘When a mendicant’s mind is well consolidated by heart, it’s appropriate for them to say: 
;;;

an9.26
an9.30#1.3

‘Anatthaṁ me acari, taṁ kutettha labbhā’ti āghātaṁ paṭivineti; ;;;Thinking: ‘They harmed me, but what can I possibly do?’ you get rid of resentment. 
;;;

an9.30
an9.33#5.1

Yattha rūpasaññā nirujjhati, ye ca rūpasaññaṁ nirodhetvā nirodhetvā viharanti, ‘addhā te āyasmanto nicchātā nibbutā tiṇṇā pāraṅgatā tadaṅgenā’ti vadāmi. ;;;Where perceptions of form ceases, and those who have thoroughly ended perceptions of form meditate, I say: ‘Clearly those venerables are desireless, quenched, crossed over, and gone beyond in that respect.’ 
;;;

an9.33
an9.36#2.4

So yadeva tattha hoti rūpagataṁ vedanāgataṁ saññāgataṁ saṅkhāragataṁ viññāṇagataṁ, te dhamme aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato samanupassati. ;;;They contemplate the phenomena there—included in form, feeling, perception, choices, and consciousness—as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as a boil, as a dart, as misery, as an affliction, as alien, as falling apart, as empty, as not-self. 
;;;So tehi dhammehi cittaṁ paṭivāpeti. 
;;;They turn their mind away from those things, 
;;;So tehi dhammehi cittaṁ paṭivāpetvā amatāya dhātuyā cittaṁ upasaṁharati: 
;;;and apply it to freedom from death: 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, issāso vā issāsantevāsī vā tiṇapurisarūpake vā mattikāpuñje vā yoggaṁ karitvā, so aparena samayena dūrepātī ca hoti akkhaṇavedhī ca mahato ca kāyassa padāletā; 
;;;It’s like an archer or their apprentice who first practices on a straw man or a clay model. At a later time they become a long-distance shooter, a marksman, who shatters large objects. 
;;;So yadeva tattha hoti rūpagataṁ vedanāgataṁ saññāgataṁ saṅkhāragataṁ viññāṇagataṁ, te dhamme aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato samanupassati. 
;;;They contemplate the phenomena there—included in form, feeling, perception, choices, and consciousness—as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as a boil, as a dart, as misery, as an affliction, as alien, as falling apart, as empty, as not-self. 
;;;So yadeva tattha hoti rūpagataṁ vedanāgataṁ saññāgataṁ saṅkhāragataṁ viññāṇagataṁ, te dhamme aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato samanupassati. 
;;; 
;;;So yadeva tattha hoti vedanāgataṁ saññāgataṁ saṅkhāragataṁ viññāṇagataṁ, te dhamme aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato samanupassati. 
;;;They contemplate the phenomena there—included in feeling, perception, choices, and consciousness—as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as a boil, as a dart, as misery, as an affliction, as alien, as falling apart, as empty, as not-self. 
;;;So yadeva tattha hoti vedanāgataṁ saññāgataṁ saṅkhāragataṁ viññāṇagataṁ, te dhamme aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato samanupassati. 
;;;They contemplate the phenomena there—included in feeling, perception, choices, and consciousness—as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as a boil, as a dart, as misery, as an affliction, as alien, as falling apart, as empty, as not-self. 
;;;So yadeva tattha hoti vedanāgataṁ saññāgataṁ saṅkhāragataṁ viññāṇagataṁ, te dhamme aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato samanupassati. 
;;;They contemplate the phenomena there—included in feeling, perception, choices, and consciousness—as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as a boil, as a dart, as misery, as an affliction, as alien, as falling apart, as empty, as not-self. 
;;;

an9.36
an9.37#7.2

Atha kho, āvuso, jaṭilavāsikā bhikkhunī yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho, āvuso, jaṭilavāsikā bhikkhunī maṁ etadavoca: ;;;Then the nun Jaṭilagāhikā came up to me, bowed, stood to one side, and said to me: 
;;;‘yāyaṁ, bhante ānanda, samādhi na cābhinato na cāpanato na ca sasaṅkhāraniggayhavāritagato, 
;;;‘Honorable Ānanda, regarding the immersion that does not lean forward or pull back, and is not held in place by forceful suppression. 
;;;

an9.37
an9.38#2.5

Ayampi, bho gotama, nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto sabbaññū sabbadassāvī aparisesaṁ ñāṇadassanaṁ paṭijānāti: ;;;And the Jain ascetic of the Ñātika clan also claims to be all-knowing and all-seeing, to know and see everything without exception, thus: 
;;;Te evarūpena javena samannāgatā assu, seyyathāpi nāma daḷhadhammā dhanuggaho sikkhito katahattho katūpāsano lahukena asanena appakasirena tiriyaṁ tālacchāyaṁ atipāteyya; 
;;;They’re as fast as a light arrow easily shot across the shadow of a palm tree by a well-trained expert archer with a strong bow. 
;;;

an9.38
an9.39#1.2

Tasmiṁ kho pana, bhikkhave, saṅgāme asurā jiniṁsu, devā parājayiṁsu. ;;;In that battle the titans won and the gods lost. 
;;;Parājitā ca, bhikkhave, devā apayiṁsuyeva uttarenābhimukhā, abhiyiṁsu asurā. 
;;;Defeated, the gods fled north with the titans in pursuit. 
;;;

an9.39
an9.40#1.1

“Yasmiṁ, bhikkhave, samaye āraññikassa nāgassa gocarapasutassa hatthīpi hatthiniyopi hatthikalabhāpi hatthicchāpāpi purato purato gantvā tiṇaggāni chindanti, tena, bhikkhave, āraññiko nāgo aṭṭīyati harāyati jigucchati. ;;;“Mendicants, when a wild bull elephant is engrossed in the pasture, but other elephants—males, females, younglings, or cubs—got there first and trampled the grass, the wild bull elephant is horrified, repelled, and disgusted by that. 
;;;Chinnaggāni ceva tiṇāni khādāmi, obhaggobhaggañca me sākhābhaṅgaṁ khādanti, āvilāni ca pānīyāni pivāmi, ogāhā ca me uttiṇṇassa hatthiniyo kāyaṁ upanighaṁsantiyo gacchanti. 
;;;I eat the grass they’ve trampled, and they eat the broken branches I’ve dragged down. I drink muddy water, and after my bath the female elephants bump into me. 
;;;So aparena samayena eko gaṇasmā vūpakaṭṭho viharati, acchinnaggāni ceva tiṇāni khādati, obhaggobhaggañcassa sākhābhaṅgaṁ na khādanti, anāvilāni ca pānīyāni pivati, ogāhā cassa uttiṇṇassa na hatthiniyo kāyaṁ upanighaṁsantiyo gacchanti. 
;;;After some time he lives alone, withdrawn from the herd, and he eats untrampled grass, and other elephants don’t eat the broken branches he has dragged down. He doesn’t drink muddy water, and the female elephants don’t bump into him after his bath. 
;;;‘ahaṁ kho pubbe ākiṇṇo vihāsiṁ hatthīhi hatthinīhi hatthikalabhehi hatthicchāpehi, chinnaggāni ceva tiṇāni khādiṁ, obhaggobhaggañca me sākhābhaṅgaṁ khādiṁsu, āvilāni ca pānīyāni apāyiṁ, ogāhā ca me uttiṇṇassa hatthiniyo kāyaṁ upanighaṁsantiyo agamaṁsu. Sohaṁ etarahi eko gaṇasmā vūpakaṭṭho viharāmi, acchinnaggāni ceva tiṇāni khādāmi, obhaggobhaggañca me sākhābhaṅgaṁ na khādanti, anāvilāni ca pānīyāni pivāmi, ogāhā ca me uttiṇṇassa na hatthiniyo kāyaṁ upanighaṁsantiyo gacchantī’ti. So soṇḍāya sākhābhaṅgaṁ bhañjitvā sākhābhaṅgena kāyaṁ parimajjitvā attamano soṇḍaṁ saṁharati. 
;;;‘Formerly I lived crowded by other males, females, younglings, and cubs. I ate the grass they’d trampled, and they ate the broken branches I’d dragged down. I drank muddy water, and after my bath the female elephants bumped into me. Now I live alone, and I’m free of all these things.’ He breaks off a branch and scratches his body, happily relieving his itches. 
;;;So araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;Gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut, they sit down cross-legged, set their body straight, and establish mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;So attamano soṇḍaṁ saṁharati. 
;;;They happily relieve their itches. 
;;;

an9.40
an9.41#1.1

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā mallesu viharati uruvelakappaṁ nāma mallānaṁ nigamo. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Mallas, near the Mallian town named Uruvelakappa. 
;;;‘sace kho ahaṁ kāmesu ādīnavaṁ disvā taṁ bahulaṁ kareyyaṁ, nekkhamme ānisaṁsaṁ adhigamma tamāseveyyaṁ, 
;;;‘Suppose that, seeing the drawbacks of sensual pleasures, I were to cultivate that. And suppose that, realizing the benefits of renunciation, I were to develop that. 
;;;

an9.41
an9.42#0.2

5. Sāmaññavagga ;;;5. Similarity 
;;;

an9.42
an9.43#1.1

“‘Kāyasakkhī, kāyasakkhī’ti, āvuso, vuccati. ;;;“Reverend, they speak of a person called ‘direct witness’. 
;;;

an9.43
an9.71#1.1

“Pañcime, bhikkhave, cetokhilā. ;;;“Mendicants, there are five kinds of hard-heartedness. 
;;;

an9.71
an10.1#3.2

“Avippaṭisāro kho, ānanda, pāmojjattho pāmojjānisaṁso”ti. ;;;“Joy is the purpose and benefit of having no regrets.” 
;;;Iti kho, ānanda, kusalāni sīlāni anupubbena aggāya parentī”ti. 
;;;So, Ānanda, skillful ethics progressively lead up to the highest.” 
;;;

an10.1
an10.6#1.2

“siyā nu kho, bhante, bhikkhuno tathārūpo samādhipaṭilābho yathā neva pathaviyaṁ pathavisaññī assa, na āpasmiṁ āposaññī assa, na tejasmiṁ tejosaññī assa, na vāyasmiṁ vāyosaññī assa, na ākāsānañcāyatane ākāsānañcāyatanasaññī assa, na viññāṇañcāyatane viññāṇañcāyatanasaññī assa, na ākiñcaññāyatane ākiñcaññāyatanasaññī assa, na nevasaññānāsaññāyatane nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasaññī assa, na idhaloke idhalokasaññī assa, na paraloke paralokasaññī assa; saññī ca pana assā”ti? ;;;“Could it be, sir, that a mendicant might gain a state of immersion like this? They wouldn’t perceive earth in earth, water in water, fire in fire, or air in air. And they wouldn’t perceive the dimension of infinite space in the dimension of infinite space, the dimension of infinite consciousness in the dimension of infinite consciousness, the dimension of nothingness in the dimension of nothingness, or the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. And they wouldn’t perceive this world in this world, or the other world in the other world. And yet they would still perceive.” 
;;;

an10.6
an10.8#1.1

“Saddho ca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu hoti, no ca sīlavā; ;;;“Mendicants, a mendicant is faithful but not ethical. 
;;;vinayadharo ca, no ca āraññiko pantasenāsano … 
;;;they don’t stay in the wilderness, in remote lodgings … 
;;;

an10.8
an10.11#0.2

2. Nāthavagga ;;;2. A Protector 
;;;appaḍaṁsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassaṁ; 
;;;There’s little disturbance from flies, mosquitoes, wind, sun, and reptiles. 
;;;

an10.11
an10.12#1.3

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno kāmacchando pahīno hoti, byāpādo pahīno hoti, thinamiddhaṁ pahīnaṁ hoti, uddhaccakukkuccaṁ pahīnaṁ hoti, vicikicchā pahīnā hoti. ;;;It’s when a mendicant has given up sensual desire, ill will, dullness and drowsiness, restlessness and remorse, and doubt. 
;;;pañca aṅge vivajjayaṁ; 
;;;and rid of five factors, 
;;;

an10.12
an10.19#1.3

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu pañcaṅgavippahīno hoti, chaḷaṅgasamannāgato, ekārakkho, caturāpasseno, paṇunnapaccekasacco, samavayasaṭṭhesano, anāvilasaṅkappo, passaddhakāyasaṅkhāro, suvimuttacitto, suvimuttapañño. ;;;A mendicant has given up five factors, is endowed with six factors, has a single guard, has four supports, has eliminated idiosyncratic interpretations of the truth, has totally given up searching, has pure intentions, has stilled the physical process, and is well freed in mind and well freed by wisdom. 
;;;

an10.19
an10.20#7.4

sabbāni tāni nunnāni honti paṇunnāni cattāni vantāni muttāni pahīnāni paṭinissaṭṭhāni. ;;;A mendicant has dispelled, eliminated, thrown out, rejected, let go of, given up, and relinquished all these. 
;;;

an10.20
an10.21#1.3

Vijambhitvā samantā catuddisaṁ anuviloketi. ;;;looks all around the four quarters, 
;;;Samantā catuddisaṁ anuviloketvā tikkhattuṁ sīhanādaṁ nadati. 
;;;and roars his lion’s roar three times. 
;;;

an10.21
an10.22#2.1

“Ye te, ānanda, dhammā tesaṁ tesaṁ adhivuttipadānaṁ abhiññā sacchikiriyāya saṁvattanti, visārado ahaṁ, ānanda, tattha paṭijānāmi. ;;;“Ānanda, I claim to be assured regarding the teachings that lead to realizing by insight the various different hypotheses. 
;;;

an10.22
an10.23#1.3

Atthi, bhikkhave, dhammā neva kāyena pahātabbā no vācāya, paññāya disvā pahātabbā. ;;;There are things that should be given up neither by the body, nor by speech, but by seeing again and again with wisdom. 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu akusalaṁ āpanno hoti kiñci desaṁ kāyena. 
;;;It’s when a mendicant has committed a certain unskillful offense by way of body. 
;;;

an10.23
an10.26#4.1

“Pathavīkasiṇasamāpattiparamā kho, bhagini, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā ‘attho’ti abhinibbattesuṁ. ;;;“Sister, some ascetics and brahmins regard the attainment of the meditation on universal earth to be the ultimate. Thinking ‘this is the goal’, they are reborn. 
;;;Tadabhiññāya bhagavā assādamaddasa ādīnavamaddasa nissaraṇamaddasa maggāmaggañāṇadassanamaddasa. 
;;;Directly knowing this he saw the beginning, the drawback, and the escape. And he saw the knowledge and vision of what is the path and what is not the path. 
;;;

an10.26
an10.28#10.1

Iti kho, āvuso, yaṁ taṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitāsu mahāpañhāsu: ;;;That’s how I understand the detailed meaning of what the Buddha said in brief in ‘The Great Questions’. 
;;;Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho kajaṅgalakā upāsakā yāvatako ahosi kajaṅgalikāya bhikkhuniyā saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo, taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesuṁ. 
;;;and informed the Buddha of all they had discussed. 
;;;Mañcepi tumhe, gahapatayo, upasaṅkamitvā etamatthaṁ paṭipuccheyyātha, ahampi cetaṁ evamevaṁ byākareyyaṁ yathā taṁ kajaṅgalikāya bhikkhuniyā byākataṁ. 
;;;If you came to me and asked this question, I would answer it in exactly the same way as the nun Kajaṅgalikā. 
;;;

an10.28
an10.29#2.2

Tasmiṁ sahassadhā loke sahassaṁ candānaṁ sahassaṁ sūriyānaṁ sahassaṁ sinerupabbatarājānaṁ sahassaṁ jambudīpānaṁ sahassaṁ aparagoyānānaṁ sahassaṁ uttarakurūnaṁ sahassaṁ pubbavidehānaṁ cattāri mahāsamuddasahassāni cattāri mahārājasahassāni sahassaṁ cātumahārājikānaṁ sahassaṁ tāvatiṁsānaṁ sahassaṁ yāmānaṁ sahassaṁ tusitānaṁ sahassaṁ nimmānaratīnaṁ sahassaṁ paranimmitavasavattīnaṁ sahassaṁ brahmalokānaṁ. ;;;In that galaxy there are a thousand moons, a thousand suns, a thousand Sinerus king of mountains, a thousand Black Plum Tree Lands, a thousand Western Continents, a thousand Northern Continents, a thousand Eastern Continents, four thousand oceans, four thousand great kings, a thousand realms of the gods of the four great kings, a thousand realms of the gods of the thirty-three, of the gods of Yama, of the joyful gods, of the gods who love to imagine, of the gods who control what is imagined by others, and a thousand realms of divinity. 
;;;Saṁvaṭṭamāne, bhikkhave, loke yebhuyyena sattā ābhassarasaṁvattanikā bhavanti. 
;;;As it contracts, most sentient beings migrate to the realm of streaming radiance. 
;;;

an10.29
an10.30#9.1

Puna caparaṁ, bhante, bhagavā yāyaṁ kathā abhisallekhikā cetovivaraṇasappāyā, seyyathidaṁ—appicchakathā santuṭṭhikathā pavivekakathā asaṁsaggakathā vīriyārambhakathā sīlakathā samādhikathā paññākathā vimuttikathā vimuttiñāṇadassanakathā, evarūpāya kathāya nikāmalābhī akicchalābhī akasiralābhī. ;;;Furthermore, the Buddha gets to take part in talk about self-effacement that helps open the heart, when he wants, without trouble or difficulty. That is, talk about fewness of wishes, contentment, seclusion, aloofness, arousing energy, ethics, immersion, wisdom, freedom, and the knowledge and vision of freedom. 
;;;Yampi, bhante, bhagavā yāyaṁ kathā abhisallekhikā cetovivaraṇasappāyā, seyyathidaṁ—appicchakathā …pe… vimuttiñāṇadassanakathā, evarūpāya kathāya nikāmalābhī akicchalābhī akasiralābhī, idampi kho ahaṁ, bhante, atthavasaṁ sampassamāno bhagavati evarūpaṁ paramanipaccakāraṁ karomi, mettūpahāraṁ upadaṁsemi. 
;;;This is another reason that I demonstrate such utmost devotion for the Buddha, conveying my manifest love. 
;;;

an10.30
an10.39#3.5

Saṅghaṁ samaggaṁ bhinditvā, ;;;After causing schism in a harmonious Saṅgha, 
;;;

an10.39
an10.48#12.1

‘Atthi nu kho me uttari manussadhammo alamariyañāṇadassanaviseso adhigato, yenāhaṁ pacchime kāle sabrahmacārīhi puṭṭho na maṅku bhavissāmī’ti pabbajitena abhiṇhaṁ paccavekkhitabbaṁ. ;;;‘Do I have any superhuman distinctions in knowledge and vision worthy of the noble ones, so that when my spiritual companions question me on my deathbed I will not be embarrassed?’ 
;;;

an10.48
an10.49#1.3

Sītaṁ, uṇhaṁ, jighacchā, pipāsā, uccāro, passāvo, kāyasaṁvaro, vacīsaṁvaro, ājīvasaṁvaro, ponobhaviko bhavasaṅkhāro— ;;;Cold, heat, hunger, thirst, feces, urine, restraint of body, speech, and livelihood, and the will to live that leads to future lives. 
;;;

an10.49
an10.50#2.1

Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena upaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the assembly hall. He sat down on the seat spread out, 
;;;Dasayime, bhikkhave, dhammā sāraṇīyā piyakaraṇā garukaraṇā saṅgahāya avivādāya sāmaggiyā ekībhāvāya saṁvattanti. 
;;;There are ten warm-hearted qualities that make for fondness and respect, conducing to inclusion, harmony, and unity, without quarreling. 
;;;

an10.50
an10.51#2.1

“No ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhu paracittapariyāyakusalo hoti, atha ‘sacittapariyāyakusalo bhavissāmī’ti— ;;;“Mendicants, if a mendicant isn’t skilled in the ways of another’s mind, then they should train themselves: ‘I will be skilled in the ways of my own mind.’ 
;;;

an10.51
an10.55#1.2

“āvuso bhikkhave”ti. ;;;“Reverends, mendicants!” 
;;;

an10.55
an10.57#1.3

Aniccasaññā, anattasaññā, maraṇasaññā, āhāre paṭikūlasaññā, sabbaloke anabhiratasaññā, aṭṭhikasaññā, puḷavakasaññā, vinīlakasaññā, vicchiddakasaññā, uddhumātakasaññā— ;;;The perceptions of impermanence, not-self, death, repulsiveness of food, dissatisfaction with the whole world, a skeleton, a worm-infested corpse, a livid corpse, a split open corpse, and a bloated corpse. 
;;;

an10.57
an10.60#7.4

cakkhurogo sotarogo ghānarogo jivhārogo kāyarogo sīsarogo kaṇṇarogo mukharogo dantarogo oṭṭharogo kāso sāso pināso ḍāho jaro kucchirogo mucchā pakkhandikā sūlā visūcikā kuṭṭhaṁ gaṇḍo kilāso soso apamāro daddu kaṇḍu kacchu nakhasā vitacchikā lohitaṁ pittaṁ madhumeho aṁsā piḷakā bhagandalā pittasamuṭṭhānā ābādhā semhasamuṭṭhānā ābādhā vātasamuṭṭhānā ābādhā sannipātikā ābādhā utupariṇāmajā ābādhā visamaparihārajā ābādhā opakkamikā ābādhā kammavipākajā ābādhā sītaṁ uṇhaṁ jighacchā pipāsā uccāro passāvo’ti. ;;;Diseases of the eye, inner ear, nose, tongue, body, head, outer ear, mouth, teeth, and lips. Cough, asthma, catarrh, inflammation, fever, stomach ache, fainting, dysentery, gastric pain, cholera, leprosy, boils, eczema, tuberculosis, epilepsy, herpes, itch, scabs, smallpox, scabies, hemorrhage, diabetes, piles, pimples, and ulcers. Afflictions stemming from disorders of bile, phlegm, wind, or their conjunction. Afflictions caused by change in weather, by not taking care of yourself, by overexertion, or as the result of past deeds. Cold, heat, hunger, thirst, defecation, and urination.’ 
;;;Idhānanda, bhikkhu araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;It’s when a mendicant has gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut, sits down cross-legged, sets their body straight, and establishes mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;

an10.60
an10.61#2.1

Avijjampāhaṁ, bhikkhave, sāhāraṁ vadāmi, no anāhāraṁ. ;;;I say that ignorance is fueled by something, it’s not unfueled. 
;;;Pañcapāhaṁ, bhikkhave, nīvaraṇe sāhāre vadāmi, no anāhāre. 
;;;I say that the five hindrances are fueled by something, they’re not unfueled. 
;;;Tīṇipāhaṁ, bhikkhave, duccaritāni sāhārāni vadāmi, no anāhārāni. 
;;;I say that the three kinds of misconduct are fueled by something, they’re not unfueled. 
;;;Indriyaasaṁvarampāhaṁ, bhikkhave, sāhāraṁ vadāmi, no anāhāraṁ. 
;;;I say that lack of sense restraint is fueled by something, it’s not unfueled. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, uparipabbate thullaphusitake deve vassante (…) taṁ udakaṁ yathāninnaṁ pavattamānaṁ pabbatakandarapadarasākhā paripūreti, pabbatakandarapadarasākhā paripūrā kusobbhe paripūrenti. Kusobbhā paripūrā mahāsobbhe paripūrenti, mahāsobbhā paripūrā kunnadiyo paripūrenti, kunnadiyo paripūrā mahānadiyo paripūrenti, mahānadiyo paripūrā mahāsamuddaṁ sāgaraṁ paripūrenti; 
;;;It’s like when the heavens rain heavily on a mountain top, and the water flows downhill to fill the hollows, crevices, and creeks. As they become full, they fill up the pools. The pools fill up the lakes, the lakes fill up the streams, and the streams fill up the rivers. And as the rivers become full, they fill up the ocean. 
;;;

an10.61
an10.67#2.1

“Vigatathinamiddho kho, sāriputta, bhikkhusaṅgho. ;;;“Sāriputta, the Saṅgha of mendicants is rid of dullness and drowsiness. 
;;;“Yassa kassaci, āvuso, saddhā natthi kusalesu dhammesu, hirī natthi … 
;;;“Reverends, whoever has no faith, conscience, prudence, energy, and wisdom when it comes to skillful qualities 
;;;vīriyaṁ natthi … 
;;; 
;;;‘Assaddho purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, parihānametaṁ; 
;;;A faithless individual is in decline. 
;;;‘ahiriko purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, parihānametaṁ; 
;;;An individual with no conscience is in decline. 
;;;‘anottappī purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, parihānametaṁ; 
;;;An imprudent individual is in decline. 
;;;‘kusīto purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, parihānametaṁ; 
;;;A lazy individual is in decline. 
;;;‘duppañño purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, parihānametaṁ; 
;;;A witless individual is in decline. 
;;;‘kodhano purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, parihānametaṁ; 
;;;An irritable individual is in decline. 
;;;‘upanāhī purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, parihānametaṁ; 
;;;An acrimonious individual is in decline. 
;;;‘pāpiccho purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, parihānametaṁ; 
;;;An individual with corrupt wishes is in decline. 
;;;‘pāpamitto purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, parihānametaṁ; 
;;;An individual with bad friends is in decline. 
;;;‘micchādiṭṭhiko purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, parihānametaṁ. 
;;;An individual with wrong view is in decline. 
;;;‘Saddho purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, aparihānametaṁ; 
;;;A faithful individual doesn’t decline. 
;;;‘hirīmā purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, aparihānametaṁ; 
;;;An individual with a conscience doesn’t decline. 
;;;‘ottappī purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, aparihānametaṁ; 
;;;A prudent individual doesn’t decline. 
;;;‘āraddhavīriyo purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, aparihānametaṁ; 
;;;An energetic individual doesn’t decline. 
;;;‘paññavā purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, aparihānametaṁ; 
;;;A wise individual doesn’t decline. 
;;;‘akkodhano purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, aparihānametaṁ; 
;;;A loving individual doesn’t decline. 
;;;‘anupanāhī purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, aparihānametaṁ; 
;;;A kind individual doesn’t decline. 
;;;‘appiccho purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, aparihānametaṁ; 
;;;An individual with few desires doesn’t decline. 
;;;‘kalyāṇamitto purisapuggalo’ti, āvuso, aparihānametaṁ; 
;;;An individual with good friends doesn’t decline. 
;;;‘Assaddho purisapuggalo’ti, sāriputta, parihānametaṁ; 
;;;A faithless individual is in decline. 
;;;‘micchādiṭṭhiko purisapuggalo’ti, sāriputta, parihānametaṁ. 
;;;An individual with wrong view is in decline. 
;;;‘Saddho purisapuggalo’ti, sāriputta, aparihānametaṁ; 
;;;A faithful individual doesn’t decline. 
;;;

an10.67
an10.69#2.1

Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena upaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the assembly hall, where he sat on the seat spread out 
;;;

an10.69
an10.71#6.1

Ākaṅkheyya ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ‘ye me petā ñātī sālohitā kālaṅkatā pasannacittā anussaranti tesaṁ taṁ mahapphalaṁ assa mahānisaṁsan’ti, sīlesvevassa …pe… brūhetā suññāgārānaṁ. ;;;A mendicant might wish: ‘When deceased family and relatives who have passed away recollect me with a confident mind, may this be very fruitful and beneficial for them.’ So let them fulfill their precepts … 
;;;Ākaṅkheyya ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ‘khamo assaṁ sītassa uṇhassa jighacchāya pipāsāya ḍaṁsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassānaṁ, duruttānaṁ durāgatānaṁ vacanapathānaṁ uppannānaṁ sārīrikānaṁ vedanānaṁ dukkhānaṁ tibbānaṁ kharānaṁ kaṭukānaṁ asātānaṁ amanāpānaṁ pāṇaharānaṁ adhivāsakajātiko assan’ti, sīlesvevassa …pe… brūhetā suññāgārānaṁ. 
;;;A mendicant might wish: ‘May I endure cold, heat, hunger, and thirst. May I endure the touch of flies, mosquitoes, wind, sun, and reptiles. May I endure rude and unwelcome criticism. And may I put up with physical pain—sharp, severe, acute, unpleasant, disagreeable, and life-threatening.’ So let them fulfill their precepts … 
;;;

an10.71
an10.72#1.2

āyasmatā ca cālena, āyasmatā ca upacālena, āyasmatā ca kukkuṭena, āyasmatā ca kaḷimbhena, āyasmatā ca nikaṭena, āyasmatā ca kaṭissahena; ;;;They included Venerables Cāla, Upacāla, Kakkaṭa, Kaṭimbha, Kaṭa, Kaṭissaṅga, 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā abhiññātā abhiññātā licchavī bhadrehi bhadrehi yānehi parapurāya uccāsaddā mahāsaddā mahāvanaṁ ajjhogāhanti bhagavantaṁ dassanāya. 
;;;Now at that time several well-known Licchavis plunged deep into the Great Wood to see the Buddha. Driving a succession of fine carriages, they made a dreadful racket. 
;;;Tattha mayaṁ appasaddā appākiṇṇā phāsuṁ vihareyyāmā”ti. 
;;;There we can meditate comfortably, free of noise and crowds.” 
;;;

an10.72
an10.75#8.1

“Kā cānanda, migasālā upāsikā bālā abyattā ammakā ammakapaññā, ke ca purisapuggalaparopariye ñāṇe? ;;;“Ānanda, who is this laywoman Migasālā, a foolish incompetent aunty, with an aunty’s wit? And who is it that knows how to assess individuals? 
;;;Tassa savanenapi kataṁ hoti, bāhusaccenapi kataṁ hoti, diṭṭhiyāpi paṭividdhaṁ hoti, sāmāyikampi vimuttiṁ labhati. 
;;;And they have listened and learned and comprehended theoretically and found at least temporary freedom. 
;;;Ahaṁ vā, ānanda, puggalesu pamāṇaṁ gaṇheyyaṁ yo vā panassa mādiso. 
;;;I, or someone like me, may pass judgment on people. 
;;;

an10.75
an10.76#6.3

Ariyānaṁ adassanakamyataṁ appahāya, ariyadhammassa asotukamyataṁ appahāya, upārambhacittataṁ appahāya— ;;;Not wanting to see the noble ones, not wanting to hear the teaching of the noble ones, and a fault-finding mind. 
;;;

an10.76
an10.81#1.2

Atha kho āyasmā vāhano yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā vāhano bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: ;;;Then Venerable Bāhuna went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him: 
;;;

an10.81
an10.83#4.3

Imehi kho, puṇṇiya, dasahi dhammehi samannāgatā ekantapaṭibhānā tathāgataṁ dhammadesanā hotī”ti. ;;;When someone has these ten qualities, the Realized One feels totally inspired to teach.” 
;;;

an10.83
an10.84#1.1

Tatra kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhikkhū āmantesi: ;;;There Venerable Mahāmoggallāna addressed the mendicants: 
;;;“Āvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa paccassosuṁ. 
;;;“Reverend,” they replied. 
;;;Āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca: 
;;;Venerable Mahāmoggallāna said this: 
;;;Kodhapariyuṭṭhānaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;;But being full of anger means decline in the teaching and training proclaimed by the Realized One. 
;;;Upanāhapariyuṭṭhānaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;Makkhapariyuṭṭhānaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;Paḷāsapariyuṭṭhānaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;Issāpariyuṭṭhānaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;Maccherapariyuṭṭhānaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;Sāṭheyyapariyuṭṭhānaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;Māyāpariyuṭṭhānaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;Icchāpariyuṭṭhānaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;;But being full of desire means decline in the teaching and training proclaimed by the Realized One. 
;;;Sati kho pana ayamāyasmā uttari karaṇīye oramattakena visesādhigamena antarā vosānaṁ āpanno. 
;;;When there is still more to be done, this venerable stopped half-way after achieving some insignificant distinction. 
;;;Antarā vosānagamanaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ’. 
;;;But stopping half-way means decline in the teaching and training proclaimed by the Realized One.’ 
;;;

an10.84
an10.85#6.3

Dussilyaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. ;;;and unethical conduct means decline in the teaching and training proclaimed by the Realized One. 
;;;assaddhiyaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;;and lack of faith means decline … 
;;;appasaccaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;;and lack of learning means decline … 
;;;dovacassatā kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;;and being hard to admonish means decline … 
;;;pāpamittatā kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;;and bad friends mean decline … 
;;;kosajjaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;;and laziness means decline … 
;;;muṭṭhassaccaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;;and unmindfulness means decline … 
;;;kohaññaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;;and deceitfulness means decline … 
;;;dubbharatā kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;;and being burdensome means decline … 
;;;duppaññatā kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ’. 
;;;and lack of wisdom means decline in the teaching and training proclaimed by the Realized One.’ 
;;;‘yadā te, samma, dhanena dhanakaraṇīyaṁ assa, yāceyyāsi maṁ dhanaṁ. Dassāmi te dhanan’ti. 
;;;‘My dear friend, when you need money for some payment, just ask me and I’ll give it.’ 
;;;dussilyaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;;and unethical conduct means decline in the teaching and training proclaimed by the Realized One. 
;;;assaddhiyaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;appasaccaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;dovacassatā kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;pāpamittatā kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;kosajjaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;muṭṭhassaccaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;kohaññaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;dubbharatā kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;duppaññatā kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ’. 
;;;and lack of wisdom means decline in the teaching and training proclaimed by the Realized One.’ 
;;;

an10.85
an10.86#10.3

Abhijjhāpariyuṭṭhānaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. ;;;Being full of covetousness means decline in the teaching and training proclaimed by the Realized One. 
;;;Byāpādapariyuṭṭhānaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;Thinamiddhapariyuṭṭhānaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;Uddhaccapariyuṭṭhānaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;Vicikicchāpariyuṭṭhānaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;Kammārāmatā kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;Bhassārāmatā kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;Niddārāmatā kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;Saṅgaṇikārāmatā kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;Antarā vosānagamanaṁ kho pana tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye parihānametaṁ’. 
;;;Stopping half-way means decline in the teaching and training proclaimed by the Realized One.’ 
;;;

an10.86
an10.87#1.1

Tatra kho bhagavā kālaṅkataṁ bhikkhuṁ ārabbha bhikkhū āmantesi: ;;;There the Buddha addressed the mendicants concerning the mendicant Kalandaka: 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na paṭisallīno hoti, paṭisallānassa na vaṇṇavādī. 
;;;Furthermore, a mendicant is not in retreat, and doesn’t praise retreat. … 
;;;Yampi, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na paṭisallīno hoti paṭisallānassa na vaṇṇavādī, ayampi dhammo na piyatāya na garutāya na bhāvanāya na sāmaññāya na ekībhāvāya saṁvattati. 
;;; 
;;;‘aho vata maṁ sabrahmacārī sakkareyyuṁ garuṁ kareyyuṁ māneyyuṁ pūjeyyun’ti, atha kho naṁ sabrahmacārī na ceva sakkaronti na garuṁ karonti na mānenti na pūjenti. 
;;;‘If only my spiritual companions would honor, respect, esteem, and venerate me!’ Still they don’t honor, respect, esteem, and venerate them. 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu paṭisallīno hoti, paṭisallānassa vaṇṇavādī. 
;;;Furthermore, a mendicant is in retreat, and praises retreat. … 
;;;Yampi, bhikkhave, bhikkhu paṭisallīno hoti paṭisallānassa vaṇṇavādī, ayampi dhammo …pe… ekībhāvāya saṁvattati. 
;;; 
;;;

an10.87
an10.88#1.1

“Yo so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu akkosakaparibhāsako ariyūpavādī sabrahmacārīnaṁ ṭhānametaṁ avakāso yaṁ so dasannaṁ byasanānaṁ aññataraṁ byasanaṁ nigaccheyya. ;;;“Mendicants, any mendicant who abuses and insults their spiritual companions, speaking ill of the noble ones, will, without a doubt, fall into one or other of these ten disasters. 
;;;

an10.88
an10.89#1.2

“pāpicchā, bhante, sāriputtamoggallānā, pāpikānaṁ icchānaṁ vasaṁ gatā”ti. ;;;“Sir, Sāriputta and Moggallāna have corrupt wishes. They’ve fallen under the sway of corrupt wishes.” 
;;;Pasādehi, kokālika, sāriputtamoggallānesu cittaṁ. 
;;;Have confidence in Sāriputta and Moggallāna, 
;;;Pesalā sāriputtamoggallānā”ti. 
;;;they’re good monks.” 
;;;“kiñcāpi me, bhante, bhagavā saddhāyiko paccayiko, atha kho pāpicchāva sāriputtamoggallānā, pāpikānaṁ icchānaṁ vasaṁ gatā”ti. 
;;;“Despite my faith and trust in the Buddha, Sāriputta and Moggallāna have corrupt wishes. They’ve fallen under the sway of corrupt wishes.” 
;;;Pasādehi, kokālika, sāriputtamoggallānesu cittaṁ. 
;;;Have confidence in Sāriputta and Moggallāna, 
;;;Pesalā sāriputtamoggallānā”ti. 
;;;they’re good monks.” 
;;;“kiñcāpi me, bhante, bhagavā saddhāyiko paccayiko, atha kho pāpicchāva sāriputtamoggallānā, pāpikānaṁ icchānaṁ vasaṁ gatā”ti. 
;;;“Despite my faith and trust in the Buddha, Sāriputta and Moggallāna have corrupt wishes. They’ve fallen under the sway of corrupt wishes.” 
;;;Pasādehi, kokālika, sāriputtamoggallānesu cittaṁ. 
;;;Have confidence in Sāriputta and Moggallāna, 
;;;Pesalā sāriputtamoggallānā”ti. 
;;;they’re good monks.” 
;;;Atha kho turū paccekabrahmā yena kokāliko bhikkhu tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā vehāse ṭhatvā kokālikaṁ bhikkhuṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then Tudu the independent divinity went to Kokālika, and standing in the air he said to him, 
;;;“pasādehi, kokālika, sāriputtamoggallānesu cittaṁ. 
;;;“Kokālika, have confidence in Sāriputta and Moggallāna, 
;;;Pesalā sāriputtamoggallānā”ti. 
;;;they’re good monks.” 
;;;Kālaṅkato ca kokāliko bhikkhu padumaṁ nirayaṁ upapajjati sāriputtamoggallānesu cittaṁ āghātetvā. 
;;;He was reborn in the Pink Lotus hell because of his resentment for Sāriputta and Moggallāna. 
;;;Kālaṅkato ca, bhante, kokāliko bhikkhu padumaṁ nirayaṁ upapanno sāriputtamoggallānesu cittaṁ āghātetvā”ti. 
;;;He was reborn in the pink lotus hell because of his resentment for Sāriputta and Moggallāna.” 
;;;kālaṅkato ca, bhante, kokāliko bhikkhu padumaṁ nirayaṁ upapanno sāriputtamoggallānesu cittaṁ āghātetvā’ti. 
;;; 
;;;Padumaṁ kho pana, bhikkhu, nirayaṁ kokāliko bhikkhu upapanno sāriputtamoggallānesu cittaṁ āghātetvā”ti. 
;;;The mendicant Kokālika has been reborn in the Pink Lotus hell because of his resentment for Sāriputta and Moggallāna.” 
;;;

an10.89
an10.91#0.2

10. Upālivagga ;;;10. With Upāli 
;;;adhammena bhoge pariyesitvā sāhasena na attānaṁ sukheti na pīṇeti na saṁvibhajati na puññāni karoti. 
;;;They don’t make themselves happy and pleased, nor share it and make merit. 
;;;

an10.91
an10.92#3.2

Yaṁ, gahapati, pāṇātipātī pāṇātipātapaccayā diṭṭhadhammikampi bhayaṁ veraṁ pasavati samparāyikampi bhayaṁ veraṁ pasavati cetasikampi dukkhaṁ domanassaṁ paṭisaṁvedeti, pāṇātipātā paṭivirato neva diṭṭhadhammikampi bhayaṁ veraṁ pasavati na samparāyikampi bhayaṁ veraṁ pasavati na cetasikampi dukkhaṁ domanassaṁ paṭisaṁvedeti. ;;;Anyone who kills living creatures creates dangers and threats both in the present life and in lives to come, and experiences mental pain and sadness. Anyone who refrains from killing living creatures creates no dangers and threats either in the present life or in lives to come, and doesn’t experience mental pain and sadness. 
;;;

an10.92
an10.93#1.5

Paṭisallīno bhagavā. ;;;as he’s in retreat. 
;;;Paṭisallīnā manobhāvanīyā bhikkhū. 
;;;as they’re in retreat. 
;;;Yaṁ dukkhaṁ tadeveso āyasmā allīno, tadeveso āyasmā ajjhupagato. 
;;;What he clings to and holds to is just suffering. 
;;;Yaṁ dukkhaṁ tadeveso āyasmā allīno, tadeveso āyasmā ajjhupagato. 
;;;What he clings to and holds to is just suffering. 
;;;Yaṁ dukkhaṁ tadeveso āyasmā allīno, tadeveso āyasmā ajjhupagato”ti. 
;;;What he clings to and holds to is just suffering.” 
;;;Yaṁ dukkhaṁ tadeva tvaṁ, gahapati, allīno, tadeva tvaṁ, gahapati, ajjhupagato”ti. 
;;;What you cling to and hold to is just suffering.” 
;;;Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati te paribbājake tuṇhībhūte maṅkubhūte pattakkhandhe adhomukhe pajjhāyante appaṭibhāne viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati yāvatako ahosi tehi aññatitthiyehi paribbājakehi saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi. 
;;;Seeing this, Anāthapiṇḍika got up from his seat. He went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and informed the Buddha of all they had discussed. 
;;;“yopi so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vassasatupasampanno imasmiṁ dhammavinaye, sopi evamevaṁ aññatitthiye paribbājake sahadhammena suniggahitaṁ niggaṇheyya yathā taṁ anāthapiṇḍikena gahapatinā niggahitā”ti. 
;;;“Mendicants, even a mendicant who has ordained for a hundred years in this teaching and training would legitimately and completely refute those wanderers of other religions just as the householder Anāthapiṇḍika did.” 
;;;

an10.93
an10.94#1.5

Paṭisallīno bhagavā. ;;;as he’s in retreat. 
;;;Paṭisallīnā manobhāvanīyāpi bhikkhū. 
;;;as they’re in retreat. 
;;;Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho vajjiyamāhito gahapati yāvatako ahosi tehi aññatitthiyehi paribbājakehi saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi. 
;;;and informed the Buddha of all they had discussed. 
;;;

an10.94
an10.95#8.1

“Yaṁ panetaṁ bhavaṁ gotamo abhiññāya sāvakānaṁ dhammaṁ desesi sattānaṁ visuddhiyā sokaparidevānaṁ samatikkamāya dukkhadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamāya ñāyassa adhigamāya nibbānassa sacchikiriyāya, sabbo vā tena loko nīyati upaḍḍho vā tibhāgo vā”ti? ;;;“But when Mister Gotama teaches in this way, is the whole world saved, or half, or a third?” 
;;;Seyyathāpi, āvuso uttiya, rañño paccantimaṁ nagaraṁ daḷhuddhāpaṁ daḷhapākāratoraṇaṁ ekadvāraṁ. 
;;;Suppose there was a king’s frontier citadel with fortified embankments, ramparts, and arches, and a single gate. 
;;;Yadeva kho tvaṁ, āvuso uttiya, bhagavantaṁ pañhaṁ apucchi tadevetaṁ pañhaṁ bhagavantaṁ aññena pariyāyena apucchi. 
;;;Uttiya, you were just asking the Buddha the same question as before in a different way. 
;;;

an10.95
an10.96#5.1

“Kiṁ nu kho, bho, ‘sassato loko, idameva saccaṁ moghamaññan’ti—evaṁdiṭṭhi bhavan”ti? ;;;“Is this your view: ‘The cosmos is eternal. This is the only truth, anything else is futile’?” 
;;;Yāvatā, āvuso, diṭṭhi yāvatā diṭṭhiṭṭhānaṁ diṭṭhiadhiṭṭhānaṁ diṭṭhipariyuṭṭhānaṁ diṭṭhisamuṭṭhānaṁ diṭṭhisamugghāto, tamahaṁ jānāmi tamahaṁ passāmi. 
;;;I know and see the scope of convictions, the scope of grounds for views, fixation on views, obsession with views, the origin of views, and the uprooting of views. 
;;;

an10.96
an10.97#6.1

Anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhoti—ekopi hutvā bahudhā hoti; bahudhāpi hutvā eko hoti; āvibhāvaṁ, tirobhāvaṁ; tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamāno gacchati, seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ karoti, seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gacchati, seyyathāpi pathaviyaṁ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kamati, seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve pāṇinā parāmasati parimajjati, yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vatteti. ;;;They wield the many kinds of psychic power: multiplying themselves and becoming one again; appearing and disappearing; going unobstructed through a wall, a rampart, or a mountain as if through space; diving in and out of the earth as if it were water; walking on water as if it were earth; flying cross-legged through the sky like a bird; touching and stroking with the hand the sun and moon, so mighty and powerful. They control the body as far as the realm of divinity. 
;;;

an10.97
an10.99#2.6

‘saṁsīdissati vā uplavissati vā’ti. ;;;they’ll sink down or float away. 
;;;Kaṇṇasandhovikampi khiḍḍaṁ kīḷitvā piṭṭhisandhovikampi khiḍḍaṁ kīḷitvā nhatvā ca pivitvā ca paccuttaritvā yena kāmaṁ pakkameyyan’ti. 
;;;When I’ve bathed and drunk, I’ll emerge from the water and go wherever I want.’ 
;;;yāni kānici kumārakānaṁ kīḷāpanakāni bhavanti, seyyathidaṁ—vaṅkakaṁ ghaṭikaṁ mokkhacikaṁ ciṅgulakaṁ pattāḷhakaṁ rathakaṁ dhanukaṁ, tehi kīḷati. 
;;;He accordingly plays childish games such as toy plows, tip-cat, somersaults, pinwheels, toy measures, toy carts, and toy bows. 
;;;“Idha kho pana vo, upāli, tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā. 
;;;“But then a Realized One arises in the world, perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed. 
;;;So araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;Gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut, they sit down cross-legged, set their body straight, and establish mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;

an10.99
an10.101#2.2

Santatakārī hoti santatavutti sīlesu, anabhijjhālu hoti, abyāpajjo hoti, anatimānī hoti, sikkhākāmo hoti, “idamatthan”tissa hoti jīvitaparikkhāresu, āraddhavīriyo ca viharati. ;;;Their deeds and behavior are always consistent with the precepts. They’re content, kind-hearted, and humble. They want to train. They use the necessities of life after reflecting on their purpose. They’re energetic. 
;;;

an10.101
an10.104#1.4

Diṭṭhi hissa, bhikkhave, pāpikā. ;;;Because their view is bad. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, nimbabījaṁ vā kosātakibījaṁ vā tittakālābubījaṁ vā allāya pathaviyā nikkhittaṁ yañceva pathavirasaṁ upādiyati yañca āporasaṁ upādiyati, sabbaṁ taṁ tittakattāya kaṭukattāya asātattāya saṁvattati. 
;;;Suppose a seed of neem, angled gourd, or bitter gourd was planted in moist earth. Whatever nutrients it takes up from the earth and water would lead to its bitter, acerbic, and unpleasant taste. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, ucchubījaṁ vā sālibījaṁ vā muddikābījaṁ vā allāya pathaviyā nikkhittaṁ yañca pathavirasaṁ upādiyati yañca āporasaṁ upādiyati sabbaṁ taṁ sātattāya madhurattāya asecanakattāya saṁvattati. 
;;;Suppose a seed of sugar cane, fine rice, or grape was planted in moist earth. Whatever nutrients it takes up from the earth and water would lead to its sweet, pleasant, and delicious taste. 
;;;

an10.104
an10.107#3.1

“Katamañca taṁ, bhikkhave, ariyaṁ dhovanaṁ, yaṁ dhovanaṁ ekantanibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṁvattati, yaṁ dhovanaṁ āgamma jātidhammā sattā jātiyā parimuccanti, jarādhammā sattā jarāya parimuccanti, maraṇadhammā sattā maraṇena parimuccanti, sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsadhammā sattā sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsehi parimuccanti? ;;;“And what is that noble washing? 
;;;

an10.107
an10.115#3.4

Yannūna mayaṁ yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkameyyāma; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etamatthaṁ paṭipuccheyyāma. ;;;Let’s go to him, and ask him about this matter. 
;;;Yathā vo bhagavā byākaroti tathā naṁ dhāreyyāthā”ti. 
;;;You should remember it in line with the Buddha’s answer.” 
;;;

an10.115
an10.119#1.1

Tena kho pana samayena jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo tadahuposathe sīsaṁnhāto navaṁ khomayugaṁ nivattho allakusamuṭṭhiṁ ādāya bhagavato avidūre ekamantaṁ ṭhito hoti. ;;;Now, at that time it was the sabbath. The brahmin Jānussoṇi had bathed his head and dressed in a new pair of linen robes. Holding a handful of fresh grass, he stood to one side not far from the Buddha. 
;;;Addasā kho bhagavā jāṇussoṇiṁ brāhmaṇaṁ tadahuposathe sīsaṁnhātaṁ navaṁ khomayugaṁ nivatthaṁ allakusamuṭṭhiṁ ādāya ekamantaṁ ṭhitaṁ. 
;;;The Buddha saw him, 
;;;“kiṁ nu tvaṁ, brāhmaṇa, tadahuposathe sīsaṁnhāto navaṁ khomayugaṁ nivattho allakusamuṭṭhiṁ ādāya ekamantaṁ ṭhito? 
;;;“Brahmin, why have you bathed your head and dressed in a new pair of linen robes? Why are you standing to one side holding a handful of fresh grass? 
;;;Kiṁ nvajja brāhmaṇakulassā”ti? 
;;;What’s going on today with the brahmin clan?” 
;;;“Idha, bho gotama, brāhmaṇā tadahuposathe sīsaṁnhātā navaṁ khomayugaṁ nivatthā allena gomayena pathaviṁ opuñjitvā haritehi kusehi pattharitvā antarā ca velaṁ antarā ca agyāgāraṁ seyyaṁ kappenti. 
;;;“Well, Mister Gotama, on the sabbath the brahmins bathe their heads and dress in a new pair of linen robes. They make a heap of fresh cow dung and spread it with green grass. Then they make their beds between the boundary and the fire chamber. 
;;;

an10.119
an10.123#0.2

13. Parisuddhavagga ;;;13. Purified 
;;;

an10.123
an10.145#0.2

15. Ariyavagga ;;;15. The Noble Path 
;;;

an10.145
an10.167#1.1

Tena kho pana samayena jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo tadahuposathe sīsaṁnhāto navaṁ khomayugaṁ nivattho allakusamuṭṭhiṁ ādāya bhagavato avidūre ekamantaṁ ṭhito hoti. ;;;Now, at that time it was the sabbath. The brahmin Jānussoṇi had bathed his head and dressed in a new pair of linen robes. Holding a handful of fresh grass, he stood to one side not far from the Buddha. 
;;;Addasā kho bhagavā jāṇussoṇiṁ brāhmaṇaṁ tadahuposathe sīsaṁnhātaṁ navaṁ khomayugaṁ nivatthaṁ allakusamuṭṭhiṁ ādāya ekamantaṁ ṭhitaṁ. 
;;;The Buddha saw him, 
;;;“kiṁ nu tvaṁ, brāhmaṇa, tadahuposathe sīsaṁnhāto navaṁ khomayugaṁ nivattho allakusamuṭṭhiṁ ādāya ekamantaṁ ṭhito? 
;;;“Brahmin, why have you bathed your head and dressed in a new pair of linen robes? Why are you standing to one side holding a handful of fresh grass? 
;;;“Idha, bho gotama, brāhmaṇā tadahuposathe sīsaṁnhātā navaṁ khomayugaṁ nivatthā allena gomayena pathaviṁ opuñjitvā haritehi kusehi pattharitvā antarā ca velaṁ antarā ca agyāgāraṁ seyyaṁ kappenti. 
;;;“Well, Mister Gotama, on the sabbath the brahmins bathe their heads and dress in a new pair of linen robes. They make a heap of fresh cow dung and spread it with green grass. Then they make their beds between the boundary and the fire chamber. 
;;;

an10.167
an10.175#1.11

Byāpannacittassa, bhikkhave, abyāpādo parikkamanaṁ hoti. ;;;Good will bypasses ill will. 
;;;

an10.175
an10.176#1.5

“Brāhmaṇā, bhante, pacchābhūmakā kamaṇḍalukā sevālamālikā aggiparicārikā udakorohakā soceyyāni paññapenti; tesāhaṁ soceyyāni rocemī”ti. ;;;“Sir, I believe in the purity advocated by the western brahmins draped with moss who carry pitchers, serve the sacred flame, and immerse themselves in water.” 
;;;“Idha, bhante, brāhmaṇā pacchābhūmakā kamaṇḍalukā sevālamālikā aggiparicārikā udakorohakā. Te sāvakaṁ evaṁ samādapenti: 
;;;“The western brahmins encourage their disciples like this: 
;;;‘ehi tvaṁ, ambho purisa, kālasseva uṭṭhahantova sayanamhā pathaviṁ āmaseyyāsi; 
;;;‘Please, good people, rising early you should stroke the earth from your bed. 
;;;no ce pathaviṁ āmaseyyāsi, allāni gomayāni āmaseyyāsi; 
;;;If you don’t stroke the earth, stroke fresh cow dung. 
;;;no ce allāni gomayāni āmaseyyāsi, haritāni tiṇāni āmaseyyāsi; 
;;;If you don’t stroke fresh cow dung, stroke green grass. 
;;;Idha, cunda, ekacco pāṇātipātī hoti luddo lohitapāṇi hatapahate niviṭṭho adayāpanno sabbapāṇabhūtesu. 
;;;It’s when a certain person kills living creatures. They’re violent, bloody-handed, a hardened killer, merciless to living beings. 
;;;Kāmesumicchācārī hoti. Yā tā māturakkhitā piturakkhitā mātāpiturakkhitā bhāturakkhitā bhaginirakkhitā ñātirakkhitā gottarakkhitā dhammarakkhitā sasāmikā saparidaṇḍā antamaso mālāguḷaparikkhittāpi, tathārūpāsu cārittaṁ āpajjitā hoti. 
;;;They commit sexual misconduct. They have sexual relations with women who have their mother, father, both mother and father, brother, sister, relatives, or clan as guardian. They have sexual relations with a woman who is protected on principle, or who has a husband, or whose violation is punishable by law, or even one who has been garlanded as a token of betrothal. 
;;;Idha, cunda, ekacco abhijjhālu hoti. Yaṁ taṁ parassa paravittūpakaraṇaṁ taṁ abhijjhātā hoti: ‘aho vata yaṁ parassa taṁ mamassā’ti. 
;;;It’s when a certain person is covetous. They covet the wealth and belongings of others: ‘Oh, if only their belongings were mine!’ 
;;;‘natthi dinnaṁ, natthi yiṭṭhaṁ, natthi hutaṁ, natthi sukaṭadukkaṭānaṁ kammānaṁ phalaṁ vipāko, natthi ayaṁ loko, natthi paro loko, natthi mātā, natthi pitā, natthi sattā opapātikā, natthi loke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sammaggatā sammāpaṭipannā ye imañca lokaṁ parañca lokaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedentī’ti. 
;;;‘There’s no meaning in giving, sacrifice, or offerings. There’s no fruit or result of good and bad deeds. There’s no afterlife. There’s no such thing as mother and father, or beings that are reborn spontaneously. And there’s no ascetic or brahmin who is rightly comported and rightly practiced, and who describes the afterlife after realizing it with their own insight.’ 
;;;Allāni cepi gomayāni āmasati, asuciyeva hoti; no cepi allāni gomayāni āmasati, asuciyeva hoti. 
;;;Whether or not you stroke fresh cow dung, you’re still impure. 
;;;Ime, cunda, dasa akusalakammapathā asucīyeva honti asucikaraṇā ca. 
;;;These ten ways of doing unskillful deeds are impure and make things impure. 
;;;Imesaṁ pana, cunda, dasannaṁ akusalānaṁ kammapathānaṁ samannāgamanahetu nirayo paññāyati, tiracchānayoni paññāyati, pettivisayo paññāyati, yā vā panaññāpi kāci duggatiyo. 
;;;It’s because of those who do these ten kinds of unskillful deeds that hell, the animal realm, the ghost realm, or any other bad places are found. 
;;;Allāni cepi gomayāni āmasati, suciyeva hoti; no cepi allāni gomayāni āmasati, suciyeva hoti. 
;;;Whether or not you stroke fresh cow dung, you’re still pure. 
;;;Imesaṁ pana, cunda, dasannaṁ kusalānaṁ kammapathānaṁ samannāgamanahetu devā paññāyanti, manussā paññāyanti, yā vā panaññāpi kāci sugatiyo”ti. 
;;;It’s because of those who do these ten kinds of skillful deeds that gods, humans, or any other good places are found.” 
;;;

an10.176
an10.177#3.1

“Katamaṁ pana, bho gotama, ṭhānaṁ, katamaṁ aṭṭhānan”ti? ;;;“Then, Mister Gotama, what are the right and wrong conditions?” 
;;;Idampi kho, brāhmaṇa, aṭṭhānaṁ yattha ṭhitassa taṁ dānaṁ na upakappati. 
;;;The conditions there are wrong, so the gift does not aid the one who lives there. 
;;;“Evametaṁ, brāhmaṇa, dāyakopi hi, brāhmaṇa, anipphalo”ti. 
;;;“That’s so true, brahmin. It’s never fruitless for the donor.” 
;;;

an10.177
an10.178#0.2

18. Sādhuvagga ;;;18. Good 
;;;

an10.178
an10.189#0.2

19. Ariyamaggavagga ;;;19. The Noble Path 
;;;

an10.189
an10.199-210#an10.199-210:0.2

20. Aparapuggalavagga ;;;20. Another Chapter on Persons 
;;;

an10.199-210
an10.211#0.2

21. Karajakāyavagga ;;;21. The Body Born of Deeds 
;;;

an10.211
an10.217#1.1

“Nāhaṁ, bhikkhave, sañcetanikānaṁ kammānaṁ katānaṁ upacitānaṁ appaṭisaṁveditvā byantībhāvaṁ vadāmi. ;;;“Mendicants, I don’t say that intentional deeds that have been performed and accumulated are eliminated without being experienced. 
;;;

an10.217
an10.218#12.1

Tividhakāyakammantasampattikusalasañcetanikāhetu vā, bhikkhave, sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti; catubbidhavacīkammantasampatti …pe… tividhamanokammantasampattikusalasañcetanikāhetu vā, bhikkhave, sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti …pe… ;;;When their body breaks up, after death, sentient beings are reborn in a good place, in heaven because of these three kinds of successful bodily action, these four kinds of successful verbal action, or these three kinds of successful mental action that have skillful intention, with happiness as their outcome and result. …” 
;;;

an10.218
an10.219#4.2

daharatagge ce so ayaṁ kumāro mettaṁ cetovimuttiṁ bhāveyya, api nu kho pāpakammaṁ kareyyā”ti? ;;;Suppose a child had developed the heart’s release by love from their childhood on. Would they still do any bad deed?” 
;;;Evaṁ bhāvitā kho, bhikkhave, mettā cetovimutti anāgāmitāya saṁvattati, idha paññassa bhikkhuno uttari vimuttiṁ appaṭivijjhato. 
;;;The heart’s release by love developed in this way leads to non-return for a wise mendicant here who has not penetrated to a higher freedom. 
;;;

an10.219
an10.221#0.2

22. Sāmaññavagga ;;;22. Similarity 
;;;

an10.221
an10.238#1.3

Aniccasaññā, anattasaññā, āhāre paṭikūlasaññā, sabbaloke anabhiratasaññā, aṭṭhikasaññā, puḷavakasaññā, vinīlakasaññā, vipubbakasaññā, vicchiddakasaññā, uddhumātakasaññā— ;;;The perceptions of impermanence, not-self, death, repulsiveness of food, dissatisfaction with the whole world, a skeleton, a worm-infested corpse, a livid corpse, a split open corpse, and a bloated corpse. 
;;;

an10.238
an10.240-266#an10.240-266:1.8

(…) cāgāya … ;;;giving away … 
;;;

an10.240-266
an10.267-746#an10.267-746:1.23

(…) cāgāya … ;;;giving away … 
;;;

an10.267-746
an11.4#1.2

“āvuso bhikkhave”ti. ;;;“Reverends, mendicants!” 
;;;

an11.4
an11.6#1.1

“Yo so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu akkosako paribhāsako ariyūpavādo sabrahmacārīnaṁ, ṭhānametaṁ avakāso yaṁ so ekādasannaṁ byasanānaṁ aññataraṁ byasanaṁ nigaccheyya. ;;;“Mendicants, any mendicant who abuses and insults their spiritual companions, speaking ill of the noble ones, will, without a doubt, fall into one or other of these eleven disasters. 
;;;Yo so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu akkosako paribhāsako ariyūpavādo sabrahmacārīnaṁ, aṭṭhānametaṁ anavakāso yaṁ so ekādasannaṁ byasanānaṁ aññataraṁ byasanaṁ na nigaccheyya. 
;;;Any mendicant who does not abuse and insult their spiritual companions, speaking ill of the noble ones, will, without a doubt, not fall into one or other of these eleven disasters. 
;;;

an11.6
an11.9#2.2

mā khaḷuṅkajhāyitaṁ. ;;;not like a wild colt. 
;;;Assakhaḷuṅko hi, saddha, doṇiyā baddho ‘yavasaṁ yavasan’ti jhāyati. 
;;;A wild colt, tied up by the feeding trough, meditates: ‘Fodder, fodder!’ 
;;;“kathaṁ jhāyī pana, bhante, bhadro purisājānīyo neva pathaviṁ nissāya jhāyati, na āpaṁ nissāya jhāyati, na tejaṁ nissāya jhāyati, na vāyaṁ nissāya jhāyati, na ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ nissāya jhāyati, na viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ nissāya jhāyati, na ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ nissāya jhāyati, na nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ nissāya jhāyati, na idhalokaṁ nissāya jhāyati, na paralokaṁ nissāya jhāyati, yampidaṁ diṭṭhaṁ sutaṁ mutaṁ viññātaṁ pattaṁ pariyesitaṁ anuvicaritaṁ manasā, tampi nissāya na jhāyati; 
;;;“But sir, how does that fine thoroughbred meditate?” 
;;;

an11.9
an11.11#0.2

2. Anussativagga ;;;2. Recollection 
;;;Tesaṁ no, bhante, nānāvihārehi viharataṁ kenassa vihārena vihātabban”ti? 
;;;Now, we spend our life in various ways. Which of these should we practice?” 
;;;Imesu kho tvaṁ, mahānāma, pañcasu dhammesu patiṭṭhāya cha dhamme uttari bhāveyyāsi. 
;;;When you’re grounded on these five things, go on to develop six further things. 
;;;‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṁ veditabbo viññūhī’ti. 
;;;‘The teaching is well explained by the Buddha—apparent in the present life, immediately effective, inviting inspection, relevant, so that sensible people can know it for themselves.’ 
;;;

an11.11
an11.13#3.3

Tattha kammantañceva adhiṭṭhāsi, bhagavantañca labhi kālena kālaṁ dassanāya. ;;;There he focused on his work and from time to time got to see the Buddha. 
;;;‘yā devatā atikkammeva kabaḷīkārāhārabhakkhānaṁ devatānaṁ sahabyataṁ aññataraṁ manomayaṁ kāyaṁ upapannā, tā karaṇīyaṁ attano na samanupassanti katassa vā paticayaṁ’. 
;;;‘There are deities who, surpassing the company of deities that consume solid food, are reborn in a certain host of mind-made deities. They don’t see in themselves anything more to do, or anything that needs improvement.’ 
;;;Seyyathāpi, nandiya, kumbho nikkujjo vamateva udakaṁ, no vantaṁ paccāvamati; 
;;;It’s like when a pot full of water is tipped over, so the water drains out and doesn’t go back in. 
;;;

an11.13
an11.14#1.2

“ko nāmāyaṁ, subhūti, bhikkhū”ti? ;;;“Subhūti, what is the name of this mendicant?” 
;;;“Saddho nāmāyaṁ, bhante, bhikkhu, sudattassa upāsakassa putto, saddhā agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajito”ti. 
;;;“Sir, the name of this mendicant is Saddha. He is the son of the layman Sudatta, and has gone forth out of faith from the lay life to homelessness.” 
;;;

an11.14
an11.16#1.1

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ānando vesāliyaṁ viharati beluvagāmake. ;;;At one time Venerable Ānanda was staying near Vesālī in the little village of Beluva. 
;;;

an11.16
an11.17#1.1

“Ekādasahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato gopālako abhabbo gogaṇaṁ pariharituṁ phātiṁ kātuṁ. ;;;“Mendicants, a cowherd with eleven factors can’t maintain and expand a herd of cattle. 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, gopālako na rūpaññū hoti, na lakkhaṇakusalo hoti, na āsāṭikaṁ hāretā hoti, na vaṇaṁ paṭicchādetā hoti, na dhūmaṁ kattā hoti, na titthaṁ jānāti, na pītaṁ jānāti, na vīthiṁ jānāti, na gocarakusalo hoti, anavasesadohī ca hoti, ye te usabhā gopitaro gopariṇāyakā te na atirekapūjāya pūjetā hoti. 
;;;It’s when a cowherd doesn’t know form, is unskilled in characteristics, doesn’t pick out flies’ eggs, doesn’t dress wounds, doesn’t spread smoke, doesn’t know the ford, doesn’t know satisfaction, doesn’t know the trail, is not skilled in pastures, milks dry, and doesn’t show extra respect to the bulls who are fathers and leaders of the herd. 
;;;

an11.17
dn1#1.2.1

Atha kho bhagavā ambalaṭṭhikāyaṁ rājāgārake ekarattivāsaṁ upagacchi saddhiṁ bhikkhusaṅghena. ;;;Then the Buddha took up residence for the night in the royal rest-house in Ambalaṭṭhikā together with the Saṅgha of mendicants. 
;;;Mamaṁ vā, bhikkhave, pare vaṇṇaṁ bhāseyyuṁ, dhammassa vā vaṇṇaṁ bhāseyyuṁ, saṅghassa vā vaṇṇaṁ bhāseyyuṁ, tatra tumhehi na ānando na somanassaṁ na cetaso uppilāvitattaṁ karaṇīyaṁ. 
;;;If others praise me, the teaching, or the Saṅgha, don’t make yourselves thrilled, elated, and excited. 
;;;Mamaṁ vā, bhikkhave, pare vaṇṇaṁ bhāseyyuṁ, dhammassa vā vaṇṇaṁ bhāseyyuṁ, saṅghassa vā vaṇṇaṁ bhāseyyuṁ, tatra ce tumhe assatha ānandino sumanā uppilāvitā tumhaṁ yevassa tena antarāyo. 
;;;You’ll get thrilled, elated, and excited, which would be an obstacle for you alone. 
;;;‘Musāvādaṁ pahāya musāvādā paṭivirato samaṇo gotamo saccavādī saccasandho theto paccayiko avisaṁvādako lokassā’ti— 
;;;‘The ascetic Gotama has given up lying. He speaks the truth and sticks to the truth. He’s honest and dependable, and doesn’t trick the world with his words.’ 
;;;seyyathidaṁ—mūlabījaṁ khandhabījaṁ phaḷubījaṁ aggabījaṁ bījabījameva pañcamaṁ; 
;;;These include plants propagated from roots, stems, cuttings, or joints; and those from regular seeds as the fifth. 
;;;seyyathidaṁ—naccaṁ gītaṁ vāditaṁ pekkhaṁ akkhānaṁ pāṇissaraṁ vetāḷaṁ kumbhathūṇaṁ sobhanakaṁ caṇḍālaṁ vaṁsaṁ dhovanaṁ hatthiyuddhaṁ assayuddhaṁ mahiṁsayuddhaṁ usabhayuddhaṁ ajayuddhaṁ meṇḍayuddhaṁ kukkuṭayuddhaṁ vaṭṭakayuddhaṁ daṇḍayuddhaṁ muṭṭhiyuddhaṁ nibbuddhaṁ uyyodhikaṁ balaggaṁ senābyūhaṁ anīkadassanaṁ 
;;;This includes such things as dancing, singing, music, performances, and storytelling; clapping, gongs, and kettledrums; beauty pageants; acrobatic and bone-washing displays of the corpse-workers; battles of elephants, horses, buffaloes, bulls, goats, rams, chickens, and quails; staff-fights, boxing, and wrestling; combat, roll calls of the armed forces, battle-formations, and regimental reviews. 
;;;seyyathidaṁ—āsandiṁ pallaṅkaṁ gonakaṁ cittakaṁ paṭikaṁ paṭalikaṁ tūlikaṁ vikatikaṁ uddalomiṁ ekantalomiṁ kaṭṭissaṁ koseyyaṁ kuttakaṁ hatthattharaṁ assattharaṁ rathattharaṁ ajinappaveṇiṁ kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇaṁ sauttaracchadaṁ ubhatolohitakūpadhānaṁ 
;;;This includes such things as sofas, couches, woolen covers—shag-piled, colorful, white, embroidered with flowers, quilted, embroidered with animals, double- or single-fringed—and silk covers studded with gems, as well as silken sheets, woven carpets, rugs for elephants, horses, or chariots, antelope hide rugs, and spreads of fine deer hide, with a canopy above and red cushions at both ends. 
;;;ucchādanaṁ parimaddanaṁ nhāpanaṁ sambāhanaṁ ādāsaṁ añjanaṁ mālāgandhavilepanaṁ mukhacuṇṇaṁ mukhalepanaṁ hatthabandhaṁ sikhābandhaṁ daṇḍaṁ nāḷikaṁ asiṁ chattaṁ citrupāhanaṁ uṇhīsaṁ maṇiṁ vālabījaniṁ odātāni vatthāni dīghadasāni 
;;;This includes such things as applying beauty products by anointing, massaging, bathing, and rubbing; mirrors, ointments, garlands, fragrances, and makeup; face-powder, foundation, bracelets, headbands, fancy walking-sticks or containers, rapiers, parasols, fancy sandals, turbans, jewelry, chowries, and long-fringed white robes. 
;;;‘Yathā vā paneke bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā saddhādeyyāni bhojanāni bhuñjitvā te kuhakā ca honti, lapakā ca nemittikā ca nippesikā ca, lābhena lābhaṁ nijigīsitāro ca 
;;;‘There are some ascetics and brahmins who, while enjoying food given in faith, still engage in deceit, flattery, hinting, and belittling, and using material things to chase after other material things. 
;;;seyyathidaṁ—aṅgaṁ nimittaṁ uppātaṁ supinaṁ lakkhaṇaṁ mūsikacchinnaṁ aggihomaṁ dabbihomaṁ thusahomaṁ kaṇahomaṁ taṇḍulahomaṁ sappihomaṁ telahomaṁ mukhahomaṁ lohitahomaṁ aṅgavijjā vatthuvijjā khattavijjā sivavijjā bhūtavijjā bhūrivijjā ahivijjā visavijjā vicchikavijjā mūsikavijjā sakuṇavijjā vāyasavijjā pakkajjhānaṁ saraparittāṇaṁ migacakkaṁ 
;;;This includes such fields as limb-reading, omenology, divining celestial portents, interpreting dreams, divining bodily marks, divining holes in cloth gnawed by mice, fire offerings, ladle offerings, offerings of husks, rice powder, rice, ghee, or oil; offerings from the mouth, blood sacrifices, palmistry; geomancy for building sites, fields, and cemeteries; exorcisms, earth magic, snake charming, poisons; the lore of the scorpion, the rat, the bird, and the crow; prophesying life span, chanting for protection, and divining omens from wild animals. 
;;;seyyathidaṁ—candaggāho bhavissati, sūriyaggāho bhavissati, nakkhattaggāho bhavissati, candimasūriyānaṁ pathagamanaṁ bhavissati, candimasūriyānaṁ uppathagamanaṁ bhavissati, nakkhattānaṁ pathagamanaṁ bhavissati, nakkhattānaṁ uppathagamanaṁ bhavissati, ukkāpāto bhavissati, disāḍāho bhavissati, bhūmicālo bhavissati, devadudrabhi bhavissati, candimasūriyanakkhattānaṁ uggamanaṁ ogamanaṁ saṅkilesaṁ vodānaṁ bhavissati, evaṁvipāko candaggāho bhavissati, evaṁvipāko sūriyaggāho bhavissati, evaṁvipāko nakkhattaggāho bhavissati, evaṁvipākaṁ candimasūriyānaṁ pathagamanaṁ bhavissati, evaṁvipākaṁ candimasūriyānaṁ uppathagamanaṁ bhavissati, evaṁvipākaṁ nakkhattānaṁ pathagamanaṁ bhavissati, evaṁvipākaṁ nakkhattānaṁ uppathagamanaṁ bhavissati, evaṁvipāko ukkāpāto bhavissati, evaṁvipāko disāḍāho bhavissati, evaṁvipāko bhūmicālo bhavissati, evaṁvipāko devadudrabhi bhavissati, evaṁvipākaṁ candimasūriyanakkhattānaṁ uggamanaṁ ogamanaṁ saṅkilesaṁ vodānaṁ bhavissati 
;;;This includes making predictions that there will be an eclipse of the moon, or sun, or stars; that the sun, moon, and stars will be in conjunction or in opposition; that there will be a meteor shower, a fiery sky, an earthquake, or thunder in the heavens; that there will be a rising, a setting, a darkening, a brightening of the moon, sun, and stars. And it also includes making predictions about the results of all such phenomena. 
;;;seyyathidaṁ—santikammaṁ paṇidhikammaṁ bhūtakammaṁ bhūrikammaṁ vassakammaṁ vossakammaṁ vatthukammaṁ vatthuparikammaṁ ācamanaṁ nhāpanaṁ juhanaṁ vamanaṁ virecanaṁ uddhaṁvirecanaṁ adhovirecanaṁ sīsavirecanaṁ kaṇṇatelaṁ nettatappanaṁ natthukammaṁ añjanaṁ paccañjanaṁ sālākiyaṁ sallakattiyaṁ dārakatikicchā mūlabhesajjānaṁ anuppadānaṁ osadhīnaṁ paṭimokkho 
;;;This includes rites for propitiation, for granting wishes, for ghosts, for the earth, for rain, for property settlement, and for preparing and consecrating house sites, and rites involving rinsing and bathing, and oblations. It also includes administering emetics, purgatives, expectorants, and phlegmagogues; administering ear-oils, eye restoratives, nasal medicine, ointments, and counter-ointments; surgery with needle and scalpel, treating children, prescribing root medicines, and binding on herbs. 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā ātappamanvāya padhānamanvāya anuyogamanvāya appamādamanvāya sammāmanasikāramanvāya tathārūpaṁ cetosamādhiṁ phusati, yathāsamāhite citte (…) anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati. 
;;;It’s when some ascetic or brahmin—by dint of keen, resolute, committed, and diligent effort, and right application of mind—experiences an immersion of the heart of such a kind that they recollect their many kinds of past lives. 
;;;Tassa tattha ekakassa dīgharattaṁ nivusitattā anabhirati paritassanā uppajjati: 
;;;But after staying there all alone for a long time, they become dissatisfied and anxious: 
;;;‘ahamasmi brahmā mahābrahmā abhibhū anabhibhūto aññadatthudaso vasavattī issaro kattā nimmātā seṭṭho sajitā vasī pitā bhūtabhabyānaṁ. 
;;;‘I am the Divinity, the Great Divinity, the Vanquisher, the Unvanquished, the Universal Seer, the Wielder of Power, God Almighty, the Maker, the Creator, the First, the Begetter, the Controller, the Father of those who have been born and those yet to be born. 
;;;Iti mama ca manopaṇidhi, ime ca sattā itthattaṁ āgatā’ti. 
;;;Such was my heart’s wish, and then these creatures came to this place.’ 
;;;Santi, bhikkhave, khiḍḍāpadosikā nāma devā, te ativelaṁ hassakhiḍḍāratidhammasamāpannā viharanti. Tesaṁ ativelaṁ hassakhiḍḍāratidhammasamāpannānaṁ viharataṁ sati sammussati. Satiyā sammosā te devā tamhā kāyā cavanti. 
;;;There are gods named ‘depraved by play.’ They spend too much time laughing, playing, and making merry. And in doing so, they lose their mindfulness, and they pass away from that host of gods. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, dakkho kevaṭṭo vā kevaṭṭantevāsī vā sukhumacchikena jālena parittaṁ udakadahaṁ otthareyya. Tassa evamassa: ‘ye kho keci imasmiṁ udakadahe oḷārikā pāṇā, sabbe te antojālīkatā. Ettha sitāva ummujjamānā ummujjanti; ettha pariyāpannā antojālīkatāva ummujjamānā ummujjantī’ti; 
;;;Suppose a deft fisherman or his apprentice were to cast a fine-meshed net over a small pond. They’d think: ‘Any sizable creatures in this pond will be trapped in the net. Wherever they emerge they are caught and trapped in this very net.’ 
;;;

dn1
dn2#6.2

“ayaṁ, deva, sañcayo belaṭṭhaputto saṅghī ceva gaṇī ca gaṇācariyo ca ñāto yasassī titthakaro sādhusammato bahujanassa rattaññū cirapabbajito addhagato vayoanuppatto. ;;;“Sire, Sañjaya Belaṭṭhiputta leads an order and a community, and tutors a community. He’s a well-known and famous religious founder, deemed holy by many people. He is of long standing, long gone forth; he is advanced in years and has reached the final stage of life. 
;;;Abhikkama, mahārāja, abhikkama, mahārāja, ete maṇḍalamāḷe dīpā jhāyantī”ti. 
;;;Go forward, great king, go forward! Those are lamps shining in the pavilion.” 
;;;“puccheyyāmahaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ kañcideva desaṁ; 
;;;“Sir, I’d like to ask you about a certain point, if you’d take the time to answer.” 
;;;āḷārikā kappakā nhāpakā sūdā mālakārā rajakā pesakārā naḷakārā kumbhakārā gaṇakā muddikā, yāni vā panaññānipi evaṅgatāni puthusippāyatanāni, te diṭṭheva dhamme sandiṭṭhikaṁ sippaphalaṁ upajīvanti; 
;;;They also include bakers, barbers, bathroom attendants, cooks, garland-makers, dyers, weavers, basket-makers, potters, accountants, finger-talliers, or those following any similar professions. All these live off the fruits of their profession which are apparent in the present life. 
;;;Anabhinanditvā appaṭikkositvā anattamano, anattamanavācaṁ anicchāretvā, tameva vācaṁ anuggaṇhanto anikkujjanto uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkamiṁ. 
;;;I was displeased, but did not express my displeasure. Neither accepting what he said nor contradicting it, I got up from my seat and left. 
;;;Sabbe sattā sabbe pāṇā sabbe bhūtā sabbe jīvā avasā abalā avīriyā niyatisaṅgatibhāvapariṇatā chasvevābhijātīsu sukhadukkhaṁ paṭisaṁvedenti. 
;;;All sentient beings, all living creatures, all beings, all souls lack control, power, and energy. Molded by destiny, circumstance, and nature, they experience pleasure and pain in the six classes of rebirth. 
;;;‘natthi, mahārāja, dinnaṁ, natthi yiṭṭhaṁ, natthi hutaṁ, natthi sukatadukkaṭānaṁ kammānaṁ phalaṁ vipāko, natthi ayaṁ loko, natthi paro loko, natthi mātā, natthi pitā, natthi sattā opapātikā, natthi loke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sammaggatā sammāpaṭipannā, ye imañca lokaṁ parañca lokaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedenti. 
;;;‘Great king, there is no meaning in giving, sacrifice, or offerings. There’s no fruit or result of good and bad deeds. There’s no afterlife. There’s no such thing as mother and father, or beings that are reborn spontaneously. And there’s no ascetic or brahmin who is rightly comported and rightly practiced, and who describes the afterlife after realizing it with their own insight. 
;;;Yopi tiṇhena satthena sīsaṁ chindati, na koci kiñci jīvitā voropeti; 
;;;If you chop off someone’s head with a sharp sword, you don’t take anyone’s life. 
;;;sattannaṁ tveva kāyānamantarena satthaṁ vivaramanupatatī’ti. 
;;;The sword simply passes through the gap between the seven substances.’ 
;;;Evaṁ vutte, bhante, nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto maṁ etadavoca: 
;;;He said: 
;;;idha te assa puriso dāso kammakāro pubbuṭṭhāyī pacchānipātī kiṅkārapaṭissāvī manāpacārī piyavādī mukhullokako. 
;;;Suppose you had a person who was a bondservant, a worker. They get up before you and go to bed after you, and are obliging, behaving nicely and speaking politely, and gazing up at your face. 
;;;Seyyathidaṁ—āsandiṁ pallaṅkaṁ gonakaṁ cittakaṁ paṭikaṁ paṭalikaṁ tūlikaṁ vikatikaṁ uddalomiṁ ekantalomiṁ kaṭṭissaṁ koseyyaṁ kuttakaṁ hatthattharaṁ assattharaṁ rathattharaṁ ajinappaveṇiṁ kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇaṁ sauttaracchadaṁ ubhatolohitakūpadhānaṁ 
;;;This includes such things as sofas, couches, woolen covers—shag-piled, colorful, white, embroidered with flowers, quilted, embroidered with animals, double-or single-fringed—and silk covers studded with gems, as well as silken sheets, woven carpets, rugs for elephants, horses, or chariots, antelope hide rugs, and spreads of fine deer hide, with a canopy above and red cushions at both ends. 
;;;Seyyathidaṁ—ucchādanaṁ parimaddanaṁ nhāpanaṁ sambāhanaṁ ādāsaṁ añjanaṁ mālāgandhavilepanaṁ mukhacuṇṇaṁ mukhalepanaṁ hatthabandhaṁ sikhābandhaṁ daṇḍaṁ nāḷikaṁ asiṁ chattaṁ citrupāhanaṁ uṇhīsaṁ maṇiṁ vālabījaniṁ odātāni vatthāni dīghadasāni 
;;;This includes such things as applying beauty products by anointing, massaging, bathing, and rubbing; mirrors, ointments, garlands, fragrances, and makeup; face-powder, foundation, bracelets, headbands, fancy walking-sticks or containers, rapiers, parasols, fancy sandals, turbans, jewelry, chowries, and long-fringed white robes. 
;;;Seyyathidaṁ—santikammaṁ paṇidhikammaṁ bhūtakammaṁ bhūrikammaṁ vassakammaṁ vossakammaṁ vatthukammaṁ vatthuparikammaṁ ācamanaṁ nhāpanaṁ juhanaṁ vamanaṁ virecanaṁ uddhaṁvirecanaṁ adhovirecanaṁ sīsavirecanaṁ kaṇṇatelaṁ nettatappanaṁ natthukammaṁ añjanaṁ paccañjanaṁ sālākiyaṁ sallakattiyaṁ dārakatikicchā, mūlabhesajjānaṁ anuppadānaṁ, osadhīnaṁ paṭimokkho 
;;;This includes rites for propitiation, for granting wishes, for ghosts, for the earth, for rain, for property settlement, and for preparing and consecrating house sites, and rites involving rinsing and bathing, and oblations. It also includes administering emetics, purgatives, expectorants, and phlegmagogues; administering ear-oils, eye restoratives, nasal medicine, ointments, and counter-ointments; surgery with needle and scalpel, treating children, prescribing root medicines, and binding on herbs. 
;;;So pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;After the meal, they return from almsround, sit down cross-legged, set their body straight, and establish mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;So yāni ca porāṇāni iṇamūlāni, tāni ca byantiṁ kareyya, siyā cassa uttariṁ avasiṭṭhaṁ dārabharaṇāya. 
;;;He would pay off the original loan and have enough left over to support his partner. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, mahārāja, udakarahado gambhīro ubbhidodako tassa nevassa puratthimāya disāya udakassa āyamukhaṁ, na dakkhiṇāya disāya udakassa āyamukhaṁ, na pacchimāya disāya udakassa āyamukhaṁ, na uttarāya disāya udakassa āyamukhaṁ, devo ca na kālena kālaṁ sammādhāraṁ anuppaveccheyya. 
;;;It’s like a deep lake fed by spring water. There’s no inlet to the east, west, north, or south, and the heavens would not properly bestow showers from time to time. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, mahārāja, uppaliniyaṁ vā paduminiyaṁ vā puṇḍarīkiniyaṁ vā appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṁvaḍḍhāni udakānuggatāni antonimuggaposīni, tāni yāva caggā yāva ca mūlā sītena vārinā abhisannāni parisannāni paripūrāni paripphuṭāni, nāssa kiñci sabbāvataṁ uppalānaṁ vā padumānaṁ vā puṇḍarīkānaṁ vā sītena vārinā apphuṭaṁ assa; 
;;;It’s like a pool with blue water lilies, or pink or white lotuses. Some of them sprout and grow in the water without rising above it, thriving underwater. From the tip to the root they’re drenched, steeped, filled, and soaked with cool water. There’s no part of them that’s not soaked with cool water. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, mahārāja, puriso muñjamhā īsikaṁ pavāheyya. 
;;;Suppose a person was to draw a reed out from its sheath. 
;;;‘ayaṁ ahi, ayaṁ karaṇḍo. Añño ahi, añño karaṇḍo, karaṇḍā tveva ahi ubbhato’ti. 
;;;‘This is the snake, this is the slough. The snake and the slough are different things. The snake has been drawn out from the slough.’ 
;;;So anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhoti—ekopi hutvā bahudhā hoti, bahudhāpi hutvā eko hoti; āvibhāvaṁ tirobhāvaṁ tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamāno gacchati seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ karoti seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gacchati seyyathāpi pathaviyā; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kamati seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve pāṇinā parāmasati parimajjati; yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vatteti. 
;;;They wield the many kinds of psychic power: multiplying themselves and becoming one again; appearing and disappearing; going unobstructed through a wall, a rampart, or a mountain as if through space; diving in and out of the earth as if it were water; walking on water as if it were earth; flying cross-legged through the sky like a bird; touching and stroking with the hand the sun and moon, so mighty and powerful; controlling the body as far as the realm of divinity. 
;;;So anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhoti—ekopi hutvā bahudhā hoti, bahudhāpi hutvā eko hoti; āvibhāvaṁ tirobhāvaṁ tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamāno gacchati seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ karoti seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gacchati seyyathāpi pathaviyā; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kamati seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve pāṇinā parāmasati parimajjati; yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vatteti. 
;;; 
;;;Seyyathāpi, mahārāja, puriso sakamhā gāmā aññaṁ gāmaṁ gaccheyya, tamhāpi gāmā aññaṁ gāmaṁ gaccheyya. So tamhā gāmā sakaṁyeva gāmaṁ paccāgaccheyya. Tassa evamassa: ‘ahaṁ kho sakamhā gāmā amuṁ gāmaṁ agacchiṁ, tatra evaṁ aṭṭhāsiṁ, evaṁ nisīdiṁ, evaṁ abhāsiṁ, evaṁ tuṇhī ahosiṁ, tamhāpi gāmā amuṁ gāmaṁ agacchiṁ, tatrāpi evaṁ aṭṭhāsiṁ, evaṁ nisīdiṁ, evaṁ abhāsiṁ, evaṁ tuṇhī ahosiṁ, somhi tamhā gāmā sakaṁyeva gāmaṁ paccāgato’ti. 
;;;Suppose a person was to leave their home village and go to another village. From that village they’d go to yet another village. And from that village they’d return to their home village. They’d think: ‘I went from my home village to another village. There I stood like this, sat like that, spoke like this, or kept silent like that. From that village I went to yet another village. There too I stood like this, sat like that, spoke like this, or kept silent like that. And from that village I returned to my home village.’ 
;;;Seyyathāpi, mahārāja, majjhe siṅghāṭake pāsādo. Tattha cakkhumā puriso ṭhito passeyya manusse gehaṁ pavisantepi nikkhamantepi rathikāyapi vīthiṁ sañcarante majjhe siṅghāṭake nisinnepi. Tassa evamassa: ‘ete manussā gehaṁ pavisanti, ete nikkhamanti, ete rathikāya vīthiṁ sañcaranti, ete majjhe siṅghāṭake nisinnā’ti. 
;;;Suppose there was a stilt longhouse at the central square. A person with clear eyes standing there might see people entering and leaving a house, walking along the streets and paths, and sitting at the central square. They’d think: ‘These are people entering and leaving a house, walking along the streets and paths, and sitting at the central square.’ 
;;;

dn2
dn3#1.2.5

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā.’ ;;;‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’ 
;;;Agaru kho pana bhagavato evarūpehi kulaputtehi saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo hotī”ti. 
;;;The Buddha won’t mind having a discussion together with such gentlemen.” 
;;;“evaṁ nu te, ambaṭṭha, brāhmaṇehi vuddhehi mahallakehi ācariyapācariyehi saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo hoti, yathayidaṁ caraṁ tiṭṭhaṁ nisinnena mayā kiñci kiñci kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretī”ti? 
;;;“Ambaṭṭha, is this how you hold a discussion with elderly and senior brahmins, the tutors of tutors: walking around or standing while I’m sitting, speaking some polite words or other?” 
;;;Gacchanto vā hi, bho gotama, gacchantena brāhmaṇo brāhmaṇena saddhiṁ sallapitumarahati, ṭhito vā hi, bho gotama, ṭhitena brāhmaṇo brāhmaṇena saddhiṁ sallapitumarahati, nisinno vā hi, bho gotama, nisinnena brāhmaṇo brāhmaṇena saddhiṁ sallapitumarahati, sayāno vā hi, bho gotama, sayānena brāhmaṇo brāhmaṇena saddhiṁ sallapitumarahati. 
;;;For it is proper for one brahmin to converse with another while both are walking, standing, sitting, or lying down. 
;;;Ye ca kho te, bho gotama, muṇḍakā samaṇakā ibbhā kaṇhā bandhupādāpaccā, tehipi me saddhiṁ evaṁ kathāsallāpo hoti, yathariva bhotā gotamenā”ti. 
;;;But as to these shavelings, fake ascetics, primitives, black spawn from the feet of our kinsman, I converse with them as I do with Mister Gotama.” 
;;;ibbhā santā ibbhā samānā na brāhmaṇe sakkaronti, na brāhmaṇe garuṁ karonti, na brāhmaṇe mānenti, na brāhmaṇe pūjenti, na brāhmaṇe apacāyanti. 
;;;Primitive they are, and primitive they remain! They don’t honor, respect, revere, worship, or venerate brahmins. 
;;;okkāmukhaṁ karakaṇḍaṁ hatthinikaṁ sinisūraṁ. 
;;;Okkāmukha, Karakaṇḍa, Hatthinika, and Sinisūra. 
;;;kinti te sutaṁ brāhmaṇānaṁ vuddhānaṁ mahallakānaṁ ācariyapācariyānaṁ bhāsamānānaṁ kutopabhutikā kaṇhāyanā, ko ca kaṇhāyanānaṁ pubbapuriso”ti? 
;;;According to what you have heard from elderly and senior brahmins, the tutors of tutors, what is the origin of the Kaṇhāyanas, and who is their founder?” 
;;;“taṁ kiṁ maññasi, ambaṭṭha, kinti te sutaṁ brāhmaṇānaṁ vuddhānaṁ mahallakānaṁ ācariyapācariyānaṁ bhāsamānānaṁ kutopabhutikā kaṇhāyanā, ko ca kaṇhāyanānaṁ pubbapuriso”ti? 
;;; 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena vajirapāṇī yakkho mahantaṁ ayokūṭaṁ ādāya ādittaṁ sampajjalitaṁ sajotibhūtaṁ ambaṭṭhassa māṇavassa upari vehāsaṁ ṭhito hoti: 
;;;Now at that time the spirit Vajirapāṇī, holding a massive iron spear, burning, blazing, and glowing, stood in the air above Ambaṭṭha, thinking, 
;;;Punabhavaṁ gotamo bravitū”ti. 
;;;Please repeat the question.” 
;;;kinti te sutaṁ brāhmaṇānaṁ vuddhānaṁ mahallakānaṁ ācariyapācariyānaṁ bhāsamānānaṁ kutopabhutikā kaṇhāyanā, ko ca kaṇhāyanānaṁ pubbapuriso”ti? 
;;;According to what you have heard from elderly and senior brahmins, the tutors of tutors, what is the origin of the Kaṇhāyanas, and who is their founder?” 
;;;‘sotthi, bhaddante, hotu rañño; 
;;;‘Spare the king, sir, 
;;;‘Sotthi bhavissati rañño sotthi janapadassa devo ca vassissati, api ca rājā jeṭṭhakumāre khurappaṁ patiṭṭhāpetu, sotthi kumāro pallomo bhavissatī’ti. 
;;;‘Both king and country will be safe, and the rain will fall. And if the king shoots the crown prince with an arrow, he will be safe and unruffled.’ 
;;;‘okkāko jeṭṭhakumāre khurappaṁ patiṭṭhāpetu. Sotthi kumāro pallomo bhavissatī’ti. 
;;;‘Okkāka must shoot the crown prince with an arrow. He will be safe and unruffled.’ 
;;;Atha kho rājā okkāko jeṭṭhakumāre khurappaṁ patiṭṭhapesi, sotthi kumāro pallomo samabhavi. 
;;;So King Okkāka shot the crown prince with an arrow. And he was safe and unruffled. 
;;;Brahmunā pesā, ambaṭṭha, sanaṅkumārena gāthā bhāsitā: 
;;;The divinity Sanaṅkumāra also spoke this verse: 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, ambaṭṭha, idhekacco samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā imañceva anuttaraṁ vijjācaraṇasampadaṁ anabhisambhuṇamāno pavattaphalabhojanatañca anabhisambhuṇamāno kudālapiṭakaṁ ādāya araññavanaṁ ajjhogāhati: 
;;;Furthermore, take some ascetic or brahmin who, not managing to obtain this supreme knowledge and conduct or to get by eating fallen fruit, plunges into a wilderness region carrying a spade and basket, thinking 
;;;“Evameva kho tvaṁ, ambaṭṭha, ye te ahesuṁ brāhmaṇānaṁ pubbakā isayo mantānaṁ kattāro mantānaṁ pavattāro, yesamidaṁ etarahi brāhmaṇā porāṇaṁ mantapadaṁ gītaṁ pavuttaṁ samihitaṁ, tadanugāyanti tadanubhāsanti bhāsitamanubhāsanti vācitamanuvācenti, seyyathidaṁ—aṭṭhako vāmako vāmadevo vessāmitto yamataggi aṅgīraso bhāradvājo vāseṭṭho kassapo bhagu: 
;;;“In the same way, Ambaṭṭha, the ancient seers of the brahmins were Aṭṭhaka, Vāmaka, Vāmadeva, Vessāmitta, Yamadaggi, Aṅgīrasa, Bhāradvāja, Vāseṭṭha, Kassapa, and Bhagu. They were the authors and propagators of the hymns. Their hymnal was sung and propagated and compiled in ancient times; and these days, brahmins continue to sing and chant it, chanting what was chanted and teaching what was taught. 
;;;kinti te sutaṁ brāhmaṇānaṁ vuddhānaṁ mahallakānaṁ ācariyapācariyānaṁ bhāsamānānaṁ— 
;;;According to what you have heard from elderly and senior brahmins, the tutors of tutors, 
;;;Evaṁ su te ukkiṇṇaparikhāsu okkhittapalighāsu nagarūpakārikāsu dīghāsivudhehi purisehi rakkhāpenti, seyyathāpi tvaṁ etarahi sācariyako”ti? 
;;;“Did they get men with long swords to guard them in fortresses with moats dug and barriers in place, like you do today in your tradition?” 
;;;“Ahu pana te, tāta ambaṭṭha, samaṇena gotamena saddhiṁ kocideva kathāsallāpo”ti? 
;;;“And did you have some discussion with him?” 
;;;“Ahu kho me, bho, samaṇena gotamena saddhiṁ kocideva kathāsallāpo”ti. 
;;;“I did.” 
;;;“Yathā kathaṁ pana te, tāta ambaṭṭha, ahu samaṇena gotamena saddhiṁ kocideva kathāsallāpo”ti? 
;;;“And what kind of discussion did you have with him?” 
;;;Atha kho ambaṭṭho māṇavo yāvatako ahosi bhagavatā saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo, taṁ sabbaṁ brāhmaṇassa pokkharasātissa ārocesi. 
;;;Then Ambaṭṭha informed Pokkharasāti of all they had discussed. 
;;;“āgamā nu khvidha, bho gotama, amhākaṁ antevāsī ambaṭṭho māṇavo”ti? 
;;;“Master Gotama, has my resident pupil, the student Ambaṭṭha, come here?” 
;;;“Ahu pana te, bho gotama, ambaṭṭhena māṇavena saddhiṁ kocideva kathāsallāpo”ti? 
;;;“And did you have some discussion with him?” 
;;;“Ahu kho me, brāhmaṇa, ambaṭṭhena māṇavena saddhiṁ kocideva kathāsallāpo”ti. 
;;;“I did.” 
;;;“Yathākathaṁ pana te, bho gotama, ahu ambaṭṭhena māṇavena saddhiṁ kocideva kathāsallāpo”ti? 
;;;“And what kind of discussion did you have with him?” 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā yāvatako ahosi ambaṭṭhena māṇavena saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo, taṁ sabbaṁ brāhmaṇassa pokkharasātissa ārocesi. 
;;;Then the Buddha informed Pokkharasāti of all they had discussed. 
;;;Yadā bhagavā aññāsi brāhmaṇaṁ pokkharasātiṁ kallacittaṁ muducittaṁ vinīvaraṇacittaṁ udaggacittaṁ pasannacittaṁ, atha yā buddhānaṁ sāmukkaṁsikā dhammadesanā, taṁ pakāsesi— 
;;;And when the Buddha knew that Pokkharasāti’s mind was ready, pliable, rid of hindrances, elated, and confident he explained the special teaching of the Buddhas: 
;;;

dn3
dn4#2.8

Atha kho campeyyakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā campāya nikkhamitvā saṅghasaṅghī gaṇībhūtā yena gaggarā pokkharaṇī tenupasaṅkamanti. ;;;Then, having departed Campā, they formed into companies and headed to the Gaggarā Lotus Pond. 
;;;Addasā kho soṇadaṇḍo brāhmaṇo campeyyake brāhmaṇagahapatike campāya nikkhamitvā saṅghasaṅghī gaṇībhūte yena gaggarā pokkharaṇī tenupasaṅkamante. 
;;;He saw the brahmins and householders heading for the lotus pond, 
;;;Bhavañhi soṇadaṇḍo abhirūpo dassanīyo pāsādiko paramāya vaṇṇapokkharatāya samannāgato brahmavaṇṇī brahmavacchasī akhuddāvakāso dassanāya …pe… 
;;;You are attractive, good-looking, lovely, of surpassing beauty. You are magnificent and splendid as the Divinity, remarkable to behold. … 
;;;Bhavañhi soṇadaṇḍo jiṇṇo vuddho mahallako addhagato vayoanuppatto; 
;;;You’re old, elderly and senior, advanced in years, and have reached the final stage of life. 
;;;Samaṇo khalu, bho, gotamo khīṇakāmarāgo vigatacāpallo …pe… 
;;;He has ended sensual desire, and is rid of caprice. … 
;;;

dn4
dn5#6.15

Bhavañhi kūṭadanto jiṇṇo vuddho mahallako addhagato vayoanuppatto. ;;;You’re old, elderly and senior, advanced in years, and have reached the final stage of life. 
;;;Samaṇo khalu, bho, gotamo khīṇakāmarāgo vigatacāpallo …pe… 
;;;He has ended sensual desire, and is rid of caprice. … 
;;;Atha kho, brāhmaṇa, rañño mahāvijitassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: 
;;;Then as King Mahāvijita was in private retreat this thought came to his mind: 
;;;‘idha mayhaṁ, brāhmaṇa, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: 
;;;‘Just now, brahmin, as I was in private retreat this thought came to mind, 
;;;balavā caturaṅginiyā senāya samannāgato assavāya ovādapaṭikarāya sahati maññe paccatthike yasasā; 
;;;He was powerful, having an army of four divisions that was obedient and carried out instructions. He’d probably prevail over his enemies just with his reputation. 
;;;Siyā kho pana bhoto rañño mahāyaññaṁ yiṭṭhukāmassa kocideva vippaṭisāro: 
;;;‘Now, though the king wants to perform a great sacrifice, he might have certain regrets, thinking: 
;;;Tasmiṁ kho, brāhmaṇa, yaññe neva gāvo haññiṁsu, na ajeḷakā haññiṁsu, na kukkuṭasūkarā haññiṁsu, na vividhā pāṇā saṅghātaṁ āpajjiṁsu, na rukkhā chijjiṁsu yūpatthāya, na dabbhā lūyiṁsu barihisatthāya. 
;;;And brahmin, in that sacrifice no cattle were killed, no goats or sheep were killed, and no chickens or pigs were killed. There was no slaughter of various kinds of creatures. No trees were felled for the sacrificial post. No grass was reaped to strew over the place of sacrifice. 
;;;Atha kho, brāhmaṇa, puratthimena yaññavāṭassa khattiyā ānuyantā negamā ceva jānapadā ca dānāni paṭṭhapesuṁ. 
;;;Then the aristocrat vassals of town and country set up gifts to the east of the sacrificial enclosure. 
;;;“Atthi pana, bho gotama, añño yañño imāya tividhāya yaññasampadāya soḷasaparikkhārāya appaṭṭhataro ca appasamārambhataro ca mahapphalataro ca mahānisaṁsataro cā”ti? 
;;;“But Mister Gotama, apart from that sacrifice accomplished with three modes and sixteen accessories, is there any other sacrifice that has fewer requirements and undertakings, yet is more fruitful and beneficial?” 
;;;Yadā bhagavā aññāsi kūṭadantaṁ brāhmaṇaṁ kallacittaṁ muducittaṁ vinīvaraṇacittaṁ udaggacittaṁ pasannacittaṁ, atha yā buddhānaṁ sāmukkaṁsikā dhammadesanā, taṁ pakāsesi— 
;;;And when he knew that Kūṭadanta’s mind was ready, pliable, rid of hindrances, elated, and confident he explained the special teaching of the Buddhas: 
;;;

dn5
dn6#2.6

“Akālo kho, āvuso, bhagavantaṁ dassanāya, paṭisallīno bhagavā”ti. ;;;“It’s the wrong time to see the Buddha; he is on retreat.” 
;;;“Akālo kho, mahāli, bhagavantaṁ dassanāya, paṭisallīno bhagavā”ti. 
;;;“It’s the wrong time to see the Buddha; he is on retreat.” 
;;;Yo kho, āvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ jānāti evaṁ passati, kallaṁ nu kho tassetaṁ vacanāya: 
;;;When a mendicant knows and sees like this, would it be appropriate to say of them: 
;;;Yo so, āvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ jānāti evaṁ passati, kallaṁ tassetaṁ vacanāya: 
;;;‘It would, reverend.’ 
;;;Yo kho, āvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ jānāti evaṁ passati, kallaṁ nu kho tassetaṁ vacanāya: 
;;;When a mendicant knows and sees like this, would it be appropriate to say of them: 
;;;Yo so, āvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ jānāti evaṁ passati, kallaṁ tassetaṁ vacanāya: 
;;;‘It would, reverend.’ 
;;;yo kho, āvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ jānāti evaṁ passati, kallaṁ nu kho tassetaṁ vacanāya: 
;;;When a mendicant knows and sees like this, would it be appropriate to say of them: 
;;;Yo so, āvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ jānāti evaṁ passati, kallaṁ tassetaṁ vacanāya: 
;;;‘It would, reverend.’ 
;;;Yo kho, āvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ jānāti evaṁ passati, kallaṁ nu kho tassetaṁ vacanāya: 
;;;When a mendicant knows and sees like this, would it be appropriate to say of them: 
;;;Yo so, āvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ jānāti evaṁ passati na kallaṁ tassetaṁ vacanāya: 
;;;‘It would not, reverend.’ 
;;;

dn6
dn7#2.5

Yo kho, āvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ jānāti evaṁ passati, kallaṁ nu kho tassetaṁ vacanāya: ;;;When a mendicant knows and sees like this, would it be appropriate to say of them: 
;;;Yo so, āvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ jānāti evaṁ passati, kallaṁ tassetaṁ vacanāya: 
;;;“It would, reverend.” 
;;;Yo kho, āvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ jānāti evaṁ passati, kallaṁ nu kho tassetaṁ vacanāya: 
;;;When a mendicant knows and sees like this, would it be appropriate to say of them: 
;;;Yo so, āvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ jānāti evaṁ passati kallaṁ, tassetaṁ vacanāya: 
;;;“It would, reverend.” 
;;;yo kho, āvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ jānāti evaṁ passati, kallaṁ nu kho tassetaṁ vacanāya: 
;;;When a mendicant knows and sees like this, would it be appropriate to say of them: 
;;;Yo so, āvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ jānāti evaṁ passati kallaṁ tassetaṁ vacanāya: 
;;;“It would, reverend.” 
;;;Yo kho, āvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ jānāti evaṁ passati, kallaṁ nu kho tassetaṁ vacanāya: 
;;;When a mendicant knows and sees like this, would it be appropriate to say of them: 
;;;Yo so, āvuso, bhikkhu evaṁ jānāti evaṁ passati, na kallaṁ tassetaṁ vacanāya: 
;;;“It would not, reverend.” 
;;;

dn7
dn8#1.2

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā uruññāyaṁ viharati kaṇṇakatthale migadāye. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying near Ujuññā, in the deer park at Kaṇṇakatthala. 
;;;rajojalladharo, 
;;;They wear dust and dirt. 
;;;Imāya ca, kassapa, mattāya iminā tapopakkamena sāmaññaṁ vā abhavissa brahmaññaṁ vā dukkaraṁ sudukkaraṁ, netaṁ abhavissa kallaṁ vacanāya: 
;;;And if it was only because of just that much, only because of that course of fervent mortification that it was so very hard to be a true ascetic or brahmin, it wouldn’t be appropriate to say that 
;;;Yasmā ca kho, kassapa, aññatreva imāya mattāya aññatra iminā tapopakkamena sāmaññaṁ vā hoti brahmaññaṁ vā dukkaraṁ sudukkaraṁ, tasmā etaṁ kallaṁ vacanāya: 
;;;It’s because there’s something other than just that much, something other than that course of fervent mortification that it’s so very hard to be a true ascetic or brahmin. And that’s why it is appropriate to say that 
;;;Imāya ca, kassapa, mattāya iminā tapopakkamena sāmaññaṁ vā abhavissa brahmaññaṁ vā dukkaraṁ sudukkaraṁ, netaṁ abhavissa kallaṁ vacanāya: 
;;; 
;;;Yasmā ca kho, kassapa, aññatreva imāya mattāya aññatra iminā tapopakkamena sāmaññaṁ vā hoti brahmaññaṁ vā dukkaraṁ sudukkaraṁ, tasmā etaṁ kallaṁ vacanāya: 
;;; 
;;;Imāya ca, kassapa, mattāya iminā tapopakkamena sāmaññaṁ vā abhavissa brahmaññaṁ vā dukkaraṁ sudukkaraṁ, netaṁ abhavissa kallaṁ vacanāya: 
;;; 
;;;Yasmā ca kho, kassapa, aññatreva imāya mattāya aññatra iminā tapopakkamena sāmaññaṁ vā hoti brahmaññaṁ vā dukkaraṁ sudukkaraṁ, tasmā etaṁ kallaṁ vacanāya: 
;;; 
;;;Imāya ca, kassapa, mattāya iminā tapopakkamena samaṇo vā abhavissa brāhmaṇo vā dujjāno sudujjāno, netaṁ abhavissa kallaṁ vacanāya: 
;;;And if it was only by just that much, only by that course of fervent mortification that it was so very hard to know a true ascetic or brahmin, it wouldn’t be appropriate to say that 
;;;Yasmā ca kho, kassapa, aññatreva imāya mattāya aññatra iminā tapopakkamena samaṇo vā hoti brāhmaṇo vā dujjāno sudujjāno, tasmā etaṁ kallaṁ vacanāya: 
;;;It’s because there’s something other than just that much, something other than that course of fervent mortification that it’s so very hard to know a true ascetic or brahmin. And that’s why it is appropriate to say that 
;;;Imāya ca, kassapa, mattāya iminā tapopakkamena samaṇo vā abhavissa brāhmaṇo vā dujjāno sudujjāno, netaṁ abhavissa kallaṁ vacanāya: 
;;; 
;;;Yasmā ca kho, kassapa, aññatreva imāya mattāya aññatra iminā tapopakkamena samaṇo vā hoti brāhmaṇo vā dujjāno sudujjāno, tasmā etaṁ kallaṁ vacanāya: 
;;; 
;;;Imāya ca, kassapa, mattāya iminā tapopakkamena samaṇo vā abhavissa brāhmaṇo vā dujjāno sudujjāno, netaṁ abhavissa kallaṁ vacanāya: 
;;; 
;;;Yasmā ca kho, kassapa, aññatreva imāya mattāya aññatra iminā tapopakkamena samaṇo vā hoti brāhmaṇo vā dujjāno sudujjāno, tasmā etaṁ kallaṁ vacanāya: 
;;; 
;;;

dn8
dn9#1.3

Tena kho pana samayena poṭṭhapādo paribbājako samayappavādake tindukācīre ekasālake mallikāya ārāme paṭivasati mahatiyā paribbājakaparisāya saddhiṁ tiṁsamattehi paribbājakasatehi. ;;;Now at that time the wanderer Poṭṭhapāda was residing together with three hundred wanderers in Mallikā’s single-halled monastery for philosophical debates, hedged by pale-moon ebony trees. 
;;;Yannūnāhaṁ yena samayappavādako tindukācīro ekasālako mallikāya ārāmo, yena poṭṭhapādo paribbājako tenupasaṅkameyyan”ti. 
;;;Why don’t I go to Mallikā’s monastery to visit the wanderer Poṭṭhapāda?” 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā yena samayappavādako tindukācīro ekasālako mallikāya ārāmo tenupasaṅkami. 
;;;So that’s what he did. 
;;;“kāya nuttha, poṭṭhapāda, etarahi kathāya sannisinnā, kā ca pana vo antarākathā vippakatā”ti? 
;;;“Poṭṭhapāda, what were you sitting talking about just now? What conversation was left unfinished?” 
;;;Tiṭṭhateva sāyaṁ, poṭṭhapāda, oḷāriko attā rūpī cātumahābhūtiko kabaḷīkārāhārabhakkho, atha imassa purisassa aññā ca saññā uppajjanti, aññā ca saññā nirujjhanti. 
;;;So long as that solid self remains, still some perceptions arise in a person and others cease. 
;;;Atha kho te paribbājakā acirapakkantassa bhagavato poṭṭhapādaṁ paribbājakaṁ samantato vācā sannitodakena sañjhabbharimakaṁsu: 
;;;Soon after the Buddha left, those wanderers beset Poṭṭhapāda on all sides with sneering and jeering. 
;;;‘api pana tumhe āyasmanto ekaṁ vā rattiṁ ekaṁ vā divasaṁ upaḍḍhaṁ vā rattiṁ upaḍḍhaṁ vā divasaṁ ekantasukhiṁ attānaṁ sañjānāthā’ti? 
;;;‘But have you perceived an exclusively happy self for a single day or night, or even half a day or night?’ 
;;;‘yo te ahosi atīto attapaṭilābho, sova te attapaṭilābho sacco, mogho anāgato, mogho paccuppanno? 
;;;‘Is the reincarnation you had in the past your only real one, and those of the future and present fictitious? 
;;;

dn9
dn10#1.28.2

seyyathidaṁ—santikammaṁ paṇidhikammaṁ bhūtakammaṁ bhūrikammaṁ vassakammaṁ vossakammaṁ vatthukammaṁ vatthuparikammaṁ ācamanaṁ nhāpanaṁ juhanaṁ vamanaṁ virecanaṁ uddhaṁvirecanaṁ adhovirecanaṁ sīsavirecanaṁ kaṇṇatelaṁ nettatappanaṁ natthukammaṁ añjanaṁ paccañjanaṁ sālākiyaṁ sallakattiyaṁ dārakatikicchā mūlabhesajjānaṁ anuppadānaṁ osadhīnaṁ paṭimokkho ;;;This includes rites for propitiation, for granting wishes, for ghosts, for the earth, for rain, for property settlement, and for preparing and consecrating house sites, and rites involving rinsing and bathing, and oblations. It also includes administering emetics, purgatives, expectorants, and phlegmagogues; administering ear-oils, eye restoratives, nasal medicine, ointments, and counter-ointments; surgery with needle and scalpel, treating children, prescribing root medicines, and binding on herbs. 
;;;So pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā, ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya, parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;After the meal, they return from almsround, sit down cross-legged, set their body straight, and establish mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;Evameva kho bhikkhu ime pañca nīvaraṇe pahīne attani samanupassati. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, māṇava, dakkho nhāpako vā nhāpakantevāsī vā kaṁsathāle nhānīyacuṇṇāni ākiritvā udakena paripphosakaṁ paripphosakaṁ sanneyya. Sāyaṁ nhānīyapiṇḍi snehānugatā snehaparetā santarabāhirā phuṭā snehena, na ca paggharaṇī. 
;;;It’s like when a deft bathroom attendant or their apprentice pours bath powder into a bronze dish, sprinkling it little by little with water. They knead it until the ball of bath powder is soaked and saturated with moisture, spread through inside and out; yet no moisture oozes out. 
;;;So anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhoti—ekopi hutvā bahudhā hoti, bahudhāpi hutvā eko hoti; āvibhāvaṁ tirobhāvaṁ tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamāno gacchati seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ karoti seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gacchati seyyathāpi pathaviyaṁ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kamati seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁ mahiddhike evaṁ mahānubhāve pāṇinā parāmasati parimajjati; yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vatteti. 
;;;They wield the many kinds of psychic power: multiplying themselves and becoming one again; appearing and disappearing; going unobstructed through a wall, a rampart, or a mountain as if through space; diving in and out of the earth as if it were water; walking on water as if it were earth; flying cross-legged through the sky like a bird; touching and stroking with the hand the sun and moon, so mighty and powerful; controlling the body as far as the realm of divinity. 
;;;Natthi cevettha uttarikaraṇīyaṁ. 
;;;And there is nothing more to be done. 
;;;

dn10
dn11#4.2

Idha, kevaṭṭa, bhikkhu anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhoti—ekopi hutvā bahudhā hoti, bahudhāpi hutvā eko hoti; āvibhāvaṁ tirobhāvaṁ tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamāno gacchati seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ karoti seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gacchati seyyathāpi pathaviyaṁ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kamati seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁ mahiddhike evaṁ mahānubhāve pāṇinā parāmasati parimajjati; yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vatteti. ;;;It’s a mendicant who wields the many kinds of psychic power: multiplying themselves and becoming one again; appearing and disappearing; going unobstructed through a wall, a rampart, or a mountain as if through space; diving in and out of the earth as if it were water; walking on water as if it were earth; flying cross-legged through the sky like a bird; touching and stroking with the hand the sun and moon, so mighty and powerful; controlling the body as far as the realm of divinity. 
;;;Tamenaṁ aññataro saddho pasanno passati taṁ bhikkhuṁ anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhontaṁ—ekopi hutvā bahudhā hontaṁ, bahudhāpi hutvā eko hontaṁ; āvibhāvaṁ tirobhāvaṁ; tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamānaṁ gacchantaṁ seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ karontaṁ seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gacchantaṁ seyyathāpi pathaviyaṁ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kamantaṁ seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁ mahiddhike evaṁ mahānubhāve pāṇinā parāmasantaṁ parimajjantaṁ yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vattentaṁ. 
;;;Someone with faith and confidence sees that mendicant performing those superhuman feats. 
;;;

dn11
dn12#5.1

“Evaṁ, bho”ti kho rosikā nhāpito lohiccassa brāhmaṇassa paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho rosikā nhāpito bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: ;;;“Yes, sir,” Rosika replied. He did as he was asked, and 
;;;

dn12
dn13#13.1

“Kiṁ pana, vāseṭṭha, yepi tevijjānaṁ brāhmaṇānaṁ pubbakā isayo mantānaṁ kattāro mantānaṁ pavattāro, yesamidaṁ etarahi tevijjā brāhmaṇā porāṇaṁ mantapadaṁ gītaṁ pavuttaṁ samihitaṁ, tadanugāyanti, tadanubhāsanti, bhāsitamanubhāsanti, vācitamanuvācenti, seyyathidaṁ—aṭṭhako vāmako vāmadevo vessāmitto yamataggi aṅgīraso bhāradvājo vāseṭṭho kassapo bhagu. ;;;“Well, what of the ancient seers of the brahmins proficient in the three Vedas, namely Aṭṭhaka, Vāmaka, Vāmadeva, Vessāmitta, Yamadaggi, Aṅgīrasa, Bhāradvāja, Vāseṭṭha, Kassapa, and Bhagu? They were the authors and propagators of the hymns. Their hymnal was sung and propagated and compiled in ancient times; and these days, brahmins continue to sing and chant it, chanting what was chanted and teaching what was taught. 
;;;“Sādhu, vāseṭṭha, te vata, vāseṭṭha, tevijjā brāhmaṇā yaṁ na jānanti, yaṁ na passanti, tassa sahabyatāya maggaṁ desessanti. ‘Ayameva ujumaggo, ayamañjasāyano niyyāniko, niyyāti takkarassa brahmasahabyatāyā’ti, netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati. 
;;;“Good, Vāseṭṭha. For it is impossible that they should teach the path to that which they neither know nor see. 
;;;Iti pana na kira tevijjehi brāhmaṇehi brahmā sakkhidiṭṭho. 
;;;But it seems that even though they have not seen the Divinity with their own eyes, 
;;;‘ambho purisa, yassa tvaṁ pāsādassa ārohaṇāya nisseṇiṁ karosi, jānāsi taṁ pāsādaṁ—puratthimāya vā disāya dakkhiṇāya vā disāya pacchimāya vā disāya uttarāya vā disāya ucco vā nīco vā majjhimo vā’ti? 
;;;‘Mister, that stilt longhouse that you’re building a ladder for—do you know whether it’s to the north, south, east, or west? Or whether it’s tall or short or medium?’ 
;;;Imehi kho, vāseṭṭha, pañcahi nīvaraṇehi tevijjā brāhmaṇā āvuṭā nivutā onaddhā pariyonaddhā. 
;;;The brahmins proficient in the three Vedas are obstructed, hindered, encased, and shrouded by these five hindrances. 
;;;kinti te sutaṁ brāhmaṇānaṁ vuddhānaṁ mahallakānaṁ ācariyapācariyānaṁ bhāsamānānaṁ, sapariggaho vā brahmā apariggaho vā”ti? 
;;;Have you heard that the brahmins who are elderly and senior, the tutors of tutors, say whether the Divinity is encumbered with possessions or not?” 
;;;Idha kho pana te, vāseṭṭha, tevijjā brāhmaṇā āsīditvā saṁsīdanti, saṁsīditvā visāraṁ pāpuṇanti, sukkhataraṁ maññe taranti. 
;;;But here the brahmins proficient in the three Vedas sink down where they have sat, only to drift apart, while imagining they’re crossing over to drier ground. 
;;;

dn13
dn14#1.2.1

Assosi kho bhagavā dibbāya sotadhātuyā visuddhāya atikkantamānusikāya tesaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ imaṁ kathāsallāpaṁ. ;;;With clairaudience that is purified and superhuman, the Buddha heard that discussion among the mendicants. 
;;;yaṁ bhagavā pubbenivāsapaṭisaṁyuttaṁ dhammiṁ kathaṁ kareyya, bhagavato sutvā bhikkhū dhāressantī”ti. 
;;;Let the Buddha give a Dhamma talk on the subject of past lives. The mendicants will listen and remember it.” 
;;;“Ito so, bhikkhave, ekanavutikappe yaṁ vipassī bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho loke udapādi. 
;;;“Ninety-one eons ago, the Buddha Vipassī arose in the world, perfected and fully awakened. 
;;;Ito so, bhikkhave, ekatiṁse kappe yaṁ sikhī bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho loke udapādi. 
;;;Thirty-one eons ago, the Buddha Sikhī arose in the world, perfected and fully awakened. 
;;;Mayhaṁ, bhikkhave, etarahi sāriputtamoggallānaṁ nāma sāvakayugaṁ ahosi aggaṁ bhaddayugaṁ. 
;;;I have a fine pair of chief disciples named Sāriputta and Moggallāna. 
;;;Bandhumatī nāma devī mātā ahosi janetti. 
;;;his birth mother was Queen Bandhumatī, 
;;;Vessabhussa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa suppatito nāma rājā pitā ahosi. 
;;;Vessabhū’s father was King Suppatita, 
;;;Vassavatī nāma devī mātā ahosi janetti. 
;;;his birth mother was Queen Vassavatī, 
;;;Kassapassa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa brahmadatto nāma brāhmaṇo pitā ahosi. 
;;;Kassapa’s father was the brahmin Brahmadatta, 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena karerimaṇḍalamāḷo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the pavilion by the kareri tree, where he sat on the seat spread out 
;;;Dhammatā esā, bhikkhave, yadā bodhisatto mātukucchiṁ okkanto hoti, cattāro naṁ devaputtā catuddisaṁ rakkhāya upagacchanti: ‘mā naṁ bodhisattaṁ vā bodhisattamātaraṁ vā manusso vā amanusso vā koci vā viheṭhesī’ti. 
;;;It’s normal that, when the being intent on awakening is conceived in his mother’s belly, four gods approach to guard the four quarters, so that no human or non-human or anyone at all shall harm the being intent on awakening or his mother. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, maṇi veḷuriyo subho jātimā aṭṭhaṁso suparikammakato accho vippasanno anāvilo sabbākārasampanno. Tatrāssa suttaṁ āvutaṁ nīlaṁ vā pītaṁ vā lohitaṁ vā odātaṁ vā paṇḍusuttaṁ vā. 
;;;Suppose there was a beryl gem that was naturally beautiful, eight-faceted, well-worked, transparent, clear, and unclouded, endowed with all good qualities. And it was strung with a thread of blue, yellow, red, white, or golden brown. 
;;;Dhammatā esā, bhikkhave, yadā bodhisatto mātukucchimhā nikkhamati, visadova nikkhamati amakkhito udena amakkhito semhena amakkhito ruhirena amakkhito kenaci asucinā suddho visado. 
;;;It’s normal that, when the being intent on awakening emerges from his mother’s womb, he emerges already clean, unsoiled by waters, mucus, blood, or any other kind of impurity, pure and clean. 
;;;Dhammatā esā, bhikkhave, sampatijāto bodhisatto samehi pādehi patiṭṭhahitvā uttarābhimukho sattapadavītihārena gacchati setamhi chatte anudhāriyamāne, sabbā ca disā anuviloketi, āsabhiṁ vācaṁ bhāsati ‘aggohamasmi lokassa, jeṭṭhohamasmi lokassa, seṭṭhohamasmi lokassa, ayamantimā jāti, natthi dāni punabbhavo’ti. 
;;;It’s normal that, as soon as he’s born, the being intent on awakening stands firm with his own feet on the ground. Facing north, he takes seven strides with a white parasol held above him, surveys all quarters, and makes this dramatic proclamation: ‘I am the foremost in the world! I am the eldest in the world! I am the first in the world! This is my last rebirth; now there’ll be no more future lives.’ 
;;;Ayañhi, deva, kumāro sukhumacchavī; sukhumattā chaviyā rajojallaṁ kāye na upalimpati …pe… 
;;;He has delicate skin, so delicate that dust and dirt don’t stick to his body. 
;;;Ayañhi, deva, kumāro citantaraṁso …pe… 
;;;He is filled out between the shoulders. 
;;;So imaṁ pathaviṁ sāgarapariyantaṁ adaṇḍena asatthena dhammena abhivijiya ajjhāvasati. 
;;; 
;;;Atha kho, bhikkhave, bandhumā rājā nemitte brāhmaṇe ahatehi vatthehi acchādāpetvā sabbakāmehi santappesi. 
;;;Then King Bandhumā had the brahmin soothsayers dressed in unworn clothes and satisfied all their needs. 
;;;Jātassa kho pana, bhikkhave, vipassissa kumārassa kammavipākajaṁ dibbacakkhu pāturahosi yena sudaṁ samantā yojanaṁ passati divā ceva rattiñca. 
;;;From when he was born, Prince Vipassī had the power of clairvoyance which manifested as a result of past deeds, by which he could see for a league all around both by day and by night. 
;;;‘Animisanto kumāro pekkhatī’ti kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa kumārassa ‘vipassī vipassī’ tveva samaññā udapādi. 
;;;And because it was said that he was unblinkingly watchful, he came to be known as ‘Vipassī’. 
;;;Atha kho, bhikkhave, bandhumā rājā atthakaraṇe nisinno vipassiṁ kumāraṁ aṅke nisīdāpetvā atthe anusāsati. 
;;;Then while King Bandhumā was sitting in judgment, he’d sit Prince Vipassī in his lap and explain the case to him. 
;;;Tatra sudaṁ, bhikkhave, vipassī kumāro pituaṅke nisinno viceyya viceyya atthe panāyati ñāyena. 
;;;And sitting there in his father’s lap, Vipassī would thoroughly consider the case and draw a conclusion using a logical procedure. 
;;;Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassī kumāro bhaddaṁ bhaddaṁ yānaṁ abhiruhitvā bhaddehi bhaddehi yānehi uyyānabhūmiṁ niyyāsi. 
;;;Then Prince Vipassī mounted a fine carriage and, along with other fine carriages, set out for the park. 
;;;Addasā kho, bhikkhave, vipassī kumāro uyyānabhūmiṁ niyyanto purisaṁ jiṇṇaṁ gopānasivaṅkaṁ bhoggaṁ daṇḍaparāyanaṁ pavedhamānaṁ gacchantaṁ āturaṁ gatayobbanaṁ. 
;;;Along the way he saw an elderly man, bent double, crooked, leaning on a staff, trembling as he walked, ailing, past his prime. 
;;;Addasā kho, bhikkhave, vipassī kumāro uyyānabhūmiṁ niyyanto purisaṁ ābādhikaṁ dukkhitaṁ bāḷhagilānaṁ sake muttakarīse palipannaṁ semānaṁ aññehi vuṭṭhāpiyamānaṁ aññehi saṁvesiyamānaṁ. 
;;;Along the way he saw a man who was sick, suffering, gravely ill, collapsed in his own urine and feces, being picked up by some and put down by others. 
;;;Akkhīnipissa na yathā aññesaṁ, saropissa na yathā aññesan’ti? 
;;;For his eyes and his voice are unlike those of other men.’ 
;;;‘Eso kho, deva, pabbajito nāma sādhu dhammacariyā sādhu samacariyā sādhu kusalakiriyā sādhu puññakiriyā sādhu avihiṁsā sādhu bhūtānukampā’ti. 
;;;‘He is called a renunciate because he celebrates principled and fair conduct, skillful actions, good deeds, harmlessness, and sympathy for living creatures.’ 
;;;‘na hi nūna so orako dhammavinayo, na sā orakā pabbajjā, yattha vipassī kumāro kesamassuṁ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajito. 
;;;‘This must be no ordinary teaching and training, no ordinary going forth in which Prince Vipassī has gone forth. 
;;;Vipassīpi nāma kumāro kesamassuṁ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajissati, kimaṅgaṁ pana mayan’ti. 
;;;If even the prince goes forth, why don’t we do the same?’ 
;;;Atha kho, so bhikkhave, mahājanakāyo caturāsītipāṇasahassāni kesamassuṁ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā vipassiṁ bodhisattaṁ agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajitaṁ anupabbajiṁsu. 
;;;Then that great crowd of 84,000 people shaved off their hair and beard, dressed in ocher robes, and followed the one intent on awakening, Vipassī, by going forth from the lay life to homelessness. 
;;;Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: 
;;;Then as he was in private retreat this thought came to his mind, 
;;;‘na kho metaṁ patirūpaṁ yohaṁ ākiṇṇo viharāmi, yannūnāhaṁ eko gaṇamhā vūpakaṭṭho vihareyyan’ti. 
;;;‘It’s not appropriate for me to live in a crowd. Why don’t I live alone, withdrawn from the group?’ 
;;;Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa vāsūpagatassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: 
;;;Then as Vipassī, the one intent on awakening, was in private retreat in his dwelling, this thought came to his mind, 
;;;‘nassati vata bho loko, vinassati vata bho loko, yatra hi nāma vipassissa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa appossukkatāya cittaṁ namati, no dhammadesanāyā’ti. 
;;;‘Alas! The world will be lost, the world will perish! For the mind of the Blessed One Vipassī, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha, inclines to remaining passive, not to teaching the Dhamma.’ 
;;;Atha kho so, bhikkhave, mahābrahmā ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ karitvā dakkhiṇaṁ jāṇumaṇḍalaṁ pathaviyaṁ nihantvā yena vipassī bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā vipassiṁ bhagavantaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;He arranged his robe over one shoulder, knelt on his right knee, raised his joined palms toward the Buddha Vipassī, and said, 
;;;santi sattā apparajakkhajātikā; assavanatā dhammassa parihāyanti, 
;;;There are beings with little dust in their eyes. They’re in decline because they haven’t heard the teaching. 
;;;Addasā kho, bhikkhave, vipassī bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho buddhacakkhunā lokaṁ volokento satte apparajakkhe mahārajakkhe tikkhindriye mudindriye svākāre dvākāre suviññāpaye duviññāpaye appekacce paralokavajjabhayadassāvine viharante, appekacce na paralokavajjabhayadassāvine viharante. 
;;;And he saw sentient beings with little dust in their eyes, and some with much dust in their eyes; with keen faculties and with weak faculties, with good qualities and with bad qualities, easy to teach and hard to teach. And some of them lived seeing the danger in the fault to do with the next world, while others did not. 
;;;Sokāvatiṇṇaṁ janatamapetasoko, 
;;;rid of sorrow, look upon the people 
;;;Desassu bhagavā dhammaṁ, 
;;;Let the Blessed One teach the Dhamma! 
;;;Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassī bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho dāyapālaṁ āmantesi: 
;;;Then the Buddha Vipassī addressed the park keeper, 
;;;Yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi, yānena gantvā yānā paccorohitvā pattikāva yena vipassī bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho tenupasaṅkamiṁsu. upasaṅkamitvā vipassiṁ bhagavantaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. 
;;;They went by carriage as far as the terrain allowed, then descended and approached the Buddha Vipassī on foot. They bowed and sat down to one side. 
;;;Tesaṁ vipassī bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho anupubbiṁ kathaṁ kathesi, seyyathidaṁ— 
;;;The Buddha Vipassī taught them step by step, with 
;;;Yadā te bhagavā aññāsi kallacitte muducitte vinīvaraṇacitte udaggacitte pasannacitte, atha yā buddhānaṁ sāmukkaṁsikā dhammadesanā, taṁ pakāsesi— 
;;;And when he knew that their minds were ready, pliable, rid of hindrances, elated, and confident he explained the special teaching of the Buddhas: 
;;;saṅkhārānaṁ ādīnavaṁ okāraṁ saṅkilesaṁ nibbāne ānisaṁsaṁ pakāsesi. 
;;;He explained the drawbacks of conditioned phenomena, so sordid and corrupt, and the benefit of extinguishment. 
;;;Yadā te bhagavā aññāsi kallacitte muducitte vinīvaraṇacitte udaggacitte pasannacitte, atha yā buddhānaṁ sāmukkaṁsikā dhammadesanā, taṁ pakāsesi— 
;;;And when he knew that their minds were ready, pliable, rid of hindrances, elated, and confident he explained the special teaching of the Buddhas: 
;;;Yadā te bhagavā aññāsi kallacitte muducitte vinīvaraṇacitte udaggacitte pasannacitte, atha yā buddhānaṁ sāmukkaṁsikā dhammadesanā, taṁ pakāsesi— 
;;; 
;;;Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: 
;;;As the Buddha Vipassī was in private retreat this thought came to his mind, 
;;;Santi sattā apparajakkhajātikā, assavanatā dhammassa parihāyanti, bhavissanti dhammassa aññātāro”ti. 
;;; 
;;;Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassī bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito bhikkhū āmantesi: 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha Vipassī came out of retreat and addressed the mendicants, telling them all that had happened. Then he said, 
;;;‘idha mayhaṁ, bhikkhave, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: 
;;; 
;;;Na samaṇo hoti paraṁ viheṭhayanto. 
;;;nor does an ascetic hurt another. 
;;;Tassa mayhaṁ, bhikkhave, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: 
;;;As I was in private retreat this thought came to mind, 
;;;Bhagavato, mārisā, sāriputtamoggallānaṁ nāma sāvakayugaṁ ahosi aggaṁ bhaddayugaṁ. 
;;;You have a fine pair of chief disciples named Sāriputta and Moggallāna. 
;;;Bhagavato, mārisā, sāriputtamoggallānaṁ nāma sāvakayugaṁ ahosi aggaṁ bhaddayugaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;

dn14
dn15#1.2

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kurūsu viharati kammāsadhammaṁ nāma kurūnaṁ nigamo. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Kurus, near the Kuru town named Kammāsadamma. 
;;;devānaṁ vā devattāya, gandhabbānaṁ vā gandhabbattāya, yakkhānaṁ vā yakkhattāya, bhūtānaṁ vā bhūtattāya, manussānaṁ vā manussattāya, catuppadānaṁ vā catuppadattāya, pakkhīnaṁ vā pakkhittāya, sarīsapānaṁ vā sarīsapattāya, tesaṁ tesañca hi, ānanda, sattānaṁ tadattāya jāti nābhavissa. Sabbaso jātiyā asati jātinirodhā api nu kho jarāmaraṇaṁ paññāyethā”ti? 
;;;That is, there were no rebirth of sentient beings into their various realms—of gods, centaurs, spirits, creatures, humans, quadrupeds, birds, or reptiles, each into their own realm. When there’s no rebirth at all, with the cessation of rebirth, would old age and death still be found?” 
;;;‘hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇā itissa diṭṭhī’ti, tadakallaṁ. 
;;;‘A realized one still exists after death’; 
;;;‘Na hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇā itissa diṭṭhī’ti, tadakallaṁ. 
;;;‘A realized one no longer exists after death’; 
;;;‘Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇā itissa diṭṭhī’ti, tadakallaṁ. 
;;;‘A realized one both still exists and no longer exists after death’; 
;;;‘Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇā itissa diṭṭhī’ti, tadakallaṁ. 
;;;‘A realized one neither still exists nor no longer exists after death’. 
;;;Yāvatā, ānanda, adhivacanaṁ yāvatā adhivacanapatho, yāvatā nirutti yāvatā niruttipatho, yāvatā paññatti yāvatā paññattipatho, yāvatā paññā yāvatā paññāvacaraṁ, yāvatā vaṭṭaṁ, yāvatā vaṭṭati, tadabhiññāvimutto bhikkhu, tadabhiññāvimuttaṁ bhikkhuṁ ‘na jānāti na passati itissa diṭṭhī’ti, tadakallaṁ. 
;;;A mendicant is freed by directly knowing this: how far labeling and the scope of labeling extend; how far terminology and the scope of terminology extend; how far description and the scope of description extend; how far wisdom and the sphere of wisdom extend; how far the cycle of rebirths and its continuation extend. It wouldn’t be appropriate to say that a mendicant freed by directly knowing this holds the view: ‘There is no such thing as knowing and seeing.’ 
;;;Satta kho, ānanda, viññāṇaṭṭhitiyo, dve āyatanāni. 
;;;Ānanda, there are seven planes of consciousness and two dimensions. 
;;;Yo nu kho, ānanda, tañca pajānāti, tassā ca samudayaṁ pajānāti, tassā ca atthaṅgamaṁ pajānāti, tassā ca assādaṁ pajānāti, tassā ca ādīnavaṁ pajānāti, tassā ca nissaraṇaṁ pajānāti, kallaṁ nu tena tadabhinanditun”ti? 
;;;is it appropriate for someone who understands them—and their origin, ending, gratification, drawback, and escape—to take pleasure in them?” 
;;;Yo nu kho, ānanda, tañca pajānāti, tassa ca samudayaṁ pajānāti, tassa ca atthaṅgamaṁ pajānāti, tassa ca assādaṁ pajānāti, tassa ca ādīnavaṁ pajānāti, tassa ca nissaraṇaṁ pajānāti, kallaṁ nu tena tadabhinanditun”ti? 
;;; 
;;;Yo nu kho, ānanda, tañca pajānāti, tassa ca samudayaṁ pajānāti, tassa ca atthaṅgamaṁ pajānāti, tassa ca assādaṁ pajānāti, tassa ca ādīnavaṁ pajānāti, tassa ca nissaraṇaṁ pajānāti, kallaṁ nu tena tadabhinanditun”ti? 
;;; 
;;;

dn15
dn16#1.1.5

“ahaṁ hime vajjī evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve ucchecchāmi vajjī, vināsessāmi vajjī, anayabyasanaṁ āpādessāmī”ti. ;;;“I shall wipe out these Vajjis, so mighty and powerful! I shall destroy them, and lay ruin and devastation upon them!” 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā ānando bhagavato piṭṭhito ṭhito hoti bhagavantaṁ bījayamāno. 
;;;Now at that time Venerable Ānanda was standing behind the Buddha fanning him. 
;;;Kinti te, ānanda, sutaṁ, ‘vajjī ye te vajjīnaṁ vajjimahallakā, te sakkaronti garuṁ karonti mānenti pūjenti, tesañca sotabbaṁ maññantī’”ti? 
;;;Ānanda, have you heard that the Vajjis honor, respect, esteem, and venerate Vajjian elders, and think them worth listening to?” 
;;;“Sutaṁ metaṁ, bhante: ‘vajjī ye te vajjīnaṁ vajjimahallakā, te sakkaronti garuṁ karonti mānenti pūjenti, tesañca sotabbaṁ maññantī’”ti. 
;;;“I have heard that, sir.” 
;;;“Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjī ye te vajjīnaṁ vajjimahallakā, te sakkarissanti garuṁ karissanti mānessanti pūjessanti, tesañca sotabbaṁ maññissanti, vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni. 
;;;“As long as the Vajjis honor, respect, esteem, and venerate Vajjian elders, and think them worth listening to, they can expect growth, not decline. 
;;;Akaraṇīyāva, bho gotama, vajjī raññā māgadhena ajātasattunā vedehiputtena yadidaṁ yuddhassa, aññatra upalāpanāya aññatra mithubhedā. 
;;;King Ajātasattu cannot defeat the Vajjis in war, unless by bribery or by sowing dissension. 
;;;Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū paccattaññeva satiṁ upaṭṭhapessanti: ‘kinti anāgatā ca pesalā sabrahmacārī āgaccheyyuṁ, āgatā ca pesalā sabrahmacārī phāsu vihareyyun’ti. Vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni. 
;;;As long as the mendicants individually establish mindfulness, so that more good-hearted spiritual companions might come, and those that have already come may live comfortably, they can expect growth, not decline. 
;;;“Uḷārā kho te ayaṁ, sāriputta, āsabhī vācā bhāsitā, ekaṁso gahito, sīhanādo nadito: 
;;;“That’s a grand and dramatic statement, Sāriputta. You’ve roared a definitive, categorical lion’s roar, saying: 
;;;Kiṁ te, sāriputta, ye te ahesuṁ atītamaddhānaṁ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, sabbe te bhagavanto cetasā ceto paricca viditā: 
;;;What about all the perfected ones, the fully awakened Buddhas who lived in the past? Have you comprehended their minds to know that 
;;;“Kiṁ pana te, sāriputta, ye te bhavissanti anāgatamaddhānaṁ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, sabbe te bhagavanto cetasā ceto paricca viditā: 
;;;“And what about all the perfected ones, the fully awakened Buddhas who will live in the future? Have you comprehended their minds to know that 
;;;Tassa evamassa: 
;;;He thinks: 
;;;Atha kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā bhagavato adhivāsanaṁ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā yena āvasathāgāraṁ tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā sabbasanthariṁ āvasathāgāraṁ santharitvā āsanāni paññapetvā udakamaṇikaṁ patiṭṭhāpetvā telapadīpaṁ āropetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ: 
;;;Then, knowing that the Buddha had consented, the lay followers of Pāṭali Village got up from their seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on their right. Then they went to the guest house, where they spread carpets all over, prepared seats, set up a water jar, and placed an oil lamp. Then they went back to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and told him of their preparations, saying: 
;;;“Ke nu kho, ānanda, pāṭaligāme nagaraṁ māpentī”ti? 
;;;“Ānanda, who is building a citadel at Pāṭali Village?” 
;;;saññate brahmacārayo. 
;;;the restrained spiritual practitioners, 
;;;Setuṁ katvāna visajja pallalāni; 
;;;have built a bridge and left the marshes behind. 
;;;Kullañhi jano bandhati, 
;;;While some people are still tying a raft, 
;;;Tayidaṁ, bhikkhave, dukkhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ anubuddhaṁ paṭividdhaṁ, dukkhasamudayaṁ ariyasaccaṁ anubuddhaṁ paṭividdhaṁ, dukkhanirodhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ anubuddhaṁ paṭividdhaṁ, dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccaṁ anubuddhaṁ paṭividdhaṁ, ucchinnā bhavataṇhā, khīṇā bhavanetti, natthi dāni punabbhavo”ti. 
;;;These noble truths of suffering, origin, cessation, and the path have been understood and comprehended. Craving for continued existence has been cut off; the conduit to rebirth is ended; now there’ll be no more future lives.” 
;;;“āyāmānanda, yena nātikā tenupaṅkamissāmā”ti. 
;;;“Come, Ānanda, let’s go to the land of the Ñātikas.” 
;;;Kukkuṭo nāma, bhante, upāsako nātike kālaṅkato, tassa kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo? 
;;;The laymen named Kakkaṭa, 
;;;Kāḷimbo nāma, bhante, upāsako …pe… 
;;;Kaḷibha, 
;;;bhaddo nāma, bhante, upāsako … 
;;;Bhadda, and 
;;;subhaddo nāma, bhante, upāsako nātike kālaṅkato, tassa kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo”ti? 
;;;Subhadda have passed away in Ñātika. Where have they been reborn in the next life?” 
;;;Sādhikā navuti, ānanda, nātike upāsakā kālaṅkatā tiṇṇaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṁ tanuttā sakadāgāmino sakideva imaṁ lokaṁ āgantvā dukkhassantaṁ karissanti. 
;;;More than ninety laymen in Ñātika have passed away having ended three fetters, and weakened greed, hate, and delusion. They’re once-returners, who will come back to this world once only, then make an end of suffering. 
;;;Sātirekāni, ānanda, pañcasatāni nātike upāsakā kālaṅkatā, tiṇṇaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā. 
;;;More than five hundred laymen in Ñātika have passed away having ended three fetters. They’re stream-enterers, not liable to be reborn in the underworld, bound for awakening. 
;;;Tasmiṁyeva kālaṅkate tathāgataṁ upasaṅkamitvā etamatthaṁ pucchissatha, vihesā hesā, ānanda, tathāgatassa. 
;;;But if you should come and ask me about it each and every time someone passes away, that would be a bother for me. 
;;;“Sacepi me, ayyaputtā, vesāliṁ sāhāraṁ dassatha, evamahaṁ taṁ bhattaṁ na dassāmī”ti. 
;;;“Masters, even if you were to give me Vesālī with her provinces, I still wouldn’t give that meal to you.” 
;;;“adhivutthaṁ kho me, licchavī, svātanāya ambapāliyā gaṇikāya bhattan”ti. 
;;;“I have already accepted tomorrow’s meal from Ambapālī the courtesan.” 
;;;“etha tumhe, bhikkhave, samantā vesāliṁ yathāmittaṁ yathāsandiṭṭhaṁ yathāsambhattaṁ vassaṁ upetha. 
;;;“Mendicants, please enter the rainy season residence with whatever friends or acquaintances you have around Vesālī. 
;;;“Kiṁ panānanda, bhikkhusaṅgho mayi paccāsīsati? 
;;;“But what could the mendicant Saṅgha expect from me, Ānanda? 
;;;Ahaṁ kho panānanda, etarahi jiṇṇo vuddho mahallako addhagato vayo anuppatto. 
;;;I’m now old, elderly and senior. I’m advanced in years and have reached the final stage of life. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, ānanda, jajjarasakaṭaṁ veṭhamissakena yāpeti; 
;;;Just as a decrepit old cart is kept going by a rope, 
;;;yena cāpālaṁ cetiyaṁ tenupasaṅkamissāma divā vihārāyā”ti. 
;;;Let’s go to the Cāpāla shrine for the day’s meditation.” 
;;;Ossaṭṭhe ca bhagavatā āyusaṅkhāre mahābhūmicālo ahosi bhiṁsanako salomahaṁso, devadundubhiyo ca phaliṁsu. 
;;;When he did so there was a great earthquake, awe-inspiring and hair-raising, and thunder cracked the sky. 
;;;Tatrapi mayā sannisinnapubbañceva sallapitapubbañca sākacchā ca samāpajjitapubbā. 
;;;There I used to sit with them, converse, and engage in discussion. 
;;;Tatrapi mayā sannisinnapubbañceva sallapitapubbañca sākacchā ca samāpajjitapubbā. 
;;;There too I used to sit with them, converse, and engage in discussion. 
;;;Nanu etaṁ, ānanda, mayā paṭikacceva akkhātaṁ: 
;;;Did I not prepare for this when I explained that 
;;;Idaṁ vatvāna sugato athāparaṁ etadavoca satthā: 
;;;Then the Holy One, the Teacher, went on to say: 
;;;appamatto vihassati; 
;;;in this teaching and training, 
;;;Atha kho sā nadikā cakkacchinnā parittā luḷitā āvilā sandamānā, āyasmante ānande upasaṅkamante acchā vippasannā anāvilā sandittha. 
;;;Now, though the shallow water in that creek had been churned up by wheels, and flowed cloudy and murky, when Ānanda approached it flowed transparent, clear, and unclouded. 
;;;25. Pukkusamallaputtavatthu 
;;;25. On Pukkusa the Malla 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena pukkuso mallaputto āḷārassa kālāmassa sāvako kusinārāya pāvaṁ addhānamaggappaṭipanno hoti. 
;;;Now at that time Pukkusa the Malla, a disciple of Āḷāra Kālāma, was traveling along the road from Kusinārā to Pāvā. 
;;;Addasā kho pukkuso mallaputto bhagavantaṁ aññatarasmiṁ rukkhamūle nisinnaṁ. 
;;;He saw the Buddha sitting at the root of a certain tree. 
;;;Disvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho pukkuso mallaputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;He went up to him, bowed, sat down to one side, and said, 
;;;apisu te, bhante, saṅghāṭi rajena okiṇṇā’ti? 
;;;Why sir, even your outer robe is covered with dust!’ 
;;;yo vā saññī samāno jāgaro deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā neva passeyya, na pana saddaṁ suṇeyyā”ti? 
;;;Or to neither see nor hear a sound as the heavens are raining and pouring, lightning’s flashing, and thunder’s cracking?” 
;;;“Kiñhi, bhante, karissanti pañca vā sakaṭasatāni cha vā sakaṭasatāni satta vā sakaṭasatāni aṭṭha vā sakaṭasatāni nava vā sakaṭasatāni, sakaṭasahassaṁ vā sakaṭasatasahassaṁ vā. 
;;;“What do five hundred carts matter, or six hundred, or seven hundred, or eight hundred, or nine hundred, or a thousand, or even a hundred thousand carts? 
;;;Yatra hi nāma saññī samāno jāgaro deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā neva dakkhati, na pana saddaṁ sossatī’ti. 
;;;in that, while conscious and awake he neither saw nor heard a sound as the heavens were raining and pouring, lightning was flashing, and thunder was cracking.’ 
;;;Evaṁ vutte, pukkuso mallaputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;When he said this, Pukkusa said to him, 
;;;Atha kho pukkuso mallaputto aññataraṁ purisaṁ āmantesi: 
;;;Then Pukkusa addressed a certain man, 
;;;“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho so puriso pukkusassa mallaputtassa paṭissutvā taṁ siṅgīvaṇṇaṁ yugamaṭṭhaṁ dhāraṇīyaṁ āhari. 
;;;“Yes, sir,” replied that man, and did as he was asked. 
;;;Atha kho pukkuso mallaputto taṁ siṅgīvaṇṇaṁ yugamaṭṭhaṁ dhāraṇīyaṁ bhagavato upanāmesi: 
;;;Then Pukkusa brought the garments to the Buddha, 
;;;“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho pukkuso mallaputto bhagavato paṭissutvā ekena bhagavantaṁ acchādeti, ekena āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ. 
;;;“Yes, sir,” replied Pukkusa, and did so. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā pukkusaṁ mallaputtaṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṁsesi. 
;;;Then the Buddha educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired Pukkusa the Malla with a Dhamma talk, 
;;;Atha kho pukkuso mallaputto bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṁsito uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi. 
;;;after which he got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha before leaving. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā ānando acirapakkante pukkuse mallaputte taṁ siṅgīvaṇṇaṁ yugamaṭṭhaṁ dhāraṇīyaṁ bhagavato kāyaṁ upanāmesi. 
;;;Then, not long after Pukkusa had left, Ānanda placed the pair of garments the color of mountain gold by the Buddha’s body. 
;;;Taṁ bhagavato kāyaṁ upanāmitaṁ hataccikaṁ viya khāyati. 
;;;But when placed by the Buddha’s body they seemed to lose their shine. 
;;;Ajja kho panānanda, rattiyā pacchime yāme kusinārāyaṁ upavattane mallānaṁ sālavane antarena yamakasālānaṁ tathāgatassa parinibbānaṁ bhavissati. 
;;;Today, Ānanda, in the last watch of the night, between a pair of sal trees in the sal forest of the Mallas at Upavattana near Kusinārā, shall be the Realized One’s full extinguishment. 
;;;Nhatvā ca pivitvā cudatāri satthā, 
;;;And after bathing and drinking the Teacher emerged. 
;;;Vattā pavattā bhagavā idha dhamme, 
;;;the Teacher who rolled forth the present dispensation, 
;;;dveme piṇḍapātā samasamaphalā samavipākā, ativiya aññehi piṇḍapātehi mahapphalatarā ca mahānisaṁsatarā ca. 
;;;There are two almsmeal offerings that have identical fruit and result, and are more fruitful and beneficial than other almsmeal offerings. 
;;;“āyāmānanda, yena hiraññavatiyā nadiyā pārimaṁ tīraṁ, yena kusinārā upavattanaṁ mallānaṁ sālavanaṁ tenupasaṅkamissāmā”ti. 
;;;“Come, Ānanda, let’s go to the far shore of the Golden River, and on to the sal forest of the Mallas at Upavattana near Kusinārā.” 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ yena hiraññavatiyā nadiyā pārimaṁ tīraṁ, yena kusinārā upavattanaṁ mallānaṁ sālavanaṁ tenupasaṅkami. upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi: 
;;;And that’s where they went. Then the Buddha addressed Ānanda, 
;;;Yo kho, ānanda, bhikkhu vā bhikkhunī vā upāsako vā upāsikā vā dhammānudhammappaṭipanno viharati sāmīcippaṭipanno anudhammacārī, so tathāgataṁ sakkaroti garuṁ karoti māneti pūjeti apaciyati, paramāya pūjāya. 
;;;Any monk or nun or male or female lay follower who practices in line with the teachings, practicing properly, living in line with the teachings—they honor, respect, revere, venerate, and esteem the Realized One with the highest honor. 
;;;Yāvatā, ānanda, kusinārā upavattanaṁ mallānaṁ sālavanaṁ samantato dvādasa yojanāni, natthi so padeso vālaggakoṭinittudanamattopi mahesakkhāhi devatāhi apphuṭo. 
;;;For twelve leagues all around this sal grove there’s no spot, not even a fraction of a hair’s tip, that’s not crowded full of illustrious deities. 
;;;“Kathaṁbhūtā pana, bhante, bhagavā devatā manasikarotī”ti? 
;;;“But sir, what kind of deities are you thinking of?” 
;;;“Santānanda, devatā ākāse pathavīsaññiniyo kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṁ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti, vivaṭṭanti: 
;;;“There are, Ānanda, deities—both in space and on the earth—who are aware of the earth. With hair disheveled and arms raised, they fall down like their feet were chopped off, rolling back and forth, lamenting: 
;;;‘atikhippaṁ bhagavā parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṁ sugato parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṁ cakkhuṁ loke antaradhāyissatī’ti. 
;;;‘Too soon the Blessed One will be fully extinguished! Too soon the Holy One will be fully extinguished! Too soon the Eye of the World will vanish!’ 
;;;“Pubbe, bhante, disāsu vassaṁvuṭṭhā bhikkhū āgacchanti tathāgataṁ dassanāya. 
;;;“Previously, sir, when mendicants had completed the rainy season residence in various districts they came to see the Realized One. 
;;;Iṅgha tumhe, ānanda, sāratthe ghaṭatha anuyuñjatha, sāratthe appamattā ātāpino pahitattā viharatha. 
;;;Please, Ānanda, you must all strive and practice for your own goal! Meditate diligent, keen, and resolute for your own goal! 
;;;“Rañño, ānanda, cakkavattissa sarīraṁ ahatena vatthena veṭhenti, ahatena vatthena veṭhetvā vihatena kappāsena veṭhenti, vihatena kappāsena veṭhetvā ahatena vatthena veṭhenti. 
;;;“They wrap a wheel-turning monarch’s corpse with unworn cloth, then with uncarded cotton, then again with unworn cloth. 
;;;Cātumahāpathe rañño cakkavattissa thūpaṁ karonti. 
;;;They build a monument for the wheel-turning monarch at the crossroads. 
;;;Tathāgato arahaṁ sammāsambuddho thūpāraho, paccekasambuddho thūpāraho, tathāgatassa sāvako thūpāraho, rājā cakkavattī thūpārahoti. 
;;;A Realized One, a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha; an independent Buddha; a disciple of a Realized One; and a wheel-turning monarch. 
;;;Cattārome, bhikkhave, acchariyā abbhutā dhammā ānande. 
;;;There are these four incredible and amazing things about Ānanda. 
;;;Gaccha tvaṁ, ānanda, kusināraṁ pavisitvā kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ ārocehi: 
;;;Go, Ānanda, into Kusinārā and inform the Mallas: 
;;;33. Mallānaṁvandanā 
;;;33. The Mallas Pay Homage 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena kosinārakā mallā sandhāgāre sannipatitā honti kenacideva karaṇīyena. 
;;;Now at that time the Mallas of Kusinārā were sitting together at the town hall on some business. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ sandhāgāraṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ ārocesi: 
;;;Ānanda went up to them, and announced: 
;;;Idamāyasmato ānandassa vacanaṁ sutvā mallā ca mallaputtā ca mallasuṇisā ca mallapajāpatiyo ca aghāvino dummanā cetodukkhasamappitā appekacce kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṁ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti vivaṭṭanti: 
;;;When they heard what Ānanda had to say, the Mallas, their sons, daughters-in-law, and wives became distraught, saddened, and grief-stricken. And some, with hair disheveled and arms raised, falling down like their feet were chopped off, rolling back and forth, lamented, 
;;;Atha kho mallā ca mallaputtā ca mallasuṇisā ca mallapajāpatiyo ca aghāvino dummanā cetodukkhasamappitā yena upavattanaṁ mallānaṁ sālavanaṁ yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkamiṁsu. 
;;;Then the Mallas, their sons, daughters-in-law, and wives, distraught, saddened, and grief-stricken went to the Mallian sal grove at Upavattana and approached Ānanda. 
;;;“sace kho ahaṁ kosinārake malle ekamekaṁ bhagavantaṁ vandāpessāmi, avandito bhagavā kosinārakehi mallehi bhavissati, athāyaṁ ratti vibhāyissati. 
;;;“If I have the Mallas pay homage to the Buddha one by one, they won’t be finished before first light. 
;;;Yannūnāhaṁ kosinārake malle kulaparivattaso kulaparivattaso ṭhapetvā bhagavantaṁ vandāpeyyaṁ: 
;;;I’d better separate them family by family and then have them pay homage, saying: 
;;;‘itthannāmo, bhante, mallo saputto sabhariyo sapariso sāmacco bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatī’”ti. 
;;;‘Sir, the Malla named so-and-so with children, wives, retinue, and ministers bows with his head at your feet.’” 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā ānando kosinārake malle kulaparivattaso kulaparivattaso ṭhapetvā bhagavantaṁ vandāpesi: 
;;;And so that’s what he did. 
;;;“itthannāmo, bhante, mallo saputto sabhariyo sapariso sāmacco bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatī”ti. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā ānando etena upāyena paṭhameneva yāmena kosinārake malle bhagavantaṁ vandāpesi. 
;;;So by this means Ānanda got the Mallas to finish paying homage to the Buddha in the first watch of the night. 
;;;“sutaṁ kho pana metaṁ paribbājakānaṁ vuḍḍhānaṁ mahallakānaṁ ācariyapācariyānaṁ bhāsamānānaṁ: 
;;;“I have heard that brahmins of the past who were elderly and senior, the tutors of tutors, said: 
;;;Atha kho subhaddo paribbājako yena upavattanaṁ mallānaṁ sālavanaṁ, yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then Subhadda went to the Mallian sal grove at Upavattana, approached Ānanda, and said to him, 
;;;“sutaṁ metaṁ, bho ānanda, paribbājakānaṁ vuḍḍhānaṁ mahallakānaṁ ācariyapācariyānaṁ bhāsamānānaṁ: 
;;;“Master Ānanda, I have heard that brahmins of the past who were elderly and senior, the tutors of tutors, said: 
;;;“sutaṁ metaṁ, bho ānanda, paribbājakānaṁ vuḍḍhānaṁ mahallakānaṁ ācariyapācariyānaṁ bhāsamānānaṁ: 
;;;Assosi kho bhagavā āyasmato ānandassa subhaddena paribbājakena saddhiṁ imaṁ kathāsallāpaṁ. 
;;;The Buddha heard that discussion between Ānanda and Subhadda. 
;;;ye ettha satthu sammukhā antevāsikābhisekena abhisittā”ti. 
;;;to be anointed here in the Teacher’s presence as his pupil!” 
;;;Asallīnena cittena, 
;;;He put up with painful feelings 
;;;“Kathaṁbhūtā pana, bhante, āyasmā anuruddho devatā manasi karotī”ti? 
;;;“But sir, what kind of deities are you thinking of?” 
;;;“gacchāvuso ānanda, kusināraṁ pavisitvā kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ ārocehi: 
;;;“Go, Ānanda, into Kusinārā and inform the Mallas: 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena kosinārakā mallā sandhāgāre sannipatitā honti teneva karaṇīyena. 
;;;Now at that time the Mallas of Kusinārā were sitting together at the town hall still on the same business. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ sandhāgāraṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ ārocesi: 
;;;Ānanda went up to them, and announced, 
;;;Idamāyasmato ānandassa vacanaṁ sutvā mallā ca mallaputtā ca mallasuṇisā ca mallapajāpatiyo ca aghāvino dummanā cetodukkhasamappitā appekacce kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṁ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti, vivaṭṭanti: 
;;;When they heard what Ānanda had to say, the Mallas, their sons, daughters-in-law, and wives became distraught, saddened, and grief-stricken. And some, with hair disheveled and arms raised, falling down like their feet were chopped off, rolling back and forth, lamented, 
;;;Atha kho kosinārakā mallā purise āṇāpesuṁ: 
;;;Then the Mallas ordered their men, 
;;;Atha kho kosinārakā mallā gandhamālañca sabbañca tāḷāvacaraṁ pañca ca dussayugasatāni ādāya yena upavattanaṁ mallānaṁ sālavanaṁ, yena bhagavato sarīraṁ tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato sarīraṁ naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṁ karontā mānentā pūjentā celavitānāni karontā maṇḍalamāḷe paṭiyādentā ekadivasaṁ vītināmesuṁ. 
;;;Then—taking those fragrances and garlands, all the musical instruments, and five hundred pairs of garments—they went to the Mallian sal grove at Upavattana and approached the Buddha’s corpse. They spent the day honoring, respecting, revering, and venerating the Buddha’s corpse with dance and song and music and garlands and fragrances, and making awnings and setting up pavilions. 
;;;Atha kho kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ etadahosi: 
;;;Then they thought, 
;;;Atha kho kosinārakā mallā bhagavato sarīraṁ naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṁ karontā mānentā pūjentā celavitānāni karontā maṇḍalamāḷe paṭiyādentā dutiyampi divasaṁ vītināmesuṁ, tatiyampi divasaṁ vītināmesuṁ, catutthampi divasaṁ vītināmesuṁ, pañcamampi divasaṁ vītināmesuṁ, chaṭṭhampi divasaṁ vītināmesuṁ. 
;;;But they spent the next day the same way, and so too the third, fourth, fifth, and sixth days. 
;;;Atha kho sattamaṁ divasaṁ kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ etadahosi: 
;;;Then on the seventh day they thought, 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena aṭṭha mallapāmokkhā sīsaṁnhātā ahatāni vatthāni nivatthā: 
;;;Now at that time eight of the leading Mallas, having bathed their heads and dressed in unworn clothes, said, 
;;;Atha kho kosinārakā mallā āyasmantaṁ anuruddhaṁ etadavocuṁ: 
;;;The Mallas said to Anuruddha, 
;;;“ko nu kho, bhante anuruddha, hetu ko paccayo, yenime aṭṭha mallapāmokkhā sīsaṁnhātā ahatāni vatthāni nivatthā: 
;;;“What is the cause, Honorable Anuruddha, what is the reason why these eight Mallian chiefs are unable to lift the Buddha’s corpse?” 
;;;‘mayaṁ bhagavato sarīraṁ dibbehi naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṁ karontā mānentā pūjentā uttarena uttaraṁ nagarassa haritvā uttarena dvārena nagaraṁ pavesetvā majjhena majjhaṁ nagarassa haritvā puratthimena dvārena nikkhamitvā puratthimato nagarassa makuṭabandhanaṁ nāma mallānaṁ cetiyaṁ ettha bhagavato sarīraṁ jhāpessāmā’”ti. 
;;;carry the Buddha’s corpse to the north of the town while venerating it with heavenly dance and song and music and garlands and fragrances. Then they plan to enter the town by the northern gate, carry it through the center of the town, leave by the eastern gate, and cremate it there at the Mallian shrine named Coronation.” 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena kusinārā yāva sandhisamalasaṅkaṭīrā jaṇṇumattena odhinā mandāravapupphehi santhatā hoti. 
;;;Now at that time the whole of Kusinārā was covered knee-deep with the flowers of the Flame Tree, without gaps even on the filth and rubbish heaps. 
;;;Atha kho devatā ca kosinārakā ca mallā bhagavato sarīraṁ dibbehi ca mānusakehi ca naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṁ karontā mānentā pūjentā uttarena uttaraṁ nagarassa haritvā uttarena dvārena nagaraṁ pavesetvā majjhena majjhaṁ nagarassa haritvā puratthimena dvārena nikkhamitvā puratthimato nagarassa makuṭabandhanaṁ nāma mallānaṁ cetiyaṁ ettha ca bhagavato sarīraṁ nikkhipiṁsu. 
;;;Then the deities and the Mallas of Kusinārā carried the Buddha’s corpse to the north of the town while venerating it with heavenly and human dance and song and music and garlands and fragrances. Then they entered the town by the northern gate, carried it through the center of the town, left by the eastern gate, and deposited the corpse there at the Mallian shrine named Coronation. 
;;;Atha kho kosinārakā mallā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavocuṁ: 
;;;Then the Mallas said to Ānanda, 
;;;Atha kho kosinārakā mallā purise āṇāpesuṁ: 
;;;Then the Mallas ordered their men, 
;;;“tena hi, bhaṇe, mallānaṁ vihataṁ kappāsaṁ sannipātethā”ti. 
;;;“So then, my men, collect uncarded cotton.” 
;;;Atha kho kosinārakā mallā bhagavato sarīraṁ ahatena vatthena veṭhetvā vihatena kappāsena veṭhesuṁ, vihatena kappāsena veṭhetvā ahatena vatthena veṭhesuṁ. 
;;;So the Mallas wrapped the Buddha’s corpse, 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena cattāro mallapāmokkhā sīsaṁnhātā ahatāni vatthāni nivatthā: 
;;;Now at that time four of the leading Mallas, having bathed their heads and dressed in unworn clothes, said, 
;;;Atha kho kosinārakā mallā āyasmantaṁ anuruddhaṁ etadavocuṁ: 
;;;The Mallas said to Anuruddha, 
;;;“ko nu kho, bhante anuruddha, hetu ko paccayo, yenime cattāro mallapāmokkhā sīsaṁnhātā ahatāni vatthāni nivatthā: 
;;;“What is the cause, Venerable Anuruddha, what is the reason why these four Mallian chiefs are unable to light the Buddha’s funeral pyre?” 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo yena kusinārā makuṭabandhanaṁ nāma mallānaṁ cetiyaṁ, yena bhagavato citako tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekaṁsaṁ cīvaraṁ katvā añjaliṁ paṇāmetvā tikkhattuṁ citakaṁ padakkhiṇaṁ katvā bhagavato pāde sirasā vandi. 
;;;Then Venerable Mahākassapa arrived at the Mallian shrine named Coronation at Kusinārā and approached the Buddha’s funeral pyre. Arranging his robe over one shoulder and raising his joined palms, he respectfully circled the Buddha three times, keeping him on his right, and bowed with his head at the Buddha’s feet. 
;;;Tesañca pañcannaṁ dussayugasatānaṁ dveva dussāni na ḍayhiṁsu yañca sabbaabbhantarimaṁ yañca bāhiraṁ. 
;;;And of those five hundred pairs of garments only two were not burnt: the innermost and the outermost. 
;;;Udakasālatopi abbhunnamitvā bhagavato citakaṁ nibbāpesi. 
;;;by water dripping from the sal trees, 
;;;Kosinārakāpi mallā sabbagandhodakena bhagavato citakaṁ nibbāpesuṁ. 
;;;and by the Mallas’ fragrant water. 
;;;Atha kho kosinārakā mallā bhagavato sarīrāni sattāhaṁ sandhāgāre sattipañjaraṁ karitvā dhanupākāraṁ parikkhipāpetvā naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkariṁsu garuṁ kariṁsu mānesuṁ pūjesuṁ. 
;;;Then the Mallas made a cage of spears for the Buddha’s relics in the town hall and surrounded it with a buttress of bows. For seven days they honored, respected, revered, and venerated them with dance and song and music and garlands and fragrances. 
;;;Atha kho rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ dūtaṁ pāhesi: 
;;;He sent an envoy to the Mallas of Kusinārā: 
;;;Atha kho vesālikā licchavī kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ dūtaṁ pāhesuṁ: 
;;;They sent an envoy to the Mallas of Kusinārā: 
;;;Atha kho kapilavatthuvāsī sakyā kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ dūtaṁ pāhesuṁ: 
;;;They sent an envoy to the Mallas of Kusinārā: 
;;;Assosuṁ kho allakappakā bulayo: 
;;;The Bulis of Allakappa also heard 
;;;Atha kho allakappakā bulayo kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ dūtaṁ pāhesuṁ: 
;;;They sent an envoy to the Mallas of Kusinārā: 
;;;Atha kho rāmagāmakā koḷiyā kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ dūtaṁ pāhesuṁ: 
;;;They sent an envoy to the Mallas of Kusinārā: 
;;;Atha kho veṭṭhadīpako brāhmaṇo kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ dūtaṁ pāhesi: 
;;;He sent an envoy to the Mallas of Kusinārā: 
;;;Assosuṁ kho pāveyyakā mallā: 
;;;The Mallas of Pāvā also heard 
;;;Atha kho pāveyyakā mallā kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ dūtaṁ pāhesuṁ: 
;;;They sent an envoy to the Mallas of Kusinārā: 
;;;Evaṁ vutte, kosinārakā mallā te saṅghe gaṇe etadavocuṁ: 
;;;When they had spoken, the Mallas of Kusinārā said to those various groups: 
;;;Assosuṁ kho pippalivaniyā moriyā: 
;;;The Moriyas of Pippalivana heard 
;;;Atha kho pippalivaniyā moriyā kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ dūtaṁ pāhesuṁ: 
;;;They sent an envoy to the Mallas of Kusinārā: 
;;;Te tato aṅgāraṁ hariṁsu. 
;;;So they took the embers. 
;;;Allakappakāpi bulayo allakappe bhagavato sarīrānaṁ thūpañca mahañca akaṁsu. 
;;;the Bulis of Allakappa, 
;;;Pāveyyakāpi mallā pāvāyaṁ bhagavato sarīrānaṁ thūpañca mahañca akaṁsu. 
;;;the Mallas of Pāvā, 
;;;Kosinārakāpi mallā kusinārāyaṁ bhagavato sarīrānaṁ thūpañca mahañca akaṁsu. 
;;;the Mallas of Kusinārā, 
;;;Taṁ vandatha pañjalikā labhitvā, 
;;;Honor it with joined palms when you get the chance, 
;;;

dn16
dn17#1.1.2

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kusinārāyaṁ viharati upavattane mallānaṁ sālavane antarena yamakasālānaṁ parinibbānasamaye. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying between a pair of sal trees in the sal forest of the Mallas at Upavattana near Kusinārā at the time of his full extinguishment. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, ānanda, devānaṁ āḷakamandā nāma rājadhānī iddhā ceva hoti phītā ca bahujanā ca ākiṇṇayakkhā ca subhikkhā ca; 
;;;It was just like Āḷakamandā, the royal capital of the gods, which is successful, prosperous, populous, full of spirits, with plenty of food. 
;;;Eko pākāro sovaṇṇamayo, eko rūpiyamayo, eko veḷuriyamayo, eko phalikamayo, eko lohitaṅkamayo, eko masāragallamayo, eko sabbaratanamayo. 
;;;one made of gold, one made of silver, one made of beryl, one made of crystal, one made of ruby, one made of emerald, and one made of all precious things. 
;;;Ekā esikā sovaṇṇamayā, ekā rūpiyamayā, ekā veḷuriyamayā, ekā phalikamayā, ekā lohitaṅkamayā, ekā masāragallamayā, ekā sabbaratanamayā. 
;;;made of gold, silver, beryl, crystal, ruby, emerald, and all precious things. 
;;;Ekā tālapanti sovaṇṇamayā, ekā rūpiyamayā, ekā veḷuriyamayā, ekā phalikamayā, ekā lohitaṅkamayā, ekā masāragallamayā, ekā sabbaratanamayā. 
;;;made of gold, silver, beryl, crystal, ruby, emerald, and all precious things. 
;;;Lohitaṅkamayassa tālassa lohitaṅkamayo khandho ahosi, masāragallamayāni pattāni ca phalāni ca. 
;;;The ruby palms had trunks of ruby, and leaves and fruits of emerald. 
;;;Masāragallamayassa tālassa masāragallamayo khandho ahosi, lohitaṅkamayāni pattāni ca phalāni ca. 
;;;The emerald palms had trunks of emerald, and leaves and fruits of ruby. 
;;;Tāsaṁ kho panānanda, tālapantīnaṁ vāteritānaṁ saddo ahosi vaggu ca rajanīyo ca khamanīyo ca madanīyo ca. 
;;;When those rows of palm trees were blown by the wind they sounded graceful, tantalizing, sensuous, lovely, and intoxicating, 
;;;Atha kho taṁ, ānanda, cakkaratanaṁ puratthimaṁ disaṁ pavatti, anvadeva rājā mahāsudassano saddhiṁ caturaṅginiyā senāya, yasmiṁ kho panānanda, padese cakkaratanaṁ patiṭṭhāsi, tattha rājā mahāsudassano vāsaṁ upagacchi saddhiṁ caturaṅginiyā senāya. 
;;;Then the wheel-treasure rolled towards the east. And the king followed it together with his army of four divisions. In whatever place the wheel-treasure stood still, there the king came to stay together with his army. 
;;;abhirūpā dassanīyā pāsādikā paramāya vaṇṇapokkharatāya samannāgatā nātidīghā nātirassā nātikisā nātithūlā nātikāḷikā nāccodātā atikkantā mānusivaṇṇaṁ appattā dibbavaṇṇaṁ. 
;;;She was attractive, good-looking, lovely, of surpassing beauty. She was neither too tall nor too short; neither too thin nor too fat; neither too dark nor too light. She outdid human beauty without reaching heavenly beauty. 
;;;Taṁ kho panānanda, itthiratanaṁ rājānaṁ mahāsudassanaṁ manasāpi no aticari, kuto pana kāyena. 
;;;The woman-treasure did not betray the wheel-turning monarch even in thought, still less in deed. 
;;;Rājā, ānanda, mahāsudassano imāya catutthiyā iddhiyā samannāgato ahosi. 
;;;This is the fourth blessing. 
;;;annaṁ annaṭṭhikassa, pānaṁ pānaṭṭhikassa, vatthaṁ vatthaṭṭhikassa, yānaṁ yānaṭṭhikassa, sayanaṁ sayanaṭṭhikassa, itthiṁ itthiṭṭhikassa, hiraññaṁ hiraññaṭṭhikassa, suvaṇṇaṁ suvaṇṇaṭṭhikassā’ti. 
;;;so that those in need of food, drink, clothes, vehicles, beds, women, coined gold, or uncoined gold can get what they need?’ 
;;;Sovaṇṇamaye kūṭāgāre rūpiyamayo pallaṅko paññatto ahosi, rūpiyamaye kūṭāgāre sovaṇṇamayo pallaṅko paññatto ahosi, veḷuriyamaye kūṭāgāre dantamayo pallaṅko paññatto ahosi, phalikamaye kūṭāgāre sāramayo pallaṅko paññatto ahosi. 
;;;In each chamber a couch was spread: in the golden chamber a couch of silver; in the silver chamber a couch of gold; in the beryl chamber a couch of ivory; in the crystal chamber a couch of hardwood. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, ānanda, pañcaṅgikassa tūriyassa suvinītassa suppaṭitāḷitassa sukusalehi samannāhatassa saddo hoti, vaggu ca rajanīyo ca khamanīyo ca madanīyo ca; 
;;;like a quintet made up of skilled musicians who had practiced well and kept excellent rhythm. 
;;;ekā tālapanti sovaṇṇamayā, ekā rūpiyamayā, ekā veḷuriyamayā, ekā phalikamayā, ekā lohitaṅkamayā, ekā masāragallamayā, ekā sabbaratanamayā. 
;;;made of gold, silver, beryl, crystal, ruby, emerald, and all precious things. 
;;;Lohitaṅkamayassa tālassa lohitaṅkamayo khandho ahosi masāragallamayāni pattāni ca phalāni ca. 
;;;The ruby palms had trunks of ruby, and leaves and fruits of emerald. 
;;;Masāragallamayassa tālassa masāragallamayo khandho ahosi lohitaṅkamayāni pattāni ca phalāni ca. 
;;;The emerald palms had trunks of emerald, and leaves and fruits of ruby. 
;;;Niṭṭhite kho panānanda, dhamme pāsāde niṭṭhitāya dhammāya ca pokkharaṇiyā rājā mahāsudassano ‘ye tena samayena samaṇesu vā samaṇasammatā brāhmaṇesu vā brāhmaṇasammatā’, te sabbakāmehi santappetvā dhammaṁ pāsādaṁ abhiruhi. 
;;;When the palace and its lotus pond were finished, King Mahāsudassana served those who were deemed true ascetics and brahmins with all they desired. Then he ascended the Palace of Principle. 
;;;Atha kho, ānanda, rājā mahāsudassano mahāviyūhaṁ kūṭāgāraṁ pavisitvā sovaṇṇamaye pallaṅke nisinno vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja vihāsi. 
;;;Then he entered the great foyer and sat on the golden couch. Quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, he entered and remained in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
;;;Atha kho, ānanda, rājā mahāsudassano mahāviyūhā kūṭāgārā nikkhamitvā sovaṇṇamayaṁ kūṭāgāraṁ pavisitvā rūpiyamaye pallaṅke nisinno 
;;;Then King Mahāsudassana left the great foyer and entered the golden chamber, where he sat on the golden couch. 
;;;caturāsīti pallaṅkasahassāni ahesuṁ sovaṇṇamayāni rūpiyamayāni dantamayāni sāramayāni gonakatthatāni paṭikatthatāni paṭalikatthatāni kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇāni sauttaracchadāni ubhatolohitakūpadhānāni; 
;;;He had 84,000 couches made of gold, silver, ivory, and hardwood. They were spread with woollen covers—shag-piled, pure white, or embroidered with flowers—and spread with a fine deer hide, with a canopy above and red pillows at both ends. 
;;;‘ehi tvaṁ, ambho purisa, mahāviyūhā kūṭāgārā sovaṇṇamayaṁ pallaṅkaṁ nīharitvā sabbasovaṇṇamaye tālavane paññapehī’ti. 
;;;‘Come, mister, bring the golden couch from the great foyer and set it up in the golden palm grove.’ 
;;;‘Evaṁ, devā’ti kho, ānanda, so puriso rañño mahāsudassanassa paṭissutvā mahāviyūhā kūṭāgārā sovaṇṇamayaṁ pallaṅkaṁ nīharitvā sabbasovaṇṇamaye tālavane paññapesi. 
;;;‘Yes, Your Majesty,’ that man replied, and did as he was asked. 
;;;Imāni te, deva, caturāsīti pallaṅkasahassāni sovaṇṇamayāni rūpiyamayāni dantamayāni sāramayāni gonakatthatāni paṭikatthatāni paṭalikatthatāni kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇāni sauttaracchadāni ubhatolohitakūpadhānāni. 
;;; 
;;;Imāni te, deva, caturāsīti pallaṅkasahassāni sovaṇṇamayāni rūpiyamayāni dantamayāni sāramayāni gonakatthatāni paṭikatthatāni paṭalikatthatāni kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇāni sauttaracchadāni ubhatolohitakūpadhānāni. 
;;; 
;;;Atha kho, ānanda, subhaddā devī assūni puñchitvā rājānaṁ mahāsudassanaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Wiping away her tears, the queen said to the king: 
;;;Imāni te, deva, caturāsīti pallaṅkasahassāni sovaṇṇamayāni rūpiyamayāni dantamayāni sāramayāni gonakatthatāni paṭikatthatāni paṭalikatthatāni kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇāni sauttaracchadāni ubhatolohitakūpadhānāni. 
;;; 
;;;Caturāsīti vassasahassāni gihibhūto dhamme pāsāde brahmacariyaṁ cari. 
;;;He led the spiritual life as a layman in the Palace of Principle for 84,000 years. 
;;;Mama tāni caturāsīti nagarasahassāni kusāvatīrājadhānippamukhāni, mama tāni caturāsīti pāsādasahassāni dhammapāsādappamukhāni, mama tāni caturāsīti kūṭāgārasahassāni mahāviyūhakūṭāgārappamukhāni, mama tāni caturāsīti pallaṅkasahassāni sovaṇṇamayāni rūpiyamayāni dantamayāni sāramayāni gonakatthatāni paṭikatthatāni paṭalikatthatāni kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇāni sauttaracchadāni ubhatolohitakūpadhānāni, mama tāni caturāsīti nāgasahassāni sovaṇṇālaṅkārāni sovaṇṇadhajāni hemajālapaṭicchannāni uposathanāgarājappamukhāni, mama tāni caturāsīti assasahassāni sovaṇṇālaṅkārāni sovaṇṇadhajāni hemajālapaṭicchannāni valāhakaassarājappamukhāni, mama tāni caturāsīti rathasahassāni sīhacammaparivārāni byagghacammaparivārāni dīpicammaparivārāni paṇḍukambalaparivārāni sovaṇṇālaṅkārāni sovaṇṇadhajāni hemajālapaṭicchannāni vejayantarathappamukhāni, mama tāni caturāsīti maṇisahassāni maṇiratanappamukhāni, mama tāni caturāsīti itthisahassāni subhaddādevippamukhāni, mama tāni caturāsīti gahapatisahassāni gahapatiratanappamukhāni, mama tāni caturāsīti khattiyasahassāni anuyantāni pariṇāyakaratanappamukhāni, mama tāni caturāsīti dhenusahassāni duhasandanāni kaṁsūpadhāraṇāni, mama tāni caturāsīti vatthakoṭisahassāni khomasukhumānaṁ kappāsikasukhumānaṁ koseyyasukhumānaṁ kambalasukhumānaṁ, mama tāni caturāsīti thālipākasahassāni sāyaṁ pātaṁ bhattābhihāro abhihariyittha. 
;;;Mine were the 84,000 cities, with the royal capital of Kusāvatī foremost. And mine were all the other possessions. 
;;;Tesaṁ kho panānanda, caturāsīti pallaṅkasahassānaṁ ekoyeva so pallaṅko hoti, yaṁ tena samayena paribhuñjāmi yadidaṁ sovaṇṇamayo vā rūpiyamayo vā dantamayo vā sāramayo vā. 
;;;Of those 84,000 couches, I only used one, made of gold or silver or ivory or heartwood. 
;;;

dn17
dn18#1.2

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā nātike viharati giñjakāvasathe. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying at Ñātika in the brick house. 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā parito parito janapadesu paricārake abbhatīte kālaṅkate upapattīsu byākaroti kāsikosalesu vajjimallesu cetivaṁsesu kurupañcālesu majjhasūrasenesu: 
;;;Now at that time the Buddha was explaining the rebirths of devotees all over the nations; the Kāsis and Kosalans, Vajjis and Mallas, Cetīs and Vacchas, Kurus and Pañcālas, Macchas and Sūrasenas: 
;;;“bhagavā kira parito parito janapadesu paricārake abbhatīte kālaṅkate upapattīsu byākaroti kāsikosalesu vajjimallesu cetivaṁsesu kurupañcālesu majjhasūrasenesu: 
;;; 
;;;“bhagavā kira parito parito janapadesu paricārake abbhatīte kālaṅkate upapattīsu byākaroti kāsikosalesu vajjimallesu cetivaṁsesu kurupañcālesu majjhasūrasenesu: 
;;; 
;;;“ime kho panāpi ahesuṁ māgadhakā paricārakā bahū ceva rattaññū ca abbhatītā kālaṅkatā. 
;;;“But there were also Magadhan devotees—many, and of long standing too—who have passed away. 
;;;‘evaṁ no so dhammiko dhammarājā sukhāpetvā kālaṅkato, evaṁ mayaṁ tassa dhammikassa dhammarañño vijite phāsu viharimhā’ti. 
;;;‘That just and principled king, who made us so happy, has passed away. Life was good under his dominion.’ 
;;;Bhagavā ce kho pana māgadhake paricārake abbhatīte kālaṅkate upapattīsu na byākareyya, dīnamanā tenassu māgadhakā paricārakā; 
;;;If he fails to do so, they will be dejected.” 
;;;‘bhagavā kira parito parito janapadesu paricārake abbhatīte kālaṅkate upapattīsu byākaroti kāsikosalesu vajjimallesu cetivaṁsesu kurupañcālesu majjhasūrasenesu: 
;;; 
;;;Nātike piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto pāde pakkhāletvā giñjakāvasathaṁ pavisitvā māgadhake paricārake ārabbha aṭṭhiṁ katvā manasikatvā sabbaṁ cetasā samannāharitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi: 
;;;He wandered for alms in Ñātika. After the meal, on his return from almsround, he washed his feet and entered the brick house. He paid attention, applied the mind, and concentrated wholeheartedly on the fate of Magadhan devotees, and sat on the seat spread out, thinking, 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito giñjakāvasathā nikkhamitvā vihārapacchāyāyaṁ paññatte āsane nisīdi. 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat. Emerging from the brick house, he sat on the seat spread out in the shade of the porch. 
;;;Idaṁ sattamaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, vessavaṇassa mahārājassa sahabyataṁ upapajjāmi, so tato cuto manussarājā bhavituṁ pahomi. 
;;;This is the seventh time I am reborn in the company of the Great King Vessavaṇa. When I pass away from here, I can become a king of men. 
;;;yadagge ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavati ekantikato abhippasanno, tadagge ahaṁ, bhante, dīgharattaṁ avinipāto avinipātaṁ sañjānāmi, āsā ca pana me santiṭṭhati sakadāgāmitāya. 
;;;From the day I had absolute devotion to the Buddha I have known that I won’t be reborn in the underworld, but that I still hope to become a once-returner. 
;;;vaṇṇavante yasassine; 
;;;so beautiful and glorious, 
;;;Sabbeva tuṇhībhūtā pañjalikā pallaṅkena nisīdanti: 
;;;They all sit silently on their couches with their joined palms raised, thinking, 
;;;“yassadāni devassa pallaṅkaṁ icchissati brahmā sanaṅkumāro, tassa devassa pallaṅke nisīdissatī”ti. 
;;;“Now the divinity Sanaṅkumāra will sit on the couch of whatever god he chooses.” 
;;;Yassa kho pana, bhante, devassa brahmā sanaṅkumāro pallaṅke nisīdati, uḷāraṁ so labhati devo vedapaṭilābhaṁ; uḷāraṁ so labhati devo somanassapaṭilābhaṁ. 
;;;And the god on whose couch the Divinity sits is overjoyed and brimming with happiness, 
;;;evameva kho, bhante, yassa devassa brahmā sanaṅkumāro pallaṅke nisīdati, uḷāraṁ so labhati devo vedapaṭilābhaṁ, uḷāraṁ so labhati devo somanassapaṭilābhaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;Atha, bhante, brahmā sanaṅkumāro oḷārikaṁ attabhāvaṁ abhinimminitvā kumāravaṇṇī hutvā pañcasikho devānaṁ tāvatiṁsānaṁ pāturahosi. 
;;;Then the divinity Sanaṅkumāra manifested in a solid life-form, taking on the appearance of the youth Pañcasikha, and appeared to the gods of the thirty-three. 
;;;So vehāsaṁ abbhuggantvā ākāse antalikkhe pallaṅkena nisīdi. 
;;;Rising into the air, he sat cross-legged in the sky, 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhante, balavā puriso supaccatthate vā pallaṅke same vā bhūmibhāge pallaṅkena nisīdeyya; 
;;;like a strong man might sit cross-legged on a well-appointed couch or on level ground. 
;;;evameva kho, bhante, brahmā sanaṅkumāro vehāsaṁ abbhuggantvā ākāse antalikkhe pallaṅkena nisīditvā devānaṁ tāvatiṁsānaṁ sampasādaṁ viditvā imāhi gāthāhi anumodi: 
;;;Seeing the joy of those gods, the divinity Sanaṅkumāra celebrated with these verses: 
;;;Atha kho, bhante, brahmā sanaṅkumāro tettiṁse attabhāve abhinimminitvā devānaṁ tāvatiṁsānaṁ paccekapallaṅkesu pallaṅkena nisīditvā deve tāvatiṁse āmantesi: 
;;;Then the divinity Sanaṅkumāra, having manifested thirty-three life-forms, sat down on the couches of each of the gods of the thirty-three and addressed them, 
;;;“yvāyaṁ mama pallaṅke svāyaṁ ekova bhāsatī”ti. 
;;;“The one sitting on my couch is the only one speaking.” 
;;;Yvāyaṁ mama pallaṅkasmiṁ, 
;;;that the one on their seat 
;;;Atha kho, bhante, brahmā sanaṅkumāro ekattena attānaṁ upasaṁharati, ekattena attānaṁ upasaṁharitvā sakkassa devānamindassa pallaṅke pallaṅkena nisīditvā deve tāvatiṁse āmantesi: 
;;;Next the divinity Sanaṅkumāra merged into one corporeal form. Then he sat on the couch of Sakka, lord of gods, and addressed the gods of the thirty-three: 
;;;“Taṁ kiṁ maññanti, bhonto devā tāvatiṁsā, yāva supaññattā cime tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena cattāro iddhipādā paññattā iddhipahutāya iddhivisavitāya iddhivikubbanatāya. 
;;;“What do the good gods of the thirty-three think? How well described by the Blessed One—who knows and sees, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha—are the four bases of psychic power! They are taught for the amplification, burgeoning, and transformation of psychic power. 
;;;‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṁ veditabbo viññūhi apārutā amatassa dvārā’ti idameva taṁ sammā vadamāno vadeyya. 
;;;‘a teaching that’s well explained by the Buddha, apparent in the present life, immediately effective, inviting inspection, relevant, so that sensible people can know it for themselves; and the doors to freedom from death are flung open,’ it’s this. 
;;;

dn18
dn19#16.13

Sabbeva tuṇhībhūtā pañjalikā pallaṅkena nisīdanti: ;;;They all sit silently on their couches with their joined palms raised, thinking, 
;;;‘yassadāni devassa pallaṅkaṁ icchissati brahmā sanaṅkumāro, tassa devassa pallaṅke nisīdissatī’ti. 
;;;‘Now the divinity Sanaṅkumāra will sit on the couch of whatever god he chooses.’ 
;;;Yassa kho pana, bhante, devassa brahmā sanaṅkumāro pallaṅke nisīdati, uḷāraṁ so labhati devo vedapaṭilābhaṁ, uḷāraṁ so labhati devo somanassapaṭilābhaṁ. 
;;;And the god on whose couch the Divinity sits is overjoyed and brimming with happiness, 
;;;evameva kho, bhante, yassa devassa brahmā sanaṅkumāro pallaṅke nisīdati, uḷāraṁ so labhati devo vedapaṭilābhaṁ, uḷāraṁ so labhati devo somanassapaṭilābhaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;So vehāsaṁ abbhuggantvā ākāse antalikkhe pallaṅkena nisīdi. 
;;;Rising into the air, he sat cross-legged in the sky, 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhante, balavā puriso supaccatthate vā pallaṅke same vā bhūmibhāge pallaṅkena nisīdeyya; 
;;;like a strong man might sit cross-legged on a well-appointed couch or on level ground. 
;;;evameva kho, bhante, brahmā sanaṅkumāro vehāsaṁ abbhuggantvā ākāse antalikkhe pallaṅkena nisīditvā deve tāvatiṁse āmantesi: 
;;;There he addressed the gods of the thirty-three: 
;;;“disampati kho, bho, rājā jiṇṇo vuddho mahallako addhagato vayoanuppatto, ko nu kho pana, bho, jānāti jīvitaṁ? 
;;;“King Disampati is old, elderly and senior, advanced in years, and has reached the final stage of life. Who knows how long he has to live? 
;;;Disampati kho, bho, rājā jiṇṇo vuddho mahallako addhagato vayoanuppatto, ko nu kho pana, bho, jānāti jīvitaṁ? 
;;;King Disampati is old, elderly and senior, advanced in years, and has reached the final stage of life. Who knows how long he has to live? 
;;;Disampati kho, bho, rājā jiṇṇo vuddho mahallako addhagato vayoanuppatto, ko nu kho pana bho jānāti jīvitaṁ? 
;;; 
;;;“Ko nu kho, bho, añño mama vijite sukho bhavetha, aññatra bhavantebhi? 
;;;The prince replied, “Who else, sirs, in my realm ought to prosper if not you? 
;;;“Sarāmahaṁ, bho, taṁ vacanaṁ. 
;;;“I remember, sirs. 
;;;Dantapuraṁ kaliṅgānaṁ, 
;;;Dantapura for the Kaliṅgas; 
;;;Mahesayaṁ avantīnaṁ, 
;;;Māhissatī for the Avantis; 
;;;Atha kho, bho, mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo satta ca rājāno khattiye muddhāvasitte rajje anusāsi, satta ca brāhmaṇamahāsāle satta ca nhātakasatāni mante vācesi. 
;;;Then the Great Steward managed the realms of the seven kings. And he taught seven well-to-do brahmins, and seven hundred bathed initiates to recite the hymns. 
;;;“sakkhi mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo brahmānaṁ passati, sakkhi mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo brahmunā sākaccheti sallapati mantetī”ti. 
;;;“The Great Steward sees the Divinity in person! The Great Steward discusses, converses, and consults with the Divinity in person!” 
;;;‘sakkhi mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo brahmānaṁ passati, sakkhi mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo brahmunā sākaccheti sallapati mantetī’ti. 
;;;of seeing the Divinity in person, and discussing with him in person. 
;;;Na kho panāhaṁ brahmānaṁ passāmi, na brahmunā sākacchemi, na brahmunā sallapāmi, na brahmunā mantemi. 
;;;But I don’t. 
;;;Sutaṁ kho pana metaṁ brāhmaṇānaṁ vuddhānaṁ mahallakānaṁ ācariyapācariyānaṁ bhāsamānānaṁ: 
;;;I have heard that brahmins of the past who were elderly and senior, the tutors of tutors, said: 
;;;‘yo vassike cattāro māse paṭisallīyati, karuṇaṁ jhānaṁ jhāyati, so brahmānaṁ passati brahmunā sākaccheti brahmunā sallapati brahmunā mantetī’ti. 
;;;‘Whoever goes on retreat for the four months of the rainy season and practices the absorption on compassion sees the Divinity and discusses with him.’ 
;;;Yannūnāhaṁ vassike cattāro māse paṭisallīyeyyaṁ, karuṇaṁ jhānaṁ jhāyeyyan”ti. 
;;;Why don’t I do that?” 
;;;‘sakkhi mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo brahmānaṁ passati, sakkhi mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo brahmunā sākaccheti sallapati mantetī’ti. 
;;; 
;;;Na kho panāhaṁ, bho, brahmānaṁ passāmi, na brahmunā sākacchemi, na brahmunā sallapāmi, na brahmunā mantemi. 
;;; 
;;;Sutaṁ kho pana metaṁ brāhmaṇānaṁ vuddhānaṁ mahallakānaṁ ācariyapācariyānaṁ bhāsamānānaṁ: 
;;; 
;;;‘yo vassike cattāro māse paṭisallīyati, karuṇaṁ jhānaṁ jhāyati, so brahmānaṁ passati, brahmunā sākaccheti brahmunā sallapati brahmunā mantetī’ti. 
;;; 
;;;Icchāmahaṁ, bho, vassike cattāro māse paṭisallīyituṁ, karuṇaṁ jhānaṁ jhāyituṁ; 
;;;“Sir, I wish to go on retreat for the four months of the rainy season and practice the absorption on compassion. 
;;;‘sakkhi mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo brahmānaṁ passati, sakkhi mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo brahmunā sākaccheti sallapati mantetī’ti. 
;;; 
;;;Na kho panāhaṁ, bho, brahmānaṁ passāmi, na brahmunā sākacchemi, na brahmunā sallapāmi, na brahmunā mantemi. 
;;; 
;;;Sutaṁ kho pana metaṁ brāhmaṇānaṁ vuddhānaṁ mahallakānaṁ ācariyapācariyānaṁ bhāsamānānaṁ, 
;;; 
;;;‘yo vassike cattāro māse paṭisallīyati, karuṇaṁ jhānaṁ jhāyati, so brahmānaṁ passati brahmunā sākaccheti brahmunā sallapati brahmunā mantetī’ti. 
;;; 
;;;Icchāmahaṁ, bho, vassike cattāro māse paṭisallīyituṁ, karuṇaṁ jhānaṁ jhāyituṁ; 
;;; 
;;;‘sakkhi mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo brahmānaṁ passati, sakkhi mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo brahmunā sākaccheti sallapati mantetī’ti. 
;;; 
;;;Na kho panāhaṁ, bho, brahmānaṁ passāmi, na brahmunā sākacchemi, na brahmunā sallapāmi, na brahmunā mantemi. 
;;; 
;;;Sutaṁ kho pana metaṁ brāhmaṇānaṁ vuddhānaṁ mahallakānaṁ ācariyapācariyānaṁ bhāsamānānaṁ: 
;;; 
;;;‘yo vassike cattāro māse paṭisallīyati, karuṇaṁ jhānaṁ jhāyati, so brahmānaṁ passati, brahmunā sākaccheti, brahmunā sallapati, brahmunā mantetī’ti. 
;;; 
;;;icchāmahaṁ, bho, vassike cattāro māse paṭisallīyituṁ, karuṇaṁ jhānaṁ jhāyituṁ; 
;;; 
;;;‘sakkhi mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo brahmānaṁ passati, sakkhi mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo brahmunā sākaccheti sallapati mantetī’ti. 
;;; 
;;;Na kho panāhaṁ, bhotī, brahmānaṁ passāmi, na brahmunā sākacchemi, na brahmunā sallapāmi, na brahmunā mantemi. 
;;; 
;;;Sutaṁ kho pana metaṁ brāhmaṇānaṁ vuddhānaṁ mahallakānaṁ ācariyapācariyānaṁ bhāsamānānaṁ 
;;; 
;;;‘yo vassike cattāro māse paṭisallīyati, karuṇaṁ jhānaṁ jhāyati, so brahmānaṁ passati, brahmunā sākaccheti, brahmunā sallapati, brahmunā mantetī’ti, 
;;; 
;;;icchāmahaṁ, bhotī, vassike cattāro māse paṭisallīyituṁ, karuṇaṁ jhānaṁ jhāyituṁ; 
;;; 
;;;Atha kho, bho, mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo puratthimena nagarassa navaṁ sandhāgāraṁ kārāpetvā vassike cattāro māse paṭisallīyi, karuṇaṁ jhānaṁ jhāyi; 
;;;Then the Great Steward had a new ceremonial hall built to the east of his citadel, where he went on retreat for the four months of the rainy season and practiced the absorption on compassion. 
;;;“sutaṁ kho pana metaṁ brāhmaṇānaṁ vuddhānaṁ mahallakānaṁ ācariyapācariyānaṁ bhāsamānānaṁ: 
;;;“I have heard that brahmins of the past said that 
;;;‘yo vassike cattāro māse paṭisallīyati, karuṇaṁ jhānaṁ jhāyati, so brahmānaṁ passati, brahmunā sākaccheti brahmunā sallapati brahmunā mantetī’ti. 
;;;whoever goes on retreat for the four months of the rainy season and practices the absorption on compassion sees the Divinity and discusses with him. 
;;;Na kho panāhaṁ brahmānaṁ passāmi, na brahmunā sākacchemi na brahmunā sallapāmi na brahmunā mantemī”ti. 
;;;But I neither see the Divinity nor discuss with him.” 
;;;madhusākañca brahmuno; 
;;;foot-salve, and sweet cakes. 
;;;Ekodibhūto karuṇedhimutto; 
;;;at one, compassionate, 
;;;Kenāvaṭā vāti pajā kurutu, 
;;;wrapped in what do people stink, 
;;;“Alaṁ, bho, mamapimā cattārīsā bhariyā sādisiyo. 
;;;“Enough, sirs. I already have forty equal wives. 
;;;Gamanīyo samparāyo, mantāyaṁ boddhabbaṁ, kattabbaṁ kusalaṁ, caritabbaṁ brahmacariyaṁ, natthi jātassa amaraṇaṁ. 
;;;We are heading to the next life. We must be thoughtful and wake up! We must do what’s good and lead the spiritual life, for no-one born can escape death. 
;;;“Tena hi bhavaṁ govindo sattāhaṁ āgametu, yāva mayaṁ sake puttabhātaro rajjena anusāsissāma, sattāhassa accayena mayampi agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajissāma, atha yā te gati, sā no gati bhavissatī”ti. 
;;;“Well then, sir, please wait for a week, so that we can instruct our sons and brothers in kingship. When a week has passed, we shall go forth. Your destiny shall be ours.” 
;;;Ye kho pana, bho, tena samayena mahāgovindassa brāhmaṇassa sāvakā sabbenasabbaṁ sāsanaṁ ājāniṁsu. 
;;;Those of his disciples who completely understood the Great Steward’s instructions, 
;;;

dn19
dn20#2.1

Atha kho catunnaṁ suddhāvāsakāyikānaṁ devatānaṁ etadahosi: ;;;Then four deities of the Pure Abodes, aware of what was happening, thought: 
;;;Yannūna mayampi yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkameyyāma; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato santike paccekaṁ gāthaṁ bhāseyyāmā”ti. 
;;;“Why don’t we go to the Buddha and each recite a verse in his presence?” 
;;;Cittamattano ujukaṁ akaṁsu; 
;;;they’ve straightened their own minds. 
;;;Indakhīlaṁ ūhacca manejā; 
;;;unstirred, they tore out the boundary post. 
;;;Yepi te, bhikkhave, ahesuṁ atītamaddhānaṁ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, tesampi bhagavantānaṁ etapparamāyeva devatā sannipatitā ahesuṁ seyyathāpi mayhaṁ etarahi. 
;;;The Buddhas of the past had, and the Buddhas of the future will have, gatherings of deities that are at most like the gathering for me now. 
;;;Puthūsīhāva sallīnā, 
;;;dwell many like lonely lions, 
;;;vavatthitvāna cakkhumā; 
;;;and distinguished by the Clear-eyed One. 
;;;virūḷho taṁ pasāsati; 
;;;the southern quarter. 
;;;Daddallamānā aṭṭhaṁsu, 
;;;stood there dazzling 
;;;āguṁ vañcanikā saṭhā; 
;;;so treacherous and crafty— 
;;;Māyā kuṭeṇḍu viṭeṇḍu, 
;;;the deceivers Kuṭeṇḍu, Viṭeṇḍu, 
;;;viṭucca viṭuṭo saha. 
;;;with Viṭucca and Viṭuṭa. 
;;;kinnighaṇḍu nighaṇḍu ca; 
;;;Kinnughaṇḍu and Nighaṇḍu, 
;;;naḷorājā janesabho; 
;;;and the kings Nala and Janesabha. 
;;;timbarū sūriyavacchasā. 
;;;Timbaru and Suriyavaccasā. 
;;;Kālakañcā mahābhismā, 
;;;There’s the terrifying Kālakañjas, 
;;;Sannayhitvā balisenaṁ, 
;;;Bali’s army armed themselves 
;;;Varuṇā vāraṇā devā, 
;;;The gods of Varuṇa and Varuṇa’s offsping, 
;;;Veṇḍudevā sahali ca, 
;;;The Vishnu and Sahalī gods, 
;;;Sukkā karambhā aruṇā, 
;;;The gods of Venus, the newborn Sun, and the Dawn 
;;;Nāmanvayena āgacchuṁ, 
;;;They came organized by name, 
;;;sainde deve sabrahmake; 
;;;the gods with their Lord, and the divinities— 
;;;

dn20
dn21#1.3.3

“ādittassu nāmajja vediyako pabbato jhāyatisu nāmajja vediyako pabbato jalatisu. Nāmajja vediyako pabbato. ;;;“Mount Vediyaka must be on fire today, blazing and burning! 
;;;“durupasaṅkamā kho, tāta pañcasikha, tathāgatā mādisena, jhāyī jhānaratā, tadantaraṁ paṭisallīnā. 
;;;“My dear Pañcasikha, it is hard for one like me to get near the Realized Ones while they are on retreat practicing absorption, enjoying absorption. 
;;;Amataṁ muni jigīsāno, 
;;;the sage seeking the state free of death— 
;;;na ca pana te, pañcasikha, tantissaro gītassaraṁ ativattati, gītassaro ca tantissaraṁ. 
;;;so that neither overpowers the other. 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena indasālaguhā visamā santī samā samapādi, sambādhā santī urundā samapādi, andhakāro guhāyaṁ antaradhāyi, āloko udapādi yathā taṁ devānaṁ devānubhāvena. 
;;;And at that time the uneven places were evened out, the cramped places were opened up, the darkness vanished in the cave and light appeared, as happens through the glory of the gods. 
;;;“Cirapaṭikāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ dassanāya upasaṅkamitukāmo; api ca devānaṁ tāvatiṁsānaṁ kehici kehici kiccakaraṇīyehi byāvaṭo; evāhaṁ nāsakkhiṁ bhagavantaṁ dassanāya upasaṅkamituṁ. 
;;;“For a long time I’ve wanted to come and see the Buddha, but I wasn’t able, being prevented by my many duties and responsibilities for the gods of the thirty-three. 
;;;Tena kho pana, bhante, samayena bhagavā aññatarena samādhinā nisinno hoti, bhūjati ca nāma vessavaṇassa mahārājassa paricārikā bhagavantaṁ paccupaṭṭhitā hoti, pañjalikā namassamānā tiṭṭhati. 
;;;But at that time the Buddha was sitting immersed in some kind of meditation. And a divine maiden of Great King Vessavaṇa named Bhūjati was attending on the Buddha, standing there paying homage to him with joined palms. 
;;;paṭisallīno bhagavā’ti. 
;;;as he’s in retreat.’ 
;;;Api cāhaṁ āyasmato nemisaddena tamhā samādhimhā vuṭṭhito”ti. 
;;;I also remember that it was the sound of your chariot wheels that pulled me out of that immersion.” 
;;;Sā itthittaṁ virājetvā purisattaṁ bhāvetvā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā. 
;;;Losing her attachment to femininity, she developed masculinity. When her body broke up, after death, she was reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm. 
;;;‘kutomukhā nāma tumhe, mārisā, tassa bhagavato dhammaṁ assuttha— 
;;;‘Where on earth were you at, good sirs, when you heard the Buddha’s teaching! 
;;;Buddhassa dhammāni paṭiggahesuṁ. 
;;;when they learned the Buddha’s teachings? 
;;;‘Handa viyāyāma byāyāma, 
;;;“Let’s strive, let’s try hard— 
;;;Nāgova sannāni guṇāni chetvā, 
;;;they burst them like a bull elephant his ropes, 
;;;Tiṇṇaṁ tesaṁ āvasinettha eko, 
;;;Of the three, there is one who remains 
;;;visesaṁ ajjhagaṁsu te; 
;;;they understood the teaching here; 
;;;“dīgharattaṁ visuddho kho ayaṁ yakkho, yaṁ kiñci maṁ pañhaṁ pucchissati, sabbaṁ taṁ atthasañhitaṁyeva pucchissati, no anatthasañhitaṁ. 
;;;“For a long time now this spirit has led a pure life. Any question he asks me will be beneficial, not unbeneficial. 
;;;Itiha sakko devānamindo bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā bhagavantaṁ uttari pañhaṁ apucchi: 
;;;And then, having approved and agreed with what the Buddha said, Sakka asked another question: 
;;;“Ejā, bhante, rogo, ejā gaṇḍo, ejā sallaṁ, ejā imaṁ purisaṁ parikaḍḍhati tassa tasseva bhavassa abhinibbattiyā. 
;;;“Turbulence, sir, is a disease, a boil, a dart. Turbulence drags a person to be reborn in life after life. 
;;;Dīgharattānusayitañca pana me vicikicchākathaṅkathāsallaṁ, tañca bhagavatā abbuḷhan”ti. 
;;;The dart of doubt and uncertainty has lain within me for a long time, but the Buddha has plucked it out.” 
;;;“Yesvāhaṁ, bhante, maññāmi samaṇabrāhmaṇā āraññikā pantasenāsanāti, tyāhaṁ upasaṅkamitvā ime pañhe pucchāmi, te mayā puṭṭhā na sampāyanti, asampāyantā mamaṁyeva paṭipucchanti: 
;;;“Sir, I approached those who I imagined were ascetics and brahmins living in the wilderness, in remote lodgings. But they were stumped by my question, and they even questioned me in return: 
;;;‘yā ceva dāni dibbā ojā yā ca asurā ojā, ubhayametaṁ devā paribhuñjissantī’ti. 
;;;‘Now the gods shall enjoy both the nectar of the gods and the nectar of the titans.’ 
;;;Svāhaṁ amūḷhapaññassa, 
;;;Living happily under the guidance 
;;;Iti puṭṭhā na sampāyanti, 
;;;But they were stumped by such questions 
;;;sambuddhaṁ payirupāsiya. 
;;;I pay homage to the awakened one. 
;;;Taṇhāsallassa hantāraṁ, 
;;;Destroyer of the dart of craving, 
;;;Tadajja tuyhaṁ kassāma, 
;;;today we shall revere you— 
;;;Tvameva asi sambuddho, 
;;;You alone are the Awakened! 
;;;

dn21
dn22#1.5

“Bhaddante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ. ;;;“Venerable sir,” they replied. 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;It’s when a mendicant—gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut—sits down cross-legged, sets their body straight, and establishes mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;Evampi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati. 
;;;That’s how a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, ubhatomukhā putoḷi pūrā nānāvihitassa dhaññassa, seyyathidaṁ—sālīnaṁ vīhīnaṁ muggānaṁ māsānaṁ tilānaṁ taṇḍulānaṁ. Tamenaṁ cakkhumā puriso muñcitvā paccavekkheyya: ‘ime sālī, ime vīhī ime muggā ime māsā ime tilā ime taṇḍulā’ti. 
;;;It’s as if there were a bag with openings at both ends, filled with various kinds of grains, such as fine rice, wheat, mung beans, peas, sesame, and ordinary rice. And someone with clear eyes were to open it and examine the contents: ‘These grains are fine rice, these are wheat, these are mung beans, these are peas, these are sesame, and these are ordinary rice.’ 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu seyyathāpi passeyya sarīraṁ sivathikāya chaḍḍitaṁ kākehi vā khajjamānaṁ kulalehi vā khajjamānaṁ gijjhehi vā khajjamānaṁ kaṅkehi vā khajjamānaṁ sunakhehi vā khajjamānaṁ byagghehi vā khajjamānaṁ dīpīhi vā khajjamānaṁ siṅgālehi vā khajjamānaṁ vividhehi vā pāṇakajātehi khajjamānaṁ. 
;;;Furthermore, suppose they were to see a corpse discarded in a charnel ground being devoured by crows, hawks, vultures, herons, dogs, tigers, leopards, jackals, and many kinds of little creatures. 
;;;Aṭṭhikāni apagatasambandhāni disā vidisā vikkhittāni, aññena hatthaṭṭhikaṁ aññena pādaṭṭhikaṁ aññena gopphakaṭṭhikaṁ aññena jaṅghaṭṭhikaṁ aññena ūruṭṭhikaṁ aññena kaṭiṭṭhikaṁ aññena phāsukaṭṭhikaṁ aññena piṭṭhiṭṭhikaṁ aññena khandhaṭṭhikaṁ aññena gīvaṭṭhikaṁ aññena hanukaṭṭhikaṁ aññena dantaṭṭhikaṁ aññena sīsakaṭāhaṁ. 
;;;Bones rid of sinews, scattered in every direction. Here a hand-bone, there a foot-bone, here an ankle bone, there a shin-bone, here a thigh-bone, there a hip-bone, here a rib-bone, there a back-bone, here an arm-bone, there a neck-bone, here a jaw-bone, there a tooth, here the skull. … 
;;;Yaṁ tesaṁ tesaṁ sattānaṁ tamhā tamhā sattanikāyā cuti cavanatā bhedo antaradhānaṁ maccu maraṇaṁ kālakiriyā khandhānaṁ bhedo kaḷevarassa nikkhepo jīvitindriyassupacchedo, 
;;;The passing away, passing on, disintegration, demise, mortality, death, decease, breaking up of the aggregates, laying to rest of the corpse, and cutting off of the life faculty of the various sentient beings in the various orders of sentient beings. 
;;;Katamañca, bhikkhave, dukkhanirodhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ? 
;;;And what is the noble truth of the cessation of suffering? 
;;;

dn22
dn23#1.3

Tatra sudaṁ āyasmā kumārakassapo setabyāyaṁ viharati uttarena setabyaṁ siṁsapāvane. ;;;He stayed in the grove of Indian Rosewood to the north of Setavyā. 
;;;‘paṇḍito byatto medhāvī bahussuto cittakathī kalyāṇapaṭibhāno vuddho ceva arahā ca. 
;;;‘He is astute, competent, intelligent, learned, a brilliant speaker, eloquent, mature, a perfected one.’ 
;;;Atha kho setabyakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā setabyāya nikkhamitvā saṅghasaṅghī gaṇībhūtā uttarenamukhā gacchanti yena siṁsapāvanaṁ. 
;;;Then, having departed Setavyā, they formed into companies and headed north to the grove. 
;;;‘paṇḍito byatto medhāvī bahussuto cittakathī kalyāṇapaṭibhāno vuddho ceva arahā cā’ti. 
;;;‘He is astute, competent, intelligent, learned, a brilliant speaker, eloquent, mature, a perfected one.’ 
;;;‘tena hi, bho, imaṁ purisaṁ daḷhāya rajjuyā pacchābāhaṁ gāḷhabandhanaṁ bandhitvā khuramuṇḍaṁ karitvā kharassarena paṇavena rathikāya rathikaṁ siṅghāṭakena siṅghāṭakaṁ parinetvā dakkhiṇena dvārena nikkhamitvā dakkhiṇato nagarassa āghātane sīsaṁ chindathā’ti. 
;;;‘Well then, my men, tie this man’s arms tightly behind his back with a strong rope. Shave his head and march him from street to street and square to square to the beating of a harsh drum. Then take him out the south gate and there, at the place of execution to the south of the city, chop off his head.’ 
;;;Seyyathāpi, rājañña, puriso gūthakūpe sasīsakaṁ nimuggo assa. 
;;;Suppose there were a man sunk over his head in a sewer. 
;;;‘tena hi, bho, tassa purisassa kāyaṁ paṇḍumattikāya tikkhattuṁ subbaṭṭitaṁ ubbaṭṭethā’ti. 
;;;carefully scrub that man’s body down with pale clay three times, 
;;;Yaṁ kho pana, rājañña, mānussakaṁ vassasataṁ, devānaṁ tāvatiṁsānaṁ eso eko rattindivo, tāya rattiyā tiṁsarattiyo māso, tena māsena dvādasamāsiyo saṁvaccharo, tena saṁvaccharena dibbaṁ vassasahassaṁ devānaṁ tāvatiṁsānaṁ āyuppamāṇaṁ. 
;;;A hundred human years are equivalent to one day and night for the gods of the thirty-three. Thirty such days make a month, and twelve months make a year. The gods of the thirty-three have a lifespan of a thousand such years. 
;;;“Seyyathāpi, rājañña, jaccandho puriso na passeyya kaṇha—sukkāni rūpāni, na passeyya nīlakāni rūpāni, na passeyya pītakāni rūpāni, na passeyya lohitakāni rūpāni, na passeyya mañjiṭṭhakāni rūpāni, na passeyya samavisamaṁ, na passeyya tārakāni rūpāni, na passeyya candimasūriye. 
;;;“Chieftain, suppose there was a person blind from birth. They couldn’t see sights that are dark or bright, or blue, yellow, red, or magenta. They couldn’t see even and uneven ground, or the stars, or the moon and sun. 
;;;‘ito no matānaṁ seyyo bhavissatī’ti, tasmā ime bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā jīvitukāmā amaritukāmā sukhakāmā dukkhapaṭikūlā attānaṁ na mārenti. 
;;;things are going to be better for them after death. That’s why they are ethical, of good character, wanting to live and not wanting to die, wanting to be happy and recoiling from pain.’ 
;;;Atha kho so māṇavako mātusapattiṁ etadavoca: 
;;;So the youth said to his mother’s co-wife, 
;;;Pitu me, bhoti, dāyajjaṁ niyyādehī’ti. 
;;;Transfer to me my father’s inheritance.’ 
;;;sace kumārikā bhavissati, sāpi te opabhoggā bhavissatī’ti. 
;;;If it’s a girl, she will be your reward.’ 
;;;Atha kho sā brāhmaṇī satthaṁ gahetvā ovarakaṁ pavisitvā udaraṁ opādesi: 
;;;So the brahmin lady took a knife, went to her bedroom, and sliced open her belly, thinking, 
;;;‘tena hi, bho, imaṁ purisaṁ jīvantaṁyeva kumbhiyā pakkhipitvā mukhaṁ pidahitvā allena cammena onandhitvā allāya mattikāya bahalāvalepanaṁ karitvā uddhanaṁ āropetvā aggiṁ dethā’ti. 
;;;‘Well then, sirs, place this man in a pot while he’s still alive. Close up the mouth, bind it up with damp leather, and seal it with a thick coat of damp clay. Then lift it up on a stove and light the fire.’ 
;;;Te me ‘sādhū’ti paṭissutvā taṁ purisaṁ jīvantaṁyeva kumbhiyā pakkhipitvā mukhaṁ pidahitvā allena cammena onandhitvā allāya mattikāya bahalāvalepanaṁ karitvā uddhanaṁ āropetvā aggiṁ denti. 
;;;They agree, and do what I ask. 
;;;Yadā mayaṁ jānāma ‘kālaṅkato so puriso’ti, atha naṁ kumbhiṁ oropetvā ubbhinditvā mukhaṁ vivaritvā saṇikaṁ nillokema: 
;;;When we know that that man has passed away, we lift down the pot and break it open, uncover the mouth, and slowly peek inside, thinking, 
;;;“Rakkhanti taṁ tamhi samaye khujjāpi vāmanakāpi velāsikāpi komārikāpī”ti? 
;;;“At that time were you guarded by hunchbacks, dwarves, midgets, and younglings?” 
;;;‘yadā kira, bho, ayaṁ saṅkho nāma purisasahagato ca hoti vāyāmasahagato ca vāyusahagato ca, tadāyaṁ saṅkho saddaṁ karoti, yadā panāyaṁ saṅkho neva purisasahagato hoti na vāyāmasahagato na vāyusahagato, nāyaṁ saṅkho saddaṁ karotī’ti. 
;;;‘So, it seems, when what is called a horn is accompanied by a person, effort, and wind, it makes a sound. But when these things are absent it makes no sound.’ 
;;;Atha kho, rājañña, aññataro janapade sattho vuṭṭhāsi. 
;;;Then a caravan came out from a certain country. 
;;;Araṇisahitaṁ dvidhā phālesi, tidhā phālesi, catudhā phālesi, pañcadhā phālesi, dasadhā phālesi, satadhā phālesi, sakalikaṁ sakalikaṁ akāsi, sakalikaṁ sakalikaṁ karitvā udukkhale koṭṭesi, udukkhale koṭṭetvā mahāvāte opuni: 
;;;He split the bundle of drill-sticks into two, three, four, five, ten, or a hundred parts. He chopped them into splinters, pounded them in a mortar, and swept them away in a strong wind, thinking, 
;;;Dvīhatīhapayāto kho pana so sattho addasa purisaṁ kāḷaṁ lohitakkhaṁ sannaddhakalāpaṁ kumudamāliṁ allavatthaṁ allakesaṁ kaddamamakkhitehi cakkehi bhadrena rathena paṭipathaṁ āgacchantaṁ, disvā etadavoca: 
;;;After two or three days’ journey he saw a dark man with red eyes coming the other way in a donkey cart with muddy wheels. He was armored with a quiver and wreathed with yellow lotus, his clothes and hair all wet. Seeing him, he said, 
;;;Dvīhatīhapayāto kho pana so sattho addasa purisaṁ kāḷaṁ lohitakkhaṁ sannaddhakalāpaṁ kumudamāliṁ allavatthaṁ allakesaṁ kaddamamakkhitehi cakkehi bhadrena rathena paṭipathaṁ āgacchantaṁ, disvā etadavoca: 
;;;After two or three days’ journey he saw a dark man with red eyes coming the other way in a donkey cart with muddy wheels. He was armored with a quiver and wreathed with yellow lotus, his clothes and hair all wet. Seeing him, he said, 
;;;‘ayaṁ kho pahūto sukkhagūtho chaḍḍito, mama ca sūkarabhattaṁ; 
;;;‘This pile of dry dung can serve as food for my pigs. 
;;;So uttarāsaṅgaṁ pattharitvā pahūtaṁ sukkhagūthaṁ ākiritvā bhaṇḍikaṁ bandhitvā sīse ubbāhetvā agamāsi. 
;;;So he spread out his upper robe, shoveled the dry dung onto it, tied it up into a bundle, lifted it on to his head, and went on his way. 
;;;Gila re gila pāpadhuttaka, 
;;;Swallow, you damn cheat, swallow! 
;;;Pacchā te kaṭukaṁ bhavissatī’ti. 
;;;Soon you’ll know the bitter fruit!’ 
;;;Te yena so janapado, yena aññataraṁ gāmapaṭṭaṁ tenupasaṅkamiṁsu, tattha addasaṁsu pahūtaṁ sāṇaṁ chaḍḍitaṁ, disvā sahāyako sahāyakaṁ āmantesi: 
;;;They went to that country, and to a certain deserted village. There they saw a pile of abandoned sunn hemp. Seeing it, one friend said to the other, 
;;;pahūtaṁ ayaṁ chaḍḍitaṁ, disvā … 
;;;iron, 
;;;pahūtaṁ sajjhaṁ chaḍḍitaṁ, disvā … 
;;;silver, 
;;;Tena hi, samma, tvañca sāṇabhāraṁ chaḍḍehi, ahañca sajjhabhāraṁ chaḍḍessāmi, ubho suvaṇṇabhāraṁ ādāya gamissāmā’ti. 
;;;Well then, my friend, let’s abandon our bundles, and both take a bundle of gold and go on.’ 
;;;Api nu tāni bījāni vuddhiṁ virūḷhiṁ vepullaṁ āpajjeyyuṁ, kassako vā vipulaṁ phalaṁ adhigaccheyyā”ti? 
;;;Would those seeds grow, increase, and mature, and would the farmer get abundant fruit?” 
;;;“No hidaṁ, bho kassapa”. 
;;;“No, Mister Kassapa.” 
;;;Tasmiṁ kho pana dāne evarūpaṁ bhojanaṁ dīyati kaṇājakaṁ bilaṅgadutiyaṁ, dhorakāni ca vatthāni guḷavālakāni. 
;;;At that offering such food as rough gruel with pickles was given, and rough clothes with knotted fringes. 
;;;Atha kho pāyāsi rājañño asakkaccaṁ dānaṁ datvā asahatthā dānaṁ datvā acittīkataṁ dānaṁ datvā apaviddhaṁ dānaṁ datvā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā cātumahārājikānaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ upapajji suññaṁ serīsakaṁ vimānaṁ. 
;;;So the chieftain Pāyāsi gave gifts carelessly, thoughtlessly, not with his own hands, giving the dregs. When his body broke up, after death, he was reborn in company with the gods of the four great kings, in an empty palace of sirisa wood. 
;;;pāyāsi dasamaṁ bhave. 
;;;" 
;;;

dn23
dn24#1.1.2

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā mallesu viharati anupiyaṁ nāma mallānaṁ nigamo. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Mallas, near the Mallian town named Anupiya. 
;;;Ekamidāhaṁ, bhaggava, samayaṁ thūlūsu viharāmi uttarakā nāma thūlūnaṁ nigamo. 
;;;Bhaggava, this one time I was staying in the land of the Kurus where they have a town named Uttarakā. 
;;;‘tvampi nāma, moghapurisa, samaṇo sakyaputtiyo paṭijānissasī’ti. 
;;;‘Don’t you claim to be an ascetic, a follower of the Sakyan, you silly man?’ 
;;;Kālaṅkato ca kālakañcikā nāma asurā sabbanihīno asurakāyo, tatra upapajjissati. 
;;;And when he dies, he’ll be reborn in the very lowest rank of titans, named the Kālakañjas. 
;;;Kālakañcikā nāma asurā sabbanihīno asurakāyo, tatrāmhi upapanno’ti vatvā tattheva uttāno papati. 
;;;I’ve been reborn in the very lowest rank of titans, named the Kālakañjas.’ After speaking, he fell flat right there. 
;;;Puratthimena vesāliṁ udenaṁ nāma cetiyaṁ, taṁ nātikkameyyaṁ, dakkhiṇena vesāliṁ gotamakaṁ nāma cetiyaṁ, taṁ nātikkameyyaṁ, pacchimena vesāliṁ sattambaṁ nāma cetiyaṁ, taṁ nātikkameyyaṁ, uttarena vesāliṁ bahuputtaṁ nāma cetiyaṁ taṁ nātikkameyyan’ti. 
;;;And I will not go past the following tree-shrines near Vesālī: the Udena shrine to the east, the Gotamaka to the south, the Seven Maidens to the west, and the Many Sons to the north.’ 
;;;‘sādhurūpaṁ vata bho arahantaṁ samaṇaṁ āsādimhase. 
;;;‘I’ve offended the holy man, the perfected one, the ascetic. 
;;;Mā te ahosi dīgharattaṁ ahitāya dukkhāya. 
;;;Don’t create lasting harm and suffering for yourself! 
;;;sādhurūpo ayaṁ samaṇoti, so nacirasseva parihito sānucāriko vicaranto odanakummāsaṁ bhuñjamāno sabbāneva vesāliyāni cetiyāni samatikkamitvā yasā nihīno kālaṁ karissatī’ti. 
;;;will shortly be clothed, living with a partner, eating rice and porridge, having gone past all the shrines near Vesālī. And he will die after losing all his fame.’ 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena acelo pāthikaputto vesāliyaṁ paṭivasati lābhaggappatto ceva yasaggappatto ca vajjigāme. 
;;;Now at that time the naked ascetic Pāṭikaputta was residing in Vesālī. And in the Vajjian capital he had reached the peak of material things and fame. 
;;;Atha khvāhaṁ, bhaggava, pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya vesāliṁ piṇḍāya pāvisiṁ. 
;;;Then, Bhaggava, I robed up in the morning and, taking my bowl and robe, entered Vesālī for alms. 
;;;Yena ca abhiññātā abhiññātā brāhmaṇamahāsālā gahapatinecayikā nānātitthiyā samaṇabrāhmaṇā tenupasaṅkami. upasaṅkamitvā abhiññāte abhiññāte nānātitthiye samaṇabrāhmaṇe etadavoca: 
;;;Then he went to see the very well-known well-to-do brahmins, rich householders, and ascetics and brahmins who follow various other religions, and said the same thing. 
;;;Sā esā, bhaggava, parisā mahā hoti anekasatā anekasahassā. 
;;;That assembly was large, Bhaggava; there were many hundreds, many thousands of them. 
;;;abhikkamasseva kho āvuso pāthikaputta, upaḍḍhapathaṁ. 
;;;Come forth, Reverend Pāṭikaputta, half-way. 
;;;‘kiṁ su nāma te, āvuso pāthikaputta, pāvaḷā su nāma te pīṭhakasmiṁ allīnā, pīṭhakaṁ su nāma te pāvaḷāsu allīnaṁ? 
;;;‘What’s up, Reverend Pāṭikaputta? Is your bottom stuck to the bench, or is the bench stuck to your bottom? 
;;;‘parābhūtarūpo, bho, acelo pāthikaputto. 
;;;‘Pāṭikaputta has lost, sirs. 
;;;‘kiṁ su nāma te, āvuso pāthikaputta, pāvaḷā su nāma te pīṭhakasmiṁ allīnā, pīṭhakaṁ su nāma te pāvaḷāsu allīnaṁ? 
;;;‘What’s up, Reverend Pāṭikaputta? Is your bottom stuck to the bench, or is the bench stuck to your bottom? 
;;;‘parābhūtarūpo, bho, acelo pāthikaputto āyāmi, āvuso, āyāmi, āvusoti vatvā tattheva saṁsappati, na sakkoti āsanāpi vuṭṭhātun’ti. 
;;;‘Pāṭikaputta has lost, sirs.’ 
;;;mayaṁ acelaṁ pāthikaputtaṁ varattāhi bandhitvā goyugehi āviñcheyyāmāti, tā varattā chijjeyyuṁ pāthikaputto vā. 
;;;“Let’s bind Pāṭikaputta with straps and drag him with a pair of oxen!” But either the straps will break or Pāṭikaputta will.’ 
;;;‘kiṁ su nāma te, āvuso pāthikaputta, pāvaḷā su nāma te pīṭhakasmiṁ allīnā, pīṭhakaṁ su nāma te pāvaḷāsu allīnaṁ? 
;;;‘What’s up, Reverend Pāṭikaputta? Is your bottom stuck to the bench, or is the bench stuck to your bottom? 
;;;So varaṁ varaṁ migasaṅghe vadhitvā mudumaṁsāni mudumaṁsāni bhakkhayitvā tameva āsayaṁ ajjhupeyyan’ti. 
;;;Having slain the very best of the deer herd, and eaten the most tender flesh, I could return to my den.” 
;;;Tasseva kho, āvuso pāthikaputta, sīhassa migarañño vighāsasaṁvaḍḍho jarasiṅgālo ditto ceva balavā ca. 
;;;Now, there was an old jackal who had grown fat on the lion’s leavings, becoming arrogant and strong. 
;;;Tatheva so siṅgālakaṁ anadi, 
;;;But he actually only managed to yelp, 
;;;Kaṭasīsu khittāni ca koṇapāni; 
;;;and carcasses tossed in the cemetery, 
;;;mayaṁ acelaṁ pāthikaputtaṁ varattāhi bandhitvā nāgehi āviñcheyyāmāti. Tā varattā chijjeyyuṁ pāthikaputto vā. 
;;;“Let’s bind Pāṭikaputta with straps and drag him with a pair of oxen!” But either the straps will break or Pāṭikaputta will. 
;;;Atha khvāhaṁ, bhaggava, taṁ parisaṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesiṁ samādapesiṁ samuttejesiṁ sampahaṁsesiṁ, taṁ parisaṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṁsetvā mahābandhanā mokkhaṁ karitvā caturāsītipāṇasahassāni mahāviduggā uddharitvā tejodhātuṁ samāpajjitvā sattatālaṁ vehāsaṁ abbhuggantvā aññaṁ sattatālampi acciṁ abhinimminitvā pajjalitvā dhūmāyitvā mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ paccuṭṭhāsiṁ. 
;;;Then, Bhaggava, I educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired that assembly with a Dhamma talk. I released that assembly from the great bondage, and lifted 84,000 beings from the great swamp. Next I entered upon the fire element, rose into the air to the height of seven palm trees, and created a flame another seven palm trees high, blazing and smoking. Finally I landed at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. 
;;;Tañca pajānāmi, tato ca uttaritaraṁ pajānāmi, tañca pajānaṁ na parāmasāmi, aparāmasato ca me paccattaññeva nibbuti viditā, yadabhijānaṁ tathāgato no anayaṁ āpajjati. 
;;;I understand this, and what goes beyond it. Yet since I do not misapprehend that understanding, I have realized quenching within myself. Directly knowing this, the Realized One does not come to ruin. 
;;;Santi, bhaggava, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā issarakuttaṁ brahmakuttaṁ ācariyakaṁ aggaññaṁ paññapenti. 
;;;There are some ascetics and brahmins who describe the origin of the world in their tradition as created by the God Almighty, by the Divinity. 
;;;Hoti kho so, āvuso, samayo yaṁ kadāci karahaci dīghassa addhuno accayena ayaṁ loko vivaṭṭati. 
;;;There comes a time when, after a very long period has passed, this cosmos expands. 
;;;ahamasmi brahmā mahābrahmā abhibhū anabhibhūto aññadatthudaso vasavattī issaro kattā nimmātā seṭṭho sajitā vasī pitā bhūtabhabyānaṁ, mayā ime sattā nimmitā. 
;;;“I am the Divinity, the Great Divinity, the Vanquisher, the Unvanquished, the Universal Seer, the Wielder of Power, God Almighty, the Maker, the Creator, the First, the Begetter, the Controller, the Father of those who have been born and those yet to be born. And these beings were created by me. 
;;;“yo kho so bhavaṁ brahmā mahābrahmā abhibhū anabhibhūto aññadatthudaso vasavattī issaro kattā nimmātā seṭṭho sajitā vasī pitā bhūtabhabyānaṁ, yena mayaṁ bhotā brahmunā nimmitā. So nicco dhuvo sassato avipariṇāmadhammo sassatisamaṁ tatheva ṭhassati. 
;;;“He who is the Divinity—the Great Divinity, the Vanquisher, the Unvanquished, the Universal Seer, the Wielder of Power, God Almighty, the Maker, the Creator, the First, the Begetter, the Controller, the Father of those who have been born and those yet to be born—by he we were created. He is permanent, everlasting, eternal, imperishable, remaining the same for all eternity. 
;;;Ye pana mayaṁ ahumhā tena bhotā brahmunā nimmitā, te mayaṁ aniccā addhuvā appāyukā cavanadhammā itthattaṁ āgatā”ti. 
;;;We who were created by that Divinity are impermanent, not lasting, short-lived, liable to pass away, and have come to this place.” 
;;;‘Santāvuso, khiḍḍāpadosikā nāma devā. Te ativelaṁ hassakhiḍḍāratidhammasamāpannā viharanti. Tesaṁ ativelaṁ hassakhiḍḍāratidhammasamāpannānaṁ viharataṁ sati sammussati, satiyā sammosā te devā tamhā kāyā cavanti. 
;;;‘Reverends, there are gods named “depraved by play”. They spend too much time laughing, playing, and making merry. And in doing so, they lose their mindfulness, and they pass away from that host of gods. 
;;;Ye pana mayaṁ ahumhā khiḍḍāpadosikā te mayaṁ ativelaṁ hassakhiḍḍāratidhammasamāpannā viharimhā, tesaṁ no ativelaṁ hassakhiḍḍāratidhammasamāpannānaṁ viharataṁ sati sammussati, satiyā sammosā evaṁ mayaṁ tamhā kāyā cutā, 
;;;But we who were depraved by play spent too much time laughing, playing, and making merry. In doing so, we lost our mindfulness, and passed away from that host of gods. 
;;;Ye pana mayaṁ ahumhā manopadosikā, te mayaṁ ativelaṁ aññamaññaṁ upanijjhāyimhā. Te mayaṁ ativelaṁ aññamaññaṁ upanijjhāyantā aññamaññamhi cittāni padūsimhā. Te mayaṁ aññamaññaṁ paduṭṭhacittā kilantakāyā kilantacittā. Evaṁ mayaṁ tamhā kāyā cutā, 
;;;But we who were malevolent spent too much time gazing at each other, so our minds grew angry with each other, our bodies and minds got tired, and we passed away from that host of gods. 
;;;Aggaññañcāhaṁ, bhaggava, pajānāmi tañca pajānāmi, tato ca uttaritaraṁ pajānāmi, tañca pajānaṁ na parāmasāmi, aparāmasato ca me paccattaññeva nibbuti viditā. 
;;;I understand this, and what goes beyond it. Yet since I do not misapprehend that understanding, I have realized quenching within myself. Directly knowing this, the Realized One does not come to ruin. 
;;;yasmiṁ samaye subhaṁ vimokkhaṁ upasampajja viharati, sabbaṁ tasmiṁ samaye asubhantveva pajānātī’ti. 
;;;“When one enters and remains in the liberation of the beautiful, at that time one only perceives what is ugly.”’ 
;;;

dn24
dn25#1.4

Atha kho sandhāno gahapati divā divassa rājagahā nikkhami bhagavantaṁ dassanāya. ;;;Then the householder Sandhāna left Rājagaha in the middle of the day to see the Buddha. 
;;;Paṭisallīno bhagavā. 
;;;as he’s in retreat. 
;;;Paṭisallīnā manobhāvanīyā bhikkhū. 
;;;as they’re in retreat. 
;;;Aññathā kho pana so bhagavā araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevati appasaddāni appanigghosāni vijanavātāni manussarāhasseyyakāni paṭisallānasāruppānī”ti. 
;;;It’s quite different to the way the Buddha frequents remote lodgings in the wilderness and the forest that are quiet and still, far from the madding crowd, remote from human settlements, and fit for retreat.” 
;;;“yagghe, gahapati, jāneyyāsi, kena samaṇo gotamo saddhiṁ sallapati, kena sākacchaṁ samāpajjati, kena paññāveyyattiyaṁ samāpajjati? 
;;;“Surely, householder, you should know better! With whom does the ascetic Gotama converse? With whom does he engage in discussion? With whom does he achieve lucidity of wisdom? 
;;;Suññāgārahatā samaṇassa gotamassa paññā aparisāvacaro samaṇo gotamo nālaṁ sallāpāya. 
;;;Staying in empty huts has destroyed the ascetic Gotama’s wisdom. Not frequenting assemblies, he is unable to hold a discussion. 
;;;So antamantāneva sevati. 
;;;He just lurks on the periphery. 
;;;nālaṁ sallāpāya. 
;;; 
;;;Assosi kho bhagavā dibbāya sotadhātuyā visuddhāya atikkantamānusikāya sandhānassa gahapatissa nigrodhena paribbājakena saddhiṁ imaṁ kathāsallāpaṁ. 
;;;With clairaudience that is purified and superhuman, the Buddha heard this discussion between the householder Sandhāna and the wanderer Nigrodha. 
;;;“mayaṁ kho, bhante, tapojigucchāvādā tapojigucchāsārā tapojigucchāallīnā viharāma. 
;;;“Sir, we teach fervent mortification in disgust of sin, regarding it as essential and sticking to it. 
;;;ekāhikampi āhāraṁ āhāreti, dvīhikampi āhāraṁ āhāreti, sattāhikampi āhāraṁ āhāreti, iti evarūpaṁ addhamāsikampi pariyāyabhattabhojanānuyogamanuyutto viharati. 
;;;They eat once a day, once every second day, up to once a week, and so on, even up to once a fortnight. They live committed to the practice of eating food at set intervals. 
;;;So sāṇānipi dhāreti, masāṇānipi dhāreti, chavadussānipi dhāreti, paṁsukūlānipi dhāreti, tirīṭānipi dhāreti, ajinampi dhāreti, ajinakkhipampi dhāreti, kusacīrampi dhāreti, vākacīrampi dhāreti, phalakacīrampi dhāreti, kesakambalampi dhāreti, vāḷakambalampi dhāreti, ulūkapakkhampi dhāreti, 
;;;They wear robes of sunn hemp, mixed hemp, corpse-wrapping cloth, rags, lodh tree bark, antelope hide (whole or in strips), kusa grass, bark, wood-chips, human hair, horse-tail hair, or owls’ wings. 
;;;ubbhaṭṭhakopi hoti āsanapaṭikkhitto, 
;;;They constantly stand, refusing seats. 
;;;rajojalladharo, 
;;;They wear dust and dirt. 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, nigrodha, tapassī makkhī hoti paḷāsī …pe… 
;;;offensive and contemptuous … 
;;;Disvā tassa na evaṁ hoti: 
;;;It never occurs to them, 
;;;api ca kho papaṭikappattā hotī”ti. 
;;;Rather, it has only reached the shoots.” 
;;;“Kittāvatā pana, bhante, tapojigucchā aggappattā ca hoti sārappattā ca? 
;;;“But at what point, sir, does the fervent mortification in disgust of sin reach the peak and the pith? 
;;;So pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;After the meal, they return from almsround, sit down cross-legged, set their body straight, and establish mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;Thinamiddhaṁ pahāya vigatathinamiddho viharati ālokasaññī sato sampajāno, thinamiddhā cittaṁ parisodheti. 
;;;Giving up dullness and drowsiness, they meditate with a mind rid of dullness and drowsiness, perceiving light, mindful and aware, cleansing the mind of dullness and drowsiness. 
;;;“Ettāvatā kho, nigrodha, tapojigucchā aggappattā ca hoti sārappattā ca. 
;;;“Nigrodha, at this point the fervent mortification in disgust of sin has reached the peak and the pith. 
;;;‘yagghe, gahapati, jāneyyāsi, kena samaṇo gotamo saddhiṁ sallapati, kena sākacchaṁ samāpajjati, kena paññāveyyattiyaṁ samāpajjati, 
;;;‘Surely, householder, you should know better! With whom does the ascetic Gotama converse? With whom does he engage in discussion? With whom does he achieve lucidity of wisdom? 
;;;suññāgārahatā samaṇassa gotamassa paññā, aparisāvacaro samaṇo gotamo nālaṁ sallāpāya, so antamantāneva sevati; 
;;;Staying in empty huts has destroyed the ascetic Gotama’s wisdom. Not frequenting assemblies, he is unable to hold a discussion. He just lurks on the periphery. 
;;;Evameva suññāgārahatā samaṇassa gotamassa paññā, aparisāvacaro samaṇo gotamo nālaṁ sallāpāya; so antamantāneva sevati; 
;;; 
;;;Kinti te sutaṁ paribbājakānaṁ vuḍḍhānaṁ mahallakānaṁ ācariyapācariyānaṁ bhāsamānānaṁ: 
;;;Have you heard that wanderers of the past who were elderly and senior, the tutors of tutors, said that 
;;;‘ye te ahesuṁ atītamaddhānaṁ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, evaṁ su te bhagavanto saṅgamma samāgamma unnādino uccāsaddamahāsaddā anekavihitaṁ tiracchānakathaṁ anuyuttā viharanti. 
;;;when the perfected ones, the fully awakened Buddhas of the past came together, they made an uproar, a dreadful racket as they sat and talked about all kinds of low topics, 
;;;Udāhu, evaṁ su te bhagavanto araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevanti appasaddāni appanigghosāni vijanavātāni manussarāhasseyyakāni paṭisallānasāruppāni, seyyathāpāhaṁ etarahī’”ti. 
;;;Or did they say that the Buddhas frequented remote lodgings in the wilderness and the forest that are quiet and still, far from the madding crowd, remote from human settlements, and fit for retreat, like I do these days?” 
;;;“Sutaṁ metaṁ, bhante. Paribbājakānaṁ vuḍḍhānaṁ mahallakānaṁ ācariyapācariyānaṁ bhāsamānānaṁ: 
;;;“I have heard that wanderers of the past who were elderly and senior, said that 
;;;‘ye te ahesuṁ atītamaddhānaṁ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, na evaṁ su te bhagavanto saṅgamma samāgamma unnādino uccāsaddamahāsaddā anekavihitaṁ tiracchānakathaṁ anuyuttā viharanti. 
;;;when the perfected ones, the fully awakened Buddhas of the past came together, they didn’t make an uproar, 
;;;Evaṁ su te bhagavanto araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevanti appasaddāni appanigghosāni vijanavātāni manussarāhasseyyakāni paṭisallānasāruppāni, seyyathāpi bhagavā etarahī’”ti. 
;;;They said that the Buddhas of the past frequented remote lodgings in the wilderness, like the Buddha does these days.” 
;;;“Tassa te, nigrodha, viññussa sato mahallakassa na etadahosi: 
;;;“Nigrodha, you are a sensible and mature man. Did it not occur to you: 
;;;“Taggha tvaṁ, nigrodha, accayo accagamā yathābālaṁ yathāmūḷhaṁ yathāakusalaṁ, yo maṁ tvaṁ evaṁ avacāsi. 
;;;“Indeed, Nigrodha, you made a mistake. It was foolish, stupid, and unskillful of you to speak in that way. 
;;;Akusalā ceva vo te dhammā hontu akusalasaṅkhātā ca sācariyakānaṁ. 
;;;Let those things that are unskillful and considered unskillful in your tradition remain as they are. 
;;;Iti khvāhaṁ, nigrodha, neva antevāsikamyatā evaṁ vadāmi, napi uddesā cāvetukāmo evaṁ vadāmi, napi ājīvā cāvetukāmo evaṁ vadāmi, napi ye vo dhammā akusalā akusalasaṅkhātā sācariyakānaṁ, tesu patiṭṭhāpetukāmo evaṁ vadāmi, napi ye vo dhammā kusalā kusalasaṅkhātā sācariyakānaṁ, tehi vivecetukāmo evaṁ vadāmi. 
;;;I do not speak for any of these reasons. 
;;;Santi ca kho, nigrodha, akusalā dhammā appahīnā saṅkilesikā ponobbhavikā sadarā dukkhavipākā āyatiṁ jātijarāmaraṇiyā, yesāhaṁ pahānāya dhammaṁ desemi. 
;;;Nigrodha, there are things that are unskillful, corrupting, leading to future lives, hurtful, resulting in suffering and future rebirth, old age, and death. I teach Dhamma so that those things may be given up. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā udumbarikāya paribbājakārāme sīhanādaṁ naditvā vehāsaṁ abbhuggantvā gijjhakūṭe pabbate paccupaṭṭhāsi. 
;;;Then the Buddha, having roared his lion’s roar in the lady Udumbarikā’s monastery for wanderers, rose into the air and landed on Vulture’s Peak. 
;;;

dn25
dn26#2.1

Bhūtapubbaṁ, bhikkhave, rājā daḷhanemi nāma ahosi cakkavattī dhammiko dhammarājā cāturanto vijitāvī janapadatthāvariyappatto sattaratanasamannāgato. ;;;Once upon a time, mendicants, there was a king named Daḷhanemi who was a wheel-turning monarch, a just and principled king. His dominion extended to all four sides, he achieved stability in the country, and he possessed the seven treasures. 
;;;So imaṁ pathaviṁ sāgarapariyantaṁ adaṇḍena asatthena dhammena abhivijiya ajjhāvasi. 
;;;After conquering this land girt by sea, he reigned by principle, without rod or sword. 
;;;Atha kho, bhikkhave, rājā daḷhanemi jeṭṭhaputtaṁ kumāraṁ āmantāpetvā etadavoca: 
;;;So the king summoned the crown prince and said, 
;;;Atha kho, bhikkhave, aññataro puriso yena rājā khattiyo muddhābhisitto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā rājānaṁ khattiyaṁ muddhābhisittaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then a certain man approached the newly anointed aristocrat king and said, 
;;;Ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ vijjati, yaṁ te ariye cakkavattivatte vattamānassa tadahuposathe pannarase sīsaṁnhātassa uposathikassa uparipāsādavaragatassa dibbaṁ cakkaratanaṁ pātubhavissati sahassāraṁ sanemikaṁ sanābhikaṁ sabbākāraparipūran’ti. 
;;;If you do so, it’s possible that—on a fifteenth day sabbath, having bathed your head and gone upstairs in the royal longhouse to observe the sabbath—the heavenly wheel-treasure will appear to you, with a thousand spokes, with rim and hub, complete in every detail.’ 
;;;‘Tena hi tvaṁ, tāta, dhammaṁyeva nissāya dhammaṁ sakkaronto dhammaṁ garuṁ karonto dhammaṁ mānento dhammaṁ pūjento dhammaṁ apacāyamāno dhammaddhajo dhammaketu dhammādhipateyyo dhammikaṁ rakkhāvaraṇaguttiṁ saṁvidahassu antojanasmiṁ balakāyasmiṁ khattiyesu anuyantesu brāhmaṇagahapatikesu negamajānapadesu samaṇabrāhmaṇesu migapakkhīsu. 
;;;‘Well then, my dear, relying only on principle—honoring, respecting, and venerating principle, having principle as your flag, banner, and authority—provide just protection and security for your court, troops, aristocrats, vassals, brahmins and householders, people of town and country, ascetics and brahmins, beasts and birds. 
;;;‘ehi kho, mahārāja, svāgataṁ te mahārāja, sakaṁ te, mahārāja, anusāsa, mahārājā’ti. 
;;;‘Come, great king! Welcome, great king! We are yours, great king, instruct us.’ 
;;;Atha kho taṁ, bhikkhave, cakkaratanaṁ puratthimaṁ samuddaṁ ajjhogāhetvā paccuttaritvā dakkhiṇaṁ disaṁ pavatti …pe… 
;;;Then the wheel-treasure, having plunged into the eastern ocean and emerged again, rolled towards the south. … 
;;;Atha kho, bhikkhave, rājā khattiyo muddhābhisitto amacce pārisajje gaṇakamahāmatte anīkaṭṭhe dovārike mantassājīvino sannipātetvā ariyaṁ cakkavattivattaṁ pucchi. 
;;;So the anointed king asked the assembled ministers and councillors, finance ministers, military officers, guardsmen, and professional advisers about the noble duty of a wheel-turning monarch. 
;;;Yannūnāhaṁ imaṁ purisaṁ sunisedhaṁ nisedheyyaṁ, mūlaghaccaṁ kareyyaṁ, sīsamassa chindeyyan’ti. 
;;;I’d better make an end of this person, finish him off, and chop off his head.’ 
;;;‘tena hi, bhaṇe, imaṁ purisaṁ daḷhāya rajjuyā pacchābāhaṁ gāḷhabandhanaṁ bandhitvā khuramuṇḍaṁ karitvā kharassarena paṇavena rathikāya rathikaṁ siṅghāṭakena siṅghāṭakaṁ parinetvā dakkhiṇena dvārena nikkhamitvā dakkhiṇato nagarassa sunisedhaṁ nisedhetha, mūlaghaccaṁ karotha, sīsamassa chindathā’ti. 
;;;‘Well then, my men, tie this man’s arms tightly behind his back with a strong rope. Shave his head and march him from street to street and square to square to the beating of a harsh drum. Then take him out the south gate and make an end of him, finish him off, and chop off his head.’ 
;;;‘yannūna mayampi tiṇhāni satthāni kārāpessāma, tiṇhāni satthāni kārāpetvā yesaṁ adinnaṁ theyyasaṅkhātaṁ ādiyissāma, te sunisedhaṁ nisedhessāma, mūlaghaccaṁ karissāma, sīsāni tesaṁ chindissāmā’ti. 
;;;‘We’d better have sharp swords made. Then when we steal from others, we’ll make an end of them, finish them off, and chop off their heads.’ 
;;;Dasavassāyukesu, bhikkhave, manussesu kudrūsako aggaṁ bhojanānaṁ bhavissati. 
;;;The best kind of food will be finger millet, 
;;;Sambhedaṁ loko gamissati yathā ajeḷakā kukkuṭasūkarā soṇasiṅgālā. 
;;;The world will become dissolute, like goats and sheep, chickens and pigs, and dogs and jackals. 
;;;Te tiṇhena satthena ‘esa migo esa migo’ti aññamaññaṁ jīvitā voropessanti. 
;;;with which they’ll take each other’s life, crying, ‘It’s a beast! It’s a beast!’ 
;;;‘mā ca mayaṁ kañci, mā ca amhe koci, yannūna mayaṁ tiṇagahanaṁ vā vanagahanaṁ vā rukkhagahanaṁ vā nadīviduggaṁ vā pabbatavisamaṁ vā pavisitvā vanamūlaphalāhārā yāpeyyāmā’ti. 
;;;‘Let us neither kill nor be killed! Why don’t we hide in thick grass, thick jungle, thick trees, inaccessible riverlands, or rugged mountains and survive on forest roots and fruits?’ 
;;;Asītivassasahassāyukesu, bhikkhave, manussesu ayaṁ jambudīpo avīci maññe phuṭo bhavissati manussehi, seyyathāpi naḷavanaṁ vā saravanaṁ vā. 
;;;And the land will be so full of people you’d think they were squashed together, like a thicket of rushes or reeds. 
;;;

dn26
dn27#1.4

Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito pāsādā orohitvā pāsādapacchāyāyaṁ abbhokāse caṅkamati. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came downstairs from the longhouse and was walking mindfully in the open air, beneath the shade of the longhouse. 
;;;Addasā kho vāseṭṭho bhagavantaṁ sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhitaṁ pāsādā orohitvā pāsādapacchāyāyaṁ abbhokāse caṅkamantaṁ. 
;;;Vāseṭṭha saw him 
;;;“ayaṁ, āvuso bhāradvāja, bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito pāsādā orohitvā pāsādapacchāyāyaṁ abbhokāse caṅkamati. 
;;;“Reverend Bhāradvāja, the Buddha is walking mindfully in the open air, beneath the shade of the longhouse. 
;;;appeva nāma labheyyāma bhagavato santikā dhammiṁ kathaṁ savanāyā”ti. 
;;;Hopefully we’ll get to hear a Dhamma talk from him.” 
;;;Brāhmaṇāva sujjhanti, no abrāhmaṇā. 
;;;Only brahmins are purified, not others. 
;;;Te ca brāhmaṇā yonijāva samānā evamāhaṁsu: 
;;;Yet even though they’re born from a brahmin womb they say: 
;;;Sakyā kho pana, vāseṭṭha, rañño pasenadissa kosalassa anuyuttā bhavanti. 
;;;And the Sakyans are his vassals. 
;;;Yassa kho panassa, vāseṭṭha, tathāgate saddhā niviṭṭhā mūlajātā patiṭṭhitā daḷhā asaṁhāriyā samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmiṁ, tassetaṁ kallaṁ vacanāya: 
;;;But only when someone has faith in the Realized One—settled, rooted, and planted deep, strong, not to be shifted by any ascetic or brahmin or god or Māra or divinity or by anyone in the world—is it appropriate for them to say: 
;;;Atha kho tesaṁ, vāseṭṭha, sattānaṁ kadāci karahaci dīghassa addhuno accayena rasapathavī udakasmiṁ samatani; 
;;;After a very long period had passed, the earth’s nectar curdled in the water. 
;;;seyyathāpi nāma payaso tattassa nibbāyamānassa upari santānakaṁ hoti; 
;;;It appeared just like the curd on top of hot milk-rice as it cools. 
;;;Yato kho te, vāseṭṭha, sattā rasapathaviṁ hatthehi āluppakārakaṁ upakkamiṁsu paribhuñjituṁ. 
;;;But when they did this 
;;;Atha kho te, vāseṭṭha, sattā rasapathaviṁ paribhuñjantā tambhakkhā tadāhārā ciraṁ dīghamaddhānaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu. 
;;;Then those beings eating the earth’s nectar, with that as their food and nourishment, remained for a very long time. 
;;;Yathā yathā kho te, vāseṭṭha, sattā rasapathaviṁ paribhuñjantā tambhakkhā tadāhārā ciraṁ dīghamaddhānaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu tathā tathā tesaṁ sattānaṁ rasapathaviṁ paribhuñjantānaṁ kharattañceva kāyasmiṁ okkami, vaṇṇavevaṇṇatā ca paññāyittha. 
;;;But so long as they ate that earth’s nectar, their bodies became more solid and they diverged in appearance; 
;;;Bhūmipappaṭake antarahite padālatā pāturahosi, seyyathāpi nāma kalambukā; evameva pāturahosi. 
;;;When the ground-fungus had vanished, bursting pods appeared, like the fruit of the kadam tree. 
;;;Tadetarahipi manussā kenaci dukkhadhammena phuṭṭhā evamāhaṁsu: 
;;;And even today when people experience suffering they say: 
;;;‘nassa asuci, nassa asucī’ti. 
;;;‘Get lost, filth! Get lost, filth! 
;;;‘Alaṁ, bho satta, āhato me sāli sakideva sāyapātarāsāyā’ti. 
;;;‘There’s no need, good being! I gathered rice for supper and breakfast all at once.’ 
;;;Sayaṁpabhāya antarahitāya candimasūriyā pāturahesuṁ, candimasūriyesu pātubhūtesu nakkhattāni tārakarūpāni pāturahesuṁ, nakkhattesu tārakarūpesu pātubhūtesu rattindivā paññāyiṁsu, rattindivesu paññāyamānesu māsaḍḍhamāsā paññāyiṁsu. 
;;; 
;;;Te araññāyatane paṇṇakuṭiyo karitvā paṇṇakuṭīsu jhāyanti vītaṅgārā vītadhūmā pannamusalā sāyaṁ sāyamāsāya pāto pātarāsāya gāmanigamarājadhāniyo osaranti ghāsamesamānā. 
;;;They built leaf huts in a wilderness region where they meditated pure and bright, without lighting cooking fires or digging the soil. They came down in the morning for breakfast and in the evening for supper to the village, town, or royal capital seeking a meal. 
;;;Te ghāsaṁ paṭilabhitvā punadeva araññāyatane paṇṇakuṭīsu jhāyantī’ti, 
;;;When they have obtained food they continue to meditate in the leaf huts.’ 
;;;jhāyantīti kho, vāseṭṭha, ‘jhāyakā, jhāyakā’ tveva dutiyaṁ akkharaṁ upanibbattaṁ. 
;;;‘They meditate’ is the meaning of ‘meditator’, the second term applied to them. 
;;;Tesaṁyeva kho, vāseṭṭha, sattānaṁ ekacce sattā methunaṁ dhammaṁ samādāya visukammante payojesuṁ. 
;;;Some of those same beings, taking up an active sex life, applied themselves to various jobs. 
;;;

dn27
dn28#1.8

Kiṁ te, sāriputta, ye te ahesuṁ atītamaddhānaṁ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, sabbe te bhagavanto cetasā ceto paricca viditā: ;;;What about all the perfected ones, the fully awakened Buddhas who lived in the past? Have you comprehended their minds to know that 
;;;“Na kho me, bhante, atītānāgatapaccuppannesu arahantesu sammāsambuddhesu cetopariyañāṇaṁ atthi. 
;;;“Sir, though I don’t comprehend the minds of Buddhas past, future, and present, 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhante, rañño paccantimaṁ nagaraṁ daḷhuddhāpaṁ daḷhapākāratoraṇaṁ ekadvāraṁ. 
;;;Suppose there were a king’s frontier citadel with fortified embankments, ramparts, and arches, and a single gate. 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, bhante, idhekacco na heva kho nimittena ādisati, nāpi manussānaṁ vā amanussānaṁ vā devatānaṁ vā saddaṁ sutvā ādisati, nāpi vitakkayato vicārayato vitakkavipphārasaddaṁ sutvā ādisati. Api ca kho avitakkaṁ avicāraṁ samādhiṁ samāpannassa cetasā ceto paricca pajānāti: 
;;;Furthermore, someone comprehends the mind of a person who has attained the immersion that’s free of placing the mind and keeping it connected. They understand, 
;;;Idha, bhante, ekacco sacco cassa saddho ca, na ca kuhako, na ca lapako, na ca nemittiko, na ca nippesiko, na ca lābhena lābhaṁ nijigīsanako, indriyesu guttadvāro, bhojane mattaññū, samakārī, jāgariyānuyogamanuyutto, atandito, āraddhavīriyo, jhāyī, satimā, kalyāṇapaṭibhāno, gatimā, dhitimā, matimā, na ca kāmesu giddho, sato ca nipako ca. 
;;;It’s when someone is honest and faithful. They don’t use deceit, flattery, hinting, or belittling, and they don’t use material things to chase after other material things. They guard the sense doors and eat in moderation. They’re fair, dedicated to wakefulness, tireless, energetic, and meditative. They have good memory, eloquence, range, retention, and thoughtfulness. They’re not greedy for sensual pleasures. They are mindful and alert. 
;;;Santi, bhante, devā, yesaṁ na sakkā gaṇanāya vā saṅkhānena vā āyu saṅkhātuṁ. 
;;;Sir, there are gods whose life span cannot be reckoned or calculated. 
;;;ekopi hutvā bahudhā hoti, bahudhāpi hutvā eko hoti; āvibhāvaṁ tirobhāvaṁ tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamāno gacchati seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ karoti seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gacchati seyyathāpi pathaviyaṁ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kamati seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve pāṇinā parāmasati parimajjati; yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vatteti. 
;;;multiplying themselves and becoming one again; appearing and disappearing; going unobstructed through a wall, a rampart, or a mountain as if through space; diving in and out of the earth as if it were water; walking on water as if it were earth; flying cross-legged through the sky like a bird; touching and stroking with the hand the sun and moon, so mighty and powerful; controlling the body as far as the realm of divinity. 
;;;Na ca, bhante, bhagavā kāmesu kāmasukhallikānuyogamanuyutto hīnaṁ gammaṁ pothujjanikaṁ anariyaṁ anatthasaṁhitaṁ, na ca attakilamathānuyogamanuyutto dukkhaṁ anariyaṁ anatthasaṁhitaṁ. 
;;;The Buddha doesn’t indulge in sensual pleasures, which are low, crude, ordinary, ignoble, and pointless. And he doesn’t indulge in self-mortification, which is painful, ignoble, and pointless. 
;;;“acchariyaṁ, bhante, abbhutaṁ, bhante, tathāgatassa appicchatā santuṭṭhitā sallekhatā. 
;;;“It’s incredible, sir, it’s amazing! The Realized One has so few wishes, such contentment, such self-effacement! 
;;;Acchariyaṁ, bhante, abbhutaṁ, bhante, tathāgatassa appicchatā santuṭṭhitā sallekhatā. 
;;;It’s incredible, sir, it’s amazing! The Realized One has so few wishes, such contentment, such self-effacement! 
;;;“Passa kho tvaṁ, udāyi, ‘tathāgatassa appicchatā santuṭṭhitā sallekhatā. 
;;;“See, Udāyī, how the Realized One has so few wishes, such contentment, such self-effacement. 
;;;Passa kho tvaṁ, udāyi, ‘tathāgatassa appicchatā santuṭṭhitā sallekhatā. 
;;;See, Udāyī, how the Realized One has so few wishes, such contentment, such self-effacement. 
;;;

dn28
dn29#1.6

Vadhoyeva kho maññe nigaṇṭhesu nāṭaputtiyesu vattati. ;;;You’d think there was nothing but slaughter going on among the Jain ascetics. 
;;;Atha kho cundo samaṇuddeso pāvāyaṁ vassaṁvuṭṭho yena sāmagāmo, yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho cundo samaṇuddeso āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;And then, after completing the rainy season residence near Pāvā, the novice Cunda went to see Venerable Ānanda at Sāma village. He bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened. 
;;;Āyāmāvuso cunda, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamissāma; upasaṅkamitvā etamatthaṁ bhagavato ārocessāmā”ti. 
;;;Come, let’s go to the Buddha and tell him about this.” 
;;;satthā ca te sammāsambuddho, dhammo ca svākkhāto suppavedito niyyāniko upasamasaṁvattaniko sammāsambuddhappavedito. 
;;;For your teacher is awakened, and their teaching is well explained and well propounded, emancipating, leading to peace, proclaimed by someone who is a fully awakened Buddha. 
;;;Yo ca pasaṁsati, yañca pasaṁsati, yo ca pasaṁsito bhiyyoso mattāya vīriyaṁ ārabhati. Sabbe te bahuṁ puññaṁ pasavanti. 
;;;The one who praises, the one who they praise, and the one who, being praised, rouses up even more energy all create much merit. 
;;;Udako sudaṁ, cunda, rāmaputto evaṁ vācaṁ bhāsati: 
;;;Uddaka son of Rāma used to say: 
;;;Khurassa sādhunisitassa talamassa passati, dhārañca khvassa na passati. 
;;;You can see the blade of a well-sharpened razor, but not the edge. 
;;;Yañca taṁ, cunda, sammā vadamāno vadeyya: 
;;;If there’s anything of which it may be rightly said: 
;;;Evaṁ sabbākārasampannaṁ sabbākāraparipūraṁ anūnamanadhikaṁ svākkhātaṁ kevalaṁ paripūraṁ brahmacariyaṁ suppakāsitanti, iti hetaṁ passati. 
;;;One sees this: a spiritual path endowed with all good qualities, complete in all good qualities, neither too little nor too much, well explained, whole, full, and well propounded. 
;;;‘ayaṁ kho āyasmā atthañceva micchā gaṇhāti, byañjanāni ca micchā ropetī’ti. 
;;;‘This venerable misconstrues the meaning and mistakes the phrasing.’ 
;;;yāvadeva sītassa paṭighātāya, uṇhassa paṭighātāya, ḍaṁsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassānaṁ paṭighātāya, yāvadeva utuparissayavinodanapaṭisallānārāmatthaṁ. 
;;;only for the sake of warding off cold and heat; for warding off the touch of flies, mosquitoes, wind, sun, and reptiles; to shelter from harsh weather and to enjoy retreat. 
;;;9. Sukhallikānuyoga 
;;;9. Indulgence in Pleasure 
;;;‘sukhallikānuyogamanuyuttā samaṇā sakyaputtiyā viharantī’ti. 
;;;‘The ascetics who follow the Sakyan live indulging in pleasure.’ 
;;;Evaṁvādino, cunda, aññatitthiyā paribbājakā evamassu vacanīyā: 
;;;You should say to them, 
;;;‘katamo so, āvuso, sukhallikānuyogo? 
;;;‘What is that indulgence in pleasure? 
;;;Sukhallikānuyogā hi bahū anekavihitā nānappakārakā’ti. 
;;;For there are many different kinds of indulgence in pleasure.’ 
;;;Cattārome, cunda, sukhallikānuyogā hīnā gammā pothujjanikā anariyā anatthasaṁhitā na nibbidāya na virāgāya na nirodhāya na upasamāya na abhiññāya na sambodhāya na nibbānāya saṁvattanti. 
;;;These four kinds of indulgence in pleasure, Cunda, are low, crude, ordinary, ignoble, and pointless. They don’t lead to disillusionment, dispassion, cessation, peace, insight, awakening, and extinguishment. 
;;;Ayaṁ paṭhamo sukhallikānuyogo. 
;;;This is the first kind of indulgence in pleasure. 
;;;Ayaṁ dutiyo sukhallikānuyogo. 
;;;This is the second kind of indulgence in pleasure. 
;;;Ayaṁ tatiyo sukhallikānuyogo. 
;;;This is the third kind of indulgence in pleasure. 
;;;Ayaṁ catuttho sukhallikānuyogo. 
;;;This is the fourth kind of indulgence in pleasure. 
;;;Ime kho, cunda, cattāro sukhallikānuyogā hīnā gammā pothujjanikā anariyā anatthasaṁhitā na nibbidāya na virāgāya na nirodhāya na upasamāya na abhiññāya na sambodhāya na nibbānāya saṁvattanti. 
;;;These are the four kinds of indulgence in pleasure that are low, crude, ordinary, ignoble, and pointless. They don’t lead to disillusionment, dispassion, cessation, peace, insight, awakening, and extinguishment. 
;;;‘ime cattāro sukhallikānuyoge anuyuttā samaṇā sakyaputtiyā viharantī’ti. 
;;;‘The ascetics who follow the Sakyan live indulging in pleasure in these four ways.’ 
;;;Cattārome, cunda, sukhallikānuyogā ekantanibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṁvattanti. 
;;;Cunda, these four kinds of indulgence in pleasure lead solely to disillusionment, dispassion, cessation, peace, insight, awakening, and extinguishment. 
;;;Ayaṁ paṭhamo sukhallikānuyogo. 
;;;This is the first kind of indulgence in pleasure. 
;;;Ayaṁ dutiyo sukhallikānuyogo. 
;;;This is the second kind of indulgence in pleasure. 
;;;Ayaṁ tatiyo sukhallikānuyogo. 
;;;This is the third kind of indulgence in pleasure. 
;;;Ayaṁ catuttho sukhallikānuyogo. 
;;;This is the fourth kind of indulgence in pleasure. 
;;;Ime kho, cunda, cattāro sukhallikānuyogā ekantanibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṁvattanti. 
;;;These are the four kinds of indulgence in pleasure which lead solely to disillusionment, dispassion, cessation, peace, insight, awakening, and extinguishment. 
;;;‘ime cattāro sukhallikānuyoge anuyuttā samaṇā sakyaputtiyā viharantī’ti. 
;;;‘The ascetics who follow the Sakyan live indulging in pleasure in these four ways.’ 
;;;10. Sukhallikānuyogānisaṁsa 
;;;10. The Benefits of Indulgence in Pleasure 
;;;‘ime panāvuso, cattāro sukhallikānuyoge anuyuttānaṁ viharataṁ kati phalāni katānisaṁsā pāṭikaṅkhā’ti? 
;;;‘How many fruits and benefits may be expected by those who live indulging in pleasure in these four ways?’ 
;;;‘ime kho, āvuso, cattāro sukhallikānuyoge anuyuttānaṁ viharataṁ cattāri phalāni cattāro ānisaṁsā pāṭikaṅkhā. 
;;;‘Four benefits may be expected by those who live indulging in pleasure in these four ways. 
;;;Ime kho, āvuso, cattāro sukhallikānuyoge anuyuttānaṁ viharataṁ imāni cattāri phalāni, cattāro ānisaṁsā pāṭikaṅkhā’ti. 
;;;These four benefits may be expected by those who live indulging in pleasure in these four ways.’ 
;;;Iti kho, cunda, atītānāgatapaccuppannesu dhammesu tathāgato kālavādī bhūtavādī atthavādī dhammavādī vinayavādī, tasmā ‘tathāgato’ti vuccati. 
;;;And so the Realized One has speech that’s well-timed, true, meaningful, in line with the teaching and training. That’s why he’s called the ‘Realized One’. 
;;;Yathā ca te na byākātabbā, kiṁ vo ahaṁ te tathā byākarissāmi? 
;;;Shall I explain them to you in the wrong way? 
;;;

dn29
dn30#1.1.5

“Bhaddante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ. ;;;“Venerable sir,” they replied. 
;;;Sace kho pana agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajati, arahaṁ hoti sammāsambuddho loke vivaṭṭacchado. 
;;;But if he goes forth from the lay life to homelessness, he becomes a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha, who draws back the veil from the world. 
;;;sukhumacchavi hoti, sukhumattā chaviyā rajojallaṁ kāye na upalimpati … 
;;;He has delicate skin, so delicate that dust and dirt don’t stick to his body. 
;;;uddhaggalomo hoti, uddhaggāni lomāni jātāni nīlāni añjanavaṇṇāni kuṇḍalāvaṭṭāni dakkhiṇāvaṭṭakajātāni … 
;;;His hairs stand up; they’re blue-black and curl clockwise. 
;;;citantaraṁso hoti … 
;;;He is filled out between the shoulders. 
;;;Daḷhaṁ samādāya samattamācari. 
;;;firmly undertaking these things, he lived accordingly. 
;;;So tena kammena divaṁ samakkami, 
;;;By means of these deeds he went to heaven, 
;;;Gihissa vā pabbajitassa vā puna, 
;;;as householder or renunciate. 
;;;Tena sucaritena saggamagamā, 
;;;By that good conduct he went to heaven, 
;;;Cirayapanāya kumāramādisanti. 
;;;they indicated that the prince’s life would be long: 
;;;“Khajjabhojjamatha leyya sāyiyaṁ, 
;;;“He used to give the very best of flavors— 
;;;Yaṁ gihissapi tadatthajotakaṁ, 
;;;as a householder, that’s what that means. 
;;;dānena peyyavajjena atthacariyāya samānattatāya. 
;;;giving, kindly words, taking care, and equality. 
;;;Piyavāditañca samānattatañca; 
;;;kindly speech, and equal treatment, 
;;;Piyavadū hitasukhataṁ jigīsamāno, 
;;;Speaking kindly, seeking happiness, 
;;;Kathaṁ vijāneyyuṁ lahunti icchati; 
;;;he thought of how they might easily learn. 
;;;Sukhumacchavi hoti, sukhumattā chaviyā rajojallaṁ kāye na upalimpati. 
;;;he has delicate skin, so delicate that dust and dirt don’t stick to his body. 
;;;Dātā ca ahosi sukhumānaṁ mudukānaṁ attharaṇānaṁ pāvuraṇānaṁ khomasukhumānaṁ kappāsikasukhumānaṁ koseyyasukhumānaṁ kambalasukhumānaṁ. 
;;;He donated soft and fine mats and blankets, and fine cloths of linen, cotton, silk, and wool. 
;;;Upapajji sukataphalavipākamanubhutvā; 
;;;where he enjoyed the fruits of deeds well done. 
;;;Micchaṁ mahatimahiṁ anusāsati; 
;;;he conquers and rules this vast, broad earth. 
;;;Sahito purimakataphalaṁ anubhavati, 
;;;For he still partakes of past deed’s fruit; 
;;;Mātarampi puttena samānetā ahosi, puttampi mātarā samānetā ahosi, pitarampi puttena samānetā ahosi, puttampi pitarā samānetā ahosi, bhātarampi bhātarā samānetā ahosi, bhātarampi bhaginiyā samānetā ahosi, bhaginimpi bhātarā samānetā ahosi, bhaginimpi bhaginiyā samānetā ahosi, samaṅgīkatvā ca abbhanumoditā ahosi. 
;;;He reunited mother with child and child with mother; father with child and child with father; brother with brother, brother with sister, sister with brother, and sister with sister, bringing them together with rejoicing. 
;;;Samaṅgikatvā anumoditā ahu. 
;;;bringing them together with joy. 
;;;Mahiñca pana ṭhito anonamanto, 
;;;Now standing without bending 
;;;‘kintime saddhāya vaḍḍheyyuṁ, sīlena vaḍḍheyyuṁ, sutena vaḍḍheyyuṁ, cāgena vaḍḍheyyuṁ, dhammena vaḍḍheyyuṁ, paññāya vaḍḍheyyuṁ, dhanadhaññena vaḍḍheyyuṁ, khettavatthunā vaḍḍheyyuṁ, dvipadacatuppadehi vaḍḍheyyuṁ, puttadārehi vaḍḍheyyuṁ, dāsakammakaraporisehi vaḍḍheyyuṁ, ñātīhi vaḍḍheyyuṁ, mittehi vaḍḍheyyuṁ, bandhavehi vaḍḍheyyun’ti. 
;;;‘How might they flourish in faith, ethics, learning, generosity, teachings, and wisdom; in wealth and grain, fields and land, birds and beasts, children and partners; in bondservants, workers, and staff; in family, friends, and kin?’ 
;;;Atthassa middhī ca panābhikaṅkhati. 
;;;And so he ever desired their success. 
;;;Samojasā rasaharaṇī susaṇṭhitā, 
;;;With taste receptors prominent and evenly spreading nutrition, 
;;;Gihissa vā pabbajitassa vā puna, 
;;;as householder or renunciate. 
;;;na ca visaṭaṁ, na ca visāci, na ca pana viceyya pekkhitā, ujuṁ tathā pasaṭamujumano, piyacakkhunā bahujanaṁ udikkhitā ahosi. 
;;;When looking at others he didn’t glare, look askance, or avert his eyes. Being straightforward, he reached out to others with straightforward intentions, looking at people with kindly eyes. 
;;;“Na ca visaṭaṁ na ca visāci, 
;;;“With not a glare or glance askance, 
;;;Ubbādhikaṁ bahujanappamaddanaṁ; 
;;;insulting, quarrelsome, 
;;;Madhuraṁ bhaṇi susaṁhitaṁ sakhilaṁ. 
;;;His speech was sweet, helpful, and courteous. 
;;;Saggesu vedayatha puññaphalaṁ. 
;;;experiencing the fruit of good deeds in heaven. 
;;;“Na samphappalāpaṁ na muddhataṁ, 
;;;“Neither nonsensical nor silly, 
;;;Samamapi sucisusukkaṁ. 
;;;gleaming, bright, and white. 
;;;Imamapi ca paramapi ca passati lokaṁ. 
;;;he sees this world and the next. 
;;;

dn30
dn31#1.3

Tena kho pana samayena siṅgālako gahapatiputto kālasseva uṭṭhāya rājagahā nikkhamitvā allavattho allakeso pañjaliko puthudisā namassati— ;;;Now at that time the householder’s son Sigālaka rose early and left Rājagaha. With his clothes and hair all wet, he raised his joined palms to revere the various quarters— 
;;;Addasā kho bhagavā siṅgālakaṁ gahapatiputtaṁ kālasseva vuṭṭhāya rājagahā nikkhamitvā allavatthaṁ allakesaṁ pañjalikaṁ puthudisā namassantaṁ— 
;;;He saw Sigālaka revering the quarters 
;;;“kiṁ nu kho tvaṁ, gahapatiputta, kālasseva vuṭṭhāya rājagahā nikkhamitvā allavattho allakeso pañjaliko puthudisā namassasi— 
;;;“Householder’s son, why are you revering the quarters in this way?” 
;;;So kho ahaṁ, bhante, pituvacanaṁ sakkaronto garuṁ karonto mānento pūjento kālasseva uṭṭhāya rājagahā nikkhamitvā allavattho allakeso pañjaliko puthudisā namassāmi— 
;;;Honoring, respecting, and venerating my father’s words, I rose early and left Rājagaha and, with my clothes and hair all wet, raised my joined palms to revere the various quarters— 
;;;Surāmerayamajjappamādaṭṭhānānuyogo kho, gahapatiputta, bhogānaṁ apāyamukhaṁ, vikālavisikhācariyānuyogo bhogānaṁ apāyamukhaṁ, samajjābhicaraṇaṁ bhogānaṁ apāyamukhaṁ, jūtappamādaṭṭhānānuyogo bhogānaṁ apāyamukhaṁ, pāpamittānuyogo bhogānaṁ apāyamukhaṁ, ālasyānuyogo bhogānaṁ apāyamukhaṁ. 
;;;Habitually engaging in the following things is a drain on wealth: drinking alcohol; roaming the streets at night; frequenting festivals; gambling; bad friends; laziness. 
;;;Sandiṭṭhikā dhanajāni, kalahappavaḍḍhanī, rogānaṁ āyatanaṁ, akittisañjananī, kopīnanidaṁsanī, paññāya dubbalikaraṇītveva chaṭṭhaṁ padaṁ bhavati. 
;;;Immediate loss of wealth, promotion of quarrels, susceptibility to illness, disrepute, indecent exposure; and weakened wisdom is the sixth thing. 
;;;Attāpissa agutto arakkhito hoti, puttadāropissa agutto arakkhito hoti, sāpateyyampissa aguttaṁ arakkhitaṁ hoti, saṅkiyo ca hoti pāpakesu ṭhānesu, abhūtavacanañca tasmiṁ rūhati, bahūnañca dukkhadhammānaṁ purakkhato hoti. 
;;;Yourself, your partners and children, and your property are all left unguarded. You’re suspected of bad deeds. Untrue rumors spread about you. You’re at the forefront of many things that entail suffering. 
;;;Verappasavo ca anatthatā ca; 
;;;making enemies, harmfulness, 
;;;Nihīnasevī na ca vuddhasevī, 
;;;Associating with the worse, not the better, 
;;;Pipāso pivaṁ papāgato; 
;;;thirsty, drinking in the bar, 
;;;Akulaṁ kāhiti khippamattano. 
;;;will quickly lose their way. 
;;;Pāpakampissa anujānāti, kalyāṇampissa anujānāti, sammukhāssa vaṇṇaṁ bhāsati, parammukhāssa avaṇṇaṁ bhāsati. 
;;;They support you equally in doing bad and doing good. They praise you to your face, and put you down behind your back. 
;;;yo ca mitto vacīparo; 
;;;another all talk; 
;;;Upakāro mitto suhado veditabbo, samānasukhadukkho mitto suhado veditabbo, atthakkhāyī mitto suhado veditabbo, anukampako mitto suhado veditabbo. 
;;;the helper, the friend in good times and bad, the counselor, and the one who’s sympathetic. 
;;;sukhe dukkhe ca yo sakhā; 
;;;one the same in both pleasure and pain, 
;;;Evaṁ bhoge samāhatvā, 
;;;In gathering wealth like this, 
;;;Pañcahi kho, gahapatiputta, ṭhānehi puttena puratthimā disā mātāpitaro paccupaṭṭhātabbā— 
;;;A child should serve their parents as the eastern quarter in five ways, thinking: 
;;;suvinītaṁ vinenti, suggahitaṁ gāhāpenti, sabbasippassutaṁ samakkhāyino bhavanti, mittāmaccesu paṭiyādenti, disāsu parittāṇaṁ karonti. 
;;;They make sure they’re well educated and well drilled in memorization. They clearly explain all the knowledge of the profession. They introduce them to their friends and colleagues. They provide protection in every region. 
;;;sammānanāya anavamānanāya anaticariyāya issariyavossaggena alaṅkārānuppadānena. 
;;;by treating her with honor, by not looking down on her, by not being unfaithful, by relinquishing authority to her, and by presenting her with adornments. 
;;;dānena peyyavajjena atthacariyāya samānattatāya avisaṁvādanatāya. 
;;;giving, kindly words, taking care, equality, and not using tricky words. 
;;;Pañcahi kho, gahapatiputta, ṭhānehi ayyirakena heṭṭhimā disā dāsakammakarā paccupaṭṭhātabbā— 
;;;A master should serve their bondservants and workers as the lower quarter in five ways: 
;;;sammapekkhanti paṇḍitā; 
;;;the astute do regard them well, 
;;;

dn31
dn32#1.3

Atha kho cattāro mahārājā mahatiyā ca yakkhasenāya mahatiyā ca gandhabbasenāya mahatiyā ca kumbhaṇḍasenāya mahatiyā ca nāgasenāya catuddisaṁ rakkhaṁ ṭhapetvā catuddisaṁ gumbaṁ ṭhapetvā catuddisaṁ ovaraṇaṁ ṭhapetvā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ gijjhakūṭaṁ pabbataṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. ;;;Then, late at night, the four great kings—with large armies of spirits, centaurs, goblins, and dragons—set guards, troops, and wards at the four quarters and then, lighting up the entire Vulture’s Peak with their beauty, went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. 
;;;Santi hi, bhante, bhagavato sāvakā araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevanti appasaddāni appanigghosāni vijanavātāni manussarāhasseyyakāni paṭisallānasāruppāni. 
;;;Sir, there are disciples of the Buddha who frequent remote lodgings in the wilderness and the forest that are quiet and still, far from the madding crowd, remote from human settlements, and fit for retreat. 
;;;“Vipassissa ca namatthu, 
;;;“Hail Vipassī, 
;;;Vessabhussa ca namatthu, 
;;;Hail Vessabhū, 
;;;Kassapassa ca namatthu, 
;;;Hail Kassapa, 
;;;Yo imaṁ dhammaṁ desesi, 
;;;He taught this Dhamma 
;;;Te janā apisuṇātha, 
;;;not backbiters; such people 
;;;Yato uggacchati sūriyo, 
;;;Where rises the sun— 
;;;Gandhabbānaṁ adhipati, 
;;;the lord of the centaurs; 
;;;Yena uttarakuruvho, 
;;;Where lovely Uttarakuru is, 
;;;Itthiṁ vā vāhanaṁ katvā, 
;;;Having prepared a woman-drawn carriage, 
;;;Sabbā disā anupariyāyanti; 
;;;that king’s servants 
;;;Nāṭasuriyā parakusiṭanāṭā. 
;;;Nāṭapuriyā, and Parakusiṭanāṭā. 
;;;Uttarena kasivanto, 
;;;To the north is Kapīvanta, 
;;;Sabhāpi tattha sālavatī nāma. 
;;;There is a hall there too named Sālavatī, 
;;;naḷo rājā janesabho. 
;;;and the kings Nala and Janesabha, 
;;;Gopālo supparodho ca, 
;;;Gopāla, Suppagedha, 
;;;Pajjunno sumano sumukho; 
;;;Pajjunna, Sumana, Sumukha, 
;;;Dadhimukho maṇi māṇivaro dīgho, 
;;;Dadhimukha, Maṇi, Māṇivara, Dīgha, 
;;;Santi hi, bhante, bhagavato sāvakā araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevanti appasaddāni appanigghosāni vijanavātāni manussarāhasseyyakāni paṭisallānasāruppāni. 
;;; 
;;;Atthasaṁhitā, bhikkhave, āṭānāṭiyā rakkhā bhikkhūnaṁ bhikkhunīnaṁ upāsakānaṁ upāsikānaṁ guttiyā rakkhāya avihiṁsāya phāsuvihārāyā”ti. 
;;;The Āṭānāṭiya protection is beneficial, and is for the guarding, protection, safety, and comfort of the monks, nuns, laymen, and laywomen.” 
;;;

dn32
dn33#1.1.2

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā mallesu cārikaṁ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi yena pāvā nāma mallānaṁ nagaraṁ tadavasari. ;;;At one time the Buddha was wandering in the land of the Mallas together with a large Saṅgha of five hundred mendicants when he arrived at a Mallian town named Pāvā. 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena pāveyyakānaṁ mallānaṁ ubbhatakaṁ nāma navaṁ sandhāgāraṁ acirakāritaṁ hoti anajjhāvuṭṭhaṁ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā kenaci vā manussabhūtena. 
;;;Now at that time a new town hall named Ubbhaṭaka had recently been constructed for the Mallas of Pāvā. It had not yet been occupied by an ascetic or brahmin or any person at all. 
;;;Assosuṁ kho pāveyyakā mallā: “bhagavā kira mallesu cārikaṁ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi pāvaṁ anuppatto pāvāyaṁ viharati cundassa kammāraputtassa ambavane”ti. 
;;;The Mallas of Pāvā also heard that the Buddha had arrived and was staying in Cunda’s mango grove. 
;;;Atha kho pāveyyakā mallā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho pāveyyakā mallā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ: 
;;;Then they went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him, 
;;;“idha, bhante, pāveyyakānaṁ mallānaṁ ubbhatakaṁ nāma navaṁ sandhāgāraṁ acirakāritaṁ hoti anajjhāvuṭṭhaṁ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā kenaci vā manussabhūtena. 
;;;“Sir, a new town hall named Ubbhaṭaka has recently been constructed for the Mallas of Pāvā. It has not yet been occupied by an ascetic or brahmin or any person at all. 
;;;Tañca kho, bhante, bhagavā paṭhamaṁ paribhuñjatu, bhagavatā paṭhamaṁ paribhuttaṁ pacchā pāveyyakā mallā paribhuñjissanti. 
;;;May the Buddha be the first to use it, and only then will the Mallas of Pāvā use it. 
;;;Tadassa pāveyyakānaṁ mallānaṁ dīgharattaṁ hitāya sukhāyā”ti. 
;;;That would be for the lasting welfare and happiness of the Mallas of Pāvā.” 
;;;Atha kho pāveyyakā mallā bhagavato adhivāsanaṁ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā yena sandhāgāraṁ tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā sabbasanthariṁ sandhāgāraṁ santharitvā bhagavato āsanāni paññāpetvā udakamaṇikaṁ patiṭṭhapetvā telapadīpaṁ āropetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; 
;;;Then, knowing that the Buddha had consented, the Mallas got up from their seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on their right. Then they went to the new town hall, where they spread carpets all over, prepared seats, set up a water jar, and placed an oil lamp. Then they went back to the Buddha, 
;;;Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho te pāveyyakā mallā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ: 
;;;and told him of their preparations, saying, 
;;;Pāveyyakāpi kho mallā pāde pakkhāletvā sandhāgāraṁ pavisitvā puratthimaṁ bhittiṁ nissāya pacchimābhimukhā nisīdiṁsu bhagavantaṁyeva purakkhatvā. 
;;;The Mallas of Pāvā also washed their feet, entered the town hall, and sat against the east wall facing west, with the Buddha right in front of them. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā pāveyyake malle bahudeva rattiṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṁsetvā uyyojesi: 
;;;The Buddha spent much of the night educating, encouraging, firing up, and inspiring the Mallas with a Dhamma talk. Then he dismissed them, 
;;;“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho pāveyyakā mallā bhagavato paṭissutvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkamiṁsu. 
;;;“Yes, sir,” replied the Mallas. They got up from their seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on their right, before leaving. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā acirapakkantesu pāveyyakesu mallesu tuṇhībhūtaṁ tuṇhībhūtaṁ bhikkhusaṅghaṁ anuviloketvā āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ āmantesi: 
;;;Soon after they left, the Buddha looked around the Saṅgha of mendicants, who were so very silent. He addressed Venerable Sāriputta, 
;;;Tamahaṁ āyamissāmī”ti. 
;;;I’ll stretch it.” 
;;;Tassa kālaṅkiriyāya bhinnā nigaṇṭhā dvedhikajātā bhaṇḍanajātā kalahajātā vivādāpannā aññamaññaṁ mukhasattīhi vitudantā viharanti: 
;;;With his passing the Jain ascetics split, dividing into two factions, arguing, quarreling, and disputing, continually wounding each other with barbed words: 
;;;Atthi kho, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena dve dhammā sammadakkhātā. 
;;;There are teachings grouped by two that have been rightly explained by the Buddha. 
;;;santāvuso sattā uppādetvā uppādetvā sukhaṁ viharanti, seyyathāpi devā brahmakāyikā. 
;;;There are sentient beings who, having repeatedly given rise to it, dwell in pleasure. Namely, the gods of the Divinity’s host. 
;;;Te santaṁyeva tusitā sukhaṁ paṭisaṁvedenti, seyyathāpi devā subhakiṇhā. 
;;;Since they’re truly content, they experience pleasure. Namely, the gods of universal beauty. 
;;;Tīṇi kosallāni— 
;;;Three skills: 
;;;āyakosallaṁ, apāyakosallaṁ, upāyakosallaṁ. 
;;;skill in progress, skill in regress, and skill in means. 
;;;Idhāvuso, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
;;;A mendicant, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
;;;Vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā ajjhattaṁ sampasādanaṁ cetaso ekodibhāvaṁ avitakkaṁ avicāraṁ samādhijaṁ pītisukhaṁ dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
;;;As the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, they enter and remain in the second absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of immersion, with internal clarity and mind at one, without placing the mind and keeping it connected. 
;;;Pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharati sato ca sampajāno, sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṁvedeti, yaṁ taṁ ariyā ācikkhanti: ‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
;;;And with the fading away of rapture, they enter and remain in the third absorption, where they meditate with equanimity, mindful and aware, personally experiencing the bliss of which the noble ones declare, ‘Equanimous and mindful, one meditates in bliss.’ 
;;;Sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā, pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamā, adukkhamasukhaṁ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṁ catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. 
;;;Giving up pleasure and pain, and ending former happiness and sadness, they enter and remain in the fourth absorption, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and mindfulness. 
;;;Idhāvuso, bhikkhu mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati. Tathā dutiyaṁ. Tathā tatiyaṁ. Tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati. 
;;;A mendicant meditates spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. 
;;;Cattāro āruppā. 
;;;Four formless states: 
;;;Idhāvuso, bhikkhu uppannaṁ bhadrakaṁ samādhinimittaṁ anurakkhati—aṭṭhikasaññaṁ, puḷuvakasaññaṁ, vinīlakasaññaṁ, vicchiddakasaññaṁ, uddhumātakasaññaṁ. 
;;;It’s when a mendicant preserves a meditation subject that’s a fine basis of immersion: the perception of a skeleton, a worm-infested corpse, a livid corpse, a split open corpse, or a bloated corpse. 
;;;dhamme ñāṇaṁ, anvaye ñāṇaṁ, pariye ñāṇaṁ, sammutiyā ñāṇaṁ. 
;;;knowledge of the present phenomena, inferential knowledge, knowledge of others’ minds, and conventional knowledge. 
;;;‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṁ veditabbo viññūhī’ti. 
;;;‘The teaching is well explained by the Buddha—apparent in the present life, immediately effective, inviting inspection, relevant, so that sensible people can know it for themselves.’ 
;;;dānaṁ, peyyavajjaṁ, atthacariyā, samānattatā. 
;;;giving, kindly words, taking care, and equality. 
;;;Abhabbo, āvuso, khīṇāsavo bhikkhu sañcicca pāṇaṁ jīvitā voropetuṁ. Abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu adinnaṁ theyyasaṅkhātaṁ ādiyituṁ. Abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu methunaṁ dhammaṁ paṭisevituṁ. Abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu sampajānamusā bhāsituṁ. Abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu sannidhikārakaṁ kāme paribhuñjituṁ, seyyathāpi pubbe āgārikabhūto. 
;;;A mendicant with defilements ended can’t deliberately take the life of a living creature, take something with the intention to steal, have sex, tell a deliberate lie, or store up goods for their own enjoyment like they used to as a lay person. 
;;;Ye ca kāmapaccayā uppajjanti āsavā vighātā pariḷāhā, mutto so tehi, na so taṁ vedanaṁ vedeti. 
;;;They’re freed from the distressing and feverish defilements that arise because of sensual pleasures, so they don’t experience that kind of feeling. 
;;;tattha sabbeheva saṅgāyitabbaṁ …pe… atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṁ. 
;;;You should all recite these in concert. 
;;;Yo so, āvuso, bhikkhu kodhano hoti upanāhī, so sattharipi agāravo viharati appatisso, dhammepi agāravo viharati appatisso, saṅghepi agāravo viharati appatisso, sikkhāyapi na paripūrakārī hoti. 
;;;Such a mendicant lacks respect and reverence for the Teacher, the teaching, and the Saṅgha, and they don’t fulfill the training. 
;;;‘asmīti kho me vigataṁ, ayamahamasmīti na samanupassāmi, 
;;;‘I’m rid of the conceit “I am”. And I don’t regard anything as “I am this”. 
;;;atha ca pana me vicikicchākathaṅkathāsallaṁ cittaṁ pariyādāya tiṭṭhatī’ti. 
;;;Yet somehow the dart of doubt and indecision still occupies my mind.’ 
;;;atha ca panassa vicikicchākathaṅkathāsallaṁ cittaṁ pariyādāya ṭhassati, netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati. 
;;;yet somehow the dart of doubt and indecision still occupy the mind. 
;;;Nissaraṇaṁ hetaṁ, āvuso, vicikicchākathaṅkathāsallassa, yadidaṁ asmimānasamugghāto’ti. 
;;;For it is the uprooting of the conceit “I am” that is the escape from the dart of doubt and indecision.’ 
;;;Idhāvuso, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṁ disvā neva sumano hoti na dummano, upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno. 
;;;A mendicant, seeing a sight with their eyes, is neither happy nor sad. They remain equanimous, mindful and aware. 
;;;Paṭisallāne tibbacchando hoti, āyatiñca paṭisallāne avigatapemo. 
;;;for retreat … 
;;;So yaṁ deti taṁ paccāsīsati. 
;;;Whatever they give they expect back. 
;;;‘cātumahārājikā devā dīghāyukā vaṇṇavanto sukhabahulā’ti. 
;;;‘The gods of the four great kings are long-lived, beautiful, and very happy.’ 
;;;‘Anatthaṁ me acari, taṁ kutettha labbhā’ti āghātaṁ paṭivineti; 
;;;Thinking: ‘They did wrong to me, but what can I possibly do?’ you get rid of resentment. 
;;;Santāvuso, sattā asaññino appaṭisaṁvedino, seyyathāpi devā asaññasattā. 
;;;There are sentient beings that are non-percipient and do not experience anything, such as the gods who are non-percipient beings. 
;;;paccantimesu janapadesu paccājāto hoti milakkhesu aviññātāresu, yattha natthi gati bhikkhūnaṁ bhikkhunīnaṁ upāsakānaṁ upāsikānaṁ. 
;;;But a person has been reborn in the borderlands, among uneducated foreigners, where monks, nuns, laymen, and laywomen do not go. 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu bahussuto hoti sutadharo sutasannicayo. Ye te dhammā ādikalyāṇā majjhekalyāṇā pariyosānakalyāṇā sātthā sabyañjanā kevalaparipuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ abhivadanti, tathārūpāssa dhammā bahussutā honti dhātā vacasā paricitā manasānupekkhitā diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā. 
;;;Furthermore, a mendicant is very learned, remembering and keeping what they’ve learned. These teachings are good in the beginning, good in the middle, and good in the end, meaningful and well-phrased, describing a spiritual practice that’s entirely full and pure. They are very learned in such teachings, remembering them, rehearsing them, mentally scrutinizing them, and comprehending them theoretically. 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu dhammakāmo hoti piyasamudāhāro, abhidhamme abhivinaye uḷārapāmojjo. 
;;;Furthermore, a mendicant loves the teachings and is a delight to converse with, being full of joy in the teaching and training. 
;;;

dn33
dn34#1.5.15

kabaḷīkāro āhāro oḷāriko vā sukhumo vā, phasso dutiyo, manosañcetanā tatiyā, viññāṇaṁ catutthaṁ. ;;;solid food, whether solid or subtle; contact is the second, mental intention the third, and consciousness the fourth. 
;;;dukkhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ, dukkhasamudayaṁ ariyasaccaṁ, dukkhanirodhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ, dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccaṁ. 
;;;suffering, the origin of suffering, the cessation of suffering, and the practice that leads to the cessation of suffering. 
;;;Yathā yathā, āvuso, bhikkhuno satthā dhammaṁ deseti, aññataro vā garuṭṭhāniyo sabrahmacārī tathā tathā so tasmiṁ dhamme atthappaṭisaṁvedī ca hoti dhammapaṭisaṁvedī ca. 
;;;That mendicant feels inspired by the meaning and the teaching in that Dhamma, no matter how the Teacher or a respected spiritual companion teaches it. 
;;;atha ca pana me vicikicchākathaṅkathāsallaṁ cittaṁ pariyādāya tiṭṭhatī’ti. 
;;;Yet somehow the dart of doubt and indecision still occupies my mind.’ 
;;;Atha ca panassa vicikicchākathaṅkathāsallaṁ cittaṁ pariyādāya ṭhassati, netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati. 
;;;yet somehow the dart of doubt and indecision still occupy the mind. 
;;;Nissaraṇaṁ hetaṁ, āvuso, vicikicchākathaṅkathāsallassa, yadidaṁ asmimānasamugghāto’ti. 
;;;For it is the uprooting of the conceit “I am” that is the escape from the dart of doubt and indecision.’ 
;;;idhāvuso, bhikkhu anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhoti—ekopi hutvā bahudhā hoti, bahudhāpi hutvā eko hoti; āvibhāvaṁ tirobhāvaṁ; tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamāno gacchati seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ karoti seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gacchati seyyathāpi pathaviyaṁ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kamati seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve pāṇinā parāmasati parimajjati; yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vatteti. 
;;;A mendicant wields the many kinds of psychic power: multiplying themselves and becoming one again; appearing and disappearing; going unobstructed through a wall, a rampart, or a mountain as if through space; diving in and out of the earth as if it were water; walking on water as if it were earth; flying cross-legged through the sky like a bird; touching and stroking with the hand the sun and moon, so mighty and powerful; controlling the body as far as the realm of divinity. 
;;;Parasattānaṁ parapuggalānaṁ cetasā ceto paricca pajānāti, 
;;;They understand the minds of other beings and individuals, having comprehended them with their own mind. 
;;;idhāvuso, bhikkhu saddho hoti, hirimā hoti, ottappī hoti, bahussuto hoti, āraddhavīriyo hoti, upaṭṭhitassati hoti, paññavā hoti. 
;;;a mendicant is faithful, conscientious, prudent, learned, energetic, mindful, and wise. 
;;;Paṭisallāne tibbacchando hoti, āyatiñca paṭisallāne avigatapemo. 
;;;for retreat … 
;;;Idhāvuso, bhikkhu satthāraṁ upanissāya viharati aññataraṁ vā garuṭṭhāniyaṁ sabrahmacāriṁ, yatthassa tibbaṁ hirottappaṁ paccupaṭṭhitaṁ hoti pemañca gāravo ca. 
;;;It’s when a mendicant lives relying on the Teacher or a spiritual companion in a teacher’s role. And they set up a keen sense of conscience and prudence for them, with warmth and respect. 
;;;Pāthiko ca udumbaraṁ, 
;;; 
;;;

dn34
mn1#3.2

pathaviṁ pathavito sañjānāti; ;;;They perceive earth as earth. 
;;;Yopi so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sekkho appattamānaso anuttaraṁ yogakkhemaṁ patthayamāno viharati, sopi pathaviṁ pathavito abhijānāti; 
;;;A mendicant who is a trainee, who hasn’t achieved their heart’s desire, but lives aspiring to the supreme sanctuary from the yoke, directly knows earth as earth. 
;;;‘Nandī dukkhassa mūlan’ti— 
;;;Because he has understood that approval is the root of suffering, 
;;;

mn1
mn2#0.2

Sabbāsavasutta ;;;All the Defilements 
;;;Tassa evaṁ ayoniso manasikaroto channaṁ diṭṭhīnaṁ aññatarā diṭṭhi uppajjati. 
;;;When they apply the mind irrationally in this way, one of the following six views arises in them and is taken as a genuine fact. 
;;;‘neva davāya, na madāya, na maṇḍanāya, na vibhūsanāya, yāvadeva imassa kāyassa ṭhitiyā yāpanāya, vihiṁsūparatiyā, brahmacariyānuggahāya, iti purāṇañca vedanaṁ paṭihaṅkhāmi navañca vedanaṁ na uppādessāmi, yātrā ca me bhavissati anavajjatā ca phāsuvihāro ca’. 
;;;‘Not for fun, indulgence, adornment, or decoration, but only to sustain this body, to avoid harm, and to support spiritual practice. In this way, I shall put an end to old discomfort and not give rise to new discomfort, and I will have the means to keep going, blamelessness, and a comfortable abiding.’ 
;;;‘yāvadeva sītassa paṭighātāya, uṇhassa paṭighātāya, ḍaṁsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassānaṁ paṭighātāya, yāvadeva utuparissayavinodanapaṭisallānārāmatthaṁ’. 
;;;‘Only for the sake of warding off cold and heat; for warding off the touch of flies, mosquitoes, wind, sun, and reptiles; to shelter from harsh weather and to enjoy retreat.’ 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu paṭisaṅkhā yoniso khamo hoti sītassa uṇhassa, jighacchāya pipāsāya. Ḍaṁsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassānaṁ, duruttānaṁ durāgatānaṁ vacanapathānaṁ, uppannānaṁ sārīrikānaṁ vedanānaṁ dukkhānaṁ tibbānaṁ kharānaṁ kaṭukānaṁ asātānaṁ amanāpānaṁ pāṇaharānaṁ adhivāsakajātiko hoti. 
;;;Take a mendicant who, reflecting rationally, endures cold, heat, hunger, and thirst. They endure the touch of flies, mosquitoes, wind, sun, and reptiles. They endure rude and unwelcome criticism. And they put up with physical pain—sharp, severe, acute, unpleasant, disagreeable, and life-threatening. 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu paṭisaṅkhā yoniso caṇḍaṁ hatthiṁ parivajjeti, caṇḍaṁ assaṁ parivajjeti, caṇḍaṁ goṇaṁ parivajjeti, caṇḍaṁ kukkuraṁ parivajjeti, ahiṁ khāṇuṁ kaṇṭakaṭṭhānaṁ sobbhaṁ papātaṁ candanikaṁ oḷigallaṁ. 
;;;Take a mendicant who, reflecting rationally, avoids a wild elephant, a wild horse, a wild ox, a wild dog, a snake, a stump, thorny ground, a pit, a cliff, a swamp, and a sewer. 
;;;

mn2
mn3#2.4

Tumhe ca me, bhikkhave, āmisadāyādā bhaveyyātha no dhammadāyādā, tumhepi tena ādiyā bhaveyyātha: ;;;If you become heirs in things of the flesh, not in the teaching, that will make you liable to the accusation: 
;;;Sace ākaṅkhatha, bhuñjatha, no ce tumhe bhuñjissatha, idānāhaṁ appaharite vā chaḍḍessāmi, appāṇake vā udake opilāpessāmī’ti. 
;;;Eat it if you like. Otherwise I’ll throw it out where there is little that grows, or drop it into water that has no living creatures.’ 
;;;Tañhi tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno dīgharattaṁ appicchatāya santuṭṭhiyā sallekhāya subharatāya vīriyārambhāya saṁvattissati. 
;;;Because for a long time that will conduce to that mendicant being of few wishes, content, self-effacing, unburdensome, and energetic. 
;;;bāhulikā ca honti, sāthalikā, okkamane pubbaṅgamā, paviveke nikkhittadhurā. 
;;;They’re indulgent and slack, leaders in backsliding, neglecting seclusion. 
;;;Ayameva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo, seyyathidaṁ— 
;;;It is simply this noble eightfold path, that is: 
;;;

mn3
mn4#2.2

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: ;;;When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha: 
;;;Etamahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, parisuddhakāyakammataṁ attani sampassamāno bhiyyo pallomamāpādiṁ araññe vihārāya. 
;;;Seeing this purity of conduct in myself I felt even more unruffled about staying in the forest. 
;;;Etamahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, parisuddhājīvataṁ attani sampassamāno bhiyyo pallomamāpādiṁ araññe vihārāya. 
;;;Seeing this purity of livelihood in myself I felt even more unruffled about staying in the forest. 
;;;Etamahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, anabhijjhālutaṁ attani sampassamāno bhiyyo pallomamāpādiṁ araññe vihārāya. 
;;;Etamahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, mettacittataṁ attani sampassamāno bhiyyo pallomamāpādiṁ araññe vihārāya. 
;;;Etamahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, vigatathinamiddhataṁ attani sampassamāno bhiyyo pallomamāpādiṁ araññe vihārāya. 
;;;Etamahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, vūpasantacittataṁ attani sampassamāno bhiyyo pallomamāpādiṁ araññe vihārāya. 
;;;Etamahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, tiṇṇavicikicchataṁ attani sampassamāno bhiyyo pallomamāpādiṁ araññe vihārāya. 
;;;Etamahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, anattukkaṁsakataṁ aparavambhitaṁ attani sampassamāno bhiyyo pallomamāpādiṁ araññe vihārāya. 
;;;Etamahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, vigatalomahaṁsataṁ attani sampassamāno bhiyyo pallomamāpādiṁ araññe vihārāya. 
;;;Etamahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, appicchataṁ attani sampassamāno bhiyyo pallomamāpādiṁ araññe vihārāya. 
;;;Etamahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, āraddhavīriyataṁ attani sampassamāno bhiyyo pallomamāpādiṁ araññe vihārāya. 
;;;Etamahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, upaṭṭhitassatitaṁ attani sampassamāno bhiyyo pallomamāpādiṁ araññe vihārāya. 
;;;Etamahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, samādhisampadaṁ attani sampassamāno bhiyyo pallomamāpādiṁ araññe vihārāya. 
;;;Etamahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, paññāsampadaṁ attani sampassamāno bhiyyo pallomamāpādiṁ araññe vihārāya. 
;;;Seeing this accomplishment of wisdom in myself I felt even more unruffled about staying in the forest. 
;;;tassa mayhaṁ brāhmaṇa etadahosi: 
;;;Then I thought, 
;;;Yannūnāhaṁ yathābhūtaṁ yathābhūtassa me taṁ bhayabheravaṁ āgacchati, tathābhūtaṁ tathābhūtova taṁ bhayabheravaṁ paṭivineyyan’ti. 
;;;Why don’t I get rid of that fear and dread just as it comes, while remaining just as I am?’ 
;;;Āraddhaṁ kho pana me, brāhmaṇa, vīriyaṁ ahosi asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, passaddho kāyo asāraddho, samāhitaṁ cittaṁ ekaggaṁ. 
;;;My energy was roused up and unflagging, my mindfulness was established and lucid, my body was tranquil and undisturbed, and my mind was immersed in samādhi. 
;;;

mn4
mn5#3.1

Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā mahāmoggallāno āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca: ;;;When he said this, Venerable Mahāmoggallāna said to him: 
;;;Ayaṁ kho, āvuso moggallāna, hetu ayaṁ paccayo yenimesaṁ dvinnaṁ puggalānaṁ sāṅgaṇānaṁyeva sataṁ eko hīnapuriso akkhāyati, eko seṭṭhapuriso akkhāyati. 
;;;This is the cause, this is the reason why, of the two persons with a blemish, one is said to be worse and one better. 
;;;Ayaṁ panāvuso moggallāna, hetu ayaṁ paccayo yenimesaṁ dvinnaṁ puggalānaṁ anaṅgaṇānaṁyeva sataṁ eko hīnapuriso akkhāyati, eko seṭṭhapuriso akkhāyatī”ti. 
;;;And this is the cause, this is the reason why, of the two persons without a blemish, one is said to be worse and one better.” 
;;;‘aho vata mameva bhikkhū sakkareyyuṁ garuṁ kareyyuṁ māneyyuṁ pūjeyyuṁ, na aññaṁ bhikkhuṁ bhikkhū sakkareyyuṁ garuṁ kareyyuṁ māneyyuṁ pūjeyyun’ti. 
;;;‘Oh, I hope that the monks, nuns, laymen, and laywomen will honor, respect, revere, and venerate me alone, not some other mendicant.’ 
;;;Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā mahāmoggallāno āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;When he said this, Venerable Mahāmoggallāna said to him, 
;;;“Paṭibhātu taṁ, āvuso moggallānā”ti. 
;;;“Then speak as you feel inspired,” said Sāriputta. 
;;;

mn5
mn6#6.1

Ākaṅkheyya ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhu: ‘ye maṁ ñātī sālohitā petā kālaṅkatā pasannacittā anussaranti tesaṁ taṁ mahapphalaṁ assa mahānisaṁsan’ti, sīlesvevassa paripūrakārī ajjhattaṁ cetosamathamanuyutto anirākatajjhāno vipassanāya samannāgato brūhetā suññāgārānaṁ. ;;;A mendicant might wish: ‘When deceased family and relatives who have passed away recollect me with a confident mind, may this be very fruitful and beneficial for them.’ So let them fulfill their precepts … 
;;;Ākaṅkheyya ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhu: ‘anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhaveyyaṁ—ekopi hutvā bahudhā assaṁ, bahudhāpi hutvā eko assaṁ; āvibhāvaṁ tirobhāvaṁ; tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamāno gaccheyyaṁ, seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ kareyyaṁ, seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gaccheyyaṁ, seyyathāpi pathaviyaṁ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kameyyaṁ, seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve pāṇinā parāmaseyyaṁ parimajjeyyaṁ; yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vatteyyan’ti, sīlesvevassa paripūrakārī …pe… brūhetā suññāgārānaṁ. 
;;;A mendicant might wish: ‘May I wield the many kinds of psychic power: multiplying myself and becoming one again; appearing and disappearing; going unobstructed through a wall, a rampart, or a mountain as if through space; diving in and out of the earth as if it were water; walking on water as if it were earth; flying cross-legged through the sky like a bird; touching and stroking with my hand the sun and moon, so mighty and powerful; controlling the body as far as the realm of divinity.’ So let them fulfill their precepts … 
;;;

mn6
mn7#0.2

Vatthasutta ;;;The Simile of the Cloth 
;;;tamenaṁ rajako yasmiṁ yasmiṁ raṅgajāte upasaṁhareyya—yadi nīlakāya yadi pītakāya yadi lohitakāya yadi mañjiṭṭhakāya durattavaṇṇamevassa aparisuddhavaṇṇamevassa. 
;;;No matter what dye the dyer applied—whether blue or yellow or red or magenta—it would look poorly dyed and impure in color. 
;;;“Lokkhasammatā hi, bho gotama, bāhukā nadī bahujanassa, puññasammatā hi, bho gotama, bāhukā nadī bahujanassa, bāhukāya pana nadiyā bahujano pāpakammaṁ kataṁ pavāhetī”ti. 
;;;“Many people deem that the river Bāhukā leads to a heavenly world and bestows merit. And many people wash off their bad deeds in the river Bāhukā.” 
;;;gayaṁ sundarikaṁ mapi; 
;;;at Gayā and the Sundarikā too, 
;;;Niccampi bālo pakkhando, 
;;;a fool can constantly plunge into them 
;;;Kiṁ payāgā kiṁ bāhukā nadī; 
;;;What the Payāga or the Bāhukā? 
;;;

mn7
mn8#0.2

Sallekhasutta ;;;Self-Effacement 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahācundo sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā mahācundo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Mahācunda came out of retreat and went to the Buddha. He bowed, sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha: 
;;;‘sallekhena viharāmī’ti. 
;;;they’re practicing self-effacement. 
;;;Na kho panete, cunda, ariyassa vinaye sallekhā vuccanti. 
;;;But in the training of the Noble One these are not called ‘self-effacement’; 
;;;‘sallekhena viharāmī’ti. 
;;;they’re practicing self-effacement. 
;;;Na kho panete, cunda, ariyassa vinaye sallekhā vuccanti. 
;;;But in the training of the Noble One these are not called ‘self-effacement’; 
;;;‘sallekhena viharāmī’ti. 
;;;they’re practicing self-effacement. 
;;;Na kho panete, cunda, ariyassa vinaye sallekhā vuccanti. 
;;;But in the training of the Noble One these are not called ‘self-effacement’; 
;;;‘sallekhena viharāmī’ti. 
;;;they’re practicing self-effacement. 
;;;Na kho panete, cunda, ariyassa vinaye sallekhā vuccanti. 
;;;But in the training of the Noble One these are not called ‘self-effacement’; 
;;;‘sallekhena viharāmī’ti. 
;;;they’re practicing self-effacement. 
;;;Na kho panete, cunda, ariyassa vinaye sallekhā vuccanti. 
;;;But in the training of the Noble One these are not called ‘self-effacement’; 
;;;‘sallekhena viharāmī’ti. 
;;;they’re practicing self-effacement. 
;;;Na kho panete, cunda, ariyassa vinaye sallekhā vuccanti. 
;;;But in the training of the Noble One these are not called ‘self-effacement’; 
;;;‘sallekhena viharāmī’ti. 
;;;they’re practicing self-effacement. 
;;;Na kho panete, cunda, ariyassa vinaye sallekhā vuccanti. 
;;;But in the training of the Noble One these are not called ‘self-effacement’; 
;;;‘sallekhena viharāmī’ti. 
;;;they’re practicing self-effacement. 
;;;Na kho panete, cunda, ariyassa vinaye sallekhā vuccanti. 
;;;But in the training of the Noble One these are not called ‘self-effacement’; 
;;;1. Sallekhapariyāya 
;;;1. The Exposition of Self-Effacement 
;;;Idha kho pana vo, cunda, sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;Now, Cunda, you should work on self-effacement in each of the following ways. 
;;;‘Pare vihiṁsakā bhavissanti, mayamettha avihiṁsakā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be cruel, but here we will not be cruel.’ 
;;;‘Pare pāṇātipātī bhavissanti, mayamettha pāṇātipātā paṭiviratā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will kill living creatures, but here we will not kill living creatures.’ 
;;;‘Pare adinnādāyī bhavissanti, mayamettha adinnādānā paṭiviratā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will steal, but here we will not steal.’ 
;;;‘Pare abrahmacārī bhavissanti, mayamettha brahmacārī bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be unchaste, but here we will not be unchaste.’ 
;;;‘Pare musāvādī bhavissanti, mayamettha musāvādā paṭiviratā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will lie, but here we will not lie.’ 
;;;‘Pare pisuṇavācā bhavissanti, mayamettha pisuṇāya vācāya paṭiviratā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will speak divisively, but here we will not speak divisively.’ 
;;;‘Pare pharusavācā bhavissanti, mayamettha pharusāya vācāya paṭiviratā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will speak harshly, but here we will not speak harshly.’ 
;;;‘Pare samphappalāpī bhavissanti, mayamettha samphappalāpā paṭiviratā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will talk nonsense, but here we will not talk nonsense.’ 
;;;‘Pare abhijjhālū bhavissanti, mayamettha anabhijjhālū bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be covetous, but here we will not be covetous.’ 
;;;‘Pare byāpannacittā bhavissanti, mayamettha abyāpannacittā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will have ill will, but here we will not have ill will.’ 
;;;‘Pare micchādiṭṭhī bhavissanti, mayamettha sammādiṭṭhī bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will have wrong view, but here we will have right view.’ 
;;;‘Pare micchāsaṅkappā bhavissanti, mayamettha sammāsaṅkappā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will have wrong thought, but here we will have right thought.’ 
;;;‘Pare micchāvācā bhavissanti, mayamettha sammāvācā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will have wrong speech, but here we will have right speech.’ 
;;;‘Pare micchākammantā bhavissanti, mayamettha sammākammantā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will have wrong action, but here we will have right action.’ 
;;;‘Pare micchāājīvā bhavissanti, mayamettha sammāājīvā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will have wrong livelihood, but here we will have right livelihood.’ 
;;;‘Pare micchāvāyāmā bhavissanti, mayamettha sammāvāyāmā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will have wrong effort, but here we will have right effort.’ 
;;;‘Pare micchāsatī bhavissanti, mayamettha sammāsatī bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will have wrong mindfulness, but here we will have right mindfulness.’ 
;;;‘Pare micchāsamādhi bhavissanti, mayamettha sammāsamādhī bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will have wrong immersion, but here we will have right immersion.’ 
;;;‘Pare micchāñāṇī bhavissanti, mayamettha sammāñāṇī bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will have wrong knowledge, but here we will have right knowledge.’ 
;;;‘Pare micchāvimuttī bhavissanti, mayamettha sammāvimuttī bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will have wrong freedom, but here we will have right freedom.’ 
;;;‘Pare thinamiddhapariyuṭṭhitā bhavissanti, mayamettha vigatathinamiddhā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be overcome with dullness and drowsiness, but here we will be rid of dullness and drowsiness.’ 
;;;‘Pare uddhatā bhavissanti, mayamettha anuddhatā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be restless, but here we will not be restless.’ 
;;;‘Pare vicikicchī bhavissanti, mayamettha tiṇṇavicikicchā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will have doubts, but here we will have gone beyond doubt.’ 
;;;‘Pare kodhanā bhavissanti, mayamettha akkodhanā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be irritable, but here we will be without anger.’ 
;;;‘Pare upanāhī bhavissanti, mayamettha anupanāhī bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be acrimonious, but here we will be without acrimony.’ 
;;;‘Pare makkhī bhavissanti, mayamettha amakkhī bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be offensive, but here we will be inoffensive.’ 
;;;‘Pare paḷāsī bhavissanti, mayamettha apaḷāsī bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be contemptuous, but here we will be without contempt.’ 
;;;‘Pare issukī bhavissanti, mayamettha anissukī bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be jealous, but here we will be without jealousy.’ 
;;;‘Pare maccharī bhavissanti, mayamettha amaccharī bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be stingy, but here we will be without stinginess.’ 
;;;‘Pare saṭhā bhavissanti, mayamettha asaṭhā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be devious, but here we will not be devious.’ 
;;;‘Pare māyāvī bhavissanti, mayamettha amāyāvī bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be deceitful, but here we will not be deceitful.’ 
;;;‘Pare thaddhā bhavissanti, mayamettha atthaddhā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be pompous, but here we will not be pompous.’ 
;;;‘Pare atimānī bhavissanti, mayamettha anatimānī bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be arrogant, but here we will not be arrogant.’ 
;;;‘Pare dubbacā bhavissanti, mayamettha suvacā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be hard to admonish, but here we will not be hard to admonish.’ 
;;;‘Pare pāpamittā bhavissanti, mayamettha kalyāṇamittā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will have bad friends, but here we will have good friends.’ 
;;;‘Pare pamattā bhavissanti, mayamettha appamattā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be negligent, but here we will be diligent.’ 
;;;‘Pare assaddhā bhavissanti, mayamettha saddhā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be faithless, but here we will have faith.’ 
;;;‘Pare ahirikā bhavissanti, mayamettha hirimanā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be conscienceless, but here we will have a sense of conscience.’ 
;;;‘Pare anottāpī bhavissanti, mayamettha ottāpī bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be imprudent, but here we will be prudent.’ 
;;;‘Pare appassutā bhavissanti, mayamettha bahussutā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be unlearned, but here we will be well learned.’ 
;;;‘Pare kusītā bhavissanti, mayamettha āraddhavīriyā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be lazy, but here we will be energetic.’ 
;;;‘Pare muṭṭhassatī bhavissanti, mayamettha upaṭṭhitassatī bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be unmindful, but here we will be mindful.’ 
;;;‘Pare duppaññā bhavissanti, mayamettha paññāsampannā bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be witless, but here we will be accomplished in wisdom.’ 
;;;‘Pare sandiṭṭhiparāmāsī ādhānaggāhī duppaṭinissaggī bhavissanti, mayamettha asandiṭṭhiparāmāsī anādhānaggāhī suppaṭinissaggī bhavissāmā’ti sallekho karaṇīyo. 
;;;‘Others will be attached to their own views, holding them tight, and refusing to let go, but here we will not be attached to our own views, not holding them tight, but will let them go easily.’ 
;;;Seyyathāpi, cunda, visamo maggo assa, tassa añño samo maggo parikkamanāya; 
;;;Cunda, suppose there was a rough path and another smooth path to get around it. 
;;;evameva kho, cunda, vihiṁsakassa purisapuggalassa avihiṁsā hoti uparibhāgāya, pāṇātipātissa purisapuggalassa pāṇātipātā veramaṇī hoti uparibhāgāya …pe… 
;;;In the same way, a cruel individual is led upwards by not being cruel. An individual who kills is led upwards by not killing … 
;;;Iti kho, cunda, desito mayā sallekhapariyāyo, desito cittuppādapariyāyo, desito parikkamanapariyāyo, desito uparibhāgapariyāyo, desito parinibbānapariyāyo. 
;;;So, Cunda, I’ve taught the expositions by way of self-effacement, arising of thought, bypassing, going up, and extinguishing. 
;;;Sallekho nāma suttanto, 
;;;“Effacement” is the name of this discourse, 
;;;Sallekhasuttaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ aṭṭhamaṁ. 
;;;

mn8
mn9#2.2

Kittāvatā nu kho, āvuso, ariyasāvako sammādiṭṭhi hoti, ujugatāssa diṭṭhi, dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato, āgato imaṁ saddhamman”ti? ;;;How do you define a noble disciple who has right view, whose view is correct, who has experiential confidence in the teaching, and has come to the true teaching?” 
;;;“Sādhāvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato sāriputtassa bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ uttari pañhaṁ apucchuṁ: 
;;;Saying “Good, sir,” those mendicants approved and agreed with what Sāriputta said. Then they asked another question: 
;;;

mn9
mn10#4.2

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā nisīdati, pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā, ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya, parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. ;;;It’s when a mendicant—gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut—sits down cross-legged, sets their body straight, and establishes mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;So satova assasati, satova passasati. 
;;;Just mindful, they breathe in. Mindful, they breathe out. 
;;;Evampi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati. 
;;;That’s how a mendicant meditates by observing an aspect of the body. 
;;;‘atthi imasmiṁ kāye kesā lomā nakhā dantā taco maṁsaṁ nhāru aṭṭhi aṭṭhimiñjaṁ vakkaṁ hadayaṁ yakanaṁ kilomakaṁ pihakaṁ papphāsaṁ antaṁ antaguṇaṁ udariyaṁ karīsaṁ pittaṁ semhaṁ pubbo lohitaṁ sedo medo assu vasā kheḷo siṅghāṇikā lasikā muttan’ti. 
;;;‘In this body there is head hair, body hair, nails, teeth, skin, flesh, sinews, bones, bone marrow, kidneys, heart, liver, diaphragm, spleen, lungs, intestines, mesentery, undigested food, feces, bile, phlegm, pus, blood, sweat, fat, tears, grease, saliva, snot, synovial fluid, urine.’ 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, ubhatomukhā putoḷi pūrā nānāvihitassa dhaññassa, seyyathidaṁ—sālīnaṁ vīhīnaṁ muggānaṁ māsānaṁ tilānaṁ taṇḍulānaṁ. Tamenaṁ cakkhumā puriso muñcitvā paccavekkheyya: ‘ime sālī ime vīhī ime muggā ime māsā ime tilā ime taṇḍulā’ti. 
;;;It’s as if there were a bag with openings at both ends, filled with various kinds of grains, such as fine rice, wheat, mung beans, peas, sesame, and ordinary rice. And someone with clear eyes were to open it and examine the contents: ‘These grains are fine rice, these are wheat, these are mung beans, these are peas, these are sesame, and these are ordinary rice.’ 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, dakkho goghātako vā goghātakantevāsī vā gāviṁ vadhitvā catumahāpathe bilaso vibhajitvā nisinno assa. 
;;;It’s as if a deft butcher or butcher’s apprentice were to kill a cow and sit down at the crossroads with the meat cut into chops. 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu seyyathāpi passeyya sarīraṁ sivathikāya chaḍḍitaṁ kākehi vā khajjamānaṁ kulalehi vā khajjamānaṁ gijjhehi vā khajjamānaṁ kaṅkehi vā khajjamānaṁ sunakhehi vā khajjamānaṁ byagghehi vā khajjamānaṁ dīpīhi vā khajjamānaṁ siṅgālehi vā khajjamānaṁ vividhehi vā pāṇakajātehi khajjamānaṁ. 
;;;Furthermore, suppose they were to see a corpse discarded in a charnel ground being devoured by crows, hawks, vultures, herons, dogs, tigers, leopards, jackals, and many kinds of little creatures. 
;;;Aṭṭhikāni apagatasambandhāni disā vidisā vikkhittāni, aññena hatthaṭṭhikaṁ aññena pādaṭṭhikaṁ aññena gopphakaṭṭhikaṁ aññena jaṅghaṭṭhikaṁ aññena ūruṭṭhikaṁ aññena kaṭiṭṭhikaṁ aññena phāsukaṭṭhikaṁ aññena piṭṭhiṭṭhikaṁ aññena khandhaṭṭhikaṁ aññena gīvaṭṭhikaṁ aññena hanukaṭṭhikaṁ aññena dantaṭṭhikaṁ aññena sīsakaṭāhaṁ. 
;;;Bones rid of sinews scattered in every direction. Here a hand-bone, there a foot-bone, here an ankle bone, there a shin-bone, here a thigh-bone, there a hip-bone, here a rib-bone, there a back-bone, here an arm-bone, there a neck-bone, here a jaw-bone, there a tooth, here the skull. … 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sukhaṁ vā vedanaṁ vedayamāno ‘sukhaṁ vedanaṁ vedayāmī’ti pajānāti. 
;;;It’s when a mendicant who feels a pleasant feeling knows: ‘I feel a pleasant feeling.’ 
;;;Dukkhaṁ vā vedanaṁ vedayamāno ‘dukkhaṁ vedanaṁ vedayāmī’ti pajānāti. 
;;;When they feel a painful feeling, they know: ‘I feel a painful feeling.’ 
;;;Sallekhasammādiṭṭhisatipaṭṭhaṁ, 
;;;" 
;;;

mn10
mn11#2.2

suññā parappavādā samaṇebhi aññehīti. ;;;Other sects are empty of ascetics.’ 
;;;Evametaṁ, bhikkhave, sammā sīhanādaṁ nadatha. 
;;;This, mendicants, is how you should rightly roar your lion’s roar. 
;;;Idha no, āvuso, ko viseso ko adhippayāso kiṁ nānākaraṇaṁ yadidaṁ tumhākañceva amhākañcā’ti? 
;;;What, then, is the difference between you and us?’ 
;;;Ye hi keci, bhikkhave, samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā bhavadiṭṭhiṁ allīnā bhavadiṭṭhiṁ upagatā bhavadiṭṭhiṁ ajjhositā, vibhavadiṭṭhiyā te paṭiviruddhā. 
;;;Any ascetics or brahmins who resort to, draw near to, and cling to a view favoring continued existence will oppose a view favoring ending existence. 
;;;Ye hi keci, bhikkhave, samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā vibhavadiṭṭhiṁ allīnā vibhavadiṭṭhiṁ upagatā vibhavadiṭṭhiṁ ajjhositā, bhavadiṭṭhiyā te paṭiviruddhā. 
;;;Any ascetics or brahmins who resort to, draw near to, and cling to a view favoring ending existence will oppose a view favoring continued existence. 
;;;

mn11
mn12#6.2

‘itipi so bhagavā anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhoti—ekopi hutvā bahudhā hoti, bahudhāpi hutvā eko hoti; āvibhāvaṁ, tirobhāvaṁ; tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamāno gacchati, seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ karoti, seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gacchati, seyyathāpi pathaviyaṁ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kamati, seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve pāṇinā parimasati parimajjati; yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vattetī’ti. ;;;‘That Blessed One wields the many kinds of psychic power: multiplying himself and becoming one again; appearing and disappearing; going unobstructed through a wall, a rampart, or a mountain as if through space; diving in and out of the earth as if it were water; walking on water as if it were earth; flying cross-legged through the sky like a bird; touching and stroking with the hand the sun and moon, so mighty and powerful; controlling the body as far as the realm of divinity.’ 
;;;Tatrapi mayā sannisinnapubbañceva, sallapitapubbañca, sākacchā ca samāpajjitapubbā. 
;;;There I used to sit with them, converse, and engage in discussion. 
;;;Tatrapi mayā sannisinnapubbañceva, sallapitapubbañca, sākacchā ca samāpajjitapubbā. 
;;;There too I used to sit with them, converse, and engage in discussion. 
;;;Ye kho te, sāriputta, sattā pūtimacche vā jāyanti pūtikuṇape vā pūtikummāse vā candanikāye vā oḷigalle vā jāyanti— 
;;;There are beings who are born in a rotten fish, in a rotten carcass, in rotten dough, in a cesspool or a sump. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, sāriputta, rukkho same bhūmibhāge jāto bahalapattapalāso sandacchāyo. 
;;;Suppose there was a tree growing on smooth ground, with abundant foliage casting dense shade. 
;;;Tatrāssa pallaṅko gonakatthato paṭikatthato paṭalikatthato kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇo sauttaracchado ubhatolohitakūpadhāno. 
;;;And it had a couch spread with woolen covers—shag-piled, pure white, or embroidered with flowers—and spread with a fine deer hide, with a canopy above and red pillows at both ends. 
;;;Tamenaṁ passeyya aparena samayena tasmiṁ pāsāde tasmiṁ kūṭāgāre tasmiṁ pallaṅke nisinnaṁ vā nipannaṁ vā ekantasukhā vedanā vedayamānaṁ. 
;;;Some time later they see them sitting or lying in that stilt longhouse, where they experience exclusively pleasant feelings. … 
;;;nekavassagaṇikaṁ rajojallaṁ kāye sannicitaṁ hoti papaṭikajātaṁ. 
;;;The dust and dirt built up on my body over many years until it started flaking off. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, sāriputta, tindukakhāṇu nekavassagaṇiko sannicito hoti papaṭikajāto, evamevāssu me, sāriputta, nekavassagaṇikaṁ rajojallaṁ kāye sannicitaṁ hoti papaṭikajātaṁ. 
;;;It’s like the trunk of a pale-moon ebony tree, which builds up bark over many years until it starts flaking off. 
;;;‘aho vatāhaṁ imaṁ rajojallaṁ pāṇinā parimajjeyyaṁ, aññe vā pana me imaṁ rajojallaṁ pāṇinā parimajjeyyun’ti. 
;;;‘Oh, this dust and dirt must be rubbed off by my hand or another’s.’ 
;;;Yadā passāmi gopālakaṁ vā pasupālakaṁ vā tiṇahārakaṁ vā kaṭṭhahārakaṁ vā vanakammikaṁ vā, vanena vanaṁ gahanena gahanaṁ ninnena ninnaṁ thalena thalaṁ sampatāmi. 
;;;When I saw a cowherd or a shepherd, or someone gathering grass or sticks, or a lumberjack, I’d flee from forest to forest, from thicket to thicket, from valley to valley, from uplands to uplands. 
;;;Seyyathāpi nāma tittakālābu āmakacchinno vātātapena samphuṭito hoti sammilāto; evamevassu me sīsacchavi samphuṭitā hoti sammilātā tāyevappāhāratāya. 
;;;Due to eating so little, my scalp shriveled and withered like a green bitter-gourd in the wind and sun. 
;;;So kho ahaṁ, sāriputta, ‘udaracchaviṁ parimasissāmī’ti piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṁyeva pariggaṇhāmi, ‘piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṁ parimasissāmī’ti udaracchaviṁyeva pariggaṇhāmi, yāvassu me, sāriputta, udaracchavi piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṁ allīnā hoti tāyevappāhāratāya. 
;;;Due to eating so little, the skin of my belly stuck to my backbone, so that when I tried to rub the skin of my belly I grabbed my backbone, and when I tried to rub my backbone I rubbed the skin of my belly. 
;;;So kho ahaṁ, sāriputta, ‘udaracchaviṁ parimasissāmī’ti piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṁyeva pariggaṇhāmi, ‘piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṁ parimasissāmī’ti udaracchaviṁyeva pariggaṇhāmi. Yāvassu me, sāriputta, udaracchavi piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṁ allīnā hoti tāyevappāhāratāya. 
;;; 
;;;Na kho pana so, sāriputta, saṁsāro sulabharūpo yo mayā asaṁsaritapubbo iminā dīghena addhunā, aññatra suddhāvāsehi devehi. 
;;;But it’s not easy to find a realm that I haven’t previously transmigrated to in all this long time, except for the gods of the pure abodes. 
;;;Yato ca kho ayaṁ bhavaṁ puriso jiṇṇo hoti vuddho mahallako addhagato vayoanuppatto, āsītiko vā nāvutiko vā vassasatiko vā jātiyā, atha tamhā paññāveyyattiyā, parihāyatī’ti. 
;;;But when he’s old, elderly, and senior, advanced in years, and has reached the final stage of life—eighty, ninety, or a hundred years old—he will lose his lucidity of wisdom.’ 
;;;Ahaṁ kho pana, sāriputta, etarahi jiṇṇo vuddho mahallako addhagato vayoanuppatto, āsītiko me vayo vattati. 
;;;For now I am old, elderly, and senior, I’m advanced in years, and have reached the final stage of life. I am eighty years old. 
;;;

mn12
mn13#13.1

Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, kāmahetu kāmanidānaṁ kāmādhikaraṇaṁ kāmānameva hetu asicammaṁ gahetvā, dhanukalāpaṁ sannayhitvā, addāvalepanā upakāriyo pakkhandanti usūsupi khippamānesu, sattīsupi khippamānāsu, asīsupi vijjotalantesu. ;;;Furthermore, for the sake of sensual pleasures they don their sword and shield, fasten their bow and arrows, and charge wetly plastered bastions, with arrows and spears flying and swords flashing. 
;;;Te tattha usūhipi vijjhanti, sattiyāpi vijjhanti, chakaṇakāyapi osiñcanti, abhivaggenapi omaddanti, asināpi sīsaṁ chindanti. 
;;;There they are struck with arrows and spears, splashed with dung, crushed by a superior force, and their heads are chopped off, 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, tameva bhaginiṁ passeyya aparena samayena āsītikaṁ vā nāvutikaṁ vā vassasatikaṁ vā jātiyā, jiṇṇaṁ gopānasivaṅkaṁ bhoggaṁ daṇḍaparāyanaṁ pavedhamānaṁ gacchantiṁ āturaṁ gatayobbanaṁ khaṇḍadantaṁ palitakesaṁ, vilūnaṁ khalitasiraṁ valinaṁ tilakāhatagattaṁ. 
;;;Suppose that some time later you were to see that same sister—eighty, ninety, or a hundred years old—bent double, crooked, leaning on a staff, trembling as they walk, ailing, past their prime, with teeth broken, hair grey and scanty or bald, skin wrinkled, and limbs blotchy. 
;;;

mn13
mn14#4.1

‘Appassādā kāmā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo’ti— ;;;Sensual pleasures give little gratification and much suffering and distress, and they are all the more full of drawbacks. 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā nigaṇṭhā isigilipasse kāḷasilāyaṁ ubbhaṭṭhakā honti āsanapaṭikkhittā, opakkamikā dukkhā tibbā kharā kaṭukā vedanā vedayanti. 
;;;Now at that time several Jain ascetics on the slopes of Isigili at the Black Rock were constantly standing, refusing seats. And they felt painful, sharp, severe, acute feelings due to overexertion. 
;;;Atha khvāhaṁ, mahānāma, sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena isigilipasse kāḷasilā yena te nigaṇṭhā tenupasaṅkamiṁ; upasaṅkamitvā te nigaṇṭhe etadavocaṁ: 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, I came out of retreat and went to the Black Rock to visit those Jain ascetics. I said to them, 
;;;“atthi kho vo, nigaṇṭhā, pubbe pāpakammaṁ kataṁ, taṁ imāya kaṭukāya dukkarakārikāya nijjīretha; 
;;;“O Jain ascetics, you have done bad deeds in a past life. Wear them away with these severe and grueling austerities. 
;;;

mn14
mn15#1.2

ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhaggesu viharati susumāragire bhesakaḷāvane migadāye. ;;;At one time Venerable Mahāmoggallāna was staying in the land of the Bhaggas at Crocodile Hill, in the deer park at Bhesakaḷā’s Wood. 
;;;Tatra kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhikkhū āmantesi: 
;;;There Venerable Mahāmoggallāna addressed the mendicants: 
;;;“Āvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa paccassosuṁ. 
;;;“Reverend,” they replied. 
;;;Āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca: 
;;;Venerable Mahāmoggallāna said this: 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu kodhano hoti kodhasāmantā vācaṁ nicchāretā. 
;;;They’re irritable, and blurt out words bordering on anger … 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu codito codakena codakaṁ paṭippharati. 
;;;When accused, they object to the accuser … 
;;;Tatrāvuso, bhikkhunā attanāva attānaṁ evaṁ anuminitabbaṁ: 
;;;In such a case, a mendicant should measure themselves like this. 
;;;Idamavocāyasmā mahāmoggallāno. 
;;;This is what Venerable Mahāmoggallāna said. 
;;;Attamanā te bhikkhū āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti. 
;;;Satisfied, the mendicants approved what Venerable Mahāmoggallāna said. 
;;;

mn15
mn18#6.1

Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena nigrodhārāmo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the Banyan Tree Monastery, sat down on the seat spread out, 
;;;Vibhajatāyasmā mahākaccāno agaruṁ katvā”ti. 
;;;Please explain this, if it’s no trouble.” 
;;;Ko nāmo ayaṁ, bhante, dhammapariyāyo”ti? 
;;;Sir, what is the name of this exposition of the teaching?” 
;;;

mn18
mn19#3.9

So kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, uppannuppannaṁ kāmavitakkaṁ pajahameva vinodameva byantameva naṁ akāsiṁ. ;;;So I gave up, got rid of, and eliminated any sensual thoughts that arose. 
;;;‘Mā me cittaṁ ūhaññī’ti. 
;;;So that my mind would not be stressed. 
;;;Āraddhaṁ kho pana me, bhikkhave, vīriyaṁ ahosi asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, passaddho kāyo asāraddho, samāhitaṁ cittaṁ ekaggaṁ. 
;;;My energy was roused up and unflagging, my mindfulness was established and lucid, my body was tranquil and undisturbed, and my mind was immersed in samādhi. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, araññe pavane mahantaṁ ninnaṁ pallalaṁ. 
;;;Suppose that in a forested wilderness there was an expanse of low-lying marshes, 
;;;Evañhi so, bhikkhave, mahāmigasaṅgho aparena samayena anayabyasanaṁ āpajjeyya. 
;;;so that, in due course, that herd of deer would fall to ruin and disaster. 
;;;mahantaṁ ninnaṁ pallalanti kho, bhikkhave, kāmānametaṁ adhivacanaṁ. 
;;;‘An expanse of low-lying marshes’ is a term for sensual pleasures. 
;;;

mn19
mn20#3.3

Tesaṁ pahānā ajjhattameva cittaṁ santiṭṭhati sannisīdati ekodi hoti samādhiyati. ;;;Their mind becomes stilled internally; it settles, unifies, and becomes immersed in samādhi. 
;;;Evañhi so, bhikkhave, puriso oḷārikaṁ oḷārikaṁ iriyāpathaṁ abhinivajjetvā sukhumaṁ sukhumaṁ iriyāpathaṁ kappeyya. 
;;;And so that person would reject successively coarser postures and adopt more subtle ones. 
;;;Yato kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno yaṁ nimittaṁ āgamma yaṁ nimittaṁ manasikaroto uppajjanti pāpakā akusalā vitakkā chandūpasaṁhitāpi dosūpasaṁhitāpi mohūpasaṁhitāpi, tassa tamhā nimittā aññaṁ nimittaṁ manasikaroto kusalūpasaṁhitaṁ ye pāpakā akusalā vitakkā chandūpasaṁhitāpi dosūpasaṁhitāpi mohūpasaṁhitāpi te pahīyanti te abbhatthaṁ gacchanti. 
;;;Now, take the mendicant who is focusing on some subject that gives rise to bad, unskillful thoughts connected with desire, hate, and delusion. They focus on some other subject connected with the skillful … 
;;;

mn20
mn21#8.4

So yā tā sālalaṭṭhiyo kuṭilā ojāpaharaṇiyo tā chetvā bahiddhā nīhareyya, antovanaṁ suvisodhitaṁ visodheyya. ;;;They’d cut down the crooked sal saplings that were robbing the sap, and throw them out. They’d clean up the interior of the grove, 
;;;udāhu mayhamevete kammantā susaṁvihitā yena me ayyā santaṁyeva ajjhattaṁ kopaṁ na pātukaroti, no asantaṁ? 
;;;Or is it just because my work is well-organized that she doesn’t show anger, even though she still has it inside? 
;;;‘No vata re kiñci, pāpi dāsi, divā uṭṭhāsī’ti kupitā anattamanā bhākuṭiṁ akāsi. 
;;;‘Oh, so nothing’s up, you naughty maid, but you get up in the day!’ Angry and upset, she scowled. 
;;;‘No vata re kiñci, pāpi dāsi, divā uṭṭhāsī’ti kupitā anattamanā aggaḷasūciṁ gahetvā sīse pahāraṁ adāsi, sīsaṁ vobhindi. 
;;;‘Oh, so nothing’s up, you naughty maid, but you get up even later in the day!’ Angry and upset, she grabbed a door-pin and hit Kāḷī on the head, cracking it open. 
;;;Yo ca kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammaṁyeva sakkaronto, dhammaṁ garuṁ karonto, dhammaṁ mānento, dhammaṁ pūjento, dhammaṁ apacāyamāno suvaco hoti, sovacassataṁ āpajjati, tamahaṁ ‘suvaco’ti vadāmi. 
;;;But when a mendicant is easy to admonish purely because they honor, respect, revere, worship, and venerate the teaching, then I say that they’re easy to admonish. 
;;;Tañca puggalaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā pharitvā viharissāma, tadārammaṇañca sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cittena vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā viharissāmā’ti. 
;;;We will meditate spreading a heart of love to that person. And with them as a basis, we will meditate spreading a heart full of love to everyone in the world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.’ 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso āgaccheyya kudālapiṭakaṁ ādāya. 
;;;Suppose a person was to come along carrying a spade and basket 
;;;Atha puriso āgaccheyya kaṭṭhaṁ vā kathalaṁ vā ādāya. 
;;;Then a person comes along carrying a stick or a stone, 
;;;

mn21
mn22#3.5

Atha kho tepi bhikkhū ariṭṭhaṁ bhikkhuṁ gaddhabādhipubbaṁ etasmā pāpakā diṭṭhigatā vivecetukāmā samanuyuñjanti samanugāhanti samanubhāsanti: ;;;Then, wishing to dissuade Ariṭṭha from his view, the mendicants pursued, pressed, and grilled him, 
;;;suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ. 
;;;statements, mixed prose & verse, discussions, verses, inspired exclamations, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and elaborations. 
;;;suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ. 
;;;statements, mixed prose & verse, discussions, verses, inspired exclamations, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and elaborations. 
;;;suttaṁ, geyyaṁ, veyyākaraṇaṁ, gāthaṁ, udānaṁ, itivuttakaṁ, jātakaṁ, abbhutadhammaṁ, vedallaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;Yannūnāhaṁ imaṁ kullaṁ sīse vā āropetvā khandhe vā uccāretvā yena kāmaṁ pakkameyyan’ti. 
;;;Why don’t I hoist it on my head or pick it up on my shoulder and go wherever I want?’ 
;;;Yannūnāhaṁ imaṁ kullaṁ thale vā ussādetvā udake vā opilāpetvā yena kāmaṁ pakkameyyan’ti. 
;;;Why don’t I beach it on dry land or set it adrift on the water and go wherever I want?’ 
;;;Taṁ, bhikkhave, attavādupādānaṁ upādiyetha, yaṁsa attavādupādānaṁ upādiyato na uppajjeyyuṁ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā. 
;;;It would make sense to grasp at a theory of self that didn’t give rise to sorrow, lamentation, pain, sadness, and distress. 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ— 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ— 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;Yathā cāhaṁ na, bhikkhave, yathā cāhaṁ na vadāmi, tathā maṁ te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā asatā tucchā musā abhūtena abbhācikkhanti: 
;;;They misrepresent me as what I am not, and saying what I do not say. 
;;;‘yaṁ kho idaṁ pubbe pariññātaṁ, tattha me evarūpā kārā karīyantī’ti. 
;;;‘They do such things for us regarding what in the past was completely understood.’ 
;;;

mn22
mn23#2.19

Abhikkhaṇanto sumedho satthaṁ ādāya addasa caṅgavāraṁ. ;;;Picking up the sword and digging, the clever one saw a filter of ash: 
;;;Yaṁ kho, bhikkhu, rattiṁ anuvitakketvā anuvicāretvā divā kammante payojeti kāyena vācāya manasā— 
;;;The work you apply yourself to during the day by body, speech, and mind after thinking about it all night— 
;;;

mn23
mn24#3.5

Appeva nāma mayampi kadāci karahaci āyasmatā puṇṇena mantāṇiputtena saddhiṁ samāgaccheyyāma, appeva nāma siyā kocideva kathāsallāpo”ti. ;;;Hopefully, some time or other I’ll get to meet Venerable Puṇṇa, and we can have a discussion.” 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā puṇṇo mantāṇiputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā puṇṇena mantāṇiputtena saddhiṁ sammodi. 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, Sāriputta came out of retreat, went to Puṇṇa, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;“Sīlavisuddhiñce, āvuso, bhagavā anupādāparinibbānaṁ paññapeyya, saupādānaṁyeva samānaṁ anupādāparinibbānaṁ paññapeyya. 
;;;“If the Buddha had declared purification of ethics to be extinguishment by not grasping, he would have declared that which has fuel for grasping to be extinguishment by not grasping. 
;;;Celaṇḍukena cepi sabrahmacārī āyasmantaṁ puṇṇaṁ mantāṇiputtaṁ muddhanā pariharantā labheyyuṁ dassanāya, labheyyuṁ payirūpāsanāya, tesampi lābhā tesampi suladdhaṁ, amhākampi lābhā amhākampi suladdhaṁ, ye mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ puṇṇaṁ mantāṇiputtaṁ labhāma dassanāya, labhāma payirūpāsanāyā”ti. 
;;;Even if they only got to see him and pay respects to him by carrying him around on their heads on a roll of cloth, it would still be very fortunate for them! And it’s fortunate for me, so very fortunate, that I get to see the venerable and pay homage to him.” 
;;;

mn24
mn25#5.22

Yannūna mayaṁ imaṁ nivāpaṁ nivuttaṁ mahatīhi daṇḍavākarāhi samantā sappadesaṁ anuparivāreyyāma, appeva nāma tatiyānaṁ migajātānaṁ āsayaṁ passeyyāma, yattha te gāhaṁ gaccheyyun’ti. ;;;Why don’t we surround the seed on all sides by staking out high nets? Hopefully we might get to see the lair where they go to hide out.’ 
;;;

mn25
mn26#3.5

Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi: ;;;In the late afternoon the Buddha came out of retreat and addressed Ānanda, 
;;;Etthāyaṁ gathito mucchito ajjhāpanno attanā jātidhammo samāno jātidhammaṁyeva pariyesati. 
;;;Someone who is tied, infatuated, and attached to such things, themselves liable to being reborn, seeks what is also liable to be reborn. 
;;;‘kittāvatā no, āvuso kālāma, imaṁ dhammaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharāmīti pavedesī’ti? 
;;;‘Reverend Kālāma, to what extent do you say you’ve realized this teaching with your own insight?’ 
;;;Iti kho, bhikkhave, āḷāro kālāmo ācariyo me samāno attano antevāsiṁ maṁ samānaṁ attanā samasamaṁ ṭhapesi, uḷārāya ca maṁ pūjāya pūjesi. 
;;;And that is how my tutor Āḷāra Kālāma placed me, his pupil, on the same position as him, and honored me with lofty praise. 
;;;So kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, kiṁ kusalagavesī anuttaraṁ santivarapadaṁ pariyesamāno yena udako rāmaputto tenupasaṅkamiṁ; upasaṅkamitvā udakaṁ rāmaputtaṁ etadavocaṁ: 
;;;I set out to discover what is skillful, seeking the supreme state of sublime peace. I approached Uddaka son of Rāma and said to him, 
;;;‘icchāmahaṁ, āvuso, imasmiṁ dhammavinaye brahmacariyaṁ caritun’ti. 
;;;‘Reverend, I wish to lead the spiritual life in this teaching and training.’ 
;;;Rāgarattā na dakkhanti, 
;;;Those besotted by greed cannot see, 
;;;Sokāvatiṇṇaṁ janatamapetasoko, 
;;;rid of sorrow, look upon the people 
;;;Desassu bhagavā dhammaṁ, 
;;;Let the Blessed One teach the Dhamma! 
;;;Seyyathāpi nāma uppaliniyaṁ vā paduminiyaṁ vā puṇḍarīkiniyaṁ vā appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṁvaḍḍhāni udakānuggatāni antonimuggaposīni, appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṁvaḍḍhāni udakānuggatāni samodakaṁ ṭhitāni, appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṁvaḍḍhāni udakaṁ accuggamma ṭhitāni anupalittāni udakena; 
;;;It’s like a pool with blue water lilies, or pink or white lotuses. Some of them sprout and grow in the water without rising above it, thriving underwater. Some of them sprout and grow in the water reaching the water’s surface. And some of them sprout and grow in the water but rise up above the water and stand with no water clinging to them. 
;;;Atha khvāhaṁ, bhikkhave, uruvelāyaṁ yathābhirantaṁ viharitvā yena bārāṇasī tena cārikaṁ pakkamiṁ. 
;;;So, when I had stayed in Uruvelā as long as I pleased, I set out for Varanasi. 
;;;‘mā, bhikkhave, tathāgataṁ nāmena ca āvusovādena ca samudācaratha. 
;;;‘Mendicants, don’t address me by name and as “reverend”. 
;;;‘abhijānātha me no tumhe, bhikkhave, ito pubbe evarūpaṁ pabhāvitametan’ti? 
;;;‘Mendicants, have you ever known me to speak like this before?’ 
;;;Yaṁ tayo bhikkhū piṇḍāya caritvā āharanti tena chabbaggiyā yāpema. 
;;;Then those three would feed all six of us with what they brought back. 
;;;

mn26
mn27#2.12

“Kaṁ pana bhavaṁ vacchāyano atthavasaṁ sampassamāno samaṇe gotame evaṁ abhippasanno”ti? ;;;“But for what reason are you so devoted to the ascetic Gotama?” 
;;;Te samaṇena gotamena dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṁsitā na ceva samaṇaṁ gotamaṁ pañhaṁ pucchanti, kutossa vādaṁ āropessanti? 
;;;They don’t even get around to asking their question to the ascetic Gotama, so how could they refute his answer? 
;;;Appeva nāma mayampi kadāci karahaci tena bhotā gotamena saddhiṁ samāgaccheyyāma, appeva nāma siyā kocideva kathāsallāpo”ti. 
;;;Hopefully, some time or other I’ll get to meet Mister Gotama, and we can have a discussion.” 
;;;Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo yāvatako ahosi pilotikena paribbājakena saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi. 
;;;and informed the Buddha of all he had discussed with the wanderer Pilotika. 
;;;Musāvādaṁ pahāya musāvādā paṭivirato hoti saccavādī saccasandho theto paccayiko avisaṁvādako lokassa. 
;;;They give up lying. They speak the truth and stick to the truth. They’re honest and dependable, and don’t trick the world with their words. 
;;;So pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā, ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya, parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;After the meal, they return from almsround, sit down cross-legged, set their body straight, and establish mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;

mn27
mn28#7.3

Tassā hi nāma, āvuso, bāhirāya pathavīdhātuyā tāva mahallikāya aniccatā paññāyissati, khayadhammatā paññāyissati, vayadhammatā paññāyissati, vipariṇāmadhammatā paññāyissati. ;;;So for all its great age, the earth element will be revealed as impermanent, liable to end, vanish, and perish. 
;;;So phasso aniccoti passati, vedanā aniccāti passati, saññā aniccāti passati, saṅkhārā aniccāti passati, viññāṇaṁ aniccanti passati. 
;;;They see that contact, feeling, perception, choices, and consciousness are impermanent. 
;;;Āraddhaṁ kho pana me vīriyaṁ bhavissati asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, passaddho kāyo asāraddho, samāhitaṁ cittaṁ ekaggaṁ. 
;;;My energy shall be roused up and unflagging, my mindfulness established and lucid, my body tranquil and undisturbed, and my mind immersed in samādhi. 
;;;Tassā hi nāma, āvuso, bāhirāya āpodhātuyā tāva mahallikāya aniccatā paññāyissati, khayadhammatā paññāyissati, vayadhammatā paññāyissati, vipariṇāmadhammatā paññāyissati. 
;;;So for all its great age, the water element will be revealed as impermanent, liable to end, vanish, and perish. 
;;;Tassā hi nāma, āvuso, bāhirāya tejodhātuyā tāva mahallikāya aniccatā paññāyissati, khayadhammatā paññāyissati, vayadhammatā paññāyissati, vipariṇāmadhammatā paññāyissati. 
;;;So for all its great age, the fire element will be revealed as impermanent, liable to end, vanish, and perish. 
;;;uddhaṅgamā vātā, adhogamā vātā, kucchisayā vātā, koṭṭhāsayā vātā, aṅgamaṅgānusārino vātā, assāso passāso iti, yaṁ vā panaññampi kiñci ajjhattaṁ paccattaṁ vāyo vāyogataṁ upādinnaṁ— 
;;;winds that go up or down, winds in the belly or the bowels, winds that flow through the limbs, in-breaths and out-breaths; or anything else internal, pertaining to an individual, that’s air, airy, and appropriated. 
;;;Tassā hi nāma, āvuso, bāhirāya vāyodhātuyā tāva mahallikāya aniccatā paññāyissati, khayadhammatā paññāyissati, vayadhammatā paññāyissati, vipariṇāmadhammatā paññāyissati. 
;;;So for all its great age, the air element will be revealed as impermanent, liable to end, vanish, and perish. 
;;;Āraddhaṁ kho pana me vīriyaṁ bhavissati asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, passaddho kāyo asāraddho, samāhitaṁ cittaṁ ekaggaṁ. 
;;;My energy shall be roused up and unflagging, my mindfulness established and lucid, my body tranquil and undisturbed, and my mind immersed in samādhi. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, āvuso, kaṭṭhañca paṭicca valliñca paṭicca tiṇañca paṭicca mattikañca paṭicca ākāso parivārito agārantveva saṅkhaṁ gacchati; 
;;;When a space is enclosed by sticks, creepers, grass, and mud it becomes known as a ‘building’. 
;;;

mn28
mn29#6.17

Aṭṭhānametaṁ, bhikkhave, anavakāso yaṁ so bhikkhu tāya asamayavimuttiyā parihāyetha. ;;;And it’s impossible for that mendicant to fall away from that irreversible freedom. 
;;;

mn29
mn30#2.4

seyyathidaṁ—pūraṇo kassapo, makkhali gosālo, ajito kesakambalo, pakudho kaccāyano, sañcayo belaṭṭhaputto, nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto, ;;;Namely: Pūraṇa Kassapa, the bamboo-staffed ascetic Gosāla, Ajita of the hair blanket, Pakudha Kaccāyana, Sañjaya Belaṭṭhiputta, and the Jain ascetic of the Ñātika clan. 
;;;Sārūpamo puna piṅgalakoccho. 
;;;

mn30
mn31#1.2

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā nātike viharati giñjakāvasathe. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying at Ñātika in the brick house. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena gosiṅgasālavanadāyo tenupasaṅkami. 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to that park. 
;;;Itiha te āyasmanto tena khaṇena tena layena tena muhuttena yāva brahmalokā viditā ahesuṁ. 
;;;And so at that moment, that second, that hour, those venerables were known as far as the realm of divinity. 
;;;

mn31
mn32#1.3

āyasmatā ca sāriputtena āyasmatā ca mahāmoggallānena āyasmatā ca mahākassapena āyasmatā ca anuruddhena āyasmatā ca revatena āyasmatā ca ānandena, aññehi ca abhiññātehi abhiññātehi therehi sāvakehi saddhiṁ. ;;;the venerables Sāriputta, Mahāmoggallāna, Mahākassapa, Anuruddha, Revata, Ānanda, and others. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā mahākassapo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahākassapaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Mahāmoggallāna came out of retreat, went to Venerable Mahākassapa, and said, 
;;;“Evamāvuso”ti kho āyasmā mahākassapo āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa paccassosi. 
;;;“Yes, reverend,” Mahākassapa replied. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā ca mahāmoggallāno āyasmā ca mahākassapo āyasmā ca anuruddho yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkamiṁsu dhammassavanāya. 
;;;Then, together with Venerable Anuruddha, they went to Sāriputta to hear the teaching. 
;;;Addasā kho āyasmā ānando āyasmantañca mahāmoggallānaṁ āyasmantañca mahākassapaṁ āyasmantañca anuruddhaṁ yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkamante dhammassavanāya. 
;;;Seeing them, Venerable Ānanda 
;;;“Idhāvuso sāriputta, bhikkhu bahussuto hoti sutadharo sutasannicayo. Ye te dhammā ādikalyāṇā majjhekalyāṇā pariyosānakalyāṇā sātthā sabyañjanā; kevalaparipuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ abhivadanti, tathārūpāssa dhammā bahussutā honti, dhātā, vacasā paricitā, manasānupekkhitā, diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā. 
;;;“Reverend Sāriputta, it’s a mendicant who is very learned, remembering and keeping what they’ve learned. These teachings are good in the beginning, good in the middle, and good in the end, meaningful and well-phrased, describing a spiritual practice that’s entirely full and pure. They are very learned in such teachings, remembering them, rehearsing them, mentally scrutinizing them, and comprehending them theoretically. 
;;;“Idhāvuso sāriputta, bhikkhu paṭisallānārāmo hoti paṭisallānarato, ajjhattaṁ cetosamathamanuyutto anirākatajjhāno, vipassanāya samannāgato, brūhetā suññāgārānaṁ. 
;;;“Reverend Sāriputta, it’s a mendicant who enjoys retreat and loves retreat. They’re committed to inner serenity of the heart, they don’t neglect absorption, they’re endowed with discernment, and they frequent empty huts. 
;;;Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;When he had spoken, Sāriputta said to Mahāmoggallāna, 
;;;“byākataṁ kho, āvuso moggallāna, āyasmatā mahākassapena yathāsakaṁ paṭibhānaṁ. 
;;;“Reverend Moggallāna, Mahākassapa has answered by speaking from his heart. 
;;;Tattha dāni mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ pucchāma: 
;;;And now we ask you the same question.” 
;;;‘ramaṇīyaṁ, āvuso moggallāna, gosiṅgasālavanaṁ, dosinā ratti, sabbaphāliphullā sālā, dibbā, maññe, gandhā sampavanti; 
;;; 
;;;kathaṁrūpena, āvuso moggallāna, bhikkhunā gosiṅgasālavanaṁ sobheyyā’”ti? 
;;; 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then Mahāmoggallāna said to Sāriputta, 
;;;“Idhāvuso moggallāna, bhikkhu cittaṁ vasaṁ vatteti, no ca bhikkhu cittassa vasena vattati. 
;;;“Reverend Moggallāna, it’s when a mendicant masters their mind and is not mastered by it. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, āvuso moggallāna, rañño vā rājamahāmattassa vā nānārattānaṁ dussānaṁ dussakaraṇḍako pūro assa. 
;;;Suppose that a ruler or their chief minister had a chest full of garments of different colors. 
;;;Evameva kho, āvuso moggallāna, bhikkhu cittaṁ vasaṁ vatteti, no ca bhikkhu cittassa vasena vattati. 
;;;In the same way, a mendicant masters their mind and is not mastered by it. 
;;;Evarūpena kho, āvuso moggallāna, bhikkhunā gosiṅgasālavanaṁ sobheyyā”ti. 
;;;That’s the kind of mendicant who would beautify this park.” 
;;;‘idhāvuso sāriputta, bhikkhu paṭisallānārāmo hoti paṭisallānarato, ajjhattaṁ cetosamathamanuyutto, anirākatajjhāno, vipassanāya samannāgato, brūhetā suññāgārānaṁ. 
;;;‘It’s a mendicant who enjoys retreat … 
;;;Revato hi, sāriputta, paṭisallānārāmo paṭisallānarato, ajjhattaṁ cetosamathamanuyutto anirākatajjhāno, vipassanāya samannāgato brūhetā suññāgārānan”ti. 
;;;For Revata enjoys retreat …” 
;;;“Evaṁ vutte, ahaṁ bhante āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ etadavocaṁ: 
;;;“Next I asked Mahāmoggallāna the same question. 
;;;‘byākataṁ kho, āvuso moggallāna, āyasmatā mahākassapena yathāsakaṁ paṭibhānaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;Tattha dāni mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ pucchāma …pe… 
;;; 
;;;kathaṁrūpena, āvuso moggallāna, bhikkhunā gosiṅgasālavanaṁ sobheyyā’ti? 
;;; 
;;;Evaṁ vutte, bhante, āyasmā mahāmoggallāno maṁ etadavoca: 
;;;He said: 
;;;“Sādhu sādhu, sāriputta, yathā taṁ moggallānova sammā byākaramāno byākareyya. 
;;;“Good, good, Sāriputta! Moggallāna answered in the right way for him. 
;;;Moggallāno hi, sāriputta, dhammakathiko”ti. 
;;;For Moggallāna is a Dhamma speaker.” 
;;;Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;When he had spoken, Moggallāna said to the Buddha, 
;;;‘idhāvuso moggallāna, bhikkhu cittaṁ vasaṁ vatteti no ca bhikkhu cittassa vasena vattati. 
;;;‘Reverend Moggallāna, it’s when a mendicant masters their mind and is not mastered by it … 
;;;Seyyathāpi, āvuso moggallāna, rañño vā rājamahāmattassa vā nānārattānaṁ dussānaṁ dussakaraṇḍako pūro assa. 
;;; 
;;;Evameva kho, āvuso moggallāna, bhikkhu cittaṁ vasaṁ vatteti, no ca bhikkhu cittassa vasena vattati. 
;;; 
;;;Evarūpena kho, āvuso moggallāna, bhikkhunā gosiṅgasālavanaṁ sobheyyā’”ti. 
;;;That’s the kind of mendicant who would beautify this park.’” 
;;;“Sādhu sādhu, moggallāna. 
;;;“Good, good, Moggallāna! 
;;;Sāriputto hi, moggallāna, cittaṁ vasaṁ vatteti no ca sāriputto cittassa vasena vattati. 
;;;For Sāriputta masters his mind and is not mastered by it …” 
;;;Idha, sāriputta, bhikkhu pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā: 
;;;It’s a mendicant who, after the meal, returns from almsround, sits down cross-legged, sets their body straight, and establishes mindfulness in their presence, thinking: 
;;;‘na tāvāhaṁ imaṁ pallaṅkaṁ bhindissāmi yāva me nānupādāya āsavehi cittaṁ vimuccissatī’ti. 
;;;‘I will not break this sitting posture until my mind is freed from the defilements by not grasping!’ 
;;;

mn32
mn33#2.1

“Ekādasahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato gopālako abhabbo gogaṇaṁ pariharituṁ phātiṁ kātuṁ. ;;;“Mendicants, a cowherd with eleven factors can’t maintain and expand a herd of cattle. 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, gopālako na rūpaññū hoti, na lakkhaṇakusalo hoti, na āsāṭikaṁ hāretā hoti, na vaṇaṁ paṭicchādetā hoti, na dhūmaṁ kattā hoti, na titthaṁ jānāti, na pītaṁ jānāti, na vīthiṁ jānāti, na gocarakusalo hoti anavasesadohī ca hoti. Ye te usabhā gopitaro gopariṇāyakā te na atirekapūjāya pūjetā hoti. 
;;;It’s when a cowherd doesn’t know form, is unskilled in characteristics, doesn’t pick out flies’ eggs, doesn’t dress wounds, doesn’t spread smoke, doesn’t know the ford, doesn’t know satisfaction, doesn’t know the trail, is not skilled in pastures, milks dry, and doesn’t show extra respect to the bulls who are fathers and leaders of the herd. 
;;;

mn33
mn34#3.4

Evameva kho, bhikkhave, ye hi keci samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā akusalā imassa lokassa akusalā parassa lokassa, akusalā māradheyyassa akusalā amāradheyyassa, akusalā maccudheyyassa akusalā amaccudheyyassa, tesaṁ ye sotabbaṁ saddahātabbaṁ maññissanti, tesaṁ taṁ bhavissati dīgharattaṁ ahitāya dukkhāya. ;;;In the same way, there are ascetics and brahmins who are unskilled in this world and the other world, unskilled in Māra’s domain and its opposite, and unskilled in Death’s domain and its opposite. If anyone thinks they are worth listening to and trusting, it will be for their lasting harm and suffering. 
;;;Khemaṁ pattattha bhikkhavo”ti. 
;;;set your heart on sanctuary!” 
;;;

mn34
mn35#4.8

Appeva nāma mayaṁ kadāci karahaci tena bhotā gotamena saddhiṁ samāgaccheyyāma, appeva nāma siyā kocideva kathāsallāpo, appeva nāma tasmā pāpakā diṭṭhigatā viveceyyāmā”ti. ;;;Hopefully, some time or other I’ll get to meet Mister Gotama, and we can have a discussion. And hopefully I can dissuade him from this harmful misconception.” 
;;;“abhikkamantu bhonto licchavī, abhikkamantu bhonto licchavī, ajja me samaṇena gotamena saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo bhavissati. 
;;;“Come forth, good Licchavīs, come forth! Today I am going to have a discussion with the ascetic Gotama. 
;;;Seyyathāpi nāma balavā soṇḍikādhutto vālaṁ kaṇṇe gahetvā odhuneyya niddhuneyya nipphoṭeyya; 
;;;Taking him on in debate, I’ll shake him down and about, and give him a beating, like a strong brewer’s mixer would grab a strainer by the corners and shake it down and about, and give it a beating! 
;;;Abhikkamantu bhonto licchavī, abhikkamantu bhonto licchavī, ajja me samaṇena gotamena saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo bhavissatī”ti. 
;;;Come forth, good Licchavīs, come forth! Today I am going to have a discussion with the ascetic Gotama.” 
;;;Seyyathidaṁ—vajjīnaṁ mallānaṁ— 
;;;Vajjis and Mallas 
;;;‘vedanā me attā’ti, vattati te tissaṁ vedanāyaṁ vaso— 
;;;‘Feeling is my self,’ do you have power over that feeling to say: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;yo nu kho dukkhaṁ allīno dukkhaṁ upagato dukkhaṁ ajjhosito, dukkhaṁ ‘etaṁ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’ti samanupassati, api nu kho so sāmaṁ vā dukkhaṁ parijāneyya, dukkhaṁ vā parikkhepetvā vihareyyā”ti? 
;;;Consider someone who resorts, draws near, and clings to suffering, regarding it thus: ‘This is mine, I am this, this is my self.’ Would such a person be able to completely understand suffering themselves, or live having wiped out suffering?” 
;;;nanu tvaṁ evaṁ sante dukkhaṁ allīno dukkhaṁ upagato dukkhaṁ ajjhosito, dukkhaṁ: 
;;;This being so, aren’t you someone who resorts, draws near, and clings to suffering, regarding it thus: ‘This is mine, I am this, this is my self’?” 
;;;“Seyyathāpi, aggivessana, puriso sāratthiko sāragavesī sārapariyesanaṁ caramāno tiṇhaṁ kuṭhāriṁ ādāya vanaṁ paviseyya. 
;;;“Suppose, Aggivessana, there was a person in need of heartwood. Wandering in search of heartwood, they’d take a sharp axe and enter a forest. 
;;;So tattha passeyya mahantaṁ kadalikkhandhaṁ ujuṁ navaṁ akukkukajātaṁ. 
;;;There they’d see a big banana tree, straight and young and grown free of defects. 
;;;Evameva kho, bhante, yāni saccakassa nigaṇṭhaputtassa visūkāyitāni visevitāni vipphanditāni tānipi sabbāni bhagavatā sañchinnāni sambhaggāni sampalibhaggāni; 
;;;In the same way, sir, the Buddha has snapped, cracked, and broken off all Saccaka’s twists, ducks, and dodges. 
;;;“āgamehi tvaṁ, dummukha, āgamehi tvaṁ, dummukha, (…) na mayaṁ tayā saddhiṁ mantema, idha mayaṁ bhotā gotamena saddhiṁ mantema. 
;;;“Hold on, Dummukha, hold on! I wasn’t talking with you, I was talking with Mister Gotama. 
;;;

mn35
mn36#4.3

Bhūtapubbaṁ, bho gotama, sārīrikāya dukkhāya vedanāya phuṭṭhassa sato ūrukkhambhopi nāma bhavissati, hadayampi nāma phalissati, uṇhampi lohitaṁ mukhato uggamissati, ummādampi pāpuṇissati cittakkhepaṁ. ;;;This happened to someone once. Their thighs became paralyzed, their heart burst, hot blood gushed from their mouth, and they went mad and lost their mind. 
;;;“Na hi nūna bhoto gotamassa uppajjati tathārūpā sukhā vedanā yathārūpā uppannā sukhā vedanā cittaṁ pariyādāya tiṭṭheyya; na hi nūna bhoto gotamassa uppajjati tathārūpā dukkhā vedanā yathārūpā uppannā dukkhā vedanā cittaṁ pariyādāya tiṭṭheyyā”ti. 
;;;“Mister Gotama mustn’t have experienced the kind of pleasant or painful feelings that would occupy the mind.” 
;;;Iti kho, aggivessana, āḷāro kālāmo ācariyo me samāno attano antevāsiṁ maṁ samānaṁ attanā samasamaṁ ṭhapesi, uḷārāya ca maṁ pūjāya pūjesi. 
;;;And that is how my tutor Āḷāra Kālāma placed me, his pupil, on the same position as him, and honored me with lofty praise. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, aggivessana, allaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ sasnehaṁ udake nikkhittaṁ. 
;;;Suppose there was a green, sappy log, and it was lying in water. 
;;;api nu so puriso amuṁ allaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ sasnehaṁ, udake nikkhittaṁ, uttarāraṇiṁ ādāya abhimanthento aggiṁ abhinibbatteyya, tejo pātukareyyā”ti? 
;;;By drilling the stick against that green, sappy log lying in the water, could they light a fire and produce heat?” 
;;;“Aduñhi, bho gotama, allaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ sasnehaṁ, tañca pana udake nikkhittaṁ. 
;;;Because it’s a green, sappy log, and it’s lying in the water. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, aggivessana, allaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ sasnehaṁ, ārakā udakā thale nikkhittaṁ. 
;;;Suppose there was a green, sappy log, and it was lying on dry land far from the water. 
;;;api nu so puriso amuṁ allaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ sasnehaṁ, ārakā udakā thale nikkhittaṁ, uttarāraṇiṁ ādāya abhimanthento aggiṁ abhinibbatteyya tejo pātukareyyā”ti? 
;;;By drilling the stick against that green, sappy log on dry land far from water, could they light a fire and produce heat?” 
;;;“Aduñhi, bho gotama, allaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ sasnehaṁ, kiñcāpi ārakā udakā thale nikkhittaṁ. 
;;;Because it’s still a green, sappy log, despite the fact that it’s lying on dry land far from water. 
;;;Āraddhaṁ kho pana me, aggivessana, vīriyaṁ hoti asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, sāraddho ca pana me kāyo hoti appaṭippassaddho teneva dukkhappadhānena padhānābhitunnassa sato. 
;;;My energy was roused up and unflagging, and my mindfulness was established and lucid, but my body was disturbed, not tranquil, because I’d pushed too hard with that painful striving. 
;;;Āraddhaṁ kho pana me, aggivessana, vīriyaṁ hoti asallīnaṁ upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā. Sāraddho ca pana me kāyo hoti appaṭippassaddho teneva dukkhappadhānena padhānābhitunnassa sato. 
;;;My energy was roused up and unflagging, and my mindfulness was established and lucid, but my body was disturbed, not tranquil, because I’d pushed too hard with that painful striving. 
;;;Tassa mayhaṁ, aggivessana, mukhato ca nāsato ca kaṇṇato ca assāsapassāsesu uparuddhesu adhimattā vātā muddhani ūhananti. 
;;;But then strong winds ground my head, 
;;;Seyyathāpi, aggivessana, balavā puriso tiṇhena sikharena muddhani abhimattheyya; 
;;;like a strong man was drilling into my head with a sharp point. 
;;;Āraddhaṁ kho pana me, aggivessana, vīriyaṁ hoti asallīnaṁ upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā. Sāraddho ca pana me kāyo hoti appaṭippassaddho teneva dukkhappadhānena padhānābhitunnassa sato. 
;;;My energy was roused up and unflagging, and my mindfulness was established and lucid, but my body was disturbed, not tranquil, because I’d pushed too hard with that painful striving. 
;;;Āraddhaṁ kho pana me, aggivessana, vīriyaṁ hoti asallīnaṁ upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā. Sāraddho ca pana me kāyo hoti appaṭippassaddho teneva dukkhappadhānena padhānābhitunnassa sato. 
;;;My energy was roused up and unflagging, and my mindfulness was established and lucid, but my body was disturbed, not tranquil, because I’d pushed too hard with that painful striving. 
;;;Āraddhaṁ kho pana me, aggivessana, vīriyaṁ hoti asallīnaṁ upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā. Sāraddho ca pana me kāyo hoti appaṭippassaddho teneva dukkhappadhānena padhānābhitunnassa sato. 
;;;My energy was roused up and unflagging, and my mindfulness was established and lucid, but my body was disturbed, not tranquil, because I’d pushed too hard with that painful striving. 
;;;Āraddhaṁ kho pana me, aggivessana, vīriyaṁ hoti asallīnaṁ upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā. Sāraddho ca pana me kāyo hoti appaṭippassaddho teneva dukkhappadhānena padhānābhitunnassa sato. 
;;;My energy was roused up and unflagging, and my mindfulness was established and lucid, but my body was disturbed, not tranquil, because I’d pushed too hard with that painful striving. 
;;;Sace kho tvaṁ, mārisa, sabbaso āhārupacchedāya paṭipajjissasi, tassa te mayaṁ dibbaṁ ojaṁ lomakūpehi ajjhohāressāma, tāya tvaṁ yāpessasī’ti. 
;;;If you do, we’ll infuse heavenly nectar into your pores and you will live on that.’ 
;;;‘ahañceva kho pana sabbaso ajajjitaṁ paṭijāneyyaṁ, imā ca me devatā dibbaṁ ojaṁ lomakūpehi ajjhohāreyyuṁ, tāya cāhaṁ yāpeyyaṁ, taṁ mamassa musā’ti. 
;;;‘If I claim to be completely fasting while these deities are infusing heavenly nectar in my pores, that would be a lie on my part.’ 
;;;So kho ahaṁ, aggivessana, udaracchaviṁ parimasissāmīti piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṁyeva pariggaṇhāmi, piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṁ parimasissāmīti udaracchaviṁyeva pariggaṇhāmi, yāvassu me, aggivessana, udaracchavi piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṁ allīnā hoti tāyevappāhāratāya. 
;;;Due to eating so little, the skin of my belly stuck to my backbone, so that when I tried to rub the skin of my belly I grabbed my backbone, and when I tried to rub my backbone I rubbed the skin of my belly. 
;;;

mn36
mn37#5.1

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhagavato avidūre nisinno hoti. ;;;Now at that time Venerable Mahāmoggallāna was sitting not far from the Buddha. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa etadahosi: 
;;;He thought, 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evameva—pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde antarahito devesu tāvatiṁsesu pāturahosi. 
;;;And then Venerable Mahāmoggallāna, as easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, vanished from the Eastern Monastery and reappeared among the gods of the thirty-three. 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena sakko devānamindo ekapuṇḍarīke uyyāne dibbehi pañcahi tūriyasatehi samappito samaṅgībhūto paricāreti. 
;;;Now at that time Sakka was amusing himself in the Single Lotus Park, supplied and provided with a heavenly orchestra. 
;;;Addasā kho sakko devānamindo āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ. 
;;;Seeing Mahāmoggallāna coming off in the distance, 
;;;Disvāna tāni dibbāni pañca tūriyasatāni paṭippaṇāmetvā yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;he dismissed the orchestra, approached Mahāmoggallāna, and said, 
;;;“ehi kho, mārisa moggallāna, svāgataṁ, mārisa moggallāna. 
;;;“Come, my good Moggallāna! Welcome, good sir! 
;;;Cirassaṁ kho, mārisa moggallāna, imaṁ pariyāyaṁ akāsi yadidaṁ idhāgamanāya. 
;;;It’s been a long time since you took the opportunity to come here. 
;;;Nisīda, mārisa moggallāna, idamāsanaṁ paññattan”ti. 
;;;Sit, my good Moggallāna, this seat is for you.” 
;;;Nisīdi kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno paññatte āsane. 
;;;Mahāmoggallāna sat down on the seat spread out, 
;;;Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho sakkaṁ devānamindaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca: 
;;;Mahāmoggallāna said to him, 
;;;“Mayaṁ kho, mārisa moggallāna, bahukiccā bahukaraṇīyā— 
;;;“My good Moggallāna, I have many duties, and much to do, 
;;;Api ca, mārisa moggallāna, sussutaṁyeva hoti suggahitaṁ sumanasikataṁ sūpadhāritaṁ, yaṁ no khippameva antaradhāyati. 
;;;Still, what is properly heard, learned, attended, and memorized does not vanish all of a sudden. 
;;;Bhūtapubbaṁ, mārisa moggallāna, devāsurasaṅgāmo samupabyūḷho ahosi. 
;;;Once upon a time, a battle was fought between the gods and the titans. 
;;;Tasmiṁ kho pana, mārisa moggallāna, saṅgāme devā jiniṁsu, asurā parājiniṁsu. 
;;;In that battle the gods won and the titans lost. 
;;;So kho ahaṁ, mārisa moggallāna, taṁ saṅgāmaṁ abhivijinitvā vijitasaṅgāmo tato paṭinivattitvā vejayantaṁ nāma pāsādaṁ māpesiṁ. 
;;;When I returned from that battle as a conqueror, I created the Palace of Victory. 
;;;Vejayantassa kho, mārisa moggallāna, pāsādassa ekasataṁ niyyūhaṁ. 
;;;The Palace of Victory has a hundred towers. 
;;;Iccheyyāsi no tvaṁ, mārisa moggallāna, vejayantassa pāsādassa rāmaṇeyyakaṁ daṭṭhun”ti? 
;;;Would you like to see the lovely Palace of Victory?” 
;;;Adhivāsesi kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno tuṇhībhāvena. 
;;;Mahāmoggallāna consented with silence. 
;;;Atha kho sakko ca devānamindo vessavaṇo ca mahārājā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ purakkhatvā yena vejayanto pāsādo tenupasaṅkamiṁsu. 
;;;Then, putting Venerable Mahāmoggallāna in front, Sakka, lord of gods, and Vessavaṇa, the Great King, went to the Palace of Victory. 
;;;Addasaṁsu kho sakkassa devānamindassa paricārikāyo āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ; 
;;;When they saw Moggallāna coming off in the distance, Sakka’s maids, 
;;;evameva sakkassa devānamindassa paricārikāyo āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ disvā ottappamānā hirīyamānā sakaṁ sakaṁ ovarakaṁ pavisiṁsu. 
;;; 
;;;Atha kho sakko ca devānamindo vessavaṇo ca mahārājā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ vejayante pāsāde anucaṅkamāpenti anuvicarāpenti: 
;;;Then Sakka and Vessavaṇa encouraged Moggallāna to wander and explore the palace, saying, 
;;;“idampi, mārisa moggallāna, passa vejayantassa pāsādassa rāmaṇeyyakaṁ; 
;;;“See, in the palace, my good Moggallāna, this lovely thing! 
;;;idampi, mārisa moggallāna, passa vejayantassa pāsādassa rāmaṇeyyakan”ti. 
;;;And that lovely thing!” 
;;;Atha kho āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa etadahosi: 
;;;Then Moggallāna thought, 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno tathārūpaṁ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkhāsi yathā vejayantaṁ pāsādaṁ pādaṅguṭṭhakena saṅkampesi sampakampesi sampavedhesi. 
;;;Then Moggallāna used his psychic power to make the Palace of Victory shake and rock and tremble with his big toe. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno sakkaṁ devānamindaṁ saṁviggaṁ lomahaṭṭhajātaṁ viditvā sakkaṁ devānamindaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Knowing that Sakka was shocked and awestruck, Moggallāna said to him, 
;;;“Idhāhaṁ, mārisa moggallāna, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁ; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsiṁ. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho ahaṁ, mārisa moggallāna, bhagavantaṁ etadavocaṁ: 
;;;“My dear Moggallāna, I approached the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him, 
;;;Evaṁ vutte, mārisa moggallāna, bhagavā maṁ etadavoca: 
;;;When I had spoken the Buddha said to me: 
;;;Evaṁ kho me, mārisa moggallāna, bhagavā saṅkhittena taṇhāsaṅkhayavimuttiṁ abhāsī”ti. 
;;;That’s how the Buddha briefly explained freedom through the ending of craving to me.” 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno sakkassa devānamindassa bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evameva—devesu tāvatiṁsesu antarahito pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde pāturahosi. 
;;;Moggallāna approved and agreed with what Sakka said. As easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, he vanished from among the gods of the thirty-three and reappeared in the Eastern Monastery. 
;;;Atha kho sakkassa devānamindassa paricārikāyo acirapakkante āyasmante mahāmoggallāne sakkaṁ devānamindaṁ etadavocuṁ: 
;;;Soon after Moggallāna left, Sakka’s maids said to him, 
;;;Sabrahmacārī me eso āyasmā mahāmoggallāno”ti. 
;;;That was my spiritual companion Venerable Mahāmoggallāna.” 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then Mahāmoggallāna went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him, 
;;;“abhijānāti no, bhante, bhagavā ahu ñātaññatarassa mahesakkhassa yakkhassa saṅkhittena taṇhāsaṅkhayavimuttiṁ bhāsitā”ti? 
;;;“Sir, do you recall briefly explaining freedom through the ending of craving to a certain well-known and illustrious spirit?” 
;;;“Abhijānāmahaṁ, moggallāna, idha sakko devānamindo yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho, moggallāna, sakko devānamindo maṁ etadavoca: 
;;;“I do, Moggallāna.” And the Buddha retold all that happened when Sakka came to visit him, adding: 
;;;Evaṁ vutte, ahaṁ, moggallāna, sakkaṁ devānamindaṁ etadavocaṁ 
;;; 
;;;Evaṁ kho ahaṁ, moggallāna, abhijānāmi sakkassa devānamindassa saṅkhittena taṇhāsaṅkhayavimuttiṁ bhāsitā”ti. 
;;;“That’s how I recall briefly explaining freedom through the ending of craving to Sakka, lord of gods.” 
;;;Attamano āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti. 
;;;Satisfied, Venerable Mahāmoggallāna approved what the Buddha said. 
;;;

mn37
mn38#14.1

“Imañce tumhe, bhikkhave, diṭṭhiṁ evaṁ parisuddhaṁ evaṁ pariyodātaṁ allīyetha kelāyetha dhanāyetha mamāyetha, api nu me tumhe, bhikkhave, kullūpamaṁ dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājāneyyātha nittharaṇatthāya no gahaṇatthāyā”ti? ;;;“Pure and bright as this view is, mendicants, if you cherish it, fancy it, treasure it, and treat it as your own, would you be understanding my simile of the teaching as a raft: for crossing over, not for holding on?” 
;;;“Imañce tumhe, bhikkhave, diṭṭhiṁ evaṁ parisuddhaṁ evaṁ pariyodātaṁ na allīyetha na kelāyetha na dhanāyetha na mamāyetha, api nu me tumhe, bhikkhave, kullūpamaṁ dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājāneyyātha nittharaṇatthāya no gahaṇatthāyā”ti? 
;;;“Pure and bright as this view is, mendicants, if you don’t cherish it, fancy it, treasure it, and treat it as your own, would you be understanding my simile of the teaching as a raft: for crossing over, not for holding on?” 
;;;So iminā ca ariyena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato, imāya ca ariyāya santuṭṭhiyā samannāgato, iminā ca ariyena indriyasaṁvarena samannāgato, iminā ca ariyena satisampajaññena samannāgato, 
;;;When they have this entire spectrum of noble ethics, this noble contentment, this noble sense restraint, and this noble mindfulness and situational awareness, 
;;;So pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā, ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya, parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;After the meal, they return from almsround, sit down cross-legged, set their body straight, and establish mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;

mn38
mn39#13.1

So pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā, ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. ;;;After the meal, they return from almsround, sit down cross-legged, set their body straight, and establish mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;Tassa te kammantā samijjheyyuṁ. 
;;;and his efforts proved successful. 
;;;So aparena samayena tamhā bandhanā mucceyya sotthinā abbhayena, na cassa kiñci bhogānaṁ vayo. 
;;;But after some time they were released from jail, safe and sound, with no loss of wealth. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso sakamhā gāmā aññaṁ gāmaṁ gaccheyya, tamhāpi gāmā aññaṁ gāmaṁ gaccheyya, so tamhā gāmā sakaṁyeva gāmaṁ paccāgaccheyya. Tassa evamassa: ‘ahaṁ kho sakamhā gāmā amuṁ gāmaṁ agacchiṁ, tatrapi evaṁ aṭṭhāsiṁ evaṁ nisīdiṁ evaṁ abhāsiṁ evaṁ tuṇhī ahosiṁ; tamhāpi gāmā amuṁ gāmaṁ agacchiṁ, tatrapi evaṁ aṭṭhāsiṁ evaṁ nisīdiṁ evaṁ abhāsiṁ evaṁ tuṇhī ahosiṁ; somhi tamhā gāmā sakaṁyeva gāmaṁ paccāgato’ti. 
;;;Suppose a person was to leave their home village and go to another village. From that village they’d go to yet another village. And from that village they’d return to their home village. They’d think: ‘I went from my home village to another village. There I stood like this, sat like that, spoke like this, or kept silent like that. From that village I went to yet another village. There too I stood like this, sat like that, spoke like this, or kept silent like that. And from that village I returned to my home village.’ 
;;;

mn39
mn40#5.3

Nāhaṁ, bhikkhave, rajojallikassa rajojallikamattena sāmaññaṁ vadāmi. ;;;You don’t deserve the label ‘dust and dirt wearer’ just because you’re caked in dust and dirt. 
;;;rajojallikassa ce, bhikkhave …pe… 
;;;wearing dust and dirt … 
;;;So sabbehi imehi pāpakehi akusalehi dhammehi visuddhamattānaṁ samanupassati (…). 
;;;They see themselves purified from all these bad, unskillful qualities. 
;;;

mn40
mn41#8.2

Idha, gahapatayo, ekacco pāṇātipātī hoti, luddo lohitapāṇi hatappahate niviṭṭho adayāpanno pāṇabhūtesu. ;;;It’s when a certain person kills living creatures. They’re violent, bloody-handed, a hardened killer, merciless to living beings. 
;;;Pisuṇavāco kho pana hoti. Ito sutvā amutra akkhātā imesaṁ bhedāya, amutra vā sutvā imesaṁ akkhātā amūsaṁ bhedāya. Iti samaggānaṁ vā bhettā, bhinnānaṁ vā anuppadātā, vaggārāmo vaggarato vagganandī vaggakaraṇiṁ vācaṁ bhāsitā hoti. 
;;;They speak divisively. They repeat in one place what they heard in another so as to divide people against each other. And so they divide those who are harmonious, supporting division, delighting in division, loving division, speaking words that promote division. 
;;;Byāpannacitto kho pana hoti paduṭṭhamanasaṅkappo: ‘ime sattā haññantu vā vajjhantu vā ucchijjantu vā vinassantu vā mā vā ahesun’ti. 
;;;They have ill will and malicious intentions: ‘May these sentient beings be killed, slaughtered, slain, destroyed, or annihilated!’ 
;;;

mn41
mn43#0.2

Mahāvedallasutta ;;;The Great Elaboration 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā sāriputtena saddhiṁ sammodi. 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Mahākoṭṭhita came out of retreat, went to Venerable Sāriputta, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;Yaṁ hāvuso, pajānāti taṁ vijānāti, yaṁ vijānāti taṁ pajānāti. 
;;;For you understand what you cognize, and you cognize what you understand. 
;;;Yaṁ hāvuso, vedeti taṁ sañjānāti, yaṁ sañjānāti taṁ vijānāti. 
;;;For you perceive what you feel, and you cognize what you perceive. 
;;;Mahāvedallasuttaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ tatiyaṁ. 
;;;

mn43
mn44#0.2

Cūḷavedallasutta ;;;The Shorter Elaboration 
;;;“Accayāsi, āvuso visākha, pañhaṁ, nāsakkhi pañhānaṁ pariyantaṁ gahetuṁ. 
;;;“Your question goes too far, Visākha. You couldn’t figure out the limit of questions. 
;;;Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho visākho upāsako yāvatako ahosi dhammadinnāya bhikkhuniyā saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi. 
;;;and informed the Buddha of all they had discussed. 
;;;Eso cevetassa attho. Evañca naṁ dhārehī”ti. 
;;;That is what it means, and that’s how you should remember it.” 
;;;Cūḷavedallasuttaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ catutthaṁ. 
;;;

mn44
mn45#3.5

Te kho moḷibaddhāhi paribbājikāhi paricārenti. ;;;cavorting with female wanderers with jeweled bands in their hair. 
;;;appeva nāmetaṁ māluvābījaṁ moro vā gileyya, mago vā khādeyya, davaḍāho vā ḍaheyya, vanakammikā vā uddhareyyuṁ, upacikā vā uṭṭhaheyyuṁ, abījaṁ vā panassā’ti. 
;;;Hopefully that seed will be swallowed by a peacock, or eaten by a deer, or burnt by a forest fire, or picked up by a lumberjack, or eaten by termites, or it may not even be fertile.’ 
;;;Yañcāhaṁ māluvābījahetu dukkhā tibbā kharā kaṭukā vedanā vedayāmī’ti. 
;;;It’s because of that camel’s foot creeper seed that I’m feeling painful, sharp, severe, acute feelings.’ 
;;;

mn45
mn47#13.4

etaṁ pathohamasmi, etaṁ gocaro, no ca tena tammayo’ti. ;;;I am the range and the territory of that, but I am not determined by that.’ 
;;;

mn47
mn48#13.4

Balatā esā, bhikkhave, diṭṭhisampannassa puggalassa yaṁ tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye desiyamāne aṭṭhiṁ katvā manasikatvā sabbacetasā samannāharitvā ohitasoto dhammaṁ suṇāti. ;;;The strength of a person accomplished in view is that, when the teaching and training proclaimed by the Realized One are being taught, they pay attention, apply the mind, concentrate wholeheartedly, and actively listen. 
;;;

mn48
mn49#5.2

‘bhikkhu bhikkhu, metamāsado metamāsado, eso hi, bhikkhu, brahmā mahābrahmā abhibhū anabhibhūto aññadatthudaso vasavattī issaro kattā nimmātā seṭṭho sajitā vasī pitā bhūtabhabyānaṁ. ;;;‘Mendicant, mendicant! Don’t attack this one! Don’t attack this one! For this is the Divinity, the Great Divinity, the Vanquisher, the Unvanquished, the Universal Seer, the Wielder of Power, God Almighty, the Maker, the Creator, the First, the Begetter, the Controller, the Father of those who have been born and those yet to be born. 
;;;Ettha te vattate vaso. 
;;;And there you wield your power. 
;;;‘ettāvatā brahmā ca brahmaparisā ca brahmapārisajjā ca saddañca me sossanti, na ca maṁ dakkhantī’ti. 
;;;my voice would extend so that Divinity, his assembly, and his retinue would hear me, but they would not see me. 
;;;

mn49
mn50#1.2

ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhaggesu viharati susumāragire bhesakaḷāvane migadāye. ;;;At one time Venerable Mahāmoggallāna was staying in the land of the Bhaggas at Crocodile Hill, in the deer park at Bhesakaḷā’s Wood. 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā mahāmoggallāno abbhokāse caṅkamati. 
;;;At that time Moggallāna was walking mindfully in the open air. 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena māro pāpimā āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa kucchigato hoti koṭṭhamanupaviṭṭho. 
;;;Now at that time Māra the Wicked had got inside Moggallāna’s belly. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa etadahosi: 
;;;Moggallāna thought, 
;;;“kiṁ nu kho me kucchi garugaro viya? 
;;;“Why now is my belly so very heavy, 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno caṅkamā orohitvā vihāraṁ pavisitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. 
;;;Then he stepped down from the walking path, entered his dwelling, sat down on the seat spread out, 
;;;Nisajja kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno paccattaṁ yoniso manasākāsi. 
;;;and investigated inside himself. 
;;;Addasā kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno māraṁ pāpimantaṁ kucchigataṁ koṭṭhamanupaviṭṭhaṁ. 
;;;He saw that Māra the Wicked had got inside his belly. 
;;;Yopissa so satthā sopi maṁ neva khippaṁ jāneyya, kuto pana maṁ ayaṁ sāvako jānissatī”ti? 
;;;Not even the Teacher could recognize me so quickly, so how could a disciple?” 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno māraṁ pāpimantaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then Moggallāna said to Māra, 
;;;Atha kho māro pāpimā āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa mukhato uggantvā paccaggaḷe aṭṭhāsi. 
;;;Then Māra came up out of Moggallāna’s mouth and stood against the door. 
;;;Addasā kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno māraṁ pāpimantaṁ paccaggaḷe ṭhitaṁ; 
;;;Moggallāna saw him there 
;;;Iminā kho evaṁ, pāpima, pariyāyena āyasmato vidhurassa vidhuroteva samaññā udapādi. 
;;;And that’s how he came to be known as Vidhura. 
;;;Iminā kho evaṁ, pāpima, pariyāyena āyasmato sañjīvassa sañjīvoteva samaññā udapādi. 
;;;And that’s how he came to be known as Sañjīva. 
;;;‘ime pana muṇḍakā samaṇakā ibbhā kiṇhā bandhupādāpaccā “jhāyinosmā jhāyinosmā”ti pattakkhandhā adhomukhā madhurakajātā jhāyanti pajjhāyanti nijjhāyanti apajjhāyanti. 
;;;‘These shavelings, fake ascetics, primitives, black spawn from the feet of our kinsman, say, “We practice absorption meditation! We practice absorption meditation!” Shoulders drooping, downcast, and dopey, they meditate and concentrate and contemplate and ruminate. 
;;;

mn50
mn51#1.4

Kandarako pana paribbājako bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. ;;;But the wanderer Kandaraka exchanged greetings with the Buddha and stood to one side. 
;;;ayameva me puggalo cittaṁ ārādhetī”ti. 
;;;I only like the sound of the last person, who doesn’t mortify either themselves or others.” 
;;;‘ettakā usabhā haññantu yaññatthāya, ettakā vacchatarā haññantu yaññatthāya, ettakā vacchatariyo haññantu yaññatthāya, ettakā ajā haññantu yaññatthāya, ettakā urabbhā haññantu yaññatthāya, ettakā assā haññantu yaññatthāya, ettakā rukkhā chijjantu yūpatthāya, ettakā dabbhā lūyantu barihisatthāyā’ti. 
;;;‘Slaughter this many bulls, bullocks, heifers, goats, rams, and horses for the sacrifice! Fell this many trees and reap this much grass for the sacrificial equipment!’ 
;;;So pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;After the meal, they return from almsround, sit down cross-legged, set their body straight, and establish mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;

mn51
mn52#1.2

ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ānando vesāliyaṁ viharati beluvagāmake. ;;;At one time Venerable Ānanda was staying near Vesālī in the little village of Beluva. 
;;;

mn52
mn53#0.2

Sekhasutta ;;;A Trainee 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena kāpilavatthavānaṁ sakyānaṁ navaṁ santhāgāraṁ acirakāritaṁ hoti anajjhāvuṭṭhaṁ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā kenaci vā manussabhūtena. 
;;;Now at that time a new town hall had recently been constructed for the Sakyans of Kapilavatthu. It had not yet been occupied by an ascetic or brahmin or any person at all. 
;;;“paṭibhātu taṁ, ānanda, kāpilavatthavānaṁ sakyānaṁ sekho pāṭipado. 
;;;“Ānanda, speak about the practicing trainee to the Sakyans of Kapilavatthu as you feel inspired. 
;;;Bahussuto hoti sutadharo sutasannicayo. Ye te dhammā ādikalyāṇā majjhekalyāṇā pariyosānakalyāṇā sātthā sabyañjanā kevalaparipuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ abhivadanti tathārūpāssa dhammā bahussutā honti dhātā vacasā paricitā manasānupekkhitā diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā. 
;;;They’re very learned, remembering and keeping what they’ve learned. These teachings are good in the beginning, good in the middle, and good in the end, meaningful and well-phrased, describing a spiritual practice that’s entirely full and pure. They are very learned in such teachings, remembering them, rehearsing them, mentally scrutinizing them, and comprehending them theoretically. 
;;;

mn53
mn54#2.3

Taṁ vanasaṇḍaṁ ajjhogāhetvā aññatarasmiṁ rukkhamūle divāvihāraṁ nisīdi. ;;;Having plunged deep into it, he sat at the root of a certain tree to meditate. 
;;;Evaṁ kho me, bho gotama, sabbe kammantā paṭikkhittā, sabbe vohārā samucchinnā”ti. 
;;;That’s how I have refused all work and cut off all business.” 
;;;“aṭṭha kho ime, gahapati, dhammā ariyassa vinaye vohārasamucchedāya saṁvattanti. 
;;;“Householder, these eight things lead to the cutting off of business in the noble one’s training. 
;;;saccavācaṁ nissāya musāvādo pahātabbo; 
;;;Lying should be given up, relying on speaking the truth. 
;;;Ahañceva kho pana pāṇātipātī assaṁ, attāpi maṁ upavadeyya pāṇātipātapaccayā, anuviccāpi maṁ viññū garaheyyuṁ pāṇātipātapaccayā, kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā duggati pāṭikaṅkhā pāṇātipātapaccayā. 
;;;But if I were to kill living creatures, because of that I would reprimand myself; sensible people, after examination, would criticize me; and when my body breaks up, after death, I could expect to be reborn in a bad place. 
;;;Ime kho, gahapati, aṭṭha dhammā saṅkhittena vuttā, vitthārena vibhattā, ye ariyassa vinaye vohārasamucchedāya saṁvattanti; 
;;;These are the eight things—stated in brief and analyzed in detail—that lead to the cutting off of business in the noble one’s training. 
;;;Tamenaṁ dakkho goghātako vā goghātakantevāsī vā aṭṭhikaṅkalaṁ sunikkantaṁ nikkantaṁ nimmaṁsaṁ lohitamakkhitaṁ upasumbheyya. 
;;;A deft butcher or their apprentice would toss them a skeleton scraped clean of flesh and smeared in blood. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, gahapati, gijjho vā kaṅko vā kulalo vā maṁsapesiṁ ādāya uḍḍīyeyya. 
;;;Suppose a vulture or a crow or a hawk was to grab a scrap of meat and fly away. 
;;;Tamenaṁ gijjhāpi kaṅkāpi kulalāpi anupatitvā anupatitvā vitaccheyyuṁ vissajjeyyuṁ. 
;;;Other vultures, crows, and hawks would keep chasing it, pecking and clawing. 
;;;sace so puriso taṁ ādittaṁ tiṇukkaṁ na khippameva paṭinissajjeyya tassa sā ādittā tiṇukkā hatthaṁ vā daheyya bāhuṁ vā daheyya aññataraṁ vā aññataraṁ vā aṅgapaccaṅgaṁ daheyya, so tatonidānaṁ maraṇaṁ vā nigaccheyya maraṇamattaṁ vā dukkhan”ti? 
;;;If that person doesn’t quickly let go of that blazing grass torch, wouldn’t they burn their hands or arm or other major or minor limb, resulting in death or deadly suffering for them?” 
;;;So paṭibuddho na kiñci paṭipasseyya. 
;;;But when they woke they couldn’t see them at all. … 
;;;Seyyathāpi, gahapati, puriso yācitakaṁ bhogaṁ yācitvā yānaṁ vā poriseyyaṁ pavaramaṇikuṇḍalaṁ. 
;;;Suppose a man had borrowed some goods—a gentleman’s carriage and fine jeweled earrings— 
;;;Tatrassa rukkho sampannaphalo ca upapannaphalo ca, na cassu kānici phalāni bhūmiyaṁ patitāni. 
;;;And there was a tree laden with fruit, yet none of the fruit had fallen to the ground. 
;;;Jānāmi kho panāhaṁ rukkhaṁ ārohituṁ. 
;;;But I know how to climb a tree. 
;;;Atha dutiyo puriso āgaccheyya phalatthiko phalagavesī phalapariyesanaṁ caramāno tiṇhaṁ kuṭhāriṁ ādāya. 
;;;And along would come a second person in need of fruit, wandering in search of fruit, carrying a sharp axe. 
;;;amuko yo so puriso paṭhamaṁ rukkhaṁ ārūḷho sace so na khippameva oroheyya tassa so rukkho papatanto hatthaṁ vā bhañjeyya pādaṁ vā bhañjeyya aññataraṁ vā aññataraṁ vā aṅgapaccaṅgaṁ bhañjeyya, so tatonidānaṁ maraṇaṁ vā nigaccheyya maraṇamattaṁ vā dukkhan”ti? 
;;;If the first person, who climbed the tree, doesn’t quickly come down, when that tree fell wouldn’t they break their hand or arm or other major or minor limb, resulting in death or deadly suffering for them?” 
;;;

mn54
mn55#6.4

Ākaṅkhamānova, jīvaka, bhikkhu adhivāseti. ;;;The mendicant accepts if they want. 
;;;So taṁ piṇḍapātaṁ agathito amucchito anajjhopanno ādīnavadassāvī nissaraṇapañño paribhuñjati. 
;;;They eat that almsfood untied, uninfatuated, unattached, seeing the drawback, and understanding the escape. 
;;;Sace kho te, jīvaka, idaṁ sandhāya bhāsitaṁ anujānāmi te etan”ti. 
;;;If that’s what you were referring to, I acknowledge it.” 
;;;

mn55
mn56#0.2

Upālisutta ;;;With Upāli 
;;;“Ahu pana te, tapassi, samaṇena gotamena saddhiṁ kocideva kathāsallāpo”ti? 
;;;“But did you have some discussion with him?” 
;;;“Ahu kho me, bhante, samaṇena gotamena saddhiṁ kocideva kathāsallāpo”ti. 
;;;“I did.” 
;;;“Yathā kathaṁ pana te, tapassi, ahu samaṇena gotamena saddhiṁ kocideva kathāsallāpo”ti? 
;;;“And what kind of discussion did you have with him?” 
;;;Atha kho dīghatapassī nigaṇṭho yāvatako ahosi bhagavatā saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ nigaṇṭhassa nāṭaputtassa ārocesi. 
;;;Then Dīgha Tapassī informed the Jain Ñātika of all they had discussed. 
;;;Seyyathāpi nāma balavā soṇḍikādhutto vālaṁ kaṇṇe gahetvā odhuneyya niddhuneyya nipphoṭeyya; evamevāhaṁ samaṇaṁ gotamaṁ vādena vādaṁ odhunissāmi niddhunissāmi nipphoṭessāmi. 
;;;Taking him on in debate, I’ll shake him down and about and give him a beating, like a strong brewer’s mixer would grab a strainer by the corners and shake it down and about, and give it a beating! 
;;;“Ahu kho pana te, bhante, dīghatapassinā nigaṇṭhena saddhiṁ kocideva kathāsallāpo”ti? 
;;;“But did you have some discussion with him?” 
;;;“Ahu kho me, gahapati, dīghatapassinā nigaṇṭhena saddhiṁ kocideva kathāsallāpo”ti. 
;;;“I did.” 
;;;“Yathā kathaṁ pana te, bhante, ahu dīghatapassinā nigaṇṭhena saddhiṁ kocideva kathāsallāpo”ti? 
;;;“And what kind of discussion did you have with him?” 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā yāvatako ahosi dīghatapassinā nigaṇṭhena saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ upālissa gahapatissa ārocesi. 
;;;Then the Buddha informed Upāli of all they had discussed. 
;;;“Sace kho tvaṁ, gahapati, sacce patiṭṭhāya manteyyāsi siyā no ettha kathāsallāpo”ti. 
;;;“Householder, so long as you debate on the basis of truth, we can have some discussion about this.” 
;;;hotu no ettha kathāsallāpo”ti. 
;;;Let us have some discussion about this.” 
;;;“Manasi karohi, gahapati, manasi karitvā kho, gahapati, byākarohi. 
;;;“Think about it, householder! You should think before answering. 
;;;hotu no ettha kathāsallāpo’”ti. 
;;; 
;;;hotu no ettha kathāsallāpo’”ti. 
;;; 
;;;hotu no ettha kathāsallāpo’”ti. 
;;; 
;;;sutaṁ te daṇḍakīraññaṁ kāliṅgāraññaṁ majjhāraññaṁ mātaṅgāraññaṁ araññaṁ araññabhūtan”ti? 
;;;Have you heard how the wildernesses of Daṇḍaka, Kaliṅga, Mejjha, and Mātaṅga came to be that way?” 
;;;hotu no ettha kathāsallāpo’”ti. 
;;; 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā upālissa gahapatissa anupubbiṁ kathaṁ kathesi, seyyathidaṁ— 
;;;Then the Buddha taught the householder Upāli step by step, with 
;;;Yadā bhagavā aññāsi upāliṁ gahapatiṁ kallacittaṁ muducittaṁ vinīvaraṇacittaṁ udaggacittaṁ pasannacittaṁ, atha yā buddhānaṁ sāmukkaṁsikā dhammadesanā taṁ pakāsesi— 
;;;And when he knew that Upāli’s mind was ready, pliable, rid of hindrances, elated, and confident he explained the special teaching of the Buddhas: 
;;;yaṁ sudaṁ pubbe yato passati nigaṇṭhaṁ nāṭaputtaṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ disvāna tato paccuggantvā yaṁ tattha āsanaṁ aggañca seṭṭhañca uttamañca paṇītañca taṁ uttarāsaṅgena sammajjitvā pariggahetvā nisīdāpeti so— 
;;;Previously, when Upāli saw the Jain Ñātika coming, he would go out to greet him and, having wiped off the highest and finest seat with his upper robe, he would embrace him and sit him down. 
;;;Bhūtapubbaṁ, bhante, aññatarassa brāhmaṇassa jiṇṇassa vuḍḍhassa mahallakassa daharā māṇavikā pajāpatī ahosi gabbhinī upavijaññā. 
;;;Once upon a time there was an old brahmin, elderly and senior. His wife was a young brahmin lady who was pregnant and about to give birth. 
;;;Nikkaṅkhassa pabhāsakassa; 
;;;confident, his light shines forth; 
;;;Samuggatassa jhāyissa, 
;;;Transcendent, he practices absorption, 
;;;Asitassa hitassa, 
;;;independent and fearless; 
;;;Atha kho nigaṇṭhassa nāṭaputtassa bhagavato sakkāraṁ asahamānassa tattheva uṇhaṁ lohitaṁ mukhato uggacchīti. 
;;;Unable to bear this honor paid to the Buddha, the Jain Ñātika spewed hot blood from his mouth there and then. 
;;;

mn56
mn57#2.1

Atha kho puṇṇo ca koliyaputto govatiko acelo ca seniyo kukkuravatiko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā puṇṇo koliyaputto govatiko bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Acelo pana seniyo kukkuravatiko bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā kukkurova palikujjitvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. ;;;Then Puṇṇa the Koliyan, a cow votary, and the naked ascetic Seniya, a dog votary, went to see the Buddha. Puṇṇa bowed to the Buddha and sat down to one side, while Seniya exchanged greetings and polite conversation with him before sitting down to one side curled up like a dog. 
;;;Idha, puṇṇa, ekacco sabyābajjhaṁ kāyasaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharoti, sabyābajjhaṁ vacīsaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharoti, sabyābajjhaṁ manosaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharoti. 
;;;It’s when someone makes hurtful choices by way of body, speech, and mind. 
;;;

mn57
mn58#4.2

Ekamantaṁ nisinnassa kho abhayassa rājakumārassa sūriyaṁ ulloketvā etadahosi: ;;;Then he looked up at the sun and thought, 
;;;Sace, bhante, na sakkuṇeyyaṁ ādikeneva āhattuṁ, vāmena hatthena sīsaṁ pariggahetvā dakkhiṇena hatthena vaṅkaṅguliṁ karitvā salohitampi āhareyyaṁ. 
;;;If that didn’t work, I’d cradle his head with my left hand and take it out using a hooked finger of my right hand, even if it drew blood. 
;;;

mn58
mn59#1.3

Atha kho pañcakaṅgo thapati yenāyasmā udāyī tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ udāyiṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho pañcakaṅgo thapati āyasmantaṁ udāyiṁ etadavoca: ;;;Then the chamberlain Pañcakaṅga went up to Venerable Udāyī, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him, 
;;;Assosi kho āyasmā ānando āyasmato udāyissa pañcakaṅgena thapatinā saddhiṁ imaṁ kathāsallāpaṁ. 
;;;Venerable Ānanda heard this discussion between Udāyī and Pañcakaṅga. 
;;;Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando yāvatako ahosi āyasmato udāyissa pañcakaṅgena thapatinā saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi. 
;;;and informed the Buddha of all they had discussed. 
;;;

mn59
mn60#7.3

tesametaṁ pāṭikaṅkhaṁ—yamidaṁ kāyasucaritaṁ, vacīsucaritaṁ, manosucaritaṁ—ime tayo kusale dhamme abhinivajjetvā yamidaṁ kāyaduccaritaṁ, vacīduccaritaṁ, manoduccaritaṁ—ime tayo akusale dhamme samādāya vattissanti. ;;;You can expect that they will reject good conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and undertake and implement bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind. 
;;;Santaṁyeva kho pana paraṁ lokaṁ ‘natthi paro loko’ti paraṁ saññāpeti; sāssa hoti asaddhammasaññatti. 
;;;Since there actually is another world, in convincing another that there is no other world they are convincing them to accept an untrue teaching. 
;;;ayañca micchādiṭṭhi micchāsaṅkappo micchāvācā ariyānaṁ paccanīkatā asaddhammasaññatti attukkaṁsanā paravambhanā. Evamassime aneke pāpakā akusalā dhammā sambhavanti micchādiṭṭhipaccayā. 
;;;And that is how these many bad, unskillful qualities come to be with wrong view as condition—wrong view, wrong thought, wrong speech, contradicting the noble ones, convincing others to accept untrue teachings, and glorifying oneself and putting others down. 
;;;Natthi balaṁ, natthi vīriyaṁ, natthi purisathāmo, natthi purisaparakkamo; 
;;;There is no power, no energy, no human strength or vigor. 
;;;sabbe sattā sabbe pāṇā sabbe bhūtā sabbe jīvā avasā abalā avīriyā niyatisaṅgatibhāvapariṇatā chasvevābhijātīsu sukhadukkhaṁ paṭisaṁvedentī’ti. 
;;;All sentient beings, all living creatures, all beings, all souls lack control, power, and energy. Molded by destiny, circumstance, and nature, they experience pleasure and pain in the six classes of rebirth.’ 
;;;‘natthi sabbaso bhavanirodho’ti, tesamayaṁ diṭṭhi sārāgāya santike, saṁyogāya santike, abhinandanāya santike, ajjhosānāya santike, upādānāya santike. 
;;;there is no such thing as the total cessation of continued existence is close to greed, yoking, relishing, attachment, and grasping. 
;;;

mn60
mn61#2.2

Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena ambalaṭṭhikā yenāyasmā rāhulo tenupasaṅkami. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to Ambalaṭṭhika to see Venerable Rāhula. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, rāhula, rañño nāgo īsādanto urūḷhavā abhijāto saṅgāmāvacaro saṅgāmagato purimehipi pādehi kammaṁ karoti, pacchimehipi pādehi kammaṁ karoti, purimenapi kāyena kammaṁ karoti, pacchimenapi kāyena kammaṁ karoti, sīsenapi kammaṁ karoti, kaṇṇehipi kammaṁ karoti, dantehipi kammaṁ karoti, naṅguṭṭhenapi kammaṁ karoti; rakkhateva soṇḍaṁ. 
;;;Suppose there was a royal bull elephant with tusks like chariot-poles, able to draw a heavy load, pedigree and battle-hardened. In battle it uses its fore-feet and hind-feet, its fore-quarters and hind-quarters, its head, ears, tusks, and tail, but it still protects its trunk. 
;;;Katvāpi te, rāhula, manasā kammaṁ tadeva te manokammaṁ paccavekkhitabbaṁ: 
;;; 
;;;akusalaṁ idaṁ manokammaṁ dukkhudrayaṁ dukkhavipākan’ti, evarūpaṁ pana te, rāhula, manokammaṁ aṭṭīyitabbaṁ harāyitabbaṁ jigucchitabbaṁ; 
;;;It’s unskillful, with suffering as its outcome and result.’ Then, Rāhula, you should be horrified, repelled, and disgusted by that deed. 
;;;

mn61
mn62#4.1

Atha kho āyasmā rāhulo “ko najja bhagavatā sammukhā ovādena ovadito gāmaṁ piṇḍāya pavisissatī”ti tato paṭinivattitvā aññatarasmiṁ rukkhamūle nisīdi pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. ;;;Then Rāhula thought, “Who would go to the village for alms today after being advised directly by the Buddha?” Turning back, he sat down cross-legged at the root of a certain tree, setting his body straight, and establishing mindfulness in his presence. 
;;;Addasā kho āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṁ rāhulaṁ aññatarasmiṁ rukkhamūle nisinnaṁ pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;Venerable Sāriputta saw him sitting there, 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā rāhulo sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā rāhulo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, Rāhula came out of retreat, went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him: 
;;;kesā lomā nakhā dantā taco maṁsaṁ nhāru aṭṭhi aṭṭhimiñjaṁ vakkaṁ hadayaṁ yakanaṁ kilomakaṁ pihakaṁ papphāsaṁ antaṁ antaguṇaṁ udariyaṁ karīsaṁ, yaṁ vā panaññampi kiñci ajjhattaṁ paccattaṁ kakkhaḷaṁ kharigataṁ upādinnaṁ— 
;;;head hair, body hair, nails, teeth, skin, flesh, sinews, bones, bone marrow, kidneys, heart, liver, diaphragm, spleen, lungs, intestines, mesentery, undigested food, feces; or anything else internal, pertaining to an individual, that’s hard, solid, and appropriated. 
;;;ayaṁ vuccati, rāhula, ajjhattikā pathavīdhātu. 
;;;This is called the interior earth element. 
;;;uddhaṅgamā vātā, adhogamā vātā, kucchisayā vātā, koṭṭhāsayā vātā, aṅgamaṅgānusārino vātā, assāso passāso iti, yaṁ vā panaññampi kiñci ajjhattaṁ paccattaṁ vāyo vāyogataṁ upādinnaṁ— 
;;;winds that go up or down, winds in the belly or the bowels, winds that flow through the limbs, in-breaths and out-breaths; or anything else internal, pertaining to an individual, that’s air, airy, and appropriated. 
;;;kaṇṇacchiddaṁ nāsacchiddaṁ mukhadvāraṁ, yena ca asitapītakhāyitasāyitaṁ ajjhoharati, yattha ca asitapītakhāyitasāyitaṁ santiṭṭhati, yena ca asitapītakhāyitasāyitaṁ adhobhāgaṁ nikkhamati, yaṁ vā panaññampi kiñci ajjhattaṁ paccattaṁ ākāsaṁ ākāsagataṁ, aghaṁ aghagataṁ, vivaraṁ vivaragataṁ, asamphuṭṭhaṁ, maṁsalohitehi upādinnaṁ— 
;;;the ear canals, nostrils, and mouth; and the space for swallowing what is eaten and drunk, the space where it stays, and the space for excreting it from the nether regions; or anything else internal, pertaining to an individual, that’s space, spacious, and appropriated. 
;;;Idha, rāhula, bhikkhu araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;It’s when a mendicant—gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut—sits down cross-legged, sets their body straight, and establishes mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;

mn62
mn63#2.1

Atha kho āyasmato mālukyaputtassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ;;;Then as Venerable Māluṅkyaputta was in private retreat this thought came to his mind: 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mālukyaputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā mālukyaputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, Māluṅkyaputta came out of retreat and went to the Buddha. He bowed, sat down to one side, and told the Buddha of his thoughts. He then continued: 
;;;“Idha mayhaṁ, bhante, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi— 
;;; 
;;;Seyyathāpi, mālukyaputta, puriso sallena viddho assa savisena gāḷhapalepanena. 
;;;Suppose a man was struck by an arrow thickly smeared with poison. 
;;;Tassa mittāmaccā ñātisālohitā bhisakkaṁ sallakattaṁ upaṭṭhapeyyuṁ. 
;;;His friends and colleagues, relatives and kin would get a surgeon to treat him. 
;;;‘na tāvāhaṁ imaṁ sallaṁ āharissāmi yāva na taṁ purisaṁ jānāmi yenamhi viddho, khattiyo vā brāhmaṇo vā vesso vā suddo vā’ti; 
;;;‘I won’t extract this arrow as long as I don’t know whether the man who wounded me was an aristocrat, a brahmin, a peasant, or a menial.’ 
;;;‘na tāvāhaṁ imaṁ sallaṁ āharissāmi yāva na taṁ purisaṁ jānāmi yenamhi viddho, evaṁnāmo evaṅgotto iti vā’ti; 
;;;‘I won’t extract this arrow as long as I don’t know the following things about the man who wounded me: his name and clan; 
;;;‘na tāvāhaṁ imaṁ sallaṁ āharissāmi yāva na taṁ purisaṁ jānāmi yenamhi viddho, dīgho vā rasso vā majjhimo vā’ti; 
;;;whether he’s tall, short, or medium; 
;;;‘na tāvāhaṁ imaṁ sallaṁ āharissāmi yāva na taṁ purisaṁ jānāmi yenamhi viddho, kāḷo vā sāmo vā maṅguracchavī vā’ti; 
;;;whether his skin is black, brown, or tawny; 
;;;‘na tāvāhaṁ imaṁ sallaṁ āharissāmi yāva na taṁ purisaṁ jānāmi yenamhi viddho, amukasmiṁ gāme vā nigame vā nagare vā’ti; 
;;;and what village, town, or city he comes from. 
;;;‘na tāvāhaṁ imaṁ sallaṁ āharissāmi yāva na taṁ dhanuṁ jānāmi yenamhi viddho, yadi vā cāpo yadi vā kodaṇḍo’ti; 
;;;I won’t extract this arrow as long as I don’t know whether the bow that wounded me was straight or recurved; 
;;;‘na tāvāhaṁ imaṁ sallaṁ āharissāmi yāva na taṁ jiyaṁ jānāmi yāyamhi viddho, yadi vā akkassa yadi vā saṇhassa yadi vā nhārussa yadi vā maruvāya yadi vā khīrapaṇṇino’ti; 
;;;whether the bow-string is made of swallow-wort fibre, sunn hemp fibre, sinew, sanseveria fibre, or spurge fibre; 
;;;‘na tāvāhaṁ imaṁ sallaṁ āharissāmi yāva na taṁ kaṇḍaṁ jānāmi yenamhi viddho, yadi vā gacchaṁ yadi vā ropiman’ti; 
;;;whether the shaft is made from a bush or a plantation tree; 
;;;‘na tāvāhaṁ imaṁ sallaṁ āharissāmi yāva na taṁ kaṇḍaṁ jānāmi yenamhi viddho, yassa pattehi vājitaṁ yadi vā gijjhassa yadi vā kaṅkassa yadi vā kulalassa yadi vā morassa yadi vā sithilahanuno’ti; 
;;;whether the shaft was fitted with feathers from a vulture, a heron, a hawk, a peacock, or a stork; 
;;;‘na tāvāhaṁ imaṁ sallaṁ āharissāmi yāva na taṁ kaṇḍaṁ jānāmi yenamhi viddho, yassa nhārunā parikkhittaṁ yadi vā gavassa yadi vā mahiṁsassa yadi vā bheravassa yadi vā semhārassā’ti; 
;;;whether the shaft was bound with sinews of a cow, a buffalo, a black lion, or an ape; 
;;;‘na tāvāhaṁ imaṁ sallaṁ āharissāmi yāva na taṁ sallaṁ jānāmi yenamhi viddho, yadi vā sallaṁ yadi vā khurappaṁ yadi vā vekaṇḍaṁ yadi vā nārācaṁ yadi vā vacchadantaṁ yadi vā karavīrapattan’ti— 
;;;and whether the arrowhead was spiked, razor-tipped, barbed, made of iron or a calf’s tooth, or lancet-shaped.’ 
;;;

mn63
mn64#3.4

Anusetvevassa sakkāyadiṭṭhānusayo. ;;;Yet the underlying tendency to substantialist view still lies within them. 
;;;So yadeva tattha hoti rūpagataṁ vedanāgataṁ saññāgataṁ saṅkhāragataṁ viññāṇagataṁ te dhamme aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato samanupassati. 
;;;They contemplate the phenomena there—included in form, feeling, perception, choices, and consciousness—as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as a boil, as a dart, as misery, as an affliction, as alien, as falling apart, as empty, as not-self. 
;;;So tehi dhammehi cittaṁ paṭivāpeti. 
;;;They turn their mind away from those things, 
;;;“Ettha kho panesāhaṁ, ānanda, indriyavemattataṁ vadāmī”ti. 
;;;“In that case, I say it is the diversity of their faculties.” 
;;;

mn64
mn65#4.2

Evampi kho tvaṁ, bhaddāli, bhuñjamāno ekāsano yāpessasī”ti. ;;;Eating this way, too, you will sustain yourself.” 
;;;Appeva nāmāhaṁ uttari manussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanavisesaṁ sacchikareyyan’ti. 
;;;Hopefully I’ll realize a superhuman distinction in knowledge and vision worthy of the noble ones.’ 
;;;“ko nu kho, bhante, hetu, ko paccayo yena midhekaccaṁ bhikkhuṁ pasayha pasayha kāraṇaṁ karonti? 
;;;“What is the cause, sir, what is the reason why they punish some monk, repeatedly pressuring him? 
;;;Sādhu vatāyasmanto imassa bhikkhuno tathā tathā upaparikkhatha yathāssidaṁ adhikaraṇaṁ na khippameva vūpasameyyā’ti. 
;;;It’d be good for the venerables to examine this monk in such a way that this disciplinary issue is not quickly settled.’ 
;;;Yato kho, bhaddāli, bhadro assājānīyo abhiṇhakāraṇā anupubbakāraṇā tasmiṁ ṭhāne parinibbuto hoti, tamenaṁ assadamako uttari vaṇṇiyañca pāṇiyañca anuppavecchati. 
;;;When it has done this, the horse trainer next rewards it with a grooming and a rub down. 
;;;

mn65
mn66#3.4

Atha kho āyasmato udāyissa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ;;;Then as Venerable Udāyī was in private retreat this thought came to his mind: 
;;;“bahūnaṁ vata no bhagavā dukkhadhammānaṁ apahattā, bahūnaṁ vata no bhagavā sukhadhammānaṁ upahattā; 
;;;“The Buddha has rid us of so many things that bring suffering and gifted us so many things that bring happiness! 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā udāyī sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā udāyī bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, Udāyī came out of retreat and went to the Buddha. He bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him: 
;;;“idha mayhaṁ, bhante, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: 
;;;“Just now, sir, as I was in private retreat this thought came to mind: 
;;;Bhūtapubbaṁ, bhante, bhikkhū rattandhakāratimisāyaṁ piṇḍāya carantā candanikampi pavisanti, oligallepi papatanti, kaṇṭakāvāṭampi ārohanti, suttampi gāviṁ ārohanti, māṇavehipi samāgacchanti katakammehipi akatakammehipi, mātugāmopi te asaddhammena nimanteti. 
;;;In the past, mendicants went wandering for alms in the dark of the night. They walked into a swamp, or fell into a sewer, or collided with a thorn bush, or collided with a sleeping cow, or encountered youths escaping a crime or on their way to commit one, or were invited by a female to commit a lewd act. 
;;;‘abhumme pisāco vata man’ti. 
;;;‘Woe is me! It’s a damn goblin!’ 
;;;‘Bhikkhussa ātumārī, bhikkhussa mātumārī. 
;;;‘Die, mendicant’s father! Die, mendicant’s mother! 
;;;Varaṁ te, bhikkhu, tiṇhena govikantanena kucchi parikanto, na tveva varaṁ yaṁ rattandhakāratimisāyaṁ kucchihetu piṇḍāya carasī’ti. 
;;;Better to have your belly sliced open with a sharp meat cleaver than to wander for alms in the dark of night for the sake of your belly!’ 
;;;‘kiṁ panimassa appamattakassa oramattakassa adhisallikhatevāyaṁ samaṇo’ti. 
;;;‘What, such a trivial, insignificant thing as this? This ascetic is much too strict!’ 
;;;‘kiṁ panimassa appamattakassa oramattakassa adhisallikhatevāyaṁ samaṇo’ti? 
;;;‘What, such a trivial, insignificant thing as this? This ascetic is much too strict!’ 
;;;Ye ca bhikkhū sikkhākāmā te taṁ pahāya appossukkā pannalomā paradattavuttā migabhūtena cetasā viharanti. 
;;;and when the mendicants who want to train have given that up, they live relaxed, unruffled, surviving on charity, their hearts free as a wild deer. 
;;;tassassa ekaṁ agārakaṁ oluggaviluggaṁ kākātidāyiṁ naparamarūpaṁ, ekā khaṭopikā oluggaviluggā naparamarūpā, ekissā kumbhiyā dhaññasamavāpakaṁ naparamarūpaṁ, ekā jāyikā naparamarūpā. 
;;;He had a single broken-down hovel open to the crows, not the best sort; a single broken-down couch, not the best sort; a single pot for storing grain, not the best sort; and a single wifey, not the best sort. 
;;;‘kiṁ panimassa appamattakassa oramattakassa adhisallikhatevāyaṁ samaṇo’ti? 
;;;‘What, such a trivial, insignificant thing as this? This ascetic is much too strict!’ 
;;;

mn66
mn67#2.1

Tena kho pana samayena sāriputtamoggallānappamukhāni pañcamattāni bhikkhusatāni cātumaṁ anuppattāni honti bhagavantaṁ dassanāya. ;;;Now at that time five hundred mendicants headed by Sāriputta and Moggallāna arrived at Cātumā to see the Buddha. 
;;;“Etāni, bhante, sāriputtamoggallānappamukhāni pañcamattāni bhikkhusatāni cātumaṁ anuppattāni bhagavantaṁ dassanāya. 
;;;And Ānanda told him what had happened. 
;;;“Imāni, bhante, sāriputtamoggallānappamukhāni pañcamattāni bhikkhusatāni cātumaṁ anuppattāni bhagavantaṁ dassanāya. 
;;;And they told him what had happened. 
;;;Atha kho brahmā sahampati bhagavato cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evameva—brahmaloke antarahito bhagavato purato pāturahosi. 
;;;Then the divinity Sahampati knew what the Buddha was thinking. As easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, he vanished from the realm of divinity and reappeared in front of the Buddha. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhikkhū āmantesi: 
;;;Then Venerable Mahāmoggallāna addressed the mendicants, 
;;;“Evamāvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa paṭissutvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pattacīvaramādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ bhagavā etadavoca: 
;;;“Yes, reverend,” replied those mendicants. Then they rose from their seats and, taking their bowls and robes, went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to Venerable Sāriputta, 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ āmantesi: 
;;;Then the Buddha addressed Venerable Mahāmoggallāna, 
;;;“kinti te, moggallāna, ahosi mayā bhikkhusaṅghe paṇāmite”ti? 
;;;“Moggallāna, what did you think when the mendicant Saṅgha was dismissed by me?” 
;;;“Sādhu sādhu, moggallāna. 
;;;“Good, good, Moggallāna! 
;;;Ahaṁ vā hi, moggallāna, bhikkhusaṅghaṁ parihareyyaṁ sāriputtamoggallānā vā”ti. 
;;;For either I should lead the mendicant Saṅgha, or else Sāriputta and Moggallāna.” 
;;;Ūmibhayaṁ, kumbhīlabhayaṁ, āvaṭṭabhayaṁ, susukābhayaṁ— 
;;;The dangers of waves, gharials, whirlpools, and sharks. 
;;;‘mayaṁ kho pubbe agāriyabhūtā samānā aññe ovadāma, anusāsāma. 
;;;‘Formerly, as laypeople, we advised and instructed others. 
;;;Saṁvijjanti kho pana me kule bhogā. 
;;;And it’s true that my family is wealthy. 
;;;

mn67
mn68#6.2

Vivekaṁ, anuruddhā, kāmehi vivekaṁ akusalehi dhammehi pītisukhaṁ nādhigacchati aññaṁ vā tato santataraṁ, tassa abhijjhāpi cittaṁ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati, byāpādopi cittaṁ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati, thinamiddhampi cittaṁ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati uddhaccakukkuccampi cittaṁ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati, vicikicchāpi cittaṁ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati, aratīpi cittaṁ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati, tandīpi cittaṁ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati. ;;;Take someone who doesn’t achieve the rapture and bliss that are secluded from sensual pleasures and unskillful qualities, or something even more peaceful than that. Their mind is still occupied by desire, ill will, dullness and drowsiness, restlessness and remorse, doubt, discontent, and sloth. 
;;;‘itthannāmo bhikkhu kālaṅkato; 
;;;‘The monk named so-and-so has passed away. 
;;;

mn68
mn69#0.2

Goliyānisutta ;;;With Gulissāni 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena goliyāni nāma bhikkhu āraññiko padasamācāro saṅghamajjhe osaṭo hoti kenacideva karaṇīyena. 
;;;Now at that time a wilderness mendicant of boorish behavior named Gulissāni had come down to the midst of the Saṅgha on some business. 
;;;Āraññikenāvuso, bhikkhunā saṅghagatena saṅghe viharantena ābhisamācārikopi dhammo jānitabbo. 
;;;A wilderness monk who has come to stay in the Saṅgha should know even the supplementary regulations. 
;;;Āraññikenāvuso, bhikkhunā saṅghagatena saṅghe viharantena nātikālena gāmo pavisitabbo nātidivā paṭikkamitabbaṁ. 
;;;A wilderness monk who has come to stay in the Saṅgha shouldn’t enter the village too early or return too late in the day. 
;;;Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā mahāmoggallāno āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;When Venerable Sāriputta said this, Venerable Mahāmoggallāna said to him, 
;;;“Āraññikenāpi kho, āvuso moggallāna, bhikkhunā ime dhammā samādāya vattitabbā pageva gāmantavihārinā”ti. 
;;;“Reverend Moggallāna, these things should be undertaken and followed by wilderness monks, and still more by those who live within a village.” 
;;;

mn69
mn70#27.6

‘kāmaṁ taco ca nhāru ca aṭṭhi ca avasissatu, sarīre upassussatu maṁsalohitaṁ, yaṁ taṁ purisathāmena purisavīriyena purisaparakkamena pattabbaṁ na taṁ apāpuṇitvā vīriyassa saṇṭhānaṁ bhavissatī’ti. ;;;‘Gladly, let only skin, sinews, and bones remain! Let the flesh and blood waste away in my body! I will not relax my energy until I have achieved what is possible by human strength, energy, and vigor.’ 
;;;

mn70
mn72#17.6

Yāpi me esā bhoto gotamassa purimena kathāsallāpena ahu pasādamattā sāpi me etarahi antarahitā”ti. ;;;And I’ve now lost even the degree of clarity I had from previous discussions with Mister Gotama.” 
;;;“Na upeti, bho gotama, yañhi so, bho gotama, aggi tiṇakaṭṭhupādānaṁ paṭicca ajali tassa ca pariyādānā aññassa ca anupahārā anāhāro nibbutotveva saṅkhyaṁ gacchatī”ti. 
;;;“It doesn’t apply, Mister Gotama. The fire depended on grass and logs as fuel. When that runs out, and no more fuel is added, the fire is reckoned to have become quenched due to lack of fuel.” 
;;;Tassa aniccatā sākhāpalāsā palujjeyyuṁ, tacapapaṭikā palujjeyyuṁ, pheggū palujjeyyuṁ; 
;;;And because it’s impermanent, its branches and foliage, bark and shoots, and softwood would fall off. 
;;;

mn72
mn73#7.2

Atthi pana te bhoto gotamassa ekabhikkhupi sāvako yo āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharatī”ti? ;;;is there even a single monk disciple of Mister Gotama who has realized the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life, and lives having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements?” 
;;;uttari ca me bhagavā dhammaṁ desetū”ti. 
;;;Please teach me further.” 
;;;‘anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhaveyyaṁ—ekopi hutvā bahudhā assaṁ, bahudhāpi hutvā eko assaṁ; āvibhāvaṁ, tirobhāvaṁ; tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamāno gaccheyyaṁ, seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ kareyyaṁ, seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gaccheyyaṁ, seyyathāpi pathaviyaṁ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kameyyaṁ, seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve pāṇinā parimaseyyaṁ, parimajjeyyaṁ; yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vatteyyan’ti, 
;;;‘May I wield the many kinds of psychic power: multiplying myself and becoming one again; appearing and disappearing; going unobstructed through a wall, a rampart, or a mountain as if through space; diving in and out of the earth as if it were water; walking on water as if it were earth; flying cross-legged through the sky like a bird; touching and stroking with my hand the sun and moon, so mighty and powerful; controlling my body as far as the realm of divinity.’ 
;;;

mn73
mn74#9.1

Ayaṁ kho panaggivessana, kāyo rūpī cātumahābhūtiko mātāpettikasambhavo odanakummāsūpacayo aniccucchādanaparimaddanabhedanaviddhaṁsanadhammo, aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato samanupassitabbo. ;;;Aggivessana, this body is physical. It’s made up of the four principal states, produced by mother and father, built up from rice and porridge, liable to impermanence, to wearing away and erosion, to breaking up and destruction. You should see it as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as a boil, as a dart, as misery, as an affliction, as alien, as falling apart, as empty, as not-self. 
;;;Tassimaṁ kāyaṁ aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato samanupassato yo kāyasmiṁ kāyachando kāyasneho kāyanvayatā sā pahīyati. 
;;;Doing so, you’ll give up desire, affection, and subservience to the body. 
;;;

mn74
mn75#1.2

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kurūsu viharati kammāsadhammaṁ nāma kurūnaṁ nigamo, bhāradvājagottassa brāhmaṇassa agyāgāre tiṇasanthārake. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Kurus, near the Kuru town named Kammāsadamma, on a grass mat in the fire chamber of a brahmin of the Bhāradvāja clan. 
;;;Ye mayaṁ tassa bhoto gotamassa bhūnahuno seyyaṁ addasāmā”ti. 
;;;to see a bed for Mister Gotama, that baby-killer!” 
;;;“Sace taṁ bhoto māgaṇḍiyassa agaru āroceyyāmi taṁ samaṇassa gotamassā”ti. 
;;;“If you don’t mind, I’ll tell the ascetic Gotama about this.” 
;;;Assosi kho bhagavā dibbāya sotadhātuyā visuddhāya atikkantamānusikāya bhāradvājagottassa brāhmaṇassa māgaṇḍiyena paribbājakena saddhiṁ imaṁ kathāsallāpaṁ. 
;;;With clairaudience that is purified and superhuman, the Buddha heard this discussion between the brahmin of the Bhāradvāja clan and the wanderer Māgaṇḍiya. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena bhāradvājagottassa brāhmaṇassa agyāgāraṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā nisīdi bhagavā paññatte tiṇasanthārake. 
;;;Coming out of retreat, he went to the brahmin’s fire chamber and sat on the grass mat. 
;;;“ahu pana te, bhāradvāja, māgaṇḍiyena paribbājakena saddhiṁ imaṁyeva tiṇasanthārakaṁ ārabbha kocideva kathāsallāpo”ti? 
;;;“Bhāradvāja, did you have a discussion with the wanderer Māgaṇḍiya about this grass mat?” 
;;;Ayañca hi bhagavato bhāradvājagottena brāhmaṇena saddhiṁ antarākathā vippakatā hoti. 
;;;But this conversation between the Buddha and the brahmin was left unfinished. 
;;;So kho ahaṁ, māgaṇḍiya, vassike pāsāde vassike cattāro māse nippurisehi tūriyehi paricārayamāno na heṭṭhāpāsādaṁ orohāmi. 
;;;I stayed in a stilt longhouse without coming downstairs for the four months of the rainy season, where I was entertained by musicians—none of them men. 
;;;Tassa mittāmaccā ñātisālohitā bhisakkaṁ sallakattaṁ upaṭṭhāpeyyuṁ. 
;;;Their friends and colleagues, relatives and kin would get a surgeon to treat them. 
;;;Tassa so bhisakko sallakatto bhesajjaṁ kareyya. 
;;;The surgeon would make medicine for them, 
;;;Tassa mittāmaccā ñātisālohitā bhisakkaṁ sallakattaṁ upaṭṭhāpeyyuṁ. 
;;;Their friends and colleagues, relatives and kin would get a surgeon to treat them. 
;;;Tassa so bhisakko sallakatto bhesajjaṁ kareyya. 
;;;The surgeon would make medicine for them, 
;;;Yathā yathā kho, māgaṇḍiya, asu kuṭṭhī puriso arugatto pakkagatto kimīhi khajjamāno nakhehi vaṇamukhāni vippatacchamāno aṅgārakāsuyā kāyaṁ paritāpeti tathā tathāssa tāni vaṇamukhāni asucitarāni ceva honti duggandhatarāni ca pūtikatarāni ca, hoti ceva kāci sātamattā assādamattā—yadidaṁ vaṇamukhānaṁ kaṇḍūvanahetu; 
;;;The more they scratch their wounds and cauterize their body, the more their wounds become foul, stinking, and infected. But still, they derive a degree of pleasure and gratification from the itchiness of their wounds. 
;;;so na passeyya kaṇhasukkāni rūpāni, na passeyya nīlakāni rūpāni, na passeyya pītakāni rūpāni, na passeyya lohitakāni rūpāni, na passeyya mañjiṭṭhakāni rūpāni, na passeyya samavisamaṁ, na passeyya tārakarūpāni, na passeyya candimasūriye. 
;;;They couldn’t see sights that are dark or bright, or blue, yellow, red, or magenta. They couldn’t see even and uneven ground, or the stars, or the moon and sun. 
;;;Tamenaṁ aññataro puriso telamalikatena sāhuḷicīrena vañceyya: 
;;;But someone would cheat them with a dirty, soiled garment, saying: 
;;;Ayaṁ kho pana, māgaṇḍiya, kāyo rogabhūto gaṇḍabhūto sallabhūto aghabhūto ābādhabhūto, so tvaṁ imaṁ kāyaṁ rogabhūtaṁ gaṇḍabhūtaṁ sallabhūtaṁ aghabhūtaṁ ābādhabhūtaṁ: 
;;;But Māgaṇḍiya, this body is a disease, a boil, a dart, a misery, an affliction. Yet you say of this body: 
;;;Tassa mittāmaccā ñātisālohitā bhisakkaṁ sallakattaṁ upaṭṭhāpeyyuṁ. 
;;;Their friends and colleagues, relatives and kin would get a surgeon to treat them. 
;;;Tassa so bhisakko sallakatto bhesajjaṁ kareyya. 
;;;The surgeon would make medicine for them, 
;;;Tassa mittāmaccā ñātisālohitā bhisakkaṁ sallakattaṁ upaṭṭhāpeyyuṁ. 
;;;Their friends and colleagues, relatives and kin would get a surgeon to treat them. 
;;;Tassa so bhisakko sallakatto bhesajjaṁ kareyya— 
;;;The surgeon would make medicine for them: 
;;;ime rogā gaṇḍā sallā; 
;;;‘These are diseases, boils, and darts. 
;;;idha rogā gaṇḍā sallā aparisesā nirujjhanti. 
;;;And here is where diseases, boils, and darts cease without anything left over.’ 
;;;

mn75
mn76#3.1

Atha kho āyasmā ānando sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito bhikkhū āmantesi: ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Ānanda came out of retreat and addressed the mendicants: 
;;;Cuddasa kho panimāni yonipamukhasatasahassāni saṭṭhi ca satāni cha ca satāni pañca ca kammuno satāni pañca ca kammāni tīṇi ca kammāni, kamme ca aḍḍhakamme ca, dvaṭṭhipaṭipadā, dvaṭṭhantarakappā, chaḷābhijātiyo, aṭṭha purisabhūmiyo, ekūnapaññāsa ājīvakasate, ekūnapaññāsa paribbājakasate, ekūnapaññāsa nāgāvāsasate, vīse indriyasate, tiṁse nirayasate, chattiṁsa rajodhātuyo, satta saññīgabbhā, satta asaññīgabbhā, satta nigaṇṭhigabbhā, satta devā, satta mānusā, satta pesācā, satta sarā, satta pavuṭā, satta papātā, satta papātasatāni, satta supinā, satta supinasatāni, cullāsīti mahākappino satasahassāni, yāni bāle ca paṇḍite ca sandhāvitvā saṁsaritvā dukkhassantaṁ karissanti. 
;;;There are 1.4 million main wombs, and 6,000, and 600. There are 500 deeds, and five, and three. There are deeds and half-deeds. There are 62 paths, 62 sub-eons, six classes of rebirth, and eight stages in a person’s life. There are 4,900 Ājīvaka ascetics, 4,900 wanderers, and 4,900 naked ascetics. There are 2,000 faculties, 3,000 hells, and 36 realms of dust. There are seven percipient embryos, seven non-percipient embryos, and seven knotless embryos. There are seven gods, seven humans, and seven goblins. There are seven lakes, seven rivers, 700 rivers, seven cliffs, and 700 cliffs. There are seven dreams and 700 dreams. There are 8.4 million great eons through which the foolish and the astute transmigrate before making an end of suffering. 
;;;So mandattā momūhattā tattha tattha pañhaṁ puṭṭho samāno vācāvikkhepaṁ āpajjati amarāvikkhepaṁ: 
;;;Because of that, whenever they’re asked a question, they resort to verbal flip-flops and endless flip-flops: 
;;;Imāni kho tāni, sandaka, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena cattāri anassāsikāni brahmacariyāni akkhātāni yattha viññū puriso sasakkaṁ brahmacariyaṁ na vaseyya, vasanto ca nārādheyya ñāyaṁ dhammaṁ kusalan”ti. 
;;;These are the four kinds of unreliable spiritual life that have been explained by the Blessed One, who knows and sees, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha. A sensible person would, to the best of their ability, not practice such spiritual paths, and if they did practice them, they wouldn’t complete the system of the skillful teaching.” 
;;;Yasmiṁ kho, sandaka, satthari sāvako evarūpaṁ uḷāravisesaṁ adhigacchati tattha viññū puriso sasakkaṁ brahmacariyaṁ vaseyya, vasanto ca ārādheyya ñāyaṁ dhammaṁ kusalaṁ. 
;;;A sensible person would, to the best of their ability, lead the spiritual life under a teacher who achieves such a high distinction, and, once practicing it, they would complete the system of the skillful teaching. 
;;;

mn76
mn77#6.16

Ko nu kho imesaṁ bhavataṁ samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṁ saṅghīnaṁ gaṇīnaṁ gaṇācariyānaṁ ñātānaṁ yasassinaṁ titthakarānaṁ sādhusammatānaṁ bahujanassa sāvakānaṁ sakkato garukato mānito pūjito, kañca pana sāvakā sakkatvā garuṁ katvā upanissāya viharantī’ti? ;;;Which of these ascetics and brahmins is honored, respected, revered, and venerated by their disciples? And how do their disciples, after honoring and respecting them, remain loyal?’ 
;;;Tamenāññataro sabrahmacārī jaṇṇukena ghaṭṭesi: 
;;;And one of their spiritual companions nudged them with their knee, to indicate, 
;;;Seyyathāpi nāma puriso cātummahāpathe khuddamadhuṁ anelakaṁ pīḷeyya. 
;;;It’s like when there’s a person at the crossroads pressing out pure dwarf-bee honey, 
;;;“Kati pana tvaṁ, udāyi, mayi dhamme samanupassasi, yehi mamaṁ sāvakā sakkaronti garuṁ karonti mānenti pūjenti, sakkatvā garuṁ katvā upanissāya viharantī”ti? 
;;;“But Udāyī, how many qualities do you see in me, because of which my disciples honor, respect, revere, and venerate me; and after honoring and respecting me, they remain loyal to me?” 
;;;Yampudāyi, mamaṁ sāvakā adhisīle sambhāventi: 
;;;Since this is so, 
;;;“Na kho panāhaṁ, udāyi, sāvakesu anusāsaniṁ paccāsīsāmi; 
;;;“That’s because I don’t expect to be instructed by my disciples. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, udāyi, dakkho nhāpako vā nhāpakantevāsī vā kaṁsathāle nhānīyacuṇṇāni ākiritvā udakena paripphosakaṁ paripphosakaṁ sanneyya, sāyaṁ nhānīyapiṇḍi snehānugatā snehaparetā santarabāhirā phuṭā snehena na ca pagghariṇī; 
;;;It’s like when a deft bathroom attendant or their apprentice pours bath powder into a bronze dish, sprinkling it little by little with water. They knead it until the ball of bath powder is soaked and saturated with moisture, spread through inside and out; yet no moisture oozes out. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, udāyi, udakarahado gambhīro ubbhidodako. Tassa nevassa puratthimāya disāya udakassa āyamukhaṁ, na pacchimāya disāya udakassa āyamukhaṁ, na uttarāya disāya udakassa āyamukhaṁ, na dakkhiṇāya disāya udakassa āyamukhaṁ, devo ca na kālena kālaṁ sammā dhāraṁ anuppaveccheyya; 
;;;It’s like a deep lake fed by spring water. There’s no inlet to the east, west, north, or south, and the heavens would not properly bestow showers from time to time. 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, udāyi, akkhātā mayā sāvakānaṁ paṭipadā, yathāpaṭipannā me sāvakā anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhonti—ekopi hutvā bahudhā honti, bahudhāpi hutvā eko hoti; āvibhāvaṁ, tirobhāvaṁ; tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamānā gacchanti, seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ karonti, seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gacchanti, seyyathāpi pathaviyaṁ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kamanti, seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve pāṇinā parimasanti parimajjanti, yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vattenti. 
;;;Furthermore, I have explained to my disciples a practice that they use to wield the many kinds of psychic power: multiplying themselves and becoming one again; appearing and disappearing; going unobstructed through a wall, a rampart, or a mountain as if through space; diving in and out of the earth as if it were water; walking on water as if it were earth; flying cross-legged through the sky like a bird; touching and stroking with the hand the sun and moon, so mighty and powerful. They control the body as far as the realm of divinity. 
;;;Evameva kho, udāyi, akkhātā mayā sāvakānaṁ paṭipadā, yathāpaṭipannā me sāvakā anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhonti—ekopi hutvā bahudhā honti, bahudhāpi hutvā eko hoti; āvibhāvaṁ, tirobhāvaṁ; tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamānā gacchanti, seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ karonti, seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gacchanti, seyyathāpi pathaviyaṁ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kamanti, seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve pāṇinā parimasanti parimajjanti, yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vattenti. 
;;;In the same way, I have explained to my disciples a practice that they use to wield the many kinds of psychic power … 
;;;

mn77
mn78#1.3

Tena kho pana samayena uggāhamāno paribbājako samaṇamuṇḍikāputto samayappavādake tindukācīre ekasālake mallikāya ārāme paṭivasati mahatiyā paribbājakaparisāya saddhiṁ pañcamattehi paribbājakasatehi. ;;;Now at that time the wanderer Uggāhamāna Samaṇamaṇḍikāputta was residing together with around five hundred wanderers in Mallikā’s single-halled monastery for philosophical debates, hedged by pale-moon ebony trees. 
;;;paṭisallīno bhagavā. 
;;;as he’s in retreat. 
;;;paṭisallīnā manobhāvaniyā bhikkhū. 
;;;as they’re in retreat. 
;;;Yannūnāhaṁ yena samayappavādako tindukācīro ekasālako mallikāya ārāmo yena uggāhamāno paribbājako samaṇamuṇḍikāputto tenupasaṅkameyyan”ti. 
;;;Why don’t I go to Mallikā’s monastery to visit the wanderer Uggāhamāna?” 
;;;Atha kho pañcakaṅgo thapati yena samayappavādako tindukācīro ekasālako mallikāya ārāmo yena uggāhamāno paribbājako samaṇamuṇḍikāputto tenupasaṅkami. 
;;;So that’s what he did. 
;;;Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho pañcakaṅgo thapati yāvatako ahosi uggāhamānena paribbājakena samaṇamuṇḍikāputtena saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi. 
;;;and informed the Buddha of all that had been discussed. 
;;;Daharassa hi, thapati, kumārassa mandassa uttānaseyyakassa saṅkappotipi na hoti, kuto pana pāpakaṁ saṅkappaṁ saṅkappissati, aññatra vikūjitamattā. 
;;;And a little baby doesn’t even have a concept of ‘thought’, so how could they possibly think bad thoughts, aside from just whimpering? 
;;;

mn78
mn79#4.2

Atha kho sakuludāyī paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: ;;;who said to him, 
;;;yadā pana, bhante, bhagavā imaṁ parisaṁ upasaṅkanto hoti athāhañceva ayañca parisā bhagavato mukhaṁ ullokentā nisinnā homa: 
;;;But when the Buddha has come to the assembly, both myself and the assembly sit gazing up at your face, thinking, 
;;;Te mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā sake ācariyake samanuyuñjiyamānā samanuggāhiyamānā samanubhāsiyamānā rittā tucchā aparaddhā”ti. 
;;;But when pursued, pressed, and grilled on our own tradition, we turned out to be vacuous, hollow, and mistaken. 
;;;“Na kho sā, bhante, ākāravatī paṭipadā ekantasukhassa lokassa sacchikiriyāya, sacchikato hissa, bhante, ettāvatā ekantasukho loko hotī”ti. 
;;;“Sir, that’s not the grounded path for realizing a world of perfect happiness. At that point a perfectly happy world has already been realized.” 
;;;Yā tā devatā ekantasukhaṁ lokaṁ upapannā tāhi devatāhi saddhiṁ santiṭṭhati sallapati sākacchaṁ samāpajjati. 
;;;There are deities who have been reborn in a perfectly happy world. That mendicant associates with them, converses, and engages in discussion. 
;;;Seyyathāpi nāma udakamaṇiko hutvā udañcaniko assa, evaṁ sampadamidaṁ bhoto udāyissa bhavissati. 
;;;You’ll end up like a water jar that turns into a water ladle. 
;;;

mn79
mn80#0.2

Vekhanasasutta ;;;With Vekhanasa 
;;;Atha kho vekhanaso paribbājako yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi. 
;;;Then the wanderer Vekhanasa went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;‘Kāmehi, bho gotama, kāmasukhaṁ, kāmasukhā kāmaggasukhaṁ, tattha aggamakkhāyatī’”ti 
;;;Mister Gotama, from the senses comes sensual pleasure. Beyond sensual pleasure is the pleasure that surmounts the sensual, which is said to be the best of these.” 
;;;kāmā vā kāmasukhaṁ vā kāmaggasukhaṁ vā. 
;;;the senses, sensual pleasure, and the pleasure that surmounts the sensual. 
;;;evaṁ kira sammā bandhanā vippamokkho hoti, yadidaṁ avijjā bandhanā. 
;;;‘So this is how to be rightly released from the bond, that is, the bond of ignorance.’ 
;;;

mn80
mn81#2.5

Atha kho āyasmā ānando ekaṁsaṁ cīvaraṁ katvā yena bhagavā tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: ;;;So Ānanda arranged his robe over one shoulder, raised his joined palms toward the Buddha, and said, 
;;;“Bhūtapubbaṁ, ānanda, imasmiṁ padese vegaḷiṅgaṁ nāma gāmanigamo ahosi iddho ceva phīto ca bahujano ākiṇṇamanusso. 
;;;“Once upon a time, Ānanda, there was a market town in this spot named Vebhaliṅga. It was successful and prosperous, populous, full of people. 
;;;‘Tena hi, samma jotipāla, sottisināniṁ ādāya nadiṁ gamissāma sināyitun’ti. 
;;;‘Well then, dear Jotipāla, let’s take some bathing cleanser and go to the river to bathe.’ 
;;;Atha kho, ānanda, ghaṭikāro kumbhakāro jotipālaṁ māṇavaṁ sīsaṁnhātaṁ kesesu parāmasitvā etadavoca: 
;;;Then Ghaṭīkāra grabbed Jotipāla by the hair of his freshly-washed head and said, 
;;;‘yāvatādohipi, samma ghaṭikārā’ti? 
;;;‘You’d even milk it to this extent, dear Ghaṭīkāra?’ 
;;;Atha kho, ānanda, kikī kāsirājā tassā rattiyā accayena sake nivesane paṇītaṁ khādanīyaṁ bhojanīyaṁ paṭiyādāpetvā paṇḍupuṭakassa sālino vigatakāḷakaṁ anekasūpaṁ anekabyañjanaṁ, kassapassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa kālaṁ ārocāpesi: 
;;;And when the night had passed, King Kikī had delicious fresh and cooked foods prepared in his own home—soft saffron rice with the dark grains picked out, served with many soups and sauces. Then he had the Buddha informed of the time, saying, 
;;;Ghaṭikāro kho, mahārāja, kumbhakāro pannamusalo na sahatthā pathaviṁ khaṇati. 
;;;He has put down the shovel and doesn’t dig the earth with his own hands. 
;;;Yaṁ hoti kūlapaluggaṁ vā mūsikukkaro vā taṁ kājena āharitvā bhājanaṁ karitvā evamāha: 
;;;He takes what has crumbled off by a riverbank or been dug up by mice, and brings it back in a carrier. When he has made a pot, he says, 
;;;Atha khvāhaṁ, mahārāja, kumbhiyā odanaṁ gahetvā pariyogā sūpaṁ gahetvā paribhuñjitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkamiṁ. 
;;;So that’s what I did. And after eating I got up from my seat and left. 
;;;Atha kho, mahārāja, ghaṭikāraṁ kumbhakāraṁ aḍḍhamāsaṁ pītisukhaṁ na vijahati, sattāhaṁ mātāpitūnaṁ. 
;;;Then joy and happiness did not leave him for a fortnight, or his parents for a week. 
;;;“natthi kho, bhante, ghaṭikārassa kumbhakārassa nivesane tiṇaṁ, atthi ca khvāssa āvesane tiṇacchadanan”ti. 
;;;“Sir, there’s no grass there, but his workshop has a grass roof.” 
;;;Atha kho, mahārāja, āvesanaṁ sabbantaṁ temāsaṁ ākāsacchadanaṁ aṭṭhāsi, na devotivassi. 
;;;Then the workshop remained with the atmosphere for a roof for the whole three months, but the heavens did not rain on it. 
;;;Tāni, bhante, paṭiggaṇhathā’ti. 
;;;Please accept them.’ 
;;;

mn81
mn82#2.1

Assosuṁ kho thullakoṭṭhikā brāhmaṇagahapatikā: ;;;The brahmins and householders of Thullakoṭṭhika heard: 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena raṭṭhapālo nāma kulaputto tasmiṁyeva thullakoṭṭhike aggakulassa putto tissaṁ parisāyaṁ nisinno hoti. 
;;;Now at that time a gentleman named Raṭṭhapāla, the son of the leading clan in Thullakoṭṭhika, was sitting in the assembly. 
;;;“tvaṁ khosi, tāta raṭṭhapāla, amhākaṁ ekaputtako piyo manāpo sukhedhito sukhaparibhato. 
;;;“But, dear Raṭṭhapāla, you’re our only child. You’re dear to us and we love you. You’re dainty and raised in comfort. 
;;;Kiṁ pana te taṁ jīvantaṁ anujānissanti agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajjāya. 
;;;So how can they allow you to go forth while you’re still alive? 
;;;Sace pana tumhe raṭṭhapālaṁ kulaputtaṁ anujānissatha agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajjāya, pabbajitampi naṁ dakkhissatha. 
;;;But if you do allow him to go forth, you’ll see him again afterwards. 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā raṭṭhapālo taṁ ābhidosikaṁ kummāsaṁ aññataraṁ kuṭṭamūlaṁ nissāya paribhuñjati. 
;;;Now at that time Raṭṭhapāla was eating last night’s porridge by a wall. 
;;;Bhutvā nivāpaṁ gacchāma, 
;;;I’ve eaten the bait and now I go, 
;;;“idha bhavaṁ raṭṭhapālo hatthatthare nisīdatū”ti. 
;;;“Here, Mister Raṭṭhapāla, sit on this elephant rug.” 
;;;Idha, bho raṭṭhapāla, ekacco jiṇṇo hoti vuḍḍho mahallako addhagato vayoanuppatto. 
;;;It’s when someone is old, elderly, and senior, advanced in years, and has reached the final stage of life. 
;;;‘ahaṁ khomhi etarahi jiṇṇo vuḍḍho mahallako addhagato vayoanuppatto. 
;;;‘I’m now old, elderly, and senior. I’m advanced in years and have reached the final stage of life. 
;;;Ime kho, mahārāja, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena cattāro dhammuddesā uddiṭṭhā, ye ahaṁ ñatvā ca disvā ca sutvā ca agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajito”ti. 
;;;The Blessed One who knows and sees, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha taught these four summaries of the teaching. It was after knowing and seeing and hearing these that I went forth from the lay life to homelessness.” 
;;;Etarahi jiṇṇo vuḍḍho mahallako addhagato vayoanuppatto āsītiko me vayo vattati. 
;;;For now I am old, elderly, and senior, I’m advanced in years and have reached the final stage of life. I am eighty years old. 
;;;bahu tattha dhanadhaññaṁ; 
;;;And there’s plenty of money and grain, 
;;;Sakkā ca tāvatakeneva balamattena abhivijinituṁ. 
;;;With your current forces you can conquer it. 
;;;Etampi disvā pabbajitomhi rāja, 
;;;Seeing this, too, I went forth, O King; 
;;;

mn82
mn83#5.2

So mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā vihāsi, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ; iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā vihāsi. ;;;He meditated spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, he spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. 
;;;Tena kho pana, ānanda, samayena nimi rājā tadahuposathe pannarase sīsaṁnhāto uposathiko uparipāsādavaragato nisinno hoti. 
;;;Now at that time it was the fifteenth day sabbath, and King Nimi had bathed his head and was sitting upstairs in the royal longhouse to observe the sabbath. 
;;;Sampavesesi kho, ānanda, mātali, saṅgāhako nimiṁ rājānaṁ sudhammaṁ sabhaṁ. 
;;;Mātali brought King Nimi to the Hall of Justice. 
;;;

mn83
mn84#1.2

ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā mahākaccāno madhurāyaṁ viharati gundāvane. ;;;At one time Venerable Mahākaccāna was staying near Madhurā, in Gunda’s Grove. 
;;;Nesaṁ ettha kiñci nānākaraṇaṁ samanupassāmī”ti. 
;;;I can’t see any difference between them.” 
;;;Yā hissa, bho kaccāna, pubbe ‘khattiyo’ti samaññā sāssa antarahitā; corotveva saṅkhyaṁ gacchatī”ti. 
;;;Because he’s lost his former status as an aristocrat, and is just reckoned as a bandit.” 
;;;Tameva tvaṁ bhagavantaṁ saraṇaṁ gaccha yamahaṁ saraṇaṁ gato”ti. 
;;;You should go for refuge to that same Blessed One to whom I have gone for refuge.” 
;;;

mn84
mn85#2.1

Tena kho pana samayena bodhissa rājakumārassa kokanado nāma pāsādo acirakārito hoti anajjhāvuṭṭho samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā kenaci vā manussabhūtena. ;;;Now at that time a new stilt longhouse named Pink Lotus had recently been constructed for Prince Bodhi. It had not yet been occupied by an ascetic or brahmin or any person at all. 
;;;“bodhi kho rājakumāro bhoto gotamassa pāde sirasā vandati, appābādhaṁ appātaṅkaṁ lahuṭṭhānaṁ balaṁ phāsuvihāraṁ pucchati. 
;;; 
;;;‘kittāvatā no, āvuso kālāma, imaṁ dhammaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharāmīti pavedesī’ti? 
;;;‘Reverend Kālāma, to what extent do you say you’ve realized this teaching with your own insight?’ 
;;;Iti kho, rājakumāra, āḷāro kālāmo ācariyo me samāno attano antevāsiṁ maṁ samānaṁ attanā samasamaṁ ṭhapesi, uḷārāya ca maṁ pūjāya pūjesi. 
;;;And that is how my tutor Āḷāra Kālāma placed me, his pupil, on the same position as him, and honored me with lofty praise. 
;;;So kho ahaṁ, rājakumāra, kiṅkusalagavesī anuttaraṁ santivarapadaṁ pariyesamāno yena udako rāmaputto tenupasaṅkamiṁ; upasaṅkamitvā udakaṁ rāmaputtaṁ etadavocaṁ: 
;;;I set out to discover what is skillful, seeking the supreme state of sublime peace. I approached Uddaka son of Rāma and said to him, 
;;;‘icchāmahaṁ, āvuso, imasmiṁ dhammavinaye brahmacariyaṁ caritun’ti. 
;;;‘Reverend, I wish to lead the spiritual life in this teaching and training.’ 
;;;Atha khvāhaṁ, rājakumāra, yena udako rāmaputto tenupasaṅkamiṁ; upasaṅkamitvā udakaṁ rāmaputtaṁ etadavocaṁ: 
;;;So I approached Uddaka son of Rāma and said to him, 
;;;Seyyathāpi, rājakumāra, allaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ sasnehaṁ udake nikkhittaṁ. 
;;;Suppose there was a green, sappy log, and it was lying in water. 
;;;api nu so puriso amuṁ allaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ sasnehaṁ udake nikkhittaṁ uttarāraṇiṁ ādāya abhimanthento aggiṁ abhinibbatteyya, tejo pātukareyyā”ti? 
;;;By drilling the stick against that green, sappy log lying in water, could they light a fire and produce heat?” 
;;;Aduñhi, bhante, allaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ sasnehaṁ tañca pana udake nikkhittaṁ, 
;;;Because it’s a green, sappy log, and it’s lying in the water. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, rājakumāra, allaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ sasnehaṁ ārakā udakā thale nikkhittaṁ. 
;;;Suppose there was a green, sappy log, and it was lying on dry land far from the water. 
;;;api nu so puriso amuṁ allaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ sasnehaṁ ārakā udakā thale nikkhittaṁ uttarāraṇiṁ ādāya abhimanthento aggiṁ abhinibbatteyya, tejo pātukareyyā”ti? 
;;;By drilling the stick against that green, sappy log on dry land far from water, could they light a fire and produce heat?” 
;;;Aduñhi, bhante, allaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ sasnehaṁ kiñcāpi ārakā udakā thale nikkhittaṁ, 
;;;Because it’s still a green, sappy log, despite the fact that it’s lying on dry land far from water. 
;;;Āraddhaṁ kho pana me, rājakumāra, vīriyaṁ hoti asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, sāraddho ca pana me kāyo hoti appaṭippassaddho, teneva dukkhappadhānena padhānābhitunnassa sato. 
;;;My energy was roused up and unflagging, and my mindfulness was established and lucid, but my body was disturbed, not tranquil, because I’d pushed too hard with that painful striving. 
;;;Āraddhaṁ kho pana me, rājakumāra, vīriyaṁ hoti asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, sāraddho ca pana me kāyo hoti appaṭippassaddho, teneva dukkhappadhānena padhānābhitunnassa sato. 
;;;My energy was roused up and unflagging, and my mindfulness was established and lucid, but my body was disturbed, not tranquil, because I’d pushed too hard with that painful striving. 
;;;Tassa mayhaṁ, rājakumāra, mukhato ca nāsato ca kaṇṇato ca assāsapassāsesu uparuddhesu adhimattā vātā muddhani ūhananti. 
;;;But then strong winds ground my head, 
;;;Seyyathāpi, rājakumāra, balavā puriso tiṇhena sikharena muddhani abhimattheyya; 
;;;like a strong man was drilling into my head with a sharp point. 
;;;Āraddhaṁ kho pana me, rājakumāra, vīriyaṁ hoti asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, sāraddho ca pana me kāyo hoti appaṭippassaddho, teneva dukkhappadhānena padhānābhitunnassa sato. 
;;;My energy was roused up and unflagging, and my mindfulness was established and lucid, but my body was disturbed, not tranquil, because I’d pushed too hard with that painful striving. 
;;;Āraddhaṁ kho pana me, rājakumāra, vīriyaṁ hoti asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, sāraddho ca pana me kāyo hoti appaṭippassaddho, teneva dukkhappadhānena padhānābhitunnassa sato. 
;;;My energy was roused up and unflagging, and my mindfulness was established and lucid, but my body was disturbed, not tranquil, because I’d pushed too hard with that painful striving. 
;;;Āraddhaṁ kho pana me, rājakumāra, vīriyaṁ hoti asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, sāraddho ca pana me kāyo hoti appaṭippassaddho, teneva dukkhappadhānena padhānābhitunnassa sato. 
;;;My energy was roused up and unflagging, and my mindfulness was established and lucid, but my body was disturbed, not tranquil, because I’d pushed too hard with that painful striving. 
;;;Āraddhaṁ kho pana me, rājakumāra, vīriyaṁ hoti asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, sāraddho ca pana me kāyo hoti appaṭippassaddho, teneva dukkhappadhānena padhānābhitunnassa sato. 
;;;My energy was roused up and unflagging, and my mindfulness was established and lucid, but my body was disturbed, not tranquil, because I’d pushed too hard with that painful striving. 
;;;Sace kho tvaṁ, mārisa, sabbaso āhārupacchedāya paṭipajjissasi, tassa te mayaṁ dibbaṁ ojaṁ lomakūpehi ajjhohāressāma, tāya tvaṁ yāpessasī’ti. 
;;;If you do, we’ll infuse heavenly nectar into your pores and you will live on that.’ 
;;;‘ahañceva kho pana sabbaso ajajjitaṁ paṭijāneyyaṁ. Imā ca me devatā dibbaṁ ojaṁ lomakūpehi ajjhohāreyyuṁ, tāya cāhaṁ yāpeyyaṁ, taṁ mamassa musā’ti. 
;;;‘If I claim to be completely fasting while these deities are infusing heavenly nectar in my pores, that would be a lie on my part.’ 
;;;Seyyathāpi nāma tittakālābu āmakacchinno vātātapena samphuṭito hoti sammilāto; evamevassu me sīsacchavi samphuṭitā hoti sammilātā tāyevappāhāratāya. 
;;;Due to eating so little, my scalp shriveled and withered like a green bitter-gourd in the wind and sun. 
;;;So kho ahaṁ, rājakumāra, ‘udaracchaviṁ parimasissāmī’ti piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṁyeva pariggaṇhāmi, ‘piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṁ parimasissāmī’ti udaracchaviṁyeva pariggaṇhāmi. Yāvassu me, rājakumāra, udaracchavi piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṁ allīnā hoti tāyevappāhāratāya. 
;;;Due to eating so little, the skin of my belly stuck to my backbone, so that when I tried to rub the skin of my belly I grabbed my backbone, and when I tried to rub my backbone I rubbed the skin of my belly. 
;;;‘ye kho keci atītamaddhānaṁ samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā opakkamikā dukkhā tibbā kharā kaṭukā vedanā vedayiṁsu, etāvaparamaṁ nayito bhiyyo. 
;;;‘Whatever ascetics and brahmins have experienced painful, sharp, severe, acute feelings due to overexertion—whether in the past, future, or present—this is as far as it goes, no-one has done more than this. 
;;;tamokhandhena āvuṭā’ti. 
;;;for they’re shrouded in a mass of darkness.’ 
;;;Sokāvatiṇṇaṁ janatamapetasoko, 
;;;rid of sorrow, look upon the people 
;;;Satthavāha aṇaṇa vicara loke; 
;;;wander the world free of debt. 
;;;Seyyathāpi nāma uppaliniyaṁ vā paduminiyaṁ vā puṇḍarīkiniyaṁ vā appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṁvaḍḍhāni udakānuggatāni antonimuggaposīni, appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṁvaḍḍhāni udakānuggatāni samodakaṁ ṭhitāni, appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṁvaḍḍhāni udakā accuggamma ṭhitāni anupalittāni udakena; 
;;;It’s like a pool with blue water lilies, or pink or white lotuses. Some of them sprout and grow in the water without rising above it, thriving underwater. Some of them sprout and grow in the water reaching the water’s surface. And some of them sprout and grow in the water but rise up above the water and stand with no water clinging to them. 
;;;Āhañchaṁ amatadundubhin’ti. 
;;;I’ll beat the drum of freedom from death!’ 
;;;tasmāhamupaka jino’ti. 
;;;that’s why I’m a victor.’ 
;;;Evaṁ vutte, rājakumāra, upako ājīvako ‘hupeyyapāvuso’ti vatvā sīsaṁ okampetvā ummaggaṁ gahetvā pakkāmi. 
;;;When I had spoken, Upaka said: ‘If you say so, reverend.’ Shaking his head, he took a wrong turn and left. 
;;;‘mā, bhikkhave, tathāgataṁ nāmena ca āvusovādena ca samudācaratha; 
;;;‘Mendicants, don’t address me by name and as “reverend”. 
;;;‘abhijānātha me no tumhe, bhikkhave, ito pubbe evarūpaṁ pabhāvitametan’ti? 
;;;‘Mendicants, have you ever known me to speak like this before?’ 
;;;Yaṁ tayo bhikkhū piṇḍāya caritvā āharanti, tena chabbaggiyā yāpema. 
;;;Then those three would feed all six of us with what they brought back. 
;;;kusalo tvaṁ hatthārūḷhe aṅkusagayhe sippe”ti? 
;;;Are you skilled in the art of wielding a hooked goad while riding an elephant?” 
;;;‘aho buddho, aho dhammo, aho dhammassa svākkhātatā’ti ca vadeti; 
;;; 
;;;

mn85
mn86#3.9

Etañhi, samaṇa, maggaṁ dasapi purisā vīsampi purisā tiṁsampi purisā cattārīsampi purisā paññāsampi purisā saṅkaritvā saṅkaritvā paṭipajjanti. ;;;People travel along this road only after banding closely together in groups of ten, twenty, thirty, forty, or fifty. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā tathārūpaṁ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkhāsi yathā coro aṅgulimālo bhagavantaṁ pakatiyā gacchantaṁ sabbathāmena gacchanto na sakkoti sampāpuṇituṁ. 
;;;But the Buddha used his psychic power to will that Aṅgulimāla could not catch up with him no matter how hard he tried, even though the Buddha kept walking at a normal speed. 
;;;Mahāvanaṁ pāpuṇi saccavādī; 
;;;an ascetic has followed me into this deep wood. 
;;;Sohaṁ carissāmi pahāya pāpaṁ, 
;;;Now that I’ve heard your verse on Dhamma, 
;;;Yañhi mayaṁ, bhante, nāsakkhimhā daṇḍenapi satthenapi dametuṁ so bhagavatā adaṇḍena asattheneva danto. 
;;;For I was not able to tame him with the rod and the sword, but the Buddha tamed him without rod or sword. 
;;;Handa ca dāni mayaṁ, bhante, gacchāma; 
;;;Well, now, sir, I must go. 
;;;Addasā kho āyasmā aṅgulimālo sāvatthiyaṁ sapadānaṁ piṇḍāya caramāno aññataraṁ itthiṁ mūḷhagabbhaṁ vighātagabbhaṁ. 
;;;Then as he was wandering indiscriminately for almsfood he saw a woman undergoing a distressing obstructed labor. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā aṅgulimālo rahogato paṭisallīno vimuttisukhaṁ paṭisaṁvedi; 
;;;Later, Venerable Aṅgulimāla was experiencing the bliss of release while in private retreat. 
;;;“Yo pubbeva pamajjitvā, 
;;;“He who once was heedless, 
;;;kusalena pidhīyati; 
;;;is supplanted by the good, 
;;;aññaṁ vā pana kiñci naṁ; 
;;;upon myself or others. 
;;;na naṁ hiṁsāmi kiñci naṁ. 
;;;for I do no harm to anyone. 
;;;Saṁvibhattesu dhammesu, 
;;;Of the well-explained teachings, 
;;;

mn86
mn87#3.10

“Kassa kho nāmetaṁ, bhante, evaṁ bhavissati: ;;;“Sir, who on earth could ever think such a thing! 
;;;Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo mallikaṁ deviṁ āmantesi: 
;;;Then King Pasenadi addressed Queen Mallikā, 
;;;“idaṁ te, mallike, samaṇena gotamena bhāsitaṁ: 
;;;“Mallika, your ascetic Gotama said this: 
;;;“Evameva panāyaṁ mallikā yaññadeva samaṇo gotamo bhāsati taṁ tadevassa abbhanumodati: 
;;;“No matter what the ascetic Gotama says, Mallikā agrees with him: 
;;;Evameva kho tvaṁ, mallike, yaññadeva samaṇo gotamo bhāsati taṁ tadevassa abbhanumodasi: 
;;; 
;;;Cara pire, mallike, vinassā”ti. 
;;;Go away, Mallikā, get out of here!” 
;;;Atha kho mallikā devī nāḷijaṅghaṁ brāhmaṇaṁ āmantesi: 
;;;Then Queen Mallikā addressed the brahmin Nāḷijaṅgha, 
;;;‘mallikā, bhante, devī bhagavato pāde sirasā vandati, appābādhaṁ appātaṅkaṁ lahuṭṭhānaṁ balaṁ phāsuvihāraṁ pucchatī’ti; 
;;; 
;;;“Evaṁ, bhotī”ti kho nāḷijaṅgho brāhmaṇo mallikāya deviyā paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi. 
;;;“Yes, ma’am,” he replied. He went to the Buddha and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;“mallikā, bho gotama, devī bhoto gotamassa pāde sirasā vandati; appābādhaṁ appātaṅkaṁ lahuṭṭhānaṁ balaṁ phāsuvihāraṁ pucchati; 
;;;“Mister Gotama, Queen Mallikā bows with her head to your feet. She asks if you are healthy and well, nimble, strong, and living comfortably. 
;;;Sā tassā kālakiriyāya ummattikā khittacittā rathikāya rathikaṁ siṅghāṭakena siṅghāṭakaṁ upasaṅkamitvā evamāha: 
;;;And because of that she went mad and lost her mind. She went from street to street and from square to square saying, 
;;;‘api me mātaraṁ addassatha, api me mātaraṁ addassathā’ti? 
;;;‘Has anyone seen my mother? Has anyone seen my mother?’ 
;;;‘ime, maṁ, ayyaputta, ñātakā tvaṁ acchinditvā aññassa dātukāmā. 
;;; 
;;;Atha kho nāḷijaṅgho brāhmaṇo bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā yena mallikā devī tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā yāvatako ahosi bhagavatā saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ mallikāya deviyā ārocesi. Atha kho mallikā devī yena rājā pasenadi kosalo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā rājānaṁ pasenadiṁ kosalaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then Nāḷijaṅgha the brahmin, having approved and agreed with what the Buddha said, got up from his seat, went to Queen Mallikā, and told her of all they had discussed. Then Queen Mallikā approached King Pasenadi and said to him, 
;;;“Evaṁ, mallike, piyā me vajirī kumārī”ti. 
;;;“Indeed I do, Mallikā.” 
;;;“Vajiriyā me, mallike, kumāriyā vipariṇāmaññathābhāvā jīvitassapi siyā aññathattaṁ, kiṁ pana me na uppajjissanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā”ti? 
;;;“If she were to decay and perish, my life would fall apart. How could sorrow, lamentation, pain, sadness, and distress not arise in me?” 
;;;“Evaṁ, mallike, piyā me vāsabhā khattiyā”ti. 
;;; 
;;;“Vāsabhāya me, mallike, khattiyāya vipariṇāmaññathābhāvā jīvitassapi siyā aññathattaṁ, kiṁ pana me na uppajjissanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā”ti? 
;;; 
;;;Taṁ kiṁ maññasi, mahārāja, piyo te viṭaṭūbho senāpatī”ti? 
;;;Do you love your son, General Viḍūḍabha? … 
;;;“Evaṁ, mallike, piyo me viṭaṭūbho senāpatī”ti. 
;;; 
;;;“Viṭaṭūbhassa me, mallike, senāpatissa vipariṇāmaññathābhāvā jīvitassapi siyā aññathattaṁ, kiṁ pana me na uppajjissanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā”ti? 
;;; 
;;;“Evaṁ, mallike, piyā mesi tvan”ti. 
;;;“Indeed I do love you, Mallikā.” 
;;;“Tuyhañhi me, mallike, vipariṇāmaññathābhāvā jīvitassapi siyā aññathattaṁ, kiṁ pana me na uppajjissanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā”ti? 
;;;“If you were to decay and perish, my life would fall apart. How could sorrow, lamentation, pain, sadness, and distress not arise in me?” 
;;;“Evaṁ, mallike, piyā me kāsikosalā. 
;;;“Indeed I do, Mallikā. 
;;;Kāsikosalānaṁ, mallike, ānubhāvena kāsikacandanaṁ paccanubhoma, mālāgandhavilepanaṁ dhāremā”ti. 
;;;It’s due to the bounty of Kāsi and Kosala that we use sandalwood imported from Kāsi and wear garlands, fragrance, and makeup.” 
;;;“Kāsikosalānañhi, mallike, vipariṇāmaññathābhāvā jīvitassapi siyā aññathattaṁ, kiṁ pana me na uppajjissanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā”ti? 
;;;“If they were to decay and perish, my life would fall apart. How could sorrow, lamentation, pain, sadness, and distress not arise in me?” 
;;;“Acchariyaṁ, mallike, abbhutaṁ, mallike. 
;;;“It’s incredible, Mallikā, it’s amazing, 
;;;Ehi, mallike, ācamehī”ti. 
;;;Come, Mallikā, rinse my hands.” 
;;;

mn87
mn88#0.2

Bāhitikasutta ;;;The Imported Cloth 
;;;“kiṁ nu kho, bhante ānanda, so bhagavā tathārūpaṁ kāyasamācāraṁ samācareyya, yvāssa kāyasamācāro opārambho samaṇehi brāhmaṇehī”ti? 
;;;“Honorable Ānanda, would the Buddha engage in the sort of behavior—by way of body, speech, or mind—that is faulted by ascetics and brahmins?” 
;;;manosamācāraṁ samācareyya, yvāssa manosamācāro opārambho samaṇehi brāhmaṇehī”ti? 
;;; 
;;;ye pana te, bhante, paṇḍitā viyattā medhāvino anuvicca pariyogāhetvā paresaṁ vaṇṇaṁ vā avaṇṇaṁ vā bhāsanti, mayaṁ taṁ sārato paccāgacchāma. 
;;;Rather, I believe that praise or criticism of others spoken by competent and intelligent people after examining and scrutinizing is the most important thing. 
;;;“Yo kho, mahārāja, kāyasamācāro sabyābajjho”. 
;;;“Hurtful behavior.” 
;;;Api ca, bhante, mayampetaṁ jānāma: 
;;;But, sir, I know that 
;;;Ayaṁ me, bhante, bāhitikā raññā māgadhena ajātasattunā vedehiputtena vatthanāḷiyā pakkhipitvā pahitā soḷasasamā āyāmena, aṭṭhasamā vitthārena. 
;;;This imported cloth was sent to me by King Ajātasattu of Magadha, son of the princess of Videha, packed in a parasol case. It’s exactly sixteen measures long and eight wide. 
;;;Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando yāvatako ahosi raññā pasenadinā kosalena saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi. 
;;;and told him what had happened. 
;;;

mn88
mn89#1.2

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati medāḷupaṁ nāma sakyānaṁ nigamo. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans, near the Sakyan town named Medaḷumpa. 
;;;Addasā kho rājā pasenadi kosalo ārāme jaṅghāvihāraṁ anucaṅkamamāno anuvicaramāno rukkhamūlāni pāsādikāni pasādanīyāni appasaddāni appanigghosāni vijanavātāni manussarāhasseyyakāni paṭisallānasāruppāni. 
;;;As he was going for a walk in the park he saw roots of trees that were impressive and inspiring, quiet and still, far from the madding crowd, remote from human settlements, and fit for retreat. 
;;;“imāni kho tāni rukkhamūlāni pāsādikāni pasādanīyāni appasaddāni appanigghosāni vijanavātāni manussarāhasseyyakāni paṭisallānasāruppāni, yattha sudaṁ mayaṁ taṁ bhagavantaṁ payirupāsāma arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhan”ti. 
;;;“These roots of trees, so impressive and inspiring, are like those where we used to pay homage to the Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha.” 
;;;“imāni kho, samma kārāyana, tāni rukkhamūlāni pāsādikāni pasādanīyāni appasaddāni appanigghosāni vijanavātāni manussarāhasseyyakāni paṭisallānasāruppāni, yattha sudaṁ mayaṁ taṁ bhagavantaṁ payirupāsāma arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ. 
;;;“These roots of trees, so impressive and inspiring, are like those where we used to pay homage to the Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha. 
;;;“Kīvadūre pana, samma kārāyana, nagarakamhā medāḷupaṁ nāma sakyānaṁ nigamo hotī”ti? 
;;;“But how far away is that town?” 
;;;“rahāyati kho dāni rājā, idheva dāni mayā ṭhātabban”ti. 
;;;“Now the king seeks privacy. I should wait here.” 
;;;Puna caparāhaṁ, bhante, ime isidattapurāṇā thapatayo mamabhattā mamayānā, ahaṁ nesaṁ jīvikāya dātā, yasassa āhattā; 
;;;Furthermore, these chamberlains Isidatta and Purāṇa share my meals and my carriages. I give them a livelihood and bring them renown. 
;;;Atha kho, bhante, ime isidattapurāṇā thapatayo bahudeva rattiṁ dhammiyā kathāya vītināmetvā, yato ahosi bhagavā tato sīsaṁ katvā maṁ pādato karitvā nipajjiṁsu. 
;;;They spent much of the night discussing the teaching, then they lay down with their heads towards where the Buddha was and their feet towards me. 
;;;

mn89
mn90#1.2

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā uruññāyaṁ viharati kaṇṇakatthale migadāye. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying near Ujuññā, in the deer park at Kaṇṇakatthala. 
;;;“somā ca, bhante, bhaginī sakulā ca bhaginī bhagavato pāde sirasā vandati, appābādhaṁ appātaṅkaṁ lahuṭṭhānaṁ balaṁ phāsuvihāraṁ pucchatī”ti. 
;;;“Sir, the sisters Somā and Sakulā bow with their heads to your feet. They ask if you are healthy and well, nimble, strong, and living comfortably.” 
;;;

mn90
mn91#2.1

Tena kho pana samayena brahmāyu brāhmaṇo mithilāyaṁ paṭivasati jiṇṇo vuḍḍho mahallako addhagato vayoanuppatto, vīsavassasatiko jātiyā, tiṇṇaṁ vedānaṁ pāragū sanighaṇḍukeṭubhānaṁ sākkharappabhedānaṁ itihāsapañcamānaṁ, padako, veyyākaraṇo, lokāyatamahāpurisalakkhaṇesu anavayo. ;;;Now at that time the brahmin Brahmāyu was residing in Mithilā. He was old, elderly, and senior, advanced in years, having reached the final stage of life; he was a hundred and twenty years old. He had mastered the three Vedas, together with their vocabularies and ritual performance, their phonology and word classification, and the testaments as fifth. He knew them word-by-word, and their grammar. He was well versed in cosmology and the marks of a great man. 
;;;Atha kho uttaro māṇavo sattamāsāni bhagavantaṁ anubandhi chāyāva anapāyinī. 
;;;So Uttara followed the Buddha like a shadow for seven months. 
;;;tādisova so bhavaṁ gotamo, no aññādiso. 
;;; 
;;;Samannāgato ca so bhavaṁ gotamo dvattiṁsamahāpurisalakkhaṇehi. 
;;;Mister Gotama possesses the thirty-two marks. 
;;;Sukhumacchavi kho pana so bhavaṁ gotamo. Sukhumattā chaviyā rajojallaṁ kāye na upalimpati … 
;;;He has delicate skin, so delicate that dust and dirt don’t stick to his body. 
;;;Gacchato kho pana tassa bhoto gotamassa adharakāyova iñjati, na ca kāyabalena gacchati. 
;;;When he walks, only the lower half of his body moves, and he walks effortlessly. 
;;;na ca pāṇinā hanukaṁ upadahitvā nisīdati. 
;;;He doesn’t sit with his hand holding his chin. 
;;;na ca tassa bhoto gotamassa kāye cīvaraṁ accukkaṭṭhaṁ hoti na ca accokkaṭṭhaṁ, na ca kāyasmiṁ allīnaṁ na ca kāyasmā apakaṭṭhaṁ; 
;;;He wears his robe on his body neither too high nor too low, neither too clinging nor too loose. 
;;;na ca tassa bhoto gotamassa kāye rajojallaṁ upalimpati. 
;;;And dust and dirt don’t stick to his body. 
;;;So pāde pakkhāletvā nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;When he has washed his feet, he sits down cross-legged, sets his body straight, and establishes mindfulness in his presence. 
;;;Te tena bhotā gotamena dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṁsitā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkamanti avalokayamānāyeva avijahitattā. 
;;;And when they’ve been inspired with a Dhamma talk by Mister Gotama they get up from their seats and leave looking back at him alone, and not forgetting their lesson. 
;;;Appeva nāma mayaṁ kadāci karahaci tena bhotā gotamena samāgaccheyyāma? Appeva nāma siyā kocideva kathāsallāpo”ti. 
;;;Hopefully, some time or other I’ll get to meet him, and we can have a discussion.” 
;;;‘brahmāyu, bho gotama, brāhmaṇo jiṇṇo vuḍḍho mahallako addhagato vayoanuppatto, vīsavassasatiko jātiyā, tiṇṇaṁ vedānaṁ pāragū sanighaṇḍukeṭubhānaṁ sākkharappabhedānaṁ itihāsapañcamānaṁ, padako, veyyākaraṇo, lokāyatamahāpurisalakkhaṇesu anavayo. 
;;;‘Mister Gotama, the brahmin Brahmāyu is old, elderly, and senior, advanced in years, having reached the final stage of life; he is a hundred and twenty years old. He has mastered the three Vedas, together with their vocabularies and ritual performance, their phonology and word classification, and the testaments as fifth. He knows them word-by-word, and their grammar. He is well versed in cosmology and the marks of a great man. 
;;;‘brahmāyu, bho gotama, brāhmaṇo jiṇṇo vuḍḍho mahallako addhagato vayoanuppatto, vīsavassasatiko jātiyā, tiṇṇaṁ vedānaṁ pāragū sanighaṇḍukeṭubhānaṁ sākkharappabhedānaṁ itihāsapañcamānaṁ, padako, veyyākaraṇo, lokāyatamahāpurisalakkhaṇesu anavayo. 
;;; 
;;;Disvāna oramiya okāsamakāsi yathā taṁ ñātassa yasassino. 
;;;and made way for him, as he was well-known and famous. 
;;;kacci jivhā na dassakā. 
;;;perhaps your tongue is a manly one? 
;;;Yadā bhagavā aññāsi brahmāyuṁ brāhmaṇaṁ kallacittaṁ muducittaṁ vinīvaraṇacittaṁ udaggacittaṁ pasannacittaṁ, atha yā buddhānaṁ sāmukkaṁsikā dhammadesanā taṁ pakāsesi— 
;;;And when the Buddha knew that Divinityyu’s mind was ready, pliable, rid of hindrances, elated, and confident he explained the special teaching of the Buddhas: 
;;;

mn91
mn92#15.4

Sutaṁ kho pana metaṁ brāhmaṇānaṁ vuddhānaṁ mahallakānaṁ ācariyapācariyānaṁ bhāsamānānaṁ: ;;;I have heard that brahmins of the past who were elderly and senior, the tutors of tutors, said, 
;;;brahā uju patāpavā; 
;;;you’re formidable, upright, majestic. 
;;;anuyantā bhavantu te; 
;;;ought follow your rule. 
;;;sallakatto anuttaro. 
;;;is hard to find again. 
;;;Sallakatto mahāvīro, 
;;;The surgeon, the great hero, 
;;;“Etañce ruccati bhoto, 
;;;“Sir, if you endorse 
;;;

mn92
mn93#5.9

“Dissanti kho pana, assalāyana, brāhmaṇānaṁ brāhmaṇiyo utuniyopi gabbhiniyopi vijāyamānāpi pāyamānāpi. ;;;“But Assalāyana, brahmin women are seen menstruating, being pregnant, giving birth, and breastfeeding. 
;;;brāhmaṇova nu kho pahoti sottisināniṁ ādāya nadiṁ gantvā rajojallaṁ pavāhetuṁ, no khattiyo, no vesso, no suddo”ti? 
;;;Is only a brahmin capable of taking some bathing cleanser, going to the river, and washing off dust and dirt, and not an aristocrat, peasant, or menial?” 
;;;Khattiyopi hi, bho gotama, pahoti sottisināniṁ ādāya nadiṁ gantvā rajojallaṁ pavāhetuṁ, brāhmaṇopi hi, bho gotama … 
;;; 
;;;sabbepi hi, bho gotama, cattāro vaṇṇā pahonti sottisināniṁ ādāya nadiṁ gantvā rajojallaṁ pavāhetun”ti. 
;;;All four classes are capable of doing this.” 
;;;Āyantu pana bhonto ye tattha caṇḍālakulā nesādakulā venakulā rathakārakulā pukkusakulā uppannā, sāpānadoṇiyā vā sūkaradoṇiyā vā rajakadoṇiyā vā eraṇḍakaṭṭhassa vā uttarāraṇiṁ ādāya, aggiṁ abhinibbattentu, tejo pātukarontū’ti. 
;;;And let anyone here who was born in a family of corpse-workers, hunters, bamboo-workers, chariot-makers, or scavengers take a drill-stick made from a dog’s drinking trough, a pig’s trough, a dustbin, or castor-oil wood, light a fire and produce heat.’ 
;;;yo evaṁ nu kho so khattiyakulā brāhmaṇakulā rājaññakulā uppannehi sākassa vā sālassa vā salaḷassa vā candanassa vā padumakassa vā uttarāraṇiṁ ādāya aggi abhinibbatto, tejo pātukato, so eva nu khvāssa aggi accimā ceva vaṇṇavā ca pabhassaro ca, tena ca sakkā agginā aggikaraṇīyaṁ kātuṁ; 
;;;Would only the fire produced by the high class people with good quality wood have flames, color, and radiance, and be usable as fire, 
;;;yo pana so caṇḍālakulā nesādakulā venakulā rathakārakulā pukkusakulā uppannehi sāpānadoṇiyā vā sūkaradoṇiyā vā rajakadoṇiyā vā eraṇḍakaṭṭhassa vā uttarāraṇiṁ ādāya aggi abhinibbatto, tejo pātukato svāssa aggi na ceva accimā na ca vaṇṇavā na ca pabhassaro, na ca tena sakkā agginā aggikaraṇīyaṁ kātun”ti? 
;;;and not the fire produced by the low class people with poor quality wood?” 
;;;Yopi hi so, bho gotama, khattiyakulā brāhmaṇakulā rājaññakulā uppannehi sākassa vā sālassa vā salaḷassa vā candanassa vā padumakassa vā uttarāraṇiṁ ādāya aggi abhinibbatto, tejo pātukato svāssa aggi accimā ceva vaṇṇavā ca pabhassaro ca, tena ca sakkā agginā aggikaraṇīyaṁ kātuṁ; 
;;;The fire produced by the high class people with good quality wood would have flames, color, and radiance, and be usable as fire, 
;;;“Kuṇḍañhi so, bho gotama, assataro hoti. 
;;;“It’s a mule, as it is a crossbreed. 
;;;Atha kho, assalāyana, asito devalo isi kesamassuṁ kappetvā mañjiṭṭhavaṇṇāni dussāni nivāsetvā paṭaliyo upāhanā āruhitvā jātarūpamayaṁ daṇḍaṁ gahetvā sattannaṁ brāhmaṇisīnaṁ patthaṇḍile pāturahosi. 
;;;So he did up his hair and beard, dressed in magenta robes, put on his boots, grasped a golden staff, and appeared in the courtyard of the seven brahmin seers. 
;;;‘handa ko nu kho ime bhavanto brāhmaṇisayo gatā; 
;;;‘Where, oh where have those brahmin seers gone? 
;;;‘bhasmā, vasala, hohi; 
;;;‘Be ashes, lowlife! 
;;;yā janikā mātā brāhmaṇaṁyeva agamāsi, no abrāhmaṇan’ti? 
;;;whether your birth mother only had relations with a brahmin and not with a non-brahmin?’ 
;;;yā janikāmātu mātā yāva sattamā mātumātāmahayugā brāhmaṇaṁyeva agamāsi, no abrāhmaṇan’ti? 
;;;whether your birth mother’s mothers back to the seventh generation only had relations with brahmins and not with non-brahmins?’ 
;;;yo janako pitā brāhmaṇiṁyeva agamāsi, no abrāhmaṇin’ti? 
;;;whether your birth father only had relations with a brahmin woman and not with a non-brahmin?’ 
;;;yo janakapitu pitā yāva sattamā pitupitāmahayugā brāhmaṇiṁyeva agamāsi, no abrāhmaṇin’ti? 
;;;whether your birth father’s fathers back to the seventh generation only had relations with brahmins and not with non-brahmins?’ 
;;;taggha, so gandhabbo khattiyo vā brāhmaṇo vā vesso vā suddo vā’ti? 
;;;for sure whether that virile spirit is an aristocrat, a brahmin, a peasant, or a menial?’ 
;;;

mn93
mn94#4.7

‘idaṁ, bho udena, kathaṁ, imassa kvattho’ti? Evaṁ katvā siyā no ettha kathāsallāpo”ti. ;;;‘Sir, why is this? What does that mean?’” 
;;;“Anuññeyyaṁ khvāhaṁ bhoto udenassa anujānissāmi, paṭikkositabbañca paṭikkosissāmi; yassa ca panāhaṁ bhoto udenassa bhāsitassa atthaṁ na jānissāmi, bhavantaṁyeva tattha udenaṁ uttari paṭipucchissāmi: ‘idaṁ, bho udena, kathaṁ, imassa kvattho’ti? Evaṁ katvā hotu no ettha kathāsallāpo”ti. 
;;;“Let us discuss this. I will do as you say.” 
;;;So pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā, ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya, parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;After the meal, they return from almsround, sit down cross-legged, set their body straight, and establish mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;“Sacepi mayaṁ, bho udena, suṇeyyāma taṁ bhavantaṁ gotamaṁ dasasu yojanesu, dasapi mayaṁ yojanāni gaccheyyāma taṁ bhavantaṁ gotamaṁ dassanāya arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ. 
;;;“Mister Udena, if I heard that the Buddha was within ten leagues, or twenty, or even up to a hundred leagues away, I’d go a hundred leagues to see him. 
;;;Yojanasate cepi mayaṁ, bho udena, suṇeyyāma taṁ bhavantaṁ gotamaṁ, yojanasatampi mayaṁ gaccheyyāma taṁ bhavantaṁ gotamaṁ dassanāya arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;

mn94
mn95#9.14

Samaṇo khalu, bho, gotamo khīṇakāmarāgo vigatacāpallo …pe… ;;;He has ended sensual desire, and is rid of caprice. … 
;;;Ekamekenapi tena aṅgena samannāgato na arahati, so bhavaṁ gotamo amhākaṁ dassanāya upasaṅkamituṁ; 
;;;The possession of even a single one of these factors makes it inappropriate for Mister Gotama to come to see me, 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena kāpaṭiko nāma māṇavo daharo vuttasiro soḷasavassuddesiko jātiyā, tiṇṇaṁ vedānaṁ pāragū sanighaṇḍukeṭubhānaṁ sākkharappabhedānaṁ itihāsapañcamānaṁ, padako, veyyākaraṇo, lokāyatamahāpurisalakkhaṇesu anavayo tassaṁ parisāyaṁ nisinno hoti. 
;;;And the student Kāpaṭika was sitting in that assembly. He was young, tonsured, and sixteen years old. He had mastered the three Vedas, together with their vocabularies and ritual performance, their phonology and word classification, and the testaments as fifth. He knew them word-by-word, and their grammar. He was well versed in cosmology and the marks of a great man. 
;;;“addhā kho kāpaṭikassa māṇavassa tevijjake pāvacane kathā bhavissati. 
;;;“Clearly the student Kāpaṭika will talk about the scriptural heritage of the three Vedas. 
;;;‘idameva saccaṁ, moghamaññan’ti (…). 
;;;‘This is the only truth, anything else is futile.’ 
;;;“Idha, bhāradvāja, bhikkhu aññataraṁ gāmaṁ vā nigamaṁ vā upanissāya viharati. 
;;;“Bhāradvāja, take the case of a mendicant living supported by a town or village. 
;;;Tathārūpo kho panimassāyasmato kāyasamācāro tathārūpo vacīsamācāro yathā taṁ aluddhassa. 
;;;Rather, that venerable has bodily and verbal behavior like that of someone without greed. 
;;;

mn95
mn96#4.3

“Seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, puriso daliddo assako anāḷhiyo. Tassa akāmassa bilaṁ olaggeyyuṁ: ‘idaṁ te, ambho purisa, maṁsaṁ khāditabbaṁ, mūlañca anuppadātabban’ti. ;;;“It’s as if they were to force a chop on a poor, penniless person, telling them, ‘Eat this meat and pay for it!’ 
;;;brāhmaṇova nu kho pahoti sottisināniṁ ādāya nadiṁ gantvā rajojallaṁ pavāhetuṁ, no khattiyo no vesso no suddo”ti? 
;;;Is only a brahmin capable of taking some bathing cleanser, going to the river, and washing off dust and dirt, and not an aristocrat, peasant, or menial?” 
;;;Khattiyopi hi, bho gotama, pahoti sottisināniṁ ādāya nadiṁ gantvā rajojallaṁ pavāhetuṁ; 
;;; 
;;;sabbepi hi, bho gotama, cattāro vaṇṇā pahonti sottisināniṁ ādāya nadiṁ gantvā rajojallaṁ pavāhetun”ti. 
;;;All four classes are capable of doing this.” 
;;;

mn96
mn97#2.2

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu rājagahe vassaṁvuṭṭho yena dakkhiṇāgiri yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā sāriputtena saddhiṁ sammodi. ;;;Then a certain mendicant who had completed the rainy season residence in Rājagaha went to the Southern Hills, where he approached Venerable Sāriputta, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;Appeva ca nāma mayaṁ kadāci karahaci dhanañjāninā brāhmaṇena saddhiṁ samāgaccheyyāma, appeva nāma siyā kocideva kathāsallāpo”ti? 
;;;Hopefully, some time or other I’ll get to meet him, and we can have a discussion.” 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bho sāriputta, balavā puriso tiṇhena sikharena muddhani abhimattheyya; evameva kho, bho sāriputta, adhimattā vātā muddhani ca ūhananti. 
;;;The winds piercing my head are so severe, it feels like a strong man drilling into my head with a sharp point. 
;;;manussā vā cātumahārājikā vā devā”ti? 
;;;human life or as one of the gods of the four great kings?” 
;;;“Kālaṅkato ca, sāriputta, dhanañjāni brāhmaṇo, brahmalokañca upapanno”ti. 
;;;“And Sāriputta, the brahmin Dhanañjāni has passed away and been reborn in the realm of divinity.” 
;;;

mn97
mn98#7.7

Padakasmā veyyākaraṇā, ;;;As philologists and grammarians, 
;;;khuddake ca mahallake; 
;;;both small and large. 
;;;pessako so na brāhmaṇo. 
;;;as a servant, not a brahmin. 
;;;Bhovādi nāma so hoti, 
;;;If they still have attachments, 
;;;Ajānantā no pabrunti, 
;;;Ignorant, they declare 
;;;Na jaccā brāhmaṇo hoti, 
;;;You’re not a brahmin by birth, 
;;;na jaccā hoti abrāhmaṇo; 
;;;nor by birth a non-brahmin. 
;;;

mn98
mn99#8.5

“Na kho me, bho gotama, garu yatthassu bhavanto vā nisinno bhavantarūpo vā”ti. ;;;“It’s no trouble when good sirs such as yourself are sitting here.” 
;;;caṅkī brāhmaṇo tārukkho brāhmaṇo pokkharasāti brāhmaṇo jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo pitā ca te todeyyo, katamā nesaṁ seyyo, yaṁ vā te sammuccā vācaṁ bhāseyyuṁ yaṁ vā asammuccā”ti? 
;;;the brahmins Caṅkī, Tārukkha, Pokkharasāti, Jānussoṇi, and your father Todeyya. What’s better for them: that their speech agrees or disagrees with the consensus of opinion?” 
;;;yadi evaṁ sante, brāhmaṇena pokkharasātinā opamaññena subhagavanikena sammuccā vācā bhāsitā asammuccā”ti? 
;;;If this is so, does Pokkharasāti’s speech agree or disagree with the consensus of opinion?” 
;;;Imehi kho, māṇava, pañcahi nīvaraṇehi brāhmaṇo pokkharasāti opamañño subhagavaniko āvuto nivuto ophuṭo pariyonaddho. 
;;;Pokkharasāti is veiled, shrouded, covered, and engulfed by these five hindrances. 
;;;Ye te, māṇava, brāhmaṇā pañca dhamme paññapenti puññassa kiriyāya kusalassa ārādhanāya, katamettha brāhmaṇā dhammaṁ mahapphalataraṁ paññapenti puññassa kiriyāya kusalassa ārādhanāyā”ti? 
;;;Of the five things that the brahmins prescribe for making merit and succeeding in the skillful, which do they say is the most fruitful?” 
;;;Tatrekassa brāhmaṇassa evamassa: 
;;;Then one of those brahmins thought: 
;;;“Taṁ, kiṁ maññasi, māṇava, idhassa puriso naḷakāragāme jātavaddho; 
;;;“What do you think, student? Suppose a person was born and raised in Naḷakāra. 
;;;tamenaṁ naḷakāragāmato tāvadeva avasaṭaṁ naḷakāragāmassa maggaṁ puccheyyuṁ; 
;;;And as soon as they left the town some people asked them for the road to Naḷakāra. 
;;;

mn99
mn100#2.1

Tena kho pana samayena dhanañjānī nāma brāhmaṇī cañcalikappe paṭivasati abhippasannā buddhe ca dhamme ca saṅghe ca. ;;;Now at that time a brahmin lady named Dhanañjānī was residing at Caṇḍalakappa. She was devoted to the Buddha, the teaching, and the Saṅgha. 
;;;“avabhūtāva ayaṁ dhanañjānī brāhmaṇī, parabhūtāva ayaṁ dhanañjānī brāhmaṇī, vijjamānānaṁ tevijjānaṁ brāhmaṇānaṁ, atha ca pana tassa muṇḍakassa samaṇakassa vaṇṇaṁ bhāsissatī”ti. 
;;;“The brahmin lady Dhanañjānī is a disgrace! Though brahmins proficient in the three Vedas are found, she praises that shaveling, that fake ascetic.” 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhāradvāja, allaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ sasnehaṁ udake nikkhittaṁ. 
;;;Suppose there was a green, sappy log, and it was lying in water. 
;;;api nu so puriso amuṁ allaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ sasnehaṁ udake nikkhittaṁ uttarāraṇiṁ ādāya abhimanthento aggiṁ abhinibbatteyya, tejo pātukareyyā”ti? 
;;;By drilling the stick against that green, sappy log lying in water, could they light a fire and produce heat?” 
;;;Aduñhi, bho gotama, allaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ sasnehaṁ, tañca pana udake nikkhittaṁ; 
;;;Because it’s a green, sappy log, and it’s lying in the water. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhāradvāja, allaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ sasnehaṁ ārakā udakā thale nikkhittaṁ. 
;;;Suppose there was a green, sappy log, and it was lying on dry land far from the water. 
;;;api nu so puriso amuṁ allaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ sasnehaṁ ārakā udakā thale nikkhittaṁ uttarāraṇiṁ ādāya abhimanthento aggiṁ abhinibbatteyya tejo pātukareyyā”ti? 
;;;By drilling the stick against that green, sappy log on dry land far from water, could they light a fire and produce heat?” 
;;;Aduñhi, bho gotama, allaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ sasnehaṁ, kiñcāpi ārakā udakā thale nikkhittaṁ; 
;;;Because it’s still a green, sappy log, despite the fact that it’s lying on dry land far from water. 
;;;Āraddhaṁ kho pana me, bhāradvāja, vīriyaṁ hoti asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā; sāraddho ca pana me kāyo hoti appaṭippassaddho, teneva dukkhappadhānena padhānābhitunnassa sato. 
;;;My energy was roused up and unflagging, and my mindfulness was established and lucid, but my body was disturbed, not tranquil, because I’d pushed too hard with that painful striving. 
;;;Āraddhaṁ kho pana me, bhāradvāja, vīriyaṁ hoti asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā; sāraddho ca pana me kāyo hoti appaṭippassaddho, teneva dukkhappadhānena padhānābhitunnassa sato. 
;;;My energy was roused up and unflagging, and my mindfulness was established and lucid, but my body was disturbed, not tranquil, because I’d pushed too hard with that painful striving. 
;;;Āraddhaṁ kho pana me, bhāradvāja, vīriyaṁ hoti asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā; sāraddho ca pana me kāyo hoti appaṭippassaddho, teneva dukkhappadhānena padhānābhitunnassa sato. 
;;;My energy was roused up and unflagging, and my mindfulness was established and lucid, but my body was disturbed, not tranquil, because I’d pushed too hard with that painful striving. 
;;;Āraddhaṁ kho pana me, bhāradvāja, vīriyaṁ hoti asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā; sāraddho ca pana me kāyo hoti appaṭippassaddho, teneva dukkhappadhānena padhānābhitunnassa sato. 
;;;My energy was roused up and unflagging, and my mindfulness was established and lucid, but my body was disturbed, not tranquil, because I’d pushed too hard with that painful striving. 
;;;Āraddhaṁ kho pana me, bhāradvāja, vīriyaṁ hoti asallīnaṁ upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā; sāraddho ca pana me kāyo hoti appaṭippassaddho, teneva dukkhappadhānena padhānābhitunnassa sato. 
;;;My energy was roused up and unflagging, and my mindfulness was established and lucid, but my body was disturbed, not tranquil, because I’d pushed too hard with that painful striving. 
;;;Āraddhaṁ kho pana me, bhāradvāja, vīriyaṁ hoti asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, sāraddho ca pana me kāyo hoti appaṭippassaddho, teneva dukkhappadhānena padhānābhitunnassa sato. 
;;;My energy was roused up and unflagging, and my mindfulness was established and lucid, but my body was disturbed, not tranquil, because I’d pushed too hard with that painful striving. 
;;;So kho ahaṁ, bhāradvāja, ‘udaracchaviṁ parimasissāmī’ti piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṁyeva pariggaṇhāmi, ‘piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṁ parimasissāmī’ti udaracchaviṁyeva pariggaṇhāmi; yāvassu me, bhāradvāja, udaracchavi piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṁ allīnā hoti tāyevappāhāratāya. 
;;;Due to eating so little, the skin of my belly stuck to my backbone, so that when I tried to rub the skin of my belly I grabbed my backbone, and when I tried to rub my backbone I rubbed the skin of my belly. 
;;;“aṭṭhitavataṁ bhoto gotamassa padhānaṁ ahosi, sappurisavataṁ bhoto gotamassa padhānaṁ ahosi; 
;;;“The striving of Mister Gotama was indeed assiduous and that of a true person, 
;;;“Ṭhānaso metaṁ, bhāradvāja, viditaṁ yadidaṁ— 
;;;“I’ve understood about gods in terms of causes.” 
;;;adhidevā”ti. 
;;; 
;;;“‘Atthi devā’ti, bhāradvāja, puṭṭho samāno ‘atthi devā’ti yo vadeyya, ‘ṭhānaso me viditā’ti yo vadeyya; 
;;;“When asked ‘Do gods survive’, whether you reply ‘Gods survive’ or ‘I’ve understood in terms of causes’ 
;;;atha khvettha viññunā purisena ekaṁsena niṭṭhaṁ gantabbaṁ yadidaṁ: 
;;;a sensible person would come to the categorical conclusion in this matter that 
;;;

mn100
mn101#5.7

evaṁ sante āyasmantānaṁ nigaṇṭhānaṁ na kallamassa veyyākaraṇāya: ;;;In that case, it’s not appropriate for the Jain venerables to declare this. 
;;;evaṁ sante āyasmantānaṁ nigaṇṭhānaṁ kallamassa veyyākaraṇāya: 
;;;In that case, it would be appropriate for the Jain venerables to declare this. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, āvuso nigaṇṭhā, puriso sallena viddho assa savisena gāḷhūpalepanena; 
;;;Suppose a man was struck by an arrow thickly smeared with poison, 
;;;so sallassapi vedhanahetu dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā vedanā vediyeyya. 
;;;causing painful feelings, sharp and severe. 
;;;Tassa mittāmaccā ñātisālohitā bhisakkaṁ sallakattaṁ upaṭṭhāpeyyuṁ. 
;;;Their friends and colleagues, relatives and kin would get a surgeon to treat them. 
;;;Tassa so bhisakko sallakatto satthena vaṇamukhaṁ parikanteyya; 
;;;The surgeon would cut open the wound with a scalpel, 
;;;Tassa so bhisakko sallakatto esaniyā sallaṁ eseyya; 
;;;They’d probe for the arrow, 
;;;so esaniyāpi sallassa esanāhetu dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā vedanā vediyeyya. 
;;;causing painful feelings, sharp and severe. 
;;;Tassa so bhisakko sallakatto sallaṁ abbuheyya; 
;;;They’d extract the arrow, 
;;;so sallassapi abbuhanahetu dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā vedanā vediyeyya. 
;;;causing painful feelings, sharp and severe. 
;;;Tassa so bhisakko sallakatto agadaṅgāraṁ vaṇamukhe odaheyya; 
;;;They’d apply cauterizing medicine to the wound, 
;;;“ahaṁ kho pubbe sallena viddho ahosiṁ savisena gāḷhūpalepanena. 
;;;“Earlier I was struck by an arrow thickly smeared with poison, 
;;;Sohaṁ sallassapi vedhanahetu dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā vedanā vediyiṁ. 
;;;causing painful feelings, sharp and severe. 
;;;Tassa me mittāmaccā ñātisālohitā bhisakkaṁ sallakattaṁ upaṭṭhapesuṁ. 
;;;My friends and colleagues, relatives and kin got a surgeon to treat me. 
;;;Tassa me so bhisakko sallakatto satthena vaṇamukhaṁ parikanti; 
;;;At each step, the treatment was painful. 
;;;Tassa me so bhisakko sallakatto esaniyā sallaṁ esi; 
;;; 
;;;so ahaṁ esaniyāpi sallassa esanāhetu dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā vedanā vediyiṁ. 
;;; 
;;;Tassa me so bhisakko sallakatto sallaṁ abbuhi; 
;;; 
;;;sohaṁ sallassapi abbuhanahetu dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā vedanā vediyiṁ. 
;;; 
;;;Tassa me so bhisakko sallakatto agadaṅgāraṁ vaṇamukhe odahi; 
;;; 
;;;evaṁ sante āyasmantānaṁ nigaṇṭhānaṁ kallamassa veyyākaraṇāya: 
;;;it would be appropriate for the Jain venerables to declare this. 
;;;tasmā āyasmantānaṁ nigaṇṭhānaṁ na kallamassa veyyākaraṇāya: 
;;;it’s not appropriate for the Jain venerables to declare this.’ 
;;;Evaṁ sante āyasmantānaṁ nigaṇṭhānaṁ na kallamassa veyyākaraṇāya: 
;;;In that case, it’s not appropriate for the Jain venerables to declare: 
;;;Sace, āvuso nigaṇṭhā, yasmiṁ vo samaye tibbo upakkamo hoti tibbaṁ padhānaṁ, na tibbā tasmiṁ samaye opakkamikā dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā vedanā vediyetha; 
;;;If at a time of intense exertion you did not suffer painful, sharp feelings due to overexertion, 
;;;evaṁ sante āyasmantānaṁ nigaṇṭhānaṁ kallamassa veyyākaraṇāya: 
;;;it would be appropriate for the Jain venerables to declare this. 
;;;So yassa hi khvāssa dukkhanidānassa saṅkhāraṁ padahato saṅkhārappadhānā virāgo hoti, saṅkhāraṁ tattha padahati. 
;;;So they either actively strive or develop equanimity as appropriate. 
;;;So taṁ itthiṁ passeyya aññena purisena saddhiṁ santiṭṭhantiṁ sallapantiṁ sañjagghantiṁ saṁhasantiṁ. 
;;;Then he sees her standing together with another man, chatting, giggling, and laughing. 
;;;api nu tassa purisassa amuṁ itthiṁ disvā aññena purisena saddhiṁ santiṭṭhantiṁ sallapantiṁ sañjagghantiṁ saṁhasantiṁ uppajjeyyuṁ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassūpāyāsā”ti? 
;;;Would that give rise to sorrow, lamentation, pain, sadness, and distress for him?” 
;;;Tasmā taṁ itthiṁ disvā aññena purisena saddhiṁ santiṭṭhantiṁ sallapantiṁ sañjagghantiṁ saṁhasantiṁ uppajjeyyuṁ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassūpāyāsā”ti. 
;;; 
;;;Tassa me amuṁ itthiṁ disvā aññena purisena saddhiṁ santiṭṭhantiṁ sallapantiṁ sañjagghantiṁ saṁhasantiṁ uppajjanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassūpāyāsā. 
;;;When I saw her standing together with another man, chatting, giggling, and laughing, it gave rise to sorrow, lamentation, pain, sadness, and distress for me. 
;;;So taṁ itthiṁ passeyya aparena samayena aññena purisena saddhiṁ santiṭṭhantiṁ sallapantiṁ sañjagghantiṁ saṁhasantiṁ. 
;;;Some time later he sees her again standing together with another man, chatting, giggling, and laughing. 
;;;api nu tassa purisassa amuṁ itthiṁ disvā aññena purisena saddhiṁ santiṭṭhantiṁ sallapantiṁ sañjagghantiṁ saṁhasantiṁ uppajjeyyuṁ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassūpāyāsā”ti? 
;;;Would that give rise to sorrow, lamentation, pain, sadness, and distress for him?” 
;;;Tasmā taṁ itthiṁ disvā aññena purisena saddhiṁ santiṭṭhantiṁ sallapantiṁ sañjagghantiṁ saṁhasantiṁ na uppajjeyyuṁ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassūpāyāsā”ti. 
;;; 
;;;Yato kho, bhikkhave, usukārassa tejanaṁ dvīsu alātesu ātāpitaṁ hoti paritāpitaṁ ujuṁ kataṁ kammaniyaṁ, na so taṁ aparena samayena usukāro tejanaṁ dvīsu alātesu ātāpeti paritāpeti ujuṁ karoti kammaniyaṁ. 
;;;After it’s been made straight and fit for use, they’d no longer heat it to make it straight and fit for use. 
;;;So abhikkante paṭikkante sampajānakārī hoti, ālokite vilokite sampajānakārī hoti, samiñjite pasārite sampajānakārī hoti, saṅghāṭipattacīvaradhāraṇe sampajānakārī hoti, asite pīte khāyite sāyite sampajānakārī hoti, uccārapassāvakamme sampajānakārī hoti, gate ṭhite nisinne sutte jāgarite bhāsite tuṇhībhāve sampajānakārī hoti. 
;;;They act with situational awareness when going out and coming back; when looking ahead and aside; when bending and extending the limbs; when bearing the outer robe, bowl and robes; when eating, drinking, chewing, and tasting; when urinating and defecating; when walking, standing, sitting, sleeping, waking, speaking, and keeping silent. 
;;;So pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā, ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya, parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;After the meal, they return from almsround, sit down cross-legged, set their body straight, and establish mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;So anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati, seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ dvepi jātiyo tissopi jātiyo catassopi jātiyo pañcapi jātiyo dasapi jātiyo vīsampi jātiyo tiṁsampi jātiyo cattālīsampi jātiyo paññāsampi jātiyo jātisatampi jātisahassampi jātisatasahassampi anekepi saṁvaṭṭakappe anekepi vivaṭṭakappe anekepi saṁvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappe: ‘amutrāsiṁ evaṁnāmo evaṅgotto evaṁvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṁsukhadukkhappaṭisaṁvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto amutra udapādiṁ; tatrāpāsiṁ evaṁnāmo evaṅgotto evaṁvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṁsukhadukkhappaṭisaṁvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto idhūpapanno’ti. Iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati. 
;;;They recollect many kinds of past lives, that is, one, two, three, four, five, ten, twenty, thirty, forty, fifty, a hundred, a thousand, a hundred thousand rebirths; many eons of the world contracting, many eons of the world expanding, many eons of the world contracting and expanding. They remember: ‘There, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn somewhere else. There, too, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn here.’ And so they recollect their many kinds of past lives, with features and details. 
;;;

mn101
mn102#2.8

sato vā pana sattassa ucchedaṁ vināsaṁ vibhavaṁ paññapenti, diṭṭhadhammanibbānaṁ vā paneke abhivadanti. ;;;But some assert the annihilation, eradication, and obliteration of an existing being, while others propose extinguishment in the present life. 
;;;Tatra, bhikkhave, ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā saññiṁ attānaṁ paññapenti arogaṁ paraṁ maraṇā, rūpiṁ vā te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā saññiṁ attānaṁ paññapenti arogaṁ paraṁ maraṇā, arūpiṁ vā te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā saññiṁ attānaṁ paññapenti arogaṁ paraṁ maraṇā, rūpiñca arūpiñca vā te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā saññiṁ attānaṁ paññapenti arogaṁ paraṁ maraṇā, nevarūpiṁ nārūpiṁ vā te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā saññiṁ attānaṁ paññapenti arogaṁ paraṁ maraṇā, ekattasaññiṁ vā te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā saññiṁ attānaṁ paññapenti arogaṁ paraṁ maraṇā, nānattasaññiṁ vā te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā saññiṁ attānaṁ paññapenti arogaṁ paraṁ maraṇā, parittasaññiṁ vā te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā saññiṁ attānaṁ paññapenti arogaṁ paraṁ maraṇā, appamāṇasaññiṁ vā te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā saññiṁ attānaṁ paññapenti arogaṁ paraṁ maraṇā, etaṁ vā panekesaṁ upātivattataṁ viññāṇakasiṇameke abhivadanti appamāṇaṁ āneñjaṁ. 
;;;Now, the ascetics and brahmins who assert a self that is percipient and free of disease after death describe it as having form, or being formless, or both having form and being formless, or neither having form nor being formless. Or they describe it as of unified perception, or of diverse perception, or of limited perception, or of limitless perception. Or some among those who go beyond this propose universal consciousness, limitless and imperturbable. 
;;;Tayidaṁ, bhikkhave, tathāgato abhijānāti. 
;;;The Realized One understands this as follows. 
;;;Saññā rogo saññā gaṇḍo saññā sallaṁ, etaṁ santaṁ etaṁ paṇītaṁ yadidaṁ: ‘asaññan’ti. 
;;;Because they believe that perception is a disease, a boil, a dart, and that the state of non-perception is peaceful and sublime. 
;;;‘ahamaññatra rūpā, aññatra vedanāya, aññatra saññāya, aññatra saṅkhārehi, viññāṇassa āgatiṁ vā gatiṁ vā cutiṁ vā upapattiṁ vā vuddhiṁ vā virūḷhiṁ vā vepullaṁ vā paññapessāmī’ti— 
;;;‘Apart from form, feeling, perception, and choices, I will describe the coming and going of consciousness, its passing away and reappearing, its growth, increase, and maturity.’ 
;;;Saññā rogo saññā gaṇḍo saññā sallaṁ, asaññā sammoho, etaṁ santaṁ etaṁ paṇītaṁ yadidaṁ: 
;;;Because they believe that perception is a disease, a boil, a dart; that non-perception is a stupor; and that the state of neither perception nor non-perception is peaceful and sublime. 
;;;Sabbepime bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā uddhaṁ saraṁ āsattiṁyeva abhivadanti: 
;;;Because they think: ‘All of those ascetics and brahmins only assert their attachment to heading upstream: 
;;;Seyyathāpi nāma sā gaddulabaddho daḷhe thambhe vā khile vā upanibaddho, tameva thambhaṁ vā khilaṁ vā anuparidhāvati anuparivattati; 
;;;Suppose a dog on a leash was tethered to a strong post or pillar. It would just keeping running and circling around that post or pillar. 
;;;

mn102
mn103#1.2

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā pisinārāyaṁ viharati baliharaṇe vanasaṇḍe. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying near Kusinārā, in the Forest of Offerings. 
;;;tatra, bhikkhave, na codanāya taritabbaṁ. Puggalo upaparikkhitabbo: 
;;;In such a case, you should not be in a hurry to accuse them. The individual should be examined like this: 
;;;Sace, bhikkhave, evamassa, kallaṁ vacanāya. 
;;;If that’s what you think, then it’s appropriate to speak to them. 
;;;Sace, bhikkhave, evamassa, kallaṁ vacanāya. 
;;;If that’s what you think, then it’s appropriate to speak to them. 
;;;Sace, bhikkhave, evamassa, kallaṁ vacanāya. 
;;;If that’s what you think, then it’s appropriate to speak to them. 
;;;Sace, bhikkhave, evamassa, kallaṁ vacanāya. 
;;;If that’s what you think, then it’s appropriate to speak to them. 
;;;Tesañca vo, bhikkhave, samaggānaṁ sammodamānānaṁ avivadamānānaṁ sikkhataṁ aññamaññassa vacīsaṁhāro uppajjeyya diṭṭhipaḷāso cetaso āghāto appaccayo anabhiraddhi. 
;;;As you train in harmony, appreciating each other, without quarreling, the sides might continue to bring up settled issues with each other, with contempt for each other’s views, resentful, bitter, and exasperated. 
;;;

mn103
mn104#2.2

Tassa kālaṅkiriyāya bhinnā nigaṇṭhā dvedhikajātā bhaṇḍanajātā kalahajātā vivādāpannā aññamaññaṁ mukhasattīhi vitudantā viharanti: ;;;With his passing the Jain ascetics split, dividing into two factions, arguing, quarreling, and disputing, continually wounding each other with barbed words: 
;;;Vadhoyeva kho maññe nigaṇṭhesu nāṭaputtiyesu vattati. 
;;;You’d think there was nothing but slaughter going on among the Jain ascetics. 
;;;Atha kho cundo samaṇuddeso pāvāyaṁ vassaṁvuṭṭho yena sāmagāmo yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho cundo samaṇuddeso āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;And then, after completing the rainy season residence near Pāvā, the novice Cunda went to see Venerable Ānanda at Sāma village. He bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened. 
;;;Ye ca kho, bhante, puggalā bhagavantaṁ patissayamānarūpā viharanti tepi bhagavato accayena saṅghe vivādaṁ janeyyuṁ ajjhājīve vā adhipātimokkhe vā. 
;;;Nevertheless, there are some individuals who appear to live obedient to the Buddha, but when the Buddha has passed away they might create a dispute in the Saṅgha regarding livelihood or the monastic code. 
;;;pāpiccho hoti micchādiṭṭhi …pe… 
;;;They have corrupt wishes and wrong view … 
;;;‘saratāyasmā evarūpiṁ garukaṁ āpattiṁ āpajjitā pārājikaṁ vā pārājikasāmantaṁ vā’ti? 
;;;‘Venerable, do you recall committing the kind of serious offense that entails expulsion or close to it?’ 
;;;Tassa kho, ānanda, bhikkhuno sativinayo dātabbo. 
;;;The resolution through recollection should be granted to them. 
;;;Tassa kho, ānanda, bhikkhuno amūḷhavinayo dātabbo. 
;;;The resolution because of past insanity should be granted to them. 
;;;Tena, ānanda, bhikkhunā vuḍḍhataraṁ bhikkhuṁ upasaṅkamitvā ekaṁsaṁ cīvaraṁ katvā pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṁ nisīditvā añjaliṁ paggahetvā evamassa vacanīyo: 
;;;After approaching a more senior mendicant, that mendicant should arrange his robe over one shoulder, bow to that mendicant’s feet, squat on their heels, raise their joined palms, and say: 
;;;‘imañhi nāmāhaṁ, āvuso, appamattikaṁ āpattiṁ āpajjitvā apuṭṭho paṭijānissāmi. 
;;;‘Reverends, I’ll go so far as to acknowledge this light offense even when not asked. 
;;;Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṁ, ahaṁ yā ceva imesaṁ āyasmantānaṁ āpatti yā ca attano āpatti, imesañceva āyasmantānaṁ atthāya attano ca atthāya, saṅghamajjhe tiṇavatthārakena deseyyaṁ, ṭhapetvā thullavajjaṁ ṭhapetvā gihipaṭisaṁyuttan’ti. 
;;;If it seems appropriate to the Saṅgha, then—for the benefit of these venerables and myself—I disclose in the middle of the Saṅgha by means of covering over as if with grass any offenses committed by these venerables and by myself, excepting only those that are gravely blameworthy and those connected with laypeople.’ 
;;;Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṁ, ahaṁ yā ceva imesaṁ āyasmantānaṁ āpatti yā ca attano āpatti, imesañceva āyasmantānaṁ atthāya attano ca atthāya, saṅghamajjhe tiṇavatthārakena deseyyaṁ, ṭhapetvā thullavajjaṁ ṭhapetvā gihipaṭisaṁyuttan’ti. 
;;;If it seems appropriate to the Saṅgha, then—for the benefit of these venerables and myself—I disclose in the middle of the Saṅgha by means of covering over as if with grass any offenses committed by these venerables and by myself, excepting only those that are gravely blameworthy and those connected with laypeople.’ 
;;;

mn104
mn105#8.3

āneñjapaṭisaṁyuttāya ca pana kathāya kacchamānāya na sussūsati, na sotaṁ odahati, na aññā cittaṁ upaṭṭhāpeti, na ca taṁ purisaṁ bhajati, na ca tena vittiṁ āpajjati. ;;;But when talk connected with the imperturbable is going on they don’t want to listen. They don’t actively listen or try to understand. They don’t associate with that kind of person, and they don’t find it satisfying. 
;;;‘taṇhā kho sallaṁ samaṇena vuttaṁ, avijjāvisadoso, chandarāgabyāpādena ruppati. 
;;;‘The Ascetic has said that craving is a dart; and that the poison of ignorance is inflicted by desire and ill will. 
;;;Taṁ me taṇhāsallaṁ pahīnaṁ, apanīto avijjāvisadoso, sammā nibbānādhimuttohamasmī’ti. 
;;;I have given up the dart of craving and expelled the poison of ignorance; I am rightly intent on extinguishment.’ 
;;;Evaṁmāni assa atathaṁ samānaṁ. 
;;;Having such conceit, though it’s not based in fact, 
;;;Seyyathāpi, sunakkhatta, puriso sallena viddho assa savisena gāḷhūpalepanena. 
;;;Suppose a man was struck by an arrow thickly smeared with poison. 
;;;Tassa mittāmaccā ñātisālohitā bhisakkaṁ sallakattaṁ upaṭṭhāpeyyuṁ. 
;;;Their friends and colleagues, relatives and kin would get a surgeon to treat them. 
;;;Tassa so bhisakko sallakatto satthena vaṇamukhaṁ parikanteyya. 
;;;The surgeon would cut open the wound with a scalpel, 
;;;Satthena vaṇamukhaṁ parikantitvā esaniyā sallaṁ eseyya. 
;;;probe for the arrow, 
;;;Esaniyā sallaṁ esitvā sallaṁ abbuheyya, apaneyya visadosaṁ saupādisesaṁ. 
;;;extract it, and expel the poison, leaving some residue behind. 
;;;Saupādisesoti jānamāno so evaṁ vadeyya: 
;;;Imagining that no residue remained, the surgeon would say: 
;;;‘ambho purisa, ubbhataṁ kho te sallaṁ, apanīto visadoso saupādiseso. 
;;;‘My good man, the dart has been extracted and the poison expelled without residue. 
;;;‘ubbhataṁ kho me sallaṁ, apanīto visadoso anupādiseso. 
;;;‘The dart has been extracted and the poison expelled with no residue. 
;;;‘taṇhā kho sallaṁ samaṇena vuttaṁ, avijjāvisadoso chandarāgabyāpādena ruppati. 
;;;‘The Ascetic has said that craving is a dart; and that the poison of ignorance is inflicted by desire and ill will. 
;;;Taṁ me taṇhāsallaṁ pahīnaṁ, apanīto avijjāvisadoso, sammā nibbānādhimuttohamasmī’ti. 
;;;I have given up the dart of craving and expelled the poison of ignorance; I am rightly intent on extinguishment.’ 
;;;‘taṇhā kho sallaṁ samaṇena vuttaṁ, avijjāvisadoso chandarāgabyāpādena ruppati. 
;;;‘The Ascetic has said that craving is a dart; and that the poison of ignorance is inflicted by desire and ill will. 
;;;Taṁ me taṇhāsallaṁ pahīnaṁ, apanīto avijjāvisadoso, sammā nibbānādhimuttohamasmī’ti. 
;;;I have given up the dart of craving and expelled the poison of ignorance; I am rightly intent on extinguishment.’ 
;;;Seyyathāpi, sunakkhatta, puriso sallena viddho assa savisena gāḷhūpalepanena. 
;;;Suppose a man was struck by an arrow thickly smeared with poison. 
;;;Tassa mittāmaccā ñātisālohitā bhisakkaṁ sallakattaṁ upaṭṭhāpeyyuṁ. 
;;;Their friends and colleagues, relatives and kin would get a surgeon to treat them. 
;;;Tassa so bhisakko sallakatto satthena vaṇamukhaṁ parikanteyya. 
;;;The surgeon would cut open the wound with a scalpel, 
;;;Satthena vaṇamukhaṁ parikantitvā esaniyā sallaṁ eseyya. 
;;;probe for the arrow, 
;;;Esaniyā sallaṁ esitvā sallaṁ abbuheyya, apaneyya visadosaṁ anupādisesaṁ. 
;;;extract it, and expel the poison, leaving no residue behind. 
;;;‘ambho purisa, ubbhataṁ kho te sallaṁ, apanīto visadoso anupādiseso. 
;;;‘My good man, the dart has been extracted and the poison expelled with no residue. 
;;;‘ubbhataṁ kho me sallaṁ, apanīto visadoso anupādiseso. 
;;;‘The dart has been extracted and the poison expelled with no residue. 
;;;Tassa imissā ca sappāyakiriyāya asu ca visadoso apanīto anupādiseso tadubhayena vaṇo viruheyya. 
;;;Then both because they did what was suitable, and the unclean poison had left no residue, the wound would heal, 
;;;‘taṇhā kho sallaṁ samaṇena vuttaṁ, avijjāvisadoso chandarāgabyāpādena ruppati. 
;;;‘The Ascetic has said that craving is a dart; and that the poison of ignorance is inflicted by desire and ill will. 
;;;Taṁ me taṇhāsallaṁ pahīnaṁ, apanīto avijjāvisadoso, sammā nibbānādhimuttohamasmī’ti. 
;;;I have given up the dart of craving and expelled the poison of ignorance; I am rightly intent on extinguishment.’ 
;;;sallanti kho, sunakkhatta, taṇhāyetaṁ adhivacanaṁ; 
;;;‘Dart’ is a term for craving. 
;;;bhisakko sallakattoti kho, sunakkhatta, tathāgatassetaṁ adhivacanaṁ arahato sammāsambuddhassa. 
;;;‘Surgeon’ is a term for the Realized One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha. 
;;;

mn105
mn106#8.2

‘nāhaṁ kvacani kassaci kiñcanatasmiṁ, na ca mama kvacani kismiñci kiñcanaṁ natthī’ti. ;;;‘I don’t belong to anyone anywhere! And nothing belongs to me anywhere!’ 
;;;

mn106
mn107#0.2

Gaṇakamoggallānasutta ;;;With Moggallāna the Accountant 
;;;Atha kho gaṇakamoggallāno brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi. 
;;;Then the brahmin Moggallāna the Accountant went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho gaṇakamoggallāno brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha: 
;;;So pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā, ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya, parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;After the meal, they return from almsround, sit down cross-legged, set their body straight, and establish mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;thinamiddhaṁ pahāya vigatathinamiddho viharati ālokasaññī sato sampajāno, thinamiddhā cittaṁ parisodheti; 
;;;Giving up dullness and drowsiness, they meditate with a mind rid of dullness and drowsiness, perceiving light, mindful and aware, cleansing the mind of dullness and drowsiness. 
;;;Evaṁ vutte, gaṇakamoggallāno brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;When he had spoken, Moggallāna the Accountant said to the Buddha, 
;;;Evaṁ vutte, gaṇakamoggallāno brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;When he had spoken, Moggallāna the Accountant said to the Buddha, 
;;;“yeme, bho gotama, puggalā assaddhā jīvikatthā na saddhā agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajitā saṭhā māyāvino ketabino uddhatā unnaḷā capalā mukharā vikiṇṇavācā indriyesu aguttadvārā bhojane amattaññuno jāgariyaṁ ananuyuttā sāmaññe anapekkhavanto sikkhāya na tibbagāravā bāhulikā sāthalikā okkamane pubbaṅgamā paviveke nikkhittadhurā kusītā hīnavīriyā muṭṭhassatino asampajānā asamāhitā vibbhantacittā duppaññā eḷamūgā, na tehi bhavaṁ gotamo saddhiṁ saṁvasati. 
;;;“Mister Gotama, there are those faithless people who went forth from the lay life to homelessness not out of faith but to earn a livelihood. They’re devious, deceitful, and sneaky. They’re restless, insolent, fickle, scurrilous, and loose-tongued. They do not guard their sense doors or eat in moderation, and they are not committed to wakefulness. They don’t care about the ascetic life, and don’t keenly respect the training. They’re indulgent and slack, leaders in backsliding, neglecting seclusion, lazy, and lacking energy. They’re unmindful, lacking situational awareness and immersion, with straying minds, witless and stupid. Mister Gotama does not live together with these. 
;;;Gaṇakamoggallānasuttaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ sattamaṁ. 
;;;

mn107
mn108#0.2

Gopakamoggallānasutta ;;;With Moggallāna the Guardian 
;;;Yannūnāhaṁ yena gopakamoggallānassa brāhmaṇassa kammanto, yena gopakamoggallāno brāhmaṇo tenupasaṅkameyyan”ti. 
;;;Why don’t I go to see the brahmin Moggallāna the Guardian at his place of work?” 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena gopakamoggallānassa brāhmaṇassa kammanto, yena gopakamoggallāno brāhmaṇo tenupasaṅkami. 
;;;So that’s what he did. 
;;;Addasā kho gopakamoggallāno brāhmaṇo āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ. 
;;;Moggallāna the Guardian saw Ānanda coming off in the distance 
;;;Gopakamoggallānopi kho brāhmaṇo aññataraṁ nīcaṁ āsanaṁ gahetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. 
;;;while Moggallāna took a low seat and sat to one side. 
;;;Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho gopakamoggallāno brāhmaṇo āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then he said to Ānanda, 
;;;Ayañca hidaṁ āyasmato ānandassa gopakamoggallānena brāhmaṇena saddhiṁ antarākathā vippakatā ahosi. 
;;;But this conversation between Ānanda and Moggallāna the Guardian was left unfinished. 
;;;Atha kho vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto rājagahe kammante anusaññāyamāno yena gopakamoggallānassa brāhmaṇassa kammanto, yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā ānandena saddhiṁ sammodi. 
;;;For just then the brahmin Vassakāra, a minister of Magadha, while supervising the work at Rājagaha, approached Ānanda at Moggallāna’s place of work and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;“Idha maṁ, brāhmaṇa, gopakamoggallāno brāhmaṇo evamāha: 
;;;So Ānanda told him of the conversation that they were having when Vassakāra arrived. Vassakāra said: 
;;;Evaṁ vutte, ahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, gopakamoggallānaṁ brāhmaṇaṁ etadavocaṁ: 
;;; 
;;;Ayaṁ kho no, brāhmaṇa, gopakamoggallānena brāhmaṇena saddhiṁ antarākathā vippakatā. 
;;; 
;;;‘ayaṁ vo mamaccayena paṭisaraṇaṁ bhavissatī’ti, yaṁ tumhe etarahi paṭipādeyyāthā”ti? 
;;;‘This one will be your refuge when I have passed away,’ to whom you would now turn?” 
;;;“Atthi nu kho, bho ānanda, ekabhikkhupi yaṁ tumhe etarahi sakkarotha garuṁ karotha mānetha pūjetha; sakkatvā garuṁ katvā upanissāya viharathā”ti? 
;;;“Mister Ānanda, is there even a single mendicant who you honor, respect, revere, venerate, and rely on?” 
;;;Ye te dhammā ādikalyāṇā, majjhekalyāṇā, pariyosānakalyāṇā, sātthaṁ, sabyañjanaṁ, kevalaparipuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ abhivadanti tathārūpāssa dhammā bahussutā honti dhātā vacasā paricitā manasānupekkhitā diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā. 
;;;These teachings are good in the beginning, good in the middle, and good in the end, meaningful and well-phrased, describing a spiritual practice that’s entirely full and pure. They are very learned in such teachings, remembering them, rehearsing them, mentally scrutinizing them, and comprehending them theoretically. 
;;;Anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhoti—ekopi hutvā bahudhā hoti, bahudhāpi hutvā eko hoti; āvibhāvaṁ tirobhāvaṁ; tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamāno gacchati, seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ karoti, seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gacchati, seyyathāpi pathaviyaṁ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kamati, seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve pāṇinā parimasati parimajjati, yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vatteti. 
;;;They wield the many kinds of psychic power: multiplying themselves and becoming one again; appearing and disappearing; going unobstructed through a wall, a rampart, or a mountain as if through space; diving in and out of the earth as if it were water; walking on water as if it were earth; flying cross-legged through the sky like a bird; touching and stroking with the hand the sun and moon, so mighty and powerful. They control the body as far as the realm of divinity. 
;;;“Taṁ kiṁ maññati bhavaṁ senāpati yadime bhonto sakkātabbaṁ sakkaronti, garuṁ kātabbaṁ garuṁ karonti, 
;;;“What do you think, general? 
;;;“Kacci pana, bho ānanda, veḷuvanaṁ ramaṇīyañceva appasaddañca appanigghosañca vijanavātaṁ manussarāhasseyyakaṁ paṭisallānasāruppan”ti? 
;;;“I hope the Bamboo Grove is delightful, quiet and still, far from the madding crowd, remote from human settlements, and fit for retreat?” 
;;;“Taggha, brāhmaṇa, veḷuvanaṁ ramaṇīyañceva appasaddañca appanigghosañca vijanavātaṁ manussarāhasseyyakaṁ paṭisallānasāruppaṁ, yathā taṁ tumhādisehi rakkhakehi gopakehī”ti. 
;;;“Indeed it is, brahmin. And it is like that owing to such protectors and guardians as yourself.” 
;;;“Taggha, bho ānanda, veḷuvanaṁ ramaṇīyañceva appasaddañca appanigghosañca vijanavātaṁ manussarāhasseyyakaṁ paṭisallānasāruppaṁ, yathā taṁ bhavantehi jhāyīhi jhānasīlīhi. 
;;;“Surely, Mister Ānanda, it is owing to the good sirs who meditate, making a habit of meditating. 
;;;Atha kho gopakamoggallāno brāhmaṇo acirapakkante vassakāre brāhmaṇe magadhamahāmatte āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Soon after he had left, Moggallāna the Guardian said to Ānanda, 
;;;Gopakamoggallānasuttaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ aṭṭhamaṁ. 
;;;

mn108
mn109#12.6

“Yaṁ kho, bhikkhu, rūpaṁ paṭicca uppajjati sukhaṁ somanassaṁ, ayaṁ rūpe assādo. ;;;“The pleasure and happiness that arise from form: this is its gratification. 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;

mn109
mn110#11.2

Idha, bhikkhave, asappuriso evaṁdiṭṭhi hoti: ;;;It’s when an untrue person has such a view: 
;;;

mn110
mn112#6.2

‘rūpaṁ kho ahaṁ, āvuso, abalaṁ virāgunaṁ anassāsikanti viditvā ye rūpe upāyūpādānā cetaso adhiṭṭhānābhinivesānusayā tesaṁ khayā virāgā nirodhā cāgā paṭinissaggā vimuttaṁ me cittanti pajānāmi. ;;;‘Reverends, knowing that form is powerless, faded, and unreliable, I understand that my mind is freed through the ending, fading away, cessation, giving away, and letting go of attraction, grasping, mental fixation, insistence, and underlying tendency for form. 
;;;‘cakkhusmiṁ, āvuso, rūpe cakkhuviññāṇe cakkhuviññāṇaviññātabbesu dhammesu yo chando yo rāgo yā nandī yā taṇhā ye ca upāyūpādānā cetaso adhiṭṭhānābhinivesānusayā tesaṁ khayā virāgā nirodhā cāgā paṭinissaggā vimuttaṁ me cittanti pajānāmi. 
;;;‘I understand that my mind is freed through the ending, fading away, cessation, giving away, and letting go of desire and greed and relishing and craving; attraction, grasping, mental fixation, insistence, and underlying tendency for the eye, sights, eye consciousness, and things knowable by eye consciousness. 
;;;‘Kathaṁ jānato panāyasmato, kathaṁ passato imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā samūhatā’ti? 
;;;‘Sir, how does the venerable know and see so that he has eradicated I-making, mine-making, and the underlying tendency to conceit for this conscious body and all external stimuli?’ 
;;;So iminā ca ariyena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato, imāya ca ariyāya santuṭṭhiyā samannāgato, iminā ca ariyena indriyasaṁvarena samannāgato, iminā ca ariyena satisampajaññena samannāgato 
;;;When I had this entire spectrum of noble ethics, this noble contentment, this noble sense restraint, and this noble mindfulness and situational awareness, 
;;;So pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto nisīdiṁ pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;After the meal, I returned from almsround, sat down cross-legged, set my body straight, and established mindfulness in his presence. 
;;;

mn112
mn113#7.4

So tena ñattena attānukkaṁseti, paraṁ vambheti. ;;;And they glorify themselves and put others down on account of that. 
;;;Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na kiñci maññati, na kuhiñci maññati, na kenaci maññatī”ti. 
;;;This is a mendicant who does not conceive with anything, does not conceive regarding anything, does not conceive through anything.” 
;;;

mn113
mn114#7.14

abyāpannacitto kho pana hoti appaduṭṭhamanasaṅkappo: ‘ime sattā averā abyābajjhā anīghā sukhī attānaṁ pariharantū’ti— ;;;They have a kind heart and loving intentions: ‘May these sentient beings live free of enmity and ill will, untroubled and happy!’ 
;;;

mn114
mn115#12.2

“Idhānanda, bhikkhu ‘aṭṭhānametaṁ anavakāso yaṁ diṭṭhisampanno puggalo kañci saṅkhāraṁ niccato upagaccheyya, netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjatī’ti pajānāti; ;;;“It’s when a mendicant understands: ‘It’s impossible for a person accomplished in view to take any condition as permanent. That is not possible. 
;;;

mn115
mn116#5.3

Tesaṁ visallāna naruttamānaṁ, ;;;hear me extol their names, 
;;;Sudassano piyadassī ca susambuddho; 
;;;Sudassana, and Piyadassin the awakened; 
;;;Sumbho subho matulo aṭṭhamo ca, 
;;;Sumbha, Subha, Methula, and Aṭṭhama, 
;;;Atha kosallo buddho atho subāhu; 
;;;then the awakened one Kosala, then Subāhu; 
;;;Aṅgo ca paṅgo ca guttijito ca; 
;;;Aṅga and Paṅga, and Guttijita too; 
;;;Upasikhi taṇhacchido ca sikhari. 
;;;Upasīdarī and Sīdarī, who’ve both cut off craving. 
;;;

mn116
mn117#6.2

Sammādiṭṭhimpahaṁ, bhikkhave, dvāyaṁ vadāmi— ;;;Right view is twofold, I say. 
;;;Itiyime tayo dhammā sammādiṭṭhiṁ anuparidhāvanti anuparivattanti, seyyathidaṁ—sammādiṭṭhi, sammāvāyāmo, sammāsati. 
;;;So these three things keep running and circling around right view, namely: right view, right effort, and right mindfulness. 
;;;Kuhanā, lapanā, nemittikatā, nippesikatā, lābhena lābhaṁ nijigīsanatā— 
;;;Deceit, flattery, hinting, and belittling, and using material things to chase after other material things. 
;;;Iti kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgato sekkho, dasaṅgasamannāgato arahā hoti. 
;;;So the trainee has eight factors, while the perfected one has ten factors. 
;;;Yepi te, bhikkhave, ahesuṁ okkalā vassabhaññā ahetuvādā akiriyavādā natthikavādā tepi mahācattārīsakaṁ dhammapariyāyaṁ na garahitabbaṁ nappaṭikkositabbaṁ amaññiṁsu. 
;;;Even those wanderers of the past, Vassa and Bhañña of Ukkalā, who adhered to the doctrines of no-cause, inaction, and nihilism, didn’t imagine that the Great Forty should be criticized or rejected. 
;;;

mn117
mn118#1.3

āyasmatā ca sāriputtena āyasmatā ca mahāmoggallānena āyasmatā ca mahākassapena āyasmatā ca mahākaccāyanena āyasmatā ca mahākoṭṭhikena āyasmatā ca mahākappinena āyasmatā ca mahācundena āyasmatā ca anuruddhena āyasmatā ca revatena āyasmatā ca ānandena, aññehi ca abhiññātehi abhiññātehi therehi sāvakehi saddhiṁ. ;;;the venerables Sāriputta, Mahāmoggallāna, Mahākassapa, Mahākaccāna, Mahākoṭṭhita, Mahākappina, Mahācunda, Anuruddha, Revata, Ānanda, and others. 
;;;Te ca navā bhikkhū therehi bhikkhūhi ovadiyamānā anusāsiyamānā uḷāraṁ pubbenāparaṁ visesaṁ jānanti. 
;;;Being instructed by the senior mendicants, the junior mendicants realized a higher distinction than they had before. 
;;;Te jānapadā bhikkhū sāvatthiṁ osaranti bhagavantaṁ dassanāya. 
;;;and came down to Sāvatthī to see the Buddha. 
;;;“Apalāpāyaṁ, bhikkhave, parisā; nippalāpāyaṁ, bhikkhave, parisā; suddhā sāre patiṭṭhitā. 
;;;“This assembly has no chaff, mendicants, it is free of chaff, pure, and consolidated in the core. 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;It’s when a mendicant—gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut—sits down cross-legged, sets their body straight, and establishes mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;So satova assasati satova passasati. 
;;;Just mindful, they breathe in. Mindful, they breathe out. 
;;;So tathāsato viharanto taṁ dhammaṁ paññāya pavicinati pavicayati parivīmaṁsaṁ āpajjati. 
;;;As they live mindfully in this way they investigate, explore, and inquire into that principle with wisdom. 
;;;Tassa taṁ dhammaṁ paññāya pavicinato pavicayato parivīmaṁsaṁ āpajjato āraddhaṁ hoti vīriyaṁ asallīnaṁ. 
;;;As they investigate principles with wisdom in this way their energy is roused up and unflagging. 
;;;Yasmiṁ samaye, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno taṁ dhammaṁ paññāya pavicinato pavicayato parivīmaṁsaṁ āpajjato āraddhaṁ hoti vīriyaṁ asallīnaṁ, vīriyasambojjhaṅgo tasmiṁ samaye bhikkhuno āraddho hoti, vīriyasambojjhaṅgaṁ tasmiṁ samaye bhikkhu bhāveti, vīriyasambojjhaṅgo tasmiṁ samaye bhikkhuno bhāvanāpāripūriṁ gacchati. 
;;;At such a time, a mendicant has activated the awakening factor of energy; they develop it and perfect it. 
;;;Tassa taṁ dhammaṁ paññāya pavicinato pavicayato parivīmaṁsaṁ āpajjato āraddhaṁ hoti vīriyaṁ asallīnaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;Yasmiṁ samaye, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno taṁ dhammaṁ paññāya pavicinato pavicayato parivīmaṁsaṁ āpajjato āraddhaṁ hoti vīriyaṁ asallīnaṁ, vīriyasambojjhaṅgo tasmiṁ samaye bhikkhuno āraddho hoti, vīriyasambojjhaṅgaṁ tasmiṁ samaye bhikkhu bhāveti, vīriyasambojjhaṅgo tasmiṁ samaye bhikkhuno bhāvanāpāripūriṁ gacchati. 
;;;energy … 
;;;

mn118
mn119#2.3

Yāvañcidaṁ tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena kāyagatāsati bhāvitā bahulīkatā mahapphalā vuttā mahānisaṁsā”ti. ;;;how the Blessed One, who knows and sees, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha has said that mindfulness of the body, when developed and cultivated, is very fruitful and beneficial.” 
;;;Ayañca hidaṁ tesaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ antarākathā vippakatā hoti, atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena upaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. 
;;;But their conversation was left unfinished. Then the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the assembly hall. He sat on the seat spread out 
;;;“Kathaṁ bhāvitā ca, bhikkhave, kāyagatāsati kathaṁ bahulīkatā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṁsā? 
;;;“And how, mendicants, is mindfulness of the body developed and cultivated to be very fruitful and beneficial? 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;It’s when a mendicant—gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut—sits down cross-legged, sets their body straight, and establishes mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;Evaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāyagatāsatiṁ bhāveti. 
;;;That’s how a mendicant develops mindfulness of the body. 
;;;‘atthi imasmiṁ kāye kesā lomā nakhā dantā taco maṁsaṁ nhāru aṭṭhi aṭṭhimiñjaṁ vakkaṁ hadayaṁ yakanaṁ kilomakaṁ pihakaṁ papphāsaṁ antaṁ antaguṇaṁ udariyaṁ karīsaṁ pittaṁ semhaṁ pubbo lohitaṁ sedo medo assu vasā kheḷo siṅghāṇikā lasikā muttan’ti. 
;;;‘In this body there is head hair, body hair, nails, teeth, skin, flesh, sinews, bones, bone marrow, kidneys, heart, liver, diaphragm, spleen, lungs, intestines, mesentery, undigested food, feces, bile, phlegm, pus, blood, sweat, fat, tears, grease, saliva, snot, synovial fluid, urine.’ 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, ubhatomukhā putoḷi pūrā nānāvihitassa dhaññassa, seyyathidaṁ— 
;;;It’s as if there were a bag with openings at both ends, filled with various kinds of grains, such as 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, dakkho goghātako vā goghātakantevāsī vā gāviṁ vadhitvā catumahāpathe bilaso vibhajitvā nisinno assa; 
;;;It’s as if a deft butcher or butcher’s apprentice were to kill a cow and sit down at the crossroads with the meat cut into chops. 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu seyyathāpi passeyya sarīraṁ sivathikāya chaḍḍitaṁ ekāhamataṁ vā dvīhamataṁ vā tīhamataṁ vā uddhumātakaṁ vinīlakaṁ vipubbakajātaṁ. 
;;;Furthermore, suppose a mendicant were to see a corpse discarded in a charnel ground. And it had been dead for one, two, or three days, bloated, livid, and festering. 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu seyyathāpi passeyya sarīraṁ sivathikāya chaḍḍitaṁ kākehi vā khajjamānaṁ kulalehi vā khajjamānaṁ gijjhehi vā khajjamānaṁ kaṅkehi vā khajjamānaṁ sunakhehi vā khajjamānaṁ byagghehi vā khajjamānaṁ dīpīhi vā khajjamānaṁ siṅgālehi vā khajjamānaṁ vividhehi vā pāṇakajātehi khajjamānaṁ. 
;;;Or suppose they were to see a corpse discarded in a charnel ground being devoured by crows, hawks, vultures, herons, dogs, tigers, leopards, jackals, and many kinds of little creatures. 
;;;aṭṭhikāni apagatasambandhāni disāvidisāvikkhittāni aññena hatthaṭṭhikaṁ aññena pādaṭṭhikaṁ aññena gopphakaṭṭhikaṁ aññena jaṅghaṭṭhikaṁ aññena ūruṭṭhikaṁ aññena kaṭiṭṭhikaṁ aññena phāsukaṭṭhikaṁ aññena piṭṭhiṭṭhikaṁ aññena khandhaṭṭhikaṁ aññena gīvaṭṭhikaṁ aññena hanukaṭṭhikaṁ aññena dantaṭṭhikaṁ aññena sīsakaṭāhaṁ. 
;;;Bones rid of sinews scattered in every direction. Here a hand-bone, there a foot-bone, here an ankle bone, there a shin-bone, here a thigh-bone, there a hip-bone, here a rib-bone, there a back-bone, here an arm-bone, there a neck-bone, here a jaw-bone, there a tooth, here the skull. … 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, dakkho nhāpako vā nhāpakantevāsī vā kaṁsathāle nhānīyacuṇṇāni ākiritvā udakena paripphosakaṁ paripphosakaṁ sanneyya, sāyaṁ nhānīyapiṇḍi snehānugatā snehaparetā santarabāhirā phuṭā snehena na ca pagghariṇī; 
;;;It’s like when a deft bathroom attendant or their apprentice pours bath powder into a bronze dish, sprinkling it little by little with water. They knead it until the ball of bath powder is soaked and saturated with moisture, spread through inside and out; yet no moisture oozes out. 
;;;Yassa kassaci, bhikkhave, kāyagatāsati bhāvitā bahulīkatā, antogadhāvāssa kusalā dhammā ye keci vijjābhāgiyā. 
;;;Anyone who has developed and cultivated mindfulness of the body includes all of the skillful qualities that play a part in realization. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso garukaṁ silāguḷaṁ allamattikāpuñje pakkhipeyya. 
;;;Suppose a person were to throw a heavy stone ball at a mound of wet clay. 
;;;api nu taṁ garukaṁ silāguḷaṁ allamattikāpuñje labhetha otāran”ti? 
;;;Would that heavy stone ball find an entry into that mound of wet clay?” 
;;;api nu so puriso amuṁ sukkhaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ koḷāpaṁ uttarāraṇiṁ ādāya abhimanthento aggiṁ abhinibbatteyya, tejo pātukareyyā”ti? 
;;;By drilling the stick against that dried up, withered log, could they light a fire and produce heat?” 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, allaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ sasnehaṁ; 
;;;Suppose there was a green, sappy log. 
;;;api nu so puriso amuṁ allaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ sasnehaṁ uttarāraṇiṁ ādāya abhimanthento aggiṁ abhinibbatteyya, tejo pātukareyyā”ti? 
;;;By drilling the stick against that green, sappy log on dry land far from water, could they light a fire and produce heat?” 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, subhūmiyaṁ catumahāpathe ājaññaratho yutto assa ṭhito odhastapatodo; 
;;;Suppose a chariot stood harnessed to thoroughbreds at a level crossroads, with a goad ready. 
;;;

mn119
mn120#3.5

Tassa te saṅkhārā ca vihārā ca evaṁ bhāvitā evaṁ bahulīkatā tatrupapattiyā saṁvattanti. ;;;Those choices and meditations of theirs, developed and cultivated like this, lead to rebirth there. 
;;;‘cātumahārājikā devā dīghāyukā vaṇṇavanto sukhabahulā’ti. 
;;;‘The gods of the four great kings are long-lived, beautiful, and very happy.’ 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, maṇi veḷuriyo subho jātimā aṭṭhaṁso suparikammakato paṇḍukambale nikkhitto bhāsate ca tapate ca virocati ca; 
;;;Suppose there was a beryl gem that was naturally beautiful, eight-faceted, well-worked. When placed on a cream rug it would shine and glow and radiate. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, nikkhaṁ jambonadaṁ dakkhakammāraputtaukkāmukhasukusalasampahaṭṭhaṁ paṇḍukambale nikkhittaṁ bhāsate ca tapate ca virocati ca; 
;;;Suppose there was a pendant of Black Plum River gold, fashioned by a deft smith, well wrought in the forge. When placed on a cream rug it would shine and glow and radiate. 
;;;

mn120
mn121#2.1

Atha kho āyasmā ānando sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Ānanda came out of retreat and went to the Buddha. He bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him: 
;;;Pubbepāhaṁ, ānanda, etarahipi suññatāvihārena bahulaṁ viharāmi. 
;;;Now, as before, I usually practice the meditation on emptiness. 
;;;Evampissa esā, ānanda, yathābhuccā avipallatthā parisuddhā suññatāvakkanti bhavati. 
;;;That’s how emptiness manifests in them—genuine, undistorted, and pure. 
;;;Evampissa esā, ānanda, yathābhuccā avipallatthā parisuddhā suññatāvakkanti bhavati. 
;;;That’s how emptiness manifests in them—genuine, undistorted, and pure. 
;;;Evampissa esā, ānanda, yathābhuccā avipallatthā parisuddhā suññatāvakkanti bhavati. 
;;;That’s how emptiness manifests in them—genuine, undistorted, and pure. 
;;;Evampissa esā, ānanda, yathābhuccā avipallatthā parisuddhā suññatāvakkanti bhavati. 
;;;That’s how emptiness manifests in them—genuine, undistorted, and pure. 
;;;Evampissa esā, ānanda, yathābhuccā avipallatthā parisuddhā suññatāvakkanti bhavati. 
;;;That’s how emptiness manifests in them—genuine, undistorted, and pure. 
;;;Evampissa esā, ānanda, yathābhuccā avipallatthā parisuddhā suññatāvakkanti bhavati. 
;;;That’s how emptiness manifests in them—genuine, undistorted, and pure. 
;;;Evampissa esā, ānanda, yathābhuccā avipallatthā parisuddhā suññatāvakkanti bhavati. 
;;;That’s how emptiness manifests in them—genuine, undistorted, and pure. 
;;;Evampissa esā, ānanda, yathābhuccā avipallatthā parisuddhā paramānuttarā suññatāvakkanti bhavati. 
;;;That’s how emptiness manifests in them—genuine, undistorted, pure, and supreme. 
;;;

mn121
mn122#2.9

Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena ghaṭāya sakkassa vihāro tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to Ghaṭā’s lodge, where he sat on the seat spread out 
;;;sabbanimittānaṁ amanasikārā ajjhattaṁ suññataṁ upasampajja viharituṁ. 
;;;to enter and remain in emptiness internally by not focusing on any signs. 
;;;Tatra ce, ānanda, tathāgataṁ iminā vihārena viharantaṁ bhavanti upasaṅkamitāro bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo upāsakā upāsikāyo rājāno rājamahāmattā titthiyā titthiyasāvakā. 
;;;Now, suppose that while the Realized One is practicing this meditation, monks, nuns, laymen, laywomen, rulers and their chief ministers, monastics of other religions and their disciples go to visit him. 
;;;Kathañcānanda, bhikkhu ajjhattameva cittaṁ saṇṭhapeti sannisādeti ekodiṁ karoti samādahati? 
;;;And how does a mendicant still, settle, unify, and immerse their mind in samādhi internally? 
;;;Tassa ce, ānanda, bhikkhuno iminā vihārena viharato kathāya cittaṁ namati, so: 
;;;While a mendicant is practicing such a meditation, if their mind inclines to talking, they think: 
;;;Yā ca kho ayaṁ, ānanda, kathā abhisallekhikā cetovinīvaraṇasappāyā ekantanibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṁvattati, seyyathidaṁ—appicchakathā santuṭṭhikathā pavivekakathā asaṁsaggakathā vīriyārambhakathā sīlakathā samādhikathā paññākathā vimuttikathā vimuttiñāṇadassanakathā iti: ‘evarūpiṁ kathaṁ kathessāmī’ti. 
;;;‘But I will take part in talk about self-effacement that helps open the heart and leads solely to disillusionment, dispassion, cessation, peace, insight, awakening, and extinguishment. That is, talk about fewness of wishes, contentment, seclusion, aloofness, arousing energy, ethics, immersion, wisdom, freedom, and the knowledge and vision of freedom.’ 
;;;Ime kho te, ānanda, dhammā ekantakusalā kusalāyātikā ariyā lokuttarā anavakkantā pāpimatā. 
;;;These principles are entirely skillful, with skillful outcomes; they are noble, transcendent, and inaccessible to the Wicked One. 
;;;kaṁ atthavasaṁ sampassamāno arahati sāvako satthāraṁ anubandhituṁ api paṇujjamāno”ti? 
;;;For what reason would a disciple deem it worthwhile to follow the Teacher, even if sent away?” 
;;;“Na kho, ānanda, arahati sāvako satthāraṁ anubandhituṁ, yadidaṁ suttaṁ geyyaṁ veyyākaraṇaṁ tassa hetu. 
;;;“A disciple would not deem it worthwhile to follow the Teacher for the sake of this, namely statements, mixed prose & verse, or discussions. 
;;;Yā ca kho ayaṁ, ānanda, kathā abhisallekhikā cetovinīvaraṇasappāyā ekantanibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṁvattati, seyyathidaṁ—appicchakathā santuṭṭhikathā pavivekakathā asaṁsaggakathā vīriyārambhakathā sīlakathā samādhikathā paññākathā vimuttikathā vimuttiñāṇadassanakathā—evarūpiyā kho, ānanda, kathāya hetu arahati sāvako satthāraṁ anubandhituṁ api paṇujjamāno. 
;;;But a disciple would deem it worthwhile to follow the Teacher, even if sent away, for the sake of talk about self-effacement that helps open the heart and leads solely to disillusionment, dispassion, cessation, peace, insight, awakening, and extinguishment. That is, talk about fewness of wishes, contentment, seclusion, aloofness, arousing energy, ethics, immersion, wisdom, freedom, and the knowledge and vision of freedom. 
;;;Tassa tathāvūpakaṭṭhassa viharato anvāvattanti brāhmaṇagahapatikā negamā ceva jānapadā ca. 
;;;While meditating withdrawn, they’re visited by a stream of brahmins and householders, and people of town and country. 
;;;

mn122
mn123#2.9

Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenupaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat, went to the assembly hall, sat down on the seat spread out, 
;;;“tasmātiha taṁ, ānanda, bhiyyoso mattāya paṭibhantu tathāgatassa acchariyā abbhutadhammā”ti. 
;;;“Well then, Ānanda, say some more about the incredible and amazing qualities of the Realized One.” 
;;;Yampi, bhante, sato sampajāno bodhisatto tusite kāye aṭṭhāsi idampāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavato acchariyaṁ abbhutadhammaṁ dhāremi. 
;;;This too I remember as an incredible quality of the Buddha. 
;;;‘yadā, ānanda, bodhisatto mātukucchimhā nikkhamati, visadova nikkhamati amakkhito udena amakkhito semhena amakkhito ruhirena amakkhito kenaci asucinā suddho visado. 
;;;‘When the being intent on awakening emerges from his mother’s womb, he emerges already clean, unsoiled by waters, mucus, blood, or any other kind of impurity, pure and clean. 
;;;

mn123
mn124#1.2

ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā bākulo rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. ;;;At one time Venerable Bakkula was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. 
;;;nābhijānāmi kathine cīvaraṁ sibbitā … 
;;;sewing a robe during the robe-making ceremony … 
;;;nābhijānāmi sabrahmacārīnaṁ cīvarakamme vicāritā … 
;;;wandering to look for robe material for my companions in the spiritual life when they are making robes … 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā bākulo aparena samayena avāpuraṇaṁ ādāya vihārena vihāraṁ upasaṅkamitvā evamāha: 
;;;Then some time later Venerable Bakkula, taking a latchkey, went from dwelling to dwelling, saying, 
;;;

mn124
mn125#4.7

Sace ahaṁ bhoto aggivessanassa bhāsitassa atthaṁ ājānissāmi, iccetaṁ kusalaṁ; ;;;If I understand the meaning of what you say, that’s good. 
;;;Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho aciravato samaṇuddeso yāvatako ahosi jayasenena rājakumārena saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi. 
;;;and informed the Buddha of all they had discussed. 
;;;‘tathā hi panāhaṁ, samma, iminā mahatā pabbatena āvuto daṭṭheyyaṁ nāddasan’ti. 
;;;‘But my friend, it was because I was obstructed by this big mountain that I didn’t see what could be seen.’ 
;;;Ato mahantatarena, aggivessana, ‘avijjākhandhena jayaseno rājakumāro āvuto nivuto ophuṭo pariyonaddho. 
;;;But bigger than that is the mass of ignorance by which Prince Jayasena is veiled, shrouded, covered, and engulfed. 
;;;Sace kho taṁ, aggivessana, jayasenassa rājakumārassa imā dve upamā paṭibhāyeyyuṁ, anacchariyaṁ te jayaseno rājakumāro pasīdeyya, pasanno ca te pasannākāraṁ kareyyā”ti. 
;;;It would be no wonder if, had these two similes occurred to you, Prince Jayasena would have gained confidence in you and shown his confidence.” 
;;;‘Evaṁ, devā’ti kho, aggivessana, nāgavaniko rañño khattiyassa muddhāvasittassa paṭissutvā rañño nāgaṁ abhiruhitvā nāgavanaṁ pavisitvā āraññakaṁ nāgaṁ atipassitvā rañño nāgassa gīvāyaṁ upanibandhati. 
;;;‘Yes, Your Majesty,’ replied the elephant tracker, and did as he was asked. 
;;;(yathā gaṇakamoggallānasuttante, evaṁ vitthāretabbāni.) 
;;;(Tell in full as in MN 107, the Discourse with Moggallāna the Accountant.) 
;;;Mahallako cepi, aggivessana, rañño nāgo adanto avinīto kālaṁ karoti, ‘adantamaraṇaṁ mahallako rañño nāgo kālaṅkato’tveva saṅkhaṁ gacchati; 
;;;If a royal bull elephant passes away untamed and untrained—whether in their old age, middle age, or youth—they’re considered a royal bull elephant who passed away untamed. 
;;;Mahallako cepi, aggivessana, rañño nāgo sudanto suvinīto kālaṁ karoti, ‘dantamaraṇaṁ mahallako rañño nāgo kālaṅkato’tveva saṅkhaṁ gacchati; 
;;;If a royal bull elephant passes away tamed and trained—whether in their old age, middle age, or youth—they’re considered a royal bull elephant who passed away tamed. 
;;;

mn125
mn126#11.1

Seyyathāpi, bhūmija, puriso khīratthiko khīragavesī khīrapariyesanaṁ caramāno gāviṁ taruṇavacchaṁ visāṇato āviñcheyya. ;;;Suppose there was a person in need of milk. While wandering in search of milk, they tried pulling the horn of a newly-calved cow. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhūmija, puriso aggitthiko aggigavesī aggipariyesanaṁ caramāno allaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ sasnehaṁ uttarāraṇiṁ ādāya abhimantheyya. 
;;;Suppose there was a person in need of fire. While wandering in search of fire, they tried drilling a green, sappy log with a drill-stick. 
;;;Āsañcepi karitvā allaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ sasnehaṁ uttarāraṇiṁ ādāya abhimantheyya, abhabbo aggissa adhigamāya; 
;;;But by doing this, they couldn’t start a fire, regardless of whether they made a wish, 
;;;nevāsaṁ nānāsañcepi karitvā allaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ sasnehaṁ uttarāraṇiṁ ādāya abhimantheyya, abhabbo aggissa adhigamāya. 
;;;or neither did nor did not make a wish. 
;;;

mn126
mn127#8.5

Ayampi vuccati, gahapati, mahaggatā cetovimutti. ;;; 
;;;Tesaṁ tato nīhatānaṁ accinānattañceva paññāyetha ābhānānattañca; 
;;;You can detect a difference both in their flames and also in their radiance. 
;;;Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā sabhiyo kaccāno āyasmantaṁ anuruddhaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;When he had spoken, Venerable Sabhiya Kaccāna said to Venerable Anuruddha: 
;;;‘addhā āyasmatā anuruddhena tāhi devatāhi saddhiṁ sannivutthapubbañceva sallapitapubbañca sākacchā ca samāpajjitapubbā’”ti. 
;;;‘Clearly, Venerable Anuruddha has previously lived together with those deities, conversed, and engaged in discussion.’” 
;;;‘dīgharattaṁ kho me, āvuso kaccāna, tāhi devatāhi saddhiṁ sannivutthapubbañceva sallapitapubbañca sākacchā ca samāpajjitapubbā’”ti. 
;;;For a long time I have previously lived together with those deities, conversed, and engaged in discussion.” 
;;;yaṁ tvañceva taṁ kaṅkhādhammaṁ pahāsi, mayañcimaṁ dhammapariyāyaṁ alatthamhā savanāyā”ti. 
;;;to have given up your state of uncertainty, and to have got the chance to listen to this exposition of the teaching.” 
;;;

mn127
mn128#19.5

Seyyathāpi, anuruddhā, puriso addhānamaggappaṭipanno, tassa ubhatopasse vaṭṭakā uppateyyuṁ, tassa tatonidānaṁ chambhitattaṁ uppajjeyya; ;;;Suppose a person was traveling along a road, and killers were to spring out at them from both sides. They’d feel terrified because of that. 
;;;‘uppilaṁ kho me udapādi, uppilādhikaraṇañca pana me samādhi cavi. 
;;;‘Elation arose in me, and because of that my immersion fell away. 
;;;‘kevalampi rattiṁ, kevalampi divaṁ, kevalampi rattindivaṁ’. 
;;;And this went on for a whole night, a whole day, even a whole night and day. 
;;;Handa dānāhaṁ tividhena samādhiṁ bhāvemī’ti. 
;;;Now let me develop immersion in three ways.’ 
;;;

mn128
mn129#3.7

saṁvijjanteva te dhammā mayi, ahañca tesu dhammesu sandissāmī’ti. ;;;But those bad things are found in me and I exhibit them!’ 
;;;tattaṁ ayokhilaṁ hatthe gamenti, tattaṁ ayokhilaṁ dutiye hatthe gamenti, tattaṁ ayokhilaṁ pāde gamenti, tattaṁ ayokhilaṁ dutiye pāde gamenti, tattaṁ ayokhilaṁ majjhe urasmiṁ gamenti. 
;;;They drive red-hot stakes through the hands and feet, and another in the middle of the chest. 
;;;Tamenaṁ, bhikkhave, nirayapālā rathe yojetvā ādittāya pathaviyā sampajjalitāya sajotibhūtāya sārentipi paccāsārentipi. 
;;;They harness them to a chariot, and drive them back and forth across burning ground, blazing and glowing. … 
;;;Te allānipi tiṇāni sukkhānipi tiṇāni dantullehakaṁ khādanti. 
;;;They eat by cropping fresh or dried grass with their teeth. 
;;;Kīṭā puḷavā gaṇḍuppādā, ye vā panaññepi keci tiracchānagatā pāṇā andhakāre jāyanti andhakāre jīyanti andhakāre mīyanti. 
;;;Moths, maggots, earthworms, and various others. 
;;;oligalle vā jāyanti, ye vā panaññepi keci tiracchānagatā pāṇā asucismiṁ jāyanti asucismiṁ jīyanti asucismiṁ mīyanti. 
;;; 
;;;Tatrāssa kāṇo kacchapo, so vassasatassa vassasatassa accayena sakiṁ ummujjeyya. 
;;;And there was a one-eyed turtle who popped up once every hundred years. 
;;;“Yadi pana, bhante, kadāci karahaci dīghassa addhuno accayenā”ti. 
;;;Only after a very long time, sir, if ever.” 
;;;caṇḍālakulaṁ vā nesādakulaṁ vā venakulaṁ vā rathakārakulaṁ vā pukkusakulaṁ vā. 
;;;They’d be reborn in a low class family—a family of corpse-workers, hunters, bamboo-workers, chariot-makers, or scavengers. 
;;;So ca hoti dubbaṇṇo duddasiko okoṭimako bavhābādho kāṇo vā kuṇī vā khujjo vā pakkhahato vā na lābhī annassa pānassa vatthassa yānassa mālāgandhavilepanassa seyyāvasathapadīpeyyassa. 
;;;And they’d be ugly, unsightly, deformed, sickly—one-eyed, crippled, lame, or half-paralyzed. They don’t get to have food, drink, clothes, and vehicles; garlands, fragrance, and makeup; or bed, house, and lighting. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, akkhadhutto paṭhameneva kaliggahena puttampi jīyetha, dārampi jīyetha, sabbaṁ sāpateyyampi jīyetha, uttaripi adhibandhaṁ nigaccheyya. 
;;;Suppose a gambler were to lose his wife and child, all his property, and then get thrown in jail with his first losing hand. 
;;;Taṁ disvāna rañño khattiyassa muddhāvasittassa evaṁ hoti: 
;;;Seeing this, the king thinks, 
;;;‘ehi kho, mahārāja. Svāgataṁ te, mahārāja. Sakaṁ te, mahārāja. Anusāsa, mahārājā’ti. 
;;;‘Come, great king! Welcome, great king! We are yours, great king, instruct us.’ 
;;;Ye kho pana, bhikkhave, puratthimāya disāya paṭirājāno te rañño cakkavattissa anuyantā bhavanti. 
;;;And so the opposing rulers of the eastern quarter become his vassals. 
;;;Atha kho taṁ, bhikkhave, cakkaratanaṁ puratthimaṁ samuddaṁ ajjhogāhetvā paccuttaritvā dakkhiṇaṁ disaṁ pavattati …pe… 
;;;Then the wheel-treasure, having plunged into the eastern ocean and emerged again, rolls towards the south. … 
;;;paṇḍito byatto medhāvī paṭibalo rājānaṁ cakkavattiṁ upayāpetabbaṁ upayāpetuṁ apayāpetabbaṁ apayāpetuṁ ṭhapetabbaṁ ṭhapetuṁ. 
;;;He is astute, competent, intelligent, and capable of getting the king to appoint who should be appointed, dismiss who should be dismissed, and retain who should be retained. 
;;;

mn129
mn130#4.6

‘ambho purisa, tassa te viññussa sato mahallakassa na etadahosi— ;;;‘Mister, did it not occur to you—being sensible and mature— 
;;;‘ambho purisa, tassa te viññussa sato mahallakassa na etadahosi— 
;;;‘Mister, did it not occur to you—being sensible and mature— 
;;;‘ambho purisa, tassa te viññussa sato mahallakassa na etadahosi— 
;;;‘Mister, did it not occur to you—being sensible and mature— 
;;;‘ambho purisa, tassa te viññussa sato mahallakassa na etadahosi— 
;;;‘Mister, did it not occur to you—being sensible and mature— 
;;;‘ambho purisa, tassa te viññussa sato mahallakassa na etadahosi— 
;;;‘Mister, did it not occur to you—being sensible and mature— 
;;;Yato ca kho so, bhikkhave, bahusampatto hoti, atha taṁ dvāraṁ pidhīyati. 
;;;but when they’ve managed to make it most of the way, the gate is slammed shut. 
;;;Tassa kho pana, bhikkhave, kukkulanirayassa samanantarā sahitameva mahantaṁ simbalivanaṁ uddhaṁ yojanamuggataṁ soḷasaṅgulakaṇṭakaṁ ādittaṁ sampajjalitaṁ sajotibhūtaṁ. 
;;;Immediately adjacent to the Hell of Burning Chaff is the vast Red Silk-Cotton Forest. It’s a league high, full of sixteen-inch thorns, burning, blazing, and glowing. 
;;;So tassa oṭṭhampi dahati, mukhampi dahati, kaṇṭhampi dahati, urampi dahati, antampi antaguṇampi ādāya adhobhāgā nikkhamati. 
;;;It burns their lips, mouth, tongue, throat, and stomach before coming out below dragging their entrails. 
;;;

mn130
mn131#3.7

Asaṁhīraṁ asaṅkuppaṁ, ;;;The unfaltering, the unshakable: 
;;;santo ācikkhate muni. 
;;;so declares the peaceful sage. 
;;;

mn131
mn132#2.2

Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenupaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat, went to the assembly hall, where he sat on the seat spread out, 
;;;

mn132
mn133#10.6

Vibhajatāyasmā mahākaccāno agaruṁ karitvā”ti. ;;;Please explain this, if it’s no trouble.” 
;;;

mn133
mn134#6.4

Candano, bhikkhu, devaputto aṭṭhiṁ katvā manasikatvā sabbacetasā samannāharitvā ohitasoto dhammaṁ suṇāti. ;;;Candana pays attention, applies the mind, concentrates wholeheartedly, and actively listens to the teaching. 
;;;

mn134
mn135#3.3

dissanti bavhābādhā, dissanti appābādhā; ;;;sickly and healthy, 
;;;

mn135
mn136#2.7

“Mā hevaṁ, āvuso potaliputta, avaca; mā hevaṁ, āvuso potaliputta, avaca; mā bhagavantaṁ abbhācikkhi. Na hi sādhu bhagavato abbhakkhānaṁ. Na hi bhagavā evaṁ vadeyya: ;;;“Don’t say that, Reverend Potaliputta, don’t say that! Don’t misrepresent the Buddha, for misrepresentation of the Buddha is not good. And the Buddha would not say this: 
;;;Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā samiddhi yāvatako ahosi potaliputtena paribbājakena saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ āyasmato ānandassa ārocesi. 
;;;and informed Ānanda of all they had discussed. 
;;;Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando yāvatako ahosi āyasmato samiddhissa potaliputtena paribbājakena saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi. 
;;;and told him what had happened. 
;;;“dassanampi kho ahaṁ, ānanda, potaliputtassa paribbājakassa nābhijānāmi, kuto panevarūpaṁ kathāsallāpaṁ? 
;;;“I don’t recall even seeing the wanderer Potaliputta, Ānanda, so how could we have had such a discussion? 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi: 
;;;But the Buddha said to Venerable Ānanda, 
;;;“passasi no tvaṁ, ānanda, imassa udāyissa moghapurisassa ummaṅgaṁ? 
;;;“See what this futile man Udāyī comes up with? 
;;;Evaṁ byākaramāno kho, ānanda, samiddhi moghapuriso potaliputtassa paribbājakassa sammā byākaramāno byākareyya. 
;;;Answering in this way, Samiddhi would have rightly answered Potaliputta. 
;;;

mn136
mn137#13.3

‘kudāssu nāmāhaṁ tadāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharissāmi yadariyā etarahi āyatanaṁ upasampajja viharantī’ti iti anuttaresu vimokkhesu pihaṁ upaṭṭhāpayato uppajjati pihapaccayā domanassaṁ. ;;;‘Oh, when will I enter and remain in the same dimension that the noble ones enter and remain in today?’ When you give rise to yearning for the supreme liberations like this, sadness arises because of the yearning. 
;;;

mn137
mn138#3.1

“Tathā tathā, bhikkhave, bhikkhu upaparikkheyya yathā yathā upaparikkhato bahiddhā cassa viññāṇaṁ avikkhittaṁ avisaṭaṁ, ajjhattaṁ asaṇṭhitaṁ anupādāya na paritasseyya. ;;;“A mendicant should thoroughly examine such that for the examiner, if consciousness were not scattered and diffused externally, nor stuck internally, it would not be anxious because of grasping. 
;;;Kathañcāvuso, ajjhattaṁ saṇṭhitanti vuccati? 
;;;And how is it said to be stuck internally? 
;;;Tassa adukkhamasukhānusāri viññāṇaṁ hoti adukkhamasukhassādagadhitaṁ adukkhamasukhassādavinibandhaṁ adukkhamasukhassādasaṁyojanasaṁyuttaṁ ajjhattaṁ cittaṁ asaṇṭhitanti vuccati. 
;;;When consciousness follows after that neutral feeling—tied, attached, and fettered to gratification in that neutral feeling—the mind is said to be stuck internally. 
;;;Kathañcāvuso, ajjhattaṁ asaṇṭhitanti vuccati? 
;;;And how is it said to be not stuck internally? 
;;;Tassa na adukkhamasukhānusāri viññāṇaṁ hoti na adukkhamasukhassādagadhitaṁ na adukkhamasukhassādavinibandhaṁ na adukkhamasukhassādasaṁyojanasaṁyuttaṁ ajjhattaṁ cittaṁ asaṇṭhitanti vuccati. 
;;;When consciousness does not follow after that neutral feeling—not tied, attached, and fettered to gratification in that neutral feeling—the mind is said to be not stuck internally. 
;;;Cetaso pariyādānā na cevuttāsavā hoti na ca vighātavā na ca apekkhavā anupādāya ca na paritassati. 
;;;So it does not become frightened, worried, concerned, or anxious because of grasping. 
;;;Eso cevetassa attho. Evañca naṁ dhāreyyāthā”ti. 
;;;That is what it means, and that’s how you should remember it.” 
;;;

mn138
mn139#3.7

Rahovādaṁ na bhāseyya, sammukhā na khīṇaṁ bhaṇe. ;;;Don’t talk behind people’s backs, and don’t speak sharply in their presence. 
;;;Kathañca, bhikkhave, nevussādanā hoti na apasādanā, dhammadesanā ca? 
;;;And how is there neither flattering nor rebuking, and just teaching Dhamma? 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, tadevekaccesu janapadesu ‘pātī’ti sañjānanti, ‘pattan’ti sañjānanti, ‘vittan’ti sañjānanti, ‘sarāvan’ti sañjānanti ‘dhāropan’ti sañjānanti, ‘poṇan’ti sañjānanti, ‘pisīlavan’ti sañjānanti. 
;;;It’s when among different populations they label the same thing as a ‘pot’, a ‘bowl’, a ‘jar’, a ‘scoop’, a ‘vessel’, a ‘dish’, or a ‘plate’. 
;;;

mn139
mn140#2.1

“sace te, bhaggava, agaru viharemu āvesane ekarattan”ti. ;;;“Bhaggava, if it is no trouble, I’d like to spend a single night in your workshop.” 
;;;“Urundaṁ, āvuso, kumbhakārāvesanaṁ. 
;;;“The potter’s workshop is spacious, reverend. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā kumbhakārāvesanaṁ pavisitvā ekamantaṁ tiṇasanthārakaṁ paññāpetvā nisīdi pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;Then the Buddha entered the workshop and spread out a grass mat to one side. He sat down cross-legged, set his body straight, and established mindfulness in his presence. 
;;;“mamañca khvāyaṁ kulaputto uddissa pabbajito. 
;;;“This gentleman has gone forth in my name. 
;;;uddhaṅgamā vātā adhogamā vātā kucchisayā vātā koṭṭhāsayā vātā aṅgamaṅgānusārino vātā assāso passāso iti, yaṁ vā panaññampi kiñci ajjhattaṁ paccattaṁ vāyo vāyogataṁ upādinnaṁ— 
;;;winds that go up or down, winds in the belly or the bowels, winds that flow through the limbs, in-breaths and out-breaths; or anything else internal, pertaining to an individual, that’s air, airy, and appropriated. 
;;;kaṇṇacchiddaṁ nāsacchiddaṁ mukhadvāraṁ yena ca asitapītakhāyitasāyitaṁ ajjhoharati, yattha ca asitapītakhāyitasāyitaṁ santiṭṭhati, yena ca asitapītakhāyitasāyitaṁ adhobhāgaṁ nikkhamati, yaṁ vā panaññampi kiñci ajjhattaṁ paccattaṁ ākāsaṁ ākāsagataṁ aghaṁ aghagataṁ vivaraṁ vivaragataṁ asamphuṭṭhaṁ maṁsalohitehi upādinnaṁ— 
;;;the ear canals, nostrils, and mouth; and the space for swallowing what is eaten and drunk, the space where it stays, and the space for excreting it from the nether regions; or anything else internal, pertaining to an individual, that’s space, spacious, and appropriated. 
;;;Tena ca viññāṇena kiṁ vijānāti? 
;;;And what does that consciousness know? 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhu, dvinnaṁ kaṭṭhānaṁ saṅghaṭṭā samodhānā usmā jāyati, tejo abhinibbattati, tesaṁyeva dvinnaṁ kaṭṭhānaṁ nānābhāvā vinikkhepā yā tajjā usmā sā nirujjhati, sā vūpasammati; 
;;;When you rub two sticks together, heat is generated and fire is produced. But when you part the sticks and lay them aside, any corresponding heat ceases and stops. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhu, dakkho suvaṇṇakāro vā suvaṇṇakārantevāsī vā ukkaṁ bandheyya, ukkaṁ bandhitvā ukkāmukhaṁ ālimpeyya, ukkāmukhaṁ ālimpetvā saṇḍāsena jātarūpaṁ gahetvā ukkāmukhe pakkhipeyya, tamenaṁ kālena kālaṁ abhidhameyya, kālena kālaṁ udakena paripphoseyya, kālena kālaṁ ajjhupekkheyya, taṁ hoti jātarūpaṁ sudhantaṁ niddhantaṁ nīhaṭaṁ ninnītakasāvaṁ mudu ca kammaññañca pabhassarañca, yassā yassā ca piḷandhanavikatiyā ākaṅkhati—yadi paṭṭikāya yadi kuṇḍalāya yadi gīveyyakāya yadi suvaṇṇamālāya tañcassa atthaṁ anubhoti; 
;;;It’s like when a deft goldsmith or a goldsmith’s apprentice prepares a forge, fires the crucible, picks up some native gold with tongs and puts it in the crucible. From time to time they fan it, from time to time they sprinkle water on it, and from time to time they just watch over it. That gold becomes pliable, workable, and radiant, not brittle, and is ready to be worked. Then the goldsmith can successfully create any kind of ornament they want, whether a bracelet, earrings, a necklace, or a golden garland. 
;;;Maññitaṁ, bhikkhu, rogo maññitaṁ gaṇḍo maññitaṁ sallaṁ. 
;;;Conceiving is a disease, a boil, a dart. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmantaṁ pukkusātiṁ pattacīvarapariyesanaṁ carantaṁ vibbhantā gāvī jīvitā voropesi. 
;;;But while he was wandering in search of a bowl and robes, a stray cow took his life. 
;;;“Paṇḍito, bhikkhave, pukkusāti kulaputto paccapādi dhammassānudhammaṁ, na ca maṁ dhammādhikaraṇaṁ vihesesi. 
;;;“Mendicants, Pukkusāti was astute. He practiced in line with the teachings, and did not trouble me about the teachings. 
;;;

mn140
mn141#5.1

Sevatha, bhikkhave, sāriputtamoggallāne; ;;;Mendicants, you should cultivate friendship with Sāriputta and Moggallāna. 
;;;bhajatha, bhikkhave, sāriputtamoggallāne. 
;;;You should associate with Sāriputta and Moggallāna. 
;;;seyyathāpi jātassa āpādetā, evaṁ moggallāno. 
;;;while Moggallāna is like one who raises the child. 
;;;Sāriputto, bhikkhave, sotāpattiphale vineti, moggallāno uttamatthe. 
;;;Sāriputta guides people to the fruit of stream-entry, Moggallāna to the highest goal. 
;;;Katamañcāvuso, dukkhanirodhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ? 
;;;And what is the noble truth of the cessation of suffering? 
;;;

mn141
mn142#2.1

Atha kho mahāpajāpati gotamī navaṁ dussayugaṁ ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho mahāpajāpati gotamī bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: ;;;Then Mahāpajāpati Gotamī approached the Buddha bringing a new pair of garments. She bowed, sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha, 
;;;Bahūpakārā, bhante, mahāpajāpati gotamī bhagavato mātucchā āpādikā posikā khīrassa dāyikā; 
;;;Sir, Mahāpajāpati was very helpful to the Buddha. As his aunt, she raised him, nurtured him, and gave him her milk. 
;;;

mn142
mn143#2.3

“ehi tvaṁ, ambho purisa, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkama; upasaṅkamitvā mama vacanena bhagavato pāde sirasā vandāhi: ;;;“Please, mister, go to the Buddha, and in my name bow with your head to his feet. Say to him: 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhante sāriputta, balavā puriso tiṇhena sikharena muddhani abhimattheyya; evameva kho me, bhante sāriputta, adhimattā vātā muddhani ūhananti. 
;;;The winds piercing my head are so severe, it feels like a strong man drilling into my head with a sharp point. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhante sāriputta, balavā puriso daḷhena varattakhaṇḍena sīse sīsaveṭhaṁ dadeyya; evameva kho me, bhante sāriputta, adhimattā sīse sīsavedanā. 
;;;The pain in my head is so severe, it feels like a strong man tightening a tough leather strap around my head. 
;;;

mn143
mn144#3.2

Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā mahācundo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahācundaṁ etadavoca: ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Sāriputta came out of retreat, went to Venerable Mahācunda and said to him, 
;;;

mn144
mn145#1.3

Atha kho āyasmā puṇṇo sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā puṇṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Puṇṇa came out of retreat and went to the Buddha. He bowed, sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha, 
;;;Tassa taṁ abhinandato abhivadato ajjhosāya tiṭṭhato uppajjati nandī. 
;;;this gives rise to relishing. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā puṇṇo tenevantaravassena pañcamattāni upāsakasatāni paṭivedesi, tenevantaravassena pañcamattāni upāsikasatāni paṭivedesi, tenevantaravassena tisso vijjā sacchākāsi. 
;;;Within that rainy season he confirmed around five hundred male and five hundred female lay followers. And within that same rainy season he realized the three knowledges. 
;;;

mn145
mn146#2.4

karotu, bhante, bhagavā bhikkhunīnaṁ dhammiṁ kathan”ti. ;;;Please give the nuns a Dhamma talk.” 
;;;“Ettakenapi mayaṁ, bhante, ayyassa nandakassa attamanā abhiraddhā yaṁ no ayyo nandako pavāretī”ti. 
;;;“We’re already delighted and satisfied with Master Nandaka, since he invites us like this.” 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if they're impermanent, suffering, and perishable, are they fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if they're impermanent, suffering, and perishable, are they fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;; 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;; 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;; 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;; 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;; 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;; 
;;;

mn146
mn147#1.3

Atha kho bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ;;;Then as he was in private retreat this thought came to his mind, 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if they're impermanent, suffering, and perishable, are they fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if they're impermanent, suffering, and perishable, are they fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Evaṁ passaṁ, rāhula, sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhusmiṁ nibbindati, rūpesu nibbindati, cakkhuviññāṇe nibbindati, cakkhusamphasse nibbindati, yamidaṁ cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedanāgataṁ saññāgataṁ saṅkhāragataṁ viññāṇagataṁ tasmimpi nibbindati. 
;;;“Seeing this, a learned noble disciple grows disillusioned with the eye, sights, eye consciousness, and eye contact. And they grow disillusioned with anything included in feeling, perception, choices, and consciousness that arises conditioned by eye contact. 
;;;

mn147
mn148#40.1

Evaṁ passaṁ, bhikkhave, sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhusmiṁ nibbindati, rūpesu nibbindati, cakkhuviññāṇe nibbindati, cakkhusamphasse nibbindati, vedanāya nibbindati, taṇhāya nibbindati. ;;;Seeing this, a learned noble disciple grows disillusioned with the eye, sights, eye consciousness, eye contact, feeling, and craving. 
;;;

mn148
mn149#3.7

So kāyadukkhampi cetodukkhampi paṭisaṁvedeti. ;;;And they experience physical and mental suffering. 
;;;Tassime dve dhammā yuganandhā vattanti— 
;;;And these two qualities proceed in conjunction: 
;;;

mn149
mn150#6.1

Sace pana vo, gahapatayo, aññatitthiyā paribbājakā evaṁ puccheyyuṁ: ;;;If wanderers of other religions were to ask you: 
;;;Ime kho no, āvuso, ākārā, ime anvayā, yena mayaṁ evaṁ vadema— 
;;;These are the reasons and evidence that you have regarding those venerables that justifies saying, 
;;;

mn150
mn151#1.3

Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ bhagavā etadavoca: ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Sāriputta came out of retreat and went to the Buddha. He bowed and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him, 
;;;Mahāpurisavihāro eso, sāriputta, yadidaṁ— 
;;;For emptiness is the meditation of a great man. 
;;;

mn151
mn152#1.2

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā gajaṅgalāyaṁ viharati suveḷuvane. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying near Kajaṅgalā in a bamboo grove. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, ānanda, balavā puriso appakasireneva accharaṁ pahareyya; 
;;;It’s like how a strong person can effortlessly snap their fingers. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, ānanda, īsakampoṇe padumapalāse udakaphusitāni pavattanti, na saṇṭhanti; 
;;;It’s like how a drop of water would roll off a gently sloping lotus leaf, and would not stay there. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, ānanda, balavā puriso jivhagge kheḷapiṇḍaṁ saṁyūhitvā appakasirena vameyya; 
;;;It’s like how a strong person who’s formed a glob of spit on the tip of their tongue could easily spit it out. 
;;;

mn152
sn1.1#1.8

yadāsvāhaṁ, āvuso, āyūhāmi tadāssu nibbuyhāmi. ;;;And when I swam, I was swept away. 
;;;

sn1.1
sn1.2#5.1

“Nandībhavaparikkhayā, ;;;“With the ending of relish for rebirth, 
;;;

sn1.2
sn1.3#0.3

Upanīyasutta ;;;Led On 
;;;

sn1.3
sn1.11#2.1

“Bhūtapubbaṁ, bhikkhave, aññatarā tāvatiṁsakāyikā devatā nandane vane accharāsaṅghaparivutā dibbehi pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappitā samaṅgībhūtā paricārayamānā tāyaṁ velāyaṁ imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi: ;;;“Once upon a time, mendicants, a certain deity of the company of the thirty-three was amusing themselves in the Garden of Delight, escorted by a band of nymphs, and supplied and provided with the five kinds of heavenly sensual stimulation. On that occasion they recited this verse: 
;;;Aniccā sabbasaṅkhārā, 
;;;All conditions are impermanent, 
;;;

sn1.11
sn1.12#2.2

Gomā gohi tatheva nandati; ;;;Your cattle also bring you delight! 
;;;

sn1.12
sn1.13#2.3

Natthi sūriyasamā ābhā, ;;;no light like that of the sun, 
;;;

sn1.13
sn1.14#1.2

balībaddo catuppadaṁ; ;;;an ox is the best of quadrupeds, 
;;;

sn1.14
sn1.15#0.3

Saṇamānasutta ;;;Whispering 
;;;Saṇateva brahāraññaṁ, 
;;;the formidable jungle whispers to itself: 
;;;

sn1.15
sn1.16#1.1

“Niddā tandī vijambhitā, ;;;“Sleepiness, sloth, and yawning, 
;;;Vīriyena naṁ paṇāmetvā, 
;;;when this is energetically fended off, 
;;;

sn1.16
sn1.20#4.1

Atha kho sā devatā pathaviyaṁ patiṭṭhahitvā āyasmantaṁ samiddhiṁ etadavoca: ;;;Then that deity landed on the ground and said to Samiddhi, 
;;;Acchecchi taṇhaṁ idha nāmarūpe; 
;;;craving for name and form was cut off right here. 
;;;

sn1.20
sn1.21#2.2

ḍayhamānova matthake; ;;;like their head was on fire, 
;;;

sn1.21
sn1.25#4.3

Sa vītivatto maññataṁ sumedho, ;;;Though that intelligent person has transcended conceiving, 
;;;

sn1.25
sn1.28#2.3

Kedha taṇhaṁ pajahiṁsu, ;;;who here has given up craving? 
;;;

sn1.28
sn1.31#4.4

paññā labbhati nāññato”ti. ;;;wisdom is gained—but not from anyone else.” 
;;;

sn1.31
sn1.32#11.1

Tasmā satañca asataṁ, ;;;That’s why the virtuous and the wicked 
;;;

sn1.32
sn1.34#6.1

Pahāsi saṅkhaṁ na vimānamajjhagā, ;;;Assessment was given up, conceit rejected; 
;;;

sn1.34
sn1.35#6.2

“accayo no, bhante, accagamā yathābālaṁ yathāmūḷhaṁ yathāakusalaṁ, yā mayaṁ bhagavantaṁ āsādetabbaṁ amaññimhā. ;;;“We have made a mistake, sir. It was foolish, stupid, and unskillful of us to imagine we could attack the Buddha! 
;;;nocidhāpagataṁ siyā; 
;;;if no-one’s gone astray, 
;;;ko ca dhīro sadā sato”ti. 
;;;Who is attentive, ever mindful?” 
;;;sova dhīro sadā satoti. 
;;;for he’s attentive, ever mindful. 
;;;

sn1.35
sn1.37#1.7

Yannūna mayampi yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkameyyāma; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato santike paccekaṁ gāthaṁ bhāseyyāmā”ti. ;;;“Why don’t we go to the Buddha and each recite a verse in his presence?” 
;;;Cittamattano ujukaṁ akaṁsu; 
;;;they’ve straightened their own minds. 
;;;

sn1.37
sn1.38#1.4

Bhusā sudaṁ bhagavato vedanā vattanti sārīrikā vedanā dukkhā tibbā kharā kaṭukā asātā amanāpā; ;;;The Buddha was stricken by harrowing pains; physical feelings that were painful, sharp, severe, acute, unpleasant, and disagreeable. 
;;;“passa samādhiṁ subhāvitaṁ cittañca suvimuttaṁ, na cābhinataṁ na cāpanataṁ na ca sasaṅkhāraniggayhavāritagataṁ. 
;;;“See, his immersion is so well developed, and his mind is so well freed—not leaning forward or pulling back, and not held in place by forceful suppression. 
;;;

sn1.38
sn1.40#1.3

Atha kho cūḷakokanadā pajjunnassa dhītā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ mahāvanaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. ;;;Then, late at night, the beautiful Kokanadā the Younger, Pajjunna’s daughter, lighting up the entire Great Wood, went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, 
;;;

sn1.40
sn1.49#5.3

Parato āsīsare bālā, ;;;They don’t even get 
;;;samparāye ca duggatī”ti. 
;;;and in the next, a bad destination.” 
;;;Ete saggā pakāsanti, 
;;;they illuminate the heavens 
;;;

sn1.49
sn1.50#2.1

“Ke ca te ataruṁ paṅkaṁ, ;;;“Who are those who’ve crossed the bog, 
;;;bāhuraggi ca siṅgiyo; 
;;;and Bāhudantī and Piṅgiya. 
;;;vekaḷiṅge ghaṭīkaro; 
;;;in Vebhaliṅga called Ghaṭīkāra. 
;;;

sn1.50
sn1.53#1.1

“Kiṁsu pavasato mittaṁ, ;;;“Who’s your friend abroad? 
;;;

sn1.53
sn1.54#1.4

ye pāṇā pathavissitā”ti. ;;;sustain their life?” 
;;;bhariyā ca paramo sakhā; 
;;;A wife is the best companion. 
;;;

sn1.54
sn1.59#1.1

“Kiṁsu dutiyā purisassa hoti, ;;;“What is a person’s partner? 
;;;

sn1.59
sn1.61#0.2

7. Addhavagga ;;;7. Oppressed 
;;;“Kiṁsu sabbaṁ addhabhavi, 
;;;“What oppresses everything? 
;;;

sn1.61
sn1.64#2.1

“Nandīsaṁyojano loko, ;;;“Delight fetters the world. 
;;;

sn1.64
sn1.66#0.3

Attahatasutta ;;;Beaten Down 
;;;Kena sallena otiṇṇo, 
;;;What dart has laid it low? 
;;;Taṇhāsallena otiṇṇo, 
;;;The dart of craving has struck it down. 
;;;

sn1.66
sn1.71#0.2

8. Chetvāvagga ;;;8. Incinerated 
;;;Chetvāsutta 
;;;Incinerated 
;;;“Kiṁsu chetvā sukhaṁ seti, 
;;;“When what is incinerated do you sleep at ease? 
;;;

sn1.71
sn1.73#1.3

Kiṁsu have sādutaraṁ rasānaṁ, ;;;What’s the sweetest taste of all? 
;;;

sn1.73
sn1.75#0.3

Bhītāsutta ;;;Afraid 
;;;

sn1.75
sn1.76#2.2

yattha vittaṁ na tiṭṭhati; ;;;where one’s wealth leaks out? 
;;;

sn1.76
sn1.77#0.3

Issariyasutta ;;;Authority 
;;;

sn1.77
sn2.5#3.7

Nāyūhatī pāragato hi sova. ;;;need not strive, for they have reached the far shore. 
;;;Nāyūhatī pāragato hi so”ti. 
;;;they need not strive, for they have reached the far shore.” 
;;;

sn2.5
sn2.7#2.3

Yo jhānamabujjhi buddho, ;;;who woke up to absorption, 
;;;

sn2.7
sn2.10#0.3

Sūriyasutta ;;;The Sun 
;;;Rāhu sūriyaṁ pamuñcassu, 
;;;The Buddhas have compassion for the world— 
;;;

sn2.10
sn2.12#2.1

“Sukhitāva te manujā, ;;;“Happy are the children of Manu 
;;;Yuñjaṁ gotamasāsane, 
;;;They apply themselves to Gotama’s instructions, 
;;;“Ye me pavutte siṭṭhipade, 
;;;“Those who practice absorption in accord with the training”, 
;;;

sn2.12
sn2.16#2.2

ḍayhamānova matthake; ;;;like their head was on fire, 
;;;

sn2.16
sn2.17#2.2

niccaṁ ubbiggamidaṁ mano; ;;;this mind is always stressed 
;;;Anuppannesu kicchesu, 
;;;about stresses that haven’t arisen 
;;;“Nāññatra bojjhā tapasā, 
;;;“Not without understanding and fervor, 
;;;

sn2.17
sn2.18#1.8

“Tena hi, samaṇa, neva nandasi na ca socasī”ti? ;;;“Well then, ascetic, do you neither delight nor sorrow?” 
;;;“Kacci tvaṁ anagho bhikkhu, 
;;;“I hope you’re untroubled, mendicant, 
;;;kacci nandī na vijjati; 
;;;I hope that delight isn’t found in you. 
;;;

sn2.18
sn2.22#6.1

Yathā sākaṭiko maṭṭhaṁ, ;;;Suppose a cart driver leaves the highway, 
;;;

sn2.22
sn2.23#8.1

Bhūtapubbāhaṁ, bhante, sirī nāma rājā ahosiṁ dāyako dānapati dānassa vaṇṇavādī. ;;;“Once upon a time, sir, I was a king named Serī, a giver, a donor, who praised giving. 
;;;

sn2.23
sn2.24#4.1

“Upako palagaṇḍo ca, ;;;“Upaka and Palagaṇḍa, 
;;;

sn2.24
sn2.26#1.3

“yattha nu kho, bhante, na jāyati na jīyati na mīyati na cavati na upapajjati, sakkā nu kho so, bhante, gamanena lokassa anto ñātuṁ vā daṭṭhuṁ vā pāpuṇituṁ vā”ti? ;;;“Sir, is it possible to know or see or reach the end of the world by traveling to a place where there’s no being born, growing old, dying, passing away, or being reborn?” 
;;;Tassa mayhaṁ, bhante, evarūpo javo ahosi; seyyathāpi nāma daḷhadhammā dhanuggaho susikkhito katahattho katayoggo katūpāsano lahukena asanena appakasireneva tiriyaṁ tālacchāyaṁ atipāteyya. 
;;;I was as fast as a light arrow easily shot across the shadow of a palm tree by a well-trained expert archer with a strong bow. 
;;;

sn2.26
sn2.29#2.1

“Kassa hi nāma, bhante, abālassa aduṭṭhassa amūḷhassa avipallatthacittassa āyasmā sāriputto na rucceyya? ;;;“Sir, who on earth would not endorse Venerable Sāriputta unless they’re a fool, a hater, delusional, or mentally deranged? 
;;;Kassa hi nāma, bhante, abālassa aduṭṭhassa amūḷhassa avipallatthacittassa āyasmā sāriputto na rucceyyā”ti? 
;;;Who on earth would not endorse Venerable Sāriputta unless they’re a fool, a hater, delusional, or mentally deranged?” 
;;;Kassa hi nāma, ānanda, abālassa aduṭṭhassa amūḷhassa avipallatthacittassa sāriputto na rucceyya? 
;;;Who on earth would not endorse Venerable Sāriputta unless they’re a fool, a hater, delusional, or mentally deranged?” 
;;;Kassa hi nāma, ānanda, abālassa aduṭṭhassa amūḷhassa avipallatthacittassa sāriputto na rucceyyā”ti? 
;;; 
;;;Kassa hi nāma, bhante, abālassa aduṭṭhassa amūḷhassa avipallatthacittassa āyasmā sāriputto na rucceyya? 
;;;Who on earth would not endorse Venerable Sāriputta unless they’re a fool, a hater, delusional, or mentally deranged?” 
;;;Kassa hi nāma, bhante, abālassa aduṭṭhassa amūḷhassa avipallatthacittassa āyasmā sāriputto na rucceyya? 
;;; 
;;;Kassa hi nāma, bhante, abālassa aduṭṭhassa amūḷhassa avipallatthacittassa āyasmā sāriputto na rucceyyā”ti? 
;;; 
;;;kālaṁ kaṅkhati sudanto”ti. 
;;;developed and well-tamed, he awaits his time.” 
;;;

sn2.29
sn2.30#1.3

Atha kho sambahulā nānātitthiyasāvakā devaputtā asamo ca sahali ca nīko ca ākoṭako ca vegabbhari ca māṇavagāmiyo ca abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ veḷuvanaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu. ;;;Then, late at night, several glorious gods lit up the entire Bamboo Grove. They were Asama, Sahalī, Niṅka, Ākoṭaka, Vetambarī, and Māṇavagāmiya, and all of them were disciples of various monastics of other religions. They went up to the Buddha, bowed, and stood to one side. 
;;;“Sahācaritena chavo sigālo, 
;;;“Though the wretched jackal howls along, 
;;;nakkhattānaṁva candimā; 
;;;and the moon, of lights that shine at night. 
;;;

sn2.30
sn3.1#1.6

“Yañhi taṁ, mahārāja, sammā vadamāno vadeyya ‘anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambuddho’ti, mameva taṁ sammā vadamāno vadeyya. ;;;“If anyone should rightly be said to have awakened to the supreme perfect awakening, it’s me. 
;;;

sn3.1
sn3.2#3.4

tacasāraṁva samphalan”ti. ;;;as a reed is destroyed by its own fruit.” 
;;;

sn3.2
sn3.3#0.3

Jarāmaraṇasutta ;;;Old Age and Death 
;;;

sn3.3
sn3.4#1.3

“idha mayhaṁ, bhante, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ;;;“Just now, sir, as I was in private retreat this thought came to mind. 
;;;chāyāva anapāyinī. 
;;;like a shadow that never leaves? 
;;;Taṁvassa anugaṁ hoti, 
;;;That’s what goes with them, 
;;;

sn3.4
sn3.5#1.3

“idha mayhaṁ, bhante, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ;;;“Just now, sir, as I was in private retreat this thought came to mind. 
;;;

sn3.5
sn3.6#1.3

“idha mayhaṁ, bhante, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ;;;“Just now, sir, as I was in private retreat this thought came to mind: 
;;;

sn3.6
sn3.7#0.3

Aḍḍakaraṇasutta ;;;Judgment 
;;;“idhāhaṁ, bhante, aḍḍakaraṇe nisinno passāmi khattiyamahāsālepi brāhmaṇamahāsālepi gahapatimahāsālepi aḍḍhe mahaddhane mahābhoge pahūtajātarūparajate pahūtavittūpakaraṇe pahūtadhanadhaññe kāmahetu kāmanidānaṁ kāmādhikaraṇaṁ sampajānamusā bhāsante. 
;;;“Sir, when I’m sitting in judgment I see well-to-do aristocrats, brahmins, and householders—rich, affluent, and wealthy, with lots of gold and silver, lots of property and assets, and lots of money and grain. But they tell deliberate lies for the sake of sensual pleasures. 
;;;

sn3.7
sn3.8#0.3

Mallikāsutta ;;;With Queen Mallikā 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena rājā pasenadi kosalo mallikāya deviyā saddhiṁ uparipāsādavaragato hoti. 
;;;Now at that time King Pasenadi of Kosala was upstairs in the royal longhouse together with Queen Mallikā. 
;;;Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo mallikaṁ deviṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then the king said to the queen, 
;;;“atthi nu kho te, mallike, kocañño attanā piyataro”ti? 
;;;“Mallikā, is there anyone more dear to you than yourself?” 
;;;“Mayhampi kho, mallike, natthañño koci attanā piyataro”ti. 
;;;“For me also, Mallikā, there’s no-one.” 
;;;“idhāhaṁ, bhante, mallikāya deviyā saddhiṁ uparipāsādavaragato mallikaṁ deviṁ etadavocaṁ: 
;;; 
;;;‘atthi nu kho te, mallike, kocañño attanā piyataro’ti? 
;;; 
;;;Evaṁ vutte, bhante, mallikā devī maṁ etadavoca: 
;;; 
;;;Evaṁ vuttāhaṁ, bhante, mallikaṁ deviṁ etadavocaṁ: 
;;; 
;;;‘mayhampi kho, mallike, natthañño koci attanā piyataro’”ti. 
;;; 
;;;

sn3.8
sn3.9#4.3

Niraggaḷaṁ mahārambhā, ;;;the ‘royal soma drinking’, and the ‘unimpeded’— 
;;;

sn3.9
sn3.10#6.4

mallikā yaññabandhananti. ;;;

sn3.10
sn3.11#1.2

Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito bahidvārakoṭṭhake nisinno hoti. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and sat outside the gate. 
;;;Tehi paṭhamaṁ ociṇṇaṁ ahaṁ pacchā osāpayissāmi. 
;;;First they go undercover, then I have them report to me. 
;;;Idāni te, bhante, taṁ rajojallaṁ pavāhetvā sunhātā suvilittā kappitakesamassū odātavatthā pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappitā samaṅgībhūtā paricāressantī”ti. 
;;;And now—when they have washed off the dust and dirt, and are nicely bathed and anointed, with hair and beard dressed, and dressed in white—they will amuse themselves, supplied and provided with the five kinds of sensual stimulation.” 
;;;

sn3.11
sn3.12#2.3

Yathā no bhagavā byākarissati tathā naṁ dhāressāmā”ti. ;;;As he answers, so we’ll remember it.” 
;;;Teva, mahārāja, rūpā ekaccassa manāpā honti, teva rūpā ekaccassa amanāpā honti. 
;;;The very same sights that are agreeable to some are disagreeable to others. 
;;;

sn3.12
sn3.13#4.3

“ehi tvaṁ, tāta sudassana, bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ pariyāpuṇitvā mama bhattābhihāre bhattābhihāre bhāsa. ;;;“Please, dear Sudassana, memorize this verse in the Buddha’s presence and recite it to me whenever I am presented with a meal. 
;;;Ahañca te devasikaṁ kahāpaṇasataṁ kahāpaṇasataṁ niccaṁ bhikkhaṁ pavattayissāmī”ti. 
;;;I’ll set up a regular daily allowance of a hundred dollars for you.” 
;;;Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo aparena samayena susallikhitagatto pāṇinā gattāni anumajjanto tāyaṁ velāyaṁ imaṁ udānaṁ udānesi: 
;;;After some time King Pasenadi’s body slimmed right down. Stroking his limbs with his hands, at that time he expressed this heartfelt sentiment: 
;;;

sn3.13
sn3.14#4.3

Ajjeva, bhikkhave, rājā pasenadi kosalo imaṁ rattiṁ dukkhaṁ seti parājito”ti. ;;;Yet on this day King Pasenadi will have a bad night’s sleep as one defeated.” 
;;;

sn3.14
sn3.15#1.9

Yannūnāhaṁ rañño māgadhassa ajātasattuno vedehiputtassa sabbaṁ hatthikāyaṁ pariyādiyitvā sabbaṁ assakāyaṁ pariyādiyitvā sabbaṁ rathakāyaṁ pariyādiyitvā sabbaṁ pattikāyaṁ pariyādiyitvā jīvantameva naṁ osajjeyyan”ti. ;;;Now that I’ve vanquished all of Ajātasattu’s elephant troops, cavalry, chariots, and infantry, why don’t I let him loose with just his life?” 
;;;Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo rañño māgadhassa ajātasattuno vedehiputtassa sabbaṁ hatthikāyaṁ pariyādiyitvā sabbaṁ assakāyaṁ pariyādiyitvā sabbaṁ rathakāyaṁ pariyādiyitvā sabbaṁ pattikāyaṁ pariyādiyitvā jīvantameva naṁ osajji. 
;;;And that’s what he did. 
;;;so vilutto viluppati. 
;;;the plunderer is plundered. 
;;;Hantā labhati hantāraṁ, 
;;;A killer creates a killer; 
;;;

sn3.15
sn3.16#0.3

Mallikāsutta ;;;A Daughter 
;;;“mallikā, deva, devī dhītaraṁ vijātā”ti. 
;;;“Your Majesty, Queen Mallikā has given birth to a daughter.” 
;;;Tādisā subhagiyā putto, 
;;;The son of such a blessed lady 
;;;

sn3.16
sn3.18#1.3

“idha mayhaṁ, bhante, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ;;;“Just now, sir, as I was in private retreat this thought came to mind. 
;;;

sn3.18
sn3.19#3.3

Tassa te bhoge evaṁ sammā aparibhuñjiyamāne rājāno vā haranti corā vā haranti aggi vā ḍahati udakaṁ vā vahati appiyā vā dāyādā haranti. ;;;Because they haven’t made proper use of that wealth, rulers or bandits take it, or fire consumes it, or flood sweeps it away, or unloved heirs take it. 
;;;Evañhi taṁ, mahārāja, udakaṁ sammā aparibhuñjiyamānaṁ parikkhayaṁ gaccheyya, no paribhogaṁ. 
;;;Since that water is not properly utilized, it’s wasted, not used. 
;;;

sn3.19
sn3.20#6.1

Sabbaṁ nādāya gantabbaṁ, ;;;you must go on without taking these; 
;;;sabbaṁ nikkhippagāminaṁ; 
;;;all of them are left behind. 
;;;Mallikā dve appamādena ca; 
;;; 
;;;

sn3.20
sn3.21#2.2

Idha, mahārāja, ekacco puggalo nīce kule paccājāto hoti, caṇḍālakule vā venakule vā nesādakule vā rathakārakule vā pukkusakule vā dalidde appannapānabhojane kasiravuttike, yattha kasirena ghāsacchādo labbhati. ;;;It’s when a person is reborn in a low family—a family of corpse-workers, bamboo-workers, hunters, chariot-makers, or scavengers—poor, with little to eat or drink, where life is tough, and food and shelter are hard to find. 
;;;So ca hoti dubbaṇṇo duddasiko okoṭimako bavhābādho kāṇo vā kuṇī vā khañjo vā pakkhahato vā, na lābhī annassa pānassa vatthassa yānassa mālāgandhavilepanassa seyyāvasathapadīpeyyassa. 
;;;And they’re ugly, unsightly, deformed, sickly—one-eyed, crippled, lame, or half-paralyzed. They don’t get to have food, drink, clothes, and vehicles; garlands, fragrance, and makeup; or bed, house, and lighting. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, mahārāja, puriso pathaviyā vā pallaṅkaṁ āroheyya, pallaṅkā vā assapiṭṭhiṁ āroheyya, assapiṭṭhiyā vā hatthikkhandhaṁ āroheyya, hatthikkhandhā vā pāsādaṁ āroheyya. 
;;;This person is like someone who ascends from the ground to a couch; from a couch to horseback; from horseback to an elephant; and from an elephant to a stilt longhouse. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, mahārāja, puriso pāsādā vā hatthikkhandhaṁ oroheyya, hatthikkhandhā vā assapiṭṭhiṁ oroheyya, assapiṭṭhiyā vā pallaṅkaṁ oroheyya, pallaṅkā vā pathaviṁ oroheyya, pathaviyā vā andhakāraṁ paviseyya. 
;;;This person is like someone who descends from a stilt longhouse to an elephant; from an elephant to horseback; from horseback to a couch; and from a couch to the ground; and from the ground they enter darkness. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, mahārāja, puriso pallaṅkā vā pallaṅkaṁ saṅkameyya, assapiṭṭhiyā vā assapiṭṭhiṁ saṅkameyya, hatthikkhandhā vā hatthikkhandhaṁ saṅkameyya, pāsādā vā pāsādaṁ saṅkameyya. 
;;;This person is like someone who shifts from one couch to another; from the back of one horse to another; from one elephant to another; or from one stilt longhouse to another. 
;;;

sn3.21
sn3.22#2.1

“Ayyikā me, bhante, kālaṅkatā jiṇṇā vuḍḍhā mahallikā addhagatā vayoanuppattā vīsavassasatikā jātiyā. ;;;“Sir, my grandmother has passed away. She was old, elderly and senior. She was advanced in years and had reached the final stage of life; she was a hundred and twenty years old. 
;;;Janapadapadesena cepāhaṁ, bhante, labheyyaṁ ‘mā me ayyikā kālamakāsī’ti, janapadapadesampāhaṁ dadeyyaṁ: 
;;;If by giving away the whole country I could get my grandmother back, I’d do it.” 
;;;

sn3.22
sn3.24#0.3

Issattasutta ;;;Archery 
;;;“Evameva kho, mahārāja, yasmā kasmā cepi kulā agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajito hoti, so ca hoti pañcaṅgavippahīno pañcaṅgasamannāgato, tasmiṁ dinnaṁ mahapphalaṁ hoti. 
;;;“In the same way, a gift to anyone who has given up five factors and possesses five factors is very fruitful, no matter what family they’ve gone forth from. 
;;;“Issattaṁ balavīriyañca, 
;;;“Any youth skilled at archery, 
;;;

sn3.24
sn3.25#0.3

Pabbatūpamasutta ;;;The Simile of the Mountain 
;;;adhivattanti pāṇine; 
;;;advance upon all living creatures— 
;;;Yo dhammaṁ cari kāyena, 
;;;Whoever lives by the teaching 
;;;issattaṁ pabbatūpamā; 
;;; 
;;;

sn3.25
sn4.1#1.3

Atha kho bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ;;;Then as he was in private retreat this thought came to his mind, 
;;;Sādhu vatamhi mutto bodhiṁ samajjhagan”ti. 
;;;Thank goodness that, steadfast and mindful, I have attained awakening.” 
;;;suddhimaggā aparaddho”ti. 
;;;you’ve strayed from the path of purity.” 
;;;yaṁ kiñci amaraṁ tapaṁ; 
;;;all that mortification in search of immortality 
;;;

sn4.1
sn4.2#0.3

Hatthirājavaṇṇasutta ;;;In the Form of an Elephant King 
;;;

sn4.2
sn4.3#3.4

na te mārassa baddhagū”ti. ;;;nor are they your lackies.” 
;;;

sn4.3
sn4.4#0.3

Paṭhamamārapāsasutta ;;;Māra’s Snares (1st) 
;;;

sn4.4
sn4.5#0.3

Dutiyamārapāsasutta ;;;Māra’s Snares (2nd) 
;;;

sn4.5
sn4.6#5.2

Atho ḍaṁsasarīsapā bahū; ;;;and lots of flies and snakes, 
;;;Sallampi ce urasi pakappayeyyuṁ, 
;;;and even if an arrow’s aimed at their breast, 
;;;

sn4.6
sn4.7#0.3

Supatisutta ;;;Sleeping 
;;;Kimidaṁ soppasi dubbhago viya; 
;;;You sleep like a loser—what’s up with that? 
;;;

sn4.7
sn4.8#0.3

Nandatisutta ;;;Delighting 
;;;

sn4.8
sn4.11#3.2

gijjhakūṭaṁ calessasi; ;;;this entire Vulture’s Peak, 
;;;

sn4.11
sn4.12#0.3

Kinnusīhasutta ;;;Lion 
;;;Paṭimallo hi te atthi, 
;;;For there is someone who’ll wrestle with you, 
;;;

sn4.12
sn4.13#4.1

Yesampi sallaṁ urasi paviṭṭhaṁ, ;;;Even those with a dart stuck in the breast, 
;;;Tepīdha soppaṁ labhare sasallā, 
;;;are able to get some sleep. 
;;;Tasmā ahaṁ na supe vītasallo. 
;;;So why not I, whose dart is drawn out? 
;;;

sn4.13
sn4.16#1.3

Te ca bhikkhū aṭṭhiṁ katvā manasi katvā sabbacetasā samannāharitvā ohitasotā dhammaṁ suṇanti. ;;;And those mendicants were paying attention, applying the mind, concentrating wholeheartedly, and actively listening. 
;;;

sn4.16
sn4.17#0.3

Chaphassāyatanasutta ;;;The Six Fields of Contact 
;;;Atha kho māro pāpimā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato avidūre mahantaṁ bhayabheravaṁ saddamakāsi, apissudaṁ pathavī maññe undrīyati. Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu aññataraṁ bhikkhuṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then Māra the Wicked went up to the Buddha and made a terrifyingly loud noise close by him. It seemed as if the earth were shattering, so that one of the mendicants said to another, 
;;;

sn4.17
sn4.20#1.1

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosalesu viharati himavantapadese araññakuṭikāyaṁ. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Kosalans, in a wilderness hut on the slopes of the Himalayas. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: 
;;;Then as he was in private retreat this thought came to his mind, 
;;;Ākaṅkhamāno ca, bhante, bhagavā himavantaṁ pabbatarājaṁ suvaṇṇaṁ tveva adhimucceyya suvaṇṇañca panassā”ti. 
;;;If he wished, the Blessed One need only determine that the Himalaya, king of mountains, was gold, and it would turn into gold.” 
;;;

sn4.20
sn4.22#1.3

Atha kho āyasmato samiddhissa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ;;;Then as Venerable Samiddhi was in private retreat this thought came to his mind, 
;;;Tassa mayhaṁ, bhante, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: 
;;; 
;;;Dutiyampi kho āyasmato samiddhissa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa …pe… 
;;;And for a second time he had the same thought … 
;;;

sn4.22
sn4.23#9.2

Addasā kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ godhikaṁ dūratova mañcake vivattakkhandhaṁ semānaṁ. ;;;The Buddha saw Godhika off in the distance lying on his cot, having cast off the aggregates. 
;;;tatthevantaradhāyathāti. 
;;;vanished right there. 
;;;

sn4.23
sn4.24#0.3

Sattavassānubandhasutta ;;;Seven Years of Following 
;;;

sn4.24
sn4.25#1.1

Atha kho māro pāpimā bhagavato santike imā nibbejanīyā gāthāyo abhāsitvā tamhā ṭhānā apakkamma bhagavato avidūre pathaviyaṁ pallaṅkena nisīdi tuṇhībhūto maṅkubhūto pattakkhandho adhomukho pajjhāyanto appaṭibhāno kaṭṭhena bhūmiṁ vilikhanto. ;;;And then Māra the Wicked, after reciting these verses of disillusionment in the Buddha’s presence, left that place. He sat cross-legged on the ground not far from the Buddha, silent, dismayed, shoulders drooping, downcast, depressed, with nothing to say, scratching the ground with a stick. 
;;;Atha kho taṇhā ca arati ca ragā ca māradhītaro yena māro pāpimā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā māraṁ pāpimantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsiṁsu: 
;;;Then Māra’s daughters Craving, Delight, and Lust went up to Māra the Wicked, and addressed him in verse: 
;;;Ekohaṁ jhāyaṁ sukhamanubodhiṁ, 
;;;alone, practicing absorption, I awakened to bliss. 
;;;Kathaṁ jhāyiṁ bahulaṁ kāmasaññā, 
;;;How do they usually practice absorption so that sensual perceptions 
;;;Atha kho ragā māradhītā bhagavato santike gāthāya ajjhabhāsi: 
;;;Then Māra’s daughter Lust addressed the Buddha in verse: 
;;;Selaṁva sirasūhacca, 
;;;You seek a footing in the deeps, as it were, 
;;;“Daddallamānā āgañchuṁ, 
;;;“They came in their splendor— 
;;;

sn4.25
sn5.2#5.3

Kiñci vā pana aññasmi, ;;;or ‘I am’ anything at all, 
;;;

sn5.2
sn5.3#0.3

Kisāgotamīsutta ;;;With Kisāgotamī 
;;;

sn5.3
sn5.4#2.4

ehayyebhiramāmase”ti. ;;;the music of a five-piece band.” 
;;;ye ca arūpaṭṭhāyino; 
;;;and others stuck in the formless. 
;;;

sn5.4
sn5.6#3.2

jāto dukkhāni phussati; ;;;when you’re born you undergo sufferings— 
;;;

sn5.6
sn5.7#4.1

Sabbo ādīpito loko, ;;;All the world is on fire, 
;;;Akampitaṁ apajjalitaṁ, 
;;;My mind adores that place 
;;;

sn5.7
sn5.9#2.2

kvanu bimbassa kārako; ;;;Where is its maker? 
;;;“Nayidaṁ attakataṁ bimbaṁ, 
;;;“This puppet isn’t self-made, 
;;;nayidaṁ parakataṁ aghaṁ; 
;;;nor is this misery made by another. 
;;;

sn5.9
sn5.10#5.4

hoti sattoti sammuti. ;;;‘sentient being’ is the convention we use. 
;;;

sn5.10
sn6.1#0.2

1. Paṭhamavagga ;;;1. The Appeal 
;;;Atha kho bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: 
;;;Then as he was in private retreat this thought came to his mind, 
;;;tamokhandhena āvuṭā”ti. 
;;;for they’re shrouded in a mass of darkness.” 
;;;Atha kho brahmā sahampati—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evameva—brahmaloke antarahito bhagavato purato pāturahosi. 
;;;Then, as easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, he vanished from the realm of divinity and reappeared in front of the Buddha. 
;;;Desassu bhagavā dhammaṁ, 
;;;Let the Blessed One teach the Dhamma! 
;;;Addasā kho bhagavā buddhacakkhunā lokaṁ volokento satte apparajakkhe mahārajakkhe tikkhindriye mudindriye svākāre dvākāre suviññāpaye duviññāpaye, appekacce paralokavajjabhayadassāvine viharante, appekacce na paralokavajjabhayadassāvine viharante. 
;;;And the Buddha saw sentient beings with little dust in their eyes, and some with much dust in their eyes; with keen faculties and with weak faculties, with good qualities and with bad qualities, easy to teach and hard to teach. And some of them lived seeing the danger in the fault to do with the next world, while others did not. 
;;;Seyyathāpi nāma uppaliniyaṁ vā paduminiyaṁ vā puṇḍarīkiniyaṁ vā appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṁvaḍḍhāni udakānuggatāni anto nimuggaposīni, appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṁvaḍḍhāni samodakaṁ ṭhitāni, appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṁvaḍḍhāni udakā accuggamma ṭhitāni anupalittāni udakena; 
;;;It’s like a pool with blue water lilies, or pink or white lotuses. Some of them sprout and grow in the water without rising above it, thriving underwater. Some of them sprout and grow in the water reaching the water’s surface. And some of them sprout and grow in the water but rise up above the water and stand with no water clinging to them. 
;;;

sn6.1
sn6.2#1.3

Atha kho bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ;;;Then as he was in private retreat this thought came to his mind, 
;;;“dukkhaṁ kho agāravo viharati appatisso, kaṁ nu khvāhaṁ samaṇaṁ vā brāhmaṇaṁ vā sakkatvā garuṁ katvā upanissāya vihareyyan”ti? 
;;;“It’s unpleasant to live without respect and reverence. What ascetic or brahmin should I honor and respect and rely on?” 
;;;bahūnaṁ sokanāsano. 
;;;destroyer of the sorrows of many— 
;;;vihaṁsu viharanti ca; 
;;;they did live, they do live, 
;;;

sn6.2
sn6.4#0.3

Bakabrahmasutta ;;;With Baka the Divinity 
;;;“idaṁ niccaṁ, idaṁ dhuvaṁ, idaṁ sassataṁ, idaṁ kevalaṁ, idaṁ acavanadhammaṁ, idañhi na jāyati na jīyati na mīyati na cavati na upapajjati, ito ca panaññaṁ uttari nissaraṇaṁ natthī”ti. 
;;;“This is permanent, this is everlasting, this is eternal, this is whole, this is not liable to pass away. For this is where there’s no being born, growing old, dying, passing away, or being reborn. And there’s no other escape beyond this.” 
;;;Sataṁ sahassānaṁ nirabbudānaṁ, 
;;;I know that your life span 
;;;Sambuddhimantaṁ vatinaṁ amaññi; 
;;;You thought he was intelligent and loyal. 
;;;

sn6.4
sn6.5#0.3

Aññatarabrahmasutta ;;;A Certain Divinity 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā tassa brahmuno upari vehāsaṁ pallaṅkena nisīdi tejodhātuṁ samāpajjitvā. 
;;;Then the Buddha sat cross-legged in the air above that Divinity, having entered upon the fire element. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa etadahosi: 
;;;Then Venerable Mahāmoggallāna thought, 
;;;Addasā kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhagavantaṁ dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena tassa brahmuno upari vehāsaṁ pallaṅkena nisinnaṁ tejodhātuṁ samāpannaṁ. 
;;;With clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, he saw the Buddha seated cross-legged in the air above that Divinity, having entered upon the fire element. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno puratthimaṁ disaṁ nissāya tassa brahmuno upari vehāsaṁ pallaṅkena nisīdi tejodhātuṁ samāpajjitvā nīcataraṁ bhagavato. 
;;;Then Mahāmoggallāna—positioning himself in the east, below the Buddha—sat cross-legged in the air above that Divinity, having entered upon the fire element. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo dakkhiṇaṁ disaṁ nissāya tassa brahmuno upari vehāsaṁ pallaṅkena nisīdi tejodhātuṁ samāpajjitvā nīcataraṁ bhagavato. 
;;;positioned himself in the south … 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahākappino pacchimaṁ disaṁ nissāya tassa brahmuno upari vehāsaṁ pallaṅkena nisīdi tejodhātuṁ samāpajjitvā nīcataraṁ bhagavato. 
;;;positioned himself in the west … 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā anuruddho uttaraṁ disaṁ nissāya tassa brahmuno upari vehāsaṁ pallaṅkena nisīdi tejodhātuṁ samāpajjitvā nīcataraṁ bhagavato. 
;;;positioned himself in the north, below the Buddha, sitting cross-legged in the air above that Divinity, having entered upon the fire element. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno taṁ brahmānaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi: 
;;;Then Mahāmoggallāna addressed that Divinity in verse: 
;;;“ehi tvaṁ, mārisa, yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkama; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ evaṁ vadehi: 
;;;“Please, good sir, go up to Venerable Mahāmoggallāna and say to him: 
;;;‘atthi nu kho, mārisa moggallāna, aññepi tassa bhagavato sāvakā evaṁmahiddhikā evaṁmahānubhāvā; 
;;;‘Moggallāna my good sir, are there any other disciples of the Buddha who have power and might 
;;;seyyathāpi bhavaṁ moggallāno kassapo kappino anuruddho’”ti? 
;;;comparable to misters Moggallāna, Kassapa, Kappina, and Anuruddha?’” 
;;;“Evaṁ, mārisā”ti kho so brahmapārisajjo tassa brahmuno paṭissutvā yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;“Yes, good sir,” replied that retinue member. He went to Moggallāna and asked as instructed. 
;;;“atthi nu kho, mārisa moggallāna, aññepi tassa bhagavato sāvakā evaṁmahiddhikā evaṁmahānubhāvā; 
;;; 
;;;seyyathāpi bhavaṁ moggallāno kassapo kappino anuruddho”ti? 
;;; 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno taṁ brahmapārisajjaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi: 
;;;Then Mahāmoggallāna addressed that member of the retinue of Divinity in verse: 
;;;Atha kho so brahmapārisajjo āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā yena so brahmā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā taṁ brahmānaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then that member of the retinue of Divinity, having approved and agreed with what Mahāmoggallāna said, went to that Divinity and said to him, 
;;;“āyasmā, mārisa, mahāmoggallāno evamāha: 
;;;“Good sir, Venerable Mahāmoggallāna said this: 
;;;

sn6.5
sn6.6#0.3

Brahmalokasutta ;;;The Negligent Divinity 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā divāvihāragato hoti paṭisallīno. 
;;;Now at that time the Buddha had gone into retreat for the day’s meditation. 
;;;divāvihāragato bhagavā paṭisallīno ca. 
;;;He has gone into retreat for the day’s meditation. 
;;;Evaṁ vutto, kho so brahmā taṁ vacanaṁ anadhivāsento sahassakkhattuṁ attānaṁ abhinimminitvā subrahmānaṁ paccekabrahmānaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;When they had spoken, that divinity refused to accept their advice. He multiplied himself a thousand times and said to Subrahmā, 
;;;

sn6.6
sn6.7#1.2

Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā divāvihāragato hoti paṭisallīno. ;;;Now at that time the Buddha had gone into retreat for the day’s meditation. 
;;;

sn6.7
sn6.8#0.3

Katamodakatissasutta ;;;About Katamorakatissaka 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā divāvihāragato hoti paṭisallīno. 
;;;Now at that time the Buddha had gone into retreat for the day’s meditation. 
;;;Atha kho suddhāvāso paccekabrahmā katamodakatissakaṁ bhikkhuṁ ārabbha bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi: 
;;;Then Suddhāvāsa recited this verse about the mendicant Katamorakatissaka in the Buddha’s presence: 
;;;

sn6.8
sn6.9#0.3

Turūbrahmasutta ;;;With the Divinity Tudu 
;;;Atha kho turū paccekabrahmā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṁ jetavanaṁ obhāsetvā yena kokāliko bhikkhu tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā vehāsaṁ ṭhito kokālikaṁ bhikkhuṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then, late at night, the beautiful independent divinity Tudu, lighting up the entire Jeta’s Grove, went up to the mendicant Kokālika, and standing in the air he said to him, 
;;;“pasādehi, kokālika, sāriputtamoggallānesu cittaṁ. 
;;;“Kokālika, have confidence in Sāriputta and Moggallāna, 
;;;Pesalā sāriputtamoggallānā”ti. 
;;;they’re good monks.” 
;;;kuṭhārī jāyate mukhe; 
;;;with an axe in his mouth. 
;;;Yamariyagarahī nirayaṁ upeti, 
;;;a slanderer of noble ones goes to hell, 
;;;

sn6.9
sn6.10#1.3

“pāpicchā, bhante, sāriputtamoggallānā pāpikānaṁ icchānaṁ vasaṁ gatā”ti. ;;;“Sir, Sāriputta and Moggallāna have corrupt wishes. They’ve fallen under the sway of corrupt wishes.” 
;;;Pasādehi, kokālika, sāriputtamoggallānesu cittaṁ. Pesalā sāriputtamoggallānā”ti. 
;;;Have confidence in Sāriputta and Moggallāna, they’re good monks.” 
;;;“kiñcāpi me, bhante, bhagavā saddhāyiko paccayiko; atha kho pāpicchāva bhante, sāriputtamoggallānā pāpikānaṁ icchānaṁ vasaṁ gatā”ti. 
;;;“Despite my faith and trust in the Buddha, Sāriputta and Moggallāna have corrupt wishes. They’ve fallen under the sway of corrupt wishes.” 
;;;Pasādehi, kokālika, sāriputtamoggallānesu cittaṁ. Pesalā sāriputtamoggallānā”ti. 
;;;Have confidence in Sāriputta and Moggallāna, they’re good monks.” 
;;;pesalā sāriputtamoggallānā”ti. 
;;;Have confidence in Sāriputta and Moggallāna, they’re good monks.” 
;;;Kālaṅkato ca kokāliko bhikkhu padumaṁ nirayaṁ upapajji sāriputtamoggallānesu cittaṁ āghātetvā. 
;;;He was reborn in the Pink Lotus hell because of his resentment for Sāriputta and Moggallāna. 
;;;Kālaṅkato ca, bhante, kokāliko bhikkhu padumaṁ nirayaṁ upapanno sāriputtamoggallānesu cittaṁ āghātetvā”ti. 
;;;He was reborn in the Pink Lotus hell because of his resentment for Sāriputta and Moggallāna.” 
;;;Kālaṅkato ca, bhante, kokāliko bhikkhu padumaṁ nirayaṁ upapanno sāriputtamoggallānesu cittaṁ āghātetvā’ti. 
;;; 
;;;Padume pana, bhikkhu, niraye kokāliko bhikkhu upapanno sāriputtamoggallānesu cittaṁ āghātetvā”ti. 
;;;The mendicant Kokālika has been reborn in the Pink Lotus hell because of his resentment for Sāriputta and Moggallāna.” 
;;;

sn6.10
sn6.13#4.1

Yattha bheravā sarīsapā, ;;;Where dreadful serpents slither, 
;;;Bhiyyo pañcasatā sekkhā, 
;;;And of trainees there are more than five hundred, 
;;;

sn6.13
sn6.14#3.4

Tatra sudaṁ, bhikkhave, brahmā ca brahmaparisā ca brahmapārisajjā ca ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti: ;;;But the Divinity, his assembly, and his retinue complained, grumbled, and objected, 
;;;pahomi khvāhaṁ, āvuso, brahmaloke ṭhito sahassilokadhātuṁ sarena viññāpetun’ti. 
;;;“Standing in the realm of divinity, I can make my voice heard throughout the thousandfold galaxy.”’ 
;;;‘Ārambhatha nikkamatha, 
;;;‘Rouse yourselves! Try harder! 
;;;

sn6.14
sn6.15#1.1

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kusinārāyaṁ viharati upavattane mallānaṁ sālavane antarena yamakasālānaṁ parinibbānasamaye. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying between a pair of sal trees in the sal forest of the Mallas at Upavattana near Kusinārā at the time of his full extinguishment. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajji. Paṭhamā jhānā vuṭṭhahitvā dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajji. Dutiyā jhānā vuṭṭhahitvā tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajji. Tatiyā jhānā vuṭṭhahitvā catutthaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajji. Catutthā jhānā vuṭṭhahitvā ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samāpajji. Ākāsānañcāyatanā vuṭṭhahitvā viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samāpajji. Viññāṇañcāyatanā vuṭṭhahitvā ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ samāpajji. Ākiñcaññāyatanā vuṭṭhahitvā nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samāpajji. Nevasaññānāsaññāyatanā vuṭṭhahitvā saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ samāpajji. 
;;;Then the Buddha entered the first absorption. Emerging from that, he entered the second absorption. Emerging from that, he successively entered into and emerged from the third absorption, the fourth absorption, the dimension of infinite space, the dimension of infinite consciousness, the dimension of nothingness, and the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. Then he entered the cessation of perception and feeling. 
;;;Asallīnena cittena, 
;;;He put up with painful feelings 
;;;

sn6.15
sn7.1#5.5

Api ca tvaṁ, brāhmaṇa, gaccha, gantvā vijānissasī”ti. ;;;But anyway, you should go. When you’ve gone you’ll understand.” 
;;;

sn7.1
sn7.9#10.3

Seyyathāpi nāma phālo divasaṁsantatto udake pakkhitto cicciṭāyati ciṭiciṭāyati sandhūpāyati sampadhūpāyati; ;;;Suppose there was an iron cauldron that had been heated all day. If you placed it in the water, it would sizzle and hiss, steaming and fuming. 
;;;Ajjhattamevujjalayāmi jotiṁ; 
;;;now I just light the inner flame. 
;;;Anallagattāva taranti pāraṁ. 
;;;and cross to the far shore without getting wet. 
;;;

sn7.9
sn7.10#1.3

Atha kho bhāradvājagotto brāhmaṇo te balībadde gavesanto yena so vanasaṇḍo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā addasa bhagavantaṁ tasmiṁ vanasaṇḍe nisinnaṁ pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. ;;;While looking for them he went to that forest grove, where he saw the Buddha sitting down cross-legged, his body set straight, and mindfulness established in his presence. 
;;;“Na hi nūnimassa samaṇassa, 
;;;“This ascetic mustn’t have 
;;;

sn7.10
sn7.11#0.3

Kasibhāradvājasutta ;;;With Bhāradvāja the Farmer 
;;;

sn7.11
sn7.12#5.2

Punappunaṁ sivathikaṁ haranti; ;;;again and again, you get carried to a charnel ground. 
;;;Na punappunaṁ jāyati bhūripañño”ti. 
;;;one of vast wisdom is not reborn again and again.” 
;;;

sn7.12
sn7.13#4.3

Apacito apaceyyānaṁ, ;;;honored by the honorable, 
;;;

sn7.13
sn7.14#1.2

Atha kho aññataro brāhmaṇamahāsālo lūkho lūkhapāvuraṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi. ;;;Then a certain well-to-do brahmin, shabby, wearing a shabby cloak, went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;

sn7.14
sn7.15#3.4

Atha kho sā parisā abbhutavittajātā ahosi: ;;;Then that assembly was stunned: 
;;;

sn7.15
sn7.16#1.5

Yaṁ yadeva samaṇo gotamo bhāsissati taṁ tadevassāhaṁ paccanīkāssan”ti. ;;;contradict everything he says?” 
;;;sa ve jaññā subhāsitan”ti. 
;;;then you’ll understand fine words.” 
;;;

sn7.16
sn7.17#1.3

Addasā kho navakammikabhāradvājo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ aññatarasmiṁ sālarukkhamūle nisinnaṁ pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. ;;;He saw the Buddha sitting down cross-legged at the root of a certain sal tree, his body set straight, and mindfulness established in his presence. 
;;;Svāhaṁ vane nibbanatho visallo, 
;;;With jungle cleared and free of thorns, 
;;;

sn7.17
sn7.18#1.2

Tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhāradvājagottassa brāhmaṇassa sambahulā antevāsikā kaṭṭhahārakā māṇavakā yena vanasaṇḍo tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā addasaṁsu bhagavantaṁ tasmiṁ vanasaṇḍe nisinnaṁ pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. Disvāna yena bhāradvājagotto brāhmaṇo tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhāradvājagottaṁ brāhmaṇaṁ etadavocuṁ: ;;;Then several students, pupils of one of the Bhāradvāja brahmins, approached a forest grove while collecting firewood. They saw the Buddha sitting down cross-legged at the root of a certain sal tree, his body set straight, and mindfulness established in his presence. Seeing this, they went up to Bhāradvāja and said to him, 
;;;Asukasmiṁ vanasaṇḍe samaṇo nisinno pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā”. 
;;;In such and such a forest grove the ascetic Gotama is sitting down cross-legged, his body set straight, and mindfulness established in his presence.” 
;;;Addasā kho bhagavantaṁ tasmiṁ vanasaṇḍe nisinnaṁ pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;where he saw the Buddha sitting down cross-legged, his body set straight, and mindfulness established in his presence. 
;;;

sn7.18
sn7.21#3.4

Anallagattāva taranti pāran”ti. ;;;and cross to the far shore without getting wet.” 
;;;

sn7.21
sn8.1#4.1

Sacepi etato bhiyyo, ;;;And even if women come, 
;;;

sn8.1
sn8.2#0.3

Aratīsutta ;;;Dissatisfaction 
;;;

sn8.2
sn8.3#0.3

Pesalasutta ;;;Good-Hearted 
;;;

sn8.3
sn8.6#1.2

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā sāriputto bhikkhū dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaṁseti poriyā vācāya vissaṭṭhāya anelagalāya atthassa viññāpaniyā. ;;;Now at that time Venerable Sāriputta was educating, encouraging, firing up, and inspiring the mendicants in the assembly hall with a Dhamma talk. His words were polished, clear, articulate, and expressed the meaning. 
;;;

sn8.6
sn8.7#9.3

Taṇhāsallassa hantāraṁ, ;;;I bow to the kinsman of the Sun, 
;;;

sn8.7
sn8.8#6.2

satthudassanakamyatā; ;;;out of desire to see the teacher. 
;;;“Ummaggapathaṁ mārassa abhibhuyya, 
;;;“Having overcome Māra’s devious path, 
;;;Pajjotakaro ativijjha, 
;;;As the bringer of light who has pierced the truth, 
;;;Ko pamādo vijānataṁ dhammaṁ; 
;;;how could those who know it be negligent? 
;;;

sn8.8
sn8.9#1.2

Atha kho āyasmā aññāsikoṇḍañño sucirasseva yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavato pādāni mukhena ca paricumbati, pāṇīhi ca parisambāhati, nāmañca sāveti: ;;;Then Venerable Koṇḍañña Who Understood approached the Buddha after a very long absence. He bowed with his head at the Buddha’s feet, caressing them and covering them with kisses, and pronounced his name: 
;;;

sn8.9
sn8.10#0.3

Moggallānasutta ;;;With Moggallāna 
;;;Tesaṁ sudaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno cetasā cittaṁ samannesati vippamuttaṁ nirupadhiṁ. 
;;;Thereupon, with his mind, Venerable Mahāmoggallāna checked to see whose mind was liberated and free of attachments. 
;;;Tesaṁ sudaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno cetasā cittaṁ samannesati vippamuttaṁ nirupadhiṁ. 
;;;Mahāmoggallāna is checking to see whose mind is liberated and free of attachments. 
;;;Yannūnāhaṁ āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ bhagavato sammukhā sāruppāhi gāthāhi abhitthaveyyan”ti. 
;;;Why don’t I extoll him in the Buddha’s presence with fitting verses?” 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā vaṅgīso āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ bhagavato sammukhā sāruppāhi gāthāhi abhitthavi: 
;;;Then Vaṅgīsa extolled Mahāmoggallāna in his presence with fitting verses: 
;;;Te cetasā anupariyeti, 
;;;Moggallāna, of great psychic power, 
;;;Moggallāno mahiddhiko; 
;;;comprehends with his mind, 
;;;

sn8.10
sn8.12#1.2

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā vaṅgīso aciraarahattappatto hutvā vimuttisukhaṁ paṭisaṁvedī tāyaṁ velāyaṁ imā gāthāyo abhāsi: ;;;Now at that time Vaṅgīsa had recently attained perfection. While experiencing the bliss of freedom, on that occasion he recited these verses: 
;;;khandhāyatanadhātuyo; 
;;;the aggregates, sense fields, and elements. 
;;;moggallānena gaggarā; 
;;; 
;;;

sn8.12
sn9.1#4.1

Sakuṇo yathā paṁsukunthito, ;;;Just as a bird strewn with dirt 
;;;

sn9.1
sn9.2#2.4

sallaviddhassa ruppato. ;;;when injured by an arrow strike? 
;;;Yāya saddhāya pabbajito, 
;;;You should amplify the faith 
;;;Taṁ ñāṇaṁ paramodānaṁ, 
;;;that knowledge has been perfectly cleansed: 
;;;Chetvā avijjaṁ vijjāya, 
;;;By breaking ignorance with knowledge, 
;;;

sn9.2
sn9.4#1.2

Atha kho te bhikkhū vassaṁvuṭṭhā temāsaccayena cārikaṁ pakkamiṁsu. ;;;Then after completing the three months of the rainy season residence, those mendicants set out wandering. 
;;;

sn9.4
sn9.7#3.4

Antakassa vasaṁ upesī”ti. ;;;under the sway of the terminator!” 
;;;

sn9.7
sn9.9#2.2

Apaviddhaṁva vanasmiṁ dārukaṁ; ;;;like a cast-off log in the forest. 
;;;

sn9.9
sn9.11#0.3

Akusalavitakkasutta ;;;Unskillful Thoughts 
;;;

sn9.11
sn9.12#0.3

Majjhanhikasutta ;;;Midday 
;;;“Ṭhite majjhanhike kāle, 
;;;“In the still of high noon, 
;;;sannisīvesu pakkhisu; 
;;;when the birds have settled down, 
;;;

sn9.12
sn9.13#4.3

Apaviddhā anāthā te, ;;;They’re rejects, with no protector, 
;;;

sn9.13
sn9.14#0.3

Gandhatthenasutta ;;;The Thief of Scent 
;;;

sn9.14
sn10.2#0.3

Sakkanāmasutta ;;;With a Spirit Named Sakka 
;;;yadaññamanusāsasī”ti. 
;;;to be instructing others.” 
;;;

sn10.2
sn10.3#5.4

māluvāva vitatā vane. ;;;are like camel’s foot creeper creeping through the woods. 
;;;

sn10.3
sn10.4#4.1

Yassa sabbamahorattaṁ, ;;;But someone whose mind delights in harmlessness, 
;;;

sn10.4
sn10.5#7.1

Sace ca pāpakaṁ kammaṁ, ;;;If you should do a bad deed, 
;;;Ādittā nīhataṁ bhaṇḍaṁ, 
;;;When your things have been saved from a fire, 
;;;

sn10.5
sn10.8#1.9

Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati yena sivathikadvāraṁ tenupasaṅkami. ;;;Then he approached the Sivaka Gate, 
;;;

sn10.8
sn10.10#2.4

Sabbaganthehi vippamuttiyā”ti. ;;;who is released from all ties.” 
;;;

sn10.10
sn10.11#2.4

Sabbayogehi vippamuttiyā”ti. ;;;who is released from all yokes.” 
;;;

sn10.11
sn11.1#4.1

‘Alasvassa anuṭṭhātā, ;;;‘That a lazy man who does no work, 
;;;

sn11.1
sn11.2#2.2

Atha kho, bhikkhave, sakko devānamindo susīmaṁ devaputtaṁ āmantesi: ;;;Then Sakka, lord of gods, addressed the god Susīma, 
;;;

sn11.2
sn11.6#2.4

Māyime dijā vikulāvakā ahesun’ti. ;;;than deprive these birds of their nests.’ 
;;;

sn11.6
sn11.7#1.2

“Bhūtapubbaṁ, bhikkhave, sakkassa devānamindassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ;;;“Once upon a time, mendicants, as Sakka, lord of gods, was in private retreat this thought came to his mind, 
;;;‘Yadeva te, mārisa, pubbe cittaṁ, tadeva tvaṁ mā pajahāsī’ti. 
;;;‘Dear sir, don’t give up the idea you just had!’ 
;;;

sn11.7
sn11.8#0.3

Verocanaasurindasutta ;;;Verocana, Lord of Titans 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā divāvihāragato hoti paṭisallīno. 
;;;Now at that time the Buddha had gone into retreat for the day’s meditation. 
;;;

sn11.8
sn11.9#0.3

Araññāyatanaisisutta ;;;Seers in the Wilderness 
;;;Atha kho, bhikkhave, vepacitti asurindo paṭaliyo upāhanā ārohitvā khaggaṁ olaggetvā chattena dhāriyamānena aggadvārena assamaṁ pavisitvā te isayo sīlavante kalyāṇadhamme apabyāmato karitvā atikkami. 
;;;Vepacitti put on his boots, strapped on his sword, and, carrying a sunshade, entered the hermitage through the main gate. He walked right past those seers, keeping them at a distance. 
;;;Kāyā cuto gacchatu mālutena; 
;;;let the odor of their bodies go with the gale. 
;;;

sn11.9
sn11.14#0.3

Daliddasutta ;;;Poor 
;;;“Bhūtapubbaṁ, bhikkhave, aññataro puriso imasmiṁyeva rājagahe manussadaliddo ahosi manussakapaṇo manussavarāko. 
;;;“Once upon a time, mendicants, there was a poor person, destitute and pitiful. 
;;;

sn11.14
sn11.17#0.3

Buddhavandanāsutta ;;;Homage to the Buddha 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā divāvihāragato hoti paṭisallīno. 
;;;Now at that time the Buddha had gone into retreat for the day’s meditation. 
;;;

sn11.17
sn11.20#5.2

na kumbhi na kaḷopiyaṁ; ;;;nor in pots or baskets. 
;;;Paraniṭṭhitamesānā, 
;;;They seek food prepared by others, 
;;;Devā pana tayo vuttā, 
;;; 
;;;

sn11.20
sn11.21#0.3

Chetvāsutta ;;;Incinerated 
;;;

sn11.21
sn11.23#0.3

Sambarimāyāsutta ;;;The Sambari Sorcery 
;;;

sn11.23
sn11.25#2.4

ariyesu ca paṭipadā; ;;;are always present in the noble ones. 
;;;

sn11.25
sn12.1#0.2

1. Buddhavagga ;;;1. The Buddhas 
;;;

sn12.1
sn12.2#3.4

Yā tesaṁ tesaṁ sattānaṁ tamhā tamhā sattanikāyā cuti cavanatā bhedo antaradhānaṁ maccu maraṇaṁ kālakiriyā khandhānaṁ bhedo kaḷevarassa nikkhepo (…), ;;;The passing away, passing on, disintegration, demise, mortality, death, decease, breaking up of the aggregates, and laying to rest of the corpse of the various sentient beings in the various orders of sentient beings. 
;;;

sn12.2
sn12.11#1.5

Kabaḷīkāro āhāro oḷāriko vā sukhumo vā, phasso dutiyo, manosañcetanā tatiyā, viññāṇaṁ catutthaṁ. ;;;Solid food, whether solid or subtle; contact is the second, mental intention the third, and consciousness the fourth. 
;;;

sn12.11
sn12.12#2.1

Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā moḷiyaphagguno bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: ;;;When he said this, Venerable Phagguna of the Top-Knot said to the Buddha, 
;;;“No kallo pañho”ti bhagavā avoca: 
;;;“That’s not a fitting question,” said the Buddha. 
;;;‘Āhāretī’ti cāhaṁ vadeyyaṁ, tatrassa kallo pañho: 
;;;If I were to speak of one who consumes, then it would be fitting to ask 
;;;‘kissa nu kho, bhante, viññāṇāhāro’ti, esa kallo pañho. 
;;;‘Consciousness is a fuel for what?’ 
;;;Tatra kallaṁ veyyākaraṇaṁ: 
;;;And a fitting answer to this would be: 
;;;“No kallo pañho”ti bhagavā avoca: 
;;;“That’s not a fitting question,” said the Buddha. 
;;;‘Phusatī’ti cāhaṁ vadeyyaṁ, tatrassa kallo pañho: 
;;;If I were to speak of one who contacts, then it would be fitting to ask 
;;;‘kiṁpaccayā nu kho, bhante, phasso’ti, esa kallo pañho. 
;;;‘What is a condition for contact?’ 
;;;Tatra kallaṁ veyyākaraṇaṁ: 
;;;And a fitting answer to this would be: 
;;;“No kallo pañho”ti bhagavā avoca: 
;;;“That’s not a fitting question,” said the Buddha. 
;;;‘Vedayatī’ti cāhaṁ vadeyyaṁ, tatrassa kallo pañho: 
;;;If I were to speak of one who feels, then it would be fitting to ask 
;;;‘kiṁpaccayā nu kho, bhante, vedanā’ti, esa kallo pañho. 
;;;‘What is a condition for feeling?’ 
;;;Tatra kallaṁ veyyākaraṇaṁ: 
;;;And a fitting answer to this would be: 
;;;“Ko nu kho, bhante, tasatī”ti? 
;;;“But sir, who craves?” 
;;;“No kallo pañho”ti bhagavā avoca: 
;;;“That’s not a fitting question,” said the Buddha. 
;;;‘Tasatī’ti cāhaṁ vadeyyaṁ, tatrassa kallo pañho: 
;;;If I were to speak of one who craves, then it would be fitting to ask 
;;;‘kiṁpaccayā nu kho, bhante, taṇhā’ti, esa kallo pañho. 
;;;‘What is a condition for craving?’ 
;;;Tatra kallaṁ veyyākaraṇaṁ: 
;;;And a fitting answer to this would be: 
;;;“No kallo pañho”ti bhagavā avoca: 
;;;“That’s not a fitting question,” said the Buddha. 
;;;‘Upādiyatī’ti cāhaṁ vadeyyaṁ, tatrassa kallo pañho: 
;;;If I were to speak of one who grasps, then it would be fitting to ask 
;;;‘kiṁpaccayā nu kho, bhante, upādānan’ti, esa kallo pañho. 
;;;‘What is a condition for grasping?’ 
;;;Tatra kallaṁ veyyākaraṇaṁ: 
;;;And a fitting answer to this would be: 
;;;

sn12.12
sn12.13#1.13

na me te, bhikkhave, samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā samaṇesu vā samaṇasammatā brāhmaṇesu vā brāhmaṇasammatā; na ca pana te āyasmanto sāmaññatthaṁ vā brahmaññatthaṁ vā diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharanti. ;;;I don’t deem them as true ascetics and brahmins. Those venerables don’t realize the goal of life as an ascetic or brahmin, and don’t live having realized it with their own insight. 
;;;

sn12.13
sn12.15#2.4

Upayupādānābhinivesavinibandho khvāyaṁ, kaccāna, loko yebhuyyena. ;;;The world is for the most part shackled by attraction, grasping, and insisting. 
;;;

sn12.15
sn12.17#7.1

“Yo kho, kassapa, aññatitthiyapubbo imasmiṁ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhati pabbajjaṁ, ākaṅkhati upasampadaṁ, so cattāro māse parivasati. Catunnaṁ māsānaṁ accayena āraddhacittā bhikkhū pabbājenti upasampādenti bhikkhubhāvāya. ;;;“Kassapa, if someone formerly ordained in another sect wishes to take the going forth, the ordination in this teaching and training, they must spend four months on probation. When four months have passed, if the mendicants are satisfied, they’ll give the going forth, the ordination into monkhood. 
;;;“Sace, bhante, aññatitthiyapubbo imasmiṁ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhati pabbajjaṁ, ākaṅkhati upasampadaṁ, cattāro māse parivasati. Catunnaṁ māsānaṁ accayena āraddhacittā bhikkhū pabbājenti upasampādenti bhikkhubhāvāya. Ahaṁ cattāri vassāni parivasissāmi, catunnaṁ vassānaṁ accayena āraddhacittā bhikkhū pabbājentu upasampādentu bhikkhubhāvāyā”ti. 
;;;“Sir, if four months probation are required in such a case, I’ll spend four years on probation. When four years have passed, if the mendicants are satisfied, let them give me the going forth, the ordination into monkhood.” 
;;;

sn12.17
sn12.19#3.1

Tatra, bhikkhave, ko viseso ko adhippayāso kiṁ nānākaraṇaṁ paṇḍitassa bālenā”ti? ;;;What, then, is the difference between the foolish and the astute?” 
;;;

sn12.19
sn12.20#5.2

‘ahosiṁ nu kho ahaṁ atītamaddhānaṁ, nanu kho ahosiṁ atītamaddhānaṁ, kiṁ nu kho ahosiṁ atītamaddhānaṁ, kathaṁ nu kho ahosiṁ atītamaddhānaṁ, kiṁ hutvā kiṁ ahosiṁ nu kho ahaṁ atītamaddhānan’ti; ;;;‘Did I exist in the past? Did I not exist in the past? What was I in the past? How was I in the past? After being what, what did I become in the past?’ 
;;;

sn12.20
sn12.22#2.3

‘kāmaṁ taco ca nhāru ca aṭṭhi ca avasissatu, sarīre upassussatu maṁsalohitaṁ. Yaṁ taṁ purisathāmena purisavīriyena purisaparakkamena pattabbaṁ, na taṁ apāpuṇitvā vīriyassa saṇṭhānaṁ bhavissatī’ti. ;;;‘Gladly, let only skin, sinews, and tendons remain! Let the flesh and blood waste away in my body! I will not stop trying until I have achieved what is possible by human strength, energy, and vigor.’ 
;;;Yesañca mayaṁ paribhuñjāma cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṁ tesaṁ te kārā amhesu mahapphalā bhavissanti mahānisaṁsā’ti— 
;;;And our use of robes, almsfood, lodgings, and medicines and supplies for the sick shall be of great fruit and benefit for those who offered them.’ 
;;;

sn12.22
sn12.23#2.4

Vimuttimpāhaṁ, bhikkhave, saupanisaṁ vadāmi, no anupanisaṁ. ;;;I say that freedom has a vital condition, it doesn’t lack a vital condition. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, uparipabbate thullaphusitake deve vassante taṁ udakaṁ yathāninnaṁ pavattamānaṁ pabbatakandarapadarasākhā paripūreti. Pabbatakandarapadarasākhāparipūrā kusobbhe paripūrenti. Kusobbhā paripūrā mahāsobbhe paripūrenti. Mahāsobbhā paripūrā kunnadiyo paripūrenti. Kunnadiyo paripūrā mahānadiyo paripūrenti. Mahānadiyo paripūrā mahāsamuddaṁ paripūrenti. 
;;;It’s like when the heavens rain heavily on a mountain top, and the water flows downhill to fill the hollows, crevices, and creeks. As they become full, they fill up the pools. The pools fill up the lakes, the lakes fill up the streams, and the streams fill up the rivers. And as the rivers become full, they fill up the ocean. 
;;;

sn12.23
sn12.24#7.1

Assosi kho āyasmā ānando āyasmato sāriputtassa tehi aññatitthiyehi paribbājakehi saddhiṁ imaṁ kathāsallāpaṁ. ;;;Venerable Ānanda heard this discussion between Venerable Sāriputta and those wanderers of other religions. 
;;;Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando yāvatako āyasmato sāriputtassa tehi aññatitthiyehi paribbājakehi saddhiṁ ahosi kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi. 
;;;and informed the Buddha of all they had discussed. 
;;;

sn12.24
sn12.25#1.2

Atha kho āyasmā bhūmijo sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā sāriputtena saddhiṁ sammodi. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Bhūmija came out of retreat, went to Venerable Sāriputta, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;Assosi kho āyasmā ānando āyasmato sāriputtassa āyasmatā bhūmijena saddhiṁ imaṁ kathāsallāpaṁ. 
;;;Venerable Ānanda heard this discussion between Venerable Sāriputta and Venerable Bhūmija. 
;;;Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando yāvatako āyasmato sāriputtassa āyasmatā bhūmijena saddhiṁ ahosi kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi. 
;;;and informed the Buddha of all they had discussed. 
;;;Sāmaṁ vā taṁ, ānanda, kāyasaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharoti, yaṁpaccayāssa taṁ uppajjati ajjhattaṁ sukhadukkhaṁ. 
;;;By oneself one instigates the choice that gives rise to bodily, verbal, and mental action, conditioned by which that pleasure and pain arise in oneself. 
;;;Pare vā taṁ, ānanda, kāyasaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharonti, yaṁpaccayāssa taṁ uppajjati ajjhattaṁ sukhadukkhaṁ. 
;;;Or else others instigate the choice … 
;;;

sn12.25
sn12.32#6.9

“Na kho, bhante, etehi padehi etehi byañjanehi attho vutto”ti. ;;;“Sir, I did not state the matter in these words and phrases.” 
;;;

sn12.32
sn12.33#2.1

“Katamāni, bhikkhave, catucattārīsaṁ ñāṇavatthūni? ;;;“And what are the forty-four grounds for knowledge? 
;;;

sn12.33
sn12.35#1.7

‘No kallo pañho’ti bhagavā avoca, ‘katamaṁ jarāmaraṇaṁ, kassa ca panidaṁ jarāmaraṇan’ti iti vā, bhikkhu, yo vadeyya, ‘aññaṁ jarāmaraṇaṁ aññassa ca panidaṁ jarāmaraṇan’ti, iti vā, bhikkhu, yo vadeyya, ubhayametaṁ ekatthaṁ byañjanameva nānaṁ. ;;;“That’s not a fitting question,” said the Buddha. “You might say, ‘What are old age and death, and who do they belong to?’ Or you might say, ‘Old age and death are one thing, who they belong to is another.’ But both of these mean the same thing, only the phrasing differs. 
;;;“No kallo pañho”ti bhagavā avoca, “‘katamā jāti, kassa ca panāyaṁ jātī’ti iti vā, bhikkhu, yo vadeyya, ‘aññā jāti aññassa ca panāyaṁ jātī’ti iti vā, bhikkhu, yo vadeyya, ubhayametaṁ ekatthaṁ byañjanameva nānaṁ. 
;;;“That’s not a fitting question,” said the Buddha. “You might say, ‘What is rebirth, and who does it belong to?’ Or you might say, ‘Rebirth is one thing, who it belongs to is another.’ But both of these mean the same thing, only the phrasing differs. 
;;;“No kallo pañho”ti bhagavā avoca, “‘katamo bhavo, kassa ca panāyaṁ bhavo’ti iti vā, bhikkhu, yo vadeyya, ‘añño bhavo aññassa ca panāyaṁ bhavo’ti iti vā, bhikkhu, yo vadeyya, ubhayametaṁ ekatthaṁ byañjanameva nānaṁ. 
;;;“That’s not a fitting question,” said the Buddha. “You might say, ‘What is continued existence, and who does it belong to?’ Or you might say, ‘Continued existence is one thing, who it belongs to is another.’ But both of these mean the same thing, only the phrasing differs. 
;;;“No kallo pañho”ti bhagavā avoca, “‘katame saṅkhārā kassa ca panime saṅkhārā’ti iti vā, bhikkhu, yo vadeyya, ‘aññe saṅkhārā aññassa ca panime saṅkhārā’ti iti vā, bhikkhu, yo vadeyya, ubhayametaṁ ekatthaṁ byañjanameva nānaṁ. 
;;;“That’s not a fitting question,” said the Buddha. “You might say, ‘What are choices, and who do they belong to?’ Or you might say, ‘Choices are one thing, who they belong to is another.’ But both of these mean the same thing, only the phrasing differs. 
;;;

sn12.35
sn12.45#1.3

Atha kho bhagavā rahogato paṭisallāno imaṁ dhammapariyāyaṁ abhāsi: ;;;Then while the Buddha was in private retreat he spoke this exposition of the teaching: 
;;;Atthasaṁhito ayaṁ, bhikkhu, dhammapariyāyo ādibrahmacariyako”ti. 
;;;That exposition of the teaching is beneficial and relates to the fundamentals of the spiritual life.” 
;;;

sn12.45
sn12.49#1.5

Kismiṁ sati saṅkhārā honti, kismiṁ sati viññāṇaṁ hoti, kismiṁ sati nāmarūpaṁ hoti, kismiṁ sati saḷāyatanaṁ hoti, kismiṁ sati phasso hoti, kismiṁ sati vedanā hoti, kismiṁ sati taṇhā hoti, kismiṁ sati upādānaṁ hoti, kismiṁ sati bhavo hoti, kismiṁ sati jāti hoti, kismiṁ sati jarāmaraṇaṁ hotī’ti? ;;;When what exists do name and form come to be? When what exists do the six sense fields … contact … feeling … craving … grasping … continued existence … rebirth … old age and death come to be?’ 
;;;‘imasmiṁ sati idaṁ hoti, imassuppādā idaṁ uppajjati. 
;;;‘When this exists, that is; due to the arising of this, that arises. 
;;;

sn12.49
sn12.51#12.1

Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso kumbhakārapākā uṇhaṁ kumbhaṁ uddharitvā same bhūmibhāge paṭisisseyya. ;;;Suppose a person were to remove a hot clay pot from a potter’s kiln and place it down on level ground. 
;;;Tatra yāyaṁ usmā sā tattheva vūpasameyya, kapallāni avasisseyyuṁ. 
;;;Its heat would dissipate right there, and the shards would be left behind. 
;;;

sn12.51
sn12.55#4.5

vātātape visosetvā agginā ḍaheyya, agginā ḍahetvā masiṁ kareyya, masiṁ karitvā mahāvāte vā ophuṇeyya nadiyā vā sīghasotāya pavāheyya. ;;; 
;;;Evañhi so, bhikkhave, mahārukkho ucchinnamūlo assa tālāvatthukato anabhāvaṅkato āyatiṁ anuppādadhammo. 
;;;In this way the great tree is cut off at the root, made like a palm stump, obliterated, and unable to arise in the future. 
;;;

sn12.55
sn12.57#2.2

Tassa puriso kālena kālaṁ mūlāni palimajjeyya kālena kālaṁ paṁsuṁ dadeyya, kālena kālaṁ udakaṁ dadeyya. ;;;And from time to time someone would clear around the roots, supply soil, and water it. 
;;;

sn12.57
sn12.60#2.3

Etassa, ānanda, dhammassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamayaṁ pajā tantākulakajātā kulagaṇṭhikajātā muñjapabbajabhūtā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ saṁsāraṁ nātivattati. ;;;It is because of not understanding and not penetrating this teaching that this population has become tangled like string, knotted like a ball of thread, and matted like rushes and reeds, and it doesn’t escape the places of loss, the bad places, the underworld, transmigration. 
;;;

sn12.60
sn12.61#1.3

“assutavā, bhikkhave, puthujjano imasmiṁ cātumahābhūtikasmiṁ kāyasmiṁ nibbindeyyapi virajjeyyapi vimucceyyapi. ;;;“Mendicants, when it comes to this body made up of the four principal states, an unlearned ordinary person might become disillusioned, dispassionate, and freed. 
;;;Dissati, bhikkhave, imassa cātumahābhūtikassa kāyassa ācayopi apacayopi ādānampi nikkhepanampi. 
;;;This body made up of the four principal states is seen to accumulate and disperse, to be taken up and laid to rest. 
;;;

sn12.61
sn12.63#2.2

Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, dve jāyampatikā parittaṁ sambalaṁ ādāya kantāramaggaṁ paṭipajjeyyuṁ. ;;;Suppose a couple who were husband and wife set out to cross a desert, taking limited supplies. 
;;;‘amhākaṁ kho yā parittā sambalamattā sā parikkhīṇā pariyādiṇṇā. 
;;;‘Our limited quantity of supplies has run out, 
;;;Atthi cāyaṁ kantārāvaseso anittiṇṇo. 
;;;and we still have the rest of the desert to cross. 
;;;Yannūna mayaṁ imaṁ ekaputtakaṁ piyaṁ manāpaṁ vadhitvā vallūrañca soṇḍikañca karitvā puttamaṁsāni khādantā evaṁ taṁ kantārāvasesaṁ nitthareyyāma, mā sabbeva tayo vinassimhā’ti. 
;;;Why don’t we kill our only child, so dear and beloved, and prepare dried and spiced meat? Then we can make it across the desert by eating our child’s flesh. Let not all three perish.’ 
;;;Atha kho te, bhikkhave, dve jāyampatikā taṁ ekaputtakaṁ piyaṁ manāpaṁ vadhitvā vallūrañca soṇḍikañca karitvā puttamaṁsāni khādantā evaṁ taṁ kantārāvasesaṁ nitthareyyuṁ. 
;;;Then that couple would kill their only child, so dear and beloved, and prepare dried and spiced meat. They’d make it across the desert by eating their child’s flesh. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, gāvī niccammā kuṭṭañce nissāya tiṭṭheyya. Ye kuṭṭanissitā pāṇā te naṁ khādeyyuṁ. 
;;;Suppose there was a flayed cow. If she stands by a wall, the creatures on the wall bite her. 
;;;Yaṁ yadeva hi sā, bhikkhave, gāvī niccammā nissāya tiṭṭheyya, ye tannissitā pāṇā te naṁ khādeyyuṁ. 
;;;Wherever that flayed cow stands, the creatures there would bite her. 
;;;

sn12.63
sn12.65#7.3

Tamanugacchanto passeyya purāṇaṁ nagaraṁ purāṇaṁ rājadhāniṁ pubbakehi manussehi ajjhāvuṭṭhaṁ ārāmasampannaṁ vanasampannaṁ pokkharaṇīsampannaṁ uddhāpavantaṁ ramaṇīyaṁ. ;;;they’d see an ancient city, an ancient capital, inhabited by humans in the past. It was lovely, complete with parks, groves, lotus ponds, and embankments. 
;;;

sn12.65
sn12.66#13.10

‘sakkā kho me ayaṁ surāpipāsitā pānīyena vā vinetuṁ dadhimaṇḍakena vā vinetuṁ bhaṭṭhaloṇikāya vā vinetuṁ loṇasovīrakena vā vinetuṁ, na tvevāhaṁ taṁ piveyyaṁ, yaṁ mama assa dīgharattaṁ hitāya sukhāyā’ti. ;;;‘I could quench my thirst with water, whey, seasoned drink, or broth. But I shouldn’t drink that beverage, for it would be for my lasting harm and suffering.’ 
;;;

sn12.66
sn12.67#1.1

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ca sāriputto āyasmā ca mahākoṭṭhiko bārāṇasiyaṁ viharanti isipatane migadāye. ;;;At one time Venerable Sāriputta and Venerable Mahākoṭṭhita were staying near Varanasi, in the deer park at Isipatana. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā sāriputtena saddhiṁ sammodi. 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Mahākoṭṭhita came out of retreat, went to Venerable Sāriputta, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;

sn12.67
sn12.70#5.1

“Api pana tumhe āyasmanto evaṁ jānantā evaṁ passantā anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhotha—ekopi hutvā bahudhā hotha, bahudhāpi hutvā eko hotha; āvibhāvaṁ, tirobhāvaṁ, tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamānā gacchatha, seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ karotha, seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gacchatha, seyyathāpi pathaviyaṁ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kamatha, seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve pāṇinā parimasatha parimajjatha, yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vattethā”ti? ;;;“But knowing and seeing thus, do you wield the many kinds of psychic power? That is, multiplying yourselves and becoming one again; appearing and disappearing; going unobstructed through a wall, a rampart, or a mountain as if through space; diving in and out of the earth as if it were water; walking on water as if it were earth; flying cross-legged through the sky like a bird; touching and stroking with the hand the sun and moon, so mighty and powerful. Do you control the body as far as the realm of divinity?” 
;;;Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā susimo yāvatako tehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṁ ahosi kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi. 
;;;and informed the Buddha of all he had discussed with those mendicants. 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if they’re impermanent, suffering, and perishable, are they fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Api pana tvaṁ, susima, evaṁ jānanto evaṁ passanto anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhosi—ekopi hutvā bahudhā hosi, bahudhāpi hutvā eko hosi; āvibhāvaṁ, tirobhāvaṁ, tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamāno gacchasi, seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ karosi, seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāno gacchasi, seyyathāpi pathaviyaṁ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kamasi, seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve pāṇinā parimasasi parimajjasi, yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vattesī”ti? 
;;;“But knowing and seeing thus, do you wield the many kinds of psychic power? …” 
;;;“Yaṁ kho so, susima, puriso tatonidānaṁ dukkhaṁ domanassaṁ paṭisaṁvediyetha. 
;;;“Although that man would experience pain and distress because of that, 
;;;Vuddhi hesā, susima, ariyassa vinaye yo accayaṁ accayato disvā yathādhammaṁ paṭikaroti, āyatiñca saṁvaraṁ āpajjatī”ti. 
;;;For it is growth in the training of the Noble One to recognize a mistake for what it is, deal with it properly, and commit to restraint in the future.” 
;;;dasamo susimena cāti. 
;;;

sn12.70
sn12.93-213#sn12.203-213:3.4

peyyālaantaramhi yeti. ;;; 
;;;

sn12.93-213
sn13.1#1.5

katamaṁ nu kho bahutaraṁ, yo vāyaṁ mayā paritto nakhasikhāyaṁ paṁsu āropito, ayaṁ vā mahāpathavī”ti? ;;;Which is more: the little bit of dirt under my fingernail, or this great earth?” 
;;;

sn13.1
sn13.5#1.2

“Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso mahāpathaviyā satta kolaṭṭhimattiyo guḷikā upanikkhipeyya. ;;;“Mendicants, suppose a person was to place seven clay balls the size of jujube seeds on the great earth. 
;;;

sn13.5
sn14.14#2.1

Atītampi kho, bhikkhave, addhānaṁ dhātusova sattā saṁsandiṁsu samiṁsu. ;;;In the past, too, sentient beings came together and converged because of an element. … 
;;;Anāgatampi kho, bhikkhave, addhānaṁ dhātusova sattā saṁsandissanti samessanti. 
;;;In the future, too, sentient beings will come together and converge because of an element. … 
;;;Etarahipi kho, bhikkhave, paccuppannaṁ addhānaṁ dhātusova sattā saṁsandanti samenti. 
;;;At present, too, sentient beings come together and converge because of an element. 
;;;

sn14.14
sn14.15#1.3

āyasmāpi kho mahāmoggallāno sambahulehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṁ bhagavato avidūre caṅkamati; ;;;Venerable Mahāmoggallāna was doing likewise, as were 
;;;āyasmāpi kho puṇṇo mantāniputto sambahulehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṁ bhagavato avidūre caṅkamati; 
;;;Venerable Puṇṇa son of Mantāṇī, 
;;;Passatha no tumhe, bhikkhave, moggallānaṁ sambahulehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṁ caṅkamantan”ti? 
;;;Do you see Moggallāna walking together with several mendicants?” 
;;;

sn14.15
sn14.16#11.2

pahitattehi jhāyīhi; ;;;who are secluded and determined 
;;;

sn14.16
sn14.31#3.1

Yāvakīvañcāhaṁ, bhikkhave, imāsaṁ catunnaṁ dhātūnaṁ evaṁ assādañca assādato ādīnavañca ādīnavato nissaraṇañca nissaraṇato yathābhūtaṁ na abbhaññāsiṁ, neva tāvāhaṁ, bhikkhave, sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambuddhoti paccaññāsiṁ. ;;;As long as I didn’t truly understand these four elements’ gratification, drawback, and escape in this way for what they are, I didn’t announce my supreme perfect awakening in this world with its gods, Māras, and Divinities, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans. 
;;;

sn14.31
sn14.34#1.2

“Pathavīdhātu ce hidaṁ, bhikkhave, ekantadukkhā abhavissa dukkhānupatitā dukkhāvakkantā anavakkantā sukhena, nayidaṁ sattā pathavīdhātuyā sārajjeyyuṁ. ;;;“Mendicants, if the earth element were exclusively painful—soaked and steeped in pain and not steeped in pleasure—sentient beings wouldn’t be aroused by it. 
;;;

sn14.34
sn15.1#1.9

Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso yaṁ imasmiṁ jambudīpe tiṇakaṭṭhasākhāpalāsaṁ taṁ chetvā ekajjhaṁ saṁharitvā caturaṅgulaṁ caturaṅgulaṁ ghaṭikaṁ katvā nikkhipeyya: ;;;Suppose a person was to strip all the grass, sticks, branches, and leaves in the Black Plum Tree Land, gather them together into one pile, and chop them each into four inch pieces. They’d lay them down, saying: 
;;;‘ayaṁ me mātā, tassā me mātu ayaṁ mātā’ti, apariyādinnāva, bhikkhave, tassa purisassa mātumātaro assu, atha imasmiṁ jambudīpe tiṇakaṭṭhasākhāpalāsaṁ parikkhayaṁ pariyādānaṁ gaccheyya. 
;;;‘This is my mother, this is my grandmother.’ The grass, sticks, branches, and leaves of the Black Plum Tree Land would run out before that person’s mothers and grandmothers. 
;;;

sn15.1
sn15.3#1.4

Taṁ kiṁ maññatha, bhikkhave, katamaṁ nu kho bahutaraṁ, yaṁ vā vo iminā dīghena addhunā sandhāvataṁ saṁsarataṁ amanāpasampayogā manāpavippayogā kandantānaṁ rodantānaṁ assu passannaṁ paggharitaṁ, yaṁ vā catūsu mahāsamuddesu udakan”ti? ;;;What do you think? Which is more: the flow of tears you’ve shed while roaming and transmigrating for such a very long time—weeping and wailing from being united with the unloved and separated from the loved—or the water in the four oceans?” 
;;;

sn15.3
sn15.6#2.3

“Seyyathāpi, bhikkhu, āyasaṁ nagaraṁ yojanaṁ āyāmena yojanaṁ vitthārena yojanaṁ ubbedhena, puṇṇaṁ sāsapānaṁ guḷikābaddhaṁ. ;;;“Suppose there was an iron city, a league long, a league wide, and a league high, full of mustard seeds pressed into balls. 
;;;

sn15.6
sn15.13#3.4

Dīgharattaṁ vo, bhikkhave, mahiṁsānaṁ sataṁ mahiṁsabhūtānaṁ sīsacchinnānaṁ lohitaṁ passannaṁ paggharitaṁ …pe… ;;;For a long time you’ve been buffalo … 
;;;

sn15.13
sn15.20#5.7

Mayhaṁ kho pana, bhikkhave, sāriputtamoggallānaṁ nāma sāvakayugaṁ aggaṁ bhaddayugaṁ. ;;;I have a fine pair of chief disciples named Sāriputta and Moggallāna. 
;;;

sn15.20
sn16.2#1.3

Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā mahākassapo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā mahākassapena saddhiṁ sammodi. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Sāriputta came out of retreat, went to Venerable Mahākassapa, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;“vuccati hidaṁ, āvuso kassapa, anātāpī anottappī abhabbo sambodhāya abhabbo nibbānāya abhabbo anuttarassa yogakkhemassa adhigamāya; 
;;;“Reverend Kassapa, it’s said that without being keen and prudent you can’t achieve awakening, extinguishment, and the supreme sanctuary from the yoke. 
;;;

sn16.2
sn16.3#7.4

Iti dhammasudhammataṁ paṭicca paresaṁ dhammaṁ deseti, kāruññaṁ paṭicca anuddayaṁ paṭicca anukampaṁ upādāya paresaṁ dhammaṁ deseti. ;;;So they teach others because of the natural excellence of the teaching, out of compassion, kindness, and sympathy. 
;;;

sn16.3
sn16.5#2.1

“Ahaṁ kho, bhante, dīgharattaṁ āraññiko ceva āraññikattassa ca vaṇṇavādī, piṇḍapātiko ceva piṇḍapātikattassa ca vaṇṇavādī, paṁsukūliko ceva paṁsukūlikattassa ca vaṇṇavādī, tecīvariko ceva tecīvarikattassa ca vaṇṇavādī, appiccho ceva appicchatāya ca vaṇṇavādī, santuṭṭho ceva santuṭṭhiyā ca vaṇṇavādī, pavivitto ceva pavivekassa ca vaṇṇavādī, asaṁsaṭṭho ceva asaṁsaggassa ca vaṇṇavādī, āraddhavīriyo ceva vīriyārambhassa ca vaṇṇavādī”ti. ;;;“For a long time, sir, I’ve lived in the wilderness, eaten only almsfood, worn rag robes, and owned just three robes; and I’ve praised these things. I’ve been one of few wishes, content, secluded, aloof, and energetic; and I’ve praised these things.” 
;;;‘appeva nāma pacchimā janatā diṭṭhānugatiṁ āpajjeyyuṁ. 
;;;‘Hopefully those who come after might follow my example.’ 
;;;

sn16.5
sn16.6#2.2

Idhāhaṁ, bhante, addasaṁ bhaṇḍañca nāma bhikkhuṁ ānandassa saddhivihāriṁ abhijikañca nāma bhikkhuṁ anuruddhassa saddhivihāriṁ aññamaññaṁ sutena accāvadante: ;;;Take the monk called Bhaṇḍa, Ānanda’s protégé. He’s been competing in studies with the monk called Abhiñjika, Anuruddha’s protégé. They say: 
;;;Yato ca kho tumhe, bhikkhave, accayaṁ accayato disvā yathādhammaṁ paṭikarotha, taṁ vo mayaṁ paṭiggaṇhāma. 
;;;But since you have recognized your mistake for what it is, and have dealt with it properly, I accept it. 
;;;

sn16.6
sn16.7#4.1

‘Assaddho purisapuggalo’ti, bhante, parihānametaṁ; ;;;A faithless individual is in decline. 
;;;‘ahiriko purisapuggalo’ti, bhante, parihānametaṁ; 
;;;An individual with no conscience is in decline. 
;;;‘anottappī purisapuggalo’ti, bhante, parihānametaṁ; 
;;;An imprudent individual is in decline. 
;;;‘kusīto purisapuggalo’ti, bhante, parihānametaṁ; 
;;;A lazy individual is in decline. 
;;;‘duppañño purisapuggalo’ti, bhante, parihānametaṁ; 
;;;A witless individual is in decline. 
;;;‘kodhano purisapuggalo’ti, bhante, parihānametaṁ; 
;;;An irritable individual is in decline. 
;;;‘upanāhī purisapuggalo’ti, bhante, parihānametaṁ; 
;;;An acrimonious individual is in decline. 
;;;‘na santi bhikkhū ovādakā’ti, bhante, parihānametaṁ. 
;;;When there are no mendicant advisers there is decline. 
;;;‘Saddho purisapuggalo’ti, bhante, aparihānametaṁ; 
;;;A faithful individual doesn’t decline. 
;;;‘hirimā purisapuggalo’ti, bhante, aparihānametaṁ; 
;;;An individual with a conscience doesn’t decline. 
;;;‘ottappī purisapuggalo’ti, bhante, aparihānametaṁ; 
;;;A prudent individual doesn’t decline. 
;;;‘āraddhavīriyo purisapuggalo’ti, bhante, aparihānametaṁ; 
;;;An energetic individual doesn’t decline. 
;;;‘paññavā purisapuggalo’ti, bhante, aparihānametaṁ; 
;;;A wise individual doesn’t decline. 
;;;‘akkodhano purisapuggalo’ti, bhante, aparihānametaṁ; 
;;;A loving individual doesn’t decline. 
;;;‘anupanāhī purisapuggalo’ti, bhante, aparihānametaṁ; 
;;;A kind individual doesn’t decline. 
;;;‘Assaddho purisapuggalo’ti, kassapa, parihānametaṁ; 
;;; 
;;;‘upanāhī purisapuggalo’ti, kassapa, parihānametaṁ; 
;;; 
;;;‘na santi bhikkhū ovādakā’ti, kassapa, parihānametaṁ. 
;;;When there are no mendicant advisers there is decline. 
;;;‘Saddho purisapuggalo’ti, kassapa, aparihānametaṁ; 
;;; 
;;;‘anupanāhī purisapuggalo’ti, kassapa, aparihānametaṁ; 
;;; 
;;;

sn16.7
sn16.8#7.7

‘upaddutā brahmacārī brahmacārūpaddavena abhipatthanā brahmacārī brahmacāriabhipatthanenā’ti, etarahi taṁ, kassapa, sammā vadamāno vadeyya: ‘upaddutā brahmacārī brahmacārūpaddavena abhipatthanā brahmacārī brahmacāriabhipatthanenā’”ti. ;;;spiritual practitioners are imperiled by the peril of a spiritual practitioner, and vanquished by the vanquishing of a spiritual practitioner, it is these days that this could be rightly said.” 
;;;

sn16.8
sn16.9#10.1

Ahaṁ, bhikkhave, yāvade ākaṅkhāmi anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhomi—ekopi hutvā bahudhā homi, bahudhāpi hutvā eko homi; āvibhāvaṁ, tirobhāvaṁ, tirokuṭṭaṁ, tiropākāraṁ, tiropabbataṁ, asajjamāno gacchāmi, seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ karomi, seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gacchāmi, seyyathāpi pathaviyaṁ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kamāmi, seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve pāṇinā parimasāmi parimajjāmi; yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vattemi. ;;;Whenever I want, I wield the many kinds of psychic power: multiplying myself and becoming one again; appearing and disappearing; going unobstructed through a wall, a rampart, or a mountain as if through space; diving in and out of the earth as if it were water; walking on water as if it were earth; flying cross-legged through the sky like a bird; touching and stroking with the hand the sun and moon, so mighty and powerful. I control the body as far as the realm of divinity. 
;;;

sn16.9
sn16.11#8.8

So khvāhaṁ, āvuso, aparena samayena paṭapilotikānaṁ saṅghāṭiṁ kāretvā ye loke arahanto te uddissa kesamassuṁ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajiṁ. ;;;After some time I made an outer robe of patches and, in the name of the perfected ones in the world, I shaved off my hair and beard, dressed in ocher robes, and went forth from the lay life to homelessness. 
;;;Sattāhameva khvāhaṁ, āvuso, saraṇo raṭṭhapiṇḍaṁ bhuñjiṁ aṭṭhamiyā aññā udapādi. 
;;;For seven days I ate the nation’s almsfood as a debtor. On the eighth day I was enlightened. 
;;;

sn16.11
sn16.12#1.2

Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā mahākassapo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā mahākassapena saddhiṁ sammodi. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Sāriputta came out of retreat, went to Venerable Mahākassapa, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;

sn16.12
sn16.13#1.7

Na tāva, kassapa, saddhammassa antaradhānaṁ hoti yāva na saddhammappatirūpakaṁ loke uppajjati. ;;;The true teaching doesn’t disappear as long the counterfeit of the true teaching hasn’t appeared in the world. 
;;;

sn16.13
sn17.3#2.5

ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhikkhu giddho papatāya anayaṁ āpanno byasanaṁ āpanno yathākāmakaraṇīyo pāpimato. ;;; 
;;;

sn17.3
sn17.4#1.4

Sā tatra tatra sajjeyya, tatra tatra gayheyya, tatra tatra bajjheyya, tatra tatra anayabyasanaṁ āpajjeyya. ;;;She’d get caught, snagged, and trapped at every turn, coming to ruin. 
;;;

sn17.4
sn17.5#1.3

Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, mīḷhakā gūthādī gūthapūrā puṇṇā gūthassa. Purato cassa mahāgūthapuñjo. ;;;Suppose there was a dung-eating beetle full of dung, stuffed with dung, and before her was a huge pile of dung. 
;;;

sn17.5
sn17.6#1.3

Kaṁ, bhikkhave, asanivicakkaṁ āgacchatu, sekhaṁ appattamānasaṁ lābhasakkārasiloko anupāpuṇātu. ;;;Who should be struck by lightning? A trainee who comes into possessions, honor, and popularity before they achieve their heart’s desire. 
;;;

sn17.6
sn17.7#0.3

Diddhasutta ;;;A Poisoned Arrow 
;;;Kaṁ, bhikkhave, diddhagatena visallena sallena vijjhatu, sekhaṁ appattamānasaṁ lābhasakkārasiloko anupāpuṇātu. 
;;;Who should be pierced by a poisoned arrow? A trainee who comes into possessions, honor, and popularity before they achieve their heart’s desire. 
;;;Sallanti kho, bhikkhave, lābhasakkārasilokassetaṁ adhivacanaṁ. 
;;;‘Arrow’ is a term for possessions, honor, and popularity. 
;;;

sn17.7
sn17.8#1.3

Assuttha no tumhe, bhikkhave, rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ jarasiṅgālassa vassamānassā”ti? ;;;Mendicants, did you hear an old jackal howling at the crack of dawn?” 
;;;“Eso kho, bhikkhave, jarasiṅgālo ukkaṇḍakena nāma rogajātena phuṭṭho neva bilagato ramati, na rukkhamūlagato ramati, na ajjhokāsagato ramati; 
;;;“That old jackal has the disease called mange. He’s not happy in his den, or at the root of a tree, or out in the open. 
;;;

sn17.8
sn17.23#1.7

tādiso, tāta, bhavāhi yādisā sāriputtamoggallānāti. ;;;please be like Sāriputta and Moggallāna.’ 
;;;

sn17.23
sn18.1#2.6

“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: ;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;

sn18.1
sn18.11#1.9

“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: ;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;

sn18.11
sn19.1#1.3

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā ca lakkhaṇo āyasmā ca mahāmoggallāno gijjhakūṭe pabbate viharanti. ;;;Now at that time Venerable Lakkhaṇa and Venerable Mahāmoggallāna were staying on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yenāyasmā lakkhaṇo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ lakkhaṇaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then Mahāmoggallāna robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, went to Lakkhaṇa and said to him, 
;;;“āyāmāvuso lakkhaṇa, rājagahaṁ piṇḍāya pavisissāmā”ti. 
;;;“Come, Reverend Lakkhaṇa, let’s enter Rājagaha for alms.” 
;;;“Evamāvuso”ti kho āyasmā lakkhaṇo āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa paccassosi. 
;;;“Yes, reverend,” Lakkhaṇa replied. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto aññatarasmiṁ padese sitaṁ pātvākāsi. 
;;;As Mahāmoggallāna was descending from Vulture’s Peak Mountain he smiled at a certain spot. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā lakkhaṇo āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;So Lakkhaṇa said to Mahāmoggallāna, 
;;;“ko nu kho, āvuso moggallāna, hetu ko paccayo sitassa pātukammāyā”ti? 
;;;“What is the cause, Reverend Moggallāna, what is the reason you smiled?” 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā ca lakkhaṇo āyasmā ca mahāmoggallāno rājagahe piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkantā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā lakkhaṇo āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then Lakkhaṇa and Mahāmoggallāna wandered for alms in Rājagaha. After the meal, on their return from almsround, they went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. Lakkhaṇa said to Mahāmoggallāna: 
;;;“idhāyasmā mahāmoggallāno gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto aññatarasmiṁ padese sitaṁ pātvākāsi. 
;;;“Just now, as Mahāmoggallāna was descending from Vulture’s Peak Mountain he smiled at a certain spot. 
;;;Ko nu kho, āvuso moggallāna, hetu ko paccayo sitassa pātukammāyā”ti? 
;;;What is the cause, Reverend Moggallāna, what is the reason you smiled?” 
;;;Ahañcetaṁ byākareyyaṁ, pare ca me na saddaheyyuṁ. 
;;;For if I had spoken of it others would not have believed me, 
;;;

sn19.1
sn19.12#1.3

So kassapassa sammāsambuddhassa pāvacane bhikkhusaṅghaṁ bhattena nimantetvā doṇiyo gūthassa pūrāpetvā etadavoca— ;;;In the time of the Buddha Kassapa’s dispensation he invited the Saṅgha of mendicants for a meal. He filled a trough with dung and said: 
;;;

sn19.12
sn19.16#1.1

“Idhāhaṁ, āvuso, gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto addasaṁ asīsakaṁ kabandhaṁ vehāsaṁ gacchantaṁ. ;;;“Just now, reverend, as I was descending from Vulture’s Peak Mountain I saw a headless trunk flying through the air. 
;;;

sn19.16
sn19.17#1.2

Tassa saṅghāṭipi ādittā sampajjalitā sajotibhūtā, pattopi āditto sampajjalito sajotibhūto, kāyabandhanampi ādittaṁ sampajjalitaṁ sajotibhūtaṁ, kāyopi āditto sampajjalito sajotibhūto. ;;;His outer robe, bowl, belt, and body were burning, blazing, and glowing 
;;;

sn19.17
sn20.6#3.2

Yathā ca, bhikkhave, tassa purisassa javo yathā ca candimasūriyānaṁ javo yathā ca yā devatā candimasūriyānaṁ purato dhāvanti tāsaṁ devatānaṁ javo, (…) tato sīghataraṁ āyusaṅkhārā khīyanti. ;;;As fast as that man is, as fast as the sun and moon are, and as fast as the deities that run before the sun and moon are, the waning of the life forces is faster. 
;;;

sn20.6
sn20.8#2.3

Bhavissanti, bhikkhave, anāgatamaddhānaṁ licchavī sukhumālā mudutalunahatthapādā ;;;But in the future the Licchavis will become delicate, with soft and tender hands and feet. 
;;;te mudukāsu seyyāsu tūlabibbohanāsu yāvasūriyuggamanā seyyaṁ kappissanti. 
;;;They’ll sleep on soft beds with down pillows until the sun comes up. 
;;;

sn20.8
sn20.9#4.4

Te taṁ lābhaṁ agadhitā amucchitā anajjhopannā ādīnavadassāvino nissaraṇapaññā paribhuñjanti. ;;;And when they get things, they use them untied, uninfatuated, unattached, seeing the drawbacks, and understanding the escape. 
;;;

sn20.9
sn20.10#2.1

“Bhūtapubbaṁ, bhikkhave, biḷāro sandhisamalasaṅkaṭīre ṭhito ahosi mudumūsiṁ maggayamāno: ;;;“Once upon a time, mendicants, a cat was standing by an alley or a drain or a dustbin hunting a little mouse, thinking, 
;;;Tamenaṁ biḷāro gahetvā sahasā saṅkhāditvā ajjhohari. 
;;;The cat caught it and hastily swallowed it without chewing. 
;;;

sn20.10
sn21.1#0.3

Kolitasutta ;;;With Kolita 
;;;Tatra kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhikkhū āmantesi: 
;;;There Venerable Mahāmoggallāna addressed the mendicants: 
;;;“Āvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa paccassosuṁ. 
;;;“Reverend,” they replied. 
;;;Āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca: 
;;;Venerable Mahāmoggallāna said this: 
;;;“idha mayhaṁ, āvuso, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: 
;;;“Just now, reverends, as I was in private retreat this thought came to mind: 
;;;‘moggallāna moggallāna, mā, brāhmaṇa, ariyaṁ tuṇhībhāvaṁ pamādo, ariye tuṇhībhāve cittaṁ saṇṭhapehi, ariye tuṇhībhāve cittaṁ ekodibhāvaṁ karohi, ariye tuṇhībhāve cittaṁ samādahā’ti. 
;;;‘Moggallāna, Moggallāna! Don’t neglect noble silence, brahmin! Settle your mind in noble silence; unify your mind and bring it to immersion in noble silence.’ 
;;;

sn21.1
sn21.2#2.1

“Idha mayhaṁ, āvuso, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ;;;“Just now, reverends, as I was in private retreat this thought came to mind: 
;;;

sn21.2
sn21.3#1.3

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā ca sāriputto āyasmā ca mahāmoggallāno rājagahe viharanti veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe ekavihāre. ;;;At that time Venerables Sāriputta and Moggallāna were staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā mahāmoggallānena saddhiṁ sammodi. 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Sāriputta came out of retreat, went to Venerable Moggallāna, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;When the greetings and polite conversation were over, Sāriputta sat down to one side, and said to Mahāmoggallāna: 
;;;“Vippasannāni kho te, āvuso moggallāna, indriyāni; 
;;;“Reverend Moggallāna, your faculties are so very clear, and your complexion is pure and bright. 
;;;parisuddho mukhavaṇṇo pariyodāto santena nūnāyasmā mahāmoggallāno ajja vihārena vihāsī”ti. 
;;;Have you spent the day in a peaceful meditation?” 
;;;“Kena saddhiṁ panāyasmato mahāmoggallānassa ahosi dhammī kathā”ti? 
;;;“Who did you have a Dhamma talk with?” 
;;;Kiṁ nu kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhagavantaṁ iddhiyā upasaṅkami; 
;;;Did you go to him with your psychic power, 
;;;udāhu bhagavā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ iddhiyā upasaṅkamī”ti? 
;;;or did he come to you?” 
;;;“Yathākathaṁ panāyasmato mahāmoggallānassa bhagavatā saddhiṁ ahosi dhammī kathā”ti? 
;;;“But what manner of Dhamma talk did you have together?” 
;;;‘idha, moggallāna, bhikkhu āraddhavīriyo viharati— 
;;;‘Moggallāna, it’s when a mendicant lives with energy roused up: 
;;;Evaṁ kho, moggallāna, āraddhavīriyo hotī’ti. 
;;;That’s how a person is energetic.’ 
;;;evameva kho mayaṁ āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa yāvadeva upanikkhepanamattāya. 
;;; 
;;;Āyasmā hi mahāmoggallāno mahiddhiko mahānubhāvo ākaṅkhamāno kappaṁ tiṭṭheyyā”ti. 
;;;Venerable Mahāmoggallāna is so mighty and powerful he could, if he wished, live on for the proper lifespan.” 
;;;

sn21.3
sn21.7#2.1

Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena upaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the assembly hall. He sat down on the seat spread out, 
;;;

sn21.7
sn21.9#1.4

“Tathā hi pana maṁ, bhante, bhikkhū samantā vācāyasannitodakena sañjambharimakaṁsū”ti. ;;;“Sir, it’s because the mendicants beset me on all sides with sneering and jeering.” 
;;;

sn21.9
sn21.11#4.5

Atha sabbamahorattiṁ, ;;;But all day and all night, 
;;;

sn21.11
sn22.1#1.2

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā bhaggesu viharati susumāragire bhesakaḷāvane migadāye. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Bhaggas at Crocodile Hill, in the deer park at Bhesakaḷā’s Wood. 
;;;“Ahamasmi, bhante, jiṇṇo vuḍḍho mahallako addhagato vayoanuppatto āturakāyo abhikkhaṇātaṅko. 
;;;“Sir, I’m an old man, elderly and senior. I’m advanced in years and have reached the final stage of life. My body is ailing and I’m constantly unwell. 
;;;‘ahamasmi, bhante, jiṇṇo vuḍḍho mahallako addhagato vayoanuppatto āturakāyo abhikkhaṇātaṅko. 
;;; 
;;;

sn22.1
sn22.2#3.3

Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavocuṁ: ;;;When the greetings and polite conversation were over, they sat down to one side and said to him, 
;;;‘kiṁvādī panāyasmantānaṁ satthā kimakkhāyī’ti, kacci vo āyasmantānaṁ dhammā sussutā suggahitā sumanasikatā sūpadhāritā suppaṭividdhā paññāya, yathā byākaramānā āyasmanto vuttavādino ceva bhagavato assatha, na ca bhagavantaṁ abhūtena abbhācikkheyyātha, dhammassa cānudhammaṁ byākareyyātha, na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānuvādo gārayhaṁ ṭhānaṁ āgaccheyyā”ti? 
;;;‘But what does the venerables’ Teacher teach? What does he explain?’ I trust the venerables have properly heard, learned, applied the mind, and remembered the teachings, and penetrated them with wisdom. That way, when answering you will repeat what the Buddha has said and not misrepresent him with an untruth. You will explain in line with the teaching, with no legitimate grounds for rebuttal and criticism.” 
;;;‘rūpe kho, āvuso, avigatarāgassa avigatacchandassa avigatapemassa avigatapipāsassa avigatapariḷāhassa avigatataṇhassa tassa rūpassa vipariṇāmaññathābhāvā uppajjanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā. 
;;;‘If you’re not free of greed, desire, fondness, thirst, passion, and craving for form, when that form decays and perishes it gives rise to sorrow, lamentation, pain, sadness, and distress. 
;;;

sn22.2
sn22.3#1.3

Atha kho hāliddikāni gahapati yenāyasmā mahākaccāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahākaccānaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho hāliddikāni gahapati āyasmantaṁ mahākaccānaṁ etadavoca: ;;;Then the householder Hāliddikāni went up to Venerable Mahākaccāna, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him, 
;;;Rūpadhātuyā kho, gahapati, yo chando yo rāgo yā nandī yā taṇhā ye upayupādānā cetaso adhiṭṭhānābhinivesānusayā te tathāgatassa pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṅkatā āyatiṁ anuppādadhammā. 
;;;The Realized One has given up any desire, greed, relishing, and craving for the form element; any attraction, grasping, mental fixation, insistence, and underlying tendencies. He has cut it off at the root, made it like a palm stump, obliterated it, so it’s unable to arise in the future. 
;;;

sn22.3
sn22.6#0.3

Paṭisallāṇasutta ;;;Retreat 
;;;“Paṭisallāṇe, bhikkhave, yogamāpajjatha. 
;;;“Mendicants, meditate in retreat. 
;;;Paṭisallīṇo, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti. 
;;;A mendicant in retreat truly understands. 
;;;

sn22.6
sn22.7#6.7

Cetaso apariyādānā na cevuttāsavā hoti na ca vighātavā na ca apekkhavā, anupādāya ca na paritassati. ;;;So they don’t become frightened, worried, concerned, or anxious because of grasping. 
;;;

sn22.7
sn22.11#2.3

Samādhipaṭisallāṇā, ;;; 
;;;

sn22.11
sn22.22#3.2

Yāyaṁ taṇhā ponobhavikā nandīrāgasahagatā tatratatrābhinandinī, seyyathidaṁ— ;;;It’s the craving that leads to future lives, mixed up with relishing and greed, taking pleasure wherever it lands. That is, 
;;;Samūlaṁ taṇhamabbuyha, 
;;;and having plucked out craving, root and all, 
;;;

sn22.22
sn22.26#1.17

Yaṁ saṅkhārā aniccā dukkhā vipariṇāmadhammā, ayaṁ saṅkhārānaṁ ādīnavo. ;;; 
;;;Yāvakīvañcāhaṁ, bhikkhave, imesaṁ pañcannaṁ upādānakkhandhānaṁ evaṁ assādañca assādato ādīnavañca ādīnavato nissaraṇañca nissaraṇato yathābhūtaṁ nābbhaññāsiṁ, neva tāvāhaṁ, bhikkhave, ‘sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambuddho’ti paccaññāsiṁ. 
;;;As long as I didn’t truly understand these five grasping aggregates’ gratification, drawback, and escape in this way for what they are, I didn’t announce my supreme perfect awakening in this world with its gods, Māras, and Divinities, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans. 
;;;

sn22.26
sn22.28#2.1

Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, sattā imesaṁ pañcannaṁ upādānakkhandhānaṁ assādañca assādato ādīnavañca ādīnavato nissaraṇañca nissaraṇato yathābhūtaṁ nābbhaññaṁsu; ;;;As long as sentient beings don’t truly understand these five grasping aggregates’ gratification, drawback, and escape for what they are, they haven’t escaped from this world—with its gods, Māras, and Divinities, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans—and they don’t live detached, liberated, with a mind free of limits. 
;;;

sn22.28
sn22.37#2.2

‘katamesaṁ, āvuso ānanda, dhammānaṁ uppādo paññāyati, vayo paññāyati, ṭhitassa aññathattaṁ paññāyatī’ti? ;;;‘Reverend Ānanda, what are the things for which arising is evident, vanishing is evident, and change while persisting is evident?’ 
;;;

sn22.37
sn22.46#2.3

Aparantānudiṭṭhīnaṁ asati, thāmaso parāmāso na hoti. ;;;Not having theories about the future, they don’t obstinately stick to them. 
;;;Thāmase parāmāse asati rūpasmiṁ … 
;;;Not misapprehending, the mind becomes dispassionate towards form, 
;;;

sn22.46
sn22.47#3.1

Tiṭṭhanteva kho, bhikkhave, tattheva pañcindriyāni. ;;;The five faculties stay right where they are. 
;;;

sn22.47
sn22.49#4.6

“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: ;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;

sn22.49
sn22.53#0.2

6. Upayavagga ;;;6. Involvement 
;;;“Upayo, bhikkhave, avimutto, anupayo vimutto. 
;;;“Mendicants, if you’re involved, you’re not free. If you’re not involved, you’re free. 
;;;Rūpupayaṁ vā, bhikkhave, viññāṇaṁ tiṭṭhamānaṁ tiṭṭheyya, rūpārammaṇaṁ rūpappatiṭṭhaṁ nandūpasecanaṁ vuddhiṁ virūḷhiṁ vepullaṁ āpajjeyya. 
;;;As long as consciousness remains, it would remain involved with form, supported by form, founded on form. And with a sprinkle of relishing, it would grow, increase, and mature. 
;;;

sn22.53
sn22.54#1.5

Imāni cassu, bhikkhave, pañca bījajātāni akhaṇḍāni apūtikāni avātātapahatāni sārādāni sukhasayitāni, pathavī ca nāssa, āpo ca nāssa; ;;;Suppose these five kinds of plants propagated from seeds were intact, unspoiled, not weather-damaged, fertile, and well-kept. But there’s no soil or water. 
;;;

sn22.54
sn22.55#12.1

Yo, bhikkhu, evaṁ vadeyya: ;;;Suppose, mendicant, you were to say: 
;;;

sn22.55
sn22.58#4.1

Tatra kho, bhikkhave, ko viseso, ko adhippayāso, kiṁ nānākaraṇaṁ, tathāgatassa arahato sammāsambuddhassa paññāvimuttena bhikkhunā”ti? ;;;What, then, is the difference between a Realized One, a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha, and a mendicant freed by wisdom?” 
;;;“Tathāgato, bhikkhave, arahaṁ sammāsambuddho anuppannassa maggassa uppādetā, asañjātassa maggassa sañjanetā, anakkhātassa maggassa akkhātā maggaññū, maggavidū, maggakovido; 
;;;“The Realized One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha gave rise to the unarisen path, gave birth to the unborn path, and explained the unexplained path. He is the knower of the path, the discoverer of the path, the expert on the path. 
;;;

sn22.58
sn22.59#6.6

“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: ;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;

sn22.59
sn22.62#13.4

Nindāghaṭṭanabyārosaupārambhabhayā”ti. ;;;For fear of blame, attack, and condemnation.” 
;;;

sn22.62
sn22.79#2.4

Sītenapi ruppati, uṇhenapi ruppati, jighacchāyapi ruppati, pipāsāyapi ruppati, ḍaṁsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassenapi ruppati. ;;;Deformed by cold, heat, hunger, and thirst, and deformed by the touch of flies, mosquitoes, wind, sun, and reptiles. 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;

sn22.79
sn22.80#2.1

Atha kho bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ;;;Then as he was in private retreat this thought came to his mind, 
;;;Atha kho brahmā sahampati bhagavato cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evameva—brahmaloke antarahito bhagavato purato pāturahosi. 
;;;Then the divinity Sahampati knew what the Buddha was thinking. As easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, he vanished from the realm of divinity and reappeared in front of the Buddha. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena nigrodhārāmo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the Banyan Tree Monastery, where he sat on the seat spread out. 
;;;Nisajja kho bhagavā tathārūpaṁ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkhāsi yathā te bhikkhū ekadvīhikāya sārajjamānarūpā yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkameyyuṁ. 
;;;Then he used his psychic power to will that the mendicants would come to him timidly, alone or in pairs. 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;

sn22.80
sn22.82#12.3

anattakatāni kammāni kathamattānaṁ phusissantī”ti. ;;;Then what self will the deeds done by not-self affect?” 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;

sn22.82
sn22.83#2.1

“Puṇṇo nāma, āvuso, āyasmā mantāṇiputto amhākaṁ navakānaṁ sataṁ bahūpakāro hoti. ;;;“Reverends, the venerable named Puṇṇa son of Mantāṇī was very helpful to me when I was just ordained. 
;;;

sn22.83
sn22.84#1.3

“api me, āvuso, madhurakajāto viya kāyo; disāpi me na pakkhāyanti; dhammāpi maṁ na paṭibhanti; thinamiddhañca me cittaṁ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati; anabhirato ca brahmacariyaṁ carāmi; hoti ca me dhammesu vicikicchā”ti. ;;;“Reverends, my body feels like it’s drugged. I’m disorientated, the teachings don’t spring to mind, and dullness and drowsiness fill my mind. I lead the spiritual life dissatisfied, and have doubts about the teachings.” 
;;;Tena muhuttaṁ gantvā dakkhissasi mahantaṁ ninnaṁ pallalaṁ. 
;;;and you’ll see an expanse of low-lying marshes. 
;;;‘Mahantaṁ ninnaṁ pallalan’ti kho, tissa, kāmānametaṁ adhivacanaṁ. 
;;;‘An expanse of low-lying marshes’ is a term for sensual pleasures. 
;;;

sn22.84
sn22.85#5.6

Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā yamako tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā yamakena saddhiṁ sammodi …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṁ yamakaṁ etadavoca: ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Sāriputta came out of retreat, went to Venerable Yamaka and exchanged greetings with him. Seated to one side he said to Yamaka: 
;;;“Ettha ca te, āvuso yamaka, diṭṭheva dhamme saccato thetato tathāgate anupalabbhiyamāne, kallaṁ nu te taṁ veyyākaraṇaṁ: 
;;;“In that case, Reverend Yamaka, since you don’t actually find the Realized One in the present life, is it appropriate to declare: 
;;;nāyaṁ sukaro pasayha jīvitā voropetuṁ. 
;;;It won’t be easy to take his life by force. 
;;;Tassa so gahapati vā gahapatiputto vā mittatopi naṁ saddaheyya; 
;;;The householder or householder’s son would consider them as a friend 
;;;

sn22.85
sn22.86#7.6

“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: ;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Ettha ca te, anurādha, diṭṭheva dhamme saccato thetato tathāgate anupalabbhiyamāne kallaṁ nu te taṁ veyyākaraṇaṁ: 
;;;“In that case, Anurādha, since you don’t actually find a realized one in the present life, is it appropriate to declare: 
;;;

sn22.86
sn22.87#2.2

Addasā kho āyasmā vakkali bhagavantaṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ. Disvāna mañcake samadhosi. ;;;Venerable Vakkali saw the Buddha coming off in the distance and tried to rise on his cot. 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;

sn22.87
sn22.88#2.1

Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā assaji tenupasaṅkami. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to Venerable Assaji. 
;;;

sn22.88
sn22.89#1.3

Atha kho therā bhikkhū sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhitā āyasmantaṁ dāsakaṁ āmantesuṁ: ;;;In the late afternoon those senior mendicants came out of retreat and addressed Venerable Dāsaka, 
;;;Kiñcāpi taṁ hoti vatthaṁ parisuddhaṁ pariyodātaṁ, atha khvassa hoti yeva anusahagato ūsagandho vā khāragandho vā gomayagandho vā asamūhato. 
;;;Although that cloth is clean and bright, it still has a lingering scent of salt, lye, or cow dung that had not been eradicated. 
;;;

sn22.89
sn22.90#1.2

Atha kho āyasmā channo sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito avāpuraṇaṁ ādāya vihārena vihāraṁ upasaṅkamitvā there bhikkhū etadavoca: ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Channa came out of retreat. Taking a latchkey, he went from dwelling to dwelling, going up to the senior mendicants and saying, 
;;;“mayhampi kho etaṁ evaṁ hoti: 
;;;“I too think in this way. … 
;;;Atha khvāhaṁ, āvuso, sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito avāpuraṇaṁ ādāya vihārena vihāraṁ upasaṅkamiṁ; 
;;; 
;;;“Ettakenapi mayaṁ āyasmato channassa attamanā api nāma taṁ āyasmā channo āvi akāsi khīlaṁ chindi. 
;;;“I’m already delighted with Venerable Channa. Hopefully you’ve opened yourself up and severed your hard-heartedness. 
;;;

sn22.90
sn22.93#1.2

“Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, nadī pabbateyyā ohārinī dūraṅgamā sīghasotā. Tassā ubhosu tīresu kāsā cepi jātā assu, te naṁ ajjholambeyyuṁ; kusā cepi jātā assu, te naṁ ajjholambeyyuṁ; pabbajā cepi jātā assu, te naṁ ajjholambeyyuṁ; bīraṇā cepi jātā assu, te naṁ ajjholambeyyuṁ; rukkhā cepi jātā assu, te naṁ ajjholambeyyuṁ. Tassā puriso sotena vuyhamāno kāse cepi gaṇheyya, te palujjeyyuṁ. So tatonidānaṁ anayabyasanaṁ āpajjeyya. Kuse cepi gaṇheyya, pabbaje cepi gaṇheyya, bīraṇe cepi gaṇheyya, rukkhe cepi gaṇheyya, te palujjeyyuṁ. So tatonidānaṁ anayabyasanaṁ āpajjeyya. ;;;“Suppose, mendicants, there was a mountain river that flowed swiftly, going far, carrying all before it. If wild sugarcane, kusa grass, reeds, vetiver, or trees grew on either bank, they’d overhang the river. And if a person who was being swept along by the current grabbed the wild sugarcane, kusa grass, reeds, vetiver, or trees, it’d break off, and they’d come to ruin because of that. 
;;;

sn22.93
sn22.95#5.1

Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso sāratthiko sāragavesī sārapariyesanaṁ caramāno tiṇhaṁ kuṭhāriṁ ādāya vanaṁ paviseyya. So tattha passeyya mahantaṁ kadalikkhandhaṁ ujuṁ navaṁ akukkukajātaṁ. Tamenaṁ mūle chindeyya; mūle chetvā agge chindeyya, agge chetvā pattavaṭṭiṁ vinibbhujeyya. So tassa pattavaṭṭiṁ vinibbhujanto pheggumpi nādhigaccheyya, kuto sāraṁ. Tamenaṁ cakkhumā puriso passeyya nijjhāyeyya yoniso upaparikkheyya. Tassa taṁ passato nijjhāyato yoniso upaparikkhato rittakaññeva khāyeyya, tucchakaññeva khāyeyya, asārakaññeva khāyeyya. Kiñhi siyā, bhikkhave, kadalikkhandhe sāro? ;;;Suppose there was a person in need of heartwood. Wandering in search of heartwood, they’d take a sharp axe and enter a forest. There they’d see a big banana tree, straight and young and grown free of defects. They’d cut it down at the base, cut off the top, and unroll the coiled sheaths. But they wouldn’t even find sapwood, much less heartwood. And a person with clear eyes would see it and contemplate it, examining it carefully. And it would appear to them as completely vacuous, hollow, and insubstantial. For what core could there be in a banana tree? 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, māyākāro vā māyākārantevāsī vā catumahāpathe māyaṁ vidaṁseyya. Tamenaṁ cakkhumā puriso passeyya nijjhāyeyya yoniso upaparikkheyya. Tassa taṁ passato nijjhāyato yoniso upaparikkhato rittakaññeva khāyeyya, tucchakaññeva khāyeyya, asārakaññeva khāyeyya. Kiñhi siyā, bhikkhave, māyāya sāro? 
;;;Suppose a magician or their apprentice was to perform a magic trick at the crossroads. And a person with clear eyes would see it and contemplate it, examining it carefully. And it would appear to them as completely vacuous, hollow, and insubstantial. For what core could there be in a magic trick? 
;;;vedanā bubbuḷūpamā; 
;;;feeling is like a bubble; 
;;;Apaviddho tadā seti, 
;;;it lies there tossed aside, 
;;;

sn22.95
sn22.96#3.5

Tassa mayhaṁ, bhikkhu, rañño sato khattiyassa muddhāvasittassa caturāsītipallaṅkasahassāni ahesuṁ dantamayāni sāramayāni sovaṇṇamayāni goṇakatthatāni paṭikatthatāni paṭalikatthatāni kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇāni sauttaracchadāni ubhatolohitakūpadhānāni. ;;;I had 84,000 couches made of ivory or heartwood or gold or silver, spread with woolen covers—shag-piled or embroidered with flowers—and spread with a fine deer hide, with a canopy above and red pillows at both ends. 
;;;Tesaṁ kho pana, bhikkhu, caturāsītiyā pallaṅkasahassānaṁ ekoyeva so pallaṅko hoti yamahaṁ tena samayena paribhuñjāmi—dantamayo vā sāramayo vā sovaṇṇamayo vā rūpiyamayo vā. 
;;;Of those 84,000 couches, I only used one, made of ivory or heartwood or gold or silver. 
;;;Tesaṁ kho pana, bhikkhu, caturāsītiyā thālipākasahassānaṁ ekoyeva so thālipāko hoti yato nāḷikodanaparamaṁ bhuñjāmi tadupiyañca sūpeyyaṁ. 
;;;Of those 84,000 servings of food, I only had one, eating at most a cup of rice with suitable sauce. 
;;;

sn22.96
sn22.99#2.1

Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, sā gaddulabaddho daḷhe khīle vā thambhe vā upanibaddho tameva khīlaṁ vā thambhaṁ vā anuparidhāvati anuparivattati; ;;;Suppose a dog on a leash was tethered to a strong post or pillar. It would just keep running and circling around that post or pillar. 
;;;

sn22.99
sn22.100#4.1

Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, rajako vā cittakārako vā rajanāya vā lākhāya vā haliddiyā vā nīliyā vā mañjiṭṭhāya vā suparimaṭṭhe phalake vā bhittiyā vā dussapaṭṭe vā itthirūpaṁ vā purisarūpaṁ vā abhinimmineyya sabbaṅgapaccaṅgiṁ; ;;;Suppose an artist or painter had some dye, red lac, turmeric, indigo, or rose madder. And on a polished plank or a wall or a canvas they’d create the image of a woman or a man, whole in its major and minor limbs. 
;;;

sn22.100
sn22.102#3.1

Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, pabbajalāyako pabbajaṁ lāyitvā agge gahetvā odhunāti niddhunāti nicchoṭeti; ;;;A reed-cutter, having cut the reeds, grabs them at the top and shakes them down, shakes them about, and shakes them off. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, ye keci kuṭṭarājāno, sabbete rañño cakkavattissa anuyantā bhavanti, rājā tesaṁ cakkavatti aggamakkhāyati; 
;;;All lesser kings are vassals of a wheel-turning monarch, so the wheel-turning monarch is said to be the foremost of them all. 
;;;

sn22.102
sn22.105#1.10

Yāyaṁ taṇhā ponobhavikā …pe… ;;;It’s the craving that leads to future lives, mixed up with relishing and greed, taking pleasure wherever it lands. That is, craving for sensual pleasures, craving to continue existence, and craving to end existence. 
;;;

sn22.105
sn22.117#1.4

Ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, assutavā puthujjano rūpabandhanabaddho santarabāhirabandhanabaddho atīradassī apāradassī, baddho jīyati baddho mīyati baddho asmā lokā paraṁ lokaṁ gacchati. ;;;They’re called an unlearned ordinary person who is bound to form, inside and out. They see neither the near shore nor the far shore. They’re born in bonds and die in bonds, and in bonds they go from this world to the next. 
;;;

sn22.117
sn22.122#1.1

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ca sāriputto āyasmā ca mahākoṭṭhiko bārāṇasiyaṁ viharanti isipatane migadāye. ;;;At one time Venerable Sāriputta and Venerable Mahākoṭṭhita were staying near Varanasi, in the deer park at Isipatana. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami …pe… etadavoca: 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Mahākoṭṭhita came out of retreat, went to Venerable Sāriputta, and said: 
;;;“Sīlavatāvuso, koṭṭhika, bhikkhunā pañcupādānakkhandhā aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato yoniso manasi kātabbā. 
;;;“Reverend Koṭṭhita, an ethical mendicant should rationally apply the mind to the five grasping aggregates as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as a boil, as a dart, as misery, as an affliction, as alien, as falling apart, as empty, as not-self. 
;;;Sīlavatāvuso, koṭṭhika, bhikkhunā ime pañcupādānakkhandhā aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato yoniso manasi kātabbā. 
;;;An ethical mendicant should rationally apply the mind to these five grasping aggregates as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as a boil, as a dart, as misery, as an affliction, as alien, as falling apart, as empty, as not-self. 
;;;“Arahatāpi kho, āvuso koṭṭhika, ime pañcupādānakkhandhe aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato yoniso manasi kātabbā. 
;;;“Reverend Koṭṭhita, a perfected one should also rationally apply the mind to the five grasping aggregates as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as a boil, as a dart, as misery, as an affliction, as alien, as falling apart, as empty, as not-self. 
;;;

sn22.122
sn22.123#1.2

Atha kho āyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā …pe… etadavoca: ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Mahākoṭṭhita came out of retreat, went to Venerable Sāriputta, bowed, sat down to one side, and said: 
;;;“Arahatāpi khvāvuso koṭṭhika, ime pañcupādānakkhandhā aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato yoniso manasi kātabbā. 
;;;“Reverend Koṭṭhita, a perfected one should rationally apply the mind to the five grasping aggregates as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as a boil, as a dart, as misery, as an affliction, as alien, as falling apart, as empty, as not-self. 
;;;

sn22.123
sn22.127#1.2

Atha kho āyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca: ;;;Mahākoṭṭhita said to Sāriputta: 
;;;

sn22.127
sn22.146#1.3

yaṁ rūpe nibbidābahulo vihareyya. Vedanāya …pe… saññāya … saṅkhāresu … viññāṇe nibbidābahulo vihareyya. ;;;They should live full of disillusionment for form, feeling, perception, choices, and consciousness. 
;;;

sn22.146
sn22.149#2.4

kulaputtena dve dukāti. ;;;

sn22.149
sn22.159#2.6

“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: ;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“No hetaṁ, bhante”. 
;;;“No, sir.” … 
;;;nipātoti pavuccatīti. 
;;; 
;;;

sn22.159
sn23.1#0.2

1. Paṭhamamāravagga ;;;1. About Māra 
;;;Tasmātiha tvaṁ, rādha, rūpaṁ māroti passa, māretāti passa, mīyatīti passa, rogoti passa, gaṇḍoti passa, sallanti passa, aghanti passa, aghabhūtanti passa. 
;;;So you should see form as Māra, the murderer, the murdered, the diseased, the boil, the dart, the misery, the miserable. 
;;;Tasmātiha tvaṁ, rādha, viññāṇaṁ māroti passa, māretāti passa, mīyatīti passa, rogoti passa, gaṇḍoti passa, sallanti passa, aghanti passa, aghabhūtanti passa. 
;;;So you should see consciousness as Māra, the murderer, the murdered, the diseased, the boil, the dart, the misery, the miserable. 
;;;“Accayāsi, rādha, pañhaṁ, nāsakkhi pañhassa pariyantaṁ gahetuṁ. 
;;;“Your question goes too far, Rādha. You couldn’t figure out the limit of questions. 
;;;

sn23.1
sn23.2#2.2

Yāvakīvañca tesu paṁsvāgārakesu avigatarāgā honti avigatacchandā avigatapemā avigatapipāsā avigatapariḷāhā avigatataṇhā, tāva tāni paṁsvāgārakāni allīyanti keḷāyanti dhanāyanti mamāyanti. ;;;As long as they’re not rid of greed, desire, fondness, thirst, passion, and craving for those sandcastles, they cherish them, fancy them, treasure them, and treat them as their own. 
;;;Yato ca kho, rādha, kumārakā vā kumārikāyo vā tesu paṁsvāgārakesu vigatarāgā honti vigatacchandā vigatapemā vigatapipāsā vigatapariḷāhā vigatataṇhā, atha kho tāni paṁsvāgārakāni hatthehi ca pādehi ca vikiranti vidhamanti viddhaṁsenti vikīḷaniyaṁ karonti. 
;;;But when they are rid of greed, desire, fondness, thirst, passion, and craving for those sandcastles, they scatter, destroy, and demolish them with their hands and feet, making them unplayable. 
;;;

sn23.2
sn23.3#1.3

“‘bhavanettinirodho, bhavanettinirodho’ti, bhante, vuccati. ;;;“Sir, they speak of this thing called ‘the cessation of the conduit to rebirth’. 
;;;Tesaṁ nirodho bhavanettinirodho. 
;;;Their cessation is the cessation of the conduit to rebirth. 
;;;

sn23.3
sn23.11#0.2

2. Dutiyamāravagga ;;;2. About Māra (2nd) 
;;;

sn23.11
sn23.22#2.4

Anattena tatheva ca; ;;; 
;;;

sn23.22
sn24.1#5.1

“Yato kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvakassa imesu ca ṭhānesu kaṅkhā pahīnā hoti, dukkhepissa kaṅkhā pahīnā hoti, dukkhasamudayepissa kaṅkhā pahīnā hoti, dukkhanirodhepissa kaṅkhā pahīnā hoti, dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāyapissa kaṅkhā pahīnā hoti— ;;;“When a noble disciple has given up doubt in these six cases, and has given up doubt in suffering, its origin, its cessation, and the practice that leads to its cessation, 
;;;

sn24.1
sn24.5#1.4

Cātumahābhūtiko ayaṁ puriso yadā kālaṁ karoti pathavī pathavīkāyaṁ anupeti anupagacchati, āpo āpokāyaṁ anupeti anupagacchati, tejo tejokāyaṁ anupeti anupagacchati, vāyo vāyokāyaṁ anupeti anupagacchati. ;;;This person is made up of the four principal states. When they die, the earth in their body merges and coalesces with the substance of earth. The water in their body merges and coalesces with the substance of water. The fire in their body merges and coalesces with the substance of fire. The air in their body merges and coalesces with the substance of air. 
;;;

sn24.5
sn24.6#1.3

‘karoto kārayato chindato chedāpayato pacato pācāpayato socato socāpayato kilamato kilamāpayato phandato phandāpayato pāṇamatipātayato adinnaṁ ādiyato sandhiṁ chindato nillopaṁ harato ekāgārikaṁ karoto paripanthe tiṭṭhato paradāraṁ gacchato musā bhaṇato karoto na karīyati pāpaṁ. ;;;‘The one who acts does nothing wrong when they punish, mutilate, torture, aggrieve, oppress, intimidate, or when they encourage others to do the same. Nothing bad is done when they kill, steal, break into houses, plunder wealth, steal from isolated buildings, commit highway robbery, commit adultery, and lie. 
;;;

sn24.6
sn24.8#1.9

Yopi tiṇhena satthena sīsaṁ chindati, na sopi kañci jīvitā voropeti; ;;;If you chop off someone’s head with a sharp sword, you don’t take anyone’s life. 
;;;

sn24.8
sn24.19#0.2

2. Dutiyagamanavagga ;;;2. The Second Round 
;;;

sn24.19
sn24.45#0.2

3. Tatiyagamanavagga ;;;3. The Third Round 
;;;

sn24.45
sn24.71#0.2

4. Catutthagamanavagga ;;;4. The Fourth Round 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;

sn24.71
sn24.96#3.6

“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: ;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;

sn24.96
sn25.1#1.10

abhabbo ca tāva kālaṁ kātuṁ yāva na sotāpattiphalaṁ sacchikaroti. ;;;They can’t die without realizing the fruit of stream-entry. 
;;;

sn25.1
sn28.1#2.1

Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena jetavanaṁ anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāmo tenupasaṅkami. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Sāriputta came out of retreat and went to Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
;;;

sn28.1
sn28.10#1.3

Rājagahe sapadānaṁ piṇḍāya caritvā taṁ piṇḍapātaṁ aññataraṁ kuṭṭamūlaṁ nissāya paribhuñjati. ;;;After wandering indiscriminately for almsfood in Rājagaha, he ate his almsfood by a wall. 
;;;Ye hi keci, bhagini, samaṇabrāhmaṇā dūteyyapahiṇagamanānuyogāya micchājīvena jīvikaṁ kappenti, ime vuccanti, bhagini, samaṇabrāhmaṇā ‘disāmukhā bhuñjantī’ti. 
;;;Those ascetics and brahmins who earn a living by running errands and messages—a wrong livelihood—are said to eat facing the cardinal directions. 
;;;

sn28.10
sn32.53#1.6

‘yannūna mayaṁ sakāya ratiyā vaseyyāmā’ti, tesaṁ taṁ cetopaṇidhimanvāya sītaṁ hoti. ;;;‘Why don’t we revel in our own kind of enjoyment?’ Then, in accordance with their wish, it becomes cool. 
;;;

sn32.53
sn33.26-30#sn33.26-30:0.3

Rūpaasallakkhaṇādisuttapañcaka ;;;Five Discourses on Not Distinguishing Form, Etc. 
;;;“Rūpe kho, vaccha, asallakkhaṇā …pe… viññāṇe kho, vaccha, asallakkhaṇā …pe…. 
;;;“Vaccha, it is because of not distinguishing form …” 
;;;

sn33.26-30
sn33.55#2.3

Appaṭivedhā asallakkhaṇā, ;;; 
;;;

sn33.55
sn34.4#0.3

Samādhimūlakakallitasutta ;;;Gladdening for Immersion 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṁ samādhikusalo hoti, na samādhismiṁ kallitakusalo. 
;;;One meditator is skilled in immersion but not in gladdening the mind for immersion. …” 
;;;Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṁ kallitakusalo hoti, na samādhismiṁ samādhikusalo. 
;;;Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco jhāyī neva samādhismiṁ samādhikusalo hoti, na ca samādhismiṁ kallitakusalo. 
;;;Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṁ samādhikusalo ca hoti, samādhismiṁ kallitakusalo ca. 
;;;Tatra, bhikkhave, yvāyaṁ jhāyī samādhismiṁ samādhikusalo ca hoti samādhismiṁ kallitakusalo ca ayaṁ imesaṁ catunnaṁ jhāyīnaṁ aggo ca seṭṭho ca mokkho ca uttamo ca pavaro ca. 
;;;

sn34.4
sn34.13#0.3

Samāpattimūlakakallitasutta ;;;Entering and Gladdening 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṁ samāpattikusalo hoti, na samādhismiṁ kallitakusalo. 
;;;One meditator is skilled in entering immersion but not in gladdening the mind for immersion. …” 
;;;Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṁ kallitakusalo hoti, na samādhismiṁ samāpattikusalo. 
;;;Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco jhāyī neva samādhismiṁ samāpattikusalo hoti, na ca samādhismiṁ kallitakusalo. 
;;;Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṁ samāpattikusalo ca hoti, samādhismiṁ kallitakusalo ca. 
;;;

sn34.13
sn34.28-34#sn34.28-34:0.3

Vuṭṭhānamūlakakallitasuttādisattaka ;;;Seven on Emergence and Gladdening, Etc. 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṁ vuṭṭhānakusalo hoti, na samādhismiṁ kallitakusalo … 
;;;One meditator is skilled in emerging from immersion but not in gladdening the mind for immersion. …” 
;;;samādhismiṁ kallitakusalo hoti, na samādhismiṁ vuṭṭhānakusalo … 
;;;neva samādhismiṁ vuṭṭhānakusalo hoti, na ca samādhismiṁ kallitakusalo … 
;;;samādhismiṁ vuṭṭhānakusalo ca hoti samādhismiṁ kallitakusalo ca. 
;;;

sn34.28-34
sn34.35-40#sn34.35-40:0.3

Kallitamūlakaārammaṇasuttādichakka ;;;Six on Gladdening and Support, Etc. 
;;;“samādhismiṁ kallitakusalo hoti, na samādhismiṁ ārammaṇakusalo … 
;;;“One meditator is skilled in gladdening the mind for immersion but not in the supports for immersion. …” 
;;;samādhismiṁ ārammaṇakusalo hoti, na samādhismiṁ kallitakusalo … 
;;;neva samādhismiṁ kallitakusalo hoti, na ca samādhismiṁ ārammaṇakusalo … 
;;;samādhismiṁ kallitakusalo ca hoti, samādhismiṁ ārammaṇakusalo ca. 
;;;(Purimamūlakāni viya yāva cattālīsamā kallitamūlakasappāyakārīsuttā cha suttāni pūretabbāni.) 
;;;(These six discourses should be told in full as the previous set.) 
;;;(Kallitamūlakaṁ.) 
;;;

sn34.35-40
sn34.55#2.2

Vuṭṭhānaṁ kallitārammaṇena ca; ;;;

sn34.55
sn35.13#1.16

Yaṁ jivhā aniccā dukkhā vipariṇāmadhammā, ayaṁ jivhāya ādīnavo. ;;; 
;;;Yaṁ mano anicco dukkho vipariṇāmadhammo, ayaṁ manassa ādīnavo. 
;;;That the mind is impermanent, suffering, and perishable: this is its drawback. 
;;;

sn35.13
sn35.17#2.1

Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, sattā imesaṁ channaṁ ajjhattikānaṁ āyatanānaṁ assādañca assādato, ādīnavañca ādīnavato, nissaraṇañca nissaraṇato yathābhūtaṁ nābbhaññaṁsu, neva tāva, bhikkhave, sattā sadevakā lokā samārakā sabrahmakā sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya nissaṭā visaññuttā vippamuttā vimariyādīkatena cetasā vihariṁsu. ;;;As long as sentient beings don’t truly understand these six interior sense fields’ gratification, drawback, and escape for what they are, they haven’t escaped from this world—with its gods, Māras, and Divinities, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans—and they don’t live detached, liberated, with a mind free of limits. 
;;;

sn35.17
sn35.23#1.2

“Sabbaṁ vo, bhikkhave, desessāmi. ;;;“Mendicants, I will teach you the all. 
;;;‘ahametaṁ sabbaṁ paccakkhāya aññaṁ sabbaṁ paññāpessāmī’ti, tassa vācāvatthukamevassa; 
;;;‘I’ll reject this all and describe another all.’ They’d have no grounds for that, 
;;;

sn35.23
sn35.24#1.1

“Sabbappahānāya vo, bhikkhave, dhammaṁ desessāmi. ;;;“Mendicants, I will teach you the principle for giving up the all. 
;;;

sn35.24
sn35.27#2.3

Yañca, bhikkhave, cakkhu, ye ca rūpā, yañca cakkhuviññāṇaṁ, ye ca cakkhuviññāṇaviññātabbā dhammā …pe… ;;;The eye, sights, eye consciousness, and things knowable by eye consciousness. 
;;;

sn35.27
sn35.28#1.5

Cakkhu, bhikkhave, ādittaṁ, rūpā ādittā, cakkhuviññāṇaṁ ādittaṁ, cakkhusamphasso āditto. Yampidaṁ cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi ādittaṁ. ;;;The eye is burning. Sights are burning. Eye consciousness is burning. Eye contact is burning. The painful, pleasant, or neutral feeling that arises conditioned by eye contact is also burning. 
;;;

sn35.28
sn35.29#0.3

Addhabhūtasutta ;;;Oppressed 
;;;“sabbaṁ, bhikkhave, addhabhūtaṁ. 
;;;“Mendicants, all is oppressed. 
;;;

sn35.29
sn35.32#6.1

“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: ;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;

sn35.32
sn35.43-51#sn35.43:0.2

5. Sabbaaniccavagga ;;;5. All is Impermanent 
;;;

sn35.43-51
sn35.52#2.4

abhiññeyyapariññeyyaṁ; ;;; 
;;;

sn35.52
sn35.60#1.7

Nibbindaṁ virajjati; virāgā vimuccati; vimokkhā ‘pariññātaṁ me upādānan’ti pajānāti. ;;;Being disillusioned, desire fades away. When desire fades away they’re freed. When they are released, they understand: ‘I have completely understood grasping.’ 
;;;

sn35.60
sn35.62#6.1

“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: ;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;

sn35.62
sn35.63#2.3

Tassa taṁ abhinandato abhivadato ajjhosāya tiṭṭhato uppajjati nandī. ;;;this gives rise to relishing. 
;;;Evaṁvihārī ca, migajāla, bhikkhu kiñcāpi araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevati appasaddāni appanigghosāni vijanavātāni manussarāhasseyyakāni paṭisallānasāruppāni; 
;;;A mendicant who lives like this is said to live with a partner, even if they frequent remote lodgings in the wilderness and the forest that are quiet and still, far from the madding crowd, remote from human settlements, and fit for retreat. 
;;;

sn35.63
sn35.71#2.2

“etthāhaṁ, bhante, anassasaṁ. ;;;“Here, sir, I’m lost. 
;;;

sn35.71
sn35.73#7.1

“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: ;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;

sn35.73
sn35.74#2.3

Disvāna mañcake samadhosi. ;;;and tried to rise on his cot. 
;;;“Kacci pana taṁ, bhikkhu, attā sīlato upavadatī”ti? 
;;;“I hope you have no reason to blame yourself when it comes to ethical conduct?” 
;;;“No ce kira te, bhikkhu, attā sīlato upavadati, atha kiñca te kukkuccaṁ ko ca vippaṭisāro”ti? 
;;;“In that case, mendicant, why do you have remorse and regret?” 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;

sn35.74
sn35.75#15.1

“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: ;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;Imasmiñca pana veyyākaraṇasmiṁ bhaññamāne tassa bhikkhussa anupādāya āsavehi cittaṁ vimuccīti. 
;;;And while this discourse was being spoken, the mind of that mendicant was freed from defilements by not grasping. 
;;;

sn35.75
sn35.86#6.1

“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: ;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;

sn35.86
sn35.87#1.4

Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā mahācundo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahācundaṁ etadavoca: ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Sāriputta came out of retreat, went to Venerable Mahācunda and said to him, 
;;;Seyyathāpi, āvuso, balavā puriso tiṇhena sikharena muddhani abhimattheyya; evameva kho, āvuso, adhimattā vātā muddhani ūhananti. 
;;;The winds piercing my head are so severe, it feels like a strong man drilling into my head with a sharp point. 
;;;“Puccheyyāma mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ channaṁ kañcideva desaṁ, sace āyasmā channo okāsaṁ karoti pañhassa veyyākaraṇāyā”ti. 
;;;“I’d like to ask Venerable Channa about a certain point, if you’d take the time to answer.” 
;;;

sn35.87
sn35.88#6.2

‘bhaddakā vatime sunāparantakā manussā, subhaddakā vatime sunāparantakā manussā, yaṁ me nayime pāṇinā pahāraṁ dentī’ti. ;;;‘These people of Sunāparanta are gracious, truly gracious, since they don’t hit me with their fists.’ 
;;;‘bhaddakā vatime sunāparantakā manussā, subhaddakā vatime sunāparantakā manussā, yaṁ me nayime leḍḍunā pahāraṁ dentī’ti. 
;;;‘These people of Sunāparanta are gracious, truly gracious, since they don’t throw stones at me.’ 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā puṇṇo tenevantaravassena pañcamattāni upāsakasatāni paṭivedesi. 
;;;Within that rainy season he confirmed around five hundred male and five hundred female lay followers. And within that same rainy season he realized the three knowledges. 
;;;“Paṇḍito, bhikkhave, puṇṇo kulaputto, paccapādi dhammassānudhammaṁ, na ca maṁ dhammādhikaraṇaṁ vihesesi. 
;;;“Mendicants, Puṇṇa was astute. He practiced in line with the teachings, and did not trouble me about the teachings. 
;;;

sn35.88
sn35.89#6.1

“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: ;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;

sn35.89
sn35.90#1.1

“Ejā, bhikkhave, rogo, ejā gaṇḍo, ejā sallaṁ. ;;;“Mendicants, turbulence is a disease, a boil, a dart. 
;;;Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, tathāgato anejo viharati vītasallo. 
;;;That’s why the Realized One lives unperturbed, with dart drawn out. 
;;;Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cepi ākaṅkheyya ‘anejo vihareyyaṁ vītasallo’ti, 
;;;Now, a mendicant might wish: ‘May I live unperturbed, with dart drawn out.’ 
;;;

sn35.90
sn35.91#1.1

“Ejā, bhikkhave, rogo, ejā gaṇḍo, ejā sallaṁ. ;;;“Mendicants, turbulence is a disease, a boil, a dart. 
;;;Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, tathāgato anejo viharati vītasallo. 
;;;That’s why the Realized One lives unperturbed, with dart drawn out. 
;;;Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cepi ākaṅkheyya ‘anejo vihareyyaṁ vītasallo’ti, 
;;;Now, a mendicant might wish: ‘May I live unperturbed, with dart drawn out.’ 
;;;

sn35.91
sn35.93#1.4

Cakkhu aniccaṁ vipariṇāmi aññathābhāvi. ;;;The eye is impermanent, decaying, and perishing. 
;;;

sn35.93
sn35.94#0.2

10. Saḷavagga ;;;10. The Sixes 
;;;“Saḷeva phassāyatanāni bhikkhavo, 
;;;“Mendicants, it’s just the six fields of contact 
;;;Phassena phuṭṭho na sukhena majje, 
;;;Don’t be intoxicated by a pleasant touch, 
;;;Bhavattha jātimaraṇassa pāragā”ti. 
;;;go beyond birth and death.” 
;;;

sn35.94
sn35.95#2.2

Yatra hi nāma tvaṁ, bhikkhu, jiṇṇo vuddho mahallako addhagato vayoanuppatto saṅkhittena ovādaṁ yācasī”ti. ;;;when even an old man like you, elderly and senior, advanced in years, having reached the final stage of life, asks for brief advice?” 
;;;“Kiñcāpāhaṁ, bhante, jiṇṇo vuddho mahallako addhagato vayoanuppatto. 
;;;“Sir, even though I’m an old man, elderly and senior, 
;;;Tañca ajjhosa tiṭṭhati. 
;;;you keep clinging to it. 
;;;

sn35.95
sn35.96#1.4

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno cakkhunā rūpaṁ disvā uppajjanti pāpakā akusalā sarasaṅkappā saṁyojaniyā. ;;;When a mendicant sees a sight with the eye, bad, unskillful phenomena arise: memories and thoughts prone to fetters. 
;;;

sn35.96
sn35.97#1.4

Cakkhundriyaṁ asaṁvutassa, bhikkhave, viharato cittaṁ byāsiñcati cakkhuviññeyyesu rūpesu. ;;;When you live with the eye faculty unrestrained, your mind becomes polluted when it comes to sights known by the eye. 
;;;

sn35.97
sn35.100#0.3

Paṭisallānasutta ;;;Retreat 
;;;“Paṭisallāne, bhikkhave, yogamāpajjatha. 
;;;“Mendicants, meditate in retreat. 
;;;Paṭisallīno, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti. 
;;;A mendicant in retreat truly understands. 
;;;Paṭisallāne, bhikkhave, yogamāpajjatha. 
;;;Mendicants, meditate in retreat. 
;;;Paṭisallīno, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yathābhūtaṁ pajānātī”ti. 
;;;A mendicant in retreat truly understands.” 
;;;

sn35.100
sn35.103#1.3

idaṁ jātu sabbajī, ;;;Herewith! Absolutely the conqueror of all! 
;;;Samādhi paṭisallānaṁ, 
;;;

sn35.103
sn35.113#1.1

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā nātike viharati giñjakāvasathe. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying at Ñātika in the brick house. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā rahogato paṭisallīno imaṁ dhammapariyāyaṁ abhāsi: 
;;;Then while the Buddha was in private retreat he spoke this exposition of the teaching: 
;;;

sn35.113
sn35.116#1.1

“Nāhaṁ, bhikkhave, gamanena lokassa antaṁ ñāteyyaṁ, daṭṭheyyaṁ, patteyyanti vadāmi. ;;;“Mendicants, I say it’s not possible to know or see or reach the end of the world by traveling. 
;;;

sn35.116
sn35.121#1.2

Atha kho bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ;;;Then as he was in private retreat this thought came to his mind, 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;; 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;

sn35.121
sn35.127#2.1

“Lolaṁ kho, bho bhāradvāja, cittaṁ. ;;;“But Mister Bhāradvāja, the mind is wanton. 
;;;atthi imasmiṁ kāye kesā lomā nakhā dantā taco maṁsaṁ nhāru aṭṭhi aṭṭhimiñjaṁ vakkaṁ hadayaṁ yakanaṁ kilomakaṁ pihakaṁ papphāsaṁ antaṁ antaguṇaṁ udariyaṁ karīsaṁ pittaṁ semhaṁ pubbo lohitaṁ sedo medo assu vasā kheḷo siṅghāṇikā lasikā muttan’ti. 
;;;In this body there is head hair, body hair, nails, teeth, skin, flesh, sinews, bones, bone marrow, kidneys, heart, liver, diaphragm, spleen, lungs, intestines, mesentery, undigested food, feces, bile, phlegm, pus, blood, sweat, fat, tears, grease, saliva, snot, synovial fluid, urine.’ 
;;;Appekadā, bho bhāradvāja, asubhato manasi karissāmīti subhatova āgacchati. 
;;;Sometimes I plan to focus on something as ugly, but only its beauty comes to mind. 
;;;

sn35.127
sn35.130#1.1

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā mahākaccāno avantīsu viharati kuraraghare papāte pabbate. ;;;At one time Venerable Mahākaccāna was staying in the land of the Avantis near Kuraraghara on Steep Mountain. 
;;;Atha kho hāliddikāni gahapati yenāyasmā mahākaccāno tenupasaṅkami …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho hāliddikāni gahapati āyasmantaṁ mahākaccānaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then the householder Hāliddikāni went up to Venerable Mahākaccāna … and asked him, 
;;;“Idha, gahapati, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṁ disvā ‘manāpaṁ itthetan’ti pajānāti cakkhuviññāṇaṁ sukhavedaniyañca. 
;;;“Householder, it’s when a mendicant sees a sight with the eye and understands it to be agreeable. 
;;;Cakkhunā kho paneva rūpaṁ disvā ‘amanāpaṁ itthetan’ti pajānāti cakkhuviññāṇaṁ dukkhavedaniyañca. 
;;;Then they see a sight and understand it to be disagreeable. 
;;;Cakkhunā kho paneva rūpaṁ disvā ‘upekkhāṭṭhāniyaṁ itthetan’ti pajānāti cakkhuviññāṇaṁ adukkhamasukhavedaniyañca. 
;;;Then they see a sight and understand it to be a basis for equanimity. 
;;;

sn35.130
sn35.132#1.1

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā mahākaccāno avantīsu viharati makkarakate araññakuṭikāyaṁ. ;;;At one time Venerable Mahākaccāna was staying in the land of the Avantis in a wilderness hut near Makkarakaṭa. 
;;;Kodhābhibhūtā puthuattadaṇḍā, 
;;;Mastered by anger, they take up many arms, 
;;;“na kho pana metaṁ patirūpaṁ yohaṁ aññadatthu māṇavakānaṁyeva sutvā samaṇaṁ mahākaccānaṁ akkoseyyaṁ paribhāseyyaṁ. 
;;;“But it wouldn’t be appropriate for me to abuse or insult the ascetic Mahākaccāna solely because of what I’ve heard from these young students. 
;;;“Ahu pana bhoto kaccānassa tehi māṇavakehi saddhiṁ kocideva kathāsallāpo”ti? 
;;;“But did you have some discussion with them?” 
;;;“Ahu kho me, brāhmaṇa, tehi māṇavakehi saddhiṁ kocideva kathāsallāpo”ti. 
;;;“I did.” 
;;;“Yathā kathaṁ pana bhoto kaccānassa tehi māṇavakehi saddhiṁ ahosi kathāsallāpo”ti? 
;;;“But what kind of discussion did you have with them?” 
;;;“Evaṁ kho me, brāhmaṇa, tehi māṇavakehi saddhiṁ ahosi kathāsallāpo: 
;;;“This is the discussion I had with these young students.” And he repeated the verses in full. 
;;;Evaṁ kho me, brāhmaṇa, tehi māṇavakehi saddhiṁ ahosi kathāsallāpo”ti. 
;;; 
;;;“Idha, brāhmaṇa, ekacco cakkhunā rūpaṁ disvā piyarūpe rūpe adhimuccati, appiyarūpe rūpe byāpajjati, anupaṭṭhitakāyassati ca viharati, parittacetaso 
;;;“Brahmin, take someone who sees a sight with their eyes. If it’s pleasant they hold on to it, but if it’s unpleasant they dislike it. They live with mindfulness of the body unestablished and their heart restricted. 
;;;

sn35.132
sn35.133#1.6

“yagghe, bhoti, jāneyyāsi. ;;;“Please, madam, you should know this. 
;;;“Bhavissati, bhagini, samayo”ti vatvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkami. 
;;;“There will be an occasion for that, sister,” he replied, then got up from his seat and left. 
;;;

sn35.133
sn35.134#1.7

Ye ca kho te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū sekkhā appattamānasā anuttaraṁ yogakkhemaṁ patthayamānā viharanti, tesāhaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ chasu phassāyatanesu appamādena karaṇīyanti vadāmi. ;;;I say that, when it comes to the six fields of contact, mendicants do have work to do with diligence if they are trainees, who haven’t achieved their heart’s desire, but live aspiring to the supreme sanctuary from the yoke. 
;;;Cetaso apariyādānā āraddhaṁ hoti vīriyaṁ asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, passaddho kāyo asāraddho, samāhitaṁ cittaṁ ekaggaṁ. 
;;;Their energy is roused up and unflagging, their mindfulness is established and lucid, their body is tranquil and undisturbed, and their mind is immersed in samādhi. 
;;;Cetaso apariyādānā āraddhaṁ hoti vīriyaṁ asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, passaddho kāyo asāraddho, samāhitaṁ cittaṁ ekaggaṁ. 
;;;Their energy is roused up and unflagging, their mindfulness is established and lucid, their body is tranquil and undisturbed, and their mind is immersed in samādhi. 
;;;

sn35.134
sn35.136#4.1

Sukhaṁ diṭṭhamariyebhi, ;;;The noble ones have seen that happiness 
;;;bhavarāgānusārībhi; 
;;;flowing along the stream of lives, 
;;;

sn35.136
sn35.150#5.1

“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: ;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;

sn35.150
sn35.153#1.2

‘khīṇā jāti, vusitaṁ brahmacariyaṁ, kataṁ karaṇīyaṁ, nāparaṁ itthattāyā’ti pajānāmī”ti? ;;;‘I understand: “Rebirth is ended, the spiritual journey has been completed, what had to be done has been done, there is nothing further for this place.”’” 
;;;“Ayampi kho, bhikkhave, pariyāyo yaṁ pariyāyaṁ āgamma bhikkhu aññatreva saddhāya, aññatra ruciyā, aññatra anussavā, aññatra ākāraparivitakkā, aññatra diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā aññaṁ byākaroti: ‘“khīṇā jāti, vusitaṁ brahmacariyaṁ, kataṁ karaṇīyaṁ, nāparaṁ itthattāyā”ti pajānāmī’ti …pe…. 
;;; 
;;;

sn35.153
sn35.161#0.3

Jīvakambavanapaṭisallānasutta ;;;On Retreat at Jīvaka’s Mango Grove 
;;;“paṭisallāne, bhikkhave, yogamāpajjatha. 
;;;“Mendicants, meditate in retreat. 
;;;Paṭisallīnassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno yathābhūtaṁ okkhāyati. 
;;;For a mendicant who meditates in retreat, things become truly clear. 
;;;Paṭisallāne, bhikkhave, yogamāpajjatha. 
;;;Mendicants, meditate in retreat. 
;;;Paṭisallīnassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno yathābhūtaṁ okkhāyatī”ti. 
;;;For a mendicant who meditates in retreat, things become truly clear.” 
;;;

sn35.161
sn35.168#0.2

17. Saṭṭhipeyyālavagga ;;;17. Sixty Abbreviated Texts 
;;;

sn35.168
sn35.229#1.6

Etthāyaṁ sadevako loko samārako sabrahmako sassamaṇabrāhmaṇī pajā sadevamanussā yebhuyyena samunnā tantākulakajātā kulagaṇṭhikajātā muñjapabbajabhūtā, apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ saṁsāraṁ nātivattati …pe…. ;;;And it’s here that this world—with its gods, Māras, and divinities, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, gods and humans—is for the most part sunk. It’s become tangled like string, knotted like a ball of thread, and matted like rushes and reeds, and it doesn’t escape the places of loss, the bad places, the underworld, transmigration. 
;;;Atthaṅgato so na puneti, 
;;;They’ve come to an end, and cannot be measured; 
;;;

sn35.229
sn35.231#4.2

Tamenaṁ puriso tiṇhāya kuṭhāriyā yato yato ābhindeyya āgaccheyya khīran”ti? ;;;If a man were to chop it here and there with a sharp axe, would latex come out?” 
;;;

sn35.231
sn35.232#1.2

Atha kho āyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā sāriputtena saddhiṁ sammodi. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Mahākoṭṭhita came out of retreat, went to Venerable Sāriputta, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, āvuso, kāḷo ca balībaddo odāto ca balībaddo ekena dāmena vā yottena vā saṁyuttā assu. 
;;;Suppose there was a black ox and a white ox yoked by a single harness or yoke. 
;;;

sn35.232
sn35.233#1.2

Atha kho āyasmā kāmabhū sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā ānandena saddhiṁ sammodi. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Kāmabhū came out of retreat, went to Venerable Ānanda, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;“Na kho, āvuso kāmabhū, cakkhu rūpānaṁ saṁyojanaṁ, na rūpā cakkhussa saṁyojanaṁ. 
;;;“Reverend Kāmabhū, the eye is not the fetter of sights, nor are sights the fetter of the eye. 
;;;

sn35.233
sn35.234#1.2

Atha kho āyasmā udāyī sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā ānandena saddhiṁ sammodi. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Udāyī came out of retreat, went to Venerable Ānanda, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, āvuso, puriso sāratthiko sāragavesī sārapariyesanaṁ caramāno tiṇhaṁ kuṭhāriṁ ādāya vanaṁ paviseyya. So tattha passeyya mahantaṁ kadalikkhandhaṁ ujuṁ navaṁ akukkukajātaṁ. Tamenaṁ mūle chindeyya; mūle chetvā agge chindeyya; agge chetvā pattavaṭṭiṁ vinibbhujeyya. So tattha pheggumpi nādhigaccheyya, kuto sāraṁ. 
;;;Suppose there was a person in need of heartwood. Wandering in search of heartwood, they’d take a sharp axe and enter a forest. There they’d see a big banana tree, straight and young and grown free of defects. They’d cut it down at the base, cut off the root, cut off the top, and unroll the coiled sheaths. But they wouldn’t even find sapwood, much less heartwood. 
;;;So evaṁ asamanupassanto na kiñci loke upādiyati. 
;;;So seeing, they don’t grasp anything in the world. 
;;;

sn35.234
sn35.235#1.4

Varaṁ, bhikkhave, tattāya ayosalākāya ādittāya sampajjalitāya sajotibhūtāya cakkhundriyaṁ sampalimaṭṭhaṁ, na tveva cakkhuviññeyyesu rūpesu anubyañjanaso nimittaggāho. ;;;You’d be better off mutilating your eye faculty with a red-hot iron nail, burning, blazing and glowing, than getting caught up in the features by way of the details in sights known by the eye. 
;;;Nimittassādagathitaṁ vā, bhikkhave, viññāṇaṁ tiṭṭhamānaṁ tiṭṭheyya, anubyañjanassādagathitaṁ vā tasmiñce samaye kālaṁ kareyya, ṭhānametaṁ vijjati, yaṁ dvinnaṁ gatīnaṁ aññataraṁ gatiṁ gaccheyya— 
;;;For if you die at a time when your consciousness is still tied to gratification in the features or details, it’s possible you’ll go to one of two destinations: 
;;;

sn35.235
sn35.238#1.4

‘ime te, ambho purisa, cattāro āsīvisā uggatejā ghoravisā kālena kālaṁ vuṭṭhāpetabbā, kālena kālaṁ nhāpetabbā, kālena kālaṁ bhojetabbā, kālena kālaṁ saṁvesetabbā. ;;;‘Mister, here are four lethal poisonous vipers. They must be periodically picked up, washed, fed, and put to sleep. 
;;;‘ayaṁ kho mahāudakaṇṇavo orimaṁ tīraṁ sāsaṅkaṁ sappaṭibhayaṁ, pārimaṁ tīraṁ khemaṁ appaṭibhayaṁ, natthi ca nāvā santāraṇī uttarasetu vā apārā pāraṁ gamanāya. 
;;; 
;;;Atha kho so, bhikkhave, puriso tiṇakaṭṭhasākhāpalāsaṁ saṅkaḍḍhitvā kullaṁ bandhitvā taṁ kullaṁ nissāya hatthehi ca pādehi ca vāyamamāno sotthinā pāraṁ gaccheyya, tiṇṇo pāraṅgato thale tiṭṭhati brāhmaṇo. 
;;;And so that man did exactly that. Having crossed over and gone beyond, the brahmin stands on the far shore. 
;;;

sn35.238
sn35.239#2.10

Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, subhūmiyaṁ cātumahāpathe ājaññaratho yutto assa ṭhito odhastapatodo. Tamenaṁ dakkho yoggācariyo assadammasārathi abhiruhitvā vāmena hatthena rasmiyo gahetvā, dakkhiṇena hatthena patodaṁ gahetvā, yenicchakaṁ yadicchakaṁ sāreyyapi paccāsāreyyapi. ;;;Suppose a chariot stood harnessed to thoroughbreds at a level crossroads, with a goad ready. A deft horse trainer, a master charioteer, might mount the chariot, taking the reins in his right hand and goad in the left. He’d drive out and back wherever he wishes, whenever he wishes. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso vaṇaṁ ālimpeyya yāvadeva rohanatthāya, seyyathā vā pana akkhaṁ abbhañjeyya yāvadeva bhārassa nittharaṇatthāya; 
;;;It’s like a person who puts ointment on a wound only so that it can heal; or who oils an axle only so that it can carry a load. 
;;;

sn35.239
sn35.240#1.2

Siṅgālopi kho, bhikkhave, sāyanhasamayaṁ anunadītīre gocarapasuto ahosi. ;;;At the same time, a jackal was also hunting along the river bank. 
;;;

sn35.240
sn35.241#2.7

“kiṁ nu kho, bhante, orimaṁ tīraṁ, kiṁ pārimaṁ tīraṁ, ko majjhe saṁsādo, ko thale ussādo, ko manussaggāho, ko amanussaggāho, ko āvaṭṭaggāho, ko antopūtibhāvo”ti? ;;;“But sir, what’s the near shore and what’s the far shore? What’s sinking in the middle? What’s getting stranded on high ground? What’s getting taken by humans or non-humans? What’s getting caught up in a whirlpool? And what’s rotting away?” 
;;;“Tena hi tvaṁ, nanda, sāmikānaṁ gāvo niyyātehī”ti. 
;;;“Well then, Nanda, return the cows to their owners.” 
;;;“niyyātitā, bhante, sāmikānaṁ gāvo. 
;;;“Sir, I have returned the cows to their owners. 
;;;

sn35.241
sn35.242#1.1

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kimilāyaṁ viharati gaṅgāya nadiyā tīre. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying near Kimibilā on the bank of the Ganges river. 
;;;

sn35.242
sn35.243#1.2

Tena kho pana samayena kāpilavatthavānaṁ sakyānaṁ navaṁ santhāgāraṁ acirakāritaṁ hoti anajjhāvuṭṭhaṁ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā kenaci vā manussabhūtena. ;;;Now at that time a new town hall had recently been constructed for the Sakyans of Kapilavatthu. It had not yet been occupied by an ascetic or brahmin or any person at all. 
;;;Atha kho kāpilavatthavā sakyā bhagavato adhivāsanaṁ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā yena navaṁ santhāgāraṁ tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā sabbasanthariṁ santhāgāraṁ santharitvā āsanāni paññāpetvā udakamaṇikaṁ patiṭṭhāpetvā telappadīpaṁ āropetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ: 
;;;Knowing that the Buddha had consented, the Sakyans got up from their seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on their right. Then they went to the new town hall, where they spread carpets all over, prepared seats, set up a water jar, and placed an oil lamp. Then they went back to the Buddha and told him of their preparations, saying, 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā acirapakkantesu kāpilavatthavesu sakyesu āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ āmantesi: 
;;;And then, soon after the Sakyans had left, the Buddha addressed Venerable Mahāmoggallāna, 
;;;“vigatathinamiddho kho, moggallāna, bhikkhusaṅgho. 
;;;“Moggallāna, the Saṅgha of mendicants is rid of dullness and drowsiness. 
;;;Paṭibhātu taṁ, moggallāna, bhikkhūnaṁ dhammī kathā. 
;;;Give them some Dhamma talk as you feel inspired. 
;;;“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhagavato paccassosi. 
;;;“Yes, sir,” Mahāmoggallāna replied. 
;;;Tatra kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhikkhū āmantesi: 
;;;There Venerable Mahāmoggallāna addressed the mendicants: 
;;;“Āvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa paccassosuṁ. 
;;;“Reverend,” they replied. 
;;;Āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca: 
;;;Venerable Mahāmoggallāna said this: 
;;;“Evamāvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa paccassosuṁ. 
;;;“Yes, reverend,” they replied. 
;;;Āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca: 
;;;Venerable Mahāmoggallāna said this: 
;;;Ayaṁ vuccatāvuso, bhikkhu rūpādhibhūto, saddādhibhūto, gandhādhibhūto, rasādhibhūto, phoṭṭhabbādhibhūto, dhammādhibhūto, adhibhūto, anadhibhū, adhibhaṁsu naṁ pāpakā akusalā dhammā saṅkilesikā ponobhavikā sadarā dukkhavipākā āyatiṁ jātijarāmaraṇiyā. 
;;;This is called a mendicant who has been mastered by sights, sounds, smells, tastes, touches, and ideas. They’re mastered, not a master. Bad, unskillful qualities have mastered them, which are corrupting, leading to future lives, hurtful, and resulting in suffering and future rebirth, old age, and death. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā uṭṭhahitvā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ āmantesi: 
;;;Then the Buddha got up and said to Venerable Mahāmoggallāna: 
;;;“sādhu sādhu, moggallāna. 
;;;“Good, good, Moggallāna! 
;;;Sādhu kho tvaṁ, moggallāna, bhikkhūnaṁ avassutapariyāyañca anavassutapariyāyañca abhāsī”ti. 
;;;It’s good that you’ve taught this explanation of the festering and the not festering.” 
;;;Idamavoca āyasmā mahāmoggallāno. 
;;;This is what Venerable Mahāmoggallāna said, 
;;;Attamanā te bhikkhū āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti. 
;;;Satisfied, the mendicants approved what Mahāmoggallāna said. 
;;;

sn35.243
sn35.244#3.4

Ñātañhi, bhikkhave, tassa purisassa imañcāhaṁ aṅgārakāsuṁ papatissāmi, tatonidānaṁ maraṇaṁ vā nigacchissāmi maraṇamattaṁ vā dukkhanti. ;;;For that person knows, ‘If I fall in that pit of glowing coals, that will result in my death or deadly pain.’ 
;;;Iti viditvā saṁvaro ca asaṁvaro ca veditabbo. 
;;;When they understand what a thorn is, they should understand restraint and lack of restraint. 
;;;‘ehi, bho purisa, kiṁ te ime kāsāvā anudahanti, 
;;;‘Please, mister, why let these ocher robes torment you? 
;;;Yañhi taṁ, bhikkhave, cittaṁ dīgharattaṁ vivekaninnaṁ vivekapoṇaṁ vivekapabbhāraṁ, tathā hīnāyāvattissatīti netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjatī”ti. 
;;;Because for a long time that mendicant’s mind has slanted, sloped, and inclined to seclusion. So it’s impossible for them to return to a lesser life.” 
;;;

sn35.244
sn35.245#2.1

Atha kho so bhikkhu asantuṭṭho tassa bhikkhussa pañhaveyyākaraṇena, yenaññataro bhikkhu tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā taṁ bhikkhuṁ etadavoca: ;;;Not content with that answer, that mendicant went up to a series of other mendicants and received the following answers: 
;;;Atha khvāhaṁ, bhante, asantuṭṭho tassa bhikkhussa pañhaveyyākaraṇena yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁ (…). 
;;; 
;;;Tena kho pana, bhikkhu, samayena tādisovassa kiṁsuko yathāpi tassa purisassa dassanaṁ. 
;;;Now, at that time a parrot tree may well have been just as that person saw it. 
;;;‘bahalapattapalāso sandacchāyo kho, ambho purisa, kiṁsuko—seyyathāpi nigrodho’ti. 
;;;‘A parrot tree has luxuriant, shady foliage, like a banyan.’ 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhu, rañño paccantimaṁ nagaraṁ daḷhuddhāpaṁ daḷhapākāratoraṇaṁ chadvāraṁ. 
;;;Suppose there was a king’s frontier citadel with fortified embankments, ramparts, and arches, and six gates. 
;;;Atha kho taṁ sīghaṁ dūtayugaṁ nagarassāmikassa yathābhūtaṁ vacanaṁ niyyātetvā yathāgatamaggaṁ paṭipajjeyya. 
;;;Then that swift pair of messengers would deliver a message of truth to the lord of the city and depart the way they came. 
;;;

sn35.245
sn35.246#4.23

‘asatī kirāyaṁ, bho, vīṇā nāma, yathevaṁ yaṁ kiñci vīṇā nāma ettha ca panāyaṁ jano ativelaṁ pamatto palaḷito’ti. ;;;‘It seems that there’s nothing to this thing called an arched harp or whatever’s called an arched harp! But people waste their time with it, negligent and heedless!’ 
;;;Evameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu rūpaṁ samanvesati yāvatā rūpassa gati, vedanaṁ samanvesati yāvatā vedanāya gati, saññaṁ samanvesati yāvatā saññāya gati, saṅkhāre samanvesati yāvatā saṅkhārānaṁ gati, viññāṇaṁ samanvesati yāvatā viññāṇassa gati. 
;;;In the same way, a mendicant searches for form, feeling, perception, choices, and consciousness anywhere they might be reborn. 
;;;

sn35.246
sn35.247#1.2

Tassa kusakaṇṭakā ceva pāde vijjheyyuṁ, sarapattāni ca gattāni vilekheyyuṁ. ;;;The kusa thorns would pierce their feet, and the reed leaves would scratch their limbs. 
;;;Susumāraṁ gahetvā daḷhāya rajjuyā bandheyya. 
;;;a crocodile, 
;;;Yadā kho te, bhikkhave, chappāṇakā jhattā assu kilantā, atha kho yo nesaṁ pāṇakānaṁ balavataro assa tassa te anuvatteyyuṁ, anuvidhāyeyyuṁ vasaṁ gaccheyyuṁ. 
;;;When those six animals became exhausted and worn out, the strongest of them would get their way, and they’d all have to submit to their control. 
;;;

sn35.247
sn35.248#2.8

Tatra sudaṁ, bhikkhave, vepacitti asurindo kaṇṭhapañcamehi bandhanehi baddho hoti. ;;;And there Vepacitti remained bound by his limbs and neck. 
;;;Maññitaṁ, bhikkhave, rogo, maññitaṁ gaṇḍo, maññitaṁ sallaṁ. 
;;;Conceit is a disease, a boil, a dart. 
;;;Iñjitaṁ, bhikkhave, rogo, iñjitaṁ gaṇḍo, iñjitaṁ sallaṁ. 
;;;Disturbances are a disease, a boil, a dart. 
;;;Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, ‘aniñjamānena cetasā viharissāmā’ti— 
;;;So mendicants, you should train yourselves like this: ‘We will live with a heart free of disturbances.’ 
;;;Phanditaṁ, bhikkhave, rogo, phanditaṁ gaṇḍo, phanditaṁ sallaṁ. 
;;;Trembling is a disease, a boil, a dart. 
;;;Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, ‘aphandamānena cetasā viharissāmā’ti— 
;;;So mendicants, you should train yourselves like this: ‘We will live with a heart free of tremblings.’ 
;;;Papañcitaṁ, bhikkhave, rogo, papañcitaṁ gaṇḍo, papañcitaṁ sallaṁ. 
;;;Proliferation is a disease, a boil, a dart. 
;;;Mānagataṁ, bhikkhave, rogo, mānagataṁ gaṇḍo, mānagataṁ sallaṁ. 
;;;Conceit is a disease, a boil, a dart. 
;;;

sn35.248
sn36.1#0.2

1. Sagāthāvagga ;;;1. With Verses 
;;;

sn36.1
sn36.3#1.5

Yato kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno sukhāya vedanāya rāgānusayo pahīno hoti, dukkhāya vedanāya paṭighānusayo pahīno hoti, adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya avijjānusayo pahīno hoti, ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, ‘bhikkhu niranusayo sammaddaso acchecchi taṇhaṁ, vivattayi saṁyojanaṁ, sammā mānābhisamayā antamakāsi dukkhassā’ti. ;;;When a mendicant has given up these underlying tendencies, they’re called a mendicant without underlying tendencies, who sees rightly, has cut off craving, untied the fetters, and by rightly comprehending conceit has made an end of suffering. 
;;;

sn36.3
sn36.5#1.4

Sukhā, bhikkhave, vedanā dukkhato daṭṭhabbā, dukkhā vedanā sallato daṭṭhabbā, adukkhamasukhā vedanā aniccato daṭṭhabbā. ;;;Pleasant feeling should be seen as suffering. Painful feeling should be seen as a dart. Neutral feeling should be seen as impermanent. 
;;;Yato kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno sukhā vedanā dukkhato diṭṭhā hoti, dukkhā vedanā sallato diṭṭhā hoti, adukkhamasukhā vedanā aniccato diṭṭhā hoti— 
;;;When a mendicant has seen these three feelings in this way, 
;;;dukkhamaddakkhi sallato; 
;;;and suffering as a dart, 
;;;

sn36.5
sn36.6#0.3

Sallasutta ;;;An Arrow 
;;;Tatra, bhikkhave, ko viseso ko adhippayāso kiṁ nānākaraṇaṁ sutavato ariyasāvakassa assutavatā puthujjanenā”ti? 
;;;What, then, is the difference between a learned noble disciple and an ordinary unlearned person?” 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, purisaṁ sallena vijjheyya. 
;;;It’s like a person who is struck with an arrow, 
;;;Tamenaṁ dutiyena sallena anuvedhaṁ vijjheyya. 
;;;only to be struck with a second arrow. 
;;;Evañhi so, bhikkhave, puriso dvisallena vedanaṁ vedayati. 
;;;That person experiences the feeling of two arrows. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, purisaṁ sallena vijjheyya. 
;;;It’s like a person who is struck with an arrow, 
;;;Tamenaṁ dutiyena sallena anuvedhaṁ na vijjheyya. 
;;;but was not struck with a second arrow. 
;;;Evañhi so, bhikkhave, puriso ekasallena vedanaṁ vedayati. 
;;;That person would experience the feeling of one arrow. 
;;;Mahā viseso kusalassa hoti. 
;;;between the wise and the ordinary. 
;;;

sn36.6
sn36.7#1.2

Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena gilānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the infirmary, where he sat down on the seat spread out, 
;;;

sn36.7
sn36.8#1.2

Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena gilānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the infirmary, where he sat down on the seat spread out, 
;;;

sn36.8
sn36.10#2.3

Sallena ceva gelaññā, ;;;" 
;;;

sn36.10
sn36.11#1.2

“idha mayhaṁ, bhante, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi— ;;;“Just now, sir, as I was in private retreat this thought came to mind. 
;;;

sn36.11
sn36.12#5.2

sampajaññaṁ na riñcati; ;;;not neglecting situational awareness, 
;;;

sn36.12
sn36.19#3.12

Assosi kho āyasmā ānando āyasmato udāyissa pañcakaṅgena thapatinā saddhiṁ imaṁ kathāsallāpaṁ. ;;;Venerable Ānanda heard this discussion between Udāyī and Pañcakaṅga. 
;;;Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando yāvatako āyasmato udāyissa pañcakaṅgena thapatinā saddhiṁ ahosi kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi. 
;;;and informed the Buddha of all they had discussed. 
;;;Evaṁ pariyāyadesite kho, ānanda, mayā dhamme ye aññamaññassa subhāsitaṁ sulapitaṁ, na samanumaññissanti, na samanujānissanti, na samanumodissanti, tesaṁ etaṁ pāṭikaṅkhaṁ—bhaṇḍanajātā kalahajātā vivādāpannā aññamaññaṁ mukhasattīhi vitudantā viharissantīti. 
;;;This being so, you can expect that those who don’t concede, approve, or agree with what has been well spoken will argue, quarrel, and dispute, continually wounding each other with barbed words. 
;;;

sn36.19
sn36.21#1.6

Idha bhavaṁ gotamo kimāhā”ti? ;;;What does Mister Gotama say about this?” 
;;;Sāmampi kho etaṁ, sīvaka, veditabbaṁ yathā pittasamuṭṭhānānipi idhekaccāni vedayitāni uppajjanti. 
;;;You can know this from your own personal experience, 
;;;

sn36.21
sn37.14#2.1

Mātugāmo puriso ca, ;;; 
;;;āveṇikā tidhammo ca; 
;;; 
;;;

sn37.14
sn37.24#2.1

Dutiye ca akkodhano, ;;; 
;;;

sn37.24
sn40.1#0.2

1. Moggallānavagga ;;;1. By Moggallāna 
;;;Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. 
;;;At one time Venerable Mahāmoggallāna was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. 
;;;Tatra kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhikkhū āmantesi: 
;;;There Venerable Mahāmoggallāna addressed the mendicants: 
;;;“Āvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa paccassosuṁ. 
;;;“Reverend,” they replied. 
;;;Āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca: 
;;;Venerable Mahāmoggallāna said this: 
;;;“Idha mayhaṁ, āvuso, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: 
;;;“Just now, reverends, as I was in private retreat this thought came to mind: 
;;;‘moggallāna, moggallāna. 
;;;‘Moggallāna, Moggallāna! 
;;;

sn40.1
sn40.2#0.2

1. Moggallānavagga ;;;1. By Moggallāna 
;;;‘moggallāna, moggallāna. 
;;;‘Moggallāna, Moggallāna! 
;;;

sn40.2
sn40.3#0.2

1. Moggallānavagga ;;;1. By Moggallāna 
;;;‘moggallāna, moggallāna. 
;;;‘Moggallāna, Moggallāna! 
;;;

sn40.3
sn40.4#0.2

1. Moggallānavagga ;;;1. By Moggallāna 
;;;‘moggallāna, moggallāna. 
;;;‘Moggallāna, Moggallāna! 
;;;

sn40.4
sn40.5#0.2

1. Moggallānavagga ;;;1. By Moggallāna 
;;;‘moggallāna, moggallāna. 
;;;‘Moggallāna, Moggallāna! 
;;;

sn40.5
sn40.6#0.2

1. Moggallānavagga ;;;1. By Moggallāna 
;;;‘moggallāna, moggallāna. 
;;;‘Moggallāna, Moggallāna! 
;;;

sn40.6
sn40.7#0.2

1. Moggallānavagga ;;;1. By Moggallāna 
;;;‘moggallāna, moggallāna. 
;;;‘Moggallāna, Moggallāna! 
;;;

sn40.7
sn40.8#0.2

1. Moggallānavagga ;;;1. By Moggallāna 
;;;‘moggallāna, moggallāna. 
;;;‘Moggallāna, Moggallāna! 
;;;

sn40.8
sn40.9#0.2

1. Moggallānavagga ;;;1. By Moggallāna 
;;;‘moggallāna, moggallāna. 
;;;‘Moggallāna, Moggallāna! 
;;;

sn40.9
sn40.10#0.2

1. Moggallānavagga ;;;1. By Moggallāna 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evameva—jetavane antarahito devesu tāvatiṁsesu pāturahosi. 
;;;And then Venerable Mahāmoggallāna, as easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, vanished from Jeta’s Grove and reappeared among the gods of the thirty-three. 
;;;Atha kho sakko devānamindo pañcahi devatāsatehi saddhiṁ yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitaṁ kho sakkaṁ devānamindaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca: 
;;;Then Sakka, lord of gods, with five hundred deities came up to Mahāmoggallāna, bowed, and stood to one side. Mahāmoggallāna said to him: 
;;;“Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, buddhasaraṇagamanaṁ hoti. 
;;;“My good Moggallāna, it’s good to go for refuge to the Buddha … 
;;;Buddhasaraṇagamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti. 
;;;Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, dhammasaraṇagamanaṁ hoti. 
;;;the teaching … 
;;;Dhammasaraṇagamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti. 
;;;Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, saṅgha …pe… 
;;;the Saṅgha. 
;;;atha kho sakko devānamindo asītiyā devatāsahassehi saddhiṁ yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitaṁ kho sakkaṁ devānamindaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca: 
;;;Then Sakka, lord of gods, with eighty thousand deities … 
;;;“Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, buddhasaraṇagamanaṁ hoti. 
;;;Buddhasaraṇagamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti. 
;;;Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, dhammasaraṇagamanaṁ hoti …pe… 
;;;sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, saṅghasaraṇagamanaṁ hoti. 
;;;Saṅghasaraṇagamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjantī”ti. 
;;;Atha kho sakko devānamindo pañcahi devatāsatehi saddhiṁ yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitaṁ kho sakkaṁ devānamindaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca: 
;;;Then Sakka, lord of gods, with five hundred deities came up to Mahāmoggallāna, bowed, and stood to one side. Mahāmoggallāna said to him: 
;;;“Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanaṁ hoti: 
;;;“My good Moggallāna, it’s good to have experiential confidence in the Buddha … 
;;;Buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti. 
;;;Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgamanaṁ hoti: 
;;;the teaching … 
;;;Dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti. 
;;;Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgamanaṁ hoti: 
;;;the Saṅgha … 
;;;Saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti. 
;;;Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanaṁ hoti akhaṇḍehi …pe… samādhisaṁvattanikehi. 
;;;and to have the ethical conduct that’s loved by the noble ones … 
;;;Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjantī”ti. 
;;;It’s the reason why some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.” 
;;;Atha kho sakko devānamindo asītiyā devatāsahassehi saddhiṁ yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitaṁ kho sakkaṁ devānamindaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca: 
;;;Then Sakka, lord of gods, with eighty thousand deities … 
;;;“Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanaṁ hoti: 
;;;Buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti. 
;;;Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgamanaṁ hoti: 
;;;Dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti. 
;;;Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgamanaṁ hoti: 
;;;Saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti. 
;;;Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanaṁ hoti akhaṇḍehi …pe… samādhisaṁvattanikehi. 
;;;Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjantī”ti. 
;;;Atha kho sakko devānamindo pañcahi devatāsatehi saddhiṁ yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkami …pe… 
;;;Then Sakka, lord of gods, with five hundred deities came up to Mahāmoggallāna, 
;;;ekamantaṁ ṭhitaṁ kho sakkaṁ devānamindaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca: 
;;;bowed, and stood to one side. Mahāmoggallāna said to him: 
;;;“Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, buddhasaraṇagamanaṁ hoti. 
;;;“My good Moggallāna, it’s good to go for refuge to the Buddha …” 
;;;Buddhasaraṇagamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti. 
;;;Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, dhammasaraṇagamanaṁ hoti …pe…. 
;;;Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, saṅghasaraṇagamanaṁ hoti. 
;;;Saṅghasaraṇagamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti. 
;;;atha kho sakko devānamindo asītiyā devatāsahassehi saddhiṁ yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitaṁ kho sakkaṁ devānamindaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca: 
;;;Then Sakka, lord of gods, with eighty thousand deities … 
;;;“Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, buddhasaraṇagamanaṁ hoti …pe… 
;;;sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, dhammasaraṇagamanaṁ hoti …pe… 
;;;sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, saṅghasaraṇagamanaṁ hoti. 
;;;Saṅghasaraṇagamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti. 
;;;Atha kho sakko devānamindo pañcahi devatāsatehi saddhiṁ yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitaṁ kho sakkaṁ devānamindaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca: 
;;;Then Sakka, lord of gods, with five hundred deities came up to Mahāmoggallāna, bowed, and stood to one side. Mahāmoggallāna said to him: 
;;;“Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanaṁ hoti: 
;;;“My good Moggallāna, it’s good to have experiential confidence in the Buddha …” 
;;;Buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti. 
;;;Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgamanaṁ hoti: 
;;;Dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti. 
;;;Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgamanaṁ hoti: 
;;;Saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti …pe…. 
;;;Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanaṁ hoti akhaṇḍehi …pe… samādhisaṁvattanikehi. 
;;;Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti. 
;;;atha kho sakko devānamindo asītiyā devatāsahassehi saddhiṁ yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitaṁ kho sakkaṁ devānamindaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca: 
;;;Then Sakka, lord of gods, with eighty thousand deities … 
;;;“Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanaṁ hoti: 
;;;Buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti. 
;;;Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgamanaṁ hoti: 
;;;Dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti. 
;;;Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgamanaṁ hoti: 
;;;Saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti. 
;;;Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanaṁ hoti akhaṇḍehi …pe… samādhisaṁvattanikehi. 
;;;Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti. 
;;;

sn40.10
sn40.11#0.2

1. Moggallānavagga ;;;1. By Moggallāna 
;;;Moggallānavaggo paṭhamo. 
;;; 
;;;Moggallānasaṁyuttaṁ samattaṁ. 
;;;The Linked Discourses on Moggallāna are complete. 
;;;

sn40.11
sn41.1#0.3

Saṁyojanasutta ;;;The Fetter 
;;;

sn41.1
sn41.4#2.4

Tena kho pana samayena uṇhaṁ hoti kuthitaṁ; ;;;Now at that time the heat was sweltering. 
;;;

sn41.4
sn41.7#2.2

Idha, bhante, bhikkhu mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati. ;;;It’s when a mendicant meditates spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. 
;;;

sn41.7
sn41.8#2.3

Evaṁ vutte, nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto ulloketvā etadavoca: ;;;When he said this, the Jain Ñātika looked up at his assembly and said, 
;;;“Idāneva kho te mayaṁ, bhante, bhāsitaṁ: 
;;;“Sir, just now I understood you to say: 
;;;

sn41.8
sn41.9#1.7

“Imehi pana te, bhante, tiṁsamattehi vassehi atthi koci uttari manussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanaviseso adhigato phāsuvihāro”ti? ;;;“But sir, in these thirty years have you achieved any superhuman distinction in knowledge and vision worthy of the noble ones, a comfortable meditation?” 
;;;Sace kho panāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavato paṭhamataraṁ kālaṁ kareyyaṁ, anacchariyaṁ kho panetaṁ yaṁ maṁ bhagavā evaṁ byākareyya: 
;;;If I pass away before the Buddha, it would be no wonder if the Buddha declares of me: 
;;;

sn41.9
sn42.2#1.2

Atha kho tālapuṭo naṭagāmaṇi yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho tālapuṭo naṭagāmaṇi bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: ;;;Then Tālapuṭa the dancing master came up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha: 
;;;“Addhā kho tyāhaṁ, gāmaṇi, na labhāmi: 
;;;“Clearly, chief, I’m not getting through to you when I say: 
;;;

sn42.2
sn42.7#1.7

Taṁ kiṁ maññasi, gāmaṇi, idhassu kassakassa gahapatino tīṇi khettāni—ekaṁ khettaṁ aggaṁ, ekaṁ khettaṁ majjhimaṁ, ekaṁ khettaṁ hīnaṁ jaṅgalaṁ ūsaraṁ pāpabhūmi. ;;;What do you think? Suppose a farmer has three fields: one’s good, one’s average, and one’s poor—bad ground of sand and salt. 
;;;

sn42.7
sn42.8#7.12

Na metaṁ pāpaṁ kammaṁ akataṁ bhavissatī’ti. ;;;But I can’t undo what I have done.’ 
;;;

sn42.8
sn42.9#3.3

‘nanu, bhante, bhagavā anekapariyāyena kulānaṁ anuddayaṁ vaṇṇeti, anurakkhaṁ vaṇṇeti, anukampaṁ vaṇṇetī’ti? ;;;‘Sir, don’t you in many ways praise kindness, protection, and sympathy for families?’ 
;;;“Ito so, gāmaṇi, ekanavutikappe yamahaṁ anussarāmi, nābhijānāmi kiñci kulaṁ pakkabhikkhānuppadānamattena upahatapubbaṁ. 
;;;“Well, chief, I recollect ninety-one eons back but I’m not aware of any family that’s been ruined merely by offering some cooked almsfood. 
;;;

sn42.9
sn42.10#3.4

Yassa pañca kāmaguṇā kappanti (…), ekaṁsenetaṁ, gāmaṇi, dhāreyyāsi assamaṇadhammo asakyaputtiyadhammoti. ;;;And if the five kinds of sensual stimulation are proper for them, you should categorically regard them as not having the qualities of an ascetic or a follower of the Sakyan. 
;;;

sn42.10
sn42.11#1.1

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā mallesu viharati uruvelakappaṁ nāma mallānaṁ nigamo. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Mallas, near the Mallian town called Uruvelakappa. 
;;;‘mā heva ciravāsissa kumārassa kiñci ābādhayitthā’”ti. 
;;;‘I hope nothing’s wrong with Ciravāsi!’” 
;;;

sn42.11
sn42.12#2.2

yo cāyaṁ kāmesu kāmasukhallikānuyogo hīno gammo pothujjaniko anariyo anatthasaṁhito, yo cāyaṁ attakilamathānuyogo dukkho anariyo anatthasaṁhito. ;;;Indulgence in sensual pleasures, which is low, crude, ordinary, ignoble, and pointless. And indulgence in self-mortification, which is painful, ignoble, and pointless. 
;;;

sn42.12
sn42.13#1.1

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā koliyesu viharati uttaraṁ nāma koliyānaṁ nigamo. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Koliyans, where they have a town called Uttara. 
;;;“Ye ca, bhante, koliyānaṁ corā te ca paṭisedhetuṁ, yāni ca koliyānaṁ dūteyyāni tāni ca vahātuṁ, etadatthiyā, bhante, koliyānaṁ lambacūḷakā bhaṭā”ti. 
;;;“To put a stop to bandits and to deliver messages for the Koliyans.” 
;;;“Ye pana te micchādiṭṭhikā kallaṁ nu tesu pasīditun”ti? 
;;;“But is it appropriate to have confidence in those of wrong view?” 
;;;‘ambho, ayaṁ puriso rañño paccatthikassa pasayha ratanaṁ ahāsi. 
;;;‘Mister, that man attacked the king’s enemy and took their valuables. 
;;;kallaṁ nu tesu pasīditun”ti? 
;;;Is it appropriate to have confidence in them?” 
;;;kallaṁ nu tesu pasīditun”ti? 
;;;Is it appropriate to have confidence in them?” 
;;;“Ye pana te micchādiṭṭhikā kallaṁ nu tesu pasīditun”ti? 
;;;“But is it appropriate to have confidence in those of wrong view?” 
;;;Sace tassa bhoto satthuno saccaṁ vacanaṁ, apaṇṇakatāya mayhaṁ, yvāhaṁ na kiñci byābādhemi tasaṁ vā thāvaraṁ vā? 
;;;If what this good teacher says is true, it’s a safe bet for me to not hurt any creature firm or frail. 
;;;

sn42.13
sn43.14-43#sn43.35:1.1

Abyābajjhañca vo, bhikkhave, desessāmi abyābajjhagāmiñca maggaṁ. ;;;the unafflicted … 
;;;

sn43.14-43
sn44.1#6.3

atthi te koci gaṇako vā muddiko vā saṅkhāyako vā yo pahoti gaṅgāya vālukaṁ gaṇetuṁ— ;;;Do you have any accountant or finger-tallier or reckoner who can count the grains of sand in the Ganges, that is, 
;;;Yatra hi nāma satthu ceva sāvikāya ca atthena attho byañjanena byañjanaṁ saṁsandissati, samessati, na virodhayissati yadidaṁ aggapadasmiṁ. 
;;;How the meaning and the phrasing of the teacher and the disciple fit together and agree without contradiction when it comes to the chief matter! 
;;;

sn44.1
sn44.2#7.1

“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: ;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ: 
;;;“But if it’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable, is it fit to be regarded thus: 
;;;“Ettha ca te, anurādha, diṭṭheva dhamme saccato thetato tathāgate anupalabbhiyamāne kallaṁ nu te taṁ veyyākaraṇaṁ— 
;;;“In that case, Anurādha, since you don’t actually find a realized one in the present life, is it appropriate to declare: 
;;;

sn44.2
sn44.3#1.2

Atha kho āyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā sāriputtena saddhiṁ sammodi. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Mahākoṭṭhita came out of retreat, went to Venerable Sāriputta, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;

sn44.3
sn44.6#1.2

Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā mahākoṭṭhikena saddhiṁ sammodi. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Sāriputta came out of retreat, went to Venerable Mahākoṭṭhita, and they greeted each other. 
;;;Taṇhāsaṅkhayavimuttassa, āvuso sāriputta, bhikkhuno vaṭṭaṁ natthi paññāpanāyā”ti. 
;;;For one who is freed due to the ending of craving, there is no cycle of rebirths to be found.” 
;;;

sn44.6
sn44.7#0.3

Moggallānasutta ;;;With Moggallāna 
;;;Atha kho vacchagotto paribbājako yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā mahāmoggallānena saddhiṁ sammodi. 
;;;Then the wanderer Vacchagotta went up to Venerable Mahāmoggallāna, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho vacchagotto paribbājako āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side, and said to Mahāmoggallāna: 
;;;“Kiṁ nu kho, bho moggallāna, sassato loko”ti? 
;;;“Mister Moggallāna, is this right: ‘the cosmos is eternal’?” 
;;;“Kiṁ pana, bho moggallāna, asassato loko”ti? 
;;;“Then is this right: ‘the cosmos is not eternal’ … 
;;;“Kiṁ nu kho, bho moggallāna, antavā loko”ti? 
;;;‘the cosmos is finite’ … 
;;;“Kiṁ pana, bho moggallāna, anantavā loko”ti? 
;;;‘the cosmos is infinite’ … 
;;;“Kiṁ nu kho, bho moggallāna, taṁ jīvaṁ taṁ sarīran”ti? 
;;;‘the soul and the body are identical’ … 
;;;“Kiṁ pana, bho moggallāna, aññaṁ jīvaṁ aññaṁ sarīran”ti? 
;;;‘the soul and the body are different things’ … 
;;;“Kiṁ nu kho, bho moggallāna, hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇā”ti? 
;;;‘a realized one still exists after death’ … 
;;;“Kiṁ pana, bho moggallāna, na hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇā”ti? 
;;;‘a realized one no longer exists after death’ … 
;;;“Kiṁ nu kho, bho moggallāna, hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇā”ti? 
;;;‘a realized one both still exists and no longer exists after death’ … 
;;;“Kiṁ pana, bho moggallāna, neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇā”ti? 
;;;‘a realized one neither still exists nor no longer exists after death’?” 
;;;“Ko nu kho, bho moggallāna, hetu ko paccayo, yena aññatitthiyānaṁ paribbājakānaṁ evaṁ puṭṭhānaṁ evaṁ veyyākaraṇaṁ hoti— 
;;;“What’s the cause, Mister Moggallāna, what’s the reason why, when the wanderers of other religions are asked these questions, they declare one of these to be true? 
;;;Ko pana, bho moggallāna, hetu ko paccayo, yena samaṇassa gotamassa evaṁ puṭṭhassa na evaṁ veyyākaraṇaṁ hoti— 
;;;And what’s the reason why, when the ascetic Gotama is asked these questions, he does not declare one of these to be true?” 
;;;Idānāhaṁ, bho gotama, samaṇaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ upasaṅkamitvā etamatthaṁ apucchiṁ. 
;;;Just now I went to the ascetic Mahāmoggallāna and asked him about this matter. 
;;;Samaṇopi me moggallāno etehi padehi etehi byañjanehi tamatthaṁ byākāsi, seyyathāpi bhavaṁ gotamo. 
;;;And he explained it to me with these words and phrases, just like Mister Gotama. 
;;;

sn44.7
sn44.8#4.1

Atha kho vacchagotto paribbājako uṭṭhāyāsanā yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā mahāmoggallānena saddhiṁ sammodi. ;;;Then the wanderer Vacchagotta got up from his seat and went to Venerable Mahāmoggallāna, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho vacchagotto paribbājako āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side. He asked Mahāmoggallāna the same questions, and received the same answers. 
;;;“kiṁ nu kho, bho moggallāna, sassato loko”ti? 
;;; 
;;;“Kiṁ pana, bho moggallāna, ‘neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇā’”ti? 
;;; 
;;;“Ko nu kho, bho moggallāna, hetu, ko paccayo, yena aññatitthiyānaṁ paribbājakānaṁ evaṁ puṭṭhānaṁ evaṁ veyyākaraṇaṁ hoti: 
;;; 
;;;Ko pana, bho moggallāna, hetu, ko paccayo yena samaṇassa gotamassa evaṁ puṭṭhassa na evaṁ veyyākaraṇaṁ hoti: 
;;; 
;;;“Acchariyaṁ, bho moggallāna, abbhutaṁ, bho moggallāna. 
;;;He said, “It’s incredible, Mister Moggallāna, it’s amazing. 
;;;Idānāhaṁ, bho moggallāna, samaṇaṁ gotamaṁ upasaṅkamitvā etamatthaṁ apucchiṁ. 
;;;Just now I went to the ascetic Gotama and asked him about this matter. 
;;;Samaṇopi me gotamo etehi padehi etehi byañjanehi etamatthaṁ byākāsi, seyyathāpi bhavaṁ moggallāno. 
;;;And he explained it to me with these words and phrases, just like Mister Moggallāna. 
;;;Acchariyaṁ, bho moggallāna, abbhutaṁ, bho moggallāna. 
;;;It’s incredible, Mister Moggallāna, it’s amazing! 
;;;

sn44.8
sn44.9#3.3

ayampi kho sañcayo belaṭṭhaputto …pe… ;;;Sañjaya Belaṭṭhiputta … 
;;;

sn44.9
sn44.11#4.3

Moggallāno ca vaccho ca, ;;; 
;;;Sāmaṇḍako moggallāno, 
;;; 
;;;

sn44.11
sn45.2#1.2

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakyesu viharati nagarakaṁ nāma sakyānaṁ nigamo. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans, where they have a town named Townsville. 
;;;

sn45.2
sn45.4#8.2

Dhammā yuttā sadā dhuraṁ; ;;;are always yoked to the shaft. 
;;;Titikkhā cammasannāho, 
;;;patience its shield and armor, 
;;;

sn45.4
sn45.9#1.2

“Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, sālisūkaṁ vā yavasūkaṁ vā micchāpaṇihitaṁ hatthena vā pādena vā akkantaṁ hatthaṁ vā pādaṁ vā bhindissati, lohitaṁ vā uppādessatīti—netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati. ;;;“Mendicants, suppose a spike of rice or barley was pointing the wrong way. If you trod on it with hand or foot, it is impossible for it to break the skin and produce blood. 
;;;

sn45.9
sn45.11#1.2

“Icchāmahaṁ, bhikkhave, aḍḍhamāsaṁ paṭisallīyituṁ. ;;;“Mendicants, I wish to go on retreat for a fortnight. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā tassa aḍḍhamāsassa accayena paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito bhikkhū āmantesi: 
;;;Then after a fortnight had passed, the Buddha came out of retreat and addressed the mendicants: 
;;;appattassa pattiyā atthi āyāmaṁ, tasmimpi ṭhāne anuppatte tappaccayāpi vedayitan’”ti. 
;;;There is effort to attain the unattained. When that state has been attained, there is also feeling conditioned by that.” 
;;;

sn45.11
sn45.12#1.2

“Icchāmahaṁ, bhikkhave, temāsaṁ paṭisallīyituṁ. ;;;“Mendicants, I wish to go on retreat for three months. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā tassa temāsassa accayena paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito bhikkhū āmantesi: 
;;;Then after three months had passed, the Buddha came out of retreat and addressed the mendicants: 
;;;appattassa pattiyā atthi āyāmaṁ, tasmimpi ṭhāne anuppatte tappaccayāpi vedayitan’”ti. 
;;;There is effort to attain the unattained. When that state has been attained, there is also feeling conditioned by that.” 
;;;

sn45.12
sn45.18#1.3

Atha kho āyasmā bhaddo sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā ānandena saddhiṁ sammodi. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Bhadda came out of retreat, went to Venerable Ānanda, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;

sn45.18
sn45.28#1.5

Seyyathidaṁ—sammādiṭṭhi …pe… sammāsati. ;;;There are right view, right thought, right speech, right action, right livelihood, right effort, and right mindfulness. 
;;;Yā kho, bhikkhave, imehi sattahaṅgehi cittassa ekaggatā saparikkhāratā— 
;;;Unification of mind with these seven factors as prerequisites is called noble right immersion ‘with its vital conditions’ and ‘with its prerequisites’.” 
;;;

sn45.28
sn45.30#1.3

“idha mayhaṁ, bhante, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ;;;“Just now, sir, as I was in private retreat this thought came to mind. 
;;;

sn45.30
sn45.41#0.3

Rāgavirāgasutta ;;;The Fading Away of Greed 
;;;

sn45.41
sn45.49#0.2

6. Sūriyapeyyālavagga ;;;6. Abbreviated Texts on the Sun 
;;;

sn45.49
sn45.77#0.2

8. Dutiyaekadhammapeyyālavagga ;;;8. Abbreviated Texts on One Thing 
;;;

sn45.77
sn45.139#0.2

11. Appamādapeyyālavagga ;;;11. Abbreviated Texts on Diligence 
;;;

sn45.139
sn45.146-148#sn45.146-148:1.1

“Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, yā kāci tārakarūpānaṁ pabhā, sabbā tā candimappabhāya kalaṁ nāgghanti soḷasiṁ, candappabhā tāsaṁ aggamakkhāyati; ;;;“The radiance of all the stars is not worth a sixteenth part of the moon’s radiance, so the moon’s radiance is said to be the best of them all. …” 
;;;

sn45.146-148
sn45.151#1.2

te tattha kāyaṁ vaḍḍhetvā balaṁ gāhetvā kusobbhe otaranti, kusobbhe otaritvā mahāsobbhe otaranti, mahāsobbhe otaritvā kunnadiyo otaranti, kunnadiyo otaritvā mahānadiyo otaranti, mahānadiyo otaritvā mahāsamuddaṁ otaranti, te tattha mahantattaṁ vepullattaṁ āpajjanti kāyena; ;;;When they’re strong they dive into the pools. Then they dive into the lakes, the streams, the rivers, and finally the ocean. There they acquire a great and abundant body. 
;;;

sn45.151
sn45.152#1.2

So mūlacchinno katamena papateyyā”ti? ;;;If it was cut off at the root, where would it fall?” 
;;;

sn45.152
sn45.156#1.1

“Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, gimhānaṁ pacchime māse ūhataṁ rajojallaṁ, tamenaṁ mahāakālamegho ṭhānaso antaradhāpeti vūpasameti; ;;;“Mendicants, in the last month of summer, when the dust and dirt is stirred up, a large sudden storm disperses and settles it on the spot. 
;;;

sn45.156
sn46.2#11.2

Atthi, bhikkhave, ārambhadhātu nikkamadhātu parakkamadhātu. ;;;There are the elements of initiative, persistence, and exertion. 
;;;Atthi, bhikkhave, samathanimittaṁ abyagganimittaṁ. 
;;;There are things that are the basis of serenity and freedom from distraction. 
;;;

sn46.2
sn46.3#1.1

“Ye te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū sīlasampannā samādhisampannā ñāṇasampannā vimuttisampannā vimuttiñāṇadassanasampannā, dassanampāhaṁ, bhikkhave, tesaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ bahukāraṁ vadāmi; ;;;“Mendicants, when a mendicant is accomplished in ethics, immersion, knowledge, freedom, or the knowledge and vision of freedom, even the sight of them is very helpful, I say. 
;;;Tathārūpānaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ dhammaṁ sutvā dvayena vūpakāsena vūpakaṭṭho viharati—kāyavūpakāsena ca cittavūpakāsena ca. 
;;;Because after hearing the teaching of such mendicants, a mendicant will live withdrawn in both body and mind, 
;;;Tassa taṁ dhammaṁ paññāya pavicinato pavicarato parivīmaṁsamāpajjato āraddhaṁ hoti vīriyaṁ asallīnaṁ. 
;;;As they investigate principles with wisdom in this way their energy is roused up and unflagging. 
;;;Yasmiṁ samaye, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno taṁ dhammaṁ paññāya pavicinato pavicarato parivīmaṁsamāpajjato āraddhaṁ hoti vīriyaṁ asallīnaṁ, vīriyasambojjhaṅgo tasmiṁ samaye bhikkhuno āraddho hoti; vīriyasambojjhaṅgaṁ tasmiṁ samaye bhikkhu bhāveti; vīriyasambojjhaṅgo tasmiṁ samaye bhikkhuno bhāvanāpāripūriṁ gacchati. 
;;;At such a time, a mendicant has activated the awakening factor of energy; they develop it and perfect it. 
;;;

sn46.3
sn46.6#1.4

“ahamasmi, bho gotama, ārāmanissayī parisāvacaro. ;;;“Mister Gotama, I like to hang around the monasteries and visit the assemblies. 
;;;Tassa mayhaṁ, bho gotama, pacchābhattaṁ bhuttapātarāsassa ayamācāro hoti— 
;;;When I’ve finished breakfast, it’s my habit to 
;;;

sn46.6
sn46.8#1.2

Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā upavāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā upavānena saddhiṁ sammodi. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Sāriputta came out of retreat, went to Venerable Upavāna and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;

sn46.8
sn46.14#1.2

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā mahākassapo pippaliguhāyaṁ viharati ābādhiko dukkhito bāḷhagilāno. ;;;Now at that time Venerable Mahākassapa was staying in the Pipphali cave, and he was sick, suffering, gravely ill. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā mahākassapo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ mahākassapaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat, went to Venerable Mahākassapa, sat down on the seat spread out, and said to him: 
;;;

sn46.14
sn46.15#1.2

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā mahāmoggallāno gijjhakūṭe pabbate viharati ābādhiko dukkhito bāḷhagilāno. ;;;Now at that time Venerable Mahāmoggallāna was staying on the Vulture’s Peak mountain, and he was sick, suffering, gravely ill. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat, went to Venerable Moggallāna, sat down on the seat spread out, and said to him: 
;;;“Kacci te, moggallāna, khamanīyaṁ kacci yāpanīyaṁ? Kacci dukkhā vedanā paṭikkamanti, no abhikkamanti; paṭikkamosānaṁ paññāyati, no abhikkamo”ti? 
;;;“I hope you’re keeping well, Moggallāna; I hope you’re all right. And I hope the pain is fading, not growing, that its fading is evident, not its growing.” 
;;;“Sattime, moggallāna, bojjhaṅgā mayā sammadakkhātā bhāvitā bahulīkatā abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṁvattanti. 
;;;“Moggallāna, I’ve rightly explained these seven awakening factors. When developed and cultivated, they lead to direct knowledge, to awakening, and to extinguishment. 
;;;Satisambojjhaṅgo kho, moggallāna, mayā sammadakkhāto bhāvito bahulīkato abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṁvattati …pe… upekkhāsambojjhaṅgo kho, moggallāna, mayā sammadakkhāto bhāvito bahulīkato abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṁvattati. 
;;;The awakening factors of mindfulness, investigation of principles, energy, rapture, tranquility, immersion, and equanimity. 
;;;Ime kho, moggallāna, satta bojjhaṅgā mayā sammadakkhātā bhāvitā bahulīkatā abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṁvattantī”ti. 
;;;These are the seven awakening factors that I’ve rightly explained. When developed and cultivated, they lead to direct knowledge, to awakening, and to extinguishment.” 
;;;Attamano āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandi. 
;;;Satisfied, Venerable Mahāmoggallāna approved what the Buddha said. 
;;;Vuṭṭhahi cāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tamhā ābādhā. 
;;;And that’s how he recovered from that illness. 
;;;Tathāpahīno cāyasmato mahāmoggallānassa so ābādho ahosīti. 
;;;" 
;;;

sn46.15
sn46.26#2.1

“Idha, udāyi, bhikkhu satisambojjhaṅgaṁ bhāveti vivekanissitaṁ virāganissitaṁ nirodhanissitaṁ vossaggapariṇāmiṁ vipulaṁ mahaggataṁ appamāṇaṁ abyāpajjaṁ. ;;;“Udāyī, it’s when a mendicant develops the awakening factor of mindfulness, which relies on seclusion, fading away, and cessation, and ripens as letting go. And it is abundant, expansive, limitless, and free of ill will. 
;;;

sn46.26
sn46.36#1.1

“Sattime, bhikkhave, bojjhaṅgā bhāvitā bahulīkatā buddhiyā aparihānāya saṁvattanti. ;;;“Mendicants, when the seven awakening factors are developed and cultivated they lead to growth and progress. 
;;;

sn46.36
sn46.39#1.2

Katame ca te, bhikkhave, mahārukkhā aṇubījā mahākāyā rukkhānaṁ ajjhāruhā, yehi rukkhā ajjhārūḷhā obhaggavibhaggā vipatitā senti? ;;;And what are those large trees with tiny seeds and big trunks? 
;;;

sn46.39
sn46.46#1.1

“‘Daliddo, daliddo’ti, bhante, vuccati. ;;;“Sir, they speak of someone who is ‘poor’. 
;;;

sn46.46
sn46.47#1.1

“‘Adaliddo, adaliddo’ti, bhante, vuccati. ;;;“Sir, they speak of someone who is ‘prosperous’. 
;;;

sn46.47
sn46.51#0.2

6. Sākacchavagga ;;;6. Discussion 
;;;

sn46.51
sn46.53#5.2

So tattha allāni ceva tiṇāni pakkhipeyya, allāni ca gomayāni pakkhipeyya, allāni ca kaṭṭhāni pakkhipeyya, udakavātañca dadeyya, paṁsukena ca okireyya; ;;;If they toss wet grass, cow-dung, and timber on it, spray it with water, and scatter dirt on it, 
;;;So tattha allāni ceva tiṇāni pakkhipeyya, allāni ca gomayāni pakkhipeyya, allāni ca kaṭṭhāni pakkhipeyya, udakavātañca dadeyya, paṁsukena ca okireyya; 
;;;If they toss wet grass, cow-dung, and timber on it, spray it with water, and scatter dirt on it, 
;;;

sn46.53
sn46.55#6.1

Seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, udapatto agginā santatto pakkuthito usmudakajāto. ;;;Suppose there was a bowl of water that was heated by fire, boiling and bubbling. 
;;;Puna caparaṁ, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṁ samaye na vicikicchāpariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati na vicikicchāparetena, uppannāya ca vicikicchāya nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṁ samaye yathābhūtaṁ jānāti passati, paratthampi tasmiṁ samaye yathābhūtaṁ jānāti passati; ubhayatthampi tasmiṁ samaye yathābhūtaṁ jānāti passati; dīgharattaṁ asajjhāyakatāpi mantā paṭibhanti, pageva sajjhāyakatā. 
;;;Furthermore, when your heart is not overcome and mired in doubt … Even hymns that are long-unpracticed spring to mind, let alone those that are practiced. 
;;;

sn46.55
sn46.76#4.2

Paṭikūlaanabhiratena; ;;; 
;;;

sn46.76
sn47.4#0.3

Sālasutta ;;;At Sālā 
;;;

sn47.4
sn47.6#1.7

Atha kho, bhikkhave, sakuṇagghi sake bale apatthaddhā sake bale asaṁvadamānā lāpaṁ sakuṇaṁ pamuñci: ;;;Confident in her own strength, the hawk was not daunted or intimidated. She released the quail, saying, 
;;;Atha kho sā, bhikkhave, sakuṇagghi sake bale apatthaddhā sake bale asaṁvadamānā ubho pakkhe sannayha lāpaṁ sakuṇaṁ sahasā ajjhappattā. 
;;;Confident in her own strength, the hawk was not daunted or intimidated. She folded her wings and suddenly swooped down on the quail. 
;;;Evañhi taṁ, bhikkhave, hoti yo agocare carati paravisaye. 
;;;That’s what happens when you roam out of your territory into the domain of others. 
;;;

sn47.6
sn47.7#2.13

Tamenaṁ, bhikkhave, luddo vijjhitvā tasmiṁyeva kaṭṭhakataṅgāre avassajjetvā yena kāmaṁ pakkamati. ;;;The hunter spears him, pries him off that tarred block of wood, and goes wherever he wants. 
;;;Evaṁ so taṁ, bhikkhave, hoti yo agocare carati paravisaye. 
;;;That’s what happens when you roam out of your territory into the domain of others. 
;;;

sn47.7
sn47.9#1.2

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati veḷuvagāmake. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the little village of Beluva. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā taṁ ābādhaṁ vīriyena paṭipaṇāmetvā jīvitasaṅkhāraṁ adhiṭṭhāya vihāsi. 
;;;So that is what he did. 
;;;“Kiṁ pana dāni, ānanda, bhikkhusaṅgho mayi paccāsīsati? 
;;;“But what could the mendicant Saṅgha expect from me now, Ānanda? 
;;;Etarahi kho panāhaṁ, ānanda, jiṇṇo vuddho mahallako addhagato vayoanuppatto. 
;;;Now I am old, elderly and senior. I’m advanced in years and have reached the final stage of life. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, ānanda, jajjarasakaṭaṁ veḷamissakena yāpeti; 
;;;Just as a decrepit old cart keeps going by relying on straps, 
;;;

sn47.9
sn47.10#2.1

“Idha, bhante ānanda, sambahulā bhikkhuniyo catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu suppatiṭṭhitacittā viharantiyo uḷāraṁ pubbenāparaṁ visesaṁ sañjānantī”ti. ;;;“Honorable Ānanda, several nuns meditate with their minds firmly established in the four kinds of mindfulness meditation. They have realized a higher distinction than they had before.” 
;;;Tenānanda, bhikkhunā kismiñcideva pasādanīye nimitte cittaṁ paṇidahitabbaṁ. 
;;;That mendicant should direct their mind towards an inspiring subject as a basis for meditation. 
;;;

sn47.10
sn47.11#0.2

2. Nālandavagga ;;;2. At Nāḷandā 
;;;

sn47.11
sn47.12#1.1

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā nālandāyaṁ viharati pāvārikambavane. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying near Nāḷandā in Pāvārika’s mango grove. 
;;;“Ettha ca te, sāriputta, atītānāgatapaccuppannesu arahantesu sammāsambuddhesu cetopariyañāṇaṁ natthi. 
;;;“Well then, Sāriputta, given that you don’t comprehend the minds of Buddhas past, future, or present, 
;;;“Na kho me, bhante, atītānāgatapaccuppannesu arahantesu sammāsambuddhesu cetopariyañāṇaṁ atthi, 
;;;“Sir, though I don’t comprehend the minds of Buddhas past, future, and present, 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhante, rañño paccantimaṁ nagaraṁ daḷhuddhāpaṁ daḷhapākāratoraṇaṁ ekadvāraṁ. 
;;;Suppose there was a king’s frontier citadel with fortified embankments, ramparts, and arches, and a single gate. 
;;;‘yepi te, bhante, ahesuṁ atītamaddhānaṁ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, sabbe te bhagavanto pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya, cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe, catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu suppatiṭṭhitacittā, satta bojjhaṅge yathābhūtaṁ bhāvetvā, anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambujjhiṁsu. 
;;;‘All the perfected ones, fully awakened Buddhas—whether past, future, or present—give up the five hindrances, corruptions of the heart that weaken wisdom. Their mind is firmly established in the four kinds of mindfulness meditation. They correctly develop the seven awakening factors. And they wake up to the supreme perfect awakening.’” 
;;;

sn47.12
sn47.14#1.1

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vajjīsu viharati ukkacelāyaṁ gaṅgāya nadiyā tīre mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ aciraparinibbutesu sāriputtamoggallānesu. ;;;At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Vajjis near Ukkacelā on the bank of the Ganges river, together with a large Saṅgha of mendicants. It was not long after Sāriputta and Moggallāna had become fully quenched. 
;;;“api myāyaṁ, bhikkhave, parisā suññā viya khāyati parinibbutesu sāriputtamoggallānesu. 
;;;“Mendicants, this assembly seems empty to me now that Sāriputta and Moggallāna have become fully quenched. 
;;;Asuññā me, bhikkhave, parisā hoti, anapekkhā tassaṁ disāyaṁ hoti, yassaṁ disāyaṁ sāriputtamoggallānā viharanti. 
;;;When Sāriputta and Moggallāna were alive, my assembly was never empty; I had no concern for any region where they stayed. 
;;;Ye hi te, bhikkhave, ahesuṁ atītamaddhānaṁ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, tesampi bhagavantānaṁ etapparamaṁyeva sāvakayugaṁ ahosi— 
;;;The Buddhas of the past or the future have pairs of chief disciples who are no better than 
;;;seyyathāpi mayhaṁ sāriputtamoggallānā. 
;;;Sāriputta and Moggallāna were to me. 
;;;Yepi te, bhikkhave, bhavissanti anāgatamaddhānaṁ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, tesampi bhagavantānaṁ etapparamaṁyeva sāvakayugaṁ bhavissati—seyyathāpi mayhaṁ sāriputtamoggallānā. 
;;; 
;;;evameva kho, bhikkhave, mahato bhikkhusaṅghassa tiṭṭhato sāravato sāriputtamoggallānā parinibbutā. 
;;;In the same way, in the great Saṅgha that stands with heartwood, Sāriputta and Moggallāna have become fully quenched. 
;;;

sn47.14
sn47.18#1.2

Atha kho bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ;;;Then as he was in private retreat this thought came to his mind, 
;;;

sn47.18
sn47.21#1.3

Atha kho āyasmā bhaddo sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā ānandena saddhiṁ sammodi. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Bhadda came out of retreat, went to Venerable Ānanda, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;Bhaddako kho te, āvuso bhadda, ummaṅgo, bhaddakaṁ paṭibhānaṁ, kalyāṇī paripucchā. 
;;;Your approach and articulation are excellent, and it’s a good question. 
;;;

sn47.21
sn47.23#1.2

Atha kho āyasmā bhaddo sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā ānandena saddhiṁ sammodi. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Bhadda came out of retreat, went to Venerable Ānanda, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;

sn47.23
sn47.26#1.1

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ca sāriputto āyasmā ca mahāmoggallāno āyasmā ca anuruddho sākete viharanti kaṇḍakīvane. ;;;At one time the venerables Sāriputta, Mahāmoggallāna, and Anuruddha were staying near Sāketa, in the Thorny Wood. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā ca sāriputto āyasmā ca mahāmoggallāno sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhitā yenāyasmā anuruddho tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā anuruddhena saddhiṁ sammodiṁsu. 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, Sāriputta and Mahāmoggallāna came out of retreat, went to Anuruddha, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;“‘sekho, sekho’ti, āvuso anuruddha, vuccati. 
;;;“Reverend, they speak of this person called ‘a trainee’. 
;;;

sn47.26
sn47.28#1.3

“katamesaṁ, āvuso anuruddha, dhammānaṁ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā mahābhiññataṁ patto”ti? ;;;“Reverend Anuruddha, what things have you developed and cultivated to attain great direct knowledge?” 
;;;

sn47.28
sn47.33#1.1

“Yesaṁ kesañci, bhikkhave, cattāro satipaṭṭhānā viraddhā, viraddho tesaṁ ariyo maggo sammā dukkhakkhayagāmī. ;;;“Mendicants, whoever has missed out on the four kinds of mindfulness meditation has missed out on the noble path to the complete ending of suffering. 
;;;

sn47.33
sn47.43#1.4

Tassa mayhaṁ, bhikkhave, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ;;;As I was in private retreat this thought came to mind: 
;;;

sn47.43
sn47.51-62#sn47.51-62:0.2

6. Gaṅgāpeyyālavagga ;;;6. Abbreviated Texts on the Ganges 
;;;

sn47.51-62
sn48.2#1.4

Yato kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako imesaṁ pañcannaṁ indriyānaṁ assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti— ;;;A noble disciple comes to truly understand these five faculties’ gratification, drawback, and escape. 
;;;

sn48.2
sn48.4#1.4

Yato kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako imesaṁ pañcannaṁ indriyānaṁ assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṁ viditvā anupādāvimutto hoti— ;;;A noble disciple comes to be freed by not grasping after truly understanding these five faculties’ gratification, drawback, and escape. 
;;;

sn48.4
sn48.6#2.1

Ye ca kho keci, bhikkhave, samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā imesaṁ pañcannaṁ indriyānaṁ samudayañca atthaṅgamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṁ pajānanti, ;;;There are ascetics and brahmins who do truly understand the gratification, drawback, and escape when it comes to these five faculties. 
;;;

sn48.6
sn48.10#2.6

uppannānaṁ kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ ṭhitiyā asammosāya bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā chandaṁ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṁ ārabhati cittaṁ paggaṇhāti padahati— ;;;They generate enthusiasm, try, make an effort, exert the mind, and strive so that skillful qualities that have arisen remain, are not lost, but increase, mature, and are completed by development. 
;;;

sn48.10
sn48.20#2.3

Paṭipanno ca sampanno, ;;;" 
;;;

sn48.20
sn48.21#1.4

Yāvakīvañcāhaṁ, bhikkhave, imesaṁ pañcannaṁ indriyānaṁ samudayañca atthaṅgamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṁ nābbhaññāsiṁ, neva tāvāhaṁ, bhikkhave, sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya ‘anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambuddho’ti paccaññāsiṁ. ;;;As long as I didn’t truly understand these five faculties’ gratification, drawback, and escape, I didn’t announce my supreme perfect awakening in this world with its gods, Māras, and Divinities, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans. 
;;;

sn48.21
sn48.24#1.5

Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, pañcannaṁ indriyānaṁ samattā paripūrattā arahaṁ hoti, tato mudutarehi antarāparinibbāyī hoti, tato mudutarehi upahaccaparinibbāyī hoti, tato mudutarehi asaṅkhāraparinibbāyī hoti, tato mudutarehi sasaṅkhāraparinibbāyī hoti, tato mudutarehi uddhaṁsoto hoti akaniṭṭhagāmī, tato mudutarehi sakadāgāmī hoti, tato mudutarehi ekabījī hoti, tato mudutarehi kolaṅkolo hoti, tato mudutarehi sattakkhattuparamo hoti, tato mudutarehi dhammānusārī hoti, tato mudutarehi saddhānusārī hotī”ti. ;;;Someone who has completed and fulfilled these five faculties is a perfected one. If they are weaker than that, they’re one who is extinguished between one life and the next … one who is extinguished upon landing … one who is extinguished without extra effort … one who is extinguished with extra effort … one who heads upstream, going to the Akaniṭṭha realm … a once-returner … a one-seeder … one who goes from family to family … one who has seven rebirths at most … a follower of teachings … a follower by faith.” 
;;;

sn48.24
sn48.39#6.1

Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, dvinnaṁ kaṭṭhānaṁ saṅghaṭṭanasamodhānā usmā jāyati, tejo abhinibbattati; tesaṁyeva kaṭṭhānaṁ nānābhāvāvinikkhepā yā tajjā usmā sā nirujjhati sā vūpasammati; ;;;When you rub two sticks together, heat is generated and fire is produced. But when you part the sticks and lay them aside, any corresponding heat ceases and stops. 
;;;

sn48.39
sn48.41#1.3

Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito pacchātape nisinno hoti piṭṭhiṁ otāpayamāno. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and sat warming his back in the last rays of the sun. 
;;;sopi maccuparāyaṇo; 
;;;you’ll still end up dying. 
;;;

sn48.41
sn48.42#4.8

“Accayāsi, brāhmaṇa, pañhaṁ, nāsakkhi pañhassa pariyantaṁ gahetuṁ. ;;;“This question goes too far, brahmin! You weren’t able to grasp the limit of questioning. 
;;;“seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, kūṭāgāre vā kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ vā pācīnavātapānā sūriye uggacchante vātapānena rasmi pavisitvā kvāssa patiṭṭhitā”ti? 
;;;“Suppose there was a bungalow or a hall with a peaked roof, with windows on the eastern side. When the sun rises and a ray of light enters through a window, where would it land?” 
;;;

sn48.42
sn48.43#4.8

Atthi, bhikkhave, pariyāyo yaṁ pariyāyaṁ āgamma tassā nadiyā eko sototveva saṅkhyaṁ gacchati. ;;;There’s a method in which that river can be reckoned to have just one stream. 
;;;Yañca, bhikkhave, tassa dīpassa purimante udakaṁ, yañca pacchimante udakaṁ— 
;;;By taking into account the water to the east and the west of the island, 
;;;

sn48.43
sn48.44#2.3

Yesañhetaṁ, bhante, aññātaṁ assa adiṭṭhaṁ aviditaṁ asacchikataṁ aphassitaṁ paññāya, te tattha paresaṁ saddhāya gaccheyyuṁ— ;;;There are those who have not known or seen or understood or realized or experienced this with wisdom. They may rely on faith in this matter. 
;;;

sn48.44
sn48.50#6.1

Saddho so, bhante, ariyasāvako evaṁ padahitvā padahitvā evaṁ saritvā saritvā evaṁ samādahitvā samādahitvā evaṁ pajānitvā pajānitvā evaṁ abhisaddahati: ;;;When a noble disciple has tried again and again, recollected again and again, entered immersion again and again, and understood with wisdom again and again, they will be confident of this: 
;;;‘ime kho te dhammā ye me pubbe sutavā ahesuṁ. 
;;;‘I have previously heard of these things. 
;;;Saddho so, sāriputta, ariyasāvako evaṁ padahitvā padahitvā evaṁ saritvā saritvā evaṁ samādahitvā samādahitvā evaṁ pajānitvā pajānitvā evaṁ abhisaddahati: 
;;; 
;;;piṇḍolo āpaṇena cāti. 
;;;

sn48.50
sn48.51#0.2

6. Sūkarakhatavagga ;;;6. The Boar’s Cave 
;;;“seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, ye keci tiracchānagatā pāṇā, sīho migarājā tesaṁ aggamakkhāyati, yadidaṁ—thāmena javena sūrena; 
;;;“Mendicants, the lion, king of beasts, is said to be the best of animals in terms of strength, speed, and courage. 
;;;

sn48.51
sn48.52#0.3

Mallikasutta ;;;In the Land of the Mallas 
;;;ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā mallesu viharati uruvelakappaṁ nāma mallānaṁ nigamo. 
;;;At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Mallas, near the Mallian town called Uruvelakappa. 
;;;

sn48.52
sn48.53#1.4

“atthi nu kho, bhikkhave, pariyāyo yaṁ pariyāyaṁ āgamma sekho bhikkhu sekhabhūmiyaṁ ṭhito ‘sekhosmī’ti pajāneyya, asekho bhikkhu asekhabhūmiyaṁ ṭhito ‘asekhosmī’ti pajāneyyā”ti? ;;;“Mendicants, is there a way that a mendicant who is a trainee, standing at the level of a trainee, can understand that they are a trainee? And that a mendicant who is an adept, standing at the level of an adept, can understand that they are an adept?” 
;;;

sn48.53
sn48.57#1.2

Atha kho bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ;;;Then as he was in private retreat this thought came to his mind, 
;;;

sn48.57
sn48.58#3.2

“Idha, bhante, khīṇāsavo bhikkhu satthari sagāravo viharati sappatisso, dhamme sagāravo viharati sappatisso, saṅghe sagāravo viharati sappatisso, sikkhāya sagāravo viharati sappatisso, samādhismiṁ sagāravo viharati sappatisso. ;;;“It’s when a mendicant with defilements ended maintains respect and reverence for the Teacher, the teaching, the Saṅgha, the training, and immersion. 
;;;

sn48.58
sn48.60#2.1

Sālaṁ mallikaṁ sekho ca, ;;; 
;;;

sn48.60
sn48.61#1.2

“Pañcimāni, bhikkhave, indriyāni bhāvitāni bahulīkatāni saṁyojanappahānāya saṁvattanti. ;;;“Mendicants, when these five faculties are developed and cultivated they lead to giving up the fetters. 
;;;

sn48.61
sn48.70#1.1

“Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, ye keci supaṇṇānaṁ rukkhā, kūṭasimbalī tesaṁ aggamakkhāyati; ;;;“Mendicants, of all the trees belonging to the phoenixes, the red silk-cotton tree is said to be the best. 
;;;

sn48.70
sn51.1#0.2

1. Cāpālavagga ;;;1. At the Cāpāla Shrine 
;;;

sn51.1
sn51.10#1.6

Yena cāpālaṁ cetiyaṁ tenupasaṅkamissāma divāvihārāyā”ti. ;;;Let’s go to the Cāpāla shrine for the day’s meditation.” 
;;;“Ramaṇīyā, ānanda, vesālī, ramaṇīyaṁ udenaṁ cetiyaṁ, ramaṇīyaṁ gotamakaṁ cetiyaṁ, ramaṇīyaṁ sattambaṁ cetiyaṁ, ramaṇīyaṁ bahuputtaṁ cetiyaṁ, ramaṇīyaṁ sārandadaṁ cetiyaṁ, ramaṇīyaṁ cāpālaṁ cetiyaṁ. 
;;;“Ānanda, Vesālī is lovely. And the Udena, Gotamaka, Seven Maidens, Many Sons, Sārandada, and Cāpāla Tree-shrines are all lovely. 
;;;“Parinibbātu dāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu dāni sugato. Parinibbānakālo dāni, bhante, bhagavato. 
;;;“Sir, may the Blessed One now be fully extinguished! May the Holy One now be fully extinguished! Now is the time for the full extinguishment of the Buddha. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā cāpāle cetiye sato sampajāno āyusaṅkhāraṁ ossaji. 
;;;So at the Cāpāla Tree-shrine the Buddha, mindful and aware, surrendered the life force. 
;;;

sn51.10
sn51.11#5.1

Evaṁ bhāvitesu kho, bhikkhu, catūsu iddhipādesu evaṁ bahulīkatesu, anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhoti—ekopi hutvā bahudhā hoti, bahudhāpi hutvā eko hoti; āvibhāvaṁ, tirobhāvaṁ; tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamāno gacchati, seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ karoti, seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gacchati, seyyathāpi pathaviyaṁ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kamati, seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve pāṇinā parimasati parimajjati; yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vatteti. ;;;When the four bases of psychic power have been developed and cultivated in this way, they wield the many kinds of psychic power: multiplying themselves and becoming one again; appearing and disappearing; going unobstructed through a wall, a rampart, or a mountain as if through space; diving in and out of the earth as if it were water; walking on water as if it were earth; flying cross-legged through the sky like a bird; touching and stroking with the hand the sun and moon, so mighty and powerful; controlling the body as far as the realm of divinity. 
;;;

sn51.11
sn51.14#0.3

Moggallānasutta ;;;With Moggallāna 
;;;Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū heṭṭhāmigāramātupāsāde viharanti uddhatā unnaḷā capalā mukharā vikiṇṇavācā muṭṭhassatino asampajānā asamāhitā bhantacittā pākatindriyā. 
;;;Now at that time several mendicants were staying beneath the longhouse. They were restless, insolent, fickle, scurrilous, loose-tongued, unmindful, lacking situational awareness and immersion, with straying minds and undisciplined faculties. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ āmantesi: 
;;;Then the Buddha addressed Venerable Mahāmoggallāna, 
;;;“ete kho, moggallāna, sabrahmacārino heṭṭhāmigāramātupāsāde viharanti uddhatā unnaḷā capalā mukharā vikiṇṇavācā muṭṭhassatino asampajānā asamāhitā bhantacittā pākatindriyā. 
;;;“These spiritual companions of yours staying beneath the longhouse are restless, insolent, fickle, scurrilous, loose-tongued, unmindful, lacking situational awareness and immersion, with wandering mind and undisciplined faculties. 
;;;Gaccha, moggallāna, te bhikkhū saṁvejehī”ti. 
;;;Go, Moggallāna, and strike awe in those mendicants!” 
;;;“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhagavato paṭissutvā tathārūpaṁ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkhāresi yathā pādaṅguṭṭhakena migāramātupāsādaṁ saṅkampesi sampakampesi sampacālesi. 
;;;“Yes, sir,” replied Mahāmoggallāna. Then he used his psychic power to make the longhouse shake and rock and tremble with his big toe. 
;;;“Tumheva kho, bhikkhave, saṁvejetukāmena moggallānena bhikkhunā pādaṅguṭṭhakena migāramātupāsādo, saṅkampito sampakampito sampacālito. 
;;;“Wanting to strike awe in you, the mendicant Moggallāna made the longhouse shake and rock and tremble with his big toe. 
;;;katamesaṁ dhammānaṁ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā moggallāno bhikkhu evaṁmahiddhiko evaṁmahānubhāvo”ti? 
;;;What things has the mendicant Moggallāna developed and cultivated so as to have such power and might?” 
;;;Catunnaṁ kho, bhikkhave, iddhipādānaṁ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā moggallāno bhikkhu evaṁmahiddhiko evaṁmahānubhāvo. 
;;;The mendicant Moggallāna has become so powerful and mighty by developing and cultivating the four bases of psychic power. 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, moggallāno bhikkhu chandasamādhippadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgataṁ iddhipādaṁ bhāveti, 
;;;Moggallāna develops the basis of psychic power that has immersion due to enthusiasm … 
;;;Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, catunnaṁ iddhipādānaṁ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā moggallāno bhikkhu evaṁmahiddhiko evaṁmahānubhāvo. 
;;;The mendicant Moggallāna has become so powerful and mighty by developing and cultivating these four bases of psychic power. 
;;;Imesañca pana, bhikkhave, catunnaṁ iddhipādānaṁ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā moggallāno bhikkhu anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhoti …pe… yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vatteti …pe… 
;;;And by developing and cultivating these four bases of psychic power, the mendicant Moggallāna wields the many kinds of psychic power … controlling the body as far as the realm of divinity. … 
;;;imesañca pana, bhikkhave, catunnaṁ iddhipādānaṁ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā moggallāno bhikkhu āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharatī”ti. 
;;;And by developing and cultivating these four bases of psychic power, the mendicant Moggallāna realizes the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And he lives having realized it with his own insight due to the ending of defilements.” 
;;;

sn51.14
sn51.15#5.1

“Evameva kho, brāhmaṇa, yo so bhikkhu arahaṁ khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṁyojano sammadaññāvimutto, tassa yo pubbe chando ahosi arahattappattiyā, arahattappatte yo tajjo chando so paṭippassaddho; ;;;“In the same way, take a mendicant who is perfected—with defilements ended, who has completed the spiritual journey, done what had to be done, laid down the burden, achieved their own true goal, utterly ended the fetter of continued existence, and is rightly freed through enlightenment. They formerly had the desire to attain perfection, but when they attained perfection the corresponding desire faded away. 
;;;

sn51.15
sn51.17#1.1

“Ye hi keci, bhikkhave, atītamaddhānaṁ samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhosuṁ—ekopi hutvā bahudhā ahesuṁ, bahudhāpi hutvā eko ahesuṁ; āvibhāvaṁ, tirobhāvaṁ; tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamānā agamaṁsu, seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ akaṁsu, seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne agamaṁsu, seyyathāpi pathaviyaṁ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kamiṁsu, seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve pāṇinā parimasiṁsu parimajjiṁsu; yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vattesuṁ, ;;;“Mendicants, all the ascetics and brahmins in the past, 
;;;Ye hi keci, bhikkhave, anāgatamaddhānaṁ samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhossanti—ekopi hutvā bahudhā bhavissanti, bahudhāpi hutvā eko bhavissanti; āvibhāvaṁ, tirobhāvaṁ; tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamānā gamissanti, seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ karissanti, seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gamissanti, seyyathāpi pathaviyaṁ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kamissanti, seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve pāṇinā parimasissanti parimajjissanti; yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vattissanti, 
;;;future, 
;;;Ye hi keci, bhikkhave, etarahi samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhonti—ekopi hutvā bahudhā honti, bahudhāpi hutvā eko honti; āvibhāvaṁ, tirobhāvaṁ; tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamānā gacchanti, seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ karonti, seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gacchanti, seyyathāpi pathaviyaṁ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kamanti, seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve pāṇinā parimasanti parimajjanti; yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vattenti, 
;;;or present who wield the various kinds of psychic power—multiplying themselves and becoming one again; appearing and disappearing; going unobstructed through a wall, a rampart, or a mountain as if through space; diving in and out of the earth as if it were water; walking on water as if it were earth; flying cross-legged through the sky like a bird; touching and stroking with the hand the sun and moon, so mighty and powerful; controlling their body as far as the realm of divinity— 
;;;

sn51.17
sn51.20#25.2

Moggallānañca uṇṇābhaṁ; ;;; 
;;;

sn51.20
sn51.22#1.6

“Abhijānāmi khvāhaṁ, ānanda, iminā cātumahābhūtikena kāyena iddhiyā brahmalokaṁ upasaṅkamitā”ti. ;;;“I do, Ānanda.” 
;;;Yasmiṁ, ānanda, samaye tathāgato kāyampi citte samodahati cittampi kāye samodahati, sukhasaññañca lahusaññañca kāye okkamitvā viharati; 
;;;Sometimes the Realized One submerges his body in his mind and his mind in his body. He meditates after sinking into a perception of bliss and lightness in the body. 
;;;

sn51.22
sn51.31#0.3

Moggallānasutta ;;;About Moggallāna 
;;;katamesaṁ dhammānaṁ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā moggallāno bhikkhu evaṁmahiddhiko evaṁmahānubhāvo”ti? 
;;;What things has the mendicant Moggallāna developed and cultivated so as to have such power and might?” 
;;;“catunnaṁ kho, bhikkhave, iddhipādānaṁ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā moggallāno bhikkhu evaṁmahiddhiko evaṁmahānubhāvo. 
;;;“The mendicant Moggallāna has become so powerful and mighty by developing and cultivating the four bases of psychic power. 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, moggallāno bhikkhu chandasamādhippadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgataṁ iddhipādaṁ bhāveti— 
;;;Moggallāna develops the basis of psychic power that has immersion due to enthusiasm, and active effort. 
;;;Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, catunnaṁ iddhipādānaṁ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā moggallāno bhikkhu evaṁmahiddhiko evaṁmahānubhāvo. 
;;;The mendicant Moggallāna has become so powerful and mighty by developing and cultivating these four bases of psychic power. 
;;;Imesañca pana, bhikkhave, catunnaṁ iddhipādānaṁ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā moggallāno bhikkhu evaṁ anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhoti—ekopi hutvā bahudhā hoti, bahudhāpi hutvā eko hoti …pe… yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vatteti. 
;;;And by developing and cultivating these four bases of psychic power, the mendicant Moggallāna wields the many kinds of psychic power: multiplying himself and becoming one again … controlling the body as far as the realm of divinity. 
;;;Imesañca pana, bhikkhave, catunnaṁ iddhipādānaṁ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā moggallāno bhikkhu āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharatī”ti. 
;;;And by developing and cultivating these four bases of psychic power, the mendicant Moggallāna realizes the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And he lives having realized it with his own insight due to the ending of defilements.” 
;;;

sn51.31
sn51.32#5.4

moggallāno tathāgatoti. ;;;

sn51.32
sn52.1#1.3

Atha kho āyasmato anuruddhassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ;;;Then as Anuruddha was in private retreat this thought came to his mind: 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno āyasmato anuruddhassa cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evameva—āyasmato anuruddhassa sammukhe pāturahosi. 
;;;Then Venerable Mahāmoggallāna knew what Venerable Anuruddha was thinking. As easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, he reappeared in front of Anuruddha, 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno āyasmantaṁ anuruddhaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;and said to him: 
;;;

sn52.1
sn52.2#1.2

Atha kho āyasmato anuruddhassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ;;;Then as Anuruddha was in private retreat this thought came to his mind: 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno āyasmato anuruddhassa cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evameva—āyasmato anuruddhassa sammukhe pāturahosi. Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno āyasmantaṁ anuruddhaṁ etadavoca: 
;;;Then Venerable Mahāmoggallāna knew what Venerable Anuruddha was thinking. As easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, he reappeared in front of Anuruddha and said to him: 
;;;

sn52.2
sn52.4#1.1

Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ca anuruddho āyasmā ca sāriputto āyasmā ca mahāmoggallāno sākete viharanti kaṇḍakīvane. ;;;At one time the venerables Anuruddha, Sāriputta, and Mahāmoggallāna were staying near Sāketa, in the Thorny Wood. 
;;;Atha kho āyasmā ca sāriputto āyasmā ca mahāmoggallāno sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhitā yenāyasmā anuruddho tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā anuruddhena saddhiṁ sammodiṁsu. 
;;;Then in the late afternoon, Sāriputta and Mahāmoggallāna came out of retreat, went to Anuruddha, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;

sn52.4
sn52.7#2.1

“Cattārome, āvuso, satipaṭṭhānā bhāvitā bahulīkatā taṇhākkhayāya saṁvattanti. ;;;“Reverends, when these four kinds of mindfulness meditation are developed and cultivated they lead to the ending of craving. 
;;;

sn52.7
sn52.9#1.2

Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṁ anuruddhaṁ etadavoca: ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Sāriputta came out of retreat, went to Anuruddha, and said to him: 
;;;

sn52.9
sn54.1#1.7

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. ;;;It’s when a mendicant—gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut—sits down cross-legged, sets their body straight, and establishes mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;

sn54.1
sn54.3#1.3

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. ;;;It’s when a mendicant—gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut—sits down cross-legged, sets their body straight, and establishes mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;

sn54.3
sn54.4#1.3

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. ;;;It’s when a mendicant—gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut—sits down cross-legged, sets their body straight, and establishes mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;

sn54.4
sn54.5#1.3

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. ;;;It’s when a mendicant—gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut—sits down cross-legged, sets their body straight, and establishes mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;

sn54.5
sn54.6#1.7

“Atītesu me, bhante, kāmesu kāmacchando pahīno, anāgatesu me kāmesu kāmacchando vigato, ajjhattabahiddhā ca me dhammesu paṭighasaññā suppaṭivinītā. ;;;“Sir, I’ve given up desire for sensual pleasures of the past. I’m rid of desire for sensual pleasures of the future. And I have eliminated perception of repulsion regarding phenomena internally and externally. 
;;;Idha, ariṭṭha, bhikkhu araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;It’s when a mendicant—gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut—sits down cross-legged, sets their body straight, and establishes mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;

sn54.6
sn54.7#1.2

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā mahākappino bhagavato avidūre nisinno hoti pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. ;;;Now at that time Venerable Mahākappina was sitting not far from the Buddha, cross-legged, his body set straight, and mindfulness established in his presence. 
;;;Addasā kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ mahākappinaṁ avidūre nisinnaṁ pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;The Buddha saw him, 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;It’s when a mendicant—gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut—sits down cross-legged, sets their body straight, and establishes mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;

sn54.7
sn54.8#2.1

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. ;;;It’s when a mendicant—gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut—sits down cross-legged, sets their body straight, and establishes mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;Sukhañce vedanaṁ vedayati, visaṁyutto naṁ vedayati; 
;;;If they feel a pleasant feeling, they feel it detached. 
;;;

sn54.8
sn54.9#2.2

“icchāmahaṁ, bhikkhave, aḍḍhamāsaṁ paṭisallīyituṁ. ;;;“Mendicants, I wish to go on retreat for a fortnight. 
;;;Te iminā kāyena aṭṭīyamānā harāyamānā jigucchamānā satthahārakaṁ pariyesanti. 
;;;Becoming horrified, repelled, and disgusted with this body, they looked for something to take their life. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā tassa aḍḍhamāsassa accayena paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi: 
;;;Then after a fortnight had passed, the Buddha came out of retreat and addressed Ānanda, 
;;;Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, gimhānaṁ pacchime māse ūhataṁ rajojallaṁ, tamenaṁ mahāakālamegho ṭhānaso antaradhāpeti vūpasameti; 
;;;In the last month of summer, when the dust and dirt is stirred up, a large sudden storm disperses and settles it on the spot. 
;;;Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. 
;;;It’s when a mendicant—gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut—sits down cross-legged, sets their body straight, and establishes mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;

sn54.9
sn54.10#4.5

Idhānanda, bhikkhu araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. ;;;It’s when a mendicant—gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut—sits down cross-legged, sets their body straight, and establishes mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, ānanda, catumahāpathe mahāpaṁsupuñjo. 
;;;Suppose there was a large heap of sand at the crossroads. 
;;;

sn54.10
sn54.11#1.3

“icchāmahaṁ, bhikkhave, temāsaṁ paṭisallīyituṁ. ;;;“Mendicants, I wish to go on retreat for three months. 
;;;Atha kho bhagavā tassa temāsassa accayena paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito bhikkhū āmantesi: 
;;;Then after three months had passed, the Buddha came out of retreat and addressed the mendicants: 
;;;

sn54.11
sn54.12#1.3

“so eva nu kho, bhante, sekho vihāro so tathāgatavihāro, udāhu aññova sekho vihāro añño tathāgatavihāro”ti? ;;;“Sir, is the meditation of a trainee just the same as the meditation of a realized one? Or is the meditation of a trainee different from the meditation of a realized one?” 
;;;‘icchāmahaṁ, bhikkhave, temāsaṁ paṭisallīyituṁ. 
;;;‘Mendicants, I wish to go on retreat for three months. 
;;;Atha kho, āvuso, bhagavā tassa temāsassa accayena paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito bhikkhū āmantesi: 
;;;Then after three months had passed, the Buddha came out of retreat and addressed the mendicants: 
;;;

sn54.12
sn54.13#4.2

Idhānanda, bhikkhu araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. ;;;It’s when a mendicant—gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut—sits down cross-legged, sets their body straight, and establishes mindfulness in their presence. 
;;;upaṭṭhitāssa tasmiṁ samaye bhikkhuno sati hoti asammuṭṭhā. 
;;;their mindfulness is established and lucid. 
;;;Tassa taṁ dhammaṁ paññāya pavicinato pavicarato parivīmaṁsamāpajjato āraddhaṁ hoti vīriyaṁ asallīnaṁ. 
;;;As they investigate principles with wisdom in this way their energy is roused up and unflagging. 
;;;Yasmiṁ samaye, ānanda, bhikkhuno taṁ dhammaṁ paññāya pavicinato pavicarato parivīmaṁsamāpajjato āraddhaṁ hoti vīriyaṁ asallīnaṁ— 
;;;At such a time, a mendicant has activated the awakening factor of energy; they develop it and perfect it. 
;;;

sn54.13
sn54.16#3.2

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. ;;;It’s when a mendicant—gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut—sits down cross-legged, sets their body straight, and establishes mindfulness in their presence. … 
;;;Tassa taṁ dhammaṁ paññāya pavicinato pavicarato parivīmaṁsamāpajjato āraddhaṁ hoti vīriyaṁ asallīnaṁ. 
;;; 
;;;Yasmiṁ samaye, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno taṁ dhammaṁ paññāya pavicinato pavicarato parivīmaṁsamāpajjato āraddhaṁ hoti vīriyaṁ asallīnaṁ— 
;;; 
;;;

sn54.16
sn55.1#1.3

“kiñcāpi, bhikkhave, rājā cakkavattī catunnaṁ dīpānaṁ issariyādhipaccaṁ rajjaṁ kāretvā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati devānaṁ tāvatiṁsānaṁ sahabyataṁ, so tattha nandane vane accharāsaṅghaparivuto dibbehi ca pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappito samaṅgībhūto paricāreti, so catūhi dhammehi asamannāgato, atha kho so aparimuttova nirayā aparimutto tiracchānayoniyā aparimutto pettivisayā aparimutto apāyaduggativinipātā. ;;;“Mendicants, suppose a wheel-turning monarch were to rule as sovereign lord over these four continents. And when his body breaks up, after death, he’s reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm, in the company of the gods of the thirty-three. There he entertains himself in the Garden of Delight, escorted by a band of nymphs, and supplied and provided with the five kinds of heavenly sensual stimulation. Still, as he’s lacking four things, he’s not exempt from hell, the animal realm, or the ghost realm. He’s not exempt from places of loss, bad places, the underworld. 
;;;Kiñcāpi, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako piṇḍiyālopena yāpeti, nantakāni ca dhāreti, so catūhi dhammehi samannāgato, atha kho so parimutto nirayā parimutto tiracchānayoniyā parimutto pettivisayā parimutto apāyaduggativinipātā. 
;;;Now suppose a noble disciple wears rags and feeds on scraps of almsfood. Still, as they have four things, they’re exempt from hell, the animal realm, or the ghost realm. They’re exempt from places of loss, bad places, the underworld. 
;;;

sn55.1
sn55.3#5.6

“Paṇḍito, bhikkhave, dīghāvu upāsako, paccapādi dhammassānudhammaṁ, na ca maṁ dhammādhikaraṇaṁ vihesesi. ;;;“Mendicants, the lay follower Dīghāvu was astute. He practiced in line with the teachings, and did not trouble me about the teachings. 
;;;

sn55.3
sn55.4#1.2

Atha kho āyasmā ānando sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca: ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Ānanda came out of retreat … and said to Sāriputta: 
;;;

sn55.4
sn55.6#5.2

‘kosalehi mallesu cārikaṁ pakkamissatī’ti, hoti no tasmiṁ samaye anattamanatā hoti domanassaṁ: ;;;you will be setting out from the Kosalan lands to wander in the Mallian lands, we’re sad and upset, thinking that 
;;;‘kosalehi mallesu cārikaṁ pakkanto’ti, hoti no tasmiṁ samaye anattamanatā hoti domanassaṁ: 
;;;you are setting out from the Kosalan lands to wander in the Mallian lands, we’re sad and upset, thinking that 
;;;‘mallehi vajjīsu cārikaṁ pakkamissatī’ti, hoti no tasmiṁ samaye anattamanatā hoti domanassaṁ: 
;;;you will be setting out from the Mallian lands to wander in the Vajjian lands … 
;;;‘mallehi vajjīsu cārikaṁ pakkanto’ti, hoti no tasmiṁ samaye anattamanatā hoti domanassaṁ: 
;;; 
;;;‘vajjīhi mallesu cārikaṁ pakkamissatī’ti, hoti no tasmiṁ samaye attamanatā hoti somanassaṁ: 
;;;you will be setting out from the Vajjian lands to wander in the Mallian lands … 
;;;‘vajjīhi mallesu cārikaṁ pakkanto’ti, hoti no tasmiṁ samaye attamanatā hoti somanassaṁ: 
;;; 
;;;‘mallehi kosale cārikaṁ pakkamissatī’ti, hoti no tasmiṁ samaye attamanatā hoti somanassaṁ: 
;;;you will be setting out from the Mallian lands to wander in the Kosalan lands … 
;;;‘mallehi kosale cārikaṁ pakkanto’ti, hoti no tasmiṁ samaye attamanatā hoti somanassaṁ: 
;;; 
;;;

sn55.6
sn55.7#1.6

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’. ;;;‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’ 
;;;“yo kho maṁ pisuṇāya vācāya mitte bhindeyya, na metaṁ assa piyaṁ manāpaṁ. 
;;;‘If someone were to break me up from my friends by divisive speech, I wouldn’t like it. 
;;;‘khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto, sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’”ti. 
;;;‘I’ve finished with rebirth in hell, the animal realm, and the ghost realm. I’ve finished with all places of loss, bad places, the underworld. I am a stream-enterer! I’m not liable to be reborn in the underworld, and am bound for awakening.’” 
;;;

sn55.7
sn55.11#1.2

Atha kho sahassabhikkhunisaṅgho yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho tā bhikkhuniyo bhagavā etadavoca: ;;;Then a Saṅgha of a thousand nuns went up to the Buddha, bowed, and stood to one side. The Buddha said to them: 
;;;

sn55.11
sn55.12#1.5

So tvaṁ mā sobbhaṁ parivajjehi, mā papātaṁ, mā khāṇuṁ, mā kaṇḍakaṭhānaṁ, mā candaniyaṁ, mā oḷigallaṁ. ;;;Do not avoid a pit, a cliff, a stump, thorny ground, a swamp, or a sewer. 
;;;Yattha papateyyāsi tattheva maraṇaṁ āgameyyāsi. 
;;;You should await death in the place that you fall. 
;;;

sn55.12
sn55.13#1.2

Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā ānandena saddhiṁ sammodi. ;;;Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Sāriputta came out of retreat, went to Venerable Ānanda, and exchanged greetings with him. 
;;;

sn55.13
sn55.18#1.2

Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evameva—jetavane antarahito devesu tāvatiṁsesu pāturahosi. ;;;And then Venerable Mahāmoggallāna, as easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, vanished from Jeta’s Grove and reappeared among the gods of the thirty-three. 
;;;Atha kho sambahulā tāvatiṁsakāyikā devatāyo yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho tā devatāyo āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca: 
;;;Then several deities of the company of the thirty-three went up to Venerable Mahāmoggallāna, bowed, and stood to one side. Moggallāna said to them: 
;;;“Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanaṁ hoti— 
;;;“My good Moggallāna, it’s good to have experiential confidence in the Buddha … 
;;;Buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti. 
;;;It’s the reason why some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm. 
;;;Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, dhamme …pe… 
;;;It’s good to have experiential confidence in the teaching. … 
;;;Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjantī”ti. 
;;;It’s the reason why some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.” 
;;;

sn55.18
sn55.19#1.2

Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evameva—jetavane antarahito devesu tāvatiṁsesu pāturahosi. ;;;And then Venerable Mahāmoggallāna, as easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, vanished from Jeta’s Grove and reappeared among the gods of the thirty-three. 
;;;Atha kho sambahulā tāvatiṁsakāyikā devatāyo yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho tā devatāyo āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca: 
;;;Then several deities of the company of the thirty-three went up to Venerable Mahāmoggallāna, bowed, and stood to one side. Moggallāna said to them: 
;;;“Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanaṁ hoti— 
;;;“My good Moggallāna, it’s good to have experiential confidence in the Buddha … 
;;;Buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā. 
;;;It’s the reason why some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, have been reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm. 
;;;Sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, dhamme …pe… 
;;;It’s good to have experiential confidence in the teaching. … 
;;;Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā”ti. 
;;;It’s the reason why some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, have been reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.” 
;;;

sn55.19
sn55.21#0.2

3. Saraṇānivagga ;;;3. About Sarakāni 
;;;Apāpakaṁ te maraṇaṁ bhavissati apāpikā kālaṅkiriyā. 
;;;Your death will not be a bad one; your passing will not be a bad one. 
;;;Yassa kassaci, mahānāma, dīgharattaṁ saddhāparibhāvitaṁ cittaṁ sīlaparibhāvitaṁ cittaṁ sutaparibhāvitaṁ cittaṁ cāgaparibhāvitaṁ cittaṁ paññāparibhāvitaṁ cittaṁ, tassa yo hi khvāyaṁ kāyo rūpī cātumahābhūtiko mātāpettikasambhavo odanakummāsūpacayo aniccucchādanaparimaddanabhedanaviddhaṁsanadhammo. 
;;;Take someone whose mind has for a long time been imbued with faith, ethics, learning, generosity, and wisdom. Their body consists of form, made up of the four principal states, produced by mother and father, built up from rice and porridge, liable to impermanence, to wearing away and erosion, to breaking up and destruction. 
;;;Taṁ idheva kākā vā khādanti gijjhā vā khādanti kulalā vā khādanti sunakhā vā khādanti siṅgālā vā khādanti vividhā vā pāṇakajātā khādanti; 
;;;Right here the crows, vultures, hawks, dogs, jackals, and many kinds of little creatures devour it. 
;;;

sn55.21
sn55.24#1.2

Tena kho pana samayena saraṇāni sakko kālaṅkato hoti. ;;;Now at that time Sarakāni the Sakyan had passed away. 
;;;So pañcannaṁ orambhāgiyānaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā opapātiko hoti tattha parinibbāyī anāvattidhammo tasmā lokā. 
;;;With the ending of the five lower fetters they’re reborn spontaneously. They are extinguished there, and are not liable to return from that world. 
;;;Ime cepi, mahānāma, mahāsālā subhāsitaṁ dubbhāsitaṁ ājāneyyuṁ, ime cāhaṁ mahāsāle byākareyyaṁ: ‘sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā’ti; 
;;;If these great sal trees could understand what was well said and poorly said, I’d declare them to be stream-enterers. 
;;;kimaṅgaṁ pana saraṇāniṁ sakkaṁ. 
;;;Why can’t this apply to Sarakāni? 
;;;

sn55.24
sn55.25#10.1

Seyyathāpi, mahānāma, dukkhettaṁ dubbhūmaṁ avihatakhāṇukaṁ, bījāni cassu khaṇḍāni pūtīni vātātapahatāni asārādāni asukhasayitāni, devo ca na sammā dhāraṁ anuppaveccheyya. ;;;Suppose there was a barren field, a barren ground, with uncleared stumps. And you had seeds that were broken, spoiled, weather-damaged, infertile, and ill kept. And the heavens didn’t provide enough rain. 
;;;“Evameva kho, mahānāma, idha dhammo durakkhāto hoti duppavedito aniyyāniko anupasamasaṁvattaniko asammāsambuddhappavedito— 
;;;“In the same way, take a teaching that’s badly explained and badly propounded, not emancipating, not leading to peace, proclaimed by someone who is not a fully awakened Buddha. 
;;;Seyyathāpi, mahānāma, sukhettaṁ subhūmaṁ suvihatakhāṇukaṁ, bījāni cassu akhaṇḍāni apūtīni avātātapahatāni sārādāni sukhasayitāni; 
;;;Suppose there was a fertile field, a fertile ground, well-cleared of stumps. And you had seeds that were intact, unspoiled, not weather-damaged, fertile, and well-kept. And there’s plenty of rainfall. 
;;;

sn55.25
sn55.26#21.3

Adaliddoti taṁ āhu, ;;;they’re said to be prosperous, 
;;;

sn55.26
sn55.38#1.1

“Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, uparipabbate thullaphusitake deve vassante taṁ udakaṁ yathāninnaṁ pavattamānaṁ pabbatakandarapadarasākhā paripūreti, pabbatakandarapadarasākhā paripūrā kusobbhe paripūrenti, kusobbhā paripūrā mahāsobbhe paripūrenti, mahāsobbhā paripūrā kunnadiyo paripūrenti, kunnadiyo paripūrā mahānadiyo paripūrenti, mahānadiyo paripūrā mahāsamuddaṁ paripūrenti; ;;;“Mendicants, suppose the heavens rain heavily on a mountain top, and the water flows downhill to fill the hollows, crevices, and creeks. As they become full, they fill up the pools. The pools fill up the lakes, the lakes fill up the streams, and the streams fill up the rivers. And as the rivers become full, they fill up the ocean. 
;;;

sn55.38
sn55.40#3.4

So tena buddhe aveccappasādena santuṭṭho na uttari vāyamati divā pavivekāya, rattiṁ paṭisallānāya. ;;;They’re content with that confidence, and don’t make a further effort for solitude by day or retreat by night. 
;;;So tehi ariyakantehi sīlehi santuṭṭho na uttari vāyamati divā pavivekāya rattiṁ paṭisallānāya. 
;;;They’re content with that ethical conduct loved by the noble ones, and don’t make a further effort for solitude by day or retreat by night. 
;;;So tena buddhe aveccappasādena asantuṭṭho uttari vāyamati divā pavivekāya rattiṁ paṭisallānāya. 
;;;But they’re not content with that confidence, and make a further effort for solitude by day and retreat by night. 
;;;So tehi ariyakantehi sīlehi asantuṭṭho uttari vāyamati divā pavivekāya rattiṁ paṭisallānāya. 
;;;But they’re not content with that ethical conduct loved by the noble ones, and make a further effort for solitude by day and retreat by night. 
;;;

sn55.40
sn55.41#5.3

Atha kho asaṅkhyeyyo appameyyo mahāudakakkhandhotveva saṅkhyaṁ gacchati. ;;;It’s simply reckoned as an incalculable, immeasurable, great mass of water. 
;;;Seyyāni paccattharaṇassa dāyakaṁ; 
;;;and they’re a giver of beds, seats, and mats— 
;;;

sn55.41
sn55.43#5.4

Na vedhati maccurājāgamanasmin”ti. ;;;they don’t tremble at the approach of the King of Death.” 
;;;

sn55.43
sn55.44#1.1

“Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako ‘aḍḍho mahaddhano mahābhogo’ti vuccati. ;;;“Mendicants, a noble disciple who has four things is said to be rich, affluent, and wealthy. 
;;;

sn55.44
sn55.52#3.1

“Kacci pana, bhante, sāriputtamoggallānā arogā ceva balavanto cā”ti? ;;;“And we hope that Sāriputta and Moggallāna are healthy and well.” 
;;;“Sāriputtamoggallānāpi kho, āvuso, arogā ceva balavanto cā”ti. 
;;;“They are.” 
;;;

sn55.52
sn55.54#5.7

Sādhāyasmā, mānusakehi kāmehi cittaṁ vuṭṭhāpetvā cātumahārājikesu devesu cittaṁ adhimocehī’ti. ;;;It would be good to turn your mind away from human sensual pleasures and fix it on the gods of the four great kings.’ 
;;;‘brahmalokā me cittaṁ vuṭṭhitaṁ, sakkāyanirodhe cittaṁ upasaṁharāmī’ti; 
;;;‘I have done so,’ 
;;;

sn55.54
sn56.2#0.3

Paṭisallānasutta ;;;Retreat 
;;;“Paṭisallāne, bhikkhave, yogamāpajjatha. 
;;;“Mendicants, meditate in retreat. 
;;;Paṭisallīno, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti. 
;;;A mendicant in retreat truly understands. 
;;;Paṭisallāne, bhikkhave, yogamāpajjatha. 
;;;Meditate in retreat. 
;;;Paṭisallīno, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti. 
;;;A mendicant in retreat truly understands. 
;;;

sn56.2
sn56.7#1.1

“Mā, bhikkhave, pāpake akusale vitakke vitakkeyyātha, seyyathidaṁ— ;;;“Mendicants, don’t think bad, unskillful thoughts, such as 
;;;

sn56.7
sn56.8#1.1

“Mā, bhikkhave, pāpakaṁ akusalaṁ cittaṁ cinteyyātha: ;;;“Mendicants, don’t think up a bad, unskillful idea. 
;;;

sn56.8
sn56.9#1.1

“Mā, bhikkhave, viggāhikakathaṁ katheyyātha: ;;;“Mendicants, don’t get into arguments, such as: 
;;;‘na tvaṁ imaṁ dhammavinayaṁ ājānāsi, ahaṁ imaṁ dhammavinayaṁ ājānāmi. Kiṁ tvaṁ imaṁ dhammavinayaṁ ājānissasi. Micchāpaṭipanno tvamasi, ahamasmi sammāpaṭipanno. Sahitaṁ me, asahitaṁ te. Purevacanīyaṁ pacchā avaca, pacchāvacanīyaṁ pure avaca. Adhiciṇṇaṁ te viparāvattaṁ. Āropito te vādo, cara vādappamokkhāya. Niggahitosi, nibbeṭhehi vā sace pahosī’ti. 
;;;‘You don’t understand this teaching and training. I understand this teaching and training. What, you understand this teaching and training? You’re practicing wrong. I’m practicing right. I stay on topic, you don’t. You said last what you should have said first. You said first what you should have said last. What you’ve thought so much about has been disproved. Your doctrine is refuted. Go on, save your doctrine! You’re trapped; get yourself out of this—if you can!’ 
;;;

sn56.9
sn56.10#1.2

rājakathaṁ corakathaṁ mahāmattakathaṁ senākathaṁ, bhayakathaṁ yuddhakathaṁ, annakathaṁ pānakathaṁ vatthakathaṁ sayanakathaṁ mālākathaṁ gandhakathaṁ, ñātikathaṁ yānakathaṁ gāmakathaṁ nigamakathaṁ nagarakathaṁ janapadakathaṁ itthikathaṁ sūrakathaṁ visikhākathaṁ kumbhaṭṭhānakathaṁ, pubbapetakathaṁ nānattakathaṁ, lokakkhāyikaṁ samuddakkhāyikaṁ itibhavābhavakathaṁ iti vā. ;;;talk about kings, bandits, and ministers; talk about armies, threats, and wars; talk about food, drink, clothes, and beds; talk about garlands and fragrances; talk about family, vehicles, villages, towns, cities, and countries; talk about women and heroes; street talk and talk at the well; talk about the departed; motley talk; tales of land and sea; and talk about being reborn in this or that place. 
;;;Samādhi paṭisallānā, 
;;; 
;;;

sn56.10
sn56.11#2.3

Yo cāyaṁ kāmesu kāmasukhallikānuyogo hīno gammo pothujjaniko anariyo anatthasaṁhito, yo cāyaṁ attakilamathānuyogo dukkho anariyo anatthasaṁhito. ;;;Indulgence in sensual pleasures, which is low, crude, ordinary, ignoble, and pointless. And indulgence in self-mortification, which is painful, ignoble, and pointless. 
;;;yāyaṁ taṇhā ponobbhavikā nandirāgasahagatā tatratatrābhinandinī, seyyathidaṁ— 
;;;It’s the craving that leads to future lives, mixed up with relishing and greed, taking pleasure wherever it lands. That is, 
;;;Yāvakīvañca me, bhikkhave, imesu catūsu ariyasaccesu evaṁ tiparivaṭṭaṁ dvādasākāraṁ yathābhūtaṁ ñāṇadassanaṁ na suvisuddhaṁ ahosi, neva tāvāhaṁ, bhikkhave, sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya ‘anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambuddho’ti paccaññāsiṁ. 
;;;As long as my true knowledge and vision about these four noble truths was not fully purified in these three rounds and twelve aspects, I didn’t announce my supreme perfect awakening in this world with its gods, Māras, and Divinities, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans. 
;;;Itiha tena khaṇena tena layena tena muhuttena yāva brahmalokā saddo abbhuggacchi. 
;;;And so at that moment, that second, that hour, the cry soared up to the realm of divinity. 
;;;

sn56.11
sn56.13#1.3

Dukkhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ, dukkhasamudayaṁ ariyasaccaṁ, dukkhanirodhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccaṁ. ;;;The noble truths of suffering, the origin of suffering, the cessation of suffering, and the practice that leads to the cessation of suffering. 
;;;‘Pañcupādānakkhandhā’ tissa vacanīyaṁ, seyyathidaṁ— 
;;;You should say: ‘The five grasping aggregates’. 
;;;

sn56.13
sn56.15#2.4

dukkhasamudayaṁ kho, bhikkhu, mayā dutiyaṁ ariyasaccaṁ desitaṁ, tathā naṁ dhārehi; ;;;The origin of suffering is the second; 
;;;dukkhanirodhaṁ kho, bhikkhu, mayā tatiyaṁ ariyasaccaṁ desitaṁ, tathā naṁ dhārehi; 
;;;the cessation of suffering is the third; 
;;;

sn56.15
sn56.21#4.3

Saṁsitaṁ dīghamaddhānaṁ, ;;;we have transmigrated for a long time 
;;;Tāni etāni diṭṭhāni, 
;;;But now that these truths have been seen, 
;;;

sn56.21
sn56.24#1.3

Ye hi keci, bhikkhave, anāgatamaddhānaṁ arahanto sammāsambuddhā yathābhūtaṁ abhisambujjhissanti, sabbe te cattāri ariyasaccāni yathābhūtaṁ abhisambujjhissanti. ;;;future, 
;;;

sn56.24
sn56.30#1.1

Ekaṁ samayaṁ sambahulā therā bhikkhū cetesu viharanti sahañcanike. ;;;At one time several mendicants were staying in the land of the Cetīs at Sahajāti. 
;;;Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā gavampati thero bhikkhū etadavoca: 
;;;When they said this, Venerable Gavampati said to those senior mendicants: 
;;;

sn56.30
sn56.31#0.2

4. Sīsapāvanavagga ;;;4. In a Rosewood Forest 
;;;

sn56.31
sn56.37#1.1

“Sūriyassa, bhikkhave, udayato etaṁ pubbaṅgamaṁ etaṁ pubbanimittaṁ, yadidaṁ—aruṇuggaṁ. ;;;“Mendicants, the dawn is the forerunner and precursor of the sunrise. 
;;;

sn56.37
sn56.39#1.2

‘ayaṁ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṁ nappajānanti, te aññassa samaṇassa vā brāhmaṇassa vā mukhaṁ ullokenti: ;;;They gaze up at the face of another ascetic or brahmin, thinking: 
;;;

sn56.39
sn56.44#1.1

“Yo hi, bhikkhave, evaṁ vadeyya: ;;;“Mendicants, suppose someone were to say: 
;;;

sn56.44
sn56.45#1.3

Addasā kho āyasmā ānando sambahule licchavikumārake santhāgāre upāsanaṁ karonte, dūratova sukhumena tāḷacchiggaḷena asanaṁ atipātente, poṅkhānupoṅkhaṁ avirādhitaṁ. ;;;He saw several Licchavi youths practicing archery near the town hall. They were shooting arrows from a distance through a small keyhole, shot after shot without missing. 
;;;“Atha kho, ānanda, duppaṭivijjhataraṁ paṭivijjhanti, ye ‘idaṁ dukkhan’ti yathābhūtaṁ paṭivijjhanti …pe… ‘ayaṁ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṁ paṭivijjhanti. 
;;;“Still, Ānanda, those who truly penetrate suffering, its origin, its cessation, and the path penetrate something tougher than that. 
;;;

sn56.45
sn56.49#1.3

katamaṁ nu kho bahutaraṁ—yā vā satta muggamattiyo pāsāṇasakkharā upanikkhittā, yo vā sinerupabbatarājā”ti? ;;;Which is more: the seven pebbles the size of mung beans? Or Sineru, the king of mountains?” 
;;;

sn56.49
sn56.58#1.1

“Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, mahāsamudde udakaṁ parikkhayaṁ pariyādānaṁ gaccheyya ṭhapetvā dve vā tīṇi vā udakaphusitāni. ;;;“Mendicants, suppose the water in the ocean dried up and evaporated except for two or three drops. 
;;;

sn56.58
sn56.61#0.2

7. Paṭhamaāmakadhaññapeyyālavagga ;;;7. Abbreviated Texts on Raw Grain 
;;;

sn56.61
sn56.62#2.1

“Evameva kho, bhikkhave, appamattakā te sattā ye majjhimesu janapadesu paccājāyanti; atha kho eteva bahutarā sattā ye paccantimesu janapadesu paccājāyanti aviññātāresu milakkhesu …pe…. ;;;“In the same way, the sentient beings reborn in central countries are few, while those reborn in the borderlands, among uneducated foreigners, are many. …” 
;;;

sn56.62
sn56.70#1.1

… “Evameva kho, bhikkhave, appakā te sattā ye kule jeṭṭhāpacāyino; atha kho eteva bahutarā sattā ye kule ajeṭṭhāpacāyinoti …pe…. ;;;“… the sentient beings who honor the elders in the family are few, while those who don’t are many. …” 
;;;

sn56.70
sn56.87#1.1

… “Evameva kho, bhikkhave, appakā te sattā ye dāsidāsapaṭiggahaṇā paṭiviratā; atha kho eteva bahutarā sattā ye dāsidāsapaṭiggahaṇā appaṭiviratā …pe…. ;;;“… the sentient beings who refrain from receiving male and female bondservants are few, while those who don’t refrain are many. …” 
;;;

sn56.87
sn56.90#1.1

… “Evameva kho, bhikkhave, appakā te sattā ye hatthigavassavaḷavapaṭiggahaṇā paṭiviratā; atha kho eteva bahutarā sattā ye hatthigavassavaḷavapaṭiggahaṇā appaṭiviratā …pe…. ;;;“… the sentient beings who refrain from receiving elephants, cows, horses, and mares are few, while those who don’t refrain are many. …” 
;;;

sn56.90
sn56.95#1.1

… “Evameva kho, bhikkhave, appakā te sattā ye ukkoṭanavañcananikatisāciyogā paṭiviratā; atha kho eteva bahutarā sattā ye ukkoṭanavañcananikatisāciyogā appaṭiviratā …pe…. ;;;“… the sentient beings who refrain from bribery, fraud, cheating, and duplicity are few, while those who don’t refrain are many. …” 
;;;

sn56.95